Table of Contents

Fire Detection & Alarm Products

Engineer’s Technical Reference

Introduction

FIRE ALARM NETWORK PRODUCTS

FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANELS
Conventional Panels
Voice & Power Expansion
Addressable Panels
Releasing Systems
Multi-Use Addressable Accessories

ADDRESSABLE INITIATION
Device Compatibility
TrueAlarm Addressable Detection Products
TrueAlarm Addressable Accessories
IDNet I/O and Beam Detector Devices
IDNet or MAPNET II I/O Devices
MAPNET II I/O Devices

ETRM-US NON-ADDRESSABLE INITIATION

Photoelectric & Beam Detectors
ETRM-US&CAN
Duct Detectors
ETRM-INTL Heat Detectors

Primary Content Manual Stations

Detector & Station Wire Guards

NOTIFICATION PERIPHERALS
TrueAlert Addressable Appliances
Non-Addr. V/O, A/V, & S/V Appliances
Horns & Speakers
Buzzers

SYSTEM ACCESSORIES
LCD Annunciators
LED Annunciators
Printers & PC Annunciator
Firefighter Telephones
Batteries, Cabinets, & Chargers
Door Holders
DACT Devices
Circuit Protection & Intrinsically Safe
Misc. Devices & Spare Parts Kits

ADDITIONAL BINDER CONTENT REFERENCE (when present)

ETRM-US&CAN ADDITIONAL CANADIAN PRODUCTS

ETRM-INTL ADDITIONAL INTERNATIONAL PRODUCTS

Dear Fire Alarm & Detection Products Engineer’s Technical Reference User,
We are pleased to provide you with this Simplex® Fire Alarm Products Engineer’s
Technical Reference information. This binder provides a quick and easy source of
printed technical data sheet information.
The Fire and Detection Products Engineer’s Technical Reference binder contents
will be updated periodically. For the most current information, we recommend
that you regularly visit our online data sheet files.

Online data sheet files:

https://simplex-fire.com/en/us/DocumentsandMedia/webfirepubs.htm

For additional product information, please visit the website home page at:
https://simplex-fire.com/en/us/Pages/default.aspx

Under the “Contact Us” section you can locate your local Simplex product
supplier who can provide personalized advice, solutions, and support tailored to
your application.

FM Approved; CSFM Listed* 4120 Network TCP/IP Physical Bridge Modules for 4100ES,
4010ES, 4100U, and 4100 Fire Alarm Control Panels
Features
Compatible with Simplex 4120 Network
Interconnect Simplex® 4120 Network nodes using
facility Ethernet LAN (Local Area Network)
communications:
 Converts 4120 network fire alarm communications into
Transmission Control Protocol (TCP) using Internet
Protocol (IP) formatting to connect between destination
and source IP addresses
 Network communications from any node to any other
node can pass through up to two (2) TCP/IP links
 Network topologies include ring (loop), star (hub),
interconnection of Network loops, and combinations
 Hub Nodes act as data proxies allowing multiple Hub
Nodes with Remote Nodes per Network loop (refer to
page 3 for additional details)
 Class X (Style 7) pathway connections from Hub Nodes
to Remote Nodes are compatible with redundant LANs
for increased communications integrity
TCP/IP Physical Bridge Interface Kit details:
 TCP/IP Physical Bridge Interface Kits are available for
Class B (Style 4) or Class X (Style 7) pathways
 Each kit includes a physical bridge module, NET232
Ethernet converter(s), power and communications
cables, and mounting plate for the NET232 converter(s)
 Two media modules are required, order separately as
wired or fiber optic
Mounts into Simplex 4100ES, 4010ES, and Legacy
4100U/4120/4100 Series Fire Alarm Control Panels:
 Mounting requires 2 slots (4”) of module space, one 2”
slot for the TCP/IP Physical Bridge and one 2” slot for
the NET232 converter mounting plate (see page 3 for
4010ES mounting information)
 The TCP/IP Physical Bridge connects to a standard
Simplex 4120 network interface card (ordered separately
if not already present)
Description
Enhanced Connection Flexibility. TCP/IP physical
bridge modules provide a network interface link that
increases the flexibility of Simplex 4120 networks.
Communications pass from the node’s network interface
card to the TCP/IP module and then to a NET232
Ethernet interface module powered by the local fire alarm
control panel. Class X pathway connections use two,
NET232 modules for redundant Ethernet links.
Physical Bridge Function. Each physical bridge
module functions as a “proxy” for its Remote Node
information to maintain overall network performance.
Application Types. Connection options include linking
of 4120 network loops into one network, creating hub
nodes to form star configuration systems, and
combinations of these connections, providing convenient
networking flexibility.
Fire Control Panel Accessories
4100ES Panel
Fire Control
4100U Panel Typical Fire Alarm
Network
(Ring Topology)
4100 Panel
Hub Node
TrueSite Workstation
LAN
LAN
Fire C ontrol
Distributed Remote
Node Locations
4120 Network with TCP/IP Interconnection
of Hub Node to Star Connection
Description (Continued)
Class X (Style 7) Hub Node (Star) Connections.
When connecting from a Hub Node to Remote Nodes with
Class X communications, the connections function as a
primary and secondary and only one would be in use at a
time, typically the primary. The secondary is monitored for
integrity by the bridge.
System Size Considerations:
 Each TCP/IP Physical Bridge Interface Kit provides a
connection between one fire alarm network node and the
LAN; two kits are required for a complete bridge
link; multiple kits are required for multiple connections
System Size Considerations:
 The maximum TCP/IP bridge links allowed per network
is twelve (12); this requires 24 Interface Kits
 The maximum number of fire alarm network nodes
allowed on a remote bridge loop is fifteen (15)
 For systems requiring more than 23 total nodes
connected via TCP/IP bridges to the main loop, please
coordinate system details with Simplex Product Sales
Engineering Support
* Use of this product is subject to approval of the Local Authority Having Jurisdiction. This
product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to Section
13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing 7165-0026:0251
(4100ES) or 7165-0026:0369 (4010ES) for allowable values and/or conditions concerning
material presented in this document. It is subject to re-examination, revision, and possible
cancellation. This product was not listed by UL or ULC as of document revision date. MEA
(NYC) Acceptance is not applicable for this product category. Additional listings may be
applicable, contact your local Simplex product supplier for the latest status.
S4100-0029-12 3/2018
Local IP Address Requirements Network Utilization Reference (Continued)
Obtaining Addresses. Before installation of the TCP/IP Test Details. The test conducted consisted of 150 points
Physical Bridge, Static or Reserved IP addresses and possibly being activated to repeatedly change state which resulted
Netmasks will be required from the facility IT department. in approximately 10,000 point state changes being
This will not be necessary if an Isolated Network is used. initiated over a 15 minute period. Measured results are
Contact your local IT department. The facility IT listed in the table below under Measured Peak Utilization
department will make the decision as to whether a Static or a and Measured Average Utilization.
Reserved address is required. If a Static IP address, or Utilization versus Data Rates. Based upon the
possibly a Netmask is required, those addresses will have to measured test results, extrapolated Peak and Average
be manually programmed into the NET232 module. If a Utilization for higher data rates was calculated and are
Reserved IP address is assigned, the DHCP (Dynamic Host listed in the table below. These results illustrate that use of
Configuration Protocol) server will automatically assign and
TCP/IP Physical Bridge Modules requires minimal LAN
track the required addresses.
resource allocation.
For more information, refer to Instructions 579-818.
Appendix A contains a configuration worksheet that defines (Please note that calculated Worst Case information is
the information required for the facility IT department. based upon a constant data transmission condition which
would not be a normal fire alarm network communication
Network Utilization Reference condition but is presented for reference.)
Network utilization is a measurement of how much Network Utilization Reference Table
bandwidth is used during a specific time period. Utilization is Calculated Worst
commonly specified as a percentage of capacity. For Measured Measured
Network Case Utilization
Peak Average
example, a network-monitoring tool might state that network Speed (constant data
Utilization Utilization
utilization on an Ethernet segment is 30%, meaning that 30% transmission)
of the capacity is in use. 512 kbps 7.5% 0.9% 0.09%
Communications Reference. TCP/IP physical bridge Calculated Worst
modules communicate with the fire alarm Network at Extrapolated Extrapolated
Network Case Utilization
9600 bps and communicate with the LAN at 38.4 kbps. To Peak Average
Speed (constant data
Utilization* Utilization*
gather network utilization data, a corporate network system transmission)
operating at 512 kbps was measured with TCP/IP physical 10 Mbps 0.38% 0.05% 0.005%
bridge modules connected. 100 Mbps 0.038% 0.005% 0.0005%
* Extrapolated from measurements taken at 512 kbps.

Product Selection
Modules for 4100ES and 4100U; 4120 Network TCP/IP Physical Bridge Interface Kits for 4100ES and 4100U
Mounting Space Alarm/Supv.
Model Description Additional Details
Requirements
Includes: TCP/IP Physical Bridge module with motherboard, Requires 2 slots (4”) of 198 mA
Class B
4100-9863 NET232 Ethernet Interface with programming CD, and module space; module
Operation
mounting hardware requires up to two media
cards ordered separately. 236 mA
Class X The same as above for 4100-9863 except includes two Physical bridge typically uses
4100-9864 wired media cards (see
Operation NET232 Ethernet Interfaces and mounting hardware
below).
4120 Network Modular Interface Card and Media Cards for 4100ES and 4100U (one required per Node)
Model Description Mounting Space Requirements
Modular Network Interface card (requires two media cards Mount in Slot 3 of Master Controller bay; single 46 mA
4100-6078
ordered separately, see below) 2” slot module
Fire Alarm Network Media Cards and Accessories for 4100ES and 4100U
Model Media Type Additional Details
Select as required; mounts on modular network interface card and physical bridge modules 55 mA
4100-6056 Wired listed above. Maximum of 2 media cards per modular network interface or physical bridge
module.
Left port, single-mode 4120 Mounts on modular network interface card and physical 55 mA
4100-6301
duplex fiber media card bridge modules listed above. Maximum of 1 left port and 1
Right port, single-mode 4120 right port duplex fiber media card per modular network 55 mA
4100-6302 interface card or physical bridge module. Field
duplex fiber media card
Fiber Right port, multi-mode 4120 connections require left port to right port pairing. Order 55 mA
4100-6303 fiber media service kits for retrofit jobs where ST
duplex fiber media card
connectors are already installed (refer to data sheet
Right port, multi-mode 4120 55 mA
4100-6304 S4100-0056 for full fiber media module specifications and
duplex fiber media card retrofit information)
8 V DC-DC Converter Module; required when using more than (3) 4100-9863 Class B Bridges, or (3) 4100- N/A
4100-0156
9864 Class X Bridges; or if required for adequate 8 VDC power; (not applicable for 4010ES applications)

2 S4100-0029-12 3/2018
Product Selection (Continued)
Modules for 4010ES; 4120 Network TCP/IP Physical Bridge Interface Kits for 4010ES
Model Description Additional Details Mounting Space Alarm/Supv.
Includes: TCP/IP Physical
Bridge module with
Class B
4010-9926 motherboard, NET232 Ethernet 196 mA
operation
Interface with programming CD, Requires 3 Block “L” Shape (2 vertical, one next to bottom);
and mounting hardware module requires up to two media modules ordered
The same as above for separately. Physical bridge typically uses wired media
4010-9926, except includes modules (see below)
Class X
4010-9927 two NET232 Ethernet 236 mA
operation
Interfaces and mounting
hardware
Fire Alarm Network Modular Interface Card for 4010ES (one required per Node)
Model Description Mounting Space
Modular network interface card (requires two media cards ordered separately, see Requires 2 vertical
4010-9922 30 mA
below) blocks
Fire Alarm Network Media Cards for 4010ES
Model Media Type Additional Details
Select as required, mounts on modular network interface card and physical bridge modules
4010-9818 Wired listed above. Maximum of 2 media cards per modular network interface or physical bridge
module.
Left port, single-mode 4120 Mounts on modular network interface card and physical
4010-6301 bridge modules listed above. Maximum of 1 left port and 1
duplex fiber media card
Right port, single-mode 4120 right port duplex fiber media card per modular network
55 mA
4010-6302 duplex fiber media card interface card or physical bridge module. Field connections
Fiber require left port to right port pairing. Order fiber media
Left port, multi-mode 4120 service kits for retrofit jobs where ST connectors are
4010-6303
duplex fiber media card already installed (refer to data sheet S4100-0056 for full
Right port, multi-mode 4120 fiber media card specifications and retrofit information)
4010-6304
duplex fiber media card

Specifications

Fire Alarm Network Data Rate Supported 9600 bps; 8 Bit

Ethernet Data Rates Supported NET232 supports 10 Mbps or 100 Mbps
Communications may pass through up to two (2) TCP/IP links maximum; Class X
TCP/IP Physical Bridge Connections
Hub Node connections count as one (1) link
Dimensions = 11 9⁄16” H x 4 1⁄16” W (294 mm x 103 mm); with 2” wide (51mm)
NET232 Mounting Plate
mounting flange
Requires 2 slots (4”) of module space; one 2” slot for the TCP/IP Physical Bridge
Module and one 2” slot for the NET232 mounting plate which is mounted to the left
Mounting 4100ES/4100U Mounting
of the TCP/IP Physical Bridge Module; mount the first plate to the leftmost location
Information* in a panel bay; additional plates and Bridge Modules mount in available space
4010ES Panels 4010ES modules require 3 “L” shaped blocks of space
Requires 2 slots (4”) of module space; mount in existing space, within harness
4100 Legacy Panels
connection capability
TCP/IP Bridge Cable part no. 734-211, 12” long (305 mm) plus connector; connects to NET232
Module to NET232 output data cable
Connections Connect from system power to removable terminal strip at NET232 module, use
NET232 Power
harness 733-909, supplied, 48” long (1.2 m)
LAN Connection Ethernet RJ-45 terminating connector on NET232 module
Temperature 32° to 120°F (0° to 49° C)
Environmental Ratings
Humidity Up to 90% RH, non-condensing @ 100° F (38° C) maximum

* Refer to Installation Instructions 579-818 for detailed installation information.

3 S4100-0029-12 3/2018
 Multiple 4120 Network Loop Connection Application Diagram

Multiple Loop Considerations. Multiple 4120 network loops can be connected using TCP/IP Physical Bridges (see
example below). TCP/IP bridge connections must all originate from the same loop (the Main Loop).
This diagram also shows a Hub Node in the Main Loop with Class X star configuration connections, and a second Hub Node
connected to both a Remote Node and connected to a typical remote loop, both using separate TCP/IP Bridges.

Network Loop Link and

Make additional
Remote Class B Remote Node Link Additional bridge connection
bridge connections
Node (dashed lines indicate not allowed, bridges originate
only from the
equivalent connections) only at the Main Loop
Main Loop

LAN
Fire Co ntrol

Main Loop
Hub Hub Typical Remote
(where bridges Node Node Loop
Fire Con tro l
originate) Fire Co ntrol

Hub
TrueSite Workstation
Node

Fire Co ntrol

LAN #1 (Star configuration, shown

as Class B, solid lines)
Redundant LAN for
Class X (per dashed lines)

LAN #2
Fire Control

4 S4100-0029-12 3/2018
TCP/IP Physical Bridge Basic Connection Reference

Node B
(connect per dotted
Node A
line if only one node)

4120 Network Interface Card

(4100-6078 or 4010-9922)

M (Left Port) (Left Port) M Fire Control

Local Area
W (Right Port) Network (Right Port) W
Communications
(Class B)
TCP/IP Bridge Module TCP/IP Bridge Module
Fire Alarm Fire Alarm
Network Loop 1 Network Loop 2
W (Left Port) (Left Port) W

M (Right Port) LAN (Right Port) M

N N
4100-9863 or 4010-9926 4100-9863 or 4010-9926
Fire Control

Legend:
W = Wired media module (4100-6056 or 4010-9818)
M = Wired or fiber optic media module (4100-6057 or 4010-9819)
per application requirement
N = NET232 Ethernet Interface (supplied with TCP/IP module)

TCP/IP Physical Bridge Multiple Star Connection Reference

4120 Network Interface Card NOTES:

M (Left Port) 1. External connections are made to

4100-6078 or the "Left Port" of the Network
4010-9922) Interface Card and to the "Right
W (Right Port)
Port" of the TCP/IP Bridge Module.
2. Bridge Module "Left Ports" are
TCP/IP Bridge # 1, Class B wired internally.
W (Left Port)
4100-9863 or
4010-9926
W (Right Port)
N Star Connection
Fire Alarm
# 1, Class B
Network Loop
TCP/IP Bridge # 2, Class B
W (Left Port)
4100-9863 or
4010-9926
W (Right Port)
N Star Connection
# 2, Class B
Fire Control

TCP/IP Bridge # 3, Class X

W (Left Port)
4100-9864 or
4010-9927 LAN #1
M (Right Port)
N
Star Connection # 3, Class X
N
LAN #2
(redundant LAN)
Legend:
W = Wired media module (4100-6056 or 4010-9818)
M = Wired or fiber optic media module (4100-6057 or 4010-9819)
per application requirement
N = NET232 Ethernet Interface (supplied with TCP/IP module)

5 S4100-0029-12 3/2018
Additional 4120 Network Product Reference

Subject Data Sheet

4010ES Panels with Conventional Notification S4010-0004
4010ES Panels with Conventional Notification (INTL) S4010-0006
4010ES Panels with Addressable Notification S4010-0011
4010ES Panels with Addressable Notification (INTL) S4010-0012
4100ES Basic Panels with SPS Power Supplies S4100-0031
NDU with SPS Power Supplies for 4120 Network S4100-0036
InfoAlarm Command Center with SPS Power Supplies S4100-0045
4120 Network Products and Specifications S4100-0056
Physical Bridge Modules for 4120 Networks S4100-0057
4100ES Basic Panels with EPS Power Supplies S4100-0100
InfoAlarm Command Center with EPS Power Supplies S4100-0101
NDU with EPS Power Supplies for 4120 Network S4100-0102

TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited.

Tyco Fire Protection Products • Westminster, MA • 01441-0001 • USA S4100-0029-12 3/2018

www.simplex-fire.com
© 2018 Tyco Fire Protection Products. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice.
 Fire Control Panels
UL, ULC, CSFM Listed; FM Approved; 4100ES Network Display Units with SPS
MEA (NYC) Acceptance* Power Supplies for 4120 Network

Features Node 4 (4100U)

Compatible with 4120 Network
NDU provides annunciation for up to 12,000 FIRE

PULL
ALARM

DOWN

network points:
 The basic Network Display Unit (NDU) is a special Fire Control

purpose master controller for 4120 networks that

includes a 4120 modular network interface card
 Combining a basic NDU with a Voice Command Center FIRE ALARM

(VCC) provides an additional separate Network node Node 3 (4100ES) PULL DOWN

within the same cabinet for control of Network level

Emergency Voice/Alarm Communications Equipment FIRE ALARM

PULL DOWN

Master Controller (top) bay:

 Master controller assembly with operator interface
 Enhanced CPU with dual configuration programs, Node 5 (4100ES)
convenient service port access, and capacity for up to
12,000 points
 System power supply (SPS) and charger (9 A total) with
4100ES NDU with VCC,
Node 1 and Node 2
on-board programmable auxiliary output
 Operator interface that is conveniently color coded with
raised switches providing high confidence feedback ALARMS
Fire Al arm Priorit y 2 Al arm
SYSTEM WARNINGS
Supervisory Troubl e Alarm Sil enced
AC Power
AB C
ZONE
1
JKL
FB
4
ST U
P
D EF
SIG
2
MNO
IO
5
VWX
A
GH I
AUX
3
PQ R
IDNet
6
YZ /
L

 Available with InfoAlarm Command Center expanded

7 8 9
'SP' ( ) ,0 :
Fire Al arm Pri ority2 Supv Trouble Alarm System
NET ADDR
Ack Ack Ack Ack Si lence Reset
0 DEL

Event More
Ent er C/Exit
Time Info Pre vious

Menu
On N e xt
Enable
Arm

Of f Lamp
Di sabl e Auto
Disarm Test

Emergency Operating Instructions

Ala rm or War ni ng Condi ti on How to Sile nce Bui lding Signal s
Sys tem indic ator flashin g.Tone On. Pres s Alarm Si lence.

How to A cknowle dge / View Ev ents How to R e set Sy s te m

content user interface (refer to data sheet S4100-0045)

Pr ess ACK ol cated under f las hing indicat or. Pres s System Reset.
Repeat operation until all events are acknowledged
. Pres s Ack to silence tone devic e.
Local t one will s li enc e.

 Construction that is optimized for easy installation,

upgrade, and maintenance
 Glass door (ordered separately) provides view of
available operator controls visible behind locked door
Standard addressable interfaces include:
 Remote annunciator module support via RUI (remote On

Off

Auto
On

Of f

Auto

unit interface) communications port

On On

Off Of f

Auto Auto

On On

Off Of f

Auto Auto

NDU field installed option modules include:

On On

Off Of f

Auto Auto

 DACT and City Connection

 Service modems for remote panel status inquiry
 RS-232 ports for printers or maintenance terminals
 Alarm relays and expansion power supplies
 SafeLINC Internet Interface
 Battery brackets for seismic area protection (see page 2)
For NDU with VCC:
 Optional features are similar to a networked fire alarm
control panel and an extensive list of modules are
available for; initiating, notification, and user interface
Listed to:
 UL 864, Fire Detection and Control (UOJZ), Smoke
Control Service (UUKL), Releasing Device Service
(SYZV)
 UL 1076, Proprietary Alarm Units - Burglar (APOU)
 UL 2017, Process Management Equipment (QVAX),
Emergency Alarm System Control Units (FSZI)
 UL 1730, Smoke Detector Monitor (UULH)
 UL 2572, Mass Notification Systems (PGWM)
 CAN/ULC-S527 Control Units for Fire Alarm Systems
(UOJZ7), Releasing Device Service (SYZV7)
 ULC/ORD-C1076 Proprietary Burglar Alarm Units and
Systems (APOU7)
 ULC/ORD-C100 Smoke Control System Equipment
(UUKL7)
Network One-Line Diagram Showing an NDU with VCC
Introduction
The 4100ES Network Display Unit is a 4120 network
level annunciator and manual system/point controller. It
provides alphanumeric annunciation for up to 12,000
Network points and/or point lists and can be programmed
to function as the network master controller for Alarm
Silence, Trouble Acknowledge, and System Reset.
4100U Series Products Note. The system modules and
features listed in this data sheet are both compatible with,
and listed for use with 4100U series fire alarm control
panels. Contact your local Simplex® product supplier for
details.
* See pages 4-6 for models that are UL or ULC listed and for additional product listing
details. This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM)
pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing
7165-0026:251 for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in this
document. Accepted for use – City of New York Department of Buildings – MEA35-93E.
Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local Simplex product supplier for the
latest status. Listings and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co. are the property of
Tyco Fire Protection Products.

S4100-0036-20 3/2018
Introduction (Continued)
4120 Network Overview. When connected to other
4120 network nodes, individual fire alarm control panels Slot 1 Slot 2 Slot 3 Slot 4 Slot 5 Slot 6 Slot 7 Slot 8

become components of a distributed intelligence system.

Master Controller
Slot 1

Board
NDU Master IDNet

Each panel that directly connects to the 4120 network is

NACs 1, 2 & 3

Slot 2
Controller Bay
called a network “node” and is capable of performing Slot 3
System Power

individual supervision and control on its locally Slot 4

Supply

(SPS)

connected devices but has the ability to inform the Master Controller Board: Btry
+
-
Aux

Slot 3 is Network Interface Aux Pwr

Relay

4100ES NDU (as well as other network control panels) of Slot 4 is Master Controller
point status and panel condition. This allows system System power supply
information to reach the proper location for appropriate Slot 1 Slot 2 Slot 3 Slot 4 Slot 5 Slot 6 Slot 7 Slot 8

system response. Expansion Bay 1 I/O Wiring I/O Wiring

4100 Option

4100 Option

4100 Option
Multiple 4100ES NDUs (separately packaged) can be
4x5 Module

(Block E)

connected to a 4120 network to duplicate common PDI

Expansion Power
Supply

(XPS)

information at separate locations, or direct selected 4x5 Module

(Blocks G & H)

information by type such as troubles, alarms, control, etc. (Block F)

I/O Wiring

Master Controller Board:

NDU Module Bay Description Slot 3 is Network Interface
Expansion bay with
mixed module sizes
Slot 4 is Master Controller
The NDU Master Controller Bay (top) includes a Slot 1 Slot 2 Slot 3 Slot 4 Slot 5 Slot 6 Slot 7 Slot 8

special purpose system power supply with battery charger Slot 1

Master Controller
NDU with VCC

Board
IDNet

(SPS), the master controller board, a 4120 modular

NACs 1, 2 & 3

Expansion Bay 2 Slot 2

network interface card, and operator interface equipment Slot 3
System Power

similar to that used on the standard fire alarm control Slot 4

Supply

(SPS)

modules. Slots 1 and 2 are available for single slot panel Aux Pwr
Aux
Relay
Btry
+
-

mounted modules.
The NDU with VCC includes an expansion bay with
separate master controller board, 4120 modular network
interface card, and a standard SPS. This results in two
separate network nodes residing within the same cabinet.
In this bay (typically the second expansion bay), Slots 1
and 2 are available for single slot panel mounted modules
and optional LED/switch modules can also be mounted.
The Battery Compartment (bottom) accepts two
batteries, up to 50 Ah, to be mounted within the cabinet
without interfering with module space.
Refer to the NDU with VCC internal module bay
reference illustration for typical three bay cabinet module
location.
Operator Interface Detail Reference
The following illustration identifies the primary functions
of the operator interface.
2 S4100-0036-20 3/2018
Battery Compartment
NDU with VCC Internal Module Bay Reference (exact
layout is determined by specific system requirements)
Packaging Availability
 Modules are power-limited (unless specifically noted
otherwise)
 Enclosure are available for one, two, or three bay sizes
or for cabinet rack mounting
 Additional cabinets can be mounted close-nippled for
module expansion
 NEMA 1/IP30 boxes, doors with tempered glass
inserts, and dress panels are available in platinum or
red (ordered separately)
 Cabinet assembly design has been seismic tested and is
certified to IBC and CBC standards as well as to
ASCE 7 categories A through F, requires 4100-7912
option for additional legacy card stabilizer brackets and
battery brackets as detailed on data sheet S2081-0019
 Refer to data sheet S4100-0037 for enclosure details
Software Feature Summary
 Selectable service override allows authorized operators
to clear alarm conditions during System Reset even if
status has gone to trouble before reset occurred
 Duplicate address error detection
 Convenient PC programming using a Microsoft
Windows user interface based program
Operator Interface
Convenient Status Information. With the locking
door closed, the glass window allows viewing of the
display, status LEDs, and available operator switches.
Features include a two-line by 40-character, wide viewing
angle (super-twist) LCD with status LEDs and switches as
shown in the illustration below.
LED indicators describe the general category of activity
being displayed with the LCD providing more detail. For
the authorized user, unlocking the door provides access to
the control switches and allows further inquiry by
scrolling the display for additional detail.
Operator Interface Features
 Convenient and extensive operator information is
provided using a logical, menu-driven display
 Multiple automatic and manual diagnostics for
maintenance reduction
 Alarm and Trouble History Logs (up to 1250 entries
for each, 2500 total events) are available for viewing
from the LCD, or capable of being printed to a
connected printer, or downloaded to a service computer
 Convenient PC programmer label editing
 Password access control

ABC DEF GHI

ZONE SIG AUX
1 2 3
JKL MNO PQR
FB IO IDNet

ALARMS SYSTEM WARNINGS AC Power

4 5 6
Fire Alarm Priority 2 Alarm Supervisory Trouble Alarm Silenced STU VWX YZ/
P A L
7 8 9
'SP' ( ) ,0:
Fire Alarm Priority 2 Supv Trouble Alarm System
NET ADDR
Ack Ack Ack Ack Silence Reset
0 DEL

Event More Enter C/Exit

Time Info Previous

Menu
On Next
Enable
Arm

Off Lamp
Disable Auto
Disarm Test

3 S4100-0036-20 3/2018
Standard Module Details
NDU (top bay) master controller & motherboard
includes a master controller, master controller
motherboard, 4120 Modular NIC, and SPS power
supply
 The master controller mounts in slot 4 of a two slot
motherboard (slots 3 and 4 of the master controller bay) and
provides one RUI+ communications channel (Class B or
Class A), available at slot 4. A 4120 modular network
interface card is mounted in slot 3.
 The NDU bay RUI+ communications output (configurable
for isolated or un-isolated operation) supports up to 31
devices per master controller at up to 2500 ft (762 m) for
single run, or 10,000 ft (3048 m) total if wiring is Class B
and T-tapped. If more distance is required, up to four total
RUI channels are supported per master controller (up to three
4100-1291 RUI expansion modules may be added). 4100-
1291 provides un-isolated RUI communications.
 Both the NDU master controller RUI+ output and RUI
expansion modules support the following remote LCD
annunciators: 4603-9100 series LCD annunciators and 4100-
9400 series remote InfoAlarm command centers.
 Optional service modem 4100-6030 mounts onto the master
controller board with its own on-board connections
 System power supply (SPS) is rated for 9 A total; includes
battery charger, one 2 A aux power output selectable for
detector reset, door holder, or coded output operation and
expansion slot for one city circuit (4100-6031 or 4100-6032)
or alarm/supv/tbl relay (4100-6033) option. See data sheet
S4100-0031 for details.
 Outputs are power-limited, except for the battery charger
Note: SPS IDNet channel, NACs and aux relay are disabled
in NDU bay.
VCC (expansion bay) includes a master controller,
master controller motherboard, 4120 Modular NIC
and SPS power supply with IDNet communication
channel
 The master controller mounts in slot 4 of a two slot
motherboard (slots 3 and 4 of the master controller bay) and
provides one RUI+ communications channel (Class B or
Class A), available at slot 4. A 4120 modular network
interface card is mounted in Slot 3.
 The VCC bay RUI+ communications output (configurable
for isolated or un-isolated operation) supports up to 31
devices per master controller at up to 2500 ft (762 m) for
single run, or 10,000 ft (3048 m) total if wiring is Class B
and T-tapped. If more distance is required, up to four total
RUI channels are supported per master controller (up to three
4100-1291 RUI expansion modules may be added). 4100-
1291 provides un-isolated RUI communications.
4 S4100-0036-20 3/2018
 Both the VCC master controller RUI+ output and RUI
expansion modules are compatible with the following
equipment: miniplex transponders, 4603-9100 series LCD
annunciators, 4100-9400 series remote InfoAlarm command
centers, 4100 series 24 I/O and LED/switch modules and
4602 series status command units (SCU), remote command
units (RCU) and graphic I/O modules (4602 series equipment
requires un-isolated output).
 System power supply (SPS) is rated for 9 A total; includes
battery charger, auxiliary power, auxiliary relay, on-board
IDNet communications channel for 250 points, three on-
board NACs, and provisions for either an optional city
connect module or an optional alarm relay module (see data
sheet S4100-0031 for details)
 Battery charger is dual rate, temperature compensated, and
charges up to 50 Ah sealed lead-acid batteries mounted in the
battery compartment (33 Ah for single bay cabinets); also is
UL listed for charging up to 110 Ah batteries mounted in an
external cabinet (see data sheet S2081-0012 for details)
 Battery and charger monitoring includes battery charger
status and low or depleted battery conditions; status
information provided to the master controller includes analog
values for: battery voltage, charger voltage and current,
actual system voltage and current, and individual NAC
currents
 Low battery cutout is selectable for each SPS power supply,
Canadian models are shipped selected, other models are
shipped unselected
 Outputs are power-limited, except for the battery charger
 2 A auxiliary power output selectable for detector reset, door
holder, or coded output operation
Optional SPS modules (select one)
 Optional city connect module (4100-6031, with disc.
switches, or 4100-6032, without disc. switches) can be
selected for conventional dual circuit city connections
 Optional alarm relay module (4100-6033) provides three C
type relays for alarm, trouble, and supervisory, rated 2 A
resistive @ 32 VDC
Media Cards for 4120 Modular Network Interface Cards
For additional information on 4120 fire alarm products and specifications refer to data sheet S4100-0056.
Model Description Size Supv. Alarm
Select per network connection requirements; mounts on the
supplied modular network interface card(s); up to two media
4100-6056 Wired network media card N.A. 55 mA 55 mA
cards are required per network interface card; supports Class
B or X operation
Left port, single-mode 4120 Select per network connection requirements; mounts on the
4100-6301 N.A. 55 mA 55 mA
duplex fiber media card supplied modular network interface card(s); up to two media
Right port, single-mode cards are required per network interface card; supports Class
4100-6302 N.A. 55 mA 55 mA
duplex 4120 fiber media card B or X operation. Maximum of 1 left port and 1 right port
Left port, multi-mode 4120 duplex fiber media card per modular network interface card;
4100-6303 field connections require left port to right port pairing. Order N.A. 55 mA 55 mA
duplex fiber media card
fiber media service kits for retrofit jobs where ST connectors
Right port, multi-mode 4120 are already installed (refer to data sheet S4100-0056 for full
4100-6304 N.A. 55 mA 55 mA
duplex fiber media card fiber media module specifications and retrofit information)
Network access dial-in service modem, mounts to supplied network interface card, requires
4100-6055 N.A. 60 mA 60 mA
telephone line connection

NDU Equipment Selection

Model Description Size Supv. Alarm
4100-1291 Remote Unit Interface module (RUI); up to three maximum per control panel 1 Slot 85 mA 85 mA
Service port modem for local panel access only, mounts to master controller module, requires
4100-6030 N.A. 70 mA 70 mA
telephone line connection, accesses same information as front panel port
4100-6031 City Circuit, with disconnect switches For SPS only, N.A. 20 mA 36 mA
4100-6032 City Circuit, without disconnect switches maximum 1 per panel Maximum 1 per SPS N.A. 20 mA 36 mA
or RPS
4100-6033 Alarm/Supv/Tbl Relay, 3 Form C relays, 2 A @ 32 VDC N.A. 15 mA 37 mA
4100-6038 Dual RS-232 Interface; 3 maximum; can mount in Slot 3 or Slot 2 of Master Controller 1 Slot 132 mA 132 mA
4100-6046 Dual Port RS-232 standard interface (4 x 5 module) 1 Block 60 mA 60 mA
4100-6052 DACT, Point or Event Reporting; includes 2, 14 ft (4.3 m) DACT cables 1 Slot 30 mA 40 mA
4100-0156 8 VDC Converter, required for multiple Physical Bridge Modules; 3 A @ 8 VDC maximum 1 Block included with loads
4100-9816 Master Clock Interface Module with one standard RS-232 port (see S4100-0033) 1 Slot 132 mA 132 mA
4100-6079 Safelinc internet interface module 2 Slots 145 mA 145 mA

Network Display Unit, Non-Voice*

Model Model Type/Listing Description Supv. Alarm
4100-9141 120 VAC Input UL 4100ES NDU with Master Controller, LCD display and operator 419 mA 476 mA
4100-9143 Canadian, English ULC interface; modular network interface card (select media cards
separately), standard master controller CPU module with RUI output
4100-9144 Canadian, French ULC see below for
communications interface; 9 A system power supply (SPS) with battery
charger, one 2 A auxiliary power output and expansion slot for city selected Network
4100-9241 220-240 VAC Input UL circuit or alarm/supv/tbl relay option (NOTE: SPS IDNet channel, NACs Media Card current
and aux relay are disabled in NDU bay).
Network Display Unit with Voice Command Center (VCC)*
Model Model Type/Listing Description Supv. Alarm
4100-9142 120 VAC Input UL 4100ES NDU with VCC includes the first bay equipment described for 828 mA 907 mA
4100-9145 Canadian, English ULC the NDU (above) and a second bay assembly with separate modular
4100-9146 Canadian, French ULC network interface card (select media cards separately); standard master see below for
controller CPU with RUI output communications interface; 9 A system selected Network
power supply (SPS) with battery charger, one 250 point IDNet SLC, Media Card
4100-9242 220-240 VAC Input UL three 3 A Class A/B NACs, one 2 A auxiliary power output, one aux relay current
and expansion slot for city circuit or alarm/supv/tbl relay option
System Option for Seismic Compliance
Model Description
4100-7912 System option for Seismic compliance, provides additional stabilizer brackets required for legacy style cards
* For InfoAlarm Command Center expanded content display products, refer to data sheet S4100-0045.

5 S4100-0036-20 3/2018
VCC, Emergency Voice/Alarm Communications Selection*

Model Description Details and Mounting Reference

Master Microphone Module; one maximum Requires 2 Slots (4” [102 mm]), locate on expansion bay only; space behind
4100-1243
per audio system; mounts on front panel for 4100ES flat modules only Supv. current = 2.4 mA; Active current = 6 mA
4100-1252 1 Channel (audio or mike)
Single slot modules requiring connection to an LED/switch controller (see
4100-1253 1.5 Channel (audio + mike) Operator page 9); space behind controller accepts 4100ES flat modules only
Interface
4100-1254 2 Channel (full audio) Modules Additional adjacent LED/switch module(s) are required for specific speaker
circuit selection
4100-1255 3-8 Channel

Firefighter Telephone System Products (refer to S4100-0034 for additional detail)

Model Description Details and Mounting Reference
Master Telephone with Telephone Control One max. per audio system; front panel module; space behind for 4100ES flat
4100-1270 Module and 3 Class B telephone NACs; for modules only; telephone control module mounts on bay module mounting
Fire Alarm Control Panels plate; use LED/switch modules for circuit control
4100-1272 Telephone Module with 3 phone NACs Class B NACs, single Block module, mounts to bay mounting plate
4100-1273 Telephone Class A Adapter Module Mounts to 4100-1272, no additional space required

Analog Emergency Voice/Alarm Communications Equipment, Constant Supervision Compatible*

Model Description Details
Basic Analog Audio Operation with microphone, requires Includes: Expansion Bay, 4100-1210 Analog Controller Board,
4100-9620
dedicated expansion bay Microphone Module, and Audio Expansion Bay Kit
Analog Controller Board only; order expansion bay and
4100-1210 Controller board mounts in Blocks A and B
audio expansion bay kit separately
4100-1361 25 VRMS output Flex-35, 35 W Amplifier, NAC rating = 1.4 A 35 W, or 100
Includes three on-board
4100-1362 70.07 VRMS output constant supervision compatible NAC rating = 0.5 A speakers
Class B audio NACs;
4100-1312 25 VRMS output power is supplied from an NAC rating = 2 A
Flex-50, 50 W Amplifier, 50 W, or 100
XPS, RPS, or SPS
4100-1313 70.7 VRMS output constant supervision compatible NAC rating = 0.707 A speakers

100 W Analog Amplifiers with Power Supply, Constant Supervision Compatible*

Model/Output Voltage
Power Supply Input/Listing Description Details
25 VRMS 70.7 VRMS
4100-1314 4100-1315 120 VAC, 60 Hz UL Includes six, Class B audio NACs;
Primary
NAC rating = 50 W or 100 speakers ULC
4100-1316 4100-1317 120 VAC, 60 Hz ULC 100 W
maximum; 2 A @ 25 VRMS; models
4100-1318 4100-1319 220/230/240 VAC, 50/60 Hz UL Amplifier
1.4 A @ 70.7 VRMS have low
4100-1320 4100-1321 120 VAC, 60 Hz UL battery
Backup dropout
Uses the six Class B NACs of primary
4100-1322 4100-1323 120 VAC, 60 Hz ULC 100 W circuit
amplifier
4100-1325 Amplifier
4100-1324 220/230/240 VAC, 50/60 Hz UL

* Refer to document S4100-0034 for additional audio module information.

6 S4100-0036-20 3/2018
VCC, Emergency Voice/Alarm Communications Selection*
Digital Emergency Voice/Alarm Communications Equipment*
Model Description Details
Basic Digital Audio Operation with microphone, requires Includes: Expansion Bay, 4100-1311 Digital Controller Board,
4100-9621
dedicated expansion bay Microphone Module, and Audio Expansion Bay Kit
Eight Channel Digital Controller Board only; order
4100-1311 Controller board mounts in Blocks A and B
expansion bay and audio expansion bay kit separately
4100-1363 25 VRMS output Flex-35, 35 W Amplifier, Includes three on-board NAC rating = 1.4 A 35 W, or 100
4100-1364 70.07 VRMS output constant supervision compatible Class B audio NACs; NAC rating = 0.5 A speakers
4100-1326 25 VRMS output Flex-50, 50 W Amplifier, power is supplied from an NAC rating = 2 A 50 W, or 100
4100-1327 70.7 VRMS output constant supervision compatible XPS, RPS, or SPS NAC rating = 0.707 A speakers
100 W Digital Amplifiers with Power Supply, Constant Supervision Compatible*
Model/Output Voltage
Power Supply Input/Listing Description Details
25 VRMS 70.7 VRMS
4100-1328 4100-1329 120 VAC, 60 Hz UL Includes six, Class B audio NACs;
Primary ULC
NAC rating = 50 W or 100 speakers
4100-1330 4100-1331 120 VAC, 60 Hz ULC 100 W models
maximum; 2 A @ 25 VRMS;
4100-1332 4100-1333 220/230/240 VAC, 50/60 Hz UL Amplifier have low
1.4 A @ 70.7 VRMS
battery
4100-1334 4100-1335 120 VAC, 60 Hz UL Backup
Uses the six Class B NACs of primary dropout
4100-1336 4100-1337 120 VAC, 60 Hz ULC 100 W circuit
amplifier
4100-1338 4100-1339 220/230/240 VAC, 50/60 Hz UL Amplifier
Options for use with either Analog or Digital Amplifiers*
Model Description Model Description
Flex-35/50 NAC Expansion Module; (Adds 3 100 W Amplifier NAC Expansion Module; (Adds six
4100-1245 4100-1248
Class B, 1.5 A NACs) Class B, 2 A NACs)
4100-1246 Flex-35/50 Class A Adapter for 3 NACs 4100-1249 100 W Amplifier Class A Adapter Module for 6 NACs
* Refer to document S4100-0034 for additional audio module information.
Options for either Analog or Digital Systems (refer to data sheet S4100-0034 for additional module details)
Model Description Model Description
4100-1259 Constant Supervision Adapter for 25 VRMS Amplifiers 4100-5116 Expansion Signal Module; three, 1.5 A NACs
4100-1260 Constant Supervision Adapter for 70.7 VRMS Amplifiers 4100-1266 NAC Extender Options for use with
4100-1240 Auxiliary Audio Input Module; four additional inputs 4100-1267 Class A Adapter Expansion Signal
4100-1241 8 Minute Message Expansion Module 4100-1268 Constant Supervision Adapter Module

4100-1242 32 Minute Message Expansion Module 4081-9018 End-of-line resistor for 70.7 VRMS NACs; 10 k, 1 W
4100-0623 Network Audio Riser Controller Module for control of analog (-0621) or digital (-0622) riser module, see S4100-0034 for details

7 S4100-0036-20 3/2018
NDU with VCC, LED/Switch Modules (refer to S4100-0032 for additional detail)
LED/Switch Modules, General Purpose (LED/switch controller and label kit is ordered separately)
Model LEDs per Switch LED Color(s) LED Quantity Switch Quantity
4100-1276 Red; pluggable 8
LEDs only LEDs only
4100-1277 Red on top, Yellow on bottom, pluggable 16
4100-1280 One Red
8
4100-1281 One Yellow
4100-1282 Two Red on top, Yellow on bottom
8
4100-1283 Two Yellow, top and bottom
16
4100-1284 Two Red on top, Green on bottom
4100-1296 Two Green on top, Yellow on bottom
4100-1285 One Red
16 16
4100-1278 One 8 Red on left, 8 Yellow on right
4100-1287 One Red 24 24
LED/Switch Modules, Special Purpose (LED/switch controller and label kit is ordered separately)
Model Operation
4100-1286 Eight function HOA (On, Off, Auto) Control Module with labeled switches; ON/OFF/Auto; Green/Red/Green LEDs
4100-1295 Eight function HOA (On, Off, Auto) Control Module, same as 4100-1286 except switches are unlabeled
LED/Switch Controller Modules and Accessories
Model Description
64 LED/64 Switch Controller Module with mounting plate; controls up to 64 NOTE: LED/switch controllers and their
4100-1288 LEDs and interfaces to up to 64 switches; mounts behind the LED/switch connected LED/switch modules must be in the
modules and has provisions for one 4100-1289 Controller Module same bay; refer to data sheet S4100-0032 for
64 LED/64 Switch Controller Module without mounting plate; mounts on extra additional LED/Switch module details when
4100-1289 Flex-35/50 amplifiers are in the same bay
space of 4100-1288; controls an additional 64 LEDs and 64 switches
4100-1294 LED/Switch Module Slide-in Labels, required when LED/switch modules are present; order one per cabinet
Model Color Model Color Model Color Description
4100-9843 Yellow 4100-9844 Green 4100-9845 Red Kits of 8 LEDs; order as required for 4100-1276/1277 modules

Additional Expansion and Remote Power Supplies and Accessories

Model Voltage/Listing Description Size Supv. Alarm
4100-5101 120 VAC UL Expansion Power Supply (XPS); 9 A output rated same as
2
4100-5103 120 VAC, Canadian ULC SPS, 3 built-in 3 A Class A/B NACs that can provide 50 mA 50 mA
Blocks
4100-5102 220-240 VAC UL synchronized strobe or SmartSync, two-wire operation
4100-5115 NAC Expansion Module, 3 NACs, Class A/B, mounts on XPS only N.A. 25 mA 25 mA
4100-5111 120 VAC UL Additional System Power Supply (SPS); 9 A power
supply/charger with 250 point IDNet channel; three 3 A Class A/B
4100-5112 120 VAC, Canadian ULC 4
NACs, one programmable Aux Relay and one 2 A Aux Power 175 mA 185 mA
Blocks
4100-5113 220-240 VAC UL output, expansion slot for City Circuit or Alarm/Supv/Tbl Relay
option; Canadian model has low battery cutout
4100-5125 120 VAC UL Remote Power Supply (RPS); 9 A power supply/charger similar
4
4100-5126 120 VAC, Canadian ULC to SPS except no IDNet channel or City Circuits; will accept one 150 mA 185 mA
Blocks
4100-5127 220/230/240 VAC UL 4100-6033
4100-5152 12 VDC Power Option, 2 A @ 12 VDC maximum 1 Block 1.5 A maximum
4100-0634 120 VAC
Power Distribution Module (PDM); select per system voltage; one required per box or cabinet rack
4100-0635 220/230/240 VAC

8 S4100-0036-20 3/2018
VCC – Additional Options
Model Description
4100-6034 Door Tamper Switch with built-in addressable IDNet IAM, one per cabinet assembly if required
4100-2320 Audio Bay-to-Bay Interconnection Harness Kit; order one for each audio bay addition
4100-0637 Audio Box Interconnection Harness Kit; order one for each close-nippled audio cabinet
4100-9835 Termination and Address Label Kit (for module marking); provides additional labels for field installed modules
4100-1290 24 Point I/O Module; I Slot (see data sheet S4100-0032 for details)
4100-1293 Panel Mount Thermal Printhead Printer, supplied with one roll of paper; requires 3 Slots; see S4100-0032 for details
4190-9803 Replacement Paper for 4100-1293 Printer, one roll
4100-6045 Coded Manual Station Decoder Module; 3 Slot module; 85 mA supervisory, 163 mA alarm; see S4100-0018 for details
4100-6048 VESDA Air Aspiration Interface; 1 Slot module; 132 mA supervisory or alarm, see S4100-0026 for details
Model* Description Model* Description Model* Description
8 Point Zone / Relay
4100-5013 4100-3102 127 Point MAPNET II Module 4100-3204 4 DPDT Relays w/feedback, 2 A
Module
4100-3109 250 Point IDNet 2 Module 4100-3103 MAPNET II Quad Isolator 4100-3206 8 SPDT Relays, 3 A
250 Point IDNet 2+2
4100-3110 4100-3202 4 DPDT Relays w/feedback, 10 A
Module
* See data sheet S4100-0031 for details

NDU or NDU with VCC Additional Options

Model Description
4100-1279 Single blank 2” display cover; order as required (8 fill a bay front); two max. in a row between LED/switch modules
4100-2210 Appliqué, Canadian French, 4100ES Fire Control
4100-2300 Expansion Bay Hardware, order for each expansion bay (unless included with selected option)
4100-0636 Box Interconnection Harness Kit; order one for each close-nippled cabinet
4100-0632 Terminal Block Module; 2, 16 position terminal blocks mounted on 4” x 5” single block size, for up to 12 AWG wire (3.31 mm2)
4100-5128 Battery Distribution Terminal Block; mounts to side of box; required for close-nippled cabinets that interconnect battery wiring

General Specifications
120 VAC Models 4 A maximum @ 102 to 132 VAC, 60 Hz
Input Power [System (SPS); Expansion (XPS);
Remote (RPS); and 100 W amplifiers] 2 A maximum @ 204 to 264 VAC, 50/60 Hz;
220-240 VAC Models
separate taps for 220/230/240 VAC
Total Power Supply Including module currents and auxiliary power outputs; 9 A total for Output
Power Supply Output
Output Rating “Special Application” appliances; 4 A total for “Regulated 24 DC” power switches to
Ratings for SPS, XPS,
Auxiliary Power Tap 2 A maximum @ nominal 28 VDC battery
and RPS (see data
during AC
sheet S4100-0031 for NACs Programmed for 2 A maximum per NAC;
Rated 19.1 to 31.1 VDC failure or
more detail) Auxiliary Power 5 A maximum total brownout
Battery Charger UL listed for battery charging of 6.2 Ah up to 110 Ah (batteries larger than 50 Ah require
Battery capacity range
Ratings for SPS and a remote battery cabinet); ULC listed for charging up to 50 Ah batteries
RPS (sealed lead-acid Charger characteristics Temperature compensated, dual rate, recharges depleted batteries within 48 hours per
batteries) and performance UL Standard 864, to 70% capacity in 12 hours per ULC Standard S527
Operating Temperature Range 32° to 120°F (0° to 49° C)
Environmental
Operating Humidity Range Up to 93% RH, non-condensing @ 90° F (32° C) maximum

Expansion Bay Module Loading Reference (exact locations are provided with shipped product)
Description Mounting
Slot 1 Slot 2 Slot 3 Slot 4 Slot 5 Slot 6 Slot 7 Slot 8
Terminal Block Module 4” x 5”, 1 block
Class B Physical Bridge 2”, 1 slot
Class X Physical Bridge 4”, 2 slots
Blocks E, F, G & H
System or Remote Power Supply
Block A Block C Block E Block G
ONLY
Expansion Power Supply Blocks G & H ONLY
Audio Controller Modules Blocks A & B
Blocks E & F; C & D; or
Flex-35 Amplifiers, 2 max/bay*
A&B
Flex-50 Amplifiers, 2 max/bay* Blocks E & F or C & D
100 W Amplifiers, 1 max/bay Blocks E, F, G & H
100 W Backup Amplifiers, 1 max.
Blocks A, B, C & D
Block B Block D Block F Block H
per bay with primary amplifier
Master Telephone Module Blocks A & B
Master Microphone Module (do Two vertical Blocks,
not mount next to telephone) any location
Expansion Bay Chassis Telephone Module 1 Block
Operator LED/Switch Modules 1 Slot
Size Definitions: Block = 4” W x 5” H (102 mm x 127 mm) card area * NOTE: When mounting dual Flex amplifiers on an
Slot = 2” W x 8” H (51 mm x 203 mm) motherboard with daughter card expansion bay, special mounting rules apply.
9 S4100-0036-20 3/2018
 Wall Mounted Enclosure Installation Reference

NOTE: A system ground must be provided for Earth Detection and transient protection devices. This connection shall
be made to an approved, dedicated Earth connection per NFPA 70, Article 250, and NFPA 780.

Additional 4100ES Technical Reference

Document Document number
Installation Instructions 574-848
Operating Instructions 579-197

Additional 4100ES and 4120 Network Product Reference

Subject Data Sheet Subject Data Sheet

Serial DACT (SDACT) for 4100ES, 4010ES, 4007ES S2080-0009 BACpac Ethernet Module S4100-0051
Battery and Battery Cabinet Reference for 4100ES S2081-0006 4120 Network Products and Specifications S4100-0056
110 Ah Batteries and Cabinets for 4100ES S2081-0012 Physical Bridge Modules for 4120 Networks S4100-0057
Seismic Battery Brackets Reference S2081-0019 Building Network Interface Card (BNIC) S4100-0061
External 110 Ah Battery Charger for 4100ES, 4010ES S4081-0002 SafeLINC Internet Interface S4100-0062
TCP/IP Physical Bridge Modules for 4120 Networks S4100-0029 TrueInsight Remote Gateway S4100-0063
4100ES Basic Panels with SPS Power Supplies S4100-0031 4100ES Basic Panels with EPS Power Supplies S4100-0100
4100ES LED/Switch Modules & Printer S4100-0032 InfoAlarm Command Center with EPS Power Supplies S4100-0101
4100ES Emergency Voice/Alarm Equipment S4100-0034 NDU with EPS Power Supplies for 4120 Network S4100-0102
4100ES Enclosures S4100-0037 TrueSite Workstation S4190-0016
InfoAlarm Command Center with SPS Power Supplies S4100-0045 Network System Integrator (NSI) for 4120 Networks S4190-0017
Multiple Signal Fiber Optic Modems for 4120 Networks S4100-0049 TrueSite Incident Commander S4190-0020

TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. Microsoft and Windows are trademarks
of Microsoft Corporation. VESDA is a trademark of Vision Products Pty Ltd.

Tyco Fire Protection Products • Westminster, MA • 01441-0001 • USA S4100-0036-20 3/2018

www.simplex-fire.com
© 2018 Tyco Fire Protection Products. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice.
 Fire Control Panels
AUTOCALL® TFXnet Network Interface (TFXi) Connection
to the 4100ES Fire Alarm Control Panel, Feature 4100-6106

Features
AUTOCALL TFXnet Networked fire alarm control
panels with 4100ES fire alarm control panels:
 Customized information mapping allows 4100ES status
to be communicated to the TFX Network control panels
 The TFX Network Master provides Acknowledge,
Silence, and Reset to the 4100ES
Point information is mapped between the 4100ES
and the AUTOCALL TFX on a point basis per the
following:
 Functions include: Alarm, Trouble, Supervisory, and
Utility information
 Total TFX Network Nodes + total 4100ES Network
Nodes with 4100-6106 TFXi Feature = 62
TFXnet Network Interface Feature 4100-6106
includes three internally mounted modules:
 The 4100-6106 TFXi RS-232 Module provides
communications between the 4100ES and the TFXnet
Communications Module; this single slot module mounts
in the CPU bay or an expansion bay
 IMPORTANT: The 4100-6106 card requires the use of
an existing TLI-530 TFXnet Communications Module.
Relocate the TLI-530 TFXnet Communications Module
from the TFX panel that is being upgraded to a 4100ES
panel. You must upgrade the TLI-530 firmware to the
TLT-530 firmware provided with the 4100-6106 for the
4100ES TFXnet communications interface. 4100ES TFX Network Interface Block Diagram
 Power for the TFXnet Communications Module is
supplied by a dedicated power supply module Description
 Both the TFXnet Communications Module and its power Point Mapping. TFX Network point groupings and
supply module are mounted on a common bracket general information is formatted differently from the
requiring a double wide 4100ES block space 4100ES. With the 4100-6106 TFXi Feature, events are
(4 x 10 horizontal) mapped by programming a table of 4100ES-to-TFX point
 The 4100-6106 does not carry UL or other listings. status associations. Point status is then sent to the TFX
Network from the 4100ES.
Introduction 4100ES Module Considerations. The 4100-6106
TFXnet Network Expansion Flexibility. When a fire TFXi Feature is a unique card type whose function
alarm system using existing TFX Network fire alarm consumes one Computer Port Protocol resource. [For
control panels requires expansion, use of the 4100-6106 reference, the 4100ES can support up to five RS-232 type
TFXi Feature allows the expansion to include the ports; two are available for special features/modules such
capabilities of the 4100ES fire alarm control panel. as the 4100-6106, or a DACT, SafeLINC® Internet
TFXnet Node. Standard operation is for the 4100ES to Interface, or Computer Port Protocol device; the
be a TFXnet node capable of sending its point status remaining ports can be assigned for printer support up to
information to the network. Typically all programmed five total.]
4100ES points would go to the TFX Network. The TFX For additional information, refer to 4100-6106
Network Master provides Acknowledge, Silence, and Installation and Programming Guide 579-1269.
Reset. The 4100ES does not provide that control to the Additional TFXnet interconnection reference for the
TFX Network. AUTOCALL Line Interface Boards may be found in
[For special applications, with point capacity and control Installation Instructions 19700344.
limitations, the 4100-6106 TFXi Feature will allow the
4100ES to be configured either as a peer-to-peer member
node of the TFXnet Network or to be the TFXnet master
control panel. Contact your local SimplexGrinnell
representative for application guidance.] This product does not carry UL or other listings. Contact your local Simplex product supplier
for the latest status.

S4100-0154 5/2018
Specifications

4100-6106 TFXi Feature Specifications

Voltage System supplied

TFXi RS-232 Module 132 mA, both for supervisory and alarm
Battery Standby TFXnet Communications
Current Module and Power Supply 128 mA, both for supervisory and alarm
Requirements Module Assembly
Total for 4100-6106 260 mA, both for supervisory and alarm
2” Slot on 4100ES CPU bay (preferred); or on expansion bay;
TFXi RS-232 Module
2” x 11-1/2” mother board is included (51 mm x 292 mm)
Mounting TFXnet Communications 4” x 10” (102 mm x 254 mm) module reference size, horizontal mount;
Requirements Module and Power Supply requires two horizontal expansion bay blocks; actual mounting bracket
Module Assembly dimensions = 8” W x 6-1/2” H (203 mm x 165 mm)
Additional Reference Refer to Installation Instructions 579-1269 for mounting details
One 4100-6106 TFXi Feature per 4100ES
4100ES Allocation Requirements
4100-6106 consumes one Computer Port Protocol device resource
Total node capacity TFXnet Networks accommodate up to 62 Network Nodes maximum
The total of TFX Nodes + 4100ES Nodes with 4100-6106 TFXi Feature
= 62 maximum
Example 1:
TFX Network Node
Capacity Reference An existing Network with 50 TFX Nodes can expand with up to (12) 4100ES
Node Mix Reference
Nodes with the 4100-6106 TFXi Feature
Example 2:
An existing Network with 61 TFX Nodes can add only one 4100ES Node
with the 4100-6106 TFXi Feature
4100ES point requirements/capacities are:
Up to 1268 individual points of Alarm/Supervisory and Trouble, + 1 Common
Point Mapping Reference Information Trouble, + 1 Acknowledge (no Silence and no Reset) = 1270 points total
The TFX Network Master provides Acknowledge, Silence, and Reset to the
4100ES; the 4100ES does not provide that control to the TFX Network
Operating Temperature Range 32 F to 120 F (0 C to 49 C)
Humidity Range Up to 93% RH, non-condensing @ 90° F (32° C)

System Information

System Software Revision TFX Network Network Interface Modules, revision 3.2
Requirements Panels Network Panels, revision 12.0 or higher

2 S4100-0154 5/2018
4100-6106 TFXi Feature Installation Reference

4100-6106 Interconnection
Reference
TFXnet Network
Communications Loop
(upgraded
TLI-530
Power module from
Module existing TFX
panel, not
supplied)

module assembly TFX Panel with

is harness wired, TFXnet Network
orientation shown Interface
Port A
is for reference
P3

TFXi RS-232
Module
Single slot 2" wide TLI-530
motherboard

RS-232 connection harness, RJ11

to DB25 (to Port A), 14 ft (4.3 m)
long (P/N 734-165) *

TFXi RS-232 Module

provides interface to 4100ES; shown
mounted in the CPU bay (preferred
location if available) *

TFXi RS-232 Module,

Internally mounted TFX Network alternate location,
communications module (TLT-530) and mount in available
power supply interface module, on common expansion bay space
mounting bracket *
4100ES Fire Alarm
Control Panel

* Note: The TFXi RS-232 module, power supply interface module, all
required harnesses, and TLT-530 firmware are provided with the 4100-
6106 TFXi feature. TLT-530 card is not provided (the TLI-530 card in
the existing TFX panel must be reused with upgraded firmware)

3 S4100-0154 5/2018
TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Simplex, the Simplex logo, AUTOCALL, and SafeLINC are trademarks of Tyco
International Ltd. and its affiliates and are used under license.

Tyco Fire Protection Products • Westminster, MA • 01441-0001 • USA S4100-0154 5/2018

www.simplex-fire.com
© 2018 Tyco Safety Products Westminster. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice.
 Simplex 4120 Fire Alarm Network
4120 Network Applications, Communications, Options and Specifications

Features external cabinets are available. Please refer to data sheet S4100-0049
for details.
4120 network communications among system fire alarm control
panels provides:
• Support for up to 99 nodes per network loop to provide network
emergency voice broadcasts and centralized command center
operations
• Multiple network loops for campus and other high panel quantity
applications
• Network-wide initiation of alarm silence, acknowledge, and reset; and
investigation of status and details of system points and point lists
• Distributed system operation to ensure excellent survivability; during a
communications fault condition, Network nodes remaining connected
will regroup and continue communicating
• Flexible network annunciator options such as TrueSite workstations,
network display units (NDU) and NDUs with voice command center
(VCC)
• Use of InfoAlarm command center equipped nodes to provide
increased network information display capability
• Network level command and control provides manual point control for
on/off or disable/enable, as well as gathering specific point detail

Simplex® 4120 fire alarm network communications are available

for wired or fiber optic connections
Figure 1: Fire alarm network
• Wired communications are available on network interface cards (NICs);
communications, wired or fiber optic
available with either wired connections only, or as a modular design
allowing selection of either wired or fiber optic media modules Physical bridge modules connect multiple network loops and
• Fiber optic communications are available with fiber media modules provide star topology connections
on the NIC or when using the higher performance multiple signal fiber • Physical bridge modules connect to network communications using
optic modems wired or fiber optic media and interconnect using modem media
• Fiber optic links are point-to-point continuous (unswitched) modules. Refer to data sheet S4100-0057 for details.
connections between fire alarm network nodes • TCP/IP physical bridge modules are similar but provide local area
• LED status indicators assist with system setup and servicing network (LAN) compatible interconnections. Refer to data sheet
S4100-0029 for details.
Modular network interface cards details
• Class B or Class X network communications using wired or fiber optic Network diagnostics include:
media modules; selectable separately to match media requirements • Attendance and polling error logging
• LED status indications on interface board
Wired media module details
• Synchronized time and date allowing precise data logging
• Provides isolated earth detection
• Compatible with Simplex isolated loop and over-voltage protectors Listings information
• Electrical characteristics are similar to RS-485 Applicable listings for 4120 network control units and accessories:
• UL 864, Fire Detection and Control (UOJZ), Smoke Control Service
Duplex fiber optic media module details
(UUKL), Releasing Device Service (SYZV)
• Fiber optic links provide immunity to electrical transients, short circuits,
• UL 1076, Proprietary Alarm Units - Burglar (APOU)
and ground conditions
• UL 2017, Process Management Equipment (QVAX), Emergency Alarm
• Laser based fiber optic media modules use one multi-mode or one
System Control Units (FSZI)
single-mode fiber to communicate; includes a single type SC connector
compatible with 62.5/125µm or 50/125µm multi-mode fiber, or • UL 1730, Smoke Detector Monitor (UULH)
9/125µm single-mode fiber • UL 2572, Mass Notification Systems (PGWM)
• On-board diagnostics provide information regarding the performance • CAN/ULC-S527 Control Units for Fire Alarm Systems (UOJZ7), Releasing
and health of the fiber link. Device Service (SYZV7)
• ULC/ORD-C1076 Proprietary Burglar Alarm Units and Systems (APOU7)
Multiple signal fiber modem details
• ULC/ORD-C100 Smoke Control System Equipment (UUKL7)
• Laser based half-duplex communications for a variety of signal
combinations over a single fiber connection
• Available for single mode or multi-mode fiber
• Increased transmission distances compared to copper wiring (over 20
miles (32 km) may be possible with low-loss single-mode fiber)
• Multiple signal modems can be mounted within the cabinet for 4100
series control units. For other compatible fire alarm control units

Refer to individual product data sheets for specific product listing details.

S4100-0056 Rev. 10 5/2018

 4120 Network Applications, Communications, Options and Specifications

Basic 4120 network operation

Simplex fire alarm networks communicate information among distributed Simplex fire alarm control panels. Systems may be composed of similar
capability panels sharing information, or specific nodes may be added to perform dedicated network functions. Illustrations on the following pages
provide a summary of a variety of fire alarm Network applications.
For non-Simplex panels, a Network System Integrator can be used to connect equipment to the network using optically isolated inputs and relay
contact outputs.

Nodes
Each panel with direct communications into the network is defined as a node. Each node can be a large or small fire alarm control panel, TrueSite
Workstation, TrueSite Incident Commander, or Network System Integrator.

Communications process
Network information is sequentially transmitted from one node to another. At each node, the network message is captured and either retransmitted
as received, or modified before retransmission to provide the network with a status update. The ability of the message to circulate through the
network will define the network status and allow the nodes to respond accordingly.

Survivability
If a node goes "off-line" or if the connection between nodes either shorts, opens, or has any other form of communication problem, the nodes will
isolate that section of wiring. Nodes that cannot retransmit onto the next node of the network will transmit back to the previous node to maintain
communications and to notify the network of the node status. In the event of multiple wiring problems, the remaining nodes will effectively “regroup”
and establish new, smaller “sub-networks” that will maintain communications among the active nodes.

Communications options
Figure 2 shows a multiple node network interconnected with a variety of communications means for reference.
• Wired communications are compatible with a variety of new and retrofit wiring
• Duplex fiber optic media card communications use a single fiber (available for single mode or multi-mode fiber) and are dedicated to Network
communications
• Multiple communication modems use a single fiber (available for single mode or multi-mode fiber) and can carry multiple communications signals
such as network communications and network audio broadcasts
• TCP/IP physical bridge modem communications are also available, refer to Additional 4120 network reference for more information

NODE 1

Duplex fiber optic

MODULAR CARD
media modules
use single fiber FIBER WIRED P
Circuit Protection is required when
wiring leaves or enters a building

Fire Control

NODE "N"
NODE 2

MODULAR CARD
MODULAR CARD
WIRED FIBER P P
Network communications WIRED WIRED
and Network audio are
on the same fiber
(separate Network Audio #18 twisted, shielded pair
Riser is not required)

Fire Control

Multi-signal Dotted line = Network Audio Riser

modems
use single fiber

#24 twisted pair (requires

NODE 5 overall shield)
Duplex fiber optic media NODE 3
MODULAR CARD modules use single fiber
WIRED FIBER
MODULAR CARD
#24 twisted pair dry P
lines (facility owned) WIRED WIRED

Fire Control

NODE 4

MODULAR CARD

FIBER WIRED

Figure 2: 4120 network communications options reference

Notes:
1. Refer to NFPA 70 (NEC) or other applicable codes for shielded wiring and protective device requirements when wiring enters and leaves a building.
2. For additional details on network audio requirements, refer to data sheet S4100-0034.

Page 2 S4100-0056 Rev. 10 5/2018

 4120 Network Applications, Communications, Options and Specifications

Multiple loop network operation using a TrueSite Workstation or Incident Commander

When extensive network expansion or interconnection of existing, separate networks is required, up to seven 4120 network loops may be interfaced
using the TrueSite Workstation. Up to two network loops can be interfaced using the Incident Commander.
Each network loop is connected to its own network interface card allowing the workstation to appear as a node in each individual loop. With the
workstation as a network loop interface, information from all nodes on the network (up to 7 loops) can be annunciated on a central workstation.
With a multi-loop network connection, the TrueSite Workstation and Incident Commander are member nodes of each network loop with up to 98
additional nodes per loop. This allows up to 686 total nodes and the TrueSite Workstation Server (687 total) to be interconnected.

Multiple-loop 4120 and ES Net networks

A TrueSite Workstation node can attach to as many as (7) network loops; up to (1) ES Net loop and (6) additional 4120 loops, or up to (7) 4120 loops.
An Incident Commander node can attach to as many as (2) network loops; up to (1) ES Net loop and (1) additional 4120 loop, or up to (2) 4120 loops.

Multi-loop operation features

Improved survivability
• Individual network loops operate independently
• In the event of loss of one or more loops, remaining loops continue to operate

Loop independence
New loops can be added without impacting existing loops

Assists with phased-in system expansion

• Each loop can be installed as a stand-alone network allowing local node programming to evolve as required
• When construction or renovation reaches completion, loops can be consolidated for coordinated facility protection

TrueSite Workstation hardware requirements

• Each loop requires a dedicated network interface card with media modules, as required.
• A maximum of 7 network interface cards are allowed per workstation

TrueSite Workstation with

up to seven (7) Network
Interface Modules

Additional Network
Connections, up to
seven (7) total

Network
Network
Loop 2
Loop 1

Figure 3: Typical interface of multiple network loops using a TrueSite Workstation

Page 3 S4100-0056 Rev. 10 5/2018

 4120 Network Applications, Communications, Options and Specifications

Multiple building 4120 network example

Multiple building/campus network
Multiple building 4120 network example represents a multiple building/campus network with duplicate InfoAlarm network display unit (NDU) locations.
The East security office might normally be the master command center in the event of an emergency while the west security office can take control if
needed.

Hub node function using physical bridge modules

The east security office NDU also performs as a basic hub node, supporting a star topology via physical bridge modules, and allowing the two
panel network of the research & development loop to connect to the main network loop. Physical bridge modules allow a variety of other network
connections (refer to data sheet S4100-0057 for additional information).

Network oversight
System activity recording occurs at both of the NDU locations with each capable of manually investigating and operating the same network points.
Access to the operation is pass-code controlled such that only authorized operators have access to override the automatic operation.

Support for “In control” command centers

“In control” network operation allows a prioritization to establish which command center is in control.

“In control” functions include:

• Annunciation of which command center is “In control”
• Establishing whether command centers have equal access to control or are prioritized
• Allowing a “Request control” command to be accepted where a specific command center takes control over other equal priority command centers –
typically due to location of the incident of concern

Figure 4: Multiple Building 4120 Network Application

Page 4 S4100-0056 Rev. 10 5/2018

 4120 Network Applications, Communications, Options and Specifications

4120 network high rise audio example

Fire alarm network principles apply equally to high rise applications. For the example shown in Figure 5, a wired network communications link is paired
with a wired audio riser.

Figure 5: Network high rise audio example

Page 5 S4100-0056 Rev. 10 5/2018

 4120 Network Applications, Communications, Options and Specifications

Multiple signal fiber optic modem example

Network interconnection flexibility
Multiple communication signal fiber optic modems provide the ability to communicate 4120 network information and network audio information over
a single fiber. Additionally, they also can provide a variety of interconnection capabilities functioning as a hub node to tie into star topology wiring and
to interconnect network loops.
As shown below, a network can consist of both Class B (Style 4) and Class X (Style 7) communications wiring depending on system requirements.

4100U Panel

Network Wiring Legend:

= Fiber connection Fire Control

= Wired connection
n = Node number
2

Wired connection
4100ES Panel Ring Topology
1
Network, 1 2 :
* * S Y S T E M
0 2 : 1 5 p m
I S N O R M A L * *
F I R E
C O

M
A L A R M
N T R O L

o n 8 - M a r - 9 9

3
F I R SE Y S TS EY MS TA EL MA RA M C
A L A S R U MP E T R R V OI S S UI O BL L EP
R EONY C WE DE R

A L A RS MU P V T R OA L U A B SR L YM E S T E M
A C K A C K A C K S I L ER NE CS EE T
C A U T I O N

D I S C O N N E C T
P O W E R B E F O R E
S E R V I C I N G

Style 7/Class A
Wired connection

4010 with Fiber Modem

Expansion Cabinet
Hub Node, 4100ES
8

4
TrueSite Workstation Star Topology
Connections

7
5

Class X/Style 7 Class B/Style 4

connection connections
Fire Control

6
4010ES Panel
Node 4 Fiber Modems
Remote Node Locations
Node 4 Network
Interface Card
For Hub Node connections as
Fire Control

L R
From Node 3 shown, the single fiber is for Network
(assume from a communications; if audio is also
To
Network Left-Port ) required, an additional fiber is
Node 1 (L) (R) (L) (R)
needed.

Internal Modem Wiring Legend:

(L) = Left-Port Modem
L L L R R (R) = Right-Port Modem
= Fiber connection
= Wired connection
(L) (R)
L = Left-Port Network
R = Right-Port Network

R L R
Internal wiring pairs shown as one-line for typical reference,
Network wiring follows conventional left-port to right-port
connection requirements.

To Node 5
To Node 7
From Node 7
To Node 6

Figure 6: 4120 network connections using multiple signal fiber modem communications

Note: This arrangement is shown for reference only. Alternate interconnections are detailed in Installation Instructions 579-831.

Page 6 S4100-0056 Rev. 10 5/2018

 4120 Network Applications, Communications, Options and Specifications

4120 fire alarm network example with multiple communication media

Figure 7: Fire alarm network example with multiple communication media

Note: Refer to NFPA 70 (NEC) or other applicable codes for shielded wiring and protective device requirements when wiring enters and leaves a build-
ing.

Page 7 S4100-0056 Rev. 10 5/2018

 4120 Network Applications, Communications, Options and Specifications

Multiple 4120 network loop connections using TCP/IP physical bridge modules
For additional 4120 network connection flexibility, TCP/IP physical bridge modules are available. Bridging between network loops or to a star
configuration using these modules allows the connection to be via a local area network (LAN) connection.
Refer to data sheet S4100-0029 for additional TCP/IP physical bridge module details.

Make additional Network Loop Link and

bridge connections Remote Style 4 Remote Node Link Additional bridge connection
only from the Node (dashed lines indicate not allowed, bridges originate
Main Loop equivalent connections) only at the Main Loop

LAN
Fire Control Fire Control

Main Loop
Hub Hub Typical Remote
(where bridges Node Node Loop
originate) Fire Control

Hub
TrueSite Workstation
Node

Fire Control

LAN #1 (Star configuration, shown as

Style 4/Class B, solid lines)
Redundant LAN for Class X
(per dashed lines)

LAN #2
Fire Control

Figure 8: Multiple loop 4120 network with TCP/IP modems

Page 8 S4100-0056 Rev. 10 5/2018

 4120 Network Applications, Communications, Options and Specifications

4120 network communications equipment selection reference

Table 1: Network interface cards for fire alarm control panels and TrueSite Workstation
Product Model Description Size Alarm/Supv. Notes
Modular network interface for
4100-6078
master controller
4100ES/4100U 1 slot 46 mA
Modular network interface for
4100-6061 Network interface cards require
redundant master controller
up to two media cards (ordered
TrueSite Modular network interface, PCI slot
4190-6061 1 PCI slot 46 mA separately, see below)
Workstation card
4007ES 4007-9810 Modular network interface Block L 30 mA
4010ES 4010-9922 Modular network interface 2 Vertical Blocks 30 mA
Table 2: Network media cards
Transmission
Product Model Description Port Alarm/Supv. Notes
mode
4007-6301 Left 55 mA Mounts on modular network interface
4120 duplex Single-mode
4007ES fiber 4007-6302 Right 55 mA cards listed above. Maximum of 1
fiber media card left port and 1 right port duplex fiber
media cards 4007-6303 Left 55 mA
for the 4007ES Multi-mode media card per modular network
4007-6304 Right 55 mA
interface card. Field connections
4010-6301 4120 duplex Left 55 mA
4010ES/4010 Single-mode require left port to right port pairing.
4010-6302 fiber media Right 55 mA
fiber media Order fiber media service kits for
4010-6303 card for the Left 55 mA
cards Multi-mode retrofit jobs where ST connectors are
4010-6304 4010/4010ES Right 55 mA already installed (see below for service
4100-6301 4120 duplex Left 55 mA kit ordering information, see install
4100ES/4100U Single-mode
4100-6302 fiber media Right 55 mA document 579-1238 for additional
fiber media
4100-6303 card for the Left 55 mA installation details).
cards Multi-mode
4100-6304 4100ES/4100U Right 55 mA
TrueSite 4190-6301 4120 duplex Left 55 mA
Single-mode
Workstation 4190-6302 fiber media card Right 55 mA
fiber media 4190-6303 for the TrueSite Left 55 mA
cards Workstation Multi-mode
4190-6304 Right 55 mA
Mounts on 4100-6078 or 4100-6061
4100-6056 Wired media card for 4100ES/4100U/NSI modular network interface; also used
with network system integrator
Mounts on 4190-6061 modular
Wired 4190-6036 Wired media card for the TrueSite Workstation
network interface
media cards
Mounts on 4010-9817 or 4010-9922
4010-9818 Wired media card for the 4010/4010ES
modular network interface
Mounts on 4007-9810 modular
4007-9813 Wired media card for 4007ES
network Interface

Note: All media cards listed in Table 2 operate on 5 VDC at 220 mA max, or 24VDC at 55mA max.
Table 3: Duplex fiber media card service kits
Install type Order number Description
62.5/125 µm
650-2013 For retrofit jobs where multi-mode fibers with ST connectors are already installed. Includes (1) left port and
installations
(1) right port 4120 multi-mode duplex fiber media cards, (2) ST to SC 18 in (45.7 cm) multi-mode fiber media
50/125 µm
650-2014 patch cords, (2) ST-ST couplers, (2) wire clamps, and (2) insulating sleeves.
installations

Note: Fiber optic media cards must be of the same type on each end of the fiber link. When replacing a media card with a different type, the card on
the other side of the link should be replaced as well.
Table 4: 4120 network options
Model Panel Description Size Alarm/Supv.
Building network interface card (BNIC), refer to data sheet
4100-6047 4100ES 2 Blocks 291 mA
S4100-0061 for details
Network access dial-in service modem, mounts to 4100-6078
4100-6055 4100ES or 4100-6061 modular network interface card, requires N.A. 60 mA
telephone line connection
Building network interface card (BNIC), refer to data sheet
4010-9914 4010ES 2 Blocks 236 mA
S4100-0061 for details

Page 9 S4100-0056 Rev. 10 5/2018

 4120 Network Applications, Communications, Options and Specifications

Wired media module distance specifications

The wired media module distance specifications in Table 5 are for media modules 4010-9818, 4100-6056, 4190-6036, or 4007-9813.

Table 5: Wired media module distance specifications

Wire size and specifications Data rate (baud) Distance Distance note
18 AWG Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP); maximum of 58 pF/ft, (190 pF/m) 9600 17,000 ft (5.4 km) Distance is with or
between conductors; shielded cable is allowed; see note below. 57.6 k 10,000 ft (3 km) without isolated
24 AWG Telephone cable Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP); maximum of 22 pF/ 9600 12,000 ft (3.65 km) loop protector
ft (72.2 pF/m) between conductors; overall shielded cable is allowed; see note or over-voltage
57.6 k 7,000 ft (2.13 km) protectors.
below.

Note: Shielded cable and circuit protection is required when wiring leaves the building.

Duplex fiber media module specifications

Table 6: Duplex fiber optic media module specifications

Specification Rating
Single mode Nominal 9/125 µm
Compatible fiber
Multi-mode 50/125 µm or 62.5/125 µm graded index
Fiber connector Type SC
Allowed fiber connections No limit
Port A: Transmit = 1310nm, Receive = Optical launch power;
1550nm
Single-mode media card -9 dBm (126 µW) minimum,
Port B: Transmit = 1550nm, Receive =
Transmit and receive 1310nm -3 dBm (501 µW) maximum
wavelengths Port A: Transmit = 1310nm, Receive = Optical launch power;
1550nm
Multi-mode media card -8 dBm (159 µW) minimum,
Port B: Transmit = 1550nm, Receive =
1310nm 0 dBm (1000 µW) maximum
Maximum distance = 82,000 ft (25km)
Transmission distances for single-mode fiber
Maximum total attenuation = 22dB
Maximum distance = 16,400 ft (5km)
Transmission distances for multi-mode fiber
Maximum total attenuation = 18dB

Table 7: Duplex fiber optic media module distance specifications

Maximum
Fiber type MIFL Power margin Safety margin Power budget Coupler/splice loss
distance
Multi-mode 50/125 or 62.5/125, 1.5 dB/km
15 dB -3 dB 16400 ft (5 km) 18 dB .75dB max for each mated pair
numerical aperture = 0.275 @ 1300nm
connection .30dB max for each
Single-mode 9/125, 1 dB/km 82000 ft
19 dB -3 dB 22 dB fusion splice
numerical aperture = 0.2 @ 1310nm (25 km)
The duplex fiber optic media module distance specifications in Table 7 are for media modules 4007-6301, 4007-6302, 4007-6303, 4007-6304,
4010-6301, 4010-6302, 4010-6303, 4010-6304, 4100-6301, 4100-6302, 4100-6303, 4100-6304, 4190-6301, 4190-6302, 4190-6303, and 4190-6304.

Fiber media notes

1. Fiber type for duplex fiber optic: Cable specifications are for 50 or 62.5 micron core with 125 micron cladding multi-mode graded index fiber or
9 micron core with 125 micron cladding single-mode fiber
2. MIFL: maximum individual fiber loss. Numbers shown are industry standard reference; refer to specific cable for exact specifications.
3. Distance: The maximum distance between nodes is determined by the total loss from the transmitter to the associated receiver (fiber loss,
connector loss, splice loss and power margin), or the maximum distance listed, whichever is smaller.
4. Power budget: Use attenuation measurements at the following wavelengths: Multi-mode @ 1300nm, Single-mode @ 1310nm

Multiple signal fiber optic modem specifications

Refer to data sheet S4100-0049 for multiple signal fiber optic modem details.

Page 10 S4100-0056 Rev. 10 5/2018

 4120 Network Applications, Communications, Options and Specifications

Acceptance test requirements for fiber optic installations

An initial acceptance test of each fiber link shall be performed in accordance with NFPA 72, Chapter 14 Inspection, Testing, and Maintenance (or other
applicable local code) requirements. A fiber link is defined as all fiber segments, including patch cords, which create a fiber path from one fiber media
board to another. Test result data must meet or exceed ANSI/TIA 568-C.3 (or newer) Optical Fiber Cabling Components Standard related to fiber optic
lines and connection/splice losses and the manufacturer's published specifications.
1. OTDR launch and receive cables of appropriate length shall be used. If a single cable is used, each link shall be tested in both directions.
2. Multi-mode fiber links shall be measured at 850 nm and 1300 nm.
3. Single mode fiber links shall be measured at 1310 nm and 1550 nm.

Compatible 4120 network products

4120 network nodes include the following Simplex fire alarm products:
• 4100ES, 4100U, 4007ES, 4010ES, and 4010 series fire alarm control panels and 4100ES or 4100U NDU's
• 4190 Series TrueSite Workstations and Incident Commanders
• 4190 Series Network System Integrators
• Legacy 4120 Series panels, NPU, and 2500 NDU; 4190 Series IMS and GCC systems; 4020, 4002 Series systems and retrofitted 4100/4100+ and 2120
systems

Additional 4120 network reference

Table 8: Additional 4120 network reference
Subject Data sheet
4007ES Hybrid Fire Alarm Control Panel S4007-0001
4007ES Fire Alarm Control Panel S4007-0002
4010ES Fire Alarm Control Panel S4010-0004
4010ES Fire Alarm Control Panel (International) S4010-0006
4010ES Addressable Basic Control Unit with IDNAC S4010-0011
4010ES Addressable Basic Control Unit with IDNAC (International) S4010-0012
TCP/IP physical bridge modules for 4120 networks S4100-0029
4100ES Basic Panels with SPS Power Supplies S4100-0031
4100ES Network Display Unit (NDU) with SPS Power Supplies for 4120 Networks S4100-0036
InfoAlarm Command Center for Control Units with SPS Power Supplies S4100-0045
Multiple Signal Fiber Optic Modems and Accessories for 4120 networks S4100-0049
Physical Bridge Modules for 4120 networks S4100-0057
Building Network Interface Card (BNIC) Models S4100-0061
4100ES Basic Panels with EPS Power Supplies S4100-0100
InfoAlarm Command Center for Control Units with EPS Power Supplies S4100-0101
4100ES Network Display Unit (NDU) with EPS Power Supplies for 4120 networks S4100-0102
TrueSite Workstations S4190-0016
Network Systems Integrator for 4120 networks S4190-0017
TrueSite Incident Commander S4190-0020
TrueSite Graphic Annunciator S4190-0022
TrueSite Graphic Annunciator Incident Commander S4190-0023
Truesite Mobile Client S4190-0024

Page 11 S4100-0056 Rev. 10 5/2018

 4120 Network Applications, Communications, Options and Specifications

© 2018 Johnson Controls. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision and are subject to change without
notice. Additional listings may be applicable, contact your local Simplex® product supplier for the latest status. Listings and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co.
Simplex, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm Code are
registered trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).
S4100-0056 Rev. 10 5/2018
 Fire Alarm Network Reference
UL, ULC, CSFM Listed; FM Approved; Physical Bridge Modules for 4120 Network
MEA (NYC) Acceptance*

Features

Compatible with Simplex 4120 Network

Provides additional Simplex® 4120 Network
connection flexibility using modem
communications:
 4120 Network topologies include ring (loop), star
(hub), and combinations
 Connections can include linking of two 4120 Network
loops into one network
 Total Network/System linking can include passing
communications through up to three (3) physical
bridge links
 Hub nodes in the fire alarm control panel connecting
to Star communications wiring assist in expansion and
retrofit of existing Simplex 2120 Multiplex systems**
Available for Simplex 4100ES, 4100U, and
4010ES Series fire alarm control panels:
 Standard Physical Bridge modules include wired
media modules for 4120 Network connections and a
modem media module for bridge connections
 Models are available for Class B or Class X
communications
 Fiber optic media modules can be field installed as
required for 4120 Network communications
 Also compatible with legacy 4100/4100+/4020 Series
control panels
UL Listed to Standard 864

Description
Network Connection Flexibility. Physical bridge
modules provide an intelligent network link that increases
the flexibility of Simplex 4120 Networks.
Communications between the physical bridge modules Physical Bridge Module Link Connected
use a proprietary, full duplex, two-wire modem protocol to a Single Remote Node
for efficient information transfer. Additionally, each
physical bridge module functions as a “proxy” for its
remote node information to maintain overall network
performance.
Multiple 4120 Network Loop Connections.
Connection options include linking of two 4120 network * This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to
loops into one network, branching to single or multiple Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing
7165-0026:251 for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in
remote nodes using existing two-wire connections, this document. It is subject to re-examination, revision, and possible cancellation.
creating hub nodes to form Star configuration systems, Accepted for use – City of New York Department of Buildings – MEA35-93E. Additional
listings may be applicable; contact your local Simplex product supplier for the latest
and combinations of these connections, providing status. Listings and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co. are the property of
convenient networking flexibility. Tyco Fire Protection Products.

** Refer to data sheet S4190-0016 for details on the Serial Line Interface (SLI) for
connection to multiple 2120 systems using a TrueSite workstation.

S4100-0057-6 3/2018
Product Selection

Modules for 4100ES and 4100U

Model Description Additional Details Mounting Space Requirements Alarm/Supv.
Physical Bridge Class Includes one modem module and
4100-6101 Single slot size 210 mA
B (Style 4) Module 2 wired communications modules
Includes two modem modules
Physical Bridge Class
4100-6102 and 2 wired communications Two slot size 300 mA
X (Style 7) Module
modules
Single-mode, left port
4100-6301 4120 duplex fiber Maximum of 1 left port and 1 right 55 mA
media card port duplex fiber media card per
Single-mode, right modular network interface card. Field
4100-6302 port 4120 duplex fiber connections require left port to right 55 mA
Order separately as needed to
media card port pairing. Order fiber media
replace wired media modules on-
Multi-mode, left port service kits for retrofit jobs where ST
site per system requirements
4100-6303 4120 duplex fiber connectors are already installed 55 mA
media card (refer to data sheet S4100-0056 for
Multi-mode, right port full fiber media module specifications
4100-6304 4120 duplex fiber and retrofit information) 55 mA
media card
Required for multiple Physical Single block module (4 x 5 card) for
8 VDC Converter
4100-0156 Bridge Modules, 4100ES or 4100U only (not N/A
Module
3 A maximum applicable to 4010ES)
Modules for 4010ES
Model Description Additional Details Mounting Space Requirements Alarm/Supv.
Physical Bridge Class Includes one modem module and
4010-9924 Two vertical blocks (1 max) 210 mA
B (Style 4) Module 2 wired communications modules
Includes two modem modules
Physical Bridge Class
4010-9925 and 2 wired communications Two vertical blocks (4 max) 300 mA
X (Style 7) Module
modules
Single-mode, left port
4010-6301 4120 duplex fiber Maximum of 1 left port and 1 right 55 mA
media card port duplex fiber media card per
Single-mode, right modular network interface card. Field
4010-6302 port 4120 duplex fiber connections require left port to right 55 mA
Order separately as needed to
media card port pairing. Order fiber media
replace wired media modules on-
Multi-mode, left port service kits for retrofit jobs where ST
site per system requirements
4010-6303 4120 duplex fiber connectors are already installed 55 mA
media card (refer to data sheet S4100-0056 for
Multi-mode, right port full fiber media module specifications
4010-6304 4120 duplex fiber and retrofit information) 55 mA
media card

Hub Node Connection to Star Topology

Ring to Star Connections. The diagram to the right
illustrates the use of multiple physical bridge modules to
allow a conventional ring topology 4120 Network to
interface into a Star topology. Each physical bridge link
requires a physical bridge module at each end. A network
interface card is required at each node to complete the
network communications path (refer to internal block
diagrams on pages 3 and 4 for additional information).
Retrofit Capability. This example illustrates the
flexibility available when retrofitting existing Star
connection topology system wiring such as for
replacement of Simplex 2120 series Multiplex fire alarm
control panels.

2 S4100-0057-6 3/2018
Additional Applications
The diagram below illustrates Network connection In the shaded section below, with three (3) Physical
flexibility using Physical Bridges. Network nodes can Bridge links, up to four (4) separate 4120 Network loops
communicate through up to three (3) physical bridge can be connected (without Star connections).
connections as indicated by the arrows. Star topology
bridges each link once back to the hub node and then
communicate using standard 4120 Network wired
connections.

Basic Physical Bridge Block Diagram

3 S4100-0057-6 3/2018
 Specifications (for additional information refer to Installation Instructions 579-184)

“Short Haul” Twisted Pair Lines

26 AWG = 9500 ft (2.85 km)
Maximum Distance
24 AWG = 15,000 ft (4.5 km)
“Long Haul” Leased Telco Lines
Maximum Distance Essentially Unlimited
Private leased lines for analog data, point-to-point, full duplex, no line conditioning or
Characteristics
signaling required, two wire line interface
Connections and Data Information
Class B (Style 4) Connection One, 2-wire RJ-11 Interface
Class X (Style 7) Connection Two, 2-wire RJ-11 Interfaces
Data Rate Up to 14.4 kbps
Throughput Up to 38.4 kbps using MNP-5 compression and error correction
Operating Temperature 32° to 120°F (0° to 49° C)
Operating Humidity Up to 93% RH, non-condensing @ 90° F (32° C) maximum
Physical Bridge Hub Node to Multiple Star Connections Block Diagram

Additional 4120 Network Product Reference

Subject Data Sheet
4010ES Panels with Conventional Notification S4010-0004
4010ES Panels with Conventional Notification (INTL) S4010-0006
4010ES Panels with Addressable Notification S4010-0011
4010ES Panels with Addressable Notification (INTL) S4010-0012
TCP/IP Physical Bridge Modules for 4120 Networks S4100-0029
4100ES Basic Panels with SPS Power Supplies S4100-0031
NDU with SPS Power Supplies for 4120 Network S4100-0036
InfoAlarm Command Center with SPS Power Supplies S4100-0045
4120 Network Products and Specifications S4100-0056
4100ES Basic Panels with EPS Power Supplies S4100-0100
InfoAlarm Command Center with EPS Power Supplies S4100-0101
NDU with EPS Power Supplies for 4120 Network S4100-0102

TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited.

Tyco Fire Protection Products • Westminster, MA • 01441-0001 • USA S4100-0057-6 3/2018

www.simplexgrinnell.com
© 2018 Tyco Fire Protection Products. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice.
 4100ES Network Annunciator Panels
UL, ULC, CSFM Listed; 4100ES Network Display Units with Voice Command
FM, NYC Fire Dept Approved* Center and EPS Power Supplies for 4120 Network

Features
Node 4 (4100U)
Compatible with 4120 Network
NDU provides annunciation for up to 12,000 FIRE ALARM

network points:
PULL DOWN

 The basic Network Display Unit (NDU) is a special Fire Control

purpose master controller that includes a 4120

modular network interface card
 An NDU with a Voice Command Center (VCC) FIRE ALARM

Node 3 (4100ES) PULL DOWN

mounted in the same cabinet provides an additional

separate Network node within the same cabinet for FIRE ALARM

control of Network level Emergency Voice/Alarm PULL DO WN

Communications Equipment
NDU master controller equipment (top bay): Node 5 (4100ES)
 Master controller assembly with operator interface
 4100ES CPU with dual configuration programs, 4100ES NDU with VCC,
Node 1 and Node 2
convenient service port access, and capacity for up to
12,000 points
 System power supply (SPS) and charger (9 A total) ALARMS
Fi re Alarm Prior it y2 Al arm

Fi re Alarm

Event
Time
Ack
Pri ori ty2
Ack
SY STEM WARNINGS
Superv isor y

Supv
Ack

More
Trouble

Info
Trouble
Ack
Al arm Silenced

Menu
Alarm
Si lence

Previous
A C P ower

System
Reset
ABC
Z ONE
1
JKL
FB
4
ST U
P
7
'SP' ( )
NET
DE F
SIG
2
M NO
IO
5
V WX

0
A

,0 :
ADDR

Enter
GH I
AU X

L
3
P QR
IDN et
6
YZ /

DEL

C/Exit

with on-board programmable auxiliary output

On
Enabl e Ne xt
Arm

Off Lamp
Di sabl e Disarm Auto Test

Emergency Operating Instructions

Al arm or Warning Co ndition How to Silence Buildi ng Sig nals
Syste m indicator flashing.Tone On. Press Alarm Silence.

Ho w to Acknowl edge / View Events How to Re set System

Press ACK loca ted under f al shing indicato r. Press System Reset.
Repeat operation unt li a l e vents are ackn ow el d ged
. Press Ack to silence tone devi ce.
Local tone will sil ence.

 Operator interface with raised switches providing high

confidence feedback
 Available with InfoAlarm Command Center expanded
content user interface (refer to data sheet S4100-0101)
 Construction that is optimized for easy installation,
upgrade, and maintenance On

Off

Auto

On
On

Off

Auto

On

 Glass door (ordered separately) provides view of

Off Off

Auto Auto

On On

Off Off

Auto Auto

On On

Off Off

Auto Auto

available operator controls visible behind locked door

Standard addressable interfaces include:
 Remote annunciator module support via RUI (remote
unit interface) communications port
NDU field installed option modules include:
 DACT and City Connection
 Service modems for remote panel status inquiry
 RS-232 ports for printers or maintenance terminals
 Alarm relays and expansion power supplies
 SafeLINC Internet Interface
 Battery brackets for seismic area protection (see page 2)
For NDU with VCC:
 Optional features are similar to a networked fire alarm
control panel and an extensive list of modules are
available for; initiating, notification, and user interface
VCC equipment (second expansion bay):
 VCC includes Enhanced Power Supply (EPS) and
battery charger (9 A total) with on-board IDNAC SLCs,
electrically isolated IDNet 2 module with dual short
circuit isolating output loops, and programmable
function auxiliary output
 For additional information concerning EPS power
supplies and on IDNet 2 communications modules,
refer to 4100ES data sheet S4100-0100 and additional
related product data sheet list on page 9
 Voice control options are similar to a networked fire
alarm control panel with an extensive list of modules
available for initiating, notification, and user interface
Network One-Line Diagram Showing an NDU with VCC
Listed to:
 UL 864, Fire Detection and Control (UOJZ), Smoke
Control Service (UUKL), Releasing Device Service
(SYZV)
 UL 1076, Proprietary Alarm Units - Burglar (APOU)
 UL 2017, Process Management Equipment (QVAX),
Emergency Alarm System Control Units (FSZI)
 UL 1730, Smoke Detector Monitor (UULH)
 UL 2572, Mass Notification Systems (PGWM)
 CAN/ULC-S527 Control Units for Fire Alarm
Systems (UOJZ7), Releasing Device Service
(SYZV7)
 ULC/ORD-C1076 Proprietary Burglar Alarm Units
and Systems (APOU7)
 ULC/ORD-C100 Smoke Control System Equipment
(UUKL7)
* This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant
to Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing
7165-0026:0251 for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in
this document. NYC Fire Dept COA #6151. Additional listings may be applicable; contact
your local Simplex product supplier for the latest status. Listings and approvals under
Simplex Time Recorder Co. are the property of Tyco Fire Protection Products.
S4100-0102-11 3/2018
Introduction Operator Interface Detail Reference
The 4100ES NDU with VCC is a 4120 network level The following illustration identifies the primary functions
annunciator and manual system/point controller with of the operator interface.
Operator interface panel is directly
Network voice control equipment. It provides viewable and accessible (no access door)
alphanumeric annunciation for up to 12,000 Network
points and/or point lists and can be programmed to ABC
ZONE
DEF
SIG
GHI
AUX
1 2 3

function as the network master controller for Alarm ALARMS

Fire Alarm Priority 2 Alarm
SYSTEM WARNINGS
Supervisory Trouble Alarm Silenced
AC Power
JKL
FB
4
STU
P
MNO
IO
5
VWX
A
PQR
IDNet
6
YZ/
L

Silence, Trouble Acknowledge, and System Reset.

7 8 9
'SP' ( ) ,0:
Fire Alarm Priority 2 Supv Trouble Alarm System
NET ADDR
Ack Ack Ack Ack Silence Reset
0 DEL

Enter C/Exit

4120 Network Overview. When connected to other Event

Time

Enable
On
Arm
More
Info
Menu
Previous

Next

4120 Network nodes, individual fire alarm control panels Disable

Off
Disarm
Auto
Lamp
Test

Emergency Operating Instructions

become components of a distributed intelligence system. Alarm or Warning Condition
System indicator flashing. Tone On.
How to Silence Building Signals
Press Alarm Silence.

How to Acknowledge / View Events How to Reset System

Each panel that directly connects to the 4120 network is Press ACK located under flashing indicator.
Repeat operation until all events are acknowledged.
Local tone will silence.
Press System Reset.
Press Ack to silence tone device.

called a network “node” and is capable of performing

individual supervision and control on its locally Upload/Download Basic operator instructions Panel sounder
connected devices but has the ability to inform the Ethernet port access are printed on the interface
(under sliding cover) mounting plate
4100ES NDU (as well as other network control panels) of
point status and panel condition. This allows system Packaging Availability
information to reach the proper location for appropriate
system response.  Modules are power-limited (unless specifically noted
Multiple 4100ES NDUs (separately packaged) can be otherwise)
connected to a 4120 Network to duplicate common  Enclosure are available for one, two, or three bay sizes
information at separate locations, or direct selected or for cabinet rack mounting
information by type such as troubles, alarms, control, etc.  Additional cabinets can be mounted close-nippled for
module expansion
NDU Module Bay Description  NEMA 1/IP30 boxes, doors with tempered glass
inserts, and dress panels are available in platinum or
The NDU Master Controller Bay (top) includes a
special purpose system power supply with battery charger red, (ordered separately)
(SPS), the master controller board, a 4120 modular  Cabinet assembly design has been seismic tested and is
network interface card, and operator interface equipment certified to IBC and CBC standards as well as to
similar to that used on the standard fire alarm control ASCE 7 categories A through F, requires 4100-7912
modules. Slots 1 and 2 are available for single slot panel option for additional legacy card stabilizer brackets and
mounted modules. battery brackets as detailed on data sheet S2081-0019
The VCC includes an expansion bay with separate  Refer to data sheet S4100-0037 for enclosure details
master controller board, 4120 modular network interface
card, and an EPS power supply with IDNet 2 module.
This results in two separate network nodes residing within
the same cabinet.
In the VCC bay, a dual PDI connection is available for
either a dual slot module, or one or two block modules.
Optional LED/switch modules can also be mounted. For
2-bay cabinets, the VCC mounts in bay 2. For 3-bay
cabinets as shown to the right, the VCC mounts in the
second expansion bay, bay 3.
The Battery Compartment (bottom) accepts two
batteries, up to 50 Ah, to be mounted within the cabinet
without interfering with module space.
Refer to the NDU with VCC internal module bay
reference illustration for typical three bay cabinet module
location.
Software Feature Summary
 Selectable service override allows authorized
operators to clear alarm conditions during System
Reset even if status has gone to trouble before reset
occurred
 Duplicate address error detection
 Convenient PC programming using a Microsoft
Windows user interface based program


NDU with VCC Internal Module Bay Reference (exact layout is determined
by specific system requirements)
2 S4100-0102-11 3/2018
Operator Interface Operator Interface Features
Convenient Status Information. With the locking  Convenient and extensive operator information is
door closed, the glass window allows viewing of the provided using a logical, menu-driven display
display, status LEDs, and available operator switches.  Multiple automatic and manual diagnostics for
Features include a two-line by 40-character, wide viewing maintenance reduction
angle (super-twist) LCD with status LEDs and switches as
 Alarm and Trouble History Logs (up to 1250 entries
shown in the illustration below. for each, 2500 total events) are available for viewing
LED indicators describe the general category of activity from the LCD, or capable of being printed to a
being displayed with the LCD providing more detail. For connected printer, or downloaded to a service computer
the authorized user, unlocking the door provides access to  Convenient PC programmer label editing
the control switches and allows further inquiry by  Password access control
scrolling the display for additional detail.

ABC DEF GHI

ZONE SIG AUX
1 2 3
JKL MNO PQR
FB IO IDNet

ALARMS SYSTEM WARNINGS AC Power

4 5 6
Fire Alarm Priority 2 Alarm Supervisory Trouble Alarm Silenced STU VWX YZ/
P A L
7 8 9
'SP' ( ) ,0:
Fire Alarm Priority 2 Supv Trouble Alarm System
NET ADDR
Ack Ack Ack Ack Silence Reset
0 DEL

Event More Enter C/Exit

Time Info Previous

Menu
On Next
Enable
Arm

Off Lamp
Disable Auto
Disarm Test

3 S4100-0102-11 3/2018
Standard Module Details
NDU (top bay) master controller & motherboard
includes a master controller, master controller
motherboard, 4120 Modular NIC, and SPS power
supply
 The master controller mounts in slot 4 of a two slot
motherboard (slots 3 and 4 of the master controller bay)
and provides one RUI+ communications channel (Class
B or Class A), available at slot 4. A 4120 network
interface card is mounted in slot 3.
 The NDU bay RUI+ communications output
(configurable for isolated or un-isolated operation)
supports up to 31 devices per master controller at up to
2500 ft (762 m) for single run, or 10,000 ft (3048 m) total
if wiring is Class B and T-tapped. If more distance is
required, up to four total RUI channels are supported per
master controller (up to three 4100-1291 RUI expansion
modules may be added). 4100-1291 provides un-isolated
RUI communications.
 Both the NDU master controller RUI+ output and RUI
expansion modules support the following remote LCD
annunciators: 4603-9100 series LCD annunciators and
4100-9400 series remote InfoAlarm command centers.
 Optional service modem 4100-6030 mounts onto the
master controller board with its own on-board
connections
 System power supply (SPS) is rated for 9 A total;
includes battery charger, one 2 A aux power output
selectable for detector reset, door holder, or coded output
operation and expansion slot for one city circuit (4100-
6031 or 4100-6032) or alarm/supv/tbl relay (4100-6033)
option (see data sheet S4100-0100 for details)
 Outputs are power-limited, except for the battery charger
Note: SPS IDNet channel, NACs and aux relay are disabled
in NDU bay.
VCC (expansion bay) includes a master controller,
master controller motherboard, 4120 NIC and EPS
power supply with IDNet 2 module
 The master controller mounts in slot 4 of a two slot
motherboard (slots 3 and 4 of the master controller bay)
and provides one RUI+ communications channel (Class
B or Class A), available at slot 4. A 4120 network
interface card is mounted in Slot 3.
 The VCC bay RUI+ communications output
(configurable for isolated or un-isolated operation)
supports up to 31 devices per master controller at up to
2500 ft (762 m) for single run, or 10,000 ft (3048 m) total
if wiring is Class B and T-tapped. If more distance is
required, up to four total RUI channels are supported per
master controller (up to three 4100-1291 RUI expansion
modules may be added). 4100-1291 provides un-isolated
RUI communications.
 Both the VCC master controller RUI+ output and RUI
expansion modules are compatible with the following
equipment: miniplex transponders, 4603-9100 series
LCD annunciators, 4100-9400 series remote InfoAlarm
command centers, 4100 series 24 I/O and LED/switch
modules and 4602 series status command units (SCU),
remote command units (RCU) and graphic I/O modules
(4602 series equipment requires un-isolated output).
4 S4100-0102-11 3/2018
 Enhanced power supply (EPS) is rated for 9 A total;
includes battery charger, on-board electrically isolated
250 point IDNet 2 SLC communications module, three
Class B IDNAC SLCs, one 2 A output configurable for
auxiliary power or simple NAC operation and expansion
slot for city circuit or alarm/supv/tbl relay option. The
IDNet 2 SLC communications channel supports up to
250 addressable devices and comes with two short circuit
isolating loop outputs (Class B or Class A).
 Battery charger is dual rate, temperature compensated,
and charges up to 50 Ah sealed lead-acid batteries
mounted in the battery compartment (33 Ah for single
bay cabinets); also is UL listed for charging up to 110 Ah
batteries mounted in an external cabinet (see data sheet
S2081-0012 for details)
 Battery and charger monitoring includes battery charger
status and low or depleted battery conditions; status
information provided to the master controller includes
analog values for: battery voltage, charger voltage and
current, actual system voltage and current, and individual
IDNAC SLC currents
 Low battery cutout is selectable for each EPS power
supply, Canadian models are shipped selected, other
models are shipped unselected
 Outputs are power-limited, except for the battery charger
2 A programmable output
 Select for conventional NAC operation to provide
supervised reverse polarity for sounder base power,
suppression release peripheral (SRP) power, and other
coded NAC operation requirements
 Select for auxiliary (AUX) operation for sounder base
power, 4-wire detector power, or door holder; supervised
AUX operation does not require an end-of-line relay to
provide power-limited operation
EPS power supply mounted optional modules
(select one)
 City connect module (4100-6031, with disconnect
switches, or 4100-6032, without disconnect switches) can
be selected for conventional dual circuit city connections
 Alarm relay module (4100-6033) provides three Form C
relays that are used for Alarm, Trouble, and Supervisory,
rated 2 A resistive @ 32 VDC
Network Display Unit with Voice Command Center (VCC) Main Equipment Selection*
Model Voltage Description Supv. Alarm
Top Bay Equipment: LCD display and operator interface; modular network interface 880 mA 1.212 A
card (select media cards separately), standard CPU module with RUI output
4100- 120 VAC,
communications interface; 9 A system power supply (SPS) with battery charger, one 2
9342 50/60 Hz With 250 IDNet devices
A auxiliary power output and expansion slot for city circuit or Alarm/Supv/Tbl relay
option (NOTE: SPS IDNet channel, NACs and Aux relay are disabled). and 20 device LEDs in
Second Bay Equipment: Voice Command Center (VCC) bay includes standard CPU alarm; calculate other
module with RUI+ isolated output communications interface; modular network interface external loads separately
220-240 See next page for selected
4100- card (select media cards separately); 9 A enhanced power supply (EPS) with battery
VAC, Network Media Card
9542 charger, electrically isolated 250 point IDNet 2 module, three Class B IDNAC SLCs, one
50/60 Hz current
2 A output configurable for auxiliary power or simple NAC operation and expansion slot
for city circuit or Alarm/Supv/Tbl relay option.
System Option for Seismic Compliance
Model Description
4100-7912 System option for Seismic compliance, provides additional stabilizer brackets required for legacy style cards
* For InfoAlarm Command Center expanded content display products, refer to data sheet S4100-0101.
Four Loop IDNet Voice Command Center (VCC) Option
Model Description
Four Loop IDNet Voice Command Center; for the VCC Assemblies listed above, this option moves the standard IDNet 2 Module
4100- from the VCC EPS to an available block space in the VCC bay and adds 2, 4100-3111 IDNet Loop Output Modules; requires
3112 selection of Factory Built Option 4100-7905; current requirements remain the same (refer to data sheet S4100-0100 for IDNet
module details)

Communication Modules
Model Description Size Supv. Alarm
Select per network connection requirements; mounts on the
supplied modular network interface card(s); up to two
4100-6056 Wired network media card N.A. 55 mA 55 mA
media cards are required per network interface card;
supports Class B or X operation
Left port, single-mode 4120 Select per network connection requirements; mounts on the
4100-6301 N.A. 55 mA 55 mA
duplex fiber media card supplied modular network interface card(s); up to two media
Right port, single-mode 4120 cards are required per network interface card; supports
4100-6302 Class B or X operation. Maximum of 1 left port and 1 right N.A. 55 mA 55 mA
duplex fiber media card
Left port, multi-mode 4120 port duplex fiber media card per modular network interface
4100-6303 card; field connections require left port to right port pairing. N.A. 55 mA 55 mA
duplex fiber media card
Order fiber media service kits for retrofit jobs where ST
Right port, multi-mode 4120 connectors are already installed (refer to data sheet S4100-
4100-6304 0056 for full fiber media module specifications and retrofit N.A. 55 mA 55 mA
duplex fiber media card
information)
Network access dial-in service modem, mounts to supplied modular network interface card,
4100-6055 N.A. 60 mA 60 mA
requires telephone line connection
4100-1291 Remote Unit Interface Module (RUI); up to three maximum per control panel 1 Slot 85 mA 85 mA
Service Port Modem for local panel access only, mounts to Master Controller Module,
4100-6030 N.A. 70 mA 70 mA
requires telephone line connection, accesses same information as front panel port
4100-6031 Select one per City Circuit, with disconnect switches For use with EPS only, N.A. 20 mA 36 mA
4100-6032 EPS or RPS City Circuit, without disconnect switches not RPS N.A. 20 mA 36 mA
(Note: one city
4100-6033 circuit module Alarm/Supv/Tbl Relay, 3 Form C relays, 2 A @ 32 VDC; for EPS or RPS N.A. 15 mA 37 mA
per panel max)
4100-6046 Dual Port RS-232 standard interface (single block) 3 maximum RS-232 1 Block 60 mA 60 mA
4100-6038 Dual RS-232 with 2120 Interface (slot module) modules per panel 1 Slot 132 mA 132 mA
DACT, Point or Event Reporting; 1 shipped unless 4100-7908 is selected; 2 max. per Side
4100-6080 30 mA 40 mA
system; includes 2, 2080-9047 cables, 14 ft (4.3 m) long, RJ45 plug and spade lugs Mt.
4100-0156 8 VDC Converter, required for multiple Physical Bridge Modules; 3 A @ 8 VDC maximum 1 Block included with loads
4100-9816 Master Clock Interface Module with one standard RS-232 port (see S4100-0033) 1 Slot 132 mA 132 mA
Side
4190-6104 TrueInsight Remote Monitoring Module (refer to data sheet S4100-0063 for details) 62 mA 73 mA
Mt.
2
4100-6079 SafeLINC Internet Interface module 145 mA 145 mA
Blocks

5 S4100-0102-11 3/2018
NDU with VCC, LED/Switch Modules (refer to S4100-0032 for additional detail)
LED/Switch Modules, General Purpose (LED/switch controller and label kit is ordered separately)
Model LEDs per Switch LED Color(s) LED Quantity Switch Quantity
4100-1276 Red; pluggable 8
LEDs only LEDs only
4100-1277 Red on top, Yellow on bottom, pluggable 16
4100-1280 One Red
8
4100-1281 One Yellow
4100-1282 Two Red on top, Yellow on bottom
8
4100-1283 Two Yellow, top and bottom
16
4100-1284 Two Red on top, Green on bottom
4100-1296 Two Green on top, Yellow on bottom
4100-1285 One Red
16 16
4100-1278 One 8 Red on left, 8 Yellow on right
4100-1287 One Red 24 24
LED/Switch Modules, Special Purpose (LED/switch controller and label kit is ordered separately)
Model Operation
4100-1286 Eight function HOA (On, Off, Auto) Control Module with labeled switches; ON/OFF/Auto; Green/Red/Green LEDs
4100-1295 Eight function HOA (On, Off, Auto) Control Module, same as 4100-1286 except switches are unlabeled
LED/Switch Controller Modules and Accessories
Model Description
64 LED/64 Switch Controller Module with mounting plate; controls up to 64 NOTE: LED/switch controllers and their
4100-1288 LEDs and interfaces to up to 64 switches; mounts behind the LED/switch connected LED/switch modules must be in
modules and has provisions for one 4100-1289 Controller Module the same bay; refer to data sheet
S4100-0032 for additional LED/Switch
64 LED/64 Switch Controller Module without mounting plate; mounts on extra module details when Flex-35/50 amplifiers
4100-1289
space of 4100-1288; controls an additional 64 LEDs and 64 switches are in the same bay
4100-1294 LED/Switch Module Slide-in Labels, required when LED/switch modules are present; order one per cabinet
Model Color Model Color Model Color Description
Kits of 8 LEDs; order as required for 4100-1276/1277
4100-9843 Yellow 4100-9844 Green 4100-9845 Red
modules

VCC, Emergency Voice/Alarm Communications Selection*

Model Description Details and Mounting Reference

Master Microphone Module; one maximum Requires 2 Slots (4” [102 mm]), locate on expansion bay only; space behind
4100-1243
per audio system; mounts on front panel for 4100ES flat modules only Supv. current = 2.4 mA; Active current = 6 mA
4100-1252 1 Channel (audio or mike) Single slot modules requiring connection to an LED/switch controller (see
Operator data sheet S4100-0032 for LED/Switch Module details); space behind
4100-1253 1.5 Channel (audio + mike)
Interface controller accepts 4100ES flat modules only
4100-1254 2 Channel (full audio) Modules Additional adjacent LED/switch module(s) are required for specific speaker
4100-1255 3-8 Channel circuit selection
Firefighter Telephone System Products (refer to S4100-0034 for additional detail)
Model Description Details and Mounting Reference
Master Telephone with Telephone Control One max. per audio system; front panel module; space behind for 4100ES flat
4100-1270 Module and 3 Class B telephone NACs; for modules only; telephone control module mounts on bay module mounting
Fire Alarm Control Panels plate; use LED/switch modules for circuit control
4100-1272 Telephone Module with 3 phone NACs Class B NACs, single Block module, mounts to bay mounting plate
4100-1273 Telephone Class A Adapter Module Mounts to 4100-1272, no additional space required

6 S4100-0102-11 3/2018
VCC, Emergency Voice/Alarm Communications Selection (Continued)*
Analog Emergency Voice/Alarm Communications Equipment, Constant Supervision Compatible*
Model Description Details
Basic Analog Audio Operation with microphone, requires Includes: Expansion Bay, 4100-1210 Analog Controller Board,
4100-9620
dedicated expansion bay Microphone Module, and Audio Expansion Bay Kit
Analog Controller Board only; order expansion bay and
4100-1210 Controller board mounts in Blocks A and B
audio expansion bay kit separately
4100-1361 25 VRMS output Flex-35, 35 W Amplifier, NAC rating = 1.4 A 35 W, or 100
Includes three on-board
4100-1362 70.07 VRMS output constant supervision compatible Class B audio NACs; NAC rating = 0.5 A speakers
4100-1312 25 VRMS output Flex-50, 50 W Amplifier, power is supplied from an NAC rating = 2 A 50 W, or 100
constant supervision compatible XPS, SPS, or RPS speakers
4100-1313 70.7 VRMS output NAC rating = 0.707 A
100 W Analog Amplifiers with Power Supply, Constant Supervision Compatible*
Model/Output Voltage
Power Supply Input/Listing Description Details
25 VRMS 70.7 VRMS
4100-1314 4100-1315 120 VAC, 60 Hz UL Includes six, Class B audio NACs;
Primary
4100-1316 4100-1317 120 VAC, 60 Hz ULC NAC rating = 50 W or 100 speakers ULC
100 W
maximum; 2 A @ 25 VRMS; models
4100-1318 4100-1319 220/230/240 VAC, 50/60 Hz UL Amplifier
1.4 A @ 70.7 VRMS have low
4100-1320 4100-1321 120 VAC, 60 Hz UL battery
Backup dropout
Uses the six Class B NACs of primary
4100-1322 4100-1323 120 VAC, 60 Hz ULC 100 W circuit
amplifier
4100-1324 4100-1325 220/230/240 VAC, 50/60 Hz UL Amplifier

Digital Emergency Voice/Alarm Communications Equipment*

Model Description Details
Basic Digital Audio Operation with microphone, requires Includes: Expansion Bay, 4100-1311 Digital Controller Board,
4100-9621
dedicated expansion bay Microphone Module, and Audio Expansion Bay Kit
Eight Channel Digital Controller Board only; order
4100-1311 Controller board mounts in Blocks A and B
expansion bay and audio expansion bay kit separately
4100-1363 25 VRMS output Flex-35, 35 W Amplifier, NAC rating = 1.4 A 35 W, or 100
Includes three on-board
4100-1364 70.07 VRMS output constant supervision compatible Class B audio NACs; NAC rating = 0.5 A speakers
4100-1326 25 VRMS output Flex-50, 50 W Amplifier, power is supplied from an NAC rating = 2 A 50 W, or 100
4100-1327 70.7 VRMS output constant supervision compatible XPS, SPS, or RPS NAC rating = 0.707 A speakers

100 W Digital Amplifiers with Power Supply, Constant Supervision Compatible*

Model/Output Voltage
Power Supply Input/Listing Description Details
25 VRMS 70.7 VRMS
4100-1328 4100-1329 120 VAC, 60 Hz UL Includes six, Class B audio NACs;
Primary ULC
NAC rating = 50 W or 100 speakers
4100-1330 4100-1331 120 VAC, 60 Hz ULC 100 W models
maximum; 2 A @ 25 VRMS;
4100-1332 4100-1333 220/230/240 VAC, 50/60 Hz UL Amplifier have low
1.4 A @ 70.7 VRMS
battery
4100-1334 4100-1335 120 VAC, 60 Hz UL Backup
Uses the six Class B NACs of primary dropout
4100-1336 4100-1337 120 VAC, 60 Hz ULC 100 W circuit
amplifier
4100-1338 4100-1339 220/230/240 VAC, 50/60 Hz UL Amplifier
Options for use with either Analog or Digital Amplifiers*
Model Description Model Description
Flex-35/50 NAC Expansion Module; (Adds 3 100 W Amplifier NAC Expansion Module; (Adds six
4100-1245 4100-1248
Class B, 1.5 A NACs) Class B, 2 A NACs)
4100-1246 Flex-35/50 Class A Adapter for 3 NACs 4100-1249 100 W Amplifier Class A Adapter Module for 6 NACs
* Refer to document S4100-0034 for additional audio module information. Continued on next page

7 S4100-0102-11 3/2018
VCC, Emergency Voice/Alarm Communications Selection (Continued)
Options for either Analog or Digital Systems (refer to data sheet S4100-0034 for additional module details)
Model Description Model Description
4100-1259 Constant Supervision Adapter for 25 VRMS Amplifiers 4100-5116 Expansion Signal Module; three, 1.5 A NACs
4100-1260 Constant Supervision Adapter for 70.7 VRMS Amplifiers 4100-1266 NAC Extender Options for use with
4100-1240 Auxiliary Audio Input Module; four additional inputs 4100-1267 Class A Adapter Expansion Signal
4100-1241 8 Minute Message Expansion Module 4100-1268 Constant Supervision Adapter Module
4100-1242 32 Minute Message Expansion Module 4081-9018 End-of-line resistor for 70.7 VRMS NACs; 10 k, 1 W
4100-0623 Network Audio Riser Controller Module for control of analog (-0621) or digital (-0622) riser module, see S4100-0034 for details

VCC, Additional Options

Model Description
4100-5152 12 VDC Power Option, 2 A maximum; 1 Block, 1.5 A maximum Supervisory or Alarm
4100-0156 8 VDC Converter, required for multiple Physical Bridge Modules, 3 A maximum, 1 Block, current included with loads
4100-0634 120 VAC
Power Distribution Module (PDM); select per system voltage; one required per box or cabinet rack
4100-0635 220/230/240 VAC
4100-6034 Door Tamper Switch with built-in addressable IDNet IAM, one per cabinet assembly if required
4100-2320 Audio Bay-to-Bay Interconnection Harness Kit; order one for each audio bay addition
4100-0637 Audio Box Interconnection Harness Kit; order one for each close-nippled audio cabinet
4100-9835 Termination and Address Label Kit (for module marking); provides additional labels for field installed modules
4100-1290 24 Point I/O Module; I Slot (see data sheet S4100-0032 for details)
4100-1293 Panel Mount Thermal Printhead Printer, supplied with one roll of paper; requires 3 Slots; see S4100-0032 for details
4190-9803 Replacement Paper for 4100-1293 Printer, one roll
4100-6045 Coded Manual Station Decoder Module; 3 Slot module; 85 mA supervisory, 163 mA alarm; see S4100-0018 for details
4100-6048 VESDA Air Aspiration Interface; 1 Slot module; 132 mA supervisory or alarm, see S4100-0026 for details
4100-1279 Single blank 2” display cover; order as required (8 fill a bay front); two max. in a row between LED/switch modules
4100-2210 Appliqué, Canadian French, 4100ES Fire Control
4100-2300 Expansion Bay Hardware, order for each expansion bay (unless included with selected option)
4100-0636 Box Interconnection Harness Kit; order one for each close-nippled cabinet
4100-0632 Terminal Block Module; 2, 16 position terminal blocks mounted on 4” x 5” single block size, for up to 12 AWG wire (3.31 mm2)
4100-5128 Battery Distribution Terminal Block; mounts to side of box; required for close-nippled cabinets that interconnect battery wiring
Model Description Resistive Ratings Inductive Ratings Size Supv. Alarm
4100-3202 4 DPDT Relay w/feedback 10 A @ 250 VAC 10 A @ 250 VAC 2 Slots 15 mA 175 mA
4100-3204 4 DPDT Relay w/feedback 2 A @ 30 VDC/VAC 1/2 A @ 30 VDC/120 VAC 1 Block 15 mA 60 mA
4100-3206 8 SPDT Relay 3 A @ 30 VDC/120 VAC 1-1/2 A @ 30 VDC/120 VAC 1 Block 15 mA 190 mA

Additional Enhanced, Expansion, and Remote Power Supplies, and Accessories

Model Voltage/Listing Description Size Supv. Alarm
4100-5311 120 VAC UL & ULC Enhanced Power Supply (EPS) with IDNet 2 Module; 9 A 225 mA 490 mA
Enhanced Power Supply with battery charger, electrically
4 Blocks
isolated 250 point IDNet 2 Module, three Class B IDNAC SLCs,
Right
one 2 A output configurable for Auxiliary Power or Simple NAC add IDNet device
4100-5313 220-240 VAC UL Side
operation, and expansion slot for City Circuit or Alarm/Supv/Tbl currents separately
Relay option; 120 VAC model has selectable low battery cutout
4100-5325 120 VAC UL & ULC 4 Blocks
Expansion EPS; 9 A Expansion EPS, functionally identical to
Right 125 mA 220 mA
the Enhanced Power Supply except without the IDNet 2 Module
4100-5327 220-240 VAC UL Side

Dual Class A IDNAC Isolator (DCAI), converts a single Class B IDNAC SLC input to two
Class A or two Class B SLC outputs; provides short circuit isolation between each Class A
or B output circuit; connect up to two DCAI modules per IDNAC SLC input up to a
4100-6103 1 Block 6.5 mA 6.5 mA
maximum of 6 DCAI modules per EPS; each isolated output SLC used requires one IDNAC
address; the total current remains controlled by the Class B input source SLC at 3 A
maximum
Model Voltage/Listing Description Size Supv. Alarm
4100-5101 120 VAC UL Expansion Power Supply (XPS); 9 A output, 3 built-in
120 VAC, Class A/B NACs, rated 3 A for Special Application appliances
4100-5103 ULC (2 A for Regulated DC); NACs can be selected as auxiliary 2 Blocks 50 mA 50 mA
Canadian
power outputs, derated to 2 A for continuous duty, total per XPS
4100-5102 220-240 VAC UL is 5 A; 4100-5103 has low battery cutout
4100-5115 NAC Expansion Module, 3 NACs, Class A/B, mounts on XPS only N.A. 25 mA 25 mA
Model Voltage/Listing Description Size Supv. Alarm
4100-5125 120 VAC UL Remote Power Supply (RPS); 9 A power supply/charger
120 VAC, similar to XPS except with battery charger; will accept one
4100-5126 ULC 4 Blocks 150 mA 185 mA
Canadian 4100-6033; Canadian model has low battery cutout; use to
4100-5127 220-240 VAC UL power Flex series amplifiers (page 5)*

8 S4100-0102-11 3/2018
General Specifications

120 VAC Models 4.6 A maximum @ 102 to 132 VAC, 50/60 Hz

Enhanced Power Supplies, EPS 2.3 A maximum @ 204 to 264 VAC, 50/60 Hz;
220-240 VAC Models
separate taps for 220/230/240 VAC
Input Power System Power Supply (SPS) 120 VAC Models 4 A maximum @ 102 to 132 VAC, 50/60 Hz
Expansion Power Supply (XPS)
Remote Power Supply (RPS) 220-240 VAC Models 2 A maximum @ 204 to 264 VAC, 50/60 Hz;
100 W Amplifiers separate taps for 220/230/240 VAC
Total Power Supply Including module currents and auxiliary power outputs;
Power Supply Output Rating 9 A total for “Special Application” appliances
Output Ratings for
IDNAC Output Voltage Regulated 29 VRMS
EPS Output switches to
Auxiliary Power Tap 2 A maximum battery backup
Power Supply Output Total Power Supply 9 A total including module currents and auxiliary power during mains AC
Ratings for SPS, RPS, Output Rating outputs failure or brownout
and XPS Auxiliary Power Tap 2 A maximum conditions
(nominal 28 VDC on
AC; 24 VDC on battery NACs Programmed 2 A maximum per NAC; Rated 19.1 to 31.1 VDC
backup) for Auxiliary Power 5 A maximum total
Simplex TrueAlert ES and TrueAlert addressable notification appliances; contact
Compatible Special Application Appliances
your Simplex product representative for compatible appliances
Battery Charger UL listed for battery charging of 6.2 Ah up to 115 Ah, 110 Ah with RPS (batteries
Ratings for EPS, Battery capacity range larger than 50 Ah require a remote battery cabinet); ULC listed for charging up to
SPS, and RPS 50 Ah batteries
(sealed lead-acid Charger characteristics Temperature compensated, dual rate, recharges depleted batteries within 48
batteries) and performance hours per UL Standard 864; to 70% capacity in 12 hours per ULC Standard S527
IDNet 2 Communications Wiring Specifications (refer to installation instructions for more information)
Maximum Distance from Control Panel 0 to 125 4000 ft (1219 m); 50 ohms
per Device Load 126-250 2500 feet (762 m); 35 ohms
Total Wire Length Allowed With “T” Taps for
Up to 12,500 ft (3.8 km); 0.60 µF
Class B Wiring
Maximum Capacitance Between IDNet 2 Channels 1 µF
Shielded or unshielded, Some applications may require shielded wiring. Review
Wire Type and Connections
twisted or untwisted wire your system with your local Simplex product supplier.
Connections Terminal blocks for 18 to 12 AWG
Total of initiating SLCs per CPU 30, including VESDA Interface
IDNet communicating devices and TrueAlarm sensors including QuickConnect and
Compatibility
QuickConnect2 sensors
IDNAC SLC Wiring Specifications (refer to installation instructions for more information)
Recommended wire type UTP, unshielded twisted pair
Up to 127 addresses Appliances are typically one unit load, devices such as
IDNAC SLC Capacity and up to 139 unit Isolators may require more than one load, refer to
loads individual device data sheet for specific information.
Maximum wire length allowed with “T-Taps” for
10,000 ft (3048 m)
Class B wiring, per SLC
Maximum wire length per SLC to any appliance 4000 ft (1219 m)
Maximum wiring resistance between appliances 26 Ω
Wiring connections Terminal blocks for 18 to 12 AWG
Operating Temperature 32° to 120°F (0° to 49° C)
Environmental
Operating Humidity Up to 93% RH, non-condensing @ 90° F (32° C) maximum

9 S4100-0102-11 3/2018
Expansion Bay Module Loading Reference (exact locations are provided with shipped product)

Slot 1 Slot 2 Slot 3 Slot 4 Slot 5 Slot 6 Slot 7 Slot 8 Description Mounting
Terminal Block Module 1 block
Class B Physical Bridge 2”, 1 slot
Class X Physical Bridge 4”, 2 slots
Block A Block C Block E Block G System, Remote, or EPS Power Blocks E, F, G & H
Supply ONLY
Expansion Power Supply Blocks G & H ONLY
Audio Controller Modules Blocks A & B
Blocks E & F; C & D; or
Flex-35 Amplifiers, 2 max/bay*
A&B
Flex-50 Amplifiers, 2 max/bay* Blocks E & F or C & D
100 W Amplifiers, 1 max/bay Blocks E, F, G & H
Block B Block D Block F Block H 100 W Backup Amplifiers, 1 max.
Blocks A, B, C & D
per bay with primary amplifier
Master Telephone Module Blocks A & B
Master Microphone Module (do Two vertical Blocks,
Expansion Bay Chassis not mount next to telephone) any location
Telephone Module 1 Block
Size Definitions:
Operator LED/Switch Modules 1 Slot
1 Block = 4” W x 5.65” H (102 mm x 144 mm); (often called 4 x 5 modules) * NOTE: When mounting dual Flex amplifiers on an
expansion bay, special mounting rules apply.
Slot = 2” W x 8” H (51 mm x 203 mm) motherboard with daughter card

Additional 4100ES and 4120 Network Product Reference

Subject Data Sheet Subject Data Sheet
Serial DACT (SDACT) for 4100ES, 4010ES, 4007ES S2080-0009 Multiple Signal Fiber Optic Modems for 4120
Networks S4100-0049
Battery and Battery Cabinet Reference for 4100ES S2081-0006 BACpac Ethernet Module S4100-0051
110 Ah Batteries and Cabinets for 4100ES S2081-0012 4120 Network Products and Specifications S4100-0056
Seismic Battery Brackets Reference S2081-0019 Physical Bridge Modules for 4120 Networks S4100-0057
External 110 Ah Battery Charger for 4100ES, 4010ES S4081-0002 Building Network Interface Card (BNIC) S4100-0061
TCP/IP Physical Bridge Modules for 4120 Networks S4100-0029 SafeLINC Internet Interface S4100-0062
4100ES Basic Panels with SPS Power Supplies S4100-0031 TrueInsight Remote Gateway S4100-0063
4100ES LED/Switch Modules & Printer S4100-0032 4100ES Basic Panels with EPS Power Supplies S4100-0100
4100ES Emergency Voice/Alarm Equipment S4100-0034 InfoAlarm Command Center with EPS Power
Supplies S4100-0101
NDU with SPS Power Supplies for 4120 Network S4100-0036 TrueSite Workstation S4190-0016
4100ES Enclosures S4100-0037 Network System Integrator (NSI) for 4120
Networks S4190-0017
InfoAlarm Command Center with SPS Power Supplies S4100-0045 TrueSite Incident Commander S4190-0020

10 S4100-0102-11 3/2018
Wall Mounted Enclosure Installation Reference

Front view, box outline without door Side view with door attached

Door thickness
4-3/4" (121 mm)
3 Bay height =
56" (1422 mm)

Knockout screw/nail holes

(for semi-flush mounting)

Exposed cabinet for

2 Bay height = semi-flush mounting
40" (1016 mm) 1/2" (12.7 mm) minimum
Wall board reference
for semi-flush
mounting, 6" stud

1 Bay height =
22" (559 mm)

Doors can be hinged left or right

Stud alignment
markers, each side

6" stud
Optional semi-flush
trim kit reference 4" stud

24" (610 mm) 6-29/32"

(175 mm)
11-11/16"
(296 mm)

NOTE: A system ground must be provided for Earth Detection and transient protection devices. This connection shall
be made to an approved, dedicated Earth connection per NFPA 70, Article 250, and NFPA 780.

11 S4100-0102-11 3/2018
TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. Microsoft and Windows are trademarks
of Microsoft Corporation. VESDA is a trademark of Vision Products Pty Ltd.

Tyco Fire Protection Products • Westminster, MA • 01441-0001 • USA S4100-0102-11 3/2018

www.simplex-fire.com
© 2018 Tyco Fire Protection Products. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice.

UL, ULC, CSFM Listed; FM
Approved; MEA (NYC)
Acceptance*
Features
Figure 1: TrueSite Workstations can support Multiple Monitors
(touchscreen monitors with expanded desktop shown)
TrueSite Workstation general features
• Simplex® fire alarm network connected graphical interface control
• Compatible with Simplex ES Net and 4120 networks
• Available TCP/IP, LAN/WAN connections; up to 20 remote clients
can be connected to the server for multiple remote users; with
dedicated and listed Fire Alarm LAN equipment, listed Remote Clients
can have control access
• Supports standard fire service annunciation icons to provide
firefighter and first responders with critical fire response information
• Custom alarm and system messages can intuitively guide
emergency responders; important information (HAZMAT locations,
contact information, etc.) can be quickly presented
• Color graphical annunciation and control capacity for up to
100,000 points.
• Floatable and dockable windows allows windows to either be fixed
(docked) or floatable
• Quad monitor support allows multiple active windows, or run
separate client/server instances on individual monitors, with up to 4
total supported monitors
• Pan-and-zoom features allow precise dynamic navigation within
a graphic screen for rapid and convenient selection of the area of
interest
• Configurable coverage zones allow user defined areas or zones
within a graphics screen to indicate the area of activity without
zooming into the point of interest
• Auto-jump allows the screen view to automatically jump to a graphic
at a predetermined zoom level with the active device centered on the
screen; alternately, the system can be selected to auto-jump to the
Alarm List window
• Captive or Non-Captive modes support dedicated workstation
operation (captive) or workstation operation with other Windows
applications (word processing, spreadsheet, etc.) where workstation
activity takes precedence (non-captive)
• Extensive historical logging; up to 500,000 events with operator
notations; information is spreadsheet and database compatible for
report customization
• Optional interface to Digital Alarm Communicator Receiver
(DACR) integrates multiple systems onto a single workstation*
• Multiple password controlled operator levels with selectable feature
access
• 3rd Party Interface open-architecture solution provides enhanced
information access for advanced users
• Available optional connections for printers or other compatible
systems
• Operating Systems; Server and clients compatible with Windows 7
Refer to Product Selection tables for specific product listing details. CSFM Listing: 7300-0026:323. Accepted for use – City of New York Department of Buildings – MEA35-93E (does not include model
4190-8403). At the time of publication only UL and ULC listings are applicable to ES Net network products. Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local Simplex product supplier for the latest
status. Listings and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co. are the property of Tyco Fire Protection Products.
TrueAlarm Fire Alarm Systems
Fire Alarm Network Annunciators TrueSite Workstations; Version 5.01
& 10 Professional or Enterprise. Clients also compatible with Windows
7 Home Premium and Windows 10 Home (32-bit and 64-bit for all
options)
• TrueSite Workstation Mobile Client allows compatible iOS and
Android devices to access system information
• Export to XML feature allows TrueSite Workstation data to be easily
exported for report generation and customization
• Test Mode allows unobtrusive testing of selective devices without
nuisance interruptions at the operator workstation
• Password Security supports 8 to 16 alphanumeric passwords with
configurable lockout for failed attempts
• Operator Notes allows an operator to log notes associated with
individual events for historical records and retrieval
• DACR Account Filter can filter historical log reports easily
• Web Browser Command Link enables the ability to easily call up
an external web page or link (web-cam, etc.) with a single command
button on a graphic screen
• RAID 1 Support provides a real-time "mirror" image on a secondary
hard drive for enhanced life-safety workstation survivability; operation
will automatically transition to the alternate drive on a drive failure
without loss of operation. RAID support is available to systems that do
not use the Backup Utility.
• Backup Utility can be configured to automatically backup specified
directories, including TSW job data, to the secondary hard drive. The
Backup Utility is available to systems that do not use RAID.
• Vector information to supervised Remote Clients; select by point,
event category, panel, or custom list
• Email generation is available to send updates to individuals or to
distribution lists with selectable content
• Sound files (WAV) can be used to create custom audible status
annunciation using local onboard speakers
• Fahrenheit or Celsius temperatures can be displayed for screens
showing heat sensor temperatures
Agency listings
• UL 864 as Fire Alarm Control Unit Annunciator (UOXX)
• UL 864 as Fire Alarm Proprietary Supervising Station Control Unit
(UOJZ)
• UL 864 as Firefighter Smoke Control Station (UUKL)
• UL 1076 as Proprietary Burglar Alarm Unit (APOU)
• UL 1610 as Central Station Burglar Alarm Control Unit (AMCX)
• UL 2572 as Mass Notification System Supervising Station Control Unit
(PGWM), see Mass notification systems reference for details.
• ULC-S527 as Fire Alarm Control Unit Annunciator (UOXX7)
Graphic screens details
• Over 30,000 custom fields generated and edited graphic screen
capacity is available
• Multiple import and export formats are supported (see Supported
Graphics Formats section in Graphics screens)
Additional fire alarm network capabilities
• Multiple workstations can be nodes on the same fire alarm network to
provide redundant operations for improved survivability
• Connect to up to seven (7) separate network loops
• Graphical diagnostic tools identify network node and loop status
• Set-host service functions allow access to remote network node data
including individual TrueAlarm analog sensors
• Provides event printing (with compatible printer), view or print of status
S4190-0016 Rev. 39 5/2018
 Fire Alarm Network Annunciators TrueSite Workstations; Version 5.01

and service report information, and print graphic screens Product image reference
• Compatible with IMS (Information Management Systems) and GCC
(Graphic Command Center) on the same fire alarm network
• 2120 Multiplex Serial Line Interface (SLI) allows connection to up to
eight, 2120 Multiplex systems
Selectable computer and monitor options
• Computers are available as desktop or rack mount with mouse
operation and/or touchscreen operation providing convenient user
interface
• Desktop LCD widescreen, high resolution LED backlit monitors are
22 inch class, 21.5 inch (546 mm) diagonal, provide 1920 x 1080
resolution, and are available with or without touchscreen
• Wall mount LCD widescreen, high resolution monitors are 42 inch
(1067 mm) diagonal, provide 1920 x 1200 resolution, and are available
with or without touchscreen
• Rack mount LCD high resolution monitors are 19 inch class 18.5" (470
mm) diagonal with touchscreen and provide 1366 x 768 resolution;

Note: Refer to TrueSite Workstation equipment specifications for

important monitor mounting details

Description
Figure 2: 21.5" Desktop Monitor
Network Annunciation
TrueSite Workstations provide annunciation, status display, and control
for Simplex Fire Alarm Networks using a personal computer based
graphical interface with a high resolution, color display. Response
buttons with realistic icons provide control switches specific to the
operation being performed.

Remote Clients
For remote viewing of TrueSite Workstation Server information, Remote
Clients are available and connected using TCP/IP LAN/WAN Ethernet
communications. Remote Clients can be annunciation only, or capable of
system control when configured with Agency Listed hardware.

DACR Compatible
For systems requiring information from remote control panels via
DACTs (Digital Alarm Communicator Transmitters), workstations can
be equipped to communicate directly with a compatible DACR; refer to
DACR interface for details.
Figure 3: 42" Wall Mount Monitor

Password control
Multiple Access Levels
Operator access level is determined during log-in. Select functional
access to match the training and responsibility of the operator.
Operators with additional TrueSite Workstation and fire alarm network
training may be qualified for access to sensitive areas. For operators who
are primarily concerned with immediate facility security, a lower level
access will provide the information necessary for proper response but
will not allow access to key parameters that determine overall system/
network operation.

Network diagnostics
Graphical network status views
Automatic, built-in diagnostics are available to provide graphical views
of network topology and network status. Missing communications links
due to wiring breaks or shorts as well as inactive network nodes are
indicated clearly to guide in returning the system to normal. Information
screens are available to provide detail about each specific network node.
Network level functions such as timekeeper node and monitor node
are indicated as well as identification of the node being used for the
diagnostic.

Page 2 S4190-0016 Rev. 39 5/2018

 Fire Alarm Network Annunciators TrueSite Workstations; Version 5.01

Multi-loop operation features

Improved survivability
• Individual network loops operate independently
• In the event of loss of one or more loops, remaining loops continue to
operate

Loop independence
• New loops can be added without impacting existing loops

Assists with phased-in system expansion

• Each loop can be installed as a stand-alone network allowing local
node programming to evolve as required
Figure 4: Desktop PC
• When construction or renovation reaches completion, loops can be
combined for coordinated facility protection

Multi-Loop requirements
• Each loop requires a dedicated Network Interface Card
• Supports up to (7) 4120 network loops, or (1) ES Net network loop and
(6) 4120 network loops maximum

Figure 5: Rackmount PC and Monitor

Individual point service access

Qualified operator access
The workstation operator's interface provides service level access to
network information that is not normally "public." Network "private"
point information can be accessed using the Set-Host feature, and
logging into the database of the network and node of interest. With this
operation, individual point information can be accessed and controlled
as required by qualified service personnel with proper password access.

Multiple network connections

When extensive network expansion or interconnection of existing
separate networks is required, up to (7) 4120 network loops, or (1) ES
Net network loop and (6) 4120 network loops may be connected to
the TrueSite Workstation. Each network loop is connected to its own Figure 6: Typical Interface of Multiple Network
network interface module allowing the workstation to appear as a node Loops Using a TrueSite Workstation Server
in each individual loop.
With a multi-loop network connection, the TrueSite Workstation is a
node member of each network loop with up to 98 additional nodes per
loop. This allows up to 686 total nodes and the TrueSite Workstation
Server (687 total) to be interconnected.

Page 3 S4190-0016 Rev. 39 5/2018

 Fire Alarm Network Annunciators TrueSite Workstations; Version 5.01

4120 network software compatibility Note: For UL 864 listed Fire Proprietary Supervising Station Opera-
4120 network product compatibility with TrueSite Workstation requires tion that uses a DACR, select the Bosch D6600 with CID format and
the following software versions: 4190-8403 (see Product selection). For ULC listed systems using IP Com-
municators use Sur-Gard System I, II, III, or IV DACR.
Table 1: Fire Alarm Network Interface
DACR Events
Network Interface Compatibility
The TrueSite Workstation handles DACR points as though they were
4190 GCC/IMS/NPU Master Version 2.07 (or later)
network points. Graphics can be displayed and point status changes
4100U Master Version 11.03 (or later)
can be easily acknowledged. Point acknowledgement occurs locally on
4100 Master Version 9.02 (or later) the workstation since communications between the DACT and DACR
4020 Master Version 9.02 (or later) are from DACT to DACR only. Remote panels need to be Acknowledged,
4010 Master Version 3.01 (or later) Silenced, or Reset at the individual panel. Point events are entered into
4002 Network Firmware Version 3.02.92 (or later) the workstation history log as part of its 500,000 event storage capacity.
Table 2: 2120 (SLI) Interface Supported DACR/DACT Formats
Network Interface Compatibility . Compatible DACRs support standard reporting formats including:
Master Version 5.44 (or later) Network ADEMCO CID (Contact ID format), SIA Level 1, BFSK; and 3/1 and 4/2.
2120
Interface Version 3.02 (or later) A CID account can be configured on the TrueSite Workstation to be
either panel event reporting or with individual point reporting. The other
Note: TSW 100,000 point capacity applies to ES series panels or DACR formats provide panel event reporting only.
points only. Other legacy 4000 series panels are limited to a capacity of
62,500 points on the TSW (can be mixed with ES series panels reporting TrueSite Workstation Points for DACR Accounts
above the 62,500 point range). A TSW with a 2120 SLI interface is limited Workstation points are associated with a DACR account number.
to 62,500 points for the entire system (including ES series panels and Standard event points have up to a 19 character label for each point. CID
DACR points). TSW 100,000 point capacity requires TSW Version 3.04 (or point reporting has up to a 40 character label. DACR event categories
higher) and ES Panels at Version 3.03.04 (or higher). include: Fire Alarm, Priority 2 Alarm, Supervisory Alarm, Trouble, Utility
Status, and Unknown Point (CID format only). An occurrence of these
ES Net software compatibility events will be prefixed with the 19 character account label.

ES Net product compatibility with TrueSite Workstation requires the Public Points
following software versions: The Workstation can be selected to make DACR associated points public
to the fire alarm network for monitoring by other network nodes if
Table 3: ES Net software requirements
required.
Software Required software version
Network Programmer 2.01 or above DACR Status Tracking
ES Programmer 4.01 or above The DACR connection to the workstation is supervised with the following
TrueSite Workstation 5.01 or above trouble conditions tracked by the workstation: Communications Loss,
BNIC Application 1.01.03 (between DACR and workstation), Initialization Failed (the workstation
to DACR connection did not successfully establish), Unknown DACR
Table 4: ES Net firmware requirements Message, (the DACR sent a message that was not understood by the
Component Required firmware version workstation), and Unknown DACR Account (the account information
4100ES panel 4.01 or above received does not correlate to an workstation point).
4010ES panel 4.01 or above DACT Supervision
TrueSite Workstation 5.01 or above The workstation is programmed to expect and log periodic supervisory
TrueSite Incident transmissions from the DACTs via the DACR. Failure to receive a
5.01 or above
Commander supervisory transmission will cause a trouble event on the TrueSite
BNIC EOS 1.01.03 Workstation.

Event Restoration
DACR interface
When the workstation receives an event restoration from the DACR,
DACR Support it restores that point's status record to normal. The workstation has
For control panels that are not network compatible or may be too the ability to manually restore a point to normal in the event that a
remote for a network connection, the TrueSite Workstation can restoration occurred that was not forwarded to the workstation
communicate to a compatible DACR (Digital Alarm Communicator
Receiver) via an RS-232 port (requires DACR Interface software option
4190-5060, see compatibility list below). Remote control panels
equipped with DACTs communicate their local event status (or individual
point status if capable) to the DACR using dial-up telephone and optional
TCP/IP connections. The DACR forwards the individual panel status to
the workstation for information processing and history logging.

Compatible DACRs
Compatibility includes:
• Bosch Model D6600*, D6100i, and D6100Ipv6
• Sur-Gard Model System I, II, III, and IV
• AES Intellinet 7705i Wireless-to-Internet receiver
• Sur-Gard Model MLR2-DG (legacy product)

Page 4 S4190-0016 Rev. 39 5/2018

 Fire Alarm Network Annunciators TrueSite Workstations; Version 5.01

DACR interface reference diagram

Figure 7: DACR interface reference diagram

TrueSite Workstation operation

Figure 8: TrueSite Workstation sample alarm lists screen

Operation
When fire alarm network status changes occur, the screen displays the type and location of the alarm (or other activity) and the appropriate header
buttons appear. In the historical log screen above in Figure 8, Fire, Priority 2, Supervisory, and Trouble buttons are shown with an active Trouble
indicated.

Sample Screens
Figure 8 is representative of historical log screen detail. Screen choices can be configured per system preference. However, when using multiple
optional monitors, multiple windows can be visible simultaneously for operator convenience.

Page 5 S4190-0016 Rev. 39 5/2018

 Fire Alarm Network Annunciators TrueSite Workstations; Version 5.01

Ease of Operation
With touchscreen monitors, the operator touches the screen area in alarm (or uses the mouse control) to access a more detailed view of the alarmed
zone or device. With the proper password access, the operator has the ability to acknowledge alarm and trouble conditions, activate signal silence, and
perform system reset directly from the workstation screens.

Programmable Activity Timeout

Programmable Activity Timeout allows an unattended monitor to revert to the login screen when the configured time period expires.

Individual User Preferences

Individual User Preferences appear when the user logs in. Options include: Font Size (default or large); Toolbar Size (small or large); Interface Theme
(MS Office 2003 or System); Floating Window Options (select whether to show Menu bar or show Tool bar).

Historical Log and List Details

Figure 8 above shows historical log details. The display format is similar to the display for active list items such as the alarm list. Displayed information
can be sorted on-screen by each category shown (number, time, date, point name, etc.). List information can be reviewed on the screen, printed at a
local or remote system printer, or can be written to an electronic file for compatibility with spreadsheet and database programs.

Customized Response
Custom alarm and trouble messages can be added and field edited to provide operator response assistance. Point specific information, such as
hazardous material storage and lists of people to notify, can be automatically or selectively displayed.

Graphics screens
Site and floor plan details
Graphics screens can provide easily recognizable site plan and floor plan information. The level of detail can be customized for the specific facility to
easily and accurately direct the operator to the immediate area of interest.

Graphic screen controls

The graphics portion of the screen is shown as a main screen but could be set to float and be moved to another monitor if desired. Icons can be
added to identify the location and type of the device of interest and the graphics control toolbar (located at the top of the graphic) can be used to pan
and zoom for more precise detail. Programmable coverage zones can be added with selectable area and zoom level. A fixed area site plan (key plan)
with action buttons and screen locator can be added as shown below. Pan and zoom are tracked by a green rectangle in the key plan.

Custom banner and main screen background

The banner area shown with a Simplex logo can be customized (bitmap area is 2250 x 68 pixels). The main screen background (viewable prior to login)
can be customized with a bitmap of up to 1000 x 525 pixels.

Action messages
In addition to screen text or graphic information, the operator can be presented with specific action messages that provide emergency response
information and directions. These action messages are easily field edited for local requirements. The appropriate action message in the screen below
would be located in the Acknowledge dialog box.

Auto-jump to graphics or alarm list

Select whether activity should cause a jump to a list format or to the associated graphic screen.

Supported graphics formats

• DWG import formats: AutoCAD R9, 10, 11-12, 13, 14, 2000-2002, 2004-2006, 2007-2009, 2010-2011
• DXF import formats: AutoCAD R14 and 2000
• Export formats: AutoCAD 2000 DWG/DXF format (allows editing in AutoCAD 2000 or later)
• Import drawing files: DWG, WGS, IMS/GCC DOC files, WMF, BMP, GIF, and JPG

Page 6 S4190-0016 Rev. 39 5/2018

 Fire Alarm Network Annunciators TrueSite Workstations; Version 5.01

Figure 9: TrueSite Workstation Sample Graphic Screen with Detail Enlargement and Acknowledge Box

Product selection
Note: Equipment and specifications may vary due to equipment design changes.
Table 5: Hardware product selection
Category Model Description Listings
TrueSite Workstation Annunciator UL ULC
Listings: For use as an Annunciator under: UL 864 and ULC-S527 Control Units and
Accessories for Fire Alarm Systems; UL 2572 Control and Communication Units for Mass
4190-8401 Notification Systems, UL 1076 Proprietary Burglar Alarm Units and Systems; and UL 1610
Yes Yes
Central Station Burglar Alarm Units.

Also for use as UL 864 UUKL Firefighter Smoke Control Station

TrueSite Workstation Supervising Station Control Unit
Listings: For use as a Supervising Station Control Unit underUL 864. Reports and logs
events. If an optional event printer is required, see Table 21 for printer information; if using a
Hardware
Systems 4190-8403 DACR for UL 864 listing select the Bosch D6600 with CID format. Yes No
Also for use as UL2572 Supervising Station Control Unit for Mass Notification Systems; UL
(select as required
1076 Proprietary Burglar Alarm Multiplex Receiving Unit;and UL 1610 Central Station Burglar
– see notes below)
Alarm Control Unit with listed DACR (see DACR interface for compatibility)
TrueSite Workstation Remote Client; agency listed control capability requires supervision
and connection to a dedicated Fire Alarm LAN

Note: The TrueSite Workstation PC has 2 Ethernet ports. On ES Net networks, the ES Net
4190-8410 NIC connection uses (1) Ethernet port leaving (1) Ethernet port available for a connection to Yes Yes
either an agency listed (dedicated) Fire Alarm LAN or a customer's LAN (not both). Refer to
data sheet S4190-0018 for additional information on Fire Alarm Network Ethernet Switches.
Listings: For use as an Annunciator under: UL 864 and ULC-S527 Control Units and
Accessories for Fire Alarm Systems
1. Requires selection of computer, monitor, and software from list below
2. LAN/WAN connections require use of Transient Suppressor 4190-6010, see Table 10 for details.
Notes All above 3. A UL-1481 Listed Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS) is required for secondary power per UL and ULC
requirements
4. ULC listing also requires use of 4190-6058 Mechanical Protection Kit (ordered separately)
Table 6: Software only and aftermarket additions product selection
Model Description
TrueSite Workstation software only package, refer to Table 17 for computer specifications reference (listings and approvals
are not applicable);
4190-8603
Note: Windows operating system is not provided. For software only packages purchase operating system locally as
required.
4190-8901 Aftermarket hardware addition
4190-8605 Aftermarket software addition

Page 7 S4190-0016 Rev. 39 5/2018

 Fire Alarm Network Annunciators TrueSite Workstations; Version 5.01

Table 7: Computer product selection

Category Model Description Listings
4190-7026 Computer with Intel i7, 2.4 GHz CPU, 6MB Cache, 8GB RAM, (2) 1TB Hard Drives
Desktop (minimum), USB ULIO card, DVD R/W, integral audio and amplified speakers,
4190-7028 onboard video for up to three displays (1) SVGA and (2) DVI, (2) RS-232 Serial ports,
(7) USB ports, (2) Gigabit LAN ports, Passive backplane with (8) PCI, (3) PCIe x 1 and
(1) PCIe x 16 slot, USB keyboard and mouse; charcoal grey housing; Computers
4190-7027 are pre-installed with Windows 10 Enterprise 64 bit (includes CD and license) and
Computer Type Rackmount TrueSite Workstation software (dongle not included). 4190-7026 and 4190-7027
4190-7029 are configured with a file Backup utility and no RAID controller, 4190-7028 and
(select one as required)
4190-7029 are configured with RAID 1 data mirroring and no file Backup utility.
4190-7027 and 4190-7029 include rackmount mounting hardware.
Order with 4190-8901 only. Same PC as 4190-7026 and -7028 except without
operating system or TSW software. Use for replacement of existing PCs when
4190-7030 Desktop
operating system and TSW software are available and will be installed on site.
Compatible with 32 or 64 bit Windows 10 and Windows 7 operating systems.
Kit includes provisions for conduit connections and compliance with ULC mechanical protection
requirements on all ULC listed TSW Desktop PCs. The kit includes; a rear bracket enclosure with conduit
Mechanical
knockouts for all field wiring, rear access plates for routing the USB mouse, USB keyboard, and monitor
Protection - Conduit 4190-6058
connections, and a top access plate for access to all rear PC connections; 6 USB retaining clips to secure
Entry Kit
USB device connections to the rear of the PC; a USB right angle adapter to allow the TSW dongle to be
located behind the locked front door on Simplex4190 series TSW Desktop PCs.
Note: Equipment and specifications may vary due to equipment design changes.
Table 8: LCD Color Monitor Product Selection
Model Size (Diagonal) Description
Monitor 4190-7131 21.5" (546 mm) LCD Monitor for desktop applications
Select one minimum, four maximum, as
Only 4190-7114 42” (1049 mm) LCD Monitor for horizontal wall mount applications
required per computer choice; connect
4190-7233 21.5" (546 mm) Desktop LCD Monitor with as SVGA or DVI, both cables are included;
Monitor
4190-7234 18.5" (470 mm) Rack Mount touchscreen and touchscreen models include separate serial
with Touch-
built-in serial controller cable; black/charcoal grey housings
screen 4190-7214 42” (1049 mm) Wall Mount controller
Table 9: Software and Feature Selection
Option SKU Description
Applications Software TrueSite Workstation Server Software, includes: License, Security Dongle, Documentation; requires 4190-8401,
4190-5050
(select one per 4190-8403, or 4190-8603
application) 4190-5053 TrueSite Remote Client Installation CD, no operating system; requires 4190-8410 or 4190-8605
4190-5060 DACR Interface for a TrueSite Workstation Server
3rd Party Interface Software Package; includes: (1) 3rd Party Interface Development Software; (2) A dedicated
4190-5064 Security Certificate allowing server and client access for one 3rd Party Interface Application; and (3) A 3rd Party
Feature Code allowing one 3rd Party Client connection to a single TrueSite Workstation
TrueSite Workstation Feature Upgrade; includes the latest TrueSite Workstation software version and an Upgrade
Server Feature
Feature Code to enable new standard features (new optional features are selected separately); without this
Options 4190-5065
upgrade, installing the latest software version provides updated performance improvements over previous
versions but does not include new standard software features
TrueSite Workstation Mobile Client Feature; quantity of one (1) enables TrueSite Workstation information to be
4190-5067 accessed from compatible mobile devices; access for mobile clients is enabled by entering an authorized feature
code at the server; see data sheet S4190-0024 for more information
4190-5061 Feature code for Remote Client with restricted features (reduced feature set)
4190-5062 Feature code for Remote Client with password protected feature access
3rd Party Interface Client for adding additional 3rd Party Client connections to an existing TrueSite Workstation
Remote Client Type 3rd Party Interface; includes a 3rd Party Client Feature Code for the selected quantity of concurrent 3rd Party
Selection (Select One Client Connections to a single TrueSite Workstation (maximum of five (5) per server)
Per Remote Client) 4190-5066
Note: When adding 3rd Party Interface Clients to more than one TrueSite Workstation Server, each server
requires its own 4190-5066 Remote Client Selection; if a new 3rd Party Interface Application is being developed,
feature code 4190-5064 will be required to provide a unique Security Certificate.

Note: 4190-5064 and 4190-5066 require a 579-1155 Software Customer Information Form be submitted with the order.

Page 8 S4190-0016 Rev. 39 5/2018

 Fire Alarm Network Annunciators TrueSite Workstations; Version 5.01

Table 10: Internal hardware and additional features

Option SKU Description
Internal
hardware Quad RS-232 Serial Port Card, select when more than two serial ports are required; may be needed for 2120 SLI
options 4190-6034 connections; PCI Slot card with pluggable terminal block output; up to 2 maximum; one 4190-6026 suppressor is
(select as require per connection (see below)
required)
Dual video card for 32 bit operating system, PCI slot, 1 DVI and 1 VGA output, select two to support 4 monitors.
Internal
4190-6038
hardware Note: Support for up to 3 monitors is standard; for 4 monitors - disable onboard video drive and use two 4190-6038
video card cards.
options Dual video card for 64 bit operating system, PCIe x 16 slot, 2 DVI outputs; select one to support 4 monitors.
(select as
4190-6039
required) Note: Support for up to 3 monitors is standard; onboard video is used for first three monitors, use optional 4190-6039
video card when 4 monitors are installed.
Transient 4190-6002 Transient Protected Connector, select one per connection to a standard RS-232 serial port
suppressed 4190-6026 Transient Protected Connector for Quad Serial Port Card; one required per connection
connectors Transient Suppressor for LAN/WAN Connection; required for agency listing for each TrueSite Workstation Server and
(select as 4190-6010 Remote Client LAN/WAN connection, except for server to client connections when both are in the same room; refer to
required) Server/client interconnection reference.
Upgrade standard TrueSite Workstation (with Version 1.x software) or Information Management System (IMS), to add
Upgrade to
4190-9807 DACR capability; includes USB style Security Dongle (requires an available USB port); Note: Use 4190-5060 for Version 2
DACR
(or later) systems
Table 11: Programming options
Model Description
Programming (select) 4190-8122 TrueSite Workstation Programming; select Programming Items below
Programming Items (select items 4190-4006 AutoCAD DXF or DWG file, one floor plan (multiple floor plans require dedicated files)
per system requirements; select 4190-4008 25 Custom Action Messages
quantity of items as required) 4190-4009 25 Travel Screen Keys (selective zooming)
requires selection of 4190-8122 4190-4010 25 Status Icons
4190-4011 25 Control Functions; On/Off, Bypass, etc.
4190-4012 Convert one (1) Existing IMS Screens to TrueSite Workstation Screen
4190-4013 10 Coverage Zones; order quantity as required
4190-4014 One (1) Emergency Communications/Mass Notification Control Screen

4120 network options

Note: For additional information on 4120 Networks and 4120 network product specifications see data sheet S4100-0056.
Table 12: 4120 network options
Option Configured Aftermarket Description Size Alarm/Supv.
Network
Interface Modular network interface card (select media modules separately,
4190-6061 4190-9829 1 slot 46 mA
Modules (7 listed below); PCI slot card; supports Class B or Class X operation
maximum)
4190-6036 4190-9822 Wired Media Mounts on 4190-6061 or 4190-9829 modular N/A 55 mA
Left port, single- network interface card (up to 2 media cards
4190-6301 4190-9851 mode 4120 duplex per network interface card). Maximum of 1 N/A 55 mA
fiber media card left port and 1 right port duplex fiber media
Media card per modular network interface card.
Right port, single-
Modules Field connections require left port to right
4190-6302 4190-9852 mode 4120 duplex N/A 55 mA
for Modular port pairing. Order fiber media service kits for
fiber media card
Network retrofit jobs where ST connectors are already
Interface (as Left port, multi-mode
4190-6303 4190-9853 4120 duplex fiber installed (refer to data sheet S4100-0056 for N/A 55 mA
required) full fiber media module specifications and
media card
retrofit information)
Right port, multi-
4190-6304 4190-9854 mode 4120 duplex N/A 55 mA
fiber media card

Page 9 S4190-0016 Rev. 39 5/2018

 Fire Alarm Network Annunciators TrueSite Workstations; Version 5.01

ES Net network options

Note: For additional information on ES Net networks and ES Net network product specifications see data sheet S4100-0076 .
Table 13: ES Net external NIC for TSW product selection
Model Enclosure Description Power Alarm/Supv.
4190-9832 Red Connects a TSW or Incident Commander to the ES Network. 120/240 VAC
4190-9833 Platinum ES panel network supports Class B or Class X operation, TSW 120/240 VAC
4190-9834 Red connections are Class B. Includes (4) built in Ethernet ports, 24 VDC
supports (1) additional media card. Ports A and C can be 120 mA
configured for earth fault detection.
4190-9835 Platinum 24 VDC
Wall mount enclosure measures 10in x 10in x 2.5in.

Note: The 4190 Series External NIC is required for TSW or Incident Commander UL 1610 Central Station Burglar Alarm Control Unit applications
Table 14: ES Net NIC cards for 4100ES, TrueSite Workstation, or Incident Commander
Model Card Type Description Size Alarm/Supv.
Mounts in 4100ES cabinet. Connects a 4100ES FACU, TrueSite
Workstation, or Incident Commander to an ES Net Network. Supports
4100-6104 Slot Class B or Class X operation. Includes (4) built in Ethernet ports, install to 2 vertical blocks 120 mA
a single slot in a 4100ES bay. Supports up to (2) additional media cards.
Ports A and C can be configured for earth fault detection.
Mounts in 4100ES cabinet. Connects a 4100ES FACU, TrueSite
Workstation, or Incident Commander to an ES Net Network. Supports
4100-6310 Flat Class B or Class X operation. Includes (4) built in Ethernet ports, install to 2 vertical blocks 120 mA
any (2) vertical block space in a 4100ES bay. Supports up to (2) additional
media cards. Ports A and C can be configured for earth fault detection.
Notes:
1. Network interface cards include built-in Ethernet network communication ports, order optional media cards as required.
2. TrueSite Workstation connection is Class B, for Class X networks TSW connection must be 20 ft (6 M) maximum in conduit.
3. For TSW or Incident Commander UL 1610 Central Station Burglar Alarm Control Unit applications use the 4190 Series External NIC.
Table 15: ES Net dual channel media modules for external NIC and 4100ES NICs
Model Description Size Alarm/Supv.
ES Net NIC Dual Select per network connection requirements; mounts on the supplied
Channel Single- ES NIC(s); (1) media card per external NIC network interface card.
4190-9858 N/A 135 mA
mode Fiber Media
Card Dual Channel Media Cards provide 2 ports for input and output
ES Net NIC Dual connections.
4190-9859 Channel Multi-mode N/A 135 mA
Field connections require proper port pairing, refer to 579-1258 ES
Fiber Media Card
Net Dual Channel Fiber, Ethernet, and DSL Media Card Installation
ES Net NIC Dual Instructions for additional information.
4190-9857 Channel DSL Media N/A 155 mA
Card

Note: DSL media cards are not ULC listed for fire alarm applications.

Fiber media card service kits

Table 16: ES Net fiber media card service kits
Model Fiber type Description
4100-6412 50/125 μm multi-mode For use in retrofit jobs where fiber optic cables with ST connectors are
4100-6413 62.5/125 μm multi-mode already installed. Includes (2) ST to SC 18 in (45.7 cm) fiber optic patch
4100-6414 9/125 μm single-mode cords, (2) ST-ST couplers, (2) wire clamps, and (2) insulating sleeves.

Note: Fiber optic media cards must be of the same type on each end of the fiber link. When replacing a media card with a different type, the card on
the other end of the link must be replaced with a fiber optic media card of the same type.

Page 10 S4190-0016 Rev. 39 5/2018

 Fire Alarm Network Annunciators TrueSite Workstations; Version 5.01

TrueSite Workstation equipment specifications

Note: Equipment and specifications may vary due to equipment design changes.
Table 17: Computers and accessories
SKU Description Dimensions AC Power Input
4190-7026
16 ⅞" W x 7" H x 17 ⅝" D (429 mm
4190-7028 Desktop Computer 2 A @ 120 VAC, 60 Hz (240 W)
x 178 mm x 448 mm)
4190-7030 Operating Range: 95-132 VAC; 180-264
4190-7027 VAC, auto-range; 50/60 Hz
19" W x 7" H x 17 ⅝" D (483 mm x
Rack Mount Computer
178 mm x 448 mm)
4190-7029
19" W x 1 ¾" H x 12 ¾" D (483 mm
N/A Rack Mount Keyboard Tray (included with computer) N/A
x 44 mm x 324 mm)
Table 18: LCD monitors
SKU Description Dimensions AC Power Input Supplied Video Cables
3
20 /16" W x 15" H x 6 ¾" D (513
4190-7131 21.5" Desktop
mm x 381 mm x 171 mm) 0.4 A @ 120 VAC, 60 Hz (48 W) Operating
20 /16" W x 15" H x 8 /16" D (513 Range: 100-240 VAC, 50/60 Hz
3 11
21.5" Desktop with
4190-7233
Touchscreen mm x 381 mm x 221 mm)
1
17 ¾" W x 11 /16" H x 2.022" D (1) DVI and (1) SVGA, 6 ft (1.8 m)
(451 mm x 281 mm x 51.4 mm) long
18.5" Rack Mount with Note: 1.5 A @ 120 VAC, 60 Hz Operating
4190-7234
Touchscreen Range: 100-240 VAC, 50/60 Hz
Refer to page Rack mount hard-
ware reference with 18.5" monitor
for monitor mounting details
4190-7114 42" Wall Mount 5
41 /16" W x 25 ¼" H x 5" D (1049 2.02 A @ 120 VAC, 60 Hz (243 W) (1) DVI and (1) SVGA, 15 ft (4.57
42" Wall Mount with
4190-7214 mm x 641 mm x 127 mm) Operating Range: 100-240 VAC, 50/60 Hz m) long
Touchscreen

Note: Products listed in Table 17 and Table 18 are agency listed for 120 VAC. Computers and monitors are shipped with 120 VAC cord; NEMA 5-15P
plug to IEC-320 C-13 connector. For use with other voltages, locally obtain a cord in compliance with local safety standards.
Table 19: Computer minimum specifications reference
Specification Description
Server Passive backplane with: 7 PCI slots and 1 CPU slot; security features: key lock reset switch; fan monitor card; locked door protecting
Enclosure access to the CD/DVD R/W drives and one front mounted USB port
Compatible with Microsoft Windows 10 and Windows 7 32 and 64 bit operating systems; Intel i7 2.4 GHz CPU, or Core 2 Duo 2.1 GHz
Server CPU, 4 GB RAM, 160 GB minimum hard drive; 2 Serial ports, 1 Parallel port, 4 USB ports, dual Gigabit LAN ports, USB keyboard and
Computer mouse; SVGA video output with 16 MB VRAM, CD/DVD Drive, PCI and ISA slots (as required), integral audio and amplified speakers,
additional ports as required for custom features (e.g. USB, Serial, Parallel, etc.)
Remote Client specifications are similar to server except: also compatible with Microsoft Windows 10 Home and Windows 7 Home
Premium operating system (32-bit or 64-bit); Core 2 Duo CPU minimum, 4 GB RAM minimum; single Gigabit LAN, 160 GB hard drive,
Remote Client
SVGA video output with 16 MB VRAM, CD/DVD Drive, other ports as required (e.g. USB, Serial RS-232, Parallel, mouse and keyboard,
etc.)

Note: Simplex 4190 series computers are agency listed for use with TrueSite Workstation software. For applications where agency listings are not
required, TrueSite Workstation software should be compatible with most computers meeting the stated minimum specifications. However, due to
computer manufacturers potentially using unique and/or proprietary drivers, hardware, or other software not tested with TrueSite Workstation soft-
ware, there may be incompatibilities. If other computers are used, proper operation with TrueSite Workstation software may require technical adjust-
ments by a qualified computer technician and would be the sole responsibility of the computer supplier and computer manufacturer.
Table 20: Environmental specifications
Specification Rating
Operating Temperature 32° to 120° F (0° to 49° C)
Operating Humidity Up to 93% RH, non-condensing, at 90° F (32° C)
Table 21: Computer port reference (4190-7026, 4190-7027, 4190-7028, 4190-7029 and 4190-7030)
Port Description
RS-232 Serial Ports Two standard, up to 9 total with optional 4190-6034 Quad Serial Port Card
USB Serial Ports 7 total; 5 in the rear (one is used for Server Security Dongle), and 2 in the front behind the locked door
Other Ports Two Ethernet 7029 ports and one Parallel port

Page 11 S4190-0016 Rev. 39 5/2018

 Fire Alarm Network Annunciators TrueSite Workstations; Version 5.01

Table 21: Computer port reference (4190-7026, 4190-7027, 4190-7028, 4190-7029 and 4190-7030)
Port Description
For agency listed proprietary supervising station operation and for other operations, if an event printer is desired, a
Event Printing supervised and dedicated Simplex Model 4190-9013 agency listed dot matrix printer is recommended; connection is to
USB or Serial RS-232 Port of the Server PC (see data sheet S4190-0011 for printer details)
For report, screen, or graphics printing, a Windows compatible printer can be used. Connection can be USB, Serial RS-232,
Other Printing
or LAN/WAN connection via Ethernet
Event printing (with supervised and dedicated dot matrix printer 4190-9013 as explained above)
Auto-print of auto-jump graphics; prints to Windows default printer
Printable Information Reports: historical logs, system activity, TrueAlarm status, TrueAlarm service, analog monitor ZAM calibration, and active
list; displayed reports can print to a LAN connected (unsupervised) printer
Screen captures (configurable as negative images to reverse black backgrounds)

Note: Parallel port printer connection is supported on 32-bit operating systems only.

Server/client operation
TrueSite Workstation Computer
The TrueSite Workstation computer provides the functions of the server and the system configuration tools. To access the desired features, a system/
job specific security service dongle is supplied and is required. For systems not using Remote Clients, the setup of the TrueSite Workstation PC is
similar.

Remote Client
For access to TrueSite Workstation information at a remote location, a compatible computer, connected via a Local Area Network (LAN) is equipped
with Remote Client software. There are two types of Remote Clients, those with a restricted feature set (not capable of control); and those with a
password protected feature set (capable of control). Refer to Server/client interconnection reference and data sheet S4190-0018 for additional
information.

Supervised or Unsupervised Remote Clients

Remote Clients can be designated as Supervised or Unsupervised. When Supervised, the connection is monitored by the TrueSite Workstation and
a loss of connection is audibly reported at both ends along with a dialog screen. When Unsupervised, only the client end displays a trouble dialog
indicating disconnection from the Server. Remote Clients may be laptop computers or other computers used for other functions and are periodically
connected to query system status or create reports.

Remote Client Connections

The TrueSite workstation server supports a maximum of twenty (20) Supervised or Unsupervised Remote Clients, each capable of being on-line
simultaneously.

TCP/IP Networks
The minimum recommended connection speed for TrueSite Workstation Server or Remote Client to a TCP/IP local area network is 3 Mbps.

Anti-Virus Software
When either the TrueSite Workstation Server or Remote Client computer is connected to a TCP/IP network other than a dedicated Fire Alarm Network,
it is highly recommended that regularly updated anti-virus software protection be installed on each connected computer. The TrueSite Workstation has
been verified as compatible with Symantec EndPoint Protection 12.1.3 and McAfee Enterprise 8.8.

General system listings reference

The following functions are Agency Listed with the computers and monitors identified in Product selection:
• TrueSite workstation PCs, whether stand-alone or functioning as a server to Remote Clients
• Supervised Remote Clients with protected features that are connected to the server using a dedicated Fire Alarm Network
• Refer to data sheet S4190-0018 for details about Fire Alarm Network Ethernet Switches

Additional agency listings reference

Restricted feature Remote Clients software on compatible computers (listed for standard office use) provide annunciation features only and can be
connected using a facility LAN without system listing impact.

Mass notification systems reference

The TrueSite Workstation operates as a UL 2572 listed Fire Smoke Control Station (FSCS) when configured per the following:
1. Select model 4190-8401 (Note: Cannot be used for Supervising Station or Security Monitor Applications)
2. Provide an audio system microphone mounted adjacent to the TrueSite Workstation, either located within a 4100ES (or 4100U) Fire Alarm
Control Panel or Remote Annunciator Panel, or use a Remote Microphone Assembly.
3. The 4100ES/4100U microphone options are model 4100-1243 for Fire Alarm Control Panels and Model 4100-1244 for Remote Annunciator Panels
(refer to data sheet S4100-0034 for details).
4. Remote Microphone Assembly Model 4003-9803 mounts separate from the control panel (refer to data sheet S4100-0053 for details).
5. Note: At least two monitors must be connected to provide the necessary display information (see exception below). One monitor is required to
display the speaker zone status and the other monitor is required to display the event screen.

Page 12 S4190-0016 Rev. 39 5/2018

 Fire Alarm Network Annunciators TrueSite Workstations; Version 5.01

6. Exception: If a 4100ES/4100U Network Display Unit (NDU) is mounted adjacent to the TrueSite Workstation for network audio control with
microphone access, a second monitor may not be necessary if the audio control status is viewable. Review the application with the local authority
having jurisdiction (AHJ).

Server/client interconnection reference

Note: The TrueSite Workstation PC has 2 Ethernet ports. On ES Net networks, the ES Net NIC connection uses (1) Ethernet port leaving (1) Ethernet
port available for a connection to either an agency listed (dedicated) Fire Alarm LAN or a customer's LAN (not both). Refer to data sheet S4190-0018 for
additional information on Fire Alarm Network Ethernet Switches.

Page 13 S4190-0016 Rev. 39 5/2018

 Fire Alarm Network Annunciators TrueSite Workstations; Version 5.01

Hardware reference with 21.5" desktop monitor

Figure 10: Hardware reference with 21.5" desktop monitor

Rack mount hardware reference with 18.5" monitor

Figure 11: Rack mount hardware reference with 18.5" monitor

Note: The monitor mounting plate attaches to the rack mounting rail and the monitor will extend 2.022" (51.4 mm) from the front of the mounting rail.
Review the specified rack enclosure to determine actual monitor extension beyond the rack frame and to ensure that a rack door (if used) has ade-
quate clearance.

Page 14 S4190-0016 Rev. 39 5/2018

 Fire Alarm Network Annunciators TrueSite Workstations; Version 5.01

Rear mounted mechanical protection - conduit entry bracket enclosure reference

Note: Rear mounted mechanical protection is required for ULC listing.

Figure 12: Rear mounted mechanical protection - conduit entry bracket enclosure reference (required for ULC listing)

Page 15 S4190-0016 Rev. 39 5/2018

 Fire Alarm Network Annunciators TrueSite Workstations; Version 5.01

Additional reference
Table 22: Additional Network Product Reference
Description Document
4100ES Basic Panels with SPS Power Supplies S4100-0031
4120 Network Products and Specifications S4100-0056
ES Net Network Products and Specifications S4100-0076
4100ES Basic Panels with EPS Power Supplies S4100-0100
Fire Alarm Ethernet Switches for TrueSite Workstation S4190-0018
TrueSite Incident Commander S4190-0020
Truesite Mobile Client S4190-0024

© 2018 Johnson Controls. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision and are subject to change without
notice. Additional listings may be applicable, contact your local Simplex® product supplier for the latest status. Listings and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co.
Simplex, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm Code are
registered trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).
S4190-0016 Rev. 39 5/2018
 Fire Alarm Network Products
FM Approved to ANSI/UL 864, 9th Edition, Control Unit Accessory; Network System Integrator
to CAN/ULC S527, and to FM Standards; CSFM Listed* for 4120 Network

Features
Compatible with Simplex 4120 Network
Provides flexible integration of fire alarm control
panels into Simplex® 4120 fire alarm networks:
 Communication between the 4120 fire alarm network
and other fire alarm control panels is via isolated
contact closure connections
 Typical compatible controls include Simplex fire
alarm control panel model series 4005, 4006, 4008,
etc., and non-Simplex fire alarm control panels
 Operating power is provided by the host node control
panel using low voltage wiring connections
 A wide input voltage range of 10 to 33 VDC allows
compatibility with either 24 or 12 VDC systems
 4120 Network media modules are ordered separately
as wired or fiber optic connections, suitable for Class
B (Style 4) or Class X (Style 7) operation
Network System Integrator (NSI) inputs:
 The host node control panel provides input to the
Network System Integrator (NSI) via eight (8)
polarized, optically coupled and isolated connections
 Input voltage range is 10 VDC to 33 VDC
Network System Integrator (NSI) outputs:
 The host node control panel receives network Network System Integrator Application Sample
information from the NSI via relay contact closures
 Eight (8) contact closure outputs are available, one is
dedicated as the trouble contact (Output 2), the other Description
seven are system programmable per application
 Output 1 has dual contacts, Outputs 2-8 are single Network System Integrators (NSI) provide a
contacts, each selectable as N.O. or N.C. gateway between a fire alarm control panel and a Simplex
4120 fire alarm network. This allows the network to
 Contacts are rated 1 A @ 24VDC/25 VAC and
monitor voltage inputs from, and provide contact closure
0.5 A @ 70 VAC
information to, host node control panels not equipped for
Mechanical packaging: direct network communications. The integrated control
 Small 13 ½” square (343 mm) cabinet size allows panel with NSI resides as a unique node on the 4120 fire
convenient mounting; alarm network.
 Available with beige or red cabinet Connections. NSI power, input voltages, contact
Service mode: closure voltages, and battery backup are supplied by the
 A technician activated network bypass mode is host node control. NSI network connections are similar to
available with temporary battery connection to allow other 4120 network products using a “left” and “right”
unpowered service of the host node control with the port provided by plug-in media cards, either wired or fiber
NSI remaining on-line to maintain network optic, Class B or Class X operation.
communications Information to the NSI. Information is received by the
Listing information: NSI from the host node panel via eight optically isolated
inputs capable of receiving 10 to 33 VDC from the host
 FM tested and approved to UL Standard 864, 9th
panel. Since each input is optically isolated, the source of
edition, and NFPA 72, the National Fire Alarm and
the control can be either relay contact or transistor
Signaling Code for connection to agency
controlled circuits. Inputs can be from different sources.
listed/approved fire alarm control panel * This product was tested and approved by FM Approvals against standard FM testing
 Due to the NSI input and output design, the NSI is referenced to NFPA 72, ANSI/UL Standard 864, 9th Edition, and CAN/ULC S527. This
also capable of compatibility with other building product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to Section
13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing 7300-0026:329 for
system controls including products used for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in this document. It is
Emergency Communications Systems (ECS/Mass subject to re-examination, revision, and possible cancellation. Additional listings may be
applicable, contact your local Simplex product supplier for the latest status. Listings and
Notification); subject to local authority having approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co. are the property of Tyco Fire Protection
jurisdiction (AHJ) Products.

S4190-0017-6 3/2018
Description (Continued)
Information from the NSI. Information is transferred
from the NSI to the host node panel using eight relay
circuits. Relay 2 is dedicated to advise the host node
control of an NSI trouble and is held normally energized.
Loss of power to the NSI, or other onboard NSI trouble
will transfer the trouble contact. The remaining seven
relay functions are programmable at the NSI.
Wiring connections between the NSI and the host node
control panel are not supervised by the NSI.
Synchronization of Notification Appliances.
The 4120 network can support synchronization of
notification appliances across all nodes on the network.
When an NSI is part of the network, synchronization of
notification appliances over the network is not supported.
However, there is synchronization of notification
appliances at the individual node level.
Mounting Considerations. Supervision of wiring
connections, if provided, is supplied by the host node
control panel. For applications where connections are not
supervised, the connections must be in conduit with a
distance no greater than 20 ft (6 M).
Service Mode. For authorized service operation, the NSI
is provided with an optional battery input allowing the
network loop to remain intact when the host node panel is
unpowered for servicing. The NSI does not provide
charging to this service battery connection. Normal battery
backup is provided by the host node control panel.
Additional Information. For additional information,
refer to Installation Instructions 579-876.

Product Selection
Model Description
4190-9830 Red Cabinet Network System Integrator cabinet assembly; up to 2 media cards
4190-9831 Beige Cabinet required, order separately (see below)
4100-6056 Wired network media card For direct mounting onto the NSI (up to 2 media cards required).
Left port, single-mode 4120 duplex fiber
4100-6301
media card For direct mounting onto the NSI (up to 2 media cards required).
Right port, single-mode 4120 duplex fiber Maximum of 1 left port and 1 right port duplex fiber media card per
4100-6302
media card NSI. Field connections require left port to right port pairing. Order fiber
Left port, multi-mode 4120 duplex fiber media service kits for retrofit jobs where ST connectors are already
4100-6303
media card installed (refer to data sheet S4100-0056 for full fiber media module
Right port, multi-mode duplex 4120 fiber specifications and retrofit information)
4100-6304
media card

Specifications
Electrical
Input Voltage Range 10 VDC to 33 VDC, 3.5 W maximum
Input Power with 12 VDC input 300 mA maximum input current @ 10 VDC
with 24 VDC input 175 mA maximum input current @ 20 VDC
Input type 8 optically isolated inputs
Input to NSI
from Host 10 to 33 VDC, voltage supplied by host node control panel or other compatible voltage
Input voltage range
Node Control source
Input requirements 1 mA minimum required for activation; input resistance = 9.5 kΩ
Eight (8) contact closure outputs: Contact 1 provides dual connections, Contacts 2-8
Output from Contact Details provide single connections; Contact 2 is dedicated as Trouble Indication; each contact
NSI to Host output is jumper selectable as N.O. or N.C.
Node Control 1 A @ 24 VDC or 25 VAC; 0.5 A @ 70.7 VAC, resistive; supply current protection externally
Contact Ratings
using listed in-line fuse and fuseholder or equivalent current limiting to contact ratings
Wiring Connections Between Host
Screw terminals 18 to 14 AWG (0.82 mm2 to 2.08 mm2)
Node Control Panel and NSI
Fiber optics or wired; wired connection terminals for 24 AWG to 18 AWG
Network Connection Wiring
(0.205 mm2 to 0.82 mm2 )
Wiring Parameter with 18 AWG, TSP* with 24 AWG, TP*
Network Connection
Reference Wired Network Maximum line-to-line capacitance 58 pF/ft (190 pF/m) 22 pF/ft (72 pF/m)
(refer to Installation Connections Maximum distance @ 57,600 bps 10,000 ft (3 km) 7000 ft (2.13 km)
Instructions 579-876 Maximum distance @ 9600 bps 17,000 ft (5.18 km) 12,000 ft (3.65 km)
for additional Maximum total
information) Fiber type Compatible fiber
attenuation
Maximum Distance
Duplex Fiber
Single-mode Nominal 9/125 μm 22 dB 82,000 ft (25 km)
* TSP = twisted, Optic Network
shielded pair; Connections 50/125 μm or
TP = twisted pair Multi-mode 62.5/125 μm 18 dB 16,400 ft (5 km)
graded index

S4190-0017-6 3/2018
2
Specifications (Continued)
Mechanical
13 ½” W x 13 ½” H x 3 5⁄16” D (343 mm x 343 mm x 84 mm), with locking door, lift-off hinge
Cabinet Specifications on left side; knockouts on left side, top, and bottom; refer to page 3 for additional
information
Environmental
Temperature 32° to 120° F (0° to 49° C) indoor operation only
Humidity Range Up to 90% RH at 90° F (32° C) non-condensing

Additional 4120 Network Product Reference

Subject Data Sheet

4120 Network Products and Specifications S4100-0056

Installation Reference

Interconnection Reference

S4190-0017-6 3/2018
3
TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm
Code are trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).

Tyco Fire Protection Products • Westminster, MA • 01441-0001 • USA S4190-0017-6 3/2018

www.simplexgrinnell.com
© 2018 Tyco Fire Protection Products. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice.
 TrueAlarm Fire Alarm Systems
UL, ULC, CSFM Listed; Fire Alarm Network Annunciators;
FM Approved* Fire Alarm Ethernet Switches

Features to additional Remote Fire Alarm

Ethernet Switches (if required)
Provides a dedicated Fire Alarm local area
network (LAN) for connection of a TrueSite Remotely Located Fire
workstation server to remote clients: Alarm Ethernet Switch
 Fire Alarm Ethernet Switches provide up to eight wired
FIRE ALARM ETHERNET SWITCH

Ethernet connections with individual earth fault

supervision Remote Fire Command
Center with Remote Client Power and status
 Wired Ethernet cable distance of up to 328 ft (100 m) supervision from local
Fire Alarm Control Panel
 Fire Alarm Ethernet Switches can be interconnected to
extend connection capacity and/or distance using either
Ethernet wired ports or fiber optic ports
Dedicated Fire
 Fiber optic cable switch connections provides a distance Alarm LAN Fire Alarm
of up to 1.24 miles (2 km) for multimode fiber, and up to FIRE ALARM ETHERNET SWITCH
Ethernet Switch

9.3 miles (15 km) for single-mode

 Fire Alarm Ethernet Switches are UL listed to
Standard 864 and ULC listed to Standard S527
 Switches are available without earth fault supervision for
special applications not requiring fire alarm listings
 For additional TrueSite Workstation server and client
information, refer to data sheet S4190-0016
Available with three connection options:
 Eight Ethernet wired ports with RJ-45 terminations
 Four wired ports and two single-mode fiber optic ports
(SC connectors)
 Four wired ports and two multimode fiber optic ports
(SC connectors)
Earth faults are reported three ways:
 An on-board IDNet Supervised IAM is available for
connection to a compatible Simplex® fire alarm control
panel
 An on-board trouble relay provides contact transfer
 On-board LEDs identify fault location per port
Description
Overview. Fire Alarm Ethernet Switches combine an
Ethernet switch module with an earth detection circuit
(for wired Ethernet connections), housed in a dedicated
cabinet. Using Fire Alarm Ethernet Switches allows
interconnection of a TrueSite workstation server, and
multiple TrueSite workstation clients, into a dedicated
Fire Alarm LAN. When networked, the TrueSite
workstation clients can monitor and (if authorized)
control fire alarm system activity. If additional
connections or increased distances are required, Fire
Alarm Ethernet Switches can be connected to additional
switches.
Switch Details. The Fire Alarm Ethernet Switch uses an
Ethernet switching hub to bridge between connected data
links. It also has the ability to segment the Ethernet
network in separate collision domains for network
survivability.
Fire Alarm
Control Panel
Remote Client
Fire Alarm Network
Loop Connections (up
to 7 loop capacity)
TrueSite Workstation
Server
Off-site access
(restricted client)
Facility LAN
Facility Fire Alarm
Maintenance Center
(restricted client)
Internet
Connection
Fire Alarm Ethernet Switch Connection Reference
Switch Operation. Data packets are inspected to
determine the source and destination address of each
packet, then forwarded accordingly. Simultaneous data
exchanges are allowed on different data links, resulting in
more throughput. Operation is either half-duplex or
full-duplex.
Switch Communications Support. Wired Ethernet
Communication protocols include 10BASE-T or
100BASE-TX, allowing network Ethernet connection
speeds of 10 Mbps or 100 Mbps. Models with fiber optic
ports allow Fire Alarm Ethernet Switches to be
interconnected using the advantages of fiber optics
connections. Fiber optics ports operate at 100BASE-FX.
* Refer to product selection details on page 2 for listing specifics. This product has been
approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the
California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing 7300-0026:336 for allowable
values and/or conditions concerning material presented in this document. It is subject to
re-examination, revision, and possible cancellation. Additional listings may be applicable;
contact your local Simplex product supplier for the latest status. Listings and approvals
under Simplex Time Recorder Co. are the property of Tyco Fire Protection Products.

S4190-0018-5 3/2018
Description (Continued)
Earth Fault Detection. When an earth fault is detected Detailed Earth fault status is indicated by the on-board
by the Earth Detection Module, it triggers a general status LEDs (see list on page 4).
trouble for external monitoring. Monitoring is performed
by either communicating with the on-board IDNet IAM or
by monitoring the trouble relay contacts.

Product Selection

Note: Ethernet Switch equipment and accessories are ordered as options for use with TrueSite Workstation and Incident
Commander upper level product selection model numbers per the System Order Reference section below. For additional
product information, refer to data sheet S4190-0016 for TrueSite Workstation and S4190-0020 for TrueSite Incident
Commander.

System Order Reference (to be selected per order type)

Model Description
4190-8401 TrueSite Workstation, Standard Operation
4190-8403 TrueSite Workstation Fire Proprietary Supervising Station
4190-8404 TrueSite Incident Commander Annunciator
4190-8405 TrueSite Incident Commander Supervising Station Control Unit
4190-8410 TrueSite Workstation Remote Client
4190-8411 TrueSite Incident Commander Remote Client
4190-8901 Aftermarket Hardware Additions

Fire Alarm Ethernet Switches (agency listed for fire alarm)

Model Connections Description Listings
UL 864 and ULC S527
4190-6050 Eight wired Ethernet connections
Fire Alarm Ethernet NOTE: Each Server and Client LAN
Switch, 24 VDC, red connection requires a 4190-6010 Transient
Four wired Ethernet connections and two Suppressor, except for server to client
4190-6054 cabinet; with Earth
single-mode fiber optic connections connections when both are in the same
Detection on wired
connections room; see below for suppressor details;
Four wired Ethernet connections and two Ethernet Switch power shall be provided by
4190-6055
Multimode fiber optic connections a listed fire alarm power supply

Ethernet Switches (not agency listed for fire alarm)

Model Connections Description Listings
4190-6051 Eight wired Ethernet connections
Ethernet Switch only; UL 864 Recognized component, does not
Four wired Ethernet connections and two include Earth detection module or cabinet
4190-6056 6 W @ 10-36 VDC;
single-mode fiber optic connections
6 VA @ 8-24 VAC; use Dimensions: 5-11/16” x 7-3/8” x 1-3/4”
Four wired Ethernet connections and two Power Adapter per below (145 mm x 187 mm x 44.5 mm)
4190-6057
Multimode fiber optic connections

Ethernet Switch Power Adapters (select one for each 4190-6051, 4190-6056, or 4190-6057; Power Adapters are NOT for use
with Fire Alarm Ethernet Switches 4190-6050, 4190-6054, or 4190-6055, they require connection to a fire alarm power supply)
Model Description Ratings Housing Size
Input: 120 VAC, 60 Hz, 20 W 2-1/4” W x 2-15/16” H x 1-7/8” D
4190-6052
Wall Mount Power Adapter Output: 24 VAC, 650 mA (56 mm x 74 mm x 48 mm)
with 6 ft (1.8 m) cord Input: 240 VAC, 50 Hz, 78 mA 2-5/16” W x 3-3/16” H x 1-15/16” D
4190-6053
Output: 24 VAC, 650 mA (58 mm x 80 mm x 49 mm)

Transient Suppressor for LAN/WAN Connection

Model Description
Required for agency listing except for server to client connections that are in the same room; mounts on rear of PC
4190-6010
frame for desktop or rackmount computers

2 S4190-0018-5 3/2018
Interconnection Reference
For additional information, refer to Installation Instructions 579-903.

to additional Remote Fire Alarm

Ethernet Switches (if required)

Remotely Located Fire Alarm

S Ethernet Switch
FIRE ALARM ETHERNET SWITCH

Local Fire Alarm

Control Panel
Remote Fire Command Center Fire Alarm
with Remote Client Network
connection
Fire Control

Dedicated Fire Alarm LAN for connection

between Fire Alarm Ethernet Switches:
1. Ethernet cable, up to 328 ft (100 m)
Fire Alarm
2. Multimode fiber, up to 1.24 mi (2 km) Connections to local fire alarm panel to
Ethernet Switch
3. Single-mode fiber, up to 9.3 mi (15 km) supply power and monitor trouble using
IDNet communications with on-board
NOTE: Fiber optic connections require two
IAM or by monitoring relay contacts
fibers, Transmit and Receive

General System Notes:

Connections between Fire FIRE ALARM ETHERNET SWITCH

1. Available ports can be connected to Alarm Ethernet Switches and

other Switches to extend distance or TrueSite Workstation, Server
extend Client capacity. or Client are wired Ethernet
2. Fire Alarm Ethernet Switch 4190-6050 cable, up to 328 ft (100 m)
can support up to 7 clients and one
server per Switch, or up to 7 clients at
a remote Switch location.
3. Fire Alarm Ethernet Switches with S
fiber optic ports (4190-6054 and
4190-6055) have 4 wired Ethernet Fire Alarm
ports to connect to TrueSite Control Panel
Workstations, and 2 fiber optic ports
for connection to other Switches with Remote Client
fiber optic ports. (Refer to Product
Selection for details.)
4. NOTE: Client Connections details: Fire Alarm Network
S S
4.1 With server revision 2.04 and Loop Connections (up
above, up to twenty (20) clients to 7 loop capacity)
may be on-line simultaneously.
NOTE: 4190-6010 Transient Suppressor assemblies
4.2 Server revisions before 2.04 with
are required for agency listing for each Server and
remote clients allow up to ten (10)
TrueSite Workstation Server Remote Client LAN/WAN connection, except server
clients to be online simultaneously.
to client connections when both are in the same
room; (designated as “S”, located and connected at
rear of computers)
Facility LAN

Facility Fire Alarm

Maintenance Center Internet
Off-site access
(restricted client) Connection
(restricted client)

Notes:
Arrangement shown for reference only. Wiring pairs shown as one-line for typical reference only. The TrueSite Workstation and
Incident Commander PCs have 2 Ethernet ports. For ES Network (ES Net) applications, the ES Net NIC connection uses (1) Ethernet
port, leaving (1) Ethernet port available for a connection to either an agency listed (dedicated) Fire Alarm LAN or a customer's LAN
(not both).

3 S4190-0018-5 3/2018
Specifications

Electrical
Input Voltage 24 VDC nominal, from listed fire alarm power supply
Input Power
Input Current 300 mA maximum
Common Trouble Relay Form C contact rated 0.3 A @ 125 VAC resistive; 1 A @ 30 VDC resistive
Wiring Connections for Power,
IDNet Communications, and Screw terminals for 18 to 12 AWG (0.82 mm2 to 3.31 mm2 )
Trouble Relay Contacts
Ethernet Cable Connections RJ-45 jacks
Ethernet Cable Data Rates 10 Mbps and 100 Mbps
Up to 328 ft (100 m) at 10 Mbps with Cat3 cable
Ethernet Cable Wiring Distance
Up to 328 ft (100 m) at 100 Mbps with Cat5 cable
Optical
Model Fiber and Distance Connection Details
Fiber Optic Cable Distance Budget
(for connection between Fire Alarm 4190-6054 Single-mode fiber up to 9.3 miles (15 km) 19 dB NOTE: Requires two
Ethernet Switches) fibers per connection;
4190-6055 Multimode fiber up to 1.24 miles (2 km) 13 dB Transmit and Receive
Fiber Optic Cable Connections Type SC connectors
Color Function Description
Green Power-on LED On when power is present
Flashes to indicate IDNet communications are being
Red IAM LED
received
Earth Detection Module
Diagnostic LEDs Common Earth Fault On steady when an earth fault is detected on any of the
Yellow
LED Ethernet ports

Earth Monitor Disabled If port has earth detection disabled, LED is on steady
Yellow LED, one per Ethernet If port has earth detection enabled, LED flashes to
Port indicate that port has an earth fault
Color Function Description
Green Power-on LED On when power is present
Ethernet Switch Module One per port, indicates a valid Ethernet link has been
Diagnostic LEDs Green Link Indicator
established
One per port, indicates when data is transferring at
Yellow Data Rate
100 Mbps

Mechanical
13-1/2” W x 13-1/2” H x 3-5/16” D (343 mm x 343 mm x 84 mm), with locking door, lift-off
Cabinet Specifications
hinge on left side; refer to page 4 for additional information

Environmental
Temperature 32° to 120° F (0° to 49° C) indoor operation only
Humidity Range Up to 90% RH at 90° F (32° C) non-condensing

4 S4190-0018-5 3/2018
Installation Reference

Model 4190-6050 (8 wired ports) shown for reference; fiber

optic connections for Models 4190-6054 and 4190-6055 are
made directly to the Ethernet Switch Module

Box depth = 3-5/16" (84 mm)

Box width 13-1/2" (343 mm)
11-1/2" (292 mm)

Door shown for

Ethernet Switch
reference, 13-3/4"
Module
square (349 mm)

11-7/8" 13-1/2"
(302 mm) (343 mm)
Earth detection
module

Wiring connection
terminal blocks
Removable mounting plate

Cable input
area
NOTE: Only use bottom for conduit entrance;
knockouts are located at arrows

Additional TrueSite Product Reference

Subject Data Sheet

TrueSite Incident Commander S4190-0020
TrueSite Workstation S4190-0016

5 S4190-0018-5 3/2018
TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited.

Tyco Fire Protection Products • Westminster, MA • 01441-0001 • USA S4190-0018-5 3/2018

www.simplex-fire.com
© 2018 Tyco Fire Protection Products. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice.
 TrueAlarm Fire Alarm Systems
UL, ULC, CSFM Listed; Fire Alarm Network Annunciators;
FM Approved* TrueSite Incident Commander; Version 5.01

Features
Compatible with Simplex ES Net and 4120 Networks
TrueSite Incident Commander provides 4100ES
mounting for the Simplex® TrueSite Workstation:
 All-in-one touchscreen computer/monitor mounts in a
4100ES cabinet and is powered from the fire alarm
system power supply, including battery backup
 Seismic hardware; 4100ES mounting with battery
brackets provides seismic area protection (see page 4)
 High resolution touchscreen monitor
 Includes Windows 10 Enterprise (64-bit)
 Hinged mounting bracket allows easy service access
 Available for desktop use operating at 120 VAC with
an included power supply module
TrueSite Incident Commander function summary:
 Simplex® fire alarm network connected graphical
interface control TrueSite Incident Commander Mounts in Bay 2 of a 4100ES
 Connects to the Simplex fire alarm Network as a node Control Panel (shown with Master Controller)
allowing access to remote panel activity status, and for a
Mass Notification System event or a fire alarm event, can
take control of remote panel activity over the fire alarm
network
 Available TCP/IP, LAN/WAN connections; up to 20
remote clients can be connected to the server for multiple
remote users; with dedicated and listed Fire Alarm LAN
equipment, listed remote clients can have control access
 Supports standard fire service annunciation icons to
provide firefighter and first responders with critical fire
response information
 Custom alarm and system messages guide emergency Desktop TrueSite Incident Commander
responders with important information Graphic screens details:
 Color graphical annunciation and control capacity for  Pan-and-zoom features allow precise navigation
up to 100,000 points  Configurable coverage zones allow highlighted areas of
 Floatable and dockable windows allows windows to activity in user defined zones
either be fixed (docked) or floatable  Auto-jump allows the screen view to jump to a graphic or
 Extensive historical logging; up to 500,000 events with alarm list menu
operator notations Additional Incident Commander system features:
 Password Security supports 8 to 16 alphanumeric  TrueSite Workstation Mobile Client allows compatible
passwords with configurable lockout iOS and Android devices to access system information
 Optional interface to Digital Alarm Communicator  Export to XML feature allows TrueSite Workstation data to
Receiver (DACR) integrates multiple systems onto a be easily exported for report generation and customization
single Incident Commander  Test Mode allows unobtrusive testing of selective devices
 Backup Utility can be configured to automatically backup without nuisance interruptions
specified directories including TSW job data to the  Node Name allows a description of the specific building
secondary hard drive. The backup utility is available to or area associated with a point in views and reports
systems that do not use RAID.  Vector information to supervised remote clients; select
 Multiple password controlled operator levels by point, event category, panel, or custom list
 3rd Party Interface open-architecture solution provides  Email generation is available to send updates to
enhanced information access for advanced users individuals or to distribution lists with selectable content
 Available optional connections for printers or other  Sound files (WAV) can be used to create custom audible
compatible systems status annunciation with Agency listed desktop PC model
 Dual monitor support allows the Alarm List Window to 4190-7014
be on one monitor and the Graphics Window on the other  Fahrenheit or Celsius temperatures can be displayed
 Operating Systems; Server and clients are compatible * Refer to pages 5 and 6 for specific product listing details. CSFM Listing: 7300-0026:323.
with Windows 7 & 10 Professional or Enterprise, At the time of publication only UL and ULC listings are applicable to ES Net network products.
Clients also compatible with Windows 7 Home Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local Simplex product supplier for the latest
status. Listings and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co. are the property of Tyco Fire
Premium and Windows 10 Home (32-bit and 64-bit for Protection Products.
all options)
S4190-0020-15 3/2018
Additional system features (Continued):
 DACR Account Filter allows Historical Log Reports to
be Filtered by DACR Account for Quick Access and
Verification
 Operator Notes allows an operator to log operator notes
associated with individual events for historical records
and retrieval
 Web Browser Command Link allows an external web
page or link (web-cam, etc.) to be called with a single
command
 RAID 1 Support provides a real-time “mirror” image on
a secondary hard drive for enhanced life-safety
workstation survivability. RAID support is available to
systems that do not use the Backup Utility.
Agency listings:
 UL 864 as Fire Alarm Control Unit Annunciator (UOXX)
 UL 864 as Fire Alarm Proprietary Supervising Station
Control Unit (UOJZ)
 UL 864 as Firefighter Smoke Control Station (UUKL)
 UL 1076 as Proprietary Burglar Alarm Unit (APOU)
 UL 1610 as Central Station Burglar Alarm Control Unit
(AMCX)
 UL 2572 as Mass Notification System Supervising
Station Control Unit (PGWM)
 ULC-S527 as Fire Alarm Control Unit Annunciator
(UOXX7)
Simplex Fire Alarm Network capabilities:
 Multiple TrueSite Incident Commanders and TrueSite
Workstations can be nodes on the same fire alarm
network to provide redundant operations for improved
survivability
 Standard fire alarm network connection for wired or fiber
optic media
 Graphical network diagnostic tools
 Set-host service functions allow access to remote network
node data including individual TrueAlarm analog sensors
 Provides event printing (with compatible printer), view or
print of status and service report information, and print
graphic screens (see page 7 for printing details)
 Please refer to TrueSite Workstation data sheet
S4190-0016 for additional operation detail
Description
The TrueSite Incident Commander offers TrueSite
Workstation operation in an all-in-one package providing
a touchscreen computer, monitor, hard drive, and required
input/output connections in single assembly. This allows
installation within a 4100ES fire alarm control panel or
remote annunciator with power supplied from the fire
alarm power supply and secondary batteries. The all-in-
one computer is also available for desktop applications
(requires separate AC power).
Network Annunciation. TrueSite Incident Commanders
provide annunciation, status display, and control for Simplex
Fire Alarm Networks using a personal computer based
graphical interface with a high resolution, color display.
Response buttons with realistic icons provide control
switches specific to the operation being performed.
Remote Clients. For remote viewing of TrueSite Incident
Commander Server information, remote clients are available
and connected using TCP/IP LAN/WAN Ethernet
communications. As discussed on pages 8 and 9, Remote
Clients can be annunciation only, or capable of system
control when configured with agency listed hardware.
2 S4190-0020-15 3/2018
Description (Continued)
DACR Compatible. For systems requiring information
from remote control panels via DACTs (Digital Alarm
Communicator Transmitters), Incident Commanders can be
equipped to communicate directly with a compatible DACR.
(Refer to data sheet S4190-0016 for more DACR details.)
TrueSite Incident Commander Operation
Operation. When fire alarm network status changes occur,
the screen displays the type and location of the alarm (or
other activity) and the appropriate header buttons appear. In
the historical log screen on page 3, Figure 1, Fire, Priority 2,
Supervisory, and Trouble buttons are shown with an active
Trouble indicated.
Sample Screens. Figure 1 (on page 3) is representative of
a historical view screen. Figure 2 (on page 4) is
representative of a system graphic screen with icons
representing the devices of interest. Screen choices can be
configured per system preference, however, when using an
optional second monitor, both screen types can be visible for
operator convenience.
Ease of Operation. With touchscreen monitors, the
operator selects the area in alarm to access a more detailed
view of the alarmed zone or device. Where control operation
is permitted by local listings, the authority having jurisdiction
(AHJ), Civil Defense, or equal; and with proper password
access, the operator can acknowledge alarm and trouble
conditions, activate signal silence, and perform system reset
directly from the Incident Commander screens.
Programmable Activity Timeout allows an unattended
monitor to revert to the login screen when the configured
time period expires.
Individual User Preferences appear when the user logs
in. Options include: font size, toolbar size; interface theme
(MS Office 2003 or system); floating window options (select
whether to show menu bar or show tool bar).
Historical Log and List Details. Figure 1 on page 3
shows historical log details. The display format is similar to
the display for active list items such as the alarm list.
Displayed information can be sorted on-screen by each
category shown (number, time, date, point name, etc.). List
information can be reviewed on the screen, printed at a local
or remote system printer, or can be written to an electronic
file for compatibility with spreadsheet and database
programs.
Customized Response. Custom alarm and trouble
messages can be added and field edited to provide operator
response assistance. Point specific information, such as
hazardous material storage and lists of people to notify, can
be automatically or selectively displayed.
Password Control
Multiple Access Levels. Operator access level is
determined during log-in. Select functional access to match
the training and responsibility of the operator. Operators with
additional TrueSite Incident Commander and fire alarm
network training may be qualified for access to sensitive
areas. For operators who are primarily concerned with
immediate facility security, a lower level access will provide
the information necessary for proper response but will not
allow access to key parameters that determine overall
system/network operation.
Graphics Screens
Site and Floor Plan Details. Graphics screens can
provide easily recognizable site plan and floor plan
information. The level of detail can be customized for the
specific facility to easily and accurately direct the
operator to the immediate area of interest.
Graphic Screen Controls. (refer to graphic screen on
page 4) Icons can be added to identify the location and
type of the device of interest and the graphics control
toolbar (located at the top of the graphic) can be used to
pan and zoom for more precise detail. Programmable
coverage zones can be added with selectable area and
zoom level. A fixed area site plan (key plan) with action
buttons and screen locator can be added as shown. Pan
and zoom are tracked by a green rectangle in the key plan.
Custom Banner and Main Screen Background.
The banner area shown with a Simplex logo in Figure 1
can be customized (bitmap area is 2250 x 68 pixels). The
main screen background (viewable prior to login) can be
customized with a bitmap of up to 1000 x 525 pixels.
Action Messages. In addition to screen text or graphic
information, the operator can be presented with specific
action messages that provide emergency response
information and directions. These action messages are
easily field edited for local requirements. The appropriate
action message would be located in an Acknowledge
dialog box as shown in the graphics screen on page 4.
Figure 1. TrueSite Incident Commander Sample Alarm List Screen
3 S4190-0020-15 3/2018
Graphics Screens (Continued)
Auto-Jump to Graphics or Alarm List. Select
whether activity should cause a jump to a list format or to
the associated graphic screen.
Supported Graphics Formats:
 DWG Import Formats: AutoCAD R9, 10, 11-12, 13,
14, 2000-2002, 2004-2006, 2007-2009, 2010-2011
 DXF Import Formats: AutoCAD R14 and 2000
 Export Formats: AutoCAD 2000 DWG/DXF format
(allows editing in AutoCAD 2000 or later)
 Import drawing files: DWG, WGS, IMS/GCC DOC
files, WMF, BMP, GIF, and JPG
Individual Point Service Access
Qualified Operator Detail Access. The Incident
Commander operator’s interface provides service level
access to network information that is not normally
“public.” Network “private” point information can be
accessed using the Set-Host feature, and logging into the
database of the network and node of interest. With this
operation, individual point information can be accessed
and controlled as required by qualified service personnel
with proper password access.
Seismic Testing ES Net Version Compatibility
The 4100ES cabinet mounted TrueSite Incident ES Net product compatibility with TrueSite Incident
Commander design has been seismic tested and is Commander requires the following software versions:
certified to IBC and CBC standards as well as to ASCE 7
ES Net software requirements
categories A-F. Requires use of battery brackets detailed
Software Required software version
on data sheet S2081-0019.
Network Programmer 2.01 or above
Network Diagnostics ES Programmer 4.01 or above
TrueSite Workstation 5.01 or above
Graphical Network Status Views. Automatic, BNIC Application 1.01.03
built-in diagnostics are available to provide graphical ES Net firmware requirements
views of Network topology and Network status. Missing Software Required software version
communications links due to wiring breaks or shorts as 4100ES panel 4.01 or above
4010ES panel 4.01 or above
well as inactive network nodes are indicated clearly to TrueSite Workstation 5.01 or above
guide in returning the system to normal. Information TrueSite Incident 5.01 or above
screens are available to provide detail about each specific Commander
network node. Network level functions such as BNIC EOS 1.01.03
timekeeper node and monitor node are indicated as well
as identification of the node being used for the diagnostic. Desktop Dimension Reference
4120 Version Compatibility*
4120 network product compatibility with TrueSite
Incident Commander requires the following software
versions:
Fire Alarm Network Interface
Network Interface Compatibility
4190 GCC/IMS/NPU Master Version 2.07 (or later)
4100U Master Version 11.03 (or later)
4100 Master Version 9.02 (or later)
4020 Master Version 9.02 (or later)
4010 Master Version 3.01 (or later)
Network Firmware Version 3.02.92
4002
(or later)
2120 (SLI) Interface
Master Version 5.44 (or later)
2120 Network Interface Version 3.02 (or
later)
* TSW 100,000 point capacity applies to ES series panels or DACR points
only. Other legacy 4000 series panels are limited to a capacity of 62,500
points on the TSW (can be mixed with ES series panels reporting above
the 62,500 point range). A TSW with a 2120 SLI interface is limited to
62,500 points for the entire system (including ES series panels and DACR
points). TSW 100,000 point capacity requires TSW Version 3.04 (or
higher) and ES Panels at Version 3.03.04 (or higher).

Sample Graphic Screen

Figure 2. TrueSite Incident

Commander Sample
Graphic Screen with Detail
Enlargement and
Acknowledge Box
(Note: This sample graphic
screen demonstrates heat
sensors (HS) dynamically
displaying their local
temperature readings)

4 S4190-0020-15 3/2018
TrueSite Incident Commander Product Selection

Category Model Description Listings

TrueSite Incident Commander Annunciator UL ULC
Listings: For use as an Annunciator under: UL 864 and ULC-S527 Control Units Yes Yes
and Accessories for Fire Alarm Systems; UL 2572 Control and Communication Units
4190-8404
for Mass Notification Systems, UL 1076 Proprietary Burglar Alarm Units and
Systems; and UL 1610 Central Station Burglar Alarm Units.
Also for use as UL 864 UUKL Firefighter Smoke Control Station
TrueSite Incident Commander Supervising Station Control Unit Yes No
Listings: For use as a Supervising Station Control Unit under UL 864. Reports
and logs events; if an optional event printer is also desired see page 8 for printer
information; if using a DACR for UL 864 listing select the Bosch D6600 with CID
Hardware 4190-8405 format.
Systems Also for use as UL2572 Supervising Station Control Unit for Mass Notification
(select as Systems; UL 1076 Proprietary Burglar Alarm Multiplex Receiving Unit; and UL
required – see notes) 1610 Central Station Burglar Alarm Control Unit with listed DACR (see below for
details)
TrueSite Incident Commander Remote Client; agency listed control capability Yes Yes
requires supervision and connection to a dedicated Fire Alarm LAN.
Note: The Incident Commander PC has 2 Ethernet ports. On ES Net networks, the
ES Net NIC connection uses (1) Ethernet port leaving (1) Ethernet port available for a
4190-8411 connection to either an agency listed (dedicated) Fire Alarm LAN or a customer's LAN
(not both). Refer to data sheet S4190-0018 for additional information on Fire Alarm
Network Ethernet Switches.
Listings: For use as an Annunciator under: UL 864 and ULC-S527 Control Units
and Accessories for Fire Alarm Systems
1. Requires selection of computer and software from list below
2. LAN/WAN connections require use of Transient Suppressor 4190-6010 (ordered
Notes All above separately, see page 6 for details)
3. A UL-1481 Listed Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS) is required for secondary
power per UL and ULC requirements (ordered separately, supplied by others)
Category Model Description
4190-8901 Aftermarket hardware addition
Aftermarket Additions
4190-8605 Aftermarket software addition
4100ES Cabinet Mount; computer for mounting into an existing 4100ES Fire
Alarm Control Unit cabinet; 4100ES boxes, doors, and dress panels are
ordered separately, see hardware reference below for model numbers. PCs are
4190-7031 pre-installed with Windows 10 Enterprise 64 bit (includes CD and license) and
4190-7033 TrueSite Workstation software (dongle not included). 4190-7031 is configured
with a file Backup utility and no RAID controller. 4190-7033 is configured with 19” Touchscreen
RAID 1 mirroring and no file Backup utility (power supplied from 4100ES computer/
control unit power supply and secondary batteries). monitor with UL
Computer Type
I/O Card,
(select one as required) Desktop PC; PCs are pre-installed with Windows 10 Enterprise 64 bit (includes
compact
4190-7032 CD and license) and TrueSite Workstation software (dongle not included).
keyboard and
4190-7034 4190-7034 has a RAID 1 controller configured. 4190-7032 has a backup utility
mouse
and no RAID controller (requires separate AC power, not ULC listed).
Aftermarket PC; Computer without application software and operating system.
Use for replacement of existing Incident Commander PCs (desktop or 4100ES
4190-7014
cabinet mount) where the existing application software and operating system
are available to be installed on-site.
Applications Software TrueSite Incident Commander Server Software, includes: License, Security Dongle,
4190-5050
(select one per Documentation; requires 4190-8404 or 4190-8405
application) 4190-5053 TrueSite Remote Client Installation CD, no operating system; requires 4190-8411 or 4190-8605
4190-5060 DACR Interface for a TrueSite Workstation Server
3rd Party Interface Software Package; includes: (1) 3rd Party Interface Development Software;
(2) A dedicated Security Certificate allowing server and client access for one 3rd Party Interface
4190-5064 Application; and (3) A 3rd Party Feature Code allowing one 3rd Party Client connection to a single
TrueSite Workstation; Note: A 579-1155 Software Customer Information Form is required to be
submitted with the order
TrueSite Workstation Feature Upgrade; includes the latest TrueSite Workstation software
Server Feature Option version and an Upgrade Feature Code to enable new standard features (new optional features are
4190-5065 selected separately); without this upgrade, installing the latest software version provides updated
performance improvements over previous versions but does not include new standard software
features
TrueSite Workstation Mobile Client Feature; quantity of (1) enables TrueSite Workstation
information to be accessed from compatible mobile devices; access for mobile clients is enabled
4190-5067
by entering an authorized feature code at the server; see data sheet S4190-0024 for more
information

5 S4190-0020-15 3/2018
TrueSite Incident Commander Product Selection (Continued)
Category Model Description
4190-5061 Feature code for Remote Client with restricted features (reduced feature set)
4190-5062 Feature code for Remote Client with password protected feature access
3rd Party Interface Client for adding additional 3rd Party Client connections to an existing
TrueSite Workstation 3rd Party Interface; includes a 3rd Party Client Feature Code for the selected
Remote Client Type quantity of concurrent 3rd Party Client Connections to a single TrueSite Workstation (maximum of
Selection (Select One five (5) per server)
Per Remote Client) 4190-5066 Note 1: When adding 3rd Party Interface Clients to more than one TrueSite Workstation Server,
each server requires its own 4190-5066 Remote Client Selection; if a new 3rd Party Interface
Application is being developed, feature code 4190-5064 will be required to provide a unique
Security Certificate.
Note 2: A 579-1155 Software Customer Information Form is required to be submitted with the order.
Quad RS-232 Serial Port PCI Card, select when more than two serial ports are required; PCI Slot
Serial Port Option
4190-6034 card with pluggable terminal block output; one 4190-6026 suppressor is require per connection
(for Server only)
(see below)
4190-6002 Transient Protected Connector, select one per connection to a standard PC RS-232 serial port
Transient Suppressed 4190-6026 Transient Protected Connector for Quad Serial Port Card; one required per connection
Connectors Transient Suppressor for LAN/WAN Connection; required for agency listing for each Incident
(select as required) 4190-6010 Commander and Remote Client LAN/WAN connection, except for server to client
connections when both are in the same room

4120 network options

Note: For additional information on 4120 Networks and 4120 network product specifications see data sheet S4100-0056.
Option Configured Aftermarket Description Size Alarm/Supv.
Network
Modular network interface card (select media modules
Interface 1 PCI
4190-6061 4190-9829 separately, listed below); PCI slot card; supports Class B or 46 mA
Modules (7 slot
Class X operation
maximum)

4190-6036 4190-9822 Wired Media Mounts on 4190-6061 or 4190-9829 N/A 55 mA

modular network interface card (up
Left port, single- to 2 media cards per network
4190-6301 4190-9851 mode 4120 duplex interface card). Maximum of 1 left N/A 55 mA
Media fiber media card port and 1 right port duplex fiber
Modules for Right port, single- media card per modular network
Modular 4190-6302 4190-9852 mode 4120 duplex interface card. Field connections N/A 55 mA
Network fiber media card require left port to right port pairing.
Interface (as Left port, multi- Order fiber media service kits for
required) 4190-6303 4190-9853 mode 4120 duplex retrofit jobs where ST connectors N/A 55 mA
fiber media card are already installed (refer to data
Right port, multi- sheet S4100-0056 for full fiber
4190-6304 4190-9854 mode 4120 duplex media module specifications and N/A 55 mA
fiber media card retrofit information)

ES Net network options

Note: For additional information on ES Net networks and ES Net network product specifications see data sheet S4100-0076.
ES Net external NIC for TSW product selection
Model Enclosure Description Power Alarm/Supv.
4190-9832 Red Connects a TSW or Incident Commander to the ES Network. ES panel 120/240 VAC
4190-9833 Platinum network supports Class B or Class X operation, TSW connections are 120/240 VAC
4190-9834 Red Class B. Includes (4) built in Ethernet ports, supports (1) additional 24 VDC 120 mA
media card. Ports A and C can be configured for earth fault detection.
4190-9835 Platinum Wall mount enclosure measures 10in x 10in x 2.5in. 24 VDC
Note: The 4190 Series External NIC is required for TSW or Incident Commander UL 1610 Central Station Burglar Alarm Control Unit
applications

ES Net NIC cards for 4100ES, TrueSite Workstation, or Incident Commander

Model Card type Description Size Alarm/Supv.
Mounts in 4100ES cabinet. Connects a 4100ES FACU, TrueSite Workstation,
or Incident Commander to an ES Net Network. Supports Class B or Class X
4100-6104 Slot operation. Includes (4) built in Ethernet ports, install to a single slot in a 1 slot 120 mA
4100ES bay. Supports up to (2) additional media cards. Ports A and C can
be configured for earth fault detection.
Mounts in 4100ES cabinet. Connects a 4100ES FACU, TrueSite Workstation,
or Incident Commander to an ES Net Network. Supports Class B or Class X
2 vertical
4100-6310 Flat operation. Includes (4) built in Ethernet ports, install to any (2) vertical block 120 mA
blocks
space in a 4100ES bay. Supports up to (2) additional media cards. Ports A
and C can be configured for earth fault detection.
Notes:
1. Network interface cards include built-in Ethernet network communication ports, order optional media cards as required.
2. TrueSite Workstation connection is Class B, for Class X networks TSW connection must be 20 ft (6 M) maximum in conduit.
3. For TSW or Incident Commander UL 1610 Central Station Burglar Alarm Control Unit applications use the 4190 series External NIC.

6 S4190-0020-15 3/2018
TrueSite Incident Commander Product Selection (Continued)

ES Net dual channel media modules for external NIC and 4100ES NICs
Model Description Size Alarm/Supv.
ES Net NIC Dual Channel
4190-9858 Single-mode Fiber Media Select per network connection requirements; mounts on the N/A 135 mA
Card supplied ES NIC(s); (1) media card per external NIC network
ES Net NIC Dual Channel interface card.
4190-9859 Multi-mode Fiber Media Field connections require proper port pairing, refer to 579-1258 ES N/A 135 mA
Card Net Dual Channel Fiber, Ethernet, and DSL Media Card
ES Net NIC Dual Channel Installation Instructions for additional information.
4190-9857 N/A 155 mA
DSL Media Card
Category Model Description
Programming (select) 4190-8122 TrueSite Incident Commander Programming; select Programming Items below

4190-4006 AutoCAD DXF or DWG file, one floor plan (multiple floor plans require dedicated files)
4190-4008 25 Custom Action Messages
Programming Items 4190-4009 25 Travel Screen Keys (selective zooming)
(select items per system
requirements; select 4190-4010 25 Status Icons
quantity of items as
required) 4190-4011 25 Control Functions; On/Off, Bypass, etc.
requires selection
of 4190-8122 4190-4012 Convert one (1) Existing IMS Screens to TrueSite Incident Commander Screen
4190-4013 10 Coverage Zones; order quantity as required
4190-4014 One (1) Emergency Communications/Mass Notification Control Screen

Hardware Reference for Mounting TrueSite Incident Commander in Bay 2 of a 4100ES Fire Alarm Control Panel
Required Identifier 4100-7909 Designates that the 4100ES fire alarm control panel is to be shipped with bay 2 empty

Selection Type Description Platinum 2 Bay Platinum 3 Bay Red 2 Bay Red 3 Bay
Combined Box and Door Box with Glass Door & Dress Panel 2975-9459 2975-9457 2975-9460 2975-9458

Separate Box and Door (select if Box only 2975-9439 2975-9440 2975-9408 2975-9409
boxes and doors are required to
be shipped separately) Glass Door & Dress Panel 4100-2107 4100-2108 4100-2127 4100-2128

Remote Annunciator Panel Option

Model Description
Remote Annunciator Panel Mount; includes expansion bay with power distribution interface module (PDI);
Bay 2 is dedicated for Incident Commander, order box and door separately (4100-7909 is not required);
4100-9615 Select: RPS Remote Power Supply and 4100-0620 Basic interface; also allowed: 4100-1272 Phone Cards, 4100-1273
Phone Class A Adapters, 4100-6038 RS-232 Card, 4100-1293 Panel Mount Printer, and 4100-1290 24 Point I/O; order
cabinet hardware separately per hardware for control panels above; refer to data sheet S4100-0038 for more Remote
Annunciator details; Note: Refer to page 9 for power supply applications guidelines

7 S4190-0020-15 3/2018
TrueSite Incident Commander Equipment Specifications
(Please note that equipment and specifications may vary due to equipment design changes)

Panel Mount Touchscreen Computer/Monitor (Note: Refer to page 9 for power supply applications guidelines)
Model* Space Requirement Current Requirements with 24 VDC Power from Control Panel
4190-7031 or 4190-7033 with Modules Listed Supervisory Alarm
with 1 4120 Network Card 2.1 A 2.25 A
with 2 4120 Network Cards
4190-7031 Mounts in bay 2 of a 2-bay 2.37 A 2.52 A
4190-7033 or 3-bay 4100ES cabinet with 1 4120 Network Card and 1 Quad Serial Card
with no network cards (use for ES Net network, ES Net NICs
are mounted and powered external from the Incident 1.83 A 1.98 A
Commander computer)
4190-6034 Quad Serial Card 270 mA
Individual Module Current Reference 4190-6061/4190-9829 Modular 4120 Network Card with two
media modules, either 4190-6036/4190-9822 Wired, 270 mA
or 4190-6037/4190-9823 Fiber
Desktop Touchscreen Computer/Monitor
Model* Dimensions (see diagram on page 6) Input Power
4190-7032
17 13⁄16” W x 16 11⁄16” H x 8 ¾” D 2 A @ 102-132 VAC, 60 Hz (240 W)
4190-7034
(452 mm x 425 mm x 221 mm) Operating Range: 100-240 VAC, 50/60 Hz
4190-7014
* All models include a separate 120 VAC power supply module. It provides normal power for desktop operation and can be used for
separate pre-installation setup for 4100ES cabinet mount models. A 120 VAC cord is included; NEMA 5-15P plug to IEC-320 C-13
connector. For 230/240VAC use, locally obtain a cord in compliance with local safety standards.
Note: Agency listing is at 120 VAC, 60 Hz.
TrueSite Incident Commander Computer Feature Summary**
(2) Integral Amplified 2 Watt Speakers
i5 2.4 GHZ (minimum) PC with cooling fan
(1) VGA Video Output (required for optional 2nd
(4) GB RAM (minimum)
General monitor)
(2) PCI Slots
Specifications Includes compact USB keyboard and mouse
(2) 500 GB Hard Drives (minimum)
100 mm VESA Mounting Interface
(1) DVD/RW Drive

TrueSite Incident Commander Server Computer Port Reference**

Two DB9 RS-232 ports standard, up to six RS-232 ports total with optional 4190-6034 Quad Serial Port Card (PCI
RS-232 Serial Ports
Slot Module)
USB Serial Ports Six total; five in the rear (one is used for Server Security Dongle), and one on the side
Ethernet Ports Two RJ45 Gigabit Ethernet LAN ports
PCI Slots Two available; Note: Server uses one for the Network Interface Card
For agency listed proprietary supervising station operation and for other operations, if an event printer is desired, a
Event Printing* supervised and dedicated Simplex model 4190-9013 agency listed dot matrix printer is recommended; connection is
to USB, or Serial RS-232 port of the Server PC (see data sheet S4190-0011 for 4190-9013 printer details)
For report, screen, or graphics printing, a Windows 7 compatible printer may be used; connection may be USB,
Other Printing*
Serial RS-232, or LAN/WAN connection via Ethernet
Event printing (with supervised and dedicated dot matrix printer 4190-9013 as explained above)
Auto-print of auto-jump graphics; prints to Windows default printer
Printable Information Reports: Historical logs, System Activity, TrueAlarm Status, TrueAlarm Service, Analog Monitor ZAM Calibration,
and Active List; displayed reports can print to a LAN connected (unsupervised) printer
Screen captures (configurable as negative images to reverse black backgrounds)
** PLEASE NOTE: Simplex 4190 Series TrueSite Incident Commander computers are Agency listed for use with TrueSite Workstation
software. For Desktop applications where Agency listings are not required, TrueSite Workstation software should be compatible with most
computers meeting the stated minimum specifications. However, due to computer manufacturers potentially using unique and/or
proprietary drivers, hardware, or other software not tested with TrueSite Workstation software, there may be incompatibilities. If other
computers are used, proper operation with TrueSite Workstation software may require technical adjustments by a qualified computer
technician and would be the sole responsibility of the computer supplier and computer manufacturer.
Environmental Specifications
Operating Temperature 32° to 120° F (0° to 49° C)
Operating Humidity up to 93% RH, non-condensing, at 90° F (32° C)
* Note: Parallel port printer connection is supported on 32-bit operating systems only.

8 S4190-0020-15 3/2018
Server/Client Operation
TrueSite Incident Commander Computer. The
TrueSite Incident Commander computer provides the
functions of the Server and the system configuration
tools. To access the desired features, a system/job specific
security service dongle is supplied and is required. For
systems not using Remote Clients, the setup of the
TrueSite Incident Commander PC is similar.
Remote Client. For access to TrueSite Incident
Commander information at a remote location, a
compatible computer, connected via a Local Area
Network (LAN) is equipped with Remote Client software.
There are two types of Remote Clients, those with a
restricted feature set (not capable of control); and those
with a password protected feature set (capable of control).
Refer to data sheet S4190-0018 for additional information
about creating a proprietary fire alarm remote client LAN.
Supervised or Unsupervised Remote Clients.
Remote Clients can be designated as Supervised or
Unsupervised. When Supervised, the connection is
monitored by the TrueSite Incident Commander and a
loss of connection is audibly reported at both ends along
with a dialog screen. When unsupervised, only the client
end displays a trouble dialog indicating disconnection
from the Server. Remote clients may be laptop computers
or other computers used for other functions and are
periodically connected to query system status or create
reports. (Refer to TrueSite Workstation data sheet
S4190-0016 for additional Remote Client information.)
Remote Client Connections. The TrueSite
workstation server supports a maximum of twenty (20)
Supervised or Unsupervised remote clients, each capable
of being on-line simultaneously.
(Server/Client Operation is continued next page)

System Overview Reference

Fire Control

Desktop TrueSite
Incident Commander

TrueSite Fire Alarm Network Loop

Workstation with compatible Simplex
Fire Alarm Control Panels

Fire Alarm Control Panel with

TrueSite Incident Commander

Optional Remote To second Fire

Monitor Connection Alarm Network
Loop (if required)

Facility LAN

Facility Fire Alarm

Maintenance Center Internet Off-site access
(restricted client) Connection (restricted client)

Note: supports up to two 4120 network loops, or one 4120 network loop and one ES Net loop maximum.

9 S4190-0020-15 3/2018
 Server/Client Operation (Continued) Additional Network Product Reference
TCP/IP Networks. The minimum recommended Description Document
connection speed for TrueSite Incident Commander 4100ES Basic Panels with SPS Power
Server or Remote Client to a TCP/IP local area network is Supplies S4100-0031
3 Mbps. 4120 Network Products and Specifications S4100-0056
Anti-Virus Software. When either the TrueSite ES Net Network Products and
Incident Commander Server or Remote Client computer Specifications S4100-0076
is connected to a TCP/IP network other than a dedicated 4100ES Basic Panels with EPS Power
Supplies S4100-0100
Fire Alarm network, it is highly recommended that TrueSite Workstation S4190-0016
regularly updated anti-virus software protection be
installed on each connected computer. The TrueSite
Incident Commander has been verified as compatible with Mass Notification Systems Reference
Symantec EndPoint Protection 12.1.3 and McAfee The TrueSite Incident Commander operates as a UL 2572
Enterprise 8.8. listed Fire Smoke Control Station (FSCS) when
System Listings Reference configured per the following:
The following functions are agency listed with the 1. Select model 4190-8401 (Note: Cannot be used for
computers and monitors identified under Product Supervising Station or Security Monitor applications)
Selection on page 5:
 TrueSite Incident Commander PCs, whether 2. Provide an audio system microphone mounted
stand-alone or functioning as a server to local and adjacent to the TrueSite Workstation, either
remote clients located within a 4100ES (or 4100U) Fire Alarm
 Supervised Remote Clients with protected features Control Panel or Remote Annunciator Panel, or use a
that are connected to the server using a dedicated Fire Remote Microphone Assembly.
Alarm Network as described on page 8 3. The 4100ES/4100U microphone options are Model
 Refer to data sheet S4190-0018 for details about Fire 4100-1243 for Fire Alarm Control Panels and Model
Alarm Network Ethernet Switches 4100-1244 for Remote Annunciator Panels (refer to
Additional agency listings reference: data sheet S4100-0034 for details).
 Restricted feature remote client software on compatible 4. Remote Microphone Assembly Model 4003-9803
computers (listed for standard office use) provide mounts separate from the control panel (refer to data
annunciation features only and can be connected using sheet S4100-0053 for details).
a facility LAN without system listing impact
5. Note: At least two monitors must be connected to
Power Supply Application Reference provide the necessary display information (see
exception below). One monitor is required to display
When the TrueSite Incident Commander is panel
the speaker zone status and the other monitor is
mounted, the following power supply applications
required to display the event screen.
guidelines apply.
1. The power supply used to power the TrueSite 6. Exception: If a 4100ES/4100U Network Display
Incident Commander must be dedicated to the Unit (NDU) is mounted adjacent to the TrueSite
TrueSite Incident Commander and internal card Workstation for network audio control with
power only. microphone access, a second monitor may not be
2. IDNet communications, Signal power, or Auxiliary necessary if the audio control status is viewable.
(aux) power loads must be connected to a separate Review the application with the local authority
expansion power supply. having jurisdiction (AHJ).

TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. Microsoft and Windows are trademarks of
Microsoft Corporation in the United States and/or other countries. AutoCAD is a trademark of Autodesk, Inc. Symantec is a trademark of Symantec Corporation. McAfee is a
trademark of McAfee Inc.

Tyco Fire Protection Products • Westminster, MA • 01441-0001 • USA S4190-0020-15 3/2018

www.simplex-fire.com
© 2018 Tyco Fire Protection Products. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice.
 TrueAlarm Fire Alarm Systems
Fire Alarm Network Annunciators
TrueSite Workstation Mobile Client

Features
Access Simplex® Fire Alarm Network information
by connecting to a TrueSite Workstation (TSW)
using a Mobile Client
 Use an iPhone, iPad, iPod touch, or Google Android
tablet or mobile device as a TSW mobile client
providing fire alarm network annunciation access with
restricted features similar to a PC based Remote Client.
 Install the 4190-5067 feature at the TrueSite Workstation
to enable TSW Mobile Client application connections
 Connect multiple TSW mobile clients for simultaneous
status information access
 Mobile device must be able to access the local area
network (LAN) where the TrueSite Workstation server is
connected
 Compatible with 3G and 4G cellular service via VPN
(virtual private network) connection
 Basic system status language support includes: English,
French, Spanish, Russian, Hebrew, Chinese, and Arabic
(custom text is same language as the TrueSite
Workstation)
View the TrueSite Workstation status of:
 Fire Alarm, Priority 2, Supervisory, and Trouble
conditions
Available Non-Listed Control Functions
 Limited control functions can be accessed by password
controlled login and by designated mobile device for
system testing For applications where agency listing and
approvals are not required, and where operation is
permitted by the local authority having jurisdiction (AHJ),
Civil Defense, or equal; and for qualified and authorized
fire responder/life safety site personnel to use during
system testing
 Non-listed control functions include: Alarm, Priority 2,
Supervisory, and Trouble Acknowledge; Alarm Silence,
Priority 2 Reset, and System Reset; utility and audio
controls
 Mobile control functions provide a convenient and
efficient method for authorized personnel to access
system information during initial system setup, system
commissioning, and subsequent system service activity
 With the TSW Mobile Client, the TrueSite Workstation
response to system testing is readily available to
authorized personnel at the test location without requiring
someone at the TSW to respond, and without requiring
use of a laptop computer

TrueSite Workstation System Reference with Wired

Remote Client and TSW Mobile Client (Apple iPhone 5s
and LG Nexus 5 shown)
– This product is not agency listed.

Be Safe – Be Connected S4190-0024-3 11/2016

 TSW Mobile Client Tablet Screen Sample Reference

iPad Air and Samsung Galaxy tab 4 showing trouble lists, rotated to display more information.

Software Requirements
Mobile Platform Software Version Requirements
iOS Version 6 or higher
iOS
TrueSite Workstation / Incident Commander Version 3.03 or higher
Android Version 4.0.3 or higher
Android
TrueSite Workstation / Incident Commander Version 3.03 or higher

Additional Reference
Document Description
TrueSite Workstation data sheet, reference for more information about the TrueSite
S4190-0016
Workstation and Remote Client operation

TrueSite Workstation Incident Commander data sheet, all-in-one PC platform for the
S4190-0020
TrueSite Workstation that is available mounted in a 4100ES Fire Alarm Control Panel

579-1154 User Guide for the TSW Mobile Client

iTunes https://itunes.apple.com/app/id858570597
Google Play http://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.tyco.tswmobile

TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. iPhone, iPod touch, and iPad are
trademarks of Apple Inc. Android and Google Play are trademarks of Google Inc.

Tyco Fire Protection Products • Westminster, MA • 01441-0001 • USA S4190-0024-3 11/2016

www.simplex-fire.com
© 2015 Tyco Fire Protection Products. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice.

UL, ULC, CSFM Listed; 4007ES Hybrid, Fire Detection and Control Panel with
FM, NYC Fire Dept Approved*
Features
Satisfies a variety of new and retrofit applications
4.3” (109 mm) diagonal color touchscreen display:
 Provides detailed system status and point information
 Supports dual language selection, including unicode
character languages
 A custom background display appears when operation is
normal (see page 6 for details)
Eight Point Zone/Relay Module:
 Each point is selectable as an IDC input or Relay output,
Class A IDCs require 2 points (one out and one return);
one module is standard, up to 3 additional modules can
be field installed for a total of 4 eight point zone/relay
modules per system
 Each point on the IDC/Relay Module can be configured
as a control relay rated 2 A @ 30 VDC (resistive) as
either normally open or normally closed
 Can be powered directly from the power supply or
through the optional 25 VDC Regulator Module
 IDC end-of-line resistor value can be selected from a
wide range of resistance values for retrofit convenience
Electrically isolated IDNet+ addressable initiating
device SLC:
 Provides built-in short circuit isolation for monitoring
and control of TrueAlarm analog sensors and IDNet
communications monitoring and control devices; for use
with either shielded or unshielded, twisted or untwisted
single pair wiring; outputs are Class A or Class B
 Standard panel SLC provides up to 100 addressable
points; optional additional loop expansion modules
provide an additional isolated loop with short circuit
isolation for the IDNet+ channel; each loop expansion
module also provides an additional 75 addressable points
Power Supply Features:
 Four Notification Appliance Circuits (NACs) selectable
as Class A or Class B with 6 A total available current
 NAC end-of-line resistor value can be selected from a
wide range of resistance values for retrofit convenience
 Additional notification power capacity is available using
the 4009 IDNet NAC Extender
 Battery backup charging of up to 33 Ah; up to 18 Ah for
cabinet mounted batteries and up to 33 Ah batteries for
mounting in close-nippled remote battery cabinet
General Mechanical:
 Red or platinum cabinet; rated NEMA 1 and IP30
4007ES Listings reference:
 UL 864 - Control Units, System (UOJZ); Control Unit
Accessories, System, Fire Alarm (UOXX); Control
Units, Releasing Device Service (SYZV)
 UL 2017 - Emergency Alarm System Control Units (CO
detection), (FSZI)
 ULC-S559 - Central Station Fire Alarm System Units
(DAYRC)
 ULC-S527 - Control Units, System, Fire Alarm
(UOJZC); Control Unit Accessories, System, Fire Alarm
(UOXXC); Control Units, Releasing Device Service
(SYZVC)
4007ES Fire Control Panels
Addressable and/or Conventional Initiation
4007ES Hybrid Panel Front View
Software Feature Summary:
 Current and previous panel configuration maintained in
on-board memory
 An internal Ethernet service port is available for service
computer connections to perform configuration updates,
downloads and uploads; report downloads, and system
software
 Internal USB interface allows a memory stick to store job
revisions, update revised jobs and panel software, and save
detailed system reports from the panel
Optional modules and connections include:
 Fire Alarm Network Interface for Peer-to-Peer fire alarm
network communications, supports either Class B or Class
X operation
 Point or Event DACT assembly for IP Communicators
 Up to two additional IDNet+ addressable device output loop
connections with short circuit fault protection and with 75
additional point capacity each
 Front mounted 48 LED annunciator with custom label
inserts; LEDs are programmable for up to 24 IDC zones of
alarm and trouble annunciation or other custom
annunciation requirements
 Remote LED annunciator support via RUI communications
port for use with UTP wiring
 Dual RS-232 ports (for printer, PC annunciator or third party
interface)
 TrueInsight Remote Gateway
 Alarm relays and auxiliary relays
 City connections, with or without disconnect switch
 4003EC Voice Control Panels
 4009 IDNet NAC Extenders to extend NAC capability for
power and distance
 Battery brackets for seismic area protection (see page 2)
* This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM)
pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See
CSFM Listing 7165-0026:0378 for allowable values and/or conditions
concerning material presented in this document. NYC Fire Dept COA #6191A.
Additional listings may be applicable; contact your
local Simplex product supplier for the latest status. Listings and approvals
under Simplex Time Recorder Co. are the property of Tyco Fire Protection
Products.
S4007-0001-11 9/2017
Introduction Operator Interface Features (Continued)
4007ES Series Fire Detection and Control Panels  Alarm and Trouble History Logs (up to 1000 entries for
provide extensive installation, operator, and service features each, 2000 total events) are available for viewing from the
with point and module capacities suitable for a wide range of display or for printing to a connected printer, or downloaded
system applications. Panels can be configured for stand-alone to a service computer
or networked fire control operation. The convenient and  Module level ground fault searching assists installation and
intuitive color touchscreen provides easy access for typical service by locating and isolating modules with grounded
system response actions and for detailed system review or wiring
configuration updates with password control to limit user  WALKTEST silent or audible system test performs an
access. automatic self-resetting test cycle and supports up to 8
Flexible for new and retrofit applications. Standard WALKTEST groups
conventional IDCs and addressable IDNet+ communications  Install Mode allows grouping of multiple troubles for
provide flexibility for both new and retrofit systems. IDC and uninstalled modules and devices into a single trouble
NAC end-of-line resistor values are selectable to match a wide condition (typical with future phased expansion); with
range of existing initiating device circuits and notification future equipment and devices grouped into a single trouble,
appliance circuits. operators can more clearly identify events from the
commissioned and occupied areas
Operator Interface
Mechanical Description
Convenient Status Information. With the locking door
 Locking door with acrylic insert
closed, the glass window allows viewing of the display status
 Latching front panel assembly swings forward for
LEDs. The user interface is a 4.3” diagonal color touchscreen
LCD with separate status LEDs as shown below. convenient internal access
 Smooth box surfaces are provided for locally cutting
LED indicators describe the general category of activity being
displayed with the LCD providing more detail. For the conduit entrance holes exactly where required
authorized user, unlocking the door provides access to the  Modules are power-limited (except as noted, such as
control functions and allows further inquiry by scrolling the relay modules)
display for additional detail.  Battery compartment (bottom) accepts two batteries, up
to 18 Ah, to be mounted within the cabinet without
Operator Interface and Software Features interfering with module space; charger capacity is up to
 Convenient and detailed operator information is easily 33 Ah; for batteries greater than 18 Ah, refer to page 6
accessed using a logical, menu-driven touchscreen display for external battery cabinet details
with password access control  Cabinet assembly design has been seismic tested and is
 Multiple automatic and manual diagnostics for maintenance certified to IBC and CBC standards as well as to ASCE 7
reduction categories A through F, requires battery brackets as
detailed on data sheet S2081-0019
Touchscreen Display with LED Status Indicators (approximately full size)

Alarm Indicator  Supervisory Indicator  Color  AC Power 3 programmable LEDs with custom label 

Red LED  yellow LED  touchscreen LCD  green LED insert; top two selectable as 
red or yellow, bottom selectable as 
Priority 2 Indicator  Trouble Indicator Alarm Silenced Indicator green or yellow 
red LED  yellow LED  Yellow LED
2 S4007-0001-11 9/2017
Operator Screen Reference

Main Menu Screen provides easy navigation to the function System Alarm Screen identifies active alarms with custom
required. Buttons A, B, and C have programmable functions. labels displayed, arrows allow navigation through the list

System Trouble Screen identifies active troubles with Trouble Log Screen allows review of past troubles with
custom labels displayed, arrows allow navigation through time stamp and point details shown.
the list

Point Information Screen allows review of point details, User Access Login Screen controls access to panel
arrows allow navigation through the information. operations as determined per panel.

3 S4007-0001-11 9/2017
IDNet+ Addressable Device Control
Overview. The 4007ES Hybrid provides an IDNet+
addressable initiating device Signaling Line Circuit (SLC) that
supervises wiring connections and the individual device
communications status on the SLC. With 2-wire IDNet+
SLCs, initiation, monitoring, and control devices such as
manual fire alarm stations, TrueAlarm sensors, control relays,
and sprinkler waterflow switches can communicate their
identity and status and receive fire alarm system control.
Additional addressable interface modules include circuit
isolators, conventional IDC zone adapters, and interface to
other system circuits such as fans, dampers, and elevator
controls.
IDNet+ Addressable Device Operation
Each addressable device on the IDNet+
communication channel is continuously interrogated for
status condition such as: normal, off-normal, alarm,
supervisory, or trouble. Both Class B and Class A operation
is available. Sophisticated poll and response
communication techniques ensure supervision integrity and
allow for "T-tapping" of the circuits for Class B operation.
Devices with LEDs pulse the LED to indicate receipt of a
communications poll and can be turned on steady from the
panel. With addressable devices, the location and status of
the connected device is monitored, logged, and displayed
on the operator interface LCD with each device having its
own 40 character custom label for precise identification.
TrueAlarm Addressable Sensor Operation
Addressable initiating device communications
include operation of TrueAlarm smoke and temperature
sensors. Smoke sensors transmit an output value based on
their smoke chamber condition and the CPU maintains a
current value, peak value, and an average value for each
sensor. Status is determined by comparing the current sensor
value to its average value. Tracking this average value as a
continuously shifting reference point filters out
environmental factors that cause shifts in sensitivity.
TrueAlarm Addressable Sensor Reference
TrueAlarm Photo TrueAlarm Photo/Heat
Sensor with Base Sensor in CO Base
Programmable sensitivity of each sensor can be selected
at the control panel for different levels of smoke obscuration
(shown directly in percent) or for specific heat detection
levels. To evaluate whether the sensitivity should be revised,
the peak value is stored in memory and can be easily read
(or downloaded as a report) and compared to the alarm
threshold directly in percent.
CO sensor bases combine an electrolytic CO sensing
module with a TrueAlarm analog sensor to provide a single
multiple sensing assembly using one system address. The
CO sensor can be enabled/disabled, and can be used in
LED/Switch modes and custom control. (refer to data sheet
S4098-0052 for details)
4 S4007-0001-11 9/2017
TrueAlarm heat sensors can be selected for fixed
temperature detection, with or without rate-of-rise detection.
Utility temperature sensing is also available, typically to
provide freeze warnings or alert to HVAC system problems.
Readings can selected as either Fahrenheit or Celsius.
TrueSense Early Fire Detection. Multi-sensor
4098-9754 provides photoelectric and heat sensor data
using a single 40070ES IDNet+ address. The panel
evaluates smoke activity, heat activity, and their
combination, to provide TrueSense early detection. For
more details on this operation, refer to data sheet
S4098-0024.
Diagnostics and Default Device Type
Sensor Status. TrueAlarm operation allows the control
panel to automatically indicate when a sensor is almost
dirty, dirty, and excessively dirty. The NFPA 72
requirement for a test of the sensitivity range of the
sensors is fulfilled by the ability of TrueAlarm operation
to maintain the sensitivity level of each sensor. CO
Sensors track their 10 year active life status providing
indicators to assist with service planning. Indicators occur
at: 1 year, 6 months, and end of life.
Modular TrueAlarm sensors use the same base and
different sensor types (smoke or heat sensor) and can be
easily interchanged to meet specific location requirements.
This allows intentional sensor substitution during building
construction when conditions are temporarily dusty.
Instead of covering smoke sensors (causing them to be
disabled), heat sensors may be installed without
reprogramming the control panel. The control panel will
indicate an incorrect sensor type, but the heat sensor will
operate at a default sensitivity to provide heat detection
for building protection at that location.
IDNet+ Device Wiring Reference
IDNet+ Addressable Channel Capacity. The
4007ES Hybrid provides an isolated output IDNet+
signaling line circuit (SLC) that supports up to 250
addressable monitor and control points intermixed on the
same pair of wires. (250 total requires two 4007-9803
IDNet+ Loop Expansion Modules.)
IDNet+ SLC Wiring Specifications
Maximum Distance 0 to 125 4000 ft (1219 m); 50 ohms
from Control Panel
per Device Load 126-250 2500 feet (762 m); 35 ohms
Total Wire Length Allowed With Up to 12,500 ft (3.8 km);
“T” Taps for Class B Wiring 0.60 µF
Maximum Capacitance Between
IDNet+ Channels
1 µF
0.8 mA supv., 1 mA alarm;
Loading per device
2 mA per activated device LED
Shielded or unshielded,
Wire Type and Connections
twisted or untwisted wire*
Terminal blocks for 18 to
Connections
12 AWG
Compatibility includes: IDNet communicating devices and
TrueAlarm sensors including QuickConnect and QuickConnect2
sensors; see data sheet S4090-0011 for additional reference
* Some applications may require shielded wiring. Review your
system with your local Simplex product supplier.
Power Supply Output and Zone/Relay Module Details
Power Supply Output Details: Power Supply Output Details (Continued):
 RUI Communications controls up to 10 remote devices  NAC end-of-line (EOL) resistor values are selectable as:
at up to 2500 ft (762 m) for single run, or 10,000 ft 10 kΩ, 3.9 kΩ, 4.7 kΩ, 5.1 kΩ, 5.6 kΩ, or 15 kΩ
(3048 m) total if wiring is Class B and T-tapped;  Battery Charger is dual rate, temperature compensated,
selectable as Class B or Class A and charges up to 18 Ah sealed lead-acid batteries
 Compatible RUI remote equipment includes: mounted in the battery compartment, and charges up to
4606-9202 and 4606-9205 Color Touchscreen 33 Ah batteries mounted in an external cabinet
Annunciators (up to 6 total), 4100 Series 24 I/O and  Battery and Charger Monitoring includes battery
LED/Switch modules, 4602 Series LED/Switch and I/O charger status and low or depleted battery conditions;
Annunciator modules, including 4602-9101 Status status information provided to the master controller
Command Units (SCU), and 4602-9102 Remote includes analog values for: battery voltage, charger
Command Units (RCU) voltage and current, actual system voltage and current,
 IDNet+ SLC Output provides electrically isolated and NAC current
Class B or Class A communication; standard capacity is  Low Battery Voltage Cutout is selectable when
up to 100 addressable points with expansion for up to required (required for ULC listing applications)
250 points using up to two 4007-9803 IDNet+ Loop
Expansion Modules (as described on page 4)  2 A Auxiliary Output (AUX/SNAC) can be selected either
as resettable auxiliary power of 2 A @ 24 VDC, or
 6 A Output Rating. This includes current for: special selected to be a simple NAC (SNAC) for sounder base
application notification appliances; IDNet devices;
power, 4-wire detector power, or door holder power
module currents; and auxiliary output current (battery
charging, CPU, and power supply current does not Zone/Relay Module Details:
subtract from the 6 A); when NACs are controlling  Select as IDC or Relay; configure up to 8, Class B
Regulated 24 DC Appliances, total NAC current IDCs, or up to 4, Class A IDCs; or up to 8, Relay outputs
available is 3 A rated 2 A resistive @ 30 VDC (N.O. or N.C.); or
 Four on-board Class B/Class A NACs, rated 3 A each combinations of IDCs and Relays; each zone is
for Special Application appliances; selectable for separately configurable as an IDC or Relay output
SmartSync horn and strobe control, or strobe  IDC Support. Each IDC supports up to 30, two-wire
synchronization; rated 2 A each for Regulated 24 DC devices
appliances  IDC EOL resistor values are selectable as: 3.3 kΩ,
2 kΩ, 2.2 kΩ, 3.4 kΩ, 3.9 kΩ, 4.7 kΩ, 5.1 kΩ, 5.6 kΩ,
6.34/6.8 kΩ, and 3.6 kΩ + 1.1 kΩ; see instructions for
Product Selection more details
Model* Color Description Supv. Alarm
4007ES Hybrid with 4 conventional 3 A NACs and a 6 A output power supply/battery
4007-9101(BA) Red charger; includes IDNet+ communications for 100 addressable points and 1, 4007-9801
Zone/Relay module; Note: Add optional module and other currents separately for battery 145 mA 190 mA
4007-9102(BA) Platinum calculations; base panel current does not subtract from the 6 A power available for
optional modules and external loads
* Models with (BA) are available assembled in the USA by adding the suffix “BA”.

Module and Accessories Selection Information

Factory Model Description
Programming 4007-8810 Factory Programming (select)
Options 4007-0831 Custom Labels and Programming (requires 4007-8810)
Field Installed Optional Modules (refer to diagram on page 7 for module locations)
Model Description Supv. Alarm
Eight Point Zone/Relay Module, each point is selectable as an IDC input or Relay output, Class A IDCs
83 mA 351 mA
4007-9801 require 2 points (one out and one return); one module is included as standard, select up to 3 additional;
max max
current shown is for 8 Class B IDCs with 4 in alarm, detector current is added separately
25 VDC Regulator Module; 2 A maximum output; use to power Zone/Relay modules with 1 module 190 mA 445 mA
4007-9802 connected to initiating devices requiring nominal 25 VDC voltage; refer to technical with 2 modules 290 mA 801 mA
publication 579-832, 2-Wire Detector Compatibility Chart for application details with 3 modules 390 mA 1156 mA
IDNet+ Loop Expansion Module; provides an additional isolated loop with short circuit isolation to the
4007-9803 existing IDNet+ channel, also provides an additional 75 addressable points to the IDNet+ channel NA NA
capacity, maximum of two
Panel Mounted 48 LED Status Annunciator Module; provides 24 Yellow LEDs, 20 Red no LEDs on 10 mA 10 mA
4007-9805 LEDs, and 4 Red/Green LEDs that are programmable for up to 24 IDC zones of alarm with 1.75 mA per LED,
and trouble annunciation, or as required for custom annunciation requirements LEDs on 105 mA max
SDACT Module for Point or Event Reporting; order 2080-9047 connection cables as required (see cable
4007-9806 30 mA 40 mA
details under accessories)
4007-9807 City Circuit Module with Disconnect Switch 20 mA 36 mA
4007-9808 City Circuit Module without Disconnect Switch 20 mA 36 mA
4007-9809 Relay Module; relays for Alarm, Supervisory, and Trouble; rated 2 A resistive @ 32 VDC 15 mA 37 mA
Dual RS-232 Interface Module; Compatible with Simplex remote printer, PC annunciator or third party
4007-9812 60 mA 60 mA
interface (two ports/connections maximum)

5 S4007-0001-11 9/2017
Module and Accessories Selection Information (Continued)
Field Installed Optional Modules
Model Description Supv. Alarm
4190-8001* TrueInsight remote service gateway module and programming selection
TrueInsight remote service gateway module installation kit; includes module and Required
62 mA 73 mA
4190-6106 * harness; configured for dynamic IP address operation unless ordered with Selection
4190-4016
4190-4016 * TrueInsight remote service gateway module for fixed IP Addressing; optional, select if application will use fixed IP address
Modular Network Interface Card; Class B or Class X (requires up to two media cards; ordered 30 mA (with no
4007-9810 30 mA
separately, see below) cards installed)
Select media cards as required; mounts to
4007-9813 Wired media card 55 mA 55 mA
4007-9810 modular network interface card
Left port, single-mode 4120 duplex fiber media Select media cards as required; mounts on
4007-6301 55 mA 55 mA
card 4007-9810 modular network interface card;
Right port, single-mode 4120 duplex fiber Maximum of 1 left port and 1 right port
4007-6302 duplex fiber media card per modular 55 mA 55 mA
media card
Left port, multi-mode 4120 duplex fiber media network interface. Field connections require
4007-6303 left port to right port pairing. Order fiber 55 mA 55 mA
card
media service kits for retrofit jobs where ST
connectors are already installed (refer to
Right port, multi-mode 4120 duplex fiber media data sheet S4100-0056 for full fiber media
4007-6304 55 mA 55 mA
card module specifications and retrofit
information)
* Refer to data sheet S4100-0063 for additional TrueInsight service gateway details
Batteries
Model Capacity Battery Mounting Details
2081-9272 6.2 Ah
2081-9274 10 Ah 12 V Batteries for cabinet mounting; select one battery model per system standby requirements; order quantity of
2081-9288 12.7 Ah two; to be wired in series for 24 VDC
2081-9275 18 Ah
2081-9287 25 Ah For remote mount in Battery Box 4009-9801 Batteries for remote mounting; see battery cabinet details
2081-9271 33 Ah For remote mount in Battery Box 4009-9802 below
Battery Accessories
Model Color Capacity Dimensions Description
For up to 25 Ah 16 ¼” W x 13 ½” H x 5 ¾” D
4009-9801 Beige External battery cabinet without charger, with locking solid
batteries (413 mm x 343 mm x 146 mm)
door and battery harness; for close-nippled mounting to fire
For up to 33 Ah 25 ¾” W x 20 ¾” H x 4 ⅛” D
4009-9802 Beige alarm control panel cabinet
batteries (654 mm x 527 mm x 105 mm)
Accessories
Model Description
2080-9047 DACT cable, 14 ft (4.3 m) long, RJ45 plug one end, spade lugs on the other; order one per phone line connection required
2975-9812 Red semi-flush box trim; 1 7⁄16” (37 mm) wide, four corners and trim pieces for top, bottom, and sides
2975-9813 Platinum semi-flush box trim; 1 7⁄16” (37 mm) wide, four corners and trim pieces for top, bottom, and sides
Series resistor for WSO, IDCs (N.O. water flow and tamper on same circuit, wires after water flow and before tamper) 470 Ω,
2081-9031 1 W, encapsulated, two 18 AWG leads (0.82 mm2 ), 2 ½” L x 1 ⅜” W x 1” H (64 mm x 35 mm x 25 mm). This is for non-
addressable initiating zones.
4081-9002 3.3 kΩ, 1 W end-of-line resistor for Class B non-addressable initiating zones
4081-9018 10 kΩ, 1 W end-of-line resistor harness for non-addressable NACs

General Specifications
120 VAC Input 2 A maximum @ 102 to 132 VAC, 50/60 Hz
Input Power
240 VAC Input 1 A maximum @ 204 to 264 VAC, 50/60 Hz
Power Supply Including module currents and auxiliary power outputs; Output switches to
Output Rating 6 A total battery backup
4007ES Hybrid Power
3 A each for Special Application Appliances during mains AC
Supply Output Ratings NAC Ratings
2 A each for Regulated 24 DC Appliances failure or brownout
Auxiliary Power Tap 2 A maximum, 24 VDC nominal (19.5 to 31.1 VDC) conditions
Special Application Non-Addressable Simplex horns, strobes, and combination horn/strobes and speaker/strobes
Appliances (contact your Simplex product representative for compatible appliances)
Power for other UL listed appliances; use associated external synchronization
Regulated 24 DC Non-Addressable Appliances
modules where required
UL and ULC listed for battery charging of 6.2 Ah up to 33 Ah (batteries larger
Battery Charger Battery capacity range
than 18 Ah require a remote battery cabinet)
Ratings
Temperature compensated, dual rate, recharges depleted batteries within 48
(sealed lead-acid Charger characteristics
hours per UL Standard 864; to 70% capacity in 12 hours per ULC Standard
batteries) and performance
S527
6 S4007-0001-11 9/2017
General Specifications (Continued)
Supported file types: JPG, BMP, GIF, and PNG
Custom Background Display Details Recommended image type is JPG, recommended image size is 480 x 240, and
the file size limit is 100 kb
Operating Temperature 32° to 120°F (0° to 49° C)
Environmental
Operating Humidity Up to 93% RH, non-condensing @ 90° F (32° C) maximum

4007ES Mounting and Module Location Reference

Module Locations:
A. CPU and User Interface assembly.
B. Location for optional 4007-9805 LED Module.
C. Power Supply Assembly.
D. 4007-9806 SDACT location. Note: The SDACT includes a 650-1838 flat mounting bracket (available separately). Some pre-existing
systems with an angled SDACT bracket will need to be replaced with the flat mounting bracket when a Network Interface Card is installed.
E. Location for 4007-9801 Zone/Relay Module, 4007-9812 Dual RS-232 Interface, or (as shown) 4007-9802 25 V Regulator Module
F. Primary location for 4007-9801 Zone/Relay Module, or 4190-6106 TrueInsight Remote Service Gateway.
G. Location for additional 4007-9801 Zone/Relay Module.
H. Identical to Block G above.
I. 4007-9807 or 4007-9808 City Circuit Module, or 4007-9809 Relay Module.
J. 4007-9803 IDNet+ Loop Expansion Modules, maximum of two (two are shown).
K. Identical to block J above.
L. Block L is an additional block that sits on spacers above Block G and H. The 4007-9810 NIC can be mounted in block L with or without
modules mounted below it in blocks G and H. When fiber media cards are used and an SDACT is present, the SDACT requires a 650-
1838 flat mounting bracket (ordered separately).
M. Battery location for up to 18 Ah batteries. Note: No conduit entry or wiring in this area, 14-7/8” (378 mm) wide.

Note: A system ground must be provided for Earth Detection and transient protection devices. This connection shall be made to an
approved, dedicated Earth connection per NFPA 70, Article 250, and NFPA 780.

7 S4007-0001-11 9/2017
 4007ES Hybrid Additional Reference

4606-9205 (Platinum) Color LCD

Touchscreen Remote Annunciator

4606-9202 (Red) Color LCD

4007ES Hybrid with optional 48 LED Touchscreen Remote Annunciator
Annunciator Module (4007-9805)

Additional Compatible Equipment and Reference

Subject Data Sheet Subject Data Sheet
4009 IDNet NAC Extender S4009-0002 Battery and Battery Cabinet Reference S2081-0006
4003EC Voice Control Panel S4003-0002 Seismic Battery Brackets Reference S2081-0019
4606 Series Color LCD Touchscreen Remote Addressable Device Compatibility, IDNet
S4606-0003 S4090-0011
Annunciator Communication Sensors and Devices
Graphic I/O Modules S4100-0005 Serial DACT (SDACT) S2080-0009
4602 Series SCU/RCU S4602-0001 TrueInsight Remote Service S4100-0063
Agent Release Accessories S2080-0010 Network Communications S4100-0056 S4100-0056
Fire Alarm Network Overview S4100-0055 Multi-Signal Fiber Optics S4100-0049 S4100-0049
Network Communications S4100-0056 PC Annunciator S4190-0013 S4190-0013
Automatic Extinguishing, Deluge and
Preaction Sprinkler System Releasing Control S4007-0003 120 VAC Desktop Remote Printer S4190-0011
for 4007ES

Additional Technical Reference

Description Document Description Document
Installation Manual 579-1102 Single Page Operator Instructions 579-1109
Zone/Relay Module Installation Manual 579-1103 2-Wire Detector Compatibility Chart 579-832
Detailed Operator’s Manual 579-1165

TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm Code
are trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).

Tyco Fire Protection Products • Westminster, MA • 01441-0001 • USA S4007-0001-11 9/2017

www.simplex-fire.com
© 2017 Tyco Fire Protection Products. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice.

UL, ULC, CSFM Listed;
FM, NYC Fire Dept Approved*
Features
Flexible standard combination of addressable
initiation and addressable notification
4.3” (109 mm) Diagonal color touchscreen display:
 Convenient and intuitive user interface provides detailed
system status and individual point information
 Supports dual language selection, including unicode
character languages
 A custom background display appears when operation is
normal (see page 7 for details)
Includes a 3 A IDNAC SLC (signaling line circuit)
output power supply that provides enhanced power
delivery to addressable notification appliances:
 A constant 29 VDC source voltage is maintained during
alarm, even during battery operation, allowing strobes to
operate at higher voltage with lower current and ensuring a
consistent current draw and voltage drop margin under both
primary power and secondary battery standby
 Efficiencies include lower strobe currents, wiring distances
up to 2 to 3 times farther than with conventional
notification, support for more appliances per IDNAC SLC,
and smaller gauge wiring. This provides installation and
maintenance savings. with high assurance that appliances
will operate as normal during worst case alarm conditions
 IDNAC SLCs are compatible with both TrueAlert ES and
TrueAlert addressable notification appliances, and remote
4009 IDNAC Repeaters to extend power and wiring distance
even farther and provide for up to 127 addressable
notification appliances
 Power supply provides battery backup charging of up to
33 Ah; up to 18 Ah for cabinet mounted batteries and up
to 33 Ah batteries for mounting in close-nippled remote
battery cabinet
Electrically isolated IDNet+ addressable initiating
device SLC:
 Provides built-in short circuit isolation for monitoring
and control of TrueAlarm analog sensors and IDNet
communications monitoring and control devices; for use
with either shielded or unshielded, twisted or untwisted
single pair wiring; outputs are Class A or Class B
 Standard panel SLC provides up to 100 addressable
points; optional additional loop expansion modules
provide an additional isolated loop with short circuit
isolation for the IDNet+ channel; each loop expansion
module also provides an additional 75 addressable points
to the IDNet+ channel capacity for a total of up to 250
addressable points
Software Feature Summary:
 Current and previous panel configuration are both
maintained in on-board memory to allow easy selection of
desired revision
 An internal Ethernet service port is available for service
computer connections to perform configuration updates,
downloads and uploads; report downloads, and system
software updates
 Internal USB interface allows a memory stick/thumb drive
to store job revisions, update revised jobs and panel
software, and save detailed system reports from the panel
4007ES Fire Control Panels
Fire Detection and Control with Addressable
Initiation and Addressable Notification
4007ES Panel Front View
Optional modules and connections include:
 Fire Alarm Network Interface for Peer-to-Peer fire alarm
network communications, supports either Class B or Class
X operation
 Point or Event DACT assembly that is compatible with IP
Communicators
 Up to two additional IDNet+ addressable device output
loop connections with 75 additional point capacity each
 Front mounted 48 LED annunciator with custom label
inserts.
 Dual Class A IDNAC Isolator (DCAI)
 Remote LED annunciator support via RUI (remote unit
interface) communications port for use with unshielded,
twisted pair wiring (UTP)
 Eight Point Zone/Relay Modules individually selectable
as IDC or relay rated 2 A @ 30 VDC (resistive)
 Alarm relays and auxiliary relays
 Dual RS-232 ports (for printer, PC annunciator or third
party interface)
 TrueInsight Remote Gateway
 City connections, with or without disconnect switch
 4003EC Voice Control Panels
 4009 Series IDNAC Repeaters
 Battery brackets for seismic area protection (see page 2)
General Mechanical:
 Compact red or platinum cabinet for convenient surface or
semi-flush mounting; rated NEMA 1 and IP30
4007ES Listings reference:
 UL 864 - Control Units, System (UOJZ); Control Unit
Accessories, System, Fire Alarm (UOXX); ; Control
Units, Releasing Device Service (SYZV)
 UL 2017 - Emergency Alarm System Control Units (CO
detection), (FSZI)
 ULC-S559 - Central Station Fire Alarm System Units
(DAYRC)
 ULC-S527 - Control Units, System, Fire Alarm (UOJZC);
Control Unit Accessories, System, Fire Alarm (UOXXC);
Control Units, Releasing Device Service (SYZVC)
* This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal
(CSFM) pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code.
See CSFM Listing 7165-0026:0378 for allowable values and/or conditions
concerning material presented in this document. NYC Fire Dept COA #6191A.
Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local Simplex product
supplier for the latest status. Listings and approvals under Simplex Time
Recorder Co. are the property of Tyco Fire Protection Products.
S4007-0002-11 9/2017
Introduction Operator Interface Features (Continued)
4007ES Series Fire Detection and Control Panels  Alarm and Trouble History Logs (up to 1000 entries for
provide extensive installation, operator, and service features each, 2000 total events) are available for viewing from
with point and module capacities suitable for a wide range of the display or for printing to a connected printer, or
system applications. Panels can be configured for stand- downloaded to a service computer
alone or networked fire control operation. The convenient  Module level ground fault searching assists installation
and intuitive color touchscreen provides easy access for and service by locating and isolating modules with
typical system response actions and for detailed system grounded wiring
review or configuration updates with password control to  WALKTEST silent or audible system test performs an
limit user access. automatic self-resetting test cycle and supports up to 8
IDNet+ addressable initiation communications and IDNAC WALKTEST groups
addressable notification communications are standard  Install Mode allows grouping of multiple troubles for
features. (Refer to data sheet S4007-0001 for 4007ES panels uninstalled modules and devices into a single trouble
providing conventional notification.) condition (typical with future phased expansion); with
future equipment and devices grouped into a single
Operator Interface trouble, operators can more clearly identify events
from the commissioned and occupied areas
Convenient Status Information. With the locking door
closed, the glass window allows viewing of the display Mechanical Description
status LEDs. The user interface is a 4.3” diagonal color
 Locking door with polycarbonate window
touchscreen LCD with separate status LEDs as shown
below.  Latching front panel assembly swings forward for
convenient internal access
LED indicators describe the general category of activity  Smooth box surfaces are provided for locally cutting
being displayed with the LCD providing more detail. For theconduit entrance holes exactly where required
 Modules are power-limited (except as noted, such as
authorized user, unlocking the door provides access to the
control functions and allows further inquiry by scrolling the
relay modules)
display for additional detail.  Battery compartment (bottom) accepts two batteries,
up to 18 Ah, to be mounted within the cabinet without
Operator Interface and Software Features interfering with module space; charger capacity is up
 Convenient and detailed operator information is easily to 33 Ah; for batteries greater than 18 Ah, refer to
accessed using a logical, menu-driven touchscreen page 7 for external battery cabinet details
display with password access control  Cabinet assembly design has been seismic tested and
 Multiple automatic and manual diagnostics for is certified to IBC and CBC standards as well as to
maintenance reduction ASCE 7 categories A through F, requires battery
brackets as detailed on data sheet S2081-0019
Touchscreen Display with LED Status Indicators (approximately full size)

Alarm Indicator  Supervisory  Color  AC Power 3 programmable LEDs with custom label 

Red LED  Indicator  touchscreen LCD  green LED insert; top two selectable as 
red or yellow, bottom selectable as 
green or yellow
Priority 2 Indicator  Trouble Indicator Alarm Silenced Indicator
red LED  yellow LED  Yellow LED

2 S4007-0002-11 9/2017
Operator Screen Reference

Main Menu Screen provides easy navigation to the function System Alarm Screen identifies active alarms with custom
required. Buttons A, B, and C have programmable functions. labels displayed, arrows allow navigation through the list

System Trouble Screen identifies active troubles with Trouble Log Screen allows review of past troubles with
custom labels displayed, arrows allow navigation through time stamp and point details shown.
the list

Point Information Screen allows review of point details, User Access Login Screen controls access to panel
arrows allow navigation through the information. operations as determined per panel.

3 S4007-0002-11 9/2017
IDNet+ Addressable Device Control
Overview. The 4007ES provides an IDNet+ addressable
initiating device Signaling Line Circuit (SLC) that supervises
wiring connections and the individual device communications
status on the SLC. With 2-wire IDNet+ SLCs, initiation,
monitoring, and control devices such as manual fire alarm
stations, TrueAlarm sensors, control relays, and sprinkler
waterflow switches can communicate their identity and status
and receive fire alarm system control. Additional addressable
interface modules include circuit isolators, conventional IDC
zone adapters, and interface to other system circuits such as
fans, dampers, and elevator controls.
IDNet+ Addressable Device Operation
Each addressable device on the IDNet+
communication channel is continuously interrogated for
status condition such as: normal, off-normal, alarm,
supervisory, or trouble. Both Class B and Class A operation
is available. Sophisticated poll and response
communication techniques ensure supervision integrity and
allow for "T-tapping" of the circuits for Class B operation.
Devices with LEDs pulse the LED to indicate receipt of a
communications poll and can be turned on steady from the
panel. With addressable devices, the location and status of
the connected device is monitored, logged, and displayed
on the operator interface LCD with each device having its
own 40 character custom label for precise identification.
TrueAlarm Addressable Sensor Operation
Addressable initiating device communications
include operation of TrueAlarm smoke and temperature
sensors. Smoke sensors transmit an output value based on
their smoke chamber condition and the CPU maintains a
current value, peak value, and an average value for each
sensor. Status is determined by comparing the current sensor
value to its average value. Tracking this average value as a
continuously shifting reference point filters out
environmental factors that cause shifts in sensitivity.
TrueAlarm Addressable Sensor Reference
TrueAlarm Photo TrueAlarm Photo/Heat
Sensor with Base Sensor in CO Base
Programmable sensitivity of each sensor can be selected
at the control panel for different levels of smoke obscuration
(shown directly in percent) or for specific heat detection
levels. To evaluate whether the sensitivity should be revised,
the peak value is stored in memory and can be easily read
(or downloaded as a report) and compared to the alarm
threshold directly in percent.
CO sensor bases combine an electrolytic CO sensing
module with a TrueAlarm analog sensor to provide a single
multiple sensing assembly using one system address. The
CO sensor can be enabled/disabled, and can be used in
LED/Switch modes and custom control. (refer to data sheet
S4098-0052 for details)
4 S4007-0002-11 9/2017
TrueAlarm heat sensors can be selected for fixed
temperature detection, with or without rate-of-rise detection.
Utility temperature sensing is also available, typically to
provide freeze warnings or alert to HVAC system problems.
Readings can selected as either Fahrenheit or Celsius.
TrueSense Early Fire Detection. Multi-sensor
4098-9754 provides photoelectric and heat sensor data
using a single 40070ES IDNet+ address. The panel
evaluates smoke activity, heat activity, and their
combination, to provide TrueSense early detection. For
more details on this operation, refer to data sheet
S4098-0024.
Diagnostics and Default Device Type
Sensor Status. TrueAlarm operation allows the control
panel to automatically indicate when a sensor is almost
dirty, dirty, and excessively dirty. The NFPA 72
requirement for a test of the sensitivity range of the
sensors is fulfilled by the ability of TrueAlarm operation
to maintain the sensitivity level of each sensor. CO
Sensors track their 10 year active life status providing
indicators to assist with service planning. Indicators occur
at: 1 year, 6 months, and end of life.
Modular TrueAlarm sensors use the same base and
different sensor types (smoke or heat sensor) and can be
easily interchanged to meet specific location requirements.
This allows intentional sensor substitution during building
construction when conditions are temporarily dusty.
Instead of covering smoke sensors (causing them to be
disabled), heat sensors may be installed without
reprogramming the control panel. The control panel will
indicate an incorrect sensor type, but the heat sensor will
operate at a default sensitivity to provide heat detection
for building protection at that location.
IDNet+ Device Wiring Reference
IDNet+ Addressable Channel Capacity. The
4007ES provides an isolated output IDNet+ signaling
line circuit (SLC) that supports up to 250 addressable
monitor and control points intermixed on the same pair of
wires. (250 total requires two 4007-9803 IDNet+ Loop
Expansion Modules.)
IDNet+ SLC Wiring Specifications
Maximum Distance 0 to 125 4000 ft (1219 m); 50 ohms
from Control Panel
per Device Load 126-250 2500 feet (762 m); 35 ohms
Total Wire Length Allowed With Up to 12,500 ft (3.8 km);
“T” Taps for Class B Wiring 0.60 µF
Maximum Capacitance
1 µF
Between IDNet+ Channels
0.8 mA supv., 1 mA alarm;
Loading per device
2 mA per activated device LED
Shielded or unshielded,
Wire Type and Connections
twisted or untwisted wire*
Terminal blocks for 18 to
Connections
12 AWG
Compatibility includes: IDNet communicating devices and
TrueAlarm sensors including QuickConnect and QuickConnect2
sensors; see data sheet S4090-0011 for additional reference
* Some applications may require shielded wiring. Review your
system with your local Simplex product supplier.
IDNAC SLC Control of TrueAlert and TrueAlert ES Addressable Notification
Addressable notification appliance communications
include operation of TrueAlert and TrueAlert ES Visible only
(V/O, strobe), Audible only (A/O, horn), Audible/Visible (A/V,
horn/strobe), and strobes of Speaker/Visible (S/V) notification
appliances. (S/V appliances require separate speaker wiring.)
IDNAC SLC addressable communications allow each horn and
strobe to be individually controlled using a single two-wire
circuit, confirms the wiring connections to the individual
notification appliance’s electronic circuit, and confirms
communications between each appliance and the fire alarm
control panel. Addressable communications increases
supervision integrity versus conventional notification systems
by providing supervision beyond the circuit wiring to each
individual appliance and by constantly verifying the ability of
each appliance to communicate with the control panel.
Individual Appliance Status and Settings. The fire alarm
control panel monitors and records each addressable notification
appliance status, type of appliance, and its configured appliance
settings. A fault in any individual appliance automatically
reports a trouble condition to the control panel.
TrueAlert ES Addressable Appliance Reference
A/O (horn) V/O (strobe) A/V (horn/strobe)
Virtual NACs Provide Control Convenience. For control
convenience, IDNAC notification appliances can be grouped
into Virtual NACS (VNACs) for group control.
Panel Control Convenience. Applicable operation settings
for each appliance can be programmed without having to
replace appliances or remove them from the wall or ceiling. An
appliance’s VNAC notification zone can be easily changed
through programming without having to add additional circuits,
conduit, and wiring. Audible and visible appliances for non-Fire
Emergency Communications notification can be programmed to
operate separately on the same pair of wires as the fire alarm
notification appliances. The result is lower installation, retrofit,
and overall life-cycle cost of ownership compared with
traditional conventional notification systems.
Installation, Retrofit, and Life-Cycle Cost Benefits.
With each addressable appliance capable of being controlled
separately on the same two-wire IDNAC SLC, installation time
and expense for both retrofit and new construction can be
significantly reduced. When Class B wiring is used, wiring can
be “T-tapped” allowing more savings in distance, wire, conduit
(size and utilization), and overall installation efficiency.
Location Information, Diagnostics and
Troubleshooting. Each addressable notification appliance
has its own 40 character custom label to identify the location of
the appliance and to aid in troubleshooting fault conditions. In
conventional notification systems, conventional appliances are
not capable of communicating with the control panel. Fault
reporting on a conventional system is limited to the circuit
wiring and the entire area (zone) covered by appliances on the
notification appliance circuit (NAC) making it much more
difficult and costly to locate and correct the source of a
5 S4007-0002-11 9/2017
problem. Using the TrueAlert magnet test allows each appliance
to individually identify its candela setting and address and to
briefly operate if desired, and using the TrueAlert ES
Appliance Self-Test feature provides detailed performance
verification per appliance.
TrueAlert ES Appliance Self-Test Operation
On-Board Test Sensors. TrueAlert ES appliances are
equipped with on-board sensors to detect strobe and/or horn
output allowing efficient and unobtrusive Self-Testing. When
Automatic Self-Test is initiated from the control panel, each
appliance within the selected VNAC group will briefly operate
and then report its Self-Test status to the control panel, all
within several seconds. Silent Self-Test can be selected to test
only visible appliance if desired. The control panel is in a
trouble condition during testing and in the event of an alarm,
Self-Test is automatically terminated.
Automatic Self-Test results are communicated to the
control panel with a time and date stamp and are stored in
memory. Results are viewable at the front panel display and
printed reports are available from the panel USB port. (See
sample reports on page 10.)
Individual Self-Test is selected from the control panel when
individual appliances need to be observed to operate. Each
appliance in the selected VNAC group will turn on its LED
until individually activated by applying a magnet. After
performing the individual test, the appliance LED turns off to
indicate completion. Results are recorded the same as during the
automatic test.
IDNAC SLC Hardware Reference
The 4007ES provides a 3 A IDNAC SLC for control and
power to TrueAlert ES and TrueAlert addressable notification
appliances. The power supply incorporates an efficient
switching design that provides a regulated output of 29 VDC,
even during battery operation. With 29 VDC minimum output
at the panel, addressable notification SLCs can support wiring
distances 2 to 3 times farther than available with conventional
notification, or support more appliances per SLC, or work with
smaller gauge wiring, or combinations of these benefits. The
result is installation and maintenance savings with high
assurance that appliances that operate during normal system
testing will operate during worst case alarm conditions.
IDNAC SLC Appliance Wiring Reference
Recommended wire type UTP, unshielded twisted pair
Up to 127 addresses and up to
139 unit loads
(appliances are typically one unit
IDNAC SLC Capacity load, devices such as Isolators
may require more than one load,
refer to individual device data
sheet for specific information)
Maximum wire length allowed
with “T-Taps” for Class B 10,000 ft (3048 m)
wiring, per SLC
Maximum wire length per
4000 ft (1219 m)
SLC to any appliance
Appliance Supervisory
1 unit load = 0.8 mA per appliance
Current
Wiring connections Terminal blocks for 18 to 12 AWG
Power Supply Output and Zone/Relay Module Details
Power Supply Output Details:
 RUI Communications controls up to 10 remote devices
at up to 2500 ft (762 m) for single run, or 10,000 ft
(3048 m) total if wiring is Class B and T-tapped; output
is selectable as Class B or Class A
 Compatible RUI remote equipment includes:
4606-9202 and 4606-9205 Color Touchscreen
Annunciators (up to 6 total), 4100 Series 24 I/O and
LED/Switch modules, 4602 Series LED/Switch and I/O
Annunciator modules, including 4602-9101 Status
Command Units (SCU), and 4602-9102 Remote
Command Units (RCU)
 IDNet+ SLC Output provides electrically isolated
Class B or Class A communication; standard capacity is
up to 100 addressable points with expansion for up to
250 points using up to two 4007-9803 IDNet+ Loop
Expansion Modules (as described on page 4)
 Battery Charger is dual rate, temperature
compensated, and charges up to 18 Ah sealed lead-
acid batteries in the battery compartment, and charges
up to 33 Ah batteries in an external cabinet
Power Supply Output Details (Continued):
 Battery and Charger Monitoring includes battery
charger status and low or depleted battery conditions;
status information provided to the master controller
includes analog values for: battery voltage, charger
voltage and current, actual system voltage and current,
and IDNAC SLC current
 Low Battery Voltage Cutout is selectable when
required (required for ULC listing applications)
 4 A Output Rating. This includes current for: IDNAC
controlled notification appliances; IDNet devices;
module currents; and auxiliary output current (battery
charging, CPU, and power supply current are not
subtracted from the 4 A)
 2 A Auxiliary Output (AUX/SNAC) can be selected
either as resettable auxiliary power of 2 A @ 24 VDC,
or selected to be a simple NAC (SNAC) for sounder
base power, 4-wire detector power, or door holder
power

Product Selection
Model* Color Description Supv. Alarm
4007ES with a 3 A, Class B, IDNAC SLC for up to 127 addressable notification
4007-9201(BA) Red
appliances, and 4 A output power supply/battery charger; includes IDNet+
communications for 100 addressable points
180 mA 185 mA
Note: Add optional module and other currents separately for battery calculations; base
4007-9202(BA) Platinum panel current does not subtract from the 4 A power available for optional modules and
external loads
* Models with (BA) are available assembled in the USA by adding the suffix “BA”.

Module and Accessories Selection Information

Factory Model Description

Programming 4007-8810 Factory Programming (select)
Options 4007-0831 Custom Labels and Programming (requires 4007-8810)
Field Installed Optional Modules (refer to diagram on page 8 for module locations)
Model Description Supv. Alarm
Eight Point Zone/Relay Module; each point is selectable as an IDC input or Relay output, Class A
IDCs require 2 points (one out and one return); select up to 4 maximum; current shown is for 8 Class 83 mA 350 mA
4007-9801
B IDCs with 4 in alarm, detector current is added separately (refer to 4007ES Hybrid data sheet max max
S4007-0001 for additional information)
25 VDC Regulator Module; 2 A maximum output; use to power Zone/Relay with 1 module 190 mA 445 mA
modules connected to initiating devices requiring nominal 25 VDC voltage; refer to
4007-9802 with 2 modules 290 mA 801 mA
technical publication 579-832, 2-Wire Detector Compatibility Chart for application
details with 3 modules 390 mA 1156 mA
IDNet+ Loop Expansion Module; provides an additional isolated loop with short circuit isolation to
4007-9803 the existing IDNet+ channel, also provides an additional 75 addressable points to the IDNet+ channel NA NA
capacity, maximum of two
Dual Class A IDNAC Isolator (DCAI); converts a single Class B IDNAC SLC input to two Class A or
two Class B SLC outputs; provides short circuit isolation between each Class A or B output circuit;
4007-9804 8.3 mA 18.5 mA
requires one IDNAC address; the total current remains controlled by the Class B input source SLC at
3 A maximum
Panel Mounted 48 LED Status Annunciator Module; provides 24 Yellow LEDs, no LEDs on 10 mA 10 mA
4007-9805 20 Red LEDs, and 4 Red/Green LEDs that are programmable for up to 24 IDC zones of with 1.75 mA per LED,
alarm and trouble annunciation, or as required for custom annunciation requirements LEDs on 105 mA max
SDACT Module for Point or Event Reporting; order 2080-9047 connection cables as required (see
4007-9806 30 mA 40 mA
cable details under accessories).
4007-9807 City Circuit Module with Disconnect Switch 20 mA 36 mA
4007-9808 City Circuit Module without Disconnect Switch 20 mA 36 mA
4007-9809 Relay Module; relays for Alarm, Supervisory, and Trouble; rated 2 A resistive @ 32 VDC 15 mA 37 mA
Dual RS-232 Interface Module, compatible with Simplex remote printer, PC annunciator or third
4007-9812 60 mA 60 mA
party interface (two ports/connections maximum).

6 S4007-0002-11 9/2017
Module and Accessories Selection Information (Continued)

Field Installed Optional Modules

Model Description Supv. Alarm
4190-8001 * TrueInsight remote service gateway module and programming selection
Required
TrueInsight remote service gateway module installation kit; includes module and 62 mA 73 mA
4190-6106 * Selection
harness; configured for dynamic IP address operation unless ordered with 4190-4016
4190-4016 * TrueInsight remote service gateway module for fixed IP addressing; optional, select if application will use fixed IP address
Modular Network Interface Card; Class B or Class X (requires up to two media cards; ordered
4007-9810 30 mA 30 mA
separately, see below)
4007-9813 Wired media card Select media cards as required; mounts on 55 mA 55 mA
4007-9810 modular network interface card;
4007-6301 Left port, single-mode 4120 duplex fiber media card 55 mA 55 mA
Maximum of 1 left port and 1 right port duplex
Right port, single-mode 4120 duplex fiber media fiber media card per modular network
4007-6302 55 mA 55 mA
card interface. Field connections require left port to
4007-6303 Left port, multi-mode 4120 duplex fiber media card right port pairing. Order fiber media service 55 mA 55 mA
kits for retrofit jobs where ST connectors are
already installed (refer to data sheet S4100-
4007-6304 Right port, multi-mode 4120 duplex fiber media card 0056 for full fiber media module specifications 55 mA 55 mA
and retrofit information)
* Refer to data sheet S4100-0063 for additional TrueInsight Service Gateway details
Batteries
Model Capacity Battery Mounting Details
2081-9272 6.2 Ah
2081-9274 10 Ah 12 V Batteries for cabinet mounting; select one battery model per system standby requirements; order quantity
2081-9288 12.7 Ah of two; to be wired in series for 24 VDC
2081-9275 18 Ah
2081-9287 25 Ah For remote mount in Battery Box 4009-9801 Batteries for remote mounting; see battery cabinet details
2081-9271 33 Ah For remote mount in Battery Box 4009-9802 below
Battery Accessories
Model Color Capacity Dimensions Description
For up to 25 Ah 16 ¼” W x 13 ½” H x 5 ¾” D
4009-9801 Beige External battery cabinet without charger, with locking
batteries (413 mm x 343 mm x 146 mm)
solid door and battery harness; for close-nippled
For up to 33 Ah 25 ¾” W x 20 ¾” H x 4 ⅛” D mounting to fire alarm control panel cabinet
4009-9802 Beige
batteries (654 mm x 527 mm x 105 mm)
Accessories
Model Description
2080-9047 DACT cable, 14 ft (4.3 m) long, RJ45 plug one end, spade lugs on the other; order one per phone line connection required
2975-9812 Red semi-flush box trim; 1 7⁄16” (37 mm) wide, four corners and trim pieces for top, bottom, and sides
2975-9813 Platinum semi-flush box trim; 1 7⁄16” (37 mm) wide, four corners and trim pieces for top, bottom, and sides
4081-9018 10 kΩ, 1 W end-of-line resistor harness for non-addressable NACs (if 4007-9801 is used)
Series resistor for WSO, non-addressable IDCs (N.O. water flow and tamper on same circuit, wires after water flow and before
2081-9031
tamper) 470 Ω, 1 W, encapsulated, two 18 AWG leads (0.82 mm2 ), 2 ½” L x 1 ⅜” W x 1” H (64 mm x 35 mm x 25 mm)

7 S4007-0002-11 9/2017
General Specifications

120 VAC Input 2 A maximum @ 102 to 132 VAC, 50/60 Hz

Input Power 240 VAC Input 1 A maximum @ 204 to 264 VAC, 50/60 Hz
Battery 6 A maximum @ 24 VDC (during battery operation)
4 A output for “Special Application” appliances
Power Supply Note: The 4 A output rating was determined such that
Output Rating optional module currents, and external device and appliance
currents can be directly added together, not to exceed 4 A
total.
Output switches to
3 A, regulated 29 VDC during Alarm, 127 addresses, 139 unit
battery backup
4007ES Power Supply IDNAC SLC Ratings loads; DC-DC converter circuit is >92% efficient over
during mains AC
Output Ratings operating range
failure or brownout
Output terminals are rated for 18 to 12 AWG with duplicate conditions
output terminals rated for two wires each, allowing up to four
IDNAC SLC Wiring (4) Class B branch circuit T-taps to be made in the cabinet;
additional T-taps may be made in external wiring junction
cabinets or boxes
Auxiliary Power Tap 2 A maximum, 24 VDC nominal (19.5 to 31.1 VDC)
Simplex TrueAlert ES and TrueAlert addressable notification appliances; contact
Compatible Special Application Appliances
your Simplex product representative for compatible appliances
Battery Charger UL and ULC listed for battery charging of 6.2 Ah up to 33 Ah (batteries larger than
Battery capacity range
Ratings 18 Ah require a remote battery cabinet)
(sealed lead-acid Charger characteristics Temperature compensated, dual rate, recharges depleted batteries within 48 hours
batteries) and performance per UL Standard 864; to 70% capacity in 12 hours per ULC Standard S527
Supported file types: JPG, BMP, GIF, and PNG
Custom Background Display Details Recommended image type is JPG, recommended image size is 480 x 240, and the
file size limit is 100 kb
Operating Temperature 32° to 120°F (0° to 49° C)
Environmental
Operating Humidity Up to 93% RH, non-condensing @ 90° F (32° C) maximum
 4007ES Mounting and Module Location Reference

Module Locations:
A. CPU and User Interface assembly.
B. Location for optional 4007-9805 LED Module.
C. Power Supply Assembly.
D. 4007-9806 SDACT location. Note: The SDACT includes a 650-1838 flat mounting bracket (available separately). Some
pre-existing systems with an angled SDACT bracket will need to be replaced with the flat mounting bracket when a
Network Interface Card is installed.
E. Location for 4007-9801 Zone/Relay Module, 4007-9812 Dual RS-232 Interface, or (as shown) 4007-9802 25 V Regulator
Module
F. Primary location for 4007-9801 Zone/Relay Module, or 4190-6106 TrueInsight Remote Service Gateway.
G. Location for additional 4007-9801 Zone/Relay Module.
H. Identical to Block G above.
I. 4007-9807 or 4007-9808 City Circuit Module, or 4007-9809 Relay Module.
J. 4007-9803 IDNet+ Loop Expansion Modules, maximum of two (two are shown).
K. Identical to block J above.
L. Block L is an additional block that sits on spacers above Block G and H. The 4007-9810 NIC can be mounted in block L
with or without modules mounted below it in blocks G and H. When fiber media cards are used and an SDACT is present,
the SDACT requires a 650-1838 flat mounting bracket (ordered separately).
M. Battery location for up to 18 Ah batteries. Note: No conduit entry or wiring in this area, 14-7/8” (378 mm) wide.

Note: A system ground must be provided for Earth Detection and transient protection devices. This connection shall be
made to an approved, dedicated Earth connection per NFPA 70, Article 250, and NFPA 780.

8 S4007-0002-11 9/2017
 4007ES Additional Reference

4606-9205 (Platinum) Color LCD

Touchscreen Remote Annunciator

4606-9202 (Red) Color LCD

Touchscreen Remote Annunciator
4007ES with IDNAC Notification and optional 48 LED
Annunciator Module (4007-9805)

Additional Compatible Equipment and Reference

Subject Data Sheet Subject Data Sheet

4009 IDNet NAC Extender S4009-0002 Battery and Battery Cabinet Reference S2081-0006
4003EC Voice Control Panel S4003-0002 Seismic Battery Brackets Reference S2081-0019
4606 Series Color LCD Touchscreen Remote Addressable Device Compatibility, IDNet
S4606-0003 S4090-0011
Annunciator Communication Sensors and Devices
Graphic I/O Modules S4100-0005 Serial DACT (SDACT) S2080-0009
4602 Series SCU/RCU S4602-0001 TrueInsight Remote Service S4100-0063
Agent Release Accessories S2080-0010 Network Communications S4100-0056 S4100-0056
Fire Alarm Network Overview S4100-0055 Multi-Signal Fiber Optics S4100-0049 S4100-0049
Network Communications S4100-0056 PC Annunciator S4190-0013 S4190-0013
Automatic Extinguishing, Deluge and
Preaction Sprinkler System Releasing Control S4007-0003 120 VAC Desktop Remote Printer S4190-0011
for 4007ES
4007ES Hybrid Data Sheet S4007-0001

Additional Technical Reference

Description Document Description Document
Installation Manual 579-1102 Single Page Operator Instructions 579-1109
Zone/Relay Module Installation Manual 579-1103 Detailed Operator’s Manual 579-1165

9 S4007-0002-11 9/2017
TrueAlert ES Appliance Self-Test Last Test Results Report Example
Service Port Page 1
REPORT 10 TrueAlertES Self-Test Report 12:34:56pm MON 01-JUN-15
Point ID Custom Label Date Visual Audible
T1-1-1 VO FIRST FLOOR (up to 40 characters) 01-JUN-15 NO OUT N/A
T1-2-5 AV FIRST FLOOR EAST WING 01-JUN-15 NO OUT NORMAL
T7-3-55 AO SECOND FLOOR EAST WING 01-JUN-15 N/A NO OUT
T8-2-45 AV SECOND FLOOR ROOM 29 01-JUN-15 NOT TST N/A
T8-2-60 AV SECOND FLOOR ROOM 22 01-JUN-15 NORMAL NORMAL
T1-2-4 AO FIRST FLOOR ROOM 17 01-JUN-15 N/A UNSUPP
TRUEALERT_ES SELF-TEST REPORT COMPLETED
Press RETURN for next Screen OR CTRL-X to abort
Results Description:
NORMAL = works correctly
NO OUT = No Output, no light or sound was detected
NOT TST = no result; either the appliance did not return a result before the test ended or the test was conducted as silent (strobes
only) and audible appliance was not activated
N/A = not applicable (no strobe on audible only, etc.)
UNSUPP = appliance not compatible with Self-Test (TrueAlert addressable appliance not TrueAlert ES addressable appliance)
Note: Additional TrueAlert ES Self-Test information is detailed in Operating Instructions 579-1165 shipped with the panel.

TrueAlert ES Appliance Self-Test All Test Results Report Example

Service Port Page 1
REPORT 10 TrueAlertES Self-Test Report 12:34:56pm MON 01-JUN-15
Point ID Custom Label Date Visual Audible
T1-1-1 VO FIRST FLOOR 01-JUN-15 NO OUT N/A
T1-2-5 AV FIRST FLOOR EAST WING 01-JUN-15 NO OUT NORMAL
T1-2-6 AV FIRST FLOOR NORTH ENTRANCE 12-MAY-15 NO OUT NORMAL
T7-3-55 AO SECOND FLOOR EAST WING 01-JUN-15 N/A NO OUT
T8-2-45 AV SECOND FLOOR ROOM 29 01-JUN-15 NOT TST N/A
T1-1-11 AV FIRST FLOOR SOUTH ENTRANCE 12-MAY-15 NORMAL NORMAL
T8-2-60 AV SECOND FLOOR ROOM 22 01-JUN-15 NORMAL NORMAL
T1-2-4 AO FIRST FLOOR ROOM 17 01-JUN-15 N/A UNSUPP
T1-2-7 AO FIRST FLOOR ROOM 12 12-MAY-15 N/A UNSUPP
T8-3-43 AV SECOND FLOOR ROOM 25 12-MAY-15 UNSUPP UNSUPP
TRUEALERT_ES SELF-TEST REPORT COMPLETED
Press RETURN for next Screen OR CTRL-X to abort

TrueAlert ES Appliance Self-Test Individual Appliance Report Example

CUSTOM LABEL
4-1-2 AV
POINT ADDRESS: 4-1-2 Type: AV
CARD: 4 CHANNEL: 1 DEVICE: 2
EXTENDED POWER SUPPLY
UNIT NUMBER: 2 RUI NUMBER: LOCAL
PRIMARY STATUS NORMAL
AUDIBLE GROUP CONFIG: 000
VISUAL GROUP CONFIG: 000
STYLE: INDOOR
OPERATION: GENERAL EVAC
CANDELA RATING 15 CD
COLOR LENS YES
TONE TYPE BROADBAND
CODING TYPE TEMPORAL
VOLUME HIGH
LAST TEST TIME: MON 01-JUN-15 01:00 AM
LAST VISUAL TEST: NORMAL
LAST AUDIBLE TEST: NORMAL
LAST TEST VOLUME: NORMAL
DEVICE TEST TROUBLE: NORMAL

11 S4007-0002-11 9/2017
TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm Code
are trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).

Tyco Fire Protection Products • Westminster, MA • 01441-0001 • USA S4010-0006-12+ 8/2017

www.simplex-fire.com
© 2014 Tyco Fire Protection Products. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice.

UL, ULC, CSFM Listed;
FM, NYC Fire Dept Approved*
Features
Compatible with Simplex ES Net and 4120 fire
alarm networks
Basic system details:
 Capacity for up to 998 addressable IDNet points, up to
127 VESDA Air Aspiration points, up to 2000 points of
Annunciation and up to 20 internal and external card
addresses
 Color-coded operator interface with membrane keypad
includes 2 x 40 Super-twist LCD display, 3 programmable
control keys and 6 programmable LEDs
 CPU assembly includes dedicated compact flash memory
for on-site system information storage and convenient
Ethernet service port access
 8 A power supply with up to 2 A of Auxiliary power and
battery charger capacity for up to 110 Ah batteries (UL)
or up to 50 Ah batteries (ULC) (33 Ah max in single bay
control cabinet, 50 Ah max with 4100-0650 battery shelf
in two bay control cabinet)
 4 on-board Class A or B, 3 A NACs and one
programmable auxiliary relay output rated for
2 A @ 32 VDC
 IDNet addressable device communications that support
TrueAlarm analog sensors and IDNet communications
monitoring and control devices with an electrically
isolated output channel allowing use with either shielded
or unshielded, twisted or untwisted single pair wiring;
and providing dual short circuit isolating output loops
 Remote annunciator module support via RUI
communications port, Class B or Class A operation
 48 LED panel mount annunciation provides 40 pluggable
LEDs (select models), optional LED kits are available
 Available with InfoAlarm Command Center expanded
content user interface (two bay cabinet required)
Optional Main System Supply and door mounted
modules, and other options include:
 City Connect (with or without disconnect switches)
 Alarm Relay Module
 Battery brackets for seismic area protection (see page 2)
Optional block space modules include:
 Fire Alarm Network Interface Card for ES Net or 4120
network
 Peer-to-Peer network communications, supports either
Class B or Class X operation
 Ethernet connectivity options include ES Net Network
Interface Card, Building Network Interface Card
(BNIC), SafeLINC Internet Interface, and BACpac
Ethernet Portal
 Dual RS-232 Module (for printer, PC annunciator or
third party interface)
 VESDA Air Aspiration High Level Interface
 Serial DACT
 8 Zone IDC Modules Class A or B
 4 Point Auxiliary Relay Module
 Modem or TCP/IP Physical Bridge Network Modules,
Class B or Class X
 Additional IDNet addressable channels
Fire Control Units
Addressable Fire Detection and Control
Basic Control Unit Modules and Accessories
1-Bay Cabinet
2-Bay Cabinet
1-Bay Cabinet with
LED Annunciation
4010ES Control Unit Type Reference
Optional Modules (Continued)
 8-point zone/relay module, each point is selectable as
an IDC input or relay output. Class A IDCs require 2
points (one out and one return). Relays rated for 2 A
@ 30 VDC (resistive). Configurable as normally open
or closed.
4010ES Agency Listing:
 UL 864 - Control Units, System (UOJZ); Control Unit
Accessories, System, Fire Alarm (UOXX); Control
Units, Releasing Device Service (SYZV); Smoke
Control System Equipment (UUKL)
 UL 1076 - Proprietary Alarm Units (APOU)
 UL 1730 - Smoke Detector Monitors and Accessories
(UULH)
 UL 2017 - Emergency Alarm System Control Units,
CO detection (FSZI); Process Equipment Management
(QVAX)
 ULC-S527 - Control Units, System, Fire Alarm
(UOJZC); Control Unit Accessories, System, Fire
Alarm (UOXXC); Control Units, Releasing Device
Service (SYZVC); Smoke Control System Equipment
(UUKLC)
 ULC-S559 - Central Station Fire Alarm System Units
(DAYRC)
 ULC/ORD-C1076 - Proprietary Burglar Alarm
System Units (APOUC)
 ULC/ORD-C100 - Smoke Control System Equipment,
UUKLC
* See pages 5 and 6 for additional listing information. This product has been approved by
the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the California
Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing 7165-0026:0369 for allowable values and/or
conditions concerning material presented in this document. It is subject to re-examination,
revision, and possible cancellation. NYC Fire Dept COA #6095. At the time of publication
only UL and ULC listings are applicable to ES Net network products. Additional listings may
be applicable; contact your local Simplex product supplier for the latest status. Listings and
approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co. are the property of Tyco Fire Protection
Products.
S4010-0004-15 3/2018
Introduction
4010ES Series Fire Detection and Control Units
provide leading edge installation, operator, and service
features for customer applications in the mid-range
addressable fire alarm systems market. An on-board
Ethernet port provides fast external system
communications to expedite installation and service
activity. Dedicated compact flash memory archiving
provides secure on-site system information storage of
electronic job configuration files.
Modular design. A variety of functional modules are
available to meet specific system requirements. Selections
allow control units to be configured for either Stand-Alone
or Networked fire control operation. InfoAlarm Command
Center options provide convenient expanded display
content (detailed on data sheet S4010-0009).
Compatible with Simplex® remotely located:
 4098-9757 QuickConnect2 and legacy 4098-9710
QuickConnect TrueAlarm smoke sensors
 4003EC Small Voice Control Units
 4009 IDNet NAC Extenders (4009A)
 4081 Series, 110 Ah Battery Chargers
 4100-7400 Series Graphic Annunciators
 4190 Series PC Annunciator
 4190 Series Fiber Modems and Physical Bridges
 4606-9102 Remote LCD Annunciator and 4100-9400
Series Remote InfoAlarm Command Centers, and 4602
Series Status Command Units (SCU) and Remote
Command Units (RCU) Annunciators
 IP communicator compatibility
Mechanical description
 Mounting box provides convenient stud markers for
drywall thickness and nail-hole knockouts for quicker
mounting
 Smooth box surfaces are provided for locally cutting
conduit entrance holes exactly where required
 The hinged User Interface panel easily opens for
internal access
 NACs are mounted directly on power supply
assemblies providing minimized wiring loss, compact
size, and readily accessible terminations
 Modules are power-limited (except as noted, such as
relay modules)
 Doors include tempered glass inserts, boxes and doors
are available in platinum or red
 Box and door/retainer assemblies are included with
basic control unit assemblies
 Cabinet assembly is rated NEMA 1 and IP 30
 Cabinet assembly design has been seismic tested and is
certified to IBC and CBC standards as well as to
ASCE 7 categories A through F, requires battery
brackets as detailed on data sheet S2081-0019
2 S4010-0004-15 3/2018
Control unit hardware
The Master Controller and Main System Supply are
mounted in the upper section of the 4010ES cabinet (refer
to one and two bay loading reference diagrams on page 9)
4010ES Block Space Option Cards mount to the left
of the 4010ES Main System Supply. In 2-bay cabinets,
block space option cards also mount below the 4010ES
ESS.
Other 4010ES Options: The 4010ES City Connect
module or the optional Alarm Relay module mount directly
to the Main System Supply. These options are mutually
exclusive.
The TrueInsight Remote Gateway mounts on the backside
of the 4010ES User Interface Panel
The Battery Compartment located in the bottom of the
4010ES cabinet accepts two batteries without interfering
with expansion module space.
Software feature summary
 TrueAlarm individual analog sensing with front panel
information and selection access
 Dirty TrueAlarm sensor maintenance alerts, service and
status reports including “almost dirty”
 TrueAlarm magnet test indication appears as distinct test
abnormal message on display when in test mode
 TrueAlarm sensor peak value performance report
 Install Mode allows grouping of multiple troubles for
uninstalled modules and devices into a single trouble
condition (typical with future phased expansion); with
future equipment and devices grouped into a single
trouble, operators can more clearly identify events from
the commissioned and occupied areas
 Module level ground fault searching assists installation
and service by locating and isolating modules with
grounded wiring
 Recurring Trouble Filtering allows the control unit to
recognize, process, and log recurring intermittent troubles
(such as external wiring ground faults), but only sends a
single outbound system trouble to avoid nuisance
communications
 WALKTEST silent or audible system test performs an
automatic self-resetting test cycle
Operator interface features
Convenient and extensive operator information is provided
using a logical, menu-driven display:
 Multiple automatic and manual diagnostics for
maintenance reduction
 Convenient PC programmer label editing
 Password access control
 Alarm and Trouble History Logs (up to 2000 total
events) are available for viewing on the LCD screen,
printing on a connected printer, or downloading to a
service computer
3 S4010-0004-15 3/2018
Convenient Status Information. With the locking
door closed, the glass window allows viewing of the
display, status LEDs, and available operator switches.
Features include a two-line by 40-character, wide viewing
angle (super-twist) LCD with status LEDs and switches as
shown in the illustration below.
LED indicators describe the general category of activity
being displayed with the LCD providing more detail. For
the authorized user, unlocking the door provides access to
the control switches and allows further inquiry by scrolling
the display for additional detail. The following illustration
identifies the primary functions of the operator interface.
Compatible Peripheral Devices
The 4010ES is compatible with an extensive list of remote
peripheral devices including printers, PC Annunciators and
both conventional and addressable devices including
TrueAlarm analog sensors.
Addressable Device Control
Overview. The 4010ES provides standard addressable
device communications for IDNet compatible devices.
Using a two wire communications circuit, individual
devices such as manual fire alarm stations, TrueAlarm
sensors, conventional IDC zones, and sprinkler waterflow
switches can be interfaced to the addressable controller to
communicate their identity and status.
Addressability allows the location and condition of the
connected device to be displayed on the operator interface
LCD and on remote system annunciators. Additionally,
control circuits (fans, dampers, etc.) may be individually
controlled and monitored with addressable devices.
Addressable Operation. Each addressable device on
the communication channel is continuously interrogated for
status condition such as: normal, off-normal, alarm,
supervisory, or trouble. Both Class B and Class A pathway
operation are available. Sophisticated poll and response
communication techniques ensure supervision integrity and
allow for "T-tapping" of the circuit for Class B operation.
Devices with LEDs pulse the LED to indicate receipt of a
communications poll and can be turned on steady from the
control unit.
IDNet Addressable Channel Capacity. The Main
System Supply provides an electrically isolated IDNet+
signaling line circuit (SLC) that supports up to 248
addressable monitor and control devices intermixed on the
same pair of wires. Additional 250 address IDNet 2+2
Modules with four short circuit isolating output loops are
available. IDNet+ and IDNet 2+2 Module SLCs are
isolated from other system reference voltages to reduce
common mode noise interaction with adjacent system
wiring.
IDNet+ and IDNet 2+2 SLC Wiring Specifications
Maximum Distance 0 to 125 4000 ft (1219 m); 50 ohms
from Control Unit
126-250 2500 feet (762 m); 35 ohms
per Device Load
Total Wire Length Allowed With Up to 12,500 ft (3.8 km);
“T” Taps for Class B Wiring 0.60 µF
Maximum Capacitance
Between IDNet 2 Channels
1 µF
Shielded or unshielded,
Wire Type and Connections
twisted or untwisted wire*
Connections
Terminals for 18 to 12 AWG
(0.82 mm2 to 3.31 mm2)
Installation Instructions 579-989
Compatibility includes: IDNet communicating devices and
TrueAlarm sensors including QuickConnect and QuickConnect2
sensors; see data sheet S4090-0011 for additional reference
* Some applications may require shielded wiring. Review your
system with your local Simplex product supplier.
4 S4010-0004-15 3/2018
TrueAlarm System Operation
Addressable device communications include operation of
TrueAlarm smoke and temperature sensors. Smoke sensors
transmit an output value based on their smoke chamber
condition and the CPU maintains a current value, peak
value, and an average value for each sensor.
Status is determined by comparing the current sensor value
to its average value. Tracking this average value as a
continuously shifting reference point filters out
environmental factors that cause shifts in sensitivity.
Programmable sensitivity of each sensor can be
selected at the control unit for different levels of smoke
obscuration (shown directly in percent) or for specific heat
detection levels. To evaluate whether the sensitivity should
be revised, the peak value is stored in memory and can be
easily read and compared to the alarm threshold directly in
percent.
CO sensor bases combine an electrolytic CO sensing
module with a TrueAlarm analog sensor to provide a single
multiple sensing assembly using one system address. The
CO sensor can be enabled/disabled, used in LED/Switch
modes and custom control, and can be made public for
communication across a fire alarm Network. (refer to data
sheet S4098-0052 for details)
TrueAlarm heat sensors can be selected for fixed
temperature detection, with or without rate-of-rise
detection. Utility temperature sensing is also available,
typically to provide freeze warnings or alert to HVAC
system problems. Readings can be selected as either
Fahrenheit or Celsius.
TrueSense Early Fire Detection. Multi-sensor
4098-9754 provides photoelectric and heat sensor data
using a single 4010ES IDNet address. The control unit
evaluates smoke activity, heat activity, and their
combination, to provide TrueSense early detection. For
more details on this operation, refer to data sheet S4098-
0024.
Diagnostics and Default Device Type
Sensor Status. TrueAlarm operation allows the control
unit to automatically indicate when a sensor is almost dirty,
dirty, and excessively dirty. The NFPA 72 requirement for
a test of the sensitivity range of the sensors is fulfilled by
the ability of TrueAlarm operation to maintain the
sensitivity level of each sensor. CO Sensors track their 10
year active life status providing indicators to assist with
service planning. Indicators occur at: 1 year, 6 months, and
when end of life is reached.
Modular TrueAlarm sensors use the same base and
different sensor types (smoke or heat sensor) and can be
easily interchanged to meet specific location requirements.
This allows intentional sensor substitution during building
construction when conditions are temporarily dusty.
Instead of covering smoke sensors (causing them to be
disabled), heat sensors may be installed without
reprogramming the control unit. The control unit will
indicate an incorrect sensor type, but the heat sensor will
operate at a default sensitivity to provide heat detection for
building protection at that location.
Master Controller (CPU) Basic Control Unit Description
 The 4010ES Master Controller includes dedicated 2GB 4010ES control units include:
compact flash Mass Storage memory for on-site system  An Operator Interface, Master Controller with 2GB
information storage and convenient Ethernet service Compact Flash, IDNet addressable device SLC(s) with
port access short circuit isolating loops configurable for Class B or
 Convenient front panel accessed Ethernet port for Class A operation
quick and easy download of site-specific programming
 8 A power supply with up to 2 A of auxiliary power,
 AND, firmware enhancements are made via software 110 Ah (UL)/50 Ah (ULC) battery charger (33 Ah max
downloads to the on-board flash memory in 1 bay cabinet, 50 Ah max with 4100-0650 battery
 Every downloaded job is automatically stored to shelf in two bay control cabinet); 4 Class A or Class B
Compact flash without overwriting earlier versions NACs rated @ 3 A each for Special Application
providing a means for recovering previous Appliances, selectable for synchronized strobe, or
configurations SmartSync horn/strobe operation over two wires; and
 Downtime is reduced because the system stays running 2 A for Regulated 24 DC operation; 1 programmable
during download auxiliary relay rated for 2 A @ 32 VDC
 Modifications can be uploaded as well as downloaded  1 RUI Class B or Class A communications port for
for greater service flexibility remote annunciation devices, cabinet and door.
 Mass Storage allows job specific files to be stored in
the control unit such as test and inspection reports,  Support for up to 20 internal and external card
record drawings, specifications, and more... addresses. Other standard options may be provided
depending on model (see basic control unit model
 Ethernet connectivity options include ES Net Network
selection below for additional details on specific
Interface Card, Building Network Interface Card
models).
(BNIC) and SafeLINC Internet Interface
 RUI (Remote Unit Interface) communications port 8-Point Zone/Relay Module Details:
supports either Class B or Class A operation for remote  Select as IDC or Relay; configure up to 8, Class B
IDCs, or up to 4, Class A IDCs; or up to 8, Relay
annunciation equipment
outputs rated 2 A resistive @ 30 VDC (N.O. or N.C.);
or combinations of IDCs and Relays; each zone is
Main System Supply separately configurable as an IDC or Relay output
 IDC Support. Each IDC supports up to 30, two-wire
The main system supply provides the power source and
devices. Zone relay modules may be powered directly
the input/output connections for the basic 4010ES control
from the control unit power supply or through the
unit. The main features are listed in the basic control unit optional 25 VDC regulator module where required for
description below . 2-wire detector compatibility (refer to 2-Wire Detector
Compatibility document 579-832 for additional details).
 IDC EOL resistor values are selectable as: 3.3 kΩ, 2
kΩ, 2.2 kΩ, 3.4 kΩ, 3.9 kΩ, 4.7 kΩ, 5.1 kΩ, 5.6 kΩ,
6.34/6.8 kΩ, and 3.6 kΩ + 1.1 kΩ; see instructions for
more details
Basic Control Unit Model Selection - 1 Bay Units
Note: Supervisory and Alarm current specifications are for determining battery standby requirements. Current specifications
include an active RUI channel. Models with an IDNet channel include 20 IDNet device LEDs activated in alarm. Actual IDNet
device current is not included, refer to page 6 for details. For models with 48 LED Annunciation, alarm also includes 24 LEDs
activated.
Available
Panel Language Supv. Alarm
Model* Listings Features Option
Color & Voltage Current Current
Blocks
4010-9401(BA) Red Basic control unit with 2x40 LCD
Operator Interface and (1) Two-
UL, loop Isolated IDNet+
English
CSFM, FM, Communications Channel, 316 mA 430 mA
4010-9402(BA) Platinum 120 VAC
NYC Fire Dept Class A or Class B operation,
with support for up to 248
addressable analog devices 3
4“x5”
4010-9403 Red UL, ULC, blocks
English
CSFM, FM,
4010-9404 Platinum 120 VAC
NYC Fire Dept Same features as above with 48 336 mA 495 mA
LED annunciation
4010-9405 Red French ULC, CSFM
4010-9406 Platinum 120 VAC FM

* Note: (BA) indicates model is available either with or without the BA suffix. Model numbers ending in BA are assembled in the
USA.
5 S4010-0004-15 3/2018
Basic Control Unit Model Selection - 2 Bay Units
Note: Supervisory and Alarm current specifications are for determining battery standby requirements. Current specifications
include an active RUI channel. Models with IDNet channels include 20 IDNet device LEDs activated in alarm per channel.
Actual IDNet current is not included, refer to page 6 for details.

Available
Panel Language & Supv. Alarm
Model* Listings Features Option
Color Voltage Current Current
Blocks
Basic control unit with 2x40
4010-9421(BA) Red Operator Interface, (1) Two-loop
isolated IDNet+ Communications
Channel and (1) Four-loop
UL, FM Isolated IDNet 2+2 391 mA 545 mA
Communications Channel
4010-9422(BA) Platinum Module, Class A or Class B
English operation, with support for up to
120 VAC 498 addressable IDNet points

4010-9423 Red

UL, ULC, Same features as above with 48 10

4010-9428 Platinum 411 mA 610 mA
FM LED annunciation 4“x5” blocks

French
4010-9430 Platinum
120 VAC

4010-9425(BA) Red Basic control unit with InfoAlarm

Operator Interface and (1) Two-
loop Isolated IDNet+
Communications Channel, (1)
English
UL, FM Four-loop Isolated IDNet 2+2 398 mA 496 mA
120 VAC
4010-9426(BA) Platinum Communications Channel
Module, Class A or Class B
operation, with support for up to
498 addressable IDNet points

* Note: (BA) indicates model is available either with or without the BA suffix. Model numbers ending in BA are assembled in the
USA.

Addressable Device Load Specifications for Battery Standby

Addressable Channel Device Load Supervisory Current Alarm Current
IDNet+ and IDNet 2+2 Channel Device With 250 Devices Add 200 mA 250 mA
Currents (20 device LEDs in alarm are
included with control unit and module
With 125 Devices Add 100 mA 125 mA
currents)
Supervisory = 0.8 mA per device
Alarm = 1 mA per device With 50 Devices Add 40 mA 50 mA

6 S4010-0004-15 3/2018
Block Space Option Card Selection
Note: Maximum block option module quantities may require 2 bay cabinets, 1 bay cabinets are limited to 3 option block spaces total (refer to
diagrams on page 9 for option module space availability).Supervisory and Alarm current specifications consider no load on addressable
channels except as noted (see addressable device load specifications for device load battery standby)
Single Block Option Modules
Supervisory Alarm Option Block
Model Features
Current Current Usage
1 Block
(must mount
4010-9912 Serial DACT; Note: Must mount in Block D under Main System Supply 30 mA 40 mA
in top bay,
block D)
1 Block
4010-9908 4 Point Aux Relay Module 15 mA 60 mA
(11 maximum)
Voltage Regulator Module, 22.8 to 26.4 VDC (25 VDC nominal); 4.9 A
isolated and resettable output; includes earth detection circuit and 3 A maximum maximum 1 Block
4010-9916
trouble relay for status monitoring. One 4010-6305 harness (see below) with 2.5 A load with 4 A (1 maximum)
is required for each 4010-9935 module powered from the 4010-9916. load
1 Block
4010-9918 Dual RS-232 Module 60 mA 60 mA
(3 maximum)
BACpac Ethernet Portal Module; requires 4010-9918 RS-232 Module 1 Block
4010-9915 123 mA 123 mA
(no address required) (3 maximum)
1 Block
4010-9901 VESDA HLI 60 mA 60 mA
(1 maximum)
8 point zone/relay 4x5” flat module. Mounts in any open block in a
master controller or expansion bay. Alarm current shown is for 8 Class
B IDCs using 3.3K end-of-line-resistors with 4 IDCs in alarm and 4 1 block
4010-9935 83 mA 351 mA
IDCs in standby. Standby current shown is for all 8 IDCs in standby. (11 maximum)
Detector current is added separately. Refer to 579-1236 Zone/Relay
Module Installation Instructions for more information.
25V regulator harness for 8 point zone/relay module. One required for
each 8 point zone/relay module to be powered by the 4010-9916 25V
4010-6305 N/A N/A N/A
regulator module. A maximum quantity of (5) 8 point zone/relay
modules can be powered from the 4010-9916 25V regulator module.
IDNet 2+2 Module, 250 point capacity; electrically No device 50 mA 60 mA
isolated output with four short circuit isolating Class B 50 devices 90 mA 150 mA 1 Block
4010-9929 or Class A output loops; alarm currents for 50 and
125 devices 150 mA 225 mA (3 maximum)
above devices includes 20 device LEDs in alarm; see
page 6 for individual device currents 250 devices 250 mA 350 mA
Dual Vertical Block (Flat) Modules**
Supervisory
Model Features Option Block Usage Alarm
Current
For 1-Bay Control Units Only: Dual Vertical Block
2 Vertical Blocks
Card Mounting Kit, allows selecting two, dual Vertical
4010-9928 (1 max, mounts in top bay, NA NA
Block (flat) modules from the list below; mounts at right
block space A & B only)
angle to chassis (note block usage details)
4010-9923* SafeLINC Internet Interface 2 Vertical Blocks (1 max) 115 mA 115 mA
* UL, ULC, and CSFM Listed.
** For details on other dual vertical block network options refer to data sheets S4100-0029, S4100-0056, S4100-0057, S4100-0076, and
S4100-0061

Additional Control Unit Feature Selection (block space is not used)

Supervisory
Model Features Alarm Current Mounting Requirements
Current
4010-9909 City Connect Module w/ disconnect switches 20 mA 36 mA
Mounts on Main System Supply
4010-9910 City Connect Module 20 mA 36 mA
(1 max)
4010-9911 Alarm Relay Module 15 mA 37 mA
4190-6105* TrueInsight Remote Gateway 62 ma 62 ma Mounts on front door (1 max)
Battery Distribution Terminal Block, mounts to side of box, required when battery connection leaves the 4010ES box (also
4100-5128
used in the 4100ES fire alarm control unit)
* Refer to data sheet S4100-0063 and contact your local Simplex product representative for more details.

Network Interface and Network Media Card Product Selection

4010ES fire alarm control units are compatible with Simplex ES Net network or 4120 network fire alarm products.
 Refer to datasheet S4100-0076 for additional information on compatible ES Net fire alarm products.
 Refer to datasheet S4100-0056 for additional information on compatible 4120 network fire alarm products.
 Refer to datasheet S4100-0061 for additional information on the Building Network Interface Card.

7 S4010-0004-15 3/2018
Miscellaneous Accessories
LED Kits
Model Description
4100-9843 8 Yellow LED Kit
4100-9844 8 Green LED Kit
4100-9845 8 Red LED Kit
4100-9855 8 Blue LED Kit
4100-0650 Battery Shelf, required for 50 Ah batteries (2 Bay cabinets only)
End User Programming Tools
Model Description
4100-8802 End User Programming Unit Software
4100-0292 Custom Label Editing (USB Dongle)
4100-0295 Port Vectoring Setup and Control (USB Dongle)
4100-0296 Access Level/Passcode Editing (USB Dongle)
4100-0298 WalkTest Configuration Setup and Control (USB Dongle)
Factory Programming Options
Model Description
4010-8810 Factory Programming (select)
4010-0831 Custom Labels and Control Unit Programming (requires 4010-8810)

Cabinet Dimension Reference

8 S4010-0004-15 3/2018
Cabinet One and Two Bay Loading Reference

General Specifications

120 VAC Models 4 A maximum, 120 VAC @ 60 Hz nominal

AC Input Current
Battery 9 A maximum @ 24VDC (during battery operation)
Including module currents and auxiliary power Output switches to
Power Supply Output Total Power Supply Output outputs; 8 A total for “Special Application” appliances; battery backup
Ratings (nominal 28 VDC Rating 4 A total for “Regulated 24 DC” power (see below for during mains AC
on AC, 24 VDC on battery details) failure or brownout
backup)
Auxiliary Power Tap 2 A maximum, rated 19.1 to 31.1 VDC conditions
Special Application
Simplex 4901, 4903, 4904, and 4906 Series horns, strobes, and combination horn/strobes and
Appliances, maximum of
speaker/strobes (contact your Simplex product representative for compatible appliances)
70 appliances per NAC
Regulated 24 DC
Power for other UL listed appliances; use associated external synchronization modules where required
Appliances
UL listed for battery charging of 6.2 Ah up to 110 Ah; ULC listed for charging
up to 50 Ah batteries; For 1 bay cabinets, battery capacity above 33 Ah
Battery capacity range
Battery Charger Rating requires a separate cabinet. For 2 bay cabinets, battery capacity above 50 Ah
(sealed lead acid requires a separate cabinet. See data sheet 2081-0012 for further details.
batteries) Temperature compensated, dual rate, recharges depleted batteries within 48
Charger characteristics
hours per UL Standard 864; to 70% capacity in 12 hours per ULC Standard
and performance
S527
Operating Temperature 32° to 120°F (0° to 49° C)
Environmental
Operating Humidity Up to 93% RH, non-condensing @ 90° F (32° C) maximum
Additional Technical Installation Instructions 579-989
Reference Operating Instructions 579-969

9 S4010-0004-15 3/2018
4010ES Card Address Allocation
The 4010ES has a maximum Internal and External Card Address Limit of 20 Card Addresses. Use the Table below to calculate
4010ES card address allocation.
INSTRUCTIONS: Below is a list of 4010ES equipment and the quantity of card addresses they consume
1) For the applicable control unit, write in the Card Address Consumption value in the Card Address Allocation column.
(Note: Only select 1 control unit)
2) For the option cards to be installed on the 4010ES, write in the Card Address Consumption value in the Card Address Allocation column.
3) Total the Card Address Allocation column (total must not exceed 20).

Card Address Card Address

Model* Description
Consumption Allocation
Control Control Units (Select One)
4010-9401(BA)
4010-9402(BA)
2x40 Display, (1) IDNet+ Communications Channel, 1-Bay Box 2
4010-9405
4010-9406
4010-9403 2x40 Display, (1) IDNet+ Communications Channel, 48 Pluggable LED Module,
3
4010-9404 1-Bay Box
4010‐9423
2x40 Display, (1) IDNet+ Communications Channels and (1) IDNet 2+2
4010-9428 3
Communications Channel, 48 Pluggable LED Module, 2-Bay Box
4010-9430
4010-9421(BA) 2x40 Display, (1) IDNet+ Communications Channels and (1) IDNet 2+2
3
4010-9422(BA) Communications Channel, 2-Bay Box
4010-9425(BA) InfoAlarm Display, (1) IDNet+ Communications Channel and (1) IDNet 2+2
4
4010-9426(BA) Communications Channel, 2-Bay Box
*Note: (BA) means available with or without BA suffix; products with suffix “BA” are assembled in the USA
Control Unit Option Cards (Select as Required)
4010-9901 Flat VESDA HLI Card 1
4010-9922 Flat 4120 Network Interface Card 1
4010-6310 Flat ES Net Network Interface Card 1
4010-9908 4 Point Flat Aux Relay Module 1
4010-9912 Serial DACT 1
4010-9923 SafeLINC Internet Interface Card 1
4010-9914 Building Network Interface Card 1
4010-9918 Dual RS-232 Module 1
4010-9935 8 point zone/relay 4x5” flat module 1
4010-9929 IDNet 2+2 Communications Module 1
4190-6105 TrueInsight Remote Gateway 1
Remote Annunciation (Select As Required)
4100-9401 Red Cabinet, English 2
4100-9403 Remote Platinum Cabinet, English 2
4100-9421 InfoAlarm Red Cabinet, French 2
4100-9423 Command Platinum Cabinet, French 2
4100-9441 Center Red Cabinet, with blank inserts for key labels 2
4100-9443 Platinum Cabinet, with blank inserts for key labels 2
4606-9102 4010ES RUI LCD Annunciator, English 1
4606-9102BA 4010ES RUI LCD Annunciator, English 1
4606-9102CF 4010ES RUI LCD Annunciator, French 1
4602-9101 Status Command Unit (SCU) LED Annunciator 1
4602-9102 Remote Command Unit (RCU) LED Annunciator w/control 1
4602-9150 Graphic I/O RCU/SCU Assembly for custom annunciator 1
4602-7101 Graphic I/O RCU/SCU Assembly for custom annunciator 1
4602-7001 RCU for cabinet mount 1
4602-6001 SCU for cabinet mount 1
4100-7401 24 Point I/O Graphic Module (requires mounting cabinet) 1
4100-7402 64/64 LED Switch Controller for custom annunciator 1
4100-7403 32 Point LED Driver Module for custom annunciator 1
4100-7404 32 Point Switch Input Module for custom annunciator 1
Total Card Addresses (Not to Exceed 20) TOTAL

10 S4010-0004-15 3/2018
Additional 4010ES and Network Product Reference
Subject Reference
Serial DACT (SDACT) for 4100ES, 4010ES, 4007ES S2080-0009
Seismic Battery Brackets Reference S2081-0019
4003EC Voice Control Unit S4003-0002
4009 IDNet NAC Extender S4009-0002
4009 IDNAC Repeater S4009-0004
4010ES Extinguishing Release Applications S4010-0005
4010ES Panels with Conventional Notification (INTL) S4010-0006
4010ES Extinguishing Release Applications (INTL) S4010-0007
InfoAlarm Command Center for the 4010ES Panels S4010-0008
InfoAlarm Command Center for the 4010ES Panels (INTL) S4010-0009
4010ES Panels with Addressable Notification S4010-0011
4010ES Panels with Addressable Notification (INTL) S4010-0012
External 110 Ah Battery Charger for 4100ES, 4010ES S4081-0002
Graphic I/O Modules for 4100ES, 4010ES, 4007ES S4100-0005
Interface to VESDA Air Aspiration Detection Systems S4100-0026
NDU with SPS Power Supplies for 4120 Network S4100-0036
InfoAlarm Command Center with SPS Power Supplies S4100-0045
Multiple Signal Fiber Optic Modems for 4120 Networks S4100-0049
BACpac Ethernet Module S4100-0051
4120 Network Products and Specifications S4100-0056
Building Network Interface Card (BNIC) S4100-0061
SafeLINC Internet Interface S4100-0062
TrueInsight Remote Gateway S4100-0063
ES Net Network Products and Specifications S4100-0076
NDU with SPS Power Supplies for ES Net S4100-0077
InfoAlarm Command Center with EPS Power Supplies S4100-0101
NDU with EPS Power Supplies for 4120 Network S4100-0102
NDU with EPS Power Supplies for ES Net S4100-0104
120 VAC Remote Printer S4190-0011
PC Annunciator S4190-0013
TrueSite Workstation S4190-0016
TrueSite Incident Commander S4190-0020
SCU/RCU Annunciators S4602-0001
4606-9102 Remote LCD Annunciator S4606-0002

11 S4010-0004-15 3/2018
TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. VESDA is a trademark of Xtralis Pty Ltd.
NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm and Signaling Code are registered trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA). ASHRAE and BACnet are trademarks of
ASHRAE, American Society of Heating, Refrigeration, and Air Conditioning Engineers.

Tyco Fire Protection Products • Westminster, MA • 01441-0001 • USA S4010-0004-15 3/2018

www.simplex-fire.com
© 2015 Tyco Fire Protection Products. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice. 

UL, ULC, CSFM Listed;
FM, NYC Fire Dept Approved*
Features
Remote multi-line expanded content display
interface for Simplex® 4010ES Series fire alarm
control panels:
 Remote InfoAlarm Command Centers that mount in a
dedicated cabinet
 4010ES control panels support Remote InfoAlarm
Command Centers independent of host panel display type
 UL listed to Standard 864
InfoAlarm Command Centers provide
customized operating convenience:
 “Activity in System” primary display choices include:
First and Most Recent, First 5 and Most Recent, First
8, Site Plan with activity status icons, General Alarm,
or Direct to List; selectable individually by event type
 System reports are easily viewed; logs can be read
with minimal scrolling required
 Up to six “softkeys” per screen provide functions that
vary with the particular screen information aiding
operators to determine how to proceed
 Up to two languages are available per system, easily
selected by programmable key press (systems with
IMS/GCC/NPU or 2 x 40 LCD panels or annunciators
require one language to be the default font)
 International models allow customized language
legends for operator keys and status LEDs
 Information sent to Remote InfoAlarm Command
Centers can be vectored by point
Display properties:
 320 x 240 dot matrix (QVGA) display provides an
active area of 4.53” W x 3.4” H (115 mm x 86 mm)
displaying up to 854 characters using standard ASCII
character font
 Bright white LED backlighting provides efficient and
long lasting illumination; operation is selectable as
continuous or off with power fail or with no key
presses
Introduction
Displaying more information. The InfoAlarm
Command Center provides an expanded content,
multi-line LCD interface that requires minimal key
presses to access detailed information. Because it is
system-powered, its detailed information is provided
without requiring separate supplementary equipment.
InfoAlarm Command Center Control Panel. By
using a larger area format instead of an individual text
line display, the LCD provides text information for
Alarm, Priority 2, Supervisory, or Trouble. The format is
flexible and able to be customized per application
allowing additional information to be presented to suit the
specific application.
Fire Control Panels
4100 Series Remote InfoAlarm Command Center
for the 4010ES Fire Alarm Control Panel
InfoAlarm Command Center in Remote Cabinet
Description
Remote InfoAlarm Command Centers for 4010ES fire
alarm systems provide a large display with extended
information content, dual language support including 2
byte character languages, and an intuitive control key
interface per the following:
 Up to 10 Remote InfoAlarm Command Centers are
supported per 4010ES control panel; able to allow one
InfoAlarm Command Center to take-control and to
designate access levels for interfaces not in-control;
LEDs can be programmed for in-control status
indications
 Menu-driven format conveniently prompts operators
for the next action required
 Key controls are provided to select the highlighted
entry, load next screen of information, or jump to top
or bottom of activity lists
 Direct point callup displays individual points
alphabetically and then homes in on the logical choice
as more point information is entered
 A Site Plan bitmap can be displayed for reference;
icons can be added to indicate system status
 Up to 50 custom point detail messages can be
generated
 Date formats are either MM/DD/YY or DD/MM/YY
 Time formats are either 24 hour or 12 hour with
AM/PM
 System Normal screen supports a gray scale bitmap
(watermark) for location name, company logo, or site
plan
* This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to
Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing 7165-0026:251
for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in this document. It is
subject to re-examination, revision, and possible cancellation. NYC Fire Dept COA #6095.
Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local Simplex product supplier for the
latest status. Listings and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co. are the property of
Tyco Fire Protection Products.
S4010-0008-4 1/2016
User Interface Operation Reference

NOTE: Refer to page 5 for international InfoAlarm user interface reference information

320 x 240 DOT MATRIX DISPLAY, White

THREE PROGRAMMABLE
LEDs provide custom labeling,
the top two LEDs are selectable
as red or yellow, the third LED is
selectable as red or green
ULC SYSTEMS require
designating a Ground Fault
indicator
Custom label insert (typical
choices shown for reference)
SIX SOFT KEYS are available when
LED backlighting provides easy viewing;
required. This sample provides Menu
operation is programmable for key inactivity
to call up the available operations;
timeout and/or AC power fail
More Info to call up specific point
PRIMARY "ACTIVITY IN SYSTEM" details, Site to call up the Site Plan
DISPLAY OPTIONS: Choices include "First Graphic Screen, Event Time (while
8" (shown below for "Fire Alarm in System"), pressed) displays time and date for all
"First and Most Recent," "First 5 and Most displayed events, and Clr/Exit; the NUMERIC KEYPAD for
Recent," "Site Plan," "General Alarm," or following are other typical soft keys: point category and
"Direct to List." After the event is
Point Enable and Disable point selection
acknowledged, screen reverts to the
Force On or Arm (alphabet characters
sequential event list until Clr/Exit softkey is
Force Off or Disarm are not used at this
selected or after timeout (~ 30 seconds);
Return On/Off or time)
applicable to Fire Alarm, Priority 2 Alarm,
Arm/Disarm to Auto Mode C/Exit Key duplicates
System Supervisory, and System Trouble,
Event Time Request the Clr/Exit softkey
each category is independently selectable
More Information Request when present
for primary display mode

Ground Fault
ABC DEF GHI
Waterflow-East ZONE SIG AUX
Page Up 1 2 3
Waterflow-West
JKL MNO PQR
FB IO IDNet
Manual Evac Previous 4 5 6
STU VWX YZ/
P A L
Next
City Disconnect 7 8 9
'SP' ( ) ,#:
Door Holder NET ADDR
Page Dn C/Exit
Bypass 0

Drill
Menu Enter
Smoke Sensor
Fire Priority 2 System System Alarm AC
Almost Dirty Check
Alarm Alarm Supervisory Trouble Silenced Power

Language
Toggle LCD NAVIGATION
Fire Alarm Priority 2 Supv Trouble Alarm System
CONTROL:
Lamp Test Ack Ack Ack Ack Silence Reset Menu, Enter; Previous
ALARMS WARNINGS item select, Next item
select; Page Up and
Page Down

SEVEN PROGRAMMABLE SIX SYSTEM STATUS INDICATOR

FUNCTION SWITCHES, each
equipped with dual color LED
indicators; the top six LEDs are
selectable as either red or
yellow, the bottom LED is
selectable as either red or
green; NOTE: Program the
bottom switch as "Lamp
Test" for UL listed systems
FIRE ALARM ACK acknowledges a Fire Alarm condition, logs the LEDs provide system status indications
acknowledge, silences the operator panel and all annunciator tone-
in addition to LCD information, LEDs
alerts, and displays sequential alarm list flash to indicate the condition and then
PRIORITY 2 ACK acknowledges a Priority 2 Alarm condition, logs the when acknowledged, remain on until
acknowledge, silences the operator panel and all annunciator tone- reset :
alerts, and displays sequential Priority 2 alarm list Fire Alarm & Priority 2 Alarm, red LED
Supervisory & Trouble, yellow LED
SUPV ACK acknowledges system supervisory conditions, logs the
Alarm Silenced, yellow LED
acknowledge, silences the operator panel and all annunciator tone-
AC Power, green LED (on for normal)
alerts, and displays sequential supervisory condition list
TROUBLE ACK acknowledges system troubles, logs the
acknowledge, silences the operator panel and all annunciator tone-
alerts, and displays sequential trouble list
ALARM SILENCE causes audible and visible notification appliances
to be silenced (default operation, may be modified through panel
programming for compliance with local requirements)
SYSTEM RESET restores control panel to normal when all alarmed
inputs are returned to normal

2 S4010-0008-4 1/2016
Display Feature Reference (shown actual size)

FIRST OCCURRENCES (UP TO 5) AND MOST RECENT OCCURRENCE,

ACTIVITY IN SYSTEM DISPLAY ("Fire Alarm in System" screen shown for reference,
see page 2 for a First 8 Events display)
FIRST OCCURRENCE advises of the time, date, device type, and custom label of the
first occurrence of the event type displayed; the numerical count identifies the
sequence of occurrence; when selected as the primary display screen, display of first
occurrence and most recent occurrence is maintained until events are acknowledged
which brings up the event list (similar to the First 8 display); the display reverts back to
"First and Most Recent" when the Clr/Exit softkey is selected or after a time delay

SOFT KEYS in this

column correspond to
FONT ATTRIBUTES include:
the control unit
Normal, Bold, Underline, Double, Dim,
pushbutton switches;
programming allows the
Reverse , Flash On/Off, Flash On/Dim, and soft keys to appear only
commands for Vertical and Horizontal Placement when the functions are
enabled

DISPLAY SIZE:
4.53" W x 3.4" H
(115 mm x 86 mm)

TALLY COUNTS list the number of activities per category of Fire Alarm
(FIRE), Primary 2 Alarm (PRI2), Supervisory (SUPV), and Trouble (TRBL)

COMMAND PROMPT advises the operator of the action required and displays local control unit time

MOST RECENT advises of the time, date, device type, and custom label of
the most recent occurrence of the list shown, in this case, the Fire Alarm list

3 S4010-0008-4 1/2016
Site Plan with Event Icons
Site Plan Bitmap. The InfoAlarm Command Center
supports a site plan monochrome bitmap image (size is
281 pixels wide by 192 pixels high) that can also display
icons indicating activity and location. Shown to the right is a
sample site plan with icons shown in each building area. For
this example, each area is showing an “A” for an initiating
device in alarm, a “WF” for waterflow occurring, and an
icon indicating notification appliances in alarm. (Icons can be
created for site specific symbology, these are for example
only.)
Site Plan Selection and Detail. If desired, the site plan
can be the primary display screen for system activity or can
be for reference, available by selecting the “Site” softkey.
Depending on the facility layout, the site plan can also be a
convenient location for common reference information such
as primary call phone numbers, street address, etc. to assist
operators in their assigned response.
System Normal Screen. The site plan (or another bitmap
image) can be displayed on the System Normal screen as a
grey image watermark behind the screen text. (Size and type
are the same as that for a site plan bitmap). This can be used
to identify the specific location of the 4010ES or can display
a site-specific logo or other information. (A sample is shown
on page 6.)

Customized Emphasis
The Main Menu screen illustration to the left
demonstrates how print/display statements appear for
status information or for prompting of user input. Other
examples of this format occur when setting time and date,
entering a password, or identification of a status change
such as point enabling or disabling. Use of this feature
allows the display to clearly focus the user on required
information or actions.

Information Review
The Trouble Log History screen shown to the right
identifies the ability to view multiple event entries with
minimal scrolling. For specific information access,
pressing “Next” or “Previous” on the keypad highlights
the selected next or previous item in the list as indicated
by the arrow and the bolded first line of Entry 6.

For access to the next or previous full screen of

information, use the Page Dn or Page Up keys located to
the right of the soft keys, each to the right of the display.

4 S4010-0008-4 1/2016
Additional Primary Display Screens
Below are samples of a First and Most Recent primary
display and of a General Alarm display.

First and Most Recent Primary Display Option General Alarm Primary Display Option

International Display Details

CUSTOM LABEL INSERT for the NOTE: Two sets of slide-in labels are provided, UPPER LABEL INSERT allows
three programmable LEDs and for the one blank, the other in English; areas shown with custom labeling of the numeric keypad
seven programmable switches + + + + are blank for custom words/characters and of the LCD navigation controls

Generic site plan shown for reference

++++

++++
++++ ++++ ++++
++++
++++

++++ ++++ ++++ ++++

++++ ++++
++++
++++ ++++ ++++ ++++
++++

++++ ++++
++++ ++++ ++++ ++++

++++
++++ ++++ ++++

++++
++++ ++++ ++++ ++++ ++++ ++++ ++++

Toggle
Language
++++ ++++ ++++ ++++ ++++ ++++
Lamp Test

++++ ++++

SWITCH PROGRAMMING EXAMPLES; for UL listed systems,

LOWER LABEL INSERT allows custom labeling of the
designate the bottom switch for Lamp Test; for dual language
six ACK/Silence/Reset switches and labeling of their
systems, you can program a second switch to change the language
associated LEDs
display (text shown for reference only, slide-in labels are blank)

5 S4010-0008-4 1/2016
Remote InfoAlarm Command Center Product Selection
Remote InfoAlarm Command Center Control Assembly with Cabinet for Surface Mounting
Model Number/Cabinet Color
Application Type Listing Description
Red Platinum
4100-9401 4100-9403 English UL & ULC Remote InfoAlarm Command Center with cabinet; for
surface mounting; includes mounting box and door
4100-9421 4100-9423 French/Canada ULC assembly with glass insert; uses RUI communications;
requires external 24 VDC system voltage; see illustrations
4100-9441 4100-9443 International UL below and Installation Instructions 579-687 for details

Remote InfoAlarm Command Center Front View

Remote InfoAlarm Command Center Mounting Reference

Box and door width = 20-1/2" (521 mm) Depth 2-3/4"

(70 mm)

2" (51 mm)

16" (406 mm) 3/4" (19 mm)

RUI Communications
wiring terminals

8" Transponder
(203 mm) Interface Card see
(TIC) conduit
13-1/16"
24 VDC power input (332 mm) note
wiring terminals

NOTE: Bring wiring through back of box; do not use cabinet bottom;
refer to Installation Instructions shipped with assembly

6 S4010-0008-4 1/2016
Specifications

General Display Specifications

Dot Matrix Size 320 x 240
Active Display 4.53” W x 3.4” H (115 mm x 86 mm), includes header, footer, and softkey
Size Reference Area area; 5.66” diagonal measurement (144 mm)
Characters Up to 854 characters total using standard ASCII character font
Designation QVGA; one quarter of standard VGA (Video Graphics Array) display
Display Polarizer Type Transflective with rear backlight
Display Adjustment Contrast adjustment is located on the controller module
White LEDs with intensity adjustment and selectable AC power fail operation;
Backlight
intensity adjustment is located on the controller module
On continuously; Off with AC power fail until a switch is pushed; selectable
Backlighting Operation Options
timeout without switch activity
Remote Annunciators with InfoAlarm Command Center, Powered from Control Panel
Voltage 19 to 33 VDC (24 VDC nominal), system supplied; requires separate wiring
Supervisory 186 mA @ 24 VDC
Current
Alarm 214 mA @ 24 VDC; backlight and tone-alert on
Mounting Details; Stand-Alone Cabinet Models See page 7 for reference illustration
RUI (Remote Unit Interface) external annunciator communications line SLC
Type
4010ES Capacity, (signaling line circuit)
RUI Output Up to 10 Remote InfoAlarm Command Center devices, up to 20 internal and
Capacity
external card addresses per 4010ES
Data Unshielded Twisted Pair, 18 to 12 AWG (0.82 mm2 to 3.31 mm2) wires
Power 18 to 12 AWG (0.82 mm2 to 3.31 mm2) wires for 24 VDC system power
A dedicated earth ground connection to the electrical box is required for
Wiring Requirements Earth proper ESD and EMI protection; wire in accordance with NFPA 70 (National
Electrical Code) Article 250
Resistance and 0.58 µF (580 nF) maximum capacitance between conductors; 35 
Capacitance maximum total line resistance
Class X wiring Up to 2500 ft (762 m)
Distance Class B “T-Tap” Up to 10,000 ft (3048 m) total wiring; up to 2500 ft (762 m) to farthest
wiring device
Custom Point Detail Messages
Select “more info” softkey when investigating point detail and scroll to the
bottom of the information; typical messages might include contact details
Message Location Details
(phone numbers, pager numbers, etc.) and other contact or reference
information
Number of Messages Up to 50
120 characters; visible characters = 116; (lines 1 and 2 require one carriage
Character Details
return character and one line feed character)
Message Size
3 lines total; 40 characters maximum per line; line 3 may be limited to 36
Line Details
visible characters depending on characters in lines 1 and 2
Operating Temperature 32° to 120°F (0° to 49° C)
Environmental
Operating Humidity Up to 93% RH, non-condensing @ 90° F (32° C) maximum

Additional Data Sheet Reference

Data Sheet Subject Data Sheet Subject
S4010-0004 Standard Panel Reference S4010-0005 Agent Release Applications

7 S4010-0008-4 1/2016
TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. National Electrical Code and NFPA are
trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association.

Tyco Fire Protection Products • Westminster, MA • 01441-0001 • USA S41010-0008-3 2/2015

www.simplex-fire.com
© 2015 Tyco Fire Protection Products. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice.

UL, ULC CSFM Listed,
FM, NYC Fire Dept Approved*
Features
Compatible with Simplex ES Net and 4120 fire alarm
networks
Basic system includes:
 Capacity for up to 1000 addressable IDNet points, and up
to 127 VESDA Air Aspiration Systems interface points,
with up to 2000 points of Annunciation, and provides up to
20 internal and external card addresses
 Color-coded operator interface with membrane keypad,
programmable control keys and programmable LEDs
 CPU assembly includes dedicated compact flash memory for
on-site system information storage
Includes an Enhanced System Supply (ESS) that provides
power and battery charging (6 A output):
 Dual 3 A on-board IDNAC SLCs (signaling line circuit)
provide enhanced power delivery to addressable
notification appliances
 With an IDNAC SLC, a constant 29 VDC source voltage is
maintained during alarm, even during battery operation,
ensuring a consistent current draw and voltage drop margin
under both primary power and secondary battery standby
 Efficiencies include lower strobe currents, wiring distances
up to 2 to 3 times farther than with conventional
notification, support for more appliances per IDNAC SLC,
ability to use smaller gauge wiring, all providing
installation and maintenance savings with high assurance
that appliances will operate during worst case alarm
conditions
 IDNAC SLCs are compatible with both TrueAlert ES and
TrueAlert addressable notification appliances, and remote
4009 IDNAC Repeaters to extend power and wiring
distance even farther and extends supervisory capacity by
up to 139 additional unit loads or 3 A
 Addressable initiating device control is provided by
on-board IDNet 2 dual loop SLCs that provide two
electrically isolated channels that support TrueAlarm
analog sensors and IDNet communications monitoring and
control devices with an electrically isolated output channel
allowing use with either shielded or unshielded, twisted or
untwisted single pair wiring; and providing dual short
circuit isolating output loops
 Battery charger for up to 110 Ah batteries (UL) or up to
50 Ah batteries (ULC). 33 Ah max in control unit cabinet
for 1 bay Systems, 50Ah for 2 bay systems.
 2 A programmable function auxiliary output
 Remote annunciator module support via RUI
communications port, Class B or Class A operation
 48 LED panel mount annunciation provides 40 Red and 8
Yellow pluggable LEDs (select models, meets ULC
requirements), optional LED kits are available to change
individual LED color to Green or Blue to meet specific site
requirements
Optional ESS mounted modules include:
 City Connect (with or without disconnect switches)
 Alarm Relay Module
 TrueInsight Remote Gateway
 Battery brackets for seismic area protection (see page 2)
Fire Control Units
Addressable Fire Detection and Control
Basic Control Unit Modules and Accessories
1-Bay Cabinet
2-Bay Cabinet
1-Bay Cabinet with
LED Annunciation
4010ES Control Unit Type Reference
Optional block space modules include:
 Fire Alarm Physical Bridge and Network Interface Cards for
ES Net or 4120 Peer-to-Peer fire alarm network
communications, supports either Class B or Class X operation
 Ethernet connectivity options include ES Net Network
Interface Card, Building Network Interface Card (BNIC),
SafeLINC Internet Interface, and BACpac Ethernet Portal
 Dual Class A IDNAC Isolator (DCAI)
 Dual RS-232 Module
 VESDA Air Aspiration High Level Interface
 Serial DACT
 8 Zone IDC Modules Class A or B
 4 Point Auxiliary Relay Module
 Additional IDNET addressable channels
 8-point zone/relay module, each point can be an IDC input
or relay output. Class A IDCs require 2 points (one out and
one return). Relays rated for 2 A @ 30 VDC (resistive) and
configurable as either normally open or normally closed.
Compatible with Simplex® remotely located:
 4098-9757 QuickConnect2 and legacy 4098-9710
QuickConnect TrueAlarm smoke sensors
 4003EC Small Voice Units
 4081 Series, 110 Ah Battery Chargers
 4100-7400 Series Graphic Annunciators
 4190 Series PC Annunciator
 4190 Series Fiber Modems and Physical Bridges
 4606-9102 Remote LCD Annunciator, 4100-9400 Series
Remote InfoAlarm Command Centers, and 4602 Series
Status Command Units (SCU) and Remote Command
Units (RCU) Annunciators
 IP communicator compatibility
* See page 6 for additional listing information. This product has been approved by the California
State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code.
See CSFM Listing 7165-0026:0369 for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material
presented in this document. NYC Fire Dept COA #6193. At the time of publication only UL and ULC
listings are applicable to ES Net network products. Additional listings may be applicable; contact
your local Simplex product supplier for the latest status. Listings and approvals under Simplex Time
Recorder Co. are the property of Tyco Fire Protection Products.
S4010-0011-8 3/2018
4010ES Agency listings
 UL 864 - Control Units, System (UOJZ); Control Unit
Accessories, System, Fire Alarm (UOXX); Control
Units, Releasing Device Service (SYZV); Smoke
Control System Equipment (UUKL)
 UL 1076 - Proprietary Alarm Units (APOU)
 UL 1730 - Smoke Detector Monitors and Accessories
(UULH)
 UL 2017 - Emergency Alarm System Control Units,
CO detection (FSZI); Process Equipment Management
(QVAX)
 ULC-S527 - Control Units, System, Fire Alarm
(UOJZC); Control Unit Accessories, System, Fire
Alarm (UOXXC); Control Units, Releasing Device
Service (SYZVC); Smoke Control System Equipment
(UUKLC)
 ULC-S559 - Central Station Fire Alarm System Units
(DAYRC)
 CSA 6.19 - Gas Alarms and Accessories (CZHFC)
 ULC/ORD-C1076 - Proprietary Burglar Alarm
System Units (APOUC)
 ULC/ORD-C100 - Smoke Control System Equipment,
UUKLC
Introduction
4010ES Series Fire Detection and Control Units
provide leading edge installation, operator, and service
features for customer applications in the mid-range
addressable fire alarm systems market. An on-board
Ethernet port provides fast external system
communications to expedite installation and service
activity. Dedicated compact flash memory archiving
provides secure on-site system information storage of
electronic job configuration files.
Modular design. A variety of functional modules are
available to meet specific system requirements. Selections
allow control units to be configured for either
Stand-Alone or Networked fire control operation.
InfoAlarm Command Center options provide convenient
expanded display content (detailed on data sheet S4010-
0009).
Mechanical Description
 Mounting box provides convenient stud markers for
drywall thickness and nail-hole knockouts for quicker
mounting
 Smooth box surfaces are provided for locally cutting
conduit entrance holes exactly where required
 The hinged User Interface panel easily opens for
internal access
 Modules are power-limited (except as noted, such as
relay modules)
 Doors include tempered glass inserts, boxes and doors
are available in platinum or red
2 S4010-0011-8 3/2018
Mechanical Description (Continued)
 Box and door/retainer assemblies are included with
basic control unit assemblies
 Cabinet assemblies are rated NEMA 1 and IP 30
 Cabinet assembly design has been seismic tested and
is certified to IBC and CBC standards as well as to
ASCE 7 categories A through F, requires battery
brackets as detailed on data sheet S2081-0019
Control Unit Hardware
The Master Controller and Enhanced System
Supply (ESS) are mounted in the upper section of the
4010ES cabinet (refer to one and two bay loading
reference diagrams on page 10).
4010ES Block Space Option Cards mount to the left
of the 4010ES ESS. In 2-bay cabinets block space option
cards also mount below the 4010ES ESS.
Other 4010ES Options: The 4010ES City Connect
module or the optional Alarm Relay module mount
directly to the ESS. These options are mutually exclusive.
The TrueInsight Remote Gateway mounts on the back
side of the 4010ES User Interface Panel.
The battery compartment is located in the bottom of
the 4010ES cabinet. The cabinet allows for up to 33
Ah battery capacity for 1 bay systems, and 50Ah for 2
bay systems. 50Ah batteries also require the use of
4100-0650 battery shelf.
Software Feature Summary
 TrueAlarm individual analog sensing with front panel
information and selection access
 “Dirty” TrueAlarm sensor maintenance alerts, service
and status reports including “almost dirty”
 TrueAlarm magnet test indication appears as distinct
“test abnormal” message on display when in test mode
 TrueAlarm sensor peak value performance report
 “Install Mode” allows grouping of multiple troubles
for uninstalled modules and devices into a single
trouble condition
 Module level ground fault searching assists
installation and service by locating and isolating
modules with grounded wiring
 “Recurring Trouble Filtering” allows the control unit
to recognize, process, and log recurring intermittent
troubles (such as external wiring ground faults), but
only sends a single outbound system trouble to avoid
nuisance communications
 WALKTEST silent or audible system test performs an
automatic self-resetting test
Operator Interface Features
 Convenient and extensive operator information is
provided using a logical, menu-driven display
 Multiple automatic and manual diagnostics for
maintenance reduction
 Convenient PC programmer label editing
 Password access control
 Alarm and Trouble History Logs (up to 2000 total
events) are available for viewing from the LCD, or
capable of being printed to a connected printer, or
downloaded to a service computer
3 S4010-0011-8 3/2018
Convenient Status Information. With the locking
door closed, the glass window allows viewing of the
display, status LEDs, and available operator switches.
Features include a two-line by 40-character, wide viewing
angle (super-twist) LCD with status LEDs and switches as
shown in the illustration below.
LED indicators describe the general category of activity
being displayed with the LCD providing more detail. For
the authorized user, unlocking the door provides access to
the control switches and allows further inquiry by
scrolling the display for additional detail.
The following illustration identifies the primary functions
of the operator interface.
IDNet Addressable Device Control
Overview. The ESS provides an IDNet 2 addressable
device SLC with two isolated loops that supervise wiring
connections and the individual device communications
status on the SLC. With 2-wire IDNet 2 SLCs, initiation,
monitoring, and control devices such as manual fire alarm
stations, TrueAlarm sensors, control relays, and sprinkler
waterflow switches can communicate their identity and
status and receive fire alarm system control. Additional
addressable interface modules include circuit isolators,
conventional IDC zone adapters, and interface to other
system circuits such as fans, dampers, and elevator controls.
IDNet 2 Addressable Device Operation
Each addressable device on the IDNet communication
channel is continuously interrogated for status condition
such as: normal, off-normal, alarm, supervisory, or trouble.
Both Class B and Class A operation is available.
Sophisticated poll and response communication techniques
ensure supervision integrity and allow for "T-tapping" of the
circuits for Class B operation. Devices with LEDs pulse the
LED to indicate receipt of a communications poll and can be
turned on steady from the control unit. With addressable
devices, the location and status of the connected device is
monitored, logged, and displayed on the operator interface
LCD with each device having its own 40 character custom
label for precise identification.
TrueAlarm Addressable Sensor Operation
Addressable initiating device communications
include operation of TrueAlarm smoke and temperature
sensors. Smoke sensors transmit an output value based on
their smoke chamber condition and the CPU maintains a
current value, peak value, and an average value for each
sensor. Status is determined by comparing the current sensor
value to its average value. Tracking this average value as a
continuously shifting reference point filters out
environmental factors that cause shifts in sensitivity.
TrueAlarm Addressable Sensor Reference
TrueAlarm Photo TrueAlarm Photo/Heat
Sensor with Base Sensor in CO Base
Programmable sensitivity of each sensor can be
selected at the control unit for different levels of smoke
obscuration (shown directly in percent) or for specific
heat detection levels. To evaluate whether the sensitivity
should be revised, the peak value is stored in memory and
can be easily read (or downloaded as a report) and
compared to the alarm threshold directly in percent.
CO sensor bases combine an electrolytic CO sensing
module with a TrueAlarm analog sensor to provide a
single multiple sensing assembly using one system
address. The CO sensor can be enabled/disabled, and can
be used in LED/Switch modes and custom control. (refer
to data sheet S4098-0052 for details)
4 S4010-0011-8 3/2018
TrueAlarm heat sensors can be selected for fixed
temperature detection, with or without rate-of-rise detection.
Utility temperature sensing is also available, typically to
provide freeze warnings or alert to HVAC system problems.
Readings can selected as either Fahrenheit or Celsius.
TrueSense Early Fire Detection. Multi-sensor
4098-9754 provides photoelectric and heat sensor data using
a single 4010ES IDNet address. The control unit evaluates
smoke activity, heat activity, and their combination, to
provide TrueSense early detection. For more details on this
operation, refer to data sheet S4098-0024.
Diagnostics and Default Device Type
Sensor Status. TrueAlarm operation allows the control
unit to automatically indicate when a sensor is almost dirty,
dirty, and excessively dirty. The NFPA 72 requirement for a
test of the sensitivity range of the sensors is fulfilled by the
ability of TrueAlarm operation to maintain the sensitivity
level of each sensor. CO Sensors track their 10 year active
life status providing indicators to assist with service
planning. Indicators occur at: 1 year, 6 months, and end of
life.
Modular TrueAlarm sensors use the same base and
different sensor types (smoke or heat sensor) and can be
easily interchanged to meet specific location requirements.
This allows intentional sensor substitution during building
construction when conditions are temporarily dusty. Instead
of covering smoke sensors (causing them to be disabled),
heat sensors may be installed without reprogramming the
control unit. The control unit will indicate an incorrect
sensor type, but the heat sensor will operate at a default
sensitivity to provide heat detection for building protection
at that location.
IDNet Device Wiring Reference
IDNet Addressable Channel Capacity. IDNet 2 SLCs
support up to 250 addressable monitor and control devices
intermixed on the same pair of wires. The ESS IDNet 2
provides two electrically isolated SLCs, and IDNet 2+2
provides four isolated SLCs that are isolated from other
system reference voltages to reduce common mode noise
interaction with adjacent system wiring.
IDNet 2 and IDNet 2+2 SLC Wiring Specifications
Maximum Distance 0 to 125 4000 ft (1219 m); 50 ohms
from Control Unit per
Device Load 126-250 2500 feet (762 m); 35 ohms
Total Wire Length Allowed With Up to 12,500 ft (3.8 km);
“T” Taps for Class B Wiring 0.60 µF
Maximum Capacitance Between
IDNet Channels
1 µF
0.8 mA supv., 1 mA alarm;
Loading per device
2 mA per activated device LED
Wire Type and Connections
Shielded or unshielded,
twisted or untwisted wire*
Terminal blocks for 18 to
Connections
12 AWG
Compatibility includes: IDNet communicating devices and
TrueAlarm sensors including QuickConnect and QuickConnect2
sensors; see data sheet S4090-0011 for additional reference
* Some applications may require shielded wiring. Review your
system with your local Simplex product supplier.
IDNAC SLC Control of TrueAlert and TrueAlert ES Addressable Notification
Addressable notification appliance communications
include operation of TrueAlert and TrueAlert ES Visible only
(V/O, strobe), Audible only (A/O, horn), Audible/Visible (A/V,
horn/strobe), and strobes of Speaker/Visible (S/V) notification
appliances. (S/V appliances require separate speaker wiring.)
IDNAC SLC addressable communications allow each horn and
strobe to be individually controlled using a single two-wire
circuit, confirms the wiring connections to the individual
notification appliance’s electronic circuit, and confirms
communications between each appliance and the fire alarm
control unit. Addressable communications increases supervision
integrity versus conventional notification systems by providing
supervision beyond the circuit wiring to each individual
appliance and by constantly verifying the ability of each
appliance to communicate with the control unit.
Individual Appliance Status and Settings. The fire alarm
control unit monitors and records each addressable notification
appliance status, type of appliance, and its configured appliance
settings. A fault in any individual appliance automatically
reports a trouble condition to the control unit.
TrueAlert ES Addressable Appliance Reference
A/O (horn) V/O (strobe) A/V (horn/strobe)
Virtual NACs Provide Control Convenience. For control
convenience, IDNAC notification appliances can be grouped
into Virtual NACS (VNACs) for group control, grouping that
can be made across SLCs, not defined by their wiring
connection.
Panel Control Convenience. Applicable operation settings
for each appliance can be programmed without having to
replace appliances or remove them from the wall or ceiling. An
appliance’s VNAC notification zone can be easily changed
through programming without having to add additional circuits,
conduit, and wiring. Audible and visible appliances for non-Fire
Emergency Communications notification can be programmed to
operate separately on the same pair of wires as the fire alarm
notification appliances. The result is lower installation, retrofit,
and overall life-cycle cost of ownership compared with
traditional conventional notification systems.
Installation, Retrofit, and Life-Cycle Cost Benefits.
With each addressable appliance capable of being controlled
separately on the same two-wire IDNAC SLC, installation time
and expense for both retrofit and new construction can be
significantly reduced. When Class B wiring is used, wiring can
be “T-tapped” allowing more savings in distance, wire, conduit
(size and utilization), and overall installation efficiency.
Location Information, Diagnostics and
Troubleshooting. Each addressable notification appliance
has its own 40 character custom label to identify the location of
the appliance and to aid in troubleshooting fault conditions. In
conventional notification systems, conventional appliances are
not capable of communicating with the control unit. Fault
reporting on a conventional system is limited to the circuit
wiring and the entire area (zone) covered by appliances on the
notification appliance circuit (NAC) making it much more
difficult and costly to locate and correct the source of a
5 S4010-0011-8 3/2018
problem. Using the TrueAlert magnet test allows each appliance
to individually identify its candela setting and address and to
briefly operate if desired, and using the TrueAlert ES
Appliance Self-Test feature provides detailed performance
verification per appliance.
TrueAlert ES Appliance Self-Test Operation
On-Board Test Sensors. TrueAlert ES appliances are
equipped with on-board sensors to detect strobe and/or horn
output allowing efficient and unobtrusive Self-Testing. When
Automatic Self-Test is initiated from the control unit, each
appliance within the selected VNAC group will briefly operate
and then report its Self-Test status to the control unit, all within
several seconds. Silent Self-Test can be selected to test only
visible appliance if desired. The control unit is in a trouble
condition during testing and in the event of an alarm, Self-Test
is automatically terminated. Additionally, Automatic Self-Test
can be scheduled to occur at a convenient time on a regular
basis.
Automatic Self-Test results are communicated to the
control unit with a time and date stamp and are stored in
memory. Results are viewable at the front panel display and
printed reports can be generated from the control unit service
port.
Individual Self-Test is selected from the control unit when
individual appliances need to be observed to operate. Each
appliance in the selected VNAC group will turn on its LED
until individually activated by applying a magnet. After
performing the individual test, the appliance LED turns off to
indicate completion. Results are recorded the same as during the
automatic test.
IDNAC SLC Hardware Reference
The Enhanced System Supply provides two, 3 A IDNAC
SLCs for control and power to TrueAlert ES and TrueAlert
addressable notification appliances. Both power supplies
incorporate an efficient switching design that provides a
regulated output of 29 VDC, even during battery operation.
With 29 VDC minimum output at the control unit, addressable
notification SLCs can support wiring distances 2 to 3 times
farther than available with conventional notification, or support
more appliances per SLC, or work with smaller gauge wiring,
or combinations of these benefits. The result is installation and
maintenance savings with high assurance that appliances that
operate during normal system testing will operate during worst
case alarm conditions.
IDNAC SLC Appliance Wiring Reference
IDNAC SLC Capacity: Up to 127 addresses and up to 139 unit
loads (appliances are typically one unit load, devices such as
Isolators may require more than one load, refer to individual
device data sheet for specific information)
Recommended Wire Type UTP, unshielded twisted pair
Maximum wire length
allowed with “T-Taps” for 10,000 ft (3048 m)
Class B wiring, per SLC
Maximum wire length per
4000 ft (1219 m)
SLC to any appliance
Appliance Supervisory
Current
1 unit load = 0.8 mA per appliance
Terminals for 20 to 12 AWG
Wiring Connections
(0.52 mm2 to 3.31 mm2)
Master Controller (CPU)
 The 4010ES Master Controller includes dedicated 2GB
compact flash Mass Storage memory for on-site system
information storage and convenient Ethernet service
port access
 Convenient front panel accessed Ethernet port for quick
and easy download of site-specific programming
 AND, firmware enhancements are made via software
downloads to the on-board flash memory
 Every downloaded job is automatically stored to
Compact flash without overwriting earlier versions
providing a means for recovering previous
configurations
 Downtime is reduced because the system stays running
during download
 Modifications can be uploaded as well as downloaded
for greater service flexibility
 Mass Storage allows job specific files to be stored in the
control unit such as test and inspection reports, record
drawings, specifications, and more...
 Ethernet connectivity options include ES Net Network
Interface Card, Building Network Interface Card
(BNIC) and SafeLINC Internet Interface
 RUI (Remote Unit Interface) communications port
supports either Class B or Class A operation for remote
annunciation equipment
Basic Control Unit Description
4010ES control units with ESS include:
An Operator Interface, Master Controller with 2 GB

Basic Control Unit Description (Continued)
 RUI Class B or Class A communications port for
remote annunciation devices
 Support for up to 20 internal and external card
addresses
 Other standard features may be provided depending on
model (see model selection below for additional details
on specific models)
 Cabinet and door
6 A Enhanced System Supply details:
 Two, 3 A Class B IDNAC SLCs; Class A operation is
available using the 4010-9930 Dual Class A IDNAC
Isolator (DCAI) module
 Up to 2 A of auxiliary power
 110 Ah (UL)/50 Ah (ULC) battery charger (33 Ah max
in 1 bay cabinet, 50 Ah max with 4100-0650 battery
shelf in two bay control cabinet)
 Low Battery Voltage Cutout is selectable when required
(required for ULC listing applications)
 2 A Auxiliary Output (AUX/SNAC) can be selected
either as s resettable auxiliary power of 2 A @ 24 VDC,
or selected to be a simple NAC (SNAC) for non
synchronous 24 VDC reverse polarity NAC operation
8-Point Zone/Relay Module Details:
 Select as IDC or Relay; configure up to 8, Class B
IDCs, or up to 4, Class A IDCs; or up to 8, Relay
outputs rated 2 A resistive @ 30 VDC (N.O. or N.C.);
or combinations of IDCs and Relays; each zone is
separately configurable as an IDC or Relay output
 IDC Support. Each IDC supports up to 30, two-wire
devices. Zone relay modules may be powered directly
from the control unit power supply or through the

Compact Flash, IDNet2 addressable device SLC(s) with optional 25 VDC regulator module where required for
short circuit isolating loops configurable for Class B or
2-wire detector compatibility (refer to 2-Wire Detector
Class A operation, and 6 A Enhanced System Supply
Compatibility document 579-832 for additional details).
(ESS)
 IDC EOL resistor values are selectable as: 3.3 kΩ, 2
kΩ, 2.2 kΩ, 3.4 kΩ, 3.9 kΩ, 4.7 kΩ, 5.1 kΩ, 5.6 kΩ,
6.34/6.8 kΩ, and 3.6 kΩ + 1.1 kΩ; see instructions for
more details
Basic Control Unit Model Selection – 1 Bay Control Unit
Supv. Alarm Available
Language
Model* Color Listings Features Current Current Option
& Voltage
(see notes below) Blocks
4010-9601 Red Basic 1-bay control unit with 2x40
LCD Operator Interface, 6 A
UL, ESS/battery charger, (1) Two-loop
English
CSFM, Isolated IDNet 2 Communications 336 mA 540 mA
4010-9602(BA) Platinum 120 VAC
FM Channel, Class A or Class B, with 3
support for up to 250 addressable 4“x5”
devices; and two, 3 A IDNAC SLCs blocks
4010-9603 Red English Same features as above with 48
120 VAC UL, ULC,
4010-9604 Platinum LED annunciation; alarm current
CSFM, 356 mA 605 mA
French includes 24 annunciator LEDs
4010-9606 Platinum FM
120 VAC activated
* Note: (BA) indicates model is available either with or without the -BA suffix. Model numbers ending in –BA are assembled in the
USA.
Current Notes:
1. Basic control unit current does not subtract from the 6 A output rating.
2. Supervisory and alarm current specifications are for determining battery standby requirements.
3. Current specifications include an active RUI channel.
4. IDNet channel device current is not included; refer to page 8 for details. Control unit current assumes 20 LEDs activated in
alarm on each IDNet channel.
5. IDNAC channel notification appliance current is not included.
6 S4010-0011-8 3/2018
Basic Control Unit Model Selection - 2 Bay Control Units

Note: Supervisory and Alarm current specifications are for determining battery standby requirements. Current specifications
include an active RUI channel. Models with IDNet channels include 20 IDNet device LEDs activated in alarm per channel.
Actual IDNet current is not included, refer to page 6 for details.

Available
Language & Supv. Alarm
Model* Color Listings Features Option
Voltage Current Current
Blocks
Basic control unit with 2x40 LCD
Operator Interface, 6 A
4010-9621(BA) Red ESS/battery charger, (1) Two-
loop Isolated IDNet 2
Communications Channel and (1)
UL, Four-loop Isolated IDNet 2+2
CSFM, Communications Module, Class 386 mA 640 mA
FM A or Class B, with support for up
4010-9622(BA) Platinum to 500 addressable IDNet points;
and two, 3 A, Class B, IDNAC
English SLCs with support for up to 254
120 VAC addressable notification
appliances

4010-9609 Red

Same features as above with 48

UL, ULC,
LED annunciation; alarm current 10
4010-9610 Platinum CSFM, 406 mA 705 mA
includes 24 annunciator LEDs 4“x5” blocks
FM
activated

French
4010-9608 Platinum
120 VAC

UL, Basic control unit with InfoAlarm

English Operator Interface, 6 A
4010-9623(BA) Red CSFM,
120 VAC ESS/battery charger, (1) Two-
FM
loop Isolated IDNet 2
Communications Channel and (1)
Four-loop Isolated IDNet 2+2
Communications Module, Class 468mA 706mA
UL, A or Class B, with support for up
English
4010-9624(BA) Platinum CSFM, to 500 addressable IDNet points;
120 VAC
FM and two, 3 A, Class B, IDNAC
SLCs with support for up to 254
addressable notification
appliances
* Note: (BA) indicates model is available either with or without the BA suffix. Model numbers ending in BA are assembled in the
USA.
Current Notes:
1. Basic control unit current does not subtract from the 6 A output rating.
2. Supervisory and alarm current specifications are for determining battery standby requirements.
3. Current specifications include an active RUI channel.
4. IDNet channel device current is not included; refer to page 8 for details. Control unit current assumes 20 LEDs activated in
alarm on each IDNet channel.
5. IDNAC channel notification appliance current is not included.

7 S4010-0011-8 3/2018
Addressable Device Load Specifications for Battery Standby
Addressable Channel Loading Reference Device Load Supervisory Alarm Current
Current
IDNet 2 and IDNet 2+2 Communications 1 mA per device in alarm; 2 mA per
for every 50 Devices 40 mA
Channel Output activated device LED
IDNAC Communications Channel Output for every 50 Appliances 40 mA calculate per selected appliances

Block Space Option Card Selection

Note: Maximum block option module quantities may require 2 bay cabinets, 1 bay cabinets are limited to 3 option block spaces total.
Refer to diagrams on page 10 for Option Module availability. Supervisory and Alarm current specifications are for determining battery
standby requirements.
Single Block Option Modules
Supervisory Alarm Option Block
Model Features
Current Current Usage
1 block
Serial DACT, includes 2, 2080-9047 cables, 14 ft (4.3 m) long, RJ45 plug (must mount
4010-9912 30 mA 40 mA
and spade lugs in top bay,
block D)
1 block
4010-9908 4 Point Aux Relay Module 15 mA 60 mA
(11 maximum)
Voltage Regulator Module, 22.8 to 26.4 VDC (25 VDC nominal); isolated
4.9 A
and resettable output; includes earth detection circuit and trouble relay for 3 A maximum 1 block
4010-9916 maximum with
status monitoring. One 4010-6305 harness (see below) is required for each with 2.5 A load (1 maximum)
4 A load
4010-9935 module powered from the 4010-9916.
1 block
4010-9918 Dual RS-232 Module 60 mA 60 mA
(3 maximum)
1 block,
Dual Class A IDNAC Isolator (DCAI); converts a single Class B IDNAC SLC (4 maximum,
input to two Class A or two Class B SLC outputs; provides short circuit 2 per IDNAC
4010-9930 isolation between each Class A or B output circuit; requires up to two 8.3 mA 18.5 mA channel), 1
IDNAC addresses; the total current remains controlled by the Class B input can be
source SLC at 3 A maximum; select up to 2 per IDNAC SLC mounted on
the ESS
BACpac Ethernet Portal Module; requires 4010-9918 RS-232 Module (no 1 block
4010-9915 123 mA 123 mA
address required) (3 maximum)
1 block
4010-9901 VESDA HLI 60 mA 60 mA
(1 maximum)
IDNet 2+2 Module, 250 point capacity; electrically isolated No device 50 mA 60 mA
output with four short circuit isolating Class B or Class A 50 devices 90 mA 150 mA 1 block
4010-9929 output loops; alarm currents for 50 and above devices
125 devices 150 mA 225 mA (3 maximum)
includes 20 device LEDs in alarm; see above for individual
device currents 250 devices 250 mA 350 mA
8 point zone/relay 4x5” flat module. Mounts in any open block in a master
controller or expansion bay. Alarm current shown is for 8 Class B IDCs
using 3.3K end-of-line-resistors with 4 IDCs in alarm and 4 IDCs in standby. 1 block
4010-9935 83 mA 351 mA
Standby current shown is for all 8 IDCs in standby. Detector current is (11 maximum)
added separately. Refer to 579-1236 Zone/Relay Module Installation
Instructions for more information.
25V regulator harness for 8 point zone/relay module. One required for each
8 point zone/relay module to be powered by the 4010-9916 25V regulator N/A N/A N/A
4010-6305
module. A maximum quantity of (5) 8 point zone/relay modules can be
powered from the 4010-9916 25V regulator module.
Dual Vertical Block (Flat) Modules**

Supervisory
Model Features Option Block Usage Alarm
Current

For 1-Bay Control Units Only: Dual Vertical Block

2 Vertical Blocks
Card Mounting Kit, allows selecting two, dual Vertical
4010-9928 (1 max, mounts in top bay, block NA NA
Block (flat) modules from the list below; mounts at
space A & B only)
right angle to chassis (note block usage details)

4010-9923* SafeLINC Internet Interface 2 Vertical Blocks (1 max) 115 mA 115 mA

* UL, ULC, and CSFM Listed.

** For details on other dual vertical block network options refer to data sheets S4100-0029, S4100-0056, S4100-0057, S4100-0076, and
S4100-0061

8 S4010-0011-8 3/2018
Network Interface and Network Media Card Product Selection
4010ES fire alarm control units are compatible with Simplex ES Net network or 4120 network fire alarm products.
 Refer to datasheet S4100-0076 for additional information on compatible ES Net fire alarm products.
 Refer to datasheet S4100-0056 for additional information on compatible 4120 network fire alarm products.
 Refer to datasheet S4100-0061 for additional information on the Building Network Interface Card.

Additional Control Unit Feature Selections (block space is not used)

Supervisory Alarm
Model Features Mounting Requirements
Current Current
4010-9909 City Connect Module w/ disconnect switches 20 mA 36 mA
4010-9910 City Connect Module 20 mA 36 mA Select one maximum, mounts
on ESS (1 maximum)
4010-9911 Alarm Relay Module 15 mA 37 mA
Mounts on the back of the
4190-6105* TrueInsight Remote Gateway 62 ma 62 ma 4010ES user interface panel
(one maximum)
Battery Distribution Terminal Block, mounts to side of box, required when battery connection leaves the 4010ES
4100-5128
box (also used in the 4100ES fire alarm control unit)
* Refer to data sheet S4100-0063 and contact your local Simplex product representative for more details.

Cabinet Dimension Reference

9 S4010-0011-8 3/2018
Cabinet One and Two Bay Loading Reference

Additional Compatible Equipment and Reference

LED Kits (LEDs are pluggable, use to change color for local application requirements)
Model Description
4100-9843 8 Yellow LED Kit
4100-9844 8 Green LED Kit
4100-9845 8 Red LED Kit
4100-9855 8 Blue LED Kit
End User Programming Tools
Model Description
4100-8802 End User Programming Unit Software
4100-0292 Custom Label Editing (USB Dongle)
4100-0295 Port Vectoring Setup and Control (USB Dongle)
4100-0296 Access Level/Passcode Editing (USB Dongle)
4100-0298 WalkTest Configuration Setup and Control (USB Dongle)
Factory Programming Options
Model Description
4010-8810 Factory Programming (select)
4010-0831 Custom Labels and Programming (requires 4010-8810)

10 S4010-0011-8 3/2018
4010ES Card Address Allocation
The 4010ES has a maximum Internal and External Card Address Limit of 20 Card Addresses. Use the Table below to calculate
4010ES card address allocation.
INSTRUCTIONS: Below is a list of 4010ES equipment and the quantity of card addresses they consume
1. For the applicable control unit, write in the Card Address Consumption value in the Card Address Allocation column.
(Note: Only select 1 control unit)
2. For the option cards to be installed on the 4010ES, write in the Card Address Consumption value in the Card Address Allocation column.
3. Total the Card Address Allocation column (total must not exceed 20).

Card Address Card Address

Model Description Notes
Consumption Allocation
Control Units (Select One)
4010-9601 2
2x40 display, (1) IDNet 2 communications channel, single bay box
4010-9602(BA) 2
4010-9603 3
2x40 display, (1) IDNet 2 communications channel; 48 pluggable
4010-9604 3
LED module, single bay box
4010-9606 3
2x40 display, (1) IDNet 2 and (1) IDNet 2+2 communications
4010-9621(BA) 3
channel, two bay box
2x40 display, (1) IDNet 2 and (1) IDNet 2+2 communications
4010-9622(BA) 3
channel, two bay box
4010-9609 4
2x40 display, (1) IDNet 2 and (1) IDNet 2+2 communications
4010-9610 4
channel, 48 pluggable LED module, two bay box
4010-9608 4
4010-9623(BA) InfoAlarm display, (1) IDNet 2 and (1) IDNet 2+2 communications 4
4010-9624(BA) channel, two bay box 4
Control Unit Option Cards (Select As Required)
4010-9901 Flat VESDA HLI Card 1
4010-9922 Flat 4120 Network Interface Card 1
4010-6310 Flat ES Net Network Interface Card 1
4010-9908 4 Point Flat Aux Relay Module 1
4010-9912 Serial DACT 1
4010-9923 SafeLINC Internet Interface Card 1
4010-9914 Building Network Interface Card 1
4010-9918 Dual RS-232 Module 1
4010-9935 8 point zone/relay 4x5” flat module 1
4010-9929 IDNet 2+2 Communications Module 1
4190-6105 TrueInsight Remote Gateway 1
Remote Annunciation (Select As Required)
4100-9401 Red Cabinet, English 2
4100-9403 Platinum Cabinet, English 2
Red Cabinet, with blank Remote InfoAlarm Command
4100-9441 2
inserts for key labels Center
Platinum Cabinet, with
4100-9443 2
blank inserts for key labels
4606-9102 4010ES RUI LCD Annunciator, English 1
4602-9101 Status Command Unit (SCU) LED Annunciator 1
4602-9102 Remote Command Unit (RCU) LED Annunciator w/control 1
4602-9150 Graphic I/O RCU/SCU Assembly for custom annunciator 1
4602-7101 Graphic I/O RCU/SCU Assembly for custom annunciator 1
4602-7001 RCU for cabinet mount 1
4602-6001 SCU for cabinet mount 1
4100-7401 24 Point I/O Graphic Module for custom annunciator 1
4100-7402 64/64 LED Switch Controller for custom annunciator 1
4100-7403 32 Point LED Driver Module for custom annunciator 1
4100-7404 32 Point Switch Input Module for custom annunciator 1
Total Card Addresses (Not to Exceed 20) TOTAL

11 S4010-0011-8 3/2018
General Specifications

AC 4 A maximum, 120 VAC @ 60 Hz nominal

Input Current
Battery 9 A maximum @ 24 VDC (during battery operation)

6 A output for “Special Application” appliances

Power Supply Note: The 6 A output rating of the ESS was determined
Output Rating such that optional module currents, and external device
and appliance currents can be directly added together,
not to exceed 6 A total.

3 A, regulated 29 VDC during Alarm, 127 addresses, Output switches to

ESS Power Supply IDNAC SLC Ratings 139 unit loads; DC-DC converter circuit is >92% battery backup during
Output Ratings efficient over operating range mains AC failure or
brownout conditions
Output terminals are rated for 20 to 12 AWG with
duplicate output terminals rated for two wires each,
IDNAC SLC Wiring allowing up to four (4) Class B branch circuit T-taps to
be made in the cabinet; additional T-taps may be made
in external wiring junction cabinets or boxes

Auxiliary Power Tap 2 A maximum, rated 19.1 to 31.1 VDC

Compatible Special Application Simplex TrueAlert ES and TrueAlert addressable notification appliances; contact
Appliances your Simplex product representative for compatible appliances

UL listed for battery charging of 6.2 Ah up to 110 Ah; ULC listed for charging up to
50 Ah batteries; For 1 bay cabinets, battery capacity above 33 Ah requires a
Battery Charger Battery capacity range
separate cabinet. For 2 bay cabinets, battery capacity above 50 Ah requires a
Rating (sealed separate cabinet. See data sheet 2081-0012 for further details.
lead acid
batteries)
Charger characteristics Temperature compensated, dual rate, recharges depleted batteries within 48 hours
and performance per UL Standard 864; to 70% capacity in 12 hours per ULC Standard S527

Operating Temperature 32° to 120°F (0° to 49° C)

Environmental
Operating Humidity Up to 93% RH, non-condensing @ 90° F (32° C) maximum

Additional Installation Instructions 579-1150

Technical
Reference Operating Instructions 579-969

12 S4010-0011-8 3/2018
Additional 4010ES and network product reference
Subject Data Sheet
Serial DACT (SDACT) for 4100ES, 4010ES, 4007ES S2080-0009
Seismic Battery Brackets Reference S2081-0019
4003EC Voice Control Unit S4003-0002
4009 IDNet NAC Extender S4009-0002
4009 IDNAC Repeater S4009-0004
4010ES Panels with Conventional Notification S4010-0004
4010ES Extinguishing Release Applications S4010-0005
4010ES Panels with Conventional Notification (INTL) S4010-0006
4010ES Extinguishing Release Applications (INTL) S4010-0007
InfoAlarm Command Center for the 4010ES Panels S4010-0008
InfoAlarm Command Center for the 4010ES Panels (INTL) S4010-0009
4010ES Panels with Addressable Notification (INTL) S4010-0012
External 110 Ah Battery Charger for 4100ES, 4010ES S4081-0002
Graphic I/O Modules for 4100ES, 4010ES, 4007ES S4100-0005
Interface to VESDA Air Aspiration Detection Systems S4100-0026
NDU with SPS Power Supplies for 4120 Network S4100-0036
InfoAlarm Command Center with SPS Power Supplies S4100-0045
Multiple Signal Fiber Optic Modems for 4120 Networks S4100-0049
BACpac Ethernet Module S4100-0051
4120 Network Products and Specifications S4100-0056
Building Network Interface Card (BNIC) S4100-0061
SafeLINC Internet Interface S4100-0062
TrueInsight Remote Gateway S4100-0063
ES Net Network Products and Specifications S4100-0076
NDU with SPS Power Supplies for ES Net S4100-0077
InfoAlarm Command Center with EPS Power Supplies S4100-0101
NDU with EPS Power Supplies for 4120 Network S4100-0102
NDU with EPS Power Supplies for ES Net S4100-0104
120 VAC Remote Printer S4190-0011
PC Annunciator S4190-0013
TrueSite Workstation S4190-0016
TrueSite Incident Commander S4190-0020
SCU/RCU Annunciators S4602-0001
4606-9102 Remote LCD Annunciator S4606-0002

13 S4010-0011-8 3/2018
TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. VESDA is a trademark of Xtralis Pty
Ltd. NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm and Signaling Code are trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA). ASHRAE and BACnet are trademarks of
ASHRAE, American Society of Heating, Refrigeration, and Air Conditioning Engineers.

Tyco Fire Protection Products • Westminster, MA • 01441-0001 • USA S4010-0011-8 3/2018

www.simplex-fire.com
©2018 Tyco Fire Protection Products. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice. 
 4100ES Fire Control Panels
UL, ULC, CSFM Listed; FM 4100ES Addressable Fire Detection and Control Basic Panel Modules and Accessories
Approved, MEA (NYC)
Acceptance*
Features Standard addressable interfaces include:
• IDNet addressable device interface with 250 points that support
TrueAlarm analog sensing and operate with either shielded or
unshielded twisted pair wiring
• Remote annunciator module support via RUI+ (remote unit interface)
communications port

Optional modules include:

• Building Network Interface Module (BNIC) for Ethernet connectivity
options (see data sheet S4100-0061)
• Electrically isolated output IDNet 2 (two loop) and IDNet 2+2 (four loop)
modules with short circuit isolation output loops allowing use with
either shielded or unshielded, twisted or untwisted single pair wiring
• Fire Alarm Network Interfaces, DACTs, city connections, and up to five
(5) RS-232 ports for printers and terminals
• IP communicator compatibility
• MAPNET II addressable device modules and MAPNET II quad isolator
modules
• Alarm relays, auxiliary relays, additional power supplies, IDC modules,
NAC expansion modules
• Service modems, VESDA Air Aspiration Systems interface, ASHRAE
BACnet Interface, TCP/IP Bridges
• LED/switch modules and panel mount printers
• Emergency communications systems (ECS) equipment; 8 channel
digital audio or 2 channel analog audio
• Battery brackets for seismic area protection
• 8-point zone/relay module, each point is selectable as an IDC input or
relay output. Class A IDCs require 2 points (one out and one return).
Relays rated for 2 A @ 30 VDC (resistive) and configurable as either
normally open or normally closed.
• Compatible with Simplex remotely located 4009 IDNet NAC Extenders,
up to ten per IDNet SLC

Listings information
• UL 864, Fire Detection and Control (UOJZ), Smoke Control Service
(UUKL), Releasing Device Service (SYZV)
• UL 1076, Proprietary Alarm Units - Burglar (APOU)
• UL 2017, Process Management Equipment (QVAX), Emergency Alarm
System Control Units (FSZI)
Figure 1: 4100ES Cabinets are available with • UL 1730, Smoke Detector Monitor (UULH)
one, two or three bays (two bay cabinet shown) • UL 2572, Mass Notification Systems (PGWM)
• CAN/ULC-S527 Control Units for Fire Alarm Systems (UOJZ7), Releasing
Master Controller (top) bay:
Device Service (SYZV7)
• 32-Bit Master Controller with color-coded operator interface including
• ULC/ORD-C1076 Proprietary Burglar Alarm Units and Systems (APOU7)
raised switches for high confidence feedback
• ULC/ORD-C100 Smoke Control System Equipment (UUKL7)
• Dual configuration program CPU, convenient service port access, and
capacity for up to 2500 addressable points
• CPU assembly includes 2 GB dedicated compact flash memory for on- Software Feature Summary
site system programming and information storage CPU provides dual configuration programs
• System power supply (SPS) and charger (9 A total) with on-board: NACs, • Two programs allow for optimal system protection and commissioning
IDNet addressable device interface, programmable auxiliary output efficiency with one active program and one reserve
and alarm relay
• Downtime is reduced because the system stays running during
• Available with InfoAlarm Command Center expanded content user download
interface (see data sheet S4100-0045)
• Upgrade kits are available for existing control panels PC based programmer features
• Convenient front panel accessed Ethernet port for quick and easy
Network compatibility: download of site-specific programming
Compatible with Simplex ES Net or 4120 Fire Alarm Networks • Modifications can be uploaded as well as downloaded for greater
service flexibility

* See module information sections for product that is UL or ULC listed and additional listing information. This product has been listed by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to Section
13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing 7165-0026:251(4100ES) for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in this document. Accepted for use –
City of New York Department of Buildings – MEA35-93E. At the time of publication only UL and ULC listings are applicable to ES Net network products. Additional listings may be applicable; contact your
local Simplex product supplier for the latest status. Listings and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co. are the property of Tyco Fire Protection Products.
S4100-0031 Rev. 36 5/2018
 4100ES Addressable Fire Detection and Control Basic Panel Modules and Accessories

• Firmware enhancements are made via software downloads to the on-

board flash memory

Operator interface features

• TrueAlarm individual analog sensing with front panel information and
selection access
• "Dirty" TrueAlarm sensor maintenance alerts, service and status
reports including "almost dirty"
• TrueAlarm magnet test indication appears as distinct "test abnormal"
message on display when in test mode
• TrueAlarm sensor peak value performance report
• Install Mode allows grouping of multiple troubles for uninstalled
modules and devices into a single trouble condition (typical with future
phased expansion); with future equipment and devices grouped into
a single trouble, operators can more clearly identify events from the
commissioned and occupied areas
• Module level ground fault searching assists installation and service by
locating and isolating modules with grounded wiring
• Recurring Trouble Filtering allows the panel to recognize, process,
and log recurring intermittent troubles (such as external wiring ground
faults), but only sends a single outbound system trouble to avoid
nuisance communications
• WALKTEST silent or audible system test performs an automatic self-
resetting test cycle

Introduction
4100ES Series Fire Detection and Control Panels provide extensive
installation, operator, and service features with point and module
capacities suitable for a wide range of system applications. An on-
board Ethernet port provides fast external system communications
to expedite installation and service activity. Dedicated compact flash
memory archiving provides secure on-site system information storage of
electronic job configuration files.

Modular design
A wide variety of functional modules are available to meet specific
system requirements. Selections allow panels to be configured for either
Stand-Alone or Networked fire control operation. InfoAlarm Command
Center options provide convenient expanded display content (detailed
on data sheet S4100-0045). Figure 2: 4100ES Module Bay Reference

Module Bay Description

The Master Controller Bay (top) includes a standard multi-featured
system power supply, the master controller board, and operator
interface equipment.
The Expansion Bays include a Power Distribution Interface (PDI) for
new 4" x 5" flat design option modules and also accommodate 4100-
style modules.
The Battery Compartment (bottom) accepts two batteries, up to 50
Ah, to be mounted within the cabinet without interfering with module
space.
The following illustration identifies bay locations using a three bay
cabinet for reference.

Page 2 S4100-0031 Rev. 36 5/2018

 4100ES Addressable Fire Detection and Control Basic Panel Modules and Accessories

Mechanical Description waterflow switches can be interfaced to the addressable controller to

• Boxes can be close-nippled; each box provides convenient stud communicate their identity and status.
markers for drywall thickness and nail-hole knockouts for quicker Addressability allows the location and condition of the connected device
mounting to be displayed on the operator interface LCD and on remote system
• Smooth box surfaces are provided for locally cutting conduit entrance annunciators. Additionally, control circuits (fans, dampers, etc.) may be
holes exactly where required individually controlled and monitored with addressable devices.
• Cabinet assembly design has been seismic tested and is certified to Addressable Operation
IBC and CBC standards as well as to ASCE 7 categories A through F, Each addressable device on the communication channel is continuously
requires 4100-7912 option for additional legacy card stabilizer brackets interrogated for status condition such as: normal, off-normal, alarm,
and battery brackets as detailed on data sheet S2081-0019 supervisory, or trouble. Both Class B and Class A operation are available.
• The latching dress panel (retainer) assembly easily lifts off for internal Sophisticated poll and response communication techniques ensure
access supervision integrity and allow for "T-tapping" of the circuit for Class
• NACs are mounted directly on power supply assemblies providing B operation. Devices with LEDs pulse the LED to indicate receipt of a
minimized wiring loss, compact size, and readily accessible communications poll and can be turned on steady from the panel.
terminations
IDNet Channel Capacity
• Packaging supports traditional 4100-style motherboard with daughter
The CPU bay system power supply (SPS) provides an IDNet signaling line
cards
circuit (SLC) that supports up to 250 addressable monitor and control
• Modules are power-limited (except as noted, such as relay modules) points intermixed on the same pair of wires. Additional 250 point IDNet
• The NEMA 1/IP30 box is ordered separately and available for early circuit modules are available, refer to Table 16.
installation
Table 1: IDNet, MAPNET II, IDNet 2, and
• Doors are available with tempered glass inserts or solid; boxes and IDNet 2+2 SLC Wiring Common Specifications
doors are available in platinum or red
Specification Description
• Boxes and door/retainer assemblies are ordered separately per system
Maximum Distance 1 to 125 4000 ft (1219 m); 50 ohms
requirements; refer to data sheet S4100-0037 for details
from Control Panel per
126-250 2500 feet (762 m); 35 ohms
Device Load
Operator Interface Detail Reference Terminals for 18 to 12 AWG (0.82
The following illustration identifies the primary functions of the operator Connections 2 2
mm to 3.31 mm )
interface.
Table 2: IDNet and MAPNET II Specifications
Specification Description
Preferred Shielded twisted pair (STP)
Wire Type
Acceptable Unshielded twisted pair (UTP)
IDNet and MAPNET II Wiring, Total
Wire Length Allowed With "T" Taps Up to 10,000 ft (3 km); 0.58 µF
for Class B Wiring
Table 3: IDNet 2 and IDNet 2+2 Wiring Specifications
Specification Description
Shielded or unshielded, twisted or
Wire Type
untwisted wire
Total Wire Length Allowed With "T"
Up to 12,500 ft (3.8 km); 0.60 µF
Taps for Class B Wiring
Maximum Capacitance Between
1 µF
IDNet 2 Channels
IDNet 2 and IDNet 2+2 Module Compatibility: IDNet communicating
devices and TrueAlarm sensors including QuickConnect and
QuickConnect2 sensors
Figure 3: Operator Interface Detail Reference
Note: Some applications may require shielded wiring. Review your sys-
tem with your local Simplex product supplier.
Compatible Peripheral Devices
The 4100ES is compatible with an extensive list of remote peripheral
devices including printers, CRT/keyboards (up to five total), and both
TrueAlarm System Operation
conventional and addressable devices including TrueAlarm analog Addressable device communications include operation of TrueAlarm
sensors. smoke and temperature sensors. Smoke sensors transmit an output
value based on their smoke chamber condition and the CPU maintains a
current value, peak value, and an average value for each sensor. Status
Addressable Device Control is determined by comparing the current sensor value to its average
Overview value. Tracking this average value as a continuously shifting reference
The 4100ES provides standard addressable device communications point filters out environmental factors that cause shifts in sensitivity.
for IDNet compatible devices and accepts optional modules for Programmable sensitivity of each sensor can be selected at the
communications with MAPNET II compatible devices. Using a two wire control panel for different levels of smoke obscuration (shown directly
communications circuit, individual devices such as manual fire alarm in percent) or for specific heat detection levels. To evaluate whether the
stations, TrueAlarm sensors, conventional IDC zones, and sprinkler sensitivity should be revised, the peak value is stored in memory and can
be easily read and compared to the alarm threshold directly in percent.

Page 3 S4100-0031 Rev. 36 5/2018

 4100ES Addressable Fire Detection and Control Basic Panel Modules and Accessories
CO sensor bases combine an electrolytic CO sensing module with a
TrueAlarm analog sensor to provide a single multiple sensing assembly
using one system address. The CO sensor can be enabled/disabled,
used in LED/Switch modes and custom control, and can be made public
for communication across a fire alarm Network. (refer to data sheet
S4098-0052 for details)
TrueAlarm heat sensors can be selected for fixed temperature
detection, with or without rate-of-rise detection. Utility temperature
sensing is also available, typically to provide freeze warnings or alert to
HVAC system problems. Readings can selected as either Fahrenheit or
Celsius.
TrueSense Early Fire Detection
Multi-sensor 4098-9754 provides photoelectric and heat sensor data
using a single 4100ES IDNet address. The panel evaluates smoke
activity, heat activity, and their combination, to provide TrueSense
early detection. For more details on this operation, refer to data sheet
S4098-0024 .
Diagnostics and Default Device Type
Sensor Status
TrueAlarm operation allows the control panel to automatically indicate
when a sensor is almost dirty, dirty, and excessively dirty. The NFPA 72
requirement for a test of the sensitivity range of the sensors is fulfilled
by the ability of TrueAlarm operation to maintain the sensitivity level of
each sensor. CO Sensors track their 10 year active life status providing
indicators to assist with service planning. Indicators occur at: 1 year, 6
months, and when end of life is reached.
Modular TrueAlarm sensors
TrueAlarm sensors use the same base and different sensor types (smoke
or heat sensor) and can be easily interchanged to meet specific location
requirements. This allows intentional sensor substitution during building
construction when conditions are temporarily dusty. Instead of covering
smoke sensors (causing them to be disabled), heat sensors may be
installed without reprogramming the control panel. The control panel
will indicate an incorrect sensor type, but the heat sensor will operate at
a default sensitivity to provide heat detection for building protection at
that location.
CPU Bay Module Details
Master Controller and Motherboard
• Mounts in Slot 4 of a two slot motherboard (Slots 3 and 4 of the
Master Controller Bay) and provides one Class B or Class A, RUI+
communications channel configurable for isolated or un-isolated
operation
• Slot 3 of the motherboard is primarily for a modular network interface
card, or secondarily for the 4100-6038 dual RS-232 board
• RUI communications controls up to 31 devices per master controller
(on one or multiple RUI+ and RUI channels); devices include: MINIPLEX
transponders, 4603-9101 LCD Annunciators, 4602-9101 Status
Command Units (SCU), 4602-9102 Remote Command Units (RCU),
4602 Series LED Annunciator Panels, and 4100 Series 24 I/O and LED/
Switch modules.
Note: 4602 series annunciators require un-isolated communications
• Up to 4 RUI channels (combination of built-in RUI+ and optional RUI
modules) are supported per master controller
• Optional Service Modem 4100-6030 mounts onto the master
controller board with its own on-board connections
System Power Supply
• Rating is 9 A total with "Special Application" appliances; 4 A total for
"Regulated 24 DC" appliance power
• Outputs are power-limited, except for the battery charger
Page 4
• Provides system power, battery charging, auxiliary power, auxiliary
relay, earth detection, on-board IDNet communications channel for
250 points, three on-board NACs, and provisions for either an optional
City Connect Module or an optional Alarm Relay Module
• IDNet SLC Output provides Class B or Class A communications for
up to 250 addressable devices (as described in Addressable Device
Control)
• Three, 3 A On-Board NACs, conventional reverse polarity operation;
rated 3 A for Special Application appliances and 2 A for Regulated
24 DC power, with electronic control and overcurrent protection;
selectable as Class B or Class A, and for synchronized strobe or
SmartSync horn/strobe operation over two wires
• NACs are selectable as auxiliary power outputs derated to 2 A for
continuous duty; total auxiliary power output per SPS is limited to 5 A
• Battery Charger is dual rate, temperature compensated, and
charges up to 50 Ah sealed lead-acid batteries mounted in the battery
compartment (33 Ah for single bay cabinets); also is UL listed for
charging up to 110 Ah batteries mounted in an external cabinet (see
data sheet S2081-0012 for details)
• Battery and Charger Monitoring includes battery charger status
and low or depleted battery conditions; status information provided
to the master controller includes analog values for: battery voltage,
charger voltage and current, actual system voltage and current, and
individual NAC currents
• 2 A Auxiliary Power Output is selectable for detector reset, door
holder, or coded output operation
• Auxiliary Relay is selectable as N.O. or N.C., rated 2 A @ 32 VDC,
and is programmable as a trouble relay, either normally energized or
normally de-energized, or as an auxiliary control
• Optional City Connect Module (4100-6031, with disconnect
switches, or 4100-6032, without disconnect switches) can be selected
for conventional dual circuit city connections
• Optional Alarm Relay Module (4100-6033) provides three Form
C relays that are used for Alarm, Trouble, and Supervisory, rated 2 A
resistive @ 32 VDC
8-Point Zone/Relay Module Details
• Select as IDC or Relay; configure up to 8, Class B IDCs, or up to 4, Class
A IDCs; or up to 8, Relay outputs rated 2 A resistive @ 30 VDC (N.O.
or N.C.); or combinations of IDCs and Relays; each zone is separately
configurable as an IDC or Relay output
• IDC Support: each IDC supports up to 30, two-wire devices. Zone relay
modules may be powered directly from the control unit power supply
or through the optional 25 VDC regulator module where required for
2- wire detector compatibility (refer to 2-Wire Detector Compatibility
document 579-832 for additional details).
• IDC EOL resistor values are selectable as: 3.3 kΩ, 2 kΩ, 2.2 kΩ, 3.4 kΩ,
3.9 kΩ, 4.7 kΩ, 5.1 kΩ, 5.6 kΩ, 6.34/6.8 kΩ, and 3.6 kΩ + 1.1 kΩ; see
instructions for more details
S4100-0031 Rev. 36 5/2018
 4100ES Addressable Fire Detection and Control Basic Panel Modules and Accessories

Operator Interface
With the locking door closed, the glass window allows viewing of the display, status LEDs, and available operator switches. Features include a two-line
by 40-character, wide viewing angle (super-twist) LCD with status LEDs and switches as shown in the illustration below.
LED indicators describe the general category of activity being displayed with the LCD providing more detail. For the authorized user, unlocking the door
provides access to the control switches and allows further inquiry by scrolling the display for additional detail.
• Convenient and extensive operator information is provided using a logical, menu-driven display
• Multiple automatic and manual diagnostics for maintenance reduction
• Alarm and Trouble History Logs (up to 1250 entries for each, 2500 total events) are available for viewing from the LCD, or capable of being printed to
a connected printer, or downloaded to a service computer
• Convenient PC programmer label editing
• Password access control

Figure 4: Operator Interface

Page 5 S4100-0031 Rev. 36 5/2018

 4100ES Addressable Fire Detection and Control Basic Panel Modules and Accessories

Expansion Bay Module Loading Reference

Size Definitions: Block = 4" W x 5" H (102 mm x 127 mm) card area
Slot = 2" W x 8" H (51 mm x 203 mm) motherboard with daughter card
Table 4: Expansion bay loading reference
Description Mounting
IDNet 2, IDNet 2+2 Modules 1 Block
4, 2 A Relays 1 block
4, 10 A Relays NON Power-limited 4", 2 slots
8, 3 A Relays 1 block
VESDA Interface 2", 1 Slot
Class B IDC 2", 1 Slot
Class A IDC 2", 1 Slot
MAPNET II Module 4", 2 Slots
MAPNET II/IDNet Isolator 2", 1 Slot
Decoder Module 6", 3 Slots
System or Remote Power Supply Blocks E, F, G & H ONLY
Expansion Power Supply Blocks G & H ONLY
NAC Expansion Module On XPS ONLY

Page 6 S4100-0031 Rev. 36 5/2018

 4100ES Addressable Fire Detection and Control Basic Panel Modules and Accessories

Mounting and CPU Bay Module Reference

Figure 5: Mounting and CPU Bay Module Reference

Figure 5 notes
• Asterisks (*) in Figure 5 indicates supplied modules.
• A system ground must be provided for earth detection and transient protection devices. This connection shall be made to an approved, dedicated
earth connection per NFPA 70, article 250, and NFPA 780.

Page 7 S4100-0031 Rev. 36 5/2018

 4100ES Addressable Fire Detection and Control Basic Panel Modules and Accessories

General Specifications
Table 5: General Specifications
Specification Rating
System Power Supplies (SPS) 120 VAC
4 A maximum @ 102 to 132 VAC, 60 Hz
Input Models
Expansion Power Supplies (XPS)
Power 220-240 VAC 2 A maximum @ 204 to 264 VAC, 50/60 Hz;
Remote Power Supplies (RPS) Models separate taps for 220/230/240 VAC
Including module currents and auxiliary power Output
Total Power Supply outputs; 9 A total for "Special Application" switches
Output Rating appliances; 4 A total for "Regulated 24 DC" to battery
Power Supply Output Ratings for SPS, XPS, and RPS power (see below for details) backup during
(nominal 28 VDC on AC; 24 VDC on battery backup) Auxiliary Power Tap 2 A maximum mains AC
Rated 19.1 to failure or
NACs Programmed for 2 A maximum per NAC; 5 A brownout
31.1 VDC
Auxiliary Power maximum total conditions
Simplex horns, strobes, and combination horn/strobes and
Special Application Appliances speaker/strobes (contact your Simplex product representative
for compatible appliances)
Power for other UL listed appliances; use associated external
Regulated 24 DC Appliances
synchronization modules where required
UL listed for battery charging of 6.2 Ah up to 110 Ah (batteries
Battery capacity range larger than 50 Ah require a remote battery cabinet); ULC listed
Battery Charger Ratings for SPS and RPS for charging up to 50 Ah batteries
(sealed lead-acid batteries) Temperature compensated, dual rate, recharges depleted
Charger characteristics and
batteries within 48 hours per UL Standard 864; to 70% capacity
performance
in 12 hours per ULC Standard S527
Operating Temperature 32 °F to 120 °F (0 °C to 49 °C)
Environmental
Operating Humidity Up to 93% RH, non-condensing @ 90 °F (32 °C) maximum
Installation Instructions 574-848
Additional Technical Reference
Operating Instructions 579-197

Master Controller Selection Information

Notes for Table 6 and Table 7
1. Refer to data sheet S4100-0045 for InfoAlarm Command Center expanded content display products.
2. Master Controller current does not subtract from 9 A output rating.
3. Supervisory and alarm currents are without IDNet devices. Add IDNet device currents seperately.
Table 6: 4100ES Master Controller and Expansion Bay Selection (Canadian models have low battery cutout)
Model Model Type and Listing Description Supv. Alarm
4100-9111 120 VAC Input UL 4100ES Master Controller Assembly with LCD and operator
4100-9112 English interface, 9 A system power supply/battery charger (SPS), 250
120 VAC, Canadian ULC 373 mA 470 mA
4100-9113 French point IDNet interface, 3 NACs, auxiliary relay, and external RUI+
4100-9211 220-240 VAC Input UL (isolated or un-isolated) communications interface
4100-9131 120 VAC Input UL 4100ES Master Controller Assembly, no display, no operator
4100-9132 English, 120 VAC, Canadian ULC interface, 9 A system power supply/battery charger (SPS), 250
363 mA 425 mA
point IDNet interface, 3 NACs, auxiliary relay, and external RUI+
4100-9230 220-240 VAC Input UL (isolated or un-isolated) communications interface
Redundant Master Controller with a two bay assembly, one for each of the primary and backup master
controllers. Both bays have an LCD and operator interface, CPU card assembly, and 9 A system power
4100-9121
supply (SPS) 120 VAC, 60 Hz input. Active SPS battery charger in Bay 1 only. External RUI connections require
(not ULC 718 mA 937 mA
4100-1291 RUI expansion modules. Do not use circuit connections (IDNet, NACs, etc.) on primary and secondary
listed)
SPS power supplies.
Not compatible with ES Net network panels

Page 8 S4100-0031 Rev. 36 5/2018

 4100ES Addressable Fire Detection and Control Basic Panel Modules and Accessories

Table 7: 4100ES Master Controller Upgrades for Existing 4100 Series Fire Alarm Control Panels
Model Panel Type Includes
New Master Controller CPU card, 4100ES door assembly with LCD and user interface, and Ethernet
4100-7150 1000 pt 4100 (4100+)
connection
4100-7152 512 pt 4100 Same as 4100-7150 plus a Universal Power Supply
New Master Controller CPU card with Ethernet Connection Upgrade Kit (door assembly with LCD and user
4100U or1000 pt 4100 interface are not included) for:
4100-7158 (4100+) previously 4100U with or without LCD and operator interface, or4100+ without LCD and operator interface, or an
upgraded to 4100U existing 4100 (512 pt) or 4100+ (1000 pt) panel that was previously upgraded to a 4100U Master Controller
and Display
Table 8: Master Controller Accessories
Model Description
4100-2300 Expansion Bay Assembly; order for each required expansion bay (not required for 4100-9121)
4100-2303 Legacy Module Stabilizer Bracket, used when expansion bays have legacy slot style modules
Expansion Bay Upgrade Kit for mounting 4100ES style (4" x 5" modules) in existing 4100 style panels;
4100-2301
Note: When using this kit to upgrade a 4100+ transponder, a 4100-0620 Transponder Interface Card (TIC) is also required for commu-
nications to the 4100ES module
Table 9: Master Controller Upgrades for Existing 4020 Series Fire Alarm Control Panel
Model Description
4020 Master Controller Upgrade to 4100ES; Includes New Master Controller with LCD & operator
interface assembly, 8 VDC Converter and RUI+ (isolated or un-isolated) Interface in a single bay cabinet
4100-9833 with locking glass door and retainer; mounts as an adjunct panel close-nippled to existing 4020 cabinet;
also includes 8 VDC box-to-box power and communications harness and solid filler panel for the
existing 4020 Master Controller bay

Module Selection Information

Current Calculation Notes
To determine total supervisory current, add currents of modules in panel to base system value and all external loads powered by panel power
supplies.
To determine total alarm current, add currents of modules in panel to base system alarm current and add all panel NAC loads and all external loads
powered from panel power supplies.
Table 10: Communication Modules
Model Description Size Supv. Alarm
4100-1291 Un-isolated remote unit interface module (RUI); up to three maximum per control panel 1 Slot 85 mA 85 mA
Service Port Modem, local panel access only, mounts to Master Controller Module, requires
4100-6030 N.A. 70 mA 70 mA
telephone line connection, accesses same information as front panel port
4100-6031 City Circuit, with disconnect switches For use with SPS only, N.A. 20 mA 36 mA
Select one per SPS
4100-6032 City Circuit, w/o disconnect switches not RPS N.A. 20 mA 36 mA
(fits on SPS)
4100-6033 Alarm Relay, 3 Form C relays, 2 A @ 32 VDC; for SPS or RPS N.A. 15 mA 37 mA
4100-6038 Dual Port RS-232 with 2120 interface (slot module) 3 maximum of RS-232 type 1 Slot 132 mA 132 mA
4100-6046 Dual Port RS-232 standard interface (4 x 5 module) modules per panel 1 Block 60 mA 60 mA
4100-6045 Decoder Module 3 Slots 85 mA 163 mA
4100-6048 VESDA Aspiration System Interface 1 Slot 132 mA 132 mA
DACT, Point or Event Reporting; 1 shipped unless 4100-7908 is selected; 2 max. per system;
4100-6052 1 Slot 30 mA 40 mA
includes 2 2080-9047 cables, 14 ft (4.3 m) long, RJ45 plug and spade lugs
Table 11: Expansion, System and Remote Power Supplies (Canadian models have low battery cutout)
Model Voltage/Listing Description Size Supv. Alarm
Expansion Power Supply (XPS); 9 A output, 3 built-in
4100-5101 120 VAC UL Class A/B NACs; NAC operation is same as SPS, see page 5 2 Blocks 50 mA 50 mA
for details
Expansion Power Supply (XPS); 9 A output, 3 built-in
4100-5103 120 VAC, Canadian ULC Class A/B NACs; NAC operation is same as SPS, see page 5 2 Blocks 50 mA 50 mA
for details
Expansion Power Supply (XPS); 9 A output, 3 built-in
4100-5102 220-240 VAC UL Class A/B NACs; NAC operation is same as SPS, see page 5 2 Blocks 50 mA 50 mA
for details
4100-5115 NAC Expansion Module, 3 NACs, Class A/B, mounts on XPS only N.A. 25 mA 25 mA
Additional System Power Supply (SPS); 9 A power
4100-5111 120 VAC UL supply/chargerwith 250 point IDNet channel, 3 Class A/B 4 Blocks 175 mA 185 mA
NACs, add IDNet device currents separately

Page 9 S4100-0031 Rev. 36 5/2018

 4100ES Addressable Fire Detection and Control Basic Panel Modules and Accessories

Table 11: Expansion, System and Remote Power Supplies (Canadian models have low battery cutout)
Model Voltage/Listing Description Size Supv. Alarm
Additional System Power Supply (SPS); 9 A power
4100-5112 120 VAC, Canadian ULC supply/chargerwith 250 point IDNet channel, 3 Class A/B 4 Blocks 175 mA 185 mA
NACs, add IDNet device currents separately
Additional System Power Supply (SPS); 9 A power
4100-5113 220-240 VAC UL supply/chargerwith 250 point IDNet channel, 3 Class A/B 4 Blocks 175 mA 185 mA
NACs, add IDNet device currents separately
Remote Power Supply (RPS); 9 A power supply/charger
4100-5125 120 VAC UL similar to SPS except no IDNet channel or City Circuits; will 4 Blocks 150 mA 185 mA
accept one 4100-6033
Remote Power Supply (RPS); 9 A power supply/charger
4100-5126 120 VAC, Canadian ULC similar to SPS except no IDNet channel or City Circuits; will 4 Blocks 150 mA 185 mA
accept one 4100-6033
Remote Power Supply (RPS); 9 A power supply/charger
4100-5127 220-240 VAC UL similar to SPS except no IDNet channel or City Circuits; will 4 Blocks 150 mA 185 mA
accept one 4100-6033
Table 12: Power supply accessories
Model Description Size Current
4100-5152 12 VDC Power Option, 2 A maximum 1 Block 1.5 A maximum
8 VDC Converter, required for multiple Physical Bridge
4100-0156 1 Block included w/loads
Modules, 3 A maximum
Voltage Regulator Module, 22.8 to 26.4 VDC (25VDC
3 A maximum with 2.5 A load, 4.9 A
4100-5130 nominal); isolated and resettable output; includes earth 1 Block
maximum with 4 A load
detection circuit and trouble relay for status monitoring.
4100-0636 Box Interconnection Harness Kit (non-audio); order one for each close-nippled cabinet
4100-0638 4100 Slot Module Additional 24 VDC Harness; needed when 4100 Slot module requirements exceed 2 A from SPS
Table 13: Expansion Signal Module and Options (1.5 A Class B except as noted)
Model Description Supv. Alarm
4100-5116 Converts 1 NAC in to 3 NACs out; 1 Block size 18 mA 80 mA
4100-1266 Expands 3 NACs to 6 select one; mounts on 0.6 mA 60 mA
4100-1267 Converts 3 NACs to Class A 4100-5116 0.6 mA 30 mA
Table 14: 8 Zone Initiating Device Circuits
Model Type Supv. Alarm
4100-5005 Class B 75 mA 195 mA
4100-5015 Class A 75 mA 195 mA

Note: Modules listed in Table 14 are for use with all 4100U systems and 4100ES systems version 3.03.05 or earlier. IDC Modules are 1 slot size.
Table 15: 8-Point Zone/Relay Card
Model Description Size Supv. Alarm
8 point zone/relay 4x5” flat module. Mounts in any open block in a master
controller or expansion bay. Alarm current shown is for 8 Class B IDCs using 3.3K
4100-5013 end-of-line-resistors with 4 in alarm and 4 in standby. Standby current shown 1 block 83 mA 351 mA
is for all 8 IDCs in standby. Refer to 579-1236 Zone/Relay Module Installation
Instructions for additional information.
25V regulator harness for 8 point zone/relay module. One required for each 8
point zone/relay module to be powered by the 4100-5130 25V regulator module. A
4100-6305 N/A N/A N/A
maximum of (5) 8 point zone/relay modules may be powered from the 4100-5130
per bay.

Note: Modules in Table 15 requires 4100ES Version 3.04.01 or later.

Table 16: IDNet Addressable Interface Modules
Model Description Supv. Alarm
IDNet 2 Module, 250 point capacity; electrically isolated output with two no devices 50 mA 60 mA
short circuit isolating Class B or Class A output loops, 1 block; standard 50 devices 90 mA 150 mA
4100-3109
on EPS with IDNet 2 Module; alarm currents for 50 and above devices 125 devices 150 mA 225 mA
includes 20 device LEDs in alarm 250 devices 250 mA 350 mA
IDNet 2+2 Module, 250 point capacity; electrically isolated output with no devices 50 mA 60 mA
4100-3110 four short circuit isolating Class B or Class A output loops, 1 block; mounts 50 devices 90 mA 150 mA
in expansion bay or available master controller bay module locations only, 125 devices 150 mA 225 mA

Page 10 S4100-0031 Rev. 36 5/2018

 4100ES Addressable Fire Detection and Control Basic Panel Modules and Accessories

Table 16: IDNet Addressable Interface Modules

Model Description Supv. Alarm
not applicable for EPS mounting; alarm currents for 50 and above devices
250 devices 250 mA 350 mA
includes 20 device LEDs in alarm
IDNet Short Circuit Isolating Loop Output Module; mount up to two on a 4100-3109 module; for use with 4100-3109 modules; this
4100-3111
option is for aftermarket field installation only

Note: Loading per IDNet device (no LEDs on) = 0.8 mA supervisory and 1 mA alarm. Each IDNet 2 and IDNet 2+2 Short Circuit Isolating Loop Output
can be individually controlled for system diagnostics and can be assigned a public point for Fire Alarm Network annunciation.
Table 17: MAPNET Addressable Interface Modules
Model Description Supv. Alarm
MAPNET II Module, 127 point capacity, add Module without devices 255 mA 275 mA
4100-3102 devices separately; Module size = 2 Slots; Loading
Fully loaded module, total 471 mA 491 mA
per MAPNET II device = 1.7 mA
Isolator Module for MAPNET II communications; converts a single connected
SLC into four isolated outputs selectable as Class A or Class B; up to two Isolator
Modules can be connected to one SLC; Module size = 1 Slot;
4100-3103 50 mA 50 mA
Note:

Compatible with MAPNET II Remote Isolators only

Table 18: Relay Modules; Non power-limited (for mounting in expansion bay only)
Model Description Resistive Ratings Inductive Ratings Size Supv. Alarm
4100-3202 4 DPDT w/feedback 10 A 250 VAC 10 A 250 VAC 2 Slots 15 mA 175 mA
4100-3204 4 DPDT w/feedback 2A 30 VDC/VAC 1/2 A 30 VDC/120 VAC 1 Block 15 mA 60 mA
30 VDC/120
4100-3206 8 SPDT 3A 1-1/2 A 30 VDC/120 VAC 1 Block 15 mA 190 mA
VAC
Table 19: System Option for Seismic Compliance
Model Description
4100-7912 System option for Seismic compliance, provides additional stabilizer brackets required for legacy style cards
Table 20: End User Programming Software (requires 4100-8802)
Model Description
4100-8802 Programming Software (select)
Table 21: End User Programming Software Selection (select maximum of one each from below)
Model Description
4100-0292 Custom Labels Editing; allows editing of 40 Character Custom Labels for non-system user points
Access Level/Passcode Editing; allows user to re-assign Access Levels and Passcodes for each display function; Acknowledge, Alarm
4100-0296
Silence, System Reset, Point Enable/Disable, WALKTEST Enable/Disable, Clear History Logs, Change Time & Date, etc.
4100-0295 Port Vectoring Setup and Control; Allows vectoring of events to PC Annunciator, Printers, LCD Annunciators, etc.
WALKTEST Configuration Setup and Control; Allows user to create or edit WALKTEST groups used to test system initiating devices
4100-0298 and signals by a single person, these groups allow an inspector to conduct a one-person WALKTEST in a specific area of a building (or
different buildings), and limit the activation of the building signals to only the intended area; up to 8 WALKTEST groups are supported
Table 22: Miscellaneous Accessories
Model Description
4100-1279 Single blank 2" display cover; 4100-2302 provides a single plate for a full bay
4100-9856* 4100ES Canadian French Appliqué Kit; Simplex, 4100ES, Contrôle Incendie
4100-9857* 4100ES English Appliqué Kit; Simplex, 4100ES, Fire Control
4100-9858* 4100ES InfoAlarm Remote Display English Appliqué Kit; Simplex, Operator Interface, 4100ES
4100-9859* 4100ES InfoAlarm Remote Display Canadian French Appliqué Kit; Simplex, Interface de l'operateur, 4100ES
4100-9868 Special Purpose Appliqué Kit: Simplex, Elevator Recall Control and Supervisory Control Unit, 4100ES
4100-9869 Special Purpose Appliqué Kit: Simplex, Sprinkler Waterflow and Supervisory Station, 4100ES
4100-9835 Termination and Address Label Kit (for module marking); provides additional labels for field installed modules
4100-6029 Smoke Management Application Guide; required for UUKL listing
Tamper Switch, one per cabinet assembly if required; monitors solid door for panels with solid door; monitors the internal retainer
4100-6034
panel for panels with glass door (not the glass door); has a built-in addressable IDNet IAM
Series resistor for WSO, IDCs (N.O. water flow and tamper on same circuit, wires after water flow and before tamper) 470 Ω, 1 W,
2081-9031
encapsulated, two 18 AWG leads (0.82 mm2 ), 2-1/2" L x 1-3/8" W x 1" H (64 mm x 35 mm x 25 mm)

Note: * 4100ES English Appliqués are included with 4100ES Upgrade and Retrofit Kits for mounting 4100ES in 4100, 2120, 2001, and Autocall back
boxes so that upgrades can be easily identified as 4100ES. 4100ES Appliqué Kits are available for applications such as to update Remote InfoAlarm

Page 11 S4100-0031 Rev. 36 5/2018

 4100ES Addressable Fire Detection and Control Basic Panel Modules and Accessories

Displays connected to a panel that was upgraded to 4100ES or for an existing 4100U when the New Master Controller is upgraded to 4100ES and only
a software upgrade is required. When required, French appliqués are ordered separately.

Network Interface and Network Media Card Product Selection

4100ES fire alarm control units are compatible with Simplex ES Net network or 4120 network fire alarm products.
• Refer to datasheet S4100-0076 for additional information on compatible ES Net fire alarm products.
• Refer to datasheet S4100-0056 for additional information on compatible 4120 fire alarm products.

Additional 4100ES and Network Product Reference

Table 23: Additional 4100ES and Network Product Reference
Subject Data Sheet
Serial DACT (SDACT) for 4100ES, 4010ES, 4007ES S2080-0009
Battery and Battery Cabinet Reference for 4100ES S2081-0006
110 Ah Batteries and Cabinets for 4100ES S2081-0012
Seismic Battery Brackets Reference S2081-0019
4009 IDNet NAC Extender S4009-0002
4009 IDNAC Repeater S4009-0004
External 110 Ah Battery Charger for 4100ES, 4010ES S4081-0002
Graphic I/O Modules for 4100ES, 4010ES, 4007ES S4100-0005
Interface to VESDA Air Aspiration Detection Systems S4100-0026
4100ES LED/Switch Modules & Printer S4100-0032
Master Clock Interface S4100-0033
4100ES Emergency Voice/Alarm Equipment S4100-0034
MINIPLEX Transponders with SPS Power Supplies S4100-0035
NDU with SPS Power Supplies for 4120 Network S4100-0036
4100ES Enclosures S4100-0037
4100ES Remote Annunciator Panels S4100-0038
4100ES Extinguishing Release Applications S4100-0040
TFX Interface Module S4100-0042
InfoAlarm Command Center with SPS Power Supplies S4100-0045
2120 BMUX Module S4100-0048
Multiple Signal Fiber Optic Modems for 4120 Networks S4100-0049
BACpac Ethernet Module S4100-0051
4120 Network Products and Specifications S4100-0056
Building Network Interface Card (BNIC) S4100-0061
SafeLINC Internet Interface S4100-0062
TrueInsight Remote Gateway S4100-0063
ES Net Network Products and Specifications S4100-0076
NDU with SPS Power Supplies for ES Net S4100-0077
4100ES Basic Panels with EPS Power Supplies S4100-0100
InfoAlarm Command Center with EPS Power Supplies S4100-0101
NDU with EPS Power Supplies for 4120 Network S4100-0102
MINIPLEX Transponders with EPS Power Supplies S4100-0103
NDU with EPS Power Supplies for ES Net S4100-0104
120 VAC Remote Printer S4190-0011
PC Annunciator S4190-0013
TrueSite Workstation S4190-0016
Network System Integrator (NSI) for 4120 Networks S4190-0017
TrueSite Incident Commander S4190-0020
SCU/RCU Annunciators for 4007ES, 4010ES, 4100ES S4602-0001
LCD Annunciator for 4100ES S4603-0001

© 2018 Johnson Controls. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision and are subject to change without
notice. Additional listings may be applicable, contact your local Simplex® product supplier for the latest status. Listings and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co.
Simplex, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm Code are
registered trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).
S4100-0031 Rev. 36 5/2018
 Fire Control Panels
UL, ULC, CSFM Listed; FM Approved; Panel Mounted LED/Switch and LED Modules,
MEA (NYC) Acceptance* LED/Switch Controllers, and Panel Mounted Printer

Features
Panel mounted annunciation modules for use with ALARMS
Fire Alarm

Fire Alarm
Ack

Event
Priority 2 Alarm

Priority 2
Ack
SYSTEM WARNINGS
Supervisory

Supv
Ack

More
Trouble

Trouble
Ack
Alar m Silenc ed

Alarm
Silenc e
AC Power

Sys tem
Reset
ABC
ZO NE
1
JKL
FB
4
ST U
P
7
'SP' ( )
NET
DEF
SIG
2
MN O
IO
5
VW X
A
8
, 0:
ADD R
0

Enter
G HI
A UX
3
PQ R
I DNet
6
Y Z/

DE L

C/E xit
L

4100ES/4100U Fire Alarm Control Panels, Remote

Time Info Previ ous

Menu
On Next
Enable
Arm

Off Lamp
Disa ble Auto
Disa rm Te st

Emergency Operating Instructions

Alarm or W arning Condition How to Silence Building Signals
System in dicator fl ash ing. To ne On. Press Alar m Silence .

How to Ackn owledg e / View Events How to Reset System

Press ACK located under fl ashi ng i ndicator. Press Sy ste m Reset.
Repea t operati on un til all events are ackno wledged. Press Ack to si lence tone device.
Local tone wi ll si lence.

Annunciators, and Network Display Units (NDU):

 Modules mount on front of panel bay providing On On

convenient access and high visibility

Off Off

Auto Auto

On On

Off Off

Auto Auto

 Panel monitors switches for user input and controls

On On

Off Off

Auto Auto

On On

Off Off

Auto Auto

LED indicators to annunciate function status

 Compact 64 LED/64 switch controller modules mount
on back of LED/switch modules
LED/Switch Modules: Fire
Zones
Door
Release
Manual
Alarms
HVAC
Controls
HVAC
Controls
Control
Fan
On
Fan
Off
Smoke
Alarms

 Raised momentary switches provide tactile feedback East

Wing
East
Wing
West
East
Wing
West
On

Off
East
On

Off Annex
East
Wing
East
Wing

 Alternate action operation provides on/off functions

Wing Wing Wing
West South South West West
Auto Auto
Wing Wing Wing Wing Wing

 High intensity LEDs provide clear status annunciation

South North North
South South
Wing On On
Wing Wing Wing Wing
West
Annex Annex Off Off Garage
North Wing North North

 Slide-in labels provide custom on-site labeling (label

Wing Garage Garage Auto Auto
Wing Wing

Annex Basement Basement On On Annex Annex

kit is ordered separately) Garage

Boiler
Room
Boiler
Room
Off

Auto
South
Wing
Off

Auto
Basement

Garage Garage

8 LED, 8 Switch Modules: Basement On

North
On

Boiler
Basement Basement

 One status LED per switch

Off Off
Wing Room
Boiler Boiler Boiler
Auto Auto
Room Room Room

 Available as all red LEDs or all yellow LEDs

16 LED, 8 Switch Modules:
 Two status LEDs per switch
 Available with two LEDs per switch as: red/yellow,
yellow/yellow, red/green, or green/yellow
16 LED, 16 Switch Modules:
 One status LED per switch in 2” (51 mm) module
 Available as all red LEDs, or 8 red and 8 yellow
 Two configurations are available, one with pluggable
LEDs, refer to illustrations on page 2 and product
selection details on page 4
24 LED, 24 Switch Modules:
 Double slot module with one red status LED per
switch
HOA (Hand-Off-Auto) Switch Modules:
 Eight controls in a double slot module, each control
has three switches for status selection and one LED
per switch position
 Switch selection is On/Hand, Off, and Auto
Available with three HOA Module LED Options:
 On/Hand (green LED), Off (red LED) and Auto
(green LED)
 On/Hand (green LED), Off (red LED) and Auto
(white LED) to comply with International Building
Code (IBC) requirements
 On/Hand (green LED), Off (yellow LED) and Auto
(green LED) for applications requiring no red LEDs
 Available with or without switch buttons labels
(On, Off, Auto)
LED Modules with 8 or 16 pluggable LEDs:
 8 LED Module has red LEDs, 16 LED module has
8 red with 8 yellow
 Red, yellow, green, or blue LEDs are available in
packages of eight (8) to change color on-site per
application requirement (ordered separately)
4100ES 2-Bay Fire Alarm Control Panel
with Sample of Available LED/Switch Modules
Features (Continued)
24 Point I/O Module for external connections:
 Each point is selectable as either a switch input
(momentary or maintained) or lamp/relay driver output
 Multiple switch monitoring modes are available
Panel mounted printer (see pages 6 and 7 for details):
 Records system events and provides 20 visible lines
Listed to:
 UL Std. 864, Fire Detection and Control (UOJZ), and
Smoke Control Service (UUKL)
 UL Std. 2017, Process Management Equipment
(QVAX)
 UL Std. 1076, Proprietary Alarm Units-Burglar (APOU)
 UL Std. 1730, Smoke Detector Monitor (UULH)
 ULC Std. S527-99
Description
Annunciation Options. 4100ES/4100U fire alarm panels
support a variety of switch input and LED status indicators
to complement the information and controls available at the
operator interface. These modules provide a convenient
interface efficiently packaged onto the front panel space of
the cabinet bay. Additionally, the panel mounted printer can
conveniently record system status without requiring a
separately located printer.
* Refer to additional listing details on page 4. This product has been approved by the
California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the California
Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing 7165-0026:251 for allowable values and/or
conditions concerning material presented in this document. It is subject to
re-examination, revision, and possible cancellation. Additional listings may be applicable;
contact your local Simplex® product supplier for the latest status. Listings and approvals
under Simplex Time Recorder Co. are the property of Tyco Fire Protection Products.

S4100-0032-12 3/2018
Description (Continued)
Easy Interface. Switches are alternate action ON/OFF The 24 Point I/O Module is selectable for input switch
(depending on programming selection) using a tactile feel, type and supervision type. Outputs are selectable for
raised rubber button. High efficiency LEDs provide clear steady on or pulsing to drive remotely connected relays,
status annunciation readily visible through the glass door. incandescent lamps, or LEDs.
Selectable Functions. Switch functions, LED status
indications, and printer output is selected when the
control panel CPU is customized for site specific
requirements. Slide-in labels are locally printed to
indicate the exact function of the LEDs and switches.

LED/Switch Module Detail Reference

LED/Switch Modules LED Modules

Label insert
Primary
function label

Additional
function labels
Fan Fan
Control
On Off
Custom
label area Designates area
East for each column of
Switches Wing
switches and LEDs
West
LEDs Wing

South
Wing
Visible area
8-1/4" H, North
Switch
2" W Wing
(210 mm
x 51 mm) Annex
LEDs

Garage

Basement

Boiler
Room

8 Switches 16 Switches 8 Switches 16 Switches 8 LEDs:

with 16 LEDs: with 16 LEDs: with 8 LEDs: with 16 LEDs: 4100-1276, R
4100-1282, R/Y 4100-1300, R/Y 4100-1280, R 4100-1278, R-Y (pluggable LEDs)
4100-1283, Y/Y (pluggable LEDs) 4100-1281, Y 4100-1285, R
4100-1284, R/G 16 LEDs:
4100-1296, G/Y 4100-1277, R/Y
LED Color Legend: Red, Yellow, Green; (pluggable LEDs)
R/Y = Red on top, Yellow on bottom;
R-Y = Red on left, Yellow on right

2 S4100-0032-11 7/2012
HOA and 24/24 LED/Switch Module Detail Reference

HOA Modules, 8 Controls

24 Switches, 24 LEDs
(3 switches each), 24 LEDs
Label insert

One switch per Primary function labels

control, on/off

Custom
label area
On On LED (On)
Off Off LED (Off)
Auto Auto LED (Auto)

On On

Red LEDs Off Off LED Color Legend:

Auto Auto Green, Red, White, Yellow;
G/R/G = Green on, Red off,
Green auto
On On
Visible area G/R/W = Green on, Red off,
8-1/4" H, 2" W Off Off
White auto
(210 mm x 51 mm) Auto Auto
G/Y/G = Green on, Yellow
off, Green auto
On On

One switch Off Off

per function
Auto Auto

4100-1287 HOA Modules, G/R/G LEDs:

4100-1286, with labeled switches as shown
4100-1295, with unlabeled switches (not shown)
HOA Modules for IBC Applications, G/R/W LEDs:
4100-1275, with labeled switches as shown
4100-1299, with unlabeled switches (not shown)
HOA Modules, G/Y/G LEDs:
4100-1302, with labeled switches as shown
4100-1301, with unlabeled switches (not shown)

3 S4100-0032-12 3/2018
LED/Switch Module Product Selection (panel mounted switches are momentary pushbutton)

LED/Switch Modules, General Purpose (LED/switch controller and label kit is ordered separately)
Model LEDs per Switch LED Color(s) Custom Label Area LED Quantity Switch Quantity
4100-1280 One Red
Per module and per switch 8 8
4100-1281 One Yellow
4100-1282 Two Red on top, Yellow on bottom
4100-1283 Two Yellow on top and bottom
Per module and per switch 16 8
4100-1284 Two Red on top, Green on bottom
4100-1296 Two Green on top, Yellow on bottom
4100-1285 One Red One per column of 8
LED/switch pairs (see
4100-1278 One 8 Red on left, 8 Yellow on right illustration on page 2) 16 16
With pluggable LEDs; shipped Per module and per
4100-1300* One
Red on top, Yellow on bottom LED/switch pair
4100-1287 One Red Per module and per switch 24 24
* UL, ULC, and CSFM listed only.

LED Only Modules and LED Kits (LED/switch controller and label kit is ordered separately)
Model Description
Eight (8) LED Module with Red LEDs; custom label area per
4100-1276
module and per LED
LEDs are pluggable; select LED kits as required to
Sixteen (16) LED Module; Red LED on top and Yellow LED change LED color
4100-1277 on bottom at each position; custom label area per module
and per LED pair
4100-9843 Yellow
4100-9844 Green Kits of 8 LEDs; order as required for modules with pluggable LEDs to change LED color on-site per
application requirement; compatible with LED Modules 4100-1276, 4100-1277, and 4100-1300
4100-9845 Red (Blue is typically used for Ancillary Device status indication per ULC S527)
4100-9855 Blue

LED/Switch Modules, HOA (Hand-Off-Auto) with Green/Red/Green LEDs

(LED/switch controller and label kit is ordered separately)
Model Operation Switch Function (Location) LED Description
Eight function HOA (On, Off, Auto) Control Module with On (top) Green LED
4100-1286 labeled switches; custom label area per module and per Off (middle) Red LED
LED/switch set Auto (bottom) Green LED
4100-1295 Eight function HOA (On, Off, Auto) Control Module, same as 4100-1286 except switches are unlabeled

LED/Switch Modules, HOA (Hand-Off-Auto) with Green/Red/White LEDs for IBC Applications
(LED/switch controller and label kit is ordered separately)
Model Operation Switch Function (Location) LED Description
Eight function HOA (On, Off, Auto) Control Module with On (top) Green LED
labeled switches; LED colors meet International Building Off (middle) Red LED
4100-1275
Code (IBC) requirements; custom label area per module
and per LED/switch set Auto (bottom) White LED
4100-1299 Eight function HOA (On, Off, Auto) Control Module, same as 4100-1275 except switches are unlabeled

LED/Switch Modules, HOA (Hand-Off-Auto) with Green/Yellow/Green LEDs

(LED/switch controller and label kit is ordered separately)
Model Operation Switch Function (Location) LED Description
Eight function HOA (On, Off, Auto) Control Module with On (top) Green LED
4100-1302** labeled switches; for applications requiring no red LEDs; Off (middle) Yellow LED
custom label area per module and per LED/switch set Auto (bottom) Green LED
4100-1301** Eight function HOA (On, Off, Auto) Control Module, same as 4100-1302 except switches are unlabeled
** UL, ULC, and CSFM listed only.
Continued on next page

4 S4100-0032-12 3/2018
LED/Switch Module Product Selection (Continued)

LED/Switch Controller Modules and Accessories

Model Description
64 LED/64 Switch Controller Module with mounting plate; controls up to 64 LEDs
4100-1288 and interfaces to up to 64 switches; mounts behind the LED/switch modules and NOTE: LED/switch controllers
has provisions for one 4100-1289 Controller Module and their connected modules
64 LED/64 Switch Controller Module without mounting plate; mounts on extra must be in the same bay.
4100-1289
space of 4100-1288; controls an additional 64 LEDs and 64 switches
4100-0636 Harness Kit, Power and Communications One of each is required per 4100-1288 that is
located in the same bay as two Flex-35/50
4100-0641 Harness Kit, 26 Position Flex Cable, 14-1/2” (368 mm) long amplifiers and an SPS
24 Point I/O Module for external connections, select each point as either input or output;
4100-1290
2” (51 mm) wide, 1 Slot
LED/Switch Module Slide-in Labels, required when LED/switch or LED only modules are present;
4100-1294
order one per cabinet
Single blank 2” display cover; order as required (8 fill a bay front); two maximum in a row between LED/switch
4100-1279
modules

Panel Mounted Printer (refer to pages 6 and 7 for printer details)

Model Description
4100-1293 Panel Mount Thermal Printhead Printer, supplied with one roll of paper
4190-9803 Replacement Paper for 4100-1293 Printer, one roll

LED/ Switch Modules and Controllers Specifications

(For additional LED/Switch Module information, refer to Installation Instructions 574-843)

64 LED/64 Switch Controller Modules (4100-1288 and 4100-1289)

Input Voltage 19 to 33 VDC, from control panel
Current, No LEDs On 20 mA @ 24 VDC
Current, All 64 LEDs On 210 mA @ 24 VDC (approx. 3 mA/LED)
Mounting Reference Bracket of 4100-1288 attaches to the back of the LED/switch modules
Controllers per Bay Maximum of two per bay; for control of LED/switch modules within that bay only
Bay Location Reference Slots 1 & 2 or Slots 3 & 4; mounts onto the back of the LED/switch modules
Clearance Behind Controller Module Space accepts low profile 4100ES/4100U modules only

24 Point I/O Module (4100-1290)

Module Current Supervisory = 34 mA; Alarm = 75 mA (add output currents separately)
Switch Input Details Momentary or maintained, 2 or 3 position; max. distance is 2500 ft (762 m) or 65 Ω
Output Current 150 mA @ 24 VDC per point; inrush current is limited for use with incandescent bulbs
Output Details Diode suppress relay loads at the coil; max. distance is 600 ft (183 m) or 2 Ω

General Specifications
Operating Temperature Range 32° to 120°F (0° to 49° C)
Operating Humidity Range Up to 93% RH, non-condensing @ 90° F (32° C) maximum

Additional 4100ES Product Reference

Subject Data Sheet Subject Data Sheet
4100ES Basic Panels with SPS Power Supplies S4100-0031 NDU with SPS Power Supplies for ES Net S4100-0077
4100ES Basic Panels with EPS Power
4100ES Emergency Voice/Alarm Equipment S4100-0034 Supplies S4100-0100
NDU with SPS Power Supplies for 4120 InfoAlarm Command Center with EPS
Network S4100-0036 Power Supplies S4100-0101
NDU with EPS Power Supplies for 4120
4100ES Remote Annunciator Panels S4100-0038 Network S4100-0102
InfoAlarm Command Center with SPS Power
Supplies S4100-0045 NDU with EPS Power Supplies for ES Net S4100-0104

5 S4100-0032-12 3/2018
Model 4100-1293 Panel Mount Printer Details

Access latches

F IRE AL ARM F IRST F L OOR EL ECT RICAL

C LOSET
L OCAT ION EL -1- B 12 :37 :1 5 0 9 JUN 12
L OW BATT ERY TROU BLE T RANSPO ND ER 17
1 2:4 7:26 0 9 JUN 1 2
SYSTEM RESET IN PROG RESS
1 4:1 2:23 09 JUN 12
SYSTEM RESET COM PLE TE
1 4:1 3:02 09 JUN 12
L OGI N
1 7:2 3:22 09 JUN 12
PASSWORD AC CEPT ED
1 7:2 3:25 09 JUN 12
SENSOR 13 -9 DISABL ED
1 9:1 5:09 09 JUN 12 F EE D/
SENSOR 13 -9 ENA BL ED S TA TU S
1 9:1 9:03 09 JUN 12
L OGO UT ON
1 9:3 3:02 09 JUN 12
L OGI N
O FF

Hinged printer assembly:

5-1/2" W x 7-1/2" H
(140 mm x 191 mm)
FIRE ALARM FIRST FLOOR ELECTRICAL
Exposed paper area: CLOSET
2-3/8" W x 4" H LOCATION EL-1-B 12:37:15 09 JUN 12
(60 mm x 102 mm) LOW BATTERY TROUBLE TRANSPONDER 17
12:47:26 09 JUN 12
SYSTEM RESET IN PROGRESS
14:12:23 09 JUN 12
SYSTEM RESET COMPLETE
14:13:02 09 JUN 12 Push button paper feed
LOGIN switch with LED:
17:23:22 09 JUN 12
Paper Low = Flashing Red
PASSWORD ACCEPTED
17:23:25 09 JUN 12 Paper Out = Red
SENSOR 13-9 DISABLED
19:15:09 09 JUN 12 FEED/
SENSOR 13-9 ENABLED STATUS
19:19:03 09 JUN 12
LOGOUT ON
19:33:02 09 JUN 12 Power switch with LED:
LOGIN Power on = Green
OFF

6 S4100-0032-12 3/2018
Printer Specifications

(For additional printer information, refer to Installation Instructions 579-249)

Electrical & Communications

Input Voltage 19 to 33 VDC, from control panel
Standby 125 mA @ 24 VDC
Current
Printing 800 mA @ 24 VDC
Communications RS-232, 9600 baud, from control panel RS-232 module

Print Characteristics
Print Format Fixed thermal printhead producing black characters
Characters 11 x 28 dot matrix; alarm information printed in bold
40 columns; 6 lines per inch; 20 lines visible; paper is wound onto top take-up reel,
Paper Format
paper can be manually unwound from take-up reel and rewound using Feed switch
Paper Speed 1.33 in/sec maximum
Print Speed 312 cps
Sound Output 55 dB maximum, with cabinet door open

Paper (one roll included)

Type and Size Thermal; 2.35” wide, 160 ft long (60 mm x 49 m)
Replacement Paper 4190-9803, 1 roll

Mounting Specifications
Bay Location Reference Requires 3 expansion bay slots, can be located as required
Clearance Behind Printer Space accepts low profile 4100ES/4100U modules only

Environmental Specifications
Operating Temperature Range 32° to 120°F (0° to 49° C)
Operating Humidity Range Up to 93% RH, non-condensing @ 90° F (32° C) maximum

7 S4100-0032-12 3/2018
TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited.

Tyco Fire Protection Products • Westminster, MA • 01441-0001 • USA S4100-0032-11 7/2012

www.simplexgrinnell.com
© 2018 Tyco Fire Protection Products. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice.
 Fire Control Panels
UL, ULC, CSFM Listed; FM Approved; Model 4100-9816 Dual Port RS-232
MEA (NYC) Acceptance* Module with Master Clock Interface

Features
GPS/6400 Interface
General description: System Option
 Dual RS-232 port module with port B dedicated for
master clock/master time interface
 RS-232 port A is available for connection to printers,
terminals, or other compatible peripherals 6400/6351 Series Time Control
Center with system clocks
 Allows the 4100ES Fire Control Panel system time to
be synchronized with the building master time or other
desired compatible time reference time
10:09:30
 Compatible with 4100U fire alarm control panels
control
center

 Includes a 4.5 ft (1.4 m) connection cable with DB-25,

RS-232 connector
Master clock interface compatibility:
 Connects to master time control centers such as the
model 6400 and 6351 that provide Simplex® BCD
(binary coded decimal) time signals to the model 6400-9568
6400-9568 BCD Code Converter** Code Converter

 For extended timekeeping accuracy, the model 6400

or 6351 Time Control Center can be connected to GPS
Time Reference Interface Module GPS/6400**
 Compatible with other RS-232 interfaces that accept 10:09:30
ALARMS
Fire Alarm Priority 2 Alarm
SYSTEM WA RNINGS
Supervisory Trouble Alarm Silenced
AC Power
A BC
Z ONE
1
J KL
FB

4
S TU

7
P
DEF
SIG
2
MNO
IO

5
V WX
A
8
G HI
AUX
3
P QR
ID Net

6
YZ /

9
L

and respond to QT (query time) and QD (query date)

'S P' ( ) ,0 :
Fire Alarm Priority2 Supv Trouble Alarm S ystem
NET A DDR
Ack Ack Ack Ack Si lence Reset
0 D EL

Event More Ent er C/Exit

Time Inf o Pre vious
Menu
On N ext
Enabl e
A rm

Off Lamp
Disable Auto
Disarm Test

Emergency O perating Instructions

requests Alarm or Warning Con dition

Sys tem indicat or flashing.Tone On.

How to Acknowledge / View Eve nts

Pres s ACK located under flas hing indicat or.
Repeat operation until all events are ack now ledged
Local tone will s ilence.
.
How to Silence Bui lding Signals
Press Alarm Sil ence.

How to Reset Syste m

Press System R eset.
Press Ack to silence tone devic e.

Mounting: 10:09:30
 Motherboard/daughter card format requires a single
slot and mounts in an expansion bay

Description 4100-9816 Master

Clock Interface Module
Simplex fire alarm control panels maintain time and date
for reference in the history logs. For applications where a
master time control exists in the facility, the 4100-9816
Master Clock Interface Module provides an interface for
4100ES Fire Alarm Control Panel
coordinating the fire alarm control panel time to that of
the master reference.
Typical 4100ES Master Clock Interface Block Diagram
When time accuracy requirements include synchronization
to GPS satellite time, the GPS/6400 Interface Module with
the GPS-427A Antenna/Receiver can be connected to the Specifications
model 6400 or 6351 Time Control Center.
Standby Current 132 mA @ 24 VDC
For additional information, refer to Installation and
Operating Instructions 574-913. Alarm Current 132 mA @ 24 VDC
Operating Temperature
* This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to 32 F to 120 F (0 C to 49 C)
Range
Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing
7165-0026:251 for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in this Up to 93% RH, non-condensing
document. It is subject to re-examination, revision, and possible cancellation. Additional Humidity Range
listings may be applicable; contact your local Simplex product supplier for the latest status.
@ 90° F (32° C)
Listings and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co. are the property of Tyco Safety
Products Westminster.
Single slot motherboard/daughter
Mounting
card
** For additional BCD Code Converter information refer to data sheet S6400-0002.
For additional 6400 information, refer to data sheet S6400-0001. Connections Provided DB-25 plugs and terminal blocks
For additional 6351 information, refer to data sheet S6351-0001.
For additional GPS/6400 information refer to data sheet GPS6400BRO1.

S4100-0033-4
4100-9816 Master Clock Interface System Reference

Connection to 6400/6351 Time Control

GPS-427A Center (requires RS-232 Module 6400-9505)
Antenna/Receiver

6400/6351 Series Time Control Center with system clocks

time
10:09:30 control
AB C D EF GH I
center
Z O NE SIG AU X

1 2 3
J KL M NO PQ R

10:09:30 FB

4 5
IO IDN et

6
ALAR MS SYSTEM WARNINGS AC Power
Fire Alarm Priority 2 Alarm Supervi sory Trouble Alarm Silenced S TU V WX YZ /
P A L
7 8 9
'SP' ( ) ,0:
Fire Alarm Priority2 Supv Trouble Alarm System
N ET A DDR
Ack Ack Ack Ack Silence R eset DEL
0

Ent er C/Exit

GPS/6400 Interface Module Option

Event More
Time Info Prev ious
M enu
On Next
Enable
Arm

Off Lamp
Disable Auto
Disarm Test

Emergency Operating Instructions

A larm or War ning Condition H ow to Silence Building Sign als
Syst em indicator flashing.Tone On. P ress Alarm Sil ence.

H ow to A cknowledge/ Vi ew Ev ents H ow to R eset System

Press ACK located under flashing indi cat or. P ress System Reset.
Repeat operat ion unt il all event s are acknowledged
. P ress Ack to silence tone devi ce.
Local tone will silence.

10:09:30

Extended BCD clock time signals

with time and date required, refer
to 6400/6351 Series Time Control
Center documentation for details

4100ES Fire Alarm Control Panel

(Fire Alarm Network compatible)
6400-9568 Code Converter with 6800-9502,
120 VAC Power Supply, required to convert
Panel mounted Master Clock extended BCD input to RS-232 output
Interface Module 4100-9816

RS-232 Cable assembly with 4.5 ft (1.3 m) leads

Field wiring, 4 wire RS-232 compatible
(supplied with 4098-9816); junction box by others
cable, total connection length not to
exceed 100 ft (30 m) using 18 AWG wire

Tyco is a registered trademark of Tyco International Services GmbH and is used under license. Simplex and the Simplex logo are trademarks of Tyco International Ltd. and its
affiliates and are used under license.

Tyco Safety Products Westminster • Westminster, MA • 01441-0001 • USA S4100-0033-4

www.tycosafetyproducts-usa-wm.com
© 2011 Tyco Safety Products Westminster. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice.
 Fire Control Panels
UL, ULC, CSFM Listed; FM Approved; Addressable Fire Detection and Control
MEA (NYC) Acceptance* Emergency Voice/Alarm Communications Equipment

Features
Emergency voice/alarm communications provide:
 Alarm/evacuation signal generation with multiple
built-in tones
 Standard or customized digital message storage and
message generation
 Automatic or manual operation
 Mass Notification operation
Multiple channels are available:
 Analog audio systems provide dual channel operation
 Digital audio systems provide up to eight channels over
a single wire pair
Communications features:
 Up to five supervised remote microphone inputs
 Spoken voice coding from the digital message player
 Multiple digitally recorded human voice messages
 Spoken WALKTEST system testing
 Separate evacuation, drill, and optional “All Clear”
voice messages and tones
 Ready-to-talk microphone indicator on front panel audio
control module 4100ES Fire Alarm Control Panel with
Voice and Firefighter Telephone Options
 Local panel speaker for tone/message broadcast
verification
Listed to:
 MINIPLEX Voice Transponders are available for
distributed audio  UL 864, Fire Detection and Control (UOJZ), and Smoke
Control Service (UUKL)
Amplifiers are available with analog or digital input:
 UL 2017, Process Management Equipment (QVAX)
 Flex-35 (35 W) and Flex-50 (50 W) amplifiers provide a
dual channel design with configurable operation modes  UL 1076, Proprietary Alarm Units-Burglar (APOU)
 100 W primary and backup, single channel amplifiers  UL 2572, Mass Notification Systems (PGWM)
include a built-in power supply  ULC S527, Control Units for Fire Alarm Systems
 Amplifiers are available for 25 VRMS or 70.7 VRMS
output with on-board, power-limited NACs (only one Description
voltage choice per system) 4100ES Audio Systems provide voice communication,
 Built-in Temporal Pattern horn tone provides default alarm tones, and/or digitally prerecorded voice messages to
backup signal operation alert occupants of fire or other emergency situations.
 Optional modules provide power-limited NAC expansion, Evacuation signaling may be automatically generated via
convert Class B NACs to Class A operation, and provide alarm initiated event programs or by firefighting personnel
Constant Supervision Operation for Non-Alarm Audio using the operator controls.
(NAA) applications (NAA requires additional hardware,
and software revision 11.08 or higher) 4100U Series Products Note. The audio system
Firefighter telephone systems: modules and features listed in this data sheet are both
compatible with, and listed for use with 4100U series fire
 Master telephone can simultaneously talk with up to 6
alarm control panels. Contact your local Simplex® product
remote telephones and can be connected as an audio
input for broadcast messages supplier for details.
 Ring signal on remote firefighter telephone indicates that
a call request is initiated and a hold signal indicates that * See page 5 for product that is listed as UL or ULC and additional product listing details.
a connected line has been deselected This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to
Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing
 Telephone circuits are supervised for open and short 7165-0026:251 for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in this
circuits, too many telephones connected, and the master document. Accepted for use – City of New York Department of Buildings – MEA35-93E.
telephone is supervised for cord integrity Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local Simplex product supplier for the
latest status. Listings and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co. are the property of
 Degraded mode allows remote telephones to remain Tyco Fire Protection Products.
connected to each other in the event of a communications
loss
S4100-0034-20 3/2018
Audio Controller Module Description
The Audio Controller Module provides digitized alarm
tones and digitally recorded voice messages and message
construction, and manages both microphone inputs and other
auxiliary inputs connected to the optional Auxiliary Audio
Input Module. Tones and voice messages are digitally
recorded and stored in the audio control module’s message
memory.
Two versions are available: Analog and Digital. Systems
must be either analog or digital, not intermixed. One audio
control module controls the entire audio system.
Common audio control board features:
 On-board digital message memory provides up to
2 minutes at normal or 1 minute at high resolution
 Connects to optional 4-input audio input modules (two
maximum) for a total of up to 6 microphones and 11
distinct audio inputs
 Memory expansion is available to provide up to
8 minutes or 32 minutes at normal resolution
(4 minutes or 16 minutes at high resolution)
 Connections for a Master Microphone and one
Remote Microphone, compatible with standard or
noise-canceling microphones
 Master telephone to audio interface connection uses the
audio bay’s Power Distribution Interface Module (PDI)
 Local panel speaker output with on-board volume control
 On-board download port for message loading
 The microphone ready-to-talk LED is located on the
front panel audio control module (see p. 4) and
requires connection to a 64 LED/64 switch controller
 Audio risers, either digital or analog, may be directly
connected to 31 remote nodes; for applications requiring
audio risers to more than 31 remote nodes, alternate
connection methods are available, contact your Simplex
product representative for details
Analog Audio Controller Modules
Analog audio control modules are for systems that
require one or two simultaneous channels of audio
information per the following feature summary.
 Built-in 10 VRMS riser output eliminates the need for
separate riser amplifiers available as Class B or Class A
 Messages can play on one or both risers simultaneously,
with the same or a different message
 Analog audio controllers are for connection to analog
input audio amplifiers and audio risers only
 On-board status LEDs assist with setup and
troubleshooting
Digital Audio Controller Modules
Digital audio control modules are for systems that
require more than two simultaneous channels of audio
information per the following feature summary.
 Up to 8 channels of information at normal resolution are
available (4 channels at high resolution) on one twisted
wire pair
 Primary 1 Digital Audio Riser (DAR) output can be either
wired Style 4 or Style 7; Primary 2 DAR is an identical,
separate output for Style 4 connections, typically to local
MINIPLEX voice transponders
 Digital audio controllers are for connection to digital
input audio amplifiers and digital audio risers only
2 S4100-0034-20 3/2018
Audio Tone List
The Temporal 3 Pattern is available for compatible tones
(1/2 sec on, 1/2 sec off, 1/2 sec on, 1/2 sec off, 1/2 sec on,
1-1/2 sec off) to indicate evacuation. The following is a
list of the standard audio tones.
 Horn, continuous 520 Hz tone, primarily used for coded
systems or general temporal pattern signaling; 520Hz
tone is compliant with NFPA 72 Low Frequency Signal
Requirements for Sleeping Areas
 Chime, a digitally recorded mechanical chime tone,
normally used free-running or for coded operation
 Bell, a digitally recorded mechanical bell sound,
normally used free-running, for coded systems, or
general temporal pattern signaling
 Fast Whoop, a quickly ascending tone
 Slow Whoop, a slowly ascending tone
 High/Low, with high frequency of 750 Hz for 100 ms and
low frequency of 500 Hz for 400 ms
 Beep, 500 Hz tone of 0.7 s on, 0.7 s off
 Stutter, 500 Hz tone with on and off times of 100 ms
 Wail, ascends, then descends between 600 to 940 Hz
 GSA Tone, continuous 2000 Hz tone
Audio Controller Message Description
Zone Coded Signaling is available using tones or
spoken numbers. Spoken coded messages can be used in
place of conventional pulse tone coding to eliminate
counting and interpretation of the zone coded location.
For example, a fire alarm zone such as First Floor East,
Smoke Detector Room 23 will be Code 1123.
Two possible transmission schemes are:
1. Conventional Zone Coded Signaling where
T = Tone: T...T...TT...TTT...T...T...TT...TTT...
2. Spoken Coded Signaling:
Code, one..one..two..three; Code, one..one..two..three
The Audio Controller has the ability to precede spoken
codes with phrases and alert tones. As an alternative, the
previous example could have been preceded with a chime
tone. The word “code” could be replaced with the phrase
“Doctor Firestone, please dial...”.
Preprogrammed Special Messages can be ordered.
Up to 32 minutes of special phrases and messages are
available to meet specific applications. The standard
Evacuation Message is: “Attention... Attention...
Attention...An emergency has been reported.... All
occupants walk to the nearest stairway exit and walk
down to your assigned re-entry floor or main lobby... Do
not use the elevator... Walk to the nearest stairway.... Do
not use the elevator.... Walk to the nearest stairway.”
Custom Message Ordering is summarized below:
Model Description
Select when Custom Messages are required,
4100-8804 choose message types from below as required
(minimum quantity of one)
4100-0822 Custom Messages from Tape
Order (1)
Custom Messages from
Transcript; NOTE: Send
4100-082x for
each (2) complete
4100-0823 transcript in advance to
messages without
Applications Engineering to
spliced phrases;
verify phrase quantity
or for each (50)
Custom Messages from spliced phrases
Archive
4100-0824 CO Relocation Message; Temporal 4 Pattern horn
tone with English male voice instruction; identify as
“UCSET1393” when ordering
Audio Amplifiers General Description
4100ES audio amplifiers are available as dual channel
models rated for 35 W (Flex-35) or 50 W (Flex-50) and as
single channel 100 W models with on-board NACs
(notification appliance circuits) for convenient field
wiring. Common features are summarized as follows:
 Analog input amplifier models are for single or dual
channel system operation
 Digital input amplifier models are for multi-channel
system operation providing up to eight channels over a
single twisted wire pair
 Amplifiers are power-limited with models available
providing 25 VRMS, or 70.7 VRMS output
 When Non-Alarm Audio (NAA) applications (such as
for background music, paging, or for Mass Notification)
are required, optional Constant Supervision modules
provide continued speaker zone supervision during the
page or while background music is playing; due to the
NAA supervision requirements, when amplifiers are
used for paging or playing background music, output
power is derated to 70% of alarm output rating (24.5 W,
35 W, and 70 W); during alarm conditions full amplifier
output power is available
 Linear power output stages are traditional Class B
designs for low distortion and low EMI
 An on-board 500 Hz temporal pattern horn tone on each
amplifier provides a default backup tone
 Supervision actively monitors amplifier gain in real
time, comparing output level to input level
 On-board test switches can be activated to test and
observe amplifier backup
 On-board overcurrent protection protects against
overloads and short circuits
 Each amplifier communicates to the host CPU and
allows voltage and current values to be accessed from
the fire alarm control panel operator interface
Flex-35 and Flex-50 Amplifiers, General
Flex-35 and Flex-50 amplifiers are a self-backup
dual channel design that provides a total of 35 W or
50 W of audio power with the following common feature
summary:
 Self-backup feature allows NACs connected to a disabled
amplifier channel to be routed to the remaining channel
with the full 35 W or 50 W providing the single channel
as selected by the fire alarm control panel programming;
external backup amplifiers are not required
 Three standard on-board audio NACs are each rated for
2 A maximum and are capable of being routed to either
desired amplifier channel
 Compatible power supplies include the: Expansion
Power Supply (XPS), Remote Power Supply (RPS), or
System Power Supply (SPS); power supplies with single
amplifiers can provide power for other compatible
applications within their rated output
 Digital models of the Flex-35 and Flex-50 have a digital
decoder module that selects one or two of the input
channels as desired
 Selectable reduced output levels of -12 dB or -6 dB are
available for non-emergency audio output, selectable per
channel
3 S4100-0034-20 3/2018
Flex-35 Amplifiers
 Each Flex-35 channel is capable of up to 35 W output
with a total of 35 W
 Channels can be divided as 0 W and 35 W; 17.5 W and
17.5 W; 10 W and 25 W; or any combination that totals
35 W or less
Flex-50 Amplifiers
 Each Flex-50 channel is capable of up to 50 W output
with a total output of 50 W
 Channels can be divided as 0 W and 50 W; 25 W and
25 W; 10 W and 40 W; or any combination that totals
50 W or less
Dual Flex-35 or Flex-50 Connections
 Two Flex-35 amplifiers, or two Flex-50 amplifiers can
connect to a single Expansion Power Supply (XPS) in
the same audio expansion bay (amplifiers must be the
same model number); XPS output is dedicated to
amplifier power
 Mounting for dual Flex-35 or Flex-50 amplifiers is
Blocks A & B for amplifier 1, Blocks C & D for the
XPS, blocks E & F are not used, and Blocks G & H are
for amplifier 2 (see page 7 for mounting reference)
100 W Audio Amplifiers
100 W amplifiers provide single channel operation per
the following feature summary:
 Six standard on-board Class B audio NACs are each
rated for 2 A maximum
 100 W amplifiers include a built-in power supply and
use system battery backup
 Amplifier and power supply size requires four
continuous blocks of expansion bay size
 A single 100W primary amplifier or both a primary and
a backup amplifier can be located on a single expansion
bay (refer to page 7 for bay loading)
 Redundant (backup) amplifiers interconnect directly to
minimize wiring connections and their power is routed
through the NACs of the primary amplifier
 Redundant amplifier operation can be configured as
one-for-one or one-for-many depending on specific
requirements
 Digital models of these amplifiers have a digital decoder
module that selects the desired input channel per system
requirements
 Selectable reduced output levels of -12 dB or -6 dB are
available for non-emergency audio output
Audio NAC Expansion Modules
 For applications requiring additional NACs, modules are
available for on-board expansion and further expansion
is available with the chassis mounted 4100-5116
Expansion Signal Module
 100 W Amplifiers support optional modules that convert
the six audio NACs to Class A or to increase the Class B
audio NACs to twelve
 NOTE: Adding NAC expansion modules does not
increase amplifier power beyond the stated ratings
Audio Bay Reference with Single Channel Audio Control and Firefighter Telephone Modules

Phone Phone Audio Speaker

Control Control Control Circuits

Command
Phone Phone 8th
Center
Circuit 1 Circuit 9 Floor
Active

All
Phone Phone 7th
Speakers
Circuit 2 Circuit 10 Floor
EVAC

Phone Phone Selective 6th

Circuit 3 Circuit 11 EVAC Floor

Push-to-Talk Phone
Circuit 4
Phone
Circuit 12
5th
Floor
switch
Phone Phone 4th
Circuit 5 Circuit 13 Floor

Phone Phone 3rd

Circuit 6 Circuit 14 Floor

All
Phone Phone 2nd
Speakers
Circuit 7 Circuit 15 Floor
Talk

Ready
Phone Phone 1st
to
Circuit 8 Circuit 16 Floor
Talk

Master Phone 8 Switches with 8 Master Microphone 8 Switches with 8 Red

Module 4100-1270 Red LEDs, Module 4100-1243 LEDs, 4100-1280
4100-1280, 2 shown
Single Channel Audio
with typical labels
Control 4100-1252

Audio Control Modules

4100-1252, 4100-1253, 4100-1254, 4100-1255,

Single Channel 1.5 Channel Dual Channel 3-8 Channel

Audio Audio Audio Audio

Control Control Control Control

Command Green Command Green Command Green Command Green

Center Center Center Center
Active LED Active LED Active LED Active LED

All All All All

Speakers Speakers Speakers Speakers
EVAC EVAC EVAC EVAC

Red Start
Selective Selective Selective
EVAC
Red EVAC
Red EVAC LEDs All
Selected

LEDs LEDs Red

Visible area Selective Selective
8-1/4" H, 2" W Alert Alert LEDs
(210 mm x 51 mm)
Local
Speaker
EVAC

Local Local
Local
Speaker Speaker
Speaker
EVAC Alert Green
Green Green LEDs
All All All All
Speakers
Talk
LEDs Speakers
Talk
LEDs Speakers
Talk
Speakers
Talk Green
LEDs
Ready Ready Ready Ready
to to to to
Talk Talk Talk Talk

Blank switches can be

programmed as required

4 S4100-0034-20 3/2018
Emergency Voice/Alarm Communications Equipment Product Selection
NOTE: Select systems as either analog or digital. When amplifiers are used for Non-Alarm Audio paging or background music with
Constant Supervision, output power is derated to 70% of alarm power (24.5 W, 35 W, and 70 W); full output is available for alarm.

Analog Emergency Voice/Alarm Communications Equipment, Constant Supervision Compatible

Model Description Details
Basic Analog Audio Operation with microphone, requires Includes: Expansion Bay, 4100-1210 Analog Controller Board,
4100-9620
dedicated expansion bay Microphone Module, and Audio Expansion Bay Kit
Analog Controller Board only; order expansion bay and
4100-1210 Controller board mounts in Blocks A and B
audio expansion bay kit separately
4100-1361 25 VRMS output Flex-35, 35 W Amplifier, constant NAC rating = 1.4 A 35 W, or 100 Includes three on-
4100-1362 70.07 VRMS output supervision compatible NAC rating = 0.5 A speakers max. board Class B audio
NACs; power is
4100-1312 25 VRMS output Flex-50, 50 W Amplifier, constant NAC rating = 2 A 50 W, or 100 supplied from an XPS,
4100-1313 70.7 VRMS output supervision compatible NAC rating = 0.707 A speakers max. RPS, or SPS*
100 W Analog Amplifiers with Power Supply, Constant Supervision Compatible
Model/Output Voltage
Power Supply Input/Listing Description Details
25 VRMS 70.7 VRMS
4100-1314 4100-1315 120 VAC, 60 Hz UL Includes six, Class B audio NACs;
Primary
4100-1316 4100-1317 120 VAC, 60 Hz ULC NAC rating = 100 speakers maximum; ULC
100 W
2 A @ 25 VRMS (50 W); models
4100-1318 4100-1319 220/230/240 VAC, 50/60 Hz UL Amplifier
1.414 A @ 70.7 VRMS (100 W) have low
4100-1320 4100-1321 120 VAC, 60 Hz UL battery
Backup dropout
Uses the six Class B NACs of primary
4100-1322 4100-1323 120 VAC, 60 Hz ULC 100 W circuit
amplifier
Amplifier
4100-1324 4100-1325 220/230/240 VAC, 50/60 Hz UL

Digital Emergency Voice/Alarm Communications Equipment, Constant Supervision Compatible

Model Description Details
Basic Digital Audio Operation with microphone, requires Includes: Expansion Bay, 4100-1311 Digital Controller Board,
4100-9621
dedicated expansion bay Microphone Module, and Audio Expansion Bay Kit
Eight Channel Digital Controller Board only; order
4100-1311 Controller board mounts in Blocks A and B
expansion bay and audio expansion bay kit separately
4100-1363 25 VRMS output Flex-35, 35 W Amplifier, constant NAC rating = 1.4 A 35 W, or 100 Includes three on-
4100-1364 70.07 VRMS output supervision compatible NAC rating = 0.5 A speakers max. board Class B audio
NACs; power is
4100-1326 25 VRMS output Flex-50, 50 W Amplifier, constant NAC rating = 2 A 50 W, or 100 supplied from an XPS,
4100-1327 70.7 VRMS output supervision compatible NAC rating = 0.707 A speakers max. RPS, or SPS*
100 W Digital Amplifiers with Power Supply, Constant Supervision Compatible
Model/Output Voltage
Power Supply Input/Listing Description Details
25 VRMS 70.7 VRMS
4100-1328 4100-1329 120 VAC, 60 Hz UL Includes six, Class B audio NACs;
Primary
NAC rating = 100 speakers maximum; ULC
4100-1330 4100-1331 120 VAC, 60 Hz ULC 100 W
2 A @ 25 VRMS (50 W); models
4100-1332 4100-1333 220/230/240 VAC, 50/60 Hz UL Amplifier
1.414 A @ 70.7 VRMS (100 W) have low
4100-1334 4100-1335 120 VAC, 60 Hz UL battery
Backup dropout
Uses the six Class B NACs of primary
4100-1336 4100-1337 120 VAC, 60 Hz ULC 100 W circuit
amplifier
4100-1338 4100-1339 220/230/240 VAC, 50/60 Hz UL Amplifier

Audio Options for use with either Analog or Digital Systems (see page 2 for custom message ordering)
Amplifier and Related Audio Options
Model Description Details and Mounting Reference
Flex-35/50 Expansion NAC Module; adds Mounts on Flex-35/50 assembly; NAC ratings = 1.5 A, 35/50 W,
4100-1245 Choose or 100 speakers maximum; Supv. = 8.4 mA, Alarm = 60 mA
three Class B audio NACs
one per
Flex-35/50 Class A Adapter Module; converts amplifier Mounts on Flex-35/50 assembly; NAC ratings = 2 A, 50 W, or
4100-1246
three on-board NACS to Class A operation 100 speakers maximum; Supv. = 1 mA, Alarm = 30 mA
100 W Amplifier Expansion NAC Module; NAC Provides six additional Class B audio NACs, mounts on 100 W
4100-1248 Choose
ratings = 1.5 A, 50 W, or 100 speakers max. amplifier assembly; Supv. = 17 mA, Alarm = 60 mA
one per
100 W Class A Adapter Module; NAC ratings amplifier Converts six on-board NACs to Class A operation, mounts on
4100-1249
= 2 A, 50 W, or 100 speakers maximum 100 W amplifier assembly; Supv. = 1 mA, Alarm = 60 mA
25 VRMS Output; NAC Constant Supervision Supv. = 10 mA
4100-1259 rating = 2 A, 50 W, or 100 Adapter for three NACs; on batteries; Converts three Class B audio NACS to Class A
speakers maximum select per amplifier output Alarm = 35 mA or Class B Constant Supervision NACs; mounts
70.7 VRMS Output; NAC (not compatible with on Flex-35/50 or 100 W amplifier assembly;
amplifier NAC expansion Supv. = 38 mA use two for the six NACs on 100 W amplifiers;
4100-1260 rating = 0.707 A, 50 W, or
modules) Alarm = 70 mA
100 speakers maximum
* Refer to data sheet S4100-0031 for power supply details. (continued on next page)

5 S4100-0034-20 3/2018
Emergency Voice/Alarm Communications Equipment Product Selection (Continued)
Amplifier and Related Audio Options (Continued)
Model Description Details and Mounting Reference
Expansion Signal Module; three, 1.5 A Class B Converts one NAC input to three NAC outputs; selects between two inputs;
4100-5116 NACs; up to five maximum per amplifier; NAC for Flex-35/50 amplifiers only, two input NACs are required; Single Block
rating = 1.5 A, 50 W, or 100 speakers maximum module mounts in expansion bay; Supv. = 20 mA; Alarm = 80 mA
Expansion Signal Module NAC Expander; NAC Expands module capacity to six, Class B NACs;
4100-1266 These modules
rating = 1.5 A, 50 W, or 100 speakers maximum Supv. = 0.84 mA; Alarm = 60 mA
mount on the
Expansion Signal Module Class A Adapter; NAC Converts 3 Class B, NACs to Class A; Supv. = 1 mA;
4100-1267 4100-5116;
rating = 1.5 A, 50 W, or 100 speakers maximum Alarm = 30 mA
select one max.
Expansion Signal Module Constant Supervision Converts 3 Class B NACs to Class B or Class A Constant per 4100-5116
4100-1268 Adapter for 25 VRMS or 70.7 VRMS; NAC rating Supervision NACs; Supv. = 38 mA on batteries (constant as required
= 1.4 A, 50 W, or 100 speakers maximum supervision deactivated); Alarm = 70 mA
4081-9018 End-of-line resistor harness for 70.7 VRMS NACs; 10 k, 1 W
4100-2300 Expansion Bay Hardware; order one for each expansion bay
4100-2320 Audio Bay-to-Bay Interconnection Harness Kit; order one for each audio bay addition
4100-0637 Audio Box Interconnection Harness Kit; order one for each close-nippled audio cabinet
Audio Input and Controller Options (see page 2 for custom message ordering)
Model Description Details and Mounting Reference
Auxiliary Audio Input Module; four additional Inputs for 10 VRMS, 25 VRMS, 70.7 VRMS, line level (0.707 VRMS), or
4100-1240
(unsupervised) inputs per module; 2 maximum microphone; 1 Block; current = 10 mA
Provides 8 minutes at normal resolution or 4 minutes at high Mounts to
4100-1241 8 Minute Message Expansion Module
resolution, Supv. = 2 mA; Active = 17 mA audio
Provides 32 minutes at normal resolution or 16 minutes at controller
4100-1242 32 Minute Message Expansion Module module
high resolution; Supv. = 2 mA; Active = 17 mA
Operator Interface and Related Options
Model Description Details and Mounting Reference
Microphone Module (mike); for One maximum per audio system; front panel module that requires 2 Slots (4”), Supervisory
4100-1243
Fire Alarm Control Panels locate on expansion bay only; space behind for 4100ES flat modules only current =
Remote Microphone Module; Front panel module that requires 2 Slots (4”), locate on expansion bay only; 2.4 mA
4100-1244 for Remote Annunciator space behind for 4100ES flat modules only; distance limited to 4000 ft Active current
Panels (1219 m) = 6 mA
4003-9803 Remote Microphone Module Mounted on plate with controls, for 2-gang box mount, see data sheet S4100-0053 for details
4100-1252 1 Channel (audio or mike) Single Slot LED/switch modules; connects to a 4100-1288 or 4100-1289
4100-1253 1.5 Channel (audio + mike) Operator LED/switch controller in the same bay; space behind controller accepts
4100-1254 2 Channel (full audio) Interface 4100ES flat modules only (see drawings on p. 4); current = 24 mA;
3-8 Channel (8 channel normal LED/Switch Additional adjacent LED/switch modules, as shown on p. 4, are used as
4100-1255 res. messages, 4 channels of Modules required for specific speaker circuit selection (refer to data sheet
high res. messages) S4100-0032 for LED/switch module availability)
64 LED/64 Switch Controller Mounts behind the LED/switch modules; has LED/switch controllers
4100-1288 Refer to data
Module with mounting plate provisions for one 4100-1289 Controller Module and their connected
sheet S4100-
64 LED/64 Switch Controller modules must be in
4100-1289 0032 for details Mounts on extra space of 4100-1288; controls
Module without mounting plate additional 64 LEDs and 64 switches the same bay
Firefighter Telephone System Products
Model Description Details and Mounting Reference
Master Telephone with Control Module and Front panel module; space behind for 4100ES flat modules only; phone
three Class B telephone NACs, one maximum control module included, mounted on bay module mounting plate; for
4100-1270
per audio system; for use in Fire Alarm Control individual telephone circuit control, use LED/switch modules;
Panels only; includes one 4100-1272 Module Supv. = 80 mA; in use = 140 mA + remote phones (see table on page 7)
4100-1271 Remote Master Telephone Mounts in Remote Annunciator Panel only (see S4100-0038)
Expansion Telephone Control Module with three Expansion module for additional telephone circuits in main control or
4100-1272
Class B telephone NACs transponders; Supv. = 80 mA; in use = 140 mA + remote phones
4100-1273 Telephone NAC Class A Adapter Module Mounts to 4100-1270 or -1272; no additional current required
Network and MINIPLEX Transponder Audio Connection Options
Model Description Details
Network Audio Riser Controller Module for Typically for Network nodes without an audio controller, used for NAA
4100-0623
control of either an analog or digital riser module applications; mounts in Block A; current = 14 mA
Dual Channel Analog Audio Accepts two separate audio signals from host; controlled by Transponder
4100-0621
Riser Module Interface Module; current = 25 mA when active
3-8 Channel Digital Audio Riser Select one, Receives and decodes digital inputs; up to eight audio channels;
4100-0622
Module; with NAA input mounts in current = 70 mA; NAA input for 25, 70.7, or 0.707 VRMS
Block B Selects a single digital audio channel and converts it to an analog line level
MCC (Multiple Command Center)
4100-1341 for input to an analog 4100ES/ 4100U/4100 Legacy voice panel; current =
Digital Audio Riser Interface
70 mA
4100-9854 4100/4100+ Legacy bay mounting kit Use to mount 4100-1341 MCC Digital Audio Riser Interface in legacy panel
NPU to 4100ES Audio Interconnect Module; Dual terminal block module with harnesses for connecting to the Audio
4100-1258
mounts in 4100ES Audio cabinet Controller and Telephone Control module (requires 1 Block)

6 S4100-0034-20 3/2018
Firefighter Telephone System Description
Firefighter telephone systems provide two-way
communications for facilities where radio
communications may not be available or are unreliable.
They are typically used during active firefighting
conditions, during a fire alarm investigation, or during fire
alarm system inspection and test.
System Operation. Connections are made using a
common talk line (party line) that includes a Master
Telephone and up to six remote telephones. Remote
telephones call into the Master by either being taken
off-hook or by being plugged into a telephone jack. The
Master Telephone location receives a ring-in tone with a
visible LED indicator for each telephone circuit. When
the call is received, the operator selects the calling
telephone circuit using the assigned switch control. The
operator at the master location can place the original
telephone circuit on hold and connect to additional
telephone circuits or add them to the talk line.
Master Telephone Operation. The Master Telephone
connects directly into a telephone interface module. A
Push-to-Talk (PTT) switch provides the operator with voice
input control. Each master telephone uses local LED/switch
modules to select telephone circuits and to silence any
subsequent call-ins until selected.
Telephone Circuit Control. A call request causes the
local call-in tone sounder and assigned telephone circuit
LED to pulse quickly. Pushing the calling circuit’s switch
silences the local sounder and connects that circuit to the
talk line. Activating the switch again places that circuit on
hold with a hold tone being heard at the remote telephones
and causing that circuit’s LED to pulse slowly. Subsequent
pushes toggles from active to hold. Activating a telephone
circuit switch when no call is incoming places a request to
pick up on remote telephones equipped with local LEDs.
Master telephones can be also be connected as an input to
an audio controller module to allow audio system message
broadcasting without using a microphone.
Remote Master Telephones mount in Remote
Annunciator Cabinets and are wired as the only connection
to a telephone circuit. By adding local LED/switch
modules, operation is that of the Master Telephone.
Remote telephones are available cabinet mounted or
for plugging into a dedicated telephone jack. Each hears a
ring tone when a call-in is selected and a hold tone when
placed on hold. When on hold, the remote telephones are
each separated from the talk line.
The Telephone Interface Module provides three
Class B (Class A option is available) telephone circuits,
connection for a master telephone, and a telephone riser
input. One module is supplied when selecting a Master
Telephone. Additional telephone interface modules can be
added as required. Telephone circuit outputs can be
programmed as remote telephones, as a Remote Master,
or for telephone riser operation. Telephone circuits are
supervised for opens, shorts, and overload conditions. The
Master Telephone is supervised for broken cord or
off-hook.
Telephone riser operation can be programmed to
provide a telephone riser output that is used to interconnect
telephone interface modules in different locations. This
output type has ring and hold tones disabled.
Degraded Mode. If the telephone interface module
loses communications with the host fire alarm control
panel, telephone circuits off-hook are automatically
connected to the talk line allowing any telephone to talk
to another simply by being picked up (or plugged in).
Master Telephone Control Current with Remote
Telephones. The following table lists Master Telephone
Control current with the addition of remote firefighter
telephones.
Remote
0 1 2 3 4 5 6
Phones
Current (mA) 140 180 220 250 276 304 329

Expansion Bay Module Loading Reference

Description Mounting
Slot 1 Slot 2 Slot 3 Slot 4 Slot 5 Slot 6 Slot 7 Slot 8 Audio Controller Modules Blocks A & B
Network Riser Controller Module Block A
Audio Riser Modules Block B
Blocks E, F, G & H
SPS or RPS
Block A Block C Block E Block G ONLY
XPS Blocks G & H ONLY*
Blocks E & F; C & D;
Flex-35 Amplifiers, 2 max /bay*
or A & B
Flex-50 Amplifiers, 2 max/bay* Blocks E & F or C & D
100 W Amplifiers, 1 max/bay Blocks E, F, G & H
100 W Backup Amplifiers, 1 max.
Blocks A, B, C & D
per bay with primary amplifier
Master or Remote Phone Module Blocks A & B
Block B Block D Block F Block H Two vertical Blocks,
Master or Remote Microphone
any location (except
Module
next to telephone)
Telephone Module 1 Block
Expansion Bay Chassis Expansion Signal Module 1 Block
Operator LED/Switch Modules 1 Slot
Size Definitions: Block = 4” W x 5” H (102 mm x 127 mm) card area NPU to 4100ES Audio
1 Block
Slot = 2” W x 8” H (51 mm x 203 mm) motherboard with daughter card Interconnect Module
* NOTE: When mounting dual Flex amplifiers on an
expansion bay, special mounting rules apply.

7 S4100-0034-20 3/2018
General Specifications
Input Power
Power Supplies; SPS, XPS, RPS,
and 100 W Amplifiers
Amplifier Ratings
Built-in Tones
Flex-35 Amplifiers:
4100-1361
4100-1362
4100-1363
4100-1364
Flex-50 Amplifiers:
4100-1312
4100-1313
4100-1326
4100-1327
100 W Amplifiers and Backup Amplifiers:
4100-1314, 4100-1316, 4100-1318,
4100-1320, 4100-1322, 4100-1324;
4100-1328, 4100-1330, 4100-1332,
4100-1334, 4100-1336, 4100-1338
Total Amplifier Power per Cabinet
Audio Controller Ratings
4100-9620, 4100-1210 Analog = 225 mA supervisory Add for local speaker in alarm: 75 mA min. volume;
Current
Requirements
4100-9621, 4100-1311 Digital = 85 mA supervisory
Analog Riser Distance
Digital Riser Distance; 18 AWG
unshielded, twisted pair (UTP) required,
except as noted (refer to Installation
Instructions 574-844)*
Firefighter Telephone Distance Ratings
Distance
Battery Charger, System and Remote Power Supply (sealed lead-acid batteries)
Battery capacity range
Charger characteristics and performance
Environmental and Installation Instruction Reference
Operating Temperature Range
Operating Humidity Range
Installation Instructions Reference
120 VAC Models 4 A maximum @ 102 to 132 VAC, 60 Hz
220-240 VAC Models 2 A maximum @ 204 to 264 VAC, 50/60 Hz; with taps for 220/230/240 VAC
500 Hz horn tone operated at temporal pattern, provided when amplifiers are separated from
audio controller
Input Voltage 19 to 35 VDC from adjacent power supply
425 mA with power stage supervised
Supervisory Current
85 mA in low power mode
Use this value for power
5.5 A with continuous horn tone
Alarm Current supply loading
@ full output power Use this value for battery
1.64 A average, with temporal pattern horn
backup reference
Input Voltage 19 to 35 VDC from adjacent power supply
425 mA with power stage supervised
Supervisory Current
85 mA in low power mode
Use this value for power
5.55 A with continuous horn tone
Alarm Current supply loading
@ full output power Use this value for battery
2.27 A average, with temporal pattern horn
backup reference
400 mA (analog); 220 mA (digital) with power stage supervised
Supervisory Current
85 mA in low power mode
9.6 A with continuous horn tone
Alarm Current
@ full output power Use this value for battery
3.8 A average, with temporal pattern horn
backup reference
300 W maximum
190 mA half volume; 333 mA full volume;
Add microphone current separately; Supv.= 2.4 mA;
Active = 30 mA
Up to 10,000 ft (3048m) total with 18 AWG (0.82 mm2) shielded twisted pair (STP)
Up to 2500 ft (762 m) from 4100-1311 Digital Controller to 4100-0622 Digital Audio Riser or
4100-1341 MCC Digital Riser Interface; up to 2500 ft (762 m) between 4100-0622 Digital
Audio Riser Modules or 4100-1341 MCC Digital Riser Interfaces (signal is reformatted and
repeated); wire runs over 100 ft (30 m) require UTP wire
* NOTE: Wire runs of 100 ft (30 m) or less require shielded twisted pair wire (STP)
7500 ft (2286 m) distance to farthest phone, 18 AWG shielded twisted pair (STP)
UL listed for battery charging of 6.2 Ah up to 110 Ah (batteries larger than 50 Ah require a
remote battery cabinet); ULC listed for charging up to 50 Ah batteries
Temperature compensated, dual rate, recharges depleted batteries within 48 hours per UL
Standard 864, to 70% capacity in 12 hours per ULC Standard S527
32° to 120°F (0° to 49° C)
Up to 93% RH, non-condensing @ 90° F (32° C) maximum
Flex Amplifiers 579-173 Constant Supervision NAC Modules 579-515
Digital/Analog Amplifiers 579-174 Firefighter Phones 579-226

Additional 4100ES Product Reference

Subject Data Sheet Subject Data Sheet Subject Data Sheet

Battery and Battery Cabinet NDU with SPS Power 4100ES Basic Panels with EPS
Reference for 4100ES S2081-0006 Supplies for 4120 Network S4100-0036 Power Supplies S4100-0100
110 Ah Batteries and 4100ES Remote InfoAlarm Command Center
Cabinets for 4100ES S2081-0012 Annunciator Panels S4100-0038 with EPS Power Supplies S4100-0101
Seismic Battery Brackets InfoAlarm Command Center NDU with EPS Power Supplies
Reference S2081-0019 with SPS Power Supplies S4100-0045 for 4120 Network S4100-0102
4100ES Basic Panels with NDU with SPS Power NDU with EPS Power Supplies
SPS Power Supplies S4100-0031 Supplies for ES Net S4100-0077 for ES Net S4100-0104

TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited.

Tyco Fire Protection Products • Westminster, MA • 01441-0001 • USA S4100-0034-20 3/2018

www.simplex-fire.com
© 2018 Tyco Fire Protection Products. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice.
 Fire Control Panels
UL, ULC, CSFM Listed; FM Approved; Addressable Fire Detection and Control
MEA (NYC) Acceptance* MINIPLEX Transponders

Features MINIPLEX transponder

4100ES Series MINIPLEX transponders allow Addressable devices Strobe NAC

remotely located initiating and notification
functions:
FIRE ALARM

PULL DOWN

DIS C ONN E C T
A.C .P OW ER
C
N
A ND

 Transponder operation is available as standard or with

B A TTE R Y
B EFORE O
A SE RVICIN G
I
U
T
T
I U
O
SE RVICIN G
B EFORE
A
BA TTER Y

N
AND
A.C . PO WE R
C
DISC O NNE CT

local mode operation

 Communications with the host fire alarm control panel
use the Remote Unit Interface (RUI) format
Audio NAC Fire Alarm Local Mode Controller

Local mode
Initiating functions include:
Alarm
Lo ca l
Mod e
CONTROL Control Alarm
Sil enced
ENABLE
Local

controller
Mode
Active
Alarm
Silence Reset Power
On

 Conventional initiating device circuit (IDC) support

 Addressable device support including TrueAlarm
analog sensor compatibility
Notification functions include: AL ARMS
Fi re Al arm Pr iority 2Ala rm

Fi re Al arm
Ack
Priority2
Ack
SYST EM W ARN INGS
Supe rviso ry

S upv
Ack
T roubl e

T rouble
Ack
Alarm Sile nced

A larm
Si lence
A C Power

System
Reset
A BC
Z ONE

STU
1
J KL
FB

4
P
7
' S P' ( )
NE T
DE F
SI G
2
MN O
IO

5
VW X
A
8
,0 :
ADD R
0
GH I
AUX
3
PQ R
ID Ne t

6
YZ/
L
9

DEL

 Conventional DC notification appliance circuits

Ev ent More Enter C/Ex it
Time I nfo Pre vious

Menu

En able On N ext
Arm

Dis able Off A uto La mp

Disarm T est

Emergency Operating Instructions

Ala rm or Warning Con ditio n How to Sile nce Building Signa ls
Sys tem indicator f al shing.Ton e On. Press Al arm Silen ce.

How to Acknowled ge/ View Eve nts How to Reset S yst em

Press AC Klocated under flas hing indica tor. Press System Res et.
Rep eat o perat ion until a l eve nts a re ac knowledged
. Press Ack to silenc e ton e dev ice.
Local ton e will silence.

including TrueAlert strobe and horn appliances

 Emergency voice/alarm communications
Local mode operation provides:
 Default local initiating and notification operation in the
event of a communications loss with the host control panel On

Of f

Au to

On
On

O ff

Auto

On

 Enabling of an optional Local Mode Controller with a

Of f O ff

Au to Auto

On On

Of f O ff

Au to Auto

On On

Of f O ff

Au to Auto

local alarm sounder, LED status indicators, and

keyswitch enabled control switches
 Support for IDNet addressable devices, conventional
notification appliances, and default output tones from
local amplifiers 4100ES Fire Alarm Control Panel
Optional modules include: with Voice Control

 Digital or Analog audio riser modules for connection to Typical 4100ES MINIPLEX System One-Line Drawing
system audio signals
 Digital or analog input audio amplifiers with integral Introduction
on-board NACs
 Power supplies with or without battery chargers 4100ES MINIPLEX transponders connect to a host
 City Connect modules and RS-232 ports for printers or 4100ES Fire Alarm Control Panel using Simplex® remote P P

maintenance terminals unit interface (RUI) communications. At the transponder,

 Alarm relays, auxiliary relays, additional IDC modules,
and NAC expansion modules
NEMA 1/IP30 cabinets are equipped with solid
doors (platinum or red) and in one, two, or three
bay sizes
Listed to:
 UL 864, Fire Detection and Control (UOJZ), and Smoke
Control Service (UUKL)
 UL 2017, Process Management Equipment (QVAX)
 UL 1076, Proprietary Alarm Units-Burglar (APOU)
 UL 1730, Smoke Detector Monitor (UULH)
 UL 2572, Mass Notification Systems (PGWM)
 ULC S527, Control Units for Fire Alarm Systems
* See pages 4 and 5 for product that is listed as UL or ULC. This product has been approved by
the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the California Health
and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing 7165-0026:251 for allowable values and/or conditions
concerning material presented in this document. Accepted for use – City of New York
Department of Buildings – MEA35-93E. Additional listings may be applicable; contact your
local Simplex product supplier for the latest status. Listings and approvals under Simplex
Time Recorder Co. are the property of Tyco Fire Protection Products.
RUI communications are received by the transponder
interface module and translated into the same internal
communications format that is used in the host control
panel.
Remotely located modules. With RUI
communications, the transponder can remotely provide
the same initiating and notification functions that occur at
the host control panel without requiring multiple long
distance wiring runs. Connections to the host panel are
low current communications and audio wiring with
distances up to 2500 ft (762 m).
4100U Series Products Note. The system modules and
features listed in this data sheet are both compatible with,
and listed for use with 4100U series fire alarm control
panels. Contact your local Simplex product supplier for
details.
S4100-0035-15 3/2018

Introduction (Continued)
Please refer to document S4100-0031 and the other
documents listed on page 3 for additional information
concerning the extensive initiating and notification
features of the 4100ES fire alarm control panels.
Module Bay Description
Transponder model 4100-9600 includes a bay
assembly, a power distribution interface module (PDI), a
Basic Transponder Interface Module, and an interconnect
harness. Communications with the host fire alarm control
panel are via a Remote Unit Interface (RUI) connection
that allows for up to 2500 ft (762 m) distance. RUI can
communicate with up to a total of 31 remote devices and
can be either Style 4 or Style 7 communications.
Transponder model 4100-9601 substitutes a Local
Mode Transponder Module for the Basic Transponder
Module.
Optional Expansion Bays each include a PDI and
accept a variety of optional modules (refer to list starting
on page 4).
The Battery Compartment (bottom) accepts two
batteries, up to 50 Ah, that can be mounted within the
cabinet. Battery mounting does not interfere with
available module space. A power supply with battery
charger is required for each battery set.
Packaging Availability
 Modules are power-limited (except as noted, such as
relay modules)
 Enclosure are available for one, two, or three bay sizes
or for cabinet rack mounting
 NEMA 1/IP30 boxes and solid doors are available in
platinum or red (ordered separately)
 Up to eight close-nippled cabinets can be connected at
one transponder location (close-nippled is mounted
within 20 ft (6 m) and with interconnecting wiring
enclosed in conduit)
 Refer to document S4100-0037 for enclosure details
Local Mode Control Operation
Default Stand-Alone Operation. In the event of a
communications loss with the host fire alarm control
panel, model 4100-9601 MINIPLEX Local Mode
Transponders provide fire alarm response default
operation for its connected devices and appliances per the
following.
Input Operation. During local mode operation,
TrueAlarm initiating devices connected to the transponder
will cause an alarm at their least sensitive alarm threshold.
 Photoelectric sensors will alarm at 3.7%/ft smoke
obscuration
 Ionization sensors will alarm at 1.3%/ft obscuration
 Heat sensors will alarm at a fixed temperature of 135° F
(57° C)
 TrueAlarm device LEDs will be activated to indicate a
device in alarm
2 S4100-0035-15 3/2018
Local Mode Control Operation (Continued)
Notification Operation. Fire alarm conditions reported
against a fire alarm point type within a transponder in
local mode will cause all notification appliance circuits in
that transponder to:
 Sound a general alarm temporal pattern horn tone
 Activate visible notification appliance circuits
Local Mode Module Support. Local mode operation
provides support for the following 4100ES modules:
 System Power Supplies (SPS), Expansion Power
Supplies (XPS), and Remote Power Supplies (RPS),
including on-board notification appliance circuits
(NACs) and expansion signal modules, operated at a
temporal pattern,
 IDNet addressable device circuits, including those
on-board the SPS, and communications from IDNet 2
and IDNet 2+2 modules
 4100ES amplifiers will provide their on-board horn
tones (500 Hz) at a temporal pattern through their on-
board amplifier NACs
Local Mode Operation Module Exclusion. Modules
not listed above but that are listed as compatible with
MINIPLEX transponders per this document, do not
interfere with local mode operation but are not supported
during local mode operation.
Local Mode Controller
Operation. During local mode operation, an optional
Local Mode Controller will indicate status (see illustration
below) and can be enabled using a keyswitch to perform
local alarm silence or reset. If alarms occurring during local
mode are reset using a Local Mode Controller, upon
restoration of communications, those alarms will not be
sent to the master controller. If alarms are still present
upon restoration of communications, then the alarm
condition will be reported and host fire alarm control panel
programmed alarm functions will occur. When
communications are re-established, the local mode
transponder restores automatically.
Mounting. Local Mode Controllers are mounted on
three-gang plates, are available in beige or red, and for
either flush or semi-flush mounting. (See page 7 for
details).
Fire Alarm Local Mode Controller
Local
Alarm
Mode
CONTROL Control Alarm
Silenced
ENABLE
Local
Mode
Active
Alarm
Reset
Silence Power
On
See Operating Instruction 579-343
Local Mode Controller Module
 Typical Multi-Floor MINIPLEX Audio System

FIRE ALARM

PULL DOWN

Seventh floor

Legend:

FIRE ALARM

MINIPLEX transponder
D I S CO N N E CT
N
C A . C. P OW E R
AND
B AT TE R Y O
A BE F OR E
S ER V I CI N G
I
U

PULL DOWN
T
T
U
I S E RV I C IN G A
O BE F OR E
B A TTE R Y
AND C
N A . C. P O WE R

D I SC O N N E CT

Strobe NAC

Sixth floor

Speaker NAC

FIRE ALARM

PULL DOWN

TrueAlarm sensors
FIRE ALARM
and IDNet/MAPNET II
Fifth floor PULL DOWN
addressable circuits

Audio riser wiring,

twisted pair
FIRE ALARM

RUI communications
PULL DOWN

wiring, twisted, shielded

pair
Fourth floor

MINIPLEX transponder
FIRE ALARM
D I S CO N N E CT
N
C A . C. P OW E R
AND
B AT TE R Y O
A BE F OR E
S ER V I CI N G
I
U
T
T
U
I S E RV I C IN G A
O BE F OR E
B A TTE R Y
AND C
N A . C. P O WE R
D I SC O N N E CT

PULL DOWN

Third floor
ABC DE F GHI
ZONE SIG AUX
1 2 3
J KL M NO PQ R
FB IO IDNe t

ALA R MS SYSTE M WARNIN GS AC Power 4 5 6

Fire Alarm P riority 2 A larm Supervisor y Trouble Alarm Silenced ST U V WX YZ /
P A L
7 8 9
' SP' ( ) ,0 :
Fire Alarm Priority 2 Supv Trouble Al arm System
NET ADDR
Ack Ack Ack A ck S il ence Reset DEL
0

Event More Enter C/Exit

Tim e Info Previo u s
Menu
On Ne xt
E nable
Arm

Off Lamp
D isable Auto
Di sarm Test

Emergency Operating Instructions

Alarm or Warn ing Co nd ition How to S ilence Bu ildi ng Si gnals
System indicator f lashing.Tone On. Press Alar m Silence.

How to A cknowledge/ View Events How to R eset Sys tem

Press ACK located under flashing indicator. Press Sys tem Reset.
Repeat operation until all ev ents are acknow ledged
. Press Ack to silence t one device.
Local t one will silence.

FIRE ALARM

PULL DOWN

Second floor

On On

Off Off

Auto Auto

On On

Off Off

Auto Auto

On On

Off Off

Auto Auto

On On

Off Off

Auto Auto

4100ES Fire Alarm Control Panel

with Voice Control

First floor

Additional 4100ES Product Reference

Subject Data Sheet Subject Data Sheet
NDU with SPS Power Supplies for 4120
Battery and Battery Cabinet Reference for 4100ES S2081-0006 Network S4100-0036
110 Ah Batteries and Cabinets for 4100ES S2081-0012 4100ES Enclosures S4100-0037
InfoAlarm Command Center with SPS Power
Seismic Battery Brackets Reference S2081-0019 Supplies S4100-0045
4100ES Basic Panels with SPS Power Supplies S4100-0031 NDU with SPS Power Supplies for ES Net S4100-0077
4100ES LED/Switch Modules & Printer S4100-0032

3 S4100-0035-15 3/2018
MINIPLEX Transponder Product Selection
Transponder Type
Model Description Supv. Alarm
Basic Transponder, includes bay equipment with power distribution interface, and 4100-0620 Basic
4100-9600 36 mA 36 mA
Transponder Interface Module mounted in Block A
Local Mode Transponder, includes bay equipment with power distribution interface, and normal 38 mA 38 mA
4100-9601
4100-0625 Local Mode Transponder Interface Module mounted in Block A in local mode 23 mA 23 mA
Local Mode Controller Selection
10B

Model Description Supv. Alarm

4601-9108 Flush mount Red with white Local Mode Controller, 3-gang plate mounted; normal 44 mA 44 mA
4601-9109 Surface mount lettering flush mount requires a 1 ½” (38 mm) deep
4601-9110 Flush mount Beige with 3-gang box; surface mount controllers include a
matching mounting box; see p. 7 for details in local mode 44 mA 58 mA
4601-9111 Surface mount black lettering
Communication Modules
Model Description Size Supv. Alarm
4100-6031 City Circuit, with disconnect switches For use with SPS Mounts 20 mA 36 mA
4100-6032 Select one per SPS City Circuit, without disconnect switches only, not RPS on SPS or 20 mA 36 mA
4100-6033 Alarm Relay, 3 Form C relays, 2 A @ 32 VDC; for SPS or RPS RPS 15 mA 37 mA
4100-6038 Dual RS-232 Interface 1 Slot 132 mA 132 mA
4100-6045 Decoder Module 3 Slots 85 mA 163 mA
4100-6048 VESDA Aspiration System Interface 1 Slot 132 mA 132 mA
4100-9816 Master Clock Interface Module with one standard RS-232 port (see S4100-0033) 1 Slot 132 mA 132 mA
Expansion, System, and Remote Power Supplies and Accessories (XPS, SPS, and RPS are rated 9 A for “Special
Application” appliances, 3 A/NAC; and 5 A for “Regulated 24 DC” power, 2 A/NAC)
Model Voltage/Listing Description Size Supv. Alarm
4100-5101 120 VAC UL
Expansion Power Supply (XPS); 9 A output; 3 Class A/B
4100-5103 120 VAC, Canadian ULC 2 Blocks 50 mA 50 mA
NACs; Canadian models have low battery cutout*
4100-5102 220-240 VAC UL
4100-5115 NAC Expansion Module, 3 NACs, Class A/B, mounts on XPS only N.A. 25 mA 25 mA
4100-5111 120 VAC UL System Power Supply (SPS); 9 A power supply/charger
with 250 point IDNet channel; 3 Class A/B NACs; expansion
4100-5112 120 VAC, Canadian ULC 4 Blocks 175 mA 185 mA
slot for City Circuit or Alarm Relay option; Canadian model
4100-5113 220-240 VAC UL has low battery cutout*
4100-5125 120 VAC UL Remote Power Supply (RPS); 9 A power supply/charger
similar to SPS except no IDNet channel or City Circuits; will
4100-5126 120 VAC, Canadian ULC 4 Blocks 150 mA 185 mA
accept one 4100-6033; Canadian model has low battery
4100-5127 220-240 VAC UL cutout*
4100-5152 12 VDC Power Option, 2 A maximum 1 Block 1.5 A maximum
4100-0636 Box Interconnection Harness Kit (non-audio); order one for each close-nippled cabinet
Special Application Simplex 4901, 4903, 4904, and 4906 Series horns, strobes, and combination horn/strobes and speaker/strobes
Appliances (contact your Simplex product representative for compatible appliances)
Regulated 24 DC
Power for other UL listed appliances; use associated external synchronization modules where required
Appliances
Miscellaneous Options and Accessories
1B

Model Description
24 Point I/O Module for external connections, select each point as either a switch input (momentary or maintained) or an
4100-1290
output (for lamp/LED/relay); requires 1 Slot (refer to data sheet S4100-0032 for additional information)
4100-0632 Terminal Block Utility Module with 2, 16 position terminal blocks on 4” x 5” single block, for of up to 12 AWG wire (3.31 mm2)
P P

4100-0633 Door Tamper Switch, connects into Transponder Interface Module, one per cabinet assembly if required
4100-0634 120 VAC
Power Distribution Module (PDM) select per system voltage; one required per box
4100-0635 220/230/240 VAC
4100-9837 Green LED Power-on Indicator Kit, required for ULC listing of MINIPLEX transponder; mounts on solid door knockout
Series resistor for WSO, IDCs (N.O. water flow and tamper on same circuit, wires after water flow and before tamper) 470 Ω,
2081-9031
1 W, encapsulated, two 18 AWG leads (0.82 mm2), 2 ½” L x 1 ⅜” W x 1” H (64 mm x 35 mm x 25 mm)
P P

0B Audio Riser Modules

Model Description Size Supv. Alarm
Dual Channel Analog Audio Riser Module; accepts one or two separate audio signals from
4100-0621 1 Block 0 mA 15 mA
host control panel; mounts in Block B, is controlled by Transponder Interface Module
3-8 Channel Digital Audio Riser Module; similar to analog module, except receives and
4100-0622 1 Block 70 mA 70 mA
decodes a digital input signal with up to eight audio channels; with Non-Alarm Audio input
* Standard power supply NACs can provide synchronized strobe or SmartSync, two-wire operation. Continued on next page
4 S4100-0035-15 3/2018
MINIPLEX Transponder Product Selection (Continued)
Analog Emergency Voice/Alarm Communications Equipment, Constant Supervision Compatible*
Model Description Details
6B

4100-1361 25 VRMS output Flex-35, 35 W Amplifier, constant NAC rating = 1.4 A 35 W, or 100
Includes three on-board
4100-1362 70.07 VRMS output supervision compatible Class B audio NACs; NAC rating = 0.5 A speakers
4100-1312 25 VRMS output Flex-50, 50 W Amplifier, constant power is supplied from NAC rating = 2 A 50 W, or 100
supervision compatible an XPS, RPS, or SPS speakers
4100-1313 70.7 VRMS output NAC rating = 0.707 A
100 W Analog Amplifiers with Power Supply, Constant Supervision Compatible
Model/Output Voltage
Power Supply Input/Listing Description Details
25 VRMS 70.7 VRMS
4100-1314 4100-1315 120 VAC, 60 Hz UL Includes six, Class B audio NACs;
Primary
4100-1316 4100-1317 120 VAC, 60 Hz ULC NAC rating = 50 W or 100 speakers ULC
100 W
maximum; 2 A @ 25 VRMS; models
4100-1318 4100-1319 220/230/240 VAC, 50/60 Hz UL Amplifier
1.4 A @ 70.7 VRMS have low
4100-1320 4100-1321 120 VAC, 60 Hz UL battery
Backup dropout
Uses the six Class B NACs of primary
4100-1322 4100-1323 120 VAC, 60 Hz ULC 100 W circuit
amplifier
4100-1324 4100-1325 220/230/240 VAC, 50/60 Hz UL Amplifier

Digital Emergency Voice/Alarm Communications Equipment*

Model Description Details
4100-1363 25 VRMS output Flex-35, 35 W Amplifier, constant NAC rating = 1.4 A 35 W, or 100
Includes three on-board
4100-1364 70.07 VRMS output supervision compatible Class B audio NACs; NAC rating = 0.5 A speakers
4100-1326 25 VRMS output Flex-50, 50 W Amplifier, constant power is supplied from NAC rating = 2 A 50 W, or 100
supervision compatible an XPS, RPS, or SPS speakers
4100-1327 70.7 VRMS output NAC rating = 0.707 A
100 W Digital Amplifiers with Power Supply, Constant Supervision Compatible
Model/Output Voltage
Power Supply Input/Listing Description Details
25 VRMS 70.7 VRMS
4100-1328 4100-1329 120 VAC, 60 Hz UL Includes six, Class B audio NACs;
Primary
4100-1330 4100-1331 120 VAC, 60 Hz ULC NAC rating = 50 W or 100 speakers ULC
100 W
maximum; 2 A @ 25 VRMS; models
4100-1332 4100-1333 220/230/240 VAC, 50/60 Hz UL Amplifier
1.4 A @ 70.7 VRMS have low
4100-1334 4100-1335 120 VAC, 60 Hz UL battery
Backup dropout
Uses the six Class B NACs of primary
4100-1336 4100-1337 120 VAC, 60 Hz ULC 100 W circuit
amplifier
4100-1338 4100-1339 220/230/240 VAC, 50/60 Hz UL Amplifier

Options for use with either Analog or Digital Amplifiers

1B

Model Description Details and Mounting Reference

Flex-35/50 Expansion NAC Module; adds Mounts on Flex-35/50 assembly; NAC ratings = 1.5 A, 35/50 W,
4100-1245 Choose
three Class B audio NACs or 100 speakers maximum; Supv = 8 mA, Alarm = 60 mA
one per
Flex-35/50 Class A Adapter Module; converts amplifier Mounts on Flex-35/50 assembly; NAC ratings = 2 A, 50 W, or
4100-1246
three on-board NACS to Class A operation 100 speakers maximum; Supv =10 mA, Alarm = 30 mA
100 W Amplifier Expansion NAC Module; NAC Provides six additional Class B audio NACs, mounts on 100 W
4100-1248 Choose
ratings = 1.5 A, 50 W, or 100 speakers max. amplifier assembly; Supv = 17 mA, Alarm = 60 mA
one per
100 W Class A Adapter Module; NAC ratings = amplifier Converts six on-board NACs to Class A operation, mounts on
4100-1249
2 A, 50 W, or 100 speakers max. 100 W amplifier assembly; Supv = 1 mA, Alarm = 60 mA
25 VRMS Output; NAC Constant Supervision Adapter Supv = 10 mA
4100-1259 rating = 2 A, 50 W, or on batteries; Converts three Class B audio NACS to
for three NACs; select per
100 speakers max. Class A or Class B Constant Supervision
amplifier output; not Alarm = 35 mA
NACs; mounts on Flex-35/50 or 100 W
70.7 VRMS Output; NAC compatible with amplifier NAC Supv = 38 mA amplifier assembly; use two for the six NACs
4100-1260 rating = 0.707 A, 50 W, expansion modules; on batteries;
deactivated when on batteries on 100 W amplifiers
or 100 speakers max. Alarm = 70 mA
Firefighters Telephone Options
2B

Model Description
7B Size Supv. In Use
Expansion Telephone Control Module with three Class B telephone NACS; required when
4100-1272 1 Block 80 mA 130 mA
telephone circuits are mounted in transponder;
4100-1273 Telephone Class A Adapter Module; mounts on 4100-1272; no additional current required
General Audio Options
Model Description
4081-9018 End-of-line resistor harness for 70.7 VRMS NACs; 10 k, 1 W
4100-2320 Audio Bay-to-Bay Interconnection Harness Kit; order one for each audio bay addition
4100-0637 Audio Box Interconnection Harness Kit; order one for each close-nippled audio cabinet
* Refer to document S4100-0034 for additional audio information. Continued on next page

5 S4100-0035-15 3/2018
MINIPLEX Transponder Product Selection (Continued)
3B Audio Expansion Signal Module and Options
Model Description
8B Details and Mounting Reference
Converts one NAC input to three NAC outputs; selects between
Expansion Signal Module; three, 1.5 A Class B NACs for
two inputs; for Flex-35/50 amplifiers only, two input NACs are
4100-5116 Audio applications; up to five maximum per amplifier; NAC
required; Single Block module mounts in expansion bay;
rating = 1.5 A, 50 W, or 100 speakers maximum
Supv = 20 mA; Alarm = 80 mA
Expansion Signal Module NAC Expander; NAC rating = Expands module capacity to six, Class B These modules
4100-1266
1.5 A, 50 W, or 100 speakers max. NACs; Supv = 0.84 mA; Alarm = 60 mA mount on the
Expansion Signal Module Class A Adapter; NAC rating = Converts 3 Class B, NACs to Class A; 4100-5116;
4100-1267
1.5 A, 50 W, or 100 speakers maximum Supv = 0 mA; Alarm = 30 mA select one
Expansion Signal Module Constant Supervision Adapter; NAC rating = 1.4 A, 50 W, or 100 speakers max. per
4100-1268 Converts 3 Class B NACs to Constant Supervision Class B max.; Supv = 38 mA on batteries (constant 4100-5116 as
or Class A NACs; for 25 VRMS or 70.7 VRMS audio supervision deactivated); Alarm = 70 mA required
Model Description Size Supv. Alarm
Initiating Device
Circuits (IDCs) 4100-5005 Eight zones, Class B 1 Slot 75 mA 195 mA
4100-5015 Eight zones, Class A 1 Slot 75 mA 195 mA
4B Addressable Interface Modules
Model Description Supv. Alarm
no devices 50 mA 60 mA
IDNet 2 Module, 250 point capacity; electrically isolated output with two short circuit 50 devices 90 mA 150 mA
4100-3109*
isolating Class B or Class A output loops, 1 block; standard on EPS with IDNet 2 Module 125 devices 150 mA 225 mA
250 devices 250 mA 350 mA
no devices 50 mA 60 mA
IDNet 2+2 Module, 250 point capacity; electrically isolated output with four short circuit
50 devices 90 mA 150 mA
4100-3110* isolating Class B or Class A output loops, 1 block; mounts in expansion bay or available
master controller bay module locations only, not applicable for EPS mounting 125 devices 150 mA 225 mA
250 devices 250 mA 350 mA
IDNet Short Circuit Isolating Loop Output Module; for Aftermarket Field Installation Only; mount up to two on a 4100-3109
4100-3111*
module; for use with 4100-3109 modules only
*Note: Loading per IDNet device (no LEDs on) = 0.8 mA supervisory and 1 m A alarm.
Each IDNet 2 and IDNet 2+2 Short Circuit Isolating Loop Output can be individually controlled for system diagnostics and can be
assigned a public point for Fire Alarm Network annunciation.
Model Description Supv. Alarm
MAPNET II Module, 127 point capacity, add devices separately; Module Module without devices 255 mA 275 mA
4100-3102
size = 2 Slots; Loading per MAPNET II device = 1.7 mA Fully loaded module, total 471 mA 491 mA
Isolator Module for MAPNET II communications; converts a single connected SLC into four isolated
4100-3103 outputs selectable as Class A or Class B; up to two Isolator Modules can be connected to one SLC; 50 mA 50 mA
Module size = 1 Slot; NOTE: Compatible with MAPNET II Remote Isolators only
Relay Modules; Nonpower-Limited
5B

Model Description Resistive Ratings

9B Inductive Ratings Size Supv. Alarm
4100-3202 4 DPDT w/feedback 10 A 250 VAC 10 A 250 VAC 2 Slots 15 mA 175 mA
4100-3204 4 DPDT w/feedback 2A 30 VDC/VAC ½A 30 VDC/120 VAC 1 Block 15 mA 60 mA
4100-3206 8 SPDT 3A 30 VDC/120 VAC 1½A 30 VDC/120 VAC 1 Block 15 mA 190 mA
Current Calculation Notes:
1. For total supervisory current, add panel module currents to base system value and add all external loads panel-powered loads.
2. For total alarm current, add panel module currents to base system alarm current and add all panel NAC loads and all external loads
powered from panel power supplies.

General Specifications
120 VAC Models 4 A maximum @ 102 to 132 VAC, 60 Hz
Input Power [System (SPS); Expansion (XPS);
Remote (RPS); and 100 W amplifiers] 2 A maximum @ 204 to 264 VAC, 50/60 Hz;
220-240 VAC Models
separate taps for 220/230/240 VAC
Including module currents and auxiliary power outputs; 9 A
Power Supply Output Total Power Supply Output switches to
total for “Special Application” appliances; 4 A total for “Regulated
Ratings for SPS, XPS, Output Rating battery backup
and RPS 24 DC” power
during mains AC
(nominal 28 VDC on AC; Auxiliary Power Tap 2 A maximum
failure or brownout
24 VDC on battery NACs Programmed 2 A maximum per NAC; Rated 19.1 to 31.1 VDC conditions
backup) for Auxiliary Power 5 A maximum total
Battery Charger UL listed for battery charging of 6.2 Ah up to 110 Ah (batteries larger than 50 Ah
Battery capacity range
Ratings for SPS and require a remote battery cabinet); ULC listed for charging up to 50 Ah batteries
RPS (sealed lead-acid Charger characteristics Temperature compensated, dual rate, recharges depleted batteries within 48 hours per
batteries) and performance UL Standard 864, to 70% capacity in 12 hours per ULC Standard S527
Operating Temp. Range 32° to 120°F (0° to 49° C)
Environmental
Operating Humidity Range Up to 93% RH, non-condensing @ 90° F (32° C) maximum
Installation Instruction Reference 574-844, Transponder Interface Cards 579-343, Local Mode Controller
6 S4100-0035-15 3/2018
Local Mode Controller Detail
Matching box is supplied with surface mount models
4601-9109 (red) and 4601-9111 (beige); for semi-flush models 4601-9108
(red) and 4601-9110 (beige), use a 1-1/2" (38 mm) minimum depth, 3-gang box

Box dimensions, 6-1/2" (165 mm) 1" (25.4 mm)

into box

Fire Alarm Local Mode Controller

Alarm
Local
Mode
CONTROL Control Alarm
Silenced 4-1/2" 4-5/8"
ENABLE
(114 mm) (117 mm)
Local
Mode
Active
Alarm
Silence Reset Power
On

See Operating Instruction 579-343

1-3/4"
Local Mode Controller dimensions, 6-3/8" (162 mm) (44 mm)

Local Mode Controller to Transponder Wiring:

1. Wire close-nippled to transponder, maximum distance = 20 ft (6.1 m).
2. Nine wires required: 24 VDC (2), one per LED indicator (4), and one per switch (3).
3. Wire size, 18 AWG (0.82 mm² ).

Expansion Bay Module Loading Reference

Description Mounting
Transponder Interface Modules Block A
Audio Riser Modules Block B
Slot 1 Slot 2 Slot 3 Slot 4 Slot 5 Slot 6 Slot 7 Slot 8 Terminal Block Module 1 Block
IDNet 2 and IDNet 2+2 Modules 1 Block
4, 2 A Relays 1 Block
NON
4, 10 A Relays 4”, 2 Slots
Block A Block C Block E Block G Power-limited
8, 3 A Relays 1 Block
VESDA Interface 2”, 1 Slot
Class B IDC 2”, 1 Slot
Class A IDC 2”, 1 Slot
MAPNET II Module 4”, 2 Slots
MAPNET II Isolator 2”, 1 Slot
Decoder Module 6”, 3 Slots
Block B Block D Block F Block H Blocks E, F, G & H
System or Remote Power Supply
ONLY
Expansion Power Supply Blocks G & H ONLY
NAC Expansion Module On XPS ONLY
Expansion Bay Chassis Blocks E & F; C & D;
Flex-35 Amplifiers, 2 max /bay*
or A & B
Size Definitions: Block = 4” W x 5” H (102 mm x 127 mm) card area Flex-50 Amplifiers, 2 max/bay* Blocks E & F or C & D
Slot = 2” W x 8” H (51 mm x 203 mm) motherboard with daughter card 100 W Amplifiers, 1 max/bay Blocks E, F, G & H
100 W Backup Amplifiers, 1 max.
Blocks A, B, C & D
per bay with primary amplifier
Telephone Expansion Module 1 Block
Expansion Signal Module 1 Block
* NOTE: When mounting dual Flex amplifiers on an
expansion bay, special mounting rules apply.

7 S4100-0035-15 3/2018
 Enclosure Installation Reference

NOTE: A system ground must be provided for Earth Detection and transient protection devices. This connection
shall be made to an approved, dedicated Earth connection per NFPA 70, Article 250, and NFPA 780.

TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. VESDA is a trademark of Xtralis Pty Ltd.

Tyco Fire Protection Products • Westminster, MA • 01441-0001 • USA S4100-0035-15 3/2018

www.simplexgrinnell.com
© 2018 Tyco Fire Protection Products. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice.
 Fire Control Panels
UL, ULC, CSFM Listed; FM Approved; Cabinet Reference; Boxes, Doors,
MEA (NYC) Acceptance* Dress Panels, Rack Mounting, and Accessories

Features
Simplex® 4100ES Box and door options:
 Boxes are available sized for one, two, or three
equipment bays, each with a battery bay located at the
bottom
 Colors include platinum or red
4100ES One Bay Cabinets
 Doors are glass front with modular dress panels, or
solid
 Models are available with box and door combined for
single package shipping, or packaged separately
 Enclosures are NEMA 1 rated; wall mount enclosures
are also IP30 rated
 Refer to individual 4100ES data sheets for product
application listings (see list on page 2)
Door and dress panel selection is coordinated
with cabinet function: 4100ES Two Bay Cabinets
 Glass doors with modular dress panels provide
visibility of annunciation and interface modules for
Control Panels, Network Display Units (NDU), and
Remote Annunciators
 Solid doors are for MINIPLEX Transponders and
utility function cabinets where module visibility is not
required
4100ES Enclosure details:
 Latching dress panels easily lift off for internal access
 Smooth box surfaces are provided for locally cutting
conduit entrance holes exactly where required
 Alignment markers are provided at the top and bottom
of each box side for 6” (152 mm) or 4” (102 mm) wall 4100ES Three Bay Cabinets
studs
 Knockout screw/nail holes are supplied for semi-flush
mounting
Upright cabinet rack packaging reference:
 For use with Bud Industries Inc. special cabinet rack
model number 45964
 Refer to page 2 for cabinet rack listing

* For 4100ES one, two, and three bay cabinets with associated equipment: Products are
listed by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the
California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing 7165-0026:251 for allowable
values and/or conditions concerning material presented in this document. Accepted for
use – City of New York Department of Buildings – MEA35-93E. Additional listings may
be applicable, contact your local Simplex product supplier for the latest status. Listings
and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co. are the property of Tyco Fire Protection
Products.

Cabinet Rack Enclosure (shown with door open)

S4100-0037-15 3/2018
Enclosure Selection Chart (refer to pages 3 and 4 for dimensions)
Note: Door keys are shipped with system Master Controller, see Miscellaneous Accessories below for additional keys
Combined Box and Door Selection (select if box and door are to be shipped together)
Description Platinum 1 Bay Platinum 2 Bay Platinum 3 Bay Red 1 Bay Red 2 Bay Red 3 Bay
Box with Glass Door and Dress Panel 2975-9444 2975-9445 2975-9446 2975-9441 2975-9442 2975-9443
Box with Solid Door 2975-9450 2975-9451 2975-9452 2975-9447 2975-9448 2975-9449
Separate Box and Door Selection (select if boxes and doors are required to be shipped separately)
Description Platinum 1 Bay Platinum 2 Bay Platinum 3 Bay Red 1 Bay Red 2 Bay Red 3 Bay
Box 2975-9438 2975-9439 2975-9440 2975-9407 2975-9408 2975-9409
Glass Door and Dress Panel 4100-2104 4100-2105 4100-2106 4100-2124 4100-2125 4100-2126
Solid Door 4100-2114 4100-2115 4100-2116 4100-2134 4100-2135 4100-2136
Cabinet Rack Mounting (refer to page 4 for additional details)
Model Description #45964 Listings
#45964, Special upright cabinet rack for 4100ES; 19” (483 mm) E.I.A.; UL and ULC listed only as of document revision
from Bud gray texture; includes front polycarbonate door and rear date; cabinets are listed with the Simplex
Industries Inc. louvered door, both keyed with Simplex “B” keys 4100ES product line
4100-2140 Master Controller Rack Mount Kit, one required per master controller Master Controller and Option Bays
each require 9 Rack Units; 15.75”
4100-2145 Option Bay Rack Mounting Kit, one required per expansion bay height (400 mm)
Power Distribution Module (PDM) Rack Mount Kit, order PDM separately per system voltage, one required per
4100-2144
cabinet rack
Power Distribution Modules
Model Voltage Description
4100-0634 120 VAC Power Distribution Module (PDM); select per system voltage;
4100-0635 220/230/240 VAC one required per 4100ES box or cabinet rack
Miscellaneous Accessories
Model Description
Door key, one is shipped with system Master Controller, order for replacement or when extra keys are needed;
252-019
(Simplex “B” key)
4100-9856 Canadian French Appliqué Kit, for 1, 2, or 3 bay sizes
4100ES Appliqué Retrofit Kit, for 1, 2, or 3 bay sizes; use to identify 4100ES features when new door is not used;
4100-9857
included with Master Controller Upgrade kits as detailed on data sheet S4100-0031
4100-9868 Special Purpose Appliqué Kit: Simplex, Elevator Recall Control and Supervisory Control Unit, 4100ES
4100-9869 Special Purpose Appliqué Kit: Simplex, Sprinkler Waterflow and Supervisory Station, 4100ES
NOTE: One kit is supplied for each cabinet; order this
4100-9835 Termination and Address Label Kit, for module marking
if required for additional field module installation
Green LED Power-on Indicator Kit, required for ULC
4100-9837 Mounts using knockout provided in solid door
listing of MINIPLEX transponder
2975-9813 Platinum semi-flush box trim 1 7⁄16” (37 mm) wide, four corners and trim pieces for
2975-9812 Red semi-flush box trim top, bottom, and sides
Battery Reference
Model Capacity Model Capacity Battery Notes
2081-9272 6.2 Ah 2081-9287 25 Ah 1. Sealed lead-acid batteries, 12 VDC each; two required per
2081-9274 10 Ah 2081-9276 33 Ah battery location.
2. Battery selection is required if batteries are internal.
2081-9288 12.7 Ah 2081-9296 50 Ah 3. Select one size per battery set
2081-9275 18 Ah 4. Refer to data sheet S2081-0006 for battery details.
Battery Accessories
Model Description
4100-0650 Battery Shelf, required for 50 Ah batteries
Battery Distribution Terminal Block, mounts to side of box, required for all close-nippled cabinets unless cabinet
4100-5128
receives all power from power supplies and batteries located in the adjacent cabinet

2 S4100-0037-15 3/2018
Wall Mounted Enclosure Installation Reference

NOTE:
A system ground must be
provided for Earth Detection
and transient protection
devices. This connection
shall be made to an
approved, dedicated Earth
connection per NFPA 70,
Article 250, and NFPA 780.

For additional installation

information refer to
Installation Instructions
579-117.

Additional 4100ES Product Reference

Subject Data Sheet Subject Data Sheet

Graphic I/O Modules for 4100ES, 4010ES, 4007ES S4100-0005 NDU with SPS Power Supplies for ES Net S4100-0077
4100ES Basic Panels with EPS Power
4100ES Basic Panels with SPS Power Supplies S4100-0031 Supplies S4100-0100
InfoAlarm Command Center with EPS
4100ES Emergency Voice/Alarm Equipment S4100-0034 Power Supplies S4100-0101
NDU with EPS Power Supplies for 4120
MINIPLEX Transponders with SPS Power Supplies S4100-0035 Network S4100-0102
MINIPLEX Transponders with EPS Power
NDU with SPS Power Supplies for 4120 Network S4100-0036 Supplies S4100-0103
4100ES Remote Annunciator Panels S4100-0038 NDU with EPS Power Supplies for ES Net S4100-0104
InfoAlarm Command Center with SPS Power
Supplies S4100-0045

3 S4100-0037-15 3/2018
Console Package Reference

Front View Side View Rear View

Cabinet Rack Specifications

Type Upright cabinet rack for exclusive use with Simplex 4100ES Fire Alarm Products
Supplier Order from Bud Industries Inc. (www.budind.com)
Model Number 45964
Height 69-7/8” (1775 mm)
Outside Dimensions Width 24-1/16” (611 mm)
Depth 22” (559 mm)
Color Gray texture
Panel Space Width 19” E.I.A. (483 mm)
Surface mount with 1/8” thick (3.18 mm) smoke gray polycarbonate, locked with
Front Door
Simplex “B” key, hinged on left of cabinet
Rear Door Ventilated top and bottom, locked with Simplex “B” key
Sides Side panels are removable from the inside for rack-to-rack mounting
Bottom Pan attached for battery mounting
Levelers Includes 4 stem levelers on bottom
Installation Instructions 579-229

TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited.

Tyco Fire Protection Products • Westminster, MA • 01441-0001 • USA S4100-0037-15 3/2018

www.simplex-fire.com
© 2018 Tyco Fire Protection Products. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice.
 Fire Control Panels
UL, ULC, CSFM Listed; FM Approved; Remote Annunciator Panels
MEA (NYC) Acceptance*

Features
Remote Annunciator Panels provide fire alarm
control panel status information at locations
distant from the fire alarm control panel
Typical functions include:
 Remote status LED indicators and dedicated switch
input controls located on LED/switch modules
 Remote status LED indicator modules with 8 red or
16 (8 red/8 yellow) LEDs that are pluggable to allow
color selection (yellow, green, or red LEDs are
ordered separately)
 Remote microphone and operator interface for access
to the emergency voice/alarm communications system
 Remote master telephone for communicating to the
firefighter telephone system
 Also available with InfoAlarm Command Center
expanded content user interface (refer to page 5 and to
data sheet S4100-0045 for additional information)
Additional optional modules include:
 Remote Command Center module for LCD status
readout and keyswitch controlled functions
 24 Point I/O module
4100ES Remote Annunciator in a Three Bay Cabinet with
 RS-232 ports for remote printer or terminal
Audio Operator Modules; Remote Command Center (left)
connections and with an InfoAlarm Command Center (right)
 Power supplies with battery charger for annunciator
 Panel mounted printer for system status recording Introduction
Wiring requirements:
Remote Annunciator Panels are dedicated purpose
 RUI or RUI+ (remote unit interface) supervised transponders that support fire alarm system status
communications from the host fire alarm control information. Typical use is when the host fire alarm
panel provide Style 4 or Style 7 SLC (signaling line control panel is located away from the area where those
circuit) connections responding to a fire situation need status information.
 Microphone and telephone circuits require their own Status and Control. Controls are suitable for
dedicated wiring firefighter or other fire brigade responders to access
Listed to: particular information and for system control. When
 UL Std. 864, Fire Detection and Control (UOJZ), and equipped with a remote microphone and emergency
Smoke Control Service (UUKL) voice/alarm communications system control, an
authorized user can take command of the system and
 UL Std. 2017, Process Management Equipment either play selected pre-recorded messages or select
(QVAX) specific tones, or initiate live broadcast information either
 UL Std. 1076, Proprietary Alarm Units-Burglar globally into the system, or to selected areas.
(APOU) Remote Master Firefighter Phone. When equipped
 UL Std. 1730, Smoke Detector Monitor (UULH) with a remote master phone, the authorized user can
 ULC Std. S527-99 connect to remote phone call-in requests and allow callers
to be connected to each other. Although intended for use
* See page 4 for additional listing details. This product has been approved by the California in assisting fire responders, these system are also helpful
State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the California Health and during system setup and test.
Safety Code. See CSFM Listing 7165-0026:0251 for allowable values and/or conditions
concerning material presented in this document. Additional listings may be applicable;
contact your local Simplex® product supplier for the latest status. Listings and approvals
under Simplex Time Recorder Co. are the property of Tyco Fire Protection Products.

S4100-0038-14 3/2018
Module Bay Description Packaging Availability
Remote Annunciators include a bay assembly, a power  Modules are power-limited (except as noted, such as
distribution interface module (PDI), a Transponder Interface relay modules)
Module, and an interconnect harness. Communications with  Enclosure are available for one, two, or three bay sizes
the host fire alarm control panel are via a Remote Unit or for cabinet rack mounting
Interface (RUI or RUI+) connection that allows for up to
2500 ft (762 m) distance. RUI can communicate with up to a  Boxes, doors with tempered glass inserts, and dress
total of 31 remote devices per master controller (on one or panels are available in beige or red (ordered separately)
multiple RUI channels) and can be either Style 4 or Style 7  Refer to document S4100-0037 for enclosure details
communications. Wiring can be either shielded or
Remote Command Center
unshielded, twisted, or untwisted single pair wiring.
4100-9610 Remote Annunciator. This model is for The optional Remote Command Center occupies the top
applications that may require a full complement of the bay of a Remote Annunciator. It provides an LCD status
Remote Annunciator functions (refer to the product readout with keyswitch activated control switches and a
selection lists on pages 3 and 4). Power is from a cabinet local tone-alert sounder. Features are essentially identical
mounted Remote Power Supply (RPS). to the Remote LCD Annunciator model 4603-9101
(reference document S4603-0001).
4100-9611 Basic Remote Annunciator. For remote
annunciator applications that require less features in the
cabinet, select this model which accepts power from a
separate fire alarm control cabinet. (This model does NOT
accept: a cabinet mounted power supply, expansion phone
cards, Class A phone modules, RS-232 modules, panel
mounted printers, or 24 I/O modules.)
Optional Expansion Bays each include a PDI and
accept a variety of optional modules for specific annunciator
functions.
The Battery Compartment (bottom) accepts two
batteries, up to 50 Ah. Battery mounting does not interfere
with available module space. (Not applicable to the model
4100-1292 Remote Command Center
4100-9611)
Remote Annunciator Audio Module Reference

Phone Phone Audio Speaker

Control Control Control Circuits

Command
Phone Phone 8th
Center
Circuit 1 Circuit 9 Floor
Active

All
Phone Phone 7th
Speakers
Circuit 2 Circuit 10 Floor
EVAC

Phone Phone Selective 6th

Circuit 3 Circuit 11 EVAC Floor

Push-to-Talk Phone
Circuit 4
Phone
Circuit 12
5th
Floor
switch
Phone Phone 4th
Circuit 5 Circuit 13 Floor

Phone Phone 3rd

Circuit 6 Circuit 14 Floor

All
Phone Phone 2nd
Speakers
Circuit 7 Circuit 15 Floor
Talk

Ready
Phone Phone 1st
to
Circuit 8 Circuit 16 Floor
Talk

Remote Master 8 Switches with 8 Remote Microphone 8 Switches with 8 Red

Phone Module Red LEDs, Module 4100-1244 LEDs, 4100-1280
4100-1271 4100-1280, 2 shown
Single Channel Audio
with typical labels
Control 4100-1252

2 S4100-0038-14 3/2018
Product Selection
Panel Type
Model Description Details and Mounting Reference
Includes a bay assembly with power distribution board, a Basic
Remote Annunciator Panel; requires an internal Transponder Interface Module (4100-0620) mounted in Block A, and an
4100-9610 interconnect harness for connecting to 4100ES/4100U Slot modules
power supply
Supervisory and Alarm current = 87 mA
Includes a bay assembly with power distribution board, a remotely powered
Basic Remote Annunciator Panel; requires Transponder Interface Module mounted in Block A, and an interconnect
4100-9611 power from another cabinet (refer to module harness for connecting to 4100ES/4100U Slot modules
exclusion list on page 2)
Supervisory and Alarm current = 87 mA
Remote Command Center Option (for InfoAlarm Command Center expanded content display products, refer to data sheet
S4100-0045)
Model Description Details and Mounting Reference
Panel Mounted LCD Annunciator; 2 line by 40 Mounting requires the top bay; 4100ES/4100U flat modules are allowed
character LCD with LED illumination; LED behind it; RUI device, RUI/RUI+ connection is required
4100-1292
illumination is off during supervisory, turning on Supervisory current = 65 mA (w/o backlight)
with alarm or when switches are activated Alarm current = 140 mA
Emergency Voice/Alarm Communications Operator Interface Options
Model Description Details and Mounting Reference
Front panel module; requires 2 Slots (4” [51 mm]), space behind accepts
4100-1244 Remote Microphone (mike) Module 4100ES/4100U flat modules only (requires dedicated wiring to fire alarm
control panel audio control module); Supv. = 2.4 mA, Active = 6 mA
4100-1252 1 Channel (audio or mike) Single slot modules requiring connection to an LED/switch controller; space
4100-1253 1.5 Channel (audio + mike) Operator behind accepts 4100ES/4100U flat modules only; adjacent LED/switch
Interface module(s) are required for specific speaker circuit selection (refer to
4100-1254 2 Channel (full audio) Modules document S4100-0034 for audio reference and document S4100-0032 for
4100-1255 3-8 Channel LED/switch module reference); Supv. = 0, Alarm = 24 mA
Firefighter Telephone System Products (refer to document S4100-0034 for additional detail)
Model Description Details and Mounting Reference
Mounts in two vertical blocks of bay front, locate as required; space behind
4100-1271 Remote Master Telephone
allows 4100ES/4100U flat modules only
4100-1272 Phone Module with 3 Class B phone NACs Single Block module, mounts to bay mounting plate Not available
4100-1273 Phone Class A Adapter Module Mounts to 4100-1272, no additional space required with 4100-9611

LED and LED/Switch Modules, General Purpose (LED/switch controller and label kit is ordered separately)*
LEDs per Switch LEDs Switches Model LED Color(s) Model LED Color(s)
One 8 8 4100-1280 Red 4100-1281 Yellow
Two 16 8 4100-1282 Red on top, Yellow on bottom 4100-1283 Yellow, top and bottom
Two 16 8 4100-1284 Red on top, Green on bottom 4100-1296 Green on top, Yellow on bottom
One 16 16 4100-1285 Red 4100-1278 8 Red on left, 8 Yellow on right
LEDs per Switch LEDs Switches Model LED Color(s)
LEDs only 8 LEDs only 4100-1276 Red, pluggable
LEDs only 16 LEDs only 4100-1277 Pluggable LEDs, shipped Red on top, Yellow on bottom
Pluggable LEDs, shipped Red on top, Yellow on bottom;
One 16 16 4100-1300
Note: UL, ULC, and CSFM listed only
One 24 24 4100-1287 Red
LED/Switch Modules, Special Purpose (LED/switch controller, label kit, and separate LEDs are ordered separately)*
Model Operation Switch Function (Location) LED Description
On (top) Green LED
Eight function HOA (On, Off, Auto) Control Module
4100-1286 Off (middle) Red LED
with labeled switches
Auto (bottom) Green LED
4100-1295 Eight function HOA (On, Off, Auto) Control Module, same as 4100-1286 except switches are unlabeled
LED/Switch Controller Modules and Accessories (LED kits for 4100-1276/1277/1300 are on page 4)*
Model Description
64 LED/64 Switch Controller Module with mounting plate; controls up to 64 LEDs and NOTE: LED/switch controllers and
4100-1288 interfaces to up to 64 switches; mounts behind the LED/switch modules and has their connected LED/switch
provisions for one 4100-1289 Controller Module modules must be in the same bay;
64 LED/64 Switch Controller Module without mounting plate; mounts on extra space of (see data sheet S4100-0032 for
4100-1289 details)
4100-1288; controls an additional 64 LEDs and 64 switches
4100-1294 LED/Switch Module Slide-in Labels, required when LED/switch modules are present; order one per cabinet
24 Point I/O Module for external connections, select each point as either input or output; 2” (51 mm) wide, 1 Slot; refer to
4100-1290
S4100-0032 for more detail; not available with 4100-9611
* Note: Refer to data sheet S4100-0032 for additional LED/Switch module selections. (continued)
3 S4100-0038-14 3/2018
Product Selection (Continued)
Communication Modules (not available with 4100-9611)
Model Description Size Supv. Alarm
4100-6038 Dual RS-232 Interface, mounts in Slot 3 or Slot 2 1 Slot 132 mA 132 mA
4100-9816 Master Clock Interface Module with one standard RS-232 port (see S4100-0033) 1 Slot 132 mA 132 mA
Panel Mounted Printer (not available with 4100-9611, refer to document S4100-0032 for additional detail)
Model Description
4100-1293 Panel Mount Thermal Printhead Printer, supplied with one roll of paper; requires 3 expansion slots
4190-9803 Replacement Paper for 4100-1293 Printer, one roll
Power Supplies and Accessories
Model Voltage/Listing Description Size Supv. Alarm
4100-5125 120 VAC UL Remote Power Supply (RPS); 9 A power supply
with battery charger; Canadian model has low
4100-5126 120 VAC, Canadian ULC 4 Blocks 150 mA 185 mA
battery cutout; required for 4100-9610, not
4100-5127 220/230/240 VAC UL available with 4100-9611
Box Interconnection Harness Kit; order one for each close-nippled cabinet; also used if power is supplied from host
4100-0636
fire alarm control panel
Power Distribution Modules
Model Voltage Description
4100-0634 120 VAC Power Distribution Module (PDM); Required for 4100-9610, select one per box or
4100-0635 220/230/240 VAC select per system voltage cabinet rack; not applicable for 4100-9611

Miscellaneous Accessories
Model Description
4100-2300 Expansion Bay Hardware, order one for each expansion bay (unless included with selected option)
4100-1279 Single blank 2” display cover, order as required (8 fill a bay front); 2 max. between LED/switch modules
4100-9835 Termination and Address Label Kit (for module marking); provides additional labels for field installed modules
Terminal Block Utility Module; provides 2, 16 position terminal blocks mounted on 4” x 5” single block size, capable of
4100-0632
up to 12 AWG wire (3.31 mm2)
4100-0633 Door Tamper Switch (connects to Transponder Interface Module)
4100-9843 Yellow
4100-9844 Green Kits of 8 LEDs; order as required for 4100-1276/1277/1300 modules
4100-9845 Red

General Specifications
Input Power

120 VAC Models 4 A maximum @ 102 to 132 VAC, 60 Hz

Remote Power Supplies (RPS)
2 A maximum @ 204 to 264 VAC, 50/60 Hz;
220-240 VAC Models
separate taps for 220/230/240 VAC

Power Supply Output Ratings for the Remote Power Supply (RPS)
9 A total @ nominal 28 VDC, including module currents
Total Power Supply Output Rating Output switches to
and auxiliary power outputs
battery backup
Auxiliary Power Tap 2 A maximum during mains AC
Rated 19.1 to 31.1 VDC failure or brownout
2 A maximum per NAC, conditions
NACs Programmed for Auxiliary Power
5 A maximum total
Battery Charger, Remote Power Supply (RPS) (sealed lead-acid batteries)
UL listed for battery charging of 6.2 Ah up to 110 Ah (batteries larger than 50 Ah
Battery capacity range
require a remote battery cabinet); ULC listed for charging up to 50 Ah batteries
Temperature compensated, dual rate, recharges depleted batteries within 48
Charger characteristics and performance
hours per UL Standard 864, to 70% capacity in 12 hours per ULC Standard S527
Environmental
Operating Temperature Range 32° to 120°F (0° to 49° C)
Operating Humidity Range Up to 93% RH, non-condensing @ 90° F (32° C) maximum

4 S4100-0038-14 3/2018
Two Bay Remote Annunciator LED/Switch Module Reference

Fire Door Manual HVAC HVAC Fan Fan Smoke

Control
Zones Release Alarms Controls Controls On Off Alarms

East East East East East

On On
Wing Wing Wing Wing Wing
West West East Annex
Off Off
Wing Wing Wing
West South South West West
Auto Auto
Wing Wing Wing Wing Wing

South North North South South

Wing On On
Wing Wing Wing Wing
Off
West Off
Annex Annex Garage
North Wing North North
Garage Garage Auto Auto
Wing Wing Wing

Annex Basement Basement On On Annex Annex

Boiler Boiler South
Off Off Basement
Room Room Wing
Garage Auto Auto Garage Garage

Basement On On
Basement Basement
North Boiler
Off Off
Wing Room
Boiler Boiler Boiler
Auto Auto
Room Room Room

InfoAlarm Command Center Detail Reference

Waterflow-East
ABC DEF GHI
Waterflow-West ZONE SIG AUX
Page Up 1 2 3
Ground Fault
JKL MNO PQR
FB IO IDNet
Manual Evac Previous 4 5 6
STU VWX YZ/
P A L
Next
City Disconnect 7 8 9
'SP' ( ) ,#:
Door Holder NET ADDR
Page Dn C/Exit
Bypass 0

Drill
Menu Enter
Smoke Sensor
Fire Priority 2 System System Alarm AC
Almost Dirty Check
Alarm Alarm Supervisory Trouble Silenced Power

Language
Toggle

Fire Alarm Priority 2 Supv Trouble Alarm System

Lamp Test Ack Ack Ack Ack Silence Reset

ALARMS WARNINGS

5 S4100-0038-14 3/2018
Single Slot LED/Switch Module Detail Reference
LED/Switch Modules LED Modules
Label insert
Primary
function label

Additional
function labels
Fan Fan
Control
On Off
Custom
label area Designates area
East for each column of
Switches Wing
switches and LEDs
West
LEDs Wing

South
Wing
Visible area
8-1/4" H, North
Switch
2" W Wing
(210 mm
x 51 mm) Annex
LEDs

Garage

Basement

LED Color Legend:

Boiler Red, Yellow, Green;
Room
R/Y = Red on top,
Yellow on bottom;
R-Y = Red on left,
Yellow on right

8 Switches 16 Switches 8 Switches 16 Switches 8 LEDs: 16 LEDs:

with 16 LEDs: with 16 LEDs: with 8 LEDs: with 16 LEDs: 4100-1276, R 4100-1277, R/Y
4100-1282, R/Y 4100-1300, R/Y 4100-1280, R 4100-1278, R-Y (pluggable LEDs) (pluggable LEDs)
4100-1283, Y/Y (pluggable LEDs) 4100-1281, Y 4100-1285, R
4100-1284, R/G
4100-1296, G/Y

Dual Slot LED/Switch Module Detail Reference

Label insert

One switch per Primary function labels

control, on/off

Custom
label area
On On Green LED (On)
Off Off Red LED (Off)
Auto Auto Green LED (Auto)

On On

Off Off
Red LEDs
Auto Auto

On On
Visible area
Off Off
8 1/4" H, 2" W
(210 mm x 51 mm) Auto Auto

On On

One switch Off Off

per function
Auto Auto

4100-1287 HOA Modules, 8 Controls (3 switches each), 24 LEDs:

24 Switches, 24 LEDs 4100-1286, with labeled switches (shown)
4100-1295, with unlabeled switches (not shown)

6 S4100-0038-14 3/2018
Audio Control Module Detail
4100-1252, 4100-1253, 4100-1254, 4100-1255,
Single Channel 1.5 Channel Dual Channel 3-8 Channel

Audio Audio Audio Audio

Control Control Control Control

Command Green Command Green Command Green Command Green

Center Center Center Center
Active LED Active LED Active LED Active LED

All All All All

Speakers Speakers Speakers Speakers
EVAC EVAC EVAC EVAC

Red Start
Selective Selective Selective
EVAC
Red EVAC
Red EVAC LEDs All
Selected

LEDs LEDs Red

Visible area Selective Selective
8-1/4" H, 2" W Alert Alert LEDs
(210 mm x 51 mm)
Local
Speaker
EVAC

Local Local
Local
Speaker Speaker
Speaker
EVAC Alert Green
Green Green LEDs
All All All All
Speakers
Talk
LEDs Speakers
Talk
LEDs Speakers
Talk
Speakers
Talk Green
LEDs
Ready Ready Ready Ready
to to to to
Talk Talk Talk Talk

Blank switches can be

programmed as required

Expansion Bay Module Loading Reference

Slot 1 Slot 2 Slot 3 Slot 4 Slot 5 Slot 6 Slot 7 Slot 8

Block A Block C Block E Block G

Size Definitions:

Block = 4” W x 5” H card area

Slot = 2” W x 8” H motherboard with

daughter card

Block B Block D Block F Block H

Expansion Bay Chassis

Additional 4100ES Data Sheet Reference

Subject Data Sheet Subject Data Sheet
Battery and Battery Cabinet Reference for
4100ES S2081-0006 4100ES Enclosures S4100-0037
InfoAlarm Command Center with SPS Power
110 Ah Batteries and Cabinets for 4100ES S2081-0012 Supplies S4100-0045
Seismic Battery Brackets Reference S2081-0019 NDU with SPS Power Supplies for ES Net S4100-0077
Graphic I/O Modules for 4100ES, 4010ES, 4100ES Basic Panels with EPS Power
4007ES S4100-0005 Supplies S4100-0100
4100ES Basic Panels with SPS Power InfoAlarm Command Center with EPS Power
Supplies S4100-0031 Supplies S4100-0101
NDU with EPS Power Supplies for 4120
4100ES LED/Switch Modules & Printer S4100-0032 Network S4100-0102
NDU with SPS Power Supplies for 4120
Network S4100-0036 NDU with EPS Power Supplies for ES Net S4100-0104

7 S4100-0038-14 3/2018
 Wall Mounted Enclosure Installation Reference

Front view, box outline without door Side view with door attached

Door thickness
4-3/4"(121 mm)
3 Bay height =
56" (1422 mm)

Knockout screw/nail holes

(for semi-flush mounting)

Exposed cabinet for

2 Bay height = semi-flush mounting
40" (1016 mm) 1-3/8" (35 mm)
minimum Wall board reference
for semi-flush
mounting, 6" stud

1 Bay height =
22" (559 mm)

Exposed door and cabinet

for semi-flush mounting
Doors can be hinged left or right
6-1/8" (156 mm) minimum Stud alignment
markers, each side

6" stud
Optional semi-flush
trim kit reference 4" stud

24" (610 mm) 6-29/32"

(175 mm)
11-11/16"
(296 mm)

NOTE: A system ground must be provided for Earth Detection and transient protection devices. This connection
shall be made to an approved, dedicated Earth connection per NFPA 70, Article 250, and NFPA 780.

TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited.

Tyco Fire Protection Products • Westminster, MA • 01441-0001 • USA S4100-0038-14 3/2018

www.simplexgrinnell.com
© 2018 Tyco Fire Protection Products. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice.
 Fire Control Panels
UL, CSFM Listed; FM Approved; XA Loop Interface to the 4100ES or 4100U Fire
MEA (NYC) Acceptance* Alarm Control Panel, Module 4100-3115

Features XA device loop, Simplex IDNet™

Class B or Class A addressable devices
®
Allows the Simplex 4100ES or 4100U to operate
as either an XA Loop Master Panel or an XA Loop XA
device
Data Gathering Panel
1 5

When operating as an XA loop Master Panel: 2

4
SI M PL EX T I M E RECO RDE R CO .
40 90 - 9 0 02
RELA Y I AM
I NST AL . I NSTR.
DATE CO DE:
57 4- 18 4
6

 Connects to up to 255 input devices and up to 255 output XA

1

device
devices on a single XA loop to monitor, supervise, and
control
 Monitoring status includes Normal, Trouble, or Alarm XA
device
 XA loop devices can be 4-wire if command output
functions are used, or 3-wire if used for monitoring only
 XA loop devices appear to the 4100ES/4100U similar to
FIRE ALARM

PULL DOWN

IDNet™ addressable devices including custom labels

with up to 40 characters
When operating as an XA loop Data Gathering Panel:
 Communicates status and receives control from the XA
loop’s Autocall compatible Master Panel
 Control includes Acknowledge, Silence, Reset, and
device level commands
 4100ES/4100U operates as a stand-alone fire alarm
control panel for its connected devices and appliances 4100-3115
XA Loop
4100ES or 4100U panels equipped with Simplex Module
Network communications can send XA loop
device information to other Network nodes
4100ES/4100U Fire Alarm
Description Control Panel (4100ES shown)

System Flexibility. When a fire alarm system using 4100ES/4100U XA Loop Interface Block Diagram
existing XA loop devices requires expansion, use of the
4100-3115 XA Loop Interface Module allows the 4100-3115 Specifications
expansion to include the capabilities of the 4100ES or
Power Requirements
4100U fire alarm control panel. This module allows the
host control panel to be selected to function as either the 24 VDC from expansion bay
power supply if present; or wired
XA loop master controller (head end) or as a Data Voltage
to AUX (+) and AUX ( -) from
Gathering Panel as an intelligent device on the XA loop Auxiliary 24 VDC in panel
reporting to a remote master controller.
Current 570 mA @ 24 VDC
Multiple XA Loop Interface Modules can be XA Loop Specification Reference
installed in the 4100ES/4100U allowing a variety of
system expansion situations to be satisfied. The Maximum Resistance 100  per wire
4100ES/4100U accepts up to a total of 30 modules of this 1.5 µF wire-to-wire
Maximum Capacitance
type which also includes IDNet modules, MAPNET II® 1.5 µF wire-to-shield
modules, and VESDA® modules Current 500 mA
On-Board LEDs are provided for service diagnostics to Voltage/Frequency 24 VAC, 250 Hz
indicate XA loop status, internal 4100ES/4100U Maximum Addresses per Loop 255
communications status, and supervision status when General Specifications
functioning as a master controller for the XA loop. Operating Temperature Range 32 F to 120 F (0 C to 49 C)
For additional information, refer to Installation and Up to 93% RH, non-condensing
Humidity Range
Programming Guide 579-513. @ 90° F (32° C)
* This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to 4” x 10” (102 mm x 254 mm)
Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing 7165-0026:251 Mounting module requires two vertical
(non-high rise) and 7170-0026:250 (high rise) for allowable values and/or conditions expansion bay blocks
concerning material presented in this document. It is subject to re-examination, revision, and
possible cancellation. Accepted for use – City of New York Department of Buildings – On-board terminal blocks for field
MEA35-93E. This product was not ULC listed as of document revision date. Additional Output Wiring Connections wiring 18 to 12 AWG (0.82 mm2
listings may be applicable; contact your local Simplex product supplier for the latest status.
Listings and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co. are the property of Tyco Safety
to 3.31 mm2 )
Products Westminster.
S4100-0041-3
 XA Loop Interface System Diagram, Master Panel Operation

XA
Optional connection to
device
Simplex Network loop

XA
device
Local notification appliances

XA device loop, XA
Class B or Class A; device
3-wire or 4-wire

FIRE ALARM
1 5

2 6

3 SI M PL EX TI M E RE CO RDE R CO .
409 0- 9 00 2
7
PULL DOWN
REL AY I AM
I NSTAL . I NSTR. 57 4- 1 84
DATE CO DE:

4 8

4100-3115 XA Loop Local addressable devices

Interface Module

4100ES/4100U Fire Alarm

Control Panel (4100ES shown)

XA Loop Interface System Diagram, Data Gathering Panel Operation

XA
device

Optional connection to
Simplex Network loop
XA
device
AUTOCALL® Local notification appliances
compatible
XA Panel
XA
device

FIRE ALARM
1 5

2 6

3 S I M PL EX T I M E RE CO RDER CO . 7
PULL DOWN
4 090- 9 00 2
RELAY I AM
I NSTAL . I NSTR. 57 4- 184
DATE CO DE:

4 8

4100-3115 XA Loop Local addressable devices

Interface Module

4100ES/4100U Fire Alarm

Control Panel (4100ES shown)

Tyco is a registered trademark of Tyco International Services GmbH and is used under license. Simplex, the Simplex logo, IDNet, AUTOCALL, and MAPNET II are trademarks of
Tyco International Ltd. and its affiliates and are used under license. VESDA is a trademarks of Xtralis Pty Ltd.

Tyco Safety Products Westminster • Westminster, MA • 01441-0001 • USA S4100-0041-3

www.tycosafetyproducts-usa-wm.com
© 2011 Tyco Safety Products Westminster. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice.
 Fire Control Panels
UL, ULC, CSFM Listed; FM Approved Retrofit Kits for Installing 4100ES Equipment into Existing
MEA (NYC) Acceptance* 2120/2001/4100 Series Fire Alarm Control Panel Boxes

Features
Replace existing Simplex® 2120, 2001, or 4100
Series fire alarm control panel equipment with
4100ES Series products using the existing Existing equipment is removed
backbox: (Solid door 2120/4100 Transponder
shown for reference)
 Retrofit kits include either a solid or glass-fronted
metal door, retainer panels for glass door applications,
and box extension hardware Standard 4100ES
 Kits are available for 1, 2, or 3 bay 4100ES equipment two bay box outline

 Colors are available to coordinate with existing beige,

red, or black boxes, or to convert to red or beige**
Existing
With the retrofit kits in place, standard 4100ES 2120/2001/4100
4-Unit Equipment Box
equipment can be easily installed:
 Existing cabinets accommodate internal battery
mounting up to 33 Ah (ref. battery 2081-9276);
50 Ah or higher battery sizes require external cabinets
 Established 4100ES module placement rules apply
Compatible existing backboxes include:
 Solid or louvered boxes in 2-Unit, 4-Unit, or 6-Unit
sizes (also known as No. 2, No. 4, or No. 6 boxes) 4100ES Equipment mounts with two-bay
 “Shallow” boxes that are 6-1/2” deep, used for 2001 Retrofit Kit, sized to fit existing box

Series equipment and early 2120 Series equipment

 “Deep” boxes that are 6-3/4” deep, used for 4100
Series and for later versions of 2120 Series equipment Typical Application; 4-Unit 2120 Backbox
Retrofitted with Two-Bay 4100ES
UL Listed to Standard 864

Description
Description (Continued)
4100ES Design Reference. When the 4100ES Series
Typical Applications. Examples for these retrofit kits
of Simplex fire alarm control panel products was
include backboxes installed on surfaces that would be
developed, the cabinet dimensions were optimized to
costly to modify (such as marble, plaster, or concrete) or
accept newer generations of equipment design. 4100ES
where installed into a custom enclosure. Whether surface
cabinets are narrower, taller, and deeper than those of the
mounted or semi-flush mounted, these retrofit kits can
2120, 2001, and 4100 Series products.
expedite the equipment retrofit process.
Retrofitting. When existing fire alarm control systems
Other Applications. Compatible boxes may be
require capacity or performance increases, it is an
available for retrofit from other applications such as some
opportunity to consider new product solutions. When
2100 Series Multiplex equipment. To determine whether
updating existing Simplex 2120/2001/4100 Series
an existing box is compatible with these retrofit kits, refer
equipment to 4100ES equipment, these retrofit kits allow
to box dimension information on page 2.
the update to use the existing backboxes. Retaining the
existing boxes allows mechanical and electrical impact to Bay Size Reference. 4100ES fire alarm control panel
be reduced, often significantly. equipment typically mounts in new 2 or 3 bay 4100ES
boxes. Some 4100ES equipment combinations are
* This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to available for mounting in a single bay size. Retrofit kits
Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing
7165-0026:251 for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in this are available to convert the 2120/2001/4100 2-Unit/No. 2
document. It is subject to re-examination, revision, and possible cancellation. This product boxes to accommodate 4100ES single bay equipment.
was not approved by MEA (NYC) as of document revision date. Additional listings may be
applicable; contact your local Simplex product supplier for the latest status. Listings and Equipment Selection Reminder. Proper retrofitting
approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co. are the property of Tyco Safety Products
Westminster. of existing equipment requires that the desired fire alarm
** Beige retrofit kits are a slightly different color from that of the existing beige boxes. Red and functions be understood in order to specify the necessary
black are similar, but may not exactly match the existing box. Consider painting the 4100ES equipment.
exposed existing box if color coordination is a concern.

S4100-0044-7 06/2016
2120 and 4100ES Equipment Compatibility
2120 BMUX. The Head-End of a 2120 Multiplex System
is called the BMUX. It communicates with a variety of
2120 compatible transponders that perform the majority
of the fire alarm functions. 4100ES equipment can be
equipped with a dual RS-232 Module (4100-9038) that is
programmable for one channel to communicate to a 2120
BMUX as a 2120 Transponder.
Compatible 4100ES Equipment. Communications
with a 2120 BMUX is available with 4100ES Series: Fire
Alarm Control Panels, MINIPLEX Transponders, and
Network Display Units (NDUs).
4100ES as Head-End. For applications where the
4100ES Fire Alarm Control panel is required to become
the Head-End control, existing equipment will be required
to be replace or upgraded to be 4100ES compatible.

Existing Backbox Size Identification

Size Designation Box Height Box Width “Shallow” Box Depth “Deep” Box Depth
2-Unit (No. 2) 20-3/4” (527 mm)
25-3/4” 6-1/2” 6-3/4”
4-Unit (No. 4) 36-1/4” (921 mm)
(654 mm) (165 mm) (171 mm)
6-Unit (No. 6) 52-1/8” (1324 mm)

See diagram below for additional dimension reference.

Existing Backbox Identification Reference Dimensions

"Shallow" box dimensions, typical of 2001 Style and "older" 2120 Style

NOTE: If holes indicated are not present at each corner,

6-1/2" deep drilling will be required (details are provided with
(165 mm) Installation Instructions 579-766)

1-3/4"
(44 mm)

1-3/4"
(44 mm)

"Deep" box dimensions, typical of "newer" 2120 Style and 4100 Style

6-3/4" deep NOTE: Conditions of the existing enclosure may

(171 mm) require enlarging some of the mounting holes
to facilitate kit installation

5/8"
(16 mm)

1/2"
(13 mm)

S4100-0044-7 06/2016
2
2120 and 2001 Style (Shallow) Backbox Retrofit Kit Selection

Kits for existing 2120 or 2001 Style boxes with box depth = 6-1/2” (165 mm) and with front top lip = 1-3/4” (44 mm).

Retrofit Kit Information Existing Backbox

Color Door Kit Model 4100ES Size Model Reference Product Reference Color Size*
2975-9148 2001 Series Black
4100-9901 Single bay 2-Unit
2975-9156 2120 Series Beige
2975-9149 2001 Series
Black
2975-9152 2001 Series, louvered
4100-9902 Two bay 4-Unit
2975-9163 2120 Series
Red Glass Beige
2975-9167 2120 Series, louvered
2975-9150 2001 Series
Black
2975-9153 2001 Series, louvered
4100-9903 Three bay 6-Unit
2975-9165 2120 Series
Beige
2975-9168 2120 Series, louvered

4100-9904 Single bay 2975-9156 2120 Series Beige 2-Unit

2975-9163 2120 Series
4100-9905 Two bay Beige 4-Unit
Beige Glass 2975-9167 2120 Series, louvered
2975-9165 2120 Series
4100-9906 Three bay Beige 6-Unit
2975-9168 2120 Series, louvered

4100-9907 Single bay 2975-9148 2001 Series Black 2-Unit

2975-9149 2001 Series
4100-9908 Two bay Black 4-Unit
Black Glass 2975-9152 2001 Series, louvered
2975-9150 2001 Series
4100-9909 Three bay Black 6-Unit
2975-9153 2001 Series, louvered

2975-9148 2001 Series Black

4100-9910 Single bay 2-Unit
2975-9156 2120 Series Beige
2975-9149 2001 Series
Black
2975-9152 2001 Series, louvered
4100-9911 Two bay 4-Unit
2975-9163 2120 Series
Red Solid Beige
2975-9167 2120 Series, louvered
2975-9150 2001 Series
Black
2975-9153 2001 Series, louvered
4100-9912 Three bay 6-Unit
2975-9165 2120 Series
Beige
2975-9168 2120 Series, louvered

4100-9913 Single bay 2975-9156 2120 Series Beige 2-Unit

2975-9163 2120 Series
4100-9914 Two bay Beige 4-Unit
Beige Solid 2975-9167 2120 Series, louvered
2975-9165 2120 Series
4100-9915 Three bay Beige 6-Unit
2975-9168 2120 Series, louvered

4100-9916 Single bay 2975-9148 2001 Series Black 2-Unit

2975-9149 2001 Series
4100-9917 Two bay Black 4-Unit
Black Solid 2975-9152 2001 Series, louvered
2975-9150 2001 Series
4100-9918 Three bay Black 6-Unit
2975-9153 2001 Series, louvered
* The terms 2-Unit, 4-Unit, and 6-Unit are used interchangeably with No. 2, No. 4, and No. 6.
Note: For semi-flush trim kits, use 2975-9801, Beige; and 2975-9802, Red.

S4100-0044-7 06/2016
3
 2120 and 4100 Style (Deep) Backbox Retrofit Kit Selection

Kits for existing 2120 and 4100 Style boxes with box depth = 6-3/4” (171 mm) and with front top lip = 5/8” (16 mm).

Retrofit Kit Information Existing Backbox

Kit Model 4100ES Size Color and Type Model Reference Size* Color Product Reference
4100-9919 Two bay Red with Glass Door 2975-9193 4-Unit
Red
4100-9920 Three bay Red with Glass Door 2975-9195 6-Unit
4100-9921 Two bay Beige with Glass Door 2975-9192 4-Unit
Beige
4100-9922 Three bay Beige with Glass Door 2975-9194 6-Unit
2120/4100 Series
4100-9923 Two bay Red with Solid Door 2975-9193 4-Unit
Red
4100-9924 Three bay Red with Solid Door 2975-9195 6-Unit
4100-9925 Two bay Beige with Solid Door 2975-9192 4-Unit
Beige
4100-9926 Three bay Beige with Solid Door 2975-9194 6-Unit

* The terms 2-Unit, 4-Unit, and 6-Unit are used interchangeably with No. 2, No. 4, and No. 6.
Note: For semi-flush trim kits, use 2975-9801, Beige; and 2975-9802, Red.

Backbox Retrofit Kit Installation Reference (for details refer to Installation Instructions 579-766)

Tyco is a registered trademark of Tyco International Services GmbH and is used under license. Simplex, the Simplex logo and MINIPLEX are trademarks of Tyco International Ltd.
and its affiliates and are used under license.

Tyco Safety Products Westminster • Westminster, MA • 01441-0001 • USA S4100-0044-7 06/2016

www.tycosafetyproducts-usa-wm.com
© 2016 Tyco Safety Products Westminster. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice.

UL, ULC, CSFM Listed; FM Approved;
MEA (NYC) Acceptance*
Features
Compatible with Simplex ES Net or 4120 Fire Alarm
Networks
Multi-line expanded content display interface for
Simplex® 4100ES Series fire alarm control panels,
available with the following products:
 Fire alarm control panels (stand-alone or networked)
including Redundant CPU options (Software Revision
12 or higher is required)
 Network Display Units (NDU) with support for up to
12,000 points
 Remote Annunciator panels and models that mount in a
dedicated cabinet (4100ES and 4100U control panels
support Remote InfoAlarm Command Centers
independent of host panel display type)
 Upgrade kits are available for legacy 4100 (1000 pt,
4100+ systems) and 4100ES and 4100U standard panels
 UL listed to Standard 864
InfoAlarm Command Centers provide customized
operating convenience:
 “Activity in System” primary display choices include:
First and Most Recent, First 5 and Most Recent, First 8,
Site Plan with activity status icons, General Alarm, or
Direct to List; selectable individually by event type
 System reports are easily viewed; logs can be read with
minimal scrolling required
 Up to six “softkeys” per screen provide functions that
vary with the particular screen information aiding
operators to determine how to proceed
 Up to two languages are available per system, easily
selected by programmable key press (systems with
IMS/GCC/NPU or 2 x 40 LCD panels or annunciators
require one language to be the default font)
 International models allow customized language legends
for operator keys and status LEDs
 Information sent to Remote InfoAlarm Command
Centers can be vectored by point
Display properties:
 320 x 240 dot matrix (QVGA) display provides an active
area of 4.53” W x 3.4” H (115 mm x 86 mm) displaying
up to 854 characters using standard ASCII character font
 Bright white LED backlighting provides efficient and
long lasting illumination; operation is selectable as
continuous or off with power fail or with no key presses
Display properties:
 320 x 240 dot matrix (QVGA) display provides an active
area of 4.53” W x 3.4” H (115 mm x 86 mm) displaying
up to 854 characters using standard ASCII character font
Introduction
InfoAlarm Command Center Control Panel LCD
interface requires minimal key presses to access detailed
information. By using a larger area format instead of an
individual text line display, the LCD provides text
information for Alarm, Supervisory, or Trouble. The format
can be customized per application allowing additional
information to be presented to suit the specific application.
Fire Control Panels
InfoAlarm Command Center
for the 4100ES Fire Alarm Control Panel
InfoAlarm Command Center for Control Panel Mounting
InfoAlarm Command Center in Remote Cabinet
Description
InfoAlarm Command Centers for 4100ES fire alarm
systems provide a large display with extended information
content, dual language support including 2 byte character
languages, and an intuitive control key interface per the
following:
 Up to 10 InfoAlarm Command Centers are supported per
4100ES/4100U control panel; able to allow one
InfoAlarm Command Center to take-control and to
designate access levels for interfaces not in-control; LEDs
can be programmed for in-control status indications
 Menu-driven format conveniently prompts operators for
the next action required
 Key controls are provided to select the highlighted entry,
load next screen of information, or jump to top or
bottom of activity lists
 Direct point callup displays individual points
alphabetically and then homes in on the logical choice as
more point information is entered
 A Site Plan bitmap can be displayed for reference; icons
can be added to indicate system status
 Up to 50 custom point detail messages can be generated
 Date formats are either MM/DD/YY or DD/MM/YY
 Time formats are either 24 hour or 12 hour with AM/PM
 System Normal screen supports a gray scale bitmap
(watermark) for location name, company logo, or site plan
* This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to
Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing 7165-0026:251
for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in this document. It is
subject to re-examination, revision, and possible cancellation. Accepted for use – City of
New York Department of Buildings – MEA35-93E. At the time of publication only UL and
ULC listings are applicable to ES Net network products. Additional listings may be
applicable; contact your local Simplex product supplier for the latest status. Listings and
approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co. are the property of Tyco Fire Protection
Products.
S4100-0045-11 3/2018
Control Panel Operation Reference

NOTE: Refer to page 7 for international control panel reference information. Detailed operator instructions are on
document 579-685.
THREE PROGRAMMABLE
LEDs provide custom labeling,
the top two LEDs are selectable
as red or yellow, the third LED is
selectable as red or green
ULC SYSTEMS require
designating a Ground Fault
indicator
Custom label insert (typical
choices shown for reference)
320 x 240 DOT MATRIX DISPLAY, White
SIX SOFT KEYS are available when
LED backlighting provides easy viewing;
required. This sample provides Menu
operation is programmable for key inactivity
to call up the available operations;
timeout and/or AC power fail
More Info to call up specific point
PRIMARY "ACTIVITY IN SYSTEM" details, Site to call up the Site Plan
DISPLAY OPTIONS: Choices include "First Graphic Screen, Event Time (while
8" (shown below for "Fire Alarm in System"), pressed) displays time and date for all
"First and Most Recent," "First 5 and Most displayed events, and Clr/Exit; the
Recent," "Site Plan," "General Alarm," or following are other typical soft keys: NUMERIC KEYPAD for
"Direct to List." After the event is
Point Enable and Disable point category and point
acknowledged, screen reverts to the
Force On or Arm selection (alphabet
sequential event list until Clr/Exit softkey is
Force Off or Disarm characters are not used
selected or after timeout (~ 30 seconds);
Return On/Off or at this time)
applicable to Fire Alarm, Priority 2 Alarm,
Arm/Disarm to Auto Mode C/Exit Key duplicates
System Supervisory, and System Trouble,
Event Time Request the Clr/Exit softkey
each category is independently selectable
More Information Request when present
for primary display mode

Ground Fault
ABC DEF GHI
Waterflow-East ZONE SIG AUX
Page Up 1 2 3
Waterflow-West
JKL MNO PQR
FB IO IDNet
Manual Evac Previous 4 5 6
STU VWX YZ/
P A L
Next
City Disconnect 7 8 9
'SP' ( ) ,#:
Door Holder NET ADDR
Page Dn C/Exit
Bypass 0

Drill
Menu Enter
Smoke Sensor
Fire Priority 2 System System Alarm AC
Almost Dirty Check
Alarm Alarm Supervisory Trouble Silenced Power

Language
Toggle LCD NAVIGATION
Fire Alarm Priority 2 Supv Trouble Alarm System
CONTROL:
Lamp Test Ack Ack Ack Ack Silence Reset Menu, Enter; Previous
ALARMS WARNINGS item select, Next item
select; Page Up and
Page Down

SEVEN PROGRAMMABLE
FUNCTION SWITCHES, each
equipped with dual color LED
indicators; the top six LEDs are
selectable as either red or
yellow, the bottom LED is
selectable as either red or
green; NOTE: Program the
bottom switch as "Lamp
Test" for UL listed systems
FIRE ALARM ACK acknowledges a Fire Alarm condition, logs the
acknowledge, silences the operator panel and all annunciator tone- SIX SYSTEM STATUS INDICATOR
alerts, and displays sequential alarm list LEDs provide system status indications
in addition to LCD information, LEDs flash
PRIORITY 2 ACK acknowledges a Priority 2 Alarm condition, logs the to indicate the condition and then when
acknowledge, silences the operator panel and all annunciator tone- acknowledged, remain on until reset :
alerts, and displays sequential Priority 2 alarm list Fire Alarm & Priority 2 Alarm, red LED
SUPV ACK acknowledges system supervisory conditions, logs the Supervisory & Trouble, yellow LED
acknowledge, silences the operator panel and all annunciator tone- Alarm Silenced, yellow LED
alerts, and displays sequential supervisory condition list AC Power, green LED (on for normal)
TROUBLE ACK acknowledges system troubles, logs the
acknowledge, silences the operator panel and all annunciator tone-
alerts, and displays sequential trouble list
ALARM SILENCE causes notification appliances to be deactivated,
typically after evacuation is complete and while alarm source is being
investigated. May be programmed to silence audible notification and
allow visible notification to continue (strobes still flashing).
SYSTEM RESET restores control panel to normal when all alarmed
inputs are returned to normal

2 S4100-0045-11 3/2018
Display Feature Reference (shown actual size)

FIRST OCCURRENCES (UP TO 5) AND MOST RECENT OCCURRENCE,

ACTIVITY IN SYSTEM DISPLAY ("Fire Alarm in System" screen shown for reference,
see page 2 for a First 8 Events display)
FIRST OCCURRENCE advises of the time, date, device type, and custom label of the
first occurrence of the event type displayed; the numerical count identifies the
sequence of occurrence; when selected as the primary display screen, display of first
occurrence and most recent occurrence is maintained until events are acknowledged
which brings up the event list (similar to the First 8 display); the display reverts back to
"First and Most Recent" when the Clr/Exit softkey is selected or after a time delay

SOFT KEYS in this

FONT ATTRIBUTES include: column correspond to

Double
the panel pushbutton
Normal, Bold, Underline, , Dim, switches; programming
allows the soft keys to
Reverse , Flash On/Off, Flash On/Dim, and appear only when the
commands for Vertical and Horizontal Placement functions are enabled

DISPLAY SIZE:
4.53" W x 3.4" H
(115 mm x 86 mm)

TALLY COUNTS list the number of activities per category of Fire Alarm
(FIRE), Primary 2 Alarm (PRI2), Supervisory (SUPV), and Trouble (TRBL)

COMMAND PROMPT advises the operator of the action required and displays local panel time

MOST RECENT advises of the time, date, device type, and custom label of
the most recent occurrence of the list shown, in this case, the Fire Alarm list

3 S4100-0045-11 3/2018
Site Plan with Event Icons
Site Plan Bitmap. The InfoAlarm Command Center
supports a site plan monochrome bitmap image (size is
281 pixels wide by 192 pixels high) that can also display
icons indicating activity and location. Shown to the right is a
sample site plan with icons shown in each building area. For
this example, each area is showing an “A” for an initiating
device in alarm, a “WF” for waterflow occurring, and an
icon indicating notification appliances in alarm. (Icons can be
created for site specific symbology, these are for example
only.)
Site Plan Selection and Detail. If desired, the site plan
can be the primary display screen for system activity or can
be for reference, available by selecting the “Site” softkey.
Depending on the facility layout, the site plan can also be a
convenient location for common reference information such
as primary call phone numbers, street address, etc. to assist
operators in their assigned response.
System Normal Screen. The site plan (or another bitmap
image) can be displayed on the System Normal screen as a
grey image watermark behind the screen text. (Size and type
are the same as that for a site plan bitmap). This can be used
to identify the specific location of the 4100ES or can display
a site-specific logo or other information. (A sample is shown
on page 6.)

Customized Emphasis
The Main Menu screen illustration to the left
demonstrates how print/display statements appear for
status information or for prompting of user input. Other
examples of this format occur when setting time and date,
entering a password, or identification of a status change
such as point enabling or disabling. Use of this feature
allows the display to clearly focus the user on required
information or actions.

Information Review
The Trouble Log History screen shown to the right
identifies the ability to view multiple event entries with
minimal scrolling. For specific information access,
pressing “Next” or “Previous” on the keypad highlights
the selected next or previous item in the list as indicated
by the arrow and the bolded first line of Entry 6.

For access to the next or previous full screen of

information, use the Page Dn or Page Up keys located to
the right of the soft keys, each to the right of the display.

4 S4100-0045-11 3/2018
Additional Primary Display Screens
Below are samples of a First and Most Recent primary
display and of a General Alarm display.

First and Most Recent Primary Display Option General Alarm Primary Display Option

International Display Details

CUSTOM LABEL INSERT for the NOTE: Two sets of slide-in labels are provided, UPPER LABEL INSERT allows
three programmable LEDs and for the one blank, the other in English; areas shown with custom labeling of the numeric keypad
seven programmable switches + + + + are blank for custom words/characters and of the LCD navigation controls

Generic site plan shown for reference

++++

++++
++++ ++++ ++++
++++
++++

++++ ++++ ++++ ++++

++++ ++++
++++
++++ ++++ ++++ ++++
++++

++++ ++++
++++ ++++ ++++ ++++

++++
++++ ++++ ++++

++++
++++ ++++ ++++ ++++ ++++ ++++ ++++

Toggle
Language
++++ ++++ ++++ ++++ ++++ ++++
Lamp Test

++++ ++++

SWITCH PROGRAMMING EXAMPLES; for UL listed systems,

LOWER LABEL INSERT allows custom labeling of the
designate the bottom switch for Lamp Test; for dual language
six ACK/Silence/Reset switches and labeling of their
systems, you can program a second switch to change the language
associated LEDs
display (text shown for reference only, slide-in labels are blank)

Additional 4100U Data Sheet Reference

Data Sheet Subject Data Sheet Subject Data Sheet Subject

S4100-0031 Standard Panel Reference S4100-0035 MINIPLEX Transponders S4100-0032 LED/Switch Modules
S4100-0036 Network Display Unit S4081-0002 Remote Battery Charger S4100-0037 Enclosure Options
S4100-0038 Remote Annunciators S4100-0034 Audio/Phone Modules

5 S4100-0045-11 3/2018
Product Selection

4100ES Master Controller with InfoAlarm Command Center (see data sheet S4100-0031 for descriptions of the 4100ES
Basic Control Panel details, standard product features, options, and reference for related fire alarm control panel products)
InfoAlarm Command Center
Model Model Type UL ULC Voltage Master Controller Features
Type
4100-9114 English —
Master Controller Assembly;
4100-9115 English 120 VAC, 60 Hz 9 A system power supply/battery charger
— raised keys with fixed labels
4100-9116 French (SPS), 250 point IDNet interface, 3 NACs,
4100-9213 International — 120 VAC, 60 Hz Master Controller auxiliary relay, and external RUI+ (isolated
220/240 VAC, Assembly; flat keys with or un-isolated) communications interface
4100-9212 International —
50/60 Hz inserts for custom key labels
Redundant CPU (Master One Command Center with redundant CPU
4100-9122 English — 120 VAC, 60 Hz Controller); raised keys with cards and SPS power supplies in a two bay
fixed labels assembly. Active SPS battery charger in Bay
1 only. External RUI connections require
4100-1291 RUI expansion modules. Do not
Redundant CPU (Master use circuit connections on primary and
220/240 VAC,
4100-9222 International — Controller); flat keys with secondary SPS power supplies.
50/60 Hz
inserts for custom key labels Not compatible with ES Net network
panels.
Upgrade Kits (see NOTE for NDU upgrades; Upgrade kit are UL and ULC listed)
Model Model Type Description NOTE
Upgrade Kit for existing 4100ES or 4100U Series Fire Alarm Control Panels; includes
4100-7153 English complete bay front assembly with InfoAlarm Command Center providing raised keys with
fixed labels; uses existing power supply and Master Controller Board (CPU card)
Upgrade Kit for existing 4100 (Legacy 1000 pt, 4100+ systems) Series Fire Alarm NDU
Control Panels (non-4100U); includes complete bay front assembly with InfoAlarm upgrades
4100-7154 English require
Command Center; raised keys with fixed labels, and replacement Master Controller Board;
uses existing power supply
4100-0640
Upgrade Kit for existing 4100ES or 4100U Series Fire Alarm Control Panels; includes Display
complete bay front assembly with InfoAlarm Command Center providing flat keys with Memory
4100-7155 International
inserts for custom key labels; use for non-English language applications including French Expansion,
for Canada; uses existing power supply and Master Controller Board (CPU card) see below for
Upgrade Kit for existing 4100 (Legacy 1000 pt, 4100+ systems) Series Fire Alarm details
Control Panels (non-4100U); includes complete bay front assembly with InfoAlarm
4100-7156 International
Command Center; flat keys with inserts for custom key labels, and replacement Master
Controller Board; use for Canadian French applications; uses existing power supply
Network Display Unit (NDU) Master Controller with InfoAlarm Command Center
(NOTE: See data sheet S4100-0036 for NDU feature details and for details on SPS NAC ratings for NDU with VCC)
Model Model Type UL ULC Voltage NDU Type Master Controller Features
4100-9151 English — Includes: 4100-0640 InfoAlarm
NDU (Standard, Non-Voice); Memory Expansion, Network Interface
4100-9153 English 120 VAC, 60 Hz
— raised keys with fixed labels Card (select media cards separately),
4100-9154 French
9 A SPS power supply/batt. charger,
4100-9245 International — 120 VAC, 60 Hz
NDU (Standard, Non-Voice); and external RUI+ (isolated or un-
flat keys with inserts for isolated) communications interface;
4100-9243 International — 220/240 VAC, 50/60 Hz custom key labels (NOTE: SPS IDNet channel and NACs
are disabled)
4100-9152 English — NDU with Voice Interface Includes above features and adds:
4100-9155 English 120 VAC, 60 Hz and Control; raised keys VCC Bay with Standard CPU Module,
— Network Interface Card (select media
4100-9156 French with fixed labels
cards separately), 9 A SPS with 250
4100-9246 International — 120 VAC, 60 Hz NDU with Voice Interface Point IDNet Interface, (3) 3 A NACs,
and Control; flat keys with and RUI+ (isolated or un-isolated)
4100-9244 International — 220/240 VAC, 50/60 Hz inserts for custom key labels communications interface
Remote Annunciator with InfoAlarm Command Center (see data sheet S4100-0038 for Remote Annunciator features)
Model Model Type UL ULC InfoAlarm Command Center Type Master Controller Features
4100-9612 English Includes Expansion Bay with
With raised keys and fixed labels Basic
4100-9613 French — PDI, Remote TIC module;
Remote
power is supplied from host
4100-9614 International — With flat keys & inserts for custom key labels Annunciator control panel
4100-9607 English Includes Expansion Bay with
With raised keys and fixed labels Remote PDI, Remote TIC module;
4100-9608 French —
Annunciator power supply is specified
4100-9609 International — With flat keys & inserts for custom key labels separately when configured
InfoAlarm Command Center Memory Option (may be required to be ordered separately, see description details)
Model Description
Display Memory Expansion Module; included with NDU systems; required for all InfoAlarm Command Centers
4100-0640
connected to a panel if any are using 2 byte character fonts; 6 Meg module mounts on rear of display board
(continued on next page)

6 S4100-0045-11 3/2018
Product Selection (Continued)

Remote InfoAlarm Command Center Control Assembly with Cabinet for Surface Mounting
Model Number/Cabinet Color
Application Type Listing Description
Red Platinum
4100-9401 4100-9403 English UL & ULC Remote InfoAlarm Command Center with cabinet; for
surface mounting; includes mounting box and door
4100-9421 4100-9423 French/Canada ULC assembly with glass insert; uses RUI or RUI+
communications; requires external 24 VDC system voltage;
4100-9441 4100-9443 International UL see illustrations below and Installation Instructions 579-687
for details
Remote InfoAlarm Command Center Front View

Remote InfoAlarm Command Center Mounting Reference

7 S4100-0045-11 3/2018
Specifications
General Display Specifications
Dot Matrix Size320 x 240
Active Display4.53” W x 3.4” H (115 mm x 86 mm), includes header, footer, and softkey area;
Size Reference Area 5.66” diagonal measurement (144 mm)
Characters Up to 854 characters total using standard ASCII character font
Designation QVGA; one quarter of standard VGA (Video Graphics Array) display
Display Polarizer Type Transflective with rear backlight
Display Adjustment Contrast adjustment is located on the controller module
White LEDs with intensity adjustment and selectable AC power fail operation;
Backlight
intensity adjustment is located on the controller module
On continuously; Off with AC power fail until a switch is pushed; selectable
Backlighting Operation Options
timeout without switch activity
Control Panel Mounted InfoAlarm Command Center Current Requirements
Master Controllers (4100-9114, -9115, Supervisory 445 mA @ 24 VDC
-9116, -9212, -9213, -9222) Alarm 540 mA @ 24 VDC; backlight and tone-alert on
Redundant CPUs Supervisory 636 mA @ 24 VDC
(4100-9122, -9222) Alarm 818 mA @ 24 VDC; backlight and tone-alert on Panel currents only are
Network Display Units, Non-Voice Supervisory 491 mA @ 24 VDC shown, add external
(4100-9151, -9153, -9154, -9243, -9245) Alarm 546 mA @ 24 VDC; backlight and tone-alert on device loading per
Network Display Units, Voice Supervisory 900 mA @ 24 VDC system requirements
(4100-9152, -9155, -9156, -9244, -9246) Alarm 1.017 A @ 24 VDC; backlight and tone-alert on
4100-7153 & -7155 for 4100U add 82 mA supervisory; add 127 mA for alarm
Upgrade Kits
4100-7154 & -7156 for Legacy 4100+ add 235 mA supervisory; add 280 mA for alarm
Remote Annunciators with InfoAlarm Command Center, Powered from Control Panel
Voltage 19 to 33 VDC (24 VDC nominal), system supplied; requires separate wiring
Supervisory 169 mA @ 24 VDC
Current
Alarm 202 mA @ 24 VDC; backlight and tone-alert on
Mounting Details; Stand-Alone Cabinet Models See page 6 for reference illustration
RUI+ (Remote Unit Interface) isolated or un-isolated external annunciator
Type
communications line SLC (signaling line circuit); Class B or Class A operation
Up to 31 total remote RUI devices, including up to 10 InfoAlarm Command Center
Capacity
devices
4100ES Capacity,
4100ES: InfoAlarm Command Center, Remote Annunciators, MINIPLEX
RUI+ Output
Transponders; 4603-9101 LCD Annunciator, 4602-9101 Status Command Unit
RUI Device
(SCU), and 4602-9102 Remote Command Unit (RCU); refer to data sheet S4100-
Reference List
0031 for additional 4100ES RUI information (4602 series annunciators require un-
isolated communications)
Data Single twisted, shielded pair, 18 AWG (0.82 mm2)
Power 18 to 12 AWG (0.82 mm2 to 3.31 mm2) wires for 24 VDC system power
Wiring Requirements A dedicated earth ground connection to the electrical box is required for proper
Earth ESD and EMI protection; wire in accordance with NFPA 70 (National Electrical
Code) Article 250
Custom Point Detail Messages
Select “more info” softkey when investigating point detail and scroll to the bottom
Message Location Details of the information; typical messages might include contact details (phone
numbers, pager numbers, etc.) and other contact or reference information
Number of Messages Up to 50
120 characters; visible characters = 116; (lines 1 and 2 require one carriage
Character Details
return character and one line feed character)
Message Size
3 lines total; 40 characters maximum per line; line 3 may be limited to 36 visible
Line Details
characters depending on characters in lines 1 and 2
Operating Temperature 32° to 120°F (0° to 49° C)
Environmental
Operating Humidity Up to 93% RH, non-condensing @ 90° F (32° C) maximum

8 S4100-0045-11 3/2018
Additional 4100ES and ES Net Product Reference

Subject Data Sheet

Serial DACT (SDACT) for 4100ES, 4010ES, 4007ES S2080-0009
Battery and Battery Cabinet Reference for 4100ES S2081-0006
110 Ah Batteries and Cabinets for 4100ES S2081-0012
Seismic Battery Brackets Reference S2081-0019
External 110 Ah Battery Charger for 4100ES, 4010ES S4081-0002
4100ES Basic Panels with SPS Power Supplies S4100-0031
4100ES LED/Switch Modules & Printer S4100-0032
4100ES Emergency Voice/Alarm Equipment S4100-0034
NDU with SPS Power Supplies for 4120 Network S4100-0036
4100ES Enclosures S4100-0037
4120 Network Products and Specifications S4100-0056
ES Net Network Products and Specifications S4100-0076
NDU with SPS Power Supplies for ES Net S4100-0077
4100ES Basic Panels with EPS Power Supplies S4100-0100
InfoAlarm Command Center with EPS Power Supplies S4100-0101
NDU with EPS Power Supplies for 4120 Network S4100-0102
NDU with EPS Power Supplies for ES Net S4100-0104

9 S4100-0045-11 3/2018
TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. National Electrical Code and NFPA are
trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association.

Tyco Fire Protection Products • Westminster, MA • 01441-0001 • USA S4100-0045-11 3/2018

www.simplex-fire.com
© 2018 Tyco Fire Protection Products. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice.
 Fire Control Panels
UL, CSFM Listed; FM Approved; Retrofit Kits for Installing 4100ES Equipment into
MEA (NYC) Acceptance* Existing AUTOCALL® Control Panel Backboxes

Features
Replace existing AUTOCALL fire alarm control
panel equipment with Simplex® 4100ES Series
Existing equipment
products using the existing backbox: and door assembly
 Retrofit kits include either a solid or glass door, are removed

retainer panels for glass door applications, and box

extension hardware
 Kits are available to accommodate 1, 2, or 3 bays
of 4100ES equipment
 Doors and trim are red
 See notes on page 2 for installation tool
requirements Existing AUTOCALL
7 Module
With the retrofit kits in place, standard 4100ES Equipment Box
equipment can be easily installed:
 Existing cabinets accommodate internal battery
mounting up to 33 Ah (ref. battery 2081-9276);
50 Ah or higher battery sizes require external
cabinets
 Established 4100ES module placement rules apply
Compatible existing backboxes include:
 Five module, seven module, or ten module height
boxes 4100ES Equipment mounts
with 7 module Retrofit Kit,
 4” (102 mm) or 6” (152 mm) deep boxes sized to fit existing box
 Boxes with or without top and bottom mounting
flanges; kit includes adapter brackets for boxes
without the flanges
UL Listed to Standard 864

Description
Retrofitting. When existing fire alarm control systems Typical Application; 7 Module Box
require capacity or performance increases, it is an Retrofitted with Two-Bay 4100ES
opportunity to consider new product solutions. For
existing AUTOCALL fire alarm control equipment in
need of updating, these retrofit kits allow the installation
of 4100ES Series equipment to be mounted in the
installed box. By retaining the existing boxes, mechanical
and electrical impact is reduced, often significantly.
Typical Applications. Examples for these retrofit kits
include backboxes installed on surfaces that would be
costly to modify (such as marble, plaster, or concrete) or
where installed into a custom enclosure. Whether surface
mounted or semi-flush mounted, these retrofit kits can
* This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to
expedite the equipment retrofit process. Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing 7170-0026:251
for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in this document. It is
Equipment Selection Reminder. Proper retrofitting subject to re-examination, revision, and possible cancellation. Accepted for use – City of
of existing equipment requires that the desired fire alarm New York Department of Buildings – MEA35-93E. This product was not ULC listed as of
document revision date. Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local Simplex
functions be understood in order to specify the necessary product supplier for the latest status. Listings and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder
4100ES equipment. Co. are the property of Tyco Safety Products Westminster.

S4100-0047-2 9/2010
 AUTOCALL Backbox Retrofit Kit Selection

Red Retrofit Kits with Glass Door

Model Existing Box Depth Existing Box Model No. Existing Box Capacity 4100ES Module Capacity
4100-9930 4” (102 mm) 8099-512
5 Module One bay
4100-9931 6” (152 mm) 8099-516
4100-9932 4” (102 mm) 8099-513
7 Module Two bay
4100-9933 6” (152 mm) 8099-514
4100-9934 6” (152 mm) 8099-515 10 Module Three bay

Red Retrofit Kits with Solid Door

Model Existing Box Depth Existing Box Model No. Existing Box Capacity 4100ES Module Capacity
4100-9935 4” (102 mm) 8099-512
5 Module One bay
4100-9936 6” (152 mm) 8099-516
4100-9937 4” (102 mm) 8099-513
7 Module Two bay
4100-9938 6” (152 mm) 8099-514
4100-9939 6” (152 mm) 8099-515 10 Module Three bay

AUTOCALL Retrofit Kit Installation Reference (for details refer to Installation Instructions 579-798)

Existing box
Installation Notes:
1. Power tools are required. Adapter bracket
2. Pilot holes must be drilled in the Box extension for top of box, if
flanges of the existing box using a hardware
required
7/64” drill bit. Mark hole locations
using the extension hardware as a
template – remove extension
hardware before drilling.
3. Self-tapping screws fasten the
extension hardware to the box; a
medium to heavy duty power
screwdriver is recommended; an
extra long driver is recommended for
4” deep boxes.
4. Refer to Installation Instructions
579-798 for more information.

4100ES bay
mounting brackets

Adapter bracket
for bottom of
Door assembly, box, if required
glass or solid
(glass door shown) Dress panel for
glass doors

Tyco is a registered trademark of Tyco International Services GmbH and is used under license. Simplex, the Simplex logo and AUTOCALL are trademarks of Tyco International Ltd.
and its affiliates and are used under license.

Tyco Safety Products Westminster • Westminster, MA • 01441-0001 • USA S4100-0047-2 9/2010

www.tycosafetyproducts-usa-wm.com
© 2010 Tyco Safety Products Westminster. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice.

UL, ULC, CSFM Listed; FM Approved;
MEA (NYC) Acceptance *
Features
Upgrade an existing Simplex® 2120 BMUX (also
identified as the CPU) head end control panel to
the features of the 4100ES fire alarm control
panel with minimal system disruption:
 Module 4100-6065 allows a 4100ES control panel to
directly communicate with 2120 SCCs (Status
Command Centers) and installed transponders for both
voice and non-voice systems, using existing wiring
 Existing 2120 transponders can be upgraded in a
phased migration process as system needs allow
 Allows convenient system expansion by networking
the 4100ES BMUX replacement with additional
4100ES and 4100U control panels
 Retrofit kits are available to mount the new 4100ES
panel directly into installed 2120 Style backboxes
 UL listed to Standard 864
4100-6065 Provides communications to the
following system components and control panels
connected to 2120 communications (DC comm):
 Status Command Center (SCC), Basic Transponder
(BT), Fire Alarm Basic Transponder (FABT), Dual
Channel Audio Basic Transponder (DABT), and
Voice/Phone Basic Transponder (VPBT)
 Expanded Transponder (ET) and Universal
Transponder (UT)
 Communicating Device Transponder (CDT II and
TrueAlarm® (Analog) CDT only); refer to applications
note on page 4
 Simplex fire alarm control panel model Series 4002,
4020, 4100, 4100U and 4100ES
 2120 Communications converters (repeaters, DC
comm to RS-232, FSK modems)
 Up to two may be mounted in a 4100ES control panel
2120 to 4100ES system software conversion:
 Existing 2120 system software is factory converted to
4100ES format
Description
System upgrading. As fire alarm system requirements
expand and additional equipment and support are needed,
older installed fire alarm control equipment often needs to
be updated to newer designs. The Simplex 2120 product line
has successfully provided fire alarm system control for
many years, however, the Simplex 4100ES product family
benefits from newer technology and enhanced capabilities.
With the 4100-6065 BMUX transponder interface module,
an easy, phased replacement of an existing 2120 CPU can
be accomplished. (Note, the 2120 CPU was also known as
the 2120 BMUX, for basic multiplex panel.)
2120 Terminology. 2120 communications were often
described as “DC comm” due to their unique
communications format.
Fire Control Panels
2120 BMUX (CPU) Upgrade Equipment,
Transponder Interface Module 4100-6065
To additional 2120
Transponders and/or SCCs
Typical 2120
FIRE ALARM
PULL DOWN
FIRE ALARM
PULL DOWN
Transponder
location
Local fire alarm operations
2120 DC Comm.
Class A/Style 6
return wiring option
4100-6065
BMUX module
2120 CPU
4100ES Control Panel
2120 CPU Replaced with 4100ES Control Panel
Upgrade Considerations
Review system requirements. The installed 2120
System and the facility fire alarm requirements must be
reviewed and understood to determine the 4100ES product
series replacement equipment. For some fire alarm system
tasks, the 4100ES solution is different and a literal update is
not always possible due to changes in technology and the
evolution of fire alarm system solutions.
Retrofit Considerations. Please note that changes in fire
alarm control panel design architecture may result in some
customized programming functions performed by a 2120
BMUX not being directly available with the 4100ES control
panel. Consult with your Simplex product representative
concerning alternate methods to implement those functions.
For additional information, refer to Installation
Instructions 579-805 and Migration Guide 579-824.
* This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to
Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing 7165-0026:251
for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in this document. It is
subject to re-examination, revision, and possible cancellation. Accepted for use – City of
New York Department of Buildings – MEA35-93E. Additional listings may be applicable;
contact your local Simplex product supplier for the latest status. Listings and approvals under
Simplex Time Recorder Co. are the property of Tyco Safety Products Westminster.
S4100-0048-4 5/2018
Product Selection
Model Description
4100-6065 2120 BMUX Transponder Interface Module, two maximum per 4100ES Fire Alarm Control Panel
2120 BMUX to 4100ES Job Conversion, Detailed Factory Programming; specific operation details are factory
4100-0852
programmed; one required per 2120 system whether one or two Transponder Interface Modules

Product Reference for 2120 Equipment to Replacement 4100U Equipment

Master Control Functions (refer to data sheet list on page 3 for additional equipment detail reference)
2120 CPU Hardware
Backbox
BMUX: CPU Card, PRAM
boards, keyboard, display,
power supply, and battery
charger
DC Transmission Board
Audio/Voice Hardware (refer to data sheet list on page 3 for additional equipment detail reference)
2120 CPU Hardware
Microphone, message player,
pre-amplifier, tone generator,
and audio control switches
Power Preamplifiers (located in
adjacent SCC)
Master Phone and Phone
Power Supply
25 VRMS Riser
Audio Riser Connections and
Supervision
Local BT I/O Programmed
Audio Control Functions
2120 Optional Hardware (refer to data sheet list on page 3 for additional equipment detail reference)
2120 Hardware
Local BT and Local BT I/O
Board
Local BT City board
Local Printer and control board
4100ES Replacement
Use existing box with conversion kit or
replace with 4100ES box
4100ES Master controller standard
components; expand system using a
networked 4100ES control panel
4100-6065 BMUX Card
4100ES Replacement
Standard 4100ES Analog or Digital audio
system (Master Microphone, Audio
Controller, Audio User Interface)
Flex-35, 25 VRMS amplifier(s) configured as
riser amplifiers
4100ES Master Phone System
Use a Flex-35 Amplifier to generate a
25 VRMS Riser NAC
Refer to details in Installation Instructions
579-805
Standard 4100ES Audio Control Switches
and Operation
4100ES Replacement
For external connection use 4100-5005,
8 Zone Module Class B, and 4100-3204
Relay Module (4 points, 2 A) (refer to data
sheet S4100-0031 for other zone and relay
module options)
City Board option on 4100ES SPS
RS-232 Port and 4100-0451 Panel Mounted
Printer
Comments
Refer to data sheet S4100-0044 for retrofit kit
selection
RUI is available for up to 31 LCD and LED
annunciators including RCU/SCU
The following features are not available from
the 4100ES panel when it is equipped with the
4100-6065 BMUX card: WALKTEST™ system
testing, IDNet and MAPNET II communications
(SPS IDNet communications are disabled), and
MINIPLEX® Transponders on RUI
New module for the 4100ES
Comments
Refer to data sheet S4100-0034 for 4100ES
audio/voice equipment
Power-preamps must be changed out, even if SCC
remains
2120 Master Phone usually located in the adjacent
SCC
The standard 4100ES, 10 VRMS riser would not be
used
Connections are different from standard 4100ES
audio
Refer to additional details in Installation Instructions
579-805
Comments
Review external devices connected to the local BT
(monitor and control) to ensure compatibility with
the 4100ES replacement
none
For external printers, the options are the 2190-9039
DC printer or the 4190-9013 AC printer

RS-232 Board RS-232 Board; maximum of 6 ports, only 2

of 6 support bi-directional communications Consider the following products for upgrade of the
(2120 allowed a maximum of 5 CRT/keyboard: Remote InfoAlarm™ Command
such as the PC Annunciator which replaced
bi-directional ports and a printer the CRT/keyboard and printer/keyboard Centers on RUI communications (up to 10 per
port) 4100ES are allowed); SafeLINC Internet Interface;
products
or PC Annunciators
Existing CRT/Keyboards See comments for alternatives
4190 Series Historical Update to Network connected 4190 IMS 4190 HRT equipment was connected to the 2120
Reporting Terminal (HRT) (Information Management System) via RS-232 and is not supported by the 4100ES
Tape Backup Not required with 4100ES Use for initial conversion, not needed with 4100ES
Contact your local Simplex product supplier
RCU/SCU controlled from 4002 No changes are required if the 4002 or CDT is not
to review options if a 4002 or CDT requires
or CDT via MAPNET being replaced
replacement
BCD (Celestra) time output Not supported by 4100ES Use a Simplex model 6351 or 6400 master clock
Upgrade to network connected TrueSite
Color Graphics Equipment CGU equipment was connected to 2120 via
Workstation; refer to data sheet S4190-0016
(CGU) RS-232 port and is not supported by 4100ES
for details

2 S4100-0048-4 5/2018
4100U Supported Annunciation Products

4100ES Enhanced Annunciation Products. TrueSite™ Workstations and PC Annunciator

4100ES systems are compatible with: the InfoAlarm products provide extensive user features using UL 864
Command Center, either panel or remote mount; listed, PC based systems with LCD monitors. The
SafeLINC Fire panel Internet Interface (FPII); TrueSite Workstation is a fire alarm Network product that
Information Management Systems (IMS) Network provides a color graph user interface for extensive
connected graphical interface; and PC Annunciator annunciation and control with touchscreen option. The PC
system reporting. Annunciator connects to an individual panel, gathers
system information, displays on color coded screens,
InfoAlarm Command Centers provide an expanded
allows detailed review and reporting, and provides limited
content, multi-line LCD interface that requires minimal
system control functions.
key presses to access detailed information. It is
system-powered and its detailed information is provided
without requiring separate supplementary equipment. The
expanded display content allows it to be considered for
applications presently served by existing CRT/keyboard
terminal products.

A BC D EF GHI
ZON E SIG AUX
Page Up 1 2 3
JKL M NO PQ R
FB IO I DN et
Pr evious 4 5 6
S TU VWX Y Z/
P A L
Next
7 8 9
'SP ' ( ) , #:
N ET A DDR
Page Dn C/Exit
0

Menu Enter
Fir e Prior ity 2 System Sy stem A la rm AC
Alar m A la rm Super visor y Trouble Silenced Power

Fire Alar m Prior ity 2 Supv Trouble A la rm System

Ack Ac k Ack A ck Silence R eset

ALARMS WA RNINGS

Emergency Operating Instructions

How to A cknowledge / View Events Alarm or Warning Condition How to Reset System
Press ACK located und er fla shing indicator. System indicator flashin g. Tone On. Pre ss Sys te m Rese t.
Re peat ope ra tion until all eve nts are a ckn owle dged . Pre ss Ac k to silence tone d evice.
Lo ca l tone will silence.
How to Silence Building Signals
Press Alarm Silenc e.

TrueSite Workstation Main Menu Screen shown with

Desktop LCD Monitor and PC

InfoAlarm Command Center/Operator Interface is

Available Panel Mount and Remote Cabinet Mount

SafeLINC® Internet Interface allows a secure, password

controlled investigation of fire alarm control panel status
using the familiar interface of an Internet browser. TrueSite Workstation Screens Provide a Convenient
Graphical User Interface and are Available with
SafeLINC Internet
Interface main screen Touchscreen Monitors
Remote status
summary

Remote PC with
Internet browser

4100ES with internal

SafeLINC module Local Internet
connection

Intranet/Internet Service
Provider Network

Local network
connection
PC Annunciator Screens Provide Extensive
4100ES Panel Information Reporting
Additional 4100ES Product Reference
Subject Data Sheet
4100ES Basic Panels with SPS Power Supplies S4100-0031
NDU with SPS Power Supplies for 4120 Network S4100-0036
InfoAlarm Command Center with SPS Power Supplies S4100-0045
NDU with SPS Power Supplies for ES Net S4100-0077
4100ES Basic Panels with EPS Power Supplies S4100-0100
InfoAlarm Command Center with EPS Power Supplies S4100-0101
NDU with EPS Power Supplies for 4120 Network S4100-0102
NDU with EPS Power Supplies for ES Net S4100-0104

3 S4100-0048-4 5/2018
 Equipment Migration Reference

Phase 1
Use site survey checklists to document the existing 2120 system equipment, equipment locations, and specific equipment
functions. Determine which existing equipment may need to be upgraded or replaced (refer to equipment list on page 2 and
to Migration Guide 579-824). Also determine whether existing CDT II transponders are to be upgraded from addressable
detectors to the TrueAlarm addressable sensor technology available with the TrueAlarm CDT.
Replace the 2120 BMUX with a 4100ES panel equipped with 4100-6065 modules, maintaining the existing 2120 DC
Loop Communications to 2120 Compatible Transponders.

Process Benefit Consideration

4100ES Head end panel Hardware replacement is minimized. Multiple 2120 to 4100ES migration
communicates to 2120 4100ES features are available (programming choices are available.
transponders using 4100-6065 ease, software download, enhanced System needs and specific migration
BMUX Card (up to two allowed per annunciation interface options, and more). choices will vary per project depending
4100ES) on the schedule, budget, and future life
System point expansion needs are handled from
additional 4100ES control panels with Network safety system requirements.
connections.

If part of system migration plan,
update CDT II Transponders to
TrueAlarm (Analog)
Transponders before converting
system
Existing addressable smoke detection is Model Number Reference:
updated to TrueAlarm analog sensing. 2120-7041; CDT II
Performing transponder type conversions before
2120-7042; TrueAlarm CDT
converting system to 4100ES based equipment
simplifies the software conversion process
significantly.

Phase 2
Phase out 2120 Transponders with 4100ES Peer-to-Peer Networked Nodes or Master/Subordinate MINIPLEX
Transponders (or a combination)

Process Benefit Consideration

Run new Network or MINIPLEX System becomes a standard 4100ES MINIPLEX MINIPLEX transponder wiring distance is
(RUI) circuit wiring to new 4100ES transponder configuration (master/subordinate) limited to 2500 ft (762 m) to farthest
Network Nodes or MINIPLEX and/or fire alarm Network. transponder (10,000 ft, 3048 m total for
Transponders Software download, Earth Fault Search, IDNet+ Style 4).
operation, enhanced TrueAlarm sensor New loop wiring for Style 7 MINIPLEX
capabilities, TrueAlert® Addressable Notification, transponders may be required.
Addressable Isolators, Digital Audio, Constant BMUX Communication Modules need to
Supervision, Intelligent Power Supplies, and be Phased-Out to take advantage of all
more. of the 4100ES features.

Phase 3
When all 2120 Transponders have been phased out, remove the 4100-6065 modules.

4100-6065 Module Specifications

Voltage 24 VDC system voltage

Power Requirements
Current 220 mA maximum @ 24 VDC with fully loaded channel
Modules per system Up to 2 maximum
Individual LEDs for: Communications with 4100ES CPU; Earth fault trouble; and 2120
On-board status LEDs
Module DC communications channel trouble
Details 4” x 10” (102 mm x 254 mm) module requires two vertical expansion bay blocks; not
Mounting
for mounting in a master controller bay
Output Wiring Connections On-board terminal blocks for field wiring 18 to 12 AWG (0.82 mm2 to 3.31 mm2 )
Operating Temperature 32 F to 120 F (0 C to 49 C)
Environmental
Humidity Up to 93% RH, non-condensing @ 90° F (32° C)

Tyco is a registered trademark of Tyco International Services GmbH and is used under license. Simplex, the Simplex logo, TrueAlarm, MINIPLEX, IDNet, SafeLINC, TrueAlert, and
InfoAlarm are trademarks of Tyco International Ltd. and its affiliates and are used under license..

Tyco Safety Products Westminster • Westminster, MA • 01441-0001 • USA S4100-0048-4 5/2018

www.tycosafetyproducts-usa-wm.com
© 2018 Tyco Safety Products Westminster. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice.
 Fire Control Panels
UL, CSFM Listed; FM Approved* AUTOCALL® TFX Equipment Migration
to 4100ES Fire Alarm Control

Features TFX device

24 VDC device loop, Class B Simplex IDNet™
Convert an existing AUTOCALL TFX system to power (where or Class A addressable devices
4100ES operation while retaining TFX required)
peripherals: TFX
 TFX Addressable Loop Interface Module 4100-6066 device
communicates to existing addressable TFX devices and 1

2
5

allows system expansion to be accomplished from the

3 SI M P L EX T I M E R ECO R D ER CO . 7
40 9 0- 9 00 2
REL AY I AM
I NSTAL . I NSTR. 5 74- 18 4
DATE CO DE:

4 8

TFX
1

4100ES fire alarm control panel device

 Voltage Regulator Module 4100-5130 provides
compatible regulated 24 VDC
TFX
 TFX Audio Interface Module 4100-1340 provides an device
AMP-96 compatible analog audio riser to retain existing
amplifiers and speaker circuits FIRE ALARM

 TFX Master Firefighter Phone Assembly 4100-1298 PULL DOWN

and module 4100-1297 provide an interface to existing

ATM-500 Addressable Phone Modules to control
existing CommFone™ 500 firefighter telephones
 Modules are UL Listed to Standard 864
WALKTEST™ system test:
 4100ES will perform 4100ES WALKTEST system test
on the TFX addressable monitor devices
 WALKTEST system testing is not supported on the TFX 4100-5130 Voltage
4100-6066 TFX Regulator Module
signal/sounder devices Loop Module
General migration considerations:
 Existing AUTOCALL equipment is housed separately
from the 4100ES equipment; use existing cabinets or
new, dedicated 4100ES style cabinets 4100ES Fire Alarm Control Panel
 DirecTone audio head end equipment is not supported
Migration to 4100ES Retains Existing TFX Loop Devices
and requires replacement with 4100ES audio equipment and Allows Expansion using IDNet Addressable Devices
 For existing Automatic Extinguishing, and Deluge and
Preaction Sprinkler System Releasing Control,
Description(Continued)
existing TFX smoke detection and audible/visible
notification appliances and controls can be retained; Migration Modules. TFX addressable devices connect to
manual/abort controls and valve control is migrated to the 4100-6066 TFX Interface Module. Regulated 24 VDC
4100ES operation as described in data sheet S4100-0040 power requirements are met using the 4100-5130 Voltage
Firefighter phone system considerations: Regulator Module. Existing Amp-96 amplifiers can be
 Expand existing CommFone systems using 4100ES driven using the 4100-1340 Audio Interface Module.
compatible, 2084 Series firefighter phones Existing CommFone 500 systems can be connected to the
 Expand existing CommFone 500 systems using an 4100ES through their existing ATM-500 addressable
expansion phone loop with cabinet mounted, 4100ES controllers using the 4100-1298 Master Phone Module.
compatible, 2084 Series phones Enclosure Considerations. Existing AUTOCALL
 Existing CommFone 500 plug-in firefighter telephones products to be retained in the system mount separately from
are not compatible with 2084 Series plug-in phones; the 4100ES cabinet, either in their existing enclosure, or in
refer to page 2 for expansion options a separate 4100ES cabinet dedicated for the purpose. Refer
to data sheet S4100-0037 for 4100ES cabinet information.
Description
Module Details
TFX Equipment Migration. When AUTOCALL fire
alarm systems are in need of updating and/or expansion, 4100-6066 TFX Addressable Loop Interface Module:
migration to Simplex® 4100ES controls can be  Each module operates one TFX addressable loop with up
conveniently accomplished using 4100ES AUTOCALL to 99 devices; connections are available for either
TFX system interface modules. Style 4 or Style 6 operation
* This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to  4100ES custom control is used to support complex TFX
Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing 7165-0026:251
for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in this document. It is devices such as CommFone 500 firefighter phones and
subject to re-examination, revision, and possible cancellation. This product was not approved AMP-96 amplifiers (continued next page)
by MEA (NYC) as of document revision date. Additional listings may be applicable, contact your
local Simplex product supplier for the latest status. Listings and approvals under Simplex Time
Recorder Co. are the property of Tyco Safety Products Westminster. S4100-0050-2
Module Details (Continued)
4100-6066 TFX Addressable Loop Interface Module
(Continued):
 TFX Loop circuitry is electrically isolated from the
4100ES; LED indicators detail communications status
 Mounting location requires a power supply in the same
4100ES bay to provide both card and signal power from
the PDI connection
4100-5130 Voltage Regulator Module:
 Provides TFX compatible, regulated 24 VDC, from the
4100ES to replace TFX RPS-424 and PSM800 power
supplies
 Module ratings: 25 VDC nominal (22.8 to 26.4), 2.5 A
supervisory, 4 A alarm
 Input is from the signal power circuit of the 4100ES PDI
bus, maximum of one per power supply if using full 4 A
 The output is isolated and resettable and includes earth
detection circuit and trouble relay for status monitoring
4100-1340 TFX Audio Interface Module:
 Output is a transformer coupled audio riser compatible
with Amp-96 amplifiers
 System requirements include use of the 4100-1210,
4100ES Analog Audio Controller
 The 10 V RMS signal on the PDI is converted to a
0.77 VRMS audio riser signal; signal is 0 dBm and is
adjustable +/– 6 dB
 Module power is from the 24 V card power connection
Other Audio Migration Considerations:
 Existing control panel mounted AMP-96 amplifiers
require replacement with 4100ES amplifiers that
connects to the existing speaker circuits
 Remotely located AMP-96 audio amplifiers operate with
control provided by 4100ES custom control and 4100ES
LED/Switch modules; mounting is in cabinets separate
from those used for 4100ES equipment
Product Selection
Model Description
4100-6066 TFX Addressable Loop Interface Module
Voltage Regulator Module, 25 VDC nominal; isolated and resettable output; includes earth detection circuit and
4100-5130
trouble relay for status monitoring
TFX Audio Interface Module; converts 10 VRMS input audio to 0 dBm (0.77 VRMS) audio riser signal;
4100-1340
adjustable +/- 6 dB
4100ES Master Firefighter Phone Assembly for control of ATM-500 addressable firefighter phone controllers;
includes master telephone assembly and one 4100-1297 control module; use 4100 Series LED/Switch modules for
4100-1298
phone circuit monitoring, refer to data sheets S4100-0034 and S4100-0032 for details; capacity information is
detailed on page 4
Expansion Firefighter Phone Control Module with three Class B telephone NACs for control of ATM-500 modules,
4100-1297
one is included with 4100-1298
Additional Migration Reference
Subject Document
TFX to 4100ES Migration Guide 579-841
4100-6066 Installation Instructions 579-811
4100-5130 Installation Instructions 579-812
4100-1340 Installation Instructions 579-815
4100-1298/-1297 Installation Instructions 579-862
4100ES Releasing Systems Reference S4100-0040
AUTOCALL to 4100ES Box Retrofit Kits S4100-0047
Firefighter Phone Operation
Two different system types are involved, CommFone and
CommFone 500. CommFone 500 systems are controlled
from ATM-500 addressable phone interface modules.
Standard (non-ATM-500) CommFone systems are similar
to, and compatible with, Simplex phone controls per the
following information.
To retain ATM-500 addressable phone interfaces
and CommFone 500 phones:
 Select a 4100-1298 Master Firefighter phone control for
the 4100ES control panel; includes 3 Class B phone
NACS; (custom control will be required); use additional
4100-1297 Phone Control Modules as required
 Retained ATM-500 addressable phone modules also
require connection to the TFX Loop Interface Module
and are mounted separately from the 4100ES equipment
 System expansion can be accomplished using a separate
expansion phone loop with cabinet mounted 2084 Series
phones
 NOTE: CommFone 500 plug-in firefighter telephones
are not compatible with 2084 Series plug-in phones;
systems requiring additional plug-in phones and jacks
will require upgrade to 2084 Series equipment
For conversion of existing CommFone systems
or for conversion of CommFone 500 systems:
 CommFone Upgrade Kits convert existing CommFone
cabinet mounted phones for 4100ES compatibility, refer
to data sheet S2084-0002; existing plug-in phone jacks
are compatible with Simplex 2084 Series plug-in phones
 If firefighter phone system expansion of ATM-500
controlled CommFone 500 plug-in phones is required,
remove existing ATM-500 addressable phone modules
and replace CommFone 500 phones (both cabinet
mounted and phone jacks) with Simplex 2084 Series
phones, rewired as necessary
Subject Document
CommFone Firefighter telephone upgrade S2084-0002
TFXnet Network Interface for 4100ES S4100-0042
XA Loop Interface for 4100ES S4100-0041
4100ES Basic System Reference S4100-0031
4100ES Enclosure Reference S4100-0037
4100ES Audio and Firefighter telephone controls S4100-0034
4100ES LED/Switch modules S4100-0032
2 S4100-0050-2
System Migration Reference Diagram

NOTE: Refer to Migration Guide 579-841 and individual module Installation Instructions for detailed application
information (refer to list on page 2).

TFX Addressable
24 VDC device loop, Class B or Typical new IDNet™ To existing AUTOCALL
power (where Class A addressable devices CommFone 500 phones
required)
TFX Audio NACs to
device existing speakers
1 5

2 6

3 SI M PL E X TI M E R EC O R DE R C O . 7
4090- 9002
RELAY I AM
I NSTAL. I NSTR. 574- 184
DATE CO DE:

4 8

TFX
device D IS C ON N E CT
N
C A . C . P OW E R
AN D
B A TT E R Y
O
A B E FOR E
S E R V IC IN G

I
U
T
T
U
I
S ER V IC ING
A
O B E FOR E
B A TTE R Y
C
N
A ND
A .C . P OW ER
DIS CO N N E C T

TFX
device

FIRE ALARM
Remote cabinet(s) with
PULL DOWN

Amp-96 amplifiers and

ATM-500 addressable
Optional ABC DE F G HI
phone controllers (existing
Class A
ZONE SIG AU X

or new 4100ES/4100U
1 2 3
J KL M NO PQR
FB IO IDN et

ALARMS SYSTEM WARNINGS AC Power 4 5 6

Fire Al arm Priori ty 2 Alarm Supervi sory Troubl e Alarm Sil enced ST U V WX YZ /
P A L
7 8 9
' SP' ( ) ,0 :
Fire Al arm Priority2 Supv Trouble Al arm System
NET A DDR
Ack Ack Ack Ack Sil ence Reset DEL
0

return wiring
Ent er C/Exit

cabinet)
Event More
Ti me I nfo Previous

Menu
On Next
Enable
Arm

Off Lamp
Disable Auto
Di sarm Test

Emergency Operating Instructions

Alarm or Warning Condition How to Silence Building Signals
Syst em indicat or flashin g.Tone On. Press Alarm Sil ence.

How to Acknowledge / View Events How to Reset System

Press ACK locat ed under flashing indicat or. Press System Reset.
Repeat operation unt il all events are acknowledged
. Press Ack to silence tone device.
Local tone will silence.

Phone riser
Audio riser
4100-1340 Audio
TFX Addressable
Interface Module
loop communications
(behind audio controls)
On On

Off Of f

Auto Auto

4100-1298 Master On

Off

Auto
On

Of f

Auto

Firefighter Phone Module On

Off

Auto
On

Of f

Auto
New 4100ES audio and/or
firefighter phone risers to new
On On

(includes a 4100-1297
Off Of f

Auto Auto

phone module) 4100ES related equipment

4100-6066 TFX 4100-5130 Voltage

Loop Module Regulator Module

4100ES Fire Alarm Control Panel with

Voice/Audio and Firefighter Phone Control

3 S4100-0050-2
 Specifications

General Module Specifications

Operating Temperature Range 32 F to 120 F (0 C to 49 C)
Humidity Range Up to 93% RH, non-condensing @ 90° F (32° C)
Wire Sizes 18 to 12 AWG (0.82 mm2 to 3.31 mm2 )
4100-6066 TFX Loop Interface Module Specifications
Input Voltage System supplied 24 VDC
No Load 72 mA; Card Power = 30 mA, Signal Power = 42 mA
Input Current,
Full Load, US 125 mA maximum; Card Power = 30 mA; Signal Power = 95 mA
Supervisory or Alarm
Full Load, UK 306 mA maximum; Card Power = 26 mA; Signal Power = 280 mA
99 devices maximum; allowable TFX addresses, 1 to 126; Style 4 or Style 6
Capable of limited Style 7 if used with CAA-500LI Isolators, limited to 12 maximum
6500 ft (1981 m) twisted, shielded pair (TSP) maximum for one continuous run;
TFX Loop Wiring Specifications terminate shield only at TFX Loop Interface Module wiring terminals
75  maximum loop resistance; inclusive of any CAA 500LI Isolators which add 2  each
0.5 µ F line-to-line capacitance maximum; 1.5 mH maximum inductance per loop
26.5 V maximum; 500 mA peak maximum current
4100ES Allocation Requirements Up to ten 4100-6066 modules per 4100ES
Point Mapping Reference Information Device types map to equivalent 4100ES point types
Mounting Requirements 4 x 5 single block module; requires mounting in same bay as connected power supply
4100-5130 Voltage Regulator Module
Input Voltage System supplied 24 VDC
Input Current Supervisory = 3 A max. with 2.5 A output load; Alarm = 4.9 A max. with 4 A output load
Output Voltage 22.8 to 26.4 VDC (25 VDC nominal); output is resettable, will track state of RESET input
Output Current 2.5 A maximum supervisory; 4 A maximum alarm
Ripple 600 mV pk-pk maximum
1 Form C dry contact for monitoring; rated 400 mA @ 30 VDC; changes state for Earth or
Trouble Relay
output voltage trouble; normally held energized
Mounting Requirements 4 x 5 single block module; requires mounting in same bay as connected power supply
4100-1340 TFX Audio Interface Module
Input Voltage System supplied 24 VDC
Input Current, Supervisory and Alarm 29 mA
Audio Input 10 VRMS from 4100ES analog audio control module
Audio Output 0 dBm adjustable +/– 6 dB (0.77 VRMS nominal, 0.84 VRMS max.); transformer isolated
Audio Riser Wiring Twisted, shielded pair (TSP); 75  maximum loop resistance
Mounting Requirements 4 x 5 single block module
4100-1298/4100-1297 TFX Master Firefighters Phone Module (one 4100-1297 is included with 4100-1298)
Input Voltage System supplied 24 VDC
Input Current Supervisory = 95 mA; Alarm = 145 mA with master phone in use and network energized
ATM-500 Addressable Module Supervisory = 2 mA; Alarm = 12 mA
TFX CommFone Remote (zonal) phone Supervisory = 0 ma; Alarm/In Use = 14 mA for each phone
3 Class B NAC phone risers for connection to ATM-500 Addressable Phone Modules per
4100-1297 Output
details below
30 maximum per 4100-1297 phone module; can be all on one phone NAC/riser, or
4100-1297, ATM 500 Loading Limit
distributed over the three NAC/.riser outputs
Maximum Riser Maximum Quantity Maximum Riser Maximum Quantity
Resistance of ATM-500s Resistance of ATM-500s
ATM 500 Addressable Firefighter
Phone Control Module, 50  15 20  25
Loading per Riser 40  18 10  30
30  20
4100-1297 is a 4 x 5 single block module; the 4100-1298 has a 2 slot wide front mounted
Mounting Requirements
master phone assembly with space behind for 4100ES flat modules only
Tyco is a registered trademark of Tyco International Services GmbH and is used under license. Simplex, the Simplex logo, AUTOCALL, IDNet, CommFone, and WALKTEST are
trademarks of Tyco International Ltd. and its affiliates and are used under license.

Tyco Safety Products Westminster • Westminster, MA • 01441-0001 • USA S4100-0050-2

www.tycosafetyproducts-usa-wm.com
© 2011 Tyco Safety Products Westminster. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice.
 Fire Control Panels
UL, ULC, CSFM Listed* BACpac Ethernet Portal Modules
Model 4100-6069 and 4010-9915

Features
System
Panel mounted modules provides fire alarm Workstation
system status using the ASHRAE BACnet
ALARM
building automation communication protocol
BACnet (Building Automation Control Network)
protocol reference:
 Communications are via BACnet IP (internet protocol)
 Reference: ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 135
Connections: Facility LAN
 To fire alarm system via RS-232 port B, configured
for Computer Port Protocol (see page 3 for model
number reference per panel) LAN Connected BACnet System Controllers
 Output port provides Ethernet LAN (local area
network) connection
BACpac Ethernet Module is pre-programmed:
Facility LAN
 Module is pre-programmed with digital pseudo points
linked to BACnet objects
 Up to 1500 status changes (monitor point status) can
be recognized from the fire alarm control panel ALARM

®
Compatible Simplex fire alarm control panels: FIRE ALARM FIRE ALARM

 4100ES and 4100U Series fire alarm control panels

PULL DOWN PULL DOWN

and Network Display Units (NDU) Fire alarm

initiating devices
 4010ES Series fire alarm control panels 4100-6069 BACpac
 Installed legacy Models 4100/4100+ and 4120 Series Ethernet Module
fire alarm control panels and NDU (software revision Fire Control

updating may be required Simplex Fire Alarm

Fire Alarm Control Panel
Listings reference:
Network
 UL listed to Standard 864
 ULC listed to Standard S527 F R
IE
AL ARM

AL ARM
A CK
Y

SUP
V
ACK
** SY ST EM S
12:02: 15p m
SYST EM
SUPE RVI SOR S YST
T
E
I NORM AL * *

ROU BL
EM

TRO U BL
A CK
E
Mo n 8-Mar -99
A LARM
S IL ENC ED

A LARM
SI E
L NC E
AC
P OW ER

SYST
R ESE
T
EM
FI RE ALA RM
CONTROL

CAUTION

DI SCONNE CT
P OWE R BE F ORE
S ERVI CIN G

Fire Alarm System

Description
The BACpac Ethernet module provides a supplementary
communications interface that converts computer terminal
information from a compatible Simplex fire alarm control
panel into the building automation protocol of BACnet.
With this module, status information from the fire alarm
control panel can be provided to other components of the
building automation network with the detail and
information format required.
Providing this information allows other systems to
properly respond to fire alarm system activity in addition
to the primary fire alarm response that is under the control
of the fire alarm control panel.
Typical Building Automation LAN with
Simplex Fire Alarm Control Panel and BACpac Portal
(shown with 4100ES panel for reference)
This document is a summary of the flexibility available
with BACnet communications. Please contact your local
Simplex product supplier for further information
concerning your specific application.
* This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to
Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing
7165-0026:0251 (4100 Series) or 7165-0026:0369 (4010ES) for allowable values and/or
conditions concerning material presented in this document. It is subject to re-examination,
revision, and possible cancellation. This product was not approved by FM, or accepted by
MEA (NYC) as of document revision date. Additional listings may be applicable; contact
your local Simplex product supplier for the latest status. Listings and approvals under
Simplex Time Recorder Co. are the property of Tyco Fire Protection Products.

S4100-0051-4 8/2015
Systems Responsibilities
Fire Detection and Alarm Systems are distributed
throughout buildings to monitor for indications of the
presence of smoke or fire. When a fire alarm condition is
determined, the fire alarm system communicates that
information with sufficient detail to allow the proper fire System
response to begin. The fire alarm system may perform Workstation
other control functions such as fan shutdown and elevator
recall, or those actions may be performed by other FIRST FLOOR SMOKE ALARM
systems that also handle those functions for normal
conditions as well as for abnormal conditions. HVAC
Smoke
Building Automation Systems. As buildings increase Control
in size and complexity, control of the electrical and System
mechanical systems requires coordination. This process
has evolved into the general category of Building Systems
Automation and includes systems such as heating,
ventilation, and air conditioning (HVAC), elevator Facility LAN
controls, security controls, lighting controls, and other
similar building functions.
Typical responses to fire alarm system status changes
might include: HVAC fan control operation, elevator BACnet protocol format BACnet Instance 1
capture, lighting control, and security system awareness.
Specific examples could include turning on lighting
where needed, aiming security cameras on specific areas, Facility LAN
providing door release, and implementing detailed fan
exhaust and/or pressurization instructions. ALARM
LOCATION M1-1
Systems Communications
Communications Between Systems. Traditional Location M1-1
communication between systems has included simple relay
interfaces, proprietary (and complicated) interface devices
(gateways), as well as using a single supplier for all of the FIRST
building automation functions. Each of these compromises FLOOR
has its limitations. With the Simplex BACpac Ethernet
module, BACnet protocol communications allows a
4010ES Fire
Simplex fire alarm system to provide pertinent status to
Alarm Panel
compatible systems using standardized formats.
4010-9915 BACpac Ethernet
Communications Example
Smoldering fire Module and 4010-9918
The example to the right shows how a smoldering fire RS-232 Module
located on the first floor can be detected by the fire alarm
control panel, processed by the BACpac Ethernet module,
and then sent to the building automation system using the
BACnet protocol over a LAN connection. It is the Typical BACpac Ethernet Module
responsibility of the fire alarm control panel to initiate the Alarm Process Reference
required notification and related fire responses. However, (shown with 4010ES panel for reference)
when connected to a BACpac Ethernet module, the fire
alarm system can make status information available to the
other building systems allowing them to be informed
about facility fire detection activity.
Diagnostic Reference
This module uses a BACnet protocol converter from
Fieldserver Technologies. PC compatible diagnostic
programs are available at www.fieldserver.com.

2 S4100-0051-4 8/2015
Product Selection
Required RS-232 Module Additional Data Installation
Model Description
(ordered separately)* Sheet Reference Instructions
4100ES or
BACpac Ethernet Module for 4100ES, 4100-6038
4100U
4100-6069 4100U, 4100/4100+, and 4120 Series fire S4100-0031 579-842
alarm control panels; single slot (2”) module 4100, 4100+,
4100-0113
or 4120
S4010-0004
BACpac Ethernet Module for 4010ES Series
4010-9915 fire alarm control panels; single block 4010-9918 (S4010-0006 for 579-1051
module (4x5) international
applications)

* Note: BACpac modules connect to Port B of these RS-232 modules.

BACnet Protocol Implementation Conformance (PIC) Reference

Category Implementation
BACnet Smart Sensor (B-SS)
BACnet Standardized Device Profile
BACnet Smart Actuator (B-SA)
(Annex L)
BACnet Application Specific Controller (B-ASC)

K.1.2 BIBB -Data Sharing -ReadProperty-B (DS-RP-B)

BACnet Interoperability Building Blocks
K.1.8 BIBB -Data Sharing -WriteProperty-B (DS-WP-B)
Supported (Annex K)
K.5.2 BIBB -Device Management -Dynamic Device Binding-B (DM-DDB-B)

Segmentation Capability None

Device Object
Analog Input
Analog Output
Analog Value
Binary Input
Standard Object Types Supported
Binary Output
Binary Value
Multi State Input Output
Multi State Output
Multi State Value

BACnet CreateObject
Properties NOT
BACnet DeleteObject
supported
Any optional properties
Additional Property Details
No additional writeable properties exist
Additional
No proprietary properties exist
Property Details
No range restrictions exist

MS/TP master (Clause 9), baud rate up to 76,800 bps

Data Link Layer Options
MS/TP slave (Clause 9), baud rate up to 76,800 bps

Device Address Binding Not supported

ANSI X3.4
ISO 10656 (ICS-4)
Character Sets Supported ISO 10656 (UCS-2)
ISO 8859-1
IBM/Microsoft DBCS

3 S4100-0051-4 8/2015
 Specifications

Voltage 24 VDC from fire alarm panel; operation range 9 to 30 VDC

Input Power Current 123 mA maximum from 24 VDC fire alarm panel supply
Connections Wires to pluggable terminal block, harness included
Data Type RS-232 Computer Port Protocol from fire alarm control panel
Data Input Pluggable terminal block (same terminal block as used for input power) connects to
Note: Connect to Connections
RS-232 module in fire alarm control panel, harness included
Port B of RS-232
Module Panel 4100ES 4010ES 4100U 4100/4100+/4120
RS-232 Module 4100-6038 4010-9918 4100-6038 4100-0113
Data Type Ethernet compatible communications formatted as BACnet IP (internet protocol)
Data Output Ethernet RJ-45 jack located on LAN suppressor module (part of module assembly);
Connections
LAN Ethernet output connector to be supplied separately
BACnet Default Settings Device Instance = 32400; IP Address = 192.168.1.24; Subnet Mask = 255.255.255.0
Status LED Indications Power, TX, RX, RTX, CTS, DTR, DSR, DCE, and RI; located on the processor assembly
2” Slot type module, components are mounted on a metal bracket;
4100-6069 Module Size
bracket dimensions: 2” W x 10-7/16” H x 4” deep (51 mm x 265 mm x 102 mm)
Single block module (4 x 5); uses the modules shown in the diagram below, but packaged
4010-9915 Module Size
differently
RS-232 communications and power are connected to the on-board pc board assembly for
Module Description processing; a pluggable harness (supplied) connects to a grounded LAN suppressor
mounted on the chassis; standard Ethernet LAN cable is supplied separately
Operating Temperature Range 32 F to 120 F (0 C to 49 C)
Humidity Range Up to 93% RH, non-condensing @ 90° F (32° C) maximum

BACpac Ethernet Module Details (4100-6069 shown for reference)

LAN Suppressor Assembly Power and data connection terminal strip

LAN Ethernet cable Processor assembly

connection location, RJ-45
(cable supplied separately)

Suppressor
grounding
connection

Interconnection cable 2” Slot mounting bracket (shown

rotated from mounting orientation)

TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. ASHRAE and BACnet are trademarks
of ASHRAE, American Society of Heating, Refrigeration, and Air Conditioning Engineers.

Tyco Fire Protection Products • Westminster, MA • 01441-0001 • USA S4100-0051-4 8/2015

www.simplexgrinnell.com
© 2015 Tyco Fire Protection Products. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice.
 Fire Control Panels
UL, ULC, CSFM Listed; FM Approved; Microphone Multiplex Module
MEA (NYC) Acceptance* Model 4100-1274

Features
Connect additional remote microphones to a Audio
Control

Command
Cen ter
Active

All
Speakers
EVAC
`

Simplex® 4100ES or 4100U fire alarm audio

Start
All
Selected

All
Speakers
Talk

control panel:
Rea dy
to
Talk

 Each 4100-1274 Microphone Multiplex Module

converts a single microphone input to support up to
eight (8) remote microphones EMERGENCY
PAGING

READY

 Up to 40 remote microphones can be connected per

TO TA LK

OFF
AB C D EF GH I
Z ONE SIG A UX
ON 1 2 3
J KL M NO PQ R
FB IO ID Net

ALARMS SYSTEM WARNINGS AC Power 4 5 6

Fire Alarm Priority 2 Alarm Supervisory Trouble Alarm Silenced ST U VWX YZ /
P A L
7 8 9
' SP' ( ) ,0:
Fire Alarm Priority2 Supv Trouble Alarm System
NET ADDR
Ack Ack Ack Ack Silence Reset DEL
0

audio controller (see compatibility below)

Event More Enter C/Exit
Time Info Previous

Menu
On Next
Enable
Arm

Off Lamp
Disable Auto
Disarm Test

Emergency Operating Instructions

Ala rm or Wa rning Condition How to Silence Building Signals
System indicator flashing. Tone On. Press Alarm Silence.

 Allows additional remote microphones for

EMERGENC Y How to Ac knowledge/ View Eve nts How to Res et Sys tem
Press ACK located under flashing indicator. Press System Reset.
PAGING Repeat operation until all events are acknowledged
. Press Ack to silence tone dev ice.
Local tone will sile nc e.

REA DY

TO TALK

OFF

ON

applications such as UFC (Unified Facilities Criteria)

requirements for Mass Notification systems for Navy EMERGENC Y
PA GING

READY

and Air Force requiring a microphone interface within

TO TALK

OFF

ON

200 ft (61 m) of travel within a building

 Refer to UFC-4-021-01, 9 April, 2008 for details
EMERGENC Y
PA GING

READY

TO TALK

OFF

ON

(Note: Remote microphones and associated controls

have specific operation and enclosure requirements EMERGENC Y
PAGING
On

Off

Auto

On

Off
On

Off

Auto

On

Off

per this document)

REA DY Auto Auto

TO TALK
On On

Off Off
OFF
Auto Auto
ON

On On

Off Off

Auto Auto

Compatibility:
EMERGENCY

 Connect one (1) 4100-1274 to the remote microphone

PAGING

READY

TO TA LK

OFF

ON

input of either a Digital Audio Controller (Model

4100-1311 or 4100-1211) or an Analog Audio
Controller (Model 4100-1210)
 Connect up to two (2) 4100-1274 Microphone Audio
Control

Command
Cen ter
Active
`

Multiplex Modules to a 4100-1240 Auxiliary Audio

All
Speakers
EVAC

Start
All
Selected

Input Module (inputs 3 and 4)

All
Speakers
Talk

Rea dy
to
Talk

 Up to two (2) 4100-1240 modules are supported per

audio controller
Compatible microphones:
 Model 4100-1244, panel mounted microphone
(located in Remote Annunciator)
 Model 4003-9803, remote microphone with control;
requires wiring connections to a 24-Point I/O Module
(Model 4100-1290) in the audio control panel
 Other compatible standard or noise cancelling
microphones (each microphone on a 4100-1274
Module needs to be the same type)
Module details:
 Individual remote microphone wiring and PTT
(push-to-talk) switch wiring is monitored by the
4100-1274 module
 An on-board IDNet Supervised IAM monitors module
status (requires one IDNet address and one unit load)
 On-board module diagnostic LEDs indicate Open,
Short, + Earth, - Earth per microphone; IAM LED
indicates communication status with fire alarm control
panel
 On-board earth detection circuit
 UL Listed to Standard 864
4100ES Audio System with 4100-1274 Microphone
Multiplex Module and 8 Remote Microphones; 6, Model
4003-9803 Remote Microphones and 2 (single bay)
Remote Annunciators with Remote Microphone
Description
Additional Remote Microphones. Standard 4100ES
and 4100U Audio systems support up to five (5) remote
microphones. For applications requiring more convenient
access to remote microphone control, the 4100-1274
Microphone Multiplex Module allows up to eight (8)
remote microphones to connect to each standard remote
microphone input.
Up to 40 Remote Microphones. With two,
4100-1240 Auxiliary Audio Input Modules connected,
and five total 4100-1274 Microphone Multiplex Modules,
a total of 40 Remote Microphones are supported.
* This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to
Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing
7165-0026:251 for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in
this document. Accepted for use – City of New York Department of Buildings – MEA35-
93E. Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local Simplex product supplier for
the latest status. Listings and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co. are the
property of Tyco Safety Products Westminster.

S4100-0053-2 4/2013
Product Selection

Model Description
4100-1274 Microphone Multiplex Module
Remote Microphone with on/off switch and ready-to-talk LED; control wiring connects to a 4100-1290, 24 Point
4003-9803
I/O module in the audio control panel
Installation Instruction Reference
Document Description
579-879 4100-1274 Microphone Mux Module Installation Instructions
579-881 4003-9803 Remote Microphone Assembly Installation Instructions
Additional Product Reference
Product Data Sheet
4100ES Basic Panel Modules and Accessories S4100-0031
4100ES Emergency Voice/Alarm Communications Equipment S4100-0034
4100ES Remote Annunciator Panels S4100-0038

4003-9803 Remote Microphone Reference

Mount on double gang

electrical box, 2" (51 mm)
minimum depth, by others

EMERGENCY
PAGING

READY

Push-to-talk TO TALK
(PTT) switch
Green "READY TO TALK" LED
OFF identifies the microphone is active
and talking may begin
ON

Keyswitch controls
activation of remote
microphone

Attaches to electrical
box with 4 mounting
screws (supplied)

2 S4100-0053-2 4/2013
4100-1274 Specifications

4100-1274, Microphone Multiplex Module

4100-1274 Module size One 4 x 5 block module
Mount either in same cabinet or close-nippled to the cabinet housing
4100-1274 Mounting Location
the Audio Controller or Auxiliary Audio Input Module
Digital Audio Controller Models, 4100-1311 or 4100-1211
Compatible Remote Microphone Input Sources Analog Audio Controller Model, 4100-1210
Auxiliary Audio Input Module, Model 4100-1240
Connect to remote microphone outputs 3 and 4
Auxiliary Audio Input Module Details Up to two 4100-1240 Auxiliary Audio Input Modules can be connected
to a compatible Audio Controller Module
Input Voltage 24 VDC system power
No microphones active 171 mA
1 microphone active 219 mA
Supervisory Current 1 microphone active and keyed 258 mA
Additional keyed microphones Add 39 mA for each keyed microphone
On-Board Supervised IAM 570 µA, supplied by IDNet Signaling Line Circuit (SLC)
Connection between
Use twisted, shielded pair (TSP) wiring to Audio Controller or Auxiliary
Microphone Multiplex Module
Audio Input Module
Audio Wiring Information and Remote Microphone Input
(requires field wiring)
Remote Microphone Wiring 18 AWG (0.82 mm2), TSP
Remote Microphone Distance 4000 ft maximum (1220 m)
Requires one IDNet address and one IDNet unit load; address is switch
On-Board Supervised IAM Details and Wiring Information selected on-board
(requires field wiring) Connect to the control panel IDNet communications source desired;
wire using 18 AWG twisted pair

4003-9803 Remote Microphone

Power 24 VDC, system power from 4100-1290, 24 Point I/O Module
Current 25 mA maximum in use
18 AWG (0.82 mm2), twisted, shielded pair (TSP) for microphone; 5
Wiring
control wires for keyswitch, PTT switch, and LED control

General Environmental Specifications

Operating Temperature 32° to 120° F (0° to 49° C)
Operating Humidity Range Up to 93% RH, non-condensing @ 90° F (32° C)

3 S4100-0053-2 4/2013
TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited.

Tyco Fire Protection Products • Westminster, MA • 01441-0001 • USA S4100-0053-2 4/2013

www.simplexgrinnell.com
© 2013 Tyco Fire Protection Products. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice.
 Fire Control Panels
Introducing the 4100ES Series of
Fire Detection and Control Products

Features
4100ES control panels introduce a new appearance
with new features while continuing to support the
extensive and proven Simplex® fire detection and
control product features:
 4100ES products are designed, tested, and listed as
compatible with the remote modules and peripherals
used with 4100U series fire alarm control panels*
 Both local and remote control panels are available with
an InfoAlarm Command Center user interface
 Equipment cabinets are available in 1, 2, or 3 bay sizes
with color choices of platinum or red
 Upgrade kits are available to provide 4100ES features
for installed Simplex control panel models 4020, 4100,
4100+, and 4120
Support is provided for:
 TrueAlarm sensing and detection products including
TrueSense multi-sensor products for early fire detection
 TrueAlert ES and TrueAlert addressable notification
appliances
 TrueAlert non-addressable notification appliances,
including SmartSync horn/strobe control
 IDNet digital communications for addressable I/O
modules, NAC extenders, and related products
 Remote annunciator RUI (remote unit interface) 4100ES 3-Bay Cabinet, shown with optional: InfoAlarm
communications ports, and for up to five RS-232 Command Center, and Emergency Voice Equipment
communications ports for multiple remote equipment
operation options Introduction
 Installation and test convenience that includes
4100ES Series Fire Detection and Control Panels
WALKTEST single person system testing, available
provide extensive installation, operator, and service
with multiple interface options
features with point and module capacities suitable for a
 The available TrueStart test instrument that allows wide range of system applications. An on-board Ethernet
communications wiring to be tested and corrected if
port provides fast external system communications to
necessary before panel modules are installed
expedite installation and service activity. Dedicated
NEW Install Mode operation: compact flash memory archiving provides secure on-site
 Install Mode allows grouping of multiple troubles for system information storage of electronic job configuration
uninstalled modules and devices into a single trouble files to meet NFPA 72 (National Fire Alarm Code)
condition (typical with future phased expansion) requirements.
 With future equipment and devices grouped into a
single trouble, operators can more clearly identify Modular design. A wide variety of internally mounted
events from the commissioned and occupied areas modules are available to meet your specific application
NEW Options provide secure time-saving service requirements. Panels can be configured for either
tools for authorized personnel: Stand-Alone or Networked fire control operation with
 The Building Network Interface Module (BNIC) wired communications or using fiber optics.
provides Ethernet connectivity options for authenticated Emergency Communications. Emergency
users to access panel information using service PC tools communications system equipment is available for both
 The Service Gateway tool allows a single authorized fire alarm and emergency communications/mass
service person to perform remote device testing using notification applications. Amplifiers can be centrally
text messaging tools to query panel status and confirm located or distributed at remote MINIPLEX transponder
work is completed as expected without returning to the locations. Audio can be distributed using analog or digital
panel means with either wired communications or with fiber
 TrueInsight Remote Service programs provide optics connections.
real-time intelligence and diagnostics for increased
uptime and enhanced fire alarm system performance * Refer to individual product data sheets for specific listing details. See partial data sheet
list on page 2.

S4100-0060-2 5/2013
 4100ES Control Panel Size Reference

24" (610 mm)

ABC DE F G HI
Z ONE SIG AUX
1 2 3
J KL MNO PQR
FB IO IDNet

ALARMS SYSTEM WARNINGS AC Power 4 5 6

Fire Alarm Priority 2 Alarm Supervisory Trouble Alarm Silenced ST U VWX YZ /

3 Bay height =
P A L
7 8 9
' SP' ( ) ,0 :
Fire Alarm Priority2 Supv Trouble Alarm System
NET ADDR
Ack Ack Ack Ack Silence Reset DEL
0

Event More Enter C/Exit

Time Info Previous

56" (1422 mm)

Menu
On N ext
Enable
Arm

Off Lamp
Disable Auto
Disarm Test

Emergency Operating Instructions

Alarm or Warning Condition How to Silence Building Signals
System indicator flashing.Tone On. Press Alarm Silence.

How to Acknowledge / View Events How to Reset System

Press ACK located under flashing indicator. Press System Reset.
Repeat operation until all events are acknowledged
. Press Ack to silence tone device.
Local tone will silence.

2 Bay height =
40" (1016 mm)

On On

Off Off

Auto Auto

On On

Off Off

Auto Auto

On On

Off Off

Auto Auto

On On

Off Off

Auto Auto

1 Bay height =
22" (559 mm)

Additional Data Sheet Reference

Subject Data Sheet Subject Data Sheet
4100ES Panels S4100-0100 4100ES Basic Panels S4100-0031
InfoAlarm Command Center with EPS Power S4100-0101 InfoAlarm Command Center S4100-0045
Network Display Unit (NDU) Supplies S4100-0102 Network Display Unit (NDU) S4100-0036
MINIPLEX Transponders S4100-0103 MINIPLEX Transponders S4100-0035
Enclosure Options S4100-0037 Multiple Signal Fiber Optic Modules S4100-0049
LED/Switch Modules S4100-0032 Releasing Systems Applications S4100-0040
4100ES Audio/Phone Modules S4100-0034 Remote Annunciators S4100-0038
Fire Alarm Network Reference S4100-0055 IDNet+ Communications Module S4100-0046
Building Network Interface Card S4100-0061

TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm and
Signaling Code are registered trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).

Tyco Fire Protection Products • Westminster, MA • 01441-0001 • USA S4100-0060-2 5/2013

www.simplexgrinnell.com
© 2013 Tyco Fire Protection Products. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice.
 Fire Control Panels
UL, ULC, CSFM Listed; Building Network Interface Card (BNIC)
FM Approved* Models 4100-6047 and 4010-9914

Features
Provides secured local area network Ethernet
connections for authorized service access:
Fire Alarm Network
 Compatible with Simplex® 4100ES and 4010ES fire Connections (wired or
alarm control panels on ES Net or 4120 Network fiber optic)
 Appears as an Ethernet switch to the building network
and supports dual Ethernet connections
 Supports software downloads and uploads with LAN
operation speed
 Allows execution of service level computer port
commands
 Allows connection of Service Gateway text/e-mail TrueSite Workstation
based remote test service connections
 Local access to LAN either by technician service
4010ES
A BC DE F GHI
ZONE SIG AUX
1 2 3
JK L MN O PQ R
FB IO IDNe t
AL ARMS SYS TEM WARNINGS AC Power 4 5 6
Fi reAlar m Pri or ity 2 Alar m Su p ervisory Tor ub le Alarm S ilen ced ST U VW X YZ /

laptop PC or by pre-authorized PC on-site

P A L
7 8 9
Fi reAlar m P rior ity2 Su pv Trou ble Al arm S ystem ' SP' ( ) , 0 :
NET ADDR
Ack Ack Ack Ack Sil ence Reset 0 DEL

E vent M or e Enter C/Exit

T ime Info Pre v io us

M enu
On
Enab le Arm
N ext

Of f Lamp
Disab le Au to
Disarm T est

Emergency Operating Instructions

Control Panel
A la rm or W a rn in g Cond iti on H ow to Si le nce Buil ding S ign a ls
S ystem indicator flashing. Tone On. P ress Alarm S ilence.

H ow to Ac k nowl edg e / V iew E ven ts H ow to Re s et S y ste m

P ress ACK located under flashing ni dicator . P ress System Reset.
Repeat oper ationuntil all event s are acknowledged. P ress Ackt o silence tone device.
Local t onewill sil ence .

 Download site specific software to multiple 4100ES

and 4010ES panels equipped with a BNIC module
 Upload site specific software from another 4100ES or
4010ES panel on the same fire alarm network
 Authorized service personnel can log into the BNIC
from remote locations, or via the front panel Ethernet
connection on 4100ES and 4010ES panels
 4 x 10 Dual vertical block module size

Description
At a panel (service
The Building Network Interface Card (BNIC) port behind door)
provides two external Ethernet ports to securely bridge
the 4100ES and 4010ES panels with an external network 4100ES Control Panel
(e.g. the building network) allowing access to the external BNIC
Service
network and to any other 4100ES/4010ES panels that are connection connections
on the external network. options
BNIC functionality allows the following functions to be
performed while providing secure/authenticated Facility LAN
communications:
At available LAN
 Direct connection to the front panel Ethernet service connection
port
 External network connectivity (two external Ethernet
port connections)
 Execution of computer port commands to panels on
the external network
BNIC Connection Reference
 Ethernet interface to Simplex software applications
such as Service Gateway
* This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to
 Recovery of site specific programming details (job Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing
files) from a panel on the external network 7165-0026:0251 (4100ES) or 7165-0026:0369 (4010ES) for allowable values and/or
conditions concerning material presented in this document. It is subject to re-examination,
revision, and possible cancellation. At the time of publication only UL and ULC listings are
applicable to ES Net network products. Additional listings may be applicable; contact your
local Simplex product supplier for the latest status. Listings and approvals under Simplex
Time Recorder Co. are the property of Tyco Fire Protection Products.

S4100-0061-4 3/2018
 ES Net network application
The ES Network (ES Net) is a high bandwidth (100 Mbps) IP based fire alarm network that supports high speed fire alarm
control unit software downloads and uploads and execution of service level computer port commands over the fire alarm
network from any panel location, without the need for a Building Network Interface Card (BNIC). In most cases, the need to
connect to the building network with the Building Network Interface Card is no longer required on ES Network systems.
Contact your local Simplex product supplier for additional information on ES Network products and applications.

BNIC Product Selection

Model Panel Compatibility Description Option Block Usage Alarm/Supv. Current

4100-6047 4100ES and 4100U Building Network Interface Card 2 Vertical Blocks (1 max) 291 mA

4010-9914 4010ES (BNIC) with dual Ethernet ports 2 Vertical Blocks (1 max) 236 mA

Specifications
Port Status
LED Offline Status
Four On-board Status LEDs
Diagnostics Reset Status
Earth Fault
Module Size Dual vertical block 4 x 10 module
Mechanical Temperature 32° to 120° F (0° to 49° C)
Humidity Range up to 93% RH at 90° F (32° C)
Reference Installation Instructions 579-949 (includes an MIS/IT Configuration Worksheet)

Additional Product Reference

Subject Data Sheet
4010ES Panels with Conventional Notification S4010-0004
4010ES Panels with Conventional Notification (INTL) S4010-0006
4010ES Panels with Addressable Notification S4010-0011
4010ES Panels with Addressable Notification (INTL) S4010-0012
4100ES Basic Panels with SPS Power Supplies S4100-0031
4120 Network Products and Specifications S4100-0056
ES Net Network Products and Specifications S4100-0076
4100ES Basic Panels with EPS Power Supplies S4100-0100

TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited.

Tyco Fire Protection Products • Westminster, MA • 01441-0001 • USA S4100-0061-4 3/2018

www.simplexgrinnell.com
© 2018 Tyco Fire Protection Products. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice.
 Fire Control Panels
UL, ULC, CSFM Listed; FM Approved; TrueAlert Addressable Power
MEA (NYC) Acceptance* Supplies (TPS), Cabinet Mounted

Features
For installed system mounting in Simplex® 4100ES
or 4100U fire alarm control panels:
 Provides three, 3 A, Class B SLCs (Special Application
rating)
 Compatible with TrueAlert and TrueAlert ES 1
1 + 24V ZO NE PWR +
2 0V ZO NE PWR -
3 +I DNET I DC +
4 - I DNET I DC -
5
6
7
8

addressable notification appliances, TrueAlert Isolator

2 6

3 SIMPLEXT IME RECORDERCO. 7

4090- 9101
MONITORZAM,CLASSB
INSTAL .INSTR.57 4- 18 3
4 DATECODE: 8
1

Modules, and TrueAlert Adapter Modules

 Note: Limitations apply when controlling TrueAlert ES
appliances (refer to details on page 2)
 Class A operation is available using option module
4100-5124
 Four block module size, mounts in expansion bay
blocks on right side
 For new fire alarm panel applications with addressable
notification, refer to data sheet S4100-0100
 For additional TrueAlert addressable notification
reference refer to data sheet S4009-0003

TrueAlert Addressable Notification

TrueAlert Power Supplies provides three, 3 A Class B
Signaling Line Circuits (SLCs) for controlling and
powering addressable notification appliances. With
addressable appliances, Class B wiring can be “T-tapped”
for easier wiring and reduced wire run lengths. Appliances
include horns, strobes, and combination units.

* Listed by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the
California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing 7165-0026:251 for allowable
values and/or conditions concerning material presented in this document. Accepted for
use – City of New York Department of Buildings – MEA35-93E. Additional listings may
be applicable, contact your local Simplex product supplier for the latest status. Listings TrueAlert Power Supply Reference Drawing
and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co. are the property of Tyco Fire Protection
Products.

Product Selection

TrueAlert Power Supplies and Accessories (Canadian model has low battery cutout)
Model Voltage/Listing Description Size Supv. Alarm

4100-5120 120 VAC UL TrueAlert Power Supply (TPS); 3 Class B SLCs rated
3 A each for up to 63 TrueAlert addressable (special
application) appliances per channel, 189 per TPS;
4100-5121 120 VAC, Canadian ULC 4 Blocks 88 mA 100 mA
built-in battery charger; 2 A aux. power output;
4100-5122 220-240 VAC UL Note: Add device current separately

4100-5124 TrueAlert SLC Class A Adapter for all 3 SLCs, mounts on TPS N.A. 10 mA 10 mA

S4100-0065 3/2014
 Specifications

120 VAC Models 4 A maximum @ 102 to 132 VAC, 60 Hz

Input Power
220-240 VAC Models 2 A maximum @ 204 to 264 VAC, 50/60 Hz; separate taps for 220/230/240 VAC
Compatible Special Simplex TrueAlert and TrueAlert ES addressable notification appliances (with limitations); contact
Application Appliances your Simplex product representative for compatible appliances
Category Details TrueAlert ES Appliance Control Limitation
Not compatible with TrueAlert ES intensities of
Available Strobe Intensity 15, 30, 75, and 110 cd
135 and 185 cd
Appliance Control Continuous, Temporal
Characteristics Not compatible with TrueAlert ES horn tones of
Available Horn Control Code 3, and March
Temporal Code 4 or 20 bpm
Time of 60 or 120 bpm
Not compatible with TrueAlert ES 23 VRMS
Appliance Voltage Minimum 17 VRMS
appliance voltage minimum
Mounting Requirements Four block size, requires expansion bay mounting blocks E, F, G, & H
UL listed for battery charging of 6.2 Ah up to 110 Ah (110 Ah batteries require a
Battery Charger Battery capacity range
remote battery cabinet); ULC listed for charging up to 50 Ah batteries
Ratings (sealed
lead-acid batteries) Charger characteristics Temperature compensated, dual rate, recharges depleted batteries within 48
and performance hours per UL Standard 864; to 70% capacity in 12 hours per ULC Standard S527
Operating Temperature 32° to 120°F (0° to 49° C)
Environmental
Operating Humidity Up to 93% RH, non-condensing @ 90° F (32° C) maximum
Installation Instructions 579-336

Addressable Appliance Reference

TrueAlert Appliances
Appliance Type Data Sheet
TrueAlert Ceiling Mount Visible Only Appliances S4906-0004
TrueAlert Ceiling Mount Audile/Visible Appliances S4906-0005
TrueAlert Speaker/Visible Appliances S4906-0006
TrueAlert Dual Emergency Appliance, Clear/Amber S4906-0009
TrueAlert ES Appliances
Appliance Type Data Sheet
TrueAlert ES Audible Only Appliances S49AO-0001
TrueAlert ES Visible Only Appliances S49VO-0001
TrueAlert Addressable Adapter Module S4905-0004
TrueAlert Appliance/IDNAC SLC Isolator S4905-0001
TrueAlert ES Audible/Visible Appliances S49AV-0001
TrueAlert ES Weatherproof Appliances, UL Listed S49WP-0001
TrueAlert ES Weatherproof Appliances, ULC Listed S49WP-0002
TrueAlert ES Emergency Communications Appliances
S49LENS-0001
with Color Lenses

TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited.

Tyco Fire Protection Products • Westminster, MA • 01441-0001 • USA S4100-0065 3/2014

www.simplex-fire.com
© 2014 Tyco Fire Protection Products. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice.

UL, ULC, CSFM Listed;
FM, NYC Fire Dept Approved*
Features
Compatible with Simplex ES Net or 4120 Fire Alarm
Networks
Master Controller (top) bay standard equipment:
 32-Bit Master Controller with color-coded operator interface
and raised switches for high confidence feedback
 Dual configuration program CPU, convenient service port
access, capacity for up to 2500 addressable points
 CPU assembly includes 2 GB dedicated compact flash
memory for on-site system programming and storage
 An Enhanced Power Supply (EPS) and battery charger (9 A
output) with on-board: IDNAC SLCs (signaling line circuit)
for addressable appliance control, an IDNet 2 Module for
addressable device control; and programmable function
auxiliary output
 Also available with InfoAlarm Command Center expanded
content user interface (see data sheet S4100-0045)
Standard addressable device interfaces include:
 250 point addressable device IDNet 2 SLC that supports
TrueAlarm analog sensors and IDNet communications
monitoring and control devices with an electrically isolated
output channel allowing use with either shielded or
unshielded, twisted or untwisted single pair wiring; and
providing dual short circuit isolating output loops
 MINIPLEX Transponder and remote LCD and LED
annunciator support via RUI+ (isolated or un-isolated)
communications port (refer to details on page 6)
Standard power supplies (EPS) provide enhanced
power delivery IDNAC SLCs to addressable
notification appliances:
 With IDNAC SLCs, a constant 29 VDC source voltage is
maintained during alarm, even during battery operation,
allowing strobes to operate at higher voltage with lower
current and ensuring a consistent current draw and voltage
drop margin under both primary power and secondary
battery standby
 Efficiencies include lower strobe currents, wiring distances
up to 2 to 3 times farther than with conventional
notification, support for more appliances per IDNAC SLC,
and the ability to use smaller gauge wiring – all providing
installation and maintenance savings with high assurance
that appliances that operate during normal system testing
will also operate during worst case alarm conditions
 IDNAC SLCs are compatible with both TrueAlert ES and
TrueAlert addressable notification appliances, and remote
4009 IDNAC Repeaters to extend power and wiring distance
even farther
Optional modules and connections include:
 Fire Alarm Network Interfaces, city connections, and up to
five (5) RS-232 ports for printers and terminals
 Building Network Interface Card (BNIC) for Ethernet
connectivity options (see data sheet S4100-0061)
 Side mounted DACT assembly requiring minimal panel
space; DACT is compatible with IP Communicators
 Emergency communications systems (ECS) equipment;
8 channel digital audio or 2 channel analog audio
4100ES Fire Control Panels
Addressable Fire Detection and Control
Basic Panel Modules and Accessories
4100ES Cabinets are Available with One, Two or Three Bays
Option Modules (Continued)
 Additional IDNet 2 communications SLCs, IDNet 2+2
Modules with quad short circuit isolating output loops;
additional power supplies, alarm relays, and auxiliary relays
 LED/switch modules and panel mount printers; VESDA Air
Aspiration Systems interface, ASHRAE BACnet Interface,
TCP/IP Bridges
 Battery brackets for seismic area protection (see page 2)
 4100ES compatible legacy interface modules, including
control of conventional (non-addressable) NACS (see data
sheet reference list on page 12)
 8-point zone/relay module, each point is selectable as an
IDC input or relay output. Class A IDCs require 2 points
(one out and one return). Relays rated for 2 A @ 30 VDC
(resistive). Configurable as normally open or closed.
Listings information
 UL 864, Fire Detection and Control (UOJZ), Smoke Control
Service (UUKL), Releasing Device Service (SYZV)
 UL 1076, Proprietary Alarm Units - Burglar (APOU)
 UL 2017, Process Management Equipment (QVAX),
Emergency Alarm System Control Units (FSZI)
 UL 1730, Smoke Detector Monitor (UULH)
 UL 2572, Mass Notification Systems (PGWM)
 CAN/ULC-S527 Control Units for Fire Alarm Systems
(UOJZ7), Releasing Device Service (SYZV7)
 ULC/ORD-C1076 Proprietary Burglar Alarm Units and
Systems (APOU7)
 ULC/ORD-C100 Smoke Control System Equipment
(UUKL7)
Software Feature Summary
CPU provides dual configuration programs:
 Two programs allow for optimal system protection and
commissioning efficiency with one active and one in reserve
PC based programmer features:
 Front panel Ethernet port for quick and easy programming
 Modifications can be uploaded as well as downloaded
* This product has been listed by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to Section
13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing 7165-0026:0251 for allowable
values and/or conditions concerning material presented in this document. NYC Fire Dept COA
#6151. At the time of publication only UL and ULC listings are applicable to ES Net network
products. Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local Simplex product supplier for the
latest status. Listings and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co. are the property of Tyco
Fire Protection Products.
S4100-0100-16 3/2018
Introduction Mechanical Description
4100ES Series Fire Detection and Control Panels  Boxes can be close-nippled; each box provides
provide extensive installation, operator, and service features convenient stud markers for drywall thickness and
with point and module capacities suitable for a wide range of nail-hole knockouts for quicker mounting
system applications. An on-board Ethernet port provides fast  Smooth box surfaces are provided for locally cutting
external system communications to expedite installation and conduit entrance holes exactly where required
service activity. Dedicated compact flash memory archiving  Cabinet assembly design has been seismic tested and is
provides secure on-site system information storage of certified to IBC and CBC standards as well as to ASCE 7
electronic job configuration files. categories A through F, requires 4100-7912 option for
Modular design. A wide variety of functional modules are additional legacy card stabilizer brackets and battery
available to meet specific system requirements. Selections brackets as detailed on data sheet S2081-0019
allow panels to be configured for either Stand-Alone or  The latching front panel assembly easily lifts off for
Networked fire control operation. internal access
 Modules are power-limited (except as noted, such as
Module Bay Description relay modules)
The Master Controller Bay (top) includes a standard  The NEMA 1/IP30 box is ordered separately and
multi-featured enhanced power supply (EPS) with IDNet 2 available for early installation
Module, the master controller board, two vertical expansion  Doors are available with tempered glass inserts or solid;
blocks, and operator interface equipment. boxes and doors are available in platinum or red
 Boxes and door/retainer assemblies are ordered
The Expansion Bays include a Power Distribution
separately per system requirements; refer to data sheet
Interface (PDI) for connection of single or multiple block
S4100-0037
modules, and/or slot style (motherboard/daughter card)
modules. Operator Interface Detail Reference
The Battery Compartment (bottom) accepts two The following illustration identifies the primary functions of
batteries, up to 50 Ah, to be mounted within the cabinet the operator interface.
without interfering with module space.

4100-6080 DACT Master Controller Bay

mounting location Slot 1 Slot 2 Slot 3 Slot 4
Master Controller
Board

Optional 4190-6104
TrueInsight Module
PDI
mounting location

PDI board with two

connectors available

Master controller with EPS Power Supply

dual slot motherboard with IDNet 2 Module
Slot 1 Slot 2 Slot 3 Slot 4 Slot 5 Slot 6 Slot 7 Slot 8

I/O Wiring I/O Wiring

4100 Option

4100 Option

4100 Option

4x5 Module

Expansion Bay 1 (Block E)

Expansion Power
Supply
PDI
(XPS)

4x5 Module

(Block F)
(Blocks G & H) Software Feature Summary
I/O Wiring
 “Install Mode” allows grouping of multiple troubles for
uninstalled modules and devices into a single trouble
Typical bays with condition (typical with future phased expansion); with
mixed module sizes
Slot 1 Slot 2 Slot 3 Slot 4 Slot 5 Slot 6 Slot 7 Slot 8
future equipment and devices grouped into a single
I/O Wiring I/O Wiring
trouble, operators can more clearly identify events from
4100 Option

4100 Option

4100 Option

4x5 Module the commissioned and occupied areas


(Block E)
Expansion Bay 2
Expansion Power
Supply
Module level ground fault searching assists installation
and service by locating and isolating modules with
PDI
(XPS)

grounded wiring
(Blocks G & H)
4x5 Module

(Block F)

I/O Wiring

 “Recurring Trouble Filtering” allows the panel to

recognize, process, and log recurring intermittent
troubles (such as external wiring ground faults), but only
sends a single outbound system trouble to avoid nuisance
Battery Compartment communications
 WALKTEST silent or audible system test performs an
automatic self-resetting test cycle
 Support for TrueAlarm individual analog sensing and
4100ES Module Placement Reference in 3-Bay Cabinet IDNAC addressable notification with front panel
information and selection access
2 S4100-0100-16 3/2018
Operator Interface Operator Interface Features
Convenient Status Information. With the locking door  Convenient and extensive operator information is
closed, the glass window allows viewing of the display, status provided using a logical, menu-driven display
LEDs, and available operator switches. Features include a  Multiple automatic and manual diagnostics for
two-line by 40-character, wide viewing angle (super-twist) maintenance reduction
LCD with status LEDs and switches as shown in the  Alarm and Trouble History Logs (up to 1250 entries for
illustration below. each, 2500 total events) are available for viewing from
the LCD, or capable of being printed to a connected
LED indicators describe the general category of activity
printer, or downloaded to a service computer
being displayed with the LCD providing more detail. For the
authorized user, unlocking the door provides access to the  Convenient PC programmer label editing
control switches and allows further inquiry by scrolling the  Password access control
display for additional detail.

FIRE ALARM ACK acknowledges a Fire Alarm

condition, logs the acknowledge, and silences the
operator panel and all annunciator tone-alerts
SIX SYSTEM STATUS INDICATOR LEDs PRIORITY 2 ACK acknowledges a Priority 2 Alarm
provide system status indications in addition condition, logs the acknowledge, and silences the
to LCD information, LEDs flash to indicate the operator panel and all annunciator tone-alerts
ULC SYSTEMS condition and then when acknowledged,
SUPV ACK acknowledges system supervisory
require designating remain on until reset :
conditions, logs the acknowledge, and silences the
a Ground Fault Fire Alarm & Priority 2 Alarm, red LED
operator panel and all annunciator tone-alerts
indicator Supervisory & Trouble, yellow LED
Alarm Silenced, yellow LED TROUBLE ACK acknowledges system troubles, logs
AC Power, green LED (on for normal) the acknowledge, and silences the operator panel and
all annunciator tone-alerts
THREE PROGRAMMABLE LEDs ALARM SILENCE causes audible and visible
provide custom labeling, the top 2 X 40 LCD READOUT, LED backlighted notification appliances to be silenced (default operation,
two LEDs are selectable as red or during normal conditions and abnormal may be modified through panel programming for
yellow, the bottom LED is operating conditions, provides up to 40 compliance with local requirements)
selectable as green or yellow characters for custom label information
SYSTEM RESET restores control panel to normal when
FIRST ALARM DISPLAY: Operation can all alarmed inputs are returned to normal
Custom label insert be selected for maintained display of first
alarm until acknowledged

ABC DEF GHI

Waterflow-East ZONE SIG AUX
1 2 3
Waterflow-West JKL MNO PQR
FB IO IDNet
Ground Fault ALARMS SYSTEM WARNINGS AC Power
4 5 6
Fire Alarm Priority 2 Alarm Supervisory Trouble Alarm Silenced STU VWX YZ/
P A L
Manual Evac 7 8 9
'SP' ( ) ,0:
Fire Alarm Priority 2 Supv Trouble Alarm System
NET ADDR
City Disconnect Ack Ack Ack Ack Silence Reset
0 DEL

Elevator Recall Event More Enter C/Exit

Time Info Previous

Menu
Almost Dirty On Next
Enable
Arm

Ground Fault Off Lamp

Disable Auto
Latch Disarm Test

FIVE PROGRAMMABLE POINT STATUS ADDITIONAL FUNCTION LCD NAVIGATION NUMERIC KEYPAD for
FUNCTION SWITCHES, CONTROL KEYS: KEYS: CONTROL: point category and point
each with a yellow LED Point Enable and Event Time Request Menu selection selection (alphabet
indicator Disable More Information Request Vertical and characters are not used at
Force On or Arm Lamp Test Horizontal position this time)
Force Off or Disarm selection buttons
Return On/Off or
Arm/Disarm to Auto
Mode

3 S4100-0100-16 3/2018
IDNet Addressable Device and IDNAC Addressable Notification Appliance Control
Overview. The 4100ES EPS power supply with IDNet 2
Module provides addressable initiating device and IDNAC
addressable notification appliance Signaling Line Circuits
(SLCs) that supervise wiring connections and the individual
device/appliance communications status on their SLC. With
these 2-wire SLCs, initiation, monitoring, and control devices
such as manual fire alarm stations, TrueAlarm sensors, control
relays, and sprinkler waterflow switches; and notification
appliances such as strobes and horns can communicate their
identity and status and receive fire alarm system control.
Additional interface modules include circuit isolators,
conventional IDC zone adapters, and interface to other system
circuits such as fans, dampers, and elevator controls.
IDNet Addressable Device Operation
Each addressable device on an IDNet communication
channel is continuously interrogated for status condition such
as: normal, off-normal, alarm, supervisory, or trouble. Both
Class B and Class A operation is available. Sophisticated poll
and response communication techniques ensure supervision
integrity and allow for "T-tapping" of the circuits for Class B
operation. Devices with LEDs pulse the LED to indicate
receipt of a communications poll and can be turned on steady
from the panel. With addressable devices, the location and
status of the connected device is monitored and logged, and
displayed on the operator interface LCD and on remote
system annunciators with each device having its own 40
character custom label for precise identification.
TrueAlarm Addressable Sensor Operation
Addressable initiating device communications
include operation of TrueAlarm smoke and temperature
sensors. Smoke sensors transmit an output value based on
their smoke chamber condition and the CPU maintains a
current value, peak value, and an average value for each
sensor. Status is determined by comparing the current sensor
value to its average value. Tracking this average value as a
continuously shifting reference point filters out
environmental factors that cause shifts in sensitivity.
TrueAlarm Addressable Sensor Reference
TrueAlarm Photo TrueAlarm Photo/Heat
Sensor with Base Sensor in CO Base
Programmable sensitivity of each sensor can be selected
at the control panel for different levels of smoke obscuration
(shown directly in percent) or for specific heat detection
levels. To evaluate whether the sensitivity should be revised,
the peak value is stored in memory and can be easily read (or
downloaded as a report) and compared to the alarm threshold
directly in percent.
CO sensor bases combine an electrolytic CO sensing
module with a TrueAlarm analog sensor to provide a single
multiple sensing assembly using one system address. The CO
sensor can be enabled/disabled, used in LED/Switch modes
and custom control, and can be made public for
communication across a fire alarm Network. (refer to data
sheet S4098-0052 for details)
4 S4100-0100-16 3/2018
TrueAlarm heat sensors can be selected for fixed
temperature detection, with or without rate-of-rise
detection. Utility temperature sensing is also available,
typically to provide freeze warnings or alert to HVAC
system problems. Readings can selected as either
Fahrenheit or Celsius.
TrueSense Early Fire Detection. Multi-sensor
4098-9754 provides photoelectric and heat sensor data
using a single 4100ES IDNet address. The panel evaluates
smoke activity, heat activity, and their combination, to
provide TrueSense early detection. For more details on this
operation, refer to data sheet S4098-0024.
Diagnostics and Default Device Type
Sensor Status. TrueAlarm operation allows the control
panel to automatically indicate when a sensor is almost
dirty, dirty, and excessively dirty. The NFPA 72
requirement for a test of the sensitivity range of the sensors
is fulfilled by the ability of TrueAlarm operation to
maintain the sensitivity level of each sensor. CO Sensors
track their 10 year active life status providing indicators to
assist with service planning. Indicators occur at: 1 year, 6
months, and end of life.
Modular TrueAlarm sensors use the same base and
different sensor types (smoke or heat sensor) and can be
easily interchanged to meet specific location requirements.
This allows intentional sensor substitution during building
construction when conditions are temporarily dusty.
Instead of covering smoke sensors (causing them to be
disabled), heat sensors may be installed without
reprogramming the control panel. The control panel will
indicate an incorrect sensor type, but the heat sensor will
operate at a default sensitivity to provide heat detection for
building protection at that location.
IDNet Addressable Device Wiring Reference
IDNet Addressable Channel Capacity. The CPU bay
standard power supply (EPS) provides an IDNet 2 Module
providing a signaling line circuit (SLC) that supports up to
250 addressable monitor and control points intermixed on the
same pair of wires. IDNet 2 and IDNet 2+2 Module SLCs are
isolated from other system reference voltages to reduce
common mode noise interaction with adjacent system wiring.
Additional 250 address IDNet 2 or IDNet 2+2 Modules are
available.
IDNet 2 and IDNet 2+2 SLC Wiring Specifications
Maximum Distance 1 to 125 4000 ft (1219 m); 50 ohms
from Control Panel
per Device Load 126-250 2500 feet (762 m); 35 ohms
Total Wire Length Allowed With Up to 12,500 ft (3.8 km);
“T” Taps for Class B Wiring 0.60 µF
Maximum Capacitance Between
1 µF
IDNet 2 Channels
0.8 mA supv., 1 mA alarm;
Loading per device
2 mA per activated device LED
Shielded or unshielded,
Wire Type and Connections
twisted or untwisted wire*
Connections
Terminals for 18 to 12 AWG
(0.82 mm2 to 3.31 mm2)
IDNet 2 and IDNet 2+2 Module Compatibility: IDNet
communicating devices and TrueAlarm sensors including
QuickConnect and QuickConnect2 sensors
* Some applications may require shielded wiring. Review your
system with your local Simplex product supplier.
IDNAC SLC Control of TrueAlert and TrueAlert ES Addressable Notification
Addressable notification appliance communications
include operation of TrueAlert and TrueAlert ES Visible only
(V/O, strobe), Audible only (A/O, horn), Audible/Visible (A/V,
horn/strobe), and strobes of Speaker/Visible (S/V) notification
appliances. (S/V appliances require separate speaker wiring.)
IDNAC SLC addressable communications allow each horn and
strobe to be individually controlled using a single two-wire
circuit, confirms the wiring connections to the individual
notification appliance’s electronic circuit, and confirms
communications between each appliance and the fire alarm
control panel. Addressable communications increases
supervision integrity versus conventional notification systems
by providing supervision beyond the circuit wiring to each
individual appliance and by constantly verifying the ability of
each appliance to communicate with the control panel.
Individual Appliance Status and Settings. The fire alarm
control panel monitors and records each addressable notification
appliance status, type of appliance, and its configured appliance
settings. A fault in any individual appliance automatically
reports a trouble condition to the control panel.
TrueAlert ES Addressable Appliance Reference
A/O (horn) V/O (strobe) A/V (horn/strobe)
Virtual NACs Provide Control Convenience. For control
convenience, IDNAC notification appliances can be grouped
into Virtual NACS (VNACs) for group control, grouping that
can be made across SLCs, not defined by their wiring
connection.
Panel Control Convenience. Applicable operation settings
for each appliance can be programmed without having to
replace appliances or remove them from the wall or ceiling. An
appliance’s VNAC notification zone can be easily changed
through programming without having to add additional circuits,
conduit, and wiring. Audible and visible appliances for non-Fire
Emergency Communications notification can be programmed to
operate separately on the same pair of wires as the fire alarm
notification appliances. The result is lower installation, retrofit,
and overall life-cycle cost of ownership compared with
traditional conventional notification systems.
Installation, Retrofit, and Life-Cycle Cost Benefits.
With each addressable appliance capable of being controlled
separately on the same two-wire IDNAC SLC, installation time
and expense for both retrofit and new construction can be
significantly reduced. When Class B wiring is used, wiring can
be “T-tapped” allowing more savings in distance, wire, conduit
(size and utilization), and overall installation efficiency.
Location Information, Diagnostics and
Troubleshooting. Each addressable notification appliance
has its own 40 character custom label to identify the location of
the appliance and to aid in troubleshooting fault conditions. In
conventional notification systems, conventional appliances are
not capable of communicating with the control panel. Fault
reporting on a conventional system is limited to the circuit
wiring and the entire area (zone) covered by appliances on the
notification appliance circuit (NAC) making it much more
difficult and costly to locate and correct the source of a
5 S4100-0100-16 3/2018
problem. Using the TrueAlert magnet test allows each appliance
to individually identify its candela setting and address and to
briefly operate if desired, and using the TrueAlert ES
Appliance Self-Test feature provides detailed performance
verification per appliance.
TrueAlert ES Appliance Self-Test Operation
On-Board Test Sensors. TrueAlert ES appliances are
equipped with on-board sensors to detect strobe and/or horn
output allowing efficient and unobtrusive Self-Testing. When
Automatic Self-Test is initiated from the control panel, each
appliance within the selected VNAC group will briefly operate
and then report its Self-Test status to the control panel, all
within several seconds. Silent Self-Test can be selected to test
only visible appliance if desired. The control panel is in a
trouble condition during testing and in the event of an alarm,
Self-Test is automatically terminated. Additionally, Automatic
Self-Test can be scheduled to occur at a convenient time on a
regular basis. (Requires version 2.03.01 or higher software.)
Automatic Self-Test results are communicated to the
control panel with a time and date stamp and are stored in
memory. Results are viewable at the front panel display and
printed reports can be generated from the panel service port.
(See sample reports on page 11.)
Individual Self-Test is selected from the control panel when
individual appliances need to be observed to operate. Each
appliance in the selected VNAC group will turn on its LED
until individually activated by applying a magnet. After
performing the individual test, the appliance LED turns off to
indicate completion. Results are recorded the same as during the
automatic test.
IDNAC SLC Hardware Reference
EPS Power Supplies provide three, 3 A IDNAC SLCs for
control and power to TrueAlert ES and TrueAlert addressable
notification appliances. Both power supplies incorporate an
efficient switching design that provides a regulated output of
29 VDC, even during battery operation. With 29 VDC
minimum output at the panel, addressable notification SLCs can
support wiring distances 2 to 3 times farther than available with
conventional notification, or support more appliances per SLC,
or work with smaller gauge wiring, or combinations of these
benefits, all resulting in installation and maintenance savings
with high assurance that appliances that operate during normal
system testing will operate during worst case alarm conditions.
IDNAC SLC Appliance Wiring Reference
IDNAC SLC Capacity: Up to 127 addresses and up to 139 unit
loads (appliances are typically one unit load, devices such as
Isolators may require more than one load, refer to individual
device data sheet for specific information)
Recommended wire type UTP, unshielded twisted pair
Maximum wire length
allowed with “T-Taps” for 10,000 ft (3048 m)
Class B wiring, per SLC
Maximum wire length per
4000 ft (1219 m)
SLC to any appliance
Appliance Supervisory
1 unit load = 0.8 mA per appliance
Current
Wiring connections
Terminals for 18 to 12 AWG (0.82
mm2 to 3.31 mm2)
Installation Instructions (see
579-1015
for more information)
Standard CPU Bay Module Details
Master Controller and Motherboard:
 Mounts in Slot 2 of a two slot motherboard and provides
one Class B or Class A, RUI+ communications channel
configurable for isolated or un-isolated operation
 Slot 1 of the motherboard is primarily for an optional
network interface card or secondarily for the 4100-6038
dual RS-232 board communications
 RUI+ and RUI communications controls up to 31 remote
devices per master controller at up to 2500 ft (762 m) for
single run, or 10,000 ft (3048 m) total if wiring is Class
B and T-tapped; if more distance is required, up to four
total RUI channels are supported; add up to three
4100-1291 RUI Expansion Modules (4100-1291
provides unisolated RUI communications)
 Compatible RUI+ and RUI remote equipment includes:
MINIPLEX transponders, 4603-9101 LCD
Annunciators, 4602-9101 Status Command Units (SCU),
4602-9102 Remote Command Units (RCU), 4602 Series
LED Annunciator Panels,4100 Series 24 I/O and
LED/Switch modules, (4602 series annunciators require
un-isolated communications).
 Up to 4 RUI channels (combination of built-in RUI+ and
optional RUI modules) are supported
 Open slot space on the left of the CPU motherboard is
available for either another dual slot motherboard, or for
one or two block modules (refer to diagram on page 2)
EPS Mounted Optional Modules (select one):
 City Connect Module (4100-6031, with disconnect
switches, or 4100-6032, without disconnect switches)
can also be selected for dual circuit city connections
 Alarm Relay Module (4100-6033) provides three
Form C relays, rated 2 A resistive @ 32 VDC
EPS (Enhanced Power Supply) with IDNet 2 Module
Details: (see page 9 for specifications)
 Rating is 9 A output with “Special Application”
appliances
 Outputs are power-limited, except for the battery charger
 Provides system power, battery charging, auxiliary
power, earth detection, on-board electrically isolated
IDNet 2 Module with 250 point SLC, three on-board 3 A
IDNAC SLCs, and provisions for either an optional City
Connect Module or an optional Alarm/Supv/Tbl Relay
Module
 IDNet 2 Module SLC Output provides Class B or
Class A communications for up to 250 addressable
devices with dual short circuit isolating loop outputs (see
details on page 4)
6
7 S4100-0100-16 3/2018
 Note: The “IDNet 2 Module” replaced the “IDNet 1+
Module” and the term “EPS with IDNet 2 Module”
replaces the term “EPS+”DCAI (Dual Class A IDNAC
Isolator) Module creates two Class A outputs from one
IDNAC SLC Class B Input; up to two can be connected
to one IDNAC SLC, with up to 6 total per EPS; total
Class A output loop current is limited to the 3 A rating of
the IDNAC SLC
 Battery Charger is dual rate, temperature
compensated, and charges up to 50 Ah sealed lead-
acid batteries mounted in the battery compartment
(33 Ah for single bay cabinets). UL listed for charging
up to 110 Ah batteries mounted in an external cabinet
(see data sheet S2081-0012 for details)
 Battery and Charger Monitoring includes battery
charger status and low or depleted battery conditions;
status information provided to the master controller
includes analog values for: battery voltage, charger
voltage and current, actual system voltage and current,
and individual IDNAC SLC currents
 Low Battery Cutout is selectable for each EPS power
supply.
2 A Programmable Output:
 Select for conventional non-synchronous NAC
operation to provide supervised reverse polarity for
sounder base power, Suppression Release Peripheral
(SRP) power, or other coded NAC operation
requirements
 Select for Auxiliary (AUX) operation for sounder base
power, 4-wire detector power, or door holder;
supervised AUX operation does not require an end-of-
line relay to provide Power-Limited operation
8-Point Zone/Relay Module Details:
 Select as IDC or Relay; configure up to 8, Class B
IDCs, or up to 4, Class A IDCs; or up to 8, Relay outputs
rated 2 A resistive @ 30 VDC (N.O. or N.C.); or
combinations of IDCs and Relays; each zone is
separately configurable as an IDC or Relay output
 IDC Support. Each IDC supports up to 30, two-wire
devices. Zone relay modules may be powered directly
from the control unit power supply or through the
optional 25 VDC regulator module where required for 2-
wire detector compatibility (refer to 2-Wire Detector
Compatibility document 579-832 for additional details).
 IDC EOL resistor values are selectable as: 3.3 kΩ, 2
kΩ, 2.2 kΩ, 3.4 kΩ, 3.9 kΩ, 4.7 kΩ, 5.1 kΩ, 5.6 kΩ,
6.34/6.8 kΩ, and 3.6 kΩ + 1.1 kΩ; see instructions for
more detail
Master Controller and Expansion Bay Selection Information
Model Model Type and Listing Description Current
4100-9311 120 VAC, 50/60 Hz Input UL 4100ES Master Controller Assembly with LCD display,
4100-9312 English 120 VAC, 50/60 Hz operator interface and RUI+ isolated or un-insolated output
ULC communications interface; 9 A EPS (Enhanced Power
4100-9313 French Canadian
Supply) with battery charger, electrically isolated 250 point Without IDNet devices:
IDNet 2 Module, three Class B IDNAC SLCs, one 2 A output Supervisory = 425 mA
configurable for Auxiliary Power or Simple NAC operation Alarm = 735 mA
4100-9511 220-240 VAC, 50/60 Hz Input UL
and expansion slot for City Circuit or Alarm/Supv/Tbl Relay Note: Master Controller
option current does not
subtract from 9 A
4100-9331 120 VAC, 50/60 Hz input UL output rating
4100ES Master Controller Assembly ; same as above models
120 VAC, 50/60 Hz input, except without LCD Display and Operator Interface
4100-9332 ULC
Canadian, English
4100-2300 Expansion Bay Assembly; order for each required expansion bay
4100-2303 Slot Module Stabilizer Bracket, used when expansion bays have style modules

Communication Modules
Model Description Size Supv. Alarm
4100-1291 Un-isolated Remote Unit Interface Module (RUI); up to 3 maximum per control panel 1 Slot 85 mA 85 mA
4100-6031 City Circuit, with disconnect switches N.A. 20 mA 36 mA
4100-6032 Select one per EPS (Note: maximum City Circuit, w/o disconnect switches N.A. 20 mA 36 mA
one City Circuit module per panel) Alarm/Supv/Tbl Relay, 3 Form C relays, 2
4100-6033 N.A. 15 mA 37 mA
A @ 32 VDC
Dual Port RS-232 standard interface
4100-6046 1 Block 60 mA 60 mA
(single block)
3 maximum RS-232 Modules per panel
Dual Port RS-232 with 2120 interface
4100-6038 1 Slot 132 mA 132 mA
(slot module)
4100-6079 SafeLINC Internet Interface (refer to data sheet S4100-0062 for details) 2 Blocks 145 mA 145 mA
4190-6104 TrueInsight Remote Monitoring Module (refer to data sheet S4100-0063 for details) Side Mt. 62 mA 73 mA
4100-6048 VESDA Aspiration System Interface (refer to data sheet S4100-0026 for details) 1 Slot 132 mA 132 mA
DACT, Point or Event Reporting; 1 shipped unless 4100-7908 is selected; 2 max.
4100-6080 per system; includes 2, 2080-9047 cables, 14 ft (4.3 m) long, RJ45 plug and spade Side Mt. 30 mA 40 mA
lugs
Module Selection Information (Continued)
Additional Enhanced Power Supplies, Expansion Power Supply, and Accessories
(for additional non-addressable Power Supplies, refer to data sheet S4100-0031)
Model Voltage/Listing Description Size Supv. Alarm
UL & Enhanced Power Supply (EPS) with IDNet 2 Module; 9 A
4100-5311 120 VAC Enhanced Power Supply with battery charger, electrically isolated 225 mA 490 mA
ULC 4 Blocks
250 point IDNet 2 Module, three Class B IDNAC SLCs, one 2 A
Right
output configurable for Auxiliary Power or Simple NAC operation,
Side add IDNet device
4100-5313 220-240 VAC UL and expansion slot for City Circuit or Alarm/Supv/Tbl Relay option;
currents separately
120 VAC model has selectable low battery cutout
UL & 4 Blocks
4100-5325 120 VAC Expansion EPS; 9 A Expansion EPS, functionally identical to the
ULC Right 125 mA 220 mA
Enhanced Power Supply except without the IDNet 2 Module
4100-5327 220-240 VAC UL Side

4100-5101 120 VAC UL Expansion Power Supply (XPS); 9 A output, 3 built-in Class A/B
conventional (non-addressable) 3 A NACs that can also be
120 VAC,
4100-5103 ULC selected as 2 A auxiliary power output, 2 A separate auxiliary 2 Blocks 50 mA 50 mA
Canadian
power output; without battery charger; Canadian model has low
4100-5102 220-240 VAC UL battery cutout

4100-5115 NAC Expansion Module, 3 NACs, Class A/B, mounts on XPS only N.A. 25 mA 25 mA
Dual Class A IDNAC Isolator (DCAI), converts a single Class B IDNAC SLC input to two
Class A or two Class B SLC outputs; provides short circuit isolation between each Class A
or B output circuit; connect up to two DCAI Modules per IDNAC SLC input up to a
4100-6103 1 Block 8.3 mA 18.5 mA
maximum of 6 DCAI Modules per EPS; each isolated output SLC used requires one
IDNAC address; the total current remains controlled by the Class B input source SLC at 3
A maximum
4100-5152 12 VDC Power Option, 2 A maximum 1 Block 1.5 A maximum
4100-0156 8 VDC Converter, required for multiple Physical Bridge Modules, 3 A maximum 1 Block included w/loads

3 A maximum with
Voltage Regulator Module, 22.8 to 26.4 VDC (25VDC nominal); isolated and resettable 2.5A load, 4.9A
4100-5130 1 Block
output; includes earth detection circuit and trouble relay for status monitoring. maximum with 4 A
load

4100-0636 Box Interconnection Harness Kit (non-audio); order one for each close-nippled cabinet
4100-0638 4100 Slot Module Additional 24 VDC Harness; need when 4100 Slot module requirements exceed 2 A from EPS

8 Zone Initiating Device Circuits

Model Type Supv. Alarm
4100-5005 Class B 75 mA 195 mA
4100-5015 Class A 75 mA 195 mA
Note: Modules are for use with all 4100U systems and 4100ES systems version 3.03.05 or earlier. IDC Modules are 1 slot size.

8-Point Zone/Relay Card (requires 4100ES Version 3.04.01 or later)

8 point zone/relay 4x5” flat module. Mounts in any open block in a master controller or
expansion bay. Alarm current shown is for 8 Class B IDCs using 3.3K end-of-line-resistors
4100-5013 1 block 83 mA 351 mA
with 4 in alarm and 4 in standby. Standby current shown is for all 8 IDCs in standby. Refer
to 579-1236 Zone/Relay Module Installation Instructions for additional information.
25V regulator harness for 8 point zone/relay module. One required for each 8 point
4100-6305 zone/relay module to be powered by the 4100-5130 25V regulator module. A maximum N/A N/A N/A
of (5) 8 point zone/relay modules may be powered from the 4100-5130 per bay.

System Option for Seismic Compliance

Model Description
4100-7912 System option for Seismic compliance, provides additional stabilizer brackets required for legacy style cards
Module Selection is continued on next page

8 S4100-0100-16 3/2018
 Module Selection Information (Continued)

Addressable Interface Modules (Note: Total of initiating SLCs per CPU, including VESDA Interface, is 30)
Model Description Supv. Alarm
IDNet 2 Module, 250 point capacity; electrically isolated output with two short no devices 50 mA 60 mA
circuit isolating Class B or Class A output loops, 1 block; standard on EPS with 50 devices 90 mA 150 mA
4100-3109*
IDNet 2 Module; alarm currents for 50 and above devices includes 20 device 125 devices 150 mA 225 mA
LEDs in alarm 250 devices 250 mA 350 mA
IDNet 2+2 Module, 250 point capacity; electrically isolated output with four short no devices 50 mA 60 mA
circuit isolating Class B or Class A output loops, 1 block; mounts in expansion 50 devices 90 mA 150 mA
4100-3110* bay or available master controller bay module locations only, not applicable for 125 devices 150 mA 225 mA
EPS mounting; alarm currents for 50 and above devices includes 20 device LEDs
in alarm 250 devices 250 mA 350 mA
IDNet Short Circuit Isolating Loop Output Module; mount up to two on a 4100-3109 module; for use with
4100-3111* 4100-3109 modules in expansion bays or available master controller bay module locations only; not applicable for
mounting on a 4100-3109 mounted on an EPS; this option is for aftermarket field installation only
Four Loop IDNet Master Controller; for the Master Controller Assemblies listed on page 6, this option moves the
standard IDNet 2 Module from the Master Controller EPS to an available block space in the master controller bay and
4100-3112
adds 2, 4100-3111 IDNet Loop Output Modules; requires selection of Factory Built Option 4100-7905; current
requirements remain the same
*Note: Loading per IDNet device (no LEDs on) = 0.8 mA supervisory and 1 mA alarm.
Each IDNet 2 and IDNet 2+2 Short Circuit Isolating Loop Output can be individually controlled for system diagnostics and
can be assigned a public point for Fire Alarm Network annunciation.
Relay Modules; Nonpower-limited (for mounting in expansion bay only, refer to location reference on page 10)
Model Description Resistive Ratings Inductive Ratings Size Supv. Alarm
4100-3202 4 DPDT w/feedback 10 A @ 250 VAC 10 A @ 250 VAC 2 Slots 15 mA 175 mA
4100-3204 4 DPDT w/feedback 2 A @ 30 VDC/VAC 1/2 A @ 30 VDC/120 VAC 1 Block 15 mA 60 mA
4100-3206 8 SPDT 3 A @ 30 VDC/120 VAC 1-1/2 A @ 30 VDC/120 VAC 1 Block 15 mA 190 mA
Current Calculation Notes:
1. To determine total supervisory current, add currents of modules in panel to base system value and all external loads powered
by panel power supplies.
2. To determine total alarm current, add currents of modules in panel to base system alarm current and add all panel SLC and
NAC loads and all external loads powered from panel power supplies.
End User Programming Software (requires 4100-8802)
Model Description
4100-8802 Programming Software (select)
End User Programming Software Selection (select maximum of one each from below)
Model Description
4100-0292 Custom Labels Editing; allows editing of 40 Character Custom Labels for non-system user points
Access Level/Passcode Editing; allows user to re-assign Access Levels and Passcodes for each display function;
4100-0296 Acknowledge, Alarm Silence, System Reset, Point Enable/Disable, WALKTEST Enable/Disable, Clear History Logs,
Change Time & Date, etc.
4100-0295 Port Vectoring Setup and Control; Allows vectoring of events to PC Annunciator, Printers, LCD Annunciators, etc.
WALKTEST Configuration Setup and Control; Allows user to create or edit WALKTEST groups used to test system
initiating devices and signals by a single person, these groups allow an inspector to conduct a one-person
4100-0298
WALKTEST in a specific area of a building (or different buildings), and limit the activation of the building signals to
only the intended area; up to 8 WALKTEST groups are supported
Miscellaneous Accessories
Model Description
4100-1279 Single blank 2” display cover; 4100-2302 provides a single plate for a full bay
4100-9835 Termination and Address Label Kit (for module marking); provides additional labels for field installed modules
4100-9856 4100ES Canadian French Appliqué Kit; Simplex, 4100ES, Contrôle Incendie
4100-9868 Special Purpose Appliqué Kit: Simplex, Elevator Recall Control and Supervisory Control Unit, 4100ES
4100-9869 Special Purpose Appliqué Kit: Simplex, Sprinkler Waterflow and Supervisory Station, 4100ES
4100-6029 Smoke Management Application Guide; required for UUKL listing
Tamper Switch, one per cabinet assembly if required; monitors solid door for panels with solid door; monitors the
4100-6034
internal retainer panel for panels with glass door (not the glass door); has a built-in addressable IDNet IAM
Series resistor for WSO, IDCs (N.O. water flow and tamper on same circuit, wires after water flow and before tamper)
2081-9031
470 Ω, 1 W, encapsulated, two 18 AWG leads (0.82 mm2 ), 2-1/2” L x 1-3/8” W x 1” H (64 mm x 35 mm x 25 mm)

Network Interface and Network Media Card Product Selection

4100ES fire alarm control units are compatible with Simplex ES Net network or 4120 network fire alarm products.
 Refer to datasheet S4100-0076 for additional information on compatible ES Net fire alarm products.
 Refer to datasheet S4100-0056 for additional information on compatible 4120 network fire alarm products.

9 S4100-0100-16 3/2018
General Specifications

120 VAC Models 4.6 A maximum @ 102 to 132 VAC, 50/60 Hz

2.3 A maximum @ 204 to 264 VAC, 50/60 Hz;
Enhanced Power Supplies (EPS) 220-240 VAC Models
separate taps for 220/230/240 VAC
Input Power Battery Input Rating 12 A maximum @ 24 VDC (during battery operation)
120 VAC Models 4 A maximum @ 102 to 132 VAC, 60 Hz
Expansion Power Supplies (XPS) 2 A maximum @ 204 to 264 VAC, 50/60 Hz;
220-240 VAC Models
separate taps for 220/230/240 VAC
9 A output for “Special Application” appliances
Total Power Supply Note: The 9 A output rating of the EPS was determined
Output Rating such that optional module currents, and external device
and appliance currents can be directly added together, not
to exceed 9 A total.
3 A, regulated 29 VDC during Alarm, 127 addresses, 139 Output switches to
IDNAC SLC Ratings unit loads; DC-DC converter circuit is >92% efficient over battery backup
Power Supply Output
operating range during mains AC
Ratings for EPS
failure or brownout
Output terminals are rated for 18 to 12 AWG with duplicate conditions
output terminals rated for two wires each, allowing up to
IDNAC SLC Wiring four (4) Class B branch circuit T-taps to be made in the
cabinet; additional T-taps may be made in external wiring
junction cabinets or boxes
Auxiliary Power Tap 2 A maximum, 24 VDC nominal (19.5 to 31.1 VDC)
Simplex TrueAlert ES and TrueAlert addressable notification appliances; contact
Compatible Special Application Appliances
your Simplex product representative for compatible appliances

Battery Charger UL listed for battery charging of 6.2 Ah up to 115 Ah (batteries larger than 50 Ah
Battery capacity range
Ratings for EPS require a remote battery cabinet); ULC listed for charging up to 50 Ah batteries
(sealed lead-acid Charger characteristics Temperature compensated, dual rate, recharges depleted batteries within 48
batteries) and performance hours per UL Standard 864; to 70% capacity in 12 hours per ULC Standard S527
Including module currents and auxiliary power outputs;
NAC outputs are rated 9 A output for “Special Application”
Total Power Supply
Power Supply non-addressable appliances; 4 A output for “Regulated 24 Output switches to
Output Rating
Output Ratings for DC” power (see details below); 6 A output with each NAC battery backup
XPS (nominal 28 VDC selected as auxiliary power output during mains AC
on AC; 24 VDC on failure or brownout
Auxiliary Power Tap 2 A maximum
battery backup) conditions
NACs Programmed for 2 A maximum per NAC; Rated 19.1 to 31.1 VDC
Auxiliary Power 5 A maximum total
Special Application Simplex horns, strobes, and combination horn/strobes and speaker/strobes (contact your Simplex product
Appliances representative for compatible appliances)
Regulated 24 DC
Power for other UL listed appliances; use associated external synchronization modules where required
Appliances
Operating Temperature 32° to 120°F (0° to 49° C)
Environmental
Operating Humidity Up to 93% RH, non-condensing @ 90° F (32° C) maximum
Additional Technical Reference
Description Document Description Document
ES Installation Instructions 574-848 IDNet 2 and 2+2 Module Installation Instructions 579-1169
ES Operating Instructions 579-197 EPS Installation Instructions 579-1015
DCAI Module Installation Instructions 579-1029

10 S4100-0100-16 3/2018
 Expansion Bay Module Loading Reference

Slot 1 Slot 2 Slot 3 Slot 4 Slot 5 Slot 6 Slot 7 Slot 8

Block A Block C Block E Block G

Size Definitions:

1 Block = 4” W x 5.65” H (102 mm x 144 mm); (often

called 4 x 5 modules)

1 Slot = 2” W x 11.3” H (51 mm x 287 mm), typically a

motherboard with daughter card
Block B Block D Block F Block H

Expansion Bay Chassis

Mounting and CPU Bay Module Reference (* indicates supplied modules)

NOTE: A system ground must be provided for Earth Detection and transient protection devices. This connection shall be made to
an approved, dedicated Earth connection per NFPA 70, Article 250, and NFPA 780.

11 S4100-0100-16 3/2018
TrueAlert ES Appliance Self-Test Last Test Results Report Example

Service Port Page 1

REPORT 10 TrueAlertES Self-Test Report 12:34:56pm WED 03-DEC-14
Point ID Custom Label Date Visual Audible
T1-1-1 VO FIRST FLOOR (up to 40 characters) 03-DEC-14 NO OUT N/A
T1-2-5 AV FIRST FLOOR EAST WING 03-DEC-14 NO OUT NORMAL
T7-3-55 AO SECOND FLOOR EAST WING 03-DEC-14 N/A NO OUT
T8-2-45 AV SECOND FLOOR ROOM 29 03-DEC-14 NOT TST N/A
T8-2-60 AV SECOND FLOOR ROOM 22 03-DEC-14 NORMAL NORMAL
T1-2-4 AO FIRST FLOOR ROOM 17 03-DEC-14 N/A UNSUPP
TRUEALERT_ES SELF-TEST REPORT COMPLETED
Press RETURN for next Screen OR CTRL-X to abort
Results Description:
NORMAL = works correctly
NO OUT = No Output, no light or sound was detected
NOT TST = no result; either the appliance did not return a result before the test ended or the test was conducted as silent (strobes
only) and audible appliance was not activated
N/A = not applicable (no strobe on audible only, etc.)
UNSUPP = appliance not compatible with Self-Test (TrueAlert addressable appliance not TrueAlert ES addressable appliance)
Note: Additional TrueAlert ES Self-Test information is detailed in ES Operating Instructions 579-197 shipped with the panel.

TrueAlert ES Appliance Self-Test All Test Results Report Example

Service Port Page 1
REPORT 10 TrueAlertES Self-Test Report 12:34:56pm WED 03-DEC-14
Point ID Custom Label Date Visual Audible
T1-1-1 VO FIRST FLOOR 03-DEC-14 NO OUT N/A
T1-2-5 AV FIRST FLOOR EAST WING 03-DEC-14 NO OUT NORMAL
T1-2-6 AV FIRST FLOOR NORTH ENTRANCE 30-OCT-14 NO OUT NORMAL
T7-3-55 AO SECOND FLOOR EAST WING 03-DEC-14 N/A NO OUT
T8-2-45 AV SECOND FLOOR ROOM 29 03-DEC-14 NOT TST N/A
T1-1-11 AV FIRST FLOOR SOUTH ENTRANCE 30-OCT-14 NORMAL NORMAL
T8-2-60 AV SECOND FLOOR ROOM 22 03-DEC-14 NORMAL NORMAL
T1-2-4 AO FIRST FLOOR ROOM 17 03-DEC-14 N/A UNSUPP
T1-2-7 AO FIRST FLOOR ROOM 12 30-OCT-14 N/A UNSUPP
T8-3-43 AV SECOND FLOOR ROOM 25 30-OCT-14 UNSUPP UNSUPP
TRUEALERT_ES SELF-TEST REPORT COMPLETED
Press RETURN for next Screen OR CTRL-X to abort

TrueAlert ES Appliance Self-Test Individual Appliance Report Example

CUSTOM LABEL
4-1-2 AV
POINT ADDRESS: 4-1-2 Type: AV
CARD: 4 CHANNEL: 1 DEVICE: 2
EXTENDED POWER SUPPLY
UNIT NUMBER: 2 RUI NUMBER: LOCAL
PRIMARY STATUS NORMAL
AUDIBLE GROUP CONFIG: 000
VISUAL GROUP CONFIG: 000
STYLE: INDOOR
OPERATION: GENERAL EVAC
CANDELA RATING 15 CD
COLOR LENS YES
TONE TYPE BROADBAND
CODING TYPE TEMPORAL
VOLUME HIGH
LAST TEST TIME: MON 02-JUN-14 01:00 AM
LAST VISUAL TEST: NORMAL
LAST AUDIBLE TEST: NORMAL
LAST TEST VOLUME: NORMAL
DEVICE TEST TROUBLE: NORMAL

12 S4100-0100-16 3/2018
Additional 4100ES and Network Product Reference

Subject Data Sheet Subject Data Sheet

Serial DACT (SDACT) for 4100ES, 4010ES,
4007ES S2080-0009 2120 BMUX Module S4100-0048
Battery and Battery Cabinet Reference for Multiple Signal Fiber Optic Modems for 4120
4100ES S2081-0006 Networks S4100-0049
110 Ah Batteries and Cabinets for 4100ES S2081-0012 BACpac Ethernet Module S4100-0051
Seismic Battery Brackets Reference S2081-0019 4120 Network Products and Specifications S4100-0056
4009 IDNet NAC Extender S4009-0002 Building Network Interface Card (BNIC) S4100-0061
4009 IDNAC Repeater S4009-0004 SafeLINC Internet Interface S4100-0062
External 110 Ah Battery Charger for 4100ES,
4010ES S4081-0002 TrueInsight Remote Gateway S4100-0063
Graphic I/O Modules for 4100ES, 4010ES,
4007ES S4100-0005 ES Net Network Products and Specifications S4100-0076
Interface to VESDA Air Aspiration Detection
Systems S4100-0026 NDU with SPS Power Supplies for ES Net S4100-0077
InfoAlarm Command Center with EPS Power
4100ES Basic Panels with SPS Power Supplie S4100-0031 Supplies S4100-0101
4100ES LED/Switch Modules & Printer S4100-0032 NDU with EPS Power Supplies for 4120 Network S4100-0102
Master Clock Interface S4100-0033 MINIPLEX Transponders with EPS Power Supplies S4100-0103
4100ES Emergency Voice/Alarm Equipment S4100-0034 NDU with EPS Power Supplies for ES Net S4100-0104
MINIPLEX Transponders with SPS Power
Supplies S4100-0035 120 VAC Remote Printer S4190-0011
NDU with SPS Power Supplies for 4120
Network S4100-0036 PC Annunciator S4190-0013
4100ES Enclosures S4100-0037 TrueSite Workstation S4190-0016
4100ES Remote Annunciator Panels S4100-0038 Network System Integrator (NSI) for 4120 NetworksS4190-0017
4100ES Extinguishing Release Applications S4100-0040 TrueSite Incident Commander S4190-0020
TFX Interface Module S4100-0042 SCU/RCU Annunciators S4602-0001
InfoAlarm Command Center with SPS Power
Supplies S4100-0045 LCD Annunciator for 4100ES S4603-0001

13 S4100-0100-16 3/2018
TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. VESDA is a trademark of Xtralis Pty Ltd.
NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm Code are trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA). ASHRAE and BACnet are trademarks of ASHRAE, American Society of
Heating, Refrigeration, and Air Conditioning Engineers.

Tyco Fire Protection Products • Westminster, MA • 01441-0001 • USA S4100-0100-16 3/2018

www.simplex-fire.com
© 2018 Tyco Fire Protection Products. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice.
 4100ES Fire Control Panels
UL, ULC, CSFM Listed; InfoAlarm Command Center for Fire Alarm
FM, NYC Fire Dept Approved* Control Panels with EPS Power Supplies

Features
Compatible with Simplex ES Net or 4120 Fire Alarm Page Up
ABC
ZONE
1
JKL
DEF
SIG
2
MNO
GHI
AUX

PQR
3

Networks Previous
FB
4
STU
P
IO
5
VWX
A
IDNet

YZ/
6

L
Next

Multi-line expanded content display interface for Page Dn

7
'SP' ( )
NET
8
,#:
ADDR
0
9

C/Exit

Simplex® 4100ES Series fire alarm control panels, Menu Enter

available with the following products: Fire

Alarm
Priority 2
Alarm
System
Supervisory
System
Trouble
Alarm
Silenced
AC
Power

 Fire alarm control panels (stand-alone or networked) Fire Alarm

Ack
Priority 2
Ack
Supv
Ack
Trouble
Ack
Alarm
Silence
System
Reset

 Network Display Units (NDU) with support for up to Emergency Operating Instructions
ALARMS WARNINGS

12,000 points How to Acknowledge / View Events

Press ACK located under flashing indicator.
Repeat operation until all events are acknowledged.
Local tone will silence.
Alarm or Warning Condition
System indicator flashing. Tone On.
How to Silence Building Signals
How to Reset System
Press System Reset.
Press Ack to silence tone device.

 Remote InfoAlarm Command Centers mounted in a

Press Alarm Silence.

dedicated cabinet (4100ES control panels support InfoAlarm Command Center for Control Panel Mounting
Remote InfoAlarm Command Centers independent of
host panel display type)
 Models include an Enhanced Power Supply (EPS) and
battery charger (9 A total) with on-board: IDNAC SLCs
for addressable appliance control, an electrically isolated
IDNet 2 addressable device control module with dual
short circuit isolating output loops; and programmable
function auxiliary output
 For additional information concerning EPS power
supplies and their enhanced features, refer to 4100ES
data sheet S4100-0100
 For additional 4100ES related applications, including
models with power supplies for conventional InfoAlarm Command Center in Remote Cabinet
non-addressable NACS, refer to data sheet S4100-0045
InfoAlarm Command Centers provide customized
operating convenience:
Introduction
 “Activity in System” primary display choices include: Displaying more information. 4100ES Controls using
First and Most Recent, First 5 and Most Recent, First 8, the InfoAlarm Command Center provide an expanded
Site Plan with activity status icons, General Alarm, or content, multi-line LCD interface that requires minimal key
Direct to List; selectable individually by event type presses to access detailed information. Because it is
 System reports are easily viewed; logs can be read with system-powered, its detailed information is provided without
minimal scrolling required requiring separate supplementary equipment.
 Up to six “softkeys” per screen provide functions that aid
InfoAlarm Command Center Control Panel. By using
operators in determining how to proceed
a larger area format instead of an individual text line display,
 Up to two languages are available per system, easily
the LCD provides text information for Alarm, Supervisory,
selected by programmable key press (systems with
or Trouble. The format is flexible and able to be customized
IMS/GCC/NPU or 2 x 40 LCD panels or annunciators
per application allowing additional information to be
require one language to be the default font)
presented to suit the specific application.
 International models allow customized language legends
for operator keys and status LEDs Description
 Information sent to Remote InfoAlarm Command
Centers can be vectored by point InfoAlarm Command Centers for 4100ES fire alarm
Display properties: systems provide a large display with extended information
 320 x 240 dot matrix (QVGA) display provides an active content, dual language support including 2 byte character
area of 4.53” W x 3.4” H (115 mm x 86 mm) languages, and an intuitive control key interface per the
 Bright white LED backlighting provides efficient and following:
long lasting illumination; operation is selectable as  Up to 10 InfoAlarm Command Centers are supported per
continuous or off with power fail or with no key presses 4100ES control panel; able to allow one InfoAlarm
Command Center to take-control and to designate access
UL listed to Standard 864 levels for interfaces not in-control; LEDs can be
* This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to programmed for in-control status indications
Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing
7165-0026:0251 for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in  Menu-driven format conveniently prompts operators for
this document. It is subject to re-examination, revision, and possible cancellation. NYC the next action required
Fire Dept COA #6151. At the time of publication only UL and ULC listings are applicable to
ES Net network products. Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local Simplex
 Key controls are provided to select the highlighted entry,
product supplier for the latest status. Listings and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder load next screen of information, or jump to top or
Co. are the property of Tyco Fire Protection Products. bottom of activity lists
(continued next page)
S4100-0101-8 3/2018
Description (Continued)
 Up to 50 custom point detail messages can be generated
 Direct point callup displays individual points  Date formats are either MM/DD/YY or DD/MM/YY
alphabetically and then homes in on the logical  Time formats are either 24 hour or 12 hour with AM/PM
choice as more point information is entered
 System Normal screen supports a gray scale bitmap
 A Site Plan bitmap can be displayed for reference; icons
(watermark) for location name, company logo, or site plan
can be added to indicate system status

Control Panel Operation Reference

320 x 240 DOT MATRIX DISPLAY, White

THREE PROGRAMMABLE
LEDs provide custom labeling,
the top two LEDs are selectable
as red or yellow, the third LED is
selectable as red or green
ULC SYSTEMS require
designating a Ground Fault
indicator
Custom label insert (typical
choices shown for reference)
SIX SOFT KEYS are available when
LED backlighting provides easy viewing;
required. This sample provides Menu
operation is programmable for key inactivity
to call up the available operations;
timeout and/or AC power fail
More Info to call up specific point
PRIMARY "ACTIVITY IN SYSTEM" details, Site to call up the Site Plan
DISPLAY OPTIONS: Choices include "First Graphic Screen, Event Time (while
8" (shown below for "Fire Alarm in System"), pressed) displays time and date for all
"First and Most Recent," "First 5 and Most displayed events, and Clr/Exit; the NUMERIC KEYPAD for
Recent," "Site Plan," "General Alarm," or following are other typical soft keys: point category and
"Direct to List." After the event is
Point Enable and Disable point selection
acknowledged, screen reverts to the
Force On or Arm (alphabet characters
sequential event list until Clr/Exit softkey is
Force Off or Disarm are not used at this
selected or after timeout (~ 30 seconds);
Return On/Off or time)
applicable to Fire Alarm, Priority 2 Alarm,
Arm/Disarm to Auto Mode C/Exit Key duplicates
System Supervisory, and System Trouble,
Event Time Request the Clr/Exit softkey
each category is independently selectable
More Information Request when present
for primary display mode

Ground Fault
ABC DEF GHI
Waterflow-East ZONE SIG AUX
Page Up 1 2 3
Waterflow-West
JKL MNO PQR
FB IO IDNet
Manual Evac Previous 4 5 6
STU VWX YZ/
P A L
Next
City Disconnect 7 8 9
'SP' ( ) ,#:
Door Holder NET ADDR
Page Dn C/Exit
Bypass 0

Drill
Menu Enter
Smoke Sensor
Fire Priority 2 System System Alarm AC
Almost Dirty Check
Alarm Alarm Supervisory Trouble Silenced Power

Language
Toggle LCD NAVIGATION
Fire Alarm Priority 2 Supv Trouble Alarm System
CONTROL:
Lamp Test Ack Ack Ack Ack Silence Reset Menu, Enter; Previous
ALARMS WARNINGS item select, Next item
select; Page Up and
Page Down

SEVEN PROGRAMMABLE SIX SYSTEM STATUS INDICATOR

FUNCTION SWITCHES, each
equipped with dual color LED
indicators; the top six LEDs are
selectable as either red or
yellow, the bottom LED is
selectable as either red or
green; NOTE: Program the
bottom switch as "Lamp
Test" for UL listed systems
FIRE ALARM ACK acknowledges a Fire Alarm condition, logs the LEDs provide system status indications
acknowledge, silences the operator panel and all annunciator tone-
in addition to LCD information, LEDs
alerts, and displays sequential alarm list flash to indicate the condition and then
PRIORITY 2 ACK acknowledges a Priority 2 Alarm condition, logs the when acknowledged, remain on until
acknowledge, silences the operator panel and all annunciator tone- reset :
alerts, and displays sequential Priority 2 alarm list Fire Alarm & Priority 2 Alarm, red LED
Supervisory & Trouble, yellow LED
SUPV ACK acknowledges system supervisory conditions, logs the
Alarm Silenced, yellow LED
acknowledge, silences the operator panel and all annunciator tone-
AC Power, green LED (on for normal)
alerts, and displays sequential supervisory condition list
TROUBLE ACK acknowledges system troubles, logs the
acknowledge, silences the operator panel and all annunciator tone-
alerts, and displays sequential trouble list
ALARM SILENCE causes audible and visible notification appliances
to be silenced (default operation, may be modified through panel
programming for compliance with local requirements)
SYSTEM RESET restores control panel to normal when all alarmed
inputs are returned to normal

2 S4100-0101-8 3/2018
Display Feature Reference (shown actual size)

3 S4100-0101-8 3/2018
Site Plan with Event Icons
Site Plan Bitmap. The InfoAlarm Command Center
supports a site plan monochrome bitmap image (size is
281 pixels wide by 192 pixels high) that can also display
icons indicating activity and location. Shown to the right is a
sample site plan with icons shown in each building area. For
this example, each area is showing an “A” for an initiating
device in alarm, a “WF” for waterflow occurring, and an
icon indicating notification appliances in alarm. (Icons can be
created for site specific symbology, these are for example
only.)
Site Plan Selection and Detail. If desired, the site plan
can be the primary display screen for system activity or can
be for reference, available by selecting the “Site” softkey.
Depending on the facility layout, the site plan can also be a
convenient location for common reference information such
as primary call phone numbers, street address, etc. to assist
operators in their assigned response.
System Normal Screen. The site plan (or another bitmap
image) can be displayed on the System Normal screen as a
grey image watermark behind the screen text. (Size and type
are the same as that for a site plan bitmap). This can be used
to identify the specific location of the 4100ES or can display
a site-specific logo or other information. (A sample is shown
on page 6.)

Customized Emphasis
The Main Menu screen illustration to the left
demonstrates how print/display statements appear for
status information or for prompting of user input. Other
examples of this format occur when setting time and date,
entering a password, or identification of a status change
such as point enabling or disabling. Use of this feature
allows the display to clearly focus the user on required
information or actions.

Information Review
The Trouble Log History screen shown to the right
identifies the ability to view multiple event entries with
minimal scrolling. For specific information access,
pressing “Next” or “Previous” on the keypad highlights
the selected next or previous item in the list as indicated
by the arrow and the bolded first line of Entry 6.

For access to the next or previous full screen of

information, use the Page Dn or Page Up keys located to
the right of the soft keys, each to the right of the display.

4 S4100-0101-8 3/2018
Additional Primary Display Screens
Below are samples of a First and Most Recent primary display and of a General Alarm display.

First and Most Recent Primary Display Option General Alarm Primary Display Option

CUSTOM LABEL INSERT for the NOTE: Two sets of slide-in labels are provided, UPPER LABEL INSERT allows
three programmable LEDs and for the one blank, the other in English; areas shown with custom labeling of the numeric keypad
seven programmable switches + + + + are blank for custom words/characters and of the LCD navigation controls

Generic site plan shown for reference

++++

++++
++++ ++++ ++++
++++
++++

++++ ++++ ++++ ++++

++++ ++++
++++
++++ ++++ ++++ ++++
++++

++++ ++++
++++ ++++ ++++ ++++

++++
++++ ++++ ++++

++++
++++ ++++ ++++ ++++ ++++ ++++ ++++

Toggle
Language
++++ ++++ ++++ ++++ ++++ ++++
Lamp Test

++++ ++++

SWITCH PROGRAMMING EXAMPLES; for UL listed systems,

LOWER LABEL INSERT allows custom labeling of the
designate the bottom switch for Lamp Test; for dual language
six ACK/Silence/Reset switches and labeling of their
systems, you can program a second switch to change the language
associated LEDs
display (text shown for reference only, slide-in labels are blank)

Additional 4100ES and Network Product Reference

Subject Data Sheet Subject Data Sheet
Serial DACT (SDACT) for 4100ES, 4010ES, 4007ES S2080-0009 4100ES Enclosures S4100-0037
InfoAlarm Command Center with SPS Power
Battery and Battery Cabinet Reference for 4100ES S2081-0006 Supplies S4100-0045
110 Ah Batteries and Cabinets for 4100ES S2081-0012 4120 Network Products and Specifications S4100-0056
Seismic Battery Brackets Reference S2081-0019 ES Net Network Products and Specifications S4100-0076
External 110 Ah Battery Charger for 4100ES, 4010ES S4081-0002 NDU with SPS Power Supplies for ES Net S4100-0077
4100ES Basic Panels with SPS Power Supplies S4100-0031 4100ES Basic Panels with EPS Power Supplies S4100-0100
NDU with EPS Power Supplies for 4120
4100ES LED/Switch Modules & Printer S4100-0032 Network S4100-0102
4100ES Emergency Voice/Alarm Equipment S4100-0034 NDU with EPS Power Supplies for ES Net S4100-0104
NDU with SPS Power Supplies for 4120 Network S4100-0036

5 S4100-0101-8 3/2018
Product Selection

4100ES Master Controller with InfoAlarm Command Center*

Model Model Type UL ULC Voltage InfoAlarm Command Center Type Master Controller Features
4100-9314 English — Standard CPU Module with RUI+
120 VAC, Master Controller Assembly; raised (isolated or un-isolated)
4100-9315 English communications interface; 9 A
— 50/60 Hz keys with fixed labels
4100-9316 French Enhanced Power Supply (EPS) with
battery charger, electrically isolated
120 VAC, 250 Point IDNet 2 Module, three Class
4100-9513 International — B IDNAC SLCs, one 2 A output
50/60 Hz Master Controller Assembly; flat configurable for Auxiliary Power or
keys with inserts for custom key Simple NAC operation and expansion
220/240 VAC, labels
4100-9512 International — slot for City Circuit or Alarm/Supv/Tbl
50/60 Hz
Relay option.

Network Display Unit (NDU) with Voice, Master Controller with InfoAlarm Command Center
(NOTE: See data sheet S4100-0102 for NDU feature details)
Model Model Type UL ULC Voltage Description
Top Bay Equipment: InfoAlarm Command Center (raised keys with fixed
labels); Network Interface Card (select media cards separately), Standard
4100-9352 English —
CPU Module with RUI+ (isolated or un-isolated) communications interface; 9
A System Power Supply (SPS) with battery charger, one 2 A Auxiliary Power
output and expansion slot for City Circuit or Alarm/Supv/Tbl Relay option
(NOTE: SPS IDNet channel, NACs and Aux Relay are disabled in NDU bay).
120 VAC,
50/60 Hz Second Bay Equipment: Voice Command Center (VCC) Bay includes
Standard CPU Module with RUI+ (isolated or un-isolated) communications
4100-9355 English — interface; Network Interface Card (select media cards separately); 9 A
Enhanced Power Supply (EPS) with battery charger, electrically isolated 250
Point IDNet 2 Module, three Class B IDNAC SLCs, one 2 A output
configurable for Auxiliary Power or Simple NAC operation, and expansion slot
for City Circuit or Alarm/Supv/Tbl Relay option.

InfoAlarm Command Center Memory Option (may be required to be ordered separately, see description details)
Model Description
Display Memory Expansion Module; included with NDU systems; required for all InfoAlarm Command Centers
4100-0640
connected to a panel if any are using 2 byte character fonts; 6 Meg module mounts on rear of display board

Four Loop IDNet Master Controller Option

Model Description
Four Loop IDNet Master Controller; for the Master Controller and VCC Assemblies listed above, this option moves
the standard IDNet 2 Module from the Master Controller/VCC EPS to an available block space in the associated master
4100-3112
controller or VCC bay and adds 2, 4100-3111 IDNet Loop Output Modules; requires selection of Factory Built Option
4100-7905; current requirements remain the same (refer to data sheet S4100-0100 for IDNet module details)

Remote InfoAlarm Command Center Control Assembly with Cabinet for Surface Mounting
Model Cabinet Color Application Type Listing Description
4100-9401 Red
English UL & ULC
4100-9403 Platinum Remote InfoAlarm Command Center with NEMA 1
cabinet; for surface mounting; includes mounting box and
4100-9421 Red door assembly with glass insert; uses RUI or RUI+
French/Canada ULC
4100-9423 Platinum communications; requires external 24 VDC system
voltage; see illustrations on page 7 and Installation
4100-9441 Red Instructions 579-687 for details
International UL
4100-9443 Platinum

* Please refer to data sheet S4100-0100 for detailed descriptions of the 4100ES with EPS Basic Control Panel details, standard
product features, options, and reference for related fire alarm control panel products, see data sheet list on page 5 for additional
reference.

6 S4100-0101-8 3/2018
Remote InfoAlarm Command Center Front View

Remote InfoAlarm Command Center Mounting Reference

7 S4100-0101-8 3/2018
 Specifications

General Display Specifications

Dot Matrix Size 320 x 240
Active Display 4.53” W x 3.4” H (115 mm x 86 mm), includes header, footer, and softkey
Size Reference Area area; 5.66” diagonal measurement (144 mm)
Characters Up to 854 characters total using standard ASCII character font
Designation QVGA; one quarter of standard VGA (Video Graphics Array) display
Display Polarizer Type Transflective with rear backlight
Display Adjustment Contrast adjustment is located on the controller module
White LEDs with intensity adjustment and selectable AC power fail operation;
Backlight
intensity adjustment is located on the controller module
On continuously; Off with AC power fail until a switch is pushed; selectable
Backlighting Operation Options
timeout without switch activity
Control Panel Mounted InfoAlarm Command Center Current Requirements
Master Controllers (4100-9314, Supervisory 497 mA @ 24 VDC
4100-9315, 4100-9316, 4100-9513, With 250 IDNet devices
4100-9512) Alarm 805 mA @ 24 VDC; backlight and tone-alert on and 20 device LEDs in
alarm; calculate other
Network Display Units, Voice Supervisory 952 mA @ 24 VDC
external loads separately
(4100-9352, 4100-9355) Alarm 1.212 A @ 24 VDC; backlight and tone-alert on
Remote Annunciators with InfoAlarm Command Center, Powered from Control Panel
Voltage 19 to 33 VDC (24 VDC nominal), system supplied; requires separate wiring
Supervisory 169 mA @ 24 VDC
Current
Alarm 202 mA @ 24 VDC; backlight and tone-alert on
Mounting Details; Stand-Alone Cabinet Models See page 6 for reference illustration
RUI+ (Remote Unit Interface) isolated or un-isolated external annunciator
Type communications line SLC (signaling line circuit); Class B or Class A
operation
Up to 31 total remote RUI devices, including up to 10 InfoAlarm Command
Capacity
4100ES Capacity, Center devices
RUI+ Output Reference 4100ES: InfoAlarm Command Center, Remote Annunciators, MINIPLEX
Transponders; 4603-9101 LCD Annunciator, 4602-9101 Status Command
RUI Device
Unit (SCU), and 4602-9102 Remote Command Unit (RCU); refer to data
Reference List
sheet S4100-0100 for additional 4100ES RUI information (4602 series
annunciators require un-isolated communications)
Data Single twisted, shielded pair, 18 AWG (0.82 mm2)
Power 18 to 12 AWG (0.82 mm2 to 3.31 mm2) wires for 24 VDC system power
Wiring Requirements A dedicated earth ground connection to the electrical box is required for
Earth proper ESD and EMI protection; wire in accordance with NFPA 70 (National
Electrical Code) Article 250
Custom Point Detail Messages
Select “more info” softkey when investigating point detail and scroll to the
bottom of the information; typical messages might include contact details
Message Location Details
(phone numbers, pager numbers, etc.) and other contact or reference
information
Number of Messages Up to 50
120 characters; visible characters = 116; (lines 1 and 2 require one carriage
Character Details
return character and one line feed character)
Message Size
3 lines total; 40 characters maximum per line; line 3 may be limited to 36
Line Details
visible characters depending on characters in lines 1 and 2
Operating Temperature 32° to 120°F (0° to 49° C)
Environmental
Operating Humidity Up to 93% RH, non-condensing @ 90° F (32° C) maximum

TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. National Electrical Code and NFPA are
trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association.

Tyco Fire Protection Products • Westminster, MA • 01441-0001 • USA S4100-0101-8 3/2018

www.simplex-fire.com
© 2018 Tyco Fire Protection Products. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice.
 4100ES Fire Control Panels
UL, ULC, CSFM Listed; Addressable Fire Detection and Control
FM Approved * MINIPLEX Transponders

Features
MINIPLEX
4100ES Series MINIPLEX transponders allow transponder
remotely located initiating and notification IDNet addressable Addressable strobes
devices on IDNAC SLC
functions:
 Transponder operation is available as standard or with FIRE

PULL
ALARM

DOWN

local mode operation

DIS CON NEC T
A.C .P OWE R
C AND
N
B ATTER Y
B EFORE O
A S E RV ICING

U
I
T
T
U
I SE RVIC IN G

O B EF ORE
A
B ATT ERY
C
N
AN D
A.C. P OWE R
DIS CON NE C T

 Communications with the host fire alarm control panel

use the Remote Unit Interface (RUI/RUI+) format
Initiating functions include:
 Addressable device support including TrueAlarm Audio NAC Fire Alarm Local Mode Controller

CONTROL
ENABLE
Loca l
Mode
C ontrol
Alarm

Alarm
Silenced

Local
Local mode
Mode

analog sensor compatibility controller

Active
Alarm
Silenc e Reset Po wer
On

 Conventional initiating device circuit (IDC) support

Notification functions include:
 Addressable strobe and horn notification using A BC
Z ONE
1
DEF
S IG
2
GH I
AUX
3

enhanced power delivery IDNAC SLCs

JK L M NO PQ R
FB IO IDNet

A LARM S SY S TE M WARNI NGS AC Power 4 5 6

Fi re Al arm P ri ori ty 2 Al arm S upervi sory Troubl e Al arm S il enced ST U VWX YZ /
P A L

7 8 9
' SP' ( ) ,0 :
Fi re Al arm Pri ori ty2 Supv Tro ubl e Al arm S ystem NE T ADDR
Ack A ck Ack Ack S i l ence Reset DEL
0

E vent Mor e Enter C/Exit

Ti me I nfo Pre v ious
M enu
On N e xt
E nabl e
Arm

Di sabl e Of f Auto Lam p

Disa rm Tes t

 Emergency voice/alarm communications

Emergency Operating Instruction s
Alarm or War ning Condition How to Silence Building Signals
S yst em indi cator f lashi ng. Tone On. P ress Al arm Si l ence.

How to Acknowledge/ View Events How to Reset System

P ress ACK l ocat e d und er flashing ni dic a tor. P ress S ystem Reset.
Repea t operat ion until all event s are acknowledged
. P ress Ack t o silence t one device.
Local t one will silence.

 Conventional DC notification appliance circuits (NACs)

Local mode operation provides:
 Default local initiating and notification operation in the
event of a communications loss with the host control panel
 Enabling of an optional Local Mode Controller with a
On On

Of f Of f

A ut o Aut o

On On

Of f Of f

A ut o Aut o

On On

Of f Of f

A ut o Aut o

local alarm sounder, LED status indicators, and

On On

Of f Of f

A ut o Aut o

keyswitch enabled control switches

 Support for IDNet addressable devices, addressable and
conventional notification appliances, and default output
tones from local amplifiers
4100ES Fire Alarm Control Panel
Optional modules include: with Voice Control
 Digital or Analog audio riser modules for connection to
system audio signals Typical 4100ES MINIPLEX System One-Line Drawing
 Digital or analog input audio amplifiers with integral
on-board NACs
Introduction
 Power supplies with or without battery chargers
 City Connect modules and RS-232 ports for printers or 4100ES MINIPLEX transponders connect to a host
maintenance terminals 4100ES Fire Alarm Control Panel using Simplex® remote
 Alarm relays, auxiliary relays, additional IDC modules, unit interface (RUI) communications. At the transponder,
and NAC expansion modules RUI communications are received by the transponder
interface module and translated into the same internal
NEMA 1/IP30 cabinets are equipped with solid communications format that is used in the host control
doors (platinum or red) and in one, two, or three panel.
bay sizes
Remotely located modules. With RUI
Listed to: communications, the transponder can remotely provide
 UL 864, Fire Detection and Control (UOJZ), and Smoke the same initiating and notification functions that occur at
Control Service (UUKL) the host control panel without requiring multiple long
 UL 2017, Process Management Equipment (QVAX) distance wiring runs. Connections to the host panel are
 UL 1076, Proprietary Alarm Units-Burglar (APOU) low current communications and audio wiring with
 UL 1730, Smoke Detector Monitor (UULH) distances up to 2500 ft (762 m).
 UL 2572, Mass Notification Systems (PGWM) Additional Reference. Refer to document S4100-0100
 ULC S527, Control Units for Fire Alarm Systems and the other documents listed on page 3 for additional
information concerning the extensive initiating and
* See pages 4 and 5 for product that is listed as UL or ULC. This product has been approved by
the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the California Health notification features of the 4100ES fire alarm control
and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing 7165-0026:0251 for allowable values and/or conditions panels.
concerning material presented in this document. Additional listings may be applicable; contact
your local Simplex product supplier for the latest status. Listings and approvals under Simplex
Time Recorder Co. are the property of Tyco Fire Protection Products.
S4100-0103-7 3/2018
Module Bay Description
Transponder model 4100-9600 includes a bay
assembly, a power distribution interface module (PDI), a
Basic Transponder Interface Module, and an interconnect
harness. Communications with the host fire alarm control
panel are via a Remote Unit Interface (RUI) connection
that allows for up to 2500 ft (762 m) distance. RUI can
communicate with up to a total of 31 remote devices and
can be either Style 4 or Style 7 communications.
Transponder model 4100-9601 substitutes a Local
Mode Transponder Module for the Basic Transponder
Module.
RUI and RUI+. RUI+ provides isolated Remote Unit
Interface communications for improved noise immunity.
For additional information including detailed module
compatibility, refer to data sheet S4100-0100.
Optional Expansion Bays each include a PDI and
accept a variety of optional modules (refer to list starting
on page 4).
The Battery Compartment (bottom) accepts two
batteries, up to 50 Ah, that can be mounted within the
cabinet. Battery mounting does not interfere with
available module space. A power supply with battery
charger is required for each battery set.
Packaging Availability
 Modules are power-limited (except as noted, such as
relay modules)
 Enclosure are available for one, two, or three bay sizes
or for cabinet rack mounting
 NEMA 1/IP30 boxes and solid doors are available in
platinum or red (ordered separately)
 Up to eight close-nippled cabinets can be connected at
one transponder location (close-nippled is mounted
within 20 ft (6 m) and with interconnecting wiring
enclosed in conduit)
 Refer to document S4100-0037 for enclosure details
Local Mode Control Operation
Default Stand-Alone Operation. In the event of a
communications loss with the host fire alarm control
panel, model 4100-9601 MINIPLEX Local Mode
Transponders provide fire alarm response default
operation for its connected devices and appliances per the
following.
Input Operation. During local mode operation,
TrueAlarm initiating devices connected to the transponder
will cause an alarm at their least sensitive alarm threshold.
 Photoelectric sensors will alarm at 3.7%/ft smoke
obscuration
 Ionization sensors will alarm at 1.3%/ft obscuration
 Heat sensors will alarm at a fixed temperature of 135° F
(57° C)
 TrueAlarm device LEDs will be activated to indicate a
device in alarm
2 S4100-0103-7 3/2018
Local Mode Control Operation (Continued)
Notification Operation. Fire alarm conditions reported
against a fire alarm point type within a transponder in
local mode will cause all notification appliance circuits in
that transponder to:
 Sound a general alarm temporal pattern horn tone
 Activate visible notification appliance circuits
Local Mode Module Support. Local mode operation
provides support for the following 4100ES modules:
 Enhanced Power Supplies (EPS) including on-board
IDNAC SLCs
 IDNet addressable device communications from
IDNet 2 and IDNet 2+2 modules
 Expansion Power Supplies (XPS) including on-board
NACs and expansion signal modules, operated at a
temporal pattern
 4100ES amplifiers will provide their on-board horn tones
(500 Hz) at a temporal pattern through their on-board
amplifier NACs
 Firefighter Telephone control modules in local mode
Local Mode Operation Module Exclusion. Modules
not listed above but that are listed as compatible with
MINIPLEX transponders per this document, do not
interfere with local mode operation but are not supported
during local mode operation.
Local Mode Controller
Operation. During local mode operation, an optional
Local Mode Controller will indicate status (see illustration
below) and can be enabled using a keyswitch to perform
local alarm silence or reset. If alarms occurring during local
mode are reset using a Local Mode Controller, upon
restoration of communications, those alarms will not be
sent to the master controller. If alarms are still present
upon restoration of communications, then the alarm
condition will be reported and host fire alarm control panel
programmed alarm functions will occur. When
communications are re-established, the local mode
transponder restores automatically.
Mounting. Local Mode Controllers are mounted on
three-gang plates, are available in beige or red, and for
either flush or semi-flush mounting. (See page 7 for
details).
Fire Alarm Local Mode Controller
Alarm
Local
Mode
CONTROL Control Alarm
ENABLE
Silenced
Local
Mode
Active
Alarm
Silence Reset Power
On
See Operating Instruction 579-343
Local Mode Controller Module
Typical Multi-Floor MINIPLEX Audio System

FIRE ALARM

PULL DOWN

Seventh floor

Legend:

FIRE ALARM

MINIPLEX transponder
DIS CON NECT

C A. C. POWE R
AND
BATTE RY
N
A BE FORE O
S E RVI CI NG

U I

PULL DOWN
T
T
I
U
S ER V IC IN G

O BE FORE
A
BAT T ERY
C
N
AND
A. C. P OW ER
DIS CONNE CT

Addressable strobes
on IDNAC SLC
Sixth floor

Speaker NAC

FIRE ALARM

PULL DOWN

TrueAlarm sensors
FIRE ALARM
and IDNet/MAPNET II
Fifth floor PULL DOWN
addressable circuits

Audio riser wiring,

twisted pair
FIRE ALARM

RUI communications
PULL DOWN

wiring, twisted, shielded

pair
Fourth floor

MINIPLEX transponder
FIRE ALARM
DIS CON NECT

C A. C. POWE R
AND
N
BATTE RY O
BE FORE
A S E RVI CI NG

U I
T
T
I S ER V IC IN G
U
O BE FORE
A
BAT T ERY

N
AND
A. C. P OW ER
C
DIS CONNE CT

PULL DOWN

Third floor
ABC DE F G HI
ZO NE S IG A UX
1 2 3
J KL M NO P QR
FB IO ID Net

A LARMS SYS TEM WARNI NGS AC Power 4 5 6

Fire Al arm Priority 2 Al arm Supervi sory Trouble Al arm Sil enced S TU V WX Y Z/
P A L
7 8 9
' SP ' ( ) , 0:
Fire Al arm Priori ty2 S upv Troubl e Alarm S ystem
N ET AD DR
Ack Ack Ack Ack Si lence Reset DEL
0

Event More Enter C/Exit

Time Info Pr ev io us
Menu
On Nex t
E nabl e
Arm

Of f Lamp
Di sabl e Aut o
Di sarm Test

Emergency Operating Instructions

Alar m or Wa rning Conditi on How to Si le nce B uildi ng Signals
Sys tem indicat or flas hing. Tone On. Pr ess Alarm Si lence.

How to Acknowledge/ View Eve nts How to Res e t System

Press A CK located under flas hing indicator. Pr ess System Reset.
Repeat operation unt il all ev ents are ac knowledged
. Pr ess Ack to silence t one dev ci e.
Local tone will s ilence.

FIRE ALARM

PULL DOWN

Second floor

On On

Off Off

Auto Auto

On On

Off Off

Auto Auto

On On

Off Off

Auto Auto

On On

Off Off

Auto Auto

4100ES Fire Alarm Control Panel

with Voice Control

First floor

Additional 4100ES Product Reference

Subject Data Sheet Subject Data Sheet
Battery and Battery Cabinet Reference for
4100ES S2081-0006 4100ES Basic Panels with EPS Power Supplies S4100-0100
InfoAlarm Command Center with EPS Power
110 Ah Batteries and Cabinets for 4100ES S2081-0012 Supplies S4100-0101
Seismic Battery Brackets Reference S2081-0019 NDU with EPS Power Supplies for 4120 Network S4100-0102
4100ES LED/Switch Modules & Printer S4100-0032 NDU with EPS Power Supplies for ES Net S4100-0104
4100ES Enclosures S4100-0037

3 S4100-0103-7 3/2018
MINIPLEX Transponder Product Selection
Transponder Type
Model Description Supv. Alarm
Basic Transponder, includes bay equipment with power distribution interface,
4100-9600 36 mA 36 mA
and 4100-0620 Basic Transponder Interface Module mounted in Block A
Local Mode Transponder, includes bay equipment with power distribution interface, and normal 38 mA 38 mA
4100-9601
4100-0625 Local Mode Transponder Interface Module mounted in Block A in local mode 23 mA 23 mA
Local Mode Controller Selection
Model Description Supv. Alarm
4601-9108 Flush mount Red with white Local Mode Controller, 3-gang plate mounted; normal 44 mA 44 mA
4601-9109 Surface mount lettering flush mount requires a 1 ½” (38 mm) deep
4601-9110 Flush mount Beige with black 3-gang box; surface mount controllers include a
matching mounting box; see p. 7 for details in local mode 44 mA 58 mA
4601-9111 Surface mount lettering

Communication Modules
Model Description Size Supv. Alarm
Remote Unit Interface Module (RUI, unisolated); up to 3 maximum per control panel; for
4100-1291 1 Slot 85 mA 85 mA
use with 4100-9600 only
4100-6031 City Circuit, with disconnect switches For use with EPS only, N.A. 20 mA 36 mA
Select one per not RPS (Note: one per
4100-6032 City Circuit, without disconnect switches panel maximum) N.A. 20 mA 36 mA
EPS or RPS
4100-6033 Alarm/Supv/Tbl Relay, 3 Form C relays, 2 A @ 32 VDC; for EPS or RPS N.A. 15 mA 37 mA
4100-6038 Dual RS-232 Interface 1 Slot 132 mA 132 mA
4100-6045 Decoder Module 3 Slots 85 mA 163 mA
4100-6048 VESDA Aspiration System Interface (refer to data sheet S4100-0026 for details) 1 Slot 132 mA 132 mA
4100-9816 Master Clock Interface Module with one standard RS-232 port (see S4100-0033) 1 Slot 132 mA 132 mA
Enhanced, Expansion, and Remote Power Supplies and Accessories (see specification details on page 6)
Model Voltage/Listing Description Size Supv. Alarm
UL & Enhanced Power Supply (EPS) with IDNet 2 Module; 9 A
4100-5311 120 VAC
ULC Enhanced Power Supply (EPS) with battery charger, 225 mA 490 mA
electrically isolated 250 Point IDNet 2 Module, three Class B 4 Blocks
IDNAC SLCs, one 2 A output configurable for Auxiliary Right
Power or Simple NAC operation and expansion slot for City Side add IDNet device
4100-5313 220-240 VAC UL
Circuit or Alarm/Supv/Tbl Relay option, 120 VAC model has currents separately
selectable low battery cutout
UL &
4100-5325 120 VAC Expansion (EPS); 9 A Expansion EPS, functionally 4 Blocks
ULC
identical to the Enhanced Power Supply except without the Right 125 mA 220 mA
4100-5327 220-240 VAC UL IDNet 2 Module Side

Dual Class A IDNAC Isolator (DCAI), converts a single Class B IDNAC SLC input to two
Class A or two Class B SLC outputs; provides short circuit isolation between each Class A or
4100-6103 B output circuit; connect up to two DCAI modules per IDNAC SLC input up to a maximum of 1 Block 8.3 mA 18.5 mA
6 DCAI modules per EPS; each isolated output SLC used requires one IDNAC address; the
total current remains controlled by the Class B input source SLC at 3 A maximum
Model Voltage/Listing Description Size Supv. Alarm
4100-5101 120 VAC UL Expansion Power Supply (XPS); 9 A output, 3 built-in
Class A/B NACs, rated 3 A for Special Application appliances
4100-5103 120 VAC, Canadian ULC (2 A for Regulated DC); NACs can be selected as auxiliary
2 Blocks 50 mA 50 mA
power outputs, derated to 2 A for continuous duty, total per
4100-5102 220-240 VAC UL XPS is 5 A; 4100-5103 has low battery cutout; use to power
Flex series amplifiers (page 5)*
4100-5115 NAC Expansion Module, 3 NACs, Class A/B, mounts on XPS only N.A. 25 mA 25 mA
Model Voltage/Listing Description Size Supv. Alarm
4100-5125 120 VAC UL Remote Power Supply (RPS); 9 A power supply/charger
4100-5126 120 VAC, Canadian ULC similar to XPS except with battery charger; will accept one
4 Blocks 150 mA 185 mA
4100-6033; Canadian model has low battery cutout; use to
4100-5127 220-240 VAC UL power Flex series amplifiers (page 5)*
4100-5152 12 VDC Power Option, 2 A maximum 1 Block 1.5 A maximum
4100-0636 Box Interconnection Harness Kit (non-audio); order one for each close-nippled cabinet
* RPS and XPS power supply NACs can provide synchronized strobe or SmartSync, two-wire non-addressable operation only.
Miscellaneous Options and Accessories
Model Description
24 Point I/O Module for external connections, select each point as either a switch input (momentary or maintained) or an
4100-1290
output (for lamp/LED/relay); requires 1 Slot (refer to data sheet S4100-0032 for additional information)
4100-0632 Terminal Block Utility Module with 2, 16 position terminal blocks on 4” x 5” single block, for of up to 12 AWG wire (3.31 mm2)
4100-0633 Door Tamper Switch, connects into Transponder Interface Module, one per cabinet assembly if required
4100-9837 Green LED Power-on Indicator Kit, required for ULC listing of MINIPLEX transponder; mounts on solid door knockout
4 Continued on next page
S4100-0103-7 3/2018
MINIPLEX Transponder Product Selection (Continued)
Miscellaneous Options and Accessories (Continued)
4100-0634 120 VAC
Power Distribution Module (PDM) select per system voltage; one required per box
4100-0635 220/230/240 VAC
Series resistor for WSO, IDCs (N.O. water flow and tamper on same circuit, wires after water flow and before tamper) 470 Ω,
2081-9031
1 W, encapsulated, two 18 AWG leads (0.82 mm2), 2 ½” L x 1 ⅜” W x 1” H (64 mm x 35 mm x 25 mm)
Audio Riser Modules
Model Description Size Supv. Alarm
Dual Channel Analog Audio Riser Module; accepts one or two separate audio signals from
4100-0621 1 Block 0 mA 15 mA
host control panel; mounts in Block B, is controlled by Transponder Interface Module
3-8 Channel Digital Audio Riser Module; similar to analog module, except receives and
4100-0622 1 Block 70 mA 70 mA
decodes a digital input signal with up to eight audio channels; with Non-Alarm Audio input

Analog Emergency Voice/Alarm Communications Equipment, Constant Supervision Compatible*

Model Description Details
4100-1361 25 VRMS output Flex-35, 35 W Amplifier, constant NAC rating = 1.4 A 35 W, or 100
Includes three on-board
4100-1362 70.07 VRMS output supervision compatible Class B audio NACs; NAC rating = 0.5 A speakers
4100-1312 25 VRMS output Flex-50, 50 W Amplifier, constant power is supplied from NAC rating = 2 A 50 W, or 100
supervision compatible an RPS or XPS speakers
4100-1313 70.7 VRMS output NAC rating = 0.707 A
100 W Analog Amplifiers with Power Supply, Constant Supervision Compatible
Model/Output Voltage
Power Supply Input/Listing Description Details
25 VRMS 70.7 VRMS
4100-1314 4100-1315 120 VAC, 60 Hz UL Includes six, Class B audio NACs;
Primary
4100-1316 4100-1317 120 VAC, 60 Hz ULC NAC rating = 50 W or 100 speakers ULC
100 W
maximum; 2 A @ 25 VRMS; models
4100-1318 4100-1319 220/230/240 VAC, 50/60 Hz UL Amplifier
1.4 A @ 70.7 VRMS have low
4100-1320 4100-1321 120 VAC, 60 Hz UL battery
Backup dropout
Uses the six Class B NACs of primary
4100-1322 4100-1323 120 VAC, 60 Hz ULC 100 W circuit
amplifier
4100-1324 4100-1325 220/230/240 VAC, 50/60 Hz UL Amplifier

Digital Emergency Voice/Alarm Communications Equipment*

Model Description Details
4100-1363 25 VRMS output Flex-35, 35 W Amplifier, constant NAC rating = 1.4 A 35 W, or 100
Includes three on-board
4100-1364 70.07 VRMS output supervision compatible Class B audio NACs; NAC rating = 0.5 A speakers
4100-1326 25 VRMS output Flex-50, 50 W Amplifier, constant power is supplied from NAC rating = 2 A 50 W, or 100
supervision compatible an RPS or XPS speakers
4100-1327 70.7 VRMS output NAC rating = 0.707 A
100 W Digital Amplifiers with Power Supply, Constant Supervision Compatible
Model/Output Voltage
Power Supply Input/Listing Description Details
25 VRMS 70.7 VRMS
4100-1328 4100-1329 120 VAC, 60 Hz UL Includes six, Class B audio NACs;
Primary
4100-1330 4100-1331 120 VAC, 60 Hz ULC NAC rating = 50 W or 100 speakers ULC
100 W
maximum; 2 A @ 25 VRMS; models
4100-1332 4100-1333 220/230/240 VAC, 50/60 Hz UL Amplifier
1.4 A @ 70.7 VRMS have low
4100-1334 4100-1335 120 VAC, 60 Hz UL battery
Backup dropout
Uses the six Class B NACs of primary
4100-1336 4100-1337 120 VAC, 60 Hz ULC 100 W circuit
amplifier
4100-1338 4100-1339 220/230/240 VAC, 50/60 Hz UL Amplifier

Options for use with either Analog or Digital Amplifiers

Model Description Details and Mounting Reference
Flex-35/50 Expansion NAC Module; adds three Mounts on Flex-35/50 assembly; NAC ratings = 1.5 A, 35/50 W,
4100-1245 Choose
Class B audio NACs or 100 speakers maximum; Supv = 8 mA, Alarm = 60 mA
one per
Flex-35/50 Class A Adapter Module; converts amplifier Mounts on Flex-35/50 assembly; NAC ratings = 2 A, 50 W, or
4100-1246
three on-board NACS to Class A operation 100 speakers maximum; Supv =10 mA, Alarm = 30 mA
100 W Amplifier Expansion NAC Module; NAC Provides six additional Class B audio NACs, mounts on 100 W
4100-1248 Choose
ratings = 1.5 A, 50 W, or 100 speakers max. amplifier assembly; Supv = 17 mA, Alarm = 60 mA
one per
100 W Class A Adapter Module; NAC ratings = amplifier Converts six on-board NACs to Class A operation, mounts on
4100-1249
2 A, 50 W, or 100 speakers max. 100 W amplifier assembly; Supv = 1 mA, Alarm = 60 mA
25 VRMS Output; NAC Constant Supervision Adapter Supv = 10 mA
4100-1259 rating = 2 A, 50 W, or on batteries; Converts three Class B audio NACS to
for three NACs; select per
100 speakers max. Class A or Class B Constant Supervision
amplifier output; not Alarm = 35 mA
NACs; mounts on Flex-35/50 or 100 W
70.7 VRMS Output; NAC compatible with amplifier NAC Supv = 38 mA amplifier assembly; use two for the six NACs
4100-1260 rating = 0.707 A, 50 W, expansion modules; on batteries;
deactivated when on batteries on 100 W amplifiers
or 100 speakers max. Alarm = 70 mA
Continued on next page
5 S4100-0103-7 3/2018
MINIPLEX Transponder Product Selection (Continued)
Firefighters Telephone Options*
Model Description Size Supv. In Use
Expansion Telephone Control Module with three Class B telephone NACS; required when
4100-1272 1 Block 80 mA 130 mA
telephone circuits are mounted in transponder;
4100-1273 Telephone Class A Adapter Module; mounts on 4100-1272; no additional current required
* Refer to document S4100-0034 for additional audio information.
Audio Expansion Signal Module and Options
Model Description Details and Mounting Reference
Expansion Signal Module; three, 1.5 A Class B NACs Converts one NAC input to three NAC outputs; selects between two
for Audio applications; up to five maximum per inputs; for Flex-35/50 amplifiers only, two input NACs are required;
4100-5116
amplifier; NAC rating = 1.5 A, 50 W, or 100 speakers Single Block module mounts in expansion bay;
maximum Supv = 20 mA; Alarm = 80 mA
Expansion Signal Module NAC Expander; NAC rating = Expands module capacity to six, Class B NACs;
4100-1266
1.5 A, 50 W, or 100 speakers max. Supv = 0.84 mA; Alarm = 60 mA These modules
Expansion Signal Module Class A Adapter; NAC rating Converts 3 Class B, NACs to Class A; mount on the
4100-1267
= 1.5 A, 50 W, or 100 speakers maximum Supv = 0 mA; Alarm = 30 mA 4100-5116;
Expansion Signal Module Constant Supervision select one max.
NAC rating = 1.4 A, 50 W, or 100 speakers max.; per 4100-5116
Adapter; Converts 3 Class B NACs to Constant
4100-1268 Supv = 38 mA on batteries (constant supervision as required
Supervision Class B or Class A NACs; for 25 or
deactivated); Alarm = 70 mA
70.7 VRMS audio
General Audio Options
Model Description
4081-9018 End-of-line resistor harness for 70.7 VRMS NACs; 10 k, 1 W
4100-2320 Audio Bay-to-Bay Interconnection Harness Kit; order one for each audio bay addition
4100-0637 Audio Box Interconnection Harness Kit; order one for each close-nippled audio cabinet
Addressable Interface Modules (Note: Total of initiating SLCs per CPU, including VESDA Interface, is 30)
Model Description Supv. Alarm
no devices 50 mA 60 mA
IDNet 2 Module, 250 point capacity; electrically isolated output with two short circuit 50 devices 90 mA 150 mA
4100-3109† isolating Class B or Class A output loops, 1 block; standard on EPS with IDNet 2
Module; alarm currents for 50 and above devices includes 20 device LEDs in alarm 125 devices 150 mA 225 mA
250 devices 250 mA 350 mA
IDNet 2+2 Module, 250 point capacity; electrically isolated output with four short circuit no devices 50 mA 60 mA
† isolating Class B or Class A output loops, 1 block; mounts in expansion bay or 50 devices 90 mA 150 mA
4100-3110
available master controller bay module locations only, not applicable for EPS mounting; 125 devices 150 mA 225 mA
alarm currents for 50 and above devices includes 20 device LEDs in alarm 250 devices 250 mA 350 mA
IDNet Short Circuit Isolating Loop Output Module; for Aftermarket Field Installation Only; mount up to two on a 4100-3109
4100-3111† module; for use with 4100-3109 modules in expansion bays or available master controller bay module locations only; not
applicable for mounting on a 4100-3109 mounted on an EPS
†
Note: Loading per IDNet device (no LEDs on) = 0.8 mA supervisory and 1 m A alarm.
Each IDNet 2 and IDNet 2+2 Short Circuit Isolating Loop Output can be individually controlled for system diagnostics and can be
assigned a public point for Fire Alarm Network annunciation.
Relay Modules; Nonpower-Limited
Model Description Resistive Ratings Inductive Ratings Size Supv. Alarm
4100-3202 4 DPDT w/feedback 10 A 250 VAC 10 A 250 VAC 2 Slots 15 mA 175 mA
4100-3204 4 DPDT w/feedback 2A 30 VDC/VAC ½A 30 VDC/120 VAC 1 Block 15 mA 60 mA
4100-3206 8 SPDT 3A 30 VDC/120 VAC 1½A 30 VDC/120 VAC 1 Block 15 mA 190 mA
Current Calculation Notes:
1. For total supervisory current, add panel module currents to base system value and add all external panel-powered loads.
2. For total alarm current, add panel module currents to base system alarm current and add all panel SLC/NAC loads and all external
loads powered from panel power supplies.

Expansion Bay Module Loading Reference

Slot 1 Slot 2 Slot 3 Slot 4 Slot 5 Slot 6 Slot 7 Slot 8

Block A Block C Block E Block G

Size Definitions:

1 Block = 4” W x 5.65” H (102 mm x 144 mm); (often called

4 x 5 modules)

1 Slot = 2” W x 11.3” H (51 mm x 287 mm), typically a

Block B Block D Block F Block H
motherboard with daughter card

Expansion Bay Chassis

6 S4100-0103-7 3/2018
General Specifications

120 VAC Models 4.6 A maximum @ 102 to 132 VAC, 50/60 Hz

Enhanced Power Supplies
(EPS) 220-240 VAC Models 2.3 A maximum @ 204 to 264 VAC, 50/60 Hz;
separate taps for 220/230/240 VAC
Input Power
Expansion Power Supply (XPS), 120 VAC Models 4 A maximum @ 102 to 132 VAC, 60 Hz
Remote Power Supply (RPS), and 2 A maximum @ 204 to 264 VAC, 50/60 Hz;
100 W Amplifiers 220-240 VAC Models separate taps for 220/230/240 VAC
Total Power Supply Including module currents and auxiliary power outputs; 9 A
Output Rating total for “Special Application” appliances
Power Supply Output
Ratings for EPS IDNAC Output Voltage Regulated 29 VRMS
Output switches to
Auxiliary Power Tap 2 A maximum battery backup
Power Supply Output Total Power Supply 9 A total including module currents and auxiliary power during mains AC
Ratings for XPS and Output Rating outputs failure or brownout
RPS conditions
Auxiliary Power Tap 2 A maximum
(nominal 28 VDC on AC;
24 VDC on battery NACs Programmed 2 A maximum per NAC; Rated 19.1 to 31.1 VDC
backup) for Auxiliary Power 5 A maximum total
Simplex TrueAlert ES and TrueAlert addressable notification appliances; contact your
Compatible Special Application Appliances
Simplex product representative for compatible appliances
UL listed for battery charging of 6.2 Ah up to 115 Ah with EPS, 110 Ah with RPS
Battery Charger Battery capacity range (batteries larger than 50 Ah require a remote battery cabinet); ULC listed for charging
Ratings for EPS and up to 50 Ah batteries
RPS (sealed
lead-acid batteries) Charger characteristics Temperature compensated, dual rate, recharges depleted batteries within 48 hours per
and performance UL Standard 864, to 70% capacity in 12 hours per ULC Standard S527
Operating Temp. Range 32° to 120°F (0° to 49° C)
Environmental
Operating Humidity Range Up to 93% RH, non-condensing @ 90° F (32° C) maximum
Installation Instruction Reference 574-844, Transponder Interface Cards 579-343, Local Mode Controller

Local Mode Controller Detail

Matching box is supplied with surface mount models
4601-9109 (red) and 4601-9111 (beige); for semi-flush models 4601-9108
(red) and 4601-9110 (beige), use a 1-1/2" (38 mm) minimum depth, 3-gang box

Box dimensions, 6-1/2" (165 mm) 1" (25.4 mm)

into box

Fire Alarm Local Mode Controller

Alarm
Local
Mode
CONTROL Control Alarm
Silenced 4-1/2" 4-5/8"
ENABLE
(114 mm) (117 mm)
Local
Mode
Active
Alarm
Silence Reset Power
On

See Operating Instruction 579-343

1-3/4"
Local Mode Controller dimensions, 6-3/8" (162 mm) (44 mm)

Local Mode Controller to Transponder Wiring:

1. Wire close-nippled to transponder, maximum distance = 20 ft (6.1 m).
2. Nine wires required: 24 VDC (2), one per LED indicator (4), and one per switch (3).
3. Wire size, 18 AWG (0.82 mm² ).

7 S4100-0103-7 3/2018
 Enclosure Installation Reference

NOTE: A system ground must be provided for Earth Detection and transient protection devices. This connection
shall be made to an approved, dedicated Earth connection per NFPA 70, Article 250, and NFPA 780.

TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. VESDA is a trademark of Xtralis Pty Ltd.

Tyco Fire Protection Products • Westminster, MA • 01441-0001 • USA S4100-0103-7 3/2018

www.simplex-fire.com
© 2018 Tyco Fire Protection Products. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice.

TrueAlert® NEWS™ (National Emergency Warning
System) ECS Radio Receiver Model 4907-9101
Features
Connect a TrueAlert NEWS radio receiver to a
Simplex® 4100ES or 4100U Audio Fire Alarm
Control Panel:
 Allows information from the National Oceanic and
Atmospheric Administration’s (NOAA’s) “All Hazards”
Radio Network to be available at the host control panel
for Emergency Communication System (ECS) or Mass
Notification System (MNS) broadcasts
 Notice of select NOAA Emergency Alert System (EAS)
message receipt are sent to the host panel allowing it to
automatically request the full warning message for
broadcast over the Emergency Voice Alarm
Communications system (manual operation is selectable
if preferred)
4907-9101 NEWS Receiver provides:
 Decoding of the NOAA EAS/SAME formatted
messages directly from broadcast; SAME is Specific
Area Message Encoding and incorporates Emergency
Alert System information encoding (EAS)
 Message Selection by SAME Event Type and
Geographical Area; Selected messages are digitally
recorded allowing accurate playback through the
Emergency Voice Alarm Communications system
 Seven channel weather radio receiver allowing access to
the NOAA Radio transmitter closest to your area
 Receives over 50 warning and alert type messages (refer
to page 5 for list)
 Front display controls include Local Speaker, LCD
Readout, and LED Status Indicators
Receiver is selectable for three operating modes:
 Manual Operation allows an operator to determine
whether the received message should be broadcast
 Automatic Operation allows the emergency message to
be automatically broadcast
 Automatic Operation with Preview/Cancel allows an
operator to intervene and cancel message broadcast if
appropriate to the facility operation procedure
4100ES/4100U Operation details:
 Compatible with either digital or analog 4100ES or
4100U Audio Systems; connection is to an Auxiliary
Audio Input Module (ordered separately)
 Standard operation is fire alarm events take precedence
and overrides automatic receiver input; Emergency
Defend in Place operation can be programmed for
automatic operation or manually controlled
 Power is supplied from the host control panel,
supplemented by battery on-board the NEWS receiver
 Pre-announcement messages (standard or custom) are
available to pre-announce NOAA messages (Note:
Requires message chipset #68, included with the
supplied instructions CD)
Fire Control Panels
Remote Antenna
(ordered separately)
R X C H M S G E N T E R E X IT B A T T A L E R T
Building emergency
communications
4907-9101 NEWS
Receiver
4100ES Fire Alarm
Control Panel with Audio
4907-9101 NEWS Receiver Connected to a
4100ES Audio Fire Alarm Control Panel
Description
4907-9101 NEWS Receiver. The 4907-9101 NEWS
Receiver was developed specifically to interface to a 4100U
Emergency Voice Alarm Communication System.
Messages are received from NOAA’s National “All
Hazards” Radio Network and then the Simplex
4100ES/4100U Emergency Voice Alarm Communications
system is notified to alert occupants or emergency response
personnel of impending emergencies. With a seven (7)
channel NOAA receiver, the NEWS Receiver allows
selection of the strongest reception frequency transmitter
using its front panel display controls.
The National Emergency Alert System (EAS). Under
the direction of Homeland Security, the Federal
Communications Commission (FCC), in conjunction with
Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) and the
National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration
(NOAA), implement the Emergency Alert System (EAS) at
the Federal level.
NOAA’s All Hazards Radio is a nationwide network of
radio stations with over 1000 radio transmitters covering
95% of United States population, broadcasting 24 hours a
day, 7 days a week delivering comprehensive emergency
notification messaging nationwide. Types of NOAA
emergency alert broadcast include; Natural (such as
tornado, hurricane, flood, or earthquake), Environmental
(such as chemical release, oil spill, train derailment, or
nuclear power plant emergency), and Public Safety (such as
AMBER alert, 911 outage, or terrorist attack).
– This product is not presently agency listed. Contact your local Simplex product supplier
for the latest status.
S4907-0002-2
Emergency Alert Warning Formats Additional Reference
SAME Coding. NOAA’s All Hazards Radio transmits Installation instructions, detailed operating instructions, and
SAME (Specific Area Message Encoding) code messages additional information on location specific code selection
providing detailed emergency alert information. Messages are included in document 579-891, shipped with the
describe the originator, the type and severity of the product on CD. The front mounted label explains normal
emergency, the area of the emergency, and include a date operator actions with details for each of the three operating
and time stamp. It is formatted similar to EAS (Emergency modes (as summarized below). The selected operating
Alert System) coding used by media broadcasters, but mode can be clearly marked on the label after the selection
includes additional location specific information. Refer to is made.
page 5 for the list of NOAA Event Identifier Codes
Detailed NOAA information is available at their website:
received by the 4190-9007 NEWS Receiver.
www.weather.gov/nwr/
Product Selection
Model Description
NEWS Receiver, includes: power input cable (for 9 VDC from the host control panel); wall mounting hardware, and
4907-9101
connectors for antennas specified below; requires modules listed below, antenna, and cable, ordered separately
4100-5156 9 VDC Power Converter; single block size (required) These modules are internally mounted in the host control
Auxiliary Audio Input Module, provides four panel; refer to data sheet S4100-0034 for additional audio
4100-1240 module details
unsupervised inputs; single block size (required)
LED/Switch Modules, select as required per system; refer to data sheet S4100-0032 for details;
4100 Series
Typical uses are to cancel playback, replay last message, and select operating mode (manual or automatic)
4100ES/4100U
Download audio chipset 68 for custom message set for NEWS receiver (included with the supplied instructions CD)
Audio
4090-9001 With screw terminals
Individual Addressable Module (IAM), monitors receiver relay output contacts, see
Encapsulated with wire data sheet S4090-0001 for details and single gang mounting cover options (required)
4090-9051
leads
Recommended Antennas and Accessories (select as required per receiver)
Model* Description
Indoor antenna for high signal strength areas, includes 16’ (4.9 m) cable with RCA connector;
RA1601
dimensions = 16” x 3-1/2” x 1” (406 mm x 89 mm x 25.4 mm)
CMTYY3313A- Outdoor 3-element Yagi antenna for low signal strength areas, tuned specifically for NOAA frequencies, includes
162 mounting hardware, order mast, cable, and accessories separately; dimensions = 43” x 36-1/4” (1.09 m x 0.92 m)
4” (102 mm) Stand-off Wall Mount Brackets, upper and lower bracket, galvanized steel, for mast diameters of
ROHWM4
1-1/4” (32 mm) to 2-1/4” (57 mm)
ROH160505PHS Antenna Mast, 5 ft (1.5 m) long, stackable for more length, 16 ga galvanized tubing, 1-1/4” (32 mm) O.D.
ROHTRT36 Roof Mount Tripod Antenna Mount, 36” (0.9 m) high, for up to 1-3/4” (44 mm) diameter mast
CXTA58A-10 10 ft (3.05 m)
CXTA58A-25 25 ft (7.6 m)
RG58/U cable to connect antenna to NEWS receiver with N-Male to N-Male connectors, select
CXTA58A-50 50 ft (15.2 m)
length as required
CXTA58A-100 100 ft (30.5 m)
CXTA58A-150 150 ft (45.7 m)
* Internal Ordering Note: These products can be found in Job Design under OPNEWSRCVR.

Operation Reference
NEWS Receiver Common Operations
Incoming Event. Incoming event messages are
played on the speaker, the text message scrolls on
the LCD, and the Alert LED flashes.
Return to Normal. After required operations are
complete, press the “EXIT” button on the receiver to
clear the Alert LED and the display and return to
normal.
Manual Test. Press the NEWS Receiver "RXCH"
button to select the weather radio input and listen to
your local weather broadcast. When finished, press
"RXCH" to select "Audio Off".
Weekly Test. A test message should be broadcast
weekly by your local NOAA broadcast transmitter and
received by the NEWS receiver. Failure to receive a
weekly test will cause the Alert LED to activate and a
message will appear on the LCD.
NEWS Receiver Controls by Operation Type
Manual Operation. Preview the message before broadcasting by
pressing the NEWS Receiver "MSG" button during or after the message
reception. Manually Broadcast the last message received to the building
by pressing the “NEWS Play” button on the host panel user interface. A
pre-announcement tone and/or message will sound, followed by the
message.
Automatic Operation. After the complete incoming message is received,
the message is automatically broadcast throughout the building.
Automatic Operation with Preview/Cancel. A two minute timer starts
when the message is received. To preview the message before
broadcasting it through the building press the "MSG" button during or
after the reception of the message.
After a two minute delay, the message will be broadcast to the building.
To cancel message playback, press the "NEWS Play Cancel" button on
the host panel user interface before the two minute delay is completed.

2 S4907-0002-2
Operator Controls and Dimension Reference

Pushbutton Controls: RXCH selects LED Status Indicators: BATT indicates a battery problem;
receiver channel; MSG plays received ALERT indicates an Alert message is being received
message; ENTER selects the menu
function; UP/DOWN arrows scrolls LCD READOUT provides receiver status
through menu items; EXIT exits from display and defaults to time and date
menu
Local Speaker allows listening to receiver output

RXCH MSG ENTER EXIT BATT ALERT

1-3/4"
(44 mm)

1-5/8"
17" (432 mm) (41 mm)
R X C H M S G E N T E R E X I T B A T T A L E R T

11-1/4"
(286 mm)

3" (76 mm)

Wiring connections are on bottom of receiver

Removable
wiring cover

3 S4907-0002-2
Interconnection Reference

External remote antenna for lower signal strength

locations, CMTY3313A-162 (ordered separately);
antenna mast, cable, and accessories are ordered
separately; select according to mounting requirements

Antenna Tripod option

RG58/U coax cable and weatherproof type “N” for roof surface
connectors for antenna (ordered separately) mounting (ordered
separately if required)

4100ES Fire Alarm

Control Panel with Audio Indoor antenna for higher signal strength
locations, RA1601, includes 16' (4.9 m) cable,
(ordered separately if required)

Connectors for antenna cable termination at

receiver are supplied with receiver

R X C H M S G E N T E R E X I T B A T T A L E R T

4907-9101 NEWS Receiver

Building emergency
communications speaker
circuits (audio NACs)

20 ft (6 m) maximum distance
from panel to NEWS Receiver,
wiring in conduit

Electrical box with cover; 2-1/2" (64 mm)

minimum depth (supplied by others), use to
terminate conduit and house IAM (ordered
4100-5156, 9 VDC 4100-1240 Auxiliary separately); mount at end of wiring cover
Converter Module Audio Input Module

Wiring connections to 4100ES/4100U Control Panel:

1. Two wires for IDNet communications wiring to IAM.
- IDNET IN +
+IDNET IN -

2. Two wires for 9 VDC power.

3. Two wires connecting to DC NAC on System 4090-9001 - or - 4090-9051
Power Supply to activate message replay trigger input.
4. Two wires (twisted, shielded pair) for audio input to the
4100-1240 Module.

NOTE: This diagram is for reference only. Modules 4100-5156 and 4100-1240 (ordered with panel
or separately) mount internal to the host panel cabinet. Adequate cabinet space is required per
standard panel module allocations. A larger cabinet or a close-nippled additional cabinet
may be required depending on total module count.

4 S4907-0002-2
NOAA Event Identifier Codes

Note: Default selection is all codes, NEWS receiver front panel programming allows unwanted codes to be
deselected.

Code Definition Code Definition

ADR Administrative Message HLS Hurricane Statement
AVA Avalanche Watch LEW Law Enforcement Warning
AVW Avalanche Warning LAE Local Area Emergency
BZW Blizzard Warning NIC National Information Center Message
CAE Child Abduction Emergency NMN Network Message Notification
CDW Civil Danger Warning NPT National Periodic Test
CEM Civil Emergency Message NUW Nuclear Power Plant Warning
CFA Coastal Flood Watch RHW Radiological Hazard Warning
CFW Coastal Flood Warning RMT Required Monthly Test
DMO Practice/Demo Warning RWT Required Weekly Test
DSW Dust Storm Warning SMW Special Marine Warning
EAN National Emergency Action Notification SPS Special Weather Statement
EAT National Emergency Action Termination SPW Shelter In Place Warning
EQW Earthquake Warning SVA Severe Thunderstorm Watch
EVI Immediate Evacuation Notice SVR Severe Thunderstorm Warning
FFA Flash Flood Watch SVS Severe Weather Statement
FFW Flash Flood Warning TOA Tornado Watch
FFS Flash Flood Statement TOE 911 Telephone Outage Emergency
FLA Flood Watch TOR Tornado Warning
FLW Flood Warning TRA Tropical Storm Watch
FLS Flood Statement TRW Tropical Storm Warning
FRW Fire Warning TSA Tsunami Watch
HMW Hazardous Material Warning TSW Tsunami Warning
HWA High Wind Watch VOW Volcano Warning
HWW High Wind Warning WSA Winter Storm Watch
HUA Hurricane Watch WSW Winter Storm Warning
HUW Hurricane Warning

Data Sheet Reference for 4100U and IAMs

Subject Data Sheet

Basic Panel Modules and Accessories S4100-0031
LED/Switch Modules S4100-0032
4100ES Audio/Phone Modules S4100-0034
InfoAlarm Command Center S4100-0045
Supervised IAMs S4090-0001

5 S4907-0002-2
 Specifications

Electrical Requirements
9 VDC supplied from 4100-5156 Power Converter Module mounted in host
Receiver Voltage
4100ES/4100U control panel
4100-5156, 9 VDC Converter Module
400 mA maximum
Input Current
4100-1204, Auxiliary Audio Input
10 mA supervisory, 50 mA alarm/active
Module Current
4090-9011 or 4090-9051 IAM one IDNet address, IDNet communications powered
Front Panel
Display 16 character LCD with back lighting
“Message Received,” Weather Radio Receiver Signal Level, and On-Board
LED indicators
Battery Level
Speaker Front panel mount
Display Banner Messages, Message Review, Set Speaker Level, Speaker Select
Menu functions
Weather Radio, Channel, Set Date/Time, and LCD Contrast Level
Inputs, Rear Panel
F type connection, 75 Ω; two connectors supplied, one N-female to F connector
Antenna input
for remote (outside mount) antenna, one RCA to F connector for local antenna
Audio input Three inputs with RCA phone jacks, -10 dBm ±10 dB, unbalanced
RS-232 9-pin D connector for CPU interface message signs at distances of up to 1500 ft
Audio output 600 Ω balanced audio, 0 dBm
Relay contact output Connects to monitoring input of IAM, indicates receipt of alert message
NOAA Weather Radio Receiver Specifications
Seven frequency synthesized channels:
Channels
162.400, 162.425, 162.450, 162.475, 162.500, 162.525, 162.550 MHz
Sensitivity 2 V for 12 dB SINAD
Modulation ±5 kHz deviation
Image rejection 60 db or greater
IF rejection 70 db or greater
Physical and Environmental
Receiver dimensions, with wiring cover
included (refer to dimension details on 17” W x 14-1/4” H x 1-5/8” D (432 mm x 362 mm x 41 mm)
page 3)
Operating Temperature 32° to 120°F (0° to 49° C)
Operating Humidity Up to 93% RH, non-condensing @ 90° F (32° C) maximum

Tyco is a registered trademark of Tyco International Services GmbH and is used under license. Simplex, the Simplex logo, IDNet, TrueAlert, and NEWS are trademarks of Tyco
International Ltd. and its affiliates and are used under license

Tyco Safety Products Westminster • Westminster, MA • 01441-0001 • USA S4907-0002-2 JB

www.tycosafetyproducts-usa-wm.com
© 2010 Tyco Safety Products Westminster. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice.
 LifeAlarm Fire Alarm Control Panels
UL, ULC, CSFM Listed; FM Approved; 4006 Series Fire Alarm Control Panels
MEA (NYC) Acceptance* Providing up to Ten IDCs and Four NACs

Features
Control panel operator convenience features:
 Wide viewing angle 2 x 20 (40 character) alphanumeric
LCD and dedicated LEDs provide convenient panel
status information FIRE
ALARM
SYSTEM
SUPERVISORY
SYSTEM
TROUBLE
ALARM
SILENCED
AC
POWER

 Operation is programmable using a multi-function

ALARM SUPV TROUBLE ALARM SYSTEM
ACK ACK ACK SILENCE RESET

keypad and the panel LCD or via service computer (PC)

 RS-232 service port provides upload/download PC
access for panel configuration and event history logs
 Software updates are via PC download
 Convenient library of standard custom label terms
 Standard on-board DACT provides: Contact ID, 3/1, 4/2,
BFSK, and SIA formats
4006-9102 (Beige) Standard Control Panel
 WALKTEST silent or audible system test
 Voltage and current for both the battery charger and the
battery can be displayed at the front panel LCD Fi re Alarm Annunciator

Five Standard Initiating Device Circuits (IDCs):

 Five Class B IDCs with optional expansion to ten, all
with individual zone disable FIRE
ALARM
SYSTEM
SUPERVISORY
SYSTEM
TROUBLE
ALARM
SILENCED
AC
POWER

 Monitor 2-wire or 4-wire initiating devices including ALARM

ACK
SUPV
ACK
TROUBLE
ACK
ALARM
SILENCE
SYSTEM
RESET
CAUTION
DISCONNECT

TrueAlarm smoke detectors BATTERY AND

A. C. POWER
BEFORE
SERVICING

 Optional Class A Adapter Module

Two Standard Notification Appliance Circuits (NACs):
 Class A or Class B outputs with solid state overcurrent
protection per NAC, each rated for 2 A
 Selectable for Simplex® SmartSync two-wire
horn/strobe control or synchronized strobe control
Standard Power Supply:
 Provides 3 A maximum @ nominal 24 DC
 Automatic input power selection operates with 120 VAC
or 240 VAC, 50 or 60 Hz
 On-board temperature compensated battery charger for
up to 12.7 Ah batteries in cabinet (UL and ULC) and up
to 25 Ah batteries in separate cabinet (UL only)
Additional standard features:
 Programmable Active Status Reminder
 Two auxiliary relays
 IDCs, NACs, and Relay outputs are power limited (AC
input, battery circuits, and City Circuit Module outputs
are non-power limited)
 Available with beige or red cabinet
 UL listed to Standard 864
Available option modules:
 Door mounted 24 LED annunciator (standard on ULC
models)
 3 A Expansion Power Supply with two on-board 2 A
NACs that operate the same as standard NACs
4006-9122 (Beige) Control Panel with 24 LED Annunciator
Available option modules (Continued):
 Expansion IDC module with five Class B IDCs
 Class A IDC Adapter Module, City Interface Module,
and Auxiliary Relay Module
 Remote LCD and LED/Switch Annunciators
Description
For areas requiring from five to ten initiating zones, the
Simplex 4006 Series fire alarm control panels provide
flexible initiating circuit monitoring, extensive
programmable control capability, and LCD annunciated
circuit-specific 20 character custom labels.
* See page 2 for additional ULC and MEA information. This product has been approved by
the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the California
Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing 7165-0026:318 for allowable values and/or
conditions concerning material presented in this document. It is subject to re-examination,
revision, and possible cancellation. Additional listings may be applicable, contact your local
Simplex product supplier for the latest status. Listings and approvals under Simplex Time
Recorder Co. are the property of Tyco Fire Protection Products.
S4006-0001-9 2/2016
Standard Feature Details
Five Class B IDCs are each capable of supporting up to 30
Simplex current-limited smoke detectors or electronic heat
detectors (see list on page 4) as well as manual stations and
other compatible contact closure initiating devices. IDCs
are capable of Class A operation with an optional adapter
module and can be programmed as Style C (short or open
initiates a trouble) for use with current limited devices only.
Two, 2 A On-Board NACs provide conventional reverse
polarity operation, selectable as Class A or Class B, with
electronic control and overcurrent protection. Operation is
selectable for synchronized strobe or SmartSync horn/strobe
two-wire operation. Horn control can be selected at the panel
for: Temporal pattern coding, Steady On, Slow March Time
of 20 beats per minute (BPM), or Fast March Time of
120 BPM. Note: When selected for SmartSync horn/strobe
control, March Time produces 60 BPM.
The 24 VDC Auxiliary output provides up to 500 mA
for system use. (Auxiliary output current is counted for
total power supply capacity.)
Standard Auxiliary Relay Outputs. Two relay outputs
are available, selectable as normally open or normally
closed, rated 2 A @ 30 VDC per below:
Aux Relay 1 is normally assigned to General Alarm
operation but is programmable (see page 7)
Aux Relay 2 (Trouble) is energized when Normal and is
de-energized with a Trouble condition.
On-Board Dual Line DACT. Operation can be selected
for Contact ID, SIA, 3/1, 4/2, and BFSK formats.
Reporting includes Alarm, Supervisory, Trouble, and AC
Failure. Operation includes automatic 6 hour test and
programmable power fail report delay.
Product Selection
Standard Feature Details (Continued)
Power Supply and Battery Charger. DC power output
is 3 A @ 24 VDC for panel use. The temperature
compensated battery charger (sealed lead-acid batteries
only) is rated for up to 25 Ah batteries per UL 864 and up
to 12.7 Ah per ULC-S527. (Up to 12.7 Ah batteries fit in
the cabinet, larger batteries require an external cabinet.)
Panel electronics can measure and display voltage and
current for the power supply, batteries and the battery
charger (standard and expansion power supply). Depleted
battery trouble is monitored and annunciated and depleted
battery cutout can be selected. Active battery status
monitor supervises charger operation.
Optional Feature Details
Expansion Power Supply. Provides 3 A total @
24 VDC, two additional 2 A NACs, and an additional
auxiliary power output of 500 mA. Output operation is the
same as on the standard power supply.
Expansion IDC Module. Provides 5 additional Class B
IDCs with operation the same as the standard IDCs.
Expansion Relay Module. Provides 10 programmable
relays, jumper selectable as N.O. or N.C. Contacts are
rated 2 A @ 30 VDC. Typical application is to track
status of each IDC. See page 7 for relay program options.
Class A Adapter Module. Converts 5 IDCs from
Class B to Class A operation. Two modules can be
mounted for use with the Expansion IDC Module.
City Circuit Modules. These modules are available with
or without on-board disconnect switches, depending on
local requirements (either type can be disconnected
through the front panel under password control).
Connections are for Remote Station (reverse polarity) or
Municipal Master (local energy). Reporting includes
Alarm, Supervisory, and Trouble.

Control Panel
Model Color Description Listings Standard Feature Summary
4006-9102 Beige
Standard fire alarm control panel MEA 5 Class B IDCs, 2 Class B/Class A
4006-9101 Red UL, FM, NACs, 3 A power supply with battery
4006-9122 Beige Fire alarm control panel with 24 LED & CSFM charger; on-board DACT; 120/240 VAC,
ULC 50/60 Hz (autoselect)
4006-9121 Red Annunciator on front door
Option Modules
Model Description
4006-9801 Expansion Power Supply; 3 A, with 2 NACs, 120/240 VAC, 50/60 Hz
4006-9802 Expansion IDC Module; 5 Class B IDCs Select up to one of each as required
4006-9803 Expansion Relay Module; 10 relays selectable as either N.O. or N. C.
4006-9804 Class A Adapter Module; converts 5 IDCs from Class B to Class A Select up to two maximum
4006-9805 City Circuit Module with disconnect switch
Select one if required
4006-9806 City Circuit Module without disconnect switch
Accessories
Model Description
2975-9811 Beige semi-flush trim kit; 1-7/16” (37 mm) wide; includes four corners and trim pieces for top, bottom, and sides
2975-9812 Red semi-flush trim kit; 1-7/16” (37 mm) wide; includes four corners and trim pieces for top, bottom, and sides
Beige External Battery Cabinet for up to 25 Ah batteries; mounts close-nippled to control panel cabinet; dimensions =
4009-9801
16-1/4” W x 13-1/2” H x 5-3/4” D (413 mm x 343 mm x 146 mm) [depth increased for 25 Ah effective 7/2005]
Batteries, 12 Volt (select one battery model per system standby requirements; order quantity of two)
Model Size Model Size Location Model Size Location
2081-9272 6.2 Ah 2081-9288 12.7 Ah 2081-9275 18 Ah Requires 4009-9801 External Battery
For cabinet mount
2081-9274 10 Ah 2081-9827 25 Ah Cabinet (UL listed only)

2 S4006-0001-9 2/2016
Keyboard Reference

FIVE STATUS INDICATOR LEDs provide system status indications in

addition to LCD information, LEDs flash to indicate the condition and
then when acknowledged, remain on until reset
THREE PROGRAMMABLE LEDs
2 X 20 LCD READOUT, LED backlighted during normal conditions and abnormal provide custom labeling (labels insert into
operating conditions, provides up to 20 characters for custom label information a pocket), the top two LEDs are
selectable as red or yellow, the bottom
FIRST ALARM DISPLAY: Operation can be selected for maintained display of first
LED is selectable as green or yellow
alarm until acknowledged

FIRE SYSTEM SYSTEM ALARM AC

CONTROL ALARM SUPERVISORY TROUBLE SILENCED POWER

PANEL VIEW SYSTEM RESET restores

with door closed control panel to normal when
all alarmed inputs are
ALARM SUPV TROUBLE ALARM SYSTEM
ACK ACK ACK SILENCE RESET returned to normal

DISABLE ABC DEF

ALARM ACK acknowledges a Fire PREVIOUS

ENABLE
1 2 3
Alarm condition, logs the
FUNCTION
GHI JKL MNO
ALPHANUMERIC
acknowledge, silences the operator 4 5 6 KEYPAD provides
panel and all annunciator tone-alerts, MENU
PQRS TUV WXYZ programming entry of
and steps through the active Alarm list
EXIT
CLEAR
7 8 9 numbers and letters
NEXT
SUPV ACK acknowledges system ENTER
0
supervisory conditions, logs the
acknowledge, silences the operator
panel and all annunciator tone-alerts,
and steps through the active ALARM SILENCE causes audible notification appliances
Supervisory list TROUBLE ACK acknowledges to be silenced, used after evacuation is complete and
system troubles, logs the while alarm source is being investigated
FIVE NAVIGATION KEYS: MENU selects acknowledge, silences the
the on-screen programming menu; left and operator panel and all annunciator
right arrows moves the position on the tone-alerts, and steps through the FOUR EXTENDED FUNCTION KEYS: ENTER confirms
screen, and PREVIOUS and NEXT active Trouble list selections, EXIT/CLEAR backs out of the present screen menu
navigate screen selections and clears information that has not been entered, FUNCTION
enables the active function menu, DISABLE/ENABLE toggles
the function or circuit status as appropriate per the selected
screen

Door LED Annunciator Details

RED LED
YELLOW LED

Fire Alarm Annunciator

IDC 1 IDC 5 IDC 9

IDC 2 IDC 6 IDC 10

NAC 1
IDC 3 IDC 7 NAC 2
NAC 3
IDC 4 IDC 8
NAC 4

14 CUSTOM LABEL AREAS are available, typically for IDC

and NAC annunciation (shown labeled for reference, blank FOUR YELLOW LEDs provide
labels are provided); dual LED locations have a Red LED default NAC Trouble annunciation
(top) and a Yellow LED (bottom); labels insert into pockets (shown labeled as NAC 1-4)
behind the overlay; LED operation is programmable to track
other monitored status conditions

3 S4006-0001-9 2/2016
Specifications (Refer to Installation Instructions 579-704 for additional information)
Power Ratings
Input Voltage 120 VAC, 60 Hz; 220/230/240 VAC, 50/60 Hz, auto-select
Input Current, Standard 2 A maximum @ 120 VAC input; 1.5 A maximum @ 240 VAC input
AC Input Ratings
Input Current with
4 A maximum @ 120 VAC input; 3 A maximum @ 240 VAC input
Expansion Power Supply
Power Supply Output Rating 3 A maximum @ 24 VDC in alarm (see NAC details on page 6)
Temperature compensated charger is rated for up to 25 Ah per UL 864; up to
Battery Charger
12.7 Ah per ULC-S527
Standby Current 130 mA; with 5 IDCs fully loaded, tone-alert silenced, trouble LED on
Standard Circuit Ratings (NOTE: Total DC current = 3 A maximum)
Notification Appliance Circuits (NACs) 2 A maximum @ 24 VDC, per circuit; available as Class A or Class B;
NOTE: See details on page 6 Class B end-of-line resistor = 10 k, 1/2 W; Model 4081-9008 (P/N 733-894)
Supervisory Current 3 mA maximum
Alarm Current 60 mA maximum
Initiating Device
Circuits (IDCs) Each IDC supports up to 30 detectors (smoke or electronic heat) and manual
Capacity
stations as required; wiring distance is limited to 50 Ω maximum
End-of-Line Resistor 3.3 k, 1/2 W; Model 4081-9002 (P/N 733-893) for Class B IDCs
Quantity Supported Up to four annunciator modules per panel (see page 5 for details)
Wiring Type Twisted pair, or twisted, shielded pair; 18 AWG (0.82 mm2)
Bus-Style Wiring Up to 4000 ft (1219 m); 0.58 µF (580 nF) maximum capacitance; 35  max.
Annunciator “T-Tap” Wiring Up to 10,000 ft (3048 m) total wiring; up to 2500 ft (762 m) to farthest device
Communications Bus-style, connect one at panel and one at end of line 100 , 1/2 W; 4081-9011;
Line Matching Resistor
T-Tap, connect one at panel and one at farthest device (part number 733-974)
Use 2081-9044 Overvoltage Protectors where wiring leaves and enters a building
Suppression
(refer to data sheet S2081-0016)
Auxiliary Power Output 500 mA maximum @ 24 VDC
Relay 1 Programmable operation Contacts rated 2 A @ 30 VDC, 0.35 power factor;
Standard Auxiliary Relay Outputs
Relay 2 Trouble operation jumper selectable as N.O. or N.C.
Wiring Connections for Above Circuits and
Terminals rated for 18 AWG to 12 AWG (0.82 mm2 to 3.31 mm2 )
AC Input
Option Module Ratings
Class A IDC Adapter Module Five circuits per module, rated same as circuits
Ten Relay Auxiliary Contact Ratings 2 A @ 30 VDC, 0.35 power factor; jumper selectable as N.O. or N.C.
Module 4006-9803 Wiring Terminals rated for 18 AWG to 12 AWG (0.82 mm2 to 3.31 mm2)
Environmental Ratings
Operating Temperature Range 32° to 120°F (0° to 49° C)
Operating Humidity Range Up to 93% RH, non-condensing @ 100.4° F (38° C) maximum

Reference Information, Compatible Simplex Peripherals

Compatible Simplex Detectors
Model Type Description Data Sheet
4098-9601 Standard detector (2.8% nominal)
Photoelectric smoke detectors S4098-0015
4098-9605 Reduced sensitivity detector (3.5% nominal)
for 2-wire and 4-wire bases
4098-9602 Combination smoke and heat detector S4098-0017
4098 Series Duct detector housings 2-wire and 4-wire models S4098-0029
4098 Series Ionization Smoke Detectors 2-wire and 4-wire models S4098-0018
4098-9612 135° F (57°C)
Fixed temperature heat detector
4098-9614 Electronic heat detectors for 200° F (93°C)
S4098-0014
4098-9613 2-wire and 4-wire bases 135° F (57°C) Fixed temperature heat detector with
4098-9615 200° F (93°C) rate-of-rise detection
Compatible System Expansion Panels
Model Type Description Data Sheet
Provides a remote voice control panel with on-board NACs, internal
4003 Series Voice Control Panel S4003-0002
microphone, and remote microphone input
Provides remote NACs; includes power supply and battery charger;
4009 Series Remote NAC Extender S4009-0002
4 extenders max/NAC; 4006 uses NAC output to provide control
Note: Contact your local Simplex Product Supplier for additional compatible peripherals.
4 S4006-0001-9 2/2016
Supervisory and Alarm Currents
Model Module Supervisory Alarm
4006-9101 160 mA
Standard fire alarm control panel 130 mA
4006-9102 + 60 mA per IDC in Alarm
4006-9121 210 mA
Control panel with 24 LED Annunciator 148 mA
4006-9122 + 60 mA per IDC in Alarm
4006-9801 Expansion Power Supply 50 mA 60 mA
50 mA
4006-9802 Expansion IDC Module 50 mA
+ 60 mA per IDC in Alarm
0 mA 0 mA
4006-9803 Expansion Relay Module
+ 10 mA per energized relay + 10 mA per energized relay
0 mA normal; 0 mA normal;
4006-9804 Five Circuit IDC Class A Adapter
10 mA per IDC in trouble 10 mA per IDC in trouble
4006-9805 City Circuit Module with disconnect switch 30 mA 60 mA
4006-9806 City Circuit Module without disconnect switch 30 mA 60 mA
Remote LCD Annunciator (see data sheet
4606-9101 65 mA 140 mA
S4606-0001)
Remote LED/Switch Annunciator (see data 70 mA
4610-9111 40 mA
sheet S4610-0001) (all LEDs and tone-alert on)
** Current Calculation Information:
1. To determine total supervisory current, add currents of modules in panel to base system value and all auxiliary loads.
2. To determine total alarm current, add currents of modules in panel to base system alarm current and add all panel NAC loads
and all auxiliary loads.

Remote Annunciator Options

The 4006 supports up to four annunciator options 4606-9101 LCD Annunciator Features:
including:  LCD readout with two lines of 40 characters each and
 Door Mounted 24 LED Annunciator LED backlighting
 4610-9111 Remote LED/Switch Annunciators  Wide viewing angle, super-twist design
 4606-9101 Remote LCD Annunciators  Keyswitch access controlled
Annunciators communicate at a rate of 9600 baud with Control switches and status LEDs for:
24 VDC power supplied by separate wiring.  Alarm, supervisory, or trouble acknowledge
4610-9111 LED Annunciator Features:  Alarm silence and System Reset
 16 LEDs with programmable functions and dedicated Three programmable LED indicators:
LEDs for Alarm Silenced, Lost Communications,
Trouble, and Power-on  Two LEDs are selectable as red or yellow
 Keyswitch access controlled switches for  One LED is selectable as green or yellow
Acknowledge, Alarm Silence, Reset, and Lamp Test  With provisions for custom labeling
 Local tone-alert

Fire Alarm Annunciator

ALARM
SILENCED
ALARM CONTROL
ACK ENABLE
SILENCE

LOST COM
LAMP
RESET
TEST
TROUBLE

POWER

4610-9111 LED/Switch Annunciator 4606-9101 LCD Annunciator

5 S4006-0001-9 2/2016
IDC Operation Modes
The following IDC operation modes are selectable from either the front panel or the PC programmer

Function Type Description Device State IDC Status

Normal = NORMAL
Current Limited = FIRE
FIRE Fire monitor zone
Short = FIRE
Open = TROUBLE
WATER Waterflow monitor zone
HEAT Heat detector zone Normal = NORMAL
Current Limited = FIRE
DUCT Duct detector zone
Short = FIRE
PULL Manual (pull) station zone Open = TROUBLE
SMOKE Smoke detector zone
Normal = NORMAL
Current Limited = SUPERVISORY
SO Sprinkler Supervisory
Short = SUPERVISORY
Open = TROUBLE
Normal = NORMAL
Combination waterflow and water supervisory Current Limited = SUPERVISORY
WSO
zone Short = ALARM
Open = TROUBLE
Normal = NORMAL
Current Limited = SUPERVISORY
SUPV Supervisory monitor
Short = SUPERVISORY
Open = TROUBLE
Normal = OFF
Current Limited = ON
UTIL Supervised utility monitor
Short = ON
Open = TROUBLE
Normal = NORMAL
Current Limited = TROUBLE
TROUBLE Trouble monitor
Short = TROUBLE
Open = TROUBLE
Normal = NORMAL
Verified fire alarm; the abnormal (current limited)
Current Limited = VERIFY
VSMOKE state causes the alarm verification cycle to start;
Short = FIRE
a short is an immediate alarm
Open = TROUBLE
Normal = NORMAL
Current Limited = FIRE
STYLEC Style C fire monitor
Short = TROUBLE
Open = TROUBLE
Normal = NORMAL
Latching supervisory monitor (supervisory Current Limited = SUPERVISORY
LATSUPV
latches until system is reset) Short = SUPERVISORY
Open = TROUBLE

Detailed NAC Ratings

NAC Ratings, Maximum per NAC Appliances

Special Application: 2 A;
strobe synchronization is UL listed across all 4
system NACs for these 4906 Series appliances
Regulated 24 VDC: 1.5 A
NOTE: Maximum strobe load on main power
supply or expansion power supply is 1.35 A per
power supply (2.7 A total); remainder of power
supply rating is available for other loading
Simplex 4901 Series (horns) and 4906 Series Multi-Candela non-addressable
strobes, horn/strobes, and speaker/strobes (contact your Simplex product
representative for compatible appliances)
Power for other UL listed appliances; use associated external synchronization
modules where required

6 S4006-0001-9 2/2016
NAC Operation Modes

Function Type Description

SSIG Alarm signal, on until silenced
RSIG Alarm signal, on until reset
TROUBLE Trouble signal
SUPV Supervisory signal
QALERT SmartSync 2-wire horn/strobe control; horn on until silenced, strobe on until reset
Provides Wheelock strobe synch protocol when using only Wheelock strobes on panel, not to be mixed with
WHEELOCK
Simplex strobes
UTILITY Utility signal, generic non-alarm

Relay Operation Modes

The following relay operations are selectable from either the front panel or the PC programmer.
Common Fire Alarm Operations
Function Type Relay Activates Upon Relay Deactivates Upon
SRELAY General Alarm Silence
RRELAY General Alarm Reset
SUPV Supervisory condition Clear
TRBL Trouble condition Clear
Special Functions
Function Type Description
UTILITY Utility IDC in the same alarm group activates
PRIMARY General alarm; relay is tied to Primary Elevator Recall contacts
ALTERN General alarm; relay is tied to Alternate Elevator Recall contacts
DRESET Relay provides 24 VDC power to 4-wire detectors; relay turns off for 5 seconds on System Reset
Relay provides 24 VDC to larger door holder relay with separate power source; relay activates on general
DHOLDER
alarm to remove power to door holder relay and close doors

Additional Programming Feature Details

Function Details
Up to 20 characters per point; a built-in message library provides for commonly used words for easy front
Custom labels
panel programming
For front panel label creation convenience, the following words can be selected as part of a custom label
( _designates a built-in space; typing the first letter of a word/number will select the closest word in
alphabetical/numerical sequence)
Basement
Message Library North Center Lobby main Boiler_RM Elevator
Flr_3 Floor
South rear Office first Classroom Entrance Storeroom
Flr_4 Garage
East 5th Patient 2nd Closet_ Restroom Wing
Flr_5 Hallway
West Flr_1 upper 3rd Corridor Room Zone
RM_ HVAC_Room
Front Flr_2 lower 4th Elect_RM Stairway
Kitchen
Three separate logs: Alarm (100 entries), Supervisory (100 entries), and Trouble (300 entries); logs can be
History logs queried separately, or as a combined log; logs can be downloaded for printing or archiving using the RS-232
service port
Automatically scans system for installed option modules and configures panel programming accordingly;
Autoprogram modes are available to detect new modules only, recreate default programming and then add all modules
found
Up to 99 alarm groups are available, any point may be in up to 3 alarm groups; this allows NAC and relay
Alarm Groups
operation to be associated with IDC inputs according to local response requirements
Allows one person to perform system testing; alarm or trouble tests are followed by automatic reset; the alarm
WALKTEST
zone is sounded out by associated audible notification or the response is silently logged into the Alarm log
Manual Control Allows selection of individual relays or NACs for system testing
Level 1 = Acknowledge, Silence, System Reset, View logs, View point information, and Lamp Test
Passcode
Level 2 = All Level 1 + Set Time/Date, Point Control, Enable/Disable points
Protection
Level 3 = All Level 2 + Clear logs, Clear verification tallies, Custom label editing, and WALKTEST
(4-digit number)
Level 4 = All Level 3 + Programming, Upload/Download; this is the Service access level

7 S4006-0001-9 2/2016
 Installation and Module Placement Reference

Box width 15-5/8" (397 mm)

(Top and side views are
Knockouts are
located on top
shown with door installed)
and sides

Box depth = 4-3/4" (121 mm)

IDC Expansion
11-1/4" (286 mm) Module*
Main board

Class A
Adapter
Relay Modules*
Expansion
Module*
Door thickness
FIRE
ALARM
SYSTEM
SUPERVISORY
SYSTEM
TROUBLE
ALARM
SILENCED
AC
POWER
5/8" (16 mm)
ALARM SUPV TROUBLE ALARM SYSTEM
ACK ACK ACK SILENCE RESET

13-1/2" Display PREVIOUS

DISABLE
ENABLE
1
ABC
2
DEF
3 16"
(343 mm) Assembly GHI JKL MNO

(406 mm)
FUNCTION
4 5 6
MENU

EXIT PQRS TUV WXYZ

CLEAR
7 8 9
NEXT
ENTER
0

Main board Expansion

Power Supply*
AC Input Terminals City Module* (extends under
IDC Expansion
Module space)
Battery Area
No conduit or wiring in this area

13-1/4" (337 mm)

NOTE: For semi-flush mounting, cabinet

* Indicates optional modules must extend 1-1/2" (38 mm)
minimum from wall surface

TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited.

Tyco Fire Protection Products • Westminster, MA • 01441-0001 • USA S4006-0001-9 2/2016

www.simplexgrinnell.com
© 2012 Tyco Fire Protection Products. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice.
 IDNet and MAPNET II Addressable Devices
Device Communications Compatibility Chart
Devices Compatible with 4007ES, 4008, 4010, 4010ES, 4100ES, & 4100U IDNet Communications, & MAPNET II Communications
Model Description Model Description
4090-9101 Class B IDC ZAM 4098-9789, 4098-9775 Sensor Base w/LED/relay output
4090-9106 Class A IDC ZAM 4098-9791 4-Wire Sensor Base w/supv. relay
4098-9792,
4098-9750 In-Duct Sensor Housing without relay Standard Sensor Base
4098-9776
4098-9751 In-Duct Sensor Housing with relay 4098-9794 Sounder Base
4098-9755 Duct Sensor Housing without relay 4099-9001, 4099-9004 Addressable Station, Standard
4098-9756 Duct Sensor Housing with relay 4099-9002, 4099-9005 Addressable Station, Breakglass
4098-97801 2-Wire Sensor Base w/supervised relay 4099-9003, 4099-9006 Addressable Station, Push
4098-XAD-100, Air aspiration sensor housings; -100, & -110 are
4099-9020, 4099-9021 NO-GRIP Single Action Addressable Station
-110, -200, -210 single inlet; -200, & -210 are dual inlet
Devices with Special Considerations
Model Description Compatibility
4090-9001 Supervised IAMs; 4090-9051 is encapsulated and 4007ES, 4008, 4010, 4010ES, 4100ES, & 4100U IDNet provide “T” sense
4090-9051 w/o LED MAPNET II provides Class B monitoring of N.O. contacts
4009-9401 TrueAlert Addressable Controller 4010ES, 4100ES, 4100U, & 4100 use RUI; 4010 uses IDNet
4098-9795 Two Address Sounder Base for sensor 4098- 4007ES, 4008, 4010, 4010ES, 4100ES, and 4100U IDNet, and MAPNET II; two
4098-9796 Two Address Standard Base 9754 consecutive addresses; does not provide TrueSense operation; see below for single
4098-9754 Photo/Heat Multi-Sensor for above bases address applications of 4098-9754

Photo/Heat Multi-Sensor, one address for photo,
4098-97541
heat, and TrueSense operation
4007ES, 4010ES, 4100ES & 4100U IDNet; uses only one address; use with sensor
bases: 4098-9770, 4098-9771, 4098-9780, 4098-9789, 4098-9791, 4098-9792,
4098-9793, 4098-9775, 4098-9776, 4098-9777, 4098-9794, 4098-9797, & 4098-9798

4098-97341 High Temperature Heat Sensor 4007ES, 4010ES, and 4100ES

4098-90191,
Addressable Beam Detector 4007ES, 4010ES, and 4100ES
-90201
4099-9012,
Addressable Releasing Station, Push Use with IDNet or MAPNET II Releasing panels only
-9015
2
4090-9116 IDNet Communications Isolator 4007ES, 4008, 4010ES, 4100ES and 4100U IDNet
1, 3 4007ES, 4008, 4010ES, 4100ES, and 4100U IDNet requires one address but
4090-9007 IDNet Signal IAM
consumes two unit loads
4190-90503 4007ES, 4010ES, 4100ES, and 4100U IDNet; or 4100U & 4100ES MAPNET II
4-20 mA AMZ, revision 2.01 firmware
4190-90513 Operation (MAPNET II requires one unit load, IDNet requires two unit loads)

4090-90081 Dual Contact Relay IAM 4007ES, 4010ES, 4100ES, or 4100U IDNet; or MAPNET II Operation
4090-9010 8 A Relay IAM 4007ES, 4008, 4010, 4010ES, 4100ES, or 4100U IDNet Operation
VLC-600 TrueAlarm LaserCOMPACT 4007ES, 4010ES, 4100ES, and 4100U IDNet; or MAPNET II Operation
Devices Compatible with 4007ES, 4010, 4010ES, 4100ES, and 4100U IDNet Communications Only (except as noted)
Model Description Model Description
Relay
4009-92011 4090-9002
IAM
4009 IDNet NAC Extender (4009 A) (also for use with 4008)
Isolator
4009-93011 4098-9793 & 4098-97772
Base
4090-91054 Class B Suppression Release Peripheral (SRP) without
IDNet Fiber Optic Transmitter 4090-90051
4090-9107 Class A enclosure (uses 2975-9227)
4009-9809 IDNet Repeater 4090-90061 SRP with Enclosure
4907-90011 LED Message Board
Devices Compatible with 4007ES, 4010ES, 4100ES, and 4100U IDNet Communications Only (except as noted)
Model Description Model Description
4090-9117 Addressable Power Isolator 4090-91201 6-Pt. Module, 4 T-Sense inputs, 2 relays
4090-91181 Relay IAM with T-Sense Input 4090-9121 Security Monitor IAM, two unit loads; Not with 4007ES
4090-91191 Relay IAM with unsupervised input 4100-12741 Microphone Mux. Module (internal IAM); 4100ES/4100U only
4098-97701 & 4098-97971 CO Sensor Standard Base
4098-97711 & 4098-97981 CO Sensor Sounder Base
4098-97721 & 4098-97731 CO Sensor Base with 520Hz Sounder

1. Operation is software revision dependent, refer to page 12 for software revision compatibility details for these products.
2. IDNet Isolators and Isolator Bases are not compatible with the 4100-3103 Quad Panel Mount Isolator. Operation is compatible with other panel modules
that provide IDNet, IDNet+, IDNet 1+, IDNet 2, or IDNet 2+2 SLCs.
3. For IDNet communications, 1 address is assigned but the available SLC address count is reduced by 2 due to supervisory current requirements.
4. Class B Fiber Transmitter, part number 565-901, Rev C or higher, IS NOT COMPATIBLE with Class B Fiber Receiver, part number 565-903, before Rev J.
LISTINGS NOTE: Refer to individual product data sheets for listings information.
Devices Compatible with MAPNET II Communications Only (refer to pages 2 and 6 for legacy products)
Model Description Model Description
2190-9153 & -9154 Monitor ZAM, Style D, IDC 2190-9161 & -9162 Signal ZAM, Style Y NAC
2190-9155 & -9156 Monitor ZAM, Style B, IDC 2190-9163 & -9164 Control Relay ZAM, DPDT Contacts
2190-9157 & -9158 4-Wire Detector ZAM, IDC 2190-9169 & -9170 Line powered isolators (non-addr.)
2190-9159 & -9160 Signal ZAM, Style Z NAC 2190-9173 2-Point I/O Module
Devices Compatible with 4007ES, 4010, and 4010ES IDNet Communications; with 4100ES with IDNet 2 and IDNet 2+2 Modules,
and with 4100ES and 4100U with 4100-3106 IDNet Expansion Module
Model Description Model Description
4098-9757 QuickConnect2 Sensor (uses 4098-9788 multi-purpose base) 4098-9710 QuickConnect Sensor

1 S4090-0011-22 4/2018

2 S4090-0011-22 4/2018
Device Communications Compatibility with Devices in Numerical Order
(This includes legacy devices not listed on page 1; refer to page 1 and product data sheets for additional information)
4007ES, 4010ES, 4100ES,
4010
Model Description & 4100U IDNet (see 4008 IDNet MAPNET II
IDNet
notes)
2099-9135 Addressable Station, double action push, no Simplex logo — — —
2099-9761 Addressable Station, double action push — — —
2099-9795 Addressable Station, single action — — —
2099-9796 Addressable Station, double action breakglass — — —
2099-9797 Addressable Station, single action, LOCAL — — —
2190-9153 Monitor ZAM, Class A, IDC; surface mount — — —
2190-9154 Monitor ZAM, Class A, IDC; flush mount — — —
2190-9155 Monitor ZAM, Class B, IDC; surface mount — — —
2190-9156 Monitor ZAM, Class B, IDC; flush mount — — —
2190-9157 4-Wire Detector ZAM, Class B IDC; surface mount — — —
2190-9158 4-Wire Detector ZAM, Class B IDC; flush mount — — —
2190-9159 Signal ZAM, Class A NAC; surface mount — — —
2190-9160 Signal ZAM, Class A NAC; flush mount — — —
2190-9161 Signal ZAM, Class B NAC; surface mount — — —
2190-9162 Signal ZAM, Class B NAC; flush mount — — —
2190-9163 Control Relay ZAM, DPDT Contacts; surface mount — — —
2190-9164 Control Relay ZAM, DPDT Contacts; flush mount — — —
2190-9169 Line Powered Isolator, non-addressable; surface mount — — —
2190-9170 Line Powered Isolator, non-addressable; flush mount — — —
Individual Addressable Module (IAM), includes 2190-9172A
2190-9172 — — —
(larger) package
2190-9173 2-Point I/O Module — — —
4009-9201 4009 IDNet NAC Extender (4009A); 120 VAC input — —
4009-9301 4009 IDNet NAC Extender (4009A); 240 VAC input see details on page 12 — —
4009-9401 TrueAlert Addressable Controller (4009T) use RUI, not with 4007ES — —
4009-9809 IDNet Repeater (mounts in 4009A or 4009T only) — —
4090-9001 Supervised IAM with LED w/T-sense w/T-sense w/T-sense no T-sense
4090-9002 Relay IAM —
4090-9005 Suppression Release Peripheral (SRP) no enclosure Not 4007ES, w/Rev. — —
4090-9006 SRP with Enclosure see details on page 12 3.01 — —
2 unit loads
4090-9007 IDNet Signal IAM; one address — 2 unit loads —
see details on page 12
4090-9008 Dual Contact Relay IAM see details on page 12 — —
4090-9010 8 A Relay IAM —
4090-9051 Supervised IAMs; encapsulated w/o LED w/T-sense w/T-sense w/T-sense no T-sense
4090-9101 Class B IDC ZAM
4090-9105 Class B IDNet Fiber Optic Transmitter — —
4090-9106 Class A IDC ZAM
4090-9107 Class A IDNet Fiber Optic Transmitter — —
4090-9116 IDNet Communications Isolator; see note next page * — —
4090-9117 Addressable Power Isolator — — —
4090-9118 Relay IAM with T-Sense Input — — —
4090-9119 Relay IAM with unsupervised input — — —
see details on page 12
4090-9120 6-Pt. Module, 4 T-Sense inputs, 2 relays — — —
4090-9121 Security Monitor IAM, 2 unit loads Not with 4007ES — — —
4098-9702 Duct Sensor for 4098-9701 Sensor Head 4-wire — — —
4098-9703 Duct Sensor for -9701 Sensor Head 2-wire (2120 CDT) — — —
4098-9704 In-Duct Sensor for 4098-9701 Sensor Head 4-wire — — —
4098-9705 In-Duct Sensor for -9701 Head 2-wire (2120 CDT) — — —
4098-9706 Duct Sensor for 4098-9701 Head 4-wire w/4” base — — —
4098-9707 Duct Sensor for -9701 Head 2-wire w/4” base (2120 CDT) — — —
4098-9708 In-Duct Sensor for 4098-9701 Head 4-wire w/4” base — — —
4098-9709 In-Duct Sensor for -9701 Head 2-wire w/4” base (2120 CDT) — — —

Continued next page

3 S4090-0011-2 11/2016
Device Communications Compatibility with Devices in Numerical Order; (Continued)
(This includes legacy MAPNET II devices not listed on page 1; refer to page 1 and product data sheets for additional information)
4007ES, 4010ES, 4100ES, 4010 4008 MAPNET
Model Description
& 4100U IDNet (see notes) IDNet IDNet II
Not with 4100U,
4098-9734 High Temperature Heat Sensor — — —
see details on page 12
4098-9750 In-Duct Sensor Housing without relay
4098-9751 In-Duct Sensor Housing with relay
Legacy Duct Housing for 4098-9714 without relay (2120
4098-9752
CDT)
4098-9753 Legacy Duct Housing for 4098-9714 with relay
4098-9710 QuickConnect sensor
Refer to compatibility — —
4098-9757 QuickConnect2 Sensor (uses 4098-9788 base) details on page 1
4098-9780 2-Wire Sensor Base w/supv. relay see details on page 12
4098-9781 Sensor Base 6-3/8” — — —
4098-9782 Sensor Base 6-3/8” w/sounder — — —
4098-9783 Sensor Base 6-3/8” w/remote relay driver — — —
4098-9784 Standard Sensor Base 4”
4098-9785 Sensor Base 4” w/conn. For remote alarm ind. Or relay
Sounder Base 6-3/8” w/conn. For remote alarm ind. Or
4098-9786
relay
Sensor Base 4” w/supv. remote relay & remote ind. Or
4098-9787
relay
4098-9789 &
Sensor Base; remote LED or unsupervised relay
4098-9775
4-Wire Sensor Base; remote LED or relay; and supv.
4098-9791
remote relay
4098-9792 &
Standard Sensor Base
4098-9776
4098-9793 &
Isolator Base; see 4100U/4100ES note below* —
4098-9777
4098-9794 Sounder Base
4098-9795 Two Address Sounder Base for 4098-9754
4098-9796 Two Address Standard Base for 4098-9754
4098-9770 & 4098-9797 CO Sensor Standard Base — — —
4098-9771 & 4098-9798 CO Sensor Sounder Base — — —
4098-9772 & 4098-9773 CO Sensor Base with 520Hz Sounder see details on page 12 — — —
4098-9019 & 4098-9020 Addressable Beam Detector 4007ES, 4010ES, & 4100ES
4099-9001 & 4099-9004 Addressable Station, Standard
4099-9002 & 4099-9005 Addressable Station, Breakglass
4099-9003 & 4099-9006 Addressable Station, Push
4099-9012 & 4099-9021 Addressable Releasing Station, Push not 4007ES —
4099-9020 & 4099-9015 NO-GRIP Single Action Addressable Station
4100ES & 4100U only,
4100-1274 Microphone Multiplex Module (internal IAM) — — —
see details on page 12
4190-9050 4-20 mA AMZ, revision 2.01 firmware; surface mount — —
2 unit loads 1 unit load
4190-9051 4-20 mA AMZ, revision 2.01 firmware; flush mount — —
4907-9001 LED Message Board — —
VLC-600 TrueAlarm LaserCOMPACT; emulates 4-20 mA AMZ — —
* NOTE: IDNet Isolators and Isolator Bases are not compatible with the 4100-3103 Quad Panel Mount Isolator.
1, 2, See page 8 for footnotes. Continued next page

4 S4090-0011-22 4/2018
4100ES/4010ES/4007ES/4100U Multi-Point Device Point Allocations (Continued)
4100ES/4010ES/4007ES/4100U Multi-Point Device Point Allocations
NOTE: Points and/or sub-points required to be mapped over the Network are designated as “Public” in the programmer.
4009 IDNet NAC Extender (4009A)
4007ES, 4010ES, 4100ES,
Model Description Point Type Public Points Usage2
& 4100U I/O Point Usage1
4009-9201 4009 IDNet NAC Extender, 120 VAC input up to 5; 1 per NAC, 1 for
4009A4 4: 1 per NAC
4009-9301 4009 IDNet NAC Extender, 240 VAC input trouble
Additional 4 circuit NAC, added to 4009-9201 up to 9;
4009-9807 4009A8 8: 1 per NAC
or 4009-9301 1 per NAC, 1 for trouble

Addressable I/O Devices

4007ES, 4010ES, 4100ES,
Model Description Point Type Public Points Usage2
& 4100U I/O Point Usage1
2; 1 for relay, up to 3; 1 for relay, 1 for input,
4090-9118 Relay IAM with T-Sense Input TRIAM
1 for input 1 for trouble
Relay IAM with feedback (unsupervised up to 3; 1 for relay, 1 for input, 1 for
4090-9119 FRIAM 1; 1 point per Relay IAM
input) trouble
6-Pt. Module, 4 T-Sense inputs, 2 6; 1 per relay, up to 7; 1 per relay, 1 per input,
4090-9120 MLPTIO
relays 1 per input 1 for trouble
TrueAlarm Sensor Bases with 4098-9754, Photo/Heat, TrueSense Multi-Sensor
Panel I/O Point Usage1
Model Description Point Type 4007ES, Public Points Usage2
4010ES, & 4100U
4100ES
4098-9792
& Standard Sensor Base, no outputs
4098-9776 2; up to 4;
COMBO 1 1 for smoke, 1 for smoke, 1 for heat,
4098-9789 1 for heat 1 for correlation, 1 for trouble
Sensor Base with remote LED or
&
unsupervised relay; on with alarm
4098-9775
2-Wire Sensor Supports remote up to 5;
4098-9780 2;
Base LED or relay; and 1 for smoke, 1 for heat,
RCOMBO 1 1 for smoke,
4-Wire Sensor supervised remote 1 for correlation,1 for trouble
4098-9791 1 for heat
Base relay 1 for relay

up to 5;
4098-9793 2;
1 for smoke, 1 for heat,
& Isolator Base ICOMBO 1 1 for smoke,
1 for correlation,1 for trouble,
4098-9777 1 for heat
1 for isolator
up to 5;
2;
1 for smoke, 1 for heat,
4098-9794 Sounder Base SCOMBO 1 1 for smoke,
1 for correlation,1 for trouble,
1 for heat
1 for sounder
1, 2, See page 8 for footnotes. Continued next page

5 S4090-0011-22 4/2018
TrueAlarm CO Sensor Standard Base 4098-9770 & 4098-9797 with Compatible Sensors
Panel I/O Point Usage1
Sensor 4007ES,
Description Point Type Public Points Usage2
Model 4010ES, & 4100U
4100ES
up to 6;
1 for trouble reporting,
1 for sounder (MSOUND)
1 for photo (MPHOTO),
4098-9714 2; 1 for CO gas (MCOGAS),
& Photoelectric Smoke Sensor MCOPS 1 1 for photo, 1 for CO fire (MACOFIRE),
4098-9774 1 for CO 1 to select multi-point correlation:
false alarm reduction
(MACOFALSE), or faster detection
(MACOFAST), or correlation off
(MAOFF)
up to 6;
1 for trouble reporting,
1 for photo (MPHOTO),
4098-9754 3; 1 for heat (MHEAT)
Multi-Sensor, Photoelectric and Heat 1 for photo, 1 for CO gas (MCOGAS),
& MCOPH 1
Sensing 1 for heat, 1 for CO fire (MACOFIRE),
4098-9779 1 for CO 1 to select multi-point correlation: false
alarm reduction (MACOFALSE), or
faster detection (MACOFAST), or
correlation off (MAOFF)
up to 5;
4098-9733 2; 1 for trouble reporting,
& 1 for sounder (MSOUND),
Heat Sensor MCOHS 1 1 for heat, 1 for heat (MHEAT),
4098-9778 1 for CO 1 for CO gas (MCOGAS),
1 for CO fire (MACOFIRE),
up to 4;
2; 1 for trouble reporting,
4098-9717 Ionization Smoke Sensor MCOI 1 1 for ion, 1 for ion (MION),
1 for CO 1 for CO gas (MCOGAS),
1 for CO fire (MACOFIRE)
1, 2, See page 8 for footnotes. Continued next page

6 S4090-0011-22 4/2018
4010ES/4100U/4100ES Multi-Point Device Point Allocations; (Continued)

TrueAlarm CO Sensor Sounder Base 4098-9771 & 4098-9798 with Compatible Sensors; Continued
Panel I/O Point Usage1
Sensor 4007ES,
Description Point Type I/O Point Usage2
Model 4010ES, & 4100U
4100ES
up to 6;
1 for trouble reporting,
1 for sounder (MSOUND)
1 for photo (MPHOTO),
4098-9714 2; 1 for CO gas (MCOGAS),
& Photoelectric Smoke Sensor MCOPS 1 1 for photo, 1 for CO fire (MACOFIRE),
4098-9774 1 for CO 1 to select multi-point correlation:
false alarm reduction
(MACOFALSE), or faster detection
(MACOFAST), or correlation off
(MAOFF)
up to 7;
1 for trouble reporting,
1 for sounder (MSOUND),
1 for photo (MPHOTO),
3; 1 for heat (MHEAT)
4098-9754
Multi-Sensor, Photoelectric and Heat 1 for photo, 1 for CO gas (MCOGAS),
& MCOPHS 1
Sensing 1 for heat, 1 for CO fire (MACOFIRE),
4098-9779
1 for CO 1 to select multi-point correlation:
false alarm reduction
(MACOFALSE), or faster detection
(MACOFAST), or correlation off
(MAOFF)
up to 5;
4098-9733 2; 1 for trouble reporting,
& 1 for sounder (MSOUND),
Heat Sensor MCOHS 1 1 for heat, 1 for heat (MHEAT),
4098-9778 1 for CO 1 for CO gas (MCOGAS),
1 for CO fire (MACOFIRE),
up to 5;
2; 1 for trouble reporting,
1 for sounder (MSOUND),
4098-9717 Ionization Smoke Sensor MCOIS 1 1 for ion, 1 for ion (MION),
1 for CO 1 for CO gas (MCOGAS),
1 for CO fire (MACOFIRE)
1, 2, See page 8 for footnotes. Continued next page

7 S4090-0011-22 4/2018
TrueAlarm CO Sensor Base with Sounder 4098-9772 & 4098-9773 with Compatible Sensors; Continued
Panel I/O Point Usage1
Sensor 4007ES,
Description Point Type I/O Point Usage2
Model 4010ES, & 4100U
4100ES
up to 6;
1 for trouble reporting,
1 for sounder (MSOUND)
1 for photo (MPHOTO),
4098-9714 2; 1 for CO gas (MCOGAS),
& Photoelectric Smoke Sensor MCOPS 1 1 for photo, 1 for CO fire (MACOFIRE),
4098-9774 1 for CO 1 to select multi-point correlation:
false alarm reduction
(MACOFALSE), or faster detection
(MACOFAST), or correlation off
(MAOFF)
up to 7;
1 for trouble reporting,
1 for sounder (MSOUND),
1 for photo (MPHOTO),
3; 1 for heat (MHEAT)
4098-9754
& Multi-Sensor, Photoelectric and Heat 1 for photo, 1 for CO gas (MCOGAS),
MCOPHS 1
Sensing 1 for heat, 1 for CO fire (MACOFIRE),
4098-9779 1 to select multi-point correlation:
1 for CO
false alarm reduction
(MACOFALSE), or faster detection
(MACOFAST), or correlation off
(MAOFF)
up to 5;
4098-9733 2; 1 for trouble reporting,
& 1 for sounder (MSOUND),
Heat Sensor MCOHS 1 1 for heat, 1 for heat (MHEAT),
4098-9778 1 for CO 1 for CO gas (MCOGAS),
1 for CO fire (MACOFIRE),
up to 5;
2; 1 for trouble reporting,
1 for sounder (MSOUND),
4098-9717 Ionization Smoke Sensor MCOIS 1 1 for ion, 1 for ion (MION),
1 for CO 1 for CO gas (MCOGAS),
1 for CO fire (MACOFIRE)
Footnotes:
1. 4100ES I/O Point Usage = 2500 max; 4100U I/O Point Usage = 2000 max.; 4010ES I/O Point Usage = 1000 max. Note that I/O point and
device capacity may be different. Consult your Simplex product supplier for application assistance. 4007ES Point Usage depends on
options selected, 100, 175, or 250, refer to 4007ES documentation for details.

2. 4100ES/4100U Public Points Usage = 2500 max per 4100ES/4100U to other nodes. 4007ES and 4010ES Public Points Usage; all 4007ES
and 4010ES points may be made public to other nodes.

8 S4090-0011-22 4/2018
MAPNET II Device Panel Compatibility ( = compatible)
with 4100-3102 4100, 4100+,
Model Description 4020 UT* 2120 CDT**
MAPNET II module & 4120
2099-9135 Addressable Station, double action push, no Simplex logo
2099-9761 Addressable Station, double action push
2099-9795 Addressable Station, single action
2099-9796 Addressable Station, double action breakglass
2099-9797 Addressable Station, single action, LOCAL
2190-9153 Monitor ZAM, Class A, IDC; surface mount
2190-9154 Monitor ZAM, Class A, IDC; flush mount
2190-9155 Monitor ZAM, Class B, IDC; surface mount
2190-9156 Monitor ZAM, Class B, IDC; flush mount
2190-9157 4-Wire Detector ZAM, Class B IDC; surface mount
compatible compatible
2190-9158 4-Wire Detector ZAM, Class B IDC; flush mount
2190-9159 Signal ZAM, Class A NAC; surface mount
2190-9160 Signal ZAM, Class A NAC; flush mount
2190-9161 Signal ZAM, Class B NAC; surface mount
2190-9162 Signal ZAM, Class B NAC; flush mount
2190-9163 Control Relay ZAM, DPDT Contacts; surface mount
2190-9164 Control Relay ZAM, DPDT Contacts; flush mount
2190-9172 IAM, includes 2190-9172A
2190-9173 2-Point I/O Module
4090-9008 Dual Relay IAM
yes, but
4090-9001 Supervised IAM with LED, without T-sense
without
compatible
latch/track
4090-9051 Supervised IAMs; encapsulated w/o LED, without T-sense
selection
4090-9101 Class B IDC ZAM
4090-9106 Class A IDC ZAM
4098-9702 Duct Sensor for 4098-9701 Sensor Head 4-wire
4098-9703 Duct Sensor for 4098-9701 Sensor Head 2-wire
4098-9704 In-Duct Sensor for 4098-9701 Sensor Head 4-wire
compatible compatible
4098-9705 In-Duct Sensor for -9701 Head 2-wire
4098-9706 Duct Sensor for 4098-9701 Head 4-wire w/4” base
4098-9707 Duct Sensor for 4098-9701 Head 2-wire w/4” base
4098-9708 In-Duct Sensor for 4098-9701 Head 4-wire w/4” base
4098-9709 In-Duct Sensor for -9701 Head 2-wire w/4” base
4098-9750 In-Duct Sensor Housing without relay compatible
4098-9751 In-Duct Sensor Housing with relay compatible —
4098-9754 Photo/Heat Multi-Sensor used with dual address bases compatible —
4098-9755 Duct Sensor Housing without relay compatible
4098-9756 Duct Sensor Housing with relay compatible —
4098-9780 2-Wire Sensor Base w/supv. relay compatible —
4098-9781 Sensor Base 6-3/8”
4098-9782 Sensor Base 6-3/8” w/sounder
4098-9783 Sensor Base 6-3/8” w/remote relay driver
4098-9784 Standard Sensor Base 4” compatible compatible
4098-9785 Sensor Base 4” w/conn. For remote alarm ind. Or relay
4098-9786 Sounder Base 6-3/8” w/conn. For remote alarm ind. Or relay
4098-9787 Sensor Base 4” w/supv. remote relay & remote ind. Or relay
4098-9789
& Sensor Base; remote LED or unsupervised relay compatible
4098-9775
4098-9791 4-Wire Sensor Base w/supv. relay compatible —
4098-9792
& Standard Sensor Base compatible
4098-9776
4098-9794 Sounder Base compatible —
4098-9795 Two Address Sounder Base for 4098-9754 compatible —
4098-9796 Two Address Standard Base for 4098-9754 compatible —
4099-9001 Addressable Station, Standard
4099-9002 Addressable Station, Breakglass compatible compatible
4099-9003 Addressable Station, Push
* UT = Universal Transponder, see data sheet S4100-0007.
** 2120 CDT = Communicating Device Transponder with MAPNET II and TrueAlarm software.

9 S4090-0011-22 4/2018
MAPNET II Device Panel Compatibility ( = compatible); Continued
With 4100-3102 4100, 4100+,
Model Description 4020 UT* 2120 CDT**
MAPNET II module & 4120
4190-9050 4-20 mA AMZ, revision 2.01 firmware; surf. Mount, 1 unit load revision 8 or — — —
4190-9051 4-20 mA AMZ, revision 2.01 firmware; flush mount, 1 unit load higher — — —
revision 8.01
VLC-600 TrueAlarm LaserCOMPACT; emulates 4-20 mA AMZ — — —
or higher
* UT = Universal Transponder, see data sheet S4100-0007.
** 2120 CDT = Communicating Device Transponder with MAPNET II and TrueAlarm software.

10 S4090-0011-22 4/2018
IDNet Communications
What does it mean?
IDNet is an acronym for Individual Device Network. The
IDNet design is the latest generation of addressable device
communications, improving upon the basic MAPNET II
communications protocol.
Where is it used?
IDNet communications are provided by Simplex® 4010,
4007ES, 4008, 4010ES, 4100ES, and 4100U Fire Alarm
Control Panels. In addition to IDNet/MAPNET II addressable
devices, IDNet communications adds new devices such as the
IDNet Isolator base, the 4009 IDNet NAC Extender, and the
Security IAM. 4007ES, 4010ES, 4100ES, and later versions
of 4100U software (revision 11 and higher) also
communicate with multi-point relays and the multi-sensor.
Different panels may provide different device compatibility.
What does it do?
The operation is similar to MAPNET II but there are
significant differences. The IDNet protocol and hardware
enhancements support up to 250 addressable devices on a
single wire pair and can support additional device types and
different operations. (The 4008 Fire Alarm Control Panel
provides up to 200 addressable device support, the 4007ES
is standard with 100 devices and optionally up to 250.)
How does it work?
Basic operation is similar to that of MAPNET II but with an
expanded capability that requires a different control panel to
decode the additional device types and operations available
with IDNet communications.
What is the difference between 4010 IDNet and
4007ES, 4010ES, 4100ES, and 4100U IDNet
operation?
The basic communications protocol of IDNet operation is
similar, just as RS-232 or RS-485 is similar. However, even
though the IDNet communications protocol is similar, not all
control panels can recognize all addressable devices. For
compatibility reasons, there is a distinction between 4008 and
4010, and 4007ES, 4010ES, 4100ES, and 4100U IDNet
operation.
What is the difference between 4010 IDNet and
4008 IDNet operation?
The 4008 Addressable panel provides a unique set of
features. It is for smaller applications and only two
photoelectric sensitivity levels are supported. However, it is
capable of controlling the 4090-9116 IDNet Communications
Isolator, and it is compatible with the 4090-9007 IDNet
Signal IAM.
What is IDNet 2 and IDNet 2+2 operation?
“IDNet 2” describes 4100ES and 4010ES panels that provide
a 250 point electrically isolated IDNet channel with a two
short circuit isolating output loop module that provides
improved noise immunity and allows IDNet circuits to use
existing unshielded and untwisted wiring in conduit with
other fire alarm circuits. The communications scheme is
standard IDNet format. IDNet 2 output is compatible with
QuickConnect and QuickConnect2 sensors, Isolator bases,
and IDNet Isolators.
“IDNet 2+2” describes 4100ES and 4010ES panels that
provide a 250 point isolated IDNet channel with a four short
circuit isolating output loop module. The communications
scheme is standard IDNet format and compatibility is the
same as IDNet 2 operation.
11
What is IDNet+ operation?
“IDNet+” describes an electrically isolated IDNet SLC
with a single output loop and with improved noise
immunity as provided by the 4007ES, and by 4010ES
panels without an IDNet 2 SLC.
IDNet+ was originally used to describe the isolated IDNet
SLC provided by the 4100-3107 module for 4100ES and
4100U panels. 4100-3107 provided 4 isolated output
loops with 246 addressable point capacity. This module is
not needed for 4100ES panels with IDNet 2 or IDNet 2+2
SLC modules.
What is IDNet 1+ operation?
“IDNet 1+” describes the original electrically isolated
IDNet SLC single loop output of the 4100ES with EPS.
(IDNet 1+ has been replaced by the IDNet 2 and
IDNet 2+2 modules.)
Please refer to specific control panel data sheets for
additional information.
MAPNET II Communications
What does it mean?
MAPNET is an acronym for Multi-Application Peripheral
NETwork. MAPNET II was introduced as an improved
version of MAPNET (I) in 1991. The improvements
included electrical design changes that impacted both the
transmit and receive circuits and provided better electrical
transient immunity and overall improved performance.
Where is it used?
Availability includes system models 4020/4100/4120 and
4100U/4100ES, and with 2120 Systems using the CDT
(Communicating Device Transponder). All MAPNET II
transceiver control modules communicate only with
MAPNET II compatible addressable devices. (However,
some addressable devices can automatically adapt to
communicate with either MAPNET II or IDNet
communication protocols.)
What does it do?
MAPNET II is an addressable communications protocol
that provides power and half-duplex communications over
a single pair of wires for up to 127 addressable devices.
(Half-duplex communications are bi-directional, but occur
in one direction at a time.) Information can include status
(normal, trouble, alarm, abnormal, etc.) and commands
such as turn on or off a relay, reset a ZAM, or activate a
sounder base. Additionally, TrueAlarm analog sensor
information is communicated via MAPNET II
communications (or IDNet communications).
How does it work?
The control panel sends out polling commands for status
monitoring or individual device commands. This occurs
by imposing voltage variations on a steady DC level.
When the polling stops, the DC level is held high and
each responding device answers per its unique address by
switching a resistor onto the DC circuit causing data to be
readable at the panel. The steady DC level provides power
for the MAPNET II communications receiver circuit and,
for some low power devices, such as basic smoke/heat
sensors and IAMs, can power the entire device – meaning
only a single wire pair is required.
S4090-0011-22 4/2018
 Software Compatibility Reference

Model Description Software Revision Requirements

4009-9201
4009 IDNet NAC Extender (4009A) Use with 4100U requires software revision 11 or higher
4009-9301
Suppression Release Peripheral (SRP) without
4090-9005 Requires 4010 Revision 3.01 software or higher; or 4100U
enclosure (uses 2975-9227
Revision 11.05 software or higher, or 4010ES/4100ES
4090-9006 SRP with Enclosure
4090-9007 IDNet Signal IAM Use with 4100U requires software revision 11.11.01 or higher
4090-9008 Dual Contact Relay IAM Use requires IDNet firmware revision 3.12.01 or higher
4090-9118 Relay IAM with T-Sense Input
4090-9119 Relay IAM with unsupervised input
4090-9120 6-Point Module, 4 T-Sense inputs, 2 relays Use with 4100U requires revision 11.0 software or higher
4098-9754,
Photo/Heat Multi-Sensor
4098-9779
4098-9019, Please refer to data sheet S4098-0049 for detailed
Addressable Beam Detector
4098-9020 compatibility information
4098-9797 CO Sensor Standard Base, 5 Year CO sensor life Use with 4100ES and 4100U at software revision 12.05 or
4098-9798 CO Sensor Sounder Base, 5 Year CO sensor life higher (models now superseded by 10 year life CO sensors)

4098-9780 2-Wire Sensor Base with Supervised Relay Use requires IDNet firmware revision 3.12.04 or higher

4098-9770 CO Sensor Standard Base, 10 Year CO sensor life

Use with 4007ES; and 4100ES or 4010ES at software
4098-9771 CO Sensor Sounder Base, 10 Year CO sensor life revision 2.01.02 or higher.
CO Sensor Base with 520 Hz Sounder, 10 Year CO Note: Use with 4100U only provides 5 year CO sensor life,
4098-9772 and requires 4100U software at revision 12.05 or higher
sensor life
CO Sensor Base with 520 Hz Sounder, 10 Year CO
4098-9773
sensor life
Use with 4100ES and 4100U at software revision 12.06 or
4100-1274 Microphone Multiplex Module (with internal IAM) higher
Use with 4100U at software revision 12.05.04 or higher and
4907-9001 LED Message Board IDNet/SPS at revision 3.11.03 or higher
Use with 4007ES, 4010ES or 4100ES software revision
3.03.05 or higher and IDNet2 or IDNet2+2 at software
revision 1.02 or higher.
4098-9734 High Temperature Heat Sensor Use with the following IDNet modules revision 3.12.12 or
higher: 250-point IDNet, SPS, IDNet+, IDNet1+, 4010ES
MSS.
Not compatible with 4100U.

SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited.

Westminster, MA • 01441-0001 • USA S4090-0011-22 4/2018

www.simplex-fire.com
© 2017 Johnson Controls. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice.
 Multi-Application Peripherals
UL Listed; FM, CSFM, Audible Notification Appliances (Horns)
and MEA (NYC) Approved* 4901-9822 Electronic Horn

Features

Low current, 24 VDC electronic design

Diode polarized input for connection to reverse

polarity, supervised Notification Appliance
Circuit

Red housing with white “FIRE” lettering

Convenient semi-flush or surface wall mounting:

 Mounts to standard 4-inch square outlet box
 In/out wiring terminals for 18 to 12 AWG
 Surface mounting requires adapter plate 4905-9909
High impact, flame retardant PC/ABS
thermoplastic
4901-9822 Electronic Horn
Compatible with Simplex modular audible/visible
adapter plates
 Models 4905-9921 and 4905-9925
UL listed to Standard 464 Specifications

Rated Voltage Range** 16 VDC to 33 VDC

Current 25 mA
18 AWG to 12 AWG
Description Wire Size
(0.82 mm2 to 3.31 mm2)
Sound Output @ 10 ft (3m)
The Simplex 4901-9822 electronic horn is an audible per UL 464 Reverberant
80 dBA @ 16 VDC
notification appliance that provides a loud and penetrating 85 dBA @ 33 VDC
Chamber Test
output. Horn output is a steady, harmonically rich sound
2400 to 3700 Hz sweep,
that can be easily coded by the controlling notification Frequency Output
modulated at 120 Hz rate
appliance circuit (NAC).
Operating Temperature
32 F to 120 F (0 C to 49 C)
This horn will mount semi-flush on a standard 4” square Range
(102 mm) electrical box and has wiring terminals capable 10% to 95%, Non-condensing
of accepting up to 12 AWG wire. Optional accessories are Humidity Range
@ 86° F ( 30° C)
available to increase mounting and application flexibility 4-3/4” H x 4-3/4” W x 1-3/16” D
(refer to page 2 for details). Housing Dimensions
(121 mm x 121 mm x 30 mm)
Total Depth 1-13/16” (46 mm)
Extension into Box 5/8” (16 mm)

** The rated voltage range listed is the absolute operating range.

Operation outside of this range may cause permanent damage.
Please note that 16 VDC is the lowest operating voltage that is
* This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to allowed at the last appliance on the notification appliance circuit
Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing under worst case conditions. NAC voltage drops and standby
7135-0026:236 for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in battery calculations should be made using anticipated operating
this document. It is subject to re-examination, revision, and possible cancellation. conditions.
Accepted for use – City of New York Department of Buildings – MEA35-93E. This
product was not ULC listed as of document revision date. Additional listings may be
applicable; contact your local Simplex product supplier for the latest status. Listings and
approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co. are the property of Tyco Safety Products
Westminster.

S4901-0009-2 4/2005
Product and Accessories

Model Description
4901-9822 Electronic Horn, red housing with white “FIRE” lettering

Accessories
Model Description
Surface Mount Adapter Plate, zinc plated; 4-7/8” square (124 mm), required for mounting
4905-9909
to surface mount 4” (102 mm) square box
4905-9921 Modular Adapters for combining audible and visible notification appliances onto a common
4905-9925 mounting plate (refer to Simplex data sheet S4903-0007)

Mounting Information

Wiremold R5752, 2 gang box,

4" Square, 1-1/2" deep box,
4-11/16" square,1-3/8" deep, by
(RACO 190 or equal), by others
others, no adapter plate required

F F F
I I I
R R R
E E E

4905-9909 Adapter Plate (required

Semi-Flush Mount for surface mount to 4" square box)

Surface Mount

Tyco, Simplex, and the Simplex logo are trademarks of Tyco International Services AG or its affiliates in the U.S. and/or other countries.

Tyco Safety Products Westminster • Westminster, MA • 01441-0001 • USA S4901-0009-2 4/2005

www.tycosafetyproducts-usa-wm.com
© 2005 Tyco Safety Products Westminster. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice.

UL, ULC, CSFM Listed; FM Approved;
MEA (NYC) Acceptance*
Features
Low current, 24 VDC electronic horn provides:
 Harmonically rich sound output suitable for either
steady or pulsed operation
 Diode polarized input for connection to reverse polarity,
supervised NACs
 Rugged, high impact, flame retardant red thermoplastic
housing with white “FIRE” lettering (white cover is
available separately)
Switch selectable horn operation modes:
 Free-Run mode tracks the output of a conventional fire
alarm control panel notification appliance circuit (NAC)
 SmartSync two-wire control mode accepts horn control
commands from compatible control panels (see list on
page 2)
Free-Run Mode operation provides:
 Horn activated when NAC is in alarm; suitable for
Temporal pattern, March Time patterns, or Coded
patterns as determined by control panel operation
SmartSync two-wire control of audible and
visible notification appliance provides:
 SmartSync control of horn tone as Temporal Pattern,
March Time pattern (at 60 BPM), or on continuously;
controlled separately from visible appliances on the same
circuit
 Visible appliances on the same circuit operate at a
synchronized 1 Hz flash rate
 Operation that allows “on-until-silenced” and
“on-until-reset” on the same two-wire pair
TrueAlert notification appliance design provides
flexible, easy, and convenient semi-flush or
surface wall mounting:
 Easily mounts to single gang, double gang, or 4-inch
square electrical box
 In/out wiring terminals, 18 AWG to 12 AWG
 Rear of housing does not extend into box
Optional Accessories:
 Mounting adapters to cover surface mounted electrical
boxes and to adapt to Simplex® 2975-9145 boxes
 UL listed wire guard 4905-9961*
 UL/ULC listed sound damper for locations requiring
attenuation of 5 to 6 dBA (stairwells, small rooms,
highly reverberant areas, etc.)
 White cover with red “FIRE” lettering for on-site color
conversion (ordered separately)
Listing Reference:
 UL listed to Standard 464
 ULC listed to Standard S525
TrueAlert Notification Appliances
4901-9820 Electronic Horn, Free-Run
or SmartSync Operation, Non-Addressable
4901-9820 TrueAlert Non-Addressable Horn,
Red Cover with White Lettering
Description
TrueAlert non-addressable horn model 4901-9820
is an audible notification appliance with a loud and
penetrating, harmonically rich sound that can be controlled
either directly from a standard NAC (free-run operation
mode) or by the SmartSync two-wire operation mode.
Standard (free-run) operation mode. In the free-run
mode, a positive voltage from the controlling NAC will
activate the horn according to the desired output of
continuous or coded output per the controlling NAC’s
capabilities.
SmartSync mode. When selected for SmartSync mode
and used with compatible Simplex control (refer to list on
page 2), this horn can be wired onto the same two-wire
NAC circuit as visible appliances but with separately
controlled operation. Typical applications are audible
notification activated as “on-until-silenced” and visible
notification appliances activated “on-until-reset.” In
addition, visible appliances (strobes) on the same circuit
are activated with synchronized flashes.
SmartSync control two-wire advantage. Allowing
these separate controls to be carried on the same two-wire
NAC circuit can significantly reduce installation time and
expense for both retrofit and new construction.
Flexible mounting. This horn can be semi-flush or
surface mounted on a standard single gang, double gang,
or 4” square (102 mm) electrical box. Optional
accessories are available to increase mounting and
application flexibility.
* Refer to page2 for guard listing. This product has been approved by the California State
Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety
Code. See CSFM Listing 7135-0026:238 for allowable values and/or conditions
concerning material presented in this document. Accepted for use – City of New York
Department of Buildings – MEA35-93E. Additional listings may be applicable; contact
your local Simplex product supplier for the latest status. Listings and approvals under
Simplex Time Recorder Co. are the property of Tyco Fire Protection Products.
S4901-0010-9 11/2014
SmartSync Two-Wire Control
SmartSync operation mode allows a two-wire circuit to
provide the ability to activate both the horn and strobe on
the same NAC and then allow the horn to be silenced
while the strobe remains flashing. The horn operates as
“on-until-silenced” while the strobe operation is
“on-until-reset.”
SmartSync Control Sources
SmartSync two-wire control is available from:
 4006, 4007ES Hybrid, 4008, 4010, 4010ES, and 4100U
Fire Alarm Control Panels (refer to individual product
data sheets for more information)
 4009 IDNet NAC Extenders (refer to data sheet
S4009-0002)
 SmartSync Control Module (SCM) Model 4905-9938
(refer to data sheet S4905-0003)

Product Selection

Model Description Dimensions

TrueAlert non-addressable electronic horn, red with white “FIRE” 5-1/8” H x 5” W x 1-1/2” D
4901-9820
lettering (130 mm x 127 mm x 38 mm)
Optional Sound Damper; package of 20; field installed adhesive
backed horn output attenuator; reduces output 5 to 6 dBA 1-3/4” Diameter (44.5 mm)
4905-9838
NOTE: After Sound Damper installation, measure sound level to with 0.31” (8 mm) sound opening
ensure compliance with applicable code requirements

Adapters
Model Description Dimensions
4905-9937 Surface mount red adapter skirt 5-3/8” H x 5-1/4” W x 1-5/8” D
Use to cover 1-1/2” deep
(136 mm x 133 mm x 41 mm)
4905-9940 Surface mount white adapter skirt surface mounted boxes
Total depth with horn = 3-1/8” (79 mm)
Adapter Plate, red, for mounting to Simplex 2975-9145 box 8-5/16” x 5-3/4” x 0.060” Thick
4905-9931
(typically for retrofit, may be mounted vertical or horizontal) (211 mm x 146 mm x 1.5 mm)
7-7/8" x 5-1/8" x 2-3/4" D
2975-9145 Red mounting box, requires Adapter Plate 4905-9931
(200 mm x 130 mm x 70 mm)

Synchronization Control Module

Model Description Dimensions
SmartSync Control Module, Class A or Class B, installs in 4” 4” x 4-1/8” x 1-1/4” D
4905-9938
square box; refer to data sheet S4905-0003 for details (102 mm x 105 mm x 32 mm)

Covers and Guard

Model Description Dimensions
Red horn cover with white “FIRE” lettering, available for
4905-9988
replacement if required 5-1/8” H x 5” W x 1-1/2” D
White horn cover with red “FIRE” lettering, use to convert cover (130 mm x 127 mm x 38 mm)
4905-9989
color on-site
Wire guard with mounting plate, red, compatible with semi-flush or 6-1/16” H x 6-1/16” W x 3-1/8” D
4905-9961*
surface mounted boxes (154 mm x 154 mm x 79 mm)

* UL listed by Space Age Electronics Inc.

2 S4901-0010-9 11/2014
4901-9820 TrueAlert Non-Addressable Horn Specifications

Rated Voltage Range 16 VDC to 33 VDC, see Note 1

16 VDC 24 VDC 33 VDC
Current Ratings
21 mA 23 mA 27 ma
Sound Output Characteristics 2400 to 3700 Hz sweep, modulated at 120 Hz rate
16 VDC 24 VDC 33 VDC
Sound Output
Ratings Sound Type (Note 2) Steady Coded Steady Coded Steady Coded
@ 10 ft (3 m) UL 464 Reverberant Chamber 86 dBA 83 dBA 89 dBA 85 dBA 92 dBA 88 dBA
(see Note 2)
Anechoic Chamber 93 dBA 89 dBA 96 dBA 92 dBA 96.3 dBA 92.3 dBA
General Specifications
Temperature Range 32° to 122° F (0° to 50° C)
Humidity Range 10% to 93%, non-condensing @ 100° F (38° C)
Terminal blocks for 18 AWG to 12 AWG (0.82 mm2 to 3.31 mm2); two
Connections
wires per terminal for in/out wiring
NOTES:
1. The rated voltage range listed is the absolute operating range. Operation outside of this range may cause permanent
damage. Please note that 16 VDC is the lowest operating voltage that is allowed at the last appliance on the notification
appliance circuit under worst case conditions. NAC voltage drops and standby battery calculations should be made
using anticipated operating conditions.
2. Coded values are typical of the output measured with a Temporal pattern or a March Time pattern pulse and with a
sound level meter reading on a “fast” setting. Under the same test conditions, coded horn output “peak” sound level
readings are typically 4 dBA higher. Anechoic horn output ratings are typically more representative of actual installed
sound output.

Installation Reference
Surface or Semi-Flush Horn Mounting
Mounting is compatible with
single gang, double gang, and
4" (102 mm) square boxes, Side View of Horn with Surface
1-1/2" (38 mm) deep, by others
Mount Adapter Skirt

Mounting Holes:
(Surface mount conduit and
box shown for reference)
Single gang (2)
4" square box profile,
Double gang (4)
1-1/2" (38 mm) deep
4" square (4)

Optional 4905-9838
Sound Damper, field 4905-9961
attached to attenuate Wire Guard
sound 5 to 6 dBA

NAC - NAC + Input wiring test points are

available with cover removed 4901-9820 Horn
(wiring terminals are
accessible from rear )

Selector switch for free-run

or SmartSync operation mode

Surface mount adapter skirt:

4905-9937, Red; 4905-9940, White
Removable cover
(tool required) (conduit knockouts on all four sides)

3 S4901-0010-9 11/2014
 Polar Sound Output per ULC Standard S525

96

Sound Pressure Level (dB) at 10 ft (3 m)

95

94

93

92

91

90

89

88

87

86

85

90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
Angular Displacement (Degrees) on Horizontal Axis

4905-9931 Adapter Plate Installation Information

4905-9931 Adapter Plate

2975-9145 Box

4905-9931 Adapter Plate

4901-9820 Horn

4905-9961 Optional Wire Guard

(shown here for reference only, can be used on other mounting options)

TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited.

Tyco Fire Protection Products • Westminster, MA • 01441-0001 • USA S4901-0010-9 11/2014

www.simplex-fire.com
© 2014 Tyco Fire Protection Products. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice.
 Notification Appliances
UL, ULC, CSFM Listed; SmartSync 2-Wire Operation,
FM Approved* Non-Addressable Mini-Horns

Features
Low current, 24 VDC electronic mini-horn provides:
 Operation with Simplex® SmartSync 2-wire horn/strobe
control
 Small profile horn packaged in a rugged, high impact,
flame retardant thermoplastic housing, available in red
or white
 Snap-on cover presents a clean and neat appearance
(removal requires a tool)
 Convenient mounting to a single gang electrical box,
flush or surface mounted
SmartSync two-wire control of audible and
visible notification appliance provides:
 Control of mini-horn tone as Temporal Pattern, March
Time pattern (DIP Switch selectable for 60 BPM or
20 BPM), or on continuously; controlled separately from
visible appliances on the same circuit Red Mini-Horn, Front and Side View
 Visible appliances on the same SmartSync circuit
operate at a synchronized 1 Hz flash rate Product Selection
 Operation that allows “on-until-silenced” and Model Description
“on-until-reset” on the same two-wire pair
4901-9858 Red Mini-Horn
Listing reference:
4901-9859 White Mini-Horn
 UL listed to Standard 464
 ULC listed to Standard S525
Specifications
Description Rated Voltage Range 16 VDC to 33 VDC
Mini-horns provide a loud and penetrating notification Current Rating 19 mA maximum
sound controlled by SmartSync two-wire operation. The Dimensions
4-1/2” H x 2-3/4” W x 1-1/4” D
compact package allows mounting in a variety of (114 mm x 69 mm x 32 mm)
convenient locations. An output level switch allows Temperature Range 32° to 122° F (0° to 50° C)
selection of low or high sound output as required for the Humidity Range
10% to 93%, non-condensing
location (see specifications for details). @ 100° F (38° C)
Terminal blocks for 18 AWG to
SmartSync operation mode allows a two-wire circuit Connections 12 AWG (0.82 mm2 to 3.31 mm2); two
to activate both the horn and strobe on the same NAC wires per terminal for in/out wiring
(notification appliance circuit) and then allows the horn to
Sound Output Ratings
be silenced while the strobe remains flashing. The horn
operates as “on-until-silenced” while the strobe operation Output Level Selection
is “on-until-reset.” Sound Level Test High Low**
SmartSync two-wire control is available from: Reverberant Chamber Test,
79 dBA 68 dBA**
per UL 464 @ 10 ft (~3 m)
 4006, 4007ES Hybrid, 4008, 4010, 4010ES, 4100ES,
Anechoic Chamber Test,
and 4100U Fire Alarm Control Panels (refer to 93 dBA 82 dBA**
per ULC S525 @ 3 m (~10 ft)
individual product data sheets for more information)
Polar Dispersion Reference -3 dBA at ± 40° off-axis
 4009 IDNet NAC Extenders (refer to data sheet per ULC S525 -6 dBA at ± 85° off-axis
S4009-0002)
 SmartSync Control Module (SCM) Model 4905-9938 ** UL output ratings below 75 dBA are for NFPA 72 Private
Mode applications. ULC output ratings below 85 dBA are for
(refer to data sheet S4905-0003) use in applications per applicable local codes.
Canadian two-stage alarm applications. A second
switch position allows the SmartSync March Time pattern * This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to
input to be selected as either 60 BPM or 20 BPM. 20 BPM Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing
7135-0026:334 for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in
is typically required for Canadian two-stage alarm this document. Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local Simplex product
applications as the pre-signal, followed by the Temporal supplier for the latest status. Listings and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co.
Pattern. Two-stage alarm operation requires a 4007ES, are the property of Tyco Fire Protection Products.

4010, 4010ES, 4100ES, or 4100U as the control panel.

S4901-0013-2 11/2014
 Installation Reference

For additional information, refer to Installation Instructions 579-870.

Output Settings DIP Switch (located behind cover):

Switch
ON OFF
Position
Switch 1 High Output Low Output
March Time Pattern March Time Pattern
Switch 2
= 60 BPM = 20 BPM*
* 20 BPM (beats per minute) is typically used for Canadian
applications.

Mount into single gang

1-1/4"
2-3/4" (69 mm) box, 1-1/2" (38 mm)
(32 mm)
minimum depth

13/16"
(21 mm)

4-1/2"
(114 mm) 2-5/8"
(67 mm)

1-3/4" (44 mm) Stripped wires are

Note: Use top, bottom,
inserted in slots at
or rear of box for wiring
rear of housing and
Cover is removable (tool required) for access entrance; side entrance
then into terminals
to mounting screws and DIP Switch selections is not available
for operation mode and sound level

Insert screwdriver at bottom of

housing to tighten terminal screws

TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited.

Tyco Fire Protection Products • Westminster, MA • 01441-0001 • USA S4901-0013-2 11/2014

www.simplex-fire.com
© 2014 Tyco Fire Protection Products. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice.
 TrueAlert Notification Appliances
UL, ULC, CSFM Listed; SmartSync 2-Wire Operation,
FM Approved* Non-Addressable Multi-Tone Horns

Features
Low current, 24 VDC Simplex® SmartSync
operation electronic multi-tone horns provide:
 Per appliance tone selection of: Horn, Bell, 500 Hz
Horn, Canadian Horn, Slow Whoop, Siren, or Hi/Lo;
selected using an on-board DIP Switch
 (Note: 500Hz horn tone is not compliant with NFPA 72
Low Frequency Signal Requirements for Sleeping Areas)
 Output level selectable as standard or high
 Rugged, high impact, flame retardant thermoplastic
housings, available in red with white “FIRE” lettering or
white with red “FIRE” lettering
 Diode polarized input for connection to reverse polarity,
supervised SmartSync control Notification Appliance
Circuits (NACs)
SmartSync two-wire control of audible and visible
notification appliance provides:
 Control of horn and bell tones as Temporal Pattern,
March Time pattern, or on continuously; controlled TrueAlert Multi-Tone Horns are Available as White with
separately from visible appliances on the same circuit Red Lettering or Red with White Lettering
 Slow Whoop, Siren, and Hi/Lo tone selections sound
their tones continuously, synchronized to each other, Description
when receiving SmartSync continuous commands
TrueAlert non-addressable multi-tone horns
 SmartSync March Time pattern produces a 60 BPM
provide a flexible selection of output tones for fire alarm
output for the Horn, 500 Hz Horn, and the Bell tone;
audible notification. Tone selection and output level is set
Canadian Horn produces a 20 BPM output from the
per appliance, allowing notification needs to be tailored to
SmartSync March Time pattern command
specific area requirements. (Refer to tone output details
 Visible appliances on the same circuit operate at a on page 3.)
synchronized 1 Hz flash rate
Local Tone Selection. DIP Switch selection
 Refer to page 2 for SmartSync control list and additional
determines the local tone choice. A separate DIP Switch
operation information
position allows selection of a standard or a high output
TrueAlert notification appliance design provides sound level, selectable appropriate to the location. (See
flexible, easy, and convenient semi-flush or page 3 for sound output ratings.)
surface wall mounting:
 Easily mounts to single gang, double gang, or 4-inch Canadian two-stage alarm applications. The
square electrical box Canadian Horn setting allows the SmartSync March Time
pattern input to be produced as 20 BPM. 20 BPM is
 In/out wiring terminals, 18 AWG to 12 AWG typically required for Canadian two-stage alarm
 Rear of housing does not extend into box applications as the pre-signal, followed by the Temporal
Optional Accessories: Pattern. Two-stage alarm operation requires a 4010,
 Mounting adapters to cover surface mounted electrical 4010ES, or 4100ES/4100U as the control panel.
boxes and to adapt to Simplex 2975-9145 boxes Flexible mounting. Multi-tone horns can be semi-flush
 UL listed wire guard or surface mounted on a standard single gang, double
 UL/ULC listed sound damper for locations requiring gang, or 4” square (102 mm) electrical box. Optional
attenuation of 5 to 6 dBA (stairwells, small rooms, accessories are available to increase mounting and
highly reverberant areas, etc.) application flexibility.
 Covers are available separately to change color or for
replacement * Refer to page 2 for guard listing. This product has been approved by the California State
Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety
Listing reference: Code. See CSFM Listing 7135-0026:334 for allowable values and/or conditions
concerning material presented in this document. Additional listings may be applicable;
 UL listed to Standard 464 contact your local Simplex product supplier for the latest status. Listings and approvals
under Simplex Time Recorder Co. are the property of Tyco Fire Protection Products.
 ULC listed to Standard S525

S4901-0014-3 11/2014
SmartSync Two-Wire Control
SmartSync operation mode allows a two-wire circuit to
provide the ability to activate both the horn and strobe on
the same NAC and then allow the horn to be silenced
while the strobe remains flashing. The horn operates as
“on-until-silenced” while the strobe operation is
“on-until-reset.”
SmartSync Control Sources
SmartSync two-wire control is available from:
 4006, 4007ES Hybrid, 4008, 4010, 4010ES, 4100ES,
and 4100U Fire Alarm Control Panels (refer to
individual product data sheets for more information)
 4009 IDNet NAC Extenders (refer to data sheet
S4009-0002)
 SmartSync Control Module (SCM) Model 4905-9938
(refer to data sheet S4905-0003)

Product Selection

FIRE
Model Cover Description Dimensions
Lettering
4901-9856 Red White 5 ⅛” H x 5” W x 1 ½” D
TrueAlert non-addressable multi-tone horn
4901-9857 White Red (130 mm x 127 mm x 38 mm)

Sound Damper and Adapters

Model Description Dimensions
Optional Sound Damper; package of 20; field installed adhesive
backed horn output attenuator; reduces output 5 to 6 dBA 1 ¾” Diameter (44.5 mm)
4905-9838
NOTE: After Sound Damper installation, measure sound level to with 0.31” (8 mm) sound opening
ensure compliance with applicable code requirements

4905-9937 Surface mount red adapter skirt 5 ⅜” H x 5 ¼” W x 1 ⅝” D

Use to cover 1-1/2” deep
(136 mm x 133 mm x 41 mm)
4905-9940 Surface mount white adapter skirt surface mounted boxes
Total depth with horn = 3 ⅛” (79 mm)
Adapter Plate, red, for mounting to Simplex 2975-9145 box 8 5⁄16” x 5 ¾” x 0.060” Thick
4905-9931
(typically for retrofit, may be mounted vertical or horizontal) (211 mm x 146 mm x 1.5 mm)
7 ⅞" x 5 ⅛" x 2 ¾" D
2975-9145 Red mounting box, requires Adapter Plate 4905-9931
(200 mm x 130 mm x 70 mm)
Synchronization Control Module
Model Description Dimensions
SmartSync Control Module, Class A or Class B, installs in 4” 4” x 4 ⅛” x 1 ¼” D
4905-9938
square box (102 mm x 105 mm x 32 mm)

Covers and Guard

Model Description Dimensions
4905-9988 Red horn cover with white “FIRE” lettering 5 ⅛” H x 5” W x 1 ½” D
4905-9989 White horn cover with red “FIRE” lettering (130 mm x 127 mm x 38 mm)

Red wire guard with mounting plate, compatible with semi-flush 6 1⁄16” H x 6 1⁄16” W x 3 ⅛” D
4905-9961* (154 mm x 154 mm x 79 mm)
or surface mounted boxes

* UL listed by Space Age Electronics Inc.

2 S4901-0014-3 11/2014
Multi-Tone Horn Specifications

Rated Voltage Range 16 VDC to 33 VDC

Rated Current 35 mA
Temperature Range 32° to 122° F (0° to 50° C)
Humidity Range 10% to 93%, non-condensing @ 100° F (38° C)
Terminal blocks for 18 AWG to 12 AWG (0.82 mm2 to 3.31 mm2); two wires per
Connections
terminal for in/out wiring
Multi-Tone Horn Sound Output Characteristics (see notes as indicated)
Sound Output Ratings per UL 464 Sound Output Ratings per ULC S525
Reverberant Chamber test @ 10 ft (~3 m) Anechoic Chamber test @ 3 m (~10 ft)
Tone Description Standard Output High Output Standard Output High Output
Horn1 or 2400 to 3700 Hz sweep,
77 dBA 86 dBA 92 dBA 102 dBA
Canadian Horn1 modulated at 120 Hz rate
1560 Hz modulated at
Bell1 73 dBA* 87 dBA 84 dBA** 99 dBA
7 ms intervals
500 Hz Horn1 500 Hz tone 77 dBA 86 dBA 84 dBA** 99 dBA
500 Hz to 1200 Hz
Slow Whoop2 73 dBA* 83 dBA 90 dBA 103 dBA
sweep
600 Hz to 1200 Hz, 1 sec
Siren2 67 dBA* 79 dBA 87 dBA 100 dBA
on then repeat
Alternating tones of
High/Low2 1000 Hz and 800 Hz, 77 dBA 86 dBA 91 dBA 102 dBA
250 ms duration
-3 dBA at +/-30° off-axis
Sound Dispersion per ULC S525 testing
-6 dBA at +/- 50° off-axis

* UL output ratings below 75 dBA are for NFPA 72 Private Mode applications.
** ULC output ratings below 85 dBA are for use in applications per applicable local codes.
Notes:
1. Horn, Canadian Horn, Bell, and 500 Hz Horn are controlled by SmartSync commands to produce Temporal Pattern, March
Time Pattern, or Continuous. (Note: The 500Hz tone is not compliant with NFPA 72 Low Frequency Signal Requirements for
Sleeping Areas)
a. Horn, 500 Hz Horn, and Bell provide a 60 BPM March Time Pattern when receiving the SmartSync March Time command.
b. Canadian Horn mode (CA Horn) provides a 20 BPM March Time Pattern when receiving the SmartSync March Time
command, typically used for Canadian two-stage alarm applications.
2. Slow Whoop, Siren, and High/Low tones are for use with SmartSync Continuous commands. As with the horn and bell tones,
they are synchronized to the controlling SmartSync timing commands, allowing synchronization across multiple NACs.

4905-9931 Adapter Plate Installation Information

4905-9931 Adapter Plate
2975-9145 Box

4905-9931 Adapter Plate

Multi-Tone Horn

4905-9961 Optional Wire Guard

(shown here for reference only, can be used on other mounting options)

3 S4901-0014-3 11/2014
 Installation Reference

For additional information, refer to Installation Instructions 579-869.

Surface or Semi-Flush Multi-Tone Horn Mounting

Side View of Multi-Tone Horn
with Surface Mount Adapter

TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm and
Signaling Code are registered trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).

Tyco Fire Protection Products • Westminster, MA • 01441-0001 • USA S4901-0014-3 11/2014

www.simplex-fire.com
© 2014 Tyco Fire Protection Products. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice.
 Multi-Application Peripherals
UL, ULC, CSFM Listed; FM Approved; Audible Notification Appliances
MEA (NYC) Acceptance* Speakers, 25 or 70.7 VRMS, Wall or Ceiling Mount

Features
Fire alarm speakers with models for ceiling or
wall mount:
 Four inch cone (102 mm) provides high quality tone and
voice reproduction
 Multi-tapped design provides output power of ¼, ½, 1,
or 2 W with either 25 or 70.7 VRMS input
 In/out wiring terminals for 18 AWG to 12 AWG
 Mounts to 4” square outlet box, 1 ½” deep with 1 ½”
deep box extension
 Capacitor input for connection to supervised notification
appliance circuits
 Rugged, high impact, flame retardant thermoplastic
housings Rectangular Wall Mount Speakers are Available
 UL listed to Standard 1480 as Red with White “Fire” Lettering and
 ULC listed to Standard S541, refer to page 4 for White with Red “Fire” Lettering
required minimum wattage tap per housing type
 Compliant with NFPA 72, 520 Hz Low Frequency
Signal Requirements for Sleeping Areas
Rectangular housing models feature:
 Appearance that complements TrueAlert strobes and
speaker/strobes
 Red or white housings with “FIRE” lettering for surface
or semi-flush wall mount
 Optional matching adapter skirts for covering surface
mounted electrical boxes*
 Optional red wire guard Round Speakers are Available in Off-White (no lettering)
Round housing models feature:
 Off-white color (no lettering) for flush mount on ceiling Specifications
or wall
Dimensions, Rectangular Wall Mount Housings
 Compatible with optional tile bridge 2905-9946
5 ⅛” H x 5” W x 1 ½” D
Housing Dimensions
Introduction (130 mm x 127 mm x 38 mm)
Depth into Box 2 ¾” (70 mm)
Simplex® 4902 Series speakers provide high quality sound
for emergency fire alarm use as well as for background Dimensions, Round Housings
music. The moisture-repellent speaker is designed for 7 ½” Diameter, ½” D
Housing Dimensions
smooth frequency response with minimal distortion. (191 mm x 13 mm)
Depth into Box 2 ¾” (70 mm)
The multi-tapped speaker transformer accommodates
either 25 or 70.7 VRMS and provides an output of from ¼ General Specifications
to 2 W to provide flexibility for satisfying the Input Voltage 25 or 70.7 VRMS
requirements of the installed conditions. Power Taps ¼, ½, 1, and 2 W
18 to 12 AWG
Rectangular housing models are for surface or semi-flush Input Terminal Ratings
(0.82 mm2 to 3.31 mm2 )
wall mount applications. Round housing models are
Fire Alarm 400 to 4000 Hz
typically for ceiling applications but can be wall mounted Frequency
if desired. The rectangular housing speakers are designed Response General
125 to 12 kHz
to compliment the TrueAlert family of strobes and Signaling
speaker/strobes, providing conventional, non-addressable Sound Output See information on page 4
speaker operation. Temperature Range 32 to 100 F (0 to 38 C)
* Refer to page 2 for guard and adapter skirt listing. This product has been approved by the 10% to 95% RH from 32 to
California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the California Health
Humidity Range
122 F (0 to 50 C)
and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing 7320-0026:242 for allowable values and/or conditions
concerning material presented in this document. Additional listings may be applicable;
contact your local Simplex product supplier for the latest status. Listings and approvals
under Simplex Time Recorder Co. are the property of Tyco Fire Protection Products.
S4902-0003-7 5/2014
Product Selection
Speakers
Model* Description Dimensions
4902-9716 (CA) Rectangular housing, wall mount Red with white “FIRE” lettering 5 ⅛” H x 5” W x 1 ½” D
4902-9717 (CA) speaker White with red “FIRE” lettering (130 mm x 127 mm x 38 mm)

Round housing speaker, ceiling or wall 7 ½” Diameter x ½” D

4902-9721 (CA) Off-white (no lettering)
mount (191 mm x 13 mm)
* ULC listed model are designated with a CA suffix (4902-9716CA). Refer to Installation Instructions 574-765 for non-suffix model
numbers and to Installation Instructions 579-324 for CA suffix model numbers.

Mounting Adapters
Model Description Dimensions

4905-9941 Red Use to cover surface mounted 5 ⅜” H x 5 ¼” W x 3 3⁄16” D

Surface mount adapter skirt; 1-1/2” deep box with 1-1/2” (136 mm x 133 mm x 81 mm)
(not ULC listed) deep extension external to Total surface depth with
4905-9942 White wall (see diagram on page 3) speaker = 4 ⅝” (117 mm)
2905-9946 Tile bridge for 4902-9721 Speaker See diagram on page 3
Adapter Plate, red, for mounting to 2975-9145 box (typically for retrofit, 8 5⁄16” x 5 ¾” x 0.060” Thick
4905-9931
may be mounted vertical or horizontal) (211 mm x 146 mm x 1.5 mm)
7 ⅞" x 5 ⅛" x 2 ¾" D
2975-9145 Red mounting box, requires Adapter Plate 4905-9931
(200 mm x 130 mm x 70 mm)

Covers and Guard

Model Description Dimensions
4905-9988 Red speaker cover with white “FIRE” lettering Interchangeable with 5 ⅛” H x 5” W x 1 ½” D
4905-9989 White speaker cover with red “FIRE” lettering TrueAlert horns (130 mm x 127 mm x 38 mm)

Red wire guard with mounting plate; compatible with semi-flush or surface
6 1⁄16” H x 6 1⁄16” W x 3 ⅛” D
4905-9999 mounted boxes; for use with 4” square electrical box mounting hole
(154 mm x 154 mm x 79 mm)
patterns only (UL listed by Space Age Electronics Inc.)

Wall Mount Speakers, Installation Reference

Mounting requires a 4" (102 mm) square

box, 1-1/2" (38 mm) deep, with a 4" box
extension, 1-1/2" deep, by others

Speaker assembly

Wiring input terminals and speaker tap

selection are accessible from rear of
speaker housing

Transparent speaker
housing

Removable cover
(tool required)

2 S4902-0003-7 5/2014
Round Speaker Installation Reference (typically ceiling mount, can be wall mounted)

4" square, 1-1/2" deep box

with 1-1/2" extension (by others)

Wiring input terminals and speaker

tap selection are accessible from
rear of speaker housing

Front View

2905-9946 Tile Bridge Dimensions

0.024" thick sheet

3-3/4" (95 mm) square metal, folded with
cutout, centered on plate 1/2" lip each side

1/2"
(13 mm) 13-3/8"
(340 mm)

1/4" diameter (6 mm)

holes, 4 places
6-11/16"
(170 mm)

23-11/16" (602 mm)

Surface Mounted Speaker Reference (Adapter Skirts are Not ULC listed)

4" (102 mm) square box, 1-1/2" (38 mm) deep

with conduit shown for reference

4" (102 mm) square box

extension, 1-1/2" (38 mm) deep

Optional 4905-9999 Wire Guard

Speaker
assembly

Surface mount adapter skirt, 3-3/16" deep:

4905-9941, Red; 4905-9942, White Conduit knockouts are
provided on all four sides
Wall surface

3 S4902-0003-7 5/2014
 Speaker Sound Output Specifications

Sound Output Ratings @ 10 ft (~3 m) per UL 1480 Reverberant Chamber Testing

Selected Tap
Model Type Input Voltage
¼W ½W 1W 2W

4902-9716 25 VRMS 80 dBA 83 dBA 85 dBA 88 dBA

Rectangular Housing
4902-9717 70.7 VRMS 79 dBA 82 dBA 85 dBA 88 dBA
4902-9721 Round Housing 25 or 70.7 VRMS 79 dBA 82 dBA 85 dBA 88 dBA

Sound Output Ratings @ 3 m (~10 ft) per ULC S541 Anechoic Chamber Testing
Selected Tap
Model Type Input Voltage 1 W* 2 W*
¼W ½W
(see note) (see note)
4902-9716CA
Rectangular Housing* 25 VRMS or 70.7 VRMS 77 dBA 80 dBA 83 dBA 86 dBA
4902-9717CA
4902-9721CA Round Housing* 25 VRMS or 70.7 VRMS 79 dBA 82 dBA 85 dBA 89 dBA
* NOTE: ULC Fire Alarm applications require use of 1 W or 2 W tap for Round Housing speakers; and 2 W tap for Rectangular
Housing speakers.

Speaker Polar Dispersion Reference (per ULC S541 Anechoic Chamber Testing)
Attenuation Angle
-3 dB 30° off-axis
-6 dB 55° off-axis

4905-9931 Adapter Plate Installation Reference

2975-9145 Box
4905-9931 Adapter Plate

4905-9999 Optional
Wire Guard
(shown here for
reference only, can
be used on other
mounting options)

4905-9931 Adapter Plate

Speaker assembly

TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm and
Signaling Code are registered trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).

Tyco Fire Protection Products • Westminster, MA • 01441-0001 • USA S4902-0003-7 5/2014

www.simplex-fire.com
© 2014 Tyco Fire Protection Products. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice.
 TrueAlert ® Notification Appliances
UL, cUL, CSFM Listed; FM Approved* SmartSync™ 2-Wire Operation,
Non-Addressable Electronic Chime

Features
Low current, 24 VDC Simplex® SmartSync
operation electronic chime provide:
 Private mode chime tone for applications requiring
audible notification of trained personnel
 Rugged, high impact, flame retardant thermoplastic
housings, available in red with white “FIRE” lettering
or white with red “FIRE” lettering
 Diode polarized input for connection to reverse
polarity, supervised SmartSync control Notification
Appliance Circuits (NACs)
SmartSync two-wire control of audible and
visible notification appliance provides:
 SmartSync control of chime tone as Temporal Pattern,
March Time pattern (at 60 BPM), or on continuously
(at 60 BPM); controlled separately from visible
appliances on the same circuit
 Visible appliances on the same circuit operate at a
synchronized 1 Hz flash rate
 Refer to page 2 for SmartSync control list and
additional operation information
TrueAlert notification appliance design provides
flexible, easy, and convenient semi-flush or
surface wall mounting:
 Easily mounts to single gang, double gang, or 4-inch TrueAlert Chimes are Available as White with
square electrical box Red Lettering or Red with White Lettering
 In/out wiring terminals, 18 AWG to 12 AWG
 Rear of housing does not extend into box
Description
Optional Accessories:
TrueAlert non-addressable chimes are private
 Mounting adapters to cover surface mounted electrical
mode audible notification appliances for applications
boxes and to adapt to Simplex 2975-9145 boxes
requiring notification of trained personnel instead of the
 UL listed wire guard 4905-9961 general public. Typical applications would be in medical
 Covers are available separately to change color or for patient areas where the softer chime tones are less
replacement disruptive than conventional fire alarm audible
notification.
Listings:
 Listed to UL 464 for private mode applications SmartSync two-wire advantage. When selected for
SmartSync mode, these chimes follow control signals
 Listed to CSA standards for general signaling use in carried on the same two-wire NAC circuit as fire alarm
Canada (non-fire alarm applications) strobes. Using a two-wire control can significantly reduce
installation time and expense for both retrofit and new
construction.
Flexible mounting. Chimes can be semi-flush or
* Refer to page 2 for guard listing. This product has been approved by the California State
Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety surface mounted on a standard single gang, double gang,
Code. See CSFM Listing 7135-0026:334 for allowable values and/or conditions or 4” square (102 mm) electrical box. Optional
concerning material presented in this document. It is subject to re-examination, revision,
and possible cancellation. Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local accessories are available to increase mounting and
Simplex product supplier for the latest status. Listings and approvals under Simplex Time application flexibility.
Recorder Co. are the property of Tyco Safety Products Westminster.

** SmartSync two-wire horn/strobe operation is protected under U.S. Patent No. 6,281,789.

S4902-0004-1 4/2010
SmartSync Two-Wire Control
SmartSync operation mode allows a two-wire circuit to
provide the ability to activate both the chime and strobe
on the same NAC and then allow the chime to be silenced
while the strobe remains flashing. The chime operates as
“on-until-silenced” while the strobe operation is
“on-until-reset.”
SmartSync Control Sources
SmartSync two-wire control is available from:
 4006, 4008, 4100U, and 4010 Fire Alarm Control
Panels (refer to individual product data sheets for more
information)
 4009 IDNet™ NAC Extenders (refer to data sheet
S4009-0002)
 SmartSync Control Module (SCM) Model 4905-9938
(refer to data sheet S4905-0003)

Product Selection

FIRE
Model Cover Description Dimensions
Lettering
4902-9210 Red White TrueAlert non-addressable electronic 5-1/8” H x 5” W x 1-1/2” D
4902-9211 White Red chime (130 mm x 127 mm x 38 mm)

Adapters
Model Description Dimensions
4905-9937 Surface mount red adapter skirt 5-3/8” H x 5-1/4” W x 1-5/8” D
Use to cover 1-1/2” deep
(136 mm x 133 mm x 41 mm)
4905-9940 Surface mount white adapter skirt surface mounted boxes
Total depth with chime = 3-1/8” (79 mm)
Adapter Plate, red, for mounting to Simplex 2975-9145 box 8-5/16” x 5-3/4” x 0.060” thick
4905-9931
(typically for retrofit, may be mounted vertical or horizontal) (211 mm x 146 mm x 1.5 mm)
7-7/8" x 5-1/8" x 2-3/4" D
2975-9145 Red mounting box, requires Adapter Plate 4905-9931
(200 mm x 130 mm x 70 mm)

Synchronization Control Module

Model Description Dimensions
SmartSync Control Module, Class A or Class B, installs in 4” 4” x 4-1/8” x 1-1/4” D
4905-9938
square box (102 mm x 105 mm x 32 mm)

Covers and Guard

Model Description Dimensions
4905-9988 Red chime cover with white “FIRE” lettering 5-1/8” H x 5” W x 1-1/2” D
4905-9989 White chime cover with red “FIRE” lettering (130 mm x 127 mm x 38 mm)

Wire guard with mounting plate, red, compatible with semi-flush 6-1/16” H x 6-1/16” W x 3-1/8” D
4905-9961*
or surface mounted boxes (154 mm x 154 mm x 79 mm)

* UL listed by Space Age Electronics Inc.

2 S4902-0004-1 4/2010
TrueAlert Non-Addressable Chime Specifications

Rated Voltage Range 16 VDC to 33 VDC

Rated Current 15 mA
Tone is adjustable from 750 Hz to 1300 Hz; factory setting is approximately 800 Hz
Chime Sound Output Characteristics*
Sound output is adjustable from 34 dBA to 63 dBA; factory setting is 63 dBA
Sound Output Ratings per UL 464
63 dBA
Reverberant Chamber test @ 10 ft (3 m)
Temperature Range 32° to 122° F (0° to 50° C)
Humidity Range 10% to 93%, non-condensing @ 100° F (38° C)
Terminal blocks for 18 AWG to 12 AWG (0.82 mm2 to 3.31 mm2); two wires per
Connections
terminal for in/out wiring

* Factory settings are recommended for most applications. Always test installed sound level against local requirements.

Installation Reference

For additional information, refer to Installation Instructions 579-868.

Surface or Semi-Flush Chime Mounting

Mounting is compatible with

single gang, double gang, and
4" (102 mm) square boxes, Side View of Chime with Surface
1-1/2" (38 mm) deep, by others Mount Adapter Skirt

(Surface mount conduit and

Mounting Holes:
box shown for reference)
Single gang (2)
4" square box profile,
Double gang (4) 1-1/2" (38 mm) deep
4" square (4)

Frequency
adjustment
4905-9961
Volume
adjustment Wire Guard

NAC - NAC + Input wiring test points are

Chime
available with cover removed
(wiring terminals are
accessible from rear)

Surface mount adapter skirt:

4905-9937, Red; 4905-9940, White
Removable cover (conduit knockouts on all four sides)
(tool required)

3 S4902-0004-1 4/2010
 4905-9931 Adapter Plate Installation Information

4905-9931 Adapter Plate

2975-9145 Box

4905-9931 Adapter Plate

Chime

4905-9961 Optional Wire Guard

(shown here for reference only, can be used on other mounting options)

Tyco is a registered trademark of Tyco International Services GmbH and is used under license. Simplex, the Simplex logo, IDNet, TrueAlert, and SmartSync are trademarks of
Tyco International Ltd. and its affiliates and are used under license.

Tyco Safety Products Westminster • Westminster, MA • 01441-0001 • USA S4902-0004-1 4/2010

www.tycosafetyproducts-usa-wm.com
© 2010 Tyco Safety Products Westminster. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice.

UL, ULC, CSFM Listed;
FM Approved*
Features
Simplex® 24 VDC multi-tone horns provide:
 Per appliance tone selection of: 520 Hz Horn, Broadband
Horn, Bell, Chime, High/Low, Slow Whoop, or Siren;
selected using an on-board DIP Switch (refer to sound
output details on page 4)
 520 Hz tone is compliant with NFPA 72 Low Frequency
Signal Requirements for Sleeping Areas
 Listed for wall or ceiling mount applications (blank
covers are recommended for ceiling mount applications)
 Operation is selectable for SmartSync two-wire control
or free-run operation
 Output level is selectable as high or low
 Diode polarized input for connection to reverse polarity,
supervised Notification Appliance Circuits (NACs)
 Electrical test point access without removing cover
SmartSync two-wire control of audible and visible
notification appliance provides:
 Control of Horn, Bell, and High/Low tones as Temporal
Pattern, March Time pattern, or on continuously,
controlled separately from visible appliances on the same
circuit
 Control of Slow Whoop, Siren, and Chime tones as
synchronized continuous signals when receiving
SmartSync continuous commands
 SmartSync March Time pattern is selectable per
appliance to produce 60 bpm or 20 bpm
 Visible appliances on the same SmartSync circuit operate
at a synchronized 1 Hz flash rate
 Refer to page 2 for SmartSync control list and additional
operation information
Mechanical design features include:
 Rugged, high impact, flame retardant thermoplastic
housing in red with white letters or white with red letters
available with FIRE, FEU, FEU/FIRE or blank lettering
 Separate covers are available to change application type
on-site or for replacement; covers can be easily removed
without disturbing the connected housing and avoiding
trouble conditions
 A separate mounting plate allows wiring to be completed
before appliance is mounted; use with single gang,
double gang, or 4-inch square box, flush or surface
mount
 In/out wiring terminals for 18 AWG to 12 AWG
 Optional mounting adapters are available to cover
surface mounted electrical boxes and to adapt to Simplex
2975-9145 boxes
Listing reference:
 UL listed to Standard 464
 ULC listed to Standard S525
TrueAlert Notification Appliances
Multi-Tone Horns; SmartSync Controlled or
Free-run; with 520 Hz output, Non-Addressable
TrueAlert Multi-Tone Horns are Available as White with
Red Lettering or Red with White Lettering
Description
TrueAlert non-addressable multi-tone horns
provide a flexible selection of output tones for fire alarm
audible notification. Tone selection and output level is set
per appliance, allowing notification needs to be tailored to
specific area requirements. (Refer to tone output details
on page 4.)
Local Tone Selection. DIP Switch selection
determines the local tone choice. A separate DIP Switch
position allows selection of a standard or a high output
sound level, selectable appropriate to the location. (See
page 4 for sound output ratings.)
Canadian two-stage alarm applications. A DIP
Switch selection per appliance allows the SmartSync
March Time pattern input to be produced as 60 bpm or
20 bpm. The 20 bpm rate is typically required for
Canadian two-stage alarm applications as the pre-signal,
followed by the Temporal Pattern. Two-stage alarm
operation requires a 4010ES, 4100ES, or 4100U as the
control panel. See the section on tone characteristics for
functional limitations by tone type.
Flexible mounting. Multi-tone horns can be semi-flush
or surface mounted on a standard single gang, double
gang, or 4” square (102 mm) electrical box. Optional
accessories are available to increase mounting and
application flexibility.
* This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to
Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing
7135-0026:0379 for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in
this document. Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local Simplex product
supplier for the latest status. Listings and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co.
are the property of Tyco Fire Protection Products.
S49CMT-0001-5 10/2016
SmartSync Two-Wire Control
SmartSync operation mode allows a two-wire circuit to
provide the ability to activate both the horn and strobe on
the same NAC and then allow the horn to be silenced
while the strobe remains flashing. The horn operates as
“on-until-silenced” while the strobe operation is
“on-until-reset.”
SmartSync Control Sources
SmartSync two-wire control is available from:
 4007ES Hybrid, 4010ES, 4100ES, and 4100U Fire
Alarm Control Panels (refer to individual product data
sheets for more information)
 4009 IDNet NAC Extenders (refer to data sheet
S4009-0002)
 SmartSync Control Module (SCM) Model 4905-9938
(refer to data sheet S4905-0003)

Product Selection

Multi-Tone Horns
Cover
Model* Wording Description Dimensions with Cover
Color
49CMT-WRF(-BA) Red Multi-Tone horn for SmartSync or Free-run control; 5 ⅛” H x 5” W x 1 ½” D
FIRE
49CMT-WWF(-BA) White includes cover and matching mounting plate (130 mm x 127 mm x 38 mm)

49CMT-APPLW(-BA) Select cover and mounting plate separately

Separate Mounting Plate (Required when ordering model 49CMT-APPLW(-BA))

Model* Color Description
49CMP-MTWR Red
Mounting plate, select color to match cover
49CMP-MTWW White
* Note: (-BA) indicates model is available either with or without the -BA suffix. Model numbers ending in -BA, APPLW models, and
separate mounting plates are assembled in the USA.

Separate Covers (Required when ordering model 49CMT-APPLW(-BA))

Model Color Wording Model Color Wording
49CMTC-WRFIRE Red 49CMTC-WRS Red
FIRE Logos Only
49CMTC-WWFIRE White 49CMTC-WWS White
49CMTC-WRFEU Red 49AOC-RBLANK Red
FEU Blank
49CMTC-WWFEU White 49AOC-WBLANK White
49CMTC-WRBLNG Red
FEU/FIRE
49CMTC-WWBLNG White

Mounting Adapters
Model Description Dimensions
4905-9937 Surface mount red adapter skirt 5 ⅜” H x 5 ¼” W x 1 ⅝” D
Use to cover 1-1/2” deep
(136 mm x 133 mm x 41 mm)
surface mounted boxes
4905-9940 Surface mount white adapter skirt Total depth with horn = 3 ⅛” (79 mm)
Adapter Plate, red, for mounting to Simplex 2975-9145 box 8 5⁄16” x 5 ¾” x 0.060” Thick
4905-9931
(typically for retrofit, may be mounted vertical or horizontal) (211 mm x 146 mm x 1.5 mm)
7 ⅞" x 5 ⅛" x 2 ¾" D
2975-9145 Red mounting box, requires Adapter Plate 4905-9931
(200 mm x 130 mm x 70 mm)

Synchronization Control Module

Model Description Dimensions
SmartSync Control Module, Class A or Class B, installs in 4” square 4” x 4 ⅛” x 1 ¼” D
4905-9938
box; for use with control panels not providing SmartSync control (102 mm x 105 mm x 32 mm)

2 S49CMT-0001-5 10/2016
Installation Reference

4905-9931 Adapter Plate Installation Information

3 S49CMT-0001-5 10/2016
 Multi-Tone Horn Specifications

Rated Voltage Range 16 VDC to 33 VDC, Special Application

NAC Loading Maximum of 13, 49CMT Series appliances per NAC
Temperature Range 32 to 122 F (0 to 50 C)
Humidity Range 10% to 93%, non-condensing @ 104° F (40° C)
Terminal blocks on mounting plate for 18 AWG to 12 AWG (0.82 mm2 to 3.31 mm2); two wires per
Connections
terminal for in/out wiring
579-1157 for 49CMT Series Horn
Installation Instructions
579-1159 for 49CMP Mounting Plates
Tone Characteristics
520 Hz Horn 520 Hz tone Tones compatible with control panel
Broadband Horn Combination 600/3000 Hz signal SmartSync commands for operation as
Bell Synthesized Bell tone Temporal Code 3, March Time (selected at
appliance for 20 or 60 bpm), or Continuous
Alternating modulated tones with fundamentals of
High/Low operation
1000 Hz and 800 Hz, 250 ms duration each
Slow Whoop Modulated 520 Hz to 1200 Hz sweep with 2 s duration
Tones that operate as Continuous with
Modulated 600 Hz to 1200 Hz to 600 Hz sweep, with 2 s
Siren synchronization with control panel SmartSync
duration
commands
Chime Multi-phase signal with a peak and decay time of 1 s
TrueAlert Multi-Tone Horn Output and Current Ratings
UL 464 Output Ratings ULC S525 Output Ratings Current Ratings
@ 16 VDC and 33 VDC (dBA)* @ 16 VDC and 33 VDC (dBA)* @ 16 VDC
Steady Steady Coded Coded Steady Steady Coded Coded
High Low High Low High Low High Low High Low
Tone Voltage 16 33 16 33 16 33 16 33 16 33 16 33 16 33 16 33
520 Hz Horn 80 80 74** 75 76 76 70** 71** 83† 79† 83† 78†
139 mA 70 mA
High/Low 81 82 77 77 75 76 70** 71** 87 82† 86 82†
Broadband Horn 84 84 79 79 81 81 74** 75 88 84† 87 83†
Bell 80 80 75 75 76 76 71** 71** 85 80† 85 80†
Slow Whoop 79 80 74** 75 these tones are not 85 80† these tones are not 120 mA 62 mA
Siren 79 80 74** 75 used for coded 85 80† used for coded
Chime** 67** 67** 62** 62** operation 82† 77† operation

* Output ratings are at 10 ft (3 m); UL 464 ratings are per UL Reverberant Chamber testing; ULC S525 ratings are per ULC Anechoic
Chamber testing. The tone generator circuit is DC-DC converter powered and provides essentially constant output over the rated voltage
range.
** UL output ratings below 75 dBA are for NFPA 72 Private Mode applications.
†
ULC output ratings below 85 dBA are for use in applications per applicable local codes.
Sound Output Dispersion per Horizontal from Center -3 dBA @ ±37° -6 dBA @ ±40° -9.4 dBA @ ±90°
ULC S541 Anechoic Testing Vertical from Center -3 dBA @ -24°, +42° -6 dBA @ -59°, +50° -8.6 dBA @ ±90°

TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm Code
are trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).

Tyco Fire Protection Products • Westminster, MA • 01441-0001 • USA S49CMT-0001-5 10/2016

www.simplex-fire.com
© 2016 Tyco Fire Protection Products. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice.
 Multi-Application Peripherals
UL, ULC, CSFM Listed; FM Approved; IDNet Communicating Devices
MEA (NYC) Acceptance* Model 4090-9002 Relay IAM

Features
Individual Addressable Relay Module (Relay IAM):
 IDNet addressable control for use with Simplex® fire
alarm control panel models 4007ES, 4008, 4010,
4010ES, 4100ES, and 4100U
 A single addressable point provides control and status
tracking of a Form “C” contact
 Low power latching relay design allows IDNet
communications to supply both data and module power
 Relay is set to OFF on initial power up and upon loss of
IDNet communications
Compact, sealed construction:
 Enclosed design minimizes dust infiltration
 Mounts in standard 4” (102 mm) square electrical box, 4090-9002 IDNet Relay IAM Package
(shown approximately 1/2 size)
optional adapter bracket is available to mount in a
4 11⁄16” (119 mm) square electrical box Specifications
 Screw terminals for wiring connections
 Visible LED flashes to indicate communications IDNet communications, 1 address per
Communications
 Optional covers are available to allow LED to be device
viewed after installation Relay IAM Power Supplied by IDNet communications

UL listed to Standard 864 Contact Ratings* (not rated for incandescent switching)
Type Form C, SPDT
Description 2 A @ 24 VDC, resistive from listed
Power-Limited fire alarm
IDNet Relay IAMs allow fire alarm control panels to 1 A @ 24 VDC, inductive supply
control a remotely located Form “C” contact using IDNet
addressable communications for both data and module Nonpower-Limited 0.5 A @ 120 VAC, resistive
power. Typical applications would be for switching local * Provide circuit fusing and transient suppression as
power for control functions such as elevator capture, or required per application. DC inductive loads can typically
control of HVAC components, pressurization fans, be diode suppressed; 120 VAC loads may require RC
networks or varistors, depending on device type. Refer to
dampers, etc. Relay status is also communicated requiring
the installation instructions for additional information.
only one device address.
Screw terminals for in/out wiring,
Wire Connections
18 to 14 AWG wire (0.82 to 2.08 mm2)
Product Selection
Up to 2500 ft (762 m) from control
Model Description panel
4090-9002 Relay IAM IDNet
Up to 10,000 ft (3048 m) total wiring
Communications
distance (including T-Taps)
Optional Adapter and Trim Plates Wiring Reference
Compatible with Simplex 2081-9044
Model Description Overvoltage Protectors
Adapter plate to fit 4 11⁄16” (119 mm) square 4 ⅛” H x 4 ⅛” W x 1 ⅜” D
4090-9813 Dimensions
electrical box (105 mm x 105 mm x 35 mm)
For semi-flush Trim Plate, galvanized Housing Material Black thermoplastic
4090-9801
mounted box steel, with LED viewing Mounting Plate Sheet metal, galvanized
For surface window; includes
4090-9802 mounting screws Temperature 32° to 120° F (0° to 49° C),
mounted box
Range intended for indoor operation
* This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to Humidity Range Up to 93% RH at 100° F (38° C)
Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing
7300-0026:223 for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in this Installation
574-184
document. Accepted for use – City of New York Department of Buildings – MEA35-93E. Instructions
Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local Simplex product supplier for the
latest status. Listings and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co. are the property of
Tyco Fire Protection Products.

S4090-0002-10 11/2014
 Relay IAM Mounting Information

TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited.

Tyco Fire Protection Products • Westminster, MA • 01441-0001 • USA S4090-0002-10 11/2014

www.simplex-fire.com
© 2014 Tyco Fire Protection Products. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice.
 Addressable Peripherals
UL, ULC, CSFM Listed; FM Approved; 4090-9121 Security Monitor IAM
MEA (NYC) Acceptance* (Individual Addressable Module)

Features
For use with Simplex® 4100ES, 4100U and
4010ES Fire Alarm Control Panels providing
IDNet™ communications
Addressable communications supply both data
and power over a single wire pair to provide: - IDNET IN +

 Supervised Class B monitoring of normally closed or +IDNET IN -

normally open dry contact security devices

 Monitored conditions are Open, Normal, Abnormal,
and Short
 Abnormal occurs with ±50% of monitor loop current 4090-9121 Security Monitor IAM
change (shown approximately full size)
 Total wiring distance from Security IAM to
supervised contacts up to 500 ft (152 m) Product Selection
Compact, sealed construction: Model Description
 Enclosed design minimizes dust infiltration 4090-9121 Security Monitor IAM
Semi-flush Optional trim plate with LED viewing
 Mounts in a standard single gang electrical box 4090-9806
mount window, requires 4090-9810 mounting
 Screw terminals for wiring connections Surface mount bracket, includes mounting screws;
4090-9807 galvanized steel
 Visible LED flashes to indicate communications box
Mounting bracket, mounts IAM to box, provides screw
 Optional covers are available to allow LED to be 4090-9810
holes for trim plate, required for optional trim plates
viewed after installation (requires mounting bracket, 4081-9010 1 kΩ Resistor Harness, use for series connection to N.O.
ordered separately) (733-973) switches
4081-9015 1.5 kΩ Resistor Harness, use for end-of-line resistor
UL listed to Standard 1076 (733-093) when connected to N.O. switches
Description 4081-9014 2.4 kΩ Resistor Harness, use for series and end-of-line
(733-092) resistor when connected to N.C. switches (2 required)
Security Monitor IAM model 4090-9121 has both power
and communications supplied by a two-wire 4100ES, Specifications
4100U or 4010ES IDNet circuit. It provides location
specific addressability for up to five initiating devices Communications 4100ES/4100U/4010ES IDNet, one address
(such as window or door magnet switch contacts or other Power Consumes two (2) unit loads, power is supplied
similar security devices) by monitoring the circuit wiring Requirements from the IDNet SLC (signaling line circuit)
connections to either normally closed or normally open IDNet Channel 32 max. on a 64 pt. channel (no other
dry contacts (one type per IAM). Loading 63 max. on a 127 pt. channel devices on
Reference 125 max. on a 250 pt. channel the channel)
Operation. When the circuit is “armed” by selection
from the fire alarm control panel, such as during Dry contacts, up to 5 in series for normally closed
Monitored (N.C.), or up to 5 in parallel for normally open
nonworking hours, monitor loop activity (short, open, or Contacts (N.O.), requires two resistor harnesses per wiring
abnormal) causes a priority 2 alarm at the panel. type selected (see above)
When the circuit is “disarmed”, such as during normal Screw terminals for in/out wiring,
Wire Connections
18 to 14 AWG wire (0.82 mm2 to 2.08 mm2 )
working hours, normal and abnormal conditions would be
tracked as events. Depending on the point type selected, IAM to Contacts 500 ft (152 m) maximum, within same building
an open or short in the monitored circuit wiring will cause IDNet 2500 ft (762 m) max. distance from control panel
a trouble to be reported or a short can be tracked as an Communications 10,000 ft (3048 m) maximum total wiring distance
Distance (including T-Taps)
event.
1-9/16” W x 1-3/4” H x 1-1/4” D
Dimensions
* This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to (40 mm x 44 mm x 32 mm)
Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing Housing Material Black thermoplastic
7300-0026:252 for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in
this document. It is subject to re-examination, revision, and possible cancellation. Temperature 32° to 120° F (0° to 49° C) indoor operation only
Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local Simplex product supplier for the Humidity Range Up to 93% RH at 100° F (38° C)
latest status. Listings and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co. are the property
of SimplexGrinell LP, Westminster. Additional
Refer to Installation Instruction 574-877
Information

S4090-0004-6
 Mounting Information

Field wiring shown

for reference Typical application,
magnetic door contacts
4090-9121
Security IAM

- IDNET IN +
LED viewing port
+IDNET IN -

Single gang electrical

box 2-1/2" (64mm)
minimum depth
(supplied by others)

Address setting under resealable label

Single gang blank cover plate and mounting screws, for use when
LED is not required to be externally viewed (supplied by others)

Mounting Reference, Single Gang Blank Cover Plate

Light pipe for

LED viewing

4-1/4" 4-1/2"
(108 mm) (114 mm)

2-1/2" 2-13/16"
(64 mm) (72 mm)
4090-9810 Mounting
4090-9806, Trim plate for 4090-9807, Trim plate for
bracket, ordered
semi-flush mounted box surface mounted box
separately

NOTE: These mounting plates require mounting bracket 4090-9810.

Optional Trim Plates and Mounting Bracket for Visible LED

Tyco is a registered trademark of Tyco International Services GmbH and is used under license. Simplex, the Simplex logo, and IDNet are trademarks of Tyco International Ltd. and
its affiliates and are used under license.

SimplexGrinnell LP Westminster • Westminster, MA • 01441-0001 • USA S4090-0004-6

www.simplexgrinnell.com
© 2011 Tyco. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice.
 Addressable Peripherals
UL, ULC, CSFM Listed; FM Approved; 4090-9116 Addressable
MEA (NYC) Acceptance* IDNet Communications Isolator

Features
Dual port, bi-directional communications short
circuit isolator:
 Compatible with Simplex® 4007ES, 4008, 4010ES,
4100ES, or 4100U Series fire alarm control panel
IDNet Signaling Line Circuits (SLCs) providing:
IDNet, IDNet+, IDNet 1+, IDNet 2, or IDNet 2+2
output loops (see additional information on pages 2
and 3)
 Either port can serve as an input or output, ports are
automatically separated when a communications short
circuit occurs
 Isolation can also be activated from the control panel
for system diagnostics 4090-9116 Addressable IDNet Isolator
(shown approximately 1/2 size)
 Mounts in standard 4” (102 mm) square electrical box,
optional adapter plate is available to mount in a 4 11⁄16”
(119 mm) square electrical box
 LED flashes to indicate communications; optional Description (Continued)
covers are available to view LED after installation Status Tracking. The isolator reports back to the panel
 TrueAlarm sensor base IDNet Isolators are also when it is in isolation mode and the extent of shorted
available, refer to data sheet S4098-0025 for details wiring is reported back to the panel by identifying device
 UL listed to Standard 864 addresses that are not communicating. [Isolators are
assigned sequentially to low number addresses to expedite
Earth fault isolation reduces time to fix wiring SLC power-up.]
problems:
 Built-in control panel diagnostics assist in locating Earth Faults. During installation, earth faults frequently
earth fault conditions – the most common installation occur. Finding these faults normally requires extensive
wiring problem wiring disconnection. With the 4090-9116 Addressable
IDNet Isolator, earth faults on the IDNet communications
For Class B or Class A wiring: lines can be quickly located to assist in their repair and to
 Communications are monitored from either port restore the system wiring to normal.
 Class A wired SLCs can optimize operation by
maintaining communications with devices outside of Product Selection
the isolated wiring section Model Description
Addressable IDNet Communications
4090-9116
Description Isolator
Adapter plate to fit 4 11⁄16” (119 mm) square
4090-9116 Addressable IDNet Communications 4090-9813
electrical box
Isolators provide IDNet communications isolation to
improve installation convenience and increase system For semi-flush Optional trim plate with
4090-9801
integrity. Isolation is automatically activated when an mounted box LED viewing window,
output short circuit is detected and isolation can also be For surface includes mounting screws;
selected manually from the control panel to assist with 4090-9802 galvanized steel
mounted box
troubleshooting wiring problems.
Operation. Isolators power-up in isolation mode and are
directed to connect by the control panel. If the output * This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to
wiring is acceptable, the isolator will connect to the rest Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing
of the circuit. If the output wiring is shorted, the isolator 7300-0026:252 for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in
this document. Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local Simplex product
remains isolated. supplier for the latest status. Listings and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co.
are the property of Tyco Fire Protection Products.

S4090-0005-8 10/2014
Multi-Floor Isolator Example 1
Short Circuit Isolation. The one-line diagram on this
page shows a multiple floor example with Class B IDNet
communications for each floor starting at an isolator. (A
sensor in the 4098-9793 Isolator Base is shown for
reference as an alternate isolating device.) If floor wiring
beyond the isolator should experience a short circuit, each
floor is automatically separated from the next, preventing
the short circuit from disabling the entire IDNet
communications wiring.
Earth Fault Isolation. In the event of an earth fault,
each floor can be individually isolated using built-in
control panel diagnostics. With individual floor control,
the earth fault can be isolated to the floor level to narrow
the search area. By adding more isolators, the section
required to be isolated can be reduced, allowing more
devices to remain active.

1 ----- ----- 5
2 ----- ----- 6
3 + IDNET_A + IDNET_B 7
4 - IDNET_A - IDNET_B 8

1 5

2 6

3 7
SIMPLEX TIME R ECORDER CO.
4090-9116

AD DRESSABLE ISOLATOR
INST. INSTR. 574-872 REV.
4 8
1

Fourth floor

Third floor Isolator base

1 ----- ----- 5
2 ----- ----- 6
3 + IDNET_A + IDNET_B 7
4 - IDNET_A - IDNET_B 8

1 5

2 6

3 7
SIMPLEX TIME R ECORDER CO.
4090-9116

AD DRESSABLE ISOLATOR
INST. INSTR. 574-872 REV.
4 8
1

Second floor

1 ----- ----- 5
2 ----- ----- 6
3 + IDNET_A + IDNET_B 7
4 - IDNET_A - IDNET_B 8

1 5

2 6

First floor
3 7
SIMPLEX TIME R ECORDER CO.
4090-9116

AD DRESSABLE ISOLATOR
INST. INSTR. 574-872 REV.
4 8
1

Compatible IDNet
communications,
1
2
-----
-----
3 + IDNET_A
4 - IDNET_A
-----
-----
+ IDNET_B
- IDNET_B
5
6
7
8
2 wire (see wiring notes)
1

3
SIMPLEX TIME R ECORDER CO.
5

7
4090-9116 Addressable IDNet Isolator Class B riser
4090-9116

AD DRESSABLE ISOLATOR
INST. INSTR. 574-872 REV.
4 8
1

IDNet Compatible TrueAlarm sensor

and base

Other IDNet device type (addressable

station, ZAM, IAM, etc.)

Wiring Notes:
1. Operation of the 4090-9116 Addressable IDNet Isolator requires connection
to a compatible 4007ES, 4008, 4010ES, 4100ES, or 4100U IDNet
communications channel.
2. NOTE: The 4100-3103 Panel Mounted Quad Isolator is compatible only with
MAPNET II Remote Isolators. Simplex 4100ES Series
3. Maximum line resistance between the panel and an isolator, and between two Fire Control Panel
isolators, is 10 Ω or 780 ft (238 m) with 18 AWG wire. (shown for reference)
4. This is a one-line drawing showing only IDNet communications wiring.
5. Some IDNet devices require additional wiring for power. Refer to specific
devices for details.

2 S4090-0005-8 10/2014
Multi-Floor Isolator Example 2
Class A Wiring. The illustration below is a modification
of Example 1. Each floor is wired as a Class A
connection, and a sensor mounted in a 4098-9793 Isolator
Base has been added for reference. This illustrates that
with additional isolators (either the 4090-9116 or the
Isolator Base), there is a reduction in the number of
isolated devices in the event of a short circuit.
Diagnostic Assistance. Communications from an
IDNet 2, IDNet 2+2, or IDNet+ output provide individual
short circuit isolation and allow individual output control
to provide assistance in locating wiring faults.
Note: When wiring Class A IDNet communications
provided by IDNet or IDNet 1+ outputs, locate isolators
as the first and last devices in the loop, close to the panel,
to provide loop short circuit isolation operation (as shown
below).

Isolator bases
(see note 6)
Alternate Wiring Example
Class A riser with Isolators
1
2
-----
-----
3 + IDNET_A
4 - IDNET_A
-----
-----
+ IDNET_B
- IDNET_B
5
6
7
8
using Class B taps
1 5

2 6

3 7
SIMPLEX TIME RECORDER CO.
4 090-9116

ADDRESSABLE ISOLATOR
INST. INSTR. 574-872 REV.
4 8
1

M 1
2
-----
-----
3 + IDNET_ A
4 - IDNET_A
-----
-----
+ IDNET_ B
- IDNET_B
5
6
7
8

1 5

2 6

3 7
SIMPLEX TIME RECO RDER C O.
4090-9116

ADDR ESSABLE ISOLATOR

IN ST. IN STR. 574-872 REV.
4 8
1

Fourth floor

1 ----- ----- 5 1 ----- ----- 5

2 ----- ----- 6 2 ----- ----- 6
3 + IDNET_A + IDNET_B 7 3 + IDNET_ A + IDNET_ B 7
4 - IDNET_A - IDNET_B 8 4 - IDNET_ A - IDNET_ B 8

1 5 1 5

2 6 2 6

3 7 3 7
SIMPLEX TIME REC ORD ER CO . SIMPLEX TIME REC ORD ER CO .
4090-91 16 4090-91 16

AD DRESSA BLE ISO LA TO R AD DRESSA BLE ISO LA TO R

1 ----- ----- 5 INST. INSTR. 574-872 R EV. INST. INSTR. 574-872 R EV.
4 8 4 8
2 ----- ----- 6 1 1
3 + IDNET_A + IDNET_B 7
4 - IDNET_A - IDNET_B 8 M M

1 5

2 6

3 7
SIMPLEX TIME RECORDER CO.
4 090-9116

ADDRESSABLE ISOLATOR
INST. INSTR. 574-872 REV.
4 8
1

1 ----- ----- 5 1 ----- ----- 5

2 ----- ----- 6 2 ----- ----- 6
3 + IDNET_A + IDNET_B 7 3 + IDNET_A + IDNET_B 7
4 - IDNET_A - IDNET_B 8 4 - IDNET_A - IDNET_B 8

Third floor
1 5 1 5

2 6 2 6

3 7 3 7
SIMPLEX TIME REC ORD ER CO . SIMPLEX TIME REC ORD ER CO .
4090-91 16 4090-91 16

AD DRESSA BLE ISO LA TO R AD DRESSA BLE ISO LA TO R

INST. INSTR. 574-872 R EV. INST. INSTR. 574-872 R EV.
4 8 4 8
1 1

M M

1 ----- ----- 5
2 ----- ----- 6
3 + IDN ET_A + IDNET_B 7
4 - ID NET_ A - IDNET_B 8

1 5

2 6

3 7
SIMPLEX TIME RECORDER CO.
4 090-9116

ADDRESSABLE ISOLATOR
INST. INSTR. 574-872 REV.
4 8
1

Second floor

First device Last device

1 ----- ----- 5 1 ----- ----- 5
2 ----- ----- 6 2 ----- ----- 6
3 + IDNET_A + IDNET_B 7 3 + IDNET_A + IDNET_B 7
4 - IDNET_A - IDNET_B 8 4 - IDNET_A - IDNET_B 8

1 5 1 5

2 6 2 6

3 7 3 7
SIMPLEX TIME RECORDER CO. SIMPLEX TIME RECORDER CO.
4 090-9116 4 090-9116

First floor
ADDRESSABLE ISOLATOR ADDRESSABLE ISOLATOR
INST. INSTR. 574-872 REV. INST. INSTR. 574-872 REV.
4 8 4 8
1 1

M M

1 ----- ----- 5

Compatible IDNet
2 ----- ----- 6
3 + IDN ET_A + IDNET_B 7
4 - ID NET_ A - IDNET_B 8

Class A
1 5

4090-9116 Addressable IDNet Isolator

2 6

4
SIMPLEX TIME RECORDER CO.
4 090-9116

ADDRESSABLE ISOLATOR
INST. INSTR. 574-872 REV.

M
1
7

8 communications, 2 wire IDNet Circuit

(see Wiring Note 3)
IDNet Compatible TrueAlarm
sensor and base
Other IDNet device (addressable
station, ZAM, IAM, etc.)

Wiring Notes:
1. Operation of the 4090-9116 Addressable IDNet Isolator requires connection
to a compatible 4007ES, 4008, 4010ES, 4100ES, or 4100U IDNet
communications channel.
2. NOTE: The 4100-3103 Panel Mounted Quad Isolator is compatible only with
MAPNET II Remote Isolators.
3. For Class A communications from IDNet or IDNet 1+ outputs, locate IDNet Simplex 4100ES Series
Isolators as the first and last device in the loop, close to the panel, to optimize Fire Alarm Control
loop short circuit protection. This is not required with IDNet 2, IDNet 2+2, or (shown for reference)
IDNet+ outputs.
4. Maximum line resistance between the panel and an isolator, and between
two isolators, is 10 Ω or 780 ft (238 m) with 18 AWG wire.
5. This is a one-line drawing showing only IDNet communications wiring.
6. Some IDNet devices require additional wiring for power. Refer to specific
devices for details.

3 S4090-0005-8 10/2014
Mounting Information

Address setting under

resealable label

4" (102 mm) square box, 2-1/8"

(54 mm) minimum depth,
RACO 232 or equal (supplied by others)

Status LED 4090-9116 Addressable

IDNet Isolator
Label front view

Double gang blank cover plate and mounting screws, for

use when LED is not required to be externally viewed
(supplied by others)

Mounting Reference, Double Gang Blank Cover Plate

4-9/16" 4-5/16"
Light pipe for LED viewing
(116 mm) (109 mm)

4-9/16" (116 mm) 4-5/16" (109 mm)

4090-9801, Trim plate for 4090-9802, Trim plate for

semi-flush mounted box surface mounted box
Optional Trim Plates for Visible LED

4 S4090-0005-8 10/2014
Specifications

Electrical
Communications IDNet communications, 1 address per device
4007ES, 4008, 4010ES, 4100ES, and 4100U providing: IDNet, IDNet+, IDNet 1+, IDNet 2, or
Compatibility
IDNet 2+2 communications output; (not compatible with 4100-3103 Panel Mounted Quad Isolator)
Power Consumes one unit load, power is supplied from IDNet SLC
Wire Connections Screw terminals for input and output wiring, 18 to 14 AWG wire (0.82 mm2 to 2.08 mm2 )
Wiring Distances
Up to 2500 ft ( 762 m) from fire alarm control panel
Up to 10,000 ft ( 3048 m) total wiring distance (including T-Taps)
IDNet Wiring Reference Maximum line resistance between panel and isolator, or between isolators is 10 ohms;
[18 AWG (0.82 mm2 ) = 780 ft (238 m)]
Compatible with Simplex 2081-9044 Overvoltage Protectors
Mechanical
Dimensions 4 ⅛” H x 4 ⅛” W x 1 ⅜” D (105 mm x 105 mm x 35 mm)
Package Black thermoplastic housing on metal mounting plate
Temperature 32° to 120° F (0° to 49° C) indoor operation only
Humidity Range 10 to 90% RH at 90° F (32° C)
Installation Instructions 574-872

5 S4090-0005-8 10/2014
TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited.

Tyco Fire Protection Products • Westminster, MA • 01441-0001 • USA S4090-0005-8 10/2014

www.simplex-fire.com
© 2014 Tyco Fire Protection Products. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice.
 Addressable Peripherals
UL, ULC, CSFM Listed; FM Approved; 4090-9117 Addressable Power Isolator
MEA (NYC) Acceptance* with IDNet Communications Control

Features
Dual port, bi-directional power isolator for use with
Simplex® 4007ES, 4010ES, 4100ES, and 4100U

24VA+

24VB+
Series fire alarm control panels:

24VA-

24VB-
 Either port can serve as an input or output, ports are
automatically separated when a power wiring short

ADDRESSABLE PWR ISOLATOR

circuit or a low voltage condition occurs

IDNet+
 Isolation can also be activated from the control panel

IDNet-
for system diagnostics
 For use with fire alarm control panel system power, ON

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

rated for up to 2 A @ 32 VDC 1 2 34 5 6 78

 Isolators communicate their location specific address ADDRESS CODE

and status, and accept control via IDNet

communications 4090-9117 Addressable Power Isolator with IDNet
 Small size fits into 4” square electrical box and allows Communications Control (shown approximately 1/2 size)
convenient mounting where protection is required
Product Selection
 Visible LED flashes to indicate communications; optional
covers are available to view LED after installation Model Description
Earth fault isolation reduces time to fix wiring 4090-9117 Addressable Power Isolator
problems: For semi-flush Optional trim plate with LED
4090-9801
 Built-in control panel diagnostics can activate the mounted box viewing window, includes
addressable power isolator, assisting in locating earth For surface mounting screws; galvanized
4090-9802 steel
fault conditions – the most common installation wiring mounted box
problem
For Class B or Class A power wiring: Specifications
 Power is monitored from either port Electrical
 Two Isolators can be connected to produce Class A Current Rating 2 A maximum @ 32 VDC maximum
power wiring that can optimize operation by Input Power 10 mA maximum @ 24 VDC, system power
maintaining connection with devices outside of the
isolated wiring section IDNet communications, 1 address, one unit
Communications
load
UL listed to Standard 864 Screw terminals for input and output wiring,
Wire 18 to 14 AWG (0.82 mm2 to 2.08 mm2), two
Description Connections wires/terminal; up to 12 AWG (3.31 mm2),
Short Circuit Isolation. Under normal conditions, the one wire/terminal
4090-9117 Addressable Power Isolator provides continuity Wiring Reference
between ports. In the event of a short circuit, or if requested Refer to individual devices for wiring
from the control panel, the isolator opens a two-pole Power Wiring distances
electronic switch, isolating both power circuit conductors. Compatible with 2081-9028 Circuit Protector
Operation. Isolators power-up in isolation mode and are Up to 2500 ft ( 762 m) from fire alarm control
directed to connect by the control panel. If the output IDNet
Up to 10,000 ft ( 3048 m) total wiring distance
Communication
wiring is acceptable, the isolator will connect to the rest s Wiring
(including T-Taps)
of the circuit. If the output wiring is shorted, the isolator Reference Compatible with Simplex 2081-9044
remains isolated. Overvoltage Protectors
Status Tracking. The isolator reports to the panel when it Mechanical
is in isolation mode and the extent of shorted wiring is 4-1/8” H x 4-1/8” W x 1-3/8” D
Dimensions
available at the panel by identifying non-communicating (105 mm x 105 mm x 35 mm)
device addresses. [Isolators are assigned sequentially to low 32° to 120° F (0° to 49° C) indoor operation
Temperature
number addresses to expedite Signaling Line Circuit (SLC) only
power-up. Refer to Installation Instructions 574-873 for Humidity Range 10 to 90% RH at 90° F (32° C)
additional information.]
* This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to
Earth Faults. During system installation, earth faults Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing
frequently occur. Finding these faults normally requires 7300-0026:252 for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in
this document. Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local Simplex product
extensive wiring disconnection. With the Addressable supplier for the latest status. Listings and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co.
Power Isolator, earth faults on fire alarm system power are the property of Tyco Fire Protection Products.
wiring can be more quickly located to expedite repair.
S4090-0006-7 11/2014
Power Isolator Multi-Floor Example 1
Short Circuit Isolation. The one-line diagram on this Earth Fault Isolation. In the event of an earth wiring
page shows a multiple floor example with Class B IDNet fault, each floor’s power wiring can be individually
communications and conventional Class B power wiring. isolated using control panel diagnostics. This narrows the
Each floor’s wiring starts at an isolator. If any floor search area by disconnecting the isolated wiring section
wiring beyond the isolator experiences a short circuit, and can result in decreasing the time required to locate
each floor will be individually separated from the next, and correct the earth fault.
preventing the short circuit from disabling the entire
wiring run.

Duct sensor housing

with relay output
I
This device is a duct smoke housing. When provided with detector, it is designed to sample the air flow
passing by it in the air duct to determine whether it contains unacceptable levels of smoke. The
effectiveness of a duct smoke detector is highly dependent upon: the design and operating conditions of the
air handling system in which it is installed, variables such as smoke dilution and stratification over which
even the best designed systems have no control, and proper placement and posit ioning of the duct smoke
detector, which is often compromised for practical reasons. For the reasons stated above, the effectiveness
of this duct smoke detector cannot be warranted or guaranteed. Under no circumstances should this duct
smoke detector be used or regarded to be a substitute for the building's Fire alarm and detection system to
which this device is attached as a secondary detection device.
DO NOT REMOVE THIS NOTICE!

24VA+

24VB+
24VA-

24VB-
ADDRESSABLE PW R ISOLATOR
IDNet+
IDNet-
ON

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

1 2 3 4 5 6 78

ADDRESS CODE

Third floor

1 + 24V ZONE PWR +

2 0V ZONE PWR -
5
6
I
3 +IDNET IDC + 7
4 - IDNET IDC - 8

To local Zone Adapter

1 5

2 6

24VA+

24VB+
3 7
24VA-
SIMPLEX TIME RECORDER CO.

24VB-
4090-9101

Module
MONITOR ZAM, CLASS B

zone
INSTAL. INSTR. 574-183
4 DATE CODE: 8

ADDRESSABLE PWR ISO LATOR

1
IDNet+
IDNet-

ON

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

1 2 3 4 5 6 78

ADDRESS CODE

Second floor

I
24VA+

24VB+
24VA-

24VB-

System power,
ADDRESSABLE PW R ISOLATOR

First floor
IDNet+
IDNet-

ON

24 VDC nominal
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

1 2 3 4 5 6 78

ADDRESS CODE

IDNet communications,
In-duct sensor 2 wire (see wiring notes)
with relay output

Class B risers

4090-9117 IDNet
24VA+

24VB+
24VA-

24VB-
ADDRESSABLE PW R ISOLATOR

Addressable Power Isolator

IDNet+
IDNet-

ON

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

1 2 3 4 5 6 78

ADDRESS CODE

TrueAlarm sensor with relay base

IDNet Addressable Isolator

I
4090-9116 (see note 3)

Wiring Notes:
1. This is a one-line drawing showing only IDNet communications
and power wiring.
Simplex 4100ES Series
2. Operation of the 4090-9117 Addressable IDNet Power Isolator Fire Control Panel
requires connection to a 4100ES, 4010ES, 4007ES, or 4100U (shown for reference)
IDNet communications channel.
3. IDNet isolators are shown for typical reference but are not
required.

2 S4090-0006-7 11/2014
Power Isolator Multi-Floor Example 2
Class A Wiring. The illustration below is a modification Diagnostic Assistance. It is recommended that for
of Example 1. Each floor wiring loop connects to the next Class A wiring, isolators be located as the first and last
floor in a Class A connection. From the last device, the devices in the loop (as shown below). With the resulting
wiring returns to the panel providing a secondary path wiring isolation flexibility, locating earth wiring faults
that is monitored for loop integrity. Class A power wiring can be made easier
is available from a 4100ES, 4010ES, 4007ES, or 4100U
Fire Control Panel programmed for this application using
two 4090-9117 Power Isolators mounted close-nippled at
the panel.

Last Remote Last IDNet Device

Powered Device (see note 3)

24VA+ 24VA-

24VB+
Alternate Wiring Example

24VB-
ADDRESSABLE PWR ISOLATO R
IDNet+
IDNet-
ON

1 2 3 4

1 2 34 5 6 7 8

ADDRESS CODE
5 6 7 8

Class A riser with Class B

I taps using Isolators
Duct sensor housing
with relay output
I
This device is a duct smoke housing. When provided with detector, it is designed to sample the air flow
passing by it in the air duct to determine whether it contains unacceptable levels of smoke. The
effectiveness of a duct smoke detector is highly dependent upon: the design and operating conditions of the
air handling system in which it is installed, variables such as smoke dilution and stratification over which
even the best designed systems have no control, and proper placement and positioning of the duct smoke
detector, which is often compromised for practical reasons. For the reasons stated above, the effectiveness
of this duct smoke detector cannot be warranted or guaranteed. Under no circumstances should this duct
smoke detector be used or regarded to be a substitute for the building's Fire alarm and detection system to
which this device is attached as a secondary detection device.

24VA+

24VB+
DO NOT REMOVE THIS NOTICE!

24VA-

24VB-
ADDRESSABLE PWR ISOLATOR
IDNet+
IDNet-
ON

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

1 2 34 5 6 7 8

ADDRESS CODE

Third floor

1 + 24V
2 0V
ZONE PWR +
ZONE PWR -
3 +IDNET IDC +
4 - IDNET IDC -
5
6
7
8
I
To local
1 5

24VA+ 24VA-

24VB+

24VA+ 24VA-

24VB+
2 6

24VB-

24VB-
24VA+ 24VA-

24VB+

ADDRESSABL E PW R I SOLAT OR

ADDRES S A BL E P W R I SOLAT OR
IDNet+ IDNet-

IDNet+ IDNet-
3 SIMPLEX TIME RECORDER CO. 7
24VB-

4090-9101

zone
MONITOR ZAM, CLASS B ON ON

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

INSTAL. INSTR. 574-183

1 2 3 4 5 6 78 1 2 34 5 6 7 8
4 DATE CODE: 8
ADDRESSABLE PWR ISOLATO R

ADDR ESS CODE A DDRESS CO DE

1
IDNet+
IDNet-

ON

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

1 2 34 5 6 7 8

ADDRESS CODE

Zone Adapter
Second floor Module

I
24VA+

24VB+
24VA-

24VB-
ADDRESSABLE PWR ISOLATOR
IDNet+
IDNet-

ON

First floor
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

1 2 34 5 6 7 8

ADDRESS CODE

First Remote First IDNet

Powered Device device
In-duct sensor (see note 3)
with relay output
IDNet communications, Class A (Style 6) System
2 wire (see wiring notes) power, 24 VDC nominal
Primary
Return
4090-9117 IDNet
24VA+ 24VA-

24VB+

Two, 4090-9117 IDNet

24VB-
ADDRESSABLE PWR ISOLATO R

Addressable Power Isolator

IDNet+

Addressable Power Isolators,

IDNet-

ON

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

1 2 3 4 5 6 78
24VA+ 24VA-

24VB+

24VA+ 24VA-

24VB+

ADDRESS CODE
24VB-

24VB-

close-nippled in conduit
ADDRESSABLE PWR ISOLATO R

ADDRESSABLE PWR ISOLATO R

IDNet+

IDNet+
IDNet-

IDNet-

ON ON

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

1 2 3 4 5 6 78 1 2 3 4 5 6 78

ADDRESS CODE ADDRESS CODE

TrueAlarm sensor with relay base

Class B System
IDNet Addressable Isolator power, 24 VDC
I 4090-9116 (see note 3) nominal

Wiring Notes:
1. This is a one-line drawing showing power wiring and IDNet
communications only. Class A power requires using two 4090-9117
Power Isolators located close-nippled at the panel with Class A
operation performed by panel control of the Isolators.
2. Operation of the 4090-9117 Addressable IDNet Power Isolator
requires connection to a 4100ES, 4010ES, 4007ES, or 4100U
IDNet communications channel.
3. IDNet isolators are shown for typical reference but are not
required. For Class A IDNet SLCs, locate isolators as first and Simplex 4100U Series
last device on the SLC for service convenience. Fire Control Panel
(shown for reference)

3 S4090-0006-7 11/2014
 Mounting Information

Status indicating LED

4" (102 mm) square box, 2-1/8"

(54 mm) minimum depth, RACO 232
or equal (supplied by others)

4090-9117 Addressable
Power Isolator

Double gang blank cover plate and mounting screws, for

use when LED is not required to be externally viewed
(supplied by others)

Mounting Reference, Double Gang Blank Cover Plate

Light pipe for LED viewing

4-9/16" 4-5/16"
(116 mm) (109 mm)

4-9/16" (116 mm) 4-5/16" (109 mm)

4090-9801, Trim plate for 4090-9802, Trim plate for

semi-flush mounted box surface mounted box
Optional Trim Plates for Visible LED

TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited.

Tyco Fire Protection Products • Westminster, MA • 01441-0001 • USA S4090-0006-7 11/2014

www.simplex-fire.com
© 2014 Tyco Fire Protection Products. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice.

UL, ULC, CSFM Listed; FM Approved;
MEA (NYC) Acceptance*
Features
Dual point operation provides a supervised
multi-state input and a relay output in a single
package using only one address:
 Typical applications are for damper motor control with
dual damper position feedback monitoring (open and
closed)
 For use with Simplex® 4007ES, 4010ES, 4100ES, or
4100U Fire Alarm Control Panels providing IDNet
communications (4100U requires software revision 11
or higher)
Input/Output details:
 Input operation is “T-Sense” and provides supervised
monitoring of normally open, dry contacts
 Status conditions are Normal, Open Circuit (trouble
condition), Current Limited (position input 1), and Short
(position input 2)
 Total wiring distance to supervised contacts is up to
500 ft (152 m); for indoor wiring applications
 Low power latching relay design allows IDNet
communications to supply both data and module power
 Relay is set to OFF on initial power up and upon loss of
IDNet communications
 Form C relay output is rated 2 A @ 30 VDC, and
0.5 A @ 120 VAC (resistive ratings)
Compact, sealed construction:
 Enclosed design minimizes dust infiltration
 Mounts in standard 4” square electrical box
 Visible LED flashes to indicate communications
 Screw terminals for wiring connections
 Optional covers are available to allow LED to be
viewed after installation
UL Listed to Standard 864
Description
Single Address Dual Point Module. The 4090-9118
Relay IAM with T-Sense allows a compatible Simplex fire
alarm control panel IDNet communication channel to
monitor two input contact closures with one point and
control an output relay with the other point, both from a
compact module requiring a single address. Module power
is supplied from the IDNet communications channel
eliminating the need for separate power wiring.
Multi-Point Device Description. The input circuit and
relay operation are controlled independently and may be
disabled separately. Point association is determined at the
host panel. At the host panel display, the device address is
designated as a single hardware location (such as 1-1).
The individual points are considered “sub-points” and are
layered underneath (such as 1-1-1 and 1-1-2).
Multi-Point Peripherals
4090-9118 Relay IAM (Individual
Addressable Module) with T-Sense Input
4090-9118 Relay IAM with T-Sense Input
(shown approximately 1/2 size)
T-Sensing Operation
Supervised Input. The 4090-9118 Relay IAM with
T-Sense has a supervised input that monitors for
continuity to an end-of-line resistor and can differentiate
between a short circuit contact closure and a current
limited contact closure.
Four State Operation. Normal is when all contacts are
open and there is continuity to the end-of-line resistor;
Open is when continuity does not exist to the end-of-line
resistor, causing a Trouble condition; Short, indicates that
a contact has closed that is directly connected to the input
circuit; and Current Limited indicates that a contact has
closed beyond a series connected current limiting resistor.
This operation allows differentiation between two
different contact types due to their wiring location, and
reporting as a single IDNet addressable point to the fire
alarm control panel.
Typical Applications
Efficient Package. For smoke control applications, this
module provides an efficient package for fan damper
control with position feedback. The monitor point can be
connected to two separate status indicator switches
allowing the host panel to track the fan damper status with
respect to the requested fan control operation.
General Applications. The monitor and control points
can be applied for a variety of associated or independent
operations. Flexible programming abilities at the host
panel can provide the association logic required for a
wide variety of fire or utility operations.
* This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to
Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing 7300-0026:311
for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in this document.
Accepted for use – City of New York Department of Buildings – MEA35-93E. Additional
listings may be applicable; contact your local Simplex product supplier for the latest status.
Listings and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co. are the property of Tyco Fire
Protection Products.
S4090-0007-6 11/2014
Product Selection
Model Description
4090-9118 Relay IAM with T-Sense
Optional Adapter and Trim Plates
Model Description
4090-9813 Adapter plate to fit 4 11⁄16” (119 mm) square electrical box
4090-9801 For semi-flush mounted box Trim Plate, galvanized steel, with LED viewing window; includes mounting
4090-9802 For surface mounted box screws

End-of-Line Resistor Harnesses (ordered separately as required)

Model Reference No. Description
4081-9003 733-896 4.7 k, 1/2 W
Use for current limited monitoring, refer to diagram below
4081-9005 733-984 1.8 k, 1/2 W

T-Sense Input Operating Modes

Common Circuit Status Modes
Circuit Status Device Status Panel Display
Normal Switches open Normal
Open circuit Wiring discontinuity Trouble

Damper Position Monitoring Status Modes

Circuit Status Device Status Typical Panel Display
Short Switch A closed Damper Closed
Current Limited Switch B closed Damper Open

Waterflow and Tamper Switch Monitoring Status Modes

Circuit Status Device Status Panel Display
Short Waterflow switch closed Fire Alarm
Current Limited Tamper switch closed Supervisory

Wiring Reference

Maximum distance to contacts is 500 ft

(152 m) (input is for indoor wiring only)

1.8 k, 1/2 W

4.7 k/2 W For Fire Alarm applications, locate
End-of-line T-Sense Input loads within 3 ft (1 m) of contacts
resistor N.O.
Current limited Shorting Power Limited Contact Ratings:
Output Com
contact contact 2 A @ 30 VDC, resistive loads
N.C. 1 A @ 30 VDC, inductive loads
Non-Power Limited Contact
Ratings:
+ + 4090-9118 0.5 A @ 120 VAC, resistive loads
IDNet communications
- - Relay IAM 0.25 A @ 120 VAC, inductive loads
from host control panel
with T-Sense (refer to specifications for additional
information)
To next device

IDNet Wiring Distances:

1. Up to 2500 ft (762 m) from host control panel.
2. Up to 10,000 ft (3048 m) total wiring distance, including "T" taps.

NOTE: Refer to Installation Instructions 574-874 for detailed installation information.

2 S4090-0007-6 11/2014
Mounting Information

3 S4090-0007-6 11/2014
 Specifications

Electrical
Communications
Power
Point Allocation
Reference
Input Requirements
Input Supervision Resistors
Wire Connections
Relay Contact Ratings*
Form C (SPDT)
(not rated for
incandescent switching)
* Provide circuit fusing and transient suppression as required per application. DC inductive loads can typically be diode suppressed;
120 VAC loads may require RC networks or varistors, depending on device type. Refer to Installation Instructions 574-874 for
additional information.
IDNet Wiring Distance Reference
IDNet communications, one address
Consumes one unit load, power supplied from a compatible IDNet
communications channel
Point Type TRIAM
I/O Point Usage per Panel 2; 1 for relay, 1 for input
up to 3; 1 for relay, 1 for input, 1 for trouble; for points mapped to the Fire Alarm
Public Points Usage
Network
Normally open dry contacts
Up to 500 ft (152 m) total distance from Relay IAM
For indoor wiring applications only
Two required, refer to Installation Instructions 574-874 for additional information
and wiring detail
Screw terminals for input and output wiring, 18 to 14 AWG wire
(0.82 mm2 to 2.08 mm2)
2 A @ 30 VDC, resistive
Power-Limited from listed fire alarm supply
1 A @ 30 VDC, inductive
0.5 A @ 120 VAC, resistive
Nonpower-Limited
0.25 A @ 120 VAC, inductive
Up to 2500 ft (762 m) from the fire alarm control panel
Up to 10,000 ft (3048 m) total Class B wiring distance including T-Taps
Compatible with 2081-9044 Overvoltage Protectors

Mechanical
Dimensions 4-1/8” H x 4-1/8” W x 1-3/8” D (105 mm x 105 mm x 35 mm)
Package Black thermoplastic housing on metal mounting plate
Temperature 32° to 120° F (0° to 49° C) indoor operation only
Humidity Range 10 to 90% RH at 90° F (32° C)
Installation Instructions 574-874

TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited.

Tyco Fire Protection Products • Westminster, MA • 01441-0001 • USA S4090-0007-6 11/2014

www.simplex-fire.com
© 2014 Tyco Fire Protection Products. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice.
 Multi-Point Peripherals
UL, ULC, CSFM Listed; FM Approved; 4090-9119 Relay IAM (Individual
MEA (NYC) Acceptance* Addressable Module) with Unsupervised Input

Features
Dual point operation provides an unsupervised
input and a relay output in a single package
using only one address:
 Typical applications are for fan control with single
unsupervised status feedback monitoring
 For use with Simplex® 4007ES, 4010ES, 4100ES, or
4100U Fire Alarm Control Panels providing IDNet
communications (4100U requires software
revision 11 or higher)
Input/Output details:
 Input provides unsupervised monitoring of normally
open, dry contacts
4090-9119 Relay IAM with Unsupervised Input
 Total wiring distance to supervised contacts is up to (shown approximately 1/2 size)
500 ft (152 m); for indoor wiring applications
 Low power latching relay design allows IDNet
communications to supply both data and module
power Product Selection
 Relay is set to OFF on initial power up and upon loss Model Description
of IDNet communications 4090-9119 Relay IAM with Unsupervised Input
 Form C relay output is rated 2 A @ 30 VDC, and
Optional Adapter and Trim Plates
0.5 A @ 120 VAC (resistive ratings)
Model Description
Compact, sealed construction: Adapter plate to fit 4 11⁄16” (119 mm) square
4090-9813
electrical box
 Enclosed design minimizes dust infiltration
For semi-flush Optional trim plate with LED
 Mounts in standard 4” square electrical box 4090-9801
mounted box viewing window, includes
 Visible LED flashes to indicate communications 4090-9802
For surface mounting screws; galvanized
mounted box steel
 Screw terminals for wiring connections
 Optional covers are available to allow LED to be
viewed after installation Typical Applications
UL Listed to Standard 864 Efficient Package. For smoke control applications, this
module provides an efficient package for fan control with
Description single status feedback. The monitor point provides
feedback from a single set of unsupervised contacts (such
Single Address Dual Point Module. The 4090-9119 as a sail switch or pressure switch) allowing the host
Relay IAM allows a compatible Simplex fire alarm panel to track the result of the requested relay control
control panel IDNet communications channel to monitor operation.
an unsupervised input contact closure with one point and
control an output relay with the other point, both from a General Applications. The monitor and control points
compact module requiring a single address. Module can be applied for a variety of associated or independent
power is supplied from the IDNet communications operations. Flexible programming abilities at the host
channel eliminating the need for separate power wiring. panel can provide the association logic required for a
wide variety of fire or utility operations.
Multi-Point Device Description. The input circuit and
relay operation are controlled independently and may be * This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to
disabled separately. Point association is determined at the Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing 7300-0026:311
for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in this document.
host panel. At the host panel display, the device address is Accepted for use – City of New York Department of Buildings – MEA35-93E. Additional
designated as a single hardware location (such as 1-1). listings may be applicable; contact your local Simplex product supplier for the latest status.
Listings and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co. are the property of Tyco Fire
The individual points are considered “sub-points” and are Protection Products.
layered underneath (such as 1-1-1 and 1-1-2).

S4090-0008-6 11/2014
Wiring Reference
Maximum distance to contacts is 500 ft
(152 m) (input is for indoor wiring only)

For Fire Alarm applications, locate

Normally open loads within 3 ft (1 m) of contacts
Unsupervised Input
dry contact
N.O.
Power Limited Contact Ratings:
Output Com 2 A @ 30 VDC, resistive loads
1 A @ 30 VDC, inductive loads
N.C. Non-Power Limited Contact
Ratings:
0.5 A @ 120 VAC, resistive loads
+ + 4090-9119
IDNet communications 0.25 A @ 120 VAC, inductive loads
- - Relay IAM
from host control panel (refer to specifications for additional
with Input information)

To next device

IDNet Wiring Distances:

1. Up to 2500 ft (762 m) from host control panel.
2. Up to 10,000 ft (3048 m) total wiring distance, including "T" taps.

NOTE: Refer to Installation Instructions 574-875 for detailed installation information.

Specifications

Electrical
Communications IDNet communications, one address
Power Consumes one unit load, power supplied from IDNet communications
Point Type FRIAM
Point Allocation I/O Point Usage per Panel 1 for relay
Reference up to 3; 1 for relay, 1 for input, 1 for trouble; for points mapped to the Fire Alarm
Public Points Usage
Network
Normally open dry contacts
Input Requirements Up to 500 ft (152 m) total distance from Relay IAM
For indoor wiring applications only
Screw terminals for input and output wiring, 18 to 14 AWG wire
Wire Connections
(0.82 mm2 to 2.08 mm2)
2 A @ 30 VDC, resistive
Relay Contact Ratings* Power-Limited from listed fire alarm supply
Form C (SPDT) 1 A @ 30 VDC, inductive
(not rated for 0.5 A @ 120 VAC, resistive
incandescent switching) Nonpower-Limited
0.25 A @ 120 VAC, inductive
* Provide circuit fusing and transient suppression as required per application. DC inductive loads can typically be diode suppressed;
120 VAC loads may require RC networks or varistors, depending on device type. Refer to Installation Instructions 574-875 for
additional information.
Up to 2500 ft (762 m) from the fire alarm control panel
IDNet Wiring Distance Reference Up to 10,000 ft (3048 m) total Class B wiring distance including T-Taps
Compatible with 2081-9044 Overvoltage Protectors
Mechanical
Dimensions 4-1/8” H x 4-1/8” W x 1-3/8” D (105 mm x 105 mm x 35 mm)
Package Black thermoplastic housing on metal mounting plate
Temperature 32° to 120° F (0° to 49° C) indoor operation only
Humidity Range 10 to 90% RH at 90° F (32° C)
Installation Instructions 579-875

2 S4090-0008-6 11/2014
Mounting Information

Address setting under

resealable label

4" (102 mm) square box, 2-1/8"

(54 mm) minimum depth, RACO
232 or equal (supplied by others)

4090-9119 Relay IAM with

unsupervised feedback

Double gang blank cover plate and mounting screws, for

use when LED is not required to be externally viewed
(supplied by others)

Mounting Reference, Double Gang Blank Cover Plate

Light pipe for LED viewing

4-9/16" 4-5/16"
(116 mm) (109 mm)

4-9/16" (116 mm) 4-5/16" (109 mm)

4090-9801, Trim plate for 4090-9802, Trim plate for

semi-flush mounted box surface mounted box
Optional Trim Plates for Visible LED

3 S4090-0008-6 11/2014
TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited.

Tyco Fire Protection Products • Westminster, MA • 01441-0001 • USA S4090-0008-6 11/2014

www.simplex-fire.com
© 2014 Tyco Fire Protection Products. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice.

UL, ULC, CSFM Listed; FM Approved;
MEA (NYC) Acceptance*
Features
Six point operation provides four supervised
multi-state inputs and two relay outputs in a
single package using only one address:
 For use with Simplex 4007ES, 4010ES, 4100ES, or
® -2
4100U Fire Alarm Control Panels providing IDNet
communications (4100U requires software revision 11
or higher)
 Typical applications include fan motor control centers,
monitoring fire pump motor running status, low
pressure fuel warnings, and for multiple dual damper
position feedback monitoring
Input/Output details:
 Four “T-Sense” inputs provide supervised monitoring
of normally open, dry contacts
 Status conditions are Normal, Open Circuit (trouble
condition), Current Limited (position input 1), and
Short (position input 2)
 Total wiring distance to supervised contacts is up to
500 ft (152 m); for indoor wiring applications
 Two relay outputs with Form C contacts rated
2 A @ 30 VDC, and 0.5 A @ 120 VAC (resistive
ratings)
Compact construction:
 Mounts in standard 4” square electrical box
 Visible LED flashes to indicate communications
 Optional covers are available to allow LED to be
viewed after installation
 Screw terminals for wiring connections
UL Listed to Standard 864
Description
Single Address Six Point Module. The 4090-9120
Six Point Module allows a compatible Simplex fire alarm
control panel IDNet communications channel to monitor
four T-sense input circuits and control two output relays
from a single compact module requiring a single address.
Power is supplied by a 24 VDC connection to a listed fire
alarm power supply.
Multi-Point Device Description. The input circuits
and output relay operation are controlled independently
and may be disabled separately. Point association is
determined at the host panel. At the host panel display,
the device address is designated as a single hardware
location (such as 1-1). Each of the six individual points
appear as “sub-points” and are layered underneath (such
as 1-1-1, 1-1-2, 1-1-3, ….1-1-6).
Multi-Point Peripherals
4090-9120 Six Point Module with
Four T-Sense Inputs and Two Relay Outputs
DISCONNECT POWER
BEFORE SERVICING
+1
6 PT. I/O 565-984
-1
24V
+2
24VC
+3
-3
+4
NC COM NO
OUTPUT 1
-4
IDNet+
NC COM NO
OUTPUT 2
IDNet-
ON
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
4090-9120 Six Point Module
(shown approximately 1/2 size)
T-Sensing Operation
Supervised Input. Each of the four input circuits
monitors for continuity to an end-of-line resistor and can
differentiate between a short circuit contact closure and a
current limited contact closure.
Four State Operation. Normal is when all contacts are
open and there is continuity to the end-of-line resistor;
Open is when continuity does not exist to the end-of-line
resistor, causing a Trouble condition; Short, indicates that
a contact has closed that is directly connected to the input
circuit; and Current Limited indicates that a contact has
closed beyond a series connected current limiting resistor.
This operation allows differentiation between two
different contact types due to their wiring location, and
reporting as a single IDNet addressable point to the fire
alarm control panel.
Typical Applications
Efficient Package. For smoke control applications, this
module provides an efficient package for fan damper
control with position feedback. Monitor points can be
connected to two separate status indicator switches per
circuit, allowing the host panel to track fan damper status
with respect to the requested fan control operation.
General Applications. The monitor and control points
can be applied for a variety of associated or independent
operations. Flexible programming abilities at the host
panel can provide the association logic required for a
wide variety of fire or utility operations.
* This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to
Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing
7300-0026:311 for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in this
document. Accepted for use – City of New York Department of Buildings – MEA35-93E.
Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local Simplex product supplier for the
latest status. Listings and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co. are the property of
Tyco Fire Protection Products.
S4090-0009-6 11/2014
Product Selection
Model Description
4090-9120 Six Point Module
4090-9801 For semi-flush mounted box Optional trim plate with LED viewing window, includes mounting screws;
4090-9802 For surface mounted box galvanized steel

End-of-Line Resistor Harnesses (ordered separately as required)

Model Reference No. Description
4081-9004 733-886 6.8 k, 1/2 W; Standard end-of-line resistor harness for N.O. contact supervision
4081-9003 733-896 4.7 k, 1/2 W
Use for current limited monitoring applications, refer to diagram below
4081-9005 733-984 1.8 k, 1/2 W

T-Sense Input Operating Modes

Common Circuit Status Modes

Circuit Status Device Status Panel Display
Normal Switches open Normal
Open circuit Wiring discontinuity Trouble
Damper Position Monitoring Status Modes
Circuit Status Device Status Typical Panel Display
Short Switch A closed Damper Closed
Current Limited Switch B closed Damper Open

Waterflow and Tamper Switch Monitoring Status Modes

Circuit Status Device Status Panel Display
Short Waterflow switch closed Fire Alarm
Current Limited Tamper switch closed Supervisory

Wiring Reference
Maximum distance to contacts is 500 ft
(152 m) (inputs are for indoor wiring only)

1.8 k, 1/2 W

For Fire Alarm applications, locate
4.7 k/2 W N.O. loads within 3 ft (1 m) of contacts
End-of-line T-Sense Input 1
resistor Output Power Limited Contact Ratings:
Com
1
Current limited Shorting T-Sense 2 A @ 30 VDC, resistive loads
contact contact Input 2 N.C. 1 A @ 30 VDC, inductive loads
Non-Power Limited Contact
T-Sense N.O.
Input 4, shown as a typical Ratings:
Input 3 Output
contact closure input Com 0.5 A @ 120 VAC, resistive loads
2
0.25 A @ 120 VAC, inductive loads
6.8 k/2 W T-Sense N.C. (refer to specifications for additional
End-of-line resistor Input 4 information)
4090-9120
+ +
IDNet communications Six Point
+
from host control panel - - Module 24 VDC
-

To next device

IDNet Wiring Distances:

1. Up to 2500 ft (762 m) from host control panel.
2. Up to 10,000 ft (3048 m) total wiring distance, including "T" taps.

NOTE: Refer to Installation Instructions 574-876 for detailed installation information.

2 S4090-0009-6 11/2014
Mounting Information

Status indicating LED

4" (102 mm) square box, 2-1/8"

(54 mm) minimum depth, RACO 232
or equal (supplied by others)

4090-9120 Six Point Module

Double gang blank cover plate and mounting screws, for

use when LED is not required to be externally viewed
(supplied by others)

Mounting Reference, Double Gang Blank Cover Plate

Light pipe for LED viewing

4-9/16" 4-5/16"
(116 mm) (109 mm)

4-9/16" (116 mm) 4-5/16" (109 mm)

4090-9801, Trim plate for 4090-9802, Trim plate for

semi-flush mounted box surface mounted box
Optional Trim Plates for Visible LED

3 S4090-0009-6 11/2014
Specifications

Electrical
Communications
Input Power
Point Allocation
Reference
Input Requirements
Input Supervision Resistors
Wire Connections
Relay Contact Ratings*
Form C (SPDT)
(not rated for
incandescent switching)
* Provide circuit fusing and transient suppression as required per application. DC inductive loads can typically be diode suppressed;
120 VAC loads may require RC networks or varistors, depending on device type. Refer to Installation Instructions 574-876 for
additional information.
IDNet Wiring Distance Reference
IDNet communications, one address
Voltage 18 to 32 VDC (nominal 24 VDC)
Current 30 mA maximum @ 24 VDC from listed fire alarm power supply
Point Type MLPTIO
I/O Point Usage per Panel 6; 1 per relay, 1 per input
up to 7; 1 per relay, 1 per input, 1 for trouble; for points mapped to the Fire Alarm
Public Points Usage
Network
Normally open dry contacts
Up to 500 ft (152 m) total distance from Six Point Module
For indoor wiring applications only
Two required per T-sense input, refer to page 2 and to Installation Instructions
574-876 for additional information and wiring detail
Screw terminals for input and output wiring, 18 to 14 AWG wire
(0.82 mm2 to 2.08 mm2)
2 A @ 30 VDC, resistive
Power-Limited from listed fire alarm supply
1 A @ 30 VDC, inductive
0.5 A @ 120 VAC, resistive
Nonpower-Limited
0.25 A @ 120 VAC, inductive
Up to 2500 ft (762 m) from the fire alarm control panel
Up to 10,000 ft (3048 m) total Class B wiring distance including T-Taps
Compatible with 2081-9044 Overvoltage Protectors

Mechanical
Dimensions 4-1/8” H x 4-1/8” W x 1-3/8” D (105 mm x 105 mm x 35 mm)
Mounting Bracket Galvanized sheet metal
Temperature 32° to 120° F (0° to 49° C) indoor operation only
Humidity Range 10 to 90% RH at 90° F (32° C)
Installation Instructions 574-876

Tyco Fire Protection Products • Westminster, MA • 01441-0001 • USA S4090-0009-6 11/2014

www.simplex-fire.com
© 2014 Tyco Fire Protection Products. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice.
 Addressable Peripherals
UL, ULC, CSFM Listed; FM Approved; IDNet Addressable Devices, Model 4090-9007
MEA (NYC) Acceptance* Signal IAM (Individual Addressable Module)

Features
Signal IAMs provide additional selective signaling
for Simplex® 4007ES, 4008, 4010ES, 4100ES, and

8
4100U Series fire alarm control panels:

7
6
+

ADDRESSABLE

5
 Signal output notification appliance circuit (NAC)

4
3
LOOP

2
- SHLD

ON

(STYLE Z)
wiring is supervised and connected to the signal input

RETURN
SIGNAL

-
under IDNet communications control

+
 NAC output is rated 0.5 A for Special Application or

-
SIGNAL

(STYLE Y)
+ SHLD

SIGNAL
Regulated 24 VDC Appliances, or for audio operation

SHLD +
IN

(12.5 W @ 25 VRMS, 35 W @ 70.7 VRMS); and can
be wired Class B or Class A; see additional information
on page 2, specifications section
 Signal coding of horn/strobe control, strobe
synchronization, or other coding is provided by the
signal input; coding at the Signal IAM via IDNet
addressable communications is not supported
 4100U compatibility requires Software Revision
11.11.01 or higher
 Signal IAMs are not compatible with 4010 fire alarm
control panels IDNet communications
Supervision features:
 Relay contacts isolate signal inputs from outputs during
supervision and do not monitor signal presence; signal
inputs sources will need to be monitored separately
 During supervision, signal outputs are isolated from
signal inputs by open contacts allowing consideration for
use with SCIF applications (Sensitive Compartmented
Information Facilities)
Operation details:
 Signal IAM operation is powered and supervised by the
IDNet addressable communications loop – separate
24 VDC is not required for the IAM – separate signal
power is required for the on-board NAC
 Signal IAM communications use a single physical
address; however, each Signal IAM reduces the IDNet
loop capacity by two addresses to accommodate the
extra power required for output NAC supervision
Compact construction:
 Mounts in standard 4” square electrical box
 Visible LED flashes to indicate communications
 Optional covers are available to allow LED to be
viewed after installation
 Screw terminals for wiring connections
UL Listed to Standard 864
* This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant
to Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listings
7300-0026:319, 7165-0026:251, 7165-0026:318, and 7170-0026:250 for allowable
values and/or conditions concerning material presented in this document. Additional
listings may be applicable, contact your local Simplex product supplier for the latest
status. Listings and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co. are the property of
Tyco Fire Protection Products.
OUT
4090-9007 Signal IAM
(shown approximately 1/2 size)
Description
Additional NAC Operation. For applications requiring
additional individual NAC supervision and control, the
4090-9007 Signal IAM provides a 0.5 A remote NAC
under host panel addressable point control. IDNet
communications monitor the Signal IAM status and then
connects the output NAC to the separate signal input for
local alarm notification.
NOTE: The Signal IAM provides additional NACs to the
host control panel, it does not provide additional power.
Refer to One-Line Wiring Reference for additional
system requirements.
Audio Control. The Signal IAM also allows the control
panel to use IDNet communications to control audio
circuits from a compatible Simplex audio control panel.
Only one signal source is used per Signal IAM, separate
Signal IAMs would be required for control of DC
powered appliances such as strobes.
NOTE: Firefighter phone circuits are not supported.
Application Reference
Selective Signaling. Use Signal IAMs to provide
additional local area notification zones per applicable
version of NFPA 72 (the National Fire Alarm and
Signaling Code), local codes and system requirements.
General Signaling. Use Signal IAMs to connect to
higher current appliances (rated output is 0.5 A).
For retrofit of Class B NAC wiring, where only two wires
are available, in/out connections can be made at the
Signal IAM maintaining appliance wiring supervision per
applicable version of NFPA 72 and local codes .
NOTE: Signal IAM operation is programmed at the fire
alarm control panel per system requirements.
Wiring Requirements
Wire Signal IAMS with both IDNet communications and
signal/NAC input to the latest requirements of UL 864,
and to NFPA 72 per local code. Please refer to One-Line
Wiring Reference for additional information.
S4090-0010-8 12/2014
Product Selection

Model Description
Signal IAM; programming types are hardware type SIGNAL for 4008; device type SIGIAM for other compatible
4090-9007
fire alarm control panels

4090-9801 For semi-flush mounted box Optional trim plate with LED viewing window, includes mounting screws;
4090-9802 For surface mounted box galvanized steel

IDNet Communications Isolator; may be required for loop connections to Signal IAM (see diagram on page 3);
4090-9116
refer to data sheet S4090-0005 for details

4081-9008 End-of-line resistor for Signal IAM NAC output when wired Class B; 10 k, 1/2 W; (ref. 733-894)

Overvoltage Protector; for up to 200 mA DC or IDNet communications; required where wiring exits and enters
2081-9044
a building; refer to data sheet S2081-0016 for details

Specifications
Electrical
Communications IDNet communications, one address
Consumes two unit loads (each Signal IAM reduces the IDNet loop capacity by two addresses);
Channel Loading
refer to the IDNet source for the total available address capacity
Nominal 24 VDC from control panel NAC or NAC extender
NAC Input Choices
25 VRMS or 70.7 VRMS from compatible listed audio source
Special Application or Regulated 24 VDC Appliances = 0.5 A
NAC Output Ratings
Audio rating for speakers = 0.5 A @ 25 VRMS (12.5 W) or 70.7 VRMS (35 W)
Compatible with Simplex strobe synchronization; not compatible with SmartSync 2-wire
Appliance Compatibility horn/strobe control or with TrueAlert addressable control; for horn/strobe appliance applications,
Details use 4-wire appliances (see data sheet S4903-0011), for horn control, select horn operation as
free-run
Wire Connections Screw terminals for in/out wiring, 18 to 12 AWG wire (0.82 mm2 to 3.31 mm2 )
End-of-Line Resistor For Class B NAC; 10 k, 1/2 W; 4081-9008
Wiring Distance Information Reference
2500 ft (762 m) maximum distance from panel
IDNet
10,000 ft (3048 m) maximum total wiring distance (including T-Taps on Class B wiring)
Communications,
General Reference Note: IDNet communications specifications may vary depending on the host fire alarm control
panel, refer to specific panel product documentation for details
1. Wiring connections from the NAC Riser, through the Signal IAMs, and to the notification
NAC Wiring Distance appliances are branch circuits on the NAC Riser and must be calculated accordingly.
Considerations 2. Wiring distances are limited by wire size and the allowable voltage drop from the fire alarm
(refer to diagram on control panel to the Signal IAM, and then to the farthest notification appliance per branch
page 3) connection. (The Signal IAM voltage drop is considered negligible for wiring distance
calculations.)
Mechanical
Dimensions 4” x 4-1/8” x 1-1/4” D (102 mm x 105 mm x 32 mm)
Temperature Range 32° to 120° F (0° to 49° C) indoor operation only
Humidity Range Up to 93% RH at 100° F (38° C)
Additional Information
Product Document Product Document Product Document
Installation Instructions 579-670 4003EC Voice/Audio Panel S4003-0002 4010ES Control Panel S4010-0004
4100ES Basic S4100-0031 4090-9116 IDNet Isolator S4090-0005 4010ES Control Panel
S4010-0006
4100ES Audio S4100-0034 4098-9793 Isolator Base S4098-0025 (International)
4007ES Hybrid S4007-0001 4008 Control Panel S4008-0001

2 S4090-0010-8 12/2014
One-Line Wiring Reference

A/V Note: Use 4-Wire A/Vs

(not SmartSync control) with
the 4090-9007:
Area 2 4903-9425, 4903-9426,
4903-9427, 4903-9431,
4903-9732, 4903-9433

Horn/Strobe NAC wiring

(A/V)

IDNet
Horn wiring

I
Strobe
(V/O)

Area 3 I

IDNet communicatio
and NAC source

4100ES, 4010ES,
4007ES, 4008, or 410

FIRE SYSTEM SYSTEM ALARM AC

ALARM SUPERVISORY TROUBLE SILENCED POW ER

ALARM SUPV TROUBLE ALARM SYSTEM

ACK ACK ACK SILENCE RESET

4007ES, 4010ES, 4100ES, or 4008 Fire Alarm

4100U Fire Alarm Control Control Panel
Panel (4100ES shown)
4008 NOTE: 4008 panels control the output NACs of the 4003
wired connections to its NAC outputs (not by IDNet communic
4007ES, 4010ES, 4100ES, and 4100U NOTES: These panel
for 4100ES and 4100U systems, audio signals are typically pr
Panel is controlled by wired connections to panel NAC outputs

3 S4090-0010-8 12/2014
 Mounting Information

Signal IAM

Mounting Bo
4" square cover plate, required dept
RACO 752 or equal
(by others) Minimum dep

Extended dep
(38 mm) exte

Mounting Reference with 4" S

Light pipe f

4-9/16"
(116 mm)

4-9/16" (116 mm)

4090-9801, Trim plate for

semi-flush mounted box
Optional Trim Plates

TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm and
Signaling Code are registered trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).

Tyco Fire Protection Products • Westminster, MA • 01441-0001 • USA S4090-0010-8 12/2014

www.simplex-fire.com
© 2014 Tyco Fire Protection Products. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice.
 Multi-Application Peripherals
UL, ULC, CSFM Listed; IDNet Communicating Devices
FM Approved* Model 4090-9010, 8 A Relay IAM

Features
Individual Addressable Relay Module (Relay IAM):
 A single addressable point provides control and status
tracking of separate, 8 A Normally Open (Form A, NO)
and 8 A Normally Closed (Form B, NC) contacts
 Low power latching relay design allows IDNet
communications to supply both data and module power
 Operation upon loss and restoration of communications
is switch selectable to either reset the output relays to
normal or to keep them latched in the selected state
For use with following Simplex® control panels:
 Model Series 4007ES, 4008, 4010, 4010ES, 4100ES,
and 4100U fire alarm control panels for IDNet
communications
Compact construction: 4090-9010 8 A IDNet Relay IAM Package
 Mounts in standard 4” (102 mm) square electrical box, (shown approximately 1/2 size)
optional adapter bracket is available to mount in a
4 11⁄16” square electrical box
 Screw terminals for wiring connections Specifications
 Visible LED flashes to indicate communications, can be IDNet communications, 1 address per
selected at panel to indicate activated state Communications
device
 Optional 4” square box covers are available to allow Relay IAM Power Supplied by IDNet communications
LED to be viewed after installation
Installation
579-1063
UL listed to Standard 864 Instructions
Contact Ratings* (not rated for incandescent switching)
Description
Type Separate contacts; 1, NO and 1, NC
8 A Relay IAMs allow fire alarm control panels to Maximum Voltage
control a remotely located NO and NC contact using 250 VAC or 30 VDC
Ratings
IDNet addressable communications for both data and
8 A, resistive
module power. Typical applications would be for Current Ratings
switching local power for control functions such as 3.5 A, inductive at 0.35 PF
elevator capture, or control of HVAC components, * Provide circuit fusing and transient suppression as
pressurization fans, dampers, etc. Relay status is also required per application. DC inductive loads can typically
communicated requiring only one device address. be diode suppressed; 120/240 VAC loads may require RC
networks or varistors, depending on device type. Refer to
Installation Instructions for additional information.
Product Selection
Screw terminals for in/out wiring,
Wire Connections
Model Description 18 to 14 AWG wire (0.82 to 2.08 mm2)
4090-9010 8 A Relay IAM Up to 2500 ft (762 m) from control
panel
Optional Trim Plates and Adapter IDNet
Up to 10,000 ft (3048 m) total wiring
Communications
Model Description distance (including T-Taps)
Wiring Reference
For semi-flush Trim plate, galvanized Compatible with Simplex 2081-9044
4090-9801
mounted box steel, with LED viewing Overvoltage Protectors
For surface window; includes 4 ⅛” H x 4” W x 1 ⅜” D
4090-9802 mounting screws Dimensions
mounted box (105 mm x 102 mm x 35 mm)
Adapter plate to fit 4 11⁄16” (119 mm) square Mounting Plate Sheet metal, galvanized
4090-9813
electrical box
Temperature 32° to 120° F (0° to 49° C),
Range intended for indoor operation
* This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to
Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing Humidity Range Up to 93% RH at 100° F (38° C)
7300-0026:0311 for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in
this document. Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local Simplex product
supplier for the latest status. Listings and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co. are
the property of Tyco Fire Protection Products.
S4090-0015-1 11/2014
 8 A Relay IAM Mounting Information

TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited.

Tyco Fire Protection Products • Westminster, MA • 01441-0001 • USA S4090-0015-1 11/2014

www.simplex-fire.com
© 2014 Tyco Fire Protection Products. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice.
 Addressable Detection Products
UL, ULC, CSFM Listed; Auto-Aligning Reflective Beam Smoke
FM Approved* Detectors with IDNet Communications

Features
Auto-aligning reflective beam smoke detector
system with on-board IDNet addressable
communications:
 Compatible with Simplex® 4007ES, 4010ES, and
4100ES fire alarm control panels
 Simplex addressable beam smoke detectors add IDNet
communications to the proven FireRay 5000 Series
beam smoke detection system
 Communicates status information, and receives
commands and sensitivity threshold selection from the Addressable Beam Detector Head
host fire alarm control panel
Photoelectric transmitter and receiver are
combined in a single, compact housing:
 Connect up to two remote detector heads to one ground
level controller
 An infrared beam is reflected from a matching prism
with the reflected light analyzed by an on-board
microprocessor
 Operating range covers 26 ft, 3 inches to 330 ft
(8 m to 100 m)
 Modular design with easyfit mounting system and
LASER assisted prism mounting provides convenient
mounting and adjustment
 Auto-Align beam alignment operation conveniently
rotates beam to align to the prism center during
installation Addressable Beam Control Station
 AutoOptimise operation automatically maintains
alignment for reliable operation Applications:
 Listed to UL 268 and ULC-S529  Large open areas such as warehouses, hotel atriums,
industrial plants, and school gymnasiums
On-board microprocessor controlled operation
includes:  Public areas where cosmetics are of prime importance
 Ground level system controller with LCD and detector heads need to be small and unobtrusive
 Operating voltage range of 14 to 36 VDC (shopping malls, libraries, theaters, and churches)
 Easy setup and alignment with built-in electronic Optional Accessories:
UL/ULC obscuration acceptance test selectable from  Detector: adjustment bracket, back box, and cover plate
host control panel  Controller back box
 Automatic gain control; contamination compensation,  Extended prism mounting options
building shift compensation with control and monitoring
of alignment motors, and ability to change delay to Fire Description
and delay to Fault timings Convenient Installation and Alignment. Simplex
Host fire alarm control panel operations include: addressable beam smoke detection provides the proven
 Sensitivity selection from 10% to 60% (35% default) FireRay 5000 system features of auto-aligning infrared
 Point type selection (fire, latched supervisory, or utility) beam smoke detection combined with IDNet addressable
and set Almost Dirty threshold communications. Once the detector head is installed using
 Initiate obscuration test, Reset latched conditions, the easyfit mounting system, an integral laser can be
Enable/Disable, and control of beam head LED activated that is aligned along the optical path of the
Host fire alarm control panel information received infrared beam, allowing the reflective prism to be quickly
includes: located. The Auto-Align beam alignment feature then allows
 Smoke status, controller-to-detector communications the reflective prism to be located quickly and accurately.
status, rapid obscuration status (beam blocked), * This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to
Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing
self-alignment status, almost dirty, excessively dirty, and 7260-0026:377 for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in this
summary (general) trouble status document. Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local Simplex product supplier
for the latest status. Listings and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co. are the
 Analog values for signal strength and compensation property of Tyco Fire Protection Products.
level (see page 2 for more information)
S4098-0049-3 8/2016
Description (Continued)
AutoOptimise Beam Alignment. The AutoOptimise
beam alignment system automatically steers and
maintains the beam in the optimum position for reliable
performance. The signal is generated in the transmitter
element and reflected by the prism back to the receiver
element, then analyzed for the presence of smoke. The
beam control station determines an alarm condition when
the predetermined level is reached. Alarm threshold levels
are set from the host fire alarm control panel. Time to Fire
and time to Fault are set at the beam control station.
Mounting Reference. The maximum distance of the
Detector and Reflector from the ceiling must be 10% of
the distance between floor and ceiling. Lateral detection
may be up to 30 ft (9.144 m) on either side of the beam,
providing a maximum total coverage area of up to 19,800
square feet (60 ft x 330 ft or 18.29 m x 100 m).
Refer to the Installation Instructions supplied with the
product and to NFPA 72, the National Fire and Signaling
Code for additional installation guidance.
Accessory Reference (not shown to scale)
Beam Detector on
Beam Detector on 5000-011 Uni-Box
5000-005 Alignment Bracket
One Prism on
5000-006 Mounting Bracket
5000-008 Single Prism Adapter
5000-201 Adjustment Bracket
on a 5000-005 Alignment Bracket
2 S4098-0049-3 8/2016
Communications to the host control panel. The
host fire alarm control panel receives status and numerical
information from the beam controller to allow remote
investigation of the beam head(s). The beam controller
receives commands and the Smoke and Almost Dirty
threshold levels are set from the host control panel.
Numerical information received includes:
Signal Strength in % (to compare to alarm threshold level
set by host control panel) and Compensation Level
(indication of beam status and dirt accumulation).
Application Note. Reflective beam smoke detectors
may not be suitable for areas with highly reflective
surfaces. Separate transmitter/receiver models may be
required. Refer to NFPA 72 and contact your Simplex
product representative for additional applications
guidance.
23901 Prism Reflector
Four Prisms on
5000-006 Mounting Bracket
5000-007 Four Prism Adapter
on 5000-005 Alignment Bracket
Product Selection and Ordering Information
Addressable Beam Detector Selection
Model Description Dimensions
9 ¼” H x 7 ⅞” W x 2 13⁄16” D
IDNet Communications Addressable Reflective Auto Align Beam Controller
(235 mm x 200 mm x 71 mm)
Smoke Detector System;
5 9⁄32” H x 5 5⁄16 ” W x 5 9⁄32” D
4098-9019 Includes: one 4098-9020 controller, one 5000-031 detector head, and Head
(135 mm x 134 mm x 132 mm)
one 23901 prism reflector;
For control of up to two detector heads 4 ⅛” x 3 15⁄16” x ⅜” D
Prism
(105 mm x 100 mm x 9.5 mm)
IDNet Communications Addressable Reflective Auto Align Beam Smoke Detector
9 ¼” H x 7 ⅞” W x 2 13⁄16” D
4098-9020 Controller only, for upgrade or replacement; select detector head(s) and prism
(235 mm x 200 mm x 71 mm)
reflector(s) separately as required;
Beam Detector Heads, Prisms, and Accessories
Ordering
Description Dimensions
Number*
Additional Detector Head and Prism, select up to 1 additional head per 4098-9019 5 ⁄32” H x 5 5⁄16 ” W x 5 9⁄32” D
9
5000-031
System (135 mm x 134 mm x 132 mm)
5000 Series Detector Uni-Box back box includes: hinged cover plate, conduit knock-
7 ⅛” square x 2 1⁄16” D
outs on all sides, captive screw lock on cover plate, universal back plate mounting
5000-011 (181 mm x 52 mm)
holes, and cover plate mounting holes for optional 1000-018 wire cage; box may be
(including cover plate)
surface or flush mounted
Detector Cover Plate for mounting 5000 Series Detector to a double gang electrical 6 7⁄16” square (164 mm)
5000-012
box, surface or flush mount with 3⁄16” lip (5 mm)
Alignment Bracket for detector or prism, surface mount; pivots for accurate 5 ¼” square footprint x 2 13⁄16” D
5000-005
alignment, order detector and prism parts separately (134 mm x 71 mm)
Alignment Bracket for detector or prism, surface mount; provides 360° rotation plus 3 27⁄32” H x 3 29⁄32” W
5000-201
130° adjustment for accurate alignment, order detector and prism parts separately (98 mm x 99.5 mm)
Controller Back Box, surface or flush mount; mounts to single gang, double gang, or 8 7⁄16” H x 7 7⁄16” W x 1 ¾” D
5000-009
4” square box for surface mounting (214 mm x 189 mm x 45 mm)
10 5⁄16” H x 8 ¾” W
5000-010 Controller Back Box Semi-Flush Mount Trim Plate (for 5000-009 box)
(263 mm x 222 mm)
Prism Wall Mount Bracket; mounts a single prism, for up to 160 ft (49 m); or four 11 3⁄16” x 8 5⁄16” x ½” D
5000-006
prisms, for 160 ft to 330 ft (49 m to 100 m); prisms are ordered separately (284 mm x 211 mm x 13 mm)
Single Prism Alignment Adapter, mounts on 5000-005 Alignment Bracket; order
5000-008 4” square (102 mm)
Prism and Alignment Bracket separately
Four Prism Alignment Adapter, mounts on 5000-005 Alignment Bracket; order
5000-007 8” square (204 mm)
Prisms and 5000-005 Alignment Bracket separately
23901.01 Replacement Prism Reflector
5000-004 Long Range Prism Kit; provides three, 23901 Prisms for distances between 160 ft and 330 ft (50 m to 100 m)
5000-014 Ceiling Pendant Mounting Bracket
1000-018 Protective Wire Cage for 5000 Series Detector Heads
1000-019 Protective Wire Cage for 5000 Series Controllers
* Internal Ordering Note: These products can be found in Job Design under Fire Fighting Enterprises, OP category OPFFE.
Controller Display Detail Reference

3 S4098-0049-3 8/2016
 Specifications

Mechanical and General Reference

Housing Flame Retardant ABS; IP rating = IP54
Finish Light Grey/Black
Simplex Addressable Interface and Host 579-1039; (Additional Operating and Installation Instructions are shipped with the
Control Panel Programming Instructions product)
Head and accessories reference Fire Fighting Enterprises (A Halma Group Company); website: www.ffeuk.com/
Electrical
Input Voltage 14 to 36 VDC, supplied from agency listed fire alarm power supply
Input Current 50 mA
Power Wiring to Controller Terminal block connections; 18 to 14 AWG (0.82 mm2 to 2.08 mm2)
328 ft (100 m) maximum distance; use twisted wire pair; 18 to 16 AWG
Wiring, Controller to Head
(1 mm2 to 1.5 mm2 )
Beam Optical Wavelength 850 nm
IDNet addressable communications; communications circuit is isolated from input
Details
power, and controller-to-head communications
IDNet Communications Source Firmware/Revision
4100ES and 4010ES Control Panels System Firmware 2.02 or higher

Communications 4100ES System Power Supplies (SPS) Firmware 3.12.05 or higher

Compatibility
Reference Reference 4010ES Main System Supply (MSS) Firmware 3.12.05 or higher
(review for addition Separate IDNet/IDNet+/IDNet 1+/IDNet 2+
to installed systems) Firmware 3.12.05 or higher
2 modules
IDNet communications PCC Chip 746-146 Revision 2.02.03 or higher
4007ES Compatible beginning with first release
On-board DIP switch selects a base address to communicate with the local controller
Addressing and the first beam detector head; for systems with two heads per controller, the next
sequential address is automatically assigned
Operating Specifications
Selectable from 10% to 60%; with 35% as default (this is % of beam obscuration drop
Sensitivity Threshold from 100%); desired value is selected at host fire alarm control panel and
communicated via IDNet communications
Operating Distance Range 26 ft, 3 inches to 330 ft (8 m to 100 m)
Multi-color LED on bottom front of beam detector head: Normal = Green; Alarm = Red;
Beam Status Indicators
Fault (Trouble) = Yellow; LED flash is every 10 seconds
One LED per detector, located under beam controller cover, indicates status of beam
Service Status Indicators
detector channel communications
Point Types Fire, Latched Supervisory, or Utility, selected at host fire alarm control panel
Communications fault, rapid obscuration fault (blocked beam), excessively dirty, and
Trouble Conditions
summary trouble (other general troubles not detailed)
UL Listed Temperature Range 32° F to 100° F (0° C to 38° C)
Operating Temperature Range -4° F to 131° F (-20° C to 55° C); for indoor use only
Operating Humidity Range 0 to 93% RH, non-condensing

TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm and
Signaling Code are registered trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).

Tyco Fire Protection Products • Westminster, MA • 01441-0001 • USA S4098-0049-3 8/2016

www.simplex-fire.com
© 2014 Tyco Fire Protection Products. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice.
 Multi-Application Peripherals
UL, ULC, CSFM Listed; FM Approved; IDNet and MAPNET II Communicating Devices,
MEA (NYC) Acceptance* Individual Addressable Modules (IAMs)

Features
IDNet or MAPNET II addressable communications
supply both data and power over a single wire pair
to provide**:
 Supervised Class B monitoring of normally open, dry
contacts - IDNET IN +
+IDNET IN -

 Total wiring distance from IAM to supervision

resistor(s) of up to 500 ft (152 m)
 Monitored connection is compatible with Simplex®
2081-9044 Overvoltage Protectors for outdoor wiring or
electrically noisy applications 4090-9001 Supervised IAM
 For use in indoor locations up to 158° F (70° C) such as (shown approximately 3/4 size)
attic spaces or similar applications
For use with following Simplex control panels:
 Model Series 4007ES, 4008, 4010, 4010ES, and 4100ES
fire alarm control panels for IDNet communications
 Model Series 4100/4100U/4100ES, 4120, 4020, and
2120 Communicating Device Transponders (CDTs)
equipped with MAPNET II communications
Model 4090-9001:
 Enclosed design minimizes dust infiltration
 Mounts in standard single gang electrical box LISTED
SIGNALING
DEVICE

 Screw terminals for wiring connections

ISSUE NO
.

 Visible LED flashes to indicate communications

 Optional covers are available to allow LED to be 4090-9051 Supervised IAM
viewed after installation (requires mounting bracket, (shown approximately 3/4 size)
ordered separately)
Model 4090-9051:
 Encapsulated design for extended exposure to high
humidity (LED is not present on this model)
Description
 Color coded 18 AWG leads for wiring Individual addressable modules (IAMs) receive
IDNet communications provides current limited both power and communications from a two-wire
monitoring: MAPNET II or IDNet circuit. They provide location
specific addressability to a single initiating device (such
 Provides monitoring of tamper switch (supervisory)
as single station smoke detector alarm contacts or heat
and waterflow switch (alarm) on same circuit using
detector contacts) or multiple devices at the same location
one point
by monitoring normally open dry contacts and the wiring
 Available with IDNet communications only to an end-of-line resistor.
Multiple operation modes are available and are
Model 4090-9001 is packaged in a thermoplastic
selectable at the control panel:
housing and provides screw terminal connections and a
 Contact closure status can be tracked status indicating LED.
 Momentary contact closure conditions can be selected at
the panel to be latched or tracked (not available with the Model 4090-9051 is an encapsulated package with wire
2120 CDT) leads. It does not provide a status indicating LED.

UL listed to Standard 864

* These products have been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant
to Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing
7300-0026:223 for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in this
document. Accepted for use – City of New York Department of Buildings – MEA35-93E.
Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local Simplex product supplier for the
latest status. Listings and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co. are the property of
Tyco Fire Protection Products .

S4090-0001-12 8/2016
Operation
Contact Closure. Closure of the monitored contact(s)
initiates an alarm or other response as programmed at the
fire alarm control panel. An open in the monitored circuit
wiring will cause a trouble to be reported.
Panel Selections. Selections can be made at the control
panel to maintain the alarm condition if the initiating
device contacts are momentary, such as from a
rate-of-rise heat detector, or to track the device contact
status (not available with the 2120 CDT).
Current Limited Operation Applications
For use with IDNet communications only, these
IAMs can provide quad-state sensing of normal, open
circuit, short circuit, and current limited conditions.
(Program type is “T-sense.”) With the proper end-of-line
and current limiting resistors, dual functions such as
tamper switch and waterflow switch monitoring can be
determined and communicated by a single addressable
point.

IAM Product Selection

Model Description
4090-9001 Supervised IAM, mounted in thermoplastic housing with screw terminals; see applicable options below
4090-9051 Supervised IAM, encapsulated with wire leads

Optional Trim Plates and Mounting Bracket for Model 4090-9001

Model Description
4090-9806 For semi-flush mounted box Trim plate with LED viewing window, requires 4090-9810 mounting bracket,
4090-9807 For surface mounted box includes mounting screws; galvanized steel

Mounting bracket, mounts IAM to electrical box and provides screw holes for trim plate, required for optional trim
4090-9810
plates

End-of-Line Resistor Harnesses (ordered separately as required)

Model Reference No. Description
4081-9004 733-886 6.8 k, 1/2 W; Standard end-of-line resistor harness for N.O. contact supervision
4081-9003 733-896 4.7 k, 1/2 W
Use for current limited monitoring applications
4081-9005 733-984 1.8 k, 1/2 W

Specifications
Electrical
Power and Communications MAPNET II or IDNet, auto selected, 1 address per IAM
Input Requirements Normally open, dry contacts
Screw terminals for in/out wiring, 18 to 14 AWG wire
4090-9001
Wire Connections (0.82 mm2 to 2.08 mm2)
4090-9051 Color coded wire leads, 18 AWG (0.82 mm2), 8” long (203 mm)
Installation Instructions 574-331 for 4090-9001; 579-572 for 4090-9051
Reference Documents
Field Wiring Diagrams 842-073 for IDNet operation; 841-804 for MAPNET II operation
Wiring Distances
500 ft (152 m) maximum without protectors
Distance from IAM to Contacts
400 ft (122 m) maximum with 2081-9044 Overvoltage Protectors

Wiring Distance Reference per channel, MAPNET II or 2500 ft (762 m) maximum from fire alarm control panel
IDNet Communications 10,000 ft (3048 m) maximum total wiring distance (including T-Taps)
Mechanical
4090-9001 1-9/16” W x 1-3/4” H x 1-1/4” D (40 mm x 44 mm x 32 mm)
Dimensions
4090-9051 1-9/16” W x 1-9/16” H x 9/16” D (40 mm x 40 mm x 14 mm)
Housing Material, 4090-9001 Black thermoplastic
Encapsulation Material, 4090-9051 Epoxy, beige
Temperature Range 32° to 158° F (0° to 70° C); intended for indoor operation
Humidity Range Up to 93% RH at 100° F (38° C)

2 S4090-0001-12 8/2016
Mounting Information

4090-9001 IDNet Field wiring shown

supervised IAM for reference

- IDNET
LED viewing port
IN +
+IDNET IN -

Single gang electrical

box 2-1/2" (64mm)
minimum depth
(supplied by others)

Address setting under resealable label

Single gang blank cover plate and mounting screws, for use when
LED is not required to be externally viewed (supplied by others)

Mounting Reference, Single Gang Blank Cover Plate

Light pipe for

LED viewing

4-1/4" 4-1/2"
(108 mm) (114 mm)

2-1/2" 2-13/16"
(64 mm) (72 mm)
4090-9810 Mounting
4090-9806, Trim plate for 4090-9807, Trim plate for
bracket, ordered
semi-flush mounted box surface mounted box
separately

NOTE: These mounting plates require mounting bracket 4090-9810.

Optional Trim Plates and Mounting Bracket for Visible LED

2 S4090-0001-12 8/2016
4090-9051 Mounting Information

Address setting is
at rear of housing

4090-9051
Encapsulated
Supervised IAM

LISTED
SIGNALING
DEVICE
ISSUE NO.

Single gang electrical

box 2-1/2" (64mm)
minimum depth
(supplied by others)

Single gang blank cover plate and

mounting screws (supplied by others)

Tyco Fire Protection Products • Westminster, MA • 01441-0001 • USA S4090-0001-12 8/2016

www.simplex-fire.com
© 2016 Tyco Fire Protection Products. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice.
 Multi-Application Peripherals
UL, ULC, CSFM Listed; FM Approved; IDNet or MAPNET II Communicating Devices
MEA (NYC) Acceptance* 4090-9101 and 4090-9106, Zone Adapter Modules

Features

IDNet or MAPNET II communications compatible

Monitor ZAMs (Zone Adapter Modules) provide
an addressable interface to a conventional
initiating device circuit (IDC)
Available for Class B or Class A IDCs:
 4090-9101, Class B monitoring for 2-wire or 4-wire
initiating devices, with power reset connections for
4-wire devices
 4090-9106, Class A monitoring for 2-wire initiating
devices
 Zone device power is supplied separately (typically
4090 Series ZAM Package
from fire alarm control panel) (shown approximately 1/2 size)
 Refer to device compatibility list on page 2
For use with the following Simplex® fire alarm Specifications
control panels:
 Model Series 4007ES, 4008, 4010, 4010ES, 4100ES, IDNet or MAPNET II, 1 address
Communications
and 4100U fire alarm control panels using IDNet per device
communications 18.9 to 32 VDC (nominal
ZAM Input Voltage
 Model Series 4100/4100U, 4120, 4020, and 2120 24 VDC)
Communicating Device Transponders (CDTs) Supervisory = 16 mA maximum
equipped with MAPNET II communications Alarm = 72 mA maximum
ZAM Current @ 24 VDC
(actual current is determined by
Compact, sealed construction: total device requirements)
 Enclosed design minimizes dust infiltration
4090-9101 ZAM, Zone
 Mounts in standard 4” (102 mm) square electrical box Supervision Resistor
3.3 k, 1 W
 Screw terminals for wiring connections Screw terminals for in/out wiring,
 Visible LED flashes to indicate communications Wire Connections 18 to 14 AWG wire
(0.82 to 2.08 mm2 )
 Optional covers are available to allow LED to be
viewed after installation Up to 2500 ft ( 762 m) from fire
 UL listed to Standard 864 alarm control panel
Up to 10,000 ft (3048 m) total
IDNet or MAPNET II
Description wiring distance (including T-Taps)
Wiring
IDNet/MAPNET II Monitor ZAMs allow a single Compatible with Simplex
2081-9044 Overvoltage
addressable point to monitor a conventional initiating Protectors
device circuit (IDC) populated with 2-wire or 4-wire
initiating devices. Refer to page two for compatible 4 ⅛” H x 4 ⅛” W x 1 ⅜” D
Dimensions
devices. (105 mm x 105 mm x 35 mm)
Housing Material Black thermoplastic
Mounting Plate Material Sheet metal, galvanized
* This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to
Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing 32° to 120° F (0° to 49° C)
Temperature Range
7300-0026:223 for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in intended for indoor operation
this document. Accepted for use – City of New York Department of Buildings – MEA35-
93E. Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local Simplex product supplier Humidity Range Up to 93% RH at 100° F (38° C)
for the latest status. Listings and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co. are the
property of Tyco Fire Protection Products.

S4090-0003-4 11/2014
Product Selection

ZAM Modules
Model Description
Zone Adapter Module for Class B monitoring of 2-wire or 4-wire initiating devices; with power reset
4090-9101
connections for 4-wire devices
4090-9106 Zone Adapter Module for Class A monitoring of 2-wire initiating devices

Optional Adapter and Trim Plates

Model Description
4090-9813 Adapter plate to fit 4 11⁄16” (119 mm) square electrical box
4090-9801 For semi-flush mounted box Trim plate with LED viewing window, includes mounting screws;
4090-9802 For surface mounted box galvanized steel

End-of-Line Resistor Harness

Model Reference No. Description
4081-9002 733-893 3.3 k, 1 End-of-Line Resistor Harness for 4090-9101, Class B zone monitoring

Monitor ZAM Two-Wire Initiating Device Compatibility Reference Chart

Description Model Compatible Bases Maximum Quantity
Direct connect photoelectric smoke detector 2098-9209
4098-9401
4098-9402 No base required 20
4098-9403
4098-9404
Electronic heat detectors
4098-9612 4098-9788
4098-9613 20
4098-9684
4098-9614
4098-9615 4098-9683 1
4098-9601 4098-9788 20
Photoelectric smoke detectors 4098-9602
4098-9605 4098-9683 1
4098-9788 20
Ionization smoke detector 4098-9603
4098-9683 1
Duct detector housing with 4098-9601 detector 4098-9685 N.A. 20

Reference for Existing Equipment

Description Model Compatible Bases Maximum Quantity
2098-9201 2098-9211 20
2098-9202
Smoke detectors
2098-9203
2098-9576 2098-9637 1

4098-9407
4098-9408
Electronic heat detectors 2098-9211 20
4098-9409
4098-9410

NOTES:
1. Four-wire detector operation is compatible with conventional listed contact closure initiating devices.
2. Four-wire detectors require detector voltage to be connected to resettable power terminals.
3. Refer to installation instructions 574-183 and field wiring diagram 842-073 for additional information.
4. Contact your local Simplex product supplier for additional compatible devices.

2 S4090-0003-4 11/2014
ZAM Mounting Information

Address setting under

resealable label

4" (102 mm) square box, 2-1/8"

(54 mm) minimum depth, RACO
232 or equal (supplied by others)

4090-9101/9106 ZAM

Double gang blank cover plate and mounting screws, for

use when LED is not required to be externally viewed
(supplied by others)

Mounting Reference, Double Gang Blank Cover Plate

Light pipe for LED viewing

4-9/16" 4-5/16"
(116 mm) (109 mm)

4-9/16" (116 mm) 4-5/16" (109 mm)

4090-9801, Trim plate for 4090-9802, Trim plate for

semi-flush mounted box surface mounted box
Optional Trim Plates for Visible LED

3 S4090-0003-4 11/2014
TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited.

Tyco Fire Protection Products • Westminster, MA • 01441-0001 • USA S4090-0003-4 11/2014

www.simplex-fire.com
© 2014 Tyco Fire Protection Products. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice.
 Addressable Initiation Peripherals
UL, ULC, CSFM Listed; IDNet and MAPNET II Communicating Devices
FM Approved* Model 4090-9008 Dual Contact Relay IAM

Features
Dual Contact Relay IAM (Individual Addressable
Module):
 A single addressable point provides control and status
tracking of two, 2 A Form “C” contacts
 Low power latching relay design allows IDNet or
MAPNET II communications to supply both data and
module power
 Relay is set to OFF on initial power up and upon loss of
IDNet or MAPNET II communications
For use with following Simplex control panels:
 Model Series 4007ES, 4010ES, 4100ES, and 4100U fire
alarm control panels for IDNet communications
 Model Series 4100/4100U/4100ES, 4120, 4020, and
2120 Communicating Device Transponders (CDTs) 4090-9008 Dual Contact Relay IAM
equipped with MAPNET II communications (shown approximately 1/2 size)
Compact construction:
 Mounts in standard 4” (102 mm) square electrical box, Specifications
optional adapter bracket is available to mount in a
4 11⁄16” square electrical box IDNet or MAPNET II communications,
Communications
 Screw terminals for wiring connections 1 address per device
 Visible LED flashes to indicate communications, can be Power Supplied by communications
selected at panel to indicate activated state Installation
579-1040
Instructions
 Optional 4” square box covers are available to allow
LED to be viewed after installation IDNet Firmware Requires 3.12.04 or higher
Contact Ratings* (not rated for incandescent switching)
UL listed to Standard 864
Dual Form C contacts (DPDT) with
Type terminal block access to Common,
Description N.O., and N.C for each contact
Dual Contact Relay IAMs allow fire alarm control 2 A @ 30 VDC, resistive from listed
Power-Limited fire alarm
panels to control two remotely located Form “C” contact 1 A @ 30 VDC, inductive supply
using IDNet or MAPNET II addressable communications
for both data and module power. Typical applications Nonpower-Limited 0.5 A @ 125 VAC, resistive
would be for switching local power for control functions Each contact common is fused with a
Relay Fusing
such as elevator capture, or control of HVAC components, 2 A fast acting non-time delay fuse
pressurization fans, dampers, etc. Relay status is also * Provide external transient suppression as required per
communicated requiring only one device address. application. DC inductive loads can typically be diode
suppressed; 120 VAC loads may require RC networks or
Product Selection varistors, depending on device type.
Refer to Installation Instructions for additional information.
Model Description
4090-9008 Dual Contact Relay IAM Screw terminals for in/out wiring,
Wire Connections
18 to 14 AWG wire (0.82 to 2.08 mm2)
Optional Adapter Plates Up to 2500 ft ( 762 m) from control
Model Description
IDNet or panel
Adapter plate to fit 4 11⁄16” (119 mm) square MAPNET II Up to 10,000 ft ( 3048 m) total wiring
4090-9813
electrical box Communications distance (including T-Taps)
For semi-flush Optional trim plate for 4” Wiring Reference Compatible with Simplex 2081-9044
4090-9801
mounted box boxes with LED viewing Overvoltage Protectors
For surface window, includes mounting 4 ⅛” H x 4” W x 1 ⅜” D
4090-9802 screws; galvanized steel Dimensions
mounted box (105 mm x 102 mm x 35 mm)
Mounting Plate Sheet metal, galvanized
* This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to
Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing Temperature 32° to 120° F (0° to 49° C),
7300-0026:0311 for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in Range intended for indoor operation
this document. Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local Simplex product
supplier for the latest status. Listings and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co. are Humidity Range Up to 93% RH at 100° F (38° C)
the property of Tyco Fire Protection Products.

S4090-0014-3 11/2014
 Dual Contact Relay IAM Mounting Information

TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited.

Tyco Fire Protection Products • Westminster, MA • 01441-0001 • USA S4090-0014-3 11/2014

www.simplex-fire.com
© 2014 Tyco Fire Protection Products. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice.
 Multi-Application Peripherals
UL, ULC, CSFM Listed; IDNet or MAPNET II Communicating Devices
FM Approved * Addressable Manual Stations

Features
Individually addressable manual fire alarm
stations with:
 Power and data supplied via IDNet or MAPNET II
addressable communications using a single wire pair
 Operation that complies with ADA requirements
 Visible LED indicator that flashes during
communications and is on steady when the station has
4099-9021 4099-9805
been activated 4099-9004
NO GRIP NO GRIP
 The NO GRIP Single Action Station and Retrofit Kit Single action
Single action Retrofit kit
are available with a more easily operated pull lever for
applications where anticipated users may find the
standard station lever difficult to activate FIRE ALARM FIRE ALARM
 Pull lever that protrudes when alarmed
PUSH
 Break-rod supplied (use is optional)
PULL DOWN
 Models are available with single or double action KEY
(breakglass or push) operation OPERATED

 UL listed to Standard 38
ONLY

Compatible with the following Simplex® control

panels:
 Model Series 4007ES, 4008, 4010, 4010ES, 4100ES, With 2099-9828
4099-9005 4099-9006
Institutional
4100U, 4020, 4100, and 4120 fire alarm control Breakglass Push
Cover kit
panels equipped with either IDNet or MAPNET II
communications Operation
 Model Series 2120 Communicating Device
Activation of the 4099-9004 single action manual station
Transponders (CDTs) equipped with MAPNET II
requires a firm downward pull to activate the alarm switch.
communications
Completing the action breaks an internal plastic break-rod
Compact construction: (visible below the pull lever, use is optional). The use of a
 Electronics module enclosure minimizes dust break-rod can be a deterrent to vandalism without
infiltration interfering with the minimum pull requirements needed for
 Allows mounting in standard electrical boxes easy activation. The pull lever latches into the alarm
 Screw terminals for wiring connections position and remains extended out of the housing to provide
a visible indication.
Tamper resistant reset key lock (keyed same as
Simplex fire alarm cabinets) Single Action NO GRIP Station 4099-9021. For
applications such as California Building Code, Title 24,
Multiple mounting options: which requires “Controls and operating mechanisms shall
 Surface or semi-flush with standard boxes or matching be operable with one hand and shall not require tight
Simplex boxes grasping, pinching or twisting of the wrist” the model
 Flush mount adapter kit 4099-9021 station provides a more easily operated pull
 Adapters are available for retrofitting to commonly lever compared to standard stations. Retrofit of existing
available existing boxes stations is available using the 4099-9805 Retrofit kit.
Description Double Action Stations (Breakglass) require the
operator to strike the front mounted hammer to break the
The Simplex addressable manual station combines the glass and expose the recessed pull lever. The pull lever then
familiar Simplex manual station housing with a compact operates as a single action station.
communication module that is easily installed to satisfy Double Action Stations (Push Type) require that a
demanding applications. Its integral individual spring loaded interference plate (marked PUSH) be pushed
addressable module (IAM) constantly monitors status and back to access the pull lever of the single action station.
communicates changes to the connected control panel via
IDNet or MAPNET II communications wiring. Station reset requires the use of a key to reset the manual
station lever and deactivate the alarm switch. (If the break-
* Refer to page 2 for specific model listings. This product has been approved by the rod is used, it must be replaced.)
California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the California Health
and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing 7150-0026:224 for allowable values and/or conditions Station testing is performed by physical activation of the
concerning material presented in this document. Additional listings may be applicable;
contact your local Simplex product supplier for the latest status. Listings and approvals pull lever. Electrical testing can be also performed by
under Simplex Time Recorder Co. are the property of Tyco Fire Protection Products. unlocking the station housing to activate the alarm switch.
S4099-0005-1 8/2016
Addressable Manual Station Product Selection
Addressable Manual Stations, Red Housing with White Letters and White Pull Lever
Model Description Housing Pull Lever Listings
4099-9004 Single Action, English FIRE ALARM PULL DOWN UL, ULC, FM, CSFM
4099-9004CB Single Action, Bilingual English and French FEU FIRE TIREZ PULL
ULC
4099-9004CF Single Action, French ALARME FEU ABAISSEZ
4099-9004PO Single Action, Portuguese FOGO ALARME PUXE
UL, FM
4099-9004SP Single Action, Spanish ALARMA FUEGO JALE
4099-9005 Double Action, Breakglass operation, English FIRE ALARM PULL DOWN UL, ULC, FM, CSFM
4099-9005PO Double Action, Breakglass operation, Portuguese FOGO ALARME PUXE
UL, FM
4099-9005SP Double Action, Breakglass operation, Spanish ALARMA FUEGO JALE
4099-9006 Double Action, Push operation, English FIRE ALARM PUSH PULL DOWN UL, ULC, FM, CSFM
4099-9006PO Double Action, Push operation, Portuguese FOGO ALARME EMPURRE PUXE
UL, FM
4099-9006SP Double Action, Push operation, Spanish ALARMA FUEGO EMPUJE JALE
4099-9021 Single Action NO GRIP operation, English FIRE ALARM PULL DOWN UL, ULC, FM, CSFM
Accessories (refer to pages 3 and 4 for details)
Model Description Model Description
2975-9022 Cast aluminum surface mount box, red 2099-9803 Replacement breakglass
2975-9178 Surface mount steel box, red 2099-9804 Replacement break-rod
Semi-flush trim plate for double gang switch Institutional cover kit for field installation on 4099-9004;
2099-9813 2099-9828
box, red Note: Covers LED indicator
2099-9819 Flush mount adapter kit, black 2099-9814 Surface trim plate for Wiremold box V5744-2, red
2099-9820 Flush mount adapter kit, beige 2099-9822 Replacement retaining clip for breakglass
Retrofit Kit for field conversion of a single action station to a NO GRIP station; refer to Installation Instructions
4099-9805
579-1007 for details

Specifications (refer to Installation Instructions 579-1135 for additional information)

Power and Communications IDNet or MAPNET II communications, 1 address per station
Address Means DIP switch, 8 position
Wire Connections Screw terminal for in/out wiring, for 18 to 14 AWG wire (0.82 mm2 to 2.08 mm2)
UL Listed Temperature Range 32° to 120° F (0° to 49° C) intended for indoor operation
Humidity Range Up to 93% RH at 100° F (38° F)
Housing Color Red with white raised lettering
Material Housing and pull lever are Lexan polycarbonate or equal
Pull Lever Color White with red raised lettering
Housing Dimensions 5” H x 3 ¾” W x 1” D (127 mm x 95 mm x 25 mm)

Addressable Manual Station Semi-Flush Mounting

4" Square Box Mount
4" (102 mm) square box, 2 1/8" (54 mm) minimum
depth, RACO #231 or equal (supplied by others)
Mount flush or with
1/16" (2 mm)
maximum extension
4" Square box
Single Gang Box Mount DO NOT RECESS
with cover plate
Single gang box, 2 1/2" deep
(64 mm), RACO #500 or equal
(supplied by others)

FIRE ALARM Station

side view

Single gang cover plate, 3/4"

PULL DOWN (19 mm) extension, RACO #773
or equal (supplied by others)
Single gang
box outline
LED Indicator
Wall surface

Semi-Flush Mount Side View

2 S4099-0005-1 8/2016
Addressable Manual Stations Surface Mounting

2975-9178 Box 2975-9022 Cast Box

Preferred Mounting. For surface 5-3/16" H x 4" W x 2-3/16" D 5" H x 3-7/8" W x 2-3/16" D
(132 mm x 102 mm x 56 mm) (127 mm x 98 mm x 56 mm)
mounting of these addressable (ordered separately) (ordered separately)
manual stations, the preferred
electrical boxes are shown in the
illustration to the right.
Additional Mounting
Reference. Refer to page 4 for Knockouts located
Wiremold box mounting top and bottom
compatibility.

FIR
FIRE ALARM
E

PULL DOWN
Access for 3/4" threaded
5" conduit located top and bottom
(127 mm)

1" (25.4 mm)

3-3/4" (95 mm)

4099 Series Addressable Manual Station

Surface Mount Side View with Internal Detail Application Reference

Refer to NFPA 72, the National Fire
Alarm and Signaling Code, and all
1-1/4" applicable local codes for complete
(32 mm) Simplex 2975-9178 box
Field wiring requirements for manual stations. The
(shown for reference)
(shown for reference) following summarizes the basic
requirements.
1. Stations shall be located in the
normal path of exit and distributed
Address setting under in the protected area such that they
resealable label (accessible are unobstructed and readily
with cover open)
accessible.
2-5/8"
(67 mm) 2. Mounting shall be with the
operable part not less than 42 in
Station cover (1.07 m) and not more than 48 in
hinges open for
(1.22 m) above floor level.
installation access
3. At least one station shall be
Switch wiring provided on each floor. Additional
(prewired)
stations shall be provided to obtain
a travel distance not more than
200 ft (61 m) to the nearest station
from any point in the building.
4. When manual station coverage
appears limited in any way,
additional stations should be
installed.

3 S4099-0005-1 8/2016
Addressable Manual Station, Additional Mounting Information

For retrofit and new installations,

additional compatible mounting Wiremold
boxes and the required adapter plates receptacle box
are shown in the illustration to the 2099-9814 Surface trim model V5744-2
for Wiremold box (supplied by
right. 5-1/8" H x 5" W others)
(130 mm x 127 mm)

Two gang switch box, each

3" H x 2" W x 2-3/4" D
(76 mm x 51 mm x 70 mm)
(supplied by others)

Addressable
station

2099-9813 Semi-flush trim for 2 gang

switch box, 6" H x 4-1/2" W
(152 mm x 114 mm)

Addressable Manual Station, Flush Mounting Information

Flush mount adapter kit
2099-9819, Black
2099-9820, Beige

Box must be recessed into wall

1" to 1-1/8" (25.4 mm to 29 mm)

8"
(203 mm)
Hole cutout must be a
minimum of 6" H by 5" W
6" (152 mm by 127 mm)
(152
mm)

4-11/16" (119 mm)

square box, 2-1/8"
(54 mm) minimum
Wall depth (by others)
4-3/4" (121 mm) surface

6-3/4" (171 mm)

Front View Side View

TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA 72 and National Fire
Alarm and Signaling Code are trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA). Lexan is a trademark of the General Electric Co. Wiremold is a trademark of
the Wiremold Company.

Tyco Fire Protection Products • Westminster, MA • 01441-0001 • USA S4099-0005-1 8/2016

www.simplex-fire.com
© 2016 Tyco Fire Protection Products. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice.
 Multi-Application Peripherals
UL, ULC Listed* IDNet and MAPNET II Communicating Devices
4-20 mA Analog Monitor Zone Adapter Module (AMZ)

Features
Sensor contacts
Monitors compatible 4-20 mA output sensors: for control of local
4-20 mA loop
 Interface linear analog sensor data to Simplex® fire area functions
detection panel models 4007ES, 4010ES, and 4100ES Resettable sensor
using IDNet communications, and 4100ES and 4100U power output Compatible
sensor
using either IDNet or MAPNET II communications
Surface mount AMZ
 Refer to special note below for additional important
information
Optional
Fire detection panel monitoring and annunciation:
ALA RM

remote LED Monitored Area

 Up to three threshold levels, each with custom action
message 24 VDC to AMZ
 Display and archive actual sensor analog levels IDNet communications
 Allows sensor calibration date recording
 Requires a single address (two IDNet unit loads)
 Up to 100 custom AMZ point types are available per BUILDING 35
panel or per connected Network PRIORITY 2 MONITOR STAGE 1 ALARM

AMZ module features: Simplex 4100ES fire detection

panel showing typical
 Automatic and manual AMZ self-test
annunciation message
 On-board manual test switch provides WALKTEST
system test feature
 Resettable sensor power output AMZ System Interface Example**
 Supervised sensor trouble input
 Local LED alarm annunciator output Important Application Considerations
 Mounts in 4” (102 mm) square electrical box with
extension 1. The purpose of the AMZ is to communicate the
status of a compatible 4-20 mA sensor to the
Introduction Simplex fire detection panel for proper fire alarm
system response including annunciation and event
Analog Monitor ZAMs (AMZs) provide an accurate, logging.
multi-featured interface for connecting analog sensors to
compatible Simplex addressable fire detection panels. The 2. Responses required to be initiated by the sensor
panel monitors the sensor and annunciates whenever a for fire and life safety actions are to be initiated
selected threshold level or trouble condition is observed. by sensor output contacts (refer to diagram on
Typical applications include: air quality for demand control page 4).
ventilation, air and liquid temperature, humidity, and air 3. SimplexGrinnell/Tyco does not assume
velocity (see listings reference on page 2). responsibility for the application, selection,
inspection, warranty, calibration, or testing of the
NOTE: Compatible sensors are typically supplied by non-SimplexGrinnell/Tyco
manufacturers and/or distributors. SIMPLEXGRINNELL/TYCO analog sensor.
DISCLAIMS ALL EXPRESS WARRANTIES NOR IS IT 4. AMZs and the connected panel are to be located
RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY SERVICE, TESTING AND/ OR
INSPECTION OF THE COMPATIBLE SENSORS. outside of the monitored area and installed in
SIMPLEXGRINNELL/TYCO DISCLAIMS ANY IMPLIED accordance with applicable local code requirements.
WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS 5. The AMZ accommodates 2-wire, 3-wire, or 4-wire
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE REGARDING THE
COMPATIBLE SENSORS. connections to a compatible sensor.

* Refer to listings compatibility chart on page 2. CSFM listing is not applicable for this
product. This product was not FM approved as of revision date. Additional listings may be ** Depicted sensor location is for illustration only. Refer to specific sensor requirements for
applicable; contact your local Simplex product supplier for the latest status. Listings and proper location.
approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co. are the property of Tyco Fire Protection
Products.

S4190-0007-9 11/2014
AMZ Detection Panel Features
Analog Data Access. Real time analog sensor values
can be accessed using the front panel interface. Data is
formatted in the specific units being measured.
Flexible Sensor Programming. AMZ point types can
be designated as Priority 2, Supervisory, Trouble, Latched
Supervisory, or Utility, each with custom label. (For Fire
and Life Safety monitoring, connect to sensor output
contacts, refer to diagram on page 4.)
Monitored Communications. By default, the AMZ
provides an “output abnormal” trouble if the monitored
sensor produces an output below 4.0 mA or above
20.0 mA.
Three Programmable Threshold Levels. Each
AMZ can have up to three separate threshold levels, each
with a custom action message.
Custom AMZ Point Types. Up to 100 custom AMZ
point types can be programmed into a single fire alarm
detection panel. (For Network applications, the Network
total custom AMZ point type limit is also 100 maximum.)
Custom point types would be required for the same sensor
type but with different threshold values, or for different
sensors with unique characteristics.
AMZ Product Selection Chart
Model Mounting Type Description
4190-9050 Surface mount Remote AMZ package with cover; mounts in 4” (102 mm)
4190-9051 Semi-flush square box with extension, see diagram on page 4
Options
Model Description Mounting
2098-9808 Remote LED indicator Single gang stainless steel plate
AMZ Product Listings Compatibility Chart
AMZ Model UL Listing
Listed for use with:
4190-9050
Mine Safety Appliances Co. (MSA) model
4190-9051
Chillgard RT Refrigerant Gas Monitor
2 S4190-0007-9 11/2014
Calibration Date Recording. Each sensor’s
calibration date can be manually entered for secured
record keeping.
Data Exporting. Sensor activity pertaining to the three
analog alarm threshold levels can be exported for
archiving via a Simplex Network using a TrueSite
Workstation or TrueSite Incident Commander.
Compatible Sensor Operation
Compatible sensors provide a linear output current
varying between 4.0 mA and 20.0 mA that represents the
present analog measurement as predetermined by the
specific sensor. The AMZ monitors the 4-20 mA loop
connection and digitally communicates the sensor
measurement to the panel. With this information, the
panel can determine whether a status annunciation is
required and can display the sensor analog level directly
in the appropriate units of measurement.
The 4-to-20 mA loop is an established analog format
that is highly reliable and inherently supervised for loop
integrity. For additional monitoring, sensors with “dry”
trouble contacts can be directly connected to the AMZ’s
supervised trouble input circuit.
Connections
Color Coded Wire Leads,
18 AWG (0.82 mm2)
Connections
18 AWG Leads
ULC Listing
Listed for use with compatible 4-20 mA sensors
AMZ Specifications

Voltage and Current Specifications

Operating Voltage 18-32 VDC, 24 VDC nominal
Sensor Output Switched input voltage
Sensor Current (3 or 4-wire devices) 400 mA maximum
Basic AMZ Current 30 mA

4 mA minimum, operation below 4.0 mA is a trouble condition

Sensor Loop Current
20 mA maximum, operation above 20.0 mA is a trouble condition

Trouble Circuit Output Current 5 mA for monitoring of dry trouble contacts, voltage supplied by the AMZ
2098-9808 LED Annunciator 3 mA

General Specifications
Supervised Trouble Input Dry contact, 29 VDC maximum
Wiring, Sensor Loop and Power 18 AWG twisted pair, or per sensor requirements

IDNet One IDNet address per AMZ

Communications Requires two IDNet unit loads
Communications MAPNET II One MAPNET II address per AMZ
Up to 100 custom AMZ point types per panel
IDNet or MAPNET II
Up to 100 custom AMZ point types total per Network

Maximum distance, AMZ to sensor 3270 ft (1 km)

Temperature Range Non-hazardous indoor locations, 32° F to 120° F (0° C to 49° C)
Humidity Range 10 to 90 % RH
Installation Instructions 574-704

AMZ Current Requirements

Function Current

Basic Operation 30 mA
Sensor Loop (20 mA maximum) +______ mA
Sensor Power (400 mA maximum) +______ mA
Sub Total* = ______ mA

Options
2098-9808 LED (3 mA in alarm) +______ mA
Trouble (5 mA with trouble contact closed) +______ mA
Total* = _______ mA

(*NOTE: Do not exceed 450 mA max.)

3 S4190-0007-9 11/2014
 AMZ Remote Location Mounting Information

4" (102 mm) square electrical box,

2-1/8" (54 mm) deep, with 1-1/2" (38 mm)
deep extension (supplied separately)

Cover plate, painted beige:

4-1/2" square (114 mm)
Surface mount model, 4190-9050,
thickness, is 3/16" (4.8 mm)
Flush mount model, 4190-9051,
thickness is 3/64" (1.2 mm)

DIP switch for

address selection

AMZ assembly, includes

mounting screws
Calibration/Test switch
Switch access hole
Matching cover screws (2), supplied

NOTE: For additional information, refer to Installation Instructions 574-704.

Additional Application Reference

Local power input and sensor output

contacts for control of local area functions
4-20 mA loop

Resettable sensor Compatible

power output sensor Alarm, trouble, or other status
indicating contact outputs
AMZ
DISCONNECT POWER
BEFORE SERVICING
6 PT. I/O 565-984

+1

-1
24V

+2

-2
24VC

Optional
+3

-3

ALA RM +4
NC COM NO
OUTPUT 1

-4

remote LED
IDNet+

NC COM NO
OUTPUT 2
IDNet-

ON

IDNet communications
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

24 VDC to AMZ and Six

Point Module 4090-9120 Six Point Module for monitoring multiple
contacts/points (4 inputs, 2 outputs); use 4090-9001
IAM for single point monitoring

to Simplex 4007ES, 4010ES, 4100ES,

or 4100U fire detection panel

TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited.

Tyco Fire Protection Products • Westminster, MA • 01441-0001 • USA S4190-0007-9 11/2014

www.simplex-fire.com
© 2014 Tyco Fire Protection Products. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice.
 System Accessories, LCD Annunciators
UL, ULC Listed; FM, CSFM, 4603-9101 LCD Annunciator for
and MEA (NYC) Approved* 4100ES and 4100U Fire Alarm Control Panels

Features
Remote LCD annunciator for use with Simplex®
model:
 4100ES and 4100U fire alarm control panels
 Legacy products 4100, 4120, and 4020 fire alarm control FIRE
ALARM
PRIORITY 2
ALARM
SYSTEM
SUPERVISORY
SYSTEM
TROUBLE
POWER
ON
ALARM
SILENCED

panels, and 4100/4120 Universal Transponders DISPLAY

TIME

Information display features: ALARM

ACK
ALARM
ACK
SUPV
ACK
TBL
ACK
ALARM
SILENCE
SYSTEM
RESET

 Maintained display of first alarm is available with

4100ES and with 4100U at software revision 11.11 or
higher
 Wide viewing angle, super-twist LCD technology with
green LED backlighting
 Two lines of 40 characters each
 LED status indicators
 During battery backup, backlighting is disabled until
there is switch activity
Controls include:
 Switches for system acknowledge, alarm silence, and
system reset
 Four programmable control switches
 Lamp/LCD test
Wiring information:
 RUI (Remote Unit Interface) communications require a
single twisted wire pair (see p. 3 for more information)
 Separate wiring is required for 24 VDC control panel
power
Flush mount on standard electrical boxes
Options:
 2975-9206, Surface mount box
 4603-9111, Brushed stainless steel trim
UL Listed to Standard 864
Description
Remote Control and Annunciation is provided using
an 80 character, back-lit, alphanumeric display.
Information is presented in clear, descriptive English
language and includes: Point Status (alarm, trouble, etc.);
Alarm Type (smoke detector, manual station, etc.);
Number of System Alarms, Supervisory Conditions,
and Trouble Conditions; and a Custom Location Label.
Wiring. A single twisted wire pair provides serial RUI
communications that also supports other Simplex serial
annunciators on the same wire pair.
Multiple Indications. Alarm, Supervisory, and Trouble
conditions are also indicated by dedicated LEDs and a
tone-alert audible sounder. Each condition has a dedicated
acknowledge push-button switch that silences the
tone-alert but leaves the LED on until all conditions in
that category are restored to normal. Switch operation is
either globally or individually acknowledgeable,
determined by the control panel operation.
4603-9101 LCD Annunciator
Description (Continued)
Repeated operation of the appropriate acknowledge
switch will scroll the LCD display showing activity in the
sequence of occurrence. The tone-alert also pulses to
indicate the operation of any of the push-button switches.
Consult local code requirements for guidance in
determining applications and location of the 4603-9101
LCD annunciator.
Operation
System Controls. Notification appliances can be
deactivated by pressing the “ALARM SILENCE” switch.
(Exact operation is determined by the host control panel
such as visible appliances remaining on until system is
reset.) Pressing the “SYSTEM RESET” switch restores
the system to normal operation. When system activity is
normal, the LCD displays the time, date, and “SYSTEM
IS NORMAL.”
Control Switches. Four programmable “CONTROL”
switches and associated LEDs are included. Typical
applications include manual evacuation, door holder
release bypass, and elevator capture bypass.
Keyswitch Enable. All switches on the annunciator are
controlled by the “ENABLE” keyswitch with a key that is
removable only in the disabled position. A brief
lamp/LCD test is performed whenever the keyswitch is
changed from enabled to disabled.
Battery Backup Operation. During battery backup,
the LED backlighting is disabled to conserve battery
power. When an annunciator switch is activated, the
backlighting is automatically enabled. After
approximately 30 seconds of inactivity, the backlighting
will again be disabled.
* This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to
Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing
7120-0026:0179 for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in
this document. It is subject to re-examination, revision, and possible cancellation.
Accepted for use – City of New York Department of Buildings – MEA35-93E. Additional
listings may be applicable; contact your local Simplex product supplier for the latest
status. Listings and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co. are the property of Tyco
Fire Protection Products.
S4603-0001-14 8/2016
Product Selection

Model Description
4603-9101 Remote LCD Annunciator with beige trim
Remote LCD Annunciator with beige trim, with French
4603-9101CF Refer to specifications on page 3 for
keypad for Canada
additional details
4603-9111 Brushed stainless steel trim option
2975-9206 Matching surface mount box; ivory finish
Overvoltage protector; required where annunciator communications and power wiring exits and enters a
2081-9044
building; refer to data sheet S2081-0016 for details

4603-9101 Operator Information

2 X 40 LCD READOUT, green LED

backlighted during normal conditions
and abnormal operating conditions SIX STATUS INDICATOR LEDs provide system status
indications in addition to LCD information; LEDs flash to
indicate the condition and then when acknowledged,
FOUR PROGRAMMABLE (Yellow) LEDs, remain on steady until reset; Fire Alarm and Priority 2
each with pushbutton switch and custom Alarm are red; System Supervisory, System Trouble,
labeling pocket and Alarm Silenced are yellow; Power On is green

DISPLAY TIME
displays time of last
occurrence of event
list being displayed;
FIRE PRIORITY 2 SYSTEM SYSTEM POWER ALARM
ALARM ALARM SUPERVISORY TROUBLE ON SILENCED
DISPLAY
or displays current
TIME time when viewing
system status
ALARM ALARM SUPV TBL ALARM SYSTEM
information
ACK ACK ACK ACK SILENCE RESET

ALARM ACK/FIRE ALARM acknowledges

a Fire Alarm condition and silences the SYSTEM RESET restores
panel and all annunciator tone-alerts control panel to normal
when all alarmed inputs
CONTROL ENABLE
ALARM ACK/PRIORITY 2 acknowledges are returned to normal
KEYSWITCH
a Priority 2 Alarm condition and silences controls all switch functions;
the panel and all annunciator tone-alerts key is removable only in
disabled position
SUPV ACK acknowledges System
Supervisory conditions and silences the ALARM SILENCE causes audible and
panel and all annunciator tone-alerts visible notification appliances to be
silenced (default operation, may be
TROUBLE ACK acknowledges modified through panel programming for
System Troubles and silences the compliance with local requirements)
panel and all annunciator tone-alerts

2 S4603-0001-14 8/2016
4603-9101 LCD Annunciator Specifications

For additional information, refer to Installation Instructions 579-979.

General Operating Specifications

Voltage 18 to 32 VDC, system supplied
Normal Operating Current 110 mA (with LED backlighting on)
65 mA (during battery backup, LED backlighting is turned off after 30 seconds without
Battery Standby Current
switch activity)
Alarm Current 140 mA maximum (LED backlighting is on and tone-alert is sounding)
Operating Temperature Range 32° to 120° F (0° to 49° C)
Operating Humidity Range Up to 93% RH, non-condensing at 100° F (38° C)
Communications
RUI (Remote Unit Interface) external annunciator communications line SLC (signaling
Type
line circuit)
4100ES/4100U Capacity, Up to 31 remote annunciators/MINIPLEX transponders per channel including the
Per RUI Output 4603-9101 LCD Annunciator, the 4602-9101 Status Command Unit (SCU), and
Capacity
4602-9102 Remote Command Unit (RCU); refer to data sheet S4100-0031 for
additional 4100ES information
Wiring Requirements
Standard Wiring Type Unshielded twisted pair (UTP), 18 AWG (0.82 mm2) for most applications, see below
0.58 µF (580 nF) maximum capacitance between conductors; 35  maximum total
Wiring Characteristics
line resistance
1. Wiring that leaves the building. Also requires Isolated Loop Circuit Protectors on
each end, refer to data sheet S2081-0007 for 2081-9027 (200 mA), or
Wiring Applications S2081-0008 for 2081-9028 (5 A)
RUI Data Requiring Shielded, 2. Wiring run in 500 ft (152 m) or more of conduit.
Twisted Pair (STP) 3. Wiring closely bundled with standard IDNet communications or TrueAlert
addressable communications (not required when run with IDNet+
communications).
Class B “T-Tap” wiring
Up to 10,000 ft (3048 m) total wiring; up to 2500 ft (762 m) to farthest device
distance
Class X wiring distance Up to 2500 ft (762 m)
Power Wiring 18 to 12 AWG (0.82 mm2 to 3.31 mm2) wires for 24 VDC system power
A dedicated earth ground connection to the electrical box is required for proper ESD
Earth Wiring and EMI protection; wire in accordance with NFPA 70 (National Electrical Code)
Article 250
Mounting Information
NOTE: General Conduit Entrance Conduit entrance must be located a minimum of 2 ¾” (70 mm) from the front of the
Requirement box to clear assembly
Trim Dimensions 4 ½” H x 11 13⁄16” W (114 mm x 300 mm)
Standard Trim Finish Steel, painted beige
Brushed stainless steel (ordered separately); supplied with both slotted and tamper
4603-9111, Optional Trim
resistant screws
Boxes for Flush Mounting 6-Gang, 3 ½” (89 mm) deep: Steel City GW-635-G, 6-gang masonry box; RACO 590,
(supplied by others) gangable switch box, 6 required; or equal
2975-9206, Surface Mount Box Option (ordered separately)
Dimensions 11 31⁄32” W x 4 ⅝” H x 2 ¾” D (304 mm x 117 mm x 70 mm)
Finish Painted steel, ivory finish

3 S4603-0001-14 8/2016
 Mounting Information

Note: Review box choice with assembly layout before selecting conduit
entrance location to allow easy access to terminals

Flush Mount Ganged Boxes:

Requires 6-gang box, 3-1/2" (89 mm) min.
depth, use (6) RACO # 590 or equal
(supplied separately)
Flush Mount Masonry Box:
Use Steel City GW-635-G or equal, 3-1/2"
(89 mm) deep or equal (supplied
separately)

Surface Mount Box:

Simplex model 2975-9206
2-3/4" deep (70 mm)
(ordered separately)

LCD Annunciator Assembly

Trim plate

Terminal block
access at rear of
assembly, this side

Wiring Reference

Wiring Notes:
1. Communications require a single 18 AWG twisted pair.
2. Power requires two, 18 to 12 AWG wires for 24 VDC system power,
plus Earth Ground to each electrical box.
3. Refer to Installation Instructions 579-979 for additional wiring
specifications.

FIRE PRIORITY 2 SYSTEM SYSTEM POWER ALARM FIRE PRIORITY 2 SYSTEM SYSTEM POWER ALARM
DISPLAY DISPLAY
SILENCED TIME SILENCED TIME
ALARM ALARM SUPERVISORY TROUBLE ON ALARM ALARM SUPERVISORY TROUBLE ON

ALARM ALARM SUPV TBL ALARM SYSTEM ALARM ALARM SUPV TBL ALARM SYSTEM
ACK ACK ACK ACK SILENCE RESET ACK ACK ACK ACK SILENCE RESET

4603-9101 LCD Annunciators

Fire Alarm Control Panel

(4100ES shown)
TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. National Electrical Code and NFPA are
registered trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).

Tyco Fire Protection Products • Westminster, MA • 01441-0001 • USA S4603-0001-14 8/2016

www.simplexgrinnell.com
© 2016 Tyco Fire Protection Products. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice.
 System Accessories, LCD Annunciators
UL, ULC, CSFM Listed; FM Approved;
MEA (NYC) Acceptance*
Features
Remote LCD annunciator for use with Simplex®
model 4010, 4006, and 4008 fire alarm control
panels
LCD readout provides:
 Two lines of 40 characters each
 Wide viewing angle, super-twist design
 LED backlighting
Control switches and status LEDs for:
 Alarm, supervisory, or trouble acknowledge
(keyswitch access controlled)
 Alarm silence
 System reset
Three programmable LED indicators:
 Two LEDs are selectable as red or yellow
 One LED is selectable as green or yellow
 With provisions for custom labeling
Additional features:
 Information is transmitted over a single twisted,
shielded pair; separate wiring is required for 24 VDC
control panel power
 Tone-alert sounder provides local audible indication
 Lamp and LCD are functionally tested each time the
keyswitch is turned on
 Mounts flush on standard 6-gang electrical box
Mounting and trim options:
 Surface mount box model 2975-9206 (ordered
separately, see additional information on page 3)
 Brushed stainless steel trim model 4603-9111 (ordered
separately)
Description
Local Annunciation. 4606-9101 LCD Annunciators
allow compatible fire alarm control panels to provide
information and control switches at convenient locations
away from the control panel. The LCD is an 80 character,
back-lit, alphanumeric display with information presented
in clear and descriptive English. Typical content includes:
point status (alarm, trouble, etc.), alarm type (smoke
detector, manual station, etc.), number of system alarms,
supervisory conditions, troubles, and custom location
labels up to 40 characters long. (Some 4006/4008
messages are limited to 20 characters, refer to the control
panel documentation for additional information.)
4606-9101 LCD Annunciator for 4010,
4006, and 4008 Fire Alarm Control Panels
FIRE SYSTEM SYSTEM POWER ALARM
ALARM SUPERVISORY TROUBLE ON SILENCED
ALARM SUPV TBL ALARM SYSTEM
ACK ACK ACK SILENCE RESET
4606-9101 LCD Annunciator
Description (Continued)
Communications. Data communications require a
single twisted, shielded pair that supports other
annunciators on the same communications channel.
Model 4010 Series panels control up to six annunciators;
model 4006 and 4008 Series panels control up to four
annunciators.
Indications. Alarm, Supervisory, and Trouble
conditions are also indicated by dedicated LEDs and a
tone-alert audible indication. Each condition has a
dedicated acknowledge push-button switch that silences
the tone-alert but leaves the LED on until all conditions in
that category are restored to normal.
Activity Scrolling. Repeated operation of the
appropriate acknowledge switch will scroll the LCD
display showing activity in the sequence of occurrence.
The internal tone-alert also sounds to indicate the
operation of any of the push-button switches.
Operation
Keyswitch Access. All switches on the annunciator are
controlled by the “ENABLE” keyswitch with a key that is
removable only in the disabled position.
Enabled Operations. When enabled, notification
appliances can be deactivated by pressing the “ALARM
SILENCE” switch. Pressing the “SYSTEM RESET”
switch restores the system to normal operation. When
system activity is normal, the LCD displays the time,
date, and “SYSTEM IS NORMAL.”
* This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to
Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing
7120-0026:0225 for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in
this document. It is subject to re-examination, revision, and possible cancellation. Accepted
for use – City of New York Department of Buildings – MEA35-93E. Additional listings may
be applicable; contact your local Simplex product supplier for the latest status. Listings and
approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co. are the property of Tyco Fire Protection
Products.
S4606-0001-8 8/2016
Product Selection

Model Description
4606-9101 Remote LCD Annunciator with beige trim
4603-9111 Brushed stainless steel trim option Refer to specifications on page 3
2975-9206 Matching surface mount box; ivory finish for additional details

4081-9011 Line matching resistor harness; 100 , 1/2 W; (reference no. 733-974)
Overvoltage protector; required where annunciator communications and power wiring exits and enters a
2081-9044
building; refer to data sheet S2081-0016 for details

4606-9101 Operator Information

FIRE SYSTEM SYSTEM POWER ALARM

ALARM SUPERVISORY TROUBLE ON SILENCED

ALARM SUPV TBL ALARM SYSTEM

ACK ACK ACK SILENCE RESET

2 S4606-0001-8 8/2016
4606-9101 LCD Annunciator Specifications

General Operating Specifications (refer to Installation Instructions 579-978 for additional information)
Voltage 18 to 32 VDC, system supplied
Normal Operating Current 110 mA (with LED backlighting on)
65 mA (during battery backup, LED backlighting is turned off after 30 seconds
Battery Standby Current
without switch activity)
Alarm Current 140 mA maximum (LED backlighting is on and tone-alert is sounding)
Operating Temperature Range 32° to 120° F (0° to 49° C)
Operating Humidity Range Up to 93% RH, non-condensing at 100° F (38° C)
Communications
Type N2 external annunciator communications line
For 4010 Panels*
Capacity Up to 6 annunciator modules total, 4606-9101 or 4605 series, 24 point I/O modules
Type N2 communications format but with different capacity
For 4006 & 4008
Panels* Up to 4 annunciator modules total; compatible with 4606-9101, 4610-9111, and
Capacity
door mounted LED annunciator
Data Single twisted, shielded pair, 18 AWG (0.82 mm2)
Wiring
Requirements 18 to 12 AWG (0.82 mm2 to 3.31 mm2) wires for 24 VDC system power and Earth
Power and Earth
ground for electrical box (ground per local code)
Up to 4000 ft (1219 m); 0.58 µF (580 nF) maximum capacitance; 35  maximum
Bus-style wiring
Distance resistance
“T-Tap” wiring Up to 10,000 ft (3048 m) total wiring; up to 2500 ft (762 m) to farthest device

Line Matching Bus-style wiring Connect one at panel and one at end of line 100 , 1/2 W; PID 4081-9011;
Resistor “T-Tap” wiring Connect one at panel and one at farthest device (part number 733-974)

Mounting Information
Trim Dimensions 4 ½” H x 11 13⁄16” W (114 mm x 300 mm)
Assembly Depth 1 5⁄16” (33 mm), 1 ½” at terminal block location (38 mm)
Standard Trim Finish Steel, painted beige
Brushed stainless steel (ordered separately); supplied with both slotted and tamper
4603-9111, Optional Trim
resistant screws
Boxes for Masonry boxes Six-gang box, Steel City GW-635-G, 3 ½” (89 mm) deep or equal
Flush
Single gang boxes Six, single gang boxes, 3 ½” (89 mm) deep minimum, RACO # 590 or equal
Mounting
(supplied by Conduit entrance is box dependent, refer to additional mounting information on
Box selection note
others) page 4 and Installation Instructions 579-978

2975-9206, Surface Mount Box Option (ordered separately)

Dimensions 11 31⁄32” W x 4 ⅝” H x 2 ¾” D (304 mm x 117 mm x 70 mm)
Finish Painted steel, ivory finish

* Refer to control panel data sheets S4010-0001, S4006-0001, and S4008-0001 for additional information.

3 S4606-0001-8 8/2016
 Mounting Information

Note: Review box choice with assembly layout before selecting conduit
entrance location to allow easy access to terminals

Flush Mount Ganged Boxes:

Requires 6-gang box, 3-1/2" (89 mm) min.
depth, use (6) RACO # 590 or equal
(supplied separately)
Flush Mount Masonry Box:
Use Steel City GW-635-G or equal, 3-1/2"
(89 mm) deep or equal (supplied
separately)

Surface Mount Box:

Simplex model 2975-9206
2-3/4" deep (70 mm)
(ordered separately)

LCD Annunciator Assembly

Trim plate

Terminal block
access at rear of
assembly, this side

Wiring Reference
Interconnection Wiring Notes:
1. Communications require a single 18 AWG twisted, shielded pair.
2. Power requires two, 18 to 12 AWG wires for 24 VDC system power,
plus Earth Ground to each electrical box.
3. Refer to Installation Instructions 579-978 for additional information.

FIRE ALARM
To other RUI devices
CONTROL

** SYSTEM IS NORMAL **
12:25:15pm Tue10-Jul-12
FI RE SYSTEM SYSTEM ALARM AC
ALARM SUPERVISORY TROUBLE SILENCED POWER

ALARM SUPV TROUBLE ALARM SYSTEM

ACK ACK SI LENCE RESET
ACK
CAUTION

DISCONNECT
POWER BEFORE
SERVICING

FIRE SYSTEM SYSTEM POWER ALARM FIRE SYSTEM SYS TEM ALARM POWER CONTROL
ALARM SUPERVISORY TROUBLE ON SILENCED ALARM SUPERVISORY TROUBLE SILENCED ON ENABLE

ALARM SUPV TROUBLE ALARM SYSTEM

ACK ACK ACK SILENCE RESET
ALARM SUPV TBL ALARM SYSTEM
ACK ACK ACK SILENCE RESET

4606-9101 LCD Annunciators

4010/4006/4008 Fire Alarm Control Panel FIRE SYSTEM SYSTEM ALARM POWER CONTROL

(4010 shown for reference)

ALARM SUPERVISORY TROUBLE SILENCED ON ENABLE

ALARM SUPV TROUBLE ALARM SYSTEM

ACK ACK ACK SILENCE RESET

(Original user interface appearance)

TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited.

Tyco Fire Protection Products • Westminster, MA • 01441-0001 • USA S4606-0001-8 8/2016

www.simplexgrinnell.com
© 2016 Tyco Fire Protection Products. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice.
 System Accessories, LCD Annunciators
UL, ULC, CSFM Listed; 4606-9102 LCD Annunciator
FM, NYC Fire Dept Approved* for 4010ES Fire Alarm Control Panels

Features

Remote LCD annunciator for use with Simplex®

model 4010ES fire alarm control panels
LCD readout provides: FIRE PRIORITY 2 SYSTEM SYSTEM POWER ALARM

 Two lines of 40 characters each

ALARM ALARM SUPERVISORY TROUBLE ON SILENCED
DISPLAY
TIME

 Wide viewing angle, super-twist design ALARM

ACK
ALARM
ACK
SUPV
ACK
TBL
ACK
ALARM
SILENCE
SYSTEM
RESET

 LED backlighting
Control switches and status LEDs for:
 Alarm, Priority 2, Supervisory, or Trouble
acknowledge (keyswitch access controlled)
 Alarm silence, System reset
 Three programmable control switches with yellow
LEDs and provisions for custom labeling
Additional features:
 Information is transmitted over a single unshielded
twisted pair; separate wiring is required for 24 VDC
control panel power (see p. 3 for more information)
 Tone-alert sounder provides local audible indication
 Lamp and LCD are functionally tested each time the
keyswitch is turned on
 Mounts flush on standard 6-gang electrical box
 Up to up to 20 internal and external card addresses per
4010ES fire alarm control panel
Mounting and trim options (ordered separately,
see page 3 for more details):
 Surface mount box model 2975-9206
 Brushed stainless steel trim model 4603-9111
Description
Local Annunciation. 4606-9102 LCD Annunciator
allows 4010ES fire alarm control panels to provide
information and control switches at convenient locations
away from the control panel. The LCD is an 80 character,
back-lit, alphanumeric display with information presented
in clear and descriptive English. Typical content includes:
point status (alarm, trouble, etc.), alarm type (smoke
detector, manual station, etc.), number of system alarms,
supervisory conditions, troubles, and custom location
labels up to 40 characters long.
Communications. Data communications require a
single unshielded twisted pair that supports other
annunciators on the same communications channel.
4606-9102 LCD Annunciator
Description (Continued)
Indications. Alarm, Priority 2, Supervisory, and Trouble
conditions are also indicated by dedicated LEDs and a
tone-alert audible indication. Each condition has a
dedicated acknowledge push-button switch that silences
the tone-alert but leaves the LED on until all conditions in
that category are restored to normal.
Activity Scrolling. Repeated operation of the
appropriate acknowledge switch will scroll the LCD
display showing activity in the sequence of occurrence.
The internal tone-alert also sounds to indicate the
operation of any of the push-button switches.
Operation
Keyswitch Access. All switches on the annunciator are
controlled by the “ENABLE” keyswitch with a key that is
removable only in the disabled position. A brief
Lamp/LCD test is performed whenever the keyswitch is
changed from enabled to disabled.
Enabled Operations. When enabled, notification
appliances can be deactivated by pressing the “ALARM
SILENCE” switch. Pressing the “SYSTEM RESET”
switch restores the system to normal operation. When
system activity is normal, the LCD displays the time,
date, and “SYSTEM IS NORMAL.”
* This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to
Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing
7300-0026:0370 for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in
this document. It is subject to re-examination, revision, and possible cancellation. NYC Fire
Dept COA #6095. Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local Simplex product
supplier for the latest status. Listings and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co. are
the property of Tyco Fire Protection Products.

S4606-0002-7 8/2016
Product Selection

Model Description
Remote LCD Annunciator with beige trim for use with 4010ES fire
4606-9102
alarm control panels
4603-9111 Brushed stainless steel trim option Refer to specifications on page 3
for additional details
4610-9111CA
2975-9206 Matching surface mount box; ivory finish
Overvoltage protector; required where annunciator communications and power wiring exits and enters a
2081-9044
building; refer to data sheet S2081-0016 for details

4606-9102 Operator Information

2 S4606-0002-7 8/2016
4606-9102 LCD Annunciator Specifications

General Operating Specifications (refer to Installation Instructions 579-977 for additional information)
Voltage 18 to 32 VDC, system supplied
Normal Operating Current 110 mA (with LED backlighting on)
65 mA (during battery backup, LED backlighting is turned off after 30 seconds
Battery Standby Current
without switch activity)
Alarm Current 140 mA maximum (LED backlighting is on and tone-alert is sounding)
Operating Temperature Range 32° to 120° F (0° to 49° C)
Operating Humidity Range Up to 93% RH, non-condensing at 100° F (38° C)
Communications
RUI (Remote Unit Interface) external annunciator communications line SLC
Type
For 4010ES Panels* (signaling line circuit)
Capacity Up to 20 total internal and external card addresses
Wiring Requirements
Standard Wiring Type Unshielded twisted pair (UTP), 18 AWG (0.82 mm2) for most applications, see below
0.58 µF (580 nF) maximum capacitance between conductors; 35  maximum total
Wiring Characteristics
line resistance
1. Wiring that leaves the building. Also requires Isolated Loop Circuit Protectors on
each end, refer to data sheet S2081-0007 for 2081-9027 (200 mA), or
Wiring Applications S2081-0008 for 2081-9028 (5 A)
RUI Data Requiring Shielded, 2. Wiring run in 500 ft (152 m) or more of conduit.
Twisted Pair (STP) 3. Wiring closely bundled with standard IDNet communications or TrueAlert
addressable communications (not required when run with IDNet+
communications).
Class B “T-Tap” wiring
Up to 10,000 ft (3048 m) total wiring; up to 2500 ft (762 m) to farthest device
distance
Class X wiring distance Up to 2500 ft (762 m)
Power Wiring 18 to 12 AWG (0.82 mm2 to 3.31 mm2) wires for 24 VDC system power
A dedicated earth ground connection to the electrical box is required for proper ESD
Earth Wiring and EMI protection; wire in accordance with NFPA 70 (National Electrical Code)
Article 250
Mounting Information
Trim Dimensions 4 ½” H x 11 13⁄16” W (114 mm x 300 mm)
Assembly Depth 1 5⁄16” (33 mm), 1 ½” at terminal block location (38 mm)
Standard Trim Finish Steel, painted beige
Brushed stainless steel (ordered separately); supplied with both slotted and tamper
4603-9111, Optional Trim
resistant screws
Boxes for Masonry boxes Six-gang box, Steel City GW-635-G, 3 ½” (89 mm) deep or equal
Flush
Single gang boxes Six, single gang boxes, 3 ½” (89 mm) deep minimum, RACO # 590 or equal
Mounting
(supplied Conduit entrance is box dependent, refer to Installation Instructions 579-977 for
Box selection note
separately) additional mounting information and conduit entry requirements

2975-9206, Surface Mount Box Option (ordered separately)

Dimensions 12” W x 4 ⅝” H x 2 ¾” D (305 mm x 117 mm x 70 mm)
Finish Painted steel, ivory finish

* Refer to the 4010ES control panel data sheet for additional panel information.

3 S4606-0002-7 8/2016
 Mounting Information

Wiring Reference

Interconnection Wiring Notes:

1. Communications require 18 to 12 AWG unshielded twisted pair.
2. Power requires two, 18 to 12 AWG wires for 24 VDC system power,
plus Earth Ground to each electrical box.
3. Refer to Installation Instructions 579-977 for additional wiring
specifications.

ALARMS
Fire Al arm Priori ty 2 Alarm
SYSTEM WARNINGS
Supervi sory Trouble Alarm Sil enced
AC Power
ABC
ZONE
1
JK L
FB
4
ST U

7
P
D EF
SIG
2
MN O
IO
5
VW X

8
A
GHI
AUX
3
PQ R
IDNet
6
YZ /

9
L
To other RUI devices
'SP' ( ) , 0:
Fire Al arm Priori ty 2 Supv Troubl e Alarm System
NET ADDR
Ack Ack Ack Ack Si lence Reset
0 DEL

Event More
Enter C/Exit
Time I nfo Previous

Menu
On Next
Enabl e
Arm

Off Lamp
Di sabl e Auto
Disarm Test

Emergency Operating Instructions

Alarm or Warning Condition H ow to S ilence Building Signals
System indicator flashing. Tone On. Press Al arm Silence.

How to Acknowledge / View Events H ow to R eset System

Press ACK located under flashing indicat or . Press System Reset.
Repeat operation until all events are acknowledged . Press Ack to silence t one device.
Local tone will silence .

FIRE PRIORITY 2 SYSTEM SYSTEM POWER ALARM FIRE PRIORITY 2 SYSTEM SYSTEM POWER ALARM
ALARM ALARM SUPERVISORY TROUBLE ON SILENCED ALARM ALARM SUPERVISORY TROUBLE ON SILENCED
DISPLAY DISPLAY
TIME TIME

ALARM ALARM SUPV TBL ALARM SYSTEM ALARM ALARM SUPV TBL ALARM SYSTEM
ACK ACK ACK ACK SILENCE RESET ACK ACK ACK ACK SILENCE RESET

4010ES Fire Alarm Control Panel 4606-9102 LCD Annunciators

TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. National Electrical Code and NFPA are
registered trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).

Tyco Fire Protection Products • Westminster, MA • 01441-0001 • USA S4606-0002-7 8/2016

www.simplexgrinnell.com
© 2016 Tyco Fire Protection Products. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice.
 System Accessories, LCD Annunciators
UL, ULC, CSFM Listed; 4606 Series Color Touchscreen LCD Annunciators
FM, NYC Fire Dept Approved* for 4007ES Fire Alarm Control Panels

Features

Remote Color Touchscreen LCD annunciators for

use with Simplex® model 4007ES fire alarm control
panels
4.3” (109 mm) diagonal color touchscreen display:
 Provides the display features of the 4007ES fire alarm
control panel at a remote location
 Convenient and intuitive user interface provides detailed
system status and individual point information 4606-9205 LCD Annunciator with Platinum Trim
 LED status indicators include Alarm, Priority 2,
Supervisory, Trouble, Alarm Silenced, and Status of
AC Power at the control panel
 Supports dual language selection, including unicode
character languages
 Keyswitch is used to enable default access level;
additional user access levels are passcode protected;
keyswitch and user access levels are configurable
 Tone-alert sounder provides local audible indication
 Three programmable control switches with status 4606-9202 LCD Annunciator with Red Trim
LEDs and provisions for custom labeling
Description (Continued)
Additional features:
 Available with platinum or red trim Indications. Alarm, Priority 2, Supervisory, Trouble, and
 Information is transmitted over a single unshielded Alarm Silenced conditions are indicated by dedicated LEDs
twisted pair; separate wiring is required for 24 VDC and a tone-alert audible indication. Each condition will cause
power the display to present a dedicated acknowledge push-button
 Mounts flush on RACO 944, 5-gang electrical box switch that silences the tone-alert but leaves the LED on until
(supplied separately) all conditions in that category are restored to normal.
 Up to 6 Color Touchscreen LCD Annunciators per Custom Background. The 4007ES control panel supports
4007ES fire alarm control panel a custom background image that is also displayed on each of
Mounting box options (ordered separately, see the color touchscreen annunciators when status is normal.
page 2 for more details): File types supported are JPG, BMP, GIF, and PNG.
 Surface mount boxes in red or platinum Recommended image type is JPG, recommended image size
 Semi-flush mount boxes in red or platinum, may be is 480 x 240, and the file size limit is 100 kb.
used for legacy annunciator retrofit applications
Operation
Description
Keyswitch Access. Touchscreen display access can be
Local Annunciation and Control. 4606-9200 Series controlled by a keyswitch with a key that is removable only
LCD Annunciators allows 4007ES fire alarm control in the disabled position. Access is configurable per
panels to provide information and control switches at annunciator.
convenient locations away from the control panel. The Enabled Operations. When the keyswitch is on, system
color touchscreen LCD with backlighting displays status indications will be displayed as they occur with
information in clear and descriptive language. (English is individual point detail as programmed at the control panel,
standard, other languages can be programmed.) Typical and soft keys will be displayed to allow user actions.
content includes: point status (alarm, trouble, etc.), alarm
type (smoke detector, manual station, etc.), number of Screen Backlight. When the display has not been
system alarms, supervisory conditions, troubles, and touched, and no new system status has occurred for
custom location labels up to 40 characters long. 60 seconds, the backlight dims to 20% of normal brightness.
If there is no activity in the system (System is Normal), the
Communications. Data communications require a standby screen displays current time and date to verify
single unshielded twisted pair that supports other proper operation. If an event occurs, or with the keyswitch
annunciators on the same communications channel. activated, and the screen is touched, the backlight returns to
* This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to full intensity
Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing
7300-0026:0382 for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in
Lamp Test. The display menu provides a lamp test feature
this document. NYC Fire Dept COA #6191A. Additional listings may be applicable; that when selected, activates the 9 panel LEDs for 5 seconds.
contact your local Simplex product supplier for the latest status. Listings and approvals Dual-color LEDs will blink alternately.
under Simplex Time Recorder Co. are the property of Tyco Fire Protection Products.
S4606-0003-2 1/2017
Product Selection

Model* Color Description Dimensions

Annunciator:
4606-9202(BA) Red 13” W x 5.21” H x 2” D
Remote Color Touchscreen LCD Annunciator; for flush mounting (330 mm x 132 mm x 51 mm)
in a 5-gang RACO 944 box, or equal, supplied separately RACO 944 Box (reference):
4606-9205(BA) Platinum 12 ¼” W x 4 ½” H x 2 ½” D
(311 mm x 114 mm x 64 mm)
2975-9461 Red 12 ¼” W x 4 ½” H x 2 ½” D
Surface mount metal box for above annunciators
2975-9462 Platinum (311 mm x 114 mm x 64 mm)

2975-9463 Red Semi-flush mount metal box adapter for above annunciators; use
12 ¼” W x 4 ½” H x 1 ¾” D
for mounting on existing 2-gang, 4-gang, 6-gang, or 4” (102 mm)
2975-9464 Platinum (311 mm x 114 mm x 44 mm)
square flush mounted boxes
* Models with (BA) are available assembled in the USA by adding the suffix “BA”.

Suppression Products
Note: Suppression is required where annunciator communications and power wiring exits and enters a building
Model Description Additional Reference
2081-9044 Overvoltage Protector, rated for up to 200 mA; use for RUI communications Data Sheet S2081-0016
Isolated Loop Circuit Protector (ILCP), rated for 5 A maximum; use for 24 VDC
2081-9028 Data Sheet S2081-0008
power wiring when above 200 mA

Operator Information

2 S4606-0003-2 1/2017
Specifications

General Operating Specifications

Voltage 18 to 32 VDC, system supplied
Condition Current Details
Alarm 124 mA Backlight at full intensity and tone-alert sounding
Current Details Display Active 70 mA Backlight at full intensity, occurs when activity is in process
Backlight dimmed to 20% of full intensity, occurs after 1 minute of no system
Standby 45 mA
activity
Operating Temperature Range 32° to 120° F (0° to 49° C)
Operating Humidity Range Up to 93% RH, non-condensing at 100° F (38° C)
Communications
RUI (Remote Unit Interface) external annunciator communications line SLC (signaling line
Type
For 4007ES Panels circuit)
Capacity Up to 6 Color Touchscreen LCD Annunciators
Wiring Requirements
Standard Wiring Type Unshielded twisted pair (UTP), 18 AWG (0.82 mm2) for most applications, see below
0.58 µF (580 nF) maximum capacitance between conductors; 35  maximum total line
Wiring Characteristics
resistance
1. Wiring that leaves the building. RUI wiring also requires 2081-9044 Overvoltage
Wiring Applications Protectors on each end.
RUI Data Requiring Shielded, 2. Wiring run in 500 ft (152 m) or more of conduit.
Twisted Pair (STP) 3. Wiring closely bundled with standard IDNet communications or TrueAlert addressable
communications (not required when run with IDNet+ communications).
Class B “T-Tap” wiring
Up to 10,000 ft (3048 m) total wiring; up to 2500 ft (762 m) to farthest device
distance
Class X wiring distance Up to 2500 ft (762 m)
Power Wiring Terminals for 18 to 12 AWG (0.82 mm2 to 3.31 mm2) wires for 24 VDC system power
A dedicated earth ground connection to the electrical box is required for proper ESD and
Earth Wiring
EMI protection; wire in accordance with NFPA 70 (National Electrical Code) Article 250
Mounting Information
Boxes for Flush Mounting
5-gang masonry box, RACO # 944, 2 ½” (64 mm) deep or equal
(supplied separately)
Additional Reference
Installation Instructions 579-1172
S4007-0001, 4007ES Hybrid
4007ES Data Sheets
S4007-0002, 4007ES with IDNAC Notification

Operator Screen Reference (shown approximately full size, refer to page 4 for additional screen reference)

3 S4606-0003-2 1/2017
Operator Screen Reference

Main Menu Screen provides easy navigation to the function System Alarm Screen identifies active alarms with custom
required. Buttons A, B, and C have programmable functions. labels displayed, arrows allow navigation through the list

System Trouble Screen identifies active troubles with Trouble Log Screen allows review of past troubles with
custom labels displayed, arrows allow navigation through time stamp and point details shown.
the list

Point Information Screen allows review of point details, User Access Login Screen controls access to panel
arrows allow navigation through the information. operations as determined per panel.

4 S4606-0003-2 1/2017
Mounting Information

Wiring Reference

Interconnection Wiring Notes:

1. Communications require 18 to 12 AWG unshielded twisted pair.
2. Power requires two, 18 to 12 AWG wires for 24 VDC system power,
plus Earth Ground to each electrical box.
3. Refer to Installation Instructions 579-1172 for additional wiring
specifications.

To other RUI devices

4007ES Fire Alarm Control Panel 4606-9202 LCD Annunciators

5 S4606-0003-2 1/2017
TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. National Electrical Code and NFPA are
registered trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).

Tyco Fire Protection Products • Westminster, MA • 01441-0001 • USA S4606-0003-2 1/2017

www.simplex-fire.com
© 2017 Tyco Fire Protection Products. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice.
 Multi-Application Peripherals
UL, ULC, CSFM Listed; FM Approved; 24 Point I/O Annunciator Modules for
MEA (NYC) Acceptance* use with the 4010 Fire Alarm Control Panel

Features To additional devices

(up to six modules total)
Programmable input/output module for use with
the model 4010 Simplex® addressable fire alarm
control panel: FIRE
ALARM
** SYSTEM IS NORMAL **
12:02:15pm
SYSTEM
SUPERVISORY
SYSTEM
TROUBLE
Mon 9-Feb-98
ALARM
SILENCED
POWER
ON
CONTROL
ENABLE

 4605 Series Models provides 24 input/output (I/O)

ALARM SUPV TROUBLE ALARM SYSTEM
ACK ACK ACK SILENCE RESET

points per module with each point selectable as either an 4606-9101 LCD Annunciator
input or an output (shown for reference)
Four input switch types are supported:
 Unsupervised switch connection Internally mounted 24 Point I/O Module
 Supervised for open to switch circuit
 Supervised for open or short to switch circuit N
SOUTH
STAIR DC

 Monitored three position H.O.A. (hand-off-auto)

PIR WF
APARTM ENT
604
OFFICE
1
LOBBY OFFICE
6
TS
6
SMOKE DETECTOR

MANUAL
STATION
WT

Monitored switches may be:

DC H WATCH
TOUR
STATION 3
WATCH
TOUR
STATION 2

WT S WT
CAMERA 1

 Normally open (N.O.) or normally closed (N.C.)

WATCH
CAMERA 2
TOUR
STATION 1
SUPPLY EXHAUST

SMOKE DETECTOR ELECTRIC

ROOM

 Momentary or maintained
HEAT SENSOR OFFICE ROOM ROOM
WF 2 16 17

TS

NORTH
STAIR DC

Outputs:
 Rated 24 V at 75 mA each for operation of relays,
Custom Graphic Annunciator Panel
incandescent lamps, or current limited LEDs
 Selectable for continuous on, or slow or fast flash Data and
power wiring
Modules communicate with the 4010 control
panel using N2 serial communications:
 Up to six total annunciators are supported
 Compatible annunciators include the 24 I/O module, the
FIRE ALARM

4606-9101 LCD annunciator, and the 24 LED door FIRE

ALARM
** SYSTEM IS NORMAL **
12:02:15pm
SYSTEM
SUPERVISORY
SYSTEM
TROUBLE
Mon 8-Mar-99
ALARM
SILENCED
AC
POWER
CONTROL

mounted annunciator ALARM

ACK
SUPV
ACK
TROUBLE
ACK
ALARM
SILENCE
SYSTEM
RESET
CAUTION

 Communications are provided with extended diagnostics

DISCON NECT
POWER BEFOR E
SERVICING

for quick setup and easy maintenance

4605 Series 24 Point I/O Package availability:
 Modular package with cabinet, with or without retainer
and door, for up to six modules
 Plate mounting for up to six modules (for use with
cabinet by others)
 Module only (for expansion, or for use with mounting
plate and enclosure by others)
Also available as a door mounted 24 LED
annunciator:
 Includes 24 Point I/O module dedicated for 24 LED
annunciation, individually selectable as red or yellow
 Standard on ULC models and available as door-only
assemblies for electronics only packages, or for
aftermarket installation
UL listed to Standard 864
* Refer to page 2 for listing exceptions for the door mounted LED annunciator. The 4605
series 24 Point I/O module has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM)
pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing
7120-0026:225 for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in this
document. It is subject to re-examination, revision, and possible cancellation. Accepted for
use – City of New York Department of Buildings – MEA35-93E. Additional listings may be
applicable; contact your local Simplex product supplier for the latest status. Listings and
approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co. are the property of Tyco Safety Products
Westminster.
4010 Fire Alarm Control Panel
Typical Application for 24 Point I/O Module
(shown with LCD Annunciator for reference only)
General Description
The 4605 Series of I/O modules provide a flexible remote
interface for graphic annunciators, HVAC monitoring and
control, output bypass control, utility door monitoring,
and emergency call switches. Each I/O point can be
selected as an input or output as determined by local
requirements.
Selectable Outputs and Inputs. Outputs can be
selected to be continuously on, or pulsed at a slow or fast
rate. Inputs can be selected to be unsupervised, supervised
for open circuit wiring, supervised for open or short
circuit wiring, or to monitor three position switches such
as those used for H.O.A. (hand-off-auto) switch control.

S4010-0002-5 2/2006
Packaging Description
Mounting options include a module only package,
module (or multiple modules) mounted on a plate suitable
for installation in separately purchased cabinets, modules
(up to six) mounted in a Simplex cabinet, or as door
mounted 24 LED annunciators for use on the 4010
cabinet.
Annunciation Flexibility. Up to six, N2
communications modules may be connected to the 4010
N2 external annunciator communications bus. These
modules may be either the 4606-9101 LCD annunciator
or the 24 Point I/O module.

Product Selection, 4605 Series Graphic I/O Modules and Accessories

System Type (select one) (see Note below and refer to page 3 for reference drawing)
Model Description Dimensions
Cabinet mounted modules; six maximum; for use with Simplex
4605-8401 see below
cabinet; cabinet ordered separately
13-1/2” H x 21-3/8” W
4605-8402 Plate mounted modules; six maximum; for cabinet by others
(323 mm x 543 mm)
4605-8904 Module only 5-3/4” x 6-1/2” (146 mm x 165 mm)
Graphic Type (order quantity as required)
Model Description Dimensions
4605-7401 24 Point I/O Module; includes mounting hardware 5-3/4” x 6-1/2” (146 mm x 165 mm)
Cabinet Selection (select if cabinet mounted, reference 4605-8401)
Model Description Dimensions
Beige 2-Unit Cabinet; mounts up to six modules; with glass door
4605-2401
and retainer 20-3/4” H x 25-3/4” W x 4-1/4” D
Beige 2-Unit Cabinet; mounts up to six modules; without door and (527 mm x 654 mm x 108 mm)
4605-2404
retainer (back box only)
4605-2201 Red finish option
Separate Backbox (select if backbox is to be pre-shipped)
Model Description Dimensions
2975-9184 Beige 20-3/4” H x 25-3/4” W x 4-1/4” D
2-Unit back box only, no door or retainer
2975-9185 Red (527 mm x 654 mm x 108 mm)

Accessories (select as required)

Model Description
2975-9801 Beige
Semi-flush trim kit
2975-9802 Red
NOTE: If the 24-Point I/O equipment is used for a custom graphic annunciator panel, one output must be configured
always-on and wired to a power-on indicator on the front panel to meet UL requirements.

Product Selection Reference, 24 LED Annunciator Doors

4010 Fire Alarm Control Panels with 24 LED Annunciator Door (see page 4 for reference drawing)
Model Description

4010-9101C* English ULC Listed 4010 Fire Alarm Control Panel with: Beige 24 LED Annunciator door, beige
cabinet, 120 VAC input power supply/battery charger, IDNet interface, 4 NACs, 2 auxiliary
relays, and external N2 communications interface; refer to data sheet S4010-0001 for control
4010-9101CF* French
panel details
24 LED Annunciator Doors for Aftermarket Add-On to Existing Panels (ordered separately)
Model Description Dimensions
4010-9860** Beige Door with 24 LED Annunciator and dress panel;
4010-9860CAF** CAF suffix selects French 22” H x 18” W x 1-23/32”D
(559 mm x 457 mm x 44 mm)
4010-9861** Red Door with 24 LED Annunciator and dress panel
* These products are ULC listed only as of document revision date.
** As of document revision date, 4010-9860 and 4010-9861 are UL, ULC, and CSFM listed, and FM approved only (see CSFM listing
7170-0026:226); 4010-9860CAF is ULC listed and FM approved only.

2 S4010-0002-5 2/2006
Specifications

Input Voltage and Switch Voltage

18 to 32 VDC, system supplied
Rating
Communications N2 external annunciator communications line from 4010 Fire Alarm Control Panel
Wiring Connections Terminal blocks for wire size 18 to 14 AWG (0.82 mm2 to 20.8 mm2 )
Module Operating Current* 60 mA @ 24 VDC
Output Rating* 75 mA @ 32 VDC maximum, per output (1.8 A total maximum)
Unsupervised 7.3 mA when closed, no current draw when open

Supervised Supervisory state N.O. = 3.7 mA, N.C. = 7.3 mA

for open Switch activated N.O. = 7.3 mA, N.C. = 3.7 mA
Switch Current
Draw @ 24 VDC, Supervised for Supervisory state N.O. = 3.2 mA, N.C. = 5.6 mA
per Switch* open and short Switch activated N.O. = 5.6 mA, N.C. = 3.2 mA
“Hand” position = 7.3 mA
H.O.A. “Off” position = 5.9 mA
“Auto” position = 3.7 mA
Supervisory = 60 mA
24 LED Annunciator Door
Alarm = 83 mA with all LEDs on
Temperature Range 32 to 120 F (0 to 49 C)
Humidity Range 10% to 90% RH, non-condensing, at 90 F (32 C)
Additional Reference Refer to Installation Instructions 574-348 and Field Wiring Diagram 842-063

* For total current, add outputs and supervisory current to module current.

Two-Unit Mounting Cabinet Reference Drawing

25-3/4" (654 mm)

16 Position terminal block

with shorting bar, supplied
with mounting plate

20-3/4"
(527 mm)
Depth =
4-1/4"
(108 mm)

24 Point I/O Module,

six shown for reference

Module mounting plate;

13-1/2" x 21-3/8"
(323 mm x 543 mm)

3 S4010-0002-5 2/2006
24 LED Annunciator Door Reference

FIRE ALARM
CONTROL

** SYSTEM IS NORMAL **
12:02:15pm Mon 9-Sep-02
FIRE SYSTEM SYSTEM ALARM AC
ALARM SUPERVISORY TROUBLE SILENCED POW ER

ALARM SUPV TROUBLE ALARM SYSTEM

ACK ACK ACK SILENCE RESET
CAUTION

DISCONNECT
POWER BEFORE
SERVICING

ZONE 1 ZONE 9 ZONE 17

ZONE 2 ZONE 10 ZONE 18

ZONE 3 ZONE 11 ZONE 19

ZONE 4 ZONE 12 ZONE 20

ZONE 5 ZONE 13 ZONE 21

ZONE 6 ZONE 14 ZONE 22

ZONE 7 ZONE 15 ZONE 23

ZONE 8 ZONE 16 ZONE 24

ZONE 1 ZONE 9 ZONE 17

ZONE 2 ZONE 10 ZONE 18

ZONE 3 ZONE 11 ZONE 19

ZONE 4 ZONE 12 ZONE 20

ZONE 5 ZONE 13 ZONE 21

ZONE 6 ZONE 14 ZONE 22

ZONE 7 ZONE 15 ZONE 23

ZONE 8 ZONE 16 ZONE 24

Label inserts are provided as blank and with

preprinted Zones 1 through 24 as shown

Tyco, Simplex, and the Simplex logo are trademarks of Tyco International Services AG or its affiliates in the U.S. and/or other countries.

Tyco Safety Products Westminster • Westminster, MA • 01441-0001 • USA S4010-0002-5 2/2006

www.tycosafetyproducts-usa-wm.com
© 2006 Tyco Safety Products Westminster. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice.
 System Accessories, LED Annunciators
UL, ULC, CSFM Listed; FM Approved; 4100 Series Graphic Annunciator Modules;
MEA (NYC) Acceptance* LED/Switch Modules and 24 Point I/O Graphic Module

Features To additional annunciators

Interface modules for LED and switch control of

custom graphic annunciator panels including: FIRE PRIORITY 2 SYSTEM SYSTEM POWER ALARM

 4100-7401, 24 Point I/O Graphic Modules with points

DISPLAY
SILENCED TIME
ALARM ALARM SUPERVISORY TROUBLE ON

ALARM ALARM SUPV TBL ALARM SYSTEM

ACK ACK ACK ACK SILENCE RESET

selectable as either switch inputs or LED outputs 4603-9101 LCD Annunciator (shown for reference, refer
 4100-7402, 64 Switch and 64 LED Driver Module to specific control panel for compatible RUI annunciators)
with 32 on-board LED drivers
Internally mounted graphic interface modules
 4100-7403, 32 Point LED Driver Modules
 4100-7404, 32 Point Switch Input Modules
Module compatibility: SMOKE DETECTOR

 For use with Simplex® 4007ES, 4010ES, 4100ES, and

WATCH
TOUR
STATION 3
WATCH
TOUR
STATION 2

CAMERA 1 WATCH
CAMERA 2
TOUR
STATION 1 EXHAUS
SUPPLY T

4100U series fire alarm control panels SMOKE DETECTOR

HEAT SENSOR

 Also compatible with Simplex legacy panel model

series 4100, 4120, and 4020; (see 4020 compatibility
note on page 2)
Custom Graphic Annunciator Panel
Multiple mounting options are available:
 Semi-flush or surface mount cabinets in beige or red, RUI Communications
with or without glass door and power wiring

 Interface modules can be mounted in the same cabinet

as graphic panel or mounted nearby
 Plate-mounted for mounting in cabinet by others
 Interface modules are UL listed for use in agency
listed custom graphic annunciator panels
Operation and status supervision:
 Supervised RUI (remote unit interface)
communications require a single, twisted, wire pair
(some applications may require shields) to the fire
alarm control panel (power is supplied via a second
wire pair)
 Multiple annunciator module types can be connected
to same communications wiring
 Convenient wiring connections are via pluggable
terminal blocks 4100ES Fire Alarm Control Panel
(shown for reference)
UL listed to Standard 864 for:
 Fire Detection and Control (UOJZ) 4100ES Fire Alarm Control Panel Connected to a Remote
Graphic Annunciator and a Remote LCD Annunciator
 Smoke Control Service (UUKL)
Introduction Introduction (Continued)
Annunciator Control. These remote annunciator Packaging Flexibility. For packaging flexibility, these
graphic control modules complement Simplex 4007ES, modules are plate-mounted, allowing compatibility with
4010ES, 4100ES, and 4100U (and other installed legacy vended graphics assemblies. These modules also provide
panels) by providing LED/lamp/relay drivers and switch convenient terminal block wiring connections and use
inputs to allow custom graphic displays to be designed for compact ribbon cable connectors for multiple module
specific facility requirements, such as for smoke control interconnection.
(UUKL) systems. Wiring is minimized by Signaling Line
Circuit (SLC) communications that also provides * This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to
Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing
supervision. 7120-0026:156 for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in this
document. Accepted for use – City of New York Department of Buildings – MEA35-93E.
In the event of communications loss, a trouble will be Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local Simplex product supplier for the
displayed at the fire alarm control panel and can also be latest status. Listings and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co. are the property of
Tyco Fire Protection Products.
identified at the remote annunciator if desired.
S4100-0005-6 11/2014
Graphics Control Module Descriptions

4100-7401, 24 Point I/O Graphic Module:
 24 Points, selectable as either a switch input or a
lamp/relay driver output
 Switch monitoring includes: unsupervised, supervision
for opens, supervision for opens or shorts, and
supervised monitoring of HOA (hand/off/auto) switches
 Switches can be momentary or maintained, 2 position or
3 position, maximum distance is 2500 ft (762 m), or
65  from the module
 Each LED/lamp/relay driver is rated at 150 mA @
24 VDC per point, inrush is current limited for
compatibility with incandescent bulbs (relays need to be
diode suppressed at the relay coil) maximum distance is
600 ft (183 m), or 2  from the module
 LED/lamp/relay driver outputs are supervised for open
circuits and can be set as on continuous, or pulsed at a
slow or fast rate
 Additional inputs are included for communicating a
remote power supply trouble and for lamp testing, the
module can also be configured to provide local
indication of communications loss
 NOTE: 4100-7401 is not compatible with installed
Simplex 4020 Series fire alarm control panels
4100-7402, 64/64 LED/Switch Controller Module:
 Support for up to 64 switches and 64 LEDs (switches are
unsupervised)
 Includes 32 LED driver outputs on-board for direct LED
connection
 Full capacity is achieved by using a 4100-7403, 32 Point
LED Driver Module, and two 4100-7404, 32 Point
Switch Modules
 Multiplexed LED drivers provides 40 mA peak, 5 mA
average, 60 Hz rate, 12.5% duty cycle for direct LED
drive and can be steady on, or slow or fast pulse
 LEDs are supervised for open circuits, LED and switch
module connections are supervised
 LEDs or switches can be up to 25 ft (7.6 m) or 3  from
module
4100-7403, 32 Point LED Driver Module:
 Provides an additional 32 LED drivers for use with the
4100-7402 Controller
 LED output is the same as for the 4100-7402
4100-7404, 32 Point Switch Module:
 Monitors momentary or maintained, 2 or 3 position
switches
 Switch position sampling is multiplexed at a 60 Hz rate,
12.5% duty cycle, 40 mA maximum, 5 mA average

Module Mounting Reference

4100- 4100- 4100-

4100-7402 7403 7404 7404
Annunciator mounting plate 6-1/2" x 12-1/4"
with: 1, 4100-7402, 64/64 (165 mm x
LED Switch Controller, 311 mm)

1, 4100-7403, 32 Point
LED Driver,

and 2, 4100-7404, 32 Point

Switch Modules

4100-7403 & -7404 dimensions: 3-1/4" x 12-1/4" (83 mm x 311 mm)

Mounting plate dimensions: 12-3/8" H x 21-1/2" W (314 mm x 546 mm)

Annunciator mounting plate

4100-7401 4100-7401 4100-7401
with 3, 4100-7401,
6-1/2" x 12-1/4"
24 Point I/O Graphic Modules

2 S4100-0005-6 11/2014
Product Selection

System Type (select one)

Model Description
4100-8401 Cabinet mounted graphic modules
4100-8402 Graphic modules only, plate mounted
4100-8904 Aftermarket addition, modules only

Graphic Modules* (select as required, refer to page 2 for panel mounting dimensions)
Model Description Mounting Information
4100-7401 24 Point I/O Graphic Module Mounting is on dedicated mounting plates, up to 3 per plate

4100-7402 64/64 LED Switch Controller Mounting Rules:

One 4100-7402, 64/64 LED Switch Controller mounted per plate; the same
plate can mount one 4100-7403, 32 Point LED Driver Module, and two
4100-7403 32 Point LED Driver Module
4100-7404, 32 Point Switch Input Modules
Each mounting plate requires 2 units of space; 1 plate per 2-unit cabinet, 2
4100-7404 32 Point Switch Input Module plates per 4-unit cabinet, 3 plates per 6-unit cabinet
* These 4100 series graphic modules are available internally mounted and UL listed in custom graphic annunciator panels and
custom graphic smoke control annunciators from Space Age Electronics Inc., website: www.1sae.com

Package Size, Finish and Trim Options (select as required if 4100-8401)

Model Description
4100-2401 2-Unit
4100-2402 4-Unit Cabinet assembly, box with glass door & retainer
4100-2403 6-Unit
4100-2404 2-Unit
4100-2405 4-Unit Box only, no door
4100-2406 6-Unit
4100-2201 Red finish option
2975-9801 Semi-flush trim option, beige, 1-7/16” wide (37 mm)
2975-9802 Semi-flush trim option, red, 1-7/16” wide (37 mm)

Aftermarket Solid Door (for cabinet only models)

Model Description
4100-8911 Aftermarket addition designation, use if solid door is required, order with cabinet only models
4100-2031 2-unit
4100-2032 4-unit Solid door, beige
4100-2033 6-unit

Simplex Cabinet Dimension Reference (see page 4 for additional reference)

Size Height Cabinet Width Cabinet Depth Door Width

2-Unit 20-3/4” (527 mm)
4-Unit 36-1/4” (921 mm) 25-3/4 (654 mm) 4-1/4” (108 mm) 26-9/16” (675 mm)
6-Unit 52-1/8” (1324 mm)

3 S4100-0005-6 11/2014
 Specifications

Voltage 18.9 to 32 VDC; 24 VDC nominal from fire alarm control panel
Standby and Alarm = 78 mA + all connected LED/lamp/relay currents and all switch currents
Unsupervised mode = 12 mA when closed, per switch
4100-7401,
24 Point I/O Supervised for open circuit mode = 5 mA open, 12 mA closed, per switch
Module Switch current
Supervised for open or short mode = 4 mA open, 8 mA closed, per switch
Current
HOA mode = 12 mA “on”, 8 mA “off”, 4.5 mA center position
Standby = 67 mA + all switch loads
4100-7402,
64/64 LED Alarm = 285 mA with 64 total LEDs on + all switch loads
Switch Controller Switch current = 5 mA average, “up” position, 2.5 mA average, “down” position

Communications RUI (Remote Unit Interface) external annunciator communications line SLC (signaling line circuit)
4100ES & 4100U Up to 31 total remote RUI devices
Capacity Refer to individual control panel and
Per RUI 4010ES Up to 20 internal and external card addresses annunciator data sheets for additional RUI
Output compatibility information
4007ES Up to 10 remote RUI devices
Single, twisted, wire pair (some applications may require shields)
Data
18 AWG (0.82 mm2) Wiring connections are
pluggable terminal
Wiring Power 18 to 12 AWG (0.82 mm2 to 3.31 mm2) wires for 24 VDC system power blocks
Requirements Input/Outputs 18 to 14 AWG ( 0.82 mm2 to 2.08 mm2)
A dedicated earth ground connection to the electrical box is required for proper ESD and EMI
Earth
protection; wire in accordance with NFPA 70 (National Electrical Code)
Operating Temperature 32° F to 120° F (0° C to 49° C)
Operating Humidity Up to 93% RH, non-condensing @ 90° F (32° C) maximum
Additional Information Refer to Field Wiring Diagram 841-802

Simplex Annunciator Cabinet Reference

Installation Reference, Side View

5-1/4”
(133 mm)
Size Reference 2-3/4” (70 mm)

Box extends
1-1/2” (45 mm)
from wall

Door thickness
1-3/4” (64 mm)

2-Unit 4-Unit 6-Unit

Note: These drawings depict cabinets with glass doors and
retainer panels. The 2-Unit cabinet is shown with
semi-flush trim. See page 3 for cabinet dimensions.

Finished wall
surface

TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA 70 and National Electrical Code
are trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).

Tyco Fire Protection Products • Westminster, MA • 01441-0001 • USA S4100-0005-6 11/2014

www.simplex-fire.com
© 2014 Tyco Fire Protection Products. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice.
 Multi-Application Peripherals
and Accessories
Annunciators
UL Listed* 4601 Series Hard-Wired
Remote Control and LED Annunciation
FEATURES
 Modular design, select remote control and/or
LED annunciation as required
Fire Alarm Annunciator
 Compatible with Simplex model 4004 and 4005
fire alarm control panels TBL SUPV

 System control module provides:

CONTROL
ENABLE
– Yellow system status LEDs for supervisory, ACK RST

trouble, and alarm silence ALARM

SILENCE
– Acknowledge switch for alarm, supervisory, or
trouble conditions
– Alarm silence switch for silencing audible
notification appliances
Four-Gang Plate Assembly
– System reset switch
– Built-in tone-alert
– Key switch for enable/disable of system control
switches
Fire Alarm Annunciator
 Multi-application red LED annunciator module
provides four locations with labeling provisions TBL SUPV

CONTROL
 Red trim plates for 2, 3, or 4 gang sizes ENABLE

 UL listed to Standard 864 ACK RST

ALARM
SILENCE
DESCRIPTION
When used with the Simplex 4004 Fire Alarm Control
panel, these annunciators provide a remote LED status
display of Alarm, Supervisory, and Trouble conditions
with local tone-alert operation. Additionally, the key Three-Gang Plate Assembly
switch enables control of Silence, Acknowledge, and
Reset. The four LED alarm annunciator module is
compatible with the Simplex models 4004 and 4005 fire
alarm control panels as well as most LED drive circuits
Fire Alarm Annunciator
that share a common +24 VDC.
Modules mount into standard 1 1/2” deep gangable
switch boxes with plates available for 2, 3, or 4 gang
applications. Refer to selection chart on page 2.
SPECIFICATIONS
Input Voltage 18-32 VDC, nominal 24 VDC
LED Current 10 mA @ 24 VDC, per LED
Tone-Alert Current 30 mA @ 24 VDC
Dual-Gang Plate Assembly
Control Switch Rating 1 A maximum @ 18-32 VDC
Mounting Plates Red with white lettering
Electrical Box Requirements Standard multi-gang switch
(boxes by others) boxes, 1 1/2” (38 mm) deep
Wiring Terminations Terminal blocks, 22 to 16 AWG
Operating Temperature Range 32° to 120° F (0º to 49º C)
Up to 95% RH, non-condensing * This product was not ULC listed or approved by FM, MEA (NYC), or CSFM as of document
Operating Humidity Range revision date. Additional listings may be applicable, contact Simplex for the latest status.
@ 95° F (35° C)

© 2000 Simplex Time Recorder Co. All rights reserved. S4601-0002-1 7/00
4601 SERIES ANNUNCIATOR PRODUCT INFORMATION

Selection Chart
Model Description Compatibility
Single gang, 4 LED annunciator module with Compatible with most LED drive
4601-9104
labels for local zone identification circuits, 10 mA at 24 VDC, each LED
Model 4004 Fire Alarm Control Panel
System status LEDs, control switch module,
4601-9106 with 4004-9808 Annunciator Interface
and tone-alert, requires 2-gang space
Module
4601-9150 Single gang, blank filler module (black)
4601-9151 Dual-gang cover plate, red
Select to match module choice
4601-9152 Three-gang cover plate, red
4601-9153 Four-gang cover plate, red

Four gang cover plate, 4601-9153 Four LED annunciator module, 4601-9104

Fire Alarm Annunciator

TBL SUPV

CONTROL
ENABLE

ACK RST

ALARM
SILENCE

System status LEDs and control switch

Single gang blank filler module, 4601-9150
module, double gang, 4601-9106

Simplex and the Simplex logo are either trademarks or registered trademarks of Simplex Time Recorder Co.
in the U.S. and/or other countries. S4601-0002-1 7/00

Westminster, Massachusetts 01441-0001 U. S. A.

Offices and Representatives Throughout the World
Visit us on the world wide web at www.simplexnet.com
All specifications and other information shown were current as of printing and are subject to change without notice.
 System Accessories, LED Annunciators
UL, ULC, CSFM Listed; 4602 Series SCU (Status Command Units)
MEA (NYC) Acceptance* and RCU (Remote Command Units)

Features
Remote LED status annunciation with available
remote panel input switch control:
 Compatible with Simplex® 4005, 4007ES, 4010ES,
4100ES, and 4100U series fire alarm control panels
 Also compatible with Simplex legacy panel model series
4002, 4020, 4100, 4120, and Universal Transponders (UT)
 Supervised RUI (remote unit interface) communications 4602-9101 Status Command Unit (SCU)
require a single, twisted, shielded wire pair to the fire
alarm control panel (power is supplied via a second wire
pair)
 Red zone status LEDs are provided with preprinted zone
numbers or can be individually labeled as desired
 LEDs are pluggable for color changing or replacement;
on-board internal pushbutton switch provides LED test
 Surface or flush-mount on standard electrical boxes
 UL listed to Standard 864 4602-9102 Remote Command Unit (RCU)

Available as single units or can be ordered

modular for up to 4 units in a common cabinet:
 4602-9101, Status Command Unit (SCU) provides ZONE 1 ZONE 5
P
W
T
B

16 red LED zone status indicators

R L
TROUBL ALAR
ZONE 2 ZONE 6 SILENC
E SILENC
M
E E

 4602-9102, Remote Command Unit (RCU) provides

ZONE 3 ZONE 7

SYSTE MANUA
ZONE 4 ZONE 8 RESE ENABL EVA
M L
T E C

8 red LED zone status indicators; local power (green)

and trouble (yellow) LEDs; local tone-alert; and
switches for Trouble Silence, Alarm Silence, System
ZONE 1 ZONE 5 ZONE 9 ZONE 13

ZONE 2 ZONE 6 ZONE 10 ZONE 14

Reset, and Manual Evacuation (EVAC) ZONE 3 ZONE 7 ZONE 11 ZONE 15

 4602-8001 Series panels provide selection of a remote

ZONE 4 ZONE 8 ZONE 12 ZONE 16
CAUTION
DISCONNECT

cabinet that can mount one RCU and up to three SCUs;

POWER

options include beige or stainless steel flush mount doors ZONE 1 ZONE 5 ZONE 9 ZONE 13
BEFORE
SERVICING

 Graphic I/O Board Assemblies are available separately

ZONE 2 ZONE 6 ZONE 10 ZONE 14

ZONE 3 ZONE 7 ZONE 11 ZONE 15

for use with listed custom graphic annunciator panels; ZONE 4 ZONE 8 ZONE 12 ZONE 16

available stand-alone (4602-9150), or plate mounted

(4602-7101); selectable as SCU or RCU; terminal blocks ZONE 1 ZONE 5 ZONE 9 ZONE 13

are provided for LED, switch, and LED test feature ZONE 2 ZONE 6 ZONE 10 ZONE 14

connections ZONE 3

ZONE 4
ZONE 7

ZONE 8
ZONE 11

ZONE 12
ZONE 15

ZONE 16

Description 4602

Status Command Units (SCU) provide 16 red zone

status LEDs. Multiples may be mounted together for 4602-8001 Annunciator Package with RCU on top and
additional zone coverage. three SCUs (shown as standard surface mount trim)

Remote Command Units (RCU) provide 8 red zone

status LEDs, and control switches duplicating the switch
functions of the host Fire Alarm Control Panel. A
keyswitch enables the control switches. A green LED
indicates power is present and a yellow LED indicates
trouble.
Zone identification (i.e., Zone 1, Zone 2) is provided
on “slip-in” labels. Detailed local zone information may
be typed on the blank reverse side (i.e., East Wing, First
Floor, etc.) of the label. Pushbutton LED test switches are
* This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to
Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing
7120-0026:0156 for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in
this document. It is subject to re-examination, revision, and possible cancellation. Accepted
for use – City of New York Department of Buildings – MEA35-93E. Additional listings may
be applicable; contact your local Simplex product supplier for the latest status. Listings and
approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co. are the property of Tyco Fire Protection
Products.

located internally for “lamp test” feature. Terminations

are via convenient terminal block connections.
S4602-0001-16 1/2018
Product Selection
Individual LED/Switch Annunciators; Six-Gang box mounting (refer to mounting reference on page 3)
Model Description Mounting Reference
4602-9101 Status Command Unit (SCU) with beige trim plate
Trim dimensions = 11 13⁄16” W x
4602-9102 Remote Command Unit (RCU) with beige trim plate 4 ½” H (114 mm x 300 mm)
Mounts on 6-gang box, 1 ½”
Brushed stainless steel trim plate option for either 4602-9101 or
4602-9111 minimum depth (38 mm)
4602-9102, includes both slotted and tamper resistant screws
Surface mount box option for use with 4602-9101 or 4602-9102; painted steel, ivory finish;
2975-9206
dimensions = 11 31⁄32” W x 4 ⅝” H x 2 ¾” D (304 mm x 117 mm x 70 mm)
Individual Graphic I/O Module; for use with listed custom graphic annunciator panels
Model Description
Graphic I/O RCU/SCU Board Assembly; operation is switch selectable as either RCU or SCU;
4602-9150
dimensions = 5 ⅛” x 7” (130 mm x 178 mm); see illustration reference below
Plate Mounted Graphic I/O Modules; for use with listed custom graphic annunciator panels
Model Description
Graphic I/O Mounting Plate for up to four (4), 4602-7101 Graphic I/O RCU/SCU modules;
4602-8103
dimensions = 16 ⅛” W x 11 ⅛” H (409 mm x 282 mm)
4602-8902 Select when adding 4602-7101 modules in the field to an existing Graphic I/O annunciator mounting plate
Graphic I/O RCU/SCU module for mounting on 4602-8103 plate (up to four); operation is switch selectable as
4602-7101
either RCU or SCU; includes power and control wiring harnesses
Modular LED/Switch Annunciators; Cabinet Mounted (see mounting reference on page 4 for dimensions)
Model Description
Basic annunciator panel; includes 2975-9197 beige box and beige surface mount door; has space for up to 4
4602-8001
RCU/SCU modules, ordered separately as listed below
4602-8901 Select when adding features in the field to an existing 4602 Modular LED/Switch annunciator cabinet
4602-7001 Remote Command Unit (RCU) module; typically one used per 4602-8001 Up to four modules may be
4602-6001 Status Command Unit (SCU) module; up to 4 may be selected selected for one 4602-8001

4602-5001 Select when no 4602-7001 or 4602-6001 modules are to be selected; blank filler plates will be provided
4602-2201 Beige
Flush mount door and trim option; overall dimensions = 16” W x 20” H (406 mm x 508 mm)
4602-2202 Stainless Steel
SCU/RCU Options
Model Description
4602-9110 Eight (8) pluggable Yellow LEDs; for field replacement of standard red LEDs
4602-9112 Zone labels numbered 1 through 64

4602-9150 Graphic I/O RCU/SCU Board Only Installation Reference

1. Board size is 5 ⅛” x 7” (130 mm x 178 mm).

2. Orientation may be vertical or horizontal.
3. Mount within the listed custom graphic annunciator
enclosure or within a listed steel box close-nippled
to the annunciator.
4. Required mounting hardware (not supplied):
6, 6-32 screws, ½” (12.7 mm) minimum length; 6
standoffs ⅜” (9.5 mm) minimum length.
5. Refer to illustration for details.
6. NOTE: For multiple custom annunciator Graphic
I/O applications, use model 4602-7101 for
mounting up to four on plate 4602-8103.

S4602-0001-16 1/2018
2
Specifications

Voltage 18.9 to 32 VDC from fire alarm control panel

4602-9101 SCU Supervisory = 36 mA; Alarm = 55 mA
4602-9102 RCU Supervisory = 40 mA; Alarm = 80 mA
Current
4602-7107 or Supervisory = 40 mA; Alarm = 65 mA minimum, up to 2.5 A maximum;
4602-9150
Graphic I/O Module LED/lamp driver outputs are rated 150 mA maximum each
Communications RUI (Remote Unit Interface) external annunciator communications line SLC (signaling line circuit)
Up to 31 remote annunciators/MINIPLEX transponders per channel including the 4603-9101 LCD
4100ES/4100U Capacity, Per
Annunciator, the SCU, and the RCU; refer to data sheet S4100-0031 for additional 4100ES
RUI Output
information
Up to 20 internal or external card addresses including 4603-9101 LCD Annunciators, the SCU, and
4010ES Capacity the RCU; refer to data sheets S4010-0004 for additional 4010ES information (refer to data sheet
S4100-0006 for International 4010ES applications)
4007ES Capacity Up to 10 total RUI annunciators
4005 RUI Capacity Up to 16 total SCUs and/or RCUs; refer to data sheet S4005-0001 for additional 4005 information
Data Single twisted, shielded pair, 18 AWG (0.82 mm2)
Wiring connections are via terminal blocks
Wiring Power 18 to 12 AWG (0.82 mm2 to 3.31 mm2)
Requirements
A dedicated earth ground connection to the electrical box is required for proper ESD and EMI
Earth
protection; wire in accordance with NFPA 70 (National Electrical Code) Article 250
Operating Temperature 32° F to 120° F (0° C to 49° C)
Operating Humidity Up to 93% RH, non-condensing @ 90° F (32° C) maximum
Additional Reference
All Field Wiring Diagram 841-780
4602-9101 SCU and
Installation Instructions 574-015
4602-9102 RCU
4602-7107 or 4602-9150
Installation Instructions 574-024
Graphic I/O Module

RCU/SCU Mounting Reference

Flush Mount Ganged or

Masonry Boxes:
Use 6-gang box, 2-1/2"
(64 mm) min. depth

Surface Mount Box:

Simplex model 2975-9206
(ordered separately)
P T
ZONE 1 ZONE 5 W B
R L
TROUBLE ALARM
ZONE 2 ZONE 6
SILENCE SILENCE
Trim plate
ZONE 3 ZONE 7

ZONE 4 ZONE 8 SYSTEM MANUAL

RESET ENABLE EVAC

SCU or RCU
Assembly

S4602-0001-16 1/2018
3
4602-8001 Mounting Reference

TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited.

Tyco Fire Protection Products • Westminster, MA • 01441-0001 • USA S4602-0001-16 1/2018

www.simplex-fire.com
© 2018 Tyco Fire Protection Products. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice.
 System Accessories, LED Annunciators
UL, ULC Listed; FM LED/Switch Annunciator
and CSFM Approved* Model 4610-9111 and Accessories

Features
Remote LED/Switch annunciator for the Simplex®
4006 and 4008 fire alarm control panels with:
Fire Alarm Annunciator
 16 LEDs with functions programmable at the host panel ALARM
ALARM
SILENCED
CONTROL
ACK ENABLE
SILENCE
to indicate specific system conditions and locations LOST COM
LAMP
(Alarm, Supervisory, Trouble, etc.) RESET
TEST
TROUBLE

 Dedicated LEDs that indicate Alarm Silence, Trouble, POWER

Communication Loss, and Power-on

 Local tone-alert audible indicator
Keyswitch access control switches provide:
 Event Acknowledge, Alarm Silence, System Reset, and 4610-9111 LED/Switch Annunciator
local Lamp Test
Programmable LED options: Description (Continued)
 10 Red LEDs to indicate Alarm conditions by
programmable area Dedicated LEDs and Remote Switch Control.
 6 Yellow LEDs to indicate Trouble conditions LEDs indicate Alarm Silenced, Communications Loss
with panel, Trouble, and local Power-on, along with a
 Custom label inserts describe LED functions
local tone-alert audible indication. Activating the
Wiring requirements: Acknowledge push-button switch silences the system
 Twisted pair for communications tone-alerts, but leaves the LEDs on until all conditions in
that category are restored to normal. LED operation
 24 VDC system power via separate wiring (continuous or pulsing) is programmed at the control
Mounting options: panel.
 Red surface mount box model 2975-9228 (ordered Multiple System Annunciators. Annunciator
separately) communications for these panels can include up to four
 Flush mount uses standard 5-gang electrical boxes devices, including the LED/Switch Annunciator; an LCD
Remote Annunciator, and the optional host panel
UL Listed to Standard 864, 9th Edition door-mounted LED Annunciator.
Additional Information. Refer to LED/Switch
Description Annunciator Installation Instructions 579-710 and to the
host panel instructions.
Remote LED Annunciation. Simplex 4610-9111
LED/Switch Annunciators provide remote fire alarm
system status and control with 16 programmable LEDs to
provide location specific information. Keyswitch
Product Selection
controlled access allows pushbutton switches to activate Model Description
Acknowledge, Alarm Silence, system Reset, or local
4610-9111 LED/Switch Annunciator, red trim
Lamp (LED) Test. Label inserts allow custom LED
specifics to be identified. Matching surface mount box; red; 10” W x 4-1/2” H x
2975-9228
2-1/2” D (254 mm x 114 mm x 64 mm)
Line matching resistor; 100 , 1/2 W; (part number
4081-9011 733-974); see specifications on page 3 for location
* This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to and quantity
Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing
7300-0026:319 for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in this Overvoltage protector; required where annunciator
document. It is subject to re-examination, revision, and possible cancellation. This product 2081-9044 communications and power wiring exits and enters a
was not approved by MEA (NYC) as of document revision date. Additional listings may be building; refer to data sheet S2081-0016 for details
applicable, contact your local Simplex product supplier for the latest status. Listings and
approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co. are the property of Tyco Safety Products
Westminster.

S4610-0001-1 12/2004
Annunciator Detail View

16 Custom label areas; labels insert Acknowledge, Alarm Silence,

into pockets behind the overlay Reset, and Lamp Test switches
Ten Red LEDs

Fire Alarm Annunciator

ALARM Keyswitch
SILENCED
ALARM CONTROL
ACK ENABLE
SILENCE

LOST COM
LAMP
RESET
TEST
TROUBLE

POWER

Six yellow LEDs

Alarm Silenced, Lost Communications, and

Tone-Alert output Trouble (Yellow LEDs); Power (Green LED)

2 S4610-0001-1 12/2004
Specifications

General Specifications

Voltage 18 to 33 VDC, system supplied

Standby Current 40 mA
Alarm Current 70 mA maximum (all LEDs and tone-alert on)
Operating Temperature Range 32° to 120° F (0° to 49° C)
Operating Humidity Range Up to 93% RH, non-condensing at 100° F (38° C)

Annunciator Communications

Quantity Supported Up to four annunciator modules per panel

Wiring Type Twisted pair, or twisted, shielded pair; 18 AWG (0.82 mm2)
Up to 4000 ft (1219 m); 0.58 µF (580 nF) maximum capacitance; 35  maximum
Bus-style wiring
Distance resistance
“T-Tap” wiring Up to 10,000 ft (3048 m) total wiring; up to 2500 ft (762 m) to farthest device
Line Matching Bus-style wiring Connect one at panel and one at end of line 100 , 1/2 W; PID 4081-9011;
Resistor “T-Tap” wiring Connect one at panel and one at farthest device (part number 733-974)
Suppression for wiring external to Use 2081-9044 Overvoltage Protectors where wiring leaves and enters a building
building (refer to data sheet S2081-0016)
Power Wiring 24 VDC system power and Earth ground for electrical box (ground per local code)
Wiring Connections Provisions for in/out wiring; 18 to 12 AWG (0.82 mm2 to 3.31 mm2)

Mounting Information (see diagram on page 4)

Trim Dimensions 10” W x 4-1/2” H (254 mm x 114 mm)

Trim Material Painted steel, red
Boxes for Flush Mounting Standard 5-gang boxes with conduit entrance restrictions, refer to installation
(supplied by others) information on page 4

2975-9228 Matching Surface Mount Box (ordered separately)

Dimensions 10” W x 4-1/2” H x 2-1/2” D (254 mm x 114 mm x 64 mm)

Material Painted steel, red

3 S4610-0001-1 12/2004
Mounting Information

Compatible Mounting Boxes:

1. Matching surface mount box (shown), ordered separately.
2. For flush-mount, use 5 gang boxes per below. NOTE: To avoid interference with the annunciator, use only
conduit knockouts that are 2-1/2" (64 mm) from front of box or as noted below.
3. For masonry box, use RACO 699 (or equal), 3-1/2" (89 mm) deep.
4. For plasterboard walls, use RACO 590, 3-1/2" deep; or RACO 600 (or equal); use side knockouts or cable
clamps top or bottom).

10"
(254 mm)
Cover plate and assembly
mounting screws are supplied

4-1/2"
(114 mm)

2-1/2"
(64 mm)
LED/Switch Assembly

Cover plate
(supplied)

Tyco, Simplex, and the Simplex logo are trademarks of Tyco International Services AG or its affiliates in the U.S. and/or other countries. Wiremold is a trademark of The
Wiremold Company.

Tyco Safety Products Westminster • Westminster, MA • 01441-0001 • USA S4610-0001-1 12/2004

www.tycosafetyproducts-usa-wm.com
© 2004 Tyco Safety Products Westminster. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice.
 MAPNET II® Communicating Devices
UL, ULC, CSFM Listed; Zone Adapter Modules (ZAMs)
FM Approved* Addressable Interface to Conventional Circuits

Features
MAPNET II ZAMs provide an addressable interface

519-576 A
3333 BAUD RATE 28 VDC
INSTAL..INSTRUC. 575-279
2190-9163 .04A
2190-9161 .04A
INSTAL. INSTRUC. 575-592
2190-9157 .012A
2190-9155 .09A
to conventional fire alarm zone circuit devices**

SIMPLEX TIME REC. CO.

including:
 Initiating devices (Monitor ZAM)
 Notification appliance circuits (Signal ZAM)

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

ADDRESS CODE
 Control relays (Control ZAM)
These ZAMs are compatible with the following
Simplex® fire alarm control panels when equipped
with MAPNET II communications:
 4100/4100U Series fire alarm control panels Signal/Control ZAM
 4100 Series Universal Transponders
 4120 Series Network node fire alarm control panels


519-576 A
3333 BAUD RATE 28 VDC
INSTAL..INSTRUC. 575-279
2190-9163 .04A
2190-9161 .04A
INSTAL. INSTRUC. 575-592
2190-9157 .012A
2190-9155 .09A
4020 Series fire alarm control panels

SIMPLEX TIME REC. CO.

 2120 Communicating Device Transponders
MAPNET II communications can be wired:
 NFPA Style 4/Class B or Style 6/Class A

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

ADDRESS CODE
 Style 4/Class B communications may be wired
either “T” tapped or In/Out
Convenient DIP switch address selection
UL listed to Standard 864
Monitor ZAM
Description
MAPNET II zone adapter modules (ZAMs) provide Description (Continued)
an addressable interface between conventional zone Control ZAMs provide addressable control functions
devices and the host fire alarm control panel. such as elevator capture, HVAC control, pressurization
Monitor ZAMs provide status monitoring and fan control, and damper control. The control relay
supervision of an initiating device circuit (IDC) zone and provides a DPDT contact (contact ratings are shown on
are used for circuits with non-addressable detectors and page 4).
for other contact closures such as waterflow and tamper
switches or non-addressable manual stations. Different General Specifications
models of Monitor ZAMs are available for two-wire IDCs
Supplied by MAPNET II,
Class B, or Class A, and for four-wire IDCs with Class B Communications
24 to 40 VDC with data
IDC input. Each type required a separate 24 VDC input
power from a listed fire alarm power supply. Separate 24 VDC required from
Power
listed fire alarm power supply
Signal ZAMs supervise and operate 24 VDC notification Refer to reference diagrams on
appliances, speakers, and telephone circuits. Output Wiring Information
pages 3 and 4
capacity is up to 2 A @ 24 VDC, or 50 W of 25 VRMS
Screw terminals for in/out wiring,
speakers, or up to three simultaneously activated Wire Connections
18 to 12 AWG wire
firefighter phones. The signal ZAM is available for either
Style Y/Class B or Style Z/Class A operation for Address Means DIP switch, 8 position
notification appliance circuits.
32° F to 120° F (0° C to 49° C)
* This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to
Temperature Range
intended for indoor operation
Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing
7300-0026:182 for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in this Humidity Range Up to 85% RH at 86° F (30° C)
document. It is subject to re-examination, revision, and possible cancellation. Additional
listings may be applicable, contact your local Simplex product supplier for the latest status.
Listings and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co. are the property of Tyco Safety ** MAPNET II addressable communications are protected by U.S. Patent No.
Products Westminster. 4,796,025.
S2190-0012-15 5/2010
Product Selection

Zone Adapter Modules, Monitor ZAMs (separate 24 VDC power is required)

Model Cover Type Description Supervisory Current Alarm Current
2190-9153 Surface
Monitor ZAM, Class A (Style D)
2190-9154 Flush
2190-9155 Surface
Monitor ZAM, Class B (Style B) 20 mA @ 24 VDC 90 mA @ 24 VDC
2190-9156 Flush
2190-9157 Surface
4-Wire Detector ZAM, Class B IDC input
2190-9158 Flush

Zone Adapter Modules, Signal and Control ZAMs (separate 24 VDC power is required)
Model Cover Type Description Supervisory Current Alarm Current
2190-9159 Surface
Signal ZAM, Class A (Style Z) 15 mA @ 24 VDC 65 mA @ 24 VDC
2190-9160 Flush
2190-9161 Surface
Signal ZAM, Class B (Style Y) 15 mA @ 24 VDC
2190-9162 Flush
40 mA @ 24 VDC
2190-9163 Surface
Control Relay ZAM, DPDT Contacts 10 mA @ 24 VDC
2190-9164 Flush

Typical ZAM Mounting

4-11/16" (119 mm) Square box,

2-1/8" (54 mm) deep

Typical ZAM assembly

519-576 A
3333 BAUD RATE 28 VDC
INSTAL..INSTRUC. 575-279
2190-9163 .04A
2190-9161 .04A
INSTAL. INSTRUC. 575-592
2190-9157 .012A
2190-9155 .09A

SIMPLEX TIME REC. CO.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

ADDRESS CODE

4-11/16" (119 mm)

Square extension ring,
1-1/2" (54 mm) deep

Flush cover, 5-7/16"

square (138 mm)

Surface cover, 4-15/16"

square (125 mm)

2 S2190-0012-15 5/2010
Monitor ZAM Reference Wiring Diagram

+ +
24 VDC

-
Class B, Style B
Monitor
2-Wire monitor circuit
ZAM
"T" Tapped +
or IN/OUT MAPNET II -
wiring communications
-
Shield

Monitor Monitor
circuit circuit

Resettable End of line

Return Detector power relay

Class A/Style D 4- Wire detector

2-Wire monitor circuit ZAM wiring

Signal ZAM Wiring Reference

+
+
24 VDC Class B/Style Y
- notification appliance
circuit (speakers
shown for reference)
+ -
"T" Tapped or MAPNET II
IN/OUT wiring communications
-
Shield Signal input, audio or phone

Primary
Class A/Style Z
notification
appliance circuit
Return

Signal input, audio or phone

3 S2190-0012-15 5/2010
 Control ZAM Reference Wiring Diagram

Control ZAM

+ N. C. 1

24 VDC
Common 1
-
N.O. 1
+
"T" Tapped or MAPNET II
IN/OUT wiring communications
- N. C. 2
Common 2
Shield
Controlled
device
N.O. 2

Control
Power

Control ZAM Relay Ratings (DPDT Contacts)

Application Resistive Rating Inductive Rating**

Power Limited* 2 A @ 28 VDC 1 A @ 28 VDC

2 A @ 28 VDC 1 A @ 28 VDC
Non-Power Limited
1/2 A @ 120 VAC 1/2 A @ 120 VAC

* DC Voltage must be from a listed Fire Alarm power supply.

** Inductive loads must be properly suppressed.

Tyco is a registered trademark of Tyco International Services GmbH and is used under license. Simplex, the Simplex logo, and MAPNET II are trademarks of Tyco International
Ltd. and its affiliates and are used under license.

Tyco Safety Products Westminster • Westminster, MA • 01441-0001 • USA S2190-0012-15 5/2010

www.tycosafetyproducts-usa-wm.com
© 2010 Tyco Safety Products Westminster. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice.
 MAPNET II Communicating Devices
UL, ULC, CSFM Listed; FM Approved; Model 2190-9173, 2-Point I/O Module
MEA (NYC) Acceptance* Provides Supervised Input and Control Relay Output

Features
MAPNET II addressable module providing a
supervised input and a control relay output in one
compact package:
 For use with Simplex® fire alarm control panels that
provide MAPNET II addressable communications
 Module uses two sequential addressable points with
point designation requiring only one address selection
 Low power latching relay design allows MAPNET II
communications to supply both data and module
power
 Relay is set to OFF on initial power up and upon loss of
IDNet communications
2190-9173, 2-Point I/O Module
 UL listed to Standard 864 (shown approximately 1/2 size)
Supervised input point:
 Monitors status of normally open, dry contacts for Typical Applications
normal, open, and contact closure Efficient Package. For smoke control applications, this
 Operation reports to the MAPNET II channel as a module provides an efficient package for fan damper
non-latching, supervised Individual Addressable control with feedback. The monitor point connects to a
Module (IAM) fan position indicator switch allowing the host panel to
Output control relay: track the fan damper status with respect to the requested
 Power limited rating: 2 A @ 30 VDC, resistive; fan control operation.
1 A @ 30 VDC, inductive General Applications. The monitor and control points
 Non-Power limited rating: 1/2 A @ 120 VAC, can be applied for a variety of associated or independent
resistive; 1/4 A @ 120 VAC, inductive operations. Flexible programming abilities at the host
 Operation reports to the MAPNET II channel as a panel can provide the association logic required for a
Control Zone Adapter Module (ZAM) wide variety of fire or utility operations.
Compact, sealed construction: Product Selection
 Enclosed design minimizes dust infiltration
Model Description
 Mounts in standard 4” (102 mm) square electrical box, 2190-9173 2-Point I/O Module
optional adapter bracket is available to mount in a 4 11⁄16”
Adapter plate to fit 4 11⁄16” (119 mm) square
square electrical box 4090-9813
electrical box

Description Specifications
2-Point I/O Module. The 2190-9173, 2-Point I/O Communications Supplied by MAPNET II, two addresses
module allows a Simplex MAPNET II communication and Power are required per module
channel to monitor an input contact closure and control an Wiring Information Refer to diagram on page 2
output relay from a single compact module. Module Module address setting selects an even
Address
power is supplied from the MAPNET II communications number address for the input point and
Assignment
channel, eliminating the need for separate power wiring. the next sequential (odd) number
(Two Addresses
address is automatically assigned to
Required)
Independent Operation. The input and output are the control point
independent and operation is controlled by the host panel Screw terminals for in/out wiring,
Wire Connections
programming selection. Points may be directly associated 18 to 12 AWG wire (0.82 to 3.31 mm2 )
to each other such as monitoring the status of the function 4 ⅛” H x 4 ⅛” W x 1 ⅜” D
Dimensions
controlled by the contacts, or may be programmed for (105 mm x 105 mm x 35 mm)
unrelated operation. Housing Material Black thermoplastic
Mounting Plate Sheet metal, galvanized
* This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to Temperature 32° F to 120° F (0° C to 49° C)
Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing
Range intended for indoor operation
7300-0026:223 for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in this
document. Accepted for use – City of New York Department of Buildings – MEA35-93E. Humidity Range Up to 93% RH at 100° F (38° C)
Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local Simplex product supplier for the
latest status. Listings and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co. are the property of Installation
574-995
Tyco Fire Protection Products. Instructions

S2190-0022-3 11/2013
 Wiring Reference

Maximum Distance to Monitored Contacts:

1. For internal wiring run, no overvoltage protector, 500 ft (152m).
2. For wiring external to building using a 2081-9044 overvoltage protector, 400 ft (122 m).

2081-9044 Input Power Limited Contact Ratings:

N.C. 2 A @ 30 VDC, resistive (transient
Optional overvoltage suppressed) loads
Output Com
protector, use when 1 A @ 30 VDC for inductive loads
6.8 k1/2 W
required, locate where (0.35 p.f. max.)
Model 4081-9004, N.O.
Ref. 733-886 wiring leaves building Non-Power Limited Contact
(ordered separately) Ratings:
2190-9173 1/2 A @ 120 VAC, resistive
MAPNET II + +
(transient suppressed) loads
communications - - Communications 1/4 A @ 120 VAC for inductive
from host
loads (0.35 p.f. max.)
control panel

MAPNET II Wiring Distances:

1. Up to 2500 ft (762 m) from host control panel.
2. Up to 10,000 ft (3048 m) total wiring distance, including "T" taps.

NOTE: Refer to Installation Instructions 574-995 and Field Wiring Diagrams

841-804 and 841-996 for detailed installation information.

Mounting Information

Address setting under

resealable label

4" (102 mm) square box,

2-1/8" (54 mm) minimum
2-gang cover plate depth, RACO 231 or
(supplied by others) equal (supplied by others)
2190-9173
2-Point I/O module
assembly

TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited.

Tyco Fire Protection Products • Westminster, MA • 01441-0001 • USA S2190-0022-3 11/2013

www.simplex-fire.com
© 2013 Tyco Fire Protection Products. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice.
 LifeAlarm Fire Alarm Systems
UL, ULC Listed; High Level Interface to VESDA Air Aspiration Detectors for
CSFM Approved* 4100ES/4010ES/4100U/4100 Series Fire Alarm Control Panels

Features
Provides communications between Simplex® fire
alarm control panels and VESDA air aspiration
smoke detection systems Typical air inlet

Allows mission critical/high value applications to

VESDA Air Aspiration
be advised of very low level smoke activity, Smoke Detection System
facilitating early response
VESDA system communications include:
 Smoke obscuration threshold levels
 Air flow components status Low level smoke in West VESDA
Las er PLUS
P RO G RAM M ER

FI RE

VESDA ACTI O N

 Detector head status Wing cable tray Laser PLUS ALERT

 Sensitivity settings
+ - Es c

Fire detection panel features include:

 Panel operation can be programmed to recognize and VESDAnet
communications link
categorize up to three smoke levels
 Information from up to 30 VESDA smoke detectors P RO G RA M M ER

VESDA
can be gathered on one communications input Laser PLUS

 Can perform Reset, Enable, and Disable of each + - Es c

individual VESDA smoke detector VESDA High Level Interface

 UL listed to Standard 864 (HLI) and associated equipment
(19" rack mount with box)
RS-232 data
Compatible with: communications
 Simplex 4100ES, 4010ES, 4100U, and 4100/4100+
fire alarm control panels
 VESDA models LaserPLUS (VLP), LaserSCANNER
(VLS), LaserCOMPACT (VLC), and LaserFOCUS
(VLF) air aspiration smoke detection systems
 4100/4100+ Panels require software version 8 or
higher WEST WING CLEAN ROOM
SMOKE DETECTOR ALARM

Introduction Fire Alarm Control Panel with

VESDA Interface Module
Simplex/VESDA High Level Interface (HLI) allows (4100ES shown for reference)
Simplex addressable fire detection panels to gather and
process status information from VESDA high sensitivity
air aspiration smoke detection systems. Hardware
requirements include an Intelligent Interface Module
installed in the fire alarm control panel, and an HLI Simplex Control Panel Communicates with VESDA Smoke
Module and associated VESDA equipment installed in a Detection Equipment via High Level Interface (HLI)
separate enclosure.
Early Warning. The combination of VESDA smoke
detection and the extensive features of the Simplex
addressable panel allows mission critical and high value
facilities to be equipped with a low level smoke detection
* The High Level Interface has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM)
system that can provide very early warning of the pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing
presence of incipient fire conditions. 7300-0026:237 for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in this
document. MEA (NYC) acceptance is not applicable for this product type. This product was
not FM approved as of document revision date. Additional listings may be applicable;
contact your local Simplex product supplier for the latest status. Listings and approvals
under Simplex Time Recorder Co. are the property of SimplexGrinnell LP, Westminster.

S4100-0026-6 3/2014
Operation
With the Simplex/VESDA HLI communications link,
individual VESDA smoke detectors are connected to the
fire alarm control panel as remote addressable devices.
This connection provides remote monitoring of the
detector’s locally displayed information and allows the
panel to provide remote control for Reset, Enable, and
Disable of the VESDA smoke detector.
VESDA Interface Applications
Mission Critical/High Value. All facilities containing
people and material need to be adequately protected from
smoke and fire. However, some facilities have missions
that are extremely critical, as well as contents of
inherently high value, and may benefit from integrating
very early smoke detection into their facility fire detection
panel.
VESDA Interface Applications (Continued)
Mission Critical. Typical examples of mission critical
facility applications would be telephone switching
stations, semiconductor clean rooms, computer rooms,
and research laboratories. With such facilities, loss of
operation can result in significant economic impact.
High Value. Other types of facilities such as libraries,
archives, and museums may not be burdened by short
periods of downtime, but their high value contents are
priceless, irreplaceable objects that deserve extra
protection.
At the earliest indication of a potential fire condition,
these facilities need the ability to dispatch trained
personnel to investigate and repair wiring problems or
equipment malfunction. In some instances, saving a few
seconds in response time may avoid extensive downtime
or avoid smoke damage to delicate equipment or a
priceless work of art.

HLI Interconnection Information

VESDA PRO G RA M M ER

Laser PLUS FI RE

VESDA ACTI O N

Laser PLUS ALERT

+ - Es c

PRO G RA M M ER

VESDA
Laser PLUS

+ - Es c

2 S4100-0026-6 3/2014
VESDA Smoke Detection Summary
The VESDA air aspiration family of smoke detectors
uses sophisticated combinations of air intake, air filtering,
high intensity laser photoelectric sensing, and unique
microprocessor applications to provide extremely early
warning of incipient fire conditions. By linking the analog
output of a VESDA smoke detection system to a
compatible Simplex fire detection panel, it is possible to
identify those conditions well before they become a
problem. (A complete description of the extensive
features available with VESDA systems is beyond the
scope of this document. Please refer to the specific
VESDA product literature for further details.)

Product Selection and Reference

Fire Alarm Control

Model Number Description
Panel Model Series
4100ES and 4100U 4100-6048 Intelligent Interface Module, mounted in fire alarm control panel
4010ES 4010-9901 NOTE: Each Intelligent Interface Module reduces the addressable
communications channel capacity by one (IDNet or MAPNET II
4100 4100-0154 communications)

Xtralis VESDA Smoke Detector Equipment Reference

Model Description

Includes: VESDA High Level Interface board, a VESDA programmer, and a VESDAnet socket, all
VSR-13D01-S04
mounted in a 19” equipment rack within a mounting box

Order processing note: To order additional Xtralis products in Job Design, AOP query, use OPVIS or
select vendor Xtralis.
Additional VESDA
Equipment Refer to documentation supplied with the specific VESDA Smoke Detector Equipment for additional
reference specifications and information.
VESDA smoke detection systems are supplied by Xtralis: www.xtralis.com/VESDA

Specifications

Simplex Control Panel Mounted Intelligent Interface Module

Voltage 18 to 32 VDC, from control panel
Current 132 mA
Communications RS-232, 9600 baud, maximum distance is 20 ft (6 m)
Space Requirement Pluggable module, requires 2” internal rack width (51 mm)
UL Listed Temperature Range 32° F to 120° F (0° C to 49 ° C)
Humidity Range Up to 95% RH, non-condensing

High Level Interface Module VSR-13D01-S04, Mounted in VESDA Smoke Detector

Voltage 20.4 to 32 VDC, from the VESDA Smoke Detector Equipment
Current 70 mA

Installation Instruction Reference

4100ES/4100U/4100 Series,
574-050
Models 4100-6048 and 4100-0154
4010ES Series, Model 4010-9901 579-963

3 S4100-0026-6 3/2014
TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm and
Signaling Code are registered trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).

Tyco Fire Protection Products • Westminster, MA • 01441-0001 • USA S4100-0026-6 3/2014

www.simplex-fire.com
© 2014 Tyco Fire Protection Products. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice.
 Fire Control Panels
UL, ULC, CSFM Listed; Multiple Signal Fiber Optic Modems and
FM Approved* Accessories for 4120 Network

Features
Compatible with Simplex 4120 Network
Converts multiple 4120 network communications
signals into a single fiber optic link to:
 Multiplex audio signals (analog and/or digital) AND
digital communications into full-duplex transmission
over a single fiber optic cable
 Communicate from a Fire Alarm Control Panel to a
Transponder, or provide 4120 Network communications
 Provide 4120 Network communication support for Ring,
Hub, and Star Topologies, and their combinations, by
performing the function of a Physical Bridge without
slowing data rates
Laser optical transmitters provide:
 Increased transmission distances compared to copper
wiring (over 20 miles (32 km) may be possible with
low-loss single-mode fiber)
 Designs are optimized for fiber type; select models for
single mode fiber, or models for multi-mode fiber
Enhanced Analog Audio (EAA) feature:
 Provides a decoded analog audio signal at the receiving
modem for local use; AND also provides the original
digitally encoded signal for connection to the next
modem in the communications link
 With EAA, total system distance is essentially unlimited
Communication combinations include:
 Digital Audio Riser + Analog Audio Riser #2 + 4120
Network Communications 
 Digital Audio Riser + Analog Audio Riser #2 + RUI
(Remote Unit Interface) Communications 4100ES System Reference with
Audio & Data Fiber Modems
 Both Analog Audio Risers + 4120 Network
Communications
Features (Continued)
 Both Analog Audio Risers + RUI Communications
 Or, any of the signals individually; refer to application Optional Audio Expansion Modules:
references on pages 4 and 6 for more details  Provide an interface to 25 VRMS and 70.7 VRMS
Panel mounted applications: audio levels from 4100/4120 fire alarm control panels
 Standard two-Slot module for 4100ES and 4100U Fire Description
Alarm Control Panel or 4100ES/4100U MINIPLEX
Transponder mounting Multiple Signal Fiber Optic Modems combine
 A separate mounting plate is available for 4100/4120 multiple system communications signals and converts
panel mount or utility cabinet mounting. them to fiber optic communications for transmission via a
 Note: 4120 Network Fiber Modems communicate in single, full duplex fiber optic cable connection that
pairs; a Left-Port Modem only communicates with a simplifies field wiring and increases transmission
Right-Port Modem distances. Communications can be sent individually or
Fiber Modem remote cabinet mounting: combined.
 Available in beige or red; includes a Left-Port Fiber Additional Information. For additional application
Modem; space is provided for a Right-Port Fiber information, refer to 4120 Network Products and
Modem (ordered separately) Specifications data sheet S4100-0056 and Fiber Optic
 Compatible with Simplex® control panel model Series Modem Installation Instructions 579-831.
4100ES, 4100U, 4010ES, 4010, 4007ES, 4190 Series * This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to
TrueSite Workstation, RUI and RUI+ compatible Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing 7165-0026:251
equipment, and legacy 4100/4100+/4120 for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in this document. It is
subject to re-examination, revision, and possible cancellation. MEA (NYC) Approvals are not
applicable for this product category. Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local
Simplex product supplier for the latest status. Listings and approvals under Simplex Time
Recorder Co. are the property of Tyco Fire Protection Products.
S4100-0049-11 3/2018
Operation
Bi-Directional Communications. Fiber optic
communications are accomplished by transmitting and
receiving over two different light wavelengths (refer to
diagram on page 3). In order to complete a fiber optic
link, complementary receive/transmit modem pairs are
required. The two required modem versions are identified
as Left-Port Modems and Right-Port Modems (refer to list
below for model numbers). One of each is required to
complete the fiber optic communications link. (“Right”
and “Left” are designated for reference purposes only and
do not refer to actual physical locations.)
Multiple Connections. Each modem has field wiring
connections for the Digital Audio Riser, Analog Audio
Risers, RUI, and 4120 Network communications (see page
5 for terminal reference information). Configurations are
determined by on-board switch and jumper selections.
Modem operation is essentially transparent to the connected
equipment. However, Fiber Modems are entered into the
system programmer for current calculations and mounting
allocations.
Fiber Modem Terms
Enhanced Analog Audio. (For systems only using one
Analog Audio Riser). At the Head-End audio control panel,
the Riser 1 analog audio signal is digitally encoded and
transmitted via fiber optics to the receiving Fiber Modem.
At the receiving modem, the digital signal is decoded back
to analog for local use, but when selected for Enhanced
Analog Audio (EAA), the digitized signal is also available,
routed to the DAR (Digital Audio Riser) terminals. It can
then be wired to the next Fiber Modem in the
communications link without requiring additional signal
conversion. (Note: The next modem in the link must be in
the same cabinet or in a close-nippled cabinet.) With EAA,
Riser 1 distances are limited to system distances; without
EAA, Riser 1 signals can be passed through a maximum of
six (6) Fiber Modem pairs which is also the limit for
systems using both Analog Audio Risers 1 and 2. (DAR
connections for digital audio are not available since those
terminals are used for EAA.) Refer to the diagram on
page 3 for more detail.
Generic Modem. Fiber Modems in a stand-alone
system or in a 4120 Network loop have specific functions
and internal settings depending on whether they are (for
Class X/Style 7 systems) the first modem (Head-End) or
the last modem (Tail-End), or a modem between the first
and last. For identification, “Generic” modem will be
used for Class B connected modems and for those
modems located within a Class X fiber loop and not
functioning as the Head-End or Tail-End modem.
Head-End Modem. For Class X communications, a
“Head-End” modem is the first fiber optic modem in a
fiber optic communications loop and is typically
connected to the primary side of the communications
channel in the head-end cabinet. A modem with wired
connections to 4120 Network nodes or system
transponders between itself and the head-end cabinet, is
still considered to be the head-end modem if it is the first
fiber optic modem in the communications path.
Local Side. The “Local Side” of a wiring link has direct
(non-isolated) electrical connection to the head-end
cabinet. (terms are continued next page)

Product Selection (see page 8 for product dimensions except as noted)

4120 Network Fiber Modems for Internal Mounting in Fire Alarm Control Panels (Not ULC Listed)
Model Fiber Type Description Application
4100-6072 Single Mode For direct mounting onto a 4100ES/4100U expansion bay;
Left-Port Fiber Modem Assembly
4100-6074 Multi-Mode Fiber Modems are required to be ordered in pairs (Left-Port
4100-6073 Single Mode Fiber Modems communicate only to Right-Port Fiber
Right-Port Fiber Modem Assembly Modems)
4100-6075 Multi-Mode
Single Fiber Modem Mounting Bracket; not required
Use for internal mounting in a 4100/4120 Series fire alarm
4100-9840 for 4100ES/4100U internal mounting; order Fiber
control panel or in a compatible utility cabinet
Modems separately
Audio Expansion Module Assembly, with mounting Use for internal mounting in a 4100/4120 Series fire alarm
4100-9841
bracket control panel; converts two analog audio input channels at
25 VRMS or 70.7 VRMS to 10 VRMS for compatibility with
Audio Expansion Module only, mounts onto bracket of
4100-9842 the Fiber Modem Audio Input requirements; mounts next to
4100-9841
Fiber Modem
Expansion Cabinet and Related Modem Assemblies for Remote Mounting
Model Fiber Type Description Application
4190-9021 Single Mode Expansion Cabinet with Cabinets mount external to compatible panels where internal
Red
4190-9024 Multi-Mode Left-Port Fiber Modem mounting space is not available; typical applications are for
4190-9022 Single Mode Assembly (see page 7 for 4010ES/4010 Fire Alarm Control Panels or 4100/4120 or
Beige product details) 4100ES/4100U cabinets without internal available space
4190-9025 Multi-Mode
4190-9023 Single Mode Right-Port Fiber Modem Assembly; for
Select if required; one maximum
4190-9026 Multi-Mode Expansion Cabinet Mounting
Operation is same as for Audio Expansion Modules above,
Audio Expansion Module; for Expansion Cabinet
4190-9018 select as required; two maximum per cabinet; two are
Mounting only
required for Class A Audio Riser connections.

2 S4100-0049-11 3/2018
Fiber Modem Terms (Continued) Fiber Modem Operation Reference
NIC. Network Interface Card.
Remote Side. The “remote side” of a wiring link refers to
wiring that is electrically isolated from the connections to Right-Port
the Head-End cabinet by passing through a Fiber Modem Modem
pair.
RIC. Riser Interface Card, typically located in a Fiber optic cable
MINIPLEX transponder cabinet.
Tail-End Modem. A “Tail-End” modem is the last fiber
optic modem in a Class X fiber optic communications loop
and is typically connected to the secondary (return) side of Receive @ Transmit @
1310 nm 1550 nm
the communications channel in the head-end cabinet. A
modem with wired connections to 4120 Network nodes or
system transponders between itself and the return Transmit @ Receive @
connection, is still considered to be a tail-end modem if it is 1310 nm 1550 nm
the last fiber optic modem in the communications path.
X-Link Connection. For Class X RUI communications
or Class A Analog Audio Risers, these wired connections Fiber optic cable
complete the primary-to-secondary supervision path. It
provides a non-isolated electrical connection between the
primary and secondary sides of the local-side wiring loop Left-Port
and connects between the Head-End and Tail-End modems Modem
or Audio Expansion Modules. In the event of a wiring fault,
the Fiber Modems separate the x-link connection intiating
Class X fiber optic communications. Digital Audio and Fiber Optic Transmission Reference;
4120 Network communications do not require x-link Full Duplex/Bi-Directional Communications
connections. Note: X-Link wiring can be run external to the
cabinets. (Refer to diagram on page 7.)

Enhanced Analog Audio (EAA) Reference Diagram

Without EAA link, the decoded Riser 1
analog signal must be converted back to
digital for transmission to the next Fiber
Modem link, limited to six (6) Fiber
Modem pairs maximum
Local circuits
RUI Input

FIRE ALARM 4100ES MINIPLEX

PULL DOWN

Voice Transponder
(R)
Fiber connection to next
C
A
DIS CONN E CT
A. C . P OW E R
AND
B ATTE R Y
N
O
Left-Port Fiber Modem
RUI
B E FOR E
S E RV ICING

U
I
T
T
I
U
A
O
S E R V ICING
BE FO RE
BATT E RY
C
N
A ND
A. C. P OWE R
DIS CONN E CT

Riser 1 Analog Audio

output, decoded from
(R) DAR
digital signal for local use

(DAR = Digital Audio

DAR Riser connections)

Fiber connection from

previous Left-Port
Fiber Modem Digital signals

Enhanced Analog Audio (EAA) connection maintains

Riser 1 digital format; no need to convert back to digital
for retransmission to next Fiber Modem
3 S4100-0049-11 3/2018
Application Reference 1, MINIPLEX Transponders
This diagram represents a 4100ES Emergency
Voice/Alarm System with two, 4100ES MINIPLEX
Transponders. Communications between the panel and
the Transponders are Class X/Style 7 using a fiber loop.
Communications include Remote Unit Interface (RUI),
Analog Audio Riser 1 and Analog Riser 2. For detailed
installation instructions and additional applications
information, refer to document 579-831.
Note: RUI Communications are limited to up to eight
(8) modem pairs.

Local circuits
4100ES MINIPLEX
Voice Transponder
FIRE ALARM

PULL DOWN (R)

D ISCONN ECT
Modem Designation:
C A.C. PO WE R N
AND

(L) = Left-Port Modem

BATTERY
O
A BEFO RE
SERVICING
I
U
T
T
I
U
A
O
SE RVICING
BE FORE
BATTER Y
C
N
AND
A .C. POW ER
DISCO NNECT

(R) = Right-Port Modem

NOTE: Arrows indicate
(L)
primary signal direction;
during Class A operation
signal direction may reverse Class X/Style 7
depending on fault location Return Fiber

Full Duplex Communications

over a Single Fiber Optic Cable
Transponder 2

Riser 1, Riser 2
Local circuits and RUI Input
4100ES MINIPLEX
Voice Transponder
FIRE ALARM
(R)
PULL DOWN

D ISCONN ECT
N
C A.C. POWE R
AND
BATTERY
O
A BEFORE

RUI
S ERVICING
I
U
T
T
I
U
SE RVICING A
O BE FORE
B ATTER Y
C
N
AND
A .C. POW ER
DISCONNECT

Riser 2 Analog
Audio Output
(R)
Riser 1 Analog
Audio Output

Modems other than the Head-End and

Tail-End are called "Generic" Modems
Transponder 1

Full Duplex Communications

over a Single Fiber Optic Cable

Local
Riser 2 Analog Audio Input circuits

Riser 1 Analog Audio Input RUI FIRE ALARM

PULL DOWN

X-Link Connections; RUI,

Riser 1, and Riser 2 RUI, and Risers 1 and 2 Analog
(L) Audio Return Connections

Modem Designation: X-Link Connections; RUI,

Riser 1, and Riser 2
(L) = Left-Port Modem
(L)
(R) = Right-Port Modem

4100ES Fire Alarm Control Panel

with Voice/Alarm Communications
Head-End Modem
Tail-End Modem
Head-End Panel

4 S4100-0049-11 3/2018
Audio Expansion Module Reference
Riser 1 and Riser 2;
Riser 1 and Riser 2; 25 VRMS or
10 VRMS to Fiber
70.7 VRMS from amplifier or NAC
Modem
TB1 Terminal Description
Note 3 Pos. Label Function
1 RISER 1 + Analog Audio Riser 1 INPUT;
2 RISER 1 – 25 VRMS or 70.7 VRMS

Analog Audio Riser 1 X-Link

PULL TO OPEN DOOR

RISER 1,
EMERGENCY OPERATING
INSTRUCTIONS

OPERATOR ALARM OR TROUBLE CONDITION:

- SYSTEM INDICATOR FLASHING, TONE ON.

3
SYSTEM IS NORMAL
INTERFACE 12:35:15 am MON 29 JAN 96 TO ACKNOWLEDGE:
- PRESS "ACK" LOCATED UNDER FLASHING
FIRE PRIORITY 2 SYSTEM SYSTEM SIGNALS POWER INDICATOR.

connections; wiring that connects

- REPEAT OPERATION UNTIL ALL REPORTS ARE
PANEL ALARM ALARM SUPERVISORY TROUBLE SILENCED ON ACKNOWLEDGED.

XLINK +
TO SILENCE ALARM SIGNALS:
- PRESS "ALARM SILENCE".
ALARM ALARM SUPV TBL ALARM SYSTEM
ACK ACK ACK AC K SILENC E R ESET TO RESTORE SYSTEM TO NORMAL:
- PRESS "SYSTEM RESET."
ACKNOWLEDGE - PRESS "ACK" TO SILENCE TONE DEVICE.

between head-end and tail-end for

Note 1 RISER 1, Class A fiber link systems; connect
Note 1 Note 2 4
XLINK – here instead of at Fiber Modem
5 RISER 2 + Analog Audio Riser 2 INPUT;
6 RISER 2 – 25 VRMS or 70.7 VRMS

RISER 2, Analog Audio Riser 2 X-Link

7 connections; wiring that connects
XLINK +
4100 FIRE ALARM CONTROL
Note 2 between head-end and tail-end for
RISER 2, Class A fiber link systems; connect
8
XLINK – here instead of at Fiber Modem
4100/4120 Fire Alarm TB2 Terminal Description
Control Panel with Voice/
Alarm Communications Pos. Label Function
1 RISER 1 + Analog Audio Riser 1 OUTPUT;
2 RISER 1 – 10 VRMS
Fiber connection to Fiber connection from
next Fiber Modem 3 RISER 2 + Analog Audio Riser 2 OUTPUT;
previous Fiber Modem Class A wiring
4 RISER 2 – 10 VRMS
when required
Notes:
1. A single Audio Expansion Module (4100-9841, with bracket) and a single internal mount Fiber Modem Assembly
are required for Class B operation. (Audio Expansion Modules include harness that connects to the modem assembly.)
2. Class A connections require an additional Audio Expansion Module (4100-9842) and an additional Fiber Modem
Assembly. For this application, X-Link connections (not shown) are made between Audio Expansion Modules, not at the
Fiber Modems.
3. When mounted in a 4100/4120 cabinet, 4100-9840 Mounting Brackets are required for each Fiber Modem.
(Audio Expansion Module model 4100-9841 includes a mounting bracket that accommodates two modules.) If
internal space is not available, use Expansion Cabinets with options as required.

Fiber Modem Terminal Descriptions

TB1 Terminal Description
TB2 Terminal Description
Pos. Label Function
Pos. Label Function
1 24V IN Input power connections; also available at
1 INV – Network Left-Port two separate on-board connectors for Fiber
terminals; input OR 2 24C IN Modem use only
output depending on
2 NON INV + modem operation 3 RUI + Remote Unit Interface (RUI) terminals; input
4 RUI – OR output depending on modem operation
Earth (ground)
3 EARTH
connection 5 RUI, XLINK + RUI X-Link connections; wiring that
5 VDC common (–) connects between head-end and tail-end for
4 5C 6 RUI, XLINK – Class X/Style 7 fiber link systems
connection
Network Right-Port 7 24C Additional 24 VDC common and earth
5 INV –
terminals; input OR 8 EARTH (ground) connection
output depending on
6 NON INV + modem operation 9 RISER 1 + Analog Audio Riser 1 input OR output
10 RISER 1 – depending on modem operation
Earth (ground)
7 EARTH
connection 11 RISER 1, XLINK + Analog Audio Riser 1 X-Link connections;
Isolated common (–) wiring that connects between head-end and
8 0V ISO 12 RISER 1, XLINK – tail-end for Class X fiber link systems
0 V connection
Digital Audio Riser 13 24C Additional 24 VDC common and earth
9 DAR –
terminals; input OR 14 EARTH (ground) connection
output depending on
10 DAR + 15 RISER 2 + Analog Audio Riser 2 input OR output
modem operation
16 RISER 2 – depending on modem operation

17 RISER 2, XLINK + Analog Audio Riser 2 X-Link connections;

wiring that connects between head-end and
18 RISER 2, XLINK – tail-end for Class X fiber link systems

5 S4100-0049-11 3/2018
Application Reference 2, 4120 Network with Hub Node

Fire Control

FI R E AL AR
C O NT R O

* * SYST E M I S NO R M AL * *
1 2 : 0 2 : 1 5 p m M o n 8 - M a r - 9 9
F I R ES Y S T SE Y M S T A E L
M A R A M C
A L A SR UM P E R T V R I O S OS U I B RLL YEE PN OC E D
W E R

A L A R M U P V
S T R O A UL BA LRS EMY S T E M
A C K A C K A C K S I L E RN EC SE E T
CA U T I O N

D I S C O N N
P O W E R
S E R V I C I N

Fire Control

6 S4100-0049-11 3/2018
X-Link Connection Reference Diagram
Head-End Panel
(or other Class A Signal Source)

Class A or X Class A or X
Primary Secondary

Primary to secondary non-

isolated supervision loop
X-link wiring
connections
Head-End Modem
A break in the Class A or X
loop will open the X-link
connection at the Tail-End
Modem to operate Class A
or Class X
Notes:
1. X-link connections are only required for Class X
RUI and Class A Analog Audio Riser Fiber Modem
applications.
2. It is recommended that Head-End and Tail-End
Tail-End Modem Fiber Modems be located in the same cabinet.
3. Loop devices with non-isolated supervision (MINIPLEX
transponders, etc.) are allowed between Modems and
Head-End Panel and on X-link wiring.
4. X-link wiring can be extended between cabinets if
required. Indoor wiring is recommended for system
simplicity. Wiring between buildings must be equipped
with proper suppression.

To next Fiber From previous

Modem Fiber Modem

Class X/Style 6 or Style 7 fiber and/or

wired communications loop

Remote Cabinet Mounting Reference

Box width 14-5/8" (372 mm) (Top and side views are
shown with door installed)

Typical conduit
Box depth
entry area (cut
4-1/4" (108 mm)
holes as required)
11-1/4" (286 mm)

Door thickness
Left-Port Right-Port
Modem Modem
5/8" (16 mm)
(standard) Dual Audio (optional)
13-1/2" Expansion 16"
(343 mm) Modules (483 mm)
(optional)

13-1/4" (337 mm)

NOTE: For semi-flush mounting, cabinet must extend 1-1/2"

(38 mm) minimum from wall surface

7 S4100-0049-11 3/2018
Specifications

Voltage 18 to 33 VDC, from control panel

360 mA @ 24 VDC; with Analog Channels enabled
Current, Standby and Alarm
190 mA @ 24 VDC; without Analog Channels Enabled
Analog Audio Riser Input and Output Levels Three levels: 10 VRMS (standard); 1 Vp-p (0.35 VRMS); 0.707 VRMS
Network Input Wiring Optimized for 18 AWG (0.82 mm2) or 24 AWG (0.2 mm2)
Audio Expansion Module Electrical Specifications
Current 20 mA, Standby and Alarm
Audio Input Voltage 25 VRMS or 70.7 VRMS
Audio Output Voltage 10 VRMS
Operation Reference Each input is transformer isolated to output
Fiber Optics Specifications
1. Fiber backbone components must meet or exceed standard EIA/TIA 568
(Electronic Industries Alliance/Telecommunications Industry Association) for fiber
network performance
General Notes
2. Single-mode fiber is preferred.
Compatible Fiber 3. Multi-mode attenuation shall be measured at 850 nm and 1300 nm.
4. Single-mode attenuation shall be measured at 1310 nm and 1550 nm.
Single-Mode Nominal 9/125 µm
Multi-Mode 50/125 µm or 62.5/125 µm graded index
Fiber Connector Type ST
Single Mode Fiber No limit
Allowed Fiber Connections Three (3) external connections maximum per link (does not include connectors on
Multi-Mode Fiber
modems)
Transmit = 1310 nm;
Left-Port Modems
Transmit and Receive Receive = 1550 nm Launch power: -9.5dBm (112 μmW) +/- 10 μmW
Wavelengths Transmit = 1550 nm; Range: -9.91dBm (102 μmW) to 9.14dBm (122μmW)
Right-Port Modems
Receive = 1310 nm
Maximum total attenuation = 15 dB
Example 1 (low loss fiber):
Assume fiber with attenuation of 0.34 db/km; a target distance of 35,000 ft (10.7 km);
Transmission Distances for Single-Mode Fiber
connector loss totaling 6 dB attenuation; calculate the safety margin:
(preferred fiber type)
(10.7 km) x (0.34 db/km) = 3.68 dB fiber loss
15 dB - 3.68 dB - 6 dB = > 5 dB safety margin
Note: These examples provide a safety margin of 5 dB
Example 2 (higher loss fiber):
or greater; a 3 dB safety margin is generally
acceptable Assume fiber with attenuation of 0.6 db/km; a target distance of 25,000 ft (7.7 km);
and connector loss totaling 5 dB attenuation; calculate the safety margin:
(7.7 km) x (0.6 db/km) = 4.62 dB fiber loss
15 dB - 4.62 dB - 5 dB = > 5 dB safety margin
5000 ft (1.6 km) maximum distance
Transmission Distances for Multi-Mode Fiber Maximum total attenuation = 6 dB
50 µm or 62.5 µm GRIN (graded-index fiber)
Acceptance test requirements for fiber optic installations
An initial acceptance test of each fiber link shall be performed in accordance with NFPA 72, Chapter 14 Inspection, Testing, and Maintenance
(or other applicable local code) requirements. A fiber link is defined as all fiber segments, including patch cords, which create a fiber path from
one fiber media board to another. Test result data must meet or exceed ANSI/TIA 568-C.3 (or newer) Optical Fiber Cabling Components
Standard related to fiber optic lines and connection/splice losses and the manufacturer's published specifications.
1. OTDR launch and receive cables of appropriate length shall be used. If a single cable is used, each link shall be tested in both directions.
2. Multi-mode fiber links shall be measured at 850 nm and 1300 nm.
3. Single mode fiber links shall be measured at 1310 nm and 1550 nm.
Mounting/Environmental Specifications
4100ES/4100U Chassis Mounted Two Vertical Block Module; 4” W x 11-5/16” H (102 mm x 287 mm)
4100-9840 Mounting Bracket 4” W x 11-9/16” H x 0.064” Thick (102 mm x 294 mm x 1.6 mm)
Remote Cabinets: 4190-9021, 4190-9022, 4190-9024, 14-5/8” W x 16” H x 4-1/4” D (372 mm x 483 mm x 108 mm);
and 4190-9025 see page 7 for additional details
4” W x 11-1/2” H x 0.064” Thick (102 mm x 292 mm x 1.6 mm);
4100-9842 Dual Transformer Mounting bracket
mounts internal to 4100/4120 control panel
Audio Expansion Assembly
Module size 4” W x 3-5/8” H ( 102 mm x 91 mm)
Environmental Operating Temperature Range 32° to 120°F (0° to 49° C)
Specifications Operating Humidity Range Up to 93% RH, non-condensing @ 100° F (38° C)

8 S4100-0049-11 3/2018
Additional 4120 Network Product Reference

Subject Data Sheet

4007ES Panels with Conventional Notification S4007-0001
4007ES Panels with Addressable Notification S4007-0002
4010ES Panels with Conventional Notification S4010-0004
4010ES Panels with Conventional Notification (INTL) S4010-0006
4010ES Panels with Addressable Notification S4010-0011
4010ES Panels with Addressable Notification (INTL) S4010-0012
4100ES Basic Panels with SPS Power Supplies S4100-0031
NDU with SPS Power Supplies for 4120 Network S4100-0036
InfoAlarm Command Center with SPS Power Supplies S4100-0045
4120 Network Products and Specifications S4100-0056
4100ES Basic Panels with EPS Power Supplies S4100-0100
InfoAlarm Command Center with EPS Power Supplies S4100-0101
NDU with EPS Power Supplies for 4120 Network S4100-0102

9 S4100-0049-11 3/2018
TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm Code
are registered trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).

Tyco Fire Protection Products • Westminster, MA • 01441-0001 • USA S4100-0049-11 3/2018

www.simplex-fire.com
© 2018 Tyco Fire Protection Products. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice.
 Fire Control Panel Accessories
UL, ULC, CSFM Listed* SafeLINC Fire Panel Internet Interface for
Model Series 4100ES, 4010ES, and 4100U

Features
SafeLINC Fire Panel Internet Interface (FPII) enables
investigation of fire alarm control panel status
using the familiar interface of an Internet browser:
 Intuitive menu screens are refreshed automatically with
the occurrence of new events
 Support is for to 50 user accounts with up to five
simultaneous users
 Annunciation and reporting capacity up to 12,000 points
 Supports either DHCP or static IP addresses
 Compatible with Internet Explorer, Firefox, Safari, and
Chrome web browsers
 Listed to UL Standard 864 and ULC Standard S527
Security access features:
 Multiple user accounts and passwords (similar to the
host control panel)
 Programmable lockout on login screen prevents
excessive login attempts by unauthorized users
Fire alarm control panel model compatibility:
 Compatible with 4100ES, 4010ES; and 4100U at
revision 12.06 or higher
Automatic or scheduled email feature provides
selectable notification to user accounts:
 Built-in email feature will notify user accounts of
individually selected status changes either automatically
or as scheduled
 Compatible email services include: local SMTP email
servers, ISP provided email service, and Internet email
service
 Email capacity includes addresses for the 50 user SafeLINC FPII System Connection Drawing
accounts and up to 5 separate email distribution lists (4100ES Fire Alarm Control Panel shown for reference)
with each supporting up to 20 additional email addresses
 With 4100ES, 4100U, or 4010ES control, action Description
messages can be sent to email distribution lists for Fire Alarm Control Panel System Information.
Emergency Communication System (ECS) operation Simplex® fire alarm control panels monitor their
(see details on pages 3 and 4) connected devices and gather system information to
 Information can be alarm, priority 2, supervisory, describe the status of the protected buildings. This
trouble; or TrueAlarm Sensor Service and Status Reports information is available at the panel and via accessory
 Compatible pagers, cell phones, or Personal Digital devices such as remote terminals or dial-in modems, all
Assistants can receive direct email messages or requiring special equipment connections.
messages forwarded from a user account Secure Internet Access. The SafeLINC Internet
Available information: interface provides an alternative access to system
 Alarm, Priority 2 Alarm, Supervisory, and Trouble information using the familiar interface of a standard
counts and status messages Internet browser. A remotely located fire professional can
 Detailed point information accessible similar to that use this access to analyze control panel status during
available at the panel non-alarm conditions and can also use this information to
 TrueAlarm sensor status including both status reports assist local fire responders during alarm conditions.
and service reports (NOTE: Secure access requires proper installation behind
 Alarm and Trouble log information network firewalls consistent with local network security
On-board service PC port provides convenient requirements.)
installation setup and diagnostics * This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to
Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing
7300-0026:0312. FM approval is not applicable for this product type. Additional listings
may be applicable; contact your local Simplex product supplier for the latest status.
Listings and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co. are the property of Tyco Fire
Protection Products.
S4100-0062-1 9/2014
Main Screen Description

Fire Alarm Control Panel Status Count: Local PC time and remote
Fire; Priority 2; Supervisory; Trouble fire alarm control panel time

System menu for selecting

History logs and
investigation detail
system reports access

Connected panel details

Event Screen Sample

2 S4100-0062-1 9/2014
SafeLINC Fire Panel Internet Interface Product Selection

Model Compatible Panels Mounting Reference RS-232 Port Consumption

4100ES or 4100U Fire Alarm Control Mounts in Blocks A & B in an Reduces Control Panel RS-232
4100-6079
Panels expansion bay Bi-directional Port capacity by one
(refer to specific panel documentation
4010-9923 4010ES Fire Alarm Control Panels Requires two vertical block spaces for capacity and additional information)

Message Distribution Diagram

Sample Emergency ALERT and ALL CLEAR Messages

From: System Administrator From: System Administrator

Sent: Tuesday, June 24, 2014 1:30 PM Sent: Tuesday, June 24, 2014 2:30 PM
To: Campus Emergency Distribution List To: Campus Emergency Distribution List
Subject: SafeLINC: Action Alert! Subject: SafeLINC: Action Alert!

HOSTILE INTRUDER ALERT! - Campus Lockdown -remain in ALL CLEAR! Emergency Situation under control. Resume
rooms. If off-campus remain off-campus until further notice. normal activities

FACP DATE/TIME..: 24JUN2014 1:28pm FACP DATE/TIME..: 24JUN2014 2:28pm

Compatible wireless message devices receive either

directly addressed or forwarded email messages
Email distribution Cell Phones
receivers Pagers Address selected to
receive email
n
User
User 2 (from PC or direct) Forwarded message

Intranet/Internet Service
1 Provider Network
User MIS/IT email
distribution lists

Automatically generated email is

DACT output for routing
sent to user account list for
alarm to local fire department
supplemental notification

TrueAlarm smoke sensors Fire Alarm Control Panel

(4100ES shown for reference)

To remote
Manual Emergency SYSTEM IS NORMAL
12:35:15 am MON 22 NOV 99
annunciators
Message Control
F IRE PRIORI TY 2 SYSTEM SYSTEM POWER ALARM
DISPLAY
SI LENCED TIME
ALARM ALARM SUPERVI SORY TROUBLE ON

ALARM ALARM SUPV TBL ALARM SYSTEM

ACK ACK ACK ACK SILENCE RE SET

(external or LED/Switch
module on panel)

SafeLINC FPII module; size: Local panel alarm

4" x 11-5/16" (102 mm x 287 mm) notification appliances

3 S4100-0062-1 9/2014
 Connection Requirements
The SafeLINC Internet interface is normally installed into
a local facility network using conventional CAT 5 wiring
(or better) and configured similar to an individual
computer. The following summarizes the typical
requirements:
 Mount behind security firewalls for maximum protection
 To automatically send emails, a simple mail transfer
protocol (SMTP) mail account is required
 Each module has a unique Media Access Control (MAC)
address that will be required by the local MIS/IT
department to configure on the network
Access Security Primary Login Screen
Anonymous Login Screen. The primary login screen Email Notification
(upper right) does not describe the available connection.
Unauthorized visitors that might find the SafeLINC Email Feature. User accounts include email addresses
Internet interface location would not know the purpose of to allow the receipt of automatically generated or
the screen. previously scheduled messages. Each user account can be
Selectable Login Parameters. The designated selected for the event message categories required. Email
SafeLINC FPII Administrator(s) can select the following “from” field can be customized for accurate identification.
parameters: Each user can configure email size and data format to
 Programmable login attempts before lockout; selectable receive only what is desired including formatting for SMS
from 1 to 20 with 3 as default text messages.
 Following an unsuccessful login attempt, a lockout Note: Use of email server distribution lists can assist to
period is in effect and during this time no access is notify the required recipients.
allowed; lockout time is selectable from 0 to 24 hours, Emergency Communication Messages. When
with 1 hour as default
controlled from a 4100ES, 4010ES, or 4100U Fire Alarm
 If desired, individual IP addresses or address series can Control Panel (4100U at revision 12.06 or higher), the
be blocked from access
custom point detail action messages (up to 50 per control
 Information is gathered about any unsuccessful attempt panel) can be programmed (at the panel) to route to selected
to login and emailed to the administrator(s)
email distribution lists. With messages similar to those
Available Reports shown on page 3, this can be part of an Emergency
Communications System (Mass Notification). Note: All
These reports can be viewed or emailed as attachments: point detail action messages will route to the selected lists.
 TrueAlarm sensor status reports for sensitivity
selection, device status, and dirt accumulation status; Message Forwarding. At the receiving email account,
also available is the dirty detector report messages can be forwarded by the local email application.
 TrueAlarm sensor service reports including details of Messages can be forwarded to another computer, cell
current status, recorded peak status; and CO sensor phone, pager, or other email compatible message
service reports including status and end of life date receiver. If desired, a user account could include an email
 TrueAlert addressable candela reports and status reports address list to allow distribution to multiple receivers
 Logs for: Fire Alarm, Priority 2 Alarm, Supervisory, without requiring forwarding and by using only one of the
and Trouble 50 available supported email addresses accounts. (Refer
to the message diagram on page 3.)
Module Specifications
Compatible Internet Browser Internet Explorer 6 or above, Firefox, Chrome, and Safari browsers
Voltage Range 18 to 33 VDC, supplied from the host fire alarm control panel
Current, Supervisory and Alarm 145 mA maximum @ 24 VDC
LED 7 Ethernet link status indicator, green LED
Module Status LEDs LED 8 Ethernet link activity indicator, red LED
(for setup and service) Detailed status indicator, yellow LED; blinking codes provide internal diagnostics and
LED 3
details on external connections
Operating Temperature Range 32° to 120°F (0° to 49° C)
Operating Humidity Range Up to 93% RH, non-condensing @ 90° F (32° C) maximum
Technical Publication Reference 579-1004, Installation, Programming, and Operating Manual
TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. Internet Explorer, Firefox, Safari, and
Chrome are trademarks of their respective owners.

Tyco Fire Protection Products • Westminster, MA • 01441-0001 • USA S4100-0062-1 9/2014

www.simplex-fire.com
© 2014 Tyco Fire Protection Products. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice.
 Fire Control Panel Accessories
UL, ULC, CSFM Listed* TrueInsight Remote Service
Overview and Hardware Reference

Features
Real time data gathering and diagnostics for fire
alarm control panel systems:
 An internally mounted interface module securely connects
the panel computer port protocol interface to an Ethernet
connection allowing information about trouble (or
potential trouble) conditions to be sent to the Remote
Service Center via an Internet connection
 At the Remote Service Center, receipt of trouble
information triggers an email to an experienced technician
who reviews the information and can further query the
panel for more information as the condition is investigated;
(NOTE: Alarm information is only logged by this service;
Alarm information must be sent separately to the
designated monitoring/response location.)
 Technicians can connect to the panel from a remote
location via secured internet communications and
interrogate the system status
 After details of the panel status are analyzed, the service
personnel dispatched to the site can be selected for their
specific experience and equipped with the needed
replacement parts and tools before visiting the site
 TrueInsight Remote Service logs panel activity (troubles
and alarms) and maintains it for one year allowing detailed
activity historical review or forensic review if required
Application Details:
 For use with Simplex® 4007ES, 4010ES, 4100ES, and
4100U Fire Alarm Control panels
 Module connects without need for panel programming
Secure Communications:
 Control panel interface module is connected behind
customer’s firewall
 Receiving equipment resides under the Remote Service
Center firewall or under the individual technician’s
computer firewall TrueInsight Remote Services Reference Diagram
 Customer to provide network access/connectivity (4100ES shown for reference)
Additional Information:
 Contact your local Simplex product representative for Trouble Condition Sources
specific details on how to connect your panel to
TrueInsight Remote Services Modules and remote devices of a fire alarm control panel
are interconnected with internal wiring harnesses and with
external wiring. Over time, or even during initial
Introduction
installation, those connections may become loose or
Connecting to Control Panel Intelligence. 4007ES, otherwise compromised. Due to module and wiring
4010ES, 4100ES, and 4100U addressable fire alarm control supervision, these trouble conditions are discovered and
panels provide intelligent monitoring of internal modules, their locations are identified by the panel.
incoming power, battery connections, and of connected (continued next page)
remote devices and appliances such as TrueAlarm analog
* This product has been listed by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to
sensors, TrueAlert addressable notification, devices Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listings
controlled by IDNet communications, and the connected 7165-0026:0251 (4100ES), 7165-0026:0369 (4010ES) and 7165-.026:0378 (4007ES) for
allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in this document. This
wiring. TrueInsight Remote Service monitors this product was not FM approved as of document revision date. Additional listings may be
information and takes action when trouble conditions are applicable; contact your local Simplex product supplier for the latest status. Listings and
reported. approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co. are the property of Tyco Fire Protection
Products.

S4100-0063-6 3/2016
Trouble Condition Sources (Continued)
Devices and their wiring are subject to motion.
Mechanical wiring disturbances can be due to a variety of
subtle or significant activity such as earthquakes (even
seemingly minor earthquakes may shake buildings more
than expected), forklift activity coming closer than planned,
large fire doors or outside shipping dock doors slamming
shut closer to fire alarm devices than realized, and other
human intervention can unintentionally cause fire alarm
wiring connections to become loose or broken. When the
panel discovers this type of condition, it declares a trouble,
the circuit and specific condition is logged and identified
with a local sound and flashing yellow light, however the
exact details are not normally available other than by
querying the individual panel for more information on-site.
Accessing this information remotely allows TrueInsight
Remote Service personnel to determine the source of the
trouble including which devices by specific model number
may be involved.
Smoke sensors get dirty. TrueAlarm smoke sensors are
open to the environment in order to sample for the presence
of smoke particles. This also allows a collection of dirt or
other debris, sometimes a lot of it, and in a short period of
time. TrueAlarm technology compensates very well up to
the point where a device is identified as dirty and needs to
be inspected and cleaned. Knowing that a sensor is in need
of service before it actually gets out of compensation allows
a system to provide essentially uninterrupted service.
TrueAlarm Sensor Monitoring. TrueAlarm smoke
sensing tracks the Peak Analog Value associated with each
sensor’s environment.
Product Selection
Model Panel Type Description
4007ES, 4010ES, TrueInsight Remote Service Module and
4190-8001
4100ES, or 4100U Programming Selection
4190-6104 4100ES or 4100U
TrueInsight Remote Service Module Installation
4190-6105 4010ES Kit; includes module, required mounting brackets
and harnesses
4190-6106 4007ES
4007ES, 4010ES, TrueInsight Remote Service Module for fixed IP
4190-4016
4100ES, or 4100U Addressing
4010ES Installation Reference
TrueInsight Module
mounts here on rear of
4010ES front panel
2 S4100-0063-6 3/2016
TrueAlarm Sensor Monitoring (Continued).
Should a difficult environment experience nuisance alarms,
this diagnostic tool can be accessed remotely as a means of
analyzing the stability of the sensor’s environment. This
allows the sensor sensitivity to be properly selected for its
actual environment ensuring optimal response time and
protection from nuisance alarm sources.
Batteries wear out. Fire alarm control panels typically
rely upon internally mounted, or perhaps remotely mounted
batteries with battery chargers to provide power during
local AC mains failure. Rechargeable batteries are complex
chemical/mechanical/electrical designs and after repeated
charge and discharge cycles, will begin to lose total
capacity. By monitoring battery capacity at the panel,
battery condition can be tracked, but to better understand
battery charging status, detailed charger operation needs to
be queried. Using TrueInsight Remote Service allows that
extra information to be investigated to diagnose specific
panel conditions and then to determine whether it is time to
replace batteries, inspect battery connections, or to test the
battery charger, allowing the anticipated equipment to be
available at the time of a service call.
Monitoring includes communicating devices and
devices they monitor. With IDNet communications,
these panels monitor and control a wide variety of remotely
connected devices. If communications fail to properly
operate, the device(s) not communicating are identified. If
the devices are in turn monitoring connections local to their
location, such as relay coils, conventional IDCs or NACs,
problems with those connections are communicated back to
the control panel.
Ordering Information
Required Selection
Select per panel type; configured for
dynamic IP address operation
unless ordered with 4190-4016
Optional, select if application will be
using a fixed IP address
Ethernet Connection Guidelines
Determine Connection Location Type: Slot 1 Slot 2 Slot 3 Slot 4 Slot 5 Slot 6 Slot 7 Slot 8

1. Panel Location requiring internal connection. If

Master Controller
Slot 1

Board
IDNet

the panel is located in a lobby or other public area, or Slot 2

NACs 1, 2 & 3

is semi-flush with the box essentially fully mounted

Slot 3Master
in the wall, an internal connection is recommended, System Power

and most likely required. Controller

Slot 4 Bay Supply

(SPS)

Btry
+

2. Panel Location allowing external connection. If the

-
Aux
Aux Pwr
Relay

panel is in a utility or telecom closet, or other

controlled access location, and is surface mounted
with the box fully exposed, an external jack
connection is acceptable if desired. Slot 1 Slot 2 Slot 3 Slot 4 Power limited
Slot 5 Slot 6 Slot 7 Slot 8

wiring area
I/O Wiring I/O Wiring

4100 Option

4100 Option

4100 Option
Wiring Alternatives:
4x5 Module

1. Internal Connections. Run Ethernet cable through (Block E)

existing conduit if the conduit is not beyond capacity PDI

Expansion Bay 1
Expansion Power
Supply

(as defined per local codes and standards) and (XPS)

(Blocks G & H)

contains only power-limited signal wiring. Ethernet 4x5 Module

(Block F)

cable should not be run in the same conduit as AC I/O Wiring

power as this will interfere with signal integrity and it

may not meet local code. Terminate the cable with an
RJ-45 Male connector or install an RJ-45 Female
jack (preferred). Attach the female jack to the internal
sides of the back box, in the power-limited area of the Slot 1 Slot 2 Slot 3 Slot 4 Slot 5 Slot 6 Slot 7 Slot 8

cabinet (see illustration to the right). Use an adhesive I/O Wiring I/O Wiring

4100 Option

4100 Option

4100 Option
style mount and follow the manufacturer’s 4x5 Module

(Block E)

instructions such as to use a cleaning solvent like Expansion Power

alcohol on the box surface before you mount it. PDI Expansion Bay 2 Supply

(XPS)

2. External Connections. If the Ethernet cable cannot 4x5 Module

(Block F)
(Blocks G & H)

be run into the cabinet directly, locate the termination I/O Wiring

within 6 ft (1.8 m) of the panel, on the power limited

sides, and preferably terminated with an RJ-45
Female jack. If you have local IT requirements for
specific color wire, provide the desired color patch
cable to extend from the jack to the panel. To allow Battery Compartment
for internal wiring requirements, the patch cable
length needs to be 8 to 10 ft (2.4 m to 3 m) longer
than the distance from the jack to the panel. (If the
connection is to be provided as a cable terminated
with a RJ-45 Male connector instead of a Female Three-Bay 4100ES Showing Power Limited
jack, the distance requirement remains, adequate Wiring Area (in dark gray)
cable for a clean connection to the panel plus 8 to 10
ft additional for internal cable routing.)
Panel Access Precautions:
1. If you do not have conduit available or are unsure
about where to route the cable, do not drill into the
panel box. Leave a spool of cable in the ceiling or
the vicinity of the panel (long enough to be routed
into the panel) and coordinate with your Simplex
technical representative as to how to proceed.
Acceptable Cable Types:
1. Use EIA/TIA-568a CAT-5-Compliant Cable or
better.
2. Either Unshielded (UTP) or Shielded (STP) Cable is
Acceptable.

4007ES Mounting Reference for TrueInsight Module

3 S4100-0063-6 3/2016
 TrueInsight Module Specifications

4100ES or Left side of expansion bay bracket, preferred location is bay 2,

NOTE: Module locations do
4100U refer to diagram below
Module not require bay space
4010ES On back side of dress panel; refer to diagram on page 2
mounting
Requires one module space, mounts directly to back of box, refer to diagram on page 3 and
4007ES
datasheets S4007-0001 and S4007-0002 for more information.
Voltage 24 VDC, system supplied
62 mA in standby
Current
73 mA maximum when active
Environmental 10 to 93% RH from 32° to 120°F (0° to 49° C)
System Power; RS-232 Communications Port to panel; Ethernet RJ45 connection
Connection Requirements NOTE: When possible, terminate the Ethernet drop in the panel enclosure. If not possible, and the
panel is in a secure area, locate an external drop within 6 ft (1.8 m) of the panel enclosure.
4100ES/4010ES Panel version 2.01 or higher, TrueInsight Remote Service Module version 3.01 or higher

4007ES Panel version 3.02.10 or higher, TrueInsight Remote Service Module version 3.01 or higher
Software
Version Panel version 11 or higher, TrueInsight Remote Service Module version 3.01 or higher. Note: A
Requirements 4100U system running version 14 has a 4100ES Master Controller. The 4100ES Master Controller
4100U should be upgraded to version 2.01 or higher for Trueinsight operation on this configuration. A
4100U system can be visually verified to have a 4100ES Master Controller by the existence of the
compact flash card on the CPU card.
Power/Ready: Steady Green = system ready; Flashing Green or Flashing Yellow = system is
booting up (details are described in Installation Instructions); Red = Error condition
Link/10/100: Green = 10 Mbit connection; Yellow = 100 Mbit connection; Dark = no connection
Module LED Diagnostics (5
Activity: Steady Green = heavy traffic; Flashing Green = some traffic; Dark = no traffic, possibly no
LEDs)
connection
Transmit (Tx): Flashing or Steady Green = sending data
Receiver (Rx): Flashing or Steady Green = receiving data
Installation Instructions 579-953
4100ES S4100-0031
Panel Data 4010ES S4010-0004
Sheet
S4007-0001 for 4007ES Hybrid
Reference 4007ES
S4007-0002 for 4007ES with IDNAC Notification
4100ES/4100U Installation Reference

TrueInsight Module on mounting

plate mounts on left side of
4100ES/4100U bay bracket

TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited.

Tyco Fire Protection Products • Westminster, MA • 01441-0001 • USA S4100-0063-6 3/2016

www.simplex-fire.com
© 2015 Tyco Fire Protection Products. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice.
 Multi-Application Peripherals
UL, ULC, CSFM Listed; FM Approved; Non-Coded, Non-Addressable Manual Stations;
MEA (NYC) Acceptance* 2099 Series Single and Double Action Operation

Features
Manual fire alarm stations for general purpose
applications: PUSH
 Operation complies with ADA requirements
 Pull lever protrudes when alarmed
 Break-rod is supplied (use is optional)
 Screw terminals for wiring connections
 Tamper resistant reset key lock (keyed same as
Simplex® fire alarm cabinets) Single Action Station Double Action
Operation types include: Station (Push Type)
 Single action FIRE
FIRE ALARM LOCAL ALARM
 Double Action, Breakglass or Push Type
 Institutional Model, key operated only BREAK GLASS
 Optional NO GRIP Single Action Retrofit Kits are
available with a more easily operated pull lever for
applications where anticipated users may find the
standard station lever difficult to activate
 Optional Local Alarm cover
 Optional pre-signal and annunciator contacts
Double Action Local Fire Alarm
Multiple mounting options: Station (Breakglass) Cover Option
 Surface or semi-flush with standard boxes or matching
Simplex boxes FIRE ALARM
 Flush mount adapter kit
UL listed to Standard 38
KEY
Operation OPERATED
ONLY
Activation of the Simplex single action manual stations
requires a firm downward pull to activate the alarm switch.
Completing the action breaks an internal plastic break-rod
(visible below the pull lever, use is optional). The use of a Single Action Station with 4099-9805 NO GRIP
break-rod can be a deterrent to vandalism without interfering Institutional Cover Retrofit kit
with the minimum pull requirements needed for easy
activation. The pull lever latches into the alarm position and Operation (Continued)
remains extended out of the housing to provide a visible Institutional Stations activate by key operation only
indication. allowing access for manual alarms to be initiated by
Double Action Stations (Breakglass) require the authorized personnel. Operation requires key insertion
operator to strike the front mounted hammer to break the and opening of the station cover.
glass and expose the recessed pull lever. The pull lever then Single Action Station NO GRIP Retrofit Kit
operates as a single action station. 4099-9805. For applications such as California Building
Double Action Stations (Push Type) require that a Code, Title 24, which requires “Controls and operating
spring loaded interference plate (marked PUSH) be pushed mechanisms shall be operable with one hand and shall not
back to access the pull lever of the single action station. require tight grasping, pinching or twisting of the wrist”
the model 4099-9805 Retrofit kit provides a more easily
Station reset requires the use of a key to reset the manual operated pull lever compared to standard stations.
station lever and deactivate the alarm switch. (If the break-
* Refer to page 2 for models with MEA acceptance. These products have been
rod is used, it must be replaced.) approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the
California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing 7150-0026:175 (Pull Boxes) and
Station testing is performed by physical activation of the 7150-0026:0224 (NO GRIP Retrofit Kit) for allowable values and/or conditions concerning
pull lever. Electrical testing can be also performed by material presented in this document. Additional listings may be applicable; contact your
local Simplex product supplier for the latest status. Listings and approvals under Simplex
unlocking the station housing to activate the alarm switch. Time Recorder Co. are the property of Tyco Fire Protection Products.

S2099-0007-18 12/2014
Operation (Continued) Application Reference (Continued)
Pre-Signal Option activates when the lever is pulled. The following summarizes the basic requirements.
General alarm initiation requires a key to activate a 1. Stations shall be located in the normal path of exit
keyswitch located behind the pull lever. and distributed in the protected area such that they
Station Reset requires the use of a key to reset the are unobstructed and readily accessible.
manual station lever and deactivate the alarm switch. 2. Mounting shall be with the operable part not less than
If the break-rod is used, it must be replaced. 42 in (1.07 m) and not more than 48 in (1.22 m)
Testing requires physical activation of the pull lever above floor level.
(except for institutional stations). 3. At least one station shall be provided on each floor.
Application Reference Additional stations shall be provided to obtain a
travel distance not more than 200 ft (61 m) to the
Refer to NFPA 72, the National Fire Alarm and Signaling nearest station from any point in the building.
Code, and all applicable local codes for complete
requirements for manual stations. 4. When manual station coverage appears limited in any
way, additional stations should be installed.
Product Selection
Single Action Models (General Alarm)
Annunciator Annunciator Local Alarm Institutional Mounting
Model MEA Pre-Signal
Contacts, N.O. Contacts, N.C. Cover Cover Notes
2099-9754 1
2099-9101
2099-9102 2
2099-9107
2099-9755 1
2099-9762 1
Double Action Models (General Alarm)
Annunciator Annunciator Mounting
Model MEA Break-Glass Push Pre-Signal
Contacts N.O. Contacts N.C. Notes
2099-9103 1
2099-9104
2099-9105 2
2099-9108
2099-9756 1
2099-9757
2099-9758 2
2099-9759
Accessories
Model Description
4099-9805 Retrofit Kit for field conversion of a single action station to a NO GRIP station; (reference Instructions 579-1007)
2099-9803 Replacement breakglass (standard, English)
2099-9804 Replacement break-rod
2099-9819 Flush adapter kit, black (refer to page 4)
2099-9820 Flush adapter kit, beige (refer to page 4)
2099-9822 Replacement retaining clip for breakglass
2099-9828 Institutional cover kit
2975-9178 Red, surface mount box, sheet metal, 5-3/16” H x 4” W x 2-3/16” D (127 mm x 102 mm x 56 mm)
2975-9022 Red, cast aluminum surface mount box, 5” H x 3-7/8” W x 2-3/16” D (127 mm x 98 mm x 56 mm)
Notes:
1. These models can be semi-flush mounted using a standard single gang 2-1/2” (64 mm) deep switch box. DO NOT RECESS BOX,
mount box flush or with 1/16” (2 mm) maximum protrusion. These models can also be surface mounted on a Wiremold box model
number V5744S, 4-5/8” H x 2-7/8” W x 2-1/4” D (117 mm x 73 mm x 57 mm).
2. For surface mount, these models require 2975-9178 or 2099-9022 boxes. For semi-flush mount, these models require a 4”
(102 mm) square box with a single gang cover plate (see diagram on page 3).

Additional Manual Station Reference

Non-Addressable Manual Stations Data Sheet Addressable Manual Stations Data Sheet
Releasing Stations S2099-0010 Standard Addressable S4099-0005
Stations for hazardous locations (Ring-Pull) S2099-0008 Addressable for Releasing S4099-0006
Metal housing and explosion-proof/weather-proof stations (T-Handle) S2099-0009 Wire Guard (addr./non-addr.) S2099-0004
2 S2099-0007-18 12/2014
Surface Mounting Reference

2975-9178 Box 2975-9022 Cast Box

Knockouts located
5-3/16" H x 4" W x 2-3/16" D 5" H x 3-7/8" W x 2-3/16" D
top and bottom
(132 mm x 102 mm x 56 mm) (127 mm x 98 mm x 56 mm)
(ordered separately) (ordered separately)

Simplex 2975-9178 box

(shown for reference)

Side View
FIR
FIRE ALARM
E Station cover
hinges open for
installation access

PULL DOWN
Access for 3/4" threaded
5" conduit located top and bottom
(127 mm)

1" (25.4 mm)

3-3/4" (95 mm)

Semi-Flush Mounting Reference

Single Gang Box Mount 4" Square Box Mount

Single gang box, 2-1/2" deep 4" (102 mm) square box, 2-1/8" (54 mm) minimum
(64 mm), RACO #500 or equal depth, RACO #231 or equal (supplied by others)
(supplied by others)

Mount flush or with

1/16" (2 mm)
maximum extension
4" Square box
DO NOT RECESS
with cover plate

Station
FIRE ALARM side view

Single gang cover plate, 3/4"

(19 mm) extension, RACO #773
or equal (supplied by others)
PULL DOWN
Single gang
box outline
Wall surface

Semi-Flush Mount Side View

3 S2099-0007-18 12/2014
Flush Mount Reference

Flush mount adapter kit

2099-9819, Black
2099-9820, Beige

Box must be recessed into wall

1" to 1-1/8" (25.4 mm to 29 mm)

8"
(203 mm)
Hole cutout must be a
minimum of 6" H by 5" W
6" (152 mm by 127 mm)
(152
mm)

4-11/16" (119 mm)

square box, 2-1/8"
(54 mm) minimum
Wall depth (by others)
4-3/4" (121 mm) surface

6-3/4" (171 mm)

Front View Side View

Specifications

Wire Connections Screw terminal for in/out wiring, for 18 to 14 AWG wire
UL Listed Temperature Range 32° to 120° F (0° to 49° C) intended for indoor operation
Humidity Range Up to 93% RH at 100° F (38° F)
Housing Color Red with white raised lettering
Material Housing and pull lever are high impact polycarbonate
Pull Lever Color White with red raised lettering
Housing Dimensions 5” H x 3-3/4” W x 1” D (127 mm x 95 mm x 25 mm)

TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm
and Signaling Code are trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).

Tyco Fire Protection Products • Westminster, MA • 01441-0001 • USA S2099-0007-18 12/2014

www.simplex-fire.com
© 2014 Tyco Fire Protection Products. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice.
 Multi-Application Peripherals
UL, ULC, CSFM Listed; Non-Coded Manual Stations for Hazardous
CSA Certified* Locations, Model 2099-9136 (Killark XAL-53)

Features

Manual fire alarm station for hazardous locations

Location categories:
 Class I, Divisions 1 & 2, Groups C & D
 Class II, Divisions 1 & 2, Groups E, F, & G
 Class III, Divisions 1 & 2
Mechanical features:
 Copper-free, cast aluminum alloy enclosure finished
in red textured powder epoxy paint
 Double action operation, lift cover and pull down ring
 Internal ground screw
Electrical ratings:
 1 normally open and 1 normally closed contact
 Rated 120 VAC, 6 A (see specifications for details)
 Conduit openings are ¾” NPT feed through

2099-9136 Manual Station for Hazardous Locations

(Killark XAL-53)

Description
Areas are considered hazardous due to the presence of
Specifications
flammable gases, flammable vapors, combustible dust, or
easily ignitable fibers or flyings. Such areas exist at
petroleum refineries, chemical and petrochemical plants, Contact Ratings
spray painting booths, storage areas, and many other Type 1 N.O., 1 N.C.
locations where potentially hazardous conditions occur.
1.1 A, make/break
Manual fire alarm stations for these hazardous areas are 125 VDC Ratings
2.5 A continuous carry
designed to ensure that initiation of the alarm will be safe
60 A make, 7200 VA
and compatible with the hazardous substance. Manual
station model 2099-9136 is constructed with a cast, 120 VAC Ratings 6 A break, 720 VA
copper-free aluminum enclosure, and is tested, listed, and 10 A continuous carry
certified for applications in most types of hazardous Mechanical Specifications
environments.
Screw terminals for in/out wiring,
Wire Connections
18 to 12 AWG wire (0.82 to 3.31 mm2)
Dimensions
6 ⅜” H x 3” W x 4 ½” D
* Agency listings are by Killark. (see diagram on
Website: http://www.killark.com/
(162 mm x76 mm x114 mm)
page 2)
Housing Material Copper-free, cast aluminum alloy
Finish Red textured powder epoxy paint

S2099-0008-1 1/2013
 Dimension Reference

3"
(76 mm)
4-1/2" 2-3/8"
(114 mm) (60 mm)

6-3/8" 5-3/8" 4-5/8"

(162 mm) (137 mm) (117 mm)

5/16" (8 mm)
diameter, 2 holes

TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited.

Tyco Fire Protection Products • Westminster, MA • 01441-0001 • USA S2099-0008-1 1/2013

www.simplexgrinnell.com
© 2013 Tyco Fire Protection Products. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice.
 Multi-Application Peripherals
UL, C-UL, CSFM Listed; FM Approved; Non-Coded Manual Stations,
MEA (NYC) Acceptance* Cast Metal Construction

Features
Common mechanical/electrical features: FIRE FIRE
 Rugged cast metal construction
 Terminal connections for In/Out Wiring
PULL
 Visible break rod provides status indicator (optional,
not required for operation)
 Standard operation station will mount semi-flush on a
single gang box, 2 ½” deep
 Operation is compliant with ADA requirements
 Listed to UL Standard 38 2099-9138 Single Action Manual Station
Models are available with:
 Single action operation with SPST contacts FIRE FIRE FIRE FIRE
 Dual action PUSH operation with SPST contacts
 Single Action with New York City stripe with SPST
PUSH
contacts PULL PULL
 Explosion-Proof/Weather-Proof operation with DPDT
contacts
Accessories:
 2975-9211, Weather-Proof surface mount cast
aluminum box, provides NEMA Type 3R rating**
2099-9143 Single Action
 2975-9212, Indoor operation surface mount box 2099-9139 Dual Action
Manual Station with White
Manual Station
New York City Stripe
Description
Cast Metal Construction. For applications requiring
cast metal construction, these non-coded manual stations
provide a variety of models and operations. Single action
stations are operated by simply pulling the handle while FIRE FIRE
dual action stations require a “PUSH” of the top lever to
allow grabbing of the “PULL” lever.
Indication and Reset. When pulled, the alarm PULL
condition is mechanically latched and indicated by the
extended handle. Reset is performed by simply unlocking
and opening the enclosure. The lock is controlled by a
Simplex® “B” key, provided with each station.
Break Rods. Stations are shipped with a replacement
break rod that may be used if desired (use is optional).
Break rod status is visible from the front of the station.
The use of a break rod can be a deterrent to vandalism
without interfering with the minimum pull requirements 2099-9144 Explosion-Proof and
Weather-Proof Manual Station
needed for easy activation.
Optional surface mount boxes match the contours of * Refer to page 2 for additional agency listing references. This product has been approved by
the stations and provide an attractive appearance (model the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the California
Health and Safety Code. For non-explosion-proof models, see CSFM Listing
2099-9144 includes both station and enclosure). Use of 7150-0026:0215 for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in this
the 2975-9211 weatherproof box will provide a document. It is subject to re-examination, revision, and possible cancellation. Additional
listings may be applicable, contact your local Simplex product supplier for the latest status.
NEMA 3R rating. NEMA 3R enclosures are for outdoor Listings and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co. are the property of Tyco Fire
use, primarily for protection against rain and sleet, and Protection Products.
against ice formation on the exterior. ** NEMA 3R rating is achieved when used with weatherproof mounting box 2975-9211 and
supplied gaskets.

S2099-0009-6 6/2013
 Product Selection
Model* Description
2099-9138 Single Action Station; SPST, N.O. contact
2099-9139 Dual Action Station with PUSH Lever; SPST, N.O. contact
2099-9143 Single Action Station with White New York City Stripe; SPST, N.O. contact (not CSFM listed)
Explosion-Proof & Weather-Proof Station with Enclosure; DPDT contacts; NEMA 4X rated; UL listed, FM and CSFM
2099-9144** Approved for: Class I, Groups B, C, and D; Class II, Groups E, F, and G; also FM approved for Class III Groups E, F,
and G
* UL, C-UL listing, and CSFM approval is under model numbers shown except as noted. For other listing agencies, reference Signal
Communications Corporation (SIGCOM), model Series SG-32. Accepted for use – City of New York Department of Buildings – MEA 382-
94-E Volume II (SIGCOM).
** For listings, reference Signal Communications Corporation (SIGCOM) model Series SGX-32; CSFM ref. 7151-1408:0112.

Accessories (model 2099-9144 includes enclosure, separate box is not required)

Model Description
2975-9211 Red Weatherproof Box; cast aluminum construction with gasket kit, required for NEMA 3R rating
2975-9212 Red Surface Mount Box; stamped steel construction
2099-9829 Twelve replacement break rods

Specifications
Contact Ratings (resistive) UL, C-UL, & CSFM = 1 A @ 30 VDC or 125 VAC; FM = 1 A @ 30 VAC/VDC
Standard Temperature Range = -40° to 150° F (-40° to 66° C); suitable for outdoor
Operation with 2975-9211 box
Application applications; NEMA 3R rated
Stations Temperature Range = 32° to 140° F (0° to 60° C); intended for indoor applications;
Operation with 2975-9212 box
Humidity Range = up to 90% RH at 90° F (32° C)
Explosion-Proof & Contact Ratings 1 A @ 30 VDC, resistive; 10 A @ 120 VAC, resistive
Weather-Proof
(Model 2099-9144) Temperature Range -67° F to 302° F (-55°C to 150° C); suitable for outdoor applications; rated NEMA 4X

General Wiring Connections Terminal blocks for IN/OUT wiring, up to 14 AWG (2.08 mm2 )
Specifications Housing and Handles Cast zinc (both PUSH and PULL handles)
(all models) Colors Red housings with white levers and white raised lettering
Additional Information Refer to Installation Instructions supplied with product

Mounting and Dimension Reference

2975-9212: Steel box (shown) knockouts for 1/2" conduit, top and bottom
3-1/4" 2975-9211: Cast aluminum weatherproof box, 3/4" - NPT conduit
2-1/4" (83 mm) entrance one end only (not shown)
(57 mm) 3/4" - NPT
4 mounting holes, conduit entrances,
5/16" (8 mm) top and bottom

4 3/4"
(121 mm)
FIRE FIRE FIRE FIRE

PULL 6-3/4"
4-3/4" PULL (171 mm)
(121 mm)

Surface Mount
Boxes:
2975-9212 shown,
1-1/8"
(stamped steel),
(28 mm)
3-1/4" also typical of
(83 mm) 2975-9211 (cast 3-3/4" 3-7/8"
aluminum) (95 mm) (98 mm)
Standard Models weather-proof box,
(gaskets not 2099-9144 Explosion-Proof,
shown) Weather-Proof Model

TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited.

Tyco Fire Protection Products • Westminster, MA • 01441-0001 • USA S2099-0009-6 6/2013

www.simplexgrinnell.com
© 2013 Tyco Fire Protection Products. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice.
 TrueAlarm Smoke Detectors
UL, ULC, CSFM Listed; FM Approved; TrueAlarm Photoelectric Smoke Detectors
MEA (NYC) Acceptance* for Two-Wire and Four-Wire Bases

Features
Photoelectric smoke detector with on-board
TrueAlarm sensitivity drift compensation:
Functional chamber enclosure:
 Louvered design enhances smoke capture by directing
flow to chamber
 Entrance areas are minimally visible when ceiling
mounted
 Operation is for ceiling or wall mounting 4098-9601 TrueAlarm Photoelectric
Multi-function indicator LED indicates normal Detector Mounted in Base
and alarm conditions
Magnetically operated functional test:
 Initiates alarm and verifies performance
 Identifies general sensitivity status using detector LED
Specifications
Models available in two sensitivity settings:
 4098-9601, Standard Sensitivity, nominal 2.8%/ft 15 to 32 VDC from Fire Alarm
obscuration* Voltage
Control Panel IDC
 4098-9605, Special Application Sensitivity, nominal Standby Current 100 A @ 24 VDC
3.5%/ft obscuration
Up to 86 mA maximum, exact
Alarm Current, 2-Wire
Available options: current is determined by alarm
Operation
current limiting of connected IDC
 Bases for 2-wire or 4-wire operation
Alarm Current, 4-Wire
 Auxiliary alarm relay output Operation
24 mA typical @ 24 VDC
 Remote alarm indicating LED Refer to page 2 under Product
Auxiliary Relay Ratings
Designed for EMI compatibility Selection
Air Velocity Range 0-2000 ft/min (0-610 m/min)
UL listed to Standard 268
UL Listed Temp. Range 32° to 100° F (0° to 38° C)
Operating Temp. Range 15° to 122° F (-9° to + 50° C)
Storage Temp. Range 0° to 140° F (-18° C to 60° C)
Description
10% to 95% RH from 32° to 122°
Simplex® TrueAlarm photoelectric detectors Humidity Range F
provide many of the proven TrueAlarm analog sensing (0° to 50° C) non-condensing
features for applications where detectors are connected to Color Frost White
conventional 2-wire or 4-wire initiating device circuits 4-7/8” Dia. x 1-7/8” H, mounted in
(IDCs). Each TrueAlarm detector has an on-board Dimensions base (124 mm x 48 mm); refer to
microprocessor that evaluates its photoelectric light page 3 for detail
scattering chamber activity and makes an intelligent
decision based on light obscuration history as to whether
an alarm condition is present.
* ULC listed model is 4098-9601. This product has been approved by the California State
TrueAlarm detectors are packaged in a patented Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety
housing that minimizes the visibility of the air intake Code. See CSFM Listing 7272-0026:219 for allowable values and/or conditions concerning
material presented in this document. Accepted for use – City of New York Department of
louvers from the normal viewing locations while Buildings – MEA35-93E. Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local Simplex
maintaining a high performance smoke capture ability. product supplier for the latest status. Listings and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder
Co. are the property of Tyco Fire Protection Products.
Bases are available for remote alarm LED indicator
connections and auxiliary relay outputs.

S4098-0015-7 1/2015
TrueAlarm Smoke Detector Features
Intelligent Data Evaluation. Conventional smoke
detectors will typically drift toward being too sensitive
due to the accumulation of dust and dirt. With TrueAlarm
analog detection, data from the photoelectric chamber is
monitored and analyzed at the detector to provide a
continuously shifting reference point.
Drift Compensation. The data evaluation and its
shifting reference point provide a software filtering
process that compensates for environmental factors (dust,
dirt, etc.) and component aging, establishing an accurate
reference for evaluating new activity. With this filtering,
the resulting drift compensation provides a significant
reduction in the probability of false or nuisance alarms
caused by shifts in sensitivity – either up or down.
Magnetic Test Information. Status information is
available by performing the magnetic test and observing
the detector LED pulses. The LED will normally go
directly into alarm with the magnetic test. If there is an
off-normal condition, the LED pulses first to indicate the
condition and then goes into alarm. (See page 3.)
Application Reference
Detector Locations. Locations should be determined
only after careful consideration of the physical layout and
contents of the area to be protected. Refer to NFPA 72,
the National Fire Alarm Code. On smooth ceilings,
smoke detector spacing of 30 ft (9.1 m) may be used as a
guide. For detailed installation information, refer to 4098
Detectors, Sensors, and Bases Application Manual
(574-709).
Sensitivity Selection. The 4098-9601 standard
sensitivity detector is recommended for most applications.
When a special application for a reduced sensitivity
detector is required, the 4098-9605 should be considered.
Consult your local Simplex product supplier for
assistance in determining the proper selection.

Product Selection
Smoke Detectors
Model Nominal Sensitivity Description Compatibility
4098-9601 2.8%/ft (standard)
Compatible with bases: 4098-9788,
3.5%/ft (special application sensitivity, TrueAlarm Photoelectric Detector
4098-9605 4098-9682, and 4098-9683
not ULC listed)

Compatible Bases
Model Description Details*
2-Wire Base with connections for IDC and LED connections are screw terminals for in/out wiring,
4098-9788
Remote Alarm LED Indicator 18 to 14 AWG

4-Wire Base with Auxiliary Alarm
Relay Contacts and connections for
4098-9682 Remote LED Alarm Indicator
NOTE: Requires external 24 VDC for
operation
Relay Ratings, Single Form “C”, For Suppressed Loads:
Power limited, 3 A @ 28 VDC; Non-power limited, 3 A @ 120 VAC
Wiring Connections (In/Out where required):
Relay contacts and IDC wiring, color coded 18 AWG leads;
LED wiring, screw terminals for 18 to 14 AWG

2-Wire Base with Auxiliary Alarm
Relay & connections for Remote LED
Indicator
4098-9683
NOTE: Must be connected as the only
device on the IDC to ensure relay
operation.
Relay Ratings, Dual Form “C”, For Suppressed Loads:
Power limited, 1 A @ 28 VDC; Non-power limited, 1/2 A @ 120 VAC
Wiring Connections (In/Out where required):
Relay contacts and IDC (-), color coded 18 AWG leads;
IDC (+) and LED wiring, screw terminals for 18 to 14 AWG

Detector Accessories
Model Description Details*
Required for mounting to surface mounted 4” (102 mm) square or
4” octagonal boxes, and to 4” square flush mounted boxes
4098-9832 Adapter Plate May be used when retrofitting existing bases
Compatible with detector bases 4098-9788, -9682, & -9683
4098-9830 Remote LED Indicator Mounted on single gang stainless steel plate
Dimensions: 2-1/2” x 1-1/2” x 1” Required for 4-wire circuits using
2098-9739 Encapsulated
24 VDC (64 mm x 38 mm x 25.4 mm) 4098-9682 base, one per circuit; select
End-of-Line Relay Mounted on single gang mounting type as required; wiring is color
2098-9735 Plate Mounted coded 18 AWG wire leads
stainless steel plate

* Refer to pages 3 and 4 for dimensions and additional mounting details; 18 AWG = 0.82 mm2; 14 AWG = 2.08 mm2

2 S4098-0015-7 1/2015
Detector Status LED Indications

LED Indication Status

Pulses approximately every 4 seconds Normal
Steady On Alarm

LED Response to Magnetic Test *

LED Indication Followed By Status Action
Normal, sensitivity is within
LED turns ON Alarm is initiated None
compensation range
LED pulses quickly,
More sensitive, out of normal
6 times in 3 seconds, Alarm is initiated
compensation range Cleaning or other
then turns ON
service is required
LED pulses slowly, Less sensitive, out of normal
Alarm is initiated
4 times in 8 seconds, compensation range
then turns ON Does not initiate Alarm Detector is malfunctioning Service is required

* Testing requires placing a magnet at the designated location on the detector cover for 4 seconds. Refer to Application Manual 574-709 for
further test and maintenance information.

Dimensions and Reference Information

1/4"
(6.4 mm) 6-3/8" (162 mm)

4098-9832 Adapter Plate

4-7/8" (124 mm)

Base height 1-7/8"

11/16" (48 mm)
(17 mm)

LED Status Indicator

(with clear lens)

4098-9601 & -9605 Dimensions Mounted on Base

ALARM

4098-9830 Remote LED Indicator (not to scale)

3 S4098-0015-7 1/2015
 Mounting Information
(Electrical boxes are supplied by others.)

Electrical Box Requirements:

Without relay (base 4098-9788):
4" octagonal or 4" square, 1-1/2" deep
Single gang, 2" deep
With relay (bases 4098-9682 and 4098-9683):
4" octagonal, 1-1/2" deep, with 1-1/2" extension ring
4" square, 1-1/2" deep, with 1-1/2" extension ring

Surface mount reference

4" (102 mm) 4" (102 mm)

square box octagonal box

1-1/2" (38 mm) Flush mount reference, mount even with final
minimum box depth surface, or with up to 1/4" (6.4 mm) maximum recess

4098-9832 Adapter Plate, required for mounting

to surface mounted boxes and to 4" square flush mount boxes

4098-9682 and 4098-9683

include a relay module that
mounts in base electrical box

Smoke Detector Bases

4098-9788, 9682, & -9683

4098-9601, -9605 Smoke Detector

TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm and
Signaling Code are registered trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).

Tyco Fire Protection Products • Westminster, MA • 01441-0001 • USA S4098-0015-7 1/2015

www.simplex-fire.com
© 2015 Tyco Fire Protection Products. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice.
 TrueAlarm Smoke Detectors
UL, ULC, CSFM Listed; FM Approved; TrueAlarm Photoelectric Smoke Detector
MEA (NYC) Acceptance* with TrueSense Smoke/Heat Detection

Features
TrueAlarm detection with TrueSense operation
combines photoelectric detection with heat
detection to provide a multi-mode detector with
four detection mechanisms:
 Stable and reliable photoelectric smoke detection with
built-in TrueAlarm sensitivity drift compensation
 Resettable, thermistor-based fixed temperature detection
 Resettable, thermistor-based rate-of-rise temperature 4098-9602 TrueSense Detector Mounted in Base
detection
 And TrueSense detection, a patented correlation of Description
smoke activity and thermal activity providing intelligent Simplex® 4098-9602 detectors combine photoelectric
fire detection earlier than with either activity alone smoke detection technology and quick response
Functional chamber enclosure: thermistor-based heat detection technology into a
sophisticated, intelligent detector that analyzes each of
 Louvered design enhances smoke capture by directing
these activities and their combination to determine
flow to chamber
whether alarm conditions are present.
 Entrance areas are minimally visible when ceiling
mounted Four Detection Modes. An onboard microprocessor
provides four independent detection modes: photoelectric
 Operation is for ceiling or wall mounting detection with TrueAlarm sensitivity drift compensation,
Multi-function LED indicator: fixed temperature heat detection, rate-of-rise temperature
 Indicates normal and alarm conditions heat detection, and TrueSense photoelectric/heat trending
analysis and alarm detection. If any of these alarm
 Provides status during magnetic functional test conditions are experienced, an alarm is initiated.
Magnetically operated functional test:
Specifications
 Initiates alarm and verifies performance
 Identifies general sensitivity status using detector LED Voltage 15 to 32 VDC, from Control Panel IDC
pulses (normal, more sensitive, or less sensitive) Standby Current 100 A @ 24 VDC
 With detectors categorized as normal or needing Up to 86 mA maximum, exact current is
Alarm Current, 2-Wire
determined by alarm current limiting of
cleaning or other service, maintenance priorities can be Operation
connected IDC (initiating device circuit)
more easily determined
Alarm Current, 4-Wire
24 mA typical @ 24 VDC
Available options: Operation
 Bases for 2-wire or 4-wire operation Auxiliary Relay Ratings Refer to page 3 under Product Selection
 Auxiliary alarm relay output Rate-of-Rise  20° F/min (11° C/min), only in effect
Temperature Alarm** at temperatures above 90° F (32° C)
 Remote alarm indicating LED
Fixed Temperature Alarm 135° F (57° C)
Designed for EMI compatibility UL Listed Temp. Range** 32 F to 100 F (0 C to 38 C)
UL listed to Standard 268 Operating Temp. Range 15 F to 100 F (-9 C to 38 C)
Storage Temp. Range 0° to 140° F (-18° C to 60° C)
Smoke Obscuration
2.8%/ft Nominal, per UL268
Sensitivity
* This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to Air Velocity Range 0-2000 ft/min (0-610 m/min)
Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing
7272-0062:219 for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in this 10% to 95% RH from 32 F to 122 F
document. It is subject to re-examination, revision, and possible cancellation. Accepted for Humidity Range
use – City of New York Department of Buildings – MEA35-93E. Additional listings may be
(0 C to 50 C)
applicable; contact your local Simplex product supplier for the latest status. Listings and Color Frost White
approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co. are the property of Tyco Safety Products
Westminster. 4-7/8” Dia. x 2” H, mounted in base
Dimensions
(124 mm x 51 mm), refer to p.3 for detail
** Always locate this and all rate-of-rise heat detection devices away from
extremes of temperature fluctuation.

S4098-0017-4 1/2015
TrueAlarm Smoke Detection Features
Intelligent Data Evaluation. Conventional smoke
detectors will typically drift toward being too sensitive
due to the accumulation of dust and dirt. With TrueAlarm
analog detection, data from the photoelectric chamber is
monitored and analyzed at the detector to provide a
continuously shifting reference point.
Drift Compensation. The data evaluation and its
shifting reference point provide a software filtering
process that compensates for environmental factors (dust,
dirt, etc.) and component aging, establishing an accurate
reference for evaluating new activity. With this filtering,
the resulting drift compensation provides a significant
reduction in the probability of false or nuisance alarms
caused by shifts in sensitivity – either up or down.
Maintained Sensitivity and Dirty Status
Indications. With its onboard software compensation,
the 4098-9602 maintains its sensitivity much longer in the
presence of dust and dirt accumulation. Additionally, it
will determine when the dirt accumulation is approaching
the limit of compensation, and will indicate that condition
via its status indicator LED (see diagnostic information).
Magnetic Test Information. Status information is
available by performing the magnetic test and observing
the detector LED pulses. The LED will normally go
directly into alarm with the magnetic test. If there is an
off-normal condition, the LED pulses first to indicate the
condition and then goes into alarm (see page 3).
Electronic Heat Detection
Fixed Temperature Heat Detection is provided with
the addition of a fast response thermistor that causes an
alarm at a fixed temperature of 135° F (57° C).
Dimensions and Reference Information
6-3/8" (162 mm)
1/4" (6.4 mm)
4098-9832 Adapter Plate
4-7/8" (124 mm)
Base Height
11/16" (17 mm)
Detector base
4098-9602
Detector
Status Indicator LED
Thermistor guard
4098-9602 Dimensions Mounted on Base
2 S4098-0017-4 1/2015
Electronic Heat Detection (Continued)
Rate-of-Rise Heat Detection occurs at 20° F/min
(11° C/min). To minimize the possibility of false alarms,
rate-of-rise detection is correlated to the ambient
temperature and is only in effect above 90° F (32° C).
TrueSense Detection
Comparing Photoelectric Activity and Thermal
Activity. TrueSense analysis correlates both thermal
activity and smoke activity at a single multi-sensor
location using an extensively tested covariance
relationship. As a result, TrueSense detection improves
response to conditions indicative of faster acting, hot
flaming fires when compared to the response of either
photoelectric smoke activity or thermal activity alone.
High Integrity Detection. TrueSense operation
provides early fire detection and maintains the established
high level of immunity to false alarms and nuisance
alarms that is inherent with TrueAlarm sensor operation.
Application Notes
Observe heat detector location guidelines.
Ambient temperature operating range is 32° F to 100° F
(0° C to 38° C). Temperature fluctuations should be
below 6° F/min (3.3° C/min).
Detector locations should be determined only after careful
consideration of the physical layout and contents of the
area to be protected. Refer to NFPA 72, the National Fire
Alarm Code. On smooth ceilings, spacing of 30 ft. (9.1 m)
may be used as a guide.
For additional installation information, refer to Simplex
publication 574-709, 4098 Detectors, Sensors, and Bases
Application Manual.
ALARM
2" (51 mm)
4098-9830 Remote Red
LED Alarm Indicator
(not to scale)
4098-9602 Product Selection

Smoke Detector
Model Description Compatibility
TrueAlarm photoelectric detector with
4098-9602 Compatible with bases: 4098-9788, 4098-9682, and 4098-9683
TrueSense photoelectric/thermal detection

Compatible Bases
Model Description Details*
2-Wire Base with connections for Remote IDC and LED connections are screw terminals for in/out wiring,
4098-9788
Alarm LED Indicator 18 to 14 AWG
4-Wire Base with Auxiliary Alarm Relay Relay Ratings, Single Form “C”, For Suppressed Loads:
Contacts and connections for Remote LED Power limited, 3 A @ 28 VDC; Non-power limited, 3 A @ 120 VAC
4098-9682 Alarm Indicator Wiring Connections (In/Out where required):
NOTE: Requires external 24 VDC for Relay contacts and IDC wiring, color coded 18 AWG leads;
operation LED wiring, screw terminals for 18 to 14 AWG
Relay Ratings, Dual Form “C”, For Suppressed Loads:
2-Wire Base with Auxiliary Alarm Relay
& connections for Remote LED Indicator Power limited, 1 A @ 28 VDC; Non-power limited, 1/2 A @ 120 VAC
4098-9683 Wiring Connections (In/Out where required):
NOTE: Must be connected as the only device
on the IDC to ensure relay operation.
Relay contacts and IDC (-), color coded 18 AWG leads;
IDC (+) and LED wiring, screw terminals for 18 to 14 AWG
Detector Accessories
Model Description Details*
Required for mounting to surface mounted 4” (102 mm) square or
4” octagonal boxes, and to 4” square flush mounted boxes
4098-9832 Adapter Plate
May be used when retrofitting existing bases
Compatible with detector bases 4098-9788, -9682, & -9683
4098-9830 Remote LED Indicator Mounted on single gang stainless steel plate
Dimensions: 2-1/2” x 1-1/2” x 1“ Required for 4-wire circuits
2098-9739 Encapsulated
(64 mm x 38 mm x 25.4 mm) using 4098-9682 base, one per
24 VDC
circuit; select mounting type as
End-of-Line Relay Mounted on single gang
2098-9735 Plate Mounted required; wiring is color coded
stainless steel plate 18 AWG wire leads

* Refer to pages 2 and 4 for dimensions and additional mounting details; 18 AWG = 0.82 mm2; 14 AWG = 2.08 mm2

Detector Status LED Indications

LED Indication Status

Pulses approximately every 4 seconds Normal
Steady On Alarm

LED Response to Magnetic Test†

LED Indication
LED turns ON
LED pulses quickly,
6 times in 3 seconds,
then turns ON
LED pulses slowly,
4 times in 8 seconds,
then turns ON
Followed By Status Action
Normal, sensitivity is within
Alarm is initiated None
compensation range
More sensitive, out of normal
Alarm is initiated
compensation range Cleaning or other
service is required
Less sensitive, out of normal
Alarm is initiated
compensation range
Does not initiate Alarm Detector is malfunctioning Service is required

† Testing requires placing a magnet at the designated location on the detector cover for 4 seconds. Refer to application manual
574-709 for further test and maintenance information.

3 S4098-0017-4 1/2015
 Mounting Information
(Electrical boxes are supplied by others.)

Electrical Box Requirements:

Without relay (base 4098-9788):
4" octagonal or 4" square, 1-1/2" deep
Single gang, 2" deep
With relay (bases 4098-9682 and 4098-9683):
4" octagonal, 1-1/2" deep, with 1-1/2" extension ring
4" square, 1-1/2" deep, with 1-1/2" extension ring

Surface mount reference

4" (102 mm) 4" (102 mm)

square box octagonal box

1-1/2" (38 mm) Flush mount reference, mount even with final
minimum box depth surface, or with up to 1/4" (6.4 mm) maximum recess

4098-9832 Adapter Plate, required for mounting

to surface mounted boxes and to 4" square flush mount boxes

4098-9682 and 4098-9683

include a relay module that
mounts in base electrical box

Smoke Detector Bases

4098-9682, -9683, & -9788

4098-9602 Smoke Detector

TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm and
Signaling Code are registered trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).

Tyco Fire Protection Products • Westminster, MA • 01441-0001 • USA S4098-0017-4 1/2015

www.simplex-fire.com
© 2015 Tyco Fire Protection Products. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice.
 TrueAlarm Smoke Detectors
UL, ULC, CSFM Listed; FM Approved, Duct Detector Housings with TrueAlarm Photoelectric
MEA (NYC) Acceptance* Detector for 2-Wire or 4-Wire Operation

Features
Compact air duct detector housing with clear This device is a duct smoke housing. When provided with detector, it is designed to sample the air flow
passing by it in the air duct to determine whether it contains unacceptable levels of smoke. The
effectiveness of a duct smoke detector is highly dependent upon: the design and operating conditions of the
air handling system in which it is installed, variables such as smoke dilution and stratification over which
even the best designed systems have no control, and proper placement and positioning of the duct smoke
detector, which is often compromised for practical reasons. For the reasons stated above, the effectiveness

cover to monitor for the presence of smoke**

of this duct smoke detector cannot be warranted or guaranteed. Under no circumstances should this duct
smoke detector be used or regarded to be a substitute for the building's Fire alarm and detection system to
which this device is attached as a secondary detection device.
DO NOT REMOVE THIS NOTICE!

Includes factory installed TrueAlarm

photoelectric smoke detector and features:
 On-board TrueAlarm sensitivity drift compensation
and dirt accumulation tracking
 Multi-function status LED indicator
 Magnetic test that initiates an alarm and provides
detailed diagnostic information
 Clear cover allowing visual inspection
 Test ports provide functional smoke testing access
with cover in place
 UL listed to Standard 268A
Model availability: Duct Detector Housing, Front and Bottom View
 4098-9685, 2-Wire standard operation
 4098-9688, 2-Wire with supervised control for a ALARM POWER ALARM

single remote relay (relay included) ALARM

TEST TEST

 4098-9686, 4-Wire operation with supervised control NORM NORM

for multiple remote relays (includes one remote relay)

Mounts to rectangular ducts or round ducts 4098-9830 4098-9834 4098-9835
 Minimum size is 8” (203 mm) square or 18” Remote Alarm Indicators and Test Stations
(457 mm) diameter
Introduction
Magnetically operated functional test:
 Initiates alarm and displays dirt accumulation status Operation. Simplex® air duct smoke detector housings
using the detector status LED provide a TrueAlarm smoke detector for monitoring air
conditioning or ventilating ducts. Sampling tubes are
 Assists with maintenance priorities by categorizing installed into the duct allowing air to be directed to the
detector status and identifying dirty detectors smoke detector mounted in the housing. These duct detector
Sampling tubes (ordered separately): housings with smoke detectors are compatible with Simplex
fire alarm control panels that provide conventional two-wire
 Available in multiple lengths to match duct size or four-wire initiating device circuits (IDCs).
 Installed and serviced with housing in place
Model Details
Remote module options (ordered separately):
Each supports a remote red alarm LED or a remote test
 Red alarm LED (4098-9830) station with LED(s). Models with relay output provide relay
 Test stations with LED(s) and keyswitch (refer to page coil wiring supervision that will transfer a trouble to the IDC
2 for compatibility) if supervision is lost.
 Relays for remote control applications 2-Wire Model 4098-9685 provides basic smoke detection
for applications that do not require a remote relay. Power is
* These products have been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant
to Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing from the IDC.
3240-0026.241 for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in this 2-Wire Model 4098-9688 provides a supervised relay
document. Accepted for use – City of New York Department of Buildings – MEA35-93E.
Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local Simplex product supplier for the output for connection to a single 4098-9841 relay. This
latest status. Listings and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co. are the property of model is powered from the IDC and requires connection as
Tyco Fire Protection Products.
the only device to ensure relay operation.
** Please note that smoke detection in air ducts is intended to provide 4-Wire Model 4098-9686 provides a supervised relay
notification of the presence of smoke in the duct. It is not intended control output that can control up to 15, 4098-9843 control
to, and will not, replace smoke detection requirements for open relays. Relay supervision troubles are indicated by a yellow
areas or other non-duct applications. LED on the interface board. (Resettable 24 VDC is required,
see page 4.) Remote test station 4098-9835 is available for
use with this model to provide a test keyswitch, a red LED
alarm indicator and a green power-on LED.
S4098-0029-9 11/2014
Duct Detector Selection Chart
Duct Smoke Detector Housing with Photoelectric Detector*
Model Description Compatibility
4098-9685 2-Wire Duct Detector, standard operation No relay(s)
2-Wire Duct Detector with supervised single remote relay output;
includes one 4098-9841 relay; NOTE: Must be only device on
Supplied relay is required Remote LED
4098-9688 IDC for proper relay operation; (When used with the Simplex
for proper operation indicator and
4004 or 4005 fire alarm control panel, connect to “high current”
test stations
IDCs only)
per below
4-Wire Duct Detector with supervised multiple remote relay output; Up to 15 total 4098-9843
4098-9686 requires resettable 24 VDC fire alarm power and relay end-of-line relays (additional relays are
resistor 4081-9008; includes one 4098-9843 relay ordered separately)

LED Indicator and Remote Test Stations (Select one if required)

Each assembly is on a single gang stainless steel plate, wiring is 18 AWG (0.82 mm2 ) color coded wire leads
Model Description Compatibility Mounting
4098-9830 Red LED alarm indicator 4098-9685
4098-9688 Use single gang box,
Test Station with keyswitch and red LED alarm indicator
4098-9834 4098-9686 3” H x 2” W x 2” D
(turning switch to “TEST” initiates alarm for system testing)
(76 mm x 51 mm
Test Station with keyswitch, red LED alarm indicator, and green x 51 mm)
4098-9835 4098-9686 only
power-on LED

Epoxy Encapsulated Remote Relays and End-of-Line Resistor

(wiring is 18 AWG (0.82 mm2 ) color coded wire leads)
Model Description Compatibility Mounting
Relay, dual Form C (1/2 A @ 120 VAC); Refer to pages 3 4098-9688 only, Locate relays within
4098-9841
included with 4098-9688 and 4 for one maximum 3 ft (1 m) of device
Relay, single Form C (7 A @ 120 VAC); one additional relay 4098-9686 only, being controlled, per
4098-9843 information NFPA 72
included with 4098-9686 connect up to 15
End-of-Line Resistor Harness; 10 k, 1/2 W; (ref. 733-894);
4081-9008 4098-9686 At last relay location
required to supervise remote relay coil connection
* Each duct housing includes an internally mounted model 4098-9601 TrueAlarm photoelectric detector and an exhaust tube. A correctly
sized sampling tube (ordered per application) is required, refer to chart below.

Sampling Tube Selection Chart, Ordered Separately Per Duct Width, Select One
Overall Duct Width Tube Required Suggested Cut Length
12” (305 mm) 4098-9854 1/2” (12.7 mm) longer than duct width
13” to 23” (330 mm to 584 mm) 4098-9855 1/2” (12.7 mm) longer than duct width
24” to 46” (610 mm to 1168 mm) 4098-9856 3 in” (76 mm) longer than duct width
46” to 71” (1168 mm to 1803 mm) 4098-9857 3 in” (76 mm) longer than duct width
71” to 95” (1803 mm to 2413 mm) 4098-9858 3 in” (76 mm) longer than duct width

TrueAlarm Detector Status LED Indications

LED Indication Status
Pulses approximately every 4 seconds Normal
Steady On Alarm

Detector LED Response to Magnetic Test **

LED Indication Followed By Status Action
Normal, sensitivity is within
LED turns ON Alarm is initiated None
compensation range
LED pulses quickly,
More sensitive, out of normal
6 times in 3 seconds, Alarm is initiated
compensation range Cleaning or other
then turns ON
service is required
LED pulses slowly, Less sensitive, out of normal
Alarm is initiated
4 times in 8 seconds, compensation range
then turns ON Does not initiate Alarm Detector is malfunctioning Service is required
** Testing requires placing a magnet at the designated location on the duct housing cover for 4 seconds and referring to the response from
the red LED status indicator on the detector. Refer to Installation Instructions 574-776 for further test and maintenance information.
2 S4098-0029-9 11/2014
Duct Detector Housing Detail Reference
NOTE: Refer to Installation Instructions 574-776 for additional detail and maintenance information.

effectiveness of a duct smoke detector is highly dependent upon: the design and operating conditions of the

detector, which is often compromised for practical reasons. For the reasons stated above, the effectiveness
air handling system in which it is installed, variables such as smo ke dilu tion and stratification over which

smoke detector be used or regarded to be a substitute for the building's Fire alarm and detection system to
even the best designed systems have no control, and proper placement and positioning of the duct smoke

of this duct smoke detector cannot be warranted or guaranteed. Under no circumstances should this duct
This device is a duct smoke housing. When provided with detector, it is designed to sample the air flow
passing by it in the air duct to determine whether it contains unacceptable levels of smoke. The

DO NOT REMOVE THIS NOT ICE!

which this device is attached as a secondary detection device.

This device is a duct smoke housing. When provided with detector, it is designed to sample the air flow
passing by it in the air duct to determine whether it contains unacceptable levels of smoke. T he
effectiveness of a duct smoke detector is highly dependent upon: the design and operating conditions of the
air handling system in which it is installed, variables such as smoke dilutio n and stratification over which
even the best designed systems have no control, and proper placement and positioning of the duct smoke
detector, which is often compromised for practical reasons. For the reasons stated above, the effectiveness
of this duct smoke detector cannot be warranted or guaranteed. Under no circumstances should this duct
smoke detector be used or regarded to be a substitute for the building's Fire alarm and detection system to
which this device is attached as a secondary detection device.
DO NOT REMOVE THIS NOTICE!

3 S4098-0029-9 11/2014
 Duct Detector Location Reference Duct Detector Location Considerations:
1. Proper duct smoke detection location must ensure
Exhaust Damper Detector OK adequate airflow within the duct housing.
2. Duct air velocity rating is 300 to 4000 ft/min (91 to
Exhaust Return Air 1220 m/min). Pressure differential between intake and
exhaust tubes is required to be between 0.015 to 1.55
Do not locate
detector here
inches of water (0.381 to 39.37 mm).
Return air
3. Ensure accessibility for test and service.
damper 4. Proper Locations: downstream side of filters to detect
fires in the filters; in return ducts, ahead of mixing
areas; upstream of air humidifier and cooling coil.
5. Other locations and orientations may be required for
Fresh air Supply Air proper duct smoke detection depending on duct access,
system design, and duct airflow testing. Contact your
Filter bank Detector OK local Simplex product supplier for assistance.
Do not locate
detector here
Locations to Avoid:
Additional Information. Refer to NFPA 90A, Standard 1. Where dampers closed for comfort control would
for the Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating interfere with airflow.
Systems; NFPA 72, the National Fire Alarm and Signaling 2. Next to outside air inlets (unless the intent is to monitor
Code; and the NEMA Guide for Proper Use of Smoke smoke entry from that area).
Detectors in Duct Applications, and Installation Instructions 3. In return air damper branch ducts and mixing areas
574-776. where airflow may be restricted.
Specifications
Air Velocity Range (linear ft/min) 300 to 4000 ft/min (91 to 1220 m/min)
UL Listed Temperature Range 32° F to 100° F (0° C to 38° C)
Operating Temperature Range 32° F to 122° F (0° C to 50° C)
General
Storage Temperature Range 0 F to 140 F (-18 C to 60 C)
Mechanical &
Environmental Humidity Range 10% to 95% RH, non-condensing
Wiring Connections Terminal blocks, 18 to 12 AWG (0.82 mm2 to 3.31 mm2)
Housing Color and Material Black ABS base with clear polycarbonate cover
Sampling and Exhaust Tube Material Black CPVC, custom extrusion; sampling tubes are pre-drilled
Two-Wire Operation, Models 4098-9685 and 4098-9688
Operating Voltage 18-32 VDC, from compatible IDC
Standby Current 100 A @ 24 VDC
4098-9685 (no relay)
Alarm Current 40 mA maximum @ 24 VDC
Standby Current 2 mA @ 24 VDC (includes relay supervision current)
4098-9688 Alarm Current 40 mA maximum @ 24 VDC
(with single relay control) Relay Control 4098-9841 relay only, one maximum
NOTE: Only one 4098-9688 Relay Rating Dual Form C, 1 A @ 28 VDC, 1/2 A @ 120 VAC, Resistive
per IDC 100 ft (30 m) maximum to relay coil, relay must be within 3 ft (1 m) of device
Relay Location
being controlled per NFPA 72
Four-Wire Operation, Model 4098-9686, Requires Resettable and Fused 24 VDC from Fire Alarm Power Supply
Operating Voltage 18-32 VDC (24 VDC nominal)
Standby Current 12 mA @ 24 VDC; 32 mA @ 24 VDC with 4098-9835 Test Station
45 mA @ 24 VDC; 65 mA @ 24 VDC with 4098-9835 Test Station
Alarm Current (one relay activated)
Add 15 mA @ 24 VDC for each additional remote 4098-9843 relay
For use with relay 4098-9843, quantity of 15 maximum, distance of 500 ft (152 m) maximum,
Supervised Remote Relay Control
requires 4081-9008 (ref. 733-894), 10 k, 1/2 W end-of-line resistor
4098-9843 Relay Output Ratings, Single Form C, use with Model 4098-9686 Only
Coil Current 15 mA @ 24 VDC, up to 15 maximum per relay control output
Relay Contacts, Resistive Ratings 7 A at 0.35 PF @ 28 VDC & 120 VAC; 250 A @ 5 VDC
500 ft (152 m) maximum to relay coils; relays must be within 3 ft (1 m) of device being
Location Distance
controlled per NFPA 72
Remote Alarm LED LED Current 1.7 mA, no impact to alarm current
Models 4098-9830, 4098-9834, & 4098-9835
& Test Stations Distance 250 ft (76 m) maximum from duct housing
TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm and
Signaling Code are trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).

Tyco Fire Protection Products • Westminster, MA • 01441-0001 • USA S4098-0029-9 11/2014

www.simplex-fire.com
© 2014 Tyco Fire Protection Products. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice.
 TrueAlarm Smoke Detectors
UL, CSFM Listed; Duct Detector Housings with TrueAlarm Photoelectric
MEA (NYC) Acceptance* Detector for Stand-Alone Operation

Features
This device is a duct smoke housing. When provided with detector, it is designed to sample the air flow
passing by it in the air duct to determine whether it contains unacceptable levels of smoke. The
effectiveness of a duct smoke detector is highly dependent upon: the design and operating conditions of the

Compact stand-alone operation air duct detector air handling system in which it is installed, variables such as smoke dilution and stratification over which
even the best designed systems have no control, and proper placement and positioning of the duct smoke
detector, which is often compromised for practical reasons. For the reasons stated above, the effectiveness
of this duct smoke detector cannot be warranted or guaranteed. Under no circumstances should this duct

housing with clear cover to monitor for the smoke detector be used or regarded to be a substitute for the building's Fire alarm and detection system to
which this device is attached as a secondary detection device.
DO NOT REMOVE THIS NOTICE!

presence of smoke**
Includes factory installed TrueAlarm
photoelectric smoke detector and features:
 On-board TrueAlarm sensitivity drift compensation
and dirt accumulation tracking
 Multi-function status LED indicator on detector
 Magnetic test that initiates an alarm and provides
detailed diagnostic information
4098-9687 Stand-Alone Duct Detector
 Clear cover allows visual inspection Housing, Front View
 Test ports provide functional smoke testing access
with cover in place
 Input power of 120 VAC, 24 VAC, or 24 VDC POWER

 UL listed to Standard 268A SILENCE NORMAL

TEST/
On-board relay output features: SILENCE
RESET

 Fail-safe operation that is normally energized and ALARM

transfers upon alarm, loss of power, or detector

removal
 Contacts are Form C, rated 5 A @ 120 VAC or 4098-9842 Control Station
28 VDC, resistive
Operation requires Control Station 4098-9842: Description
 Provides power-on LED, alarm LED, local tone-alert Stand-Alone Operation. Model 4098-9687
signal, local tone-alert silence, and keyed test/reset stand-alone duct detector housings with smoke detector
switch are for applications that operate independent of a fire
 Control station is ordered separately alarm control panel. They provide a TrueAlarm smoke
Mounts to rectangular ducts or round ducts detector for monitoring air conditioning or ventilating
ducts. Sampling tubes are installed into the duct allowing
 Minimum size is 8” (203 mm) square or 18” air to be directed to the smoke detector mounted in the
(457 mm) diameter housing.
Magnetically operated functional test: Remote Control Station 4098-9842 provides a red
 Initiates alarm and displays dirt accumulation status alarm LED, a green power-on LED, a piezoelectric
using the detector status LED tone-alert, a tone-alert silence switch, and a key switch for
 Assists with maintenance priorities by categorizing selecting normal operating mode or to initiate a test or
detector status and identifying dirty detectors reset operation. (This control station is required.)
Sampling tubes (ordered separately): Detector Operation. If an alarm is detected, the
on-board relay contacts transfer, the control station
 Available in multiple lengths to match duct size tone-alert sounds, and the alarm LED illuminates.
 Installed and serviced with housing in place Activating the Silence switch will silence the tone-alert.
** Please note that smoke detection in air ducts is intended to provide
After the source of the alarm is located and resolved,
notification of the presence of smoke in the duct. It is not intended turning the key switch to Test/Reset will reset the
to, and will not, replace smoke detection requirements for open detector.
areas or other non-duct applications. Fail-Safe Relay Operation. The output relay contacts
* This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to are held energized during normal operation. Upon loss of
Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing
3240-0026.241 for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in this power or removal of the detector, the contacts will
document. This product was not ULC listed or FM approved as of document revision date. transfer.
Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local Simplex® product supplier for the
latest status. Listings and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co. are the property of
Tyco Fire Protection Products.

S4098-0031-6 11/2014
Duct Detector Selection Chart
Model Description Compatibility
Stand-alone operation duct detector with internal output relay, Requires 4098-9842 Test Station
4098-9687
input power is 120 VAC, 24 VAC, or 24 VDC* (ordered separately)

Control Station (required, ordered separately)

Model Description Mounting
Control Station with power-on green LED, red alarm LED, Use double gang box,
4098-9842 tone-alert, silence switch and key switch for test/reset, on 3” H x 4” W x 2” D
stainless steel plate (76 mm x 102 mm x 51 mm)
* Stand-alone duct detector housing includes an internally mounted model 4098-9601 TrueAlarm photoelectric detector and an exhaust
tube. A correctly sized sampling tube (ordered per application) is required, refer to chart below.

Sampling Tube Selection Chart, Ordered Separately Per Duct Width, Select One
Overall Duct Width Tube Required Suggested Cut Length
12” (305 mm) 4098-9854 1/2” (12.7 mm) longer than duct width
13” to 23” (330 mm to 584 mm) 4098-9855 1/2” (12.7 mm) longer than duct width
24” to 46” (610 mm to 1168 mm) 4098-9856 3 in” (76 mm) longer than duct width
46” to 71” (1168 mm to 1803 mm) 4098-9857 3 in” (76 mm) longer than duct width
71” to 95” (1803 mm to 2413 mm) 4098-9858 3 in” (76 mm) longer than duct width

4098-9842 Control Station Indicator Reference

Operation Status Power-On LED Alarm LED Tone-Alert Control Relay
Normal On Off Off Coil energized
Alarm All On
Trouble, missing detector head Off On On Coil de-energized
Trouble, power fail All Off

TrueAlarm Detector Status LED Indications

LED Indication Status
Pulses approximately every 4 seconds Normal
Steady On Alarm

Detector LED Response to Magnetic Test **

LED Indication
LED turns ON
LED pulses quickly,
6 times in 3 seconds,
then turns ON
LED pulses slowly,
4 times in 8 seconds,
then turns ON
Followed By
Alarm is initiated
Alarm is initiated
Alarm is initiated
Does not initiate Alarm
Status Action
Normal, sensitivity is within
None
compensation range
More sensitive, out of normal
compensation range Cleaning or other
service is required
Less sensitive, out of normal
compensation range
Detector is malfunctioning Service is required

** Testing requires placing a magnet at the designated location on the duct housing cover for 4 seconds and referring to the response from
the red LED status indicator on the detector. Refer to Installation Instructions 574-777 for further test and maintenance information.

2 S4098-0031-6 11/2014
Stand-Alone Duct Detector Housing Detail Reference
NOTE: Refer to Installation Instructions 574-777 for additional detail and maintenance information.

11-3/8" (289 mm)

Magnetic test area Exhaust tube access hole Conduit (by others)

This device is a duct smoke housing. When provided with detector, it is designed to sample the air flow
passing by it in the air duct to determine whether it contains unacceptable levels of smoke. The
effectiveness of a duct smoke detector is highly dependent upon: the design and operating conditions of Metal plate with dual holes
the air handling system in which it is installed, variables such as smoke dilution and stratification over
which even the best designed systems have no control, and proper placement and positioning of the duct
smoke detector, which is often compromised for practical reasons. For the reasons stated above, the
for 3/4" (19 mm) conduit, plug
effectiveness of this duct smoke detector cannot be warranted or guaranteed. Under no circumstances
Status LED should this duct smoke detector be used or regarded to be a substitute for the building's Fire alarm and
detection system to which this device is attached as a secondary detection device.
supplied for unused hole
DO NOT REMOVE THIS NOTICE!

6-3/4"
(171 mm )
Front View
4098-9601 Smoke detector 120 VAC input
Sampling tube mounted in base (supplied) selection terminals
access hole
Relay output terminals

Stationary baffle (built-in)
24 VDC/VAC
Side of duct
input and control
station terminals
Captive fastening screws (4)

NOTE: Orientation shown is for reference

Transparent cover Gasketed detector area
only, refer to General Location Notes and
End View illustration below for alternate
mounting reference.

3-3/8"
(86 mm) Bottom view

Duct wall

13/16"
(21 mm) Exhaust tube 4098-9842 Control Station
(supplied)

Test ports (2) provided Sampling tube, ordered

for measuring airflow Gaskets (supplied) POWER
separately per duct width
and for aerosol injection
SILENCE NORMAL

TEST/
RESET
SILENCE

Square duct Alternate location ALARM

reference outline (if appropriate)

18" Round duct outline

(minimum diameter) Sampling tube, keyed for proper hole alignment with holes facing
into airflow (template is provided for proper tube installation).
(Housing is shown as position 2 per note 2 below.)

General Location Notes:

1. Testing performed under the auspices of the Fire Detection
Institute (FDI) recommended when sampling tubes are not
located vertically, that they be positioned horizontally in the
Duct upper half of the duct to account for possible stratification.
housing End View with
Ducts and Tubes 2. Three duct side mounting options are available as shown below.
Mount housing at 90° to airflow for all orientations.
Arrows indicate allowed airflow directions.
effectiveness of a duct smoke detector is highly dependent upon: the design and operating conditions of the
air handling system in which it is installed, variables such as smoke dilution and stratification over which

detector, which is often compromised for practical reasons. For the reasons stated above, the effectiveness

smoke detector be used or regarded to be a substitute for the building's Fire alarm and detection system to
even the best designed systems have no control, and proper placement and positioning of the duct smoke

of this duct smoke detector cannot be warranted or guaranteed. Under no circumstances should this duct
This device is a duct smoke housing. When provided with detector, it is designed to sample the air flow
passing by it in the air duct to determine whether it contains unacceptable levels of smoke. The

DO NOT REMOVE THIS NOTICE!

1 2
which this device is attached as a secondary detection device.

3
Exhaust tube This device is a duct smoke housing. When provided with detector, it is designed to sample the air flow
passing by it in the air duct to determine whether it contains unacceptable levels of smoke. The
effectiveness of a duct smoke detector is highly dependent upon: the design and operating conditions of the
air handling system in which it is installed, variables such as smoke dilution an d stratification over which
even the best designed systems have no control, and proper placement and positioning of the duct smoke
detector, which is often compromised for practical reasons. For the reasons stated above, the effectiveness
of this duct smoke detector cannot be warranted or guaranteed. Under no circumstances should this duct
smoke detector be used or regarded to be a substitute for the building's Fire alarm and detection system to

8" Square duct outline

which this device is attached as a secondary detection device.
DO NOT REMOVE THIS NOTICE!

(minimum width) DO NOT REMOVE THIS NOTICE!

which this device is attached as a secondar y detection device.
smoke detector be used or regarded to be a substitute for the building's Fire alar m and detection system to
of this duct smoke detector cannot be warranted or guaranteed. Under no circumstances should this duct
detector, which is often compr omised for practical reasons. For the r easons stated above, the effectiveness
even the best designed systems have no contr ol, and pr oper placement and positioning of the duct smoke
o ver which
smoke dilution and strat if ication
air handling system in which it is installed, variables such as
effectiveness of a duct smoke detector is highly dependent upon: the design and oper ating conditions of the
passing by it in the air duct to determine whether it contains unacceptable levels of smoke. The
This device is a duct smoke housing. When provided with detector, it is designed to sample the air flow

DO NOT MOUNT ON
BOTTOM OF DUCT

3 S4098-0031-6 11/2014
 Stand-alone Duct Detector Location Reference

Duct Detector Location Considerations:

Exhaust Damper Detector OK 1. Proper duct smoke detection location must ensure
adequate airflow within the duct housing.
Exhaust Return Air 2. Duct air velocity rating is 300 to 4000 ft/min (91 to
1220 m/min). Pressure differential between intake and
Do not locate exhaust tubes is required to be between 0.015 to 1.55
detector here
inches of water (0.381 to 39.37 mm).
Return air
damper
3. Ensure accessibility for test and service.
4. Proper Locations: downstream side of filters to detect
fires in the filters; in return ducts, ahead of mixing
areas; upstream of air humidifier and cooling coil.
Fresh air Supply Air 5. Other locations and orientations may be required for
proper duct smoke detection depending on duct access,
Filter bank
system design, and duct airflow testing. Contact your
Do not locate Detector OK
local Simplex product supplier for assistance.
detector here
Locations to Avoid:
1. Where dampers closed for comfort control would
Additional Information. Refer to NFPA 90A, Standard interfere with airflow.
for the Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating
2. Next to outside air inlets (unless the intent is to monitor
Systems; NFPA 72, the National Fire Alarm and Signaling
smoke entry from that area).
Code; and the NEMA Guide for Proper Use of Smoke
Detectors in Duct Applications, and Installation Instructions 3. In return air damper branch ducts and mixing areas
574-776. where airflow may be restricted.

Specifications

Voltage, Selectable at Housing 120 VAC, 60 Hz 24 VAC, 60 Hz 24 VDC

Voltage Range 102 to 132 VAC 20.4 to 26.4 VAC 20.4 to 32 VDC
Standby Current 30 mA 100 mA 35 mA
Alarm Current 40 mA 125 mA 45 mA
Contact Rating, Form C Contacts 5 A resistive @ 120 VAC or 28 VDC
General Specifications
Air Velocity Range (linear ft/min) 300 to 4000 ft/min (91 to 1220 m/min)
UL Listed Temperature Range 32° to 100° F (0° to 38° C)
Operating Temperature Range 32° to 122° F (0° to 50°C)
Storage Temperature Range 0° to 140° F (-18° to 60° C)
Humidity Range 10% to 95% RH, non-condensing
Housing Color and Material Black ABS base with clear polycarbonate cover
Sampling and Exhaust Tube Material Black CPVC, custom extrusion; sampling tubes are pre-drilled
Wiring Connections, Housing and Control Station Terminal blocks, 18 to 12 AWG (0.82 mm2 to 3.31 mm2 )
Control Station 4098-9842
Distance from Housing 500 ft (152 m) maximum
Green power-on LED, red alarm LED, local sounder silence toggle
Indicators and Controls switch, key switch to select normal or test/reset mode (refer to table
on page 2 for status indication list)
5 conductors, 18 AWG typical wiring, assume 25 mA maximum for
Wiring Requirements
conductor sizing

TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm
Code are trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).

Tyco Fire Protection Products • Westminster, MA • 01441-0001 • USA S4098-0031-6 11/2014

www.simplex-fire.com
© 2014 Tyco Fire Protection Products. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice.
 Non-Addressable Initiating Peripherals
UL, ULC, CSFM Listed; Reflective Beam Smoke Detectors
MEA (NYC) Acceptance* Fire Fighting Enterprises Models 50RU and 100RU

Features
Photoelectric transmitter and receiver are
combined in a single, compact housing:
 An infrared beam is reflected from a matching prism
with the reflected light analyzed by an on-board
microprocessor providing area smoke detection
 Two models are available:
– Model 50RU is for 15 ft to 160 ft (5 m to 50 m)
– Model 100RU is for 160 ft to 330 ft (50 m to 100 m)
 Each model includes the matching prism reflector(s),
a wall mounting bracket, and a calibrated test filter
 UL listed to Standard 268
Microprocessor controlled operation includes:
 Easy setup and alignment with three selectable alarm
thresholds of 25%, 35%, or 50% beam obscuration (can
be mounted horizontally or vertically)
 Operation at either 12 VDC or 24 VDC
50RU/100RU Reflective Beam Detector (shown without
 Alarm latching or alarm auto-reset wall mount bracket) and LLC Remote Test Station
 Automatic gain control
 Separate alarm and trouble contacts Description (Continued)
Applications: Application Note. Reflective beam smoke detectors may
 Open areas where ceiling height exceed 25ft (7.6 m) not be suitable for areas with highly reflective surfaces.
(warehouses, hotel atriums, industrial plants, and school Separate transmitter/receiver models may be required.
gymnasiums) Engineering Specification
 Public areas where cosmetics are of prime importance
and detector heads need to be small and unobtrusive The projected beam type smoke detector shall be a 4-wire
(shopping malls, libraries, theaters, and churches) 12/24 VDC device to be used with a UL Listed separately
supplied 4-wire control panel. Unit shall be listed to
Benefits: UL 268 and shall consist of an integrated transmitter and
 Reduces installation costs where 6 or more spot receiver. The detector shall operate between a range of
detectors are required in a single area 15 ft to 330 ft (5 m to 100 m). The temperature range of
 Optional remote test station mounts at ground level and the beam shall be -4° F to 131° F (-20° C to +55° C)
reduces service time by testing without site disruption [UL 268 listed temperature range is 32° F to 100° F (0° C
to 38° C)]. The beam detector shall feature automatic gain
Optional Accessories:
control which will compensate for gradual signal
 Surface mount matching backbox deterioration from dirt accumulation on the lenses. The
 Extended alignment bracket unit shall include a wall mounting bracket. Testing shall
 Remote Test Station be carried out by using a calibrated obscuration test filter.
The Reflective beam type smoke detector shall be a Fire
Description Fighting Enterprises 50RU (160 ft/50 m) or 100RU
Single Unit Design. A single unit houses both an (330 ft/100 m).
infrared transmitter and receiver. The transmitter signal is Beam Detector Spacing
reflected by a matching prism back to the receiver where
the internal microprocessor analyzes it for the presence of On smooth ceilings, up to 60 ft (18.288 m) between
smoke. An alarm condition is determined when the reflective beams and not more than one-half the spacing
selected sensitivity level is reached. between a reflective beam and a sidewall. Other spacing
may be used depending on ceiling height, airflow
Mounting. Detectors are mounted with the beam
characteristics, and response requirements.
projecting between 1 ft (305 mm) and 2 ft (610 mm)
below, and parallel to the ceiling. Lateral detection may Refer to NFPA 72 and Installation Instructions supplied
be up to 30 ft (9.144 m) on either side of the beam, with unit for further information.
providing a maximum total coverage area of up to * Listings are by Fire Fighting Enterprises. Refer to CSFM 7260-1508:102; and MEA 70-02-E.
19,800 ft2 (60 ft x 330 ft or 18.288 m x 100 m). This product was not approved by FM as of document revision date.

S4098-0040-2 12/2011
 Ordering Information
Ordering Number Model Description
0206.02 50RU Reflective beam smoke detector; 160 ft (50 m) maximum distance
0206.03 100RU Reflective beam smoke detector; 330 ft (100 m) maximum distance
Remote Test Station/Low Level Controller (0400); single gang mount; provides remote Power-on
0400-01 LLC
LED, Alarm LED, and remote Alarm Test
23901.01 23901 Replacement Prism; Note; Model 100RU uses 4 prisms, Model 50 RU uses 1 prism
0608.01 0608 Surface mount matching backbox
0893.01 0893 Extended Alignment Bracket, allows up to +/- 45° adjustment for either detector or prism
1000-020 NA Optional Protective Wire Cage
Internal Ordering Note: These products can be found in Job Design under the Air Products OP category OPFFE.

Additional Product Details (not shown to scale)

Beam Detector
on Surface Mount Extended
Prism
Backbox, shown with Alignment
Reflector
optional 1000-020 Bracket
Wire Cage

Specifications
Construction Specifications
Housing Flame Retardant ABS; IP rating = IP50
Finish Grey/Black
Dimensions, housing only 8-1/4” H x 4-3/4” W x 4-1/2” D (210 mm x 121 mm x 114 mm)
Dimensions, with bracket 8-1/4” H x 5” W x 4-3/4” D (210 mm x 126 mm x 121 mm)
3-15/16” square x 3/8” D (100 mm x 9.5 mm) each;
Prism Dimensions
one is used by the Model 50RU; four are used by the Model 100RU
Manufacturer Fire Fighting Enterprises (A Halma Group Company); website: www.ffeuk.com/
Electrical Specifications
Input Voltage 10.2 to 30 VDC
Standby Current 4 mA @ 24 VDC
Alarm Current 15 mA @ 24 VDC
Alarm and Trouble Relays Dedicated, separate Form C relays, rated 1 A @ 30 VDC resistive
Wiring Method Pluggable connector with attached wire leads
Optical Wavelength 880 nm
Operating Specifications
Startup Time 10 seconds
Reset Time 5 seconds maximum
Sensitivity 25%, 35%, or 50% obscuration
50RU 15 ft to 160 ft (5 m to 50 m)
Operating Distance
100RU 160 ft to 330 ft (50 m to 100 m)
Alarm = Red LED
Status Indicators
Trouble = Amber LED
Alarm Types Select latching or non-latching operation
Trouble Conditions Improper setup alignment; 90% or more obscuration
UL Listed Temperature Range 32° F to 100° F (0° C to 38° C)
Operating Temperature Range -4° F to 131° F (-20° C to 55° C)
Relative Humidity 10 to 93% RH, non-condensing

TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm Code
are trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).

Tyco Fire Protection Products • Westminster, MA • 01441-0001 • USA S4098-0040-2 12/2011

www.simplexgrinnell.com
© 2011 Tyco Fire Protection Products. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice.
 Non-Addressable Initiating Peripherals
UL, ULC, CSFM Listed; FM Approved; Reflective Beam Smoke Detectors
MEA (NYC) Acceptance* Fire Fighting Enterprises Auto-Aligning Fireray 5000

Features
Up to two detector heads can report to one
ground level controller
Photoelectric transmitter and receiver are
combined in a single, compact housing:
 An infrared beam is reflected from a matching prism
with the reflected light analyzed by an on-board
microprocessor providing area smoke detection
 Operating range covers 26 ft, 3 inches to 330 ft Fireray 5000 Reflective Beam Detector Head
(8 m to 100 m)
 Modular design with easyfit mounting system and
LASER assisted prism mounting provides convenient
mounting and adjustment
 Auto-Align beam alignment operation conveniently
rotates beam to align to the prism center during
installation
 AutoOptimise operation automatically maintains
alignment for reliable operation
 5 Year Warranty
 UL listed to Standard 268
Microprocessor controlled operation includes:
 Easy setup and alignment with sensitivity selectable Fireray 5000 Control Station
from 10% to 60% (35% default)
 Password protected settings Description
 Built-in electronic UL/ULC obscuration acceptance test Convenient Installation and Alignment. The Fireray
 Automatic gain control; contamination compensation, 5000 System is an auto-aligning infrared beam smoke
and building shift compensation detector. Once the detector head is installed using the
easyfit mounting system, an integral LASER can be
 Current monitoring for gimbals motor position activated that is aligned along the optical path of the
 Ground level system controller with LCD provides user infrared beam, allowing the reflective prism to be located
feedback of operating parameters; remote status display, quickly and with confidence. The Auto-Align beam
programming access, and test alignment feature then allows the reflective prism to be
 Operating voltage range of 14 to 36 VDC located quickly and accurately.
 Alarm latching or alarm auto-reset AutoOptimise Beam Alignment. The AutoOptimise
beam alignment system automatically steers and maintains
 Separate alarm and trouble contacts for each detector the beam in the optimum position for reliable performance.
Applications: The signal is generated in the transmitter element and
 Large open areas such as warehouses, hotel atriums, reflected by the prism back to the receiver element, then
industrial plants, and school gymnasiums analyzed for the presence of smoke. The internal
microprocessor determines an alarm condition when a
 Public areas where cosmetics are of prime importance predetermined level is reached. The maximum distance of
and detector heads need to be small and unobtrusive the Detector and Reflector from the ceiling must be 10% of
(shopping malls, libraries, theaters, and churches) the distance between floor and ceiling. Lateral detection
Optional Accessories: may be up to 30 ft (9.144 m) on either side of the beam,
 Detector: adjustment bracket, back box, and cover plate providing a maximum total coverage area of up to 19,800
square feet (60 ft x 330 ft or 18.29 m x 100 m).
 Controller back box
Application Note. Reflective beam smoke detectors may
 Extended prism mounting options not be suitable for areas with highly reflective surfaces.
Separate transmitter/receiver models may be required.
* Listings are by Fire Fighting Enterprises. Refer to CSFM 7260-1508:104. Refer to the Installation Instructions supplied with the
product and to NFPA 72, the National Fire and Signaling
Code for additional installation guidance.
S4098-0042-3 8/2013
Engineering Specification
The projected beam type smoke detector shall be listed to
UL 268 and shall consist of up to two integrated
transmitter, receiver detector heads and single low level
remote control unit. The detector shall operate between a
range of 26.25 ft to 330 ft (8 m to 100 m). The
temperature range of the system shall be -4° F to 131° F
(-20° C to 55° C). The beam detector heads shall include
an integral built-in laser pointer to assist prism mounting.
The beam detector shall feature automatic gain control
which will compensate for gradual signal deterioration
from dirt accumulation on the lenses. The beam detector
heads shall include AutoOptimise Self-Correcting
motorized head feature to ensure unit is always receiving
maximum signal available, and shall automatically
compensate for Building Shift.
The unit shall include a low level remote display and
control unit with LCD readout for set-up, reporting and
testing of up to two separate detector heads. The system
shall be capable of programming obscuration thresholds
for 10% to 60% in 1% increments. The system shall be
capable of programming delay to fault and delay to alarm
from 2 seconds to 30 seconds in 1 second increments.
Test and acceptance of the system shall be carried out by
using the UL approved internal electronic obscuration fire
test. The projected beam type smoke detector shall be a
4-wire 24 VDC device to be used with a Nationally
Recognized Testing Laboratory’s Listed separately
supplied 4-wire control panel. The Reflective beam type
smoke detector shall be a Fire Fighting Enterprises
Fireray 5000.

Ordering Information

Ordering
Description Dimensions
Number
5 9⁄32” H x 5 5⁄16 ” W x 5 9⁄32” D
Head
(135 mm x 134 mm x 132 mm)
Fireray 5000 Reflective Auto Align Beam Smoke Detector
9 ¼” H x 7 ⅞” W x 2 13⁄16” D
5000-103 System; includes one detector head, one controller, and one Controller
(235 mm x 200 mm x 71 mm)
prism; for control of up to two detector heads
4 ⅛” x 3 15⁄16” x ⅜” D
Prism
(105 mm x 100 mm x 9.5 mm)
Additional Detector Head and Prism, select up to one additional head per 5 9⁄32” H x 5 5⁄16 ” W x 5 9⁄32” D
5000-031
5000-103 System (135 mm x 134 mm x 132 mm)
5000 Series Detector Uni-Box back box includes: hinged cover plate,
7 ⅛” square x 2 1⁄16” D
conduit knock-outs on all sides, captive screw lock on cover plate, universal
5000-011 (181 mm x 52 mm)
back plate mounting holes, and cover plate mounting holes for optional
(including cover plate)
1000-018 wire cage; box may be surface or flush mounted
Detector Cover Plate for mounting 5000 Series Detector to a double gang 6 7⁄16” square (164 mm)
5000-012
electrical box, surface or flush mount with 3⁄16” lip (5 mm)
Alignment Bracket for detector or prism, surface mount; pivots horizontally
5 ¼” square footprint x 2 13⁄16” D
5000-005 or vertically for accurate alignment; order detector and prism parts
(134 mm x 71 mm)
separately
Alignment Bracket for detector or prism, surface mount; provides 360°
3 27⁄32” H x 3 29⁄32” W
5000-201 rotation plus 130° adjustment for accurate alignment, order detector and
(98 mm x 99.5 mm)
prism parts separately
Controller Back Box, surface or flush mount; mounts to single gang, double 8 7⁄16” H x 7 7⁄16” W x 1 ¾” D
5000-009
gang, or 4” square box for surface mounting (214 mm x 189 mm x 45 mm)
10 5⁄16” H x 8 ¾” W
5000-010 Controller Back Box Semi-Flush Mount Trim Plate (for 5000-009 box)
(263 mm x 222 mm)
Prism Wall Mount Bracket; mounts a single prism, for up to 160 ft (49 m); or
11 3⁄16” x 8 5⁄16” x ½” D
5000-006 four prisms, for 160 ft to 330 ft (49 m to 100 m); prisms are ordered
(284 mm x 211 mm x 13 mm)
separately
Single Prism Alignment Adapter, mounts on 5000-005 Alignment Bracket;
5000-008 4” square (102 mm)
order Prism and Alignment Bracket separately
Four Prism Alignment Adapter, mounts on 5000-005 Alignment Bracket;
5000-007 8” square (204 mm)
order Prisms and 5000-005 Alignment Bracket separately
23901.01 Replacement Prism
5000-004 Long Range Prism Kit; provides three, 23901 Prisms for distances between 160 ft and 330 ft (50 m to 100 m)
5000-014 Ceiling Pendant Mounting Bracket
1000-018 Protective Wire Cage for 5000 Series Detector Heads
1000-019 Protective Wire Cage for 5000 Serie4s Controllers

Internal Ordering Note: These products can be found in Job Design under Fire Fighting Enterprises, OP category OPFFE.

2 S4098-0042-3 8/2013
Accessory Reference (not shown to scale)

Beam Detector on
Beam Detector on 5000-011 Uni-Box 23901 Prism Reflector
5000-005 Alignment Bracket

One Prism on Four Prisms on

5000-006 Mounting Bracket 5000-006 Mounting Bracket

5000-008 Single Prism Adapter 5000-007 Four Prism Adapter

5000-201 Adjustment Bracket
on a 5000-005 Alignment Bracket on 5000-005 Alignment Bracket

Controller Display Detail Reference

3 S4098-0042-3 8/2013
 Specifications

(Refer to Installation Instructions shipped with the product for additional information.)
Mechanical and General Reference
Housing Flame Retardant ABS; IP rating = IP54
Finish Light Grey/Black
Manufacturer Fire Fighting Enterprises (A Halma Group Company); website: www.ffeuk.com/
Electrical
Input Voltage 14 to 36 VDC
5 mA for one detector head
Low power mode
8.5 mA for two detector heads
Standby and Alarm Currents, @ 24 VDC
50 mA (mode is selected to enable faster beam movement during
High power mode
Auto-Align, Hand Align, and Laser Targeting)
Alarm and Trouble Relays Dedicated, separate Form C relays, rated 1 A @ 30 VDC resistive
Wiring to Controller Terminal block connections; 18 to 14 AWG (0.82 mm2 to 2.08 mm2)
328 ft (100 m) maximum distance; use shielded wire pair;
Wiring, Controller to Head
18 to 16 AWG (1 mm2 to 1.5 mm2 )
Optical Wavelength 850 nm
Operating
Startup Time 45 seconds
Reset Time 5 seconds maximum
Sensitivity 10% to 60%; 35% default setting
Operating Distance 26 ft, 3 inches to 330 ft (8 m to 100 m)
Normal = Green LED; Alarm = Red LED; Fault (Trouble) = Yellow LED; LEDs flash
Status Indicators; Head and Controller
every 10 seconds to indicate status
Alarm Types Select latching or non-latching operation
Trouble Conditions Improper setup alignment; 87% or more obscuration
UL Listed Temperature Range 32° F to 100° F (0° C to 38° C)
Operating Temperature Range -4° F to 131° F (-20° C to 55° C)
Relative Humidity 0 to 93% RH, non-condensing

TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm and
Signaling Code are registered trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).

Tyco Fire Protection Products • Westminster, MA • 01441-0001 • USA S4098-0042-3 8/2013

www.simplexgrinnell.com
© 2013 Tyco Fire Protection Products. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice.
 Non-Addressable Initiating Peripherals
UL, ULC, CSFM Listed* End-to-End Infrared Optical Beam Smoke Detector;
Fire Fighting Enterprises FIRERAY 3000

Features
 End-to-End Infrared Optical Smoke Detection with
separate transmitter and receiver heads (up to two per
controller)
 Transmitter to Receiver range is 16.5 to 393 ft
(5 to 120 m), configurable per detector set
 Integral laser alignment in receiver for quick and
accurate alignment
 Single 2-wire interface from controller to receiver and
transmitter FIRERAY 3000 Controller shown with a Single
Transmitter/Receiver Pair
 Separate fire and trouble relays per transmitter/receiver
pair
 Controller with LCD display can be located at ground
level for convenient access
 Sensitivity and fire threshold are programmable from the
controller
 Automatic gain control (AGC) provides drift
compensation
 Built-in electronic UL/ULC obscuration-acceptance fire
test provides convenient testing
 Knockouts for ease of installation and wiring
 Optional transmitter powering from controller
 UL listed to Standard 268

Description
FIRERAY 3000 Installation Reference
The FIRERAY 3000 End-to-End infrared Optical Beam
Smoke Detector (OBSD) uses the latest optical
technology, incorporating modern industrial, electronic Engineering Specification (Continued)
and software techniques. This detector offers cost
The beam detector shall feature automatic gain control,
effective protection of large, open area spaces with high
which will compensate for gradual signal deterioration
ceilings. It is also very well suited to applications where
from dirt accumulation on the lenses. The receiver heads
access to ceiling mounted smoke detectors presents
shall incorporate a Wide Field of View to ensure the unit
practical difficulties.
is always receiving maximum signal available.
Application Guidance. The FIRERAY 3000 is ideal
The system shall include a low level remote display and
for applications where line of sight for the IR (infra-red)
control unit with LCD read-out for set-up, reporting and
detection path is narrow and where the building structure
testing of up to 2 separate sets of heads. The system shall
uses reflective surfaces. It has also been designed to be
be capable of sending separate Trouble and Alarm signals
aesthetically pleasing and thus can equally suit modern
for each of the sets of heads. The system shall be capable
architectural buildings as well as historical sites,
of programming alarm thresholds of 25% to 60% in 1%
particularly where ornate ceilings exist.
increments. The system shall be capable of programming
Engineering Specification delay to fault and delay to alarm from 2 seconds to 30
seconds in 1 second increments.
The projected beam type smoke detector shall be listed to
UL 268 and shall consist of up to two transmitters, two Test and acceptance of the system shall be carried out by
receivers and a single low level remote control unit. The using the UL/ULC approved internal electronic
detector shall operate between a range of 16.5 ft to 393 ft obscuration fire test. The projected beam type smoke
(5 m to 120 m). The temperature range of the system shall detector shall be a 4-wire 24VDC device to be used with a
be -4° F to 131° F (-20° C to 55° C).The receiver shall Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory’s Listed and
include an integral built-in laser pointer to assist in separately supplied 4- wire control panel. The End-to-End
optimum alignment. beam type smoke detector shall be a Fire Fighting
* Listings are by Fire Fighting Enterprises. Refer to CSFM 7260-1508:105. This product was
Enterprises FIRERAY 3000.
not approved by FM as of document revision date.
S4098-0050 8/2013
 Ordering Information
Model Description
End-to-End Beam Smoke Detector; includes (1) Transmitter, (1) Receiver, and (1) System Control Unit; order (1)
3000-103
3000-016 for additional transmitter/receiver
3000-016 Additional Detector Pack, includes (1) Transmitter and (1) Receiver
3000-201 Adjustment Bracket
3000-202 Surface Mount Adapter
3000-203 4” Square Cover Plate
5000-011 Surface Mount Detector Back Box, requires one 3000-202 Surface Mount Adaptor for each head, ordered separately
3000-209 Control Back Box
3000-210 Semi-flush Trim Plate
1000-018 Wire Cage, requires 5000-011 Detector Back Box and 3000-202 Surface Mount Adaptor (ordered separately)
Internal Ordering Note: These products can be found in Job Design under Fire Fighting Enterprises, OP category OPFFE.

Specifications (See Installation Instructions shipped with product for additional information)

Mechanical Specifications
Housing Material; Control Unit,
UL94V2 PC; IP rating = IP54
Transmitter, and Receiver
Dimensions Control Unit 7.99” W x 4.88” H x 2.81” D (203 mm x 124 mm x 71.5 mm); 1.34 lb (606 g)
and Weight Transmitter and Receiver 3.07” W x 3.03” H x 6.33” D (78 mm x 77 mm x 131 mm); 0.456 lb (207 g)
Manufacturer Fire Fighting Enterprises (A Halma Group Company); website: www.ffeuk.com/
Electrical Specifications
Input Voltage 12 to 36 VDC +/- 10%; from a compatible and agency listed fire alarm power supply
Controller Current 14 mA, with one or two receivers
Transmitter Current 8 mA per Transmitter
Dedicated, separate Form C relays, rated 2 A @ 30 VDC resistive; selectable with
Alarm and Trouble Relays
2 to 30 s delay to activate, individually selectable
Controller to Receiver 18 to 14 AWG, twisted pair; 330 ft (100 m) maximum distance
Optical Wavelength 880 nm
Operating Specifications
Power Down Reset Time > 20 s
25% to 60% obscuration selectable in 1% increments; major selectable increments
Sensitivity
are 25, 35, and 50%
Operating Distance 16.5 ft to 393 ft (5 m to 120 m)
Control Unit Alarm = Red LED; Trouble = Amber LED; System OK = Green LED
Status Indicators
Receiver Alarm = Red LED; plus Alignment LEDs for single person alignment
UL Listed Temperature Range -4° F to 131° F (-20° C to 55° C); non-condensing
Relative Humidity 93%, non-condensing

TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited.

Tyco Fire Protection Products • Westminster, MA • 01441-0001 • USA S4098-0050 8/2013

www.simplexgrinnell.com
© 2013 Tyco Fire Protection Products. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice.
 Fire Alarm System Accessories
UL, ULC, CSFM Listed; Model 4190-9013, 24-Pin Dot Matrix
FM Approved* Fire Alarm System Remote Printer

Features
High resolution, 24-pin, dot matrix bi-directional
printer for use with Simplex® model:
 4100ES, 4100U, 4100, 4010ES, 4010 and 4007ES Series
Fire Alarm Control Panels
 4190 Series Network Annunciator Products
 Other new and legacy Simplex fire alarm control panels
with serial printer support (contact your local Simplex
product representative for compatibility)
Provides hard copy records of:
 System events with alarm conditions automatically
printed bold
 TrueAlarm® analog sensor information 4190-9013 Fire Alarm System Printer
 WALKTEST™ system testing
Specifications
 History files
Serial RS-232, USB, or parallel communications Voltage 120 VAC, 60 Hz
interface Idle Current 130 mA @ 120 VAC
RS-232 communications and AC input are 1.1 A typical, 2.6 A maximum,
Print Current @ 120 VAC
transient protected depending on character type
Approximately 42 W per
UL listed to Standard 864 Print Power @ 120 VAC
ISO/IEC 10561 letter pattern
High Speed
Description 440 cps @ 10 cpi
Draft Mode
Print Speed
Model 4190-9013 is a high resolution 24-pin printer for (characters Draft Mode 330 cps @ 10 cpi
per second,
use with Simplex fire alarm control panels and related
cps)
systems. It is listed for supplemental fire protective Letter Quality 110 cps @ 10 cpi
signaling system operation under UL Standard 864.
Column Width 80 Columns @ 10 cpi
Transient suppression is included for both RS-232
communications and 120 VAC power. Testing is Buffer Size 128 kB
performed to ensure proper operation with compatible UL Fan Fold 4” to 10” wide (101 to 254 mm)
listed fire alarm control equipment. 5-13/16” to 10-1/8” wide
Paper Cut Sheet
(148 to 257 mm)
Typical printer operations would include: recording of Specifications
Original and up to 4 copies,
fire alarm system activity for fire response documentation, Copies
carbon-less only
documenting non-fire alarm activity such as security
monitoring of door openings and WALKTEST system 16-5/16” W x 13-13/16” D x 6-5/8” H
Dimensions
(414 mm x 350 mm x 168 mm)
test results, and documenting other related activity (such
as AC power failure and restoration) as directed by the Weight 15.9 lbs (7.2 kg)
connected panel. Additionally, diagnostic information Operating Temperature 32° to 120° F (0° to 49° C)
may be printed such as TrueAlarm analog sensor status Humidity 10 to 85% RH, non-condensing
and service reports for analysis of smoke detection Order as vended item in Job
Replacement Ribbon
sensitivity (refer to sample printouts on page 2). Design, Bushnell Ribbon 837-0100
Refer to Installation Instructions 579-233 for additional PRT80S, Supervised
System Designation
information. PRT80U, Unsupervised

Please note that the printer specifications supplied under

* This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to this model number may vary slightly due to product
Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing
7300-0026:320 for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in availability.
this document. It is subject to re-examination, revision, and possible cancellation. This
product was not approved by MEA (NYC) as of document revision date. Additional listings
may be applicable; contact your local Simplex product supplier for the latest status.
Listings and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co. are the property of
SimplexGrinnell LP, Westminster.

S4190-0011-6 7/2016
Sample Event Printouts

Alarm Condition:
12:42:44 pm WED 27 JAN 10 CAFETERIA STORAGE ROOM
FIRE MONITOR ZONE ALARM
Supervisory Service:
12:43:08 pm WED 27 JAN 10 OFFICE AREA BUILDING 23
SPRINKLER MONITOR ABNORMAL
Trouble Condition:
12:43:41 pm NURSES STATION EXAMINING ROOM
FIRE MONITOR ZONE DISABLE TROUBLE

Sample TrueAlarm Status & Service Reports

Simplex 4100 FIRE ALARM SYSTEM Page 1

Report 3 : TrueAlarm Status Report 9:25:22 am WED 27 JAN 10

Channel 1 (M1)
Zone Sensi- Almost
Name Custom Label tivity Device Status Dirty
M1-1 ANALOG PHOTO - CLEAN ROOM 0.5 NORMAL
M1-2 ANALOG ION - CLEAN ROOM 1.3 NORMAL
M1-3 ANALOG PHOTO - MAIN LOBBY 2.5 NORMAL *YES*
M1-4 ANALOG PHOTO - CONFERENCE ROOM 1 2.5 NORMAL

M1-10 HEAT DETECTOR - GARAGE 135F NORMAL

M1-11 ANALOG PHOTO - KITCHEN 3.7 NORMAL *YES*

Alarm sensitivity in % obscuration Retains highest value sensed

Simplex 4100 FIRE ALARM SYSTEM Page 1

Report 4 : TrueAlarm Service Report 10:05:53 am WED 27 JAN 10

Channel 1 (M1)
Dev Alarm Avg Current/ Peak/ State
Num Custom Label at: val % alarm % alarm

1 CLEAN ROOM DEV 1 0.5/82 67 68/ 7% 72/ 33% NOR

2 CLEAN ROOM ION DET DEV 2 1.3/174 94 97/ 4% 101/ 9% NOR
3 MAIN LOBBY DEV 3 2.5/185 117 117/ 0% 125/ 12% NOR
4 CONFERENCE ROOM 1 DEV 4 2.5/161 93 93/ 0% 93/ 0% NOR

10 GARAGE DEV 10 HEAT DETECTOR 135F/187 63/ 67F 66/ 69F NOR
11 KITCHEN DEV 11 3.7/216 116 117/ 1% 152/ 36% NOR

Current status

TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm Code
are trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).
Tyco Fire Protection Products • Westminster, MA • 01441-0001 • USA S4190-0011-6 7/2016
www.simplex-fire.com
© 2016 Tyco Fire Protection Products. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice.
 TrueAlarm Fire Alarm Systems
UL, ULC, CSFM Listed; FM Approved; Fire Alarm System Accessories, 4190 Series
MEA (NYC) Acceptance* PC Annunciator with Multi-Client Capability

Features
Fire alarm control panel status annunciation:
 Personal computer based annunciator provides a
convenient and intuitive maintenance/service interface to
display system activity and query history logs
 Compatible with Simplex® 4100ES, 4010ES, 4007ES Typical System
4100U, and 4100 Series fire alarm control panels Event Screen

 Computer can be used for other functions when access to

the fire alarm control panel is not required (connection to
fire alarm control panel is supervised; computer must be
running with software active at all times)
 Agency listed systems are supplied with Windows 7 Connect to LAN/WAN via 4190-6010
Transient Suppressor on rear of
Professional 32-bit operating system computer (designated as "S")

 Software compatible with Windows 10, Windows 7, S

Windows Vista, Windows XP, and Windows 2000 32-bit

operating systems. Also compatible with Windows 7 and
Windows 10 64-bit operating systems.
 Listed to UL Standard 864 and ULC Standard S527*
PC Annunciator Server/Local Client RS-232
PC Annunciator installation options: Connection
 Server with Local Client installs on computer connected
directly to the host fire alarm panel LAN/WAN
 Remote Clients connect to the server via LAN/WAN S
Ethernet connections; up to 8 can be simultaneously
connected (Agency listing is not applicable for Remote
Client operation)
LAN/WAN Connected S
General annunciator features: Remote Clients
 Displays Alarm, Supervisory, Priority 2, and Trouble
conditions with numerical tallies for each Fire Alarm
 Displays first and last alarms; different event types have Control Panel
separate visible indicators with a common audible
PC Annunciator System Drawing
indicator
(4100ES shown for reference)
 Event logs can be searched and printed
 View and/or print TrueAlarm status reports and service Selectable packaging:
reports (printing requires an available local  Computer is available for desktop or rack mounting and
or network printer) includes keyboard and mouse
 Ports are available for local printer connections  High resolution LCD monitors: 21.5” (546 mm)
diagonal for desktop; 42” diagonal for horizontal wall
Local Client system operations*: mount applications; or 19” class 18.5” (470 mm)
 Connects to host panel’s password protected login for diagonal with touchscreen for 19” rack; Note: Refer to
protected features access; includes automatic logout with page 6 for important monitor mounting details
selectable logout timing
 Rack mount monitor with touchscreen allows cursor
 Alarm Silence; System Reset; and Priority 2 Reset
control similar to mouse; press and double press
 Global and individual point acknowledge duplicates left mouse button click
 Set system time and date; and clear event log
 Individual point access for control or point property Description
revisions
4100ES/4100U/4100/4010ES/4007ES Series
 WALKTEST system test is supported for service Simplex fire alarm control panels process and store
convenience extensive system status, history, and individual point
* Refer to page 2 for additional listing details. ULC listed applications provide information for the connected devices. This information is
annunciation only, operator actions are not available. This product has been approved accessible from the panel’s information display. However,
by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the California
Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing 7300-0026:195 for allowable values and/or with the addition of a PC Annunciator connected to the host
conditions concerning material presented in this document. It is subject to re-examination, panel, the convenient and familiar Microsoft Windows
revision, and possible cancellation. Accepted for use – City of New York Department of
Buildings – MEA35-93E. Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local Simplex
operating system interface provides a more convenient and
product supplier for the latest status. Listings and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder powerful access to this information for review, limited
Co. are the property of Tyco Fire Protection Products. control, and report generation and printing.
S4190-0013-29 12/2016
Connection Options Connection Options (Continued)
Local Client. A Local Client application is configured on Connection Status Indications. Remote and Local
the same computer as the Server and provides a password Clients advise at their computer when connection to the
protected feature set (ULC listed systems provide Server is unavailable. Loss of communications to the Server
annunciator only (restricted) features without operator is annunciated at the host panel.
actions). The computer is directly connected to the host
control panel. (Note: A computer configured as a Server Additional Reference
only without a Local Client is for connection only to
Remote Clients. The Server application alone does not Description Document
provide PC Annunciator features.) Installation 579-492
Applications Software 4190-5040
Operating 579-493
Remote Client. 4190-5040 Remote Client applications Quick Operation Reference, either software 579-880
provide standard annunciator operation (no control LAN Connection Suppressor Installation Instr. 579-900
available).
Product Selection (see below for additional listings requirements)
Category Model Description
4190-8201 PC Annunciator with hardware; select applications software, computer, and monitor below
System Type PC Annunciator software only (listings are not applicable with software only); computer hardware
4190-8602
and operating system supplied separately; select applications software below;
Aftermarket Hardware Aftermarket PC Annunciator hardware only; select hardware equipment options below (as
4190-8901
Only required)
Applications Software With 4190-8201, pre-installed in hardware; provides PC annunciator server and a local client with
password protected features (annunciator with control for local client); see additional listings
Select One per Local or reference below; ULC listed local client is annunciator only
Remote Client; includes
dongle and dongle With 4190-8602, software only (listings are not applicable with software only); can be installed as
4190-5040 one of the following:
support software
(Security Service) for 1. PC annunciator server only (no dongle required).
One Client License 2. or PC annunciator server with local client providing password protected features
(dongle is not required to (annunciator with control), requires dongle.
operate Server function) 3. or remote client annunciator (restricted) features, requires dongle.

Computer with Intel i7, 2.10 GHz CPU, 6MB Cache, 4GB RAM, (2) 1TB Hard
4190-7017 Desktop Drives (minimum) with RAID 1 Controller, DVD R/W, integral audio and amplified
speakers, onboard video for up to two displays (1) SVGA and (1) DVI, (2) RS232
Serial ports, (7) USB ports, (2) Gigabit LAN ports, Passive backplane with (8) PCI,
(3) PCIe x 1 and (1) PCIe x 16 slot, USB keyboard and mouse; charcoal grey
Computer Type 4190-7018 Rack Mount housing. Computers are pre-installed with Windows 7 Professional 32 bit (includes
(select one) CD and license) and PC Annunciator software (dongle not included).
Order with 4190-8901 only. Same PC as 4190-7017 except without operating
system or PC Annunciator software. Use for replacement of existing PCs when
Aftermarket
4190-7030 operating system and PC Annunciator software are available and will be installed
Desktop
on site. Compatible with 32 or 64 bit Windows 10 and Windows 7 operating
systems.
Transient Suppressor
NOTE: Required for agency listing for each PC Annunciator Server and Remote Client LAN/WAN
for LAN/WAN 4190-6010
connection, except for server to client connections when both are in the same room
Connection
4190-7131 21.5” (546 mm) diagonal for desktop applications; black housing
LCD Color Monitor 18.5” (470 mm) diagonal for 19” wide rack mount, with touchscreen; black housing;
(select one) 4190-7234
Note: Refer to page 6 for important monitor mounting details
4190-7114 42” (1049 mm) diagonal for horizontal wall mount applications; black housing
Note: Equipment may vary due to computer design changes. Contact your local Simplex product supplier for exact equipment specifications.

Listings Requirements
Application
System Type Listings* Software Installation* Equipment
Software
Computer and monitor selected from above; also
4190-8201 UL, ULC, CSFM,
4190-5040 As listed above* requires 4190-6010 Transient Suppressor for
with hardware FM, & MEA
LAN/WAN connections per above description
Compatible office quality computer and monitor (refer to computer specifications
4190-8602
4190-5040 Not Applicable
reference on page 4); select computer and monitor appropriately listed for
software only
business/consumer use
* NOTE: For ULC Listed applications, the Local Client provides Annunciation Only, operator actions are not available (restricted
features only).

2 S4190-0013-29 12/2016
System Screen Details (event window is shown reduced, it can be maximized if desired)

Event Screen Details

3 S4190-0013-29 12/2016
Equipment Specifications

Computers and Accessories (Please note that equipment and specifications may vary due to equipment design changes)
Model* Description Dimensions AC Power Input*
4190-7017
16 ⅞” W x 7” H x 17 ⅝” D
Desktop Computer 2 A @ 120 VAC, 60 Hz (240 W)
(429 mm x 178 mm x 448 mm)
4190-7030 Operating Range: 95-132 VAC;
19” W x 7” H x 17 ⅝” D 180-264 VAC, auto-range; 50/60 Hz
4190-7018 Rack Mount Computer
(483 mm x 178 mm x 448 mm)
Rack Mount Keyboard Tray 19” W x 1 ¾” H x 12 ¾” D
NA NA
(included with computer) (483 mm x 44 mm x 324 mm)

LCD Monitors** (see below and page 2 for additional details)

Model* Description Dimensions AC Power Input* Supplied Video Cables
20 3⁄16” W x 15” H x 6 ¾” D 0.4 A @ 120 VAC, 60 Hz (48 W)
4190-7131 21.5” Desktop
(513 mm x 381 mm x 171 mm) Operating Range: 100-240 VAC, 50/60 Hz
17 ¾” W x 11 1⁄16” H x 2.022” D (1) DVI and (1) SVGA,
(451 mm x 281 mm x 51.4 mm) 6 ft (1.8 m) long
18.5” Rack Mount 1.5 A @ 120 VAC, 60 Hz
4190-7234 Note: Refer to page 6 for
with Touchscreen Operating Range: 100-240 VAC, 50/60 Hz
important monitor mounting
details
42” Horizontal Wall 41 5⁄16” W x 25 ¼” H x 5” D 2.02 A @ 120 VAC, 60 Hz (243 W) (1) DVI and (1) SVGA,
4190-7114
Mount (1049 mm x 641 mm x 127 mm) Operating Range: 100-240 VAC, 50/60 Hz 15 ft (4.57 m) long
* Computers and monitors are shipped with 120 VAC cord; NEMA 5-15P plug to IEC-320 C-13 connector. For use with other voltages,
locally obtain a cord in compliance with local safety standards.
4190-7017 and 4190-7018 Computer Minimum Specifications Reference**
Passive backplane with: 7 PCI slots, 2 ISA slots, and 1 CPU slot; security features: key lock reset switch; fan monitor card;
Enclosure
locked door protecting access to the CD/DVD R/W drives and two front mounted USB ports
Compatible with Microsoft Windows 10 and Windows 7 32 and 64 bit, Windows Vista 32 bit, or Windows XP 32 bit operating
system, 2.8 GHz CPU with 2 GB RAM (or Core 2 Duo 2.1 GHz CPU with 4 GB RAM), 40 GB minimum hard drive; 2 Serial
Computer ports, 1 Parallel port, 4 USB ports, dual Gigabit LAN, SVGA video output with 16 MB VRAM, CD/DVD Drive, USB keyboard
and mouse, PCI and ISA slots (as required), and additional ports as required for custom features (e.g., USB, Serial, Parallel,
etc.)
** PLEASE NOTE: Simplex 4190 Series computers are Agency listed for use with PC Annunciator software. For applications where Agency
listings are not required, PC Annunciator software should be compatible with most computers meeting the stated minimum specifications.
However, due to computer manufacturers potentially using unique and/or proprietary drivers, hardware, or other software not tested with
PC Annunciator software, there may be incompatibilities. If other computers are used, proper operation with PC Annunciator software
may require technical adjustments by a qualified computer technician and would be the sole responsibility of the computer supplier and
computer manufacturer.

Computer Port Reference

RS-232 Serial Ports
USB Serial Ports
Ethernet Ports
Parallel Port
Printable Information
Printer Compatibility
Two available; one is required to connect to Port B of the fire alarm control panel
7 total; 5 in the rear (one is used for Server Security Dongle), and 2 in the front behind the locked door
Two available; one is required for Ethernet connection to Remote Clients
One available
Historical log reports, TrueAlarm Service Reports, and System Activity Reports
Agency listed printer 4190-9013 is recommended (see data sheet S4190-0011); other serial or parallel port
printers per operating system compatibility

Environmental Specifications
Operating Temperature 32° to 120° F (0° to 49° C)
Operating Humidity up to 93% RH, non-condensing, at 90° F (32° C)

4 S4190-0013-29 12/2016
Desktop Hardware Reference

6-3/4" D (171 mm)

20-3/16" W (513 mm)

17-5/8" D (448 mm)

16-7/8" W
15" H (429 mm)
(381 mm)

7" H (178 mm)

PC Annunciator CPU

42” Wall Mount Monitor Reference

5" D (127 mm)

41-5/16" (1049 mm)

25-1/4" H
(641 mm)

5 S4190-0013-29 12/2016
 Rack Mount Hardware Reference with 18.5” Monitor

Rack equipment is
supplied separately

reference
reference
for monitor
for 18.5"dimensions
screen
18.5" LCD Monitor
with Touchscreen

1/4 turn locking

1/4 turn fasteners
fasteners (right side
only)
PC Annunciator CPU

Keyboard tray

Monitor mounting plate

Monitor Detailed
Monitor
Side View 12-7/32"
(310 mm)

Monitor extension from back of

mounting plate = 2.022" (51.4 mm)
NOTE:
The monitor mounting plate attaches to the rack mounting rail
and the monitor will extend 2.022" (51.4 mm) from the front of
the mounting rail. Review the specified rack enclosure to
determine actual monitor extension beyond the rack frame and
to ensure that a rack door (if used) has adequate clearance.

TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. Microsoft, Windows, and Vista are
trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and/or other countries.

Tyco Fire Protection Products • Westminster, MA • 01441-0001 • USA S4190-0013-29 12/2016

www.simplex-fire.com
© 2016 Tyco Fire Protection Products. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice.
 Releasing System Peripherals
UL, ULC, CSFM Listed; Fire Suppression System Abort Switches and Releasing
MEA (NYC) Acceptance* Appliance Circuit (RAC) Maintenance Switches

Features Description
Abort switches provide a manual Fire Suppression Releasing systems require maintenance disconnect switches
System release abort request: and often require abort switches. These abort and
 Pushbutton momentary switch is mounted on a maintenance switches are clearly labeled and combine easy
stainless steel single-gang plate operation with rugged construction for high integrity
operation.
 A protruding collar protects the switch from
accidental contact (collar is removable if required)
 Available flush or surface mount
 Flush mounting requires standard single-gang box
 Surface mounting includes a red mounting box
 Models are available with internal 1.2 k resistor for NORMAL

current limited operation 0

DISC./
1
Maintenance switches provide a secure and visible DISABLE
disconnect means for servicing Fire Suppression
System Releasing Appliance Circuits (RACs): FIRE SUPPRESSION
 Maintained position keyswitch with key removable DISCONNECT / DISABLE
only in the normal position
 Disabled position opens connection to output circuit
and places a 16.2 k resistor across the input circuit Maintenance Switches, with and without Disconnect
to initiate a supervisory condition at the host panel Indicator Lamp
 Models with indicator lamp use a bright incandescent
bulb with red lens, powered from separate 24 VDC
 Available for flush or surface mount
 Flush mounting requires a standard double-gang box FIRE SUPPRESSION
for models with lamp or a standard single gang box SYSTEM ABORT
for models without lamp.
 Surface mount models includes a red mounting box
 Models with lamp provided with a double gang
stainless steel plate. Models without lamp provided
with a single gang stainless steel plate.
PUSH AND HOLD
UL listed to Standard 864

Abort Switch

* Refer to page 2 for specific product listings. NOTE: MEA is not applicable to
Maintenance Switches. FM is not applicable to Abort Switches.
As indicated on page 2, these products have been approved by the California State Fire
Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See
CSFM Listing 7300-0026:313 for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material
presented in this document. Abort switches are accepted for use – City of New York
Department of Buildings – MEA35-93E. Maintenance switches were not approved by FM as
of document revision date. Additional listings may be applicable, contact your local Simplex®
product supplier for the latest status. Listings and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder
Co. are the property of Tyco Fire Protection Products.
S2080-0010-5 3/2017
Product Selection (see page 3 for specifications)
Abort Switches
Model Description Listing Status Details
2080-9056 Flush mount UL & CSFM listed;
Single-gang size; includes 3 position contact block housing
Surface mount; includes MEA (NYC)
2080-9057 with one contact block installed
red mounting box Acceptance
Abort Switches for 4004R Series Suppression Release Panel Current Limited Operation
Model Description Listing Status Details
2080-9067 Flush mount UL & CSFM listed; Single-gang size; includes 1.2 k, 1W resistor for current
Surface mount; includes MEA (NYC) limited operation and 3 position contact block housing with
2080-9068 Acceptance one contact block installed.
red mounting box

Note: For ULC listed abort switches, refer to datasheet S2080-0011.

Maintenance Switches with Disconnect Indicator Lamp

Model Description Listing Status Details
2080-9059 Flush mount Double-gang size; includes 3 position contact block housing
UL, ULC, & CSFM with 2 contact blocks installed; disabled position opens
Surface mount; includes listed connection to output and places a 16.2 k resistor across the
2080-9060
red mounting box input circuit; resistor is removable if required for retrofit
Maintenance Switches without Disconnect Indicator Lamp
Model Description Listing Status Details
2080-9069 Flush mount Single-gang size; includes 3 position contact block housing
UL, ULC, CSFM with 1 contact block installed; disabled position opens
Surface mount; includes listed; connection to output and places a 16.2 k resistor across the
2080-9070
red mounting box input circuit; resistor is removable if required for retrofit
Accessories for Field Installation
Model Description
Additional Contact Block for Abort or Maintenance Switch; 1 Form C contact; UL recognized component for use
2080-9061
with these switches; listings and approvals are not applicable

Abort Switch Installation Reference

2 S2080-0010-5 3/2017
2080-9059 and 2080-9060 Maintenance Switch Installation Reference

2080-9069 and 2080-9070 Maintenance Switch Installation Reference

3 S2080-0010-5 3/2017
 Specifications

Electrical Ratings
Abort Switch; One Contact block Silver contacts; 1 N.O. & 1 N.C.; rated 2 A resistive @ 30 VDC
Maintenance Switch Control Circuit control: Silver contacts; 1 normally open & 1 normally closed; rated 2 A resistive
Contact Block (all models) @ 30 VDC
Maintenance Switch Lamp
Lamp control: Silver contacts; 1 normally open & 1 normally closed; rated 2 A resistive
Contact Block; (models 2080-
@ 30 VDC
9059 and 2080-9060)
Maintenance Switch Indicator
Replaceable 2 W incandescent bulb; 24 to 30 VDC typical; 83 mA @ 24 VDC; requires
Light (models 2080-9059 and
separate 24 VDC
2080-9060)

Wiring Connections
Abort Switch Terminal blocks for in/out wiring; 18 to 14 AWG wire (0.82 mm2 to 2.08 mm2 )
Abort Switch with Current Limited Terminal blocks for first wire connection; 18 to 14 AWG wire (0.82 mm2 to 2.08 mm2 );
Resistor 18 AWG wire lead for second wire connection
18 AWG (0.82 mm2 ) color coded wire leads for suppression circuit; terminal blocks for
Maintenance Switch
lamp wiring; 18 to 14 AWG wire (0.82 mm2 to 2.08 mm2 )
Additional Information 579-416, Installation Instructions

Environmental Ratings
Temperature Range 32° F to 120° F (0° C to 49° C)
Humidity Range Up to 93% at 90°F (32° C)

TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm Code
are registered trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).

Tyco Fire Protection Products • Westminster, MA • 01441-0001 • USA S2080-0010-5 3/2017

www.simplex-fire.com
© 2016 Tyco Fire Protection Products. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice.
 Releasing System Peripherals
ULC Listed* Fire Suppression System Abort Switches

Features Description
Abort switches provide a manual fire suppression Releasing systems often require abort switches. These abort
system release abort request: switches are clearly labeled, have a visually striking blue
 Pushbutton momentary switch is mounted on a blue plate and combine easy operation with rugged construction
single-gang plate for high integrity operation.
 Plate is flame retardant with improved impact and
heat resistance
 A protruding collar protects the switch from
accidental contact (collar is removable if required)
 Available flush or surface mount
 Flush mounting requires standard single-gang box
 Surface mounting includes a red mounting box
 Models are available with internal 1.2 k resistor for
current limited operation
 ULC listed to Standard S527

Abort Switch

Product Selection
Abort Switches
Model Description Listing Status Details
2080-9071 Flush mount
Single-gang size; includes 3 position contact block housing
Surface mount; includes ULC listed
2080-9072 with one contact block installed
red mounting box
Abort Switches for 4004R Series Suppression Release Panel Current Limited Operation
Model Description Listing Status Details
2080-9073 Flush mount Single-gang size; includes 1.2 k, 1W resistor for current
Surface mount; includes ULC listed limited operation and 3 position contact block housing with
2080-9074 one contact block installed
red mounting box
Accessories for Field Installation
Model Description
Additional Contact Block for Abort Switch; 1 Form C contact; UL recognized component for use with these
2080-9061
switches; listings and approvals are not applicable

*Additional listings may be applicable, contact your local Simplex® product supplier for the latest status. Listings and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co. are the property of Tyco Fire
Protection Products.

S2080-0011-1 3/2017
 Specifications

Electrical Ratings
Abort Switch; One Contact block Silver contacts; 1 N.O. & 1 N.C.; rated 2 A resistive @ 30 VDC
Wiring Connections
Abort Switch Terminal blocks for in/out wiring; 18 to 14 AWG wire (0.82 mm2 to 2.08 mm2 )
Abort Switch with Current Limited Terminal blocks for first wire connection; 18 to 14 AWG wire (0.82 mm2 to 2.08 mm2 );
Resistor 18 AWG wire lead for second wire connection
Additional Information 579-416, Installation Instructions
Environmental Ratings
Temperature Range 32° F to 120° F (0° C to 49° C)
Humidity Range Up to 93% at 90°F (32° C)

Abort Switch Installation Reference

TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm Code
are registered trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).
Tyco Fire Protection Products • Westminster, MA • 01441-0001 • USA S2080-0011-1 3/2017
www.simplex-fire.com
© 2017 Tyco Fire Protection Products. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice.
 Releasing System Peripherals
UL, ULC, CSFM Listed; FM Approved; Non-Coded Manual Stations
MEA (NYC) Acceptance* for Releasing Applications

Features
Manual fire alarm stations for releasing
applications:
 Double action push and pull operation with a
normally open (N.O.) contact
 Current limited model is available with series PUSH
connected 560  resistor for Style C operation
(current limited = alarm; open or short = trouble)
 Operation complies with ADA requirements
 Pull lever protrudes when alarmed
 Break-rod is supplied (use is optional)
 Label kit provides six varieties of releasing
applications (ordered separately) EXTINGUISHING
 Screw terminals for wiring connections RELEASE

Tamper resistant reset key lock (keyed same as

Simplex® fire alarm cabinets) Double Action Push Type Manual Release
Station (shown with sample release label)
Multiple mounting options:
 Surface or semi-flush with standard boxes or
matching Simplex boxes
CLEAN AGENT
 Flush mount adapter kit RELEASE
 Adapters are available for retrofitting to commonly EXTINGUISHING
RELEASE
available existing boxes
CARBON DIOXIDE
UL listed to Standard 38 RELEASE

FOAM SYSTEM
Operation RELEASE

Double Action Push Type Manual Release
Stations require that a spring loaded interference plate
(marked PUSH) be pushed back to access the pull lever of
the single action station, reducing the possibility of an
accidental activation. A firm downward pull of the lever
then activates the alarm switch, breaking an internal
plastic break-rod, visible below the pull lever.
Break-rod use is optional. Use of a break-rod can provide
an additional reduction of the possibility of an accidental
activation without interfering with the minimum pull
requirements needed for easy activation.
When activated, the pull lever latches into the alarm
position and remains extended out of the housing to
provide a visible indication.
Station reset requires the use of a key to reset the
manual station lever and deactivate the alarm switch. (If
the break-rod is used, it must be replaced.)
Station testing is performed by physical activation of
the pull lever. Electrical testing can be also performed by
unlocking the station housing to activate the alarm switch.
SPRINKLER
RELEASE
MANUAL
RELEASE
Label Kit 4099-9802
Label Selection
A blank area on the front of the station allows the
selection of a label to match the specific release
application (label kit is ordered separately).
(Refer to data sheet S2099-0007 for standard Simplex
manual stations.)
* This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to
Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing
7150-0026:175 for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in
this document. Accepted for use – City of New York Department of Buildings –
MEA35-93E. Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local Simplex product
supplier for the latest status. Listings and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co.
are the property of Tyco Fire Protection Products Westminster.

S2099-0010-3 6/2013
Product Selection

Double Action, Push Operation, Manual Release Stations

Model Description
2099-9149 Standard operation, N.O. contact
Manual release station, red housing with white letters and white
For Style C operation, N.O. contact pull lever; requires label kit 4099-9802
2099-9152
with series connected 560 Ω resistor
Label kit; select the label required for the specific release application; types include: Clean Agent,
4099-9802
Extinguishing, Carbon Dioxide, Foam System, Sprinkler, and Manual
Accessories
Model Description Reference
2975-9178 Surface mount Steel
Refer to page 3 for dimensions
2975-9022 red box Cast aluminum
2099-9813 Semi-flush trim plate for double gang switch box, red Typically for retrofit, refer to
2099-9814 Surface trim plate for Wiremold box V5744-2, red page 4 for details

2099-9819 Flush mount Black

Refer to page 4 for details
2099-9820 adapter kit Beige
2099-9804 Replacement break-rod

Specifications

Wire Connections Screw terminal for in/out wiring, for 18 to 14 AWG wire (0.82 mm2 to 2.08 mm2)
Temperature Range 32° to 140° F (0° to 60° C) intended for indoor operation
Humidity Range Up to 90% RH at 90° F (38° F)
Housing Color Red with white raised lettering
Material Housing and pull lever are Lexan polycarbonate or equal
Pull Lever Color White with red raised lettering
Housing Dimensions 5” H x 3-3/4” W x 1” D (127 mm x 95 mm x 25 mm)
Installation Instructions 574-686

Semi-Flush Mounting Reference

Single Gang Box Mount 4" Square Box Mount

Single gang box, 2-1/2" deep 4" (102 mm) square box, 2-1/8" (54 mm) minimum
(64 mm), RACO #500 or equal depth, RACO #231 or equal (supplied by others)
(supplied by others)

Mount flush or with

1/16" (2 mm)
maximum extension
4" Square box
DO NOT RECESS
with cover plate

Station
FIRE ALARM side view

Single gang cover plate, 3/4"

PUSH (19 mm) extension, RACO #773
or equal (supplied by others)
PULL DOWN
Single gang
box outline
Wall surface

Semi-Flush Mount Side View

MANUAL
RELEASE

2 S2099-0010-3 6/2013
Surface Mounting Reference

2975-9178 Box 2975-9022 Cast Box

Preferred Mounting. For surface 5-3/16" H x 4" W x 2-3/16" D 5" H x 3-7/8" W x 2-3/16" D
(132 mm x 102 mm x 56 mm) (127 mm x 98 mm x 56 mm)
mounting, the preferred electrical (ordered separately) (ordered separately)
boxes are shown in the illustration
to the right.
Additional Mounting Reference.
Refer to page 4 for Wiremold box
mounting compatibility. Knockouts located
top and bottom

FIR
FIRE ALARM
E
PUSH
PULL DOWN
Access for 3/4" threaded
5" conduit located top and bottom
(127 mm)

MANUAL
RELEASE
1" (25.4 mm)

3-3/4" (95 mm)

2099 Series Manual Release Station

Surface Mount Side View

Simplex 2975-9178 box

(shown for reference)

Station cover
hinges open for
installation access

3 S2099-0010-3 6/2013
 Additional Mounting Information

For retrofit and new installations, additional

compatible mounting boxes and the required Wiremold
adapter plates are shown in the illustration to receptacle box
2099-9814 Surface trim model V5744-2
the right. for Wiremold box (supplied by
5-1/8" H x 5" W others)
(130 mm x 127 mm)

Two gang switch box, each

3" H x 2" W x 2-3/4" D
(76 mm x 51 mm x 70 mm)
(supplied by others)
PUSH

MANUAL
RELEASE

2099-9813 Semi-flush trim for

2-gang switch box, 6" H x 4-1/2" W
(152 mm x 114 mm)

Flush Mounting Information

Flush mount adapter kit
2099-9819, Black
2099-9820, Beige

Box must be recessed into wall

1" to 1-1/8" (25.4 mm to 29 mm)

8"
(203 mm) PUSH
Hole cutout must be a
minimum of 6" H by 5" W
6" (152 mm by 127 mm)
(152
mm)

MANUAL
RELEASE

4-11/16" (119 mm)

square box, 2-1/8"
(54 mm) minimum
Wall depth (by others)
4-3/4" (121 mm) surface

6-3/4" (171 mm)

Front View Side View

TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. Lexan is a trademark of the General
Electric Co. Wiremold is a trademark of the Wiremold Company.

Tyco Fire Protection Products • Westminster, MA • 01441-0001 • USA S2099-0010-3 6/2013

www.simplexgrinnell.com
© 2013 Tyco Fire Protection Products. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice.
 Release Control Fire Alarm Systems
UL, ULC, CSFM Listed; FM Approved; 4004R Suppression Releasing Panel for Automatic
MEA (NYC) Acceptance* Extinguishing, Deluge and Preaction Sprinkler Control

Features Agent discharge path

Fire alarm control panel designed specifically for

suppression release operation with: Actuator
Agent
Actuator
source
 Four initiating device circuits (IDCs) circuit

 Two notification appliance circuits (NACs) Coil

 Two releasing appliance circuits (RACs)
COIL SUPERVISION MOD ULE (2 AMP) 2081-9046
RED YEL

supervisory
INSTALL ATION INSTRUCTIONS 574-437 REV
NAC+ MAINTAIN 1/4" SEPAR ATION
BETWEEN POWER LIMITED
(RED /BLK) AND NONPOWER S
LIMITED (YEL/BLK) WIRING
DATE C ODE: 519-958
BLK
NAC-
BLK S IMPLE X TI ME RE CORDE R CO. GA RDNE R MA. US A

module
 Two special purpose monitor inputs (SPMs) that accept
manual release request and manual abort request for
Agent Release systems, and waterflow and supervisory NORMAL

Maintenance Switch
0

DISC./

for Preaction or Deluge systems

1
DISABLE

FIRE SUPPRESSION
DISCONNECT / DISABLE

 Three auxiliary relays with selectable functions

 Easily selected activity timing options SPM 1
FIRE SUPPRESSION
RAC 1 RAC 2
SYSTEM ABORT

Suppression release operation includes: PUSH AND HOLD

NAC 1
 Automatic extinguishing release
SPM 2
 Deluge and preaction sprinkler system release Alarm

Trouble
Zone 1
Manual Release

Zone 5 Trouble

IDC 1
Alarm Manual Release

 Dual or single hazard area protection

Trouble
Zone 2 Zone 6 Trouble
CAUTION
Alarm NAC 1 Trouble DISCONNECT

Trouble
Zone 3 NAC 2 Trouble

Alarm RAC 1 Trouble

Trouble
Zone 4 RAC 2 Trouble
BATTERY AND
A. C. POWER
Alarm Silenced Agent Released BEFORE
SERVICING

 Combined agent release and preaction operation**

Supervisory Earth Fault

System Trouble Abort Active

AC Power Relay Disconnect

 IDCs are selectable for cross-zoning or for activation NAC 2

from a single detection input
 Short circuit RAC supervision
 Compatible with Listed/Approved 24 VDC or
2, 12 VDC series connected actuators
Audible Escalation of Events:
 Single Audible Appliance Tone: Stage 1 activates
Temporal or 20 bpm March Time pattern; Stage 2
activates 120 bpm March Time pattern to indicate
release timer active; Release activates On Steady to
indicate release timer expired and actuator is activated
 Dual Audible Appliance Control** (Single Hazard):
RAC 2 provides a third NAC for dedicated Stage 1 Bell
control; NACs 1 & 2 indicate release as On Steady
Operator interface provides:
 Status LEDs per circuit for Alarm, Trouble, and
Supervisory (where appropriate)
 Acknowledge, Alarm Silence, and System Reset
 Operating mode selection and timer selections when in
programming mode
Related system components:
 Coil supervision module 2081-9046, one per RAC
 Maintenance Switch, one per RAC
 Abort Switch
Listed to
 UL Standard 864 and ULC Standard S527
Introduction
Dedicated for Suppression Release. 4004R
Suppression Release Panels provide conventional fire alarm
control circuits and are equipped with the features required
for a wide variety of single or dual hazard suppression release
applications. Capabilities include automatic extinguishing
agent release and deluge and preaction sprinkler control.
** Requires Software Revision 4.01 or higher.
IDCs 2, 3, and 4
4004R Suppression Release Panel
4004R Suppression Release Panel
One-Line System Reference Drawing
Introduction (Continued)
Flexible I/O Capabilities. Four IDCs allow for either
four separately monitored zones or two, cross-zoned
connections. Two SPMs allow dedicated manual inputs for
release or abort; for waterflow and supervisory, or
release/abort and pressure, depending on system type. Two
releasing appliance circuits (RACs) supervise to the
actuator coils and activate the actuators when required. The
two NACs and the three panel auxiliary relays provide
status condition information.
Easy Program Selections. The operator panel has a
program mode that allows selection of panel operation
type and detailed operating selections using an easily
selected sequential programming operation.
History Log. The last 50 events are stored in
non-volatile memory. This information is accessed by
connecting a technician’s computer to the service port
which is also used to set the date and time.
Panel Feature Description
Operator Panel. The operator panel has alarm and
trouble status indicating LEDs for each input and output,
visible through the locking cabinet door (refer to diagram
on page 4). Unlocking the door provides access to the
Acknowledge, Alarm Silence, and System Reset
pushbutton switches.
* This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to
Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing
7165-0026:314 for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in
this document. Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local Simplex® product
supplier for the latest status. Listings and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co. are
the property of Tyco Fire Protection Products Westminster.

S4004-0002-6 12/2015
Panel Feature Description (Continued) Two Class B Releasing Appliance Circuits (RACs). Rated
2 A each, these circuits are dedicated to operating release
(Refer to specifications on page 6 for more information.) control actuators. RAC cutout timing is selectable as no
Four Class B IDCs provide coverage for either two cutout, 45 seconds, or 1, 3, 3.5, 4, 5, 6, 7, 21, 25, 34, 44,
cross-zoned areas or four separately zoned areas. IDCs are or 64 minutes. For bell/horn/strobe single hazard
capable of supporting up to 30 Simplex current-limited applications, RAC 2 functions as a third NAC (NAC 3).
smoke detectors or electronic heat detectors (see list on Auxiliary Power Output. Two sets of output terminals are
page 2) as well as manual stations and other compatible provided, one for continuous operation and the other for
contact closure initiating devices. IDCs are capable of resettable operation, rated for 750 mA combined.
Class A operation with an optional adapter module and can Resettable terminals are provided for 4-wire smoke
be programmed as Style C (short or open initiates a trouble) detector power.
for use with current limited devices only. Single hazard agent Standard Panel Auxiliary Relay Outputs. Three relay
release applications monitor pressure switches with IDC 3 outputs are available, selectable as normally open or
and tamper switches with IDC 4. normally closed, rated 2 A @ 30 VDC, 0.35 p.f. inductive:
Two Class B Special Purpose Monitoring Circuits (SPMs)
Aux Relay 1 (Trouble) is energized when Normal and is
are dedicated for manual release or abort, waterflow and de-energized with a common Trouble condition.
supervisory, or release/abort and pressure, depending on
system type. Inputs are normally open switches. An abort Aux Relays 2 and 3 respond differently depending on the
switch stops release while activated and upon deactivation, system type and whether single or dual hazard. Typical
the release operation occurs after a selectable time delay. functions are:
Manual release inputs override abort switches and activate For Single Hazard Operation, Aux Relay 2 is the
the release after selectable delays of from 0 to 30 seconds in common Alarm relay. Aux Relay 3 can be selected to
5 second increments. For Dual Hazard applications, current indicate pre-discharge (release time delay started),
limited abort operation is required. SPMs are programmable common supervisory, waterflow, or pressure switch relay,
as Style C and capable of Class A operation with the optional depending on the system type.
adapter module. For Dual Hazard Operation, Aux Relay 2 is for Hazard
Two Class B NACs are provided for reverse polarity, Area 1 common Alarm; Aux Relay 3 is for Hazard Area 2
notification appliance operation, each rated 2 A. Class A common Alarm.
operation is available with the optional adapter module. Power Supply and Battery Charger. During alarm, the
NAC operation is selectable per application. Synchronized power supply provides 3 A at 25.5 VDC, filtered and
strobe operation requires a separate 4905 Series Strobe regulated. The temperature compensated battery charger
Synchronization Module (see product selection below), and provides 27.5 VDC for charging batteries up to 12.7 Ah,
a continuous, steady-on (non-coded) input from the NAC. suitable for up to 90 hour standby and 10 minutes of alarm.
A 4081 Series external battery cabinet with charger can be
used for more battery backup (see battery selection below).
Product Selection
Release Control Panels
Model Color Listings Description
4004-9301 Beige UL, ULC, CSFM, & FM Basic Releasing Panel; operates with AC input of: 120/220/230/240 VAC,
50/60 Hz (auto-select); includes: four IDCs, two NACs, two SPMs, two RACs,
UL, ULC, CSFM, FM, & 3 auxiliary relays, 3 A power supply with battery charger, and NEMA 1/IP30 rated
4004-9302 Red
MEA (NYC) cabinet and door
Expansion Modules
Model Description Reference
Auxiliary Relay Module; four dual contact relays selectable as N.O. or N.C.; rated 7 A Select
4004-9860 Two maximum
@ 120 VAC resistive, 5 A @ 30 VDC, 0.35 p.f. inductive; unsupervised contacts as
4004-9864 Two Circuit Class A Adapter Module for IDCs, SPMs, or NACs Four maximum required

System Batteries
Model Description Reference
2081-9272 6.2 Ah battery, 12 V These batteries can be mounted in the 4004R cabinet; select one battery model
2081-9274 10 Ah battery, 12 V per system standby requirements; two batteries are required; for more capacity
2081-9288 12.7 Ah battery, 12 V see data sheet S4081-0001 for a compatible external battery cabinet with charger

Release Control Systems Accessories (refer to additional information listed on page 3)

Model Description
2081-9046 Coil Supervision Module, one required per RAC; refer to pages 6 and 7 for detail
Abort Supervision Module; encapsulated 560, 1/2 W resistor; for Dual Hazard SPM; allows non-current limited
2081-9048
Abort and Manual Release stations to be on same circuit; refer to pages 6 and 7 for detail
4081 Series End-of-Line Resistor Harnesses; refer to data sheet S4081-0003
2099 Series Manual Stations for Releasing Applications; refer to data sheet S2099-0010
Strobe synchronization modules; 4905-9914 for Class B, 4905-9922 for Class A; see data sheet S4905-0003 for
4905-Series
details

2 S4004-0002-6 12/2015
Reference Information, Compatible Simplex Detectors and other System Components
Model Type Data Sheet
4098-9601 Standard detector
Photoelectric smoke detectors for 2-wire and 4-wire S4098-0015
4098-9605 Reduced sensitivity detector
bases
4098-9602 Combination smoke and heat detector S4098-0017
4098 Series Ionization Smoke Detectors; 2-wire and 4-wire models S4098-0018
4098-9612 135° F (57°C)
Fixed heat detector
4098-9614 200° F (93°C)
Electronic heat detectors for 2-wire and 4-wire bases S4098-0014
4098-9613 135° F (57°C) Fixed with rate-of-rise
4098-9615 200° F (93°C) heat detector

2099-9149 Standard Manual Release Station with selectable release labels;

S2099-0010
2099-9152 Style C, with 560  internal resistor double action push, N.O. contact
Maintenance Switches, flush or surface mount; indicator lamps require 24 VDC wiring
2080-Series S2080-0010
Abort Switches, surface or flush mount; available standard or with 1.2 k, 1 W resistor

Expansion Modules and Accessories

Auxiliary Relay Module 4004-9860 provides four
additional relays. Dual hazard applications will require
two modules for auxiliary relay operation. Each relay
module has a manual disconnect switch that controls
relays 2 through 4. (Trouble Relay 1 is not controlled.)
Relay outputs are required to be connected to a 15 A
maximum circuit breaker. (Relay specifications are
detailed on page 6.)
Auxiliary Relay Module Operation:
Relay 1 activates on a common trouble associated with
its hazard or a system trouble.
Relay 2 activates on a common alarm associated with its
hazard.
Relay 3, selected for original operation, activates for
pressure switch, waterflow switch, or release timer as
required per application type (hazard specific), or
activates with the second zone for cross-zoned systems
(hazard specific). “Original” operation allows direct panel
replacement if required.
Relay 3, selected for enhanced operation, (software 4.01
or higher), activates to indicate pre-discharge,
supervisory, or waterflow (application specific).
Relay 4 activates when the hazard specific RAC activates
or with pressure switch input (application specific).
Dual Circuit Class A Adapter Module 4004-9864.
This module converts two Class B circuits to Class A
operation. It consumes no additional current and is
compatible with IDCs, SPMs, and NACs. Up to four
modules may be mounted within the 4004R cabinet.
Abort Switches. For manual abort requests, these abort
switches are available with or without a built-in 1.2 k, 1
W resistor and are mounted on single-gang stainless steel
plates. Abort switches are connected to the SPM inputs
per system requirements.
Activity abort occurs while the switch is pushed and
continues after releasing the switch for the selected Abort
Release Time Delay. (See drawing below.)
Maintenance Switch. Proper service of release appliance
circuits requires the ability to securely disconnect the
release circuit during installation and maintenance. Simplex
maintenance switches are controlled by keyswitch and
initiate a supervisory condition when in disconnect/disable
position. Models with lamp are on a double-gang plate and
are powered from separate 24 VDC wiring. Mounting is on
stainless steel plates and models are available as either
surface or flush mount. (See drawing below.)
For additional Maintenance and Abort Switch information
refer to data sheet S2080-0010.

FIRE SUPPRESSION
SYSTEM ABORT
NORMAL

DISC./
1
DISABLE

FIRE SUPPRESSION
PUSH AND HOLD
DISCONNECT / DISABLE

Abort Switch Maintenance Switch

3 S4004-0002-6 12/2015
Programming Modes and Selection Choices
Sequence Select one of 13 Application Modes (numbered 1 through 13 in italics)
Cross-Zoned 1 Combined Release
Single Hazard
Either Zone 2 (RACs activate together)
Agent Release
Cross-Zoned 3 Independent Release (RACs are
Dual Hazard
Either Zone 4 separate)
Cross-Zoned 5 Combined Release
Single Hazard
Either Zone 6 (RACs activate together)
Preaction/Deluge
1 Cross-Zoned 7 Independent Release (RACs are
Dual Hazard
Either Zone 8 separate)
Agent Release; Single Hazard Cross-Zoned 9 NYC Abort (not UL listed)
Agent Release & Preaction; Cross-Zoned 10 RAC 2 provides Preaction Control;
Single Hazard Either Zone 11 RAC 1 is Agent Release Control
Agent Release, Bell/Horn/Strobe; Cross-Zoned 12 RAC 2 operates as NAC 3 for Stage 1 Bell Control
Single Hazard Either Zone 13 (separate sound from release alarm)

Sequence Programming Mode Description Description

Select Relay Operation for
2
Application Modes 1-9
3 IDC and SPM Circuit Style
4 Automatic Release Time Delay
5 RAC Cutout Timer
6 Manual Release Time Delay
Abort Release Time Delay
7
8 NAC Coding (where selectable)
Standard No inhibit or one minute inhibit selected as: both on until silence, NAC 1 on until
Operation reset and NAC 2 on until silence, or both on until reset;
NAC Operation
9 Pre-Discharge
Operation
10 Supervisory Latching
11 Supervisory Notification
Select “Original” operation mode or “Enhanced" mode (refer to Auxiliary Relay 3
information on page 3 for details)
Class B/Class A or Style C
Selectable in 5 second increments from 0 to 60 seconds (default is 60 seconds)
No cutout, 45 seconds, or 1, 3, 3.5, 4, 5, 6, 7, 21, 25, 34, 44, or 64 minutes
0, 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, or 30 seconds
UL Standard 864 listed Immediate or 10 seconds remaining
Not UL Standard 864 IRI abort (cross-zoned systems only), NYC abort, or
listed original release delay
Temporal pattern or 20 beats per minute (first cross-zone alarm)
NOTE: For Halon 1301, Halon 1211, or clean agent release, a pre-discharge NAC
must be configured to warn of impending discharge, the release timer selects the
duration of the pre-discharged signal
Latching or non-latching
LED and tone-alert only, or with: NAC 2 also on; Aux Relay 3 also on; or both
NAC 2 and Aux Relay 3 also on

Operator Panel Function Reference

LABEL INSERT selectable for
Preaction/Deluge, Agent Release, or
Alarm
Combination Agent Release/Preaction
RUN MODE: LEDs provide Zone 1 Deluge, UL or ULC versions (UL Agent
Alarm (red) and Trouble (yellow) Trouble Zone 5 Trouble
Release version shown for reference)
status per IDC zone; Zone 4
Alarm Manual Release
yellow LED indicates supervisory
status if still flashing after ACK Trouble
Zone 2 Zone 6 Trouble
RUN MODE: red LEDs indicate Manual
Release activated (for Agent Release
Alarm NAC 1 Trouble
Applications); yellow LEDs indicate
PROGRAM MODE: Top ten
LEDs indicate Programming Trouble
Zone 3 NAC 2 Trouble
Trouble for SPMs (Zones 5 and 6) and
NACs, for RACs, yellow LED indicates
Mode Category supervisory if still flashing after ACK
Alarm RAC 1
Zone 4 RAC 2 PROGRAM MODE:
Alarm Silenced yellow LED
Top nine LEDs provide
indicates that audible Agent Released
Alarm Silenced Programming Selection
notification appliances are
silenced prior to system reset Supervisory Earth Fault
Agent Released red LED
indicates RACs are activated
Supervisory and System System Trouble Abort Active
Trouble yellow LEDs; for UL Earth Fault yellow LED indicates
AC Power Relay Disconnect
systems, indication of disabled presence of an earth fault
or disconnected RAC
ALARM SYSTEM
Abort Active yellow LED tracks
ACK
SILENCE RESET state of Abort Switch
AC Power green LED is on
with normal power status Relay Disconnect yellow LED
indicates that expansion relays
have been disabled for service
ACK acknowledges status during RUN mode
ALARM SILENCE SYSTEM RESET restores the system to normal during RUN
and accepts selection during PROGRAM mode;
silences audible alarms mode and toggles the selection during PROGRAM mode
press and hold for 5 sec to perform LAMP TEST

4 S4004-0002-6 12/2015
Release Control System Reference
Automatic Extinguishing Release Systems
automatically activate actuators for the release of a fire
extinguishing agent (dry chemical, water spray, foam,
CO2, Clean Agent, etc.) in response to fire detection
device input.
Automatic Extinguishing Release Systems with
Separate Bell Control (single hazard) (SW rev. 4.01
or higher). RAC 2 operates as a bell control NAC. When
cross-zoned, stage 1 alarm activates the bell until the
release timer starts. When not cross-zoned, stage 1 alarm
activates the bell until expiration of the release timer. In
both cross-zoned and non cross-zoned applications,
NAC2 may be programmed to indicate either a tamper
switch supervisory condition or the start of the release
timer using a cadence pattern operation.
UL and FM Extinguishing Release System Panels
must have a minimum of 24 hours of standby power.
Initiating devices must be Listed/Approved for the
application, and may be wired either Class A or B.
Actuators must be electrically compatible with the control
panel circuits and power supplies, and are wired Class B to
provide coil supervision. (See details in next section.)
Deluge and Preaction Sprinkler Systems
automatically activate water control valves in response to
fire detection device input.
Deluge Sprinkler Systems employ open sprinkler heads
and provide water flow when the fire detection system
activates a common automatic water control valve. They are
used to deliver water simultaneously through all of the open
sprinkler heads. This type of system is applicable where the
immediate application of large quantities of water over large
areas is the proper fire response.
Preaction Sprinkler Systems are similar to deluge
systems except that normally closed sprinkler heads are used
and supervisory air pressure is maintained in the pipe.
Operation requires both an activated sprinkler head and an
activated fire alarm initiating device.
Combined Agent Release and Preaction Systems
provides agent release and preaction control. (Available
with software revision 4.01 or higher.) For applications
where agent release may not be sufficient for fire control,
sprinklers are put in preaction mode to allow waterflow to
continue the fire response. (Preaction is assumed, selected
deluge could be provided, determined by the sprinkler
installation, panel operation is the same.)
UL requirements for Fire Alarm Systems Listed for
Automatic Release or Deluge and Preaction Sprinkler
Systems are the same as described above for Automatic
Extinguishing Release Systems.
FM Approved requirements for Fire Alarm Systems for
Automatic Release of Deluge and Preaction Sprinkler
Systems require operation of specific compatible FM
Approved Automatic Water Control Valves, a minimum
secondary power capacity of 90 hours, and all circuits for
the automatic release initiating devices must be capable of
operation during a single open circuit fault condition
(Class A).
PLEASE NOTE: Proper operation of release control systems requires that the system design, installation, and maintenance be
performed correctly and in accordance with all applicable local and national codes, and equipment manufacturer’s
instructions. No liability for total system operation is assumed or implied.
5 S4004-0002-6 12/2015
Release Control System Requirements
1. Actuators are connected as two-wire, Class B
notification/releasing circuits with only one 24 VDC
actuator per circuit to ensure supervision. Where
applicable, two, 12 VDC actuators in series, or one
12 VDC actuator and a manufacturer supplied series
resistor may be used.
2. Coil Supervision Module, model 2081-9046, must be
wired electrically before the actuator and located in the
actuator wiring junction box. (See diagram on page 7.)
3. For UL Listed Automatic Extinguishing Release valves
and actuators, refer to list on page 7.
4. For FM Approved Automatic Extinguishing Release,
secondary standby must be a minimum of 24 hours with
5 minutes of alarm. Actuators must be electrically
compatible.
5. For FM Approved Deluge and Preaction Sprinkler
operation: IDCs must be Class A, wired to
Listed/Approved devices; secondary standby capacity
must be a minimum of 90 hours with 10 minutes of
alarm; and the specified compatible Automatic Water
Control Valves/Actuator must be used. (See list on
page 8.)
6. Power supply loading and wiring distances must be per
Installation Instructions 579-354.
7. Battery standby must be selected for proper actuator
operation and may require a minimum voltage of
23 VDC depending on the actuator. Detailed battery
calculation reference information is contained in
Installation Instructions 579-354.
8. Maintenance Switches, one per RAC, are required per
NFPA 72, the National Fire Alarm and Signaling Code,
to allow the system to be tested or serviced without
actuating the fire suppression systems. Their use may not
be allowed in some jurisdictions, always confirm local
requirements. When used, Simplex Maintenance
Switches are required to ensure that operation initiates a
supervisory condition.
Additional System Device Information
1. Simplex Abort Switches are available when abort
operation is required. When used, wire on Special
Purpose Monitoring Circuits (SPMs) as Class A or
Class B; Simplex model Abort Switches are required.
2. Manual Release Stations are used for direct activation of
the release actuators with the appropriate time delay
implemented by the fire alarm control panel.
3. See pages 2 and 3 for additional reference information.
Additional Information
This data sheet is a summary of the extensive operating
features and options available with the 4004R Release
Control Panel. Complete details are covered in the 4004R
Installation, Programming, and Operating Instructions
manual (publication 579-354) shipped with each 4004R.
Compatible system devices are listed on page 3. For general
information, refer to Factory Mutual Research Corporation
(FMRC) “FMRC Approval Guide,” FM Approval standard
“Deluge Systems and Preaction Systems.”
Specifications (Refer to diagram on page 7 and Instructions 579-354 for additional information)
Power Ratings
Voltage Ratings 120 VAC, 60 Hz; 220/230/240 VAC, 50/60 Hz, auto-select
AC Input
Current Ratings 2 A maximum @ 120 VAC input; 1 A maximum @ 240 VAC input
Power Supply Output 3 A maximum available for external loads
Temperature compensated, capable of recharging batteries required for 90 hour
Battery Charger
standby and 10 minute alarm (contingent on auxiliary power load)
Standby Current 100 mA; with IDCs fully loaded, tone-alert silenced, trouble LED on, charger off
Alarm Current 264 mA + external loads; (2 zones in alarm & 2 internal relays, NACs and RACs on)
Standard Circuit Ratings (NOTE: Total DC current = 3 A maximum; see NAC ratings for details)
Supervisory 3 mA maximum; 3.3 k end-of-line resistor per circuit
Alarm Current 75 mA maximum
Initiating Device
Circuits (IDCs) Output Voltage 28 VDC maximum
Each IDC supports up to 30 detectors (smoke or electronic heat) and manual
Capacity
stations as required; wiring distance is limited to 50 Ω maximum
For Manual Release, Abort Switches, or Supervisory functions only; not for
Application
detectors; wiring distance is limited to 50 Ω maximum
Special Purpose For Dual Hazard Dual Hazard Application Abort Switches require a current limiting resistor of 1.2 kΩ,
Monitoring Circuits Applications 1 W, or an external Abort Supervision Module per SPM
(SPMs) Supervisory 6 mA; 3.3 k end-of-line resistor per circuit
Activated 75 mA maximum
Output Voltage 28 VDC maximum
Special Application appliance rating = 2 A maximum on a NAC
NOTE: Special Application appliance rating = full 3 A power supply rating
Alarm Current
Regulated 24 DC appliance power = 1.5 A maximum on a circuit
Notification
Appliance Circuits NOTE: Regulated 24 DC strobe load = 1.35 A maximum total for power supply
(NACs) Output Voltage Alarm = 26 VDC max.; supervisory = 29 VDC maximum; 10 k end-of-line resistor
Requires NAC dedicated to strobe control with non-coded output; use an external
Synchronized
Synch Module (4905-9914, Class A, or 4905-9922, Class B, see data sheet
Strobe Operation
S4905-0003 for details); up to 33 strobes can be synchronized per 4004R
Special Application Simplex 4901 Series horns, 4904 and 4906 Series strobes, 4903 Series 4-wire
Notification Appliances horn/strobes; refer to Installation Instructions 579-354 for additional details
Appliance
Reference Regulated 24 DC Power for other appliances listed to UL Standard 1971 or UL Standard 464; use
Appliances associated external synchronization modules where required
Output Current 2 A maximum per circuit
Release Appliance
Circuits (RACs) Activated = 26 VDC maximum; non-alarm = 29 VDC maximum;
Output Voltage
10 k end-of-line resistor
Auxiliary Power Output; for Special Two outputs are available, continuous operation or resettable operation; combined
Application loads only output is 750 mA maximum; output voltage = 19.25 to 27 VDC
Auxiliary Relay Outputs Contacts rated 2 A @ 30 VDC, 0.35 p.f., inductive, selectable as N.O. or N.C. by
(Trouble, Aux Relay 2, Aux Relay 3) jumper
Wiring Connections for Above and AC Input Terminals rated for 18 AWG to 12 AWG (0.82 mm2 to 3.31 mm2 )
Auxiliary Module Ratings
Two circuits per module, rated same as circuits; not applicable to RACs (no
Class A Adapter Module 4004-9684
additional current required)
Relay Type Four relays with two outputs per relay; individually selectable as N.O. or N.C.
AC Ratings 7 A @ 120 VAC, resistive
Auxiliary Relay Module
DC Ratings 5 A @ 30 VDC, 0.35 power factor, inductive
4004-9860
Module Current 12 mA standby; 70 mA with all four relays energized; @ 24 VDC
Wiring Terminals rated for 18 AWG to 12 AWG (0.82 mm2 to 3.31 mm2 )
2081-9046 Coil Supervision Module and 2081-9048 Abort Supervision Module (see page 7 for additional details)
Construction Epoxy encapsulated
Dimensions 1-3/8” W x 2-7/16” L x 1-1/16” H (34 mm x 62 mm x 27 mm)
Wiring 18 AWG (0.82 mm2) wire leads, color coded
Coil Supervision Module Current Rating 2 A maximum; internally fused at 3 A, non-replaceable
Abort Supervision Module Resistance 560 , 1/2 W
Environmental Ratings
Operating Temperature Range 32° to 120°F (0° to 49° C)
Operating Humidity Range up to 93% RH, non-condensing @ 100.4° F (38° C) maximum

6 S4004-0002-6 12/2015
s4004R System Connection Reference
Listed/approved actuator or Deluge
A and Preaction Automatic Water
Control Valve; one if 24 VDC (or 2 in
series if 12 VDC) per RAC

Actuator wiring Coil Supervision Module

junction box Yel Blk 2081-9046
+ Out -
COIL SUPERVISIONMODULE( 2 AMP) 2081- 9046

+ In - RED INSTALLATIONINSTRUCTIONS574- 437 REV YEL

NAC+ MAINTAIN1/4 " SEPARATION
BETW EENPOW ERLIMIT ED
( RED/BLK) ANDNONPOW ER S
LIMITED( YEL/BLK) W IRING

Red Blk
DATECODE: 519- 958

Abort Supervision Module 2081-9048

BLK
NAC-
BLK S IM P L E X T IM E R E C O R D E R C O .G A R D N E R MA .U S A

(for dual hazard mode with non-current

limited devices on the SPM)
Maintenance Disconnect Switch
ABORT SUPERVISION MODULE 2081-9048
RED YEL
INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 579-465 REV OUT +
IN+
MAINTAIN 1/4" SEPARATION
BETWEEN POWER LIMITED
FM

24 VDC for Maintenance Disconnect

(RED/BLK) AND NONPOWER
LIMITED (YEL/BLK) WIRING NORMAL
DATE CODE: OUT - 0

IN- BLK 1
DISC./
DISABLE

status indicator (if required)

BLK SIMPLEX TIME RECORDER CO. WESTMINSTER MA 01441 USA

FIRE SUPPRESSION
DISCONNECT / DISABLE

RAC 2
Abort Switches Manual Release Optional 4905-9914 or
(as required) Stations RAC 1 4905-9922 Strobe
Synchronization Module
FIRE SUPPRESSION FIRE SUPPRESSION
SYSTEM ABORT SYSTEM ABORT

PUSH AND HOLD PUSH AND HOLD

Typical strobe only NAC
MANUAL MANUAL
RELEASE RELEASE

SPM 1 SPM 2
Alarm

Trouble

Alarm

Trouble
Zone 1

Zone 2
Manual Release

Zone 5 Trouble

Manual Release

Zone 6 Trouble
NAC 1
4-Wire
CAUTION
Alarm NAC 1 Trouble DISCONNECT

Trouble
Zone 3 NAC 2 Trouble

IDC 1
Alarm RAC 1 Trouble

Trouble
Zone 4 RAC 2 Trouble

Horn/Strobe
BATTERY AND
A. C. POWER
Alarm Silenced Agent Released BEFORE

Typical horn only NAC

SERVICING
Supervisory Earth Fault

System Trouble Abort Active

AC Power Relay Disconnect

Manual fire NAC 2

alarm station
Compatible IDCs 2, 3, and 4
detection devices
4004R Suppression Release Panel
GENERAL WIRING NOTE:
Wiring shown is for reference only, refer to installation instructions for detailed wiring information.

Compatible UL Listed Valves and Actuators

MFG. Model Number Coil Details MFG. Model Number
*AUTOMAN II-C Assembly (solenoid
12 VDC, 458 mA 8210A107 (097617-005D coil) 1/2” NPS, 5/8” orifice,
17728; coil 25924)
24 VDC
AUTOMAN II-C Explosion-Proof Releasing
24 VDC, 467 mA
Device (solenoid 31492; coil 31438) 8210G207 (238310 coil) 1/2” NPS, 1/2” orifice
*AUTOMAN II-C Assembly (solenoid
12 VDC, 458 mA 8211A107 (097617-005D coil) 24VDC
68739; coil 25924) ASCO
A Solenoid Electric Actuator (solenoid 73111;
N 24 VDC, 1 A HV2628571 (23810 coil) N.C. 1/2” NPS, 1/2” orifice
coil 73097)
S HV2648581 (23810 coil) N.O. 1/2” NPS, 1/2” orifice
*CV90 HF Electric Actuator 73327 (may 9 VDC max,
U
use 73606 in-line resistor) 450 mA R8210A107 (097617-005D coil) 1/2” NPS, 5/8” orifice
L
LP CO2 w/ASCO solenoid 422934 24 VDC, 442 mA T8210A107 (097617-005D coil) 1/2” NPS, 5/8” orifice
LP CO2 double action 24 VDC solenoid
24 VDC, 438 mA ECH Electrical Control Head (551201)
430948
LP CO2 3-way selector valve solenoid Pyro-
24 VDC, 438 mA Chem Explosion-Proof Electric Actuator (570147)
433419
Electric Actuator 24 VDC solenoid 570537 24 VDC, 250 mA Removable Electric Actuator (570209) 0.2 A
Solenoid 26114002 for Solenoid Coupling Star
Model D deluge valve, with solenoid 5550
Assemblies: 21006401 & 21006402; & Sprinkler
LPG LPG128/145/190/230-50/55 FM-200 24 VDC, 542 mA 304.205.010 – Electrical Actuator Suppression Diode
valves; and LPG128-90UL iFLOW & Hygood
304.209.001 – Electrical Actuator Bridge Rectifier
FM-200 valves Minimax Model MX1230 without diode, 24 VDC, ½ in. NPT
71395SN2ENJ1NOH111C2 (Skinner coil H111C2) 1/4”, NPS, 1/16”
73212BN4TN00NOC111C2 (Skinner coil C111C2) 1/2”, 5-300 psi * 12 VDC coils, either wire two in series for
Skinner 73212BN4TNLVNOC322C2 (Skinner coil C322C2) 1/2”, NPS, 0.92 A, 250 psi 24 VDC activation, or, if available from
73218BN4UNLVNOH111C2 (Skinner coil H111C2) manufacturer, use series resistor
73218BN4UNLVNOC111C2 (Skinner coil C111C2) 1/2”, NPS, 5/8 in. orifice

7 S4004-0002-6 12/2015
 FM Approved Water Control Valves
Group Manufacturer
A Skinner
B ASCO
C Star Sprinkler
D ASCO
E Skinner
F Skinner
G Skinner
I Victaulic
J Viking
K Viking
Model Number Details
LV2LBX25* 24 VDC, 11 W, 458 mA, 1/2 inch NPS, 1/2 inch orifice
T8210A107
R8210A107 24 VDC, 16.8 W, 700 mA, 1/2 inch NPS, 5/8 inch orifice
8210A107
5550 24 VDC, part of Model D deluge valve
8210G207 24 VDC, 10.6 W, 440 mA, 1/2 inch NPS, 1/2 inch orifice
73218BN4UNLVNOC111C2* 24 VDC, 10 W, 420 mA, 1/2 inch NPS, 5/8 inch orifice
73212BN4TN00N0C111C2 24 VDC, 10 W, 420 mA, 1/2 inch NPS, 5/8 inch orifice; 5-300 psi
73212BN4TNLVNOC322C2 24 VDC, 22 W, 1/2 inch NPS, 920 mA, 250 psi (1725 kPa), 1/2 inch orifice
24 VDC, 10 W, 420 mA, 1/4 inch NPS, 1/16 inch orifice, 250 psi (1725 kPa)
71395SN2ENJ1NOH111C2
rated working pressure
Series 753-E solenoid valve 24 VDC, 8.7 W, 1⁄2 inch NPS, 364 mA, 300 psi (2069 kPa), 1⁄2 inch orifice
11591 and 11592 Normally closed (NC) Explosion proof solenoid valves, 24 VDC, 10 W,
11595 and 11596 Normally open (NO) 1⁄2 inch NPS, 300 psi (2069 kPa), 4.1 Cv
11601 and 11602 NC solenoid valve, 24 VDC, 9 W, 1⁄2 inch NPS, 250 psi (1725 kPa), 6.2 Cv

* For new applications, LV2LBX25 has been replaced by model number 73218BN4UNLVNOC111C2.

Mounting Reference Information

Box width 14-5/8" (372 mm)

Knockouts are (Top and side views are

located on top shown with door installed)
and sides
Box depth
4-1/4" (108 mm)

11-1/4" (286 mm)

Aux.
Class A adapter boards
relay
module 1 Door thickness
5/8" (16 mm)
Relay Relay
Disc 1 Disc 2

Aux.
relay
13-1/2" Main board module 2
16"
(343 mm) (406 mm)

AC input

Battery Area
No conduit or wiring in this area

13-1/4" (337 mm)

(Front view module placement reference showing NOTE: For semi-flush mounting, cabinet
mounting hole dimensions, optional Class A must extend 1-1/2" (38 mm)
adapter modules, and optional relay modules) minimum from wall surface

NOTE: A system ground must be provided for Earth Detection and transient protection devices. This connection
shall be made to an approved, dedicated Earth connection per NFPA 70, Article 250, and NFPA 780.
TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm and
Signaling Code are registered trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).

Tyco Fire Protection Products • Westminster, MA • 01441-0001 • USA S4004-0002-6 12/2015

www.simplex-fire.com
© 2014 Tyco Fire Protection Products. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice.
 4007ES Fire Control Panels
UL, ULC Listed; Automatic Extinguishing, Deluge and Preaction
FM, NYC Fire Dept Approved* Sprinkler System Releasing Control

Features
Actuator
Releasing control using the Simplex® 4007ES Agent Agent
source discharge
Fire Alarm Control Panel to provide**: Actuator path
 Coverage for multiple areas of Automatic Extinguishing Control
Release and/or Deluge and Preaction Sprinkler System Circuit
Coil supervisory
Release including audible escalation of events module
 Control of compatible Listed/Approved 24 VDC
C O IL S U P E R V IS IO N M O D U L E ( 2 A M P ) 2 0 8 1 - 9 0 4 6
RED IN S T A L L A T IO N IN S T R U C T IO N S 5 7 4 - 4 Y3 E7 LR E V
NA C + M A IN T A IN 1 /4 " S E P A R A T IO N
B E T W E E N P O W E R L IM IT E D
( R E D /B L K ) A N D N O N P O W E R S
L IM IT E D ( Y E L /B L K ) W IR IN G
D AT E COD E: 5 19 - 95 8
BL K
N A C-
BLK S IM P L E X T IM E R E C O R D E R C O .G A R D N E R M A .U S A

automatic control actuators, one per circuit; or two

12 VDC actuators in series per circuit Release
 Releasing appliance circuits (RACs) by connecting appliance circuit
Notification appliance circuits (NACs) to Suppression
Release Peripherals for actuator supervision and control Maintenance NORMAL

 Additional actuator circuit control NACs are available Disconnect Switch

0

DISC./
1
DISABLE

FIRE SUPPRESSION

(with indicator lamp) DISCONNECT / DISABLE

using 4009 IDNet Addressable NAC Extenders with Power for

Suppression Release Peripherals indicator lamp
FIRE (if required)
Audible Escalation of Events: RELEASING
 Temporal or 20 bpm march time pattern for first Suppression
Release Peripheral
DEVICE
cross-zone alarm; 120 bpm march time pattern to
indicate releasing timer active; On steady to indicate
releasing timer expired and actuator is activated Typical addressable
initiating devices
 Requires NACs dedicated to conventional horn control IDNet
(not SmartSync operation) with strobes controlled on communications
FIRE SUPPRESSION
SYSTEM ABORT

separate NACs - IDN E T

+I D N E T
IN +
IN -

Dedicated
PUSH AND HOLD
MANUAL

4009 IDNet NAC Extenders provide:

RELEASE

NAC circuit
 Up to eight NACs for notification requirements and input
to suppression release peripherals, controlled via IDNet
4090-9005/-9006 Suppression Release Peripheral
(SRP) with Dual Command Control:
 Dual command control requires IDNet and an activated
NAC to initiate release SUPPRESSION RELEASE PANEL
CAUTION: This Control Unit has been arranged for releasing

 NAC provides wiring supervision to the actuator

service. Disable all releasing device circuits prior to servicing.

including monitoring of coil continuity and short circuit

supervision to the coil supervision module
Suppression Release Peripheral control features:
 An on-board DC-DC regulator compensates for voltage
drops to the peripheral and ensures proper control circuit
voltage over a wide operating range
 Provides a single RAC for control of actuators for up to
2 A using a 3 A NAC input (1 A using a 2 A NAC input)
Related system components:
 4007ES Series control panel with Releasing Appliqué
 Dedicated NAC output from 4007ES (or compatible
NAC Extender)
 Coil supervision module, one per RAC
 Maintenance Switch, one per RAC
 Abort Switch
4007ES Listings reference:
 UL 864 - Control Units, System (UOJZ); Control Unit
Accessories, System, Fire Alarm (UOXX); ; Control
Units, Releasing Device Service (SYZV)
 UL 2017 - Emergency Alarm System Control Units (CO
detection), (FSZI)
 ULC-S559 - Central Station Fire Alarm System Units
(DAYRC)
 ULC-S527 - Control Units, System, Fire Alarm
(UOJZC); Control Unit Accessories, System, Fire Alarm
(UOXXC); Control Units, Releasing Device Service
(SYZVC)
4007ES Control Panel with
Suppression Release Appliqué
4007ES Series Releasing Control Typical Block Diagram
Introduction
When combined with Suppression Release Peripherals, the
4007ES series fire alarm control panel provides actuator
supervision and control for use in automatic extinguishing,
and deluge or preaction releasing systems. Hazard area
initiating and notification devices are controlled using either
conventional or addressable circuits per standard 4007ES
capabilities. The necessary releasing system logic is
implemented within the 4007ES control panel as required for
the local application.
* NYC Fire Dept COA #6191A. Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local Simplex
product supplier for the latest status. Listings and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co. are
the property of Tyco Safety Products Westminster.
** Release Control operation described in this document is also available with 4007ES Control
Panels with software revision 3.03 or higher. Refer to data sheet S4007-0001 for model 4007ES
control panel details including IDNet communications information.
S4007-0003-3 5/2017
Automatic Extinguishing Release Systems
These systems automatically activate electrically
controlled actuators for the release of a fire extinguishing
agent (such as dry chemical, water spray, foam, CO2, or
clean agent) in response to fire detection device inputs as
determined by programming of the host fire alarm control
panel.
Automatic Extinguishing Release System Panels
are required to have a minimum of 24 hours of standby
power. Initiating devices must be Listed/Approved for the
application, and may be wired either Class A or B.
Control actuators must be electrically compatible with the
control panel circuits and power supplies, and are wired
Class B to provide coil supervision.
Deluge or Preaction Sprinkler Systems
These systems automatically activate water control
actuators in response to fire detection device inputs.
Deluge Sprinkler Systems employ open sprinkler
heads and provide water flow when the fire detection
system activates a common automatic water control
actuator. They are used to deliver water simultaneously
through all of the system sprinkler heads. This type of
system is applicable where the immediate application of
large quantities of water over large areas is the proper fire
response.
Preaction Sprinkler Systems are similar to deluge
systems except that normally closed sprinkler heads are
used and supervisory air pressure is maintained in the
pipe. Operation requires both an activated sprinkler head
and an activated fire alarm initiating device with specific
programming determined at the host fire alarm control
panel.
Releasing System Requirements
1. Releasing actuators are controlled from a
Suppression Release Peripheral (4090-9005 or
4090-9006). Connections are 2-wire, Class B releasing
circuits with only one 24 VDC actuator per circuit.
Where applicable, two, 12 VDC actuators in series, or
one 12 VDC actuator with manufacturer supplied
resistor may be used.
2. Coil Supervision Module 2081-9046 must be wired
electrically before the actuator and located in the
actuator wiring junction box. (Refer to diagram on
page 5.) The connected RAC provides continuity
supervision of the actuator coil and wiring and
provides short circuit supervision to the coil
supervision module.
3. Cross-zoning or other alarm initiation logic per
system requirements, is to be implemented by
programming at the fire alarm control panel.
4. UL Listed Automatic Extinguishing Releasing
operation requires that: battery standby must be a
minimum of 24 hours with 5 minutes of alarm and that
listed actuators are used, refer to list on page 6.
2 S4007-0003-3 5/2017
Releasing System Requirements (Continued)
5. FM Approved Automatic Extinguishing Release
requires secondary standby to be a minimum of
24 hours with 5 minutes of alarm. Actuators must be
electrically compatible.
6. FM Approved Deluge and Preaction Sprinkler
operation requires that: initiating device circuits be
Class A and wired to Listed/Approved devices;
standby power capacity must be a minimum of 90
hours with 10 minutes of alarm; and that compatible
Automatic Water Control Valves must be used. (Refer
to actuator list on page 7.)
7. Maintenance Switches, one per RAC, are required
per NFPA 72, the National Fire Alarm and Signaling
Code to allow the system to be tested or serviced
without actuating the fire suppression systems. Their
use may not be allowed in some jurisdictions, always
confirm local requirements. When used, Simplex
Maintenance Switches are required to ensure that
operation initiates a supervisory condition.
8. Abort Switches are available when abort operation is
required. When used, connect to an addressable
Supervised IAM model 4090-9001 or similar
addressable adapter module. The Simplex abort switch
and the IAM mount in a single gang box, 2-1/2”
minimum depth.
9. Addressable Manual Releasing Stations are used to
initiate activation of the releasing actuators with the
appropriate time delay implemented by the fire alarm
control panel.
10. Notification Requirements. Each hazard area
typically requires general audible and visible fire
alarm notification and additional dedicated NACs for
area releasing status notification. Suppression
releasing is compatible with conventional panel
mounted NACs as well as for use with the 4009 IDNet
NAC Extender.
11. Additional Suppression Release Peripheral
Reference. Refer to Installation Instructions 579-385.
Additional Releasing Systems Reference
For additional information, refer to Factory Mutual
Research Corporation (FMRC) “FMRC Approval Guide,”
FM Approval standard “Automatic Releases for Preaction
and Deluge Sprinkler Systems.”
Please note that proper operation of releasing control
systems requires that the system design, installation, and
maintenance be performed correctly and in accordance
with all applicable local and national codes, and
equipment manufacturer’s instructions. No liability for
total system operation is assumed or implied.
Product Selection

4007ES Releasing Control System Modules

Model Description Reference
Required, one per RAC, mounts in the releasing actuator wiring
2081-9046 Coil Supervision Module
junction box; see specifications section for details
One per RAC; flush or surface mount; indicator lamp models
2080-Series* Maintenance Switches
require separate 24 VDC wiring

2080-9056* Flush mount As required, connects via an IDNet addressable interface module;
Abort Switch mounted on a single gang stainless steel plate; installation
2080-9057* Surface mount requires a single gang box, 2-1/2” (64 mm) minimum depth

* Refer to data sheet S2080-0010 for Abort and Maintenance switch details.

Releasing Appliqués, Required for 4007ES Suppression Releasing Applications

Model Description
4007-9830 English
Suppression Releasing Appliqué; field applied
4007-9830CAF French

Suppression Release Peripheral and Accessories

Model Description Reference
Basic Suppression Release Peripheral on
4090-9005 Requires mounting box 2975-9227, ordered separately
mounting plate
Suppression Release Peripheral mounted in
4090-9006 Includes LED indicator on front of door
NEMA 1 red box; required for ULC listing
NEMA 1 red mounting box; required for
2975-9227
4090-9005
These items are included with model 4090-9006
Red LED IDNet communications indicator
4090-9812
option kit; mounts on door of 2975-9227 box
Refer to control panel programming manual 579-1167 for further information on suppression release panel programing.

Additional Product Data Sheet Reference

Subject Data Sheet Subject Data Sheet

Releasing System Abort and Maintenance
S2080-0010 Addressable Zone Adapter Modules S4090-0003
Switches
Addressable Manual Stations for Releasing
S4099-0006 TrueAlarm Sensors and Bases S4098-0019
Applications
Addressable Manual Stations for Standard
S4099-0005 TrueAlert Electronic Horns S4901-0010
Applications
4007ES Hybrid Fire Detection and Control
S4007-0001 TrueAlert Non-Addressable Strobes (V/O) S4906-0001
Panel
4007ES Fire Detection and Control Panel S4007-0002 TrueAlert Non-Addressable 4-Wire Horn/Strobes (A/V) S4903-0011
Supervised IAM S4090-0001

Contact your local Simplex product supplier for additional information on compatible IDNet addressable devices and TrueAlert
notification appliances.

3 S4007-0003-3 5/2017
4007ES Hybrid Panel Releasing System One-Line Connection Reference

FIRE
RELEASING NORMAL

DISC./ RE D
C O IL S U P E R V IS IO N M O D U L E ( 2 A M P ) 2 0 8 1 - 9 0 4 6
IN S T A L L A T IO N IN S T R U C T IO N S 5 7 4 - 4 Y3 E7 LR E V
NAC+

DEVICE
1 M A IN T A IN 1 /4 " S E P A R A T IO N

DISABLE B E T W E E N P O W E R L IM IT E D
( R E D /B L K ) A N D N O N P O W E R S
L IM IT E D ( Y E L /B L K ) W IR IN G
DA TE CODE: 51 9 - 95 8
BLK
NA C -
BL K S IM P L E X T IM E R E C O R D E R C O .G A R D N E R M A .U S A

FIRE SUPPRESSION
DISCONNECT / DISABLE

FIRE SUPPRESSION
SYSTEM ABORT

- ID N E T IN +
+ID N E T
IN -

PUSH AND HOLD

MANUAL
RELEASE

FIRE
RELEASING NORMAL

DEVICE
0

DISC./ RED
NA C +
C O IL S U P E R V IS IO N M O D U L E ( 2 A M P ) 2 0 8 1 - 9 0 4 6
IN S T A L L A T IO N IN S T R U C T IO N S 5 7 4 - 4 Y3 E7 LR E V
M A IN T A IN 1 /4 " S E P A R A T IO N
1
DISABLE B E T W E E N P O W E R L IM IT E D
( R E D /B L K ) A N D N O N P O W E R S
L IM IT E D ( Y E L /B L K ) W IR IN G
D A T E COD E : 5 1 9- 9 5 8
BL K
N A C-
BL K S IM P L E X T IM E R E C O R D E R C O .G A R D N E R M A .U S A

FIRE SUPPRESSION
FIRE SUPPRESSION
DISCONNECT / DISABLE
SYSTEM ABORT

- ID N E T IN +
+ID N E T
IN -

PUSH AND HOLD

MANUAL
RELEASE

4 S4007-0003-3 5/2017
4007ES Fully Addressable Panel Releasing System One-Line Connection Reference

HAZARD AREA 2
Maintenance
Disconnect Actuator Control Circuit
Switch with
lamp Agent
4090-9005/-9006 Suppression Coil supervisory
FIRE source
Release Peripheral module
RELEASING NORMAL

DISC./
Actuator
C O IL S U P E R V IS IO N M O D U L E ( 2 A M P ) 2 0 8 1 - 9 0 4 6
RED IN S T A L L A T IO N IN S T R U C T IO N S 5 7 4 - 4 Y3 E7 LR E V
NAC+

DEVICE
1 M A IN T A IN 1 /4 " S E P A R A T IO N

DISABLE B E T W E E N P O W E R L IM IT E D
( R E D /B L K ) A N D N O N P O W E R S
L IM IT E D ( Y E L /B L K ) W IR IN G
D A T E C OD E : 5 1 9 - 9 5 8
BL K
N A C-
BL K S IM P L E X T IM E R E C O R D E R C O .G A R D N E R M A .U S A

FIRE SUPPRESSION
DISCONNECT / DISABLE

Agent discharge path

4009 NAC Communications

IDNet communications

FIRE SUPPRESSION
SYSTEM ABORT

- ID N E T
IN +
+ ID N E T
IN -

MANUAL
RELEASE
PUSH AND HOLD
IDNAC for addressable horn and strobe
control (from 4007ES Control Panel)

24 VDC for Maintenance Disconnect

4009 IDNet NAC Extender status indicator

HAZARD AREA 1
Maintenance
Disconnect Actuator Control Circuit
Switch
IDNet communications Agent
without lamp Coil supervisory
(shown as Class B wiring) FIRE source
module
RELEASING
DEVICE 0

1
RED
NAC+

N A C-
BL K
C O IL S U P E R V IS IO N M O D U L E ( 2 A M P ) 2 0 8 1 - 9 0 4 6
IN S T A L L A T IO N IN S T R U C T IO N S 5 7 4 - 4 Y3 E7 LR E V
M A IN T A IN 1 /4 " S E P A R A T IO N
B E T W E E N P O W E R L IM IT E D
( R E D /B L K ) A N D N O N P O W E R
L IM IT E D ( Y E L /B L K ) W IR IN G
D A T E C OD E : 5 1 9 - 9 5 8
BL K
S

S IM P L E X T IM E R E C O R D E R C O .G A R D N E R M A .U S A
Actuator
FIRE SUPPRESSION
SYSTEM ABORT

- ID N E T
IN +
+ ID N E T
IN -

PUSH AND HOLD

MANUAL
RELEASE

Agent discharge path

Supervised IAM with
optional Abort Switch
Class B Simple NAC wiring; dedicated
IDNet Addressable devices to Suppression Release Actuator

SUPPRESSION RELEASE PANEL

CAUTION: This Control Unit has been arranged for releasing
Service. Disable all releasing device circuits prior to servicing.

To additional addressable
IDNAC for Addressable notification appliances
horn and strobe control
4007ES Fully Addressable Suppression Release Appliqué wording:
Control Panel with Suppression
Release Appliqué SUPPRESSION RELEASE PANEL
CAUTION: This Control Unit has been arranged for releasing
service. Disable all releasing device circuits prior to servicing.

5 S4007-0003-3 5/2017
Suppression Release Peripheral Wiring Reference

Maximum Release Appliance Circuit (RAC) Wiring Distances from Suppression Release Peripheral to
the Valve Solenoid (based on a total drop of 0.6 V)
RAC Output Current Distance Total Line
(refer to solenoid
18 AWG 16 AWG 14 AWG 12 AWG Resistance
rating)
0.50 A 74 ft 23 m 118 ft 36 m 188 ft 57 m 300 ft 91 m 1.06 
0.75 A 50 ft 15 m 79 ft 24 m 126 ft 38 m 200 ft 61 m 0.71 
1.00 A 37 ft 11 m 59 ft 18 m 94 ft 29 m 150 ft 46 m 0.53 
1.25 A 30 ft 9m 47 ft 14 m 75 ft 23 m 120 ft 36.6 m 1.06 
1.5 A 25 ft 7.6 m 39 ft 12 m 63 ft 19 m 100 ft 30.5 m 0.71 
1.75 A 21 ft 6.4 m 34 ft 10 m 54 ft 16 m 85 ft 26 m 0.53 
2.00 A 19 ft 5.8 m 30 ft 9m 47 ft 14 m 75 ft 23 m 0.53 
Metric wire equivalents: 18 AWG = 0.82 mm 2; 16 AWG = 1.31 mm 2; 14 AWG = 2.08 mm 2; 12 AWG = 3.31 mm2

NORMAL

DISC./
1
DISABLE

FIRE SUPPRESSION
DISCONNECT / DISABLE

FIRE
RELEASING NORMAL

DEVICE
0

DISC./
1
DISABLE

FIRE SUPPRESSION
DISCONNECT / DISABLE

FIRE SUPPRESSION
SYSTEM ABORT

- ID N E T
IN +
+ ID N E T
IN -

PUSH AND HOLD

MANUAL
RELEASE

Maximum Notification Appliance Circuit (NAC) Wiring Distances to a Suppression Release Peripheral
(0.5 A to 1.75 A drop is based on a total drop of 3.4V; 2 A drop is based upon a total drop of 1.2 V) FIRE SUPPRESSION
RAC Output Current Distance SYSTEM ABORT
Total Line
(refer to solenoid
18 AWG 16 AWG 14 AWG 12 AWG Resistance
rating)
0.50 A 250 ft 76 m 399 ft 122 m 635 ft 194 m 1010 ft 308 m 3.58 
0.75 A 167 ft 51 m 266 ft 81 m 423 ft 129 m 673 ft 205 m 2.39 
1.00 A 125 ft 38 m 199 ft 61 m 317 ft 97 m 505 ft 154 m 1.79  PUSH AND HOLD
1.25 A 100 ft 30 m 159 ft 48 m 254 ft 77 m 404 ft 123 m 1.43 
1.5 A 84 ft 26 m 133 ft 41 m 212 ft 65 m 337 ft 103 m 1.19 
1.75 A 72 ft 22 m 114 ft 35 m 181 ft 55 m 289 ft 88 m 1.02 
2.00 A 25 ft 7.6 m 39 ft 12 m 63 ft 19 m 100 ft 30 m 0.36 
2 2 2 2
Metric wire equivalents: 18 AWG = 0.82 mm ; 16 AWG = 1.31 mm ; 14 AWG = 2.08 mm ; 12 AWG = 3.31 mm
6 S4007-0003-3 5/2017
Specifications
Suppression Release Peripheral 4090-9005 and 4090-9006
Communications IDNet, one address

RAC Output with 4007ES 2 A maximum At nominal 24 VDC, regulated; refer to NAC Power
Rating with 4009 IDNet NAC Extender 1 A maximum Requirements for more detail

Voltage 16 to 32 VDC (nominal 24 VDC)

NAC Power Requirements No additional current required, circuit appears as standard end-of-line (EOL)
Supervisory Current
NAC loading
NOTE: 4007ES NACs are
RAC Current NAC Current RAC Current NAC Current
rated at 3 A; 4009 IDNet Alarm Current
NAC Extender NACs are 0.5 A 0.845 A 1.25 A 2.14 A
Reference
rated at 2 A, Extender 0.75 A 1.28 A 1.5 A 2.56 A
expansion NACs are rated
1.5 A (RAC current = 0.87 A 1.5 A 1.75
actuator current) 3A
1A 1.71 A 2A
Screw terminals for input and output wiring, 18 to 12 AWG wire
Wire Connections
(0.82 mm2 to 3.31 mm2)
Up to 2500 ft (762 m) from the IDNet source module
IDNet Wiring Distance Reference Up to 10,000 ft (3048 m) total Class B wiring distance including T-Taps
Compatible with Simplex 2081-9044 Overvoltage Protectors
Dimensions See installation reference on page 8
Operating Temperature 32° to 120° F (0° to 49° C) indoor operation only
Operating Humidity Range 10 to 90% RH at 90° F (32° C)

Coil Supervision Module 2081-9046

Construction Epoxy encapsulated
Dimensions 1-3/8” W x 2-7/16” L x 1-1/16” H (34 mm x 62 mm x 27 mm)
Wiring 18 AWG (0.82 mm2) wire leads, color coded
Current Rating 2 A Maximum; internally fused at 3 A, non-replaceable

7 S4007-0003-3 5/2017
Compatible UL Listed Valves and Actuators

Manufacturer Model Number Electrical Ratings

AUTOMAN II-C Assembly (solenoid 17728; coil
24 VDC, 750 mA
25924)
AUTOMAN II-C Explosion-Proof Releasing Device
24 VDC, 750 mA
(solenoid 31492; coil 31438)
AUTOMAN II-C Assembly (solenoid 68739; coil
24VDC, 750 mA
25924)
ANSUL Solenoid Electric Actuator (solenoid 73111; coil
24 VDC, 1 A
73097)
CV90 HF Electric Actuator 73327 *24 VDC, 570 mA
LP CO2 w/ASCO solenoid 422934 24 VDC, 442 mA
LP CO2 double action 24 VDC solenoid 430948 24 VDC, 438 mA
LP CO2 3-way selector valve solenoid 433419 24 VDC, 438 mA
Electric Actuator 24 VDC solenoid 570537 24 VDC, 250 mA
Solenoid Electric Actuator (uses solenoid: Flow
Control 609500/671S)
Solenoid Coupling Assembly 21006401 (uses
solenoid: Flow Control 609500/671S)
Solenoid Coupling Assembly 21006402 (uses
LPG 24 VDC, 542 mA
solenoid: Flow Control 609500/671S)
LPG128/145/190/230-50/55 FM-200 valves (uses
solenoid: Flow Control 609500/671S)
LPG128-90UL iFLOW and FM-200 valve (uses
solenoid: Flow Control 609500/671S)
71395SN2ENJ1NOH111C2 (Skinner coil H111C2) 24 VDC, 420 mA
73212BN4TN00NOC111C2 (Skinner coil C111C2) 24 VDC, 420 mA
Skinner 73212BN4TNLVNOC322C2 (Skinner coil C322C2) 24 VDC, 830 mA
73218BN4UNLVNOH111C2 (Skinner coil H111C2) 24 VDC, 410 mA
73218BN4UNLVNOC111C2 (Skinner coil C111C2) 24 VDC, 410 mA
8210A107 (097617-005D coil) 24 VDC, 750 mA
8210G207 (238310 coil) 24 VDC, 440 mA
8211A107 (097617-005D coil) 24 VDC, 750 mA
8262H182 (238910 coil) 24 VDC, 483 mA
ASCO HV2628571 (23810 coil) 24 VDC, 442 mA
HV2648581 (23810 coil) 24 VDC, 442 mA
EF8210G001MBMO (238714 coil) 24 VDC, 450 mA
R8210A107 (097617-005D coil) 24 VDC, 700 mA
T8210A107 (097617-005D coil) 24 VDC, 700 mA
ECH Electrical Control Head (551201) 24 VDC, 1700 mA
Pyro-Chem Explosion-Proof Electric Actuator (570147) 24 VDC, 396 mA
Removable Electric Actuator (570209) 24 VDC, 200 mA
304.205.010 – Electrical Actuator Suppression Diode 24 VDC, 250 mA
Hygood
304.209.001 – Electrical Actuator Bridge Rectifier 24 VDC, 250 mA
Minimax Model MX1230 without diode 24 VDC, 500 mA
Versa CGS-4292-NB3-S20000 24 VDC, 438 mA
Burkert 5282 2/2-Way Solenoid Valve 24 VDC, 333 mA
* For 24 VDC, 450 mA activation, requires a 73886 (21.5 ohm, 23 watt) in-line resistor shipping assembly ordered separately.
For additional information refer to the manufacturer’s technical documentation.

8 S4007-0003-3 5/2017
Compatible FM Approved Water Control Valves

4007ES Control Panels are assigned to FM Release Control Panel Group 3. Group 3 FM Approved Release Control Panels
are compatible will all FM Approved Solenoid Valves rated at 22 Watts or less. For verification of agency listings and power
requirements refer to the solenoid valve manufacturer's technical documentation.

Suppression Release Peripheral Installation Reference Diagram

2975-9227 Box, red with white

lettering (supplied with 4090-9006)

Door hinges on left and

lifts off for access

4 Knockouts,
one each side

Door height Door screw

8-1/8" fastener
(206 mm)

4090-9812 LED indicator

option (supplied with
4090-9006)
Door depth
1/2" (13 mm)

Door width Box depth

6-1/8" (156 mm) 4" (102 mm)
Box depth with door
4-1/16" (103 mm)

4090-9005 Suppression
Release Peripheral assembly
(supplied with 4090-9006)
NAC +
NAC -

Box height
8" (203 mm)
RAC -
IDNet+

RAC +
IDNet-

ON

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

IDNET SUPPRESSION RELEASE PERIPHERAL ASSY 566-104

Box width
6" (152 mm)

9 S4007-0003-3 5/2017
TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm and
Signaling Code are registered trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).

Tyco Fire Protection Products • Westminster, MA • 01441-0001 • USA S4007-0003-3 5/2017

www.simplex-fire.com
© 2017 Tyco Fire Protection Products. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice.
 Fire Control Units
UL, ULC, CSFM Listed; Automatic Extinguishing, Deluge and Preaction
FM, NYC Fire Dept Approved* Sprinkler System Releasing Control

Features
Releasing control using the Simplex® 4010ES
Fire Alarm Control Unit to provide:
 Coverage for multiple areas of Automatic Extinguishing
Release and/or Deluge and Preaction Sprinkler System
Release including audible escalation of events RED
NAC +
C O IL S U P E R V IS IO N M O D U L E ( 2 A M P ) 2 0 8 1 - 9 0 4 6
IN S T A L L A T IO N IN S T R U C T IO N S 5 7 4 - 4Y3 E7 LR E V
M A IN T A IN 1 /4 " S E P A R A T IO N
B E T W E E N P O W E R L IM IT E D
( R E D /B L K ) A N D N O N P O W E R
L IM IT E D ( Y E L /B L K ) W IR IN G
S


DA T E C ODE : 5 19 - 95 8
BLK
NA C-
BL K S IM P L E X T IM E R E C O R D E R C O .G A R D N E R M A .U S A

Control of compatible Listed/Approved 24 VDC automatic

control actuators, one per circuit; or two 12 VDC actuators in
series per circuit
 Releasing appliance circuits (RACs) by connecting
Notification appliance circuits (NACs) to Suppression NORMAL

Release Peripherals for actuator supervision and control

DISC./
1
DISABLE

FIRE SUPPRESSION


DISCONNECT / DISABLE

Four, 3 Amp Notification Appliance Circuits (NACs) in the

control unit for use with Suppression Release Peripherals
(SRP) and required notification appliances FIRE
RELEASING
 Additional actuator circuit control and additional NACs are DEVICE
available using 4009 IDNet Addressable NAC Extenders
and Suppression Release Peripherals
Audible Escalation of Events:
 Temporal or 20 bpm March Time pattern for first
cross-zone alarm FIRE SUPPRESSION
SYSTEM ABORT


- ID N E T IN +
+I D N E T
IN -

120 bpm March Time pattern indicates releasing timer active MANUAL
RELEASE
PUSH AND HOLD

 On steady indicates releasing timer expired and actuator is

activated
 Requires NACs dedicated to conventional horn control (not
SmartSync operation) with strobes controlled on separate
NACs
4009 IDNet NAC Extenders provide:
 Up to eight NACs for notification requirements and for
NAC input to Suppression Release Peripherals
 Control is via IDNet addressable communications
4090-9005/-9006 Suppression Release Peripheral
(SRP) with Dual Input Control Logic: 4010ES Release Control Simplified Block Diagram
 Dual input control logic requires that both IDNet Introduction
communications commands and an activated NAC are
present to initiate the desired release When combined with Suppression Release Peripherals, the
 Releasing Appliance Circuit (RAC) output provides wiring 4010ES series fire alarm control unit provides actuator
supervision to the actuator including monitoring of coil supervision and control for use in automatic extinguishing,
continuity and short circuit supervision to the coil and deluge or preaction releasing systems. Hazard area
supervision module initiating and notification devices are controlled using either
conventional or addressable circuits per standard 4010ES
Suppression Release Peripheral control features: capabilities. The necessary releasing system logic is
 An on-board DC-DC regulator compensates for voltage implemented within the 4010ES control unit as required for
drops to the peripheral and ensures proper control circuit the local application.
voltage over a wide operating range
 Provides a single RAC for control of actuators for up to 2 Agency Listings
A using a 3 A NAC input (1 A using a 2 A NAC input)
 UL 864 - Control Units, System (UOJZ); Control Unit
Related system components:
Accessories, System, Fire Alarm (UOXX); Control Units,
 4010ES Series control unit with Releasing Appliqué
Releasing Device Service (SYZV); Smoke Control System
 Dedicated NAC output from 4010ES (or compatible NAC
Equipment (UUKL)
Extender)
 Coil supervision module, one per RAC
 Maintenance Switch, one per RAC * This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to
Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listings
 Abort Switch connected via an addressable interface module 7165-0026:0369 and 7300-0026:313 (SRP) for allowable values and/or conditions
concerning material presented in this document. NYC Fire Dept COA #6095. Additional
listings may be applicable; contact your local Simplex product supplier for the latest status.
Listings and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co. are the property of Tyco Fire
Protection Products.

S4010-0005-11 3/2018
Agency Listings (Continued)
 UL 1076 - Proprietary Alarm Units (APOU)
 UL 1730 - Smoke Detector Monitors and Accessories
(UULH)
 UL 2017 - Emergency Alarm System Control Units, CO
detection (FSZI); Process Equipment Management
(QVAX)
 ULC-S527 - Control Units, System, Fire Alarm (UOJZC);
Control Unit Accessories, System, Fire Alarm (UOXXC);
Control Units, Releasing Device Service (SYZVC); Smoke
Control System Equipment (UUKLC)
 ULC-S559 - Central Station Fire Alarm System Units
(DAYRC)
 CSA 6.19 - Gas Alarms and Accessories (CZHFC)
 ULC/ORD-C1076 - Proprietary Burglar Alarm System
Units (APOUC)
 ULC/ORD-C100 - Smoke Control System Equipment,
UUKLC
Automatic Extinguishing Release Systems
These systems automatically activate electrically
controlled actuators for the release of a fire extinguishing
agent (such as dry chemical, water spray, foam, CO2, or
clean agent) in response to fire detection device inputs as
determined by programming of the host fire alarm control
unit.
Automatic Extinguishing Release Systems are
required to have a minimum of 24 hours of standby
power. Initiating devices must be Listed/Approved for the
application, and may be wired either Class A or B.
Control actuators must be electrically compatible with the
control unit circuits and power supplies, and are wired
Class B to provide coil supervision.
Deluge or Preaction Sprinkler Systems
These systems automatically activate water control
actuators in response to fire detection device inputs.
Deluge Sprinkler Systems employ open sprinkler
heads and provide water flow when the fire detection
system activates a common automatic water control
actuator. They are used to deliver water simultaneously
through all of the system sprinkler heads. This type of
system is applicable where the immediate application of
large quantities of water over large areas is the proper fire
response.
Preaction Sprinkler Systems are similar to deluge
systems except that normally closed sprinkler heads are
used and supervisory air pressure is maintained in the
pipe. Operation requires both an activated sprinkler head
and an activated fire alarm initiating device with specific
programming determined at the host fire alarm control
unit.
Releasing System Requirements
1. Releasing actuators are controlled from a
Suppression Release Peripheral (4090-9005 or
4090-9006). Connections are 2-wire, Class B releasing
circuits with only one 24 VDC actuator per circuit.
Where applicable, two, 12 VDC actuators in series, or
one 12 VDC actuator with manufacturer supplied
resistor may be used.
2 S4010-0005-11 3/2018
Releasing System Requirements (Continued)
2. Coil Supervision Module 2081-9046 must be wired
electrically before the actuator and located in the
actuator wiring junction box. (Refer to diagram on
page 5.) The connected RAC provides continuity
supervision of the actuator coil and wiring and
provides short circuit supervision to the coil
supervision module.
3. Cross-zoning or other alarm initiation logic per
system requirements, is to be implemented by
programming at the fire alarm control unit.
4. UL Listed Automatic Extinguishing Releasing
operation requires that: battery standby must be a
minimum of 24 hours with 5 minutes of alarm and that
listed actuators are used, refer to list on page 6.
5. FM Approved Automatic Extinguishing Release
requires secondary standby to be a minimum of
24 hours with 5 minutes of alarm. Actuators must be
electrically compatible.
6. FM Approved Deluge and Preaction Sprinkler
operation requires that: initiating device circuits be
Class A and wired to Listed/Approved devices;
standby power capacity must be a minimum of 90
hours with 10 minutes of alarm; and that compatible
Automatic Water Control Valves must be used. (Refer
to actuator list on page 7.)
7. Maintenance Switches, one per RAC, are required
per NFPA 72, the National Fire Alarm and Signaling
Code to allow the system to be tested or serviced
without actuating the fire suppression systems. Their
use may not be allowed in some jurisdictions, always
confirm local requirements. When used, Simplex
Maintenance Switches are required to ensure that
operation initiates a supervisory condition.
8. Abort Switches are available when abort operation is
required. When used, connect to an addressable
Supervised IAM model 4090-9001 or similar
addressable adapter module. The Simplex abort switch
and the IAM mount in a single gang box, 2-1/2”
minimum depth.
9. Addressable Manual Releasing Stations are used to
initiate activation of the releasing actuators with the
appropriate time delay implemented by the fire alarm
control unit.
10. Notification Requirements. Each hazard area
typically requires general audible and visible fire
alarm notification and additional dedicated NACs for
area releasing status notification.
11. The IDNet Suppression Release Peripheral (SRP)
required for release control requires two inputs; IDNet
and a dedicated NAC input. For additional SRP
reference refer to installation instructions 579-385.
Additional Releasing Systems Reference
For additional information, refer to Factory Mutual Research Corporation (FMRC) “FMRC Approval Guide,” FM Approval
standard “Automatic Releases for Preaction and Deluge Sprinkler Systems.”

Please note that proper operation of releasing control systems requires that the system design, installation, and maintenance
be performed correctly and in accordance with all applicable local and national codes, and equipment manufacturer’s
instructions. No liability for total system operation is assumed or implied.

Product Selection

4010ES Releasing Control System Modules

Model Description Reference
Required, one per RAC, mounts in the releasing actuator wiring
2081-9046 Coil Supervision Module
junction box; see specifications section for details
One per RAC; flush or surface mount; indicator lamp models
2080-Series* Maintenance Switches
require separate 24 VDC wiring

2080-9056* Flush mount As required, connects via an IDNet addressable interface module;
Abort Switch mounted on a single gang stainless steel plate; installation
2080-9057* Surface mount requires a single gang box, 2-1/2” (64 mm) minimum depth

* Refer to data sheet S2080-0010 for Abort and Maintenance switch details.

Releasing Appliqués, Required for 4010ES Suppression Releasing Applications

Model Description
4010-9830 English Suppression Releasing Appliqué; field applied (same appliqué as is used on the
4010-9830CAF French Simplex model 4010 Suppression Release Control Unit)

Suppression Release Peripheral and Accessories

Model Description Reference
Basic Suppression Release Peripheral on
4090-9005 Requires mounting box 2975-9227, ordered separately
mounting plate
Suppression Release Peripheral mounted in
4090-9006 Includes LED indicator on front of door
NEMA 1 red box; required for ULC listing
NEMA 1 red mounting box; required for
2975-9227
4090-9005
These items are included with model 4090-9006
Red LED IDNet communications indicator
4090-9812
option kit; mounts on door of 2975-9227 box

Additional Product Reference

Subject Data Sheet
Releasing System Abort and Maintenance Switches S2080-0010
4009 IDNet NAC Extender S4009-0002
4010ES Panels with Conventional Notification S4010-0004
InfoAlarm Command Center for the 4010ES Panels S4010-0008
4010ES Panels with Addressable Notification S4010-0011
Addressable Manual Stations for Releasing Applications S4099-0006

3 S4010-0005-11 3/2018
 FIRE
RELEASING NORMAL

DISC./ RED
C O IL S U P E R V IS IO N M O D U L E ( 2 A M P ) 2 0 8 1 - 9 0 4 6
IN S T A L L A T IO N IN S T R U C T IO N S 5 7 4 - 4 Y3 E7 LR E V
NAC+

DEVICE
1 M A IN T A IN 1 /4 " S E P A R A T IO N

DISABLE B E T W E E N P O W E R L IM IT E D
( R E D /B L K ) A N D N O N P O W E R S
L IM IT E D ( Y E L /B L K ) W IR IN G
DA T E CODE : 5 1 9 - 9 5 8B L K
NA C-
BLK S IM P L E X T IM E R E C O R D E R C O .G A R D N E R M A .U S A

FIRE SUPPRESSION
DISCONNECT / DISABLE

FIRE SUPPRESSION
SYSTEM ABORT

- ID N E T
IN +
+ ID N E T IN -

PUSH AND HOLD

MANUAL
RELEASE

FIRE
RELEASING NORMAL

DEVICE
0

DISC./ RED
N A C+
C O IL S U P E R V IS IO N M O D U L E ( 2 A M P ) 2 0 8 1 - 9 0 4 6
IN S T A L L A T IO N IN S T R U C T IO N S 5 7 4 - 4 Y3 E7LR E V
1 M A IN T A IN 1 /4 " S E P A R A T IO N

DISABLE B E T W E E N P O W E R L IM IT E D
( R E D /B L K ) A N D N O N P O W E R S
L IM IT E D ( Y E L /B L K ) W IR IN G
DA T E C OD E : 5 1 9 - 9 5 8B L K
NA C-
BL K S IM P L E X T IM E R E C O R D E R C O .G A R D N E R M A .U S A

FIRE SUPPRESSION
FIRE SUPPRESSION
DISCONNECT / DISABLE
SYSTEM ABORT

- ID N E T
IN +
+ ID N E T IN -

PUSH AND HOLD

MANUAL
RELEASE

4 S4010-0005-11 3/2018
4010ES Fully Addressable Control Unit Releasing System One-Line Diagram

HAZARD AREA 2
Maintenance
Disconnect Actuator Control Circuit
Switch with
Agent
4090-9005/-9006 Suppression lamp Coil supervisory
FIRE source
Release Peripheral module
RELEASING NORMAL

DISC./
Actuator
C O IL S U P E R V IS IO N M O D U L E ( 2 A M P ) 2 0 8 1 - 9 0 4 6
RED IN S T A L L A T IO N IN S T R U C T IO N S 5 7 4 - 4 Y3 E7 LR E V
NA C +

DEVICE
1 M A IN T A IN 1 /4 " S E P A R A T IO N

DISABLE B E T W E E N P O W E R L IM IT E D
( R E D /B L K ) A N D N O N P O W E R S
L IM IT E D ( Y E L /B L K ) W IR IN G
D A T E COD E : 5 1 9- 9 5 8
BL K
N A C-
BL K S IM P L E X T IM E R E C O R D E R C O .G A R D N E R M A .U S A

FIRE SUPPRESSION
DISCONNECT / DISABLE

Agent discharge path

4009 NAC Communications

IDNet communications

FIRE SUPPRESSION
SYSTEM ABORT

- ID N E T IN +
+ ID N E T IN -

MANUAL
RELEASE
PUSH AND HOLD
IDNAC for addressable horn and strobe
control (from 4010ES Control Unit)

24 VDC for Maintenance Disconnect

4009 IDNet NAC Extender status indicator

HAZARD AREA 1
Maintenance
Disconnect Actuator Control Circuit
IDNet communications Switch
Agent
without lamp Coil supervisory
(shown as Class B wiring) FIRE source
module
RELEASING
DEVICE 0

1
RED
N A C+

NAC-
BL K
C O IL S U P E R V IS IO N M O D U L E ( 2 A M P ) 2 0 8 1 - 9 0 4 6
IN S T A L L A T IO N IN S T R U C T IO N S 5 7 4 - 4 Y3 E7 LR E V
M A IN T A IN 1 /4 " S E P A R A T IO N
B E T W E E N P O W E R L IM IT E D
( R E D /B L K ) A N D N O N P O W E R

DA TE CODE:
L IM IT E D ( Y E L /B L K ) W IR IN G
51 9 - 9 58
BL K
S

S IM P L E X T IM E R E C O R D E R C O .G A R D N E R M A .U S A
Actuator
FIRE SUPPRESSION
SYSTEM ABORT

- ID N E T IN +
+ ID N E T
IN -

PUSH AND HOLD

MANUAL
RELEASE

Agent discharge path

Supervised IAM with
optional Abort Switch
Class B Simple NAC wiring; dedicated
IDNet Addressable devices to Suppression Release Actuator

SUPPRESSION RELEASE PANEL

CAUTION: This Control Unit has been arranged for releasing
service. Disable all releasing device circuits prior to servicing.

To additional addressable
IDNAC for Addressable notification appliances
horn and strobe control
4010ES Fully Suppression Release Appliqué wording:
Addressable Control Unit
with Suppression SUPPRESSION RELEASE PANEL
Release Appliqué CAUTION: This Control Unit has been arranged for releasing
service. Disable all releasing device circuits prior to servicing.
 
5 S4010-0005-11 3/2018
 Suppression Release Peripheral Wiring Reference

Maximum Release Appliance Circuit (RAC) Wiring Distances from Suppression Release Peripheral to
the Valve Solenoid (based on a total drop of 0.6 V)
RAC Output Current Distance Total Line
(refer to solenoid
18 AWG 16 AWG 14 AWG 12 AWG Resistance
rating)
0.50 A 74 ft 23 m 118 ft 36 m 188 ft 57 m 300 ft 91 m 1.06 
0.75 A 50 ft 15 m 79 ft 24 m 126 ft 38 m 200 ft 61 m 0.71 
1.00 A 37 ft 11 m 59 ft 18 m 94 ft 29 m 150 ft 46 m 0.53 
1.25 A 30 ft 9m 47 ft 14 m 75 ft 23 m 120 ft 36.6 m 1.06 
1.5 A 25 ft 7.6 m 39 ft 12 m 63 ft 19 m 100 ft 30.5 m 0.71 
1.75 A 21 ft 6.4 m 34 ft 10 m 54 ft 16 m 85 ft 26 m 0.53 
2.00 A 19 ft 5.8 m 30 ft 9m 47 ft 14 m 75 ft 23 m 0.53 
Metric wire equivalents: 18 AWG = 0.82 mm 2; 16 AWG = 1.31 mm 2; 14 AWG = 2.08 mm 2; 12 AWG = 3.31 mm2

NORMAL

DISC./
1
DISABLE

FIRE SUPPRESSION
DISCONNECT / DISABLE

FIRE C O IL S U P E R V IS IO N M O D U L E ( 2 A M P ) 2 0 8 1 - 9 0 4 6
RED IN S T A L L A T IO N IN S T R U C T IO N S 5 7 4 - 4 Y3 E7 LR E V

RELEASING NORMAL
NAC+ M A IN T A IN 1 /4 " S E P A R A T IO N
B E T W E E N P O W E R L IM IT E D
( R E D /B L K ) A N D N O N P O W E R S
L IM IT E D ( Y E L /B L K ) W IR IN G

DEVICE
0

DISC./
1
DISABLE DA T E CODE : 51 9- 958
BLK
NAC-
BL K S IM P L E X T IM E R E C O R D E R C O .G A R D N E R M A .U S A
FIRE SUPPRESSION
DISCONNECT / DISABLE

FIRE SUPPRESSION
SYSTEM ABORT

- ID N E T
IN +
+ ID N E T IN -

PUSH AND HOLD

MANUAL
RELEASE

Maximum Notification Appliance Circuit (NAC) Wiring Distances to a Suppression Release Peripheral
(0.5 A to 1.75 A drop is based on a total drop of 3.4V; 2 A drop is based upon a total drop of 1.2 V) FIRE SUPPRESSION
RAC Output Current Distance SYSTEM ABORT
Total Line
(refer to solenoid
18 AWG 16 AWG 14 AWG 12 AWG Resistance
rating)
0.50 A 250 ft 76 m 399 ft 122 m 635 ft 194 m 1010 ft 308 m 3.58 
0.75 A 167 ft 51 m 266 ft 81 m 423 ft 129 m 673 ft 205 m 2.39 
1.00 A 125 ft 38 m 199 ft 61 m 317 ft 97 m 505 ft 154 m 1.79  PUSH AND HOLD
1.25 A 100 ft 30 m 159 ft 48 m 254 ft 77 m 404 ft 123 m 1.43 
1.5 A 84 ft 26 m 133 ft 41 m 212 ft 65 m 337 ft 103 m 1.19 
1.75 A 72 ft 22 m 114 ft 35 m 181 ft 55 m 289 ft 88 m 1.02 
2.00 A 25 ft 7.6 m 39 ft 12 m 63 ft 19 m 100 ft 30 m 0.36 
2 2 2 2
Metric wire equivalents: 18 AWG = 0.82 mm ; 16 AWG = 1.31 mm ; 14 AWG = 2.08 mm ; 12 AWG = 3.31 mm

6 S4010-0005-11 3/2018
Specifications
Suppression Release Peripheral 4090-9005 and 4090-9006
Communications IDNet, one address

RAC Output with 4010ES 2 A maximum At nominal 24 VDC, regulated; refer to NAC Power
Rating with 4009 IDNet NAC Extender 1 A maximum Requirements for more detail

Voltage 16 to 32 VDC (nominal 24 VDC)

NAC Power Requirements No additional current required, circuit appears as standard end-of-line (EOL)
Supervisory Current
NAC loading
NOTE: 4010ES NACs are
RAC Current NAC Current RAC Current NAC Current
rated at 3 A; 4009 IDNet Alarm Current
NAC Extender NACs are 0.5 A 0.845 A 1.25 A 2.14 A
Reference
rated at 2 A, Extender 0.75 A 1.28 A 1.5 A 2.56 A
expansion NACs are rated
1.5 A (RAC current = 0.87 A 1.5 A 1.75
actuator current) 3A
1A 1.71 A 2A
Screw terminals for input and output wiring, 18 to 12 AWG wire
Wire Connections
(0.82 mm2 to 3.31 mm2)
Up to 2500 ft (762 m) from the IDNet source module
IDNet Wiring Distance Reference Up to 10,000 ft (3048 m) total Class B wiring distance including T-Taps
Compatible with Simplex 2081-9044 Overvoltage Protectors
Dimensions See installation reference on page 8
Operating Temperature 32° to 120° F (0° to 49° C) indoor operation only
Operating Humidity Range 10 to 90% RH at 90° F (32° C)

Coil Supervision Module 2081-9046

Construction Epoxy encapsulated
Dimensions 1-3/8” W x 2-7/16” L x 1-1/16” H (34 mm x 62 mm x 27 mm)
Wiring 18 AWG (0.82 mm2) wire leads, color coded
Current Rating 2 A Maximum; internally fused at 3 A, non-replaceable

7 S4010-0005-11 3/2018
Compatible UL Listed Valves and Actuators

Manufacturer Model Number Electrical Ratings

AUTOMAN II-C Assembly (solenoid 17728; coil
24 VDC, 750 mA
25924)
AUTOMAN II-C Explosion-Proof Releasing Device
24 VDC, 750 mA
(solenoid 31492; coil 31438)
AUTOMAN II-C Assembly (solenoid 68739; coil
24VDC, 750 mA
25924)
ANSUL Solenoid Electric Actuator (solenoid 73111; coil
24 VDC, 1 A
73097)
CV90 HF Electric Actuator 73327 *24 VDC, 570 mA
LP CO2 w/ASCO solenoid 422934 24 VDC, 442 mA
LP CO2 double action 24 VDC solenoid 430948 24 VDC, 438 mA
LP CO2 3-way selector valve solenoid 433419 24 VDC, 438 mA
Electric Actuator 24 VDC solenoid 570537 24 VDC, 250 mA
Solenoid Electric Actuator (uses solenoid: Flow
Control 609500/671S)
Solenoid Coupling Assembly 21006401 (uses
solenoid: Flow Control 609500/671S)
Solenoid Coupling Assembly 21006402 (uses
LPG 24 VDC, 542 mA
solenoid: Flow Control 609500/671S)
LPG128/145/190/230-50/55 FM-200 valves (uses
solenoid: Flow Control 609500/671S)
LPG128-90UL iFLOW and FM-200 valve (uses
solenoid: Flow Control 609500/671S)
71395SN2ENJ1NOH111C2 (Skinner coil H111C2) 24 VDC, 420 mA
73212BN4TN00NOC111C2 (Skinner coil C111C2) 24 VDC, 420 mA
Skinner 73212BN4TNLVNOC322C2 (Skinner coil C322C2) 24 VDC, 830 mA
73218BN4UNLVNOH111C2 (Skinner coil H111C2) 24 VDC, 410 mA
73218BN4UNLVNOC111C2 (Skinner coil C111C2) 24 VDC, 410 mA
8210A107 (097617-005D coil) 24 VDC, 750 mA
8210G207 (238310 coil) 24 VDC, 440 mA
8211A107 (097617-005D coil) 24 VDC, 750 mA
8262H182 (238910 coil) 24 VDC, 483 mA
ASCO HV2628571 (23810 coil) 24 VDC, 442 mA
HV2648581 (23810 coil) 24 VDC, 442 mA
EF8210G001MBMO (238714 coil) 24 VDC, 450 mA
R8210A107 (097617-005D coil) 24 VDC, 700 mA
T8210A107 (097617-005D coil) 24 VDC, 700 mA
ECH Electrical Control Head (551201) 24 VDC, 1700 mA
Pyro-Chem Explosion-Proof Electric Actuator (570147) 24 VDC, 396 mA
Removable Electric Actuator (570209) 24 VDC, 200 mA
304.205.010 – Electrical Actuator Suppression Diode 24 VDC, 250 mA
Hygood
304.209.001 – Electrical Actuator Bridge Rectifier 24 VDC, 250 mA
Minimax Model MX1230 without diode 24 VDC, 500 mA
Versa CGS-4292-NB3-S20000 24 VDC, 438 mA
Burkert 5282 2/2-Way Solenoid Valve 24 VDC, 333 mA
* For 24 VDC, 450 mA activation, requires a 73886 (21.5 ohm, 23 watt) in-line resistor shipping assembly ordered separately.
For additional information refer to the manufacturer’s technical documentation.

8 S4010-0005-11 3/2018
FM Approved Solenoid Valves
4010ES Control Units are assigned to FM Release Control Panel Group 3. Group 3 FM Approved Release Control Panels are
compatible will all FM Approved Solenoid Valves rated at 22 Watts or less. For verification of agency listings and power
requirements refer to the solenoid valve manufacturer's technical documentation.

Suppression Release Peripheral Installation Reference Diagram

2975-9227 Box, red with white

lettering (supplied with 4090-9006)

Door hinges on left and

lifts off for access

4 Knockouts,
one each side

Door height Door screw

8-1/8" fastener
(206 mm)

4090-9812 LED indicator

option (supplied with
4090-9006)
Door depth
1/2" (13 mm)

Door width Box depth

6-1/8" (156 mm) 4" (102 mm)
Box depth with door
4-1/16" (103 mm)

4090-9005 Suppression
Release Peripheral assembly
(supplied with 4090-9006)
NAC +
NAC -

Box height
8" (203 mm)
IDNet+

RAC -
RAC +
IDNet-

ON

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

IDNET SUPPRESSION RELEASE PERIPHERAL ASSY 566-104

Box width
6" (152 mm)

9 S4010-0005-11 3/2018
 TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm and
Signaling Code are registered trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).

Tyco Fire Protection Products • Westminster, MA • 01441-0001 • USA S4010-0005-11 3/2018

www.simplex-fire.com
© 2018 Tyco Fire Protection Products. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice.
 Releasing System Peripherals
UL, ULC, CSFM Listed; IDNet or MAPNET II Communicating Devices;
FM Approved * Addressable Manual Stations for Releasing Applications

Features
Individually addressable manual fire alarm stations
for releasing applications with:
 Power and data supplied via IDNet or MAPNET II
addressable communications using a single wire pair
 Operation that complies with ADA requirements PUSH
 Visible LED indicator that flashes during
communications and is on steady when the station has
been activated
 Pull lever that protrudes when alarmed
 Break-rod supplied (use is optional)
 Dual action push and pull operation
 Label kit provides for six varieties of releasing MANUAL
RELEASE
applications (ordered separately)
Compatible with the following Simplex® Releasing 4099-9015 Addressable Manual Station for Releasing
System control panels equipped with either IDNet Applications (with Manual Release label from
or MAPNET II communications: 4099-9802 Label Kit)
 Model Series 4100ES, 4010ES, and 4010
 Installed 4100, 4120, and 4020 systems CLEAN AGENT
RELEASE
Compact construction:
EXTINGUISHING
 Electronics module enclosure minimizes dust infiltration RELEASE

 Allows mounting in standard electrical boxes CARBON DIOXIDE

RELEASE
 Screw terminals for wiring connections
FOAM SYSTEM
Tamper resistant reset key lock RELEASE

 Locks are keyed the same as Simplex fire alarm cabinets SPRINKLER
RELEASE
Multiple mounting options: MANUAL
 Surface or semi-flush with standard boxes or matching RELEASE

Simplex boxes
 Flush mount adapter kit
 Adapters are available for retrofitting to commonly
available existing boxes
UL listed to Standard 38
Description
These 4099 series addressable manual stations combine
the familiar Simplex housing with a compact
communication module providing easy installation for
releasing applications. The integral individual addressable
module (IAM) monitors status and communicates changes
to the connected control panel via MAPNET II or IDNet
communications wiring.
A blank area on the front of the station allows the
selection of a label to match the specific releasing
application (label kit is ordered separately). (Refer to data
sheet S4099-0005 for standard Simplex addressable
manual stations.)
* This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to
Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing 7150-0026:224
for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in this document.
Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local Simplex product supplier for the
latest status. Listings and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co. are the property of
Tyco Safety Products Westminster.
Label Kit
4099-9802
Operation
Activation requires that a spring loaded interference
plate (marked PUSH) be pushed back to access the station
pull lever with a firm downward pull that activates the
alarm switch. Completing the action breaks an internal
plastic break-rod (visible below the pull lever, use is
optional). The use of a break-rod can be a deterrent to
vandalism without interfering with the minimum pull
requirements needed for easy activation. The pull lever
latches into the alarm position and remains extended out
of the housing to provide a visible indication.
Station reset requires the use of a key to reset the
manual station lever and deactivate the alarm switch. (If
the break-rod is used, it must be replaced.)
Station testing is performed by physical activation of
the pull lever. Electrical testing can be also performed by
unlocking the station housing to activate the alarm switch.
S4099-0006 11/2014
Addressable Manual Station Product Selection
Addressable Manual Stations
Model Description
Double action, Push operation, Addressable manual station; red housing with white letters and white pull
4099-9015
lever; requires label kit 4099-9802
Label kit, white lettering on red background; select the label required for the specific releasing application;
4099-9802
types include: Clean Agent, Extinguishing, Carbon Dioxide, Foam System, Sprinkler, and Manual
Accessories
Model Description Reference
2975-9178 Surface mount steel box, red
Refer to page 3 for dimensions
2975-9022 Cast aluminum surface mount box, red
2099-9813 Semi-flush trim plate for double gang switch box, red
Typically for retrofit, refer to page 4
2099-9814 Surface trim plate for Wiremold box V5744-2, red
2099-9819 Flush mount adapter kit, black
Refer to page 4 for details
2099-9820 Flush mount adapter kit, beige
2099-9804 Replacement break-rod

Specifications

IDNet or MAPNET II communications, 1 address per station, up to 2500 ft (762 m) from

Power and Communications
fire alarm control panel, up to 10,000 ft (3048 m) total wiring distance (including T-Taps)
Address Means Dipswitch, 8 position
Wire Connections Screw terminal for in/out wiring, for 18 to 14 AWG wire (0.82 mm2 to 2.08 mm2)
UL Listed Temperature Range 32° to 120° F (0° to 49° C) intended for indoor operation
Humidity Range Up to 93% RH at 100° F (38° F)
Housing Color Red with white raised lettering
Material Housing and pull lever are Lexan polycarbonate or equal
Pull Lever Color White with red raised lettering
Housing Dimensions 5” H x 3 ¾” W x 1” D (127 mm x 95 mm x 25 mm)
Installation Instructions 579-1135

Addressable Manual Station Semi-Flush Mounting

Single Gang Box Mount 4" Square Box Mount
Single gang box, 2-1/2" deep 4" (102 mm) square box, 2-1/8" (54 mm) minimum
(64 mm), RACO #500 or equal depth, RACO #231 or equal (supplied by others)
(supplied by others)

Mount flush or with

1/16" (2 mm)
maximum extension
4" Square box
DO NOT RECESS
with cover plate

FIRE ALARM Station

side view

PUSH Single gang cover plate, 3/4"

(19 mm) extension, RACO #773
PULL DOWN or equal (supplied by others)
Single gang
box outline
LED Indicator Wall surface

MANUAL Semi-Flush Mount Side View

RELEASE

2 S4099-0006 11/2014
Addressable Manual Stations Surface Mounting

2975-9178 Box 2975-9022 Cast Box

Preferred Mounting. For 5-3/16" H x 4" W x 2-3/16" D 5" H x 3-7/8" W x 2-3/16" D
(132 mm x 102 mm x 56 mm) (127 mm x 98 mm x 56 mm)
surface mounting of these (ordered separately) (ordered separately)
addressable manual stations, the
preferred electrical boxes are
shown in the illustration to the
right.
Additional Mounting Knockouts located
Reference. Refer to page 4 for top and bottom
Wiremold box mounting
compatibility.
FIR
FIRE ALARM
E
PUSH
PULL DOWN
Access for 3/4" threaded
5" conduit located top and bottom
(127 mm)

MANUAL
RELEASE
1" (25.4 mm)

3-3/4" (95 mm)

4099-9015 Addressable Manual Station

Surface Mount Side View with Internal Detail

1-1/4"
(32 mm) Simplex 2975-9178 box
Field wiring (shown for reference)
(shown for reference)

Address setting under

resealable label (accessible
with cover open)
2-5/8"
(67 mm)

Station cover
hinges open for
installation access

Switch wiring
(prewired)

3 S4099-0006 11/2014
 Addressable Manual Station, Additional Mounting Information
For retrofit and new
installations, additional
compatible mounting boxes
and the required adapter plates Wiremold
are shown in the illustration to receptacle box
2099-9814 Surface trim model V5744-2
the right. for Wiremold box (supplied by
5-1/8" H x 5" W others)
(130 mm x 127 mm)

Two gang switch box, each

3" H x 2" W x 2-3/4" D
(76 mm x 51 mm x 70 mm)
(supplied by others)
PUSH

MANUAL
RELEASE

2099-9813 Semi-flush trim for

2-gang switch box, 6" H x 4-1/2" W
(152 mm x 114 mm)

Addressable Manual Station, Flush Mounting Information

Flush mount adapter kit
2099-9819, Black
2099-9820, Beige

Box must be recessed into wall

1" to 1-1/8" (25.4 mm to 29 mm)

8"
(203 mm) PUSH
Hole cutout must be a
minimum of 6" H by 5" W
6" (152 mm by 127 mm)
(152
mm)

MANUAL
RELEASE

4-11/16" (119 mm)

square box, 2-1/8"
(54 mm) minimum
Wall depth (by others)
4-3/4" (121 mm) surface

6-3/4" (171 mm)

Front View Side View

TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. Lexan is a trademark of the General
Electric Co. Wiremold is a trademark of the Wiremold Company.

Tyco Fire Protection Products • Westminster, MA • 01441-0001 • USA S4099-0006 11/2014

www.simplex-fire.com
© 2014 Tyco Fire Protection Products. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice.
 Fire Control Panels
UL, ULC, CSFM Listed; FM Approved Automatic Extinguishing, Deluge and Preaction
MEA (NYC) Acceptance* Sprinkler System Releasing Control

Features Actuator
Agent Agent
®
Releasing control using the Simplex 4100ES source discharge
(or 4100U) Fire Alarm Control Panel to provide**: Actuator path
 Coverage for multiple areas of Automatic Extinguishing Control
Circuit
Release and/or Deluge and Preaction Sprinkler System Coil supervisory
module
Release including audible escalation of events
 Control of compatible Listed/Approved 24 VDC
COIL S U P E R V IS ION MODU L E ( 2 A MP ) 2 0 8 1 - 9 0 4 6
RE D YE L
IN S T A L L A T ION IN S T RUC T IONS 5 7 4 - 4 3 7 RE V
NA C+ MA IN T A IN 1 /4 " S E P A RA T ION
B E T W E E N P O W E R L IM IT E D
( RE D /B L K ) A ND NON P O W E R S
L IMIT E D ( Y E L /B L K ) W IR IN G
D A T E CO DE : 519- 958
BL K
N A C-
BL K S IM P L E X T IM E R E C O R D E R C O .G A R D N E R M A .U S A

automatic control actuators, one per circuit; or two

12 VDC actuators in series per circuit Release
 Releasing appliance circuits (RACs) by connecting appliance circuit
Notification appliance circuits (NACs) to Suppression
Release Peripherals for actuator supervision and control Maintenance NORMAL

Disconnect Switch
0

DISC./
1
DISABLE

Audible Escalation of Events: (with indicator lamp)

FIRE SUPPRESSION
DISCONNECT / DISABLE

 Temporal or 20 bpm March Time pattern for first Power for

indicator lamp
cross-zone alarm (if required)
 120 bpm March Time pattern to indicate releasing timer FIRE
RELEASING
Suppression
active Release Peripheral
DEVICE
 On steady to indicate releasing timer expired and
actuator is activated
 NOTE: Requires NACs dedicated to conventional horn Typical addressable
initiating devices
control (not SmartSync operation) with strobes IDNet
controlled on separate NACs communications
FIRE SUPPRESSION
SYSTEM ABORT

4090-9005/-9006 Suppression Release Peripheral - IDNE T IN

+IDNET IN
+
-

Dedicated
PUSH AND HOLD
MANUAL

(SRP) with Dual Command Control:

RELEASE

NAC circuit
 Dual command control requires that both IDNet
communications commands and an activated NAC are
present to initiate the desired release
 NAC provides wiring supervision to the actuator
including monitoring of coil continuity and short circuit
supervision to the coil supervision module SUPPRESSION RELEASE PANEL
CAUTION: This Control Unit has been arranged for releasing
service. Disable all releasing device circuits prior to servicing .

Suppression Release Peripheral control features:

 An on-board DC-DC regulator compensates for
voltage drops to the peripheral and ensures proper
control circuit voltage over a wide operating range
 Provides a single RAC for control of actuators for up
to 2 A using a 3 A NAC input (1 A using a 2 A NAC
input)
Related system components:
 4100ES Series control panel with Releasing Appliqué
 Dedicated NAC output from 4100ES (or compatible
NAC Extender)
 Coil supervision module, one per RAC
 Maintenance Switch, one per RAC
 Abort Switch connected via an addressable interface
module
Introduction
When combined with Suppression Release Peripherals,
the 4100ES series fire alarm control panel provides
actuator supervision and control for use in automatic
extinguishing, and deluge or preaction releasing systems.
Hazard area initiating and notification devices are
controlled using either conventional or addressable
circuits per standard 4100ES capabilities. The necessary
releasing system logic is implemented within the 4100ES
control panel as required for the local application.
4100ES Control Panel with
Suppression Release Appliqué
4100ES Series Releasing Control Typical Block Diagram
Agency listings
 UL 864 - Control Units, System (UOJZ); Control Unit
Accessories, System, Fire Alarm (UOXX); Control
Units, Releasing Device Service (SYZV); Smoke
Control System Equipment (UUKL)
 UL 1076 - Proprietary Alarm Units (APOU)
 UL 1730 - Smoke Detector Monitors and Accessories
(UULH)
* This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to
Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listings 7165-0026:251
and 7300-0026:313 (SRP) for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material
presented in this document. Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local Simplex
product supplier for the latest status. Listings and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co.
are the property of Tyco Safety Products Westminster.
** Release Control operation described in this document is also available with 4100U Control
Panels with software revision 11.05 or higher. Refer to data sheet S4100-0031 for model
4100ES control panel details including IDNet communications information.

S4100-0040-12 5/2018
Agency listings (Continued)
 UL 2017 - Emergency Alarm System Control Units, CO
detection (FSZI); Process Equipment Management
(QVAX)
 ULC-S527 - Control Units, System, Fire Alarm
(UOJZC); Control Unit Accessories, System, Fire
Alarm (UOXXC); Control Units, Releasing Device
Service (SYZVC); Smoke Control System Equipment
(UUKLC)
 ULC-S559 - Central Station Fire Alarm System Units
(DAYRC)
 CSA 6.19 - Gas Alarms and Accessories (CZHFC)
 ULC/ORD-C1076 - Proprietary Burglar Alarm System
Units (APOUC)
 ULC/ORD-C100 - Smoke Control System Equipment,
UUKLC
 UL2572 – Mass Notification Systems
Automatic Extinguishing Release Systems
These systems automatically activate electrically
controlled actuators for the release of a fire extinguishing
agent (such as dry chemical, water spray, foam, CO2, or
clean agent) in response to fire detection device inputs as
determined by programming of the host fire alarm control
panel.
Automatic Extinguishing Release System Panels
are required to have a minimum of 24 hours of standby
power. Initiating devices must be Listed/Approved for the
application, and may be wired either Class A or B.
Control actuators must be electrically compatible with the
control panel circuits and power supplies, and are wired
Class B to provide coil supervision.
Deluge or Preaction Sprinkler Systems
These systems automatically activate water control
actuators in response to fire detection device inputs.
Deluge Sprinkler Systems employ open sprinkler
heads and provide water flow when the fire detection
system activates a common automatic water control
actuator. They are used to deliver water simultaneously
through all of the system sprinkler heads. This type of
system is applicable where the immediate application of
large quantities of water over large areas is the proper fire
response.
Preaction Sprinkler Systems are similar to deluge
systems except that normally closed sprinkler heads are
used and supervisory air pressure is maintained in the
pipe. Operation requires both an activated sprinkler head
and an activated fire alarm initiating device with specific
programming determined at the host fire alarm control
panel.
Releasing System Requirements
1. Releasing actuators are controlled from a
Suppression Release Peripheral (4090-9005 or
4090-9006). Connections are 2-wire, Class B releasing
circuits with only one 24 VDC actuator per circuit.
Where applicable, two, 12 VDC actuators in series, or
one 12 VDC actuator with manufacturer supplied
resistor may be used.
2 S4100-0040-12 5/2018
Releasing System Requirements (Continued)
2. Coil Supervision Module 2081-9046 must be wired
electrically before the actuator and located in the
actuator wiring junction box. The connected RAC
provides continuity supervision of the actuator coil
and wiring and provides short circuit supervision to
the coil supervision module.
3. Cross-zoning or other alarm initiation logic per
system requirements, is to be implemented by
programming at the fire alarm control panel.
4. UL Listed Automatic Extinguishing Releasing
operation requires that: battery standby must be a
minimum of 24 hours with 5 minutes of alarm and that
listed actuators are used.
5. FM Approved Automatic Extinguishing Release
requires secondary standby to be a minimum of
24 hours with 5 minutes of alarm. Actuators must be
electrically compatible.
6. FM Approved Deluge and Preaction Sprinkler
operation requires that: initiating device circuits be
Class A and wired to listed/approved devices; standby
power capacity must be a minimum of 90 hours with
10 minutes of alarm; and that compatible Automatic
Water Control Valves must be used. (Refer to actuator
list on page 7.)
7. Maintenance Switches, one per RAC, are required
per NFPA 72. Their use may not be allowed in some
jurisdictions, always confirm local requirements.
When used, Simplex Maintenance Switches are
required to ensure that operation initiates a
supervisory condition.
8. Abort Switches are available when abort operation is
required. Connect to an addressable Supervised IAM
model 4090-9001 or similar addressable adapter
module.
9. Addressable Manual Releasing Stations are used to
initiate activation of the releasing actuators with the
appropriate time delay implemented by the fire alarm
control panel.
10. Notification Requirements. Each hazard area
typically requires general audible and visible fire
alarm notification and additional dedicated NACs for
area releasing status notification. Suppression
releasing is compatible with conventional panel
mounted NAC modules as well as for use with the
4009 IDNet NAC Extender.
11. Additional Suppression Release Peripheral
Reference. Refer to Installation Instructions 579-385.
Additional Releasing Systems Reference
For additional information, refer to Factory Mutual
Research Corporation (FMRC) “FMRC Approval Guide,”
FM Approval standard “Automatic Releases for Preaction
and Deluge Sprinkler Systems.”
Please note that proper operation of releasing control
systems requires that the system design, installation, and
maintenance be performed correctly and in accordance
with all applicable local and national codes, and
equipment manufacturer’s instructions. No liability for
total system operation is assumed or implied.
Product Selection

4100ES Releasing Control System Modules

Model Description Reference
Required, one per RAC, mounts in the releasing actuator wiring
2081-9046 Coil Supervision Module
junction box; see specifications section for details
One per RAC; flush or surface mount; indicator lamp models
2080-Series* Maintenance Switches
require separate 24 VDC wiring

2080-9056* Flush mount As required, connects via an IDNet addressable interface module;
Abort Switch mounted on a single gang stainless steel plate; installation
2080-9057* Surface mount requires a single gang box, 2-1/2” (64 mm) minimum depth
* Refer to data sheet S2080-0010 for Abort and Maintenance switch details.

Releasing Appliqués, Required for 4100ES Suppression Releasing Applications

Model Description
4010-9830 English Suppression Releasing Appliqué; field applied (same appliqué as is used on the
4010-9830CAF French Simplex model 4010 Suppression Release Panel)

Suppression Release Peripheral and Accessories

Model Description Reference
Basic Suppression Release Peripheral on
4090-9005 Requires mounting box 2975-9227, ordered separately
mounting plate
Suppression Release Peripheral mounted in
4090-9006 Includes LED indicator on front of door
NEMA 1 red box; required for ULC listing
NEMA 1 red mounting box; required for
2975-9227
4090-9005
These items are included with model 4090-9006
Red LED IDNet communications indicator
4090-9812
option kit; mounts on door of 2975-9227 box

3 S4100-0040-12 5/2018
4100ES Conventional NAC Panel Releasing System One-Line Connection Reference

HAZARD AREA 2

Maintenance Actuator Control Circuit

Disconnect
Agent
4090-9005/-9006 Suppression Switch Coil supervisory
FIRE source
Release Peripheral module
RELEASING NORMAL

DISC./
Actuator
C O IL S U P E R V IS IO N M O D U L E ( 2 A MP ) 2 0 8 1 - 9 0 4 6
RED IN S T A L L A T IO N IN S T R U C T IO N S 5 7 4 - 4 Y3 E7 LR E V
NAC+

DEVICE
1 M A IN T A IN 1 /4 " S E P A R A T IO N

DISABLE B E T W E E N P O W E R L IM IT E D
( R E D /B L K ) A N D N O N P O W E R S
L IM IT E D ( Y E L /B L K ) W IR IN G
DA T E CODE : 51 9- 95 8
BLK
NAC-
BLK S IM P L E X T IM E R E C O R D E R C O .G A R D N E R M A .U S A

FIRE SUPPRESSION
DISCONNECT / DISABLE

Agent discharge path

4009 NAC Communications

IDNet communications NAC for horn control Use separate NACs

for horn and strobe
FIRE SUPPRESSION
control to implement
SYSTEM ABORT
audible escalation of
- ID N E T
+ ID N E T
IN +
IN -

events
MANUAL
RELEASE
PUSH AND HOLD
NAC for strobe control

24 VDC for Maintenance Disconnect

4009 IDNet NAC Extender status indicator (if required)

HAZARD AREA 1
Actuator Control Circuit
IDNet communications Agent
(shown as Class B wiring) FIRE Coil supervisory
source
module
RELEASING NORMAL

DEVICE
0

DISC./
Actuator
C O IL S U P E R V IS IO N M O D U L E ( 2 A MP ) 2 0 8 1 - 9 0 4 6
RED IN S T A L L A T IO N IN S T R U C T IO N S 5 7 4 - 4 Y3 E7 LR E V
NAC+
1 M A IN T A IN 1 /4 " S E P A R A T IO N

DISABLE B E T W E E N P O W E R L IM IT E D
( R E D /B L K ) A N D N O N P O W E R S
L IM IT E D ( Y E L /B L K ) W IR IN G
DA T E CODE : 51 9- 95 8
BLK
NAC-
BLK S IM P L E X T IM E R E C O R D E R C O .G A R D N E R M A .U S A

FIRE SUPPRESSION
FIRE SUPPRESSION DISCONNECT / DISABLE
SYSTEM ABORT

- ID N E T IN +
+ ID N E T IN -

PUSH AND HOLD

MANUAL
RELEASE

Agent discharge path

Supervised IAM with
optional Abort Switch
Class B NAC wiring; dedicated to
IDNet Addressable devices Suppression Release Actuator

NAC for horn control Use separate NACs

for horn and strobe
control to implement
audible escalation of
events
NAC for strobe control

4100ES Control Panel with Suppression Release Appliqué wording:

Suppression Release Appliqué
SUPPRESSION RELEASE PANEL
CAUTION: This Control Unit has been arranged for releasing
service. Disable all releasing device circuits prior to servicing.

4 S4100-0040-12 5/2018
4100ES Fully Addressable Panel Releasing System One-Line Connection Reference

HAZARD AREA 2
Maintenance
Disconnect Actuator Control Circuit
Switch with
Agent
4090-9005/-9006 Suppression lamp Coil supervisory
FIRE source
Release Peripheral module
RELEASING NORMAL

DISC./
Actuator
C O IL S U P E R V IS IO N M O D U L E ( 2 A M P ) 2 0 8 1 - 9 0 4 6
RED IN S T A L L A T IO N IN S T R U C T IO N S 5 7 4 - 4Y3E7LR E V
NAC+

DEVICE
1 M A IN T A IN 1 /4 " S E P A R A T IO N
DISABLE B E T W E E N P O W E R L IM IT E D
( R E D /B L K ) A N D N O N P O W E R S
L IM IT E D ( Y E L /B L K ) W IR IN G
D A T E C OD E : 5 1 9 - 9 5 8B L K
NAC-
BL K S IM P L E X T IM E R E C O R D E R C O .G A R D N E R M A .U S A

FIRE SUPPRESSION
DISCONNECT / DISABLE

Agent discharge path

4009 NAC Communications

IDNet communications

FIRE SUPPRESSION
SYSTEM ABORT

- ID N E T IN +
+ ID N E T IN -

MANUAL
RELEASE
PUSH AND HOLD
IDNAC for addressable horn and strobe
control (from 4007ES Control Panel)

24 VDC for Maintenance Disconnect

4009 IDNet NAC Extender status indicator

HAZARD AREA 1
Maintenance
Disconnect Actuator Control Circuit
IDNet communications Switch
Agent
without lamp Coil supervisory
(shown as Class B wiring) FIRE source
module
RELEASING
DEVICE 0

1
RED
NAC+

NAC-
BL K
C O IL S U P E R V IS IO N M O D U L E ( 2 A M P ) 2 0 8 1 - 9 0 4 6
IN S T A L L A T IO N IN S T R U C T IO N S 5 7 4 - 4Y3E7LR E V
M A IN T A IN 1 /4 " S E P A R A T IO N
B E T W E E N P O W E R L IM IT E D
( R E D /B L K ) A N D N O N P O W E R
L IM IT E D ( Y E L /B L K ) W IR IN G
D A T E C OD E :
S

5 1 9 - 9 5 8B L K

S IM P L E X T IM E R E C O R D E R C O .G A R D N E R M A .U S A
Actuator
FIRE SUPPRESSION
SYSTEM ABORT

- ID N E T IN +
+ ID N E T IN -

PUSH AND HOLD

MANUAL
RELEASE

Agent discharge path

Supervised IAM with
optional Abort Switch
Class B Simple NAC wiring; dedicated
IDNet Addressable devices to Suppression Release Actuator

To additional addressable
IDNAC for Addressable notification appliances
horn and strobe control
4100ES Addressable
Control Panel with Suppression Release Appliqué wording:
Suppression Release SUPPRESSION RELEASE PANEL
Appliqué CAUTION: This Control Unit has been arranged for releasing
service. Disable all releasing device circuits prior to servicing.

5 S4100-0040-12 5/2018
Suppression Release Peripheral Wiring Reference

Maximum Release Appliance Circuit (RAC) Wiring Distances from Suppression Release Peripheral to
the Valve Solenoid (based on a total drop of 0.6 V)
RAC Output Current Distance Total Line
(refer to solenoid
18 AWG 16 AWG 14 AWG 12 AWG Resistance
rating)
0.50 A 74 ft 23 m 118 ft 36 m 188 ft 57 m 300 ft 91 m 1.06 
0.75 A 50 ft 15 m 79 ft 24 m 126 ft 38 m 200 ft 61 m 0.71 
1.00 A 37 ft 11 m 59 ft 18 m 94 ft 29 m 150 ft 46 m 0.53 
1.25 A 30 ft 9m 47 ft 14 m 75 ft 23 m 120 ft 36.6 m 1.06 
1.5 A 25 ft 7.6 m 39 ft 12 m 63 ft 19 m 100 ft 30.5 m 0.71 
1.75 A 21 ft 6.4 m 34 ft 10 m 54 ft 16 m 85 ft 26 m 0.53 
2.00 A 19 ft 5.8 m 30 ft 9m 47 ft 14 m 75 ft 23 m 0.53 
Metric wire equivalents: 18 AWG = 0.82 mm 2; 16 AWG = 1.31 mm2; 14 AWG = 2.08 mm2; 12 AWG = 3.31 mm2

NORMAL

DISC./
1
DISABLE

FIRE SUPPRESSION
DISCONNECT / DISABLE

FIRE C O IL S U P E R V IS IO N M O D U L E ( 2 A M P ) 2 0 8 1 - 9 0 4 6
RED IN S T A L L A T IO N IN S T R U C T IO N S 5 7 4 - 4 Y3 E7 LR E V

RELEASING NORMAL
NAC+ M A IN T A IN 1 /4 " S E P A R A T IO N
B E T W E E N P O W E R L IM IT E D
( R E D /B L K ) A N D N O N P O W E R S
L IM IT E D ( Y E L /B L K ) W IR IN G

DEVICE
0

DISC./
1
DISABLE DA T E CODE : 51 9- 958
BLK
NA C-
BLK S IM P L E X T IM E R E C O R D E R C O .G A R D N E R M A .U S A
FIRE SUPPRESSION
DISCONNECT / DISABLE

FIRE SUPPRESSION
SYSTEM ABORT

- ID N E T IN +
+ ID N E T
IN -

PUSH AND HOLD

MANUAL
RELEASE

Maximum Notification Appliance Circuit (NAC) Wiring Distances to a Suppression Release Peripheral
(0.5 A to 1.75 A drop is based on a total drop of 3.4V; 2 A drop is based upon a total drop of 1.2 V) FIRE SUPPRESSION
RAC Output Current Distance SYSTEM ABORT
Total Line
(refer to solenoid
18 AWG 16 AWG 14 AWG 12 AWG Resistance
rating)
0.50 A 250 ft 76 m 399 ft 122 m 635 ft 194 m 1010 ft 308 m 3.58 
0.75 A 167 ft 51 m 266 ft 81 m 423 ft 129 m 673 ft 205 m 2.39 
1.00 A 125 ft 38 m 199 ft 61 m 317 ft 97 m 505 ft 154 m 1.79  PUSH AND HOLD
1.25 A 100 ft 30 m 159 ft 48 m 254 ft 77 m 404 ft 123 m 1.43 
1.5 A 84 ft 26 m 133 ft 41 m 212 ft 65 m 337 ft 103 m 1.19 
1.75 A 72 ft 22 m 114 ft 35 m 181 ft 55 m 289 ft 88 m 1.02 
2.00 A 25 ft 7.6 m 39 ft 12 m 63 ft 19 m 100 ft 30 m 0.36 
2 2 2 2
Metric wire equivalents: 18 AWG = 0.82 mm ; 16 AWG = 1.31 mm ; 14 AWG = 2.08 mm ; 12 AWG = 3.31 mm

6 S4100-0040-12 5/2018
Specifications
Suppression Release Peripheral 4090-9005 and 4090-9006
Communications IDNet, one address

RAC Output with 4100ES/4100U 2 A maximum At nominal 24 VDC, regulated; refer to NAC Power
Rating with 4009 IDNet NAC Extender 1 A maximum Requirements for more detail

Voltage 16 to 32 VDC (nominal 24 VDC)

NAC Power Requirements No additional current required, circuit appears as standard end-of-line (EOL)
Supervisory Current
NAC loading
NOTE: 4100ES NACs are
RAC Current NAC Current RAC Current NAC Current
rated at 3 A; 4009 IDNet Alarm Current
NAC Extender NACs are 0.5 A 0.845 A 1.25 A 2.14 A
Reference
rated at 2 A, Extender 0.75 A 1.28 A 1.5 A 2.56 A
expansion NACs are rated
1.5 A (RAC current = 0.87 A 1.5 A 1.75
actuator current) 3A
1A 1.71 A 2A
Screw terminals for input and output wiring, 18 to 12 AWG wire
Wire Connections
(0.82 mm2 to 3.31 mm2)
Up to 2500 ft (762 m) from the IDNet source module
IDNet Wiring Distance Reference Up to 10,000 ft (3048 m) total Class B wiring distance including T-Taps
Compatible with Simplex 2081-9044 Overvoltage Protectors
Dimensions See installation reference on page 8
Operating Temperature 32° to 120° F (0° to 49° C) indoor operation only
Operating Humidity Range 10 to 90% RH at 90° F (32° C)

Coil Supervision Module 2081-9046

Construction Epoxy encapsulated
Dimensions 1-3/8” W x 2-7/16” L x 1-1/16” H (34 mm x 62 mm x 27 mm)
Wiring 18 AWG (0.82 mm2) wire leads, color coded
Current Rating 2 A Maximum; internally fused at 3 A, non-replaceable

Additional Product Reference

Subject Data Sheet
Addressable Manual Stations for Releasing Applications S4099-0006
Releasing System Abort and Maintenance Switches S2080-0010
4100ES Basic Panels with SPS Power Supplies S4100-0031
NDU with SPS Power Supplies for 4120 Network S4100-0036
InfoAlarm Command Center with SPS Power Supplies S4100-0045
NDU with SPS Power Supplies for ES Net S4100-0077
4100ES Basic Panels with EPS Power Supplies S4100-0100
InfoAlarm Command Center with EPS Power Supplies S4100-0101
NDU with EPS Power Supplies for 4120 Network S4100-0102
NDU with EPS Power Supplies for ES Net S4100-0104

7 S4100-0040-12 5/2018
Compatible UL Listed Valves and Actuators

Manufacturer Model Number Electrical Ratings

AUTOMAN II-C Assembly (solenoid 17728; coil
24 VDC, 750 mA
25924)
AUTOMAN II-C Explosion-Proof Releasing Device
24 VDC, 750 mA
(solenoid 31492; coil 31438)
AUTOMAN II-C Assembly (solenoid 68739; coil
24VDC, 750 mA
25924)
ANSUL Solenoid Electric Actuator (solenoid 73111; coil
24 VDC, 1 A
73097)
CV90 HF Electric Actuator 73327 *24 VDC, 570 mA
LP CO2 w/ASCO solenoid 422934 24 VDC, 442 mA
LP CO2 double action 24 VDC solenoid 430948 24 VDC, 438 mA
LP CO2 3-way selector valve solenoid 433419 24 VDC, 438 mA
Electric Actuator 24 VDC solenoid 570537 24 VDC, 250 mA
Solenoid Electric Actuator (uses solenoid: Flow
Control 609500/671S)
Solenoid Coupling Assembly 21006401 (uses
solenoid: Flow Control 609500/671S)
Solenoid Coupling Assembly 21006402 (uses
LPG 24 VDC, 542 mA
solenoid: Flow Control 609500/671S)
LPG128/145/190/230-50/55 FM-200 valves (uses
solenoid: Flow Control 609500/671S)
LPG128-90UL iFLOW and FM-200 valve (uses
solenoid: Flow Control 609500/671S)
71395SN2ENJ1NOH111C2 (Skinner coil H111C2) 24 VDC, 420 mA
73212BN4TN00NOC111C2 (Skinner coil C111C2) 24 VDC, 420 mA
Skinner 73212BN4TNLVNOC322C2 (Skinner coil C322C2) 24 VDC, 830 mA
73218BN4UNLVNOH111C2 (Skinner coil H111C2) 24 VDC, 410 mA
73218BN4UNLVNOC111C2 (Skinner coil C111C2) 24 VDC, 410 mA
8210A107 (097617-005D coil) 24 VDC, 750 mA
8210G207 (238310 coil) 24 VDC, 440 mA
8211A107 (097617-005D coil) 24 VDC, 750 mA
8262H182 (238910 coil) 24 VDC, 483 mA
ASCO HV2628571 (23810 coil) 24 VDC, 442 mA
HV2648581 (23810 coil) 24 VDC, 442 mA
EF8210G001MBMO (238714 coil) 24 VDC, 450 mA
R8210A107 (097617-005D coil) 24 VDC, 700 mA
T8210A107 (097617-005D coil) 24 VDC, 700 mA
ECH Electrical Control Head (551201) 24 VDC, 1700 mA
Pyro-Chem Explosion-Proof Electric Actuator (570147) 24 VDC, 396 mA
Removable Electric Actuator (570209) 24 VDC, 200 mA
304.205.010 – Electrical Actuator Suppression Diode 24 VDC, 250 mA
Hygood
304.209.001 – Electrical Actuator Bridge Rectifier 24 VDC, 250 mA
Minimax Model MX1230 without diode 24 VDC, 500 mA
Versa CGS-4292-NB3-S20000 24 VDC, 438 mA
Burkert 5282 2/2-Way Solenoid Valve 24 VDC, 333 mA
* For 24 VDC, 450 mA activation, requires a 73886 (21.5 ohm, 23 watt) in-line resistor shipping assembly ordered separately.
For additional information refer to the manufacturer’s technical documentation.

8 S4100-0040-12 5/2018
FM Approved Solenoid Valves

4100ES Control Panels are assigned to FM Release Control Panel Group 3. Group 3 FM Approved Release Control Panels
are compatible will all FM Approved Solenoid Valves rated at 22 Watts or less. For verification of agency listings and power
requirements refer to the solenoid valve manufacturer's technical documentation.

Suppression Release Peripheral Installation Reference Diagram

2975-9227 Box, red with white

lettering (supplied with 4090-9006)

Door hinges on left and

lifts off for access

4 Knockouts,
one each side

Door height Door screw

8-1/8" fastener
(206 mm)

4090-9812 LED indicator

option (supplied with
4090-9006)
Door depth
1/2" (13 mm)

Door width Box depth

6-1/8" (156 mm) 4" (102 mm)
Box depth with door
4-1/16" (103 mm)

4090-9005 Suppression
Release Peripheral assembly
(supplied with 4090-9006)
NAC +
NAC -

Box height
8" (203 mm)
RAC -
IDNet+

RAC +
IDNet-

ON

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

IDNET SUPPRESSION RELEASE PERIPHERAL ASSY 566-104

Box width
6" (152 mm)

9 S4100-0040-12 5/2018
TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm and
Signaling Code are registered trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).

Tyco Fire Protection Products • Westminster, MA • 01441-0001 • USA S4100-0040-12 5/2018

www.simplex-fire.com
© 2018 Tyco Fire Protection Products. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice.
 System Accessories
UL, CSFM Listed* Remote Station Devices, Digital Alarm
Communicating Transmitter (DACT) Model 2080-9024

Features
Four channel DACT for connection to Simplex®
fire alarm control panels without internal DACT
capability: MODEL 2080-9024
4 CHANNEL COMMUNICATOR

 Dual telephone line interface with supervised status

 DACT supervises control panel connections
 Control panel can supervise the DACT by monitoring
auxiliary contacts
 Compatible with Simplex fire alarm control panels "WARNING"
HIGH VOLTAGE PRESENT INSIDE,

providing 24 VDC, and Alarm, Trouble, and DISCONNECT POWER TO THIS

UNIT BEFORE SERVICING

Supervisory contacts
 UL Listed to Standard 864 per NFPA 72 for Central
S3511

UL LISTED
Station Service: ®

SIGNALING DEVICE

 Operation is FCC Part 15 approved

NO. BJ-4297

Selectable to report in the following formats: MADE IN USA 121764

 SK 3/1 2080-9024 DACT

 Sescoa 3/1
 SK 4/2 and SK FSK (4/2)
 Radionics BFSK
 Contact ID Specifications
 SIA
Electrical
Additional features:
18-32 VDC, 24 VDC nominal
 Programmable power fail report delay Input Voltage supplied from Fire Alarm Control
 Internal audible trouble alarm Panel
 Fuseless overload protection with automatic reset Input Current @ 24 VDC
84 mA Standby
154 mA Alarm
 Auxiliary relay is programmable to indicate alarm or
Form C (SPDT) rated 1 A
trouble Auxiliary Relay Contacts
@ 24 VDC/VAC, resistive
Description Telephone Jack RJ31X, 2 required
Connection Type Loop start
Monitoring. 2080-9024 digital alarm communicating
LED Indicators, Internal
transmitters (DACT) monitor the status of a fire alarm
control panel and reports alarms, troubles, and Power-on Green
supervisory conditions to a central supervising station. Trouble Yellow
Power (24 VDC) with battery backup is supplied by the Telephone Line Trouble Red, one per line
fire alarm control panel. Local AC mains are monitored Mechanical
for power loss with trouble reporting programmable with 10-3/8” W x 10-1/8” H x 3” D
no time delay or with a selectable delay of from 6 to 12 Dimensions
(264 mm x 257 mm x 76 mm)
hours. Weight 6 lbs (2.72 kg)
Supervised Communications. Communications to Color Red
the supervising station are via two monitored telephone
lines. If one line fails for more than 90 seconds, a trouble
signal is transmitted on the other line and an internal * This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to
Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing
trouble alert audio signal will sound. If both lines should 7300-0026:197 for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in
fail, the internal audio trouble signal will sound. this document. It is subject to re-examination, revision, and possible cancellation. This
product was not approved by ULC, FM, or MEA (NYC) as of document revision date.
Additionally, a programmable time of day test signal is Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local Simplex product supplier for the
sent to the supervising station once every 24 hours. latest status. Listings and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co. are the property
of Tyco Safety Products Westminster.
Auxiliary Relay Output. A SPDT auxiliary relay is
provided with operation programmable to indicated alarm
or trouble.

S2080-0008-4 10/2007
Programming The communicator transmitter shall have the capability of
supervising two telephone lines and of seizing a telephone
The 2080-9024 can be programmed for: telephone line and sending an alarm signal on one or both lines
number changes, time changes, loop response time, user without the need of any additional equipment. If
and installer codes, account numbers, AC mains power telephone service is interrupted on either line for more
fail reporting time delay, and system or zone status. than 90 seconds, the communicator transmitter shall be
Programming is performed by using the optional Remote capable of reporting the loss of either telephone line
Annunciator/Programmer or by using a PC with without regard to which line failed. If both lines fail, a
applicable software and compatible modem. local panel mounted trouble alert shall sound.
Typical Architect/Engineer Specification The communicator shall be capable of being programmed
to send a test signal to the central supervising location
The contractor shall furnish and install an approved
once every 24 hours at a user selected time.
digital communicator transmitter to transmit fire alarm
activity to a central supervising location. The Signals to the central supervising location shall indicate
communicator shall be UL 864 listed as conforming to the which of the communicator transmitter initiating device
requirements of NFPA 72 for Central Station connections circuits are in alarm and which are in trouble. Restoration
and shall be UL listed as compatible with the connected to normal status shall also be transmitted with specific
Simplex fire alarm control panel. 24 VDC operating description messages. The communicator shall be capable
voltage and battery backup shall be provided by the fire of transmitting to Silent Knight, Radionics, or ADEMCO
alarm control panel. receiving stations.

Product Selection
Model Description
2080-9024 Digital Alarm Communicating Transponder (DACT) with red cabinet
2080-9022 Telephone connection cables, two (2) required, 7 ft (2.1 m) long
5230 Remote Annunciator/Programmer (order category is OPSILENT); alphanumeric LCD with key inputs
2080-9031 Remote Annunciator/Programmer cable to connect to 2080-9024 DACT
End-of-Line Resistor Harness, 4.7 k, 1/2 W, (reference 733-896); three (3) required (Alarm, Trouble, and
4081-9003
Supervisory)

Wiring Reference Diagram

Auxiliary relay contacts, Form C, see note 1 to fire alarm 120 VAC to monitor mains status

Remote
Simplex Fire Alarm 24 VDC Power
Annunciator/
Control Panel
MODEL 2080-9024

Programmer (5230)
4 CHANNEL COMMUNICATOR

NOTE: Locate 20 ft Cable 2080-9031

maximum (6 m)
Alarm "WARNING"

from 2080-9024 HIGH VOLTAGE PRESENT INSIDE,

DISCONNECT POWER TO THIS
UNIT BEFORE SERVICING

DACT, wiring in Trouble S3511

Telephone Line 1 to RJ31X jacks, requires
conduit, or per local UL
® LISTED
Telephone Line 2 2, 2080-9022 cables
code Supervisory SIGNALING DEVICE

NO. BJ-4297

MADE IN USA 121764

2-wire connections to NO contacts, each requires

4081-9003, 4.7 K end-of-line resistor harness
NOTES:
1. Auxiliary relay output can be monitored by control panel as Alarm or Trouble.
2. Refer to Installation Instructions supplied with DACT for additional mounting and wiring detail.

Tyco, Simplex, and the Simplex logo are trademarks of Tyco International Services AG or its affiliates in the U.S. and/or other countries. NFPA 72 and NFPA are trademarks of
the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA). Contact ID is a trademark of Pittway Corporation.

Tyco Safety Products Westminster • Westminster, MA • 01441-0001 • USA S2080-0008-4 10/2007

www.tycosafetyproducts-usa-wm.com
© 2007 Tyco Safety Products Westminster. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice.
 System Accessories
Listings Status* Panel Mounted Digital Alarm Communicating
Transmitters with Serial Communications (SDACT)

Features FIRE ALARM

AJAX MIDDLE SCHOOL BOILER ROOM
REAR

Central Station
1725 SMITH ROAD, SPRINGFIELD
CONTACT:
BILL ABLE 555-9876
MARY SMITH 555-9978

Central Station message with Monitoring Service

UL 864 listed per NFPA 72, National Fire Alarm customer location and action
and Signaling Code, for Central Station Service: list per application requirement
 Operation is listed to UL Standard 1459 Telephone
Equipment
 Refer to table on page 2 for additional information
 Registered to FCC Part 68
Dual telephone line interface: Dual telephone
line connections
 Requires Data Certified POTS lines
 Also compatible with DACT to Ethernet connection
interfaces (refer to compatibility list on page 2)
MAINTENANCE SUPPLY ROOM
Mounts internally to Simplex® models: WATERFLOW ALARM
RJ31
connectors
 4007ES, 4010, 4010ES, 4100ES, and 4100U
 For Network applications, select a 4100ES or 4100U
node for Network SDACT status reporting when
available RJ31X connectors
DACT
Provides specific building event information: Module

 Communicates point status changes, phone line status,

and other off-normal information Local
 Reports up to ten events per phone call "house"
telephone
Provides programmable control for: Simplex Fire Alarm Control Panel
 Automatic 6 hour test (4100ES Shown for Reference)

 Power fail report delay SDACT Application Diagram

SDACT status indicators include:
 Panel LCD indicates off-normal status
 Module LEDs provide service diagnostics
Description
Serial DACT. Simplex serial digital alarm communicating
transmitter (SDACT) modules monitor the status of the host
fire alarm control panel and its connections to the Central
Station monitoring location. When status changes require
information to be reported, the SDACT provides detailed
messages that can assist the Central Station in accurately
implementing the required response. Typical information
reports include alarms, troubles, and supervisory
conditions. Model series 4007ES, 4010, 4010ES, 4100ES,
and 4100U provide specific point information.
SDACT modules directly communicates with the fire alarm
control panel CPU and are custom programmed for the
specific requirements of the Central Station and the
connected fire alarm control panel.
* Refer to individual fire alarm control panel data sheets and receiving DACR product
information for additional listing status. Contact your local Simplex product supplier for
additional information. Listings and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co. are the
property of Tyco Fire Protection Products.
Available Reporting Formats
Contact ID (CID). CID is the preferred format for
SDACT operation. It provides a four digit account code
followed by a three digit event code, a two (hex) digit
group number, and a three (hex) digit contact number, all
of which are used to encode specific point identification.
3/1 Pulse. A three digit account code followed by a one
digit reporting code. Transmissions are sent as a double
round at a rate of 20 PPS (pulses per second). Reporting
codes are programmable.
4/2 Pulse. Similar to 3/1 except for a four digit account
code and a two digit reporting code. Transmission is sent
as a double round at 20 PPS. Report codes are
programmable.
BFSK. Three digits of account code and two digits of
reporting code in a single transmission of constant tones.
The format has built-in error checking so that a double
round is not required. Reporting codes are fixed.
SIA. Security Industry Association (SIA) Digital
Communication Standard. The SDACT provides level 1
compatibility which includes tonal acknowledge, basic
reports only, and fixed reporting codes.

S2080-0009-7 7/2016
 SDACT Product Selection and Reference
Fire Alarm Panel Data Sheet Installation
Model Mounting Location Description
Control Panel Reference Instructions
4100-6052 4100ES and 4100U Single 2” slot module S4100-0031
Left side of CPU bay end support or 574-836
4100-6080 4100ES with EPS S4100-0100 Digital Alarm
left side of an expansion bay
Communicating
4010-9912 4010ES Block D S4010-0004 579-954 Transmitters with Serial
Lower right corner of cabinet mounted Communications
4007-9806 4007ES flat with included 650-1838 mounting S4007-0001 579-954 (SDACT)
bracket
4010-9816 4010 Expansion slot S4010-0001 574-167

Specifications
Voltage
Current
Point Capacity
4100ES/4100U SDACT Capacity
Operating Temperature
Operating Humidity
Telephone Requirements
FCC Registration
Jack
Connection Type
Compatible SDACT Cables with Plug (two are required and are included with the panel per below)
733-913 (2080-9047)
733-986
18-32 VDC, from panel
Standby = 30 mA; Report Mode = 40 mA
4000 points maximum
Note: Information received is determined by capability of the digital alarm communicating receiver
(DACR) and communication format used.
Up to 2, 4100-6052 SDACTs can be selected
32° F to 120° F (0° C to 49° C)
10-90% RH @ 85° F (30° C)
5QWUSA-30334-AL-E
RJ31X (2 required)
Loop start, pulse or tone dialing; Data Certified POTS lines
14 ft long (4.3 m); included with 4100-6052 (4100ES) and 4010-9912 (4010ES); terminated with RJ-45
plug to spade lugs
7 ft long (2.1 m); included with 4010-9816 (4010); terminated with RJ-45 plug each end

SDACT DACR Compatibility Reference

Available Communication Format ( = Compatible)
ADEMCO 3/1 Standard 3/1 Standard 4/2 Standard 4/2 Standard
Radionics Radionics
Contact ID 1800/2300 Hz 1900/1400 Hz 1800/2300 Hz 1900/1400 Hz
BFSK BFSK SIA
(CID) (10 and 20 (10 and 20 (10 and 20 (10 and 20
Receiver/Service 1800/2300 Hz 1900/1400 Hz
(Preferred) PPS) PPS) PPS) PPS)
Osborne/Hoffman
QuickAlert Model II
ADEMCO 685, with
—
685-8 Line Card

With
Silent Knight 9000 — With 9032 With 9032 With 9032 With 9032 With 9032 With 9032 9004
line card line card line card line card line card line card line
card
FBI CP220FB, with
—
Rec-11 Line Card
Bosh Radionics
— —
D6500
Bosch Radionics
D6600*
SUR-GARD
MLR2-DG
DSC TL300**
— — — — — — —
(UL & ULC listed)
Bosch C900V2**
(UL listed)
* With or without D6680 Network Ethernet Adapter in D6600.
** DACT to Ethernet connection interfaces.

TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm and
Signaling Code are registered trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).

Tyco Fire Protection Products • Westminster, MA • 01441-0001 • USA S2080-0009-7 7/2016

www.simplex-fire.com
© 2016 Tyco Fire Protection Products. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice.
 TrueAlarm Analog Sensing
UL, ULC, CSFM Listed; FM Approved; TrueAlarm Analog Sensors – Photoelectric
MEA (NYC) Acceptance* and Heat; Standard Bases and Accessories

Features
TrueAlarm analog sensing provides:
 Digital transmission of analog sensor values via IDNet or
MAPNET II two-wire communications
For use with the following Simplex® products:
 4007ES, 4010, 4010ES, 4100ES, and 4100U Series control
panels; and 4008 Series control panels with reduced feature
set (refer to data sheet S4008-0001 for details)
 4020, 4100, and 4120 Series control panels, Universal
Transponders, and 2120 TrueAlarm CDTs equipped for 4098-9714 TrueAlarm Photoelectric
MAPNET II operation Sensor Mounted in Base
Fire alarm control panel provides:
 Peak value logging allowing accurate analysis of each Description
sensor for individual sensitivity selection
 Sensitivity monitoring satisfying NFPA 72 sensitivity Digital Communication of Analog Sensing. TrueAlarm
testing requirements; automatic individual sensor calibration analog sensors provide an analog measurement digitally
check verifies sensor integrity communicated to the host control panel using Simplex
addressable communications. At the control panel, the data is
 Automatic environmental compensation, multi-stage alarm
analyzed and an average value is determined and stored. An
operation, and display of sensitivity directly in percent per alarm or other abnormal condition is determined by comparing
foot the sensor’s present value against its average value and time.
 Ability to display and print detailed sensor information in
plain English language Intelligent Data Evaluation. Monitoring each sensor’s
average value provides a continuously shifting reference point.
Photoelectric smoke sensors provide: This software filtering process compensates for environmental
 Seven levels of sensitivity from 0.2% to 3.7% factors (dust, dirt, etc.) and component aging, providing an
(refer to additional information on page 3) accurate reference for evaluating new activity. With this
Heat sensors provide: filtering, there is a significant reduction in the probability of
false or nuisance alarms caused by shifts in sensitivity, either up
 Three fixed temperature sensing thresholds: 135° F, 155° F
or down.
and 190° F
 Rate-of-rise temperature sensing Control Panel Selection. Peak activity per sensor is stored to
assist in evaluating specific locations. The alarm set point for
 Utility temperature sensing
each TrueAlarm sensor is determined at the host control panel,
 Listed to UL 521 and ULC-S530 selectable as more or less sensitive as the individual application
General features: requires.
 Operation is for ceiling or wall mounting Timed/Multi-Stage Selection. Sensor alarm set points can be
 Listed to UL 268 and ULC-S529 programmed for timed automatic sensitivity selection (such as
 Louvered smoke sensor design enhances smoke capture by more sensitive at night, less sensitive during day). Control panel
directing flow to chamber; entrance areas are minimally programming can also provide multi-stage operation per sensor.
visible when ceiling mounted For example, a 0.2% level may cause a warning to prompt
investigation while a 2.5% level may initiate an alarm.
 Designed for EMI compatibility
 Magnetic test feature is provided Sensor Alarm and Trouble LED Indication. Each sensor
base’s LED pulses to indicate communications with the panel. If
 Different bases are available to support a supervised or
the control panel determines a sensor is in alarm, or is dirty or
unsupervised output relay, and/or a remote LED alarm
has some other type of trouble, the details are annunciated at the
indicator control panel and that sensor base’s LED will be turned on
Additional base reference: steadily. During a system alarm, the control panel will control
 For isolator bases, refer to data sheet S4098-0025 the LEDs such that an LED indicating a trouble will return to
 For sounder bases, refer to data sheet S4098-0028 pulsing to help identify the alarmed sensors.
 For photo/heat sensors, refer to data sheet S4098-0024
(single address) and S4098-0033 (dual address)
* These products have been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to
Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listings
7272-0026:218, 7271-0026:231, 7270-0026:216, and 7300-0026:217 for allowable values
and/or conditions concerning material presented in this document. Accepted for use – City of
New York Department of Buildings – MEA35-93E. Additional listings may be applicable,
contact your local Simplex product supplier for the latest status. Listings and approvals under
Simplex Time Recorder Co. are the property of Tyco Fire Protection Products.

S4098-0019-23 8/2017
TrueAlarm Sensor Bases and Accessories
Sensor Base Features
Base mounted address selection:
 Address remains with its programmed location
 Accessible from front (DIP switch under sensor)
General features:
 Automatic identification provides default sensitivity when
substituting sensor types
 Integral red LED for power-on (pulsing), or alarm or trouble
(steady on)
 Locking anti-tamper design mounts on standard outlet box
 Magnetically operated functional test
Sensor Bases
4098-9792, Standard Sensor Base
4098-9789, Sensor Base with wired connections for:
 2098-9808 Remote LED alarm indicator or 4098-9822 relay
(relay is unsupervised and requires separate 24 VDC)
Supervised Relay Bases (not compatible with 2120 CDT):
 4098-9791, 4-Wire Sensor Base, use with remote or
locally mounted 2098-9737 relay, requires separate 24 VDC
 4098-9780, 2-Wire Sensor Base, use with remote or
locally mounted 4098-9860 relay, no separate power
required
 Supervised relay operation is programmable and can be
manually operated from control panel
 Includes wired connections for remote LED alarm indicator
or 4098-9822 relay (relay is unsupervised and requires
separate 24 VDC)
Sensor Base Options
2098-9737, Remote or local mount supervised relay:
 DPDT contacts for resistive/suppressed loads, power limited
rating of 3 A @ 28 VDC; non-power limited rating of 3 A
@ 120 VAC (requires external 24 VDC coil power)
4098-9860, Remote or local mount supervised relay:
 SPDT dry contacts, power limited rating of 2 A @ 30 VDC,
resistive; non-power limited rating of 0.5 A @ 125 VAC,
resistive
4098-9822, LED Annunciation Relay:
 Activates when base LED is on steady, indicating local
alarm or trouble
 DPDT contacts for resistive/suppressed loads, power limited
rating of 2 A @ 28 VDC; non-power limited rating of
1/2 A @ 120 VAC, (requires external 24 VDC coil power)
4098-9832, Adapter plate:
 Required for surface or semi-flush mounting to 4” square
electrical box and for surface mounting to 4” octagonal box
 Can be used for cosmetic retrofitting to existing 6-3/8”
diameter base product
2098-9808, Remote red LED Alarm
Indicator:
 Mounts on single gang box (shown in
illustration to right) ALARM
2 S4098-0019-23 8/2017
Description
TrueAlarm sensor bases contain integral addressable
electronics that constantly monitor the status of the
detachable photoelectric or heat sensors. Each sensor’s
output is digitized and transmitted to the system fire alarm
control panel every four seconds.
Since TrueAlarm sensors use the same base, different
sensor types can be easily interchanged to meet specific
location requirements. This feature also allows intentional
sensor substitution during building construction. When
conditions are temporarily dusty, instead of covering the
smoke sensors (causing them to be disabled), heat sensors
may be installed without reprogramming the control
panel. Although the control panel will indicate an
incorrect sensor type, the heat sensor will operate at a
default sensitivity providing heat detection for building
protection at that location.
Mounting Reference
Electrical Box Requirements: (boxes are by others)
Without relay in the box: 4" octagonal or 4" square, 1-1/2" deep;
single gang, 2" deep
With relay in the box : 4" octagonal or 4" square, 1-1/2" deep,
with 1-1/2" extension ring
4" (102 mm) Square Box 4" (102 mm) Octagonal Box
Surface mount reference
1-1/2" (38 mm)
minimum box depth Flush mount reference, mount even with final
surface, or with up to 1/4" (6.4 mm) maximum recess
2098-9737 Supervised Relay 4098-9822 Relay (mounts
(mounts in base electrical box or in base electrical box)
remotely)
Relay Size: 2-1/2" X 1-1/2" X 1"
(3.75 in3 ) (64 mm X 38 mm X 25.4 mm)
4098-9860 Supervised Relay (mounts in base
electrical box or remotely; 2-3/8" X 1-1/4" X 11/32"
(1 in3 ) (60.4 mm X 31.8 mm X 8.6 mm)
NOTE: Review total wire count, wire size, and accessories being
wired to determine required box volume.
6-3/8" (162 mm)
4098-9832 Adapter Plate, required for
1/4" mounting to surface mounted boxes
(6.4 mm) and 4" square flush box
4-7/8" (124 mm)
15/16"
(24 mm)
TrueAlarm Bases
4098-9780, 4098-9789, 4098-9791, & 4098-9792
TrueAlarm Sensors
Features Rate-of-rise temperature detection is selectable at the
control panel for either 15° F (8.3° C) or 20° F (11.1° C)
Sealed against rear air flow entry per minute. Fixed temperature sensing is independent of
Interchangeable mounting rate-of-rise sensing and programmable to operate at
EMI/RFI shielded electronics 135° F (57.2° C) or 155° F (68° C). The 4098-9734
Heat sensors: sensor provides an additional 190° F (88° C) set point.
 Selectable rate compensated, fixed temperature In a slow developing fire, the temperature may not
sensing with or without rate-of-rise operation increase rapidly enough to operate the rate-of-rise feature.
 Rated spacing distance between sensors: However, an alarm will be initiated when the temperature
reaches its rated fixed temperature setting.
Fixed Temp. UL & ULC FM Spacing, Either Fixed
Setting Spacing Temperature Setting TrueAlarm heat sensors can be programmed as a utility
135° F / 190° F* 60 ft x 60 ft 20 ft x 20 ft (6.1 m) for fixed device to monitor for temperature extremes in the range
(57.2° C / 88° C) (18.3 m) temperature only; RTI = Quick
from 32° F to 155° F (0° C to 68° C). This feature can
50 ft x 50 ft (15.2 m) for fixed
temperature with either
provide freeze warnings or alert to HVAC system
155° F 40 ft x 40 ft
(68° C) (12.2 m) rate-of-rise selection; RTI = Ultra problems. Refer to specific panels for availability.
Fast
*Note: 190° F (88° C) ratings apply only to the 4098-9734 sensor.
4-7/8" (124 mm)
Smoke Sensors: LED status indicator
 Photoelectric technology sensing 2-3/8"
 360° smoke entry for optimum response (60 mm)

 Built-in insect screens

4098-9714 Photoelectric Sensor
TrueAlarm photoelectric sensors use a stable, pulsed
infrared LED light source and a silicon photodiode 4098-9733 Heat Sensor with Base
receiver to provide consistent and accurate low power
smoke sensing. Seven levels of sensitivity are available
for each individual sensor, ranging from 0.2% to 3.7% per
foot of smoke obscuration. Sensitivities of 0.2%, 0.5%,
and 1% are for special applications in clean areas.
Standard sensitivities are 1.5%, 2.0%, 2.5%, 3.0%, and
3.7%. Application type and sensitivity are selected and
then monitored at the fire alarm control panel.*
The sensor head design provides 360° smoke entry for
optimum response to smoke from any direction. Due to its
photoelectric operation, air velocity is not normally a 4098-9734 High Temperature Heat Sensor with Base
factor, except for impact on area smoke flow.
WARNING: In most fires, hazardous levels of smoke
and toxic gas can build up before a heat detection
4-7/8" (124 mm) device would initiate an alarm. In cases where Life
Safety is a factor, the use of smoke detection is highly
LED status indicator recommended.
2-1/8"
(54 mm) Application Reference
Sensor locations should be determined only after careful
consideration of the physical layout and contents of the
area to be protected. Refer to NFPA 72, the National Fire
4098-9714 Photoelectric Sensor with Base Alarm and Signaling Code. On smooth ceilings, smoke
sensor spacing of 30 ft (9.1 m) may be used as a guide.*
4098-9733 and 4098-9734 Heat Sensors * For detailed application information including sensitivity
selection, refer to Installation Instructions 574-709.
TrueAlarm heat sensors are self-restoring and provide rate
compensated, fixed temperature sensing, selectable with
or without rate-of-rise temperature sensing. Due to its
small thermal mass, the sensor accurately and quickly
measures the local temperature for analysis at the fire
alarm control panel.

3 S4098-0019-23 8/2017
TrueAlarm Analog Sensing Product Selection Chart
TrueAlarm Sensor Bases (for use with Sensors 4098-9714 and 4098-9733)
(Refer to Application Manual 574-709 and Installation Instructions 574-707 for additional information)
Model* Color Description Compatibility Mounting Requirements
4098-9792 White 4” octagonal or 4” square box, 1-1/2”
Standard Sensor Base No options min. depth; or single gang box, 2”
4098-9776 Black
min. depth
4098-9789 White
Sensor Base with connections for
4098-9789 IND 2098-9808 Remote Alarm Indicator or 4” octagonal or 4” square box
White Remote LED Alarm Indicator or
4098-9822 Unsupervised Relay Note: Box depth requirements
4098-9775 Unsupervised Relay
Black depend on total wire count and
4-Wire Sensor Supervised Relay 2098-9737 Supervised Remote Relay wire size, refer to accessories
4098-9791** White Base with connections for LED 2098-9808 Remote Alarm Indicator or list below for reference.
Indicator or Unsupervised Relay 4098-9822 Unsupervised Relay ** NOTE: 4098-9791 and 4098-
9780 are NOT compatible
2-Wire Sensor Supervised Relay 4098-9860 Supervised Remote Relay with the 2120 CDT
4098-9780** White Base with connections for LED 2098-9808 Remote Alarm Indicator or
Indicator or Unsupervised Relay 4098-9822 Unsupervised Relay
TrueAlarm Sensors
Model* Model* Description Compatibility Mounting Requirements
4098-9714
White
4098-9714 IND Photoelectric Smoke Sensor
Bases 4098-9775, 4098-9776, 4098-9792,
4098-9774 Black Refer to base requirements
4098-9789, 4098-9791, and 4098-9780
4098-9733 White Heat Sensor
4098-9734 White High Temperature Heat Sensor
TrueAlarm Sensor/Base Accessories
Model Description Compatibility Mounting Requirements
Supervised Relay, mounts remote or in base Remote Mounting requires 4” octagonal or
2098-9737 For use with 4098-9791 base
electrical box 4” square box, 1-1/2” minimum depth
Supervised Relay, mounts remote or in base Base Mounting requires 4” octagonal box, 2-
4098-9860 For use with 4098-9780 base
electrical box 1/8” deep with 1-1/2” extension ring
Remote Red LED Alarm Indicator on single gang Bases 4098-9789, 4098-9791, and 4098-
2098-9808 Single gang box, 1-1/2” minimum depth
stainless steel plate 9780
Unsupervised Relay, tracks base LED status; Bases 4098-9789, 4098-9791, and 4098- 4” octagonal box, 2-1/8” deep with 1-1/2”
4098-9822
Note: Mounts only in base electrical box 9780 extension ring
Required for surface or semi-flush mounted 4”
Bases 4098-9792, 4098-9789,
4098-9832 Adapter Plate square box and for surface mounted
4098-9791, and 4098-9780
4” octagonal box
* Note: Model numbers ending in IND are assembled in India.
Specifications

General Operating Specifications

Communications and Sensor Supervisory Power IDNet or MAPNET II communications, auto-selected, 1 address per base
Communications Connections Screw terminals for in/out wiring, 18 to 14 AWG (0.82 mm2 to 2.08 mm2)
Remote LED Alarm Indicator Current 1 mA typical, no impact to alarm current
Remote LED Alarm Indicator and Relay Connections Color coded wire leads, 18 AWG (0.82 mm2 )
UL Listed Operating Temperature Range 32° to 100° F (0° to 38° C)
with 4098-9733 Heat Sensor 32° to 122° F (0° to 50° C)
Operating Temperature
with 4098-9714 Smoke Sensor 15° to 122° F (-9° to 50° C)
Range
With 4098-9734 Heat Sensor 32° to 150° F (0° to 66° C)
Storage Temperature Range 0° F to 140° F (-18° C to 60° C)
Humidity Range 10 to 95% RH
4098-9714 Smoke Sensor Air Velocity Rating 0-4000 ft/min (0-1220 m/min)
Housing Color Frost White or Black
4098-9791 Base With Supervised Remote Relay 2098-9737 (see page 2 for contact ratings)
Externally Supplied Relay Coil Voltage 18-32 VDC (nominal 24 VDC)
Supervisory Current 270 A, from 24 VDC supply
Alarm Current with 2098-9737 Relay 28 mA, from 24 VDC supply
4098-9780 Base With Supervised Remote Relay 4098-9860 (see page 2 for contact ratings)
Power Supplied from communications
4098-9822 Unsupervised Relay, Requirements for Bases 4098-9789. 4098-9791, and 4098-9780 (see page 2 for contact ratings)
Externally Supplied Relay Coil Voltage 18-32 VDC (nominal 24 VDC)
Supervisory Current Supplied from communications
Alarm Current 13 mA from separate 24 VDC supply

SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm Code are
registered trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).

Westminster, MA • 01441-0001 • USA S4098-0019-23 8/2017

www.simplex-fire.com
© 2017 Johnson Controls. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice.
 TrueAlarm Analog Sensing
UL, ULC, CSFM Listed; FM Approved; In-Duct Mounting of the 4098-9714
MEA (NYC) Acceptance* TrueAlarm Photoelectric Smoke Sensor

Features

Install the model 4098-9714 TrueAlarm analog

photoelectric sensor directly inside air ducts** :
 Accommodates duct airflow from 0 to 4000 ft/min
(0 to 1220 m/min), providing HVAC duct smoke
sensing where sampling tube designs are not
appropriate (refer to specifications on page 4 for more
information)
 For applications with controlled dust and humidity
 Standard models are for rectangular ducts from 6”
(152 mm) square to 36” (914 mm) square
 Optional adapters allow use with round ducts of 6”, 8”
(203 mm), 10” (254 mm) or 12” (305 mm) in diameter
 TrueAlarm analog communications can be either
IDNet or MAPNET II format
 Model 4098-9714 sensor is required and ordered
separately In-Duct Housing with 4098-9714 Sensor
Red alarm LED indicator in housing: (mounted in 8” square duct for reference)
 Visible through transparent housing cover
Description
 Pulsing indicates power-on, steady on indicates alarm
or trouble as indicated at the fire alarm control panel HVAC air ducts in buildings supply fresh air and
exhaust stale air. Depending on the overall fire detection
Model 4098-9750 provides two-wire operation (no requirements, smoke detection may be required in the air
relay output) ducts. For applications where sampling tube type duct
Model 4098-9751 provides a local relay: detection is not appropriate due to low air velocity or
small duct size, Simplex® model 4098-9750 and
 Relay operation is programmable from fire alarm 4098-9751 housings can be used to install the Simplex
control panel and is rated: 1 A @ 28 VDC, power model 4098-9714 TrueAlarm analog sensor directly in the
limited; or 1/2 A @ 120 VAC, non-power limited duct. (Refer to data sheet S4098-0030 for smoke sensor
 24 VDC power is supplied by fire alarm system housings with sampling tubes.)
(4-wire operation) Application. These housings mount a spot-type smoke
Options: sensor directly into the duct airflow. Proper application
requires controlled dust and humidity.
 Adapters for 6”, 8”, 10” or 12” round ducts
Please note that in the event of loss of duct airflow, the
 Remote Test Station (2098-9806) 4098-9714 sensor will sense smoke IF the smoke reaches
 Remote LED Alarm Indicator (2098-9808) the sensor. However, with no duct airflow, smoke may
not reach the sensor depending on the location of the
UL listed to Standard 268A
smoke source relative to the sensor.
TrueAlarm Operation. Placing a 4098-9714 sensor in
** Please note that smoke detection in air ducts is an air duct provides the high reliability performance of
intended to notify of the presence of smoke in the duct. TrueAlarm analog sensing featuring: programmable
It is not intended to, and will not, replace smoke
sensitivity, consistent accuracy, environmental
detection requirements for open areas or other non-duct
applications.
compensation, status testing, and monitoring of sensor
dirt accumulation. These housings digitally communicate
their analog sensor information to the fire alarm control
panel using either IDNet or MAPNET II two-wire
* This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to communications.
Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing
3240-0026:220 for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in this Relay Model. Model 4098-9751 provides a relay that
document. ULC listed models are designated with a “C” suffix such as 4098-9750C. Accepted for can be programmed to track the local sensor’s operation
use – City of New York Department of Buildings – MEA35-93E. Additional listings may be
applicable; contact your local Simplex product supplier for the latest status. Listings and or can be independently controlled by the fire alarm
approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co. are the property of Tyco Fire Protection control panel to perform fire response actions such as fan
Products.
shutdown and damper control.
S4098-0021-10 11/2014
In-Duct Sensor Selection Chart
Model Description Compatibility
In-Duct Sensor Housing without 4007ES, 4008, 4010, 4010ES, 4020, 4100, 4100ES, 4100U, and 4120;
4098-9750
with beige mounting box, relay and 2120 CDT configured for MAPNET II TrueAlarm communications
4098-9751 (requires 4098-9714 sensor) with relay Same as above except relay operation is not compatible with 2120 CDT
4098-9714 Photoelectric Sensor Head Ordered separately, required for 4098-9750 or 4098-9751
In-Duct Sensor Options, ordered separately as required, compatible with both 4098-9750 and 4098-9751
4098-9819 Adapter for 6” (152 mm) round duct, beige
4098-9824 Adapter for 8” (203 mm) round duct, beige
4098-9852 Adapter for 10” (254 mm) round duct, beige
4098-9853 Adapter for 12” (305 mm) round duct, beige
2098-9806 Remote Test Station mounted on single gang stainless steel plate
2098-9808 Remote LED Alarm Indicator mounted on single gang stainless steel plate

Rectangular Duct Mounting Reference

In-Duct sensor access requires

wiring with flexible conduit
(supplied separately)

Sensor base
(supplied) 8 Inch square duct
(shown for reference)

External mounting box

7-1/4" H x 7-1/8" W x 2" D
(184 mm x 181 mm x 51 mm)

Sensor head
4098-9714
(ordered
separately)
Transparent housing cover
allows viewing of status LEDs

Gasket (supplied)

Gasket (supplied)

5-1/4"
(133 mm)

Mounting Notes for both Square and Round Duct Applications:

1. Reference drawings are shown mounted to the side of the duct. Where appropriate, top mounting may be
acceptable. Contact your local Simplex product supplier for assistance.
2. The 4098-9750 and 4098-9751 In-Duct assemblies include sensor base assembly, mounting box and cover, and
mounting gaskets. The 4098-9714 sensor head is ordered separately.
3. Templates are supplied for duct cutout size and location. Refer to installation instructions 574-711 for
additional information.
4. Adapters for 6”, 8”, 10”, or 12” round duct applications are ordered separately.

2 S4098-0021-10 11/2014
Round Duct Mounting Reference

Gasket
In-Duct sensor access requires (supplied)
4098-9824
wiring with flexible conduit
8" Adapter
(supplied separately)

Gasket
(supplied)

External mounting box

8 Inch air duct
7-1/4" H x 7-1/8" W x 2" D
(shown for reference)
(184 mm x 181 mm x 51 mm)

Sensor head
4098-9714
(ordered separately)
Transparent housing cover
allows viewing of status LEDs

Sensor base
(supplied)

3/4" 4-3/8"
(19 mm) (111 mm)

Remote Indicator Options

2098-9806, Remote Test Station (below), provides a
remote red LED status indicator and a remote test key
switch mounted on a single gang stainless steel plate.
Turning the test switch to “TEST” will initiate an alarm
and allow the resulting system responses to be verified.
2098-9808, Remote LED Alarm Indicator (below),
provides a remote Red LED status indicator mounted on a
single gang stainless steel plate.

ALARM
ALARM

TEST

NORM

2098-9808 Remote LED Alarm Indicator

2098-9806 Remote Test Station

Remote Indicator Mounting. Both the 2098-9806 and

2098-9808 Remote status indicators mount in standard
single gang boxes, 2” W x 3” H (51 mm x 76 mm) with a
minimum depth of 2”, supplied separately.

3 S4098-0021-10 11/2014
Location Reference

Duct Sensor Location Considerations: Locations to Avoid:

1. Proper duct smoke detection location must ensure 1. Where dampers closed for comfort control would
adequate airflow within the duct housing. interfere with airflow.
2. Ensure accessibility for test and service. 2. Next to outside air inlets (unless the intent is to
monitor smoke entry from that area).
3. Proper Locations: downstream side of filters to detect 3. In return air damper branch ducts and mixing areas
fires in the filters; in return ducts, ahead of mixing where airflow may be restricted.
areas; upstream of air humidifier and cooling coil.
Additional Information. Refer to NFPA 90A, Standard
4. Other locations may be required for proper duct for the Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating
smoke detection depending on duct access, system Systems; NFPA 72, the National Fire Alarm and Signaling
design, and duct airflow testing. Contact your local Code; and the NEMA Guide for Proper Use of Smoke
Simplex product supplier for assistance. Detectors in Duct Applications, and Installation Instructions
574-711.

In-Duct Sensor Location Reference

Exhaust Sensor
Damper OK

Exhaust Return
Air

Do not locate
sensor here
Return air
damper

Fresh Supply
air Air

Filter Sensor
Do not locate
bank OK
sensor here
Specifications

NOTE: See
0-4000 ft/min (0-1220 m/min) with a minimum sensor sensitivity of 3.0% per ft application
UL Listed Air Velocity Range
0-2000 ft/min (0-610 m/min) with a minimum sensor sensitivity of 3.7% per ft discussion
on page 1.
Data Communications IDNet or MAPNET II format, auto-selected, 1 address per housing
Remote LED Current 0.6 mA, no impact to alarm current
UL Listed Temperature Range 32° to 100° F (0° to 38° C)
Operating Temperature Range 15° to 122° F (-9° to 50° C)
Humidity Range 10% to 90% RH from 32 F to 122 F (0 C to +50 C)
Wiring Connections Terminal blocks for wire size 18 to 14 AWG (0.82 mm2 to 2.08 mm2)
Dimensions Refer to round and square duct mounting diagrams
Relay Power (4098-9751 only)
Voltage 18 to 32 VDC
Standby Current 240 A @ 24 VDC
Alarm Current 30 mA @ 24 VDC
Power Limited Contact Rating Single form “C”, 1 A @ 28 VDC (for suppressed loads)
Non-Power Limited Contact Rating Single form “C”, 1/2 A @ 120 VAC, resistive (for suppressed loads)

TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm and
Signaling Code are trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).

Tyco Fire Protection Products • Westminster, MA • 01441-0001 • USA S4098-0021-10 11/2014

www.simplex-fire.com
© 2014 Tyco Fire Protection Products. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice.
 TrueAlarm Multi-Point Analog Sensing
UL, ULC, CSFM Listed; FM Approved; TrueAlarm Multi-Sensor Model 4098-9754
MEA (NYC) Acceptance* Providing TrueSense Early Fire Detection

Features
TrueAlarm photoelectric smoke sensing and heat
sensing combined in one housing to provide:
 Smoke activity accurately monitored by TrueAlarm
photoelectric sensing technology
 Thermal activity accurately monitored by TrueAlarm
thermistor sensing technology
 And TrueSense detection, a correlation of smoke
activity and thermal activity providing intelligent fire
detection earlier than with either activity alone
For use with Simplex® 4007ES, 4010ES, 4100ES,
TrueAlarm Multi-Sensor 4098-9754
and 4100U fire alarm control panels:
Mounted in Standard Sensor Base
 TrueAlarm analog sensor information is digitally
communicated to the control panel via IDNet TrueAlarm Multi-Sensor Description
two-wire communications
 Special point types allow the 4098-9754 multi-sensor TrueAlarm multi-sensor model 4098-9754 combine the
to communicate smoke and heat analog sensing data established performances of a TrueAlarm photoelectric
using only one IDNet address smoke sensor with a fast-acting and accurate TrueAlarm
thermal sensor to provide both features in a single
 Individual sensor information is processed by the host
sensor/base assembly.
control panel to determine sensor status and to
determine whether conditions are normal, off-normal, Digital Communication of Analog Sensing.
or alarm Analog information from each sensor is digitally
 (4100U fire alarm control panels require software communicated to the control panel where it is analyzed.
revision 11 or higher with multi-point compatible IDNet Photoelectric sensor input is stored and tracked as an
transmission modules) average value with an alarm or abnormal condition being
determined by comparing the sensor’s present value
Alarms can be determined by either: against its average value. Thermal data is processed to
 Smoke detection with selectable sensitivity from look for absolute or rate-of-rise temperature as desired.
0.2 to 3.7 %/ft obscuration (refer to additional
information on page 2) Intelligent Data Evaluation. Monitoring each
photoelectric sensor’s average value provides a software
 Heat detection selectable as fixed temperature or fixed filtering process that compensates for environmental
with selectable rate-of-rise factors (dust, dirt, etc.) and component aging, providing
 TrueSense intelligent analysis of the combination of an accurate reference for evaluating new activity. The
smoke and heat activity result is a significant reduction in the probability of false
Additional design features: or nuisance alarms caused by shifts in sensitivity, either
up or down. Status indications of dirty and excessively
 Functional and architecturally styled enclosures for
dirty are automatically generated allowing maintenance to
ceiling or wall mounting
be performed per device.
 Smoke sensor louver design that directs air flow to
chamber enhancing smoke capture Control Panel Selection. Peak activity per sensor is
 Built-in magnetic test feature stored to assist in evaluating specific locations. The alarm
set point for each TrueAlarm sensor is determined at the
 Compatible with standard bases (including relay control panel, selectable as more or less sensitive as the
control), sounder bases, and isolator bases individual application requires.
 Designed for EMI compatibility
Multi-Point Reporting and CO Base Reference.
UL listed to Standard 268 Reporting 4098-9754 “sub-points” under its single
address varies with the base used. Muti-point details are
* This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to
Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listings
listed in data sheet S4090-0011.
7272-0026:218 and 7300-0026:217 for allowable values and/or conditions concerning
material presented in this document. Accepted for use – City of New York Department of Using the 4098-9754 with CO sensor bases is detailed in
Buildings – MEA35-93E. Refer to page 4 for ULC listing status. Additional listings may be data sheet S4098-0052.
applicable; contact your local Simplex product supplier for the latest status. Listings and
approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co. are the property of Tyco Fire Protection
Products.

S4098-0024-12 11/2016
Description (Continued)
Timed/Multi-Stage Selection. Alarm set points can be
programmed for timed automatic sensitivity selection
(such as more sensitive at night, less sensitive during
day). Control panel programming can also provide
multi-stage operation per sensor. For example, a 0.2%
level may cause a warning to prompt investigation while a
2.5% level may initiate an alarm.
Sensor Alarm and Trouble LED Indication. Each
sensor base’s LED pulses to indicate communications
with the panel. If the control panel determines that a
sensor is in alarm, or that it is dirty or has some other type
of trouble, the details are annunciated at the control panel
and that sensor base’s LED will be turned on steadily.
During a system alarm, the control panel will control the
LEDs such that an LED indicating a trouble will return to
pulsing to help identify the alarmed sensors.
TrueAlarm Analog Sensor Features
General mechanical:
 Housing is sealed against rear air flow entry
 Electronics are EMI/RFI shielded
Smoke sensing:
 Photoelectric light scattering sensing technology
 360° smoke entry for optimum response
 Chamber screen provides protection from dirt, dust, and
insects
Heat sensing:
 Fast response thermistor design
 Rate compensated, self-resetting operation
 Control panel can select per sensor for fixed temperature
sensing, rate-of-rise temperature sensing, or the
combination of both
Photoelectric Sensing Details
TrueAlarm photoelectric sensors use a stable,
pulsed infrared LED light source and a silicon photodiode
receiver to provide consistent and accurate low power
smoke sensing. Seven levels of sensitivity are available
for each individual sensor, ranging from 0.2% to 3.7% per
foot of smoke obscuration. Sensitivities of 0.2%, 0.5%,
and 1% are for special applications in clean areas.
Standard sensitivities are 1.5%, 2.0%, 2.5%, 3.0%, and
3.7%. Application type and sensitivity are selected and
then monitored at the fire alarm control panel.*
Sensor head design provides 360° smoke entry for
optimum smoke response. Because of the photoelectric
sensing technology, the 4098-9754 sensor is UL listed for
air velocity of up to 4000 ft/min. However, care must be
taken in determining sensor locations to avoid areas
where local airflow may also impact any smoke flow.
(Refer to the application reference section on this page.)
2 S4098-0024-12 11/2016
Heat Sensing Details
TrueAlarm heat sensors monitor a fast reacting
thermistor providing operation that is self-restoring and
rate compensated. Due to its small thermal mass, the
sensor accurately and quickly measures the local
temperature for analysis at the fire alarm control panel.
The control panel allows alarm selection to be per sensor
as fixed temperature, or rate-of-rise temperature, or the
combination of both.
Temperature Detection. Rate-of-rise temperature
detection is selectable at the control panel for either 15° F
(8.3° C) or 20° F (11.1° C) per minute. Fixed temperature
sensing is independent of rate-of-rise sensing and
selectable to operate at 135° F (57.2° C) or 155° F
(68° C). In a slow developing fire, the temperature may
not increase rapidly enough to operate the rate-of-rise
feature. However, an alarm will be initiated when the
temperature reaches its selected fixed temperature setting.
Utility Temperature Monitoring. TrueAlarm heat
sensors can be programmed as a utility device to monitor
for temperature extremes in the range from 32° F to
122° F (0° C to 50° C). This feature can provide freeze
warnings or alert to HVAC system problems.
TrueSense Detection Details
Control Panel Sensor Analysis. Each multi-sensor’s
smoke and heat sensing element provides data for
evaluation at the fire alarm control panel where four
independent detection modes are evaluated. They are:
 Fixed temperature heat detection
 Rate-of-rise heat detection
 TrueAlarm photoelectric smoke detection
 And TrueSense correlation detection
Comparing Photoelectric Activity and Thermal
Activity. TrueSense analysis correlates both thermal
activity and smoke activity at a single multi-sensor
location using an extensively tested covariance
relationship. As a result, TrueSense detection improves
response to conditions indicative of faster acting, hot
flaming fires when compared to the response of either
photoelectric smoke activity or thermal activity alone.
High Integrity Detection. TrueSense operation
provides early fire detection and maintains the established
high level of immunity to false alarms and nuisance
alarms that is inherent with TrueAlarm sensor operation.
Application Reference
Sensor locations should be determined after careful
consideration of the physical layout and contents of the
area to be protected. Refer to NFPA 72, the National Fire
Alarm and Signaling Code. On smooth ceilings, smoke
sensor spacing of 30 ft (9.1 m) may be used as a guide.*
* For detailed application information, refer to 4098
Detectors, Sensors, and Bases Application Manual,
document number 574-709.
Multi-Sensor Base Features
Base mounted address selection allows the address
of the multi-sensor base to remain with its programmed
location when the sensor is removed for service.
Integral red LED indicates power-on by pulsing, or
alarm or trouble when steady on, reflecting status of either
sensor. The exact status of the specific sensing element is
annunciated at the fire alarm control panel.
Fire Alarm Control Panel Features
 Individual smoke sensitivity and temperature operation
is selectable for each sensor
 Sensitivity monitoring that satisfies NFPA 72 sensitivity
testing requirements
Mounting Reference
Electrical boxes are supplied by others, refer to notes below for additional information
Surface mount reference
Fire Alarm Control Panel Features (Cont’d)
 Peak value logging allows accurate analysis for
sensitivity selection
 Automatic, once per minute individual sensor calibration
check verifies sensor integrity
 Multi-stage alarm operation
 Selectable alarm verification
 Automatic environmental compensation and
determination of dirty and excessively dirty
 TrueSense analysis of smoke and heat activity
 Ability to display and print detailed sensor information
in plain English language
 Smoke sensitivity displayed in percent per foot and
temperature readings selectable as Fahrenheit or Celsius

4" (102 mm) 4" (102 mm)

square box octagonal box

1-1/2" (38 mm) Flush mount reference, mount even with final
minimum box depth surface, or with up to 1/4" (6.4 mm) maximum recess

2098-9737 Relay (mounts
in base electrical box or
remotely)
4098-9822 Relay 4098-9860 Supervised Standard Size Base Mounting
(mounts in base Relay (mounts in base
electrical box) electrical box or remotely; 4098-9832 Adapter Plate, required for mounting
2-3/8" X 1-1/4" X 11/32" to surface mounted boxes and 4" square flush box
(1 in3 ) (60.4 mm X
31.8 mm X 8.6 mm)
4098 Series Base

Relay Size: 2-1/2" X 1-1/2" X 1" (3.75 cubic

inches) (64 mm X 38 mm X 25.4 mm)

4098-9794 Sounder Base Mounting

For 4098-9794 only, when using 4" square box flush mount, a single
gang adapter plate (RACO No. 787 or equal, by others) is required
4098-9832 Adapter Plate, required for mounting
to surface mounted boxes (mounts inverted)

4098-9794
Sounder Base

4098-9754 Multi-Sensor

NOTES:
1. Review wire size, wire count, box type, and whether a locally mounted relay is used before determining box size.
2. When a locally mounted relay is used, mount relay in electrical box and use 1-1/2" extension ring (by others) on
4" square or octagonal box of 1-1/2" or 2-1/8" depth as required.
3. Flush mounting also fits a single gang box, 2-1/8" (51 mm) deep if compatible with wiring requirements. (Not
applicable if a locally mounted relay is used.)
4. Refer to Systems Manual 574-709 for additional information.

3 S4098-0024-12 11/2016
 Product Selection
TrueAlarm Multi-Sensor (ordered separately, refer to page 3 for mounting requirements)
Model* Color Description
4098-9754
White
4098-9754 IND Multi-sensor, photoelectric sensor with integral thermal sensor; select base from list below
4098-9779 Black
TrueAlarm Multi-Sensor Bases (ordered separately, refer to page 3 for mounting requirements)
For More
Model* Color Description Detail See
Data Sheet
4098-9792 White
Standard Sensor Base, no options
4098-9776 Black
4098-9789
White
4098-9789 IND Sensor Base with connections for remote LED alarm indicator or unsupervised relay.
4098-9775 Black S4098-0019
4-Wire Sensor Relay
4098-9791 White
Base Includes connections for Supervised Remote Relay and for remote LED alarm
2-Wire Sensor Relay indicator or unsupervised relay; see below for details
4098-9780 White
Base

4098-9793 White Isolator Base with built-in IDNet communications isolator, no options S4098-0025

4098-9794 White Sounder Base with connections for remote LED alarm indicator or unsupervised relay S4098-0028
Accessories Reference (ordered separately as required, refer to page 3 for additional mounting requirements)
Model Description
4098-9832 Adapter Plate, 6-3/8” (162 mm) diameter, 1/4” (6.4 mm) deep, matches bases, see page 3 for required applications
Red LED Alarm Indicator on single gang stainless steel plate, mounts on single gang box, 1-1/2” (38 mm) minimum
2098-9808
depth
Choose one Relay with operation that tracks base led status, mounts in base electrical box, 4” square or octagonal box with 1-1/2”
if applicable (38 mm) extension ring, select box depth per actual wiring requirements; DPDT contacts for resistive/suppressed loads,
4098-9822
power limited rating of 2 A @ 28 VDC; non-power limited rating of 1/2 A @ 120 VAC, (requires external 24 VDC coil
power)
Supervised Relay for use with 4098-9791 only; DPDT contacts for resistive/suppressed Mount remotely or in base electrical box;
2098-9737 loads, power limited rating of 3 A @ 28 VDC; non-power limited rating of 3 A @ 120 VAC remote mounting requires 4” octagonal or
(requires external 24 VDC coil power) 4” square box, 1-1/2” minimum depth; base
mounting requires 4” octagonal box, 2-1/8”
Supervised Relay for use with 4098-9780 only; SPDT dry contacts, power limited rating
4098-9860 deep with 1-1/2” extension ring; see page 3 for
of 2 A @ 30 VDC, resistive; non-power limited rating of 0.5 A @ 125 VAC, resistive
dimension reference
* Note: Model numbers ending in IND are assembled in India.

Specifications
General Operating Specifications (refer to data sheet list for additional detail)
Communications and Sensor Supervisory Power IDNet communications, 1 address per base
UL Listed Operating Temperature Range 32° F to 100° F (0° C to 38° C)
Operating Temperature Range 15° F to 122° F (-9° C to 50° C)
Storage Temperature Range 0° F to 140° F (-18° C to 60° C)
Humidity Range 10 to 95% RH
0.2 % to 3.7% per foot of smoke obscuration, selected at control panel (refer to additional
Smoke Sensor Sensitivity Range
information on page 2)
Smoke Sensor Air Velocity Range 0-4000 ft/min (0-1220 m/min)
Fixed alarm temperature setting of 135° F (57.2° C), and/or rate-of-rise temperature alarm at 15°
Thermal Sensor Operation
F (8.3° C) or 20° F (11.1° C), also selectable as utility monitoring operation from 32° F to 122° F
(selected at control panel)
(0° C to 50° C)
Housing Color Frost White or Black

4098-9754 Sensor and Base Dimensions

4-7/8" (124 mm) 6-7/16" (164 mm)

2-1/4"
(57 mm) 2-7/16"
(62 mm)
LED status LED status
indicator indicator
Sound output
louvers extend
Thermistor guard Thermistor guard from front and side

Standard Size Base Mounting Sounder Base Mounting

TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm
and Signaling Code are trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).

Tyco Fire Protection Products • Westminster, MA • 01441-0001 • USA S4098-0024-12 11/2016

www.simplex-fire.com
© 2016 Tyco Fire Protection Products. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice.
 TrueAlarm Analog Sensing
UL, ULC, CSFM Listed; FM Approved; TrueAlarm Analog Sensors
MEA (NYC) Acceptance* Model 4098-9793, IDNet Isolator Base

Features
1 + 24V ZONE PW R + 5
2 0V ZONE PW R - 6
3 +IDNET IDC + 7
4 - IDNET IDC - 8

1 5

2 6

3 SIMPLEX TIM E RECORDER CO . 7

4090-9101
M ONITOR ZAM, CLASS B
INSTAL. INSTR. 574 -183
4 DATE CODE: 8
1

Isolator base for TrueAlarm analog sensors

using IDNet addressable communications: IDNet addressable device

 Compatible with Simplex® 4007ES, 4008, 4010,

4010ES, 4100ES, or 4100U Series fire alarm control
panel IDNet Signaling Line Circuits (SLCs) providing:
IDNet, IDNet+, IDNet 1+, IDNet 2, or IDNet 2+2 output TrueAlarm sensor
loops (see additional information on pages 2 and 3) Out

 Can be installed up to 250 total allowing isolation

directly to the device level (200 total with 4008)
 Operation is for ceiling or wall mounting
 Base mounted LED indicates sensor status
 Designed for EMI compatibility 4098-9793 Isolator Base
with TrueAlarm Sensor
 UL listed to Standard 268; ULC listed to Standard S529
Short circuit wiring isolation: FIRE ALARM

 Input is automatically separated from output when an PULL DOWN

output communications short circuit occurs

Earth fault isolation reduces time to fix wiring Addressable station

problems:
 Built-in control panel diagnostics assist in locating earth
fault conditions – the most common installation wiring
TrueAlarm sensor
problem
Isolator base 4098-9793 is compatible with:
 Photoelectric sensor model 4098-9714
 Heat sensor model 4098-9733
 Multi-sensor model 4098-9754
For Class B or Class A wiring:
 Communications are received from either input or output
allowing bases with Class A wiring to isolate short
circuits while still operating their sensors
Description
TrueAlarm Sensing and IDNet communication
isolation. The 4098-9793 IDNet Communications
Isolator Base provides Simplex TrueAlarm analog sensor IDNet Channel with a Single 4098-9793 Isolator Base
(4100ES Fire Alarm Control Panel shown for reference)
operation and also provides IDNet communications
isolation to improve installation convenience and increase
system integrity. Isolation is automatically activated at the Description (Continued)
base when an output short circuit is detected and isolation
can also be selected per base manually from the control Status Tracking. The isolator reports back to the panel
panel to assist with troubleshooting wiring problems. when it is in isolator mode and the extent of shorted
wiring is reported back to the panel by identifying device
Operation. Isolator bases power-up in isolation mode addresses that are not communicating. [Isolators are
and are directed to connect by the control panel. If the assigned sequentially to low number addresses to expedite
output wiring is acceptable, the isolator base will connect Signaling Line Circuit (SLC) power-up. Refer to
to the rest of the circuit. If the output wiring is shorted, Installation Instructions 574-709 and 574-707 for
the isolator remains isolated. additional information.]
* This product is listed by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to Section Earth Faults. During installation, earth faults often
13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing 7300-0026:0217 occur and finding these faults normally requires extensive
for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in this document.
Accepted for use – City of New York Department of Buildings – MEA35-93E. Additional wiring disconnection. With the 4098-9793 isolator base,
listings may be applicable; contact your local Simplex product supplier for the latest wiring suspected to have earth faults can be isolated to
status. Listings and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co. are the property of
Tyco Fire Protection Products. assist in their discovery and repair.

S4098-0025-9 10/2016
Multi-Floor Isolator Example 1
The one-line diagram on this page shows a multiple floor In the event of an earth connection, each floor can be
example with Class B IDNet communications for each individually isolated using the built-in control panel
floor starting at an isolator base. If any floor wiring diagnostics. With individual floor control, the earth fault
beyond the isolator base should experience a short circuit, can be isolated to the floor level to narrow the search area.
each floor can be individually separated from the next,
preventing the short circuit from disabling the entire
IDNet communications wiring.

Fourth floor

Third floor

Second floor

First floor

IDNet communications, 2 wire

(see wiring notes)

Compatible IDNet Class B riser

device

4098-9793 IDNet Isolator

Base with TrueAlarm sensor

Wiring Notes:
1. Operation of the 4090-9793 TrueAlarm Isolator base requires
connection to a compatible 4007ES, 4008, 4010, 4010ES,
4100ES, or 4100U IDNet communications channel.
2. NOTE: The 4100-3103 Panel Mounted Quad Isolator is
compatible only with MAPNET II Remote Isolators.
3. Maximum line resistance between the panel and an isolator, Compatible Simplex Fire Alarm
and between two isolators, is 10 Ω or 780 ft (238 m) with Control Panel (model 4010ES
18 AWG wire. shown for reference)
4. This is a one-line drawing showing only IDNet communications
wiring.
5. Some IDNet devices require additional wiring for power. Refer
to specific devices for details.

2 S4098-0025-9 10/2016
Multi-Floor Isolator Example 2
The illustration below is a modification of Example 1.
Wiring for each floor has an additional isolator base and
the IDNet circuit is wired as a Class A connection. With
the addition of these isolator bases, wiring between floors
can be better protected in the event of a short circuit.
Also, in the event of an earth connection, the additional
isolator base per floor allows earth fault isolation to be
achieved with better precision.
Diagnostic Assistance. Communications from an
IDNet 2, IDNet 2+2, or IDNet+ output provide individual
short circuit isolation and allow individual output control
to provide assistance in locating wiring faults.
Note: When wiring Class A IDNet communications
provided by IDNet or IDNet 1+ outputs, locate isolators
as the first and last devices in the loop, close to the panel,
to provide loop short circuit isolation operation (as shown
below).

Fourth floor

Third floor

Second floor

First floor First device Last device

IDNet communications, 2 wire
(see Wiring Note 3)
Alternate Wiring Example
Class A riser with Isolator Compatible IDNet Class A
bases using Class B taps device IDNet Circuit

4098-9793 IDNet Isolator

Base with TrueAlarm sensor

Wiring Notes:
1. Operation of the 4098-9793 TrueAlarm Isolator
Base requires connection to a compatible
4007ES, 4008, 4010, 4010ES, 4100ES, or
4100U IDNet communications channel.
2. NOTE: The 4100-3103 Panel Mounted Quad
Isolator is compatible only with MAPNET II
Remote Isolators.
3. For Class A communications from IDNet or
IDNet 1+ outputs, locate IDNet Isolators as the Compatible Simplex Fire Alarm
first and last device in the loop, close to the panel, Control Panel (model 4100ES
to optimize loop short circuit protection. This is shown for reference)
not required with IDNet 2, IDNet 2+2, or
IDNet+ outputs.
4. Maximum line resistance between the panel and
an isolator, and between two isolators, is 10 Ω or
780 ft (238 m) with 18 AWG wire.
5. This is a one-line drawing showing only IDNet
communications wiring.
6. Some IDNet devices require additional wiring for
power. Refer to specific devices for details.

3 S4098-0025-9 10/2016
Specifications (for additional information refer to Installation Instructions 574-709 and 574-707)
Power and Communications
Distance Specification
IDNet Connections
UL Listed Temperature Range
Operating Temperature Range
Storage Temperature Range
Humidity Range
Housing Color
Sensor Compatibility
(sensors are ordered
separately)
Additional Isolator Products
IDNet communications, one address per base
Maximum line resistance between panel and isolator, or between isolators is 10 ohms;
[18 AWG (0.82 mm2 ) = 780 ft (238 m)]
Screw terminals for in/out wiring, 18 to 14 AWG (0.82 to 2.08 mm2 )
32° F to 100° F (0° C to 38° C)
15° F to 122° F (-9° C to 50° C)
0° F to 140° F (-18° C to 60° C)
10 to 95% RH, from 32° F to 122° F (0° C to 50° C)
Frost White (4098-9793) or Black (4098-9777)
Product Data Sheet
4098-9714, Photoelectric Sensor
4098-9774, Photoelectric Sensor
S4098-0019
4098-9733, Heat Sensor
4098-9778, Heat Sensor
4098-9754, TrueSense Multi-Sensor
S4098-0024
4098-9779, TrueSense Multi-Sensor
4090-9116, Remote IDNet Isolator Module (not available with 4010 control panels) S4090-0005
4090-9117, 24 V Addressable Power Isolator (not available with 4008 or 4010
S4090-0006
control panels)
4 S4098-0025-9 10/2016
 Mounting Information

Electrical Box Requirements:

4" octagonal or 4" square, 1-1/2" deep;
single gang, 2" deep (by others)

Surface mount reference

4" (102 mm) 4" (102 mm)

square box octagonal box

1-1/2" (38 mm) Flush mount reference, mount even with final
minimum box depth surface, or with up to 1/4" (6.4 mm) maximum recess

4098-9832 Adapter Plate, required for mounting

1/4" to surface mounted boxes and to 4" square flush mount boxes
(6.4 mm)

6-3/8" (162 mm)

4098-9793
Isolator Base

TrueAlarm Sensor
(ordered separately)

4-7/8" (124 mm)

LED status indicator

Assembled
Dimension
2-1/8"
Reference
(54 mm)
Base height
15/16" (24 mm)

TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited.

Tyco Fire Protection Products • Westminster, MA • 01441-0001 • USA S4098-0025-9 10/2016

www.simplex-fire.com
© 2016 Tyco Fire Protection Products. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice.
 TrueAlarm Analog Sensing
UL, ULC, CSFM Listed; FM Approved; Sounder Base 4098-9794 for use with
MEA (NYC) Acceptance* TrueAlarm Photoelectric and Heat Sensors

Features
Modular TrueAlarm sensor base with built-in
electronic alarm sounder:
 Piezoelectric sounder provides high output (88 dBA)
with low current requirements (20 mA)
 For use with interchangeable TrueAlarm photoelectric
or heat sensors (ordered separately)
 Operation is for ceiling or wall mounting
Sounder operation details: TrueAlarm Photoelectric Sensor Mounted in
Sounder Base 4098-9794
 Powered from 24 VDC or from a compatible
Notification Appliance Circuit (NAC)
TrueAlarm Analog Sensing Description
 Synchronized via communications or by the NAC, if
NAC powered** Sounder bases combine an audible notification appliance
 Sounder can be manually activated from the control panel and a TrueAlarm analog sensor to provide:
 Sensor and sounder operation is listed to UL Standard 268
Digital Communication of Analog Sensing.
 Sounder operation is also listed to UL Standard 464
Sensors provide an analog measurement that is digitally
as an audible notification appliance
communicated to the control panel where it is analyzed
TrueAlarm analog sensing operation: and an average value is determined and stored. An alarm
 Analog sensor information is digitally communicated or other abnormal condition is determined by comparing
to the control panel via IDNet or MAPNET II the sensor’s present value against its average value.
two-wire communications
 Sensor information is processed by the control panel Intelligent Data Evaluation. Monitoring each sensor’s
to determine sensor status average value provides a software filtering averaging
process that compensates for environmental factors (dust,
For use with the following Simplex® products:
dirt, etc.) and component aging, providing an accurate
 4007ES, 4010, 4010ES, 4100ES, and 4100U Series reference for evaluating new activity. The result is a
control panels; and 4008 Series control panels with
significant reduction in the probability of false or
reduced feature set (refer to data sheet S4008-0001 for
nuisance alarms caused by shifts in sensitivity, either up
details)
or down.
 4020, 4100, and 4120 Series control panels, and
Universal Transponders equipped for MAPNET II Control Panel Selection. Peak activity per sensor is
operation stored to assist in evaluating specific locations. The alarm
General features: set point for each TrueAlarm sensor is determined at the
 Louvered smoke sensor design enhances smoke control panel, selectable as more or less sensitive as the
capture by directing flow to chamber; entrance areas individual application requires.
are minimally visible when ceiling mounted Timed/Multi-Stage Selection. Alarm set points can be
 Designed for EMI compatibility programmed for timed automatic sensitivity selection
 Magnetic test feature is provided (such as more sensitive at night, less sensitive during
 Optional accessories include remote LED alarm day). Control panel programming can also provide
indicator and output relays multi-stage operation per sensor. For example, a 0.2%
Additional base reference: level may cause a warning to prompt investigation while a
 For standard bases, refer to data sheet S4098-0019 2.5% level may initiate an alarm.
 For isolator bases, refer to data sheet S4098-0025 Sensor Alarm and Trouble LED Indication. Each
 For photo/heat sensors, refer to data sheet S4098-0024 sensor base’s LED pulses to indicate communications
(single address) and S4098-0033 (dual address) with the panel. If the control panel determines that a
sensor is in alarm, or that it is dirty or has some other type
* This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to Section of trouble, the details are annunciated at the control panel
13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listings 7300-0026:217 and and that sensor base’s LED will be turned on steadily.
7271-0026:231 for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in this
document. Accepted for use – City of New York Department of Buildings – MEA35-93E. Additional During a system alarm, the control panel will control the
listings may be applicable, contact your local Simplex product supplier for the latest status. Listings LEDs such that an LED indicating a trouble will return to
and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co. are the property of Tyco Fire Protection
Products. pulsing to help identify the alarmed sensors.
** Total quantity of sounder bases available for coding on the same communications channel may vary
with panel application and availability of NAC power. Refer to specific control panel requirements.

S4098-0028-11 1/2015
Additional Sounder Base Features Mounting Reference
Base mounted address selection allows the address
to remain with its programmed location when the sensor
is removed for service or type change. Access is from the Electrical Box Requirements: (boxes are by others)
front under the removable sensor. Without relay: 4" octagonal or 4" square, 1-1/2" deep; single gang,
2" deep
Automatic sensor type identification provides
With relay : 4" octagonal or 4" square, 1-1/2" deep, with 1-1/2"
default sensitivity when substituting sensor types. extension ring
Different sensor types can be easily interchanged to meet 4" (102 mm) Square Box 4" (102 mm) Octagonal Box
specific location requirements. This feature also allows Surface mount reference
intentional sensor substitution during building
construction. When conditions are temporarily dusty,
1-1/2" (38 mm)
instead of covering the smoke sensors (causing them to be minimum box depth
disabled), heat sensors may be installed without
reprogramming the control panel.
Flush mount reference, mount even with final
Integral red LED indicates power-on by pulsing, or surface, or with up to 1/4" (6.4 mm) maximum recess
alarm or trouble when steady on. The exact status is
annunciated at the fire alarm control panel.
Optional 4098-9822 Relay
Fire alarm control panel provides: (Mounts in base electrical box
Note: Single gang and requires additional
 Peak value logging allowing accurate analysis of each adapter plate (RACO volume, see notes below)
sensor for individual sensitivity selection No. 787 or equal) is
 Sensitivity monitoring satisfying NFPA 72 sensitivity required when using 4"
square box (by others)
testing requirements; automatic individual sensor Relay size:
2-1/2" X 1-1/2" X 1"
calibration check verifies sensor integrity (64 mm X 38 mm X
 Automatic environmental compensation, multi-stage 25.4 mm), 3.75 cubic inches
alarm operation, and display of sensitivity directly in
6-3/8" Dia.
percent per foot x 1/4" thick 4098-9832 Adapter Plate, required for mounting
 Ability to display and print detailed sensor to surface mounted boxes (mounts inverted)

information in plain English language

Accessories
4098-9822, LED Annunciation Relay activates when
base LED is on steady, indicating a local alarm or trouble.
Contacts are DPDT, rated 2 A @ 30 VDC; 1/2 A @
120 VAC for transient suppressed loads (requires external
24 VDC coil power).
2098-9808, Remote red LED Alarm Indicator mounts on
a single gang box to provide status indications where the
sensor location may not be readily visible.
ALARM
6-7/16" (164 mm)
1-1/8"
(29 mm)
LED status Sound output louvers
indicator extend from front to side
(Photoelectric sensor shown for reference)
NOTES:
1. Review actual wire size, wire count, box type, and whether
4098-9822 relay is used before determining box size.
2. Mounting to flush mounted box also fits single gang handy box,
2-1/8" (51 mm) deep if wiring allows. (Not applicable if 4098-9822
relay is used.)
3. For surface mounted boxes, use 4" square box with single gang
adapter plate (RACO No. 787 or equal, by others) or 4" octagonal
box, both require 4098-9832 Adapter Plate.
4. When 4098-9822 relay is used, mount relay in electrical box and use
1-1/2" extension ring (by others) on 4" square or octagonal box of
1-1/2" or 2-1/8" depth as required.
5. Refer to Installation Instructions 574-707 for additional information.

2098-9808 Remote LED Alarm Indicator

2 S4098-0028-11 1/2015
TrueAlarm Analog Sensor Features 4098-9733 Heat Sensor

Sealed against rear air flow entry TrueAlarm heat sensors are self-restoring and provide rate
compensated, fixed temperature sensing, selectable with
Electronics are EMI/RFI shielded
or without rate-of-rise temperature sensing. Due to its
Heat sensors: small thermal mass, the sensor accurately and quickly
 Selectable rate compensated, fixed temperature measures the local temperature for analysis at the fire
sensing with or without rate-of-rise operation alarm control panel.
 Rated spacing distance between sensors: Rate-of-rise temperature detection is selectable at the
Fixed Temp. UL & ULC FM Spacing, Either Fixed
control panel for either 15° F (8.3° C) or 20° F (11.1° C)
Setting Spacing Temperature Setting per minute. Fixed temperature sensing is independent of
135° F 60 ft x 60 ft 20 ft x 20 ft (6.1 m) for fixed rate-of-rise sensing and programmable to operate at
(57.2° C) (18.3 m) temperature only; RTI = Quick 135° F (57.2° C) or 155° F (68° C). In a slow developing
50 ft x 50 ft (15.2 m) for fixed fire, the temperature may not increase rapidly enough to
155° F 40 ft x 40 ft temperature with either rate-of-rise
(68° C) (12.2 m) selection; RTI = Ultra Fast
operate the rate-of-rise feature. However, an alarm will be
initiated when the temperature reaches its rated fixed
Smoke Sensors: temperature setting.
 Photoelectric technology sensing TrueAlarm heat sensors can be programmed as a utility
 360° smoke entry for optimum response device to monitor for temperature extremes in the range
 Built-in insect screens from 32° F to 155° F (0° C to 68° C). This feature can
provide freeze warnings or alert to HVAC system
problems. Refer to specific panels for availability.
4098-9714 Photoelectric Sensor 6-7/16" (164 mm)

TrueAlarm photoelectric sensors use a stable, pulsed

infrared LED light source and a silicon photodiode
receiver to provide consistent and accurate low power
smoke sensing. Seven levels of sensitivity are available 2-9/16"
for each individual sensor, ranging from 0.2% to 3.7% per (65 mm)

foot of smoke obscuration. Sensitivities of 0.2%, 0.5%,

and 1% are for special applications in clean areas.
Standard sensitivities are 1.5%, 2.0%, 2.5%, 3.0%, and
3.7%. Application type and sensitivity are selected and
then monitored at the fire alarm control panel.*
The sensor head design provides 360° smoke entry for
optimum smoke response. Due to its photoelectric
operation, air velocity is not normally a factor, except for
impact on area smoke flow.
6-7/16" (164 mm)
4098-9733 Heat Sensor with 4098-9794 Sounder Base
WARNING: In most fires, hazardous levels of smoke
and toxic gas can build up before a heat detection
device would initiate an alarm. In cases where Life
Safety is a factor, the use of smoke detection is highly
recommended.

Application Reference
Sensor locations should be determined after careful
2-5/16" consideration of the physical layout and contents of the
(58 mm)
area to be protected. Refer to NFPA 72, the National Fire
Alarm and Signaling Code. On smooth ceilings, smoke
sensor spacing of 30 ft (9.1 m) may be used as a guide.
For detailed application information, refer to 4098
4098-9714 Photoelectric Sensor with Sounder Base Detectors, Sensors, and Bases Application Manual, Part
Number 574-709.*
* For detailed application information including sensitivity
selection, refer to Installation Instructions 574-709.

3 S4098-0028-11 1/2015
 TrueAlarm Analog Sensing Product Selection Chart
TrueAlarm Sounder Base*
Model Description Compatibility Mounting Requirements

Sounder Base with connections Sensors: 4098-9714 and 4098-9733

4098-9794 for Remote LED Alarm Indicator Refer to page 2, mounting reference
or Unsupervised Relay Options: 2098-9808 remote LED alarm
indicator or 4098-9822 relay
TrueAlarm Sensors (ordered separately)
Model Description Mounting Requirements
4098-9714 Photoelectric Smoke Sensor
Refer to page 2, mounting reference
4098-9733 Heat Sensor

Sounder Base Accessories (ordered separately if required)

Model Description Mounting Requirements
4098-9832 Adapter Plate, required for surface mounted 4” electrical boxes Refer to page 2, mounting reference
Remote red LED Alarm Indicator on single gang
2098-9808 Single gang box, 1-1/2” minimum depth
Choose one if stainless steel plate
required Relay, tracks base LED status (unsupervised, to be Mounts in base electrical box (requires 1-1/2”
4098-9822
mounted only in base electrical box) extension on 4” square or octagonal box)
* Refer to data sheet S4098-0019 for other compatible bases. Refer to Installation Instructions 574-707 and Application Manual 574-709 for
additional information.

Specifications

General Operating Specifications

Communications and Sensor Supervisory Power IDNet or MAPNET II communications, auto-selected, 1 address per base
Communications and Sounder Power Connections Screw terminals for in/out wiring, 18 to 14 AWG (0.82 mm2 to 2.08 mm2)
Current 1 mA typical supplied from communications, no impact to alarm current
Remote LED Alarm Indicator
LED Connections Color coded wire leads, 18 AWG (0.82 mm2 )
UL Listed Temperature Range 32° F to 100° F (0° C to 38° C)
Operating With 4098-9733 32° F to 122° F (0° C to 50° C)
Temperature Range With 4098-9714 15° F to 122° F (-9° C to 50° C)
Storage Temperature Range 0° F to 140° F (-18° C to 60° C)
Humidity Range 10 to 95% RH

Smoke Sensor 4098-9714,

Air velocity is 0-4000 ft/min (0-1220 m/min)
Ambient Ratings Photoelectric Sensor
Housing Color Frost White
Sounder Operation
Sounder Voltage 18 to 32 VDC from steady external source or from NAC
Alarm Current (Sounder On) 20 mA @ 24 VDC, 24 mA maximum @ 32 VDC
88 dBA minimum @ 10 ft (3 m) per UL Standard 464, Audible Signaling
Sounder Output Appliances and UL Standard 268, Smoke Detectors for Fire Protective
Signaling Systems

Sounder Power Supervision Supervised Select for continuous 24 VDC power, loss of power is communicated to panel
(Selectable) Unsupervised Select when connected to NAC for sounder power, NAC provides supervision
When in alarm, will sound when NAC is in alarm, allowing synchronized
NAC Powered Operation
pattern (Temporal or March Time, etc.) controlled by the NAC
4098-9822 Unsupervised Relay Option
Externally Supplied Relay Voltage 18-32 VDC, steady source recommended (wires to remote LED leads)
Alarm Current 13 mA from separate 24 VDC supply
Contact Ratings, DPDT contacts for Power limited rating: 2 A @ 30 VDC
resistive/suppressed loads Non-power limited rating: 1/2 A @ 120 VAC
Relay Operation Tracks base LED status, relay is on with trouble or alarm at the base

TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm and
Signaling Code are trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).

Tyco Fire Protection Products • Westminster, MA • 01441-0001 • USA S4098-0028-11 1/2015

www.simplex-fire.com
© 2015 Tyco Fire Protection Products. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice.
 TrueAlarm Analog Sensing
UL, ULC, CSFM Listed; FM Approved; Addressable Duct Sensor Housings with TrueAlarm
MEA (NYC) Acceptance* Photoelectric Sensor; Available with Multiple Relay Control

Features This device is a duct smoke housing. When provided with detector, it is designed to sample the air flow
passing by it in the air duct to determine whether it contains unacceptable levels of smoke. The
effectiveness of a duct smoke detector is highly dependent upon: the design and operating conditions of the
air handling system in which it is installed, variables such as smoke dilution and stratification over which

Compact air duct sensor housing with clear

even the best designed systems have no control, and proper placement and positioning of the duct smoke
detector, which is often compromised for practical reasons. For the reasons stated above, the effectiveness
of this duct smoke detector cannot be warranted or guaranteed. Under no circumstances should this duct
smoke detector be used or regarded to be a substitute for the building's Fire alarm and detection system to
which this device is attached as a secondary detection device.
DO NOT REMOVE THIS NOTICE!

cover to monitor for the presence of smoke**

Includes factory installed TrueAlarm
photoelectric smoke sensor and features:
 Individual sensor information processed by the host
control panel to determine sensor status
 Digital transmission of analog sensor values via IDNet
or MAPNET II, 2-wire communications
 Programmable sensitivity, consistent accuracy,
environmental compensation, status testing, and
monitoring of sensor dirt accumulation
Model 4098-9755:
 Basic duct sensor housing (no relay output) powered
by IDNet/MAPNET II communications Duct Sensor Housing, Front and Bottom View
Model 4098-9756:
 Duct sensor housing with supervised output for ALARM

multiple remote relays; requires separate 24 VDC; ALARM

includes one relay TEST

NORM

 Relay output is under panel control

 At the panel, relay output can be activated manually or
in response to a separate alarm or other input 2098-9808 2098-9806
General features: Remote Status/Alarm Indicator and Test Station
 UL listed to Standard 268A Introduction
 Clear cover allows visual inspection
Operation. Simplex® compact air duct smoke sensor
 Test ports provide functional smoke testing access housings provide TrueAlarm operation for the detection of
with cover in place smoke in air conditioning or ventilating ducts. Sampling
 Mounts to rectangular ducts or round ducts; minimum tubes are installed into the duct allowing air to be directed to
size is 8” (203 mm) square or 18” (457 mm) diameter the smoke sensor mounted in the housing.
 Magnetic test feature for alarm initiation at housing TrueAlarm Sensor Operation
 Optional weatherproof enclosure is available
Digital Communication of Analog Sensing.
separately (refer to data sheet S4098-0032)
Analog information from the sensor is digitally
Diagnostic LEDs (on interface board): communicated to the control panel where it is analyzed.
 Red Alarm/Trouble LED for sensor status and Sensor input is stored and tracked as an average value
communications polling display with an alarm or abnormal condition being determined by
 Yellow LED for open or shorted trouble indication of comparing the sensor’s present value against its average.
supervised relay control (4098-9756 only) Intelligent Data Evaluation. Monitoring each
Sampling tubes (ordered separately): photoelectric sensor’s average value provides a software
filtering process that compensates for environmental
 Available in multiple lengths to match duct size factors (dust, dirt, etc.) and component aging, providing
 Installed and serviced with housing in place an accurate reference for evaluating new activity. The
Remote module options (ordered separately): result is a significant reduction in the probability of false
 Remote red status/alarm LED (2098-9808) or nuisance alarms caused by shifts in sensitivity, either
up or down.
 Remote test station with LED (2098-9806)
 4098-9843 remote relays (refer to page 2 for details) ** Please note that smoke detection in air ducts is intended to provide
notification of the presence of smoke in the duct. It is not intended
* These products have been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to to, and will not, replace smoke detection requirements for open
Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing 3240-0026.241
for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in this document. areas or other non-duct applications.
Accepted for use – City of New York Department of Buildings – MEA35-93E. Additional
listings may be applicable; contact your local Simplex product supplier for the latest status.
Listings and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co. are the property of Tyco Fire
Protection Products.

S4098-0030-10 11/2014
TrueAlarm Sensor Operation (Continued) Photoelectric Sensing (Continued)
Control Panel Selection. Peak activity per sensor is Typically duct sensor applications require less sensitive
stored to assist in evaluating specific locations. The alarm settings (such as 2.5% per foot obscuration) due to the
set point for each sensor is determined at the control ducts being a relative dirty environment. However, the
panel, selectable as the individual application requires. standard seven levels of TrueAlarm sensor sensitivity are
available for each individual sensor, ranging from 0.2% to
Sensor Status LED. Each sensor housing’s red status
3.7% per foot of smoke obscuration. Sensitivity is
LED (located on the electrical interface board) pulses to
selected and monitored at the fire alarm control panel.
indicate communications with the panel. If the control
panel determines that a sensor is in alarm, or that it is Fire Alarm Control Panel Features
dirty or has some other type of trouble, the details are
annunciated at the control panel and that sensor housing’s  Individual smoke sensitivity selection
status LED will be turned on steadily. During a system  Sensitivity monitoring that satisfies NFPA 72
alarm, the control panel will control the LEDs such that sensitivity testing requirements
an LED indicating a trouble will return to pulsing to help  Peak value logging allows accurate analysis for
identify any alarmed sensors. (Remote Status/Alarm sensitivity selection
LEDs track the operation of the sensor housing LED.)
 Automatic, once per minute individual sensor
Photoelectric Sensing calibration check verifies sensor integrity
TrueAlarm photoelectric sensors use a stable, pulsed  Automatic environmental compensation
infrared LED light source and a silicon photodiode  Smoke sensitivity is displayed in percent per foot
receiver to provide consistent and accurate low power  Ability to display and print detailed sensor
smoke sensing. information in plain English language
 Relays of model 4098-9756 are under panel control
for ON, OFF, or override
Duct Sensor Selection Chart
Duct Smoke Sensor Housing with Photoelectric Sensor*
Model Description Compatibility
Basic Duct Sensor Housing; operating power is supplied by 4007ES, 4008, 4010, 4010ES, 4020, 4100, 4100ES,
4098-9755 either IDNet or MAPNET II communications (no relay 4100E, and 4120. Also 2120 CDT if configured for
output) MAPNET II, TrueAlarm operation
Same as above except relay operation is not
Duct Sensor Housing with supervised multiple relay output, compatible with 2120 CDT;
4098-9756 requires separate 24 VDC fire alarm power and 4081-9008
end-of-line resistor harness; includes one 4098-9843 relay Relay output is for up to 15 total 4098-9843 Relays
(additional relays are ordered separately)

Remote LED Indicator and Test Station, Select One if Required

Model Description Compatibility Mounting
2098-9808 Red LED status indicator on single-gang stainless steel plate
Use single gang box,
Test Station with keyswitch and red LED status indicator, on 4098-9755
3” H x 2” W x 2” D
2098-9806 single-gang stainless steel plate; (turning switch to “TEST” 4098-9756
(76 mm x 51 mm x 51 mm)
initiates alarm for system testing)

Epoxy Encapsulated Remote Relay and End-of-Line Resistor

Model Description Compatibility Location
Relay; single Form C (7 A @ 120 VAC); refer to pages 3 and 4 Locate relays within 3 ft
4098-9756 only;
4098-9843 for additional relay information; one included with 4098-9756; (1 m) of device being
connect up to 15
wiring is 18 AWG (0.82 mm2 ) color coded wire leads controlled per NFPA 72
End-of-Line Resistor Harness; 10 k, 1/2 W; (ref. 733-894);
4081-9008 4098-9756 At last relay location
required to supervise remote relay coil connection
* Each duct housing includes an internally mounted model 4098-9714 TrueAlarm photoelectric sensor and an exhaust tube. A correctly
sized sampling tube (ordered per application) is required, refer to chart below.

Sampling Tube Selection Chart, Ordered Separately Per Duct Width, Select One
Overall Duct Width Tube Required Suggested Cut Length
12” (305 mm) 4098-9854 1/2” (12.7 mm) longer than duct width
13” to 23” (330 mm to 584 mm) 4098-9855 1/2” (12.7 mm) longer than duct width
24” to 46” (610 mm to 1168 mm) 4098-9856 3 in” (76 mm) longer than duct width
46” to 71” (1168 mm to 1803 mm) 4098-9857 3 in” (76 mm) longer than duct width
71” to 95” (1803 mm to 2413 mm) 4098-9858 3 in” (76 mm) longer than duct width

2 S4098-0030-10 11/2014
Duct Sensor Housing Detail Reference
NOTE: Refer to Installation Instructions 574-776 for additional installation detail and maintenance information.

11-3/8" (289 mm)

Exhaust tube access hole Conduit (by others)

4098-9714 Smoke sensor, mounted

This device is a duct smoke housing. When provided with detector, it is designed to sample the air flow

in special interface base (supplied) passing by it in the air duct to determine whether it contains unacceptable levels of smoke. The
effectiveness of a duct smoke detector is highly dependent upon: the design and operating conditions of
Metal plate with dual holes
6-3/4" the air handling system in which it is installed, variables such as smoke dilution and stratification over
which even the best designed systems have no control, and proper placement and positioning of the duct

(171 mm )
smoke detector, which is often compromised for practical reasons. For the reasons stated above, the
effectiveness of this duct smoke detector cannot be warranted or guaranteed. Under no circumstances
for 3/4" (19 mm) conduit, plug
should this duct smoke detector be used or regarded to be a substitute for the building's Fire alarm and
detection system to which this device is attached as a secondary detection device.
DO NOT REMOVE THIS NOTICE!
supplied for unused hole

Front View

Yellow LED, relay control trouble

indicator (4098-9756 only)
Sampling tube
access hole Red sensor
status LED Side of duct

Wiring terminals

Stationary baffle (built-in) Captive fastening screws (4) Magnetic test area

NOTE: Orientation shown is for reference

Transparent cover Gasketed sensor area only, refer to General Location Notes and
End View illustration below for alternate
mounting reference.

3-3/8"
(86 mm) Bottom view

Duct wall

13/16"
(21 mm) Exhaust tube 4098-9843 Remote Relay
(supplied) (7 A @ 120 VAC, for use with 4098-9756 only)
NOTE: Mount in separate electrical box within
Test ports (2) provided Sampling tube, ordered Gaskets (supplied) 3 ft (1 m) of device being controlled per
for measuring airflow separately per duct width NFPA 72
and for aerosol injection
1-3/16"
(30 mm)
1-1/2" 13/16"
Square duct Alternate location (21 mm)
(38 mm)
reference outline (if appropriate) AP&C-PAM SD
WHT BLU
YEL
RED ORG

18" Round duct outline

(minimum diameter) Sampling tube, keyed for proper hole alignment with holes facing
into airflow (template is provided for proper tube installation).
(Housing is shown as position 2 per note 2 below.)

General Location Notes:

1. Testing performed under the auspices of the Fire Detection
Institute (FDI) recommended when sampling tubes are not
located vertically, that they be positioned horizontally in the
Duct upper half of the duct to account for possible stratification.
housing End View with
Ducts and Tubes 2. Three duct side mounting options are available as shown below.
Mount housing at 90° to airflow for all orientations.
Arrows indicate allowed airflow directions.
effectiveness of a duct smoke detector is highly dependent upon: the design and operating conditions of the
air handling system in which it is installed, variables such as smo ke dilution and stratification over which

detector, which is often compromised for practical reasons. For the reasons stated above, the effectiveness

smoke detector be used or regarded to be a substitute for the building's Fire alarm and detection system to
even the best designed systems have no control, and proper placement and positioning of the duct smoke

of this duct smoke detector cannot be warranted or guaranteed. Under no circumstances should this duct
This device is a duct smoke housing. When provided with detector, it is designed to sample the air flow
passing by it in the air duct to determine whether it contains unacceptable levels of smoke. The

DO NOT REMOVE THIS NOT ICE!

1 2
which this device is attached as a secondary detection device.

3
Exhaust tube This device is a duct smoke housing. When provided with detector, it is designed to sample the air flow
passing by it in the air duct to determine whether it contains unacceptable levels of smoke. T he
effectiveness of a duct smoke detector is highly dependent upon: the design and operating conditions of the
air handling system in which it is installed, variables such as smoke dilutio n and stratification over which
even the best designed systems have no control, and proper placement and positioning of the duct smoke
detector, which is often compromised for practical reasons. For the reasons stated above, the effectiveness
of this duct smoke detector cannot be warranted or guaranteed. Under no circumstances should this duct
smoke detector be used or regarded to be a substitute for the building's Fire alarm and detection system to

8" Square duct outline

which this device is attached as a secondary detection device.
DO NOT REMOVE THIS NOTICE!

(minimum width) DO NOT REMOVE THIS NOTICE!

which this device is attached as a secondary detection device.
smoke detector be used or regar ded to be a substitute for the building's Fire alarm and detection system to
of this duct smoke detector cannot be warr anted or guar anteed. Under no cir cumstances should this duct
detector, which is often compromised for practical reasons. For the reasons stated above, the effectiveness
even the best designed systems have no control, and proper placement and positioning of the duct smoke
over which
smoke dilut ion an d stratificat ion
air handling system in which it is installed, var iables such as
effectiveness of a duct smoke detector is highly dependent upon: the design and operating conditions of the
passing by it in the air duct to determine whether it contains unacceptable levels of smoke. The
This device is a duct smoke housing. W hen pr ovided with detector, it is designed to sample the air flow

DO NOT MOUNT ON
BOTTOM OF DUCT

3 S4098-0030-10 11/2014
Duct Sensor Location Reference Duct Sensor Location Considerations:
1. Proper duct smoke detection location must ensure
Exhaust Damper Sensor OK adequate airflow within the duct housing.
2. Duct air velocity rating is 300 to 4000 ft/min (91 to
Exhaust Return Air 1220 m/min). Pressure differential between intake
and exhaust tubes is required to be between 0.015 to
Do not locate 1.55 inches of water (0.381 to 39.37 mm).
sensor here
3. Ensure accessibility for test and service.
Return air
damper 4. Proper Locations: downstream side of filters to detect
fires in the filters; in return ducts, ahead of mixing
areas; upstream of air humidifier and cooling coil.
5. Other locations and orientations may be required for
Fresh air Supply Air
proper duct smoke detection depending on duct
access, system design, and duct airflow testing.
Do not locate Filter bank Sensor OK Contact your local Simplex product supplier for
sensor here assistance.
Locations to Avoid:
Additional Information. Refer to NFPA 90A, Standard 1. Where dampers closed for comfort control would
for the Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating interfere with airflow.
Systems; NFPA 72, the National Fire Alarm and Signaling 2. Next to outside air inlets (unless the intent is to
Code; and the NEMA Guide for Proper Use of Smoke monitor smoke entry from that area).
Detectors in Duct Applications, and Installation Instructions
3. In return air damper branch ducts and mixing areas
574-776.
where airflow may be restricted.
Specifications
General Mechanical and Environmental
Air Velocity Range (linear ft/min) 300 to 4000 ft/min (91 to 1220 m/min)
Sensor Sensitivity Range 0.2% to 3.7% per foot of obscuration, selectable at host control panel
UL Listed Temperature Range 32° F to 100° F (0° C to 38° C)
Operating Temperature Range 32° F to 122° F (0° C to 50° C)
Storage Temperature Range 0 F to 140 F (-18 C to 60 C)
Humidity Range 10% to 95% RH, non-condensing
Wiring Connections Terminal blocks, 18 to 12 AWG (0.82 mm2 to 3.31 mm2 )
Housing Color and Material Black ABS base with clear polycarbonate cover
Sampling and Exhaust Tube Material Black CPVC, custom extrusion; sampling tubes are pre-drilled
Remote Status/Alarm LED and Test Station with Remote Status/Alarm LED
Remote Alarm LED Current 1.2 mA, no impact to 24 VDC alarm current (2098-9808 or 2098-9806)
Test Station Keyswitch Current 3.3 mA, no impact to 24 VDC alarm current (2098-9806)
Remote Alarm LED and Test Station Distance 250 ft (76 m) maximum
Addressable Operation
IDNet or MAPNET II communications, auto-select, one address per housing;
Data Communications
provides operating power to model 4098-9755
Model 4098-9756 with Supervised Multiple Relay Control, Requires Separate Fused 24 VDC from Fire Alarm Power Supply
Input Voltage 18-32 VDC (24 VDC nominal)
Standby Current 3 mA @ 24 VDC
Alarm Current 15 mA @ 24 VDC; add 15 mA for each 4098-9843 relay
For use with 4098-9843 relay only, quantity of 15 maximum; distance of 500 ft
Supervised Remote Relay Control Output (152 m) maximum; requires 4081-9008 (ref. 733-894) 10 k, 1/2 W end-of-line
resistor
4098-9843 Relay Output Ratings, Single Form C, use with Model 4098-9756 Only
Coil Current 15 mA @ 24 VDC, up to 15 maximum per relay control output
Relay Contacts 7 A at 0.35 PF @ 28 VDC & 120 VAC; 250 A @ 5 VDC
500 ft (152 m) maximum to relay coils; locate relays within 3 ft (1 m) of device
Location Distance
being controlled per NFPA 72
TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm and
Signaling Code are registered trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).

Tyco Fire Protection Products • Westminster, MA • 01441-0001 • USA S4098-0030-10 11/2014

www.simplex-fire.com
© 2014 Tyco Fire Protection Products. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice.
 TrueAlarm Analog Sensing
UL, ULC, CSFM Listed; FM Approved; Dual Address Bases for Multi-Sensor
MEA (NYC) Acceptance* 4098-9754, Standard and Sounder

Features
TrueAlarm photoelectric sensing and TrueAlarm
thermal sensing combined in one housing:
 TrueAlarm photoelectric technology accurately
monitors for smoke activity
 TrueAlarm thermal sensing accurately monitors for
fixed temperature and rate-of-rise temperature, selected
or combined as required per sensor
 Basic operation is UL listed to Standard 268
 Sounder operation is also listed to UL Standard 464 as
an audible notification appliance
Multi-Sensor Standard Base 4098-9796 provides:
 Two sequentially addressed points, automatically
assigned with one address selection
 Connections for remote LED or LED tracking relay for
remote alarm status indication
Multi-Sensor Sounder Base 4098-9795 provides
the features of 4098-9796 and also provides:
 Built-in piezoelectric sounder with high output
(88 dBA) and low current requirements (20 mA)
 Sounder power can be from 24 VDC or from a
compatible Notification Appliance Circuit (NAC)
 Sounder output can be synchronized via
communications or by the NAC, if NAC powered**
 Sounder operation can be independently activated from
the host control panel
TrueAlarm analog sensing operation:
 Analog sensor information is digitally communicated to
the control panel via IDNet or MAPNET II two-wire
communications
 Individual sensor information is processed by the host
control panel to determine sensor status
For use with the following Simplex® products:
 Model Series 4007ES, 4008, 4010, 4100ES, 4010ES,
and 4100U fire alarm control panels
 Note: 4008 Series fire alarm control panels provide a
reduced feature set, refer to data sheet S4008-0001
 Legacy models 4020/4100/4120 Series fire alarm
control panels, and Universal Transponders equipped
for MAPNET II operation
 For use with 4007ES, 4100ES, 4100U, or 4010ES
control panels, multi-sensor 4098-9754 is also available
using single address bases; refer to data sheet S4098-
0024 for more information, including TrueSense early
fire detection operation combining photo and heat
inputs
Functional and architecturally styled enclosures
are for ceiling or wall mounting:
 Smoke sensor louver design directs air flow to chamber,
enhancing smoke capture
 Sound louvers on sounder base exit both front and side
for high output sound
 Built-in magnetic test feature alarms both addresses
TrueAlarm Multi-Sensor 4098-9754 Mounted in
Multi-Sensor Sounder Base 4098-9795
TrueAlarm Multi-Sensor 4098-9754 Mounted in
Multi-Sensor Base 4098-9796
TrueAlarm Multi-Sensor Description
TrueAlarm multi-sensor 4098-9754 combines the
established performances of a TrueAlarm photoelectric
smoke sensor with a fast-acting and accurate TrueAlarm
thermal sensor to provide both features in a single
sensor/base assembly.
Digital Communication of Analog Sensing.
Analog information from each sensor is digitally
communicated to the control panel where it is analyzed.
Photoelectric sensor input is stored and tracked as an
average value with an alarm or abnormal condition being
determined by comparing the sensor’s present value
against its average value. Thermal data is processed to
look for absolute or rate-of-rise temperature as desired.
Intelligent Data Evaluation. Monitoring each
photoelectric sensor’s average value provides a software
filtering process that compensates for environmental
factors (dust, dirt, etc.) and component aging, providing
an accurate reference for evaluating new activity. The
result is a significant reduction in the probability of false
or nuisance alarms caused by shifts in sensitivity, either
up or down.
* This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to
Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing
7300-0026:217 for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in this
document. Accepted for use – City of New York Department of Buildings – MEA35-93E.
Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local Simplex product supplier for the
latest status. Listings and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co. are the property of
Tyco Fire Protection Products.
** Total quantity of sounder bases available for coding on the same communications channel
may vary with panel application and availability of NAC power. Refer to specific control
panel requirements.

 Designed for EMI compatibility

 Optional accessories include remote alarm LED
indicator or alarm LED tracking relay
S4098-0033-10 10/2016
Description (Continued)
Control Panel Selection. Peak activity per sensor is
stored to assist in evaluating specific locations. The alarm
set point for each TrueAlarm sensor is determined at the
control panel, selectable as more or less sensitive as the
individual application requires.
Timed/Multi-Stage Selection. Alarm set points can be
programmed for timed automatic sensitivity selection
(such as more sensitive at night, less sensitive during
day). Control panel programming can also provide
multi-stage operation per sensor. For example, a 0.2%
level may cause a warning to prompt investigation while a
2.5% level may initiate an alarm.
Sensor Alarm and Trouble LED Indication. Each
sensor base’s LED pulses to indicate communications
with the panel. If the control panel determines that a
sensor is in alarm, or that it is dirty or has some other type
of trouble, the details are annunciated at the control panel
and that sensor base’s LED will be turned on steadily.
During a system alarm, the control panel will control the
LEDs such that an LED indicating a trouble will return to
pulsing to help identify the alarmed sensors.
TrueAlarm Analog Sensor Features
Sealed against rear air flow entry
Electronics are EMI/RFI shielded
Smoke sensing:
 Photoelectric sensing technology
 360° smoke entry for optimum response
 Chamber screen provides protection from dirt, dust,
and insects
Heat sensing:
 Fast response thermistor design
 Rate compensated, self-resetting operation
 Control panel can select per sensor for fixed
temperature sensing, rate-of-rise temperature sensing,
or the combination of both
Photoelectric Sensing
TrueAlarm photoelectric sensors use a stable, pulsed
infrared LED light source and a silicon photodiode
receiver to provide consistent and accurate low power
smoke sensing. Seven levels of sensitivity are available
for each individual sensor, ranging from 0.2% to 3.7% per
foot of smoke obscuration. Sensitivities of 0.2%, 0.5%,
and 1% are for special applications in clean areas.
Standard sensitivities are 1.5%, 2.0%, 2.5%, 3.0%, and
3.7%. Application type and sensitivity are selected and
then monitored at the fire alarm control panel.*
The sensor head design provides 360° smoke entry for
optimum smoke response. Because of the photoelectric
sensing technology, the 4098-9754 sensor is UL listed for
air velocity of up to 4000 ft/min. However, care must be
taken in determining sensor locations to avoid areas
where local airflow may also impact any smoke flow.
(Refer to the application reference section on this page.)
2 S4098-0033-10 10/2016
Heat Sensing
TrueAlarm heat sensors monitor a fast reacting thermistor
providing operation that is self-restoring and rate
compensated. Due to its small thermal mass, the sensor
accurately and quickly measures the local temperature for
analysis at the fire alarm control panel. The control panel
allows alarm selection to be per sensor as fixed
temperature, or rate-of-rise temperature, or the
combination of both.
Rate-of-rise temperature detection is selectable at the
control panel for either 15° F (8.3° C) or 20° F (11.1° C)
per minute. Fixed temperature sensing is independent of
rate-of-rise sensing and selectable to operate at 135° F
(57.2° C) or 155° F (68° C). In a slow developing fire, the
temperature may not increase rapidly enough to operate
the rate-of-rise feature. However, an alarm will be
initiated when the temperature reaches its selected fixed
temperature setting.
TrueAlarm heat sensors can be programmed as a utility
device to monitor for temperature extremes in the range
from 32° F to 122° F (0° C to 50° C). This feature can
provide freeze warnings or alert to HVAC system
problems. (Refer to specific panels for availability.)
Application Reference
Sensor locations should be determined after careful
consideration of the physical layout and contents of the
area to be protected. Refer to NFPA 72, the National Fire
Alarm and Signaling Code. On smooth ceilings, smoke
sensor spacing of 30 ft (9.1 m) may be used as a guide.*
* For detailed application information including sensitivity
selection, refer to Installation Instructions 574-709.
Installed Dimension Reference
6-7/16" (164 mm)
2-7/16"
(62 mm)
LED status
indicator
Sound output louvers extend
from front and side
Multi-Sensor with 4098-9795 Multi-Sensor Sounder Base
4-7/8" (124 mm)
2-1/4"
(57 mm)
LED status
indicator
Multi-Sensor with 4098-9796 Multi-Sensor Base
Multi-Sensor Base Features
Base mounted address selection allows the
addresses of the multi-sensor base to remain with its
programmed location when the sensor is removed for
service.
Integral red LED indicates power-on by pulsing, or
alarm or trouble when steady on, reflecting status of either
sensor. The exact status of the specific sensing element is
annunciated at the fire alarm control panel.
Fire Alarm Control Panel Features
 Individual smoke sensitivity and temperature
operation is selectable for each sensor
Mounting Reference
Electrical boxes are supplied by others, refer to notes below for additional information
Surface mount reference
Fire Alarm Control Panel Features (Cont’d)
 Sensitivity monitoring that satisfies NFPA 72
sensitivity testing requirements
 Peak value logging allows accurate analysis for
sensitivity selection
 Automatic, once per minute individual sensor
calibration check verifies sensor integrity
 Multi-stage alarm operation
 Selectable alarm verification
 Ability to correlate sensitivity selection with
temperature
 Automatic environmental compensation
 Smoke sensitivity displayed in percent per foot
 Ability to display and print detailed sensor
information in plain English language

4" (102 mm) 4" (102 mm)

square box octagonal box

1-1/2" (38 mm) Flush mount reference, mount even with final
minimum box depth surface, or with up to 1/4" (6.4 mm) maximum recess

4098-9796 Multi-Sensor Base Mounting

Optional 4098-9822 Relay
(Mounts in base electrical box and requires 4098-9832 Adapter Plate, required for mounting
additional volume, see notes 1 and 2 below) to surface mounted boxes and 4" square flush box

Relay size:
4098-9796 Multi-Sensor Base
2-1/2" X 1-1/2" X 1"
(64 mm X 38 mm X 25.4 mm)
(3.75 cubic inches)

4098-9795 Multi-Sensor Sounder Base Mounting

For 4098-9795 only, when using 4" square box flush mount, a single
gang adapter plate (RACO No. 787 or equal, by others) is required
4098-9832 Adapter Plate, required for mounting
to surface mounted boxes (mounts inverted)

4098-9795
Multi-Sensor
Sounder Base

4098-9754 Multi-Sensor

NOTES:
1. Review wire size, wire count, box type, and whether 4098-9822 relay is used before determining box size.
2. When 4098-9822 relay is used, mount relay in electrical box and use 1-1/2" extension ring (by others) on
4" square or octagonal box of 1-1/2" or 2-1/8" depth as required.
3. Flush mounting also fits a single gang box, 2-1/8" (51 mm) deep if compatible with wiring requirements.
(Not applicable if 4098-9822 relay is used.)
4. Refer to Installation Instructions 574-707 for additional information.

3 S4098-0033-10 10/2016
 Product Selection Chart
TrueAlarm Multi-Sensor (ordered separately, refer to page 3 for mounting requirements)
Model* Color Description
4098-9754
White Multi-sensor, photoelectric sensor with integral thermal sensor, for use with bases 4098-9795 and 4098-
4098-9754 IND
9796
4098-9779 Black

TrueAlarm Multi-Sensor Bases (ordered separately, refer to page 3 for mounting requirements)
Model Description
4098-9795 Sounder Base Dual address base for multi-sensor 4098-9754; with connections for remote LED alarm indicator or
4098-9796 Standard Base unsupervised relay

Accessories (ordered separately as required, refer to page 3 for additional mounting requirements)
Model Description
Adapter Plate, 6-3/8” (162 mm) diameter, 1/4” (6.4 mm) deep, matches bases, required for some mounting
4098-9832
combinations
Red LED Alarm Indicator on single gang stainless steel plate, mounts on single gang box,
2098-9808 Choose 1-1/2” minimum depth
one if
required Relay with operation that tracks base LED status, mounts in base electrical box, 4” square or octagonal box
4098-9822
with 1-1/2” (38 mm) extension ring, select box depth per actual wiring requirements
* Note: Model numbers ending in IND are assembled in India.

Specifications
General Operating Specifications
Communications and Sensor Supervisory Power IDNet or MAPNET II communications, auto-selected, 2 addresses per base
Communications and Sounder Power Connections Screw terminals for in/out wiring, 18 to 14 AWG
Current 1 mA typical supplied from communications, no impact to alarm current
Remote LED Alarm Indicator
LED Connections Color coded wire leads, 18 AWG
UL Listed Temperature Range 32° F to 100° F (0° C to 38° C)
Operating Temperature Range 15° F to 122° F (-9° C to 50° C)
Storage Temperature Range 0° F to 140° F (-18° C to 60° C)
Humidity Range 10 to 95% RH
Smoke Sensor Sensitivity Range 0.2 % to 3.7% per foot of smoke obscuration, selectable at host control panel
Smoke Sensor Air Velocity Range 0-4000 ft/min (0-1220 m/min)
Fixed alarm temperature setting of 135° F (57.2° C), and/or rate-of-rise temperature
Thermal Sensor Operation
alarm at 15° F (8.3° C) or 20° F (11.1° C), also selectable as utility monitoring
(selected at host control panel)
operation from 32° F to 122° F (0° C to 50° C), availability is panel dependent
Sensor, Bases, and Adapter Plate Color Frost White or Black
Sounder Operation with 4098-9795 Multi-Sensor Sounder Base
Sounder Voltage 18 to 32 VDC from steady external source or from NAC
Alarm Current (sounder on) 20 mA @ 24 VDC, 24 mA maximum @ 32 VDC
88 dBA minimum @ 10 ft (3 m) per UL Standard 464, Audible Signaling Appliances
Sounder Output
and UL Standard 268, Smoke Detectors for Fire Protective Signaling Systems

Sounder Power Supervision
(selectable)
NAC Powered Operation
4098-9822 Unsupervised Relay Option
Externally Supplied Relay Voltage
Alarm Current
Contact Ratings, DPDT contacts for
resistive/suppressed loads
Relay Operation
Supervised Select for continuous 24 VDC power, loss of power is communicated to panel
Unsupervised Select when connected to NAC for sounder power, NAC provides supervision
When sounder is activated by control panel, sounder output tracks connected NAC to
allow synchronized coding (Temporal or March Time, etc.)
18-32 VDC, steady source recommended (connects to remote LED leads)
13 mA from separate 24 VDC supply
Power limited rating: 2 A @ 30 VDC
Non-power limited rating: 1/2 A @ 120 VAC
Tracks base LED status, relay is on with trouble or alarm at the base

TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm and
Signaling Code are trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).

Tyco Fire Protection Products • Westminster, MA • 01441-0001 • USA S4098-0033-10 10/2016

www.simplex-fire.com
© 2016 Tyco Fire Protection Products. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice.
 TrueAlarm Analog Sensing
UL, ULC Listed; FM, CSFM, QuickConnect2, TrueAlarm
and MEA (NYC) Approved* Analog Photoelectric Sensor

Features
Model 4098-9757 QuickConnect2 sensor design
provides:
 TrueAlarm photoelectric analog sensing and IDNet
two-wire addressable communications combined into
one assembly
 Quick and easy connection to a 4098-9788 base
(required, ordered separately)
 Operation for ceiling or wall mounting
 Operation for use with Simplex® models 4007ES, 4010,
4010ES, 4100ES with IDNet 2 and IDNet 2+2 Modules,
4098-9757 QuickConnect2 TrueAlarm Sensor
and 4100ES/4100U Fire Alarm Control Panels with
Mounted in 4098-9788 Base
IDNet Module 4100-3106
 UL listed to Standard 268
QuickConnect2 sensors communicate to the
control panel to provide the following TrueAlert
analog sensing operation features: Description
 Smoke sensitivity that is accurately maintained at the
For applications that only require basic TrueAlarm
selected level (determined by the control panel)
features, the 4098-9757 QuickConnect2 sensor provides
 4007ES, 4010ES, and compatible 4100ES/4100U Series
addressable analog sensing in a cost-effective compact
control panels provide seven levels of sensitivity from
0.2% to 3.7%/ft of obscuration (refer to page 2 for package. The control panel monitors and maintains the
application details) selected sensitivity of the 4098-9757 as well as providing
 4010 Series control panels provide three levels of automatic compensation for environmental conditions
sensitivity of 2.5, 3.0, or 3.7%/ft obscuration such as dust, dirt, and component degradation, and
 Sensitivity monitoring that satisfies NFPA 72 sensitivity TrueAlarm data capture for each sensor.
testing requirements QuickConnect2 Mounting. Wiring connections are
 Automatic environmental compensation made to a 4098-9788 base which provides a secure and
 Automatic, once per minute individual sensor quick connection for the 4098-9757 sensor. Sensor and
calibration check verifies sensor integrity communications electronics are contained in the
 Ability to display and print detailed sensor information 4098-9757 sensor assembly.
in plain English language
 Tracking of excessive dirt accumulation Sensor Alarm and Trouble LED Indication. The
control panel also determines when individual sensors
4098-9788 base provides stationary wiring need cleaning. Dirty sensors, or other sensor troubles, will
terminals and quick snap-in sensor connections: automatically be annunciated at the control panel and that
 Mounting is on a 4” square, 4” octagonal, or single gang sensor’s LED will light steadily. In an alarm condition,
box (supplied separately) the alarmed sensor’s LED will light steadily. (LED
 4098-9832 Adapter Plate is available for retrofit and operation is controlled by the panel. During system alarm,
certain mounting methods (refer to page 2) a sensor LED that was lit to indicate trouble will return to
Functional and architecturally styled chamber pulsing to conserve communications power as long as it is
enclosure details: not in alarm.)
 Louvered design enhances smoke capture by directing
flow to chamber
 Entrance areas are minimally visible when ceiling
mounted
 Chamber is easily accessible for cleaning * This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to
Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing
 Designed for EMI compatibility 7272-0026:243 for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in
 Internal magnetic test feature that activates alarm this document. Accepted for use – City of New York Department of Buildings – MEA35-
93E. Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local Simplex product supplier
Integral red LED (with red lens) indicates: for the latest status. Listings and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co. are the
 Power-on when pulsing, Alarm or Trouble when steady property of Tyco Fire Protection Products.
on (a remote LED is not supported)
 Refer to data sheet S4098-0019 for sensor bases that
support remote LED connections and additional
TrueAlarm analog detection features
S4098-0034-7 1/2015
Sensor Locations
Sensor locations should be determined only after careful
consideration of the physical layout and contents of the
area to be protected. Refer to NFPA 72, the National Fire
Alarm and Signaling Code. On smooth ceilings, spacing
of 30 ft (9.1 m) may be used as a guide.
For detailed installation information, refer to 574-709,
4098 Detectors, Sensors, and Bases Application Manual.
For mounting base 4098-9788 installation instructions,
defer to 574-706, 4098 Smoke/Heat Base Installation
Instructions.

QuickConnect2 Sensor Product Selection

Sensor and Base
Model Description Compatibility
4098-9757* QuickConnect2 TrueAlarm Sensor Requires 4098-9788 base (ordered separately)
4098-9788 Mounting base for 4098-9757 Required, one for each 4098-9757 sensor (ordered separately)

Adapter Plate
Model Description Compatibility
Required for mounting to surface mounted boxes and 4” square, flush
4098-9832 Adapter Plate mounted boxes
May be used when retrofitting to existing bases
* Model number GSA4098-9757 complies with the Trade Agreement Act and appears in the GSA schedule.

Specifications

Power and Communications IDNet communications, auto-selected, 1 address per base

Address Allocation One address per sensor
IDNet Channel Capability Up to 250 sensors/devices per channel
Screw terminals for in/out wiring and shield continuity connection,
IDNet Connections on 4098-9788 Base
18 to 14 AWG (0.82 to 2.08 mm2)

with 4010 Panel selectable as 2.5, 3.0, or 3.7%/ft obscuration

with 4007ES, 4010ES, 4100ES
Sensitivity with IDNet 2 or IDNet 2+2
Modules, or 4100ES/4100U
with 4100-3106 Module
Panel selectable from 0.2 to 3.7%/ft obscuration; standard sensitivities are
1.5%, 2.0%, 2.5%, and 3.7%; sensitivities of 0.2%, 0.5%, and 1% are for
special applications in clean areas
Note: For detailed application information including sensitivity selection, refer
to Installation Instructions 574-709

Air Velocity Range 0-2,000 ft/min (0-610 m/min)

UL Listed Temperature Range 32° to 100° F (0° to 38° C)
Operating Temperature Range 32° to 122° F (0° to 50° C)
Storage Temperature Range 0° to 140° F (-18° to 60° C)
Humidity Range 10% to 95% RH from 32° to 122° F (0° to 50° C), non-condensing
Color Frost White
Dimensions Refer to mounting illustrations on page 3

2 S4098-0034-7 1/2015
4098-9757 Mounting Information

Electrical Box Requirements:

4" octagonal or 4" square, 1-1/2" deep;
single gang, 2" deep

Surface mount reference

4" (102 mm) 4" (102 mm)

square box octagonal box

1-1/2" (38 mm) Flush mount reference, mount even with final
minimum box depth surface, or with up to 1/4" (6.4 mm) maximum recess

4098-9832 Adapter Plate, required for mounting

1/4" to surface mounted boxes and to 4" square flush mount boxes
(6.4 mm)

6-3/8" (162 mm)

4098-9788 Base

Access to address
dipswitch on back

4098-9757 QuickConnect2
TrueAlarm sensor

LED status indicator

(with red lens)

Assembled Dimension Reference

4-7/8" (124 mm)

1-7/8"
(48 mm) Base height
11/16" (17 mm)

3 S4098-0034-7 1/2015
TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm and
Signaling Code are registered trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).

Tyco Fire Protection Products • Westminster, MA • 01441-0001 • USA S4098-0034-7 1/2015

www.simplex-fire.com
© 2015 Tyco Fire Protection Products. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice.
 TrueAlarm Analog Sensing
UL, ULC, CSFM Listed; VLC-600 TrueAlarm LaserCOMPACT Smoke Sensor
FM Approved* with IDNet and MAPNET II Communications

Features
Model VLC-600 addressable, analog output air
aspiration smoke sensor provides:
 VESDA LaserCOMPACT operation communicating
with the established TrueAlarm analog sensing process
for area coverage up to 8000 ft2
 Compact 8 ⅞” (225 mm) square size
 Dual stage dust filter that is used on larger systems
 Obscuration measurements communicated to the fire
alarm control panel for status determination
Tr ue Al a rm
Laser
COM PAC T

 Panel selected sensitivity from 0.016%/ft to 4.08%/ft

ALARM

 Local computer port access for the VESDA Vconfig

Pro software program as used on larger systems
 Single LED that indicates local status information
 Capability of driving a remote LED (ordered FIRE ALARM

separately) PULL DOWN

Trouble conditions are also communicated:

 Mechanical problems are received as sensor troubles
 Electrical problems are received as “no answer” troubles
 Additional details are indicated by the sensor LED and
by accessing sensor diagnostics
Compatible with Simplex® 4007ES, 4010ES,
4100ES, 4100U, or legacy 4100/4120 fire alarm
control panels:
 Communications via IDNet or MAPNET II
addressable formats
 Connection is to the same SLC (signaling line circuit)
with other devices such as addressable manual
stations, TrueAlarm area smoke sensors, addressable
control modules, etc. TrueAlarm LaserCOMPACT System Connections
 Communications are as a single device and connection is
direct to the SLC without requiring a dedicated interface Description
 4100/4120 requires revision 8.01 or higher software Air aspiration technology smoke detection operates
Three threshold levels are programmable from the by actively drawing in air for sampling in a high intensity,
fire alarm control panel with typical selections as: stable detection chamber. The Model VLC-600
TrueAlarm LaserCOMPACT smoke detector uses the
 Stage 1 – Alert at 0.016 to 0.6218% obscuration/ft latest in VESDA sampling technology including a highly
 Stage 2 – Pre-Alarm at 0.03 to 0.6234% obscuration/ft efficient laser light source and a dual stage dust filter.
 Stage 3 – Alarm at 0.05 to 4.08% obscuration/ft TrueAlarm analog sensing occurs when the
 NOTE: UL listed evacuation alarm sensitivity is not TrueAlarm LaserCOMPACT sensor communicates
to be less sensitive than 0.625%/ft smoke chamber information to the connected fire alarm
Sampling pipe network: control panel. The panel evaluates the smoke sensor
information against three programmed thresholds and
 Uses standard Vision Systems pipe and inlet in
declares an alarm or pre-alarm condition depending on
accordance with Vision Systems Aspire design tool
smoke chamber activity.
UL listed to Standard 268 (URXG)
Status communications. In addition to smoke
* This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to chamber information, the TrueAlarm LaserCOMPACT
Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing also advises the fire alarm control panel of local trouble
7259-1728:0109 for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in conditions. Troubles may include dirty filter, airflow
this document. Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local Simplex product
supplier for the latest status. Listings and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co. are restriction or failure, etc. Specific details are stored in
the property of Tyco Fire Protection Products. memory at the sensor location.

S4098-0036-8 11/2014
Operation Operation (Continued)
Filtered air flow. A high efficiency aspirator Status logging. The sensor status history for all alarms,
continually draws air through a simple pipe network to a service, and fault events, is monitored and logged with
central detector. Air entering the sensor housing passes a time and date stamps within the electronics of the sensor,
flow sensor before the sample is passed through a accessible via the local computer port. General trouble
dual-stage dust filter. The majority of air is exhausted status indications are communicated to the panel as either
from the detector and where required, back vented to the sensor troubles or “no answer” troubles.
protected area. The first stage of the air filter removes
dust and dirt from the air sample before it enters the Additional Information
smoke detection chamber. A second, ultra-fine filter stage Refer to Installation Instructions 19772 shipped with the
provides a clean air supply to be used inside the detection VLC-600 for additional information.
chamber to form clean air barriers which protect the
optical surfaces from contamination.
Laser detection chamber. The detection chamber uses
a stable, highly efficient laser light source and unique
sensor configuration to achieve optimum response to a wide
range of smoke types. When smoke passes through the
detection chamber, it creates light scattering which is
detected by very sensitive sensor circuitry. The analog level
of the sensor is then communicated to the fire alarm control
panel for comparison to pre-selected alarm thresholds.

Product Selection
Model Description
VLC-600 TrueAlarm LaserCOMPACT Smoke Sensor (sampling pipe is ordered separately)
Remote Red LED Status Indicator on single gang stainless steel plate; mounting requires a single gang
2098-9808
box, 1 ½” minimum depth; connections are color coded wire leads

Specifications

Sensor Voltage 18 to 30 VDC, supplied from fire alarm control panel

Sensor Current
Communications
Electrical Terminations
Sensor Ambient
Operating Conditions
Sensor Humidity
Sampling Network
UL Listed Velocity Range
Alarm Sensitivity Range
Recognized Sensitivity Levels
Sensor Service Access
Enclosure Rating
Weight
205 mA @ 24 VDC; supervisory and alarm
IDNet or MAPNET II addressable communications, automatically
Compatibility
selected; refer to page 1 for compatible panel list
Loading One address, one unit load per sensor
Terminal blocks for 18 to 12 AWG
14° F to 103° F (-10° C to 39° C)
Sampled Air -4° F to 140° F (-20° C to 60° C)
10-95% RH, non-condensing
Maximum area of coverage = 8000 ft2, maximum pipe length in
accordance with Vision Systems computer design tool (ASPIRE) and
NFPA standards
0 to 4000 ft/min (0 to 1200 m/min)
0.016% to 4.08%/ft obscuration, selected at the fire alarm control panel;
NOTE: UL listed evacuation alarm sensitivity is not to be less sensitive
than 0.625%/ft
Three levels, selectable and designated as required at the fire alarm
control panel
Internal DB-9, RS-232 connection for a service computer using VESDA
Vconfig Pro software program (authorized service access only)
NEMA 1 (IP 30)
4.2 lbs (1.9 kg)

2 S4098-0036-8 11/2014
LED Status Indications

Indication Meaning
OFF Power off or active sensor is waiting for panel communications
ON for approximately 3 seconds Power up self-test due to sensor being in reset cycle
ON Steady Alarm condition as commanded from panel
1 pulse approximately every 4 seconds Normal operation, pulse indicates communications with panel
Internal fault, not communicating with panel, sensor needs internal service
3 pulses (2 Hz rate every 2 seconds)
diagnostics or replacement

Mounting Information

Air intake location

Top knockout location

Rear knockout
location

Side knockouts (2)

T ru eA l arm
Laser
COMPACT Mounting
LED indicator bracket

8-7/8"
(225 mm)

8-7/8" (225 mm) 3-3/8" (85 mm)

Air exhaust location

(rear assembly can be rotated 180º to reverse intake
and exhaust locations, and knockout locations)

3 S4098-0036-8 11/2014
TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited.

Tyco Fire Protection Products • Westminster, MA • 01441-0001 • USA S4098-0036-8 11/2014

www.simplex-fire.com
© 2014 Tyco Fire Protection Products. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice.
 ®
TrueAlarm Analog Sensing
Air Aspiration Addressable Duct Smoke Detection
UL, ULC Listed, CSFM Approved* with TrueAlarm Photoelectric Sensor(s)

Features
Air aspiration duct smoke detection** system
provides remote sensor location for ducts with
difficult service access:
 Available as either a single or dual inlet detection
system; includes a TrueAlarm® photoelectric sensor
and addressable base per inlet
 For use with Simplex® addressable fire alarm control
panels supporting IDNet™ or MAPNET II®
communications
 Supports remote housing up to 82 ft (25 m) with 1.05”
(26.7 mm) O.D. rigid pipe
 Supports remote housing up to 50 ft (15 m) with 3/4” 4098-XAD-110 Single Inlet Duct Sensor Housing (Duct
(19 mm) O.D. flexible tubing Probe Kit not shown)
Microprocessor controlled aspiration system
provides:
 Adjustable air speed settings for easy setup
 Monitors airflow from the HVAC ducts
 Integral indicators located under the front cover for
convenient programming and status indications
 Easily accessible air filter element
Model 4098-XAD-110:
 Single inlet housing with one smoke sensor
 Includes duct probe kit
Model 4098-XAD-210:
 Dual inlet housing with two smoke sensors (one per
inlet)
4098-XAD-210 Dual Inlet Duct Sensor Housing (Duct
 Includes duct probe kit Probe Kit not shown)
 For ducts wider than 90”
General features:
 UL listed to Standards 268 and 268A
 ULC listed to Standard S529 Remote module options (ordered separately):
 Requires separate 24 VDC power
 Remote red status/alarm LED (2098-9808)
 Duct sensor housing with supervised output for
 Remote test station with LED (2098-9806)
multiple remote relays
 4098-9843 remote relays
 Relay output is controlled through programming at the
fire alarm control panel and can be activated /
deactivated manually or in response to a separate
alarm or other input or can be bypassed for ** Please note that smoke detection in air ducts is intended to provide
notification of the presence of smoke in the duct. Smoke detection in
unobtrusive system testing
air ducts is not intended to, and will not, replace smoke detection
Testing functions (on interface board accessed requirements for open areas or other non-duct applications.
by removing the cover):
 Remote functional smoke testing capability
* These products have been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM)
 Magnetic test feature for alarm initiation at housing pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing
3240-0026.0367 for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in
Sampling tubes (ordered separately): this document. It is subject to re-examination, revision, and possible cancellation.
Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local Simplex product supplier for the
 Available in multiple lengths to match duct size latest status.

S4098-0048-3 4/2011
Introduction
Remotely located smoke sensors. For smoke
detection in HVAC ducts or other area locations that are
inconvenient and/or difficult to access, these smoke
sensing systems mount the sensor remotely and sample
the air using traditional air aspiration techniques.
TrueAlarm Smoke Sensing. Mounted in the smoke
sensor housings is a Simplex TrueAlarm photoelectric
smoke sensor that samples the air and reports its analog
monitoring information to the fire alarm control panel for
processing. This provides the TrueAlarm smoke sensing
feature set complete with environmental compensation
including Dirty, Excessively Dirty and Almost Dirty
trouble detection.
Operation
Air Aspiration. Air is actively drawn from the ducts
through sampling holes in duct mounted sampling tubes.
Sampled air is then filtered before being analyzed by the
TrueAlarm® sensor. Models are available as either a
single or dual sensor version.
Airflow Supervision. Airflow is provided by a high
performance aspirator with programmable flow and
monitoring circuitry. Airflow is displayed on a ten
element bar graph (located under the front cover) that can
be adjusted for high and low flow thresholds. Flow failure
is reported as a trouble to the fire alarm control panel.
Solution for humid environments. An optional
water trap with a ball valve can be ordered. The water
from condensation that accumulates in a clear water trap
can be easily seen and can be drained utilizing a ball
valve well before nuisance alarms or troubles develop due
to moisture.
Minimal configuration (programming)
requirements. Function buttons to setup the Simplex
XAD are located on the housing. The XAD requires
minimal settings – the aspirator speed and air flow
monitoring are configured during commissioning phase
without the use of special tools. Unlike other aspirating
systems, no special engineering software is required to
design the Simplex XAD detection system.
Replaceable air filter element. The Simplex XAD
includes a replaceable air inlet filter. The filter element
will eventually become contaminated with dust particles,
impeding airflow, and it is recommended that the filter
element is changed every 12 months or as necessary. The
frequency of filter replacement depends on environmental
conditions.
Remote Test Capability The XAD can be functionally
tested at the remote location where it is mounted. A
convenient test port is located in the inlet tubes so that a
functional test that requires smoke or simulated smoke to
enter the detection chamber can be initiated.
TrueAlarm Sensor Operation
Digital Communication of Analog Sensing.
Analog information from the sensor is digitally
communicated to the control panel where it is analyzed.
Sensor input is stored and tracked as an average value
with an alarm or abnormal condition being determined by
comparing the sensor’s present value against its average.
Intelligent Data Evaluation. Monitoring each
photoelectric sensor’s average value provides a software
filtering process that compensates for environmental
factors (dust, dirt, etc.) and component aging, providing
an accurate reference for evaluating new activity. The
result is a significant reduction in the probability of false
or nuisance alarms caused by shifts in sensitivity, either
up or down.
Control Panel Selection. Peak activity per sensor is
stored to assist in evaluating specific locations. The alarm
set point for each sensor is determined at the control
panel, selectable as the individual application requires.
Sensor Status LED. Each sensor’s red status LED
(located on the electrical interface board, accessed by
removing the cover) pulses to indicate communications
with the panel. If the control panel determines that a
sensor is in alarm, or that it is dirty or has some other type
of trouble, the details are annunciated at the control panel
and that sensor housing’s status LED will be turned on
steadily. During a system alarm, the control panel will
control the LEDs such that an LED indicating a trouble
will return to pulsing to help identify any alarmed sensors.
Remote Status/Alarm LEDs (shown below) track the
operation of the duct sensor housing LED.
ALARM
ALARM
TEST
NORM
2098-9808 2098-9806
Remote Status/Alarm Indicator and Test Station
Fire Alarm Control Panel Features
 Individual smoke sensitivity selection
 Sensitivity monitoring that satisfies NFPA 72 and
CAN/ULC-S536 & S537 sensitivity testing
requirements
 Peak value logging allows accurate analysis for
sensitivity selection
 Automatic, once per minute individual sensor
calibration check verifies sensor integrity
 Automatic environmental compensation
 Smoke sensitivity is displayed in percent per foot
 Ability to display and print detailed sensor
information in easy-to-understand terms
 4098-9843 Remote relay is under panel control for
ON, OFF, or override
S4098-0048-3 4/2011
Product Selection
Single Inlet Duct Detection Application
Model Description
Single inlet sensor housing with single duct probe kit – LF42241 (refer to diagram on page 4 for
4098-XAD-110
included equipment)
Sampling Tubes Refer to table below
LF-42247 25 ft (7.5 m) Flexible dual core tubing*
LF-42246 50 ft (15m) Flexible dual core tubing*
LF-42282 Single inlet water trap kit (Optional – recommended for humid environments)
Sampling Tubes Selection Chart, Ordered Separately Per Duct Width, Select One
Overall Duct Width Up to Tube Kit Required Description
Includes one 18” (457 mm) Inlet Sampling Tube (2
27” (686 mm) LF-42285
Holes) and one 8” (203 mm) Exhaust Tube (2 Holes)
Includes one 36” (914 mm) Inlet Sampling Tube (3
54” (1372 mm) LF-42286
Holes) and one 8” (203 mm) Exhaust Tube (3 Holes)
Includes one 60” (1524 mm) Inlet Sampling Tube (4
90” (2286 mm) LF-42287
Holes) and one 8” (203 mm) Exhaust Tube (4 Holes)

* Select one either 25 ft or 50 ft length.

Dual Inlet Duct Detection Application

Model Description
Dual inlet sensor housing with dual duct probe kit – LF42243 (refer to diagram on page 5 for
4098-XAD-210
included equipment)
Sampling Tubes Refer to table below
LF-42247 25 ft (7.5 m) Flexible dual core tubing**
LF-42250 25 ft (7.5 m) Flexible single core tubing**
LF-42246 50 ft (15m) Flexible dual core tubing**
LF-42249 50 ft (15m) Flexible single core tubing**
LF-42283 Dual inlet water trap kit (Optional – recommended for humid environments)
Sampling Tubes Selection Chart, Ordered Separately Per Duct Width, Select One
Overall Duct Width Up to Tube Kit Required Description
Includes two 18” (457 mm) Inlet Sampling Tubes (2 Holes)
27” (686 mm) LF-42288
and one 8” (203 mm) Exhaust Tube (2 Holes)
Includes two 36” (914 mm) Inlet Sampling Tubes (3 Holes)
54” (1372 mm) LF-42289
and one 8” (203 mm) Exhaust Tube (3 Holes)
Includes two 60” (1524 mm) Inlet Sampling Tubes (4 Holes)
90” (2286 mm) LF-42290
and one 8” (203 mm) Exhaust Tube (4 Holes)
Note: Dual Inlet Duct Sensor housing model number 4098-XAD-210 is recommended for ducts wider than 90” (see System Installation Reference) or
field fabricate sampling tubes according to following specification: Sampling tube outside diameter: 3/4”; inside diameter: ½”; Hole diameter: 1/8”;
Number of holes: 1 per foot; the inlet sampling tube and exhaust tube must have same number of holes. Refer to the latest version of 4098-XAD-
200/210 Product Guide document number 18576 for further installation details.
** Dual Inlet Duct detection requires one dual core and one single core flex tubing; select either 25 ft or 50 ft length.

Accessories
Model Description
02-FL53 Replacement air filter package of ten (10) model 80-0020-0 filters
Single inlet duct probe kit – includes sampling tube mounting plate, compression fittings,
LF-42241
adaptors, elbows and reducers. This kit is included with 4098-XAD-110.
Dual inlet duct probe kit – includes sampling tube mounting plates, compression fittings,
LF-42243
adaptors, elbows and reducers. This kit is included with 4098-XAD-210.

S4098-0048-3 4/2011
Product Selection (Continued)
Remote LED Indicator and Test Station, Select One if Required, Ordered separately
Model Description
2098-9808 Red LED status indicator on single-gang stainless steel plate
Test station with keyswitch and red LED status indicator, on single-gang stainless steel plate;
2098-9806
(turning switch to “TEST” initiates alarm for system testing)
Epoxy Encapsulated Remote Relay and End-of-Line Resistor, Ordered separately
Model Description
Relay; single Form C (7A @ 120VAC); must be ordered separately; wiring is 18 AWG (0.82 mm2)
4098-9843 color coded wire leads; connect up to 15 relays; locate relays within 3 ft (1m) of device being
controlled per NFPA72
End-of-Line Resistor Harness; 10kΩ, ½ W; (ref. 733-894); required to supervise remote relay coil
4081-9008
connection; locate at last relay location

System Installation Reference

Duct sampling tube,

ordered separately Duct probe mounting plate and
per system Elbow connector*
requirements
Exhaust tube,
ordered
separately

Flexible tubing,
ordered separately
Duct probe mounting plate and
Elbow connector* Electrical conduit,
Rigid tubing, OPTIONAL
supplied separately

Flexible tubing,
ordered separately

Sensor
Water trap, Housing
OPTIONAL

Adapter*

Exhaust bend*
Adapter*

* Indicates items included with the duct probe kit

Typical Single Inlet Duct Detection

S4098-0048-3 4/2011
System Installation Reference (Continued)

Duct probe mounting plate and

Elbow connector*

Duct sampling tubes, ordered

separately per system requirements Flexible tubing,
ordered separately
Exhaust tube,
ordered Rigid tubing, OPTIONAL
separatelyDuct probe mounting plate
and
Elbow connector*
Electrical conduit,
Adapter* supplied separately

Sensor
Housing

Water trap,
OPTIONAL
Flexible tubing,
ordered separately

Adapter* Exhaust bend*

* Indicates items included with the duct probe kit

Typical Dual Inlet Duct Detection (For ducts greater than 90” width)

S4098-0048-3 4/2011
 4098-XAD Open Area Detection Application
Open Area Detection. The 4098-XAD is also suitable for use in other areas where the use of point type detectors is not
always practical. Typical applications are for prison cells in correctional facilities, transformer vaults, cable tunnels, MRI
rooms and for detection at the top of elevator shafts. Refer to the latest version of 4098-XAD Product Guides (Document
number 18379 for 4098-XAD-100/110 and document number 18576 for 4098-XAD-200/210) for further application details.
Model 4098-XAD-100:
 One smoke sensor, supports up to 164 feet of pipe, with maximum 2 sampling holes per inlet.
 Provides area coverage of up to 1800 square feet.
Model 4098-XAD-200:
 Two smoke sensors (one per zone/run), up to 82 feet of pipe on each run, with maximum 2 sampling holes per inlet.
 Provides area coverage of up to 3600 square feet.

Product Selection

Open Area Application

Model Description
4098-XAD-100 Single inlet sensor housing only (sampling pipe is ordered separately)
4098-XAD-200 Dual inlet sensor housing only (sampling pipe is ordered separately)

Typical Open Area Detection

S4098-0048-3 4/2011
Specifications

Supply Voltage 18-30 VDC supplied from fire alarm system

In-rush current 680 mA
Bar graph Value 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Current
Fan Speed 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Current (mA) 110 120 130 150 170 190 220 235 265 300
Wiring Connections Terminal blocks, 18 to 12 AWG (0.82 mm2 to 3.31 mm2)
Data Communications IDNet or MAPNET II communications, one address per sensor
Alarm Current (one relay
activated) add to the fan current 15 mA @ 24 VDC; add 15 mA for each additional remote 4098-9843 relay
requirements defined above
Supervised Remote Relay For use with 4098-9843 relay only, quantity of 15 maximum; distance of 500 ft (152 m)
Control Output maximum; requires 4081-9008 (ref. 733-894) 10kΩ, ½ W end of line resistor
Outer Diameter: 1.05 in. (26.7 mm)
Inlet Pipe Size
Inner Diameter: 0.87 in. (22.1 mm)
Inlet Pipe: O.D. = 1.05” (26.7 mm); I.D. = 0.87” (22.1 mm)

Sampling Network
(Note: Pipe length may vary
subject to specifications by local
codes and standards)
Flow Monitoring and Reporting
Air Velocity Range (linear ft/min)
Sensor Sensitivity Range
Fan Control Settings
Filtration
Dimensions
UL Listed Temperature Range
Operating Temperature Range
Storage Temperature Range
Humidity Rating
Rigid Pipe Length = 82 ft (25 m) maximum; 3/4” CPVC pipe (19 mm) – For duct detection
Rigid Pipe Length = 164 ft (50 m) maximum; 3/4” CPVC pipe (19 mm) – For open area detection
Note: Total rigid pipe length including inlet and exhaust = 164 ft (50 m) maximum
Flexible Tube Length = 50 ft (15 m) maximum
Flexible Tube size: O.D. = 3/4” (19 mm); I.D. = 1/2” (12.7 mm)
High and Low adjustable
0 to 4000 ft/min (0 to 1220 m/min)
For duct application: 0.5% and 1.0% per foot of obscuration, selectable at host control panel
For open area application: 1.5% to 3.0% per foot of obscuration, selectable at host control panel
10 programmable speeds; Pressure = 250 Pa, approx. 1 inch of water column pressure
Replaceable filter 80-0020-0 (inspect every 12 months and replace if necessary)
See diagram next page
32 to 100 °F (0 to 38 °C)
32 to 122 °F (0 to 50 °C)
0 to 140 °F (-18 to 60 °C)
10 to 95% RH (non-condensing); for indoor applications

4098-9843 Relay Output Ratings, Single Form C

Coil Current 15 mA @ 24 VDC, up to 15 maximum per relay control output
Relay Contacts 7 A at 0.35 PF @ 28 VDC & 120 VAC; 250 A @ 5 VDC
500 ft (152 m) maximum to relay coils; locate relays within 3 ft (1 m) of device
Location Distance
being controlled per NFPA 72

S4098-0048-3 4/2011
Dimension Reference

Airflow input from sampling probe(s)

(dual sensor model shown for reference)

10-3/16"
(259 mm)
Smoke test ports (circuit board
assemblies with wiring terminals
are not shown)

Control panel indicators are

located here, behind the cover

12-5/8"
(321 mm)

Cover is secured with 4

tamper resistant screws,
one at each corner

Program switches

6-1/2"
(166 mm)
Airflow outlet is on
the bottom

Tyco is a registered trademark of Tyco International Services GmbH and is used under license. Simplex, the Simplex logo, IDNet, and TrueAlarm are trademarks of Tyco
International Ltd. and its affiliates and are used under license.

SimplexGrinnell LP • Westminster, MA • 01441 • USA S4098-0048-3 4/2011

www.simplexgrinnell.com
© 2011 SimplexGrinnell LP. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice.

UL, ULC, CSFM Listed; TrueAlarm CO Sensor Bases for Smoke, Heat, and
FM Approved* Photo/Heat Sensors using IDNet Communications
Features
TrueAlarm addressable CO sensor bases contain
a carbon monoxide (CO) sensing module
providing both CO toxic gas monitoring and
enhanced fire detection:
 For use with 4007ES; and 4010ES or 4100ES fire alarm
control panels with software revision 2.01.02 or higher
 For use with 4100U fire alarm control panels with
software revision 12.05 or higher
 CO sensor bases support (and require) a TrueAlarm
photoelectric, photo/heat or heat sensor (ordered
separately)
 Model 4098-9770 provides standard features, model
4098-9771 also provides a piezoelectric sounder
 CO sensor bases are multi-point devices, consume only
one IDNet address, and receive both communications
and sensor power from the IDNet channel (the sounder
base requires separate 24 VDC system power or NAC
connection)
 Listed to UL 268, Smoke Detectors for Fire Alarm
Signaling Systems and UL 2075, Gas and Vapor
Detectors and Sensors; allowing systems to be listed to
Standard 2034, Single and Multiple Station Carbon
Monoxide Alarms
 Listed by ULC to CSA 6.19-01 Residential Carbon
Monoxide Alarming Devices
 Three types of CO influenced operation are available;
UL 2034 CO alarm detection; UL 2075 CO (OSHA)
level monitoring for ventilation control; and
multi-criteria fire sensor analysis with algorithms that
combines optical and CO gas monitoring information
Operation of a CO sensor base with a
photoelectric or a photo/heat sensor allows:
 Independent sensor operation or selectable multi-sensor
modes of False Alarm Reduction or Faster Detection
 False Alarm Reduction analyzes CO and photoelectric
sensor information together to provide a sophisticated
rejection of non-fire conditions normally troublesome as
false alarms (steam, dust, aerosols, etc.)
 Faster Detection (increased sensitivity) algorithm
analyzes CO and photoelectric sensor information to
allow the presence of CO to implement an increased
photoelectric sensitivity for high value locations
(museums, electrical equipment rooms, etc.)
Sounder base operation details:
 When connected to a panel NAC through the 4905-9835
Temporal Code Module, the sounder base can provide
temporal code 3 (TC3) for fire, or temporal code 4
(TC4) for toxic carbon monoxide alarms
 4905-9835 module may also be used to code other
(non-fire) dedicated carbon monoxide notification
appliances (refer to data sheet S4905-0006)
 Sounder can be manually activated from the panel
 Sounder operation is also listed to UL 464 as an audible
notification appliance
Multi-Point Peripherals
TrueAlarm CO Sensor Base with Sounder
(shown with 4098-9754 Photo/Heat Sensor)
Features (Continued)
Panel operation summary:
 CO sensor data is stored and analyzed at the panel; a new
CO Service Report provides easy information access (see
sample on page 3)
 4007ES, 4010ES, and 4100ES panels provide ten (10)
year end of life status indication with CO sensor
expiration notices occurring within 12 months and within
6 months, allowing service replacement planning
 4100U panels provide five (5) year end of life status
indication with the 12 and 6 month replacement notices
 Analog sensor information is digitally transmitted to the
host control panel via IDNet communications for
processing to evaluate and track status
 Carbon monoxide concentration in ppm (parts per
million) is available for viewing from the panel user
interface
 For OSHA compliant CO gas sensing, CO condition
level may be programmed by concentration (must be
above 30 ppm)
 4100ES Audio Control Panels can provide a CO
Relocation Message with Temporal Code 4 tone and
Voice Evacuation (reference UCSET1393, see
S4100-0034)
General features:
 Sensors may be either wall or ceiling mounted
 Operation of a CO sensor base with heat sensor provides
dual independent sensor operation
 New CO test mode allows functional testing of each
sensor technology including the CO sensor
 Optional accessories include remote alarm LED, alarm
relay, and mounting adapter plate
 Designed for EMI compatibility
 Provides magnetic test
CO sensor element is easily replaced when end of
service life is reached:
 Access to CO sensor replacement cartridge (CORC,
4098-9747) requires removal of interchangeable sensor
head providing tamper monitoring (sensor removal
causes a trouble condition)
* This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant
to Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing
7300-0026:330 for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in
this document. Listings and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co. are the
property of Tyco Fire Protection Products.
S4098-0052-4 1/2015
CO Sensor Base Description
Carbon monoxide (CO) is an odorless, colorless,
tasteless gas produced by the incomplete combustion of
heating fuels such as wood, coal, heating oil, and natural
gas. CO is also a byproduct of many materials experiencing
unintentional fire or even incipient fire conditions.
Monitoring of CO levels can warn of physically harmful
concentrations, however, sensing of CO levels below the
harmful level can also provide improved understanding of
incipient fire conditions when evaluated in combination
with photoelectric fire sensor information from the same
location.
Simplex® CO sensor bases combine an electrolytic CO
sensing module with a TrueAlarm analog sensor to provide
a single multiple sensing assembly using one system
address. The CO sensor can be enabled/disabled, used in
LED/Switch modes and custom control, and can be made
public for communication across a fire alarm Network.
CO sensor operation is similar to other TrueAlarm
sensors (photoelectric or heat). It provides current analog
values, average analog value, “No Answer” troubles,
“Wrong Device” troubles, over threshold, concentration in
ppm, and monitors for the presence of the CO sensor. Base
mounted address selection allows the address to remain
with its location when the sensor is removed for service or
type change. Address access is from the front, under the
removable sensor. An integral red LED indicates power-on
by pulsing, or alarm or trouble when steady on, and also
provides test mode status (see page 3). Detailed status is
available at the fire alarm control panel.
CO Sensing, Detailed Operation
Toxic Gas Sensing, UL 2034/UL 2075. For CO toxic
gas detection, the bases provide toxic gas sensing to the
UL 2034 and UL 2075 standards. Toxic gas sensing may be
selected at the same time as any of the combined CO photo
fire detection modes are selected.
Toxic Gas Sensing, OSHA Compliant. For OSHA
compliant gas sensing, the desired threshold level (above
30 ppm) is selected at the control panel as required for the
application, typically for ventilation control. Refer to page 3
for additional OSHA CO monitoring information.
Enhanced Fire Sensing. Each sensor provides an
analog measurement digitally communicated to the control
panel for analysis. At the panel, these analog values are
used separately, or combined, to evaluate for conditions
indicative of fire, incipient fire, excessive heat, and freeze
warning. For fire, the addition of a CO sensor provides two
new selectable modes of operation: Nuisance Alarm
Reduction Mode and Faster Fire Detection. These two
modes were developed using the results of extensive testing
of actual fires performed under a wide variety of conditions.
(Refer to page 4 for additional operation mode options.)
Nuisance Alarm Reduction Mode allows the host
control panel to combine photoelectric sensor input and CO
sensor level input to reduce false alarms caused by non-fire
conditions. Non-fire conditions can be steam from
bathroom showers, particles from dusty environments,
aerosols from personal care products, tobacco smoke,
cooking smoke, or other similar conditions.
2 S4098-0052-4 1/2015
CO Sensing, Detailed Operation (Continued)
Nuisance Alarm Reduction Details. For applications
of anticipated nuisance alarm conditions, photoelectric
sensitivity is normally selected for 3.7%/ft smoke
obscuration. However, the addition of CO sensing allows
the host control panel to apply software verification similar
to the timed alarm verification feature often used with
conventional smoke detection.
Faster Fire Detection. For applications where faster
response to incipient or slow building fires is desired and
environment appropriate, the Faster Fire Detection mode
correlates the outputs of the CO sensor and the photoelectric
sensor to provide increased sensitivity. This mode provides
earlier detection compared to a standard sensitive
photoelectric sensor setting, and also provides more false
alarm reduction compared to using a sensitive setting in an
area not normally considered appropriate.
Faster Fire Detection Details. TrueAlarm photoelectric
sensors can be selected to be as sensitive as 0.2%/ft
obscuration for applications evaluated as appropriate to that
level. However, if the environment is not suitable for that
sensitivity level, the Faster Fire Detection mode allows the
photoelectric sensor to be selected as a “standard” 2.5%/ft
obscuration, but with the presence of a significant level of
CO, the combination of CO and photo sensing input can
allow an equivalent sensitivity approaching 0.5%/ft
obscuration. The host control panel tracks two photoelectric
sensitivities, the one selected for photoelectric operation
only (typically 2.5%), and the CO correlation sensitivity
that it adjusts depending on the amount of CO present.
Control Panel Operations
Smoke sensor features include: sensitivity
monitoring satisfying NFPA 72 sensitivity testing
requirements, automatic individual sensor calibration
checking to verify sensor integrity, automatic
environmental compensation, available multi-stage alarm
operation, display of sensitivity directly in percent per foot,
monitoring of peak activity per sensor, alarm set point, and
time of day or multi-stage alarm selection.
Sensor Alarm and Trouble LED Indications. The
sensor base LED pulses to indicate communications with
the panel. If a sensor is in alarm, or has a trouble condition,
the status is annunciated at the control panel and that base
LED will turn on steady. During a system alarm, the panel
will control LEDs such that a trouble indication will return
to pulsing to help identify the sensors in alarm.
Reported CO Sensor troubles are: Disabled, Almost
Expired 12 Months, Almost Expired 6 Months, Expired
(End of Life), Short, and Sensor Missing/Failed.
Trouble Details. “Almost Expired” is similar to the
“Almost Dirty” trouble for a photoelectric sensor.
“Expired” trouble is similar to the “Dirty” trouble for a
TrueAlarm photoelectric sensor. CO sensor technology
does not support automatic sensitivity testing and drift
compensation as is available with a photoelectric sensor.
End of useful CO sensor life is based upon a set 10 year
operational lifetime (5 years for 4100U panels), tracked by
date code built into the CO sensor module electronics.
Although the CO sensor will continue to function after the
expired trouble is indicated, replacement is required to
ensure proper detection accuracy.
Control Panel Operations (Continued) Accessories
Panel Test Mode. To facilitate functional testing of the 2098-9808, Remote red LED
CO sensor, a new test mode is available in the host control Alarm Indicator mounts on a
panel. In this mode, the CO sensor, and installed heat or single gang box to provide status
smoke sensor can be easily functionally tested. indications where the sensor
location may not be readily
Panel Test Mode Details. When in the CO test mode, ALARM
the internal multiple sensor analysis algorithms are disabled visible. (See illustration to right.)
allowing each sensor to be quickly tested either individually 4098-9822, LED Annunciation
or simultaneously, depending on the test equipment used. Relay activates when base LED is
CO testing can be performed using a Solo Model 332 on steady, indicating a local alarm
aerosol dispenser (or equal). (Testing is available through or trouble. Contacts are DPDT,
your local authorized Simplex product supplier.) The base rated 2 A @ 30 VDC; 1/2 A @
LED will display steady ON when individual sensors are 120 VAC for transient suppressed
activated during test. Refer to the Application Reference loads (requires external 24 VDC
section for more information. coil power).
OSHA CO monitoring. For OSHA compliant gas sensing, Application Reference
control panel software supports custom programming based
upon CO concentration levels. For example, turn on Determine sensor locations after careful consideration of the
ventilation if the CO level is above X ppm and then turn off physical layout and contents of the area to be protected.
ventilation when the level drops below Y ppm (or select For fire alarm applications:
either value as a range if desired). This is separate from  Refer to NFPA 72, the National Fire Alarm and
alarm set points. Signaling Code
Multi-Point Allocation. 4007ES, 4010ES, and 4100ES  On smooth ceilings, smoke sensor spacing of 30 ft
control panels require only one (1) point at the host panel per (9.1 m) may be used as a guide.
CO sensor base. For 4100U control panels, the requirement
For detailed application information:
is three (3) points at the host panel per CO sensor base with
the 4098-9754 multi-sensor, and two (2) points for the other  Refer to 4098 Detectors, Sensors, and Bases Application
sensors. Depending on CO sensor base and sensor choice, up Manual, Part Number 574-709.
to seven (7) points can be made public to a connected For toxic gas sensor placement and mounting:
Simplex Fire Alarm Network. Each CO sensor base uses a  Refer to NFPA 720, Standard for the Installation of
single address with “sub-points” layered underneath (such as Carbon Monoxide (CO) Warning Equipment in Dwelling
1-1-0, 1-1-1, 1-1-2, ….1-1-6). (Additional multi-point
Units
allocation detail is described in reference data sheet
S4090-0011.)  Per NFPA 720, Section 5.1 (2005 edition):
5.1.1 A carbon monoxide alarm or detector shall be
CO Sensor Base Power Requirements. Power for the centrally located outside of each separate sleeping area
standard CO sensor base is provided by IDNet in the immediate vicinity of the bedrooms.
communications. No additional wiring is required for
5.1.2 Each alarm or detector shall be located on the wall,
upgrading of existing installed TrueAlarm sensor bases. CO
ceiling, or other location as specified in the installation
sensor sounder bases do require system supplied separate
24 VDC (or NAC) wiring, the same as the standard sounder instructions that accompany the unit.
base.

TrueAlarm CO Service Reports

TrueAlarm CO Service Reports (sample below) contain information on the CO sensors programmed in the panel
displaying pertinent data such as current concentration value in ppm, End of Life date, and current state. This report allows
determination of which sensors will require attention. (Sample shows 10 year life tracking with a 4007ES/4010ES/4100ES.)

Service Port Page 1

REPORT 6 : TrueAlarm CO Report 12:34:56am MON 06-JUN-14

Channel 1 (M1)

Zone Current End of

Name CUSTOM LABEL Value Life Date State
M1-1-2 Conference Room 17 CO Toxic Gas 457PPM 30-MAY-24 PRI
M1-2-2 Boiler Room CO Toxic Gas 0PPM 30-MAY-24 NOR
TRUE ALARM CO REPORT COMPLETED
Press RETURN for next Screen OR CTRL-X to abort

3 S4098-0052-4 1/2015
TrueAlarm Analog Sensing Product Selection Chart

TrueAlarm CO Sensor Base

Model Description
4098-9770 CO Base, Standard operation
Select TrueAlarm sensor from list below
4098-9771 CO Base with Sounder

TrueAlarm Sensors, select one per CO Sensor Base

Model Description
4098-9714 Photoelectric Smoke Sensor
Refer to selection table below for available operation
4098-9754 Multi-Sensor Photoelectric and Heat Sensing
modes
4098-9733 Heat Sensor

CO Base Replacement CO Cartridge and Accessories (ordered separately as required)

Model Description
4098-9747 CO Replacement Cartridge (CORC)
Solo 332 Aerosol Dispenser, suitable for larger diameter detectors; can be used for CO or smoke testing
Solo C3 CO Aerosol Canister (case of 12)
Model Description Mounting Requirements
4098-9832 Adapter Plate, required for surface mounted 4” electrical boxes Refer to page 6, mounting reference
Remote red LED Alarm Indicator on single gang
2098-9808 Choose stainless steel plate Single gang box, 1-1/2” minimum depth
one if
4098-9822 required Relay, tracks base LED status (unsupervised, to be Mounts in base electrical box (requires 1-1/2”
mounted only in base electrical box) extension on 4” square or octagonal box)

CO Sensor Base Operation Options with Sensor Choice

M Operational Mode Choices* ( = operation selected)

o
Sensor Choice
d False Alarm Faster TrueSense Utility CO Toxic
Photo Fire Heat Fire** Ion Fire
e Reduction Detection Photo/Heat Temp. Gas†
Photoelectric 1 — — — — — — option
Smoke Sensor
4098-9714 2 — — option — — — option
3 — — — option option — option
Photo/Heat
Multi-Sensor 4 — — option option option — option
4098-9754
5 — option option option option

Heat Sensor 6 — — — — option — option

4098-9733 7 — — — — option — option

* NOTE: Duct detection modes are not applicable and are not available. Refer to the Multi-Point Allocation discussion on page 3 for
panel point requirement information.
** Heat Fire Mode is 135° F or 155° F, fixed or rate-of-rise.
† CO Toxic Gas operation is selectable as: Supervisory (which is NOT recommended if communicated off-site), Priority 2 (preferred
if communicated off-site), or Utility.

4 S4098-0052-4 1/2015
TrueAlarm Analog Sensor Features 4098-9754 Multi-Sensor
Sealed against rear air flow entry TrueAlarm multi-sensors combines the performances of
Electronics are EMI/RFI shielded
TrueAlarm photoelectric smoke sensing with TrueAlarm
thermal sensing to provide both features in a single
Heat sensing: assembly. Each sensing element provides data for
 Selectable rate compensated, fixed temperature evaluation at the fire alarm control panel where the
sensing with or without rate-of-rise operation following four independent detection modes are
 Rated spacing distance between sensors: evaluated:
 Fixed temperature heat detection
Fixed Temp.
Setting
UL& ULC
Spacing
FM Spacing, Either Fixed
Temperature Setting
 Rate-of-rise heat detection
20 ft x 20 ft (6.1 m) for fixed
 TrueAlarm photoelectric smoke detection
135° F 60 ft x 60 ft
(57.2° C) (18.3 m) temperature only; RTI = Quick  And TrueSense correlation detection
50 ft x 50 ft (15.2 m) for fixed TrueSense analysis correlates both thermal activity
155° F 40 ft x 40 ft temperature with either rate-of-rise
(68° C) (12.2 m) and smoke activity at a single multi-sensor location
selection; RTI = Ultra Fast
using an extensively tested covariance relationship. As a
Smoke Sensors: result, TrueSense detection improves response to
 Photoelectric technology sensing conditions indicative of faster acting, hot flaming fires
when compared to the response of either photoelectric
 360° smoke entry for optimum response smoke activity or thermal activity alone.
 Built-in insect screens
4098-9733 Heat Sensor
4098-9714 Photoelectric Sensor TrueAlarm heat sensors are self-restoring and provide rate
compensated, fixed temperature sensing, selectable with
TrueAlarm photoelectric sensors use a stable, pulsed or without rate-of-rise temperature sensing. Due to its
infrared LED light source and a silicon photodiode small thermal mass, the sensor accurately and quickly
receiver to provide consistent and accurate low power measures the local temperature for analysis at the fire
smoke sensing. Seven levels of sensitivity are available alarm control panel.
for each individual sensor, ranging from 0.2% to 3.7% per
foot of smoke obscuration. Sensitivities of 0.2%, 0.5%, Rate-of-rise temperature detection is selectable at the
and 1% are for special applications in clean areas. control panel for either 15° F (8.3° C) or 20° F (11.1° C)
Standard sensitivities are 1.5%, 2.0%, 2.5%, 3.0%, and per minute. Fixed temperature sensing is independent of
3.7%. Application type and sensitivity are selected and rate-of-rise sensing and programmable to operate at
135° F (57.2° C) or 155° F (68° C). In a slow developing
then monitored at the fire alarm control panel. (For
fire, the temperature may not increase rapidly enough to
detailed application information about sensitivity
operate the rate-of-rise feature. However, an alarm will be
selection, refer to Installation Instructions 574-709.) initiated when the temperature reaches its rated fixed
The sensor head design provides 360° smoke entry for temperature setting.
optimum smoke response. Due to its photoelectric TrueAlarm heat sensors can be programmed as a utility
operation, air velocity is not normally a factor, except for device to monitor for temperature extremes in the range
impact on area smoke flow. from 32° F to 155° F (0° C to 68° C). This feature can
provide freeze warnings or alert to HVAC system
6-7/16" (164 mm) problems.
2-5/16" (58 mm)
6-7/16" (164 mm)
LED status indicator

2-7/16"
(62 mm)
2-9/16"
Output louvers on (65 mm)
Sounder Base extend
CO sensor Thermistor guard from front and side
housing (Multi-Sensor only)

Dimension and Feature Reference, Photoelectric

or Multi-Sensor on CO Sensor Base
4098-9733 Heat Sensor with CO Sensor Base
(with CO Sensor Housing facing forward)

WARNING: In most fires, hazardous levels of smoke

and toxic gas can build up before a heat detection
device would initiate an alarm. In cases where Life
Safety is a factor, the use of smoke detection is highly
recommended.

5 S4098-0052-4 1/2015
Installation Reference

Electrical Box Requirements: (boxes are by others)

Without relay: 4" octagonal or 4" square, 1-1/2" deep; single gang, 2" deep
With relay : 4" octagonal or 4" square, 1-1/2" deep, with 1-1/2" extension ring

4" (102 mm) Square Box 4" (102 mm) Octagonal Box
Surface mount reference

1-1/2" (38 mm)

minimum box depth

Flush mount reference, mount even with final

surface, or with up to 1/4" (6.4 mm) maximum recess

Optional 4098-9822 Relay

(Mounts in base electrical box
Note: Single gang and requires additional
adapter plate (RACO volume, see notes below)
No. 787 or equal) is
required when using 4"
square box (by others)
Relay size:
2-1/2" X 1-1/2" X 1"
(64 mm X 38 mm X
25.4 mm), 3.75 cubic inches

4098-9832 Adapter Plate, required for mounting

6-3/8" Dia. to surface mounted boxes (mounts inverted)
x 1/4" thick

6-7/16" (164 mm)

1-1/8"
(29 mm)

CO sensor assembly
(CORC) shaded for reference LED status
indicator

(Photoelectric sensor shown for reference)

NOTES:
1. Review actual wire size, wire count, box type, and whether 4098-9822 relay is used before determining box
size.
2. Mounting to flush mounted box also fits single gang handy box, 2-1/8" (51 mm) deep if wiring allows. (Not
applicable if 4098-9822 relay is used.)
3. For surface mounted boxes, use 4" square box with single gang adapter plate (RACO No. 787 or equal, by
others) or 4" octagonal box, both require 4098-9832 Adapter Plate.
4. When 4098-9822 relay is used, mount relay in electrical box and use 1-1/2" extension ring (by others) on 4"
square or octagonal box of 1-1/2" or 2-1/8" depth as required.
5. Refer to sensor base Installation Instructions 574-707 for additional information.
6. Refer to CORC Replacement Instructions 579-791 for CO cartridge installation and replacement.

6 S4098-0052-4 1/2015
Specifications
General Operating Specifications
Communications and Sensor Supervisory Power IDNet communications, 1 address per base
Communications and Sounder Power Connections Screw terminals for in/out wiring, 18 to 14 AWG (0.82 mm2 to 2.08 mm2)
Current 1 mA typical supplied from communications, no impact to alarm current
Remote LED Alarm Indicator
LED Connections Color coded wire leads, 18 AWG (0.82 mm2 )
UL Listed Temperature Range 32° F to 100° F (0° C to 38° C)
Operating with 4098-9733 32° F to 122° F (0° C to 50° C)
Temperature Range with 4098-9714 or 4098-9754 15° F to 122° F (-9° C to 50° C)
Humidity Range 15 to 95% RH
CO Sensor Base
Photoelectric Sensor 4098-9714
Air Velocity Ratings Air velocity = 0-1000 ft/min (0-305 m/min)
and Multi-Sensor 4098-9754
per Sensor
Housing Color Frost White
Sounder Operation
Sounder Voltage 18 to 32 VDC from steady external source or from NAC
Alarm Current (Sounder On) 17 mA @ 24 VDC, 24 mA maximum @ 32 VDC
88 dBA minimum @ 10 ft (3 m) per UL Standard 464, Audible Signaling
Sounder Output Appliance; UL Standard 268, Smoke Detectors for Fire Protective
Signaling Systems and CSA 6.19-01
Select for continuous 24 VDC power, loss of power is communicated to
Supervised
Sounder Power Supervision panel
(Selectable) Select when connected to NAC for sounder power, NAC provides
Unsupervised
supervision
When in alarm, will sound when NAC is in alarm, allowing synchronized
NAC Powered Operation
pattern (Temporal or March Time, etc.) controlled by the NAC control
Reference for CO Monitoring

Concentration Alarm Window

70 ±5 ppm 60 to 240 minutes

Requirements Reference for
UL 2034 and CSA 6.19-01
Additional UL 2034 CO Sensor Toxic Gas Monitoring
Details
UL 2075 Reference, Commercial OSHA Type
Operation; Utility Point Mode
4098-9822 Unsupervised Relay Option
Externally Supplied Relay Voltage
Alarm Current
Contact Ratings, DPDT contacts for
resistive/suppressed loads
Relay Operation
Response Time 150 ±5 ppm 10 to 50 minutes
400 ±10 ppm 4 to 15 minutes
False Alarm 30 ±3 ppm No Alarm for 30 days
Resistance 70 ±5 ppm No Alarm for 60 minutes
1. For CO levels above 40 ppm, the CO alarm level per sensor is
determined by calculations performed at the panel based on the time
integrated CO levels measured at the sensor. (Levels below 40 ppm are
not tracked.)
2. While tracking levels above 40 ppm, if the concentration dips below
40 ppm for periods of time, the time to alarm is extended accordingly.
With custom control at the fire alarm control panel, Utility Point operations
can be performed at lower CO concentration levels than those of UL 2034
Example: Start ventilation after 5 minutes at 25 to 35 ppm and also alarm
at a reading higher than that range, but lower than UL 2034 allows
18-32 VDC, steady source recommended (wires to remote LED leads)
13 mA from separate 24 VDC supply
Power limited rating: 2 A @ 30 VDC
Non-power limited rating: 1/2 A @ 120 VAC
Tracks base LED status, relay is on with trouble or alarm at the base

7 S4098-0052-4 1/2015
 Additional Information Reference

Product Data Sheet Product Data Sheet

Temporal Code 4 Module S4905-0006 4100ES Control Panels with EPS Power Supplies S4100-0100
Standard Bases S4098-0019 4100ES Standard Control Panels S4100-0031
Isolator Bases S4098-0025 4100ES Audio Control Reference S4100-0034
Standard Sounder Base S4098-0028 4010ES Control Panels S4010-0004
TrueSense Multi-Sensor S4098-0024 4007ES Hybrid Control Panels S4007-0001

TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm and
Signaling Code are trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).

Tyco Fire Protection Products • Westminster, MA • 01441-0001 • USA S4098-0052-4 1/2015

www.simplex-fire.com
© 2015 Tyco Fire Protection Products. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice.

UL, ULC, CSFM Listed;
FM Approved*
Features
TrueAlarm addressable CO sensor base with 520
Hz sounder provides CO toxic gas monitoring and
enhanced fire detection
 CO sensor bases with 520 Hz tone require a TrueAlarm
photoelectric, photo/heat or heat sensor (ordered
separately)
 CO sensor bases with 520 Hz tone are multi-point
devices, use a single IDNet address, and receive
communications and sensor power from the IDNet
channel (the sounder base requires separate 24 VDC
system power or NAC connection)
 IDNet circuit allows the sounder to be supervised and
coded by compatible NACs, allowing synchronized
temporal, march time, or other channel coding.
 For use with 4007ES; and 4010ES or 4100ES fire
alarm control panels with software revision 2.01.02 or
higher
 For use with 4100U fire alarm control panels with
software revision 12.05 or higher
 Listed to UL 268, UL 464, UL 2075, ULC-S529 and
CSA 6.19-01
 Two types of CO influenced operation are available;
UL 2075 CO (OSHA) level monitoring for ventilation
control; and multi-criteria fire sensor analysis
combining optical and CO gas monitoring information
CO sensor base with photoelectric or photo/heat
sensor operation
 Independent sensor operation or selectable multi-sensor
modes for false alarm reduction or faster detection
 CO and photoelectric sensors can be analyzed together
to reject non-fire conditions that can trigger false alarms
(steam, dust, etc)
 An increased sensitivity algorithm analyzes CO and
photoelectric sensor information to allow the presence
of CO to increase photoelectric sensitivity for high
value locations ( museums, electrical equipment rooms,
etc)
520 Hz Sounder base operation
 Low frequency sound output (520Hz at 85 dBA)
 The base can supervise the sounder drive circuit when
an AUX 24V power line is used for sounder power.
Alternatively, base supervision can be disabled if a
supervised NAC is needed to power the sounder for
coded outputs.
 When connected to a panel NAC through the
4905-9835 Temporal Code Module, the sounder base
can provide temporal code 3 (TC3) for fire, or
temporal code 4 (TC4) for toxic carbon monoxide
alarms
TrueAlarm ES Analog Sensing
TrueAlarm 4098-9773 CO Sensor Base
with 520 Hz Sounder
TrueAlarm CO Sensor Base with 520 hz sounder
4098-9773 with CO sensor and Heat Sensor installed
Features (Continued)
 4905-9835 module may also be used to code other
(non-fire) dedicated carbon monoxide notification
appliances (refer to data sheet S4905-0006)
 Sounder can be manually activated from the panel
Panel operation summary:
 CO sensor data is stored and analyzed at the panel; a new
CO Service Report provides easy information access (see
sample on page 3)
 4007ES, 4010ES, and 4100ES panels provide 10 year
end of life status indication with CO sensor expiration
notices occurring within 12 months and within 6 months,
allowing service replacement planning
 4100U panels provide 5 year end of life status indication
with the 12 and 6 month replacement notices
 Analog sensor information is digitally transmitted to the
host control panel via IDNet communications for
processing to evaluate and track status
 Carbon monoxide concentration in ppm (parts per
million) is available for viewing from the panel user
interface
 For OSHA compliant CO gas sensing, CO condition
level may be programmed by concentration (must be
above 30 ppm)
General features:
 Ceiling mount operation
 Operation of a CO sensor base with heat sensor provides
dual independent sensor operation
 CO test mode allows functional testing of each sensor
technology including the CO sensor
 Optional accessories include remote alarm LED and
mounting adapter plate
 Designed for EMI compatibility
 Magnetic test feature
 CO sensor element is easily replaced when end of
service life is reached. Access to CO sensor replacement
cartridge (CORC, 4098-9747) requires removal of
interchangeable sensor head.
* Listings and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co. are the property of Tyco Fire
Protection Products.
S4098-0053-3 6/2016
CO Sensor Base Description
Carbon monoxide (CO) is an odorless, colorless,
tasteless gas produced by the incomplete combustion of
heating fuels such as wood, coal, heating oil, and natural
gas. CO is also a byproduct of many materials experiencing
unintentional fire or even incipient fire conditions.
Monitoring of CO levels can warn of physically harmful
concentrations, however, sensing of CO levels below the
harmful level can also provide improved understanding of
incipient fire conditions when evaluated in combination
with photoelectric fire sensor information from the same
location.
Simplex® CO sensor bases combine an electrolytic CO
sensing module with a TrueAlarm analog sensor to provide
a single multiple sensing assembly using one system
address. The CO sensor can be enabled/disabled, used in
LED/Switch modes and custom control, and can be made
public for communication across a fire alarm Network.
CO sensor operation is similar to other TrueAlarm
sensors (photoelectric or heat). It provides current analog
values, average analog value, “No Answer” troubles,
“Wrong Device” troubles, over threshold, concentration in
ppm, and monitors for the presence of the CO sensor. Base
mounted address selection allows the address to remain
with its location when the sensor is removed for service or
type change. Address access is from the front, under the
removable sensor. An integral red LED indicates power-on
by pulsing, or alarm or trouble when steady on, and also
provides test mode status (see page 3). Detailed status is
available at the fire alarm control panel.
CO Sensing, Detailed Operation
Toxic Gas Sensing, UL 2075 For CO toxic gas
detection, the bases provide toxic gas sensing to the UL
2075 standards. Toxic gas sensing may be selected at the
same time as any of the combined CO photo fire detection
modes are selected.
Toxic Gas Sensing, OSHA Compliant For OSHA
compliant gas sensing, the desired threshold level (above
30 ppm) is selected at the control panel as required for the
application, typically for ventilation control. Refer to page 3
for additional OSHA CO monitoring information.
Enhanced Fire Sensing Each sensor provides an analog
measurement digitally communicated to the control panel
for analysis. At the panel, these analog values are used
separately, or combined, to evaluate for conditions
indicative of fire, incipient fire, excessive heat, and freeze
warning. For fire, the addition of a CO sensor provides two
selectable modes of operation: Nuisance Alarm Reduction
Mode and Faster Fire Detection. These two modes were
developed using the results of extensive testing of actual
fires performed under a wide variety of conditions. (Refer
to page 4 for additional operation mode options.)
Nuisance Alarm Reduction Mode allows the host
control panel to combine photoelectric sensor input and CO
sensor level input to reduce false alarms caused by non-fire
conditions. Non-fire conditions can be steam from
bathroom showers, particles from dusty environments,
aerosols from personal care products, tobacco smoke,
cooking smoke, or other similar conditions.
2
CO Sensing, Detailed Operation (Continued)
Nuisance Alarm Reduction Details For applications of
anticipated nuisance alarm conditions, photoelectric
sensitivity is normally selected for 3.7%/ft smoke
obscuration. However, the addition of CO sensing allows
the host control panel to apply software verification similar
to the timed alarm verification feature often used with
conventional smoke detection.
Faster Fire Detection For applications where faster
response to incipient or slow building fires is desired and
environment appropriate, the Faster Fire Detection mode
correlates the outputs of the CO sensor and the photoelectric
sensor to provide increased sensitivity. This mode provides
earlier detection compared to a standard sensitive
photoelectric sensor setting, and also provides more false
alarm reduction compared to using a sensitive setting in an
area not normally considered appropriate.
Faster Fire Detection Details TrueAlarm photoelectric
sensors can be selected to be as sensitive as 0.2%/ft
obscuration for applications evaluated as appropriate to that
level. However, if the environment is not suitable for that
sensitivity level, the Faster Fire Detection mode allows the
photoelectric sensor to be selected as a “standard” 2.5%/ft
obscuration, but with the presence of a significant level of
CO, the combination of CO and photo sensing input can
allow an equivalent sensitivity approaching 0.5%/ft
obscuration. The host control panel tracks two photoelectric
sensitivities, the one selected for photoelectric operation
only (typically 2.5%), and the CO correlation sensitivity
that it adjusts depending on the amount of CO present.
Control Panel Operations
Smoke sensor features include: sensitivity
monitoring satisfying NFPA 72 sensitivity testing
requirements, automatic individual sensor calibration
checking to verify sensor integrity, automatic
environmental compensation, available multi-stage alarm
operation, display of sensitivity directly in percent per foot,
monitoring of peak activity per sensor, alarm set point, and
time of day or multi-stage alarm selection.
Sensor Alarm and Trouble LED Indications
The sensor base LED pulses to indicate communications
with the panel. If a sensor is in alarm, or has a trouble
condition, the status is annunciated at the control panel and
that base LED will turn on steady. During a system alarm,
the panel will control LEDs such that a trouble indication
will return to pulsing to help identify the sensors in alarm.
Reported CO Sensor troubles are: Disabled, Almost
Expired 12 Months, Almost Expired 6 Months, Expired
(End of Life), Short, and Sensor Missing/Failed.
Trouble Details
“Almost Expired” is similar to the “Almost Dirty” trouble
for a photoelectric sensor. “Expired” trouble is similar to
the “Dirty” trouble for a TrueAlarm photoelectric sensor.
CO sensor technology does not support automatic
sensitivity testing and drift compensation as is available
with a photoelectric sensor. End of useful CO sensor life is
based upon a set 10 year operational lifetime (5 years for
4100U panels), tracked by date code built into the CO
sensor module electronics. Although the CO sensor will
continue to function after the expired trouble is indicated,
replacement is required to ensure proper detection accuracy.
S4098-0053-3 6/2016
Control Panel Operations (Continued) Accessories
Panel Test Mode allows functional testing of the CO 2098-9808, Remote red LED
sensor. A test mode is available in the host control panel. In Alarm Indicator mounts on a
this mode, the CO sensor, and installed heat or smoke single gang box to provide status
sensor can be easily functionally tested. indications where the sensor
location may not be readily
Panel Test Mode When in the CO test mode, the internal ALARM

multiple sensor analysis algorithms are disabled allowing visible.

each sensor to be quickly tested either individually or
simultaneously, depending on the test equipment used. CO
testing can be performed using a Solo Model 332 aerosol
dispenser (or equal). (Testing is available through your
local authorized Simplex product supplier.) The base LED
will display steady ON when individual sensors are
activated during test. Refer to the Application Reference
section for more information.
OSHA CO monitoring For OSHA compliant gas sensing,
control panel software supports custom programming based
upon CO concentration levels. For example, turn on
ventilation if the CO level is above X ppm and then turn off
ventilation when the level drops below Y ppm (or select
either value as a range if desired). This is separate from
alarm set points.
Multi-Point Allocation 4007ES, 4010ES, and 4100ES
control panels require only one (1) point at the host panel per
CO sensor base. Depending on CO sensor base and sensor
choice, up to seven (7) points can be made public to a
connected Simplex Fire Alarm Network. Each CO sensor
base uses a single address with “sub-points” layered
underneath (such as 1-1-0, 1-1-1, 1-1-2, ….1-1-6). For
4100U control panels, the requirement is three (3) points at
the host panel per CO sensor base with the 4098-9754
multi-sensor, and two (2) points for the other sensors.
Additional multi-point allocation detail is described in
reference data sheet S4090-0011.
CO Sensor Base with 520 Hz Power Requirements
Power for the CO sensor base is provided by IDNet
communications. No additional wiring is required for
upgrading of existing installed TrueAlarm sensor bases. CO
sensor sounder bases do require system supplied separate
VDC (or NAC) wiring, the same as the standard sounder
base.
TrueAlarm CO Service Reports
TrueAlarm CO Service Reports (sample below) contain information on the CO sensors programmed in the panel
displaying pertinent data such as current concentration value in ppm, End of Life date, and current state. This report allows
determination of which sensors will require attention. (Sample shows 10 year life tracking with a 4007ES/4010ES/4100ES.)
4098-9714 Photoelectric
Sensor on CO sensor base
Application Reference
Determine sensor locations after careful consideration of the
physical layout and contents of the area to be protected.
For fire alarm applications:
 Refer to NFPA 72, the National Fire Alarm and
Signaling Code
 On smooth ceilings, smoke sensor spacing of 30 ft
(9.1 m) may be used as a guide.
For detailed application information:
 Refer to 4098 Detectors, Sensors, and Bases Application
Manual, Part Number 574-709.
For toxic gas sensor placement and mounting:
 Refer to NFPA 720, Standard for the Installation of
Carbon Monoxide (CO) Warning Equipment in Dwelling
Units
 Per NFPA 720, Section 5.1 (2005 edition):
5.1.1 A carbon monoxide alarm or detector shall be
centrally located outside of each separate sleeping area
in the immediate vicinity of the bedrooms.
5.1.2 Each alarm or detector shall be located on the wall,
ceiling, or other location as specified in the installation
instructions that accompany the unit.

Service Port Page 1

REPORT 6 : TrueAlarm CO Report 12:34:56am MON 06-JUN-14

Channel 1 (M1)

Zone Current End of

Name CUSTOM LABEL Value Life Date State
M1-1-2 Conference Room 17 CO Toxic Gas 457PPM 30-MAY-24 PRI
M1-2-2 Boiler Room CO Toxic Gas 0PPM 30-MAY-24 NOR
TRUE ALARM CO REPORT COMPLETED
Press RETURN for next Screen OR CTRL-X to abort

S4098-0053-3 6/2016
3
Sensors and Accessories Product Selection

TrueAlarm CO Sensor Base

Model Description
4098-9773 CO Sensor base with 520 Hz Sounder
TrueAlarm Sensors, select one per CO Sensor Base with 520 Hz Sounder
Model Description
4098-9714 Photoelectric Smoke Sensor
Refer to selection table below for available operation
4098-9754 Multi-Sensor Photoelectric and Heat Sensing
modes
4098-9733 Heat Sensor
CO Base Replacement CO Cartridge and Accessories (ordered separately as required)
Model Description
4098-9747 CO Replacement Cartridge (CORC). Refer to CORC Replacement Instructions 579-791 for more information.
Solo 332 Aerosol Dispenser, suitable for larger diameter detectors; can be used for CO or smoke testing
Solo C3 CO Aerosol Canister (case of 12)
Model Description Mounting Requirements
Adapter Plate required for surface flush 4” square electrical
4098-9863 Refer to page 6, mounting reference
boxes.
Remote red LED Alarm Indicator on single gang stainless steel
2098-9808 plate. Refer to Installation Instructions 574-707 and Application Single gang box, 1-1/2” minimum depth
Manual 574-709 for additional information.

CO Sensor Base Operation Options with Sensor Choice

M Operational Mode Choices* ( = operation selected)

o
Sensor Choice
d False Alarm Faster TrueSense Utility CO Toxic
Photo Fire Heat Fire** Ion Fire
e Reduction Detection Photo/Heat Temp. Gas†
Photoelectric 1 — — — — — — option
Smoke Sensor
4098-9714 2 — — option — — — option
3 — — — option option — option
Photo/Heat
Multi-Sensor 4 — — option option option — option
4098-9754
5 — option option option option

Heat Sensor 6 — — — — option — option

4098-9733 7 — — — — option — option

* NOTE: Duct detection modes are not applicable and are not available. Refer to the Multi-Point Allocation discussion on page 3 for
panel point requirement information.
** Heat Fire Mode is 135° F or 155° F, fixed or rate-of-rise.
† CO Toxic Gas operation is selectable as: Supervisory (which is NOT recommended if communicated off-site), Priority 2 (preferred
if communicated off-site), or Utility.

S4098-0053-3 6/2016
4
TrueAlarm Analog Sensor Features 4098-9754 Multi-Sensor (Continued)
Sealed against rear air flow entry Electronics are
EMI/RFI shielded Heat sensing:
 Selectable rate compensated, fixed temperature
sensing with or without rate-of-rise operation
 Rated spacing distance between sensors:
Fixed Temp. UL& ULC FM Spacing, Either Fixed
Setting Spacing Temperature Setting
Multi-Sensor on CO Sensor Base
135° F 60 ft x 60 ft 20 ft x 20 ft (6.1 m) for fixed
(57.2° C) (18.3 m) temperature only; RTI = Quick TrueSense analysis correlates thermal activity and
50 ft x 50 ft (15.2 m) for fixed smoke activity at a single multi-sensor location using an
155° F 40 ft x 40 ft temperature with either rate-of-rise extensively tested covariance relationship. As a result,
(68° C) (12.2 m) selection; RTI = Ultra Fast TrueSense detection improves response to conditions
Smoke Sensors: indicative of faster acting, hot flaming fires when
compared to the response of either photoelectric smoke
 Photoelectric technology sensing activity or thermal activity alone.
 360° smoke entry for optimum response
4098-9733 Heat Sensor
 Built-in insect screens
TrueAlarm heat sensors are self-restoring and provide rate
4098-9714 Photoelectric Sensor compensated, fixed temperature sensing, selectable with
or without rate-of-rise temperature sensing. Due to its
TrueAlarm photoelectric sensors use a stable, pulsed small thermal mass, the sensor accurately and quickly
infrared LED light source and a silicon photodiode measures the local temperature for analysis at the fire
receiver to provide consistent and accurate low power alarm control panel.
smoke sensing. Seven levels of sensitivity are available
Rate-of-rise temperature detection is selectable at the
for each individual sensor, ranging from 0.2% to 3.7% per
control panel for either 15° F (8.3° C) or 20° F (11.1° C)
foot of smoke obscuration. Sensitivities of 0.2%, 0.5%,
per minute. Fixed temperature sensing is independent of
and 1% are for special applications in clean areas. rate-of-rise sensing and programmable to operate at
Standard sensitivities are 1.5%, 2.0%, 2.5%, 3.0%, and 135° F (57.2° C) or 155° F (68° C). In a slow developing
3.7%. Application type and sensitivity are selected and fire, the temperature may not increase rapidly enough to
then monitored at the fire alarm control panel. (For operate the rate-of-rise feature. However, an alarm will be
detailed application information about sensitivity initiated when the temperature reaches its rated fixed
selection, refer to Installation Instructions 574-709.) temperature setting.
The sensor head design provides 360° smoke entry for TrueAlarm heat sensors can be programmed as a utility
optimum smoke response. Due to its photoelectric device to monitor for temperature extremes in the range
operation, air velocity is not normally a factor, except for from 32° F to 155° F (0° C to 68° C). This feature can
impact on area smoke flow. provide freeze warnings or alert to HVAC system
problems.

4098-9714 Photoelectric Sensor on CO sensor base

4098-9733 Heat Sensor with CO Sensor Base
4098-9754 Multi-Sensor and CO Sensor
TrueAlarm multi-sensors combine the performance of
WARNING: In most fires, hazardous levels of smoke
TrueAlarm photoelectric smoke sensing with TrueAlarm and toxic gas can build up before a heat detection
thermal sensing to provide both features in a single device would initiate an alarm. In cases where Life
assembly. Each sensing element provides data for Safety is a factor, the use of smoke detection is highly
evaluation at the fire alarm control panel where the recommended.
following four independent detection modes are
evaluated:
 Fixed temperature heat detection
 Rate-of-rise heat detection
 TrueAlarm photoelectric smoke detection
 And TrueSense correlation detection

S4098-0053-3 6/2016
5
Installation Reference

Electrical Box Requirements:

4" octagonal or 4" square, 1-1/2" deep; single gang, 2-1/8" deep

4" (102 mm) Square Box 4" (102 mm) Octagonal Box
Surface mount reference

1-1/2" (38 mm)

minimum box depth

Flush mount reference, mount even with final

surface, or with up to 1/4" (6.4 mm) maximum recess

Note: 4098-9863 adapter plate

is required when using 4" square
box

4098-9863 Adapter Plate

6-7/16" (164 mm)

1-1/4"
(31 mm)

LED status
CO sensor assembly
indicator
(CORC) shaded for reference

(Photoelectric sensor shown for reference)

NOTES:
1. Sounder Base 4098-9773 requires flush mounting.
2. Review actual wire size, wire count and box type before determining box size.
3. Mounting to flush mounted box also fits single gang handy box, 2-1/8" (51 mm) deep if wiring allows.
4. Refer to Installation Instructions 574-707 for additional information.
5. Refer to CORC Replacement Instructions 579-791 for CO cartridge installation and replacement.
6. The 4098-9773 Sounder base can be mounted at 90 degrees rotation using a single gang box, consult your
local SimplexGrinnell contact for further information.

S4098-0053-3 6/2016
6
Specifications
General Operating Specifications
Communications and Sensor Supervisory Power IDNet communications, 1 address per base
Communications and Sounder Power Connections Screw terminals for in/out wiring, 18 to 14 AWG (0.82 mm2 to 2.08 mm2)
Current 1 mA typical supplied from communications, no impact to alarm current
Remote LED Alarm Indicator
LED Connections Color coded wire leads, 18 AWG (0.82 mm2 )
UL Listed Temperature Range 32° F to 100° F (0° C to 38° C)

Operating with 4098-9733,

Temperature Range
Humidity Range
CO Sensor Base
Photoelectric Sensor 4098-9714
Air Velocity Ratings
and Multi-Sensor 4098-9754
per Sensor
Housing Color
Installation Instructions
Sounder Operation
Sounder Voltage
Alarm Current (Sounder On)
Sounder Output
Base Supervison of Sounder Power
Input (Selectable)
NAC Powered Operation
Reference for CO Monitoring
32° F to 122° F (0° C to 50° C)
4098-9714 or 4098-9754
10 to 95% RH
Air velocity = 0-1000 ft/min (0-305 m/min)
Frost White
574-707
24 VDC nominal, 16 to 32 VDC from NAC
520Hz signal 129 mA @ 16 V, 115 mA @ 18 V
Broadband signal 139 mA @ 16 V, 125 mA @ 18 V
Minimum sound output @ Minimum sound output @ 10 ft (3 m) per UL
10 ft (3 m) per UL Standard Standard 268, Smoke Detectors for Fire
464, Audible Signaling Protective Signaling Systems and CSA
Appliance 6.19-01
520 Hz signal 79.5 dBA 85.5 dBA
Broadband signal 81 dBA 87 dBA
Select for continuous 24 VDC power, loss of power is communicated to
Supervised
panel
Select when connected to NAC for sounder power, NAC provides
Unsupervised
supervision
When in alarm, will sound when NAC is in alarm, allowing synchronized
pattern (Temporal or March Time, etc.) controlled by the NAC control

Concentration Alarm Window

70 ±5 ppm 60 to 240 minutes

Requirements Reference for Response Time 150 ±5 ppm 10 to 50 minutes
CSA 6.19-01
400 ±10 ppm 4 to 15 minutes
False Alarm 30 ±3 ppm No Alarm for 30 days
Resistance 70 ±5 ppm No Alarm for 60 minutes
With custom control at the fire alarm control panel, Utility Point operations
UL 2075 Reference, Commercial OSHA Type can be performed at lower CO concentration levels
Operation; Utility Point Mode Example: Start ventilation after 5 minutes at 25 to 35 ppm and also alarm
at a reading higher than that range

Additional Information Reference

Product Data Sheet Product Data Sheet
Temporal Code 4 Module S4905-0006 4100ES Control Panels with EPS
S4100-0100
Power Supplies
Standard Bases S4098-0019 4100ES Standard Control Panels S4100-0031
Isolator Bases S4098-0025 4100ES Audio Control Reference S4100-0034
Standard Sounder Base S4098-0028 4010ES Control Panels S4010-0004
TrueSense Multi-Sensor S4098-0024 4007ES Hybrid Control Panels S4007-0001
TrueAlarm 4098-9772 Sensor Base with S4098-0054
520 Hz Sounder

S4098-0053-3 6/2016
7
TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm and
Signaling Code are trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).

Tyco Fire Protection Products • Westminster, MA • 01441-0001 • USA S4098-0053-3 6/2016

www.simplex-fire.com
© 2016 Tyco Fire Protection Products. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice.

UL, ULC, CSFM Listed;
FM Approved*
Features
TrueAlarm addressable sensor base with 520 Hz
sounder
 TrueAlarm sensor bases with 520 Hz tone require a
TrueAlarm photoelectric, photo/heat or heat sensor
(ordered separately)
 TrueAlarm sensor bases with 520 Hz tone are
multi-point devices, use a single IDNet address, and
receive communications and sensor power from the
IDNet channel (the sounder base requires separate
24 VDC system power or NAC connection)
 IDNet circuit allows the sounder to be supervised and
coded by compatible NACs, allowing synchronized
temporal, march time, or other channel coding.
 Sensor and sounder operation is listed to UL
Standard 268, UL Standard 464, and ULC Standard S529
 Sounder operation is also listed to UL Standard 464
as an audible notification appliance
Sensor base with photoelectric or photo/heat
sensor operation
 Independent sensor operation or selectable multi-sensor
modes for false alarm reduction or faster detection
 Photoelectric, photo/heat, or heat sensors can be
analyzed to reject non-fire conditions that can trigger
false alarms (steam, dust, etc)
520 Hz Sounder base operation
 Low Frequency sound output (520Hz at 85 dBA)
 The base can supervise the sounder drive circuit when
an AUX 24V power line is used for sounder power.
Alternatively, base supervision can be disabled if a
supervised NAC is needed to power the sounder for
coded outputs.
 Sounder can be manually activated from the panel
Panel operation summary
 Analog sensor information is digitally transmitted to the
host control panel via IDNet communications for
processing to evaluate and track status
General features
 Ceiling mount operation
 Optional accessories include remote alarm LED and
mounting adapter plate
 Designed for EMI compatibility
 Magnetic test feature
TrueAlarm ES Analog Sensing
TrueAlarm 4098-9772 Sensor Base
with 520 Hz Sounder
TrueAlarm Sensor Base with 520 hz sounder
4098-9772 with Heat Sensor installed
520 Hz Sounder Base Features
Base mounted address selection allows the address
to remain with its programmed location when the sensor
is removed for service or type change.
Automatic sensor type identification provides
default sensitivity when substituting sensor types.
Different sensor types can be easily interchanged to meet
specific location requirements. This feature also allows
intentional sensor substitution during building
construction. Instead of covering the smoke sensors when
conditions are temporarily dusty, heat sensors may be
installed without reprogramming the control panel.
Integral red LED indicates power-on by pulsing, or
alarm or trouble when steady on. The exact status is
annunciated at the fire alarm control panel.
Application Reference
Determine sensor locations after careful consideration of the
physical layout and contents of the area to be protected.
For fire alarm applications:
 Refer to NFPA 72, the National Fire Alarm and
Signaling Code
 On smooth ceilings, smoke sensor spacing of 30 ft
(9.1 m) may be used as a guide.
For detailed application information:
 Refer to 4098 Detectors, Sensors, and Bases Application
Manual, Part Number 574-709.
* Listings and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co. are the property of Tyco Fire
Protection Products.
S4098-0054-3 6/2016
Control Panel Operations TrueAlarm Analog Sensor Features
Smoke sensor features include: sensitivity Sealed against rear air flow entry Electronics are
monitoring satisfying NFPA 72 sensitivity testing EMI/RFI shielded Heat sensing:
requirements, automatic individual sensor calibration  Selectable rate compensated, fixed temperature
checking to verify sensor integrity, automatic sensing with or without rate-of-rise operation
environmental compensation, available multi-stage alarm  Rated spacing distance between sensors:
operation, display of sensitivity directly in percent per foot,
monitoring of peak activity per sensor, alarm set point, and Fixed Temp. UL& ULC FM Spacing, Either Fixed
time of day or multi-stage alarm selection. Setting Spacing Temperature Setting
135° F 60 ft x 60 ft 20 ft x 20 ft (6.1 m) for fixed
Sensor Alarm and Trouble LED Indications (57.2° C) (18.3 m) temperature only; RTI = Quick
The sensor base LED pulses to indicate communications 50 ft x 50 ft (15.2 m) for fixed
with the panel. If a sensor is in alarm, or has a trouble 155° F 40 ft x 40 ft temperature with either rate-of-rise
(68° C) (12.2 m) selection; RTI = Ultra Fast
condition, the status is annunciated at the control panel and
that base LED will turn on steady. During a system alarm, Smoke Sensors:
the panel will control LEDs such that a trouble indication
will return to pulsing to help identify the sensors in alarm.  Photoelectric technology sensing
Multi-Point Allocation 4007ES, 4010ES, and 4100ES  360° smoke entry for optimum response
control panels require only one (1) point at the host panel per  Built-in insect screens
sensor base. Depending on sensor base and sensor choice, up
to seven (7) points can be made public to a connected 4098-9714 Photoelectric Sensor
Simplex Fire Alarm Network. Each sensor base uses a single
address with “sub-points” layered underneath (such as 1-1-0, TrueAlarm photoelectric sensors use a stable, pulsed
1-1-1, 1-1-2, ….1-1-6). infrared LED light source and a silicon photodiode
For 4100U control panels, the requirement is three (3) points receiver to provide consistent and accurate low power
at the host panel per sensor base with the 4098-9754 smoke sensing. Seven levels of sensitivity are available
multi-sensor, and two (2) points for the other sensors. for each individual sensor, ranging from 0.2% to 3.7% per
Additional multi-point allocation detail is described in foot of smoke obscuration. Sensitivities of 0.2%, 0.5%,
reference data sheet S4090-0011. and 1% are for special applications in clean areas.
Standard sensitivities are 1.5%, 2.0%, 2.5%, 3.0%, and
Control Panel Operations (Continued) 3.7%. Application type and sensitivity are selected and
Sensor Base with 520 Hz Power Requirements Power then monitored at the fire alarm control panel. (For
for the sensor base is provided by IDNet communications. No detailed application information about sensitivity
additional wiring is required for upgrading of existing selection, refer to Installation Instructions 574-709.)
installed TrueAlarm sensor bases. Sensor sounder bases do The sensor head design provides 360° smoke entry for
require system supplied separate VDC (or NAC) wiring, the optimum smoke response. Due to its photoelectric
same as the standard sounder base. operation, air velocity is not normally a factor, except for
impact on area smoke flow.
Accessories
2098-9808, Remote red LED Alarm Indicator mounts on
a single gang box to provide status indications where the
sensor location may not be readily visible.

4098-9714 Photoelectric Sensor on sensor base

ALARM

4098-9754 Multi-Sensor
TrueAlarm multi-sensors combine the performance of
TrueAlarm photoelectric smoke sensing with TrueAlarm
thermal sensing to provide both features in a single
assembly. Each sensing element provides data for
evaluation at the fire alarm control panel where the
following four independent detection modes are
evaluated:
2098-9808 Remote LED Alarm Indicator  Fixed temperature heat detection
 Rate-of-rise heat detection
 TrueAlarm photoelectric smoke detection
 And TrueSense correlation detection
S4098-0054-3 6/2016
2
4098-9754 Multi-Sensor (Continued) Install Reference

Multi-Sensor on Sensor Base

TrueSense analysis correlates thermal activity and
smoke activity at a single multi-sensor location using an
extensively tested covariance relationship. As a result,
TrueSense detection improves response to conditions
indicative of faster acting, hot flaming fires when
compared to the response of either photoelectric smoke
activity or thermal activity alone.

4098-9733 Heat Sensor

TrueAlarm heat sensors are self-restoring and provide rate
compensated, fixed temperature sensing, selectable with
or without rate-of-rise temperature sensing. Due to its
small thermal mass, the sensor accurately and quickly
measures the local temperature for analysis at the fire
alarm control panel.
Rate-of-rise temperature detection is selectable at the
control panel for either 15° F (8.3° C) or 20° F (11.1° C)
per minute. Fixed temperature sensing is independent of
rate-of-rise sensing and programmable to operate at
135° F (57.2° C) or 155° F (68° C). In a slow developing
fire, the temperature may not increase rapidly enough to
operate the rate-of-rise feature. However, an alarm will be
initiated when the temperature reaches its rated fixed
temperature setting.
TrueAlarm heat sensors can be programmed as a utility
device to monitor for temperature extremes in the range
from 32° F to 155° F (0° C to 68° C). This feature can
provide freeze warnings or alert to HVAC system
problems.

4098-9733 Heat Sensor on Sensor Base

WARNING: In most fires, hazardous levels of smoke

and toxic gas can build up before a heat detection
device would initiate an alarm. In cases where Life
Safety is a factor, the use of smoke detection is highly
recommended.

S4098-0054-3 6/2016
3
Sensors and Accessories Product Selection
TrueAlarm Sensor Base
Model Description
4098-9772 Sensor base with 520 Hz Sounder
TrueAlarm Sensors (select one per Sensor Base with 520 Hz Sounder)
Model Description
4098-9714 Photoelectric Smoke Sensor
Refer to selection table below for available operation
4098-9754 Multi-Sensor Photoelectric and Heat Sensing
modes
4098-9733 Heat Sensor
Accessories (ordered separately as required)
Model Description Mounting Requirements
Adapter Plate required for surface flush 4” square electrical
4098-9863 Refer to page 3, mounting reference
boxes.
Remote red LED Alarm Indicator on single gang stainless steel
2098-9808 Single gang box, 1-1/2” minimum depth
plate.
Note: Refer to Installation Instructions 574-707 and Application Manual 574-709 for additional information.

Sensor Base Operation Options with Sensor Choice

Operational Mode Choices* ( = operation selected)

Sensor Choice Mode
False Alarm Faster TrueSense
Photo Fire Heat Fire** Utility Temp. Ion Fire
Reduction Detection Photo/Heat
Photoelectric 1 — — — — — —
Smoke Sensor
4098-9714 2 — — option — — —
3 — — — option option —
Photo/Heat
Multi-Sensor 4 — — option option option —
4098-9754
5 — option option option

Heat Sensor 6 — — — — option —

4098-9733 7 — — — — option —

* NOTE: Duct detection modes are not applicable and are not available. Refer to the Multi-Point Allocation discussion on page 3 for
panel point requirement information.
** Heat Fire Mode is 135° F or 155° F, fixed or rate-of-rise.

S4098-0054-3 6/2016
4
Specifications
General Operating Specifications
Communications and Sensor Supervisory Power
Communications and Sounder Power Connections
Remote LED Alarm Indicator
UL Listed Temperature Range
Operating
Temperature Range
Humidity Range
Smoke Sensor
Ambient Ratings
Housing Color
Installation Instructions
Sounder Operation
Sounder Voltage
Alarm Current (Sounder On)
Sounder Output
Base Supervision of Sounder
Power Input
(Selectable)
NAC Powered Operation
Additional Information Reference
Product
Temporal Code 4 Module
Standard Bases
Isolator Bases
Standard Sounder Base
TrueSense Multi-Sensor
TrueAlarm 4098-9773 CO Sensor Base
with 520 Hz Sounder
IDNet communications, 1 address per base
Screw terminals for in/out wiring, 18 to 14 AWG (0.82 mm2 to 2.08 mm2)
Current 1 mA typical supplied from communications, no impact to alarm current
LED Connections Color coded wire leads, 18 AWG (0.82 mm2 )
32° F to 100° F (0° C to 38° C)
with 4098-9733,
32° F to 122° F (0° C to 50° C)
4098-9714 or 4098-9754
10 to 95% RH
4098-9714, Photoelectric
Air velocity is 0-4000 ft/min (0-1220 m/min)
Sensor
Frost White
574-707
24 VDC nominal, 16 to 32 VDC from NAC
520Hz signal 129 mA @ 16 V, 115 mA @ 18 V
Broadband signal 139 mA @ 16 V, 125 mA @ 18 V
Minimum sound output @ Minimum sound output @ 10 ft (3 m) per UL
10 ft (3 m) per UL Standard Standard 268, Smoke Detectors for Fire
464, Audible Signaling Protective Signaling Systems and CSA
Appliance 6.19-01
520 Hz signal 80 dBA 86 dBA
Broadband signal 81 dBA 87 dBA
Select for continuous 24 VDC power, loss of power is communicated to
Supervised
panel
Select when connected to NAC for sounder power, NAC provides
Unsupervised
supervision
When in alarm, will sound when NAC is in alarm, allowing synchronized
pattern (Temporal or March Time, etc.) controlled by the NAC control
Data Sheet Product Data Sheet
S4905-0006 4100ES Control Panels with EPS
S4100-0100
Power Supplies
S4098-0019 4100ES Standard Control Panels S4100-0031
S4098-0025 4100ES Audio Control Reference S4100-0034
S4098-0028 4010ES Control Panels S4010-0004
S4098-0024 4007ES Hybrid Control Panels S4007-0001
S4098-0053
S4098-0054-3 6/2016
5
TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm and
Signaling Code are trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).

Tyco Fire Protection Products • Westminster, MA • 01441-0001 • USA S4098-0054-3 6/2016

www.simplex-fire.com
© 2016 Tyco Fire Protection Products. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice.
 TrueAlarm Analog Sensing
UL, ULC, CSFM Listed; Weatherproof Duct Housing
MEA (NYC) Acceptance* Enclosure 4098-9845

Features

Weatherproof duct housing enclosure for use

with the following TrueAlarm addressable duct
sensor housings (ordered separately):
 4098-9755, Standard Duct Sensor Housing
 4098-9756, Duct Sensor Housing with Relay Output
Addressable duct sensor housing details:
 Photoelectric sensor and exhaust tube are supplied
 Sampling tube is ordered separately per duct size
 Continuous communications actively monitors
status of electronic circuits
 Refer to Simplex data sheet S4098-0030 for
additional duct sensor housing details
Weatherproof duct housing enclosure features:
 Circulation of conditioned air from the air duct Side View of Weatherproof Duct Housing Enclosure
helps maintain the sensor housing at its rated 4098-9845 with Duct Tube Detail and Cutaway Showing
Sensor Housing (refer to page two for details)
temperature range
 Nonmetallic material does not require painting
 Captive cover screws
 Intake and exhaust tubes for weatherproof duct
housing enclosure are supplied Specifications
 Internal mounting plate is removable to provide a 4098-9845 Weatherproof Duct Housing Enclosure
convenient drilling template
Air Velocity Range 300 to 4000 ft/min Refer to
 Includes required gaskets (linear ft/min) (91 to 1220 m/min) graph on
page 4 for
 UL listed to Standard 268A UL Listed External -40° to 158° F additional
 NEMA 4X rating Temperature Range (-40° to 70° C) information
UL Listed External
Up to 100% RH
Humidity Conditions
Description
NEMA Enclosure
4X
Smoke detection system designs that require smoke Category
detection monitoring of an HVAC duct that is exposed to Solid body and door, light gray,
environmental extremes must provide protection against Construction PBT/PC blended plastic, UL94-5VA
flammability rating, UV stabilized
the anticipated temperatures and total weather conditions.
The 4098-9845 Weatherproof Duct Housing Enclosure 22-1/8” W x 15” H x 7-1/8” D
Dimensions
provides for the circulation of conditioned air around the (562 mm x 381 mm x 181 mm)
internally mounted addressable duct sensor housing to Addressable Duct Sensor Housing 4098-9755/9756
maintain the sensor housing at its rated temperature range UL Listed
and provide protection from ambient environmental 32° to 100° F (0° to 38° C)
Temperature Range
extremes.
Operating
32° to 122° F (0° to 50° C)
Temperature Range
Storage
* This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to 0° to 140° F (-18° to 60° C)
Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing Temperature Range
7300-0026:245 for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in Humidity Range 10% to 90% RH, non-condensing
this document. It is subject to re-examination, revision, and possible cancellation.
Accepted for use – City of New York Department of Buildings – MEA35-93E. This
product was not FM approved as of document revision date. Additional listings may be
applicable, contact your local Simplex® product supplier for the latest status. Listings and
approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co. are the property of Tyco Fire Protection
Products.

S4098-0032-3 10/2011
Installation Reference, Side View

NOTE: Refer to Installation Instructions 574-922 for additional information.

Weatherproof Duct Housing

Duct outline, shown
Enclosure 4098-9845
for reference
Weatherproof enclosure
air intake tube, supplied

Duct Sensor Housing with

sensor, ordered separately

15" Sensor housing sampling tube,

(381 mm) ordered separately per duct size

Sensor housing exhaust tube,

supplied with sensor housing

Weatherproof enclosure air

Gaskets at each housing exhaust tube, supplied
7-1/8" (181 mm) entry point, supplied

2 S4098-0032-3 10/2011
Installation Reference, Front View Showing Preferred and Alternate Orientations

NOTE: Refer to Installation Instructions 574-922 for additional information.

3 S4098-0032-3 10/2011
 Application Reference, Ambient Temperature vs. Recommended Airflow Graph

The graph shown below presents the results of controlled laboratory testing performed on a typical 4098-9845 Weatherproof
Enclosure protecting an internally mounted duct sensor housing. The external ambient air temperature of the 4098-9845
Weatherproof Enclosure was varied throughout its UL listed operating temperature range. Temperatures were recorded
within the protected duct sensor housing with varying duct air velocities of air maintained between 68° and 74° F (20° to
23° C).
This graph illustrates how an increase in the test airflow velocity allows the airflow through the weatherproof enclosure to
maintain the duct sensor housing at its rated range as the ambient temperature of the weatherproof enclosure is varied
throughout temperatures anticipated for exterior air duct locations.
PLEASE NOTE that for typical external air duct applications, heating air would be hotter than 74° F and cooling air would
be lower than 68° F, extending the acceptable airflow range accordingly.
Weatherproof Enclosure External Ambient Air Temperature

158° F
(70 °C)

140°
(60° C)

122°
( 50° C)
Recommended airflow range with duct air
temperature between 68° to 74° F (20° to 23° C)
32°
( 0° C)

0°
(-18 ° C)

-20°
(-29° C)

-40°
(-40° C)

300 450 600 750 900 1050 1200

(91) (137) (183) (229) (274) (320) (366)

Recommended Duct Air Velocity, Linear ft/min (m/min)

TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. Weatherban and 3M are trademarks of
the Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing company (3M).

Tyco Fire Protection Products • Westminster, MA • 01441-0001 • USA S4098-0032-3 10/2011

www.simplexgrinnell.com
© 2011 Tyco Fire Protection Products. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice.
 TrueAlarm Analog Sensing
UL, ULC, CSFM Listed* 4098-9846 Sensor Guard for
TrueAlarm Sensors

Features
Compatible Simplex® TrueAlarm sensors and
bases (ordered separately):
 4098-9714, Photoelectric sensor
 4098-9754, Multi-Sensor, Photoelectric and Heat
 4098-9733, Heat Sensor
 4098-9792, Standard Sensor Base
 4098-9791, Relay Control Base
 4098-9789, LED Output Base
 4098-9793, IDNet Isolator Base
General features:
 For ceiling or wall mounted sensor applications
 Combines accurate, individually addressable analog
smoke and/or heat sensing with physical protection
 TrueAlarm analog sensing provides compensation for
air flow restriction by providing maintained high
sensitivity
 Photoelectric smoke sensitivity is selectable from 0.5
to 1.5%/ft at the fire alarm control panel
 The host control panel automatically compensates for
sensitivity shifts caused by contamination and 4098-9846 TrueAlarm Sensor Guard Mounting Reference
(ceiling mount shown with optional surface mount
automatically reports dirty devices
extension, see page 2 for details)
 UL listed to Standard 268 (URRQ) and 521 (UQKE)
Specifications
 ULC listed to Standard S529 (URRQC) and S530
(UQKEC) Dimensions Refer to page 2
Mounting options: Single wall construction, 22 gauge
Grill Material
 Standard mounting of 4098-9846 is for use with flush steel (0.025” thick, 0.64 mm)
mounted electrical boxes 1/4” (6.4 mm) hex holes staggered
Perforation Pattern on 1/4” (6.4 mm) centers,
 Extension box 4098-9847 is required for mounting to reinforced at corners
surface mounted electrical box Color/Finish Tan, baked enamel
Tamper resistant design: Mounting Frame
Bolts, 1/4”, see page 2
Hardware
 Heavy duty steel construction, single wall
Four tamper resistant screws,
 Tamper resistant grill mounting screws Grill Mounting Screws recessed hex head, supplied with
guard
Description
4098-9823 Secure Hex Key,
Screw Removal Tool
Sensor Guard 4098-9846 combines the sensitivity ordered separately
and maintained accuracy of Simplex TrueAlarm sensors
with a rugged, tamper resistant enclosure. Typical Additional Reference:
applications are: Correctional/Detention facilities, Mental Product Data Sheet
Hospitals, Industrial areas, Educational facilities, TrueAlarm Sensors and Bases S4098-0019
Dormitories, and many other locations where the smoke Multi-Sensor 4098-9754 S4098-0024
sensor may be intentionally or accidentally subjected to TrueAlarm IDNet Isolator Base S4098-0025
abuse.
Location Reference. With this combination, the sensor
can be located directly in the ceiling of a detention cell or
similar area and can provide accurate and quick sensing * This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to
Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing
of smoke and/or heat conditions. Additionally, after 7300-0026:244 for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in this
removing the tamper resistant hardware, the sensor is document. It is subject to re-examination, revision, and possible cancellation. This product
readily accessible for cleaning when the TrueAlarm was not approved by FM as of document revision date. Additional listings may be
applicable; contact your local Simplex product supplier for the latest status. Listings and
system automatically identifies the need for maintenance. approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co. are the property of Tyco Fire Protection
Products.
S4098-0035-5 12/2016
 Mounting Information – IMPORTANT – See Warning and Installation Notes Below
Electrical box, 4" square or 4" octagonal (supplied
by others), see installation notes below for 4098-9832 Adapter Plate, ordered separately,
additional box information required when electrical box is surface
mounted
Seal box using 3M Weatherban #606 or equal

4098-9714 Photoelectric Sensor, Sensor base 4098-9789, 4098-9791, 4098-9792, or

4098-9754 Multi-Sensor, or 4098-9733 4098-9793, ordered separately, see installation notes
Heat Sensor, ordered separately for additional information
(see warning below)
6-5/8" 6-5/8"
(168 mm) (168 mm)
1-1/2" 4098-9847 Extension Box, ordered separately,
(38 mm) required when electrical box is surface
mounted (bolts are supplied to fasten guard
frame to Extension Box)
6-5/8" 6-5/8" NOTE: Do not use with flush mounted box!
(168 mm) (168 mm)

Sensor guard mounting frame

(included with 4098-9846)
11/16"
(17 mm)
Four 1/4" diameter mounting bolts (hardware
for mounting frame to ceiling or wall is
supplied by others, Extension Box includes
Four tamper resistant hardware to attach the guard frame)
screws (supplied)

Sensor guard cover

(included with 4098-9846)
3" (76 mm)

6-1/2"
6-1/2"
(165 mm)
(165 mm)

WARNING ! Installation Notes

Per NFPA 72, the National Fire Alarm and Signaling Code, 1. For additional information, refer to Installation
Section 5.4.3 (2007 Edition): “Where subject to mechanical Instructions 579-116.
damage, an initiating device shall be protected. A mechanical 2. Ceiling mount is shown above for reference, if
guard used to protect a smoke, heat, or radiant energy–sensing appropriate, installations can be wall mounted.
detector shall be listed for use with the detector.” Sensor guard
4098-9846 is for use only with a Simplex 4098-9714 3. Flush mounted electrical box must be flush to surface
Photoelectric Sensor or a 4098-9754 Photo/Heat Sensor with or recessed no more than 1/4” (6.4 mm). Select box
a restricted sensitivity range of 0.5 to 1.5% per foot depth to accommodate selected base options.
obscuration; or with a 4098-9733 Heat Sensor; and for use 4. For surface electrical box mounting only, Extension
only with sensor bases 4098-9789, 4098-9791, 4098-9792, or Box 4098-9847 and Adapter Plate 4098-9832 are
4098-9793. This will ensure the sensor will activate within the
both required (ordered separately). Electrical box
UL listed obscuration range when mounted in the sensor guard.
must be 1-1/2” deep. NOTE: Do not use Extension
PLEASE NOTE: For proper performance, follow Box 4098-9847 with FLUSH mounted electrical
installation instructions and review sensor and guard boxes, sensor will not be properly positioned.
locations carefully. Wall mounting may not be appropriate 5. Installation to wall or ceiling requires solid
for institutional or detention applications. anchoring, use 1/4” bolts (by others). Hardware is
Maintenance Issue. The presence of debris on the sensor
included with the 4098-9847 Extension Box for
guard grill will significantly restrict airflow into the sensor. It is mounting the sensor guard frame.
recommended that increased visual maintenance be performed to
ensure proper operation.

TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm
Code are trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA). Weatherban and 3M are trademarks of the Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing company (3M).

Tyco Fire Protection Products • Westminster, MA • 01441-0001 • USA S4098-0035-5 12/2016

www.simplexgrinnell.com
© 2016 Tyco Fire Protection Products. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice.
 Non-Addressable Peripherals
UL, ULC, CSFM Listed; 4905-9835 Temporal Code 4
FM Approved* Module for CO Gas Alarm Notification

Features
Provides Temporal Code 4 (TC4) NAC
(Notification Appliance Circuit) control for
Carbon Monoxide (CO) gas warning:
 The TC4 CO gas warning is a repeated sequence of
four cycles of 100 msec on with 100 msec off,
followed by 5 seconds off per NFPA 720, Standard
for the Installation of Carbon Monoxide (CO)
Warning Equipment in Dwelling Units
 Compatible appliances includes: CO Sounder Bases
4098-9771 and 4098-9798, 4901-9820 Horn (set for
free-run), 49CMT Series multi-tone horns (set for
free-run horn tones), and 4903 Series 4-wire A/V
appliances horn input (not compatible with SmartSync
horn control appliances) 4905-9835 Temporal Code 4 Module
Compatible Simplex® equipment NAC sources: (shown approximately 1/2 size)
 4007ES Hybrid, 4010ES, 4100ES, and 4100U NAC
outputs Description (Continued)
 4009 IDNet NAC Extender NAC outputs CO gas alarm, or fire alarm. Use of the 4905-9835
 Each module requires an input NAC that powers the Temporal Code 4 Module allows the NFPA 720 Temporal
3A rated output NAC for control of compatible Code 4 signal to be generated using a standard Steady On
audible notification appliances only (not for strobes) audible appliance NAC input. Under the fire alarm panel’s
Three selectable operation modes: control, the audible notification signal can be selected for a
conventional fire pulse pattern for a fire alarm condition, or
 Synchronized operation allows a separate and
the Temporal Code 4 pattern can be activated for a CO gas
dedicated control NAC to both activate and
alarm condition.
synchronize the Temporal Code 4 output timing of up
to 20, 4905-9835 modules Specifications
 Unsynchronized operation also allows the separate
and dedicated control NAC to activate the Temporal For 24 VDC NACs, up to 3 A
Code 4 output timing of up to 20, 4905-9835 modules, maximum, limited by input NAC
but without synchronization between the modules NAC Control rating; for control of audible
 Stand-Alone operation allows the input NAC in notification appliances compatible
with TC4 code pulse duty cycle
alarm to activate Temporal Code 4 timing for NACs
dedicated for CO gas alarm; no fire alarm signals are Input NAC Current Supervisory current = 0.18 mA
available, no control NAC is used Requirements Alarm current = 15 mA
 For both Synchronized and Unsynchronized modes, Control NAC Current Supervisory current = 0 mA
when the control NAC is off, the module output NACs Requirements Alarm current = 3 mA
will follow the fire alarm signals of the input NAC
Mounting Distance Mount close-nippled, 20 ft (6 m)
 NOTE: For TC4 output, both the input NACs and the to input NAC Source maximum distance
control NACs requires a Steady On signal
Screw terminals for in/out wiring,
Compact, sealed construction: Wire Connections 18 to 12 AWG wire
 Mounts in standard 4” square electrical box (0.82 to 3.31 mm2 )
 Compatible with Adapter Plate 4090-9813 to fit 4” x 4 ⅛” x 1 ⅜” D
Dimensions
4 11⁄16” (119 mm) square electrical boxes (102 mm x 105 mm x 35 mm)
 Screw terminals for wiring connections Mounting Plate
Sheet metal, galvanized
Material
Listed to UL 864 and ULC S527
32° to 120° F (0° to 49° C),
Temperature Range
intended for indoor operation
Description Humidity Range Up to 93% RH at 100° F (38° C)
CO gas alarm warnings are required to be different from
* This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to
fire alarm warnings. In the event of a CO gas alarm, the Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing 7300-0026:328
presence of a Temporal Code 4 audible signal pattern for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in this document. This
product was not accepted by MEA (NYC) as of document revision date. Additional listings
identifies the type of condition to the responders to assist in may be applicable; contact your local Simplex product supplier for the latest status. Listings
determining the proper actions to be taken. and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co. are the property of Tyco Fire Protection
Products.

S4905-0006-6 11/2014
 System Connection Reference

4905-9835 Temporal Code 4 (TC4) Module

Dedicated control NAC
4901-9820 Horn, 4903 Series 4-wire A/V horn,
CO Sensor
or other compatible (not SmartSync control)
1 2

Sounder Base*
24 VDC audible notification appliances
ON

NAC input to TC4

Module, 3 A maximum

TC4 NAC output, 3 A maximum

Dedicated control NAC to the next Temporal

Fire Alarm Control Panel Code 4 Module, up to 20 total maximum; requires
(4100ES shown for reference) 1

ON
2

end-of-line resistor per source NAC requirements

IDNet or RUI Communications

per system requirements
Appliance NACs require
CAUTIO N
DI SCO NNECT
end-of-line resistor per
source NAC requirements
PO W ER
BEFO RE
SERVI CI NG

4009 IDNet NAC EXTENDER

TM

4009 IDNet NAC Extender (shown, uses IDNet

* Note: IDNet communications wiring
communications) or Remote 4100ES MINIPLEX
(not shown) is required to connect
transponder with NACs (uses RUI communications)
to each CO Sensor Sounder Base

Mounting Reference

Additional Reference
Document Description Document Description
579-840 Installation Instructions S4010-0004 4010ES Control Panel
S4098-0052 CO Sensor Base data sheet S4901-0010 4901-9820 Horns
S4100-0031 4100ES Basic Reference S4903-0011 4903 Series 4-wire A/Vs
S4007-0001 4007ES Hybrid data sheet S49CMT-0001 49CMT Series Multi-Tone Horns
TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA is a trademark of the National Fire
Protection Association.

Tyco Fire Protection Products • Westminster, MA • 01441-0001 • USA S4905-0006-6 11/2014

www.simplex-fire.com
© 2014 Tyco Fire Protection Products. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice.

Features
Allows normal building video message displays to
be controlled by a Simplex® 4100ES, 4010ES, or
4100U fire alarm control panel:
 When an emergency condition is reported to the host fire
alarm control panel, normal building video message
communications are switched to provide emergency
communications
 ECDI Software resides in an on-site computer and
monitors the computer port protocol output from the host
control panel
 Upon receipt of an emergency condition, the information
provided to the ECDI Computer allows it to abort
normal building messages and switch to the programmed
emergency message
 Standard messages are listed on page 4; custom
messages or images can be prepared, or the output can
be connected to a pre-selected URL
 Operation includes control of the video feed using a
separate VGA switch, or providing an RSS message feed
to enable the desired action at the receiving controls, or
both can be provided
 Operation requires Microsoft Windows XP or
Windows 7 (32-bit) operating systems; computers
require a serial port for control panel communications
and a second serial port for VGA Switch control; RSS
feed is via Ethernet port
Link panel point activity to a website:
 Panel trigger points can be programmed to connect the
ECDI Computer to a specific website URL to send to the
building displays to view activity or take action (view
web cameras, broadcast messages, etc.)
VGA message control:
 Building display communications are connected through
a dual input, single output VGA Switch (see page 2)
 When an emergency is detected at the host control panel,
point information is sent to the ECDI Computer allowing
it to control the VGA Switch output to feed to its video
output for the duration of the message(s)
 When the emergency is clear, communications revert
back to the standard controller
RSS message control:
 For compatible building display controllers, the ECDI
Computer functions as a web server to provide an RSS
feed via LAN/WAN connection, sending out the
programmed text associated to the selected panel
activity; an Internet browser with functionality equal to
Internet Explorer 7 or above is required
 For RSS feed only, ECDI software can reside on a
Simplex TrueSite Workstation computer if there is an
available Ethernet port and an available RS-232 port to
connect to the host control panel
 The RSS feed may also be compatible with other
building communications equipment such as power over
Ethernet (POE) message display products
– This product was not agency listed as of document revision date.
Fire Control Panels
Emergency Communications Display
Interface (ECDI) Software, Model 4190-9815
Normal building messages on video displays
VGA Switch
Message Control
Cafeteria is open until 2PM today
Today's luncheon special is pepperoni
System
and onion pizza
10:17:35 am
Wednesday July 25, 2012
57°partly cloudy
Computer with
ECDI Software Shelter In Place
An emergency condition has been
reported. Secure your windows and
Shelter In Place
An emergency condition has been
doors and remain in the building.
Unsafe conditions may exist outside.
reported. Secure your windows and
You will be notified when further
doors and remain in the building.
Unsafe conditions may exist outside.
You will be notified when further
information is available.
information is available.
Emergency Message
from the ECDI Computer
Fire alarm panel controlled Emergency
Communications message display
Fire Alarm Control
Panel (4100ES shown)
Control Building Communications Video Displays to
Deliver Custom Emergency Communications Messages
Description
Fire Alarm Systems. Fire alarm systems normally
communicate information to their connected fire alarm
notification appliances to advise building occupants of
emergency conditions and of the directed response.
However, many buildings also have non-emergency,
non-fire alarm display equipment in place to advise of
normal conditions such as daily events, weather,
announcing special visitors, or maybe just the daily menu.
Using the Fire Alarm System to Control other
Systems. ECDI Software allows the information displays
used for normal building communications to distribute
emergency information under the control of a Simplex
4100ES, 4010ES, or 4100U fire alarm control panel. The
software resides on a separate computer and controls the
building information equipment by either controlling a
VGA switch, or by sending RSS communications, or both
may be supplied.
Applications Note. ECDI Software provides a variety
of system connection options. Contact your local Simplex
product representative to have your specific building
requirements reviewed by our Solutions team.
For more information, refer to Installation Instructions
579-952
S4190-0019-2 9/2012
ECDI Software Video Switch Connection Reference

Normal building message display system (by others) Normal building message on video displays
Cafeteria is open until 2PM today Cafeteria is open until 2PM today
Video output as selected Video
Cafeteria is open until 2PM today Today's luncheon special is pepperoni Today's luncheon special is pepperoni
Today's luncheon special is pepperoni
and onion pizza by the ECDI Software Multiplexer and onion pizza and onion pizza
10:17:35 am
Wednesday July 25, 2012
57°partly cloudy
(by others) 10:17:35 am 10:17:35 am
Wednesday July 25, 2012 Wednesday July 25, 2012
57°partly cloudy 57°partly cloudy
Normal video feed

RS-232 control for input Shelter In Place Shelter In Place

Black Box VGA Switch Model An emergency condition has been An emergency condition has been
selection; this connection AC505A (ordered separately) reported. Secure your windows and reported. Secure your windows and
doors and remain in the building. doors and remain in the building.
is supervised by the Unsafe conditions may exist outside. Unsafe conditions may exist outside.
ECDI Software (use USB You will be notified when further You will be notified when further
information is available. information is available.
to RS-232 adapter if
needed, not supplied) Emergency VGA feed; use
HDMI/DVI output to VGA
converter cable if needed
(ordered separately) When the ECDI Computer receives a point status from
ECDI Software SHELTER IN PLACE
An emergency condition has been
the fire alarm control panel that matches a programmed
Computer
reported. Secure your windows and
doors and remain in the building.
Unsafe conditions may exist outside.
You will be notified when further trigger point, it controls the VGA Switch to feed the
(ordered information is available.

ECDI Computer screen to the connected displays;

separately) Op
ti ECDI programming determines which message screen,
on
al
o
image, or URL is displayed per point or point type
utp
ut
ECDI Software loaded on PC; images,
and point mapping/programming
reside here, requires connection of
Security Service dongle (supplied)* Example screen for automatic
website linking*

RS-232 serial port, Computer Port * Note: Run the ECDI program full
Protocol output to ECDI Software screen. Do not select a screen
Computer RS-232 serial port input saver. Set display and computer
timeout to never. (When the
ECDI computer takes control, its
monitor screen becomes the
Fire Alarm screen shown on the building
Network message displays)
Connection

IDNet communications and power wiring from control panel

Host Fire Alarm Control Panel, Fire alarm panel controlled Emergency Communications
4100ES, 4010ES, or 4100U message displays (with scrolling messages)

2 S4190-0019-2 9/2012
ECDI Software RSS Feed Connection Reference
RSS compatible devices,
including other building
system display controllers
Fire Alarm Network
Connection
TrueSite Workstation
Alternate Hardware Connection
TrueSite Workstation Server or Remote
Client PC with ECDI Software
Note: For RSS operation only, ECDI
Software can be located on a Simplex
TrueSite Workstation Server or Remote
Client PC; requires non-captive TrueSite
Workstation operation, one available
RS-232 port, and one available Ethernet
port
Fire Alarm
Network
Connection
Host Fire Alarm Control Panel,
4100ES, 4010ES, or 4100U
Normal building message display control equipment (by others)
Cafeteria is open until 2PM today Cafeteria is open until 2PM today
Cafeteria is open until 2PM today Video Today's luncheon special is pepperoni Today's luncheon special is pepperoni
Today's luncheon special is pepperoni and onion pizza and onion pizza
and onion pizza
10:17:35 am
Multiplexer
Wednesday July 25, 2012 10:17:35 am 10:17:35 am
57°partly cloudy
(by others) Wednesday July 25, 2012 Wednesday July 25, 2012
57°partly cloudy 57°partly cloudy
Severe Weather Severe Weather
Alert Alert
LAN/WAN A severe weather warning has been
issued. Proceed to the designated
A severe weather warning has been
issued. Proceed to the designated
shelter area and wait for further shelter area and wait for further
instructions. instructions.
Alternate
During an emergency, the standard message is changed to
RSS feed
display the appropriate Emergency Communications message
(standard emergency screen is shown for reference)
Note: The desired emergency display is determined by the
controller receiving the RSS feed, not by the ECDI computer
The RSS feed provides a time stamp, and Title and
ECDI Software PC
Description as determined by ECDI programming
(by others)
OR
ECDI Software loaded on PC and set to create RSS feed,
requires connection of Security Service dongle (supplied)
RS-232 serial port, Computer Port Protocol
output to ECDI Software PC
To fire alarm control panel
controlled message displays
IDNet communications
and power wiring from
control panel
3 S4190-0019-2 9/2012
 Black Box VGA Switch Reference

Manufacturer Black Box Network Services

Model Number AC505A
For additional information www.blackbox.com

Specification Summary
Size 1 ¼” H x 4 ¼” W x 2 ½” D (32 mm x 108 mm x 64 mm)
120 VAC, 60 Hz to power converter (supplied)
Power Requirements
Converter output is 6 VDC, 300 mA (center positive) to VGA switch
Resolution 1600 x 1200 maximum
Video Level 0 to 0.7 V p-p
Video Bandwidth 250 MHz
Video input: (2) HD15F
Video and Control Video cable is by others per system distance requirements
Video output: (1) HD15F
Connections
Serial input: (1) 3.5 mm F (RS-232), cable included
Distance 150 ft (45.7 m) maximum at XGA resolution

ECDI Software Pre-Programmed Messages

The following standard message screens are provided to coordinate with the standard Simplex LED Reader Board
messages. Custom messages can easily be created for local content. These messages require mapping to the selected
trigger points from the connected fire alarm control panel at the ECDI Computer.

Screen Color
Message Title Displayed Message
(with black text)
Bomb Threat
Bomb Threat Orange An emergency has been reported in the building. Please proceed to the nearest exit
and vacate the building.
Hostile Intruder
Hostile Intruder Orange An emergency has been reported in the building. Please secure your area and wait for
further instructions.
Shelter In Place
An emergency condition has been reported. Secure your windows and doors and
Shelter in Place Orange remain in the building. Unsafe conditions may exist outside. You will be notified when
further information is available.
Evacuate-Alternate
Alternate Exit Red An emergency condition has been discovered in the building. Proceed to your
alternate exit and vacate the building.
Weather Alert
Severe Weather Yellow A severe weather warning has been issued. Proceed to the designated shelter area
Alert and wait for further instructions.
All Clear
All Clear Green Attention please, the emergency condition has been cleared. You may return to your
normal activities
Evacuate
Evacuate Red A fire has been reported in the building. Proceed to the nearest exit and vacate the
building. Report to your designated assembly place outside the building.
Alert
Alert Yellow An emergency condition has been detected in another part of the building. Please
remain in your area. You will be notified if further action is required.
Live Voice
Live Voice Red A live voice announcement is currently being broadcast

TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. Microsoft, and Windows are
trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and/or other countries. Black Box is a trademark of Black Box Corporation.

Tyco Fire Protection Products • Westminster, MA • 01441-0001 • USA S4190-0019-2 9/2012

www.simplexgrinnell.com
© 2012 Tyco Fire Protection Products. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice.
 TrueAlert Addressable Notification Appliances
UL, ULC, CSFM Listed; FM Approved; TrueAlert Addressable Isolator+
MEA (NYC) Approved* Module, Model 4905-9929

Tr u eAle rt I solato r
+
+ - + -
PORT 2 PORT 1

0526-733 E
4905-9929 TRUEALERT ISOLATOR

Features
INST. INSTR. 574- 769 REV
DATE CO DE:
RELAY CONTACT S MODULE
3 AMP 30 VDC 15 mA MAX 24 VDC
INDOOR DRY APPLICATION
MADE IN CL FL A DDRESS
ON
SI MPLE X TI ME R EC OR D ER C O.
WES TMI NS TE R , MA 01441
MSB

Isolator+ modules provide short circuit isolation

for TrueAlert addressable notification appliance
wiring:**

Tru eAle r t Isola to r

+
+ - + -

 Power and communications are supplied by Simplex®

PORT 2 PORT 1

0526-733 E
4905-9929 TRUEALERT ISOLATO R
INST. INSTR. 574-769 R EV
DATE CODE:
RELAY CONTACTS M ODULE
3 AMP 30 VDC 15 m A MAX 24 VDC
INDOOR DRY APPLIC AT ION
MADE IN CL FL ADDRESS
S IMP LEX TIME R EC OR DE R CO.ON
WE ST MIN STER , M A 01441
MSB

4100ES, 4010ES, and 4007ES fire alarm control

panels equipped with power supplies that provide
advanced addressable notification from IDNAC

Tr u eAle rt I solato r
+
+ - + -
PORT 2 PORT 1

0526-733 E
4905-9929 TRUEALERT ISOLATO R
INST. INSTR. 574-769 R EV
DATE CODE:
RELAY CONTACTS M ODULE
3 AMP 30 VDC 15 m A MAX 24 VDC
INDOOR DRY APPLIC AT ION
MADE IN CL FL ADDRESS

Signaling Line Circuits (SLCs), and from 4009

S IMP LEX TIME R EC OR DE R CO.ON
WE ST MIN STER , M A 01441
MSB

IDNAC Repeaters**
 Operation is also compatible with legacy TrueAlert
SLCs from TrueAlert Power Supplies (TPS) or

Tru eAle rt Iso al tor

+
+ - + -
PORT 2 PORT 1

0526-733 E
4905-9929 TRUEALERT ISOLATOR
INST. INSTR. 574- 769 REV
DATE CO DE:
RELAY CONTACT S MODULE
3 AMP 30 VDC 15 mA MAX 24 VDC
INDOOR DRY APPLICATION
MADE IN CL FL A DDRESS
ON
SI MPLE X TI ME R EC OR D ER C O.
WES TMI NS TE R , MA 01441
MSB

TrueAlert Addressable Controllers (4009T)

 Dual port design accepts communications and power
from either port and automatically isolates one port

TrueAlert Isolator
from the other when a short circuit occurs

+
 Mounts in standard 4” (102 mm) square electrical box,
+ - + -
PORT 2 PORT 1

0526-733 E
4905-9929 TRUEALERT ISOLATOR
INST. INSTR. 574-769 REV

2 ⅛” (54 mm) deep

DATE CODE:
RELAY CONTACTS MODULE
3 AMP 30 VDC 15 mA MAX 24 VDC
INDOOR DRY APPLICATION
MADE IN CL FL ADDRESS

 UL listed to Standard 864

SIMPLEX TIME RECORDER CO. ON
WESTMINSTER, MA 01441
MSB

Status diagnostics:
 On-board yellow LED provides module status, can
indicate communications poll or be activated from
panel
 Isolators report faults to the host control panel
(method varies with system connection type)
Information received at the control panel allows
identification of the short circuit location:
 Simplex control panels providing IDNAC SLCs will
be advised of individual appliances disabled due to
activated isolators; (also true of legacy panels with
TPS or when connected to TrueAlert Addressable
Controller using RUI communications)
 Other control panels controlling TrueAlert
Addressable Controllers do not recognize appliance
addresses but will receive a report of an open circuit
channel trouble due to activated isolators
Class B (Style 4) IDNAC SLC wiring:
 Up to 12 Isolator+ modules can be connected per
IDNAC SLC and up to 6 Isolator+ modules can be
connected directly together in series on the same
branch
Class A (Style 6) IDNAC SLC wiring:
 For Class A operation, up to 6 Isolator+ modules can
be connected per SLC loop
General channel loading rules:
 Isolator+ modules require one address and are rated as
4 unit loads
 TrueAlert addressable notification appliances are a
single unit load
** Use of “TrueAlert” in this document refers to both TrueAlert and TrueAlert ES notification
appliances. Use of IDNAC SLCs also refers to operation of TrueAlert SLCs.
4100ES Control Panel
with EPS Power Supply
Typical TrueAlert Isolator+ Module Application
One-Line Drawing Including Module Detail
Introduction
IDNAC Addressable Notification SLCs (and legacy
TrueAlert SLCs) are internally isolated from each other. In
the event of a channel wiring short circuit, the channel will
safely shut down and then monitor the wiring for
restoration to normal when the short is repaired. However,
within the branch and “T” tap wiring of an IDNAC channel,
the use of 4905-9929 TrueAlert Isolator+ Modules can
provide additional isolation that can reduce the quantity of
TrueAlert addressable appliances impacted by a short
circuit.
Short Circuit Isolation. An internal isolation relay
allows the Isolator+ module to separate shorted and/or
disabled wiring from functioning wiring to optimize the
available appliances. Isolator+ module status is
communicated to the control panel providing assistance in
identifying the shorted wiring location.
Convenient Location. The 4905-9929 Isolator+ Module
mounts in a standard 4” square, 2 ⅛” deep electrical box,
allowing isolators to be conveniently located on the IDNAC
SLC channel where the local wiring could most benefit.
* This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to
Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing
7300-0026:214 for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in
this document. Accepted for use – City of New York Department of Buildings – MEA35-
93E. Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local Simplex product supplier for
the latest status. Listings and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co. are the
property of Tyco Safety Products Westminster.
S4905-0001-7 6/2015
TrueAlert Isolator+ Example 1 Address Allocation. For the example shown below,
there are 18 notification appliances which would occupy a
Branch Protection. The diagram below illustrates the total of 18 addresses at the 4100ES control panel. There
addition of 4905-9929 Isolator+ Modules to IDNAC SLC are also 4 Isolator+ modules, each requiring an address.
wiring located at the start of each branch. With Isolator+ The total addresses count on this IDNAC SLC would be
modules added in these locations, there will be an 18 + 4 = 22 addresses.
increase in overall system operation in the event of a short
circuit. SLC Loading. Isolator+ modules are powered from the
IDNAC SLC and they require an additional loading factor
Branch Short Circuits. Without Isolator+ modules, if with each Isolator+ designated as four unit loads. Each
a short circuit occurred on a branch connection, the entire TrueAlert addressable appliance, whether strobe, horn, or
channel would be inoperative, the same as occurs with combination unit, is only one address and only one unit
conventional Notification Appliance Circuit (NAC) load. The total unit loads for this example is 18 appliances
operation. With the addition of Isolator+ modules, short + 4 Isolator+ modules (4 unit loads each) = 18 + 16 = 34
circuits would only disable those appliances connected unit loads.
electrically beyond the Isolator+ module. Since short Channel Capacity. Capacity may vary with IDNAC SLC
circuits are sometimes encountered during initial wiring control, but typically is up to 127 addresses and up to 139
installations, the use of Isolator+ modules can also assist unit loads. This example is not fully loaded and could
in finding those wiring faults, allowing a decrease in the probably accommodate additional appliances. However, the
total installation and checkout time. appliance currents also need to be considered. (EPS IDNAC
SLCs and legacy TPS SLCs are rated 3 A full load.
TrueAlert Addressable Controller channels are rated 2.5 A
full load.)

TrueAlert Isolator+ Example 1, One-Line Diagram Showing Individual Branch Protection

4905-9929 TrueAlert Isolator+ Module Branch 4

True Alert Is o lator
+

+ - + -
PORT 2 PORT 1
0526-733 E

4905-9929 T RUEALERT ISOLATOR

INST. INSTR. 574-769 REV
DATE CODE:
R ELAY CON TACTS MODU LE
3 AMP 30 VDC 15mA MAX 24 VDC
INDOOR DRY APPLICATION
MADE IN CL FL AD DRESS
S IM PLE X T IME RE CO RDE R CO.ON
WE S TM I NS TE R, M A 01441 MSB

Terminal cabinet, located

within 10 ft (3 m) of
4100ES Control Panel

Branch 3
T rue Alert Iso lator
+

+ - + -
PORT 2 PORT 1
0526-733 E

4905-9929 TRUEALERT ISOLAT OR

INST. INSTR. 574-769 REV
DATE CODE:
RELAY CONTACTS MODULE
3 AMP 30 VDC 15 mA MAX 24 VDC
INDOOR DRY APPLICATION
MADE IN CL FL AD DRESS
SIM PLE X T IME RE CO RDER CO . ON
WE STM INS TE R, M A 01441
MSB

Branch 2
TrueAlert Iso lator
+

+ - + -
PORT 2 PORT 1
0526-733 E

4905-9929 TRUEALERT ISOLAT OR

INST. INSTR. 574-769 REV
DATE CODE:
RELAY CONTACTS MODULE
3 AMP 30 VDC 15 mA MAX 24 VDC
INDOOR DRY APPLICATION
MADE IN CL FL AD DRESS
SIM PLE X T IME RE CO RDER CO . ON
WE STM INS TE R, M A 01441 MSB

4905-9929 TrueAlert Isolator+ Module

Branch 1
T rue Alert Iso lator
+

+ - + -
PORT 2 PORT 1
0526-733 E

4905-9929 T RUEALERT ISOLATOR

INST. INSTR. 574-769 REV
DATE CODE:
R ELAY CON TACTS MODU LE
3 AMP 30 VDC 15mA MAX 24 VDC
INDOOR DRY APPLICATION
MADE IN CL FL AD DRESS
S IM PLE X T IME RE CO RDE R CO.ON
WE S TM I NS TE R, M A 01441
MSB

Channel 1

Channel 2

Channel 3

4100ES Control Panel

with EPS Power Supply
providing IDNAC SLCs
TrueAlert addressable
notification appliances shown
wired as Class B, "T" tapped

2 S4905-0001-7 6/2015
TrueAlert Isolator+ Example 2 TrueAlert Isolator+ Example 3
“T” Tap Level Isolation. The one-line diagram directly Class A Wiring Isolation. Example 3 (see TrueAlert
below shows Isolator+ modules located at the start of Isolator+ Example 3) illustrates an “optimized” Class A
each “T” tap on a single branch of a single IDNAC SLC, (Style 6) IDNAC SLC with each notification appliance
all wired Class B (Style 4). With this approach, each tap connected between an Isolator+ module. With this
is isolated from short circuits that may occur out on the connection, a single short circuit between Isolator+
other taps. modules would only disable one TrueAlert notification
appliance. (Please note that Isolator+ modules can be
Channel Loading. Total addresses: 15. Total unit applied as desired, the configuration shown is to illustrate
loads: 11 appliances + 4 Isolator+ modules (4 unit loads operation and is not required.)
each) = 11 + 16 = 27 unit loads.
Channel Loading. Total addresses = 11. Total unit
loads = 5 appliances + 6 Isolator+ modules (4 units loads
each) = 5 + 24 = 29 unit loads.

TrueAlert Isolator+ Example 2, One-Line Diagram Showing Individual “T” Tap Protection

4905-9929 TrueAlert Isolator+ Modules

TrueA lert Iso lator
+

To additional addressable
+ - + -
PORT 2 PORT 1
0526- 733 E

4905-9929 TRUEALERT ISOLATOR

INST. INSTR. 574-769 REV
DATE CODE:
RELAY CON TACTS MODULE
3 AMP 30 VDC 15 mA MAX 24 VDC
IN DOOR DRY APPLICATION
MADE IN CL FL ADDRESS
SIMP LE X TIME RECORDER CO. ON
WE STM INSTER, MA 01441 MSB

notification appliances
Tru eAlert Isolato r

Tru eAlert Isolato r

Tru eAlert Isolato r

+

+
+ - + - + - + - + - + -
PORT 2 PORT 1 PORT 2 PORT 1 PORT 2 PORT 1
0526- 733 E

0526- 733 E

0526- 733 E
4905- 9929 TRUEALER T ISOLATOR 4905- 9929 TRUEALERT ISOLATO R 4905- 9929 TRUEALERT ISOLATO R
INST. INSTR. 574- 769 R EV INST. INSTR. 574- 769 REV INST. INSTR. 574- 769 REV
DATE CODE: DATE CODE: DATE CODE:
RELAY CO NTACT S MODULE RELAY CONTACT S MO DULE RELAY CONTACTS MO DULE
3 AMP 30 VD C 15 mA MAX 24 VDC 3 AMP 30 VDC 15 mA MAX 24 VDC 3 AMP 30 VDC 15 mA MAX 24 VDC
INDOOR D RY APPLICATION INDO OR DRY APPLICATION INDO OR DRY APPLICAT ION
MADE IN CL FL ADDRESS MADE IN CL FL ADDRESS MADE IN CL FL ADDRESS
SIMPLEX TIME RECORDE R CO . ON S IM PLEX TIM E RECOR DER CO. ON S IM PLE X TIM E RECORDER CO. ON
WES TMINS TE R, M A 01441 MSB WE ST MINSTER , MA 01441 MSB WE STM INSTER , MA 01441 MSB

To IDNAC SLC
branch termination
cabinet

TrueAlert addressable
notification appliances shown
wired as Class B, "T" tapped

To additional addressable notification appliances

TrueAlert Isolator+ Example 3, One-Line Diagram Showing Class A/Style 6 with Isolators

4905-9929 TrueAlert Isolator+ Modules

Single IDNAC channel
shown for reference
True Alert Iso lator

Tru e Ale rt Isola to r

True Alert Iso lator

+

+ - + - + - + - + - + -
PORT 2 PORT 1 PORT 2 PORT 1 PORT 2 PORT 1
0526- 733 E

0526- 733 E
0526- 733 E

4905-9929 TRUEALERT ISOLATOR 4905-9929 TRUEALERT ISOLATOR 4905-9929 TRUEALERT ISOLATOR

INST. INSTR. 574-769 REV INST. INSTR. 574-769 REV INST. INSTR. 574-769 REV
DATE CODE: DATE CODE: DATE CODE:
RELAY CON TACTS MODU LE RELAY CONTA CTS MODULE RELAY CONTACTS MODULE
3 AMP 30 V DC 15 mA MA X 24 VDC 3 AMP 30 VDC 15 mA MAX 24 VDC 3 AMP 30 VDC 15 mA MAX 24 V DC
INDOOR DRY APPLICATION INDOOR DRY APPLICATION INDOOR DRY A PPLICATION
MADE IN CL FL ADDRESS MADE IN CL FL ADDRESS MADE IN CL FL AD DRESS
SIMPLEX TIM E RECORDER CO. ON SIMPLEX TIME R EC OR DER CO. ON SIMPLEX TIME REC ORDER CO. ON
WESTMI NSTE R, MA 01441
MSB WESTMINSTER , MA 01441
MSB WESTMI NSTER, MA 01441
MSB

4100ES Control Panel

with EPS Power Supply
and 4100-6103 Dual
True Alert Iso la tor
True Alert Iso lator

Tru eAle rt Isola to r

+
+

Class A Isolator (DCAI)

+ - + -
+ - + - + - + - PORT 2 PORT 1
0526-733 E

PORT 2 PORT 1 PORT 2 PORT 1

4905-9929 TRUEALERT ISOLATOR
0526-733 E

0526-733 E

4905-9929 TRUEALERT ISOLATOR 4905-9929 TRUEALERT ISOLATOR INST. INSTR. 574-769 REV
INST. INSTR. 574-769 REV INST. INSTR. 574-769 REV DATE CODE:
DATE CODE: DATE CODE: RELAY CONTACTS MODULE
RELAY CON TACTS MODU LE RELAY CONTA CTS MODULE 3 AMP 30 VDC 15 mA MAX 24 V DC
3 AMP 30 V DC 15 mA MA X 24 VDC 3 AMP 30 VDC 15 mA MAX 24 VDC INDOOR DRY A PPLICATION
INDOOR DRY APPLICATION INDOOR DRY APPLICATION MADE IN CL FL AD DRESS
MADE IN CL FL ADDRESS MADE IN CL FL ADDRESS SIMPLEX TIME REC ORDER CO. ON
ON ON WESTMI NSTER, MA 01441
MSB
SIMPLEX TIM E RECORDER CO. SIMPLEX TIME R EC OR DER CO.
WESTMI NSTE R, MA 01441
MSB WESTMINSTER , MA 01441
MSB

TrueAlert addressable notification appliances

3 S4905-0001-7 6/2015
 TrueAlert Isolator+ Mounting Information

4" (102 mm) square box, 2-1/8"

(54 mm) minimum depth, RACO
232 or equal (by others)

TrueAlert Isolator
+
+ - + -
PORT 2 PORT 1

0526-733 E
4905-9929 TRUEALERT ISOLATOR
INST. INSTR. 574-769 REV
DATE CODE:
RELAY CONTACTS MODULE
3 AMP 30 VDC 15 mA MAX 24 VDC
INDOOR DRY APPLICATION
MADE IN CL FL ADDRESS
SIMPLEX TIME RECORDER CO. ON
WESTMINSTER, MA 01441
MSB

Address setting
4905-9929 TrueAlert dipswitch
Isolator Module 4905-9929 TrueAlert
Isolator+ Module Front View

4" square cover plate,

RACO 752 or equal (by others)
Specifications
Electrical
1.5  maximum, measured from any Isolator+ port to the farthest appliance in the
Isolated Circuit Wire Resistance
protected segment
Voltage Range 18 to 32 VDC, provided from TrueAlert channel
Current, Isolated Mode 10 mA @ 24 VDC
Address Requirements 1 Address per Isolator+ Module
Unit Load Requirements 4 Unit loads per Isolator+ Module (1 unit load = 0.8 mA control panel current)
IDNAC SLC Loading
Up to 12 Isolator+ modules total with up to 6 being connected directly together in
Class B
series on the same branch
Class A Up to 6 Isolator+ modules total on the loop
Mechanical
Dimensions 4 ⅛” H x 4 ⅛” W x 1 ⅜” D (105 mm x 105 mm x 35 mm)
Housing Material Black thermoplastic
Mounting Plate Material Sheet metal, galvanized
Temperature Range 32° to 120° F (0° to 49° C) intended for indoor operation
Humidity Range Up to 93% RH at 100° F (38° C)
Wiring Connections Screw terminals for 18 to 12 AWG (0.82 mm2 to 3.31 mm2 )
Reference
Installation Instructions 574-769
4100ES with EPS S4100-0100
Panel Data 4010ES with ESS S4010-0011
Sheets 4007ES with IDNAC SLCs S4007-0002
4009 IDNAC Repeater S4009-0004

TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited.

Tyco Fire Protection Products • Westminster, MA • 01441-0001 • USA S4905-0001-7 6/2015

www.simplex-fire.com
© 2015 Tyco Fire Protection Products. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice.
 TrueAlert Notification Appliance Accessories
Aftermarket Cover Selection Chart for
Non-Addressable and Addressable Appliances*

Speaker (data sheet S4902-0003) or TrueAlert Horn (data sheet S4901-0010)

Standard Logos Only Blank

Red 4905-9988 Red 4905-9980
White 4905-9814
White 4905-9989 White 4905-9981

Multi-Tone Horn (data sheet S49CMT-0001)

Fire French French/English Logos Only Blank

Red 49CMTC-WRFIRE Red 49CMTC-WRFEU Red 49CMTC-WRBLNG Red 49CMTC-WRS Red 49CMTC-RBLANK

White 49CMTC-WWFIRE White 49CMTC-WWFEU White 49CMTC-WWBLNG White 49CMTC-WWS White 49CMTC-WBLANK

Strobe (V/O) (data sheet S4906-0001)

Standard Alert French Logos Only Blank

Red 4905-9992 Red 4905-9841
Red 4905-9825 White 4905-9985 White 4905-9810
White 4905-9993 White 4905-9842

Horn/Visible (A/V) (data sheet S4906-0002)

Standard Alert French Logos Only Blank

Red 4905-9994 Red 4905-9843 Red 4905-9982
Red 4905-9826 White 4905-9808
White 4905-9995 White 4905-9844 White 4905-9983
(continued next page)
* Refer to data sheet S49CV-0001 for TrueAlert ES Appliance Cover Selection Reference

NOTE: These covers are for use with Simplex® listed/approved audible, visible, or combination audible/visible notification appliances
as a direct mechanical replacement for the cover originally shipped with the product. Compatibility includes both fixed and
multi-candela products. White lettering is used on red covers and red lettering is used on white covers. Further agency
listings and approvals are not applicable
S4905-0002-7 11/2014
Multi-Tone Audible/Visible (A/V) (data sheet S49MTV-0001)

Fire Alert French French/English Logos Only

Red 49CMTVC-WRFIRE Red 49CMTVC-WRALT Red 49CMTVC-WRFEU Red 49CMTVC-WRBLNG Red 49CMTVC-WRS

White 49CMTVC-WWFIRE White 49CMTVC-WWALT White 49CMTVC-WWFEU White 49CMTVC-WWBLNG White 49CMTVC-WWS

Speaker/Visible (S/V) (data sheet S4906-0003)

Standard Alert French Logos Only Blank

Red 4905-9996 Red 4905-9845 Red 4905-9811
Red 4905-9827 White 4905-9991
White 4905-9997 White 4905-9846 White 4905-9812

Tyco Fire Protection Products • Westminster, MA • 01441-0001 • USA S4905-0002-7 11/2014

www.simplex-fire.com
© 2014 Tyco Fire Protection Products. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice.
 TrueAlert Addressable Notification Appliances
UL, ULC, CSFM Listed; FM Approved; TrueAlert Addressable Adapter
MEA (NYC) Acceptance* Module Model 4905-9816

Features
Conventional
Converts a single TrueAlert addressable TrueAlert audible appliance
addressable
notification address into separate 24 VDC appliances
audible and visible notification outputs:
 Power and communications are supplied by Simplex®
4100ES, 4010ES, and 4007ES fire alarm control TrueAlert Addressable
panels equipped with power supplies that provide Adapter
advanced addressable notification from IDNAC
Signaling Line Circuits (SLCs), and from 4009
IDNAC Repeaters**
 Operation is also compatible with TrueAlert SLCs
Conventional
from TrueAlert Power Supplies (TPS) or TrueAlert visible appliance
Addressable Controllers (4009T)
 Up to two TrueAlert Addressable Adapter Modules IDNAC SLC with Class B wiring
can be connected to one IDNAC SLC
Appliance control output features:
 Operation modes are: visible and audible appliances
both on; or visible appliance only – with activation
determined by the control panel IDNAC SLC 4100ES Control Panel
 On-board circuit limits appliance inrush current and with EPS Power Supply
provides self-resetting overcurrent protection
 Wiring to audible and visible appliances is supervised
with conventional reverse polarity operation; opens or
shorts are reported to the control panel
Appliance output ratings:
TrueAlert Addressable Adapter Module,
 Regulated 24 DC appliance power; audible output is
Typical One-Line Wiring Reference
rated for up to 30 mA, visible output is rated for up to
180 mA
 Special Applications appliance ratings; audible output Introduction
is rated for up to 50 mA, visible output is rated for up Special Notification Requirements. IDNAC SLCs
to 250 mA activate addressable TrueAlert horns and/or strobes in
Status diagnostics: response to commands received from the IDNAC SLC.
 A visible status LED can be programmed at the For applications where appliances other than the standard
connected control panel to indicate polling status and TrueAlert addressable appliances are required, the
can be activated per address for module testing TrueAlert Addressable Adapter Module provides a
General mechanical features: separate audible and visible output individually activated
by the IDNAC SLC.
 Mounts in standard 4 11⁄16” (119 mm) square electrical
box Typical applications are for connection to special
 Cover plates (required) are available for surface or weather-proof appliances, appliances with particular
flush mount, ordered separately sound output characteristics (special bells or chimes), or
for connection to appliances that are required to satisfy
 Cover plates provide status LED viewing
specific aesthetic requirements.
 Screw terminals for wiring connections
Maintains TrueAlert Addressable System
UL listed to Standard 864 Advantages. With the TrueAlert Addressable Adapter
* This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to
Module, non-TrueAlert appliances can be controlled
Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing while still benefiting from the TrueAlert addressable
7300-0026:315 for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in system’s active supervision to the Adapter Module,
this document. Accepted for use – City of New York Department of Buildings – MEA35-
93E. Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local Simplex® product supplier multiple diagnostic modes, and supporting of “T-tapped”
for the latest status. Listings and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co. are the Class B wiring of the IDNAC SLC connections.
property of Tyco Fire Protection Products.
** Use of “TrueAlert” in this document refers to both TrueAlert and TrueAlert ES notification For additional information refer to Installation
appliances. Use of IDNAC SLCs also refers to operation of TrueAlert SLCs. Instructions 579-390.
S4905-0004-6 6/2015
Appliance Wiring Details
Compatibility with circuit protectors. When Provisions for shielded wire. For applications where
connected to remote appliances (up to 200 ft from the notification appliance wiring may be exposed to electrical
adapter) that exit the building and may be exposed to noise, twisted, shielded wiring is recommended. The
harsh electrical environments, the notification appliance adapter wiring terminal block has provisions for
wiring is compatible with Simplex circuit protectors. connecting the shield(s).
Compatible protectors are listed in Wiring Reference and
should be connected both where the wiring leaves the
building and where it connects to the appliances.

TrueAlert Addressable Adapter Product Selection

Model Description
4905-9816 TrueAlert Addressable Adapter Module; requires surface or flush mount cover plate
End-of-Line Resistor Harness (ref. 733-894); 10 k, ½ W; two required, one each for audible and visible
4081-9008
output
4905-9817 Surface Mount Cover Plate
Required, select one for each 4905-9816 per application; painted beige
4905-9818 Flush Mount Cover Plate

TrueAlert Addressable Adapter Installation Reference

Cover plate depth:

4-11/16" (119 mm) square box, 2" (51 mm)
0.35" (9 mm) for surface mounted box
minimum depth; ref. RACO 257 [2-1/8"
0.24" (6 mm) for flush mounted box
(54 mm) deep], or equal (supplied by others)

Status
indicating LED TrueAlert Addressable
Adapter Module Assembly

Light pipe for

LED viewing

TrueAlert Addressable
Adapter Module Detail

5-1/4" (133 mm)

square

Mounting holes 4-11/16"

for cover plate (4)
+
(119 mm)
SLC

TrueAlert Adaptor

-
SHLD PWR RET RET PWR SHLD

Depth into box =

VIS VIS AUD AUD

1-9/32" (33 mm)

Terminal block for
wiring connections
PATTERN

-
CONT
SLC

+
ON

FREE RUN
SYNC

Appliance mode
Holes for connecting ON

selection switch
to mounting box (4) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

DISCONNECT POWER
BEFORE SERVICING

5" (127 mm)

2 S4905-0004-6 6/2015
Specifications
Electrical and Operation Reference
IDNAC SLCs 23 to 31 VDC
Input Voltage Communications and power are supplied from the SLC
Legacy TrueAlert SLCs 17 to 31 VDC
Supervisory 1 unit load (1 unit load = 0.8 mA control panel current)
Input Current
Alarm 450 mA maximum, adapter and appliances
TrueAlert Address Requirements 1 Address per Adapter Module; limited to two Adapter Modules per SLC
Output Voltage 17.8 to 32 VDC; appliance inrush current is internally limited to 550 mA
Regulated 24 DC Audible Output = 30 mA
Output NAC Appliance Power Ratings Visible Output = 180 mA
Current Ratings Special Application Audible Output = 50 mA
Appliance Ratings Visible Output = 250 mA
Visible Output Mode Control Select for free-run or for Simplex strobe synch pulses synchronized to the SLC
Select for continuous on or to follow same pattern as the SLC; select continuous
Audible Output Mode Control
if appliance has its own pattern selection or if it has high repetitive inrush current
Compatibility with Power for appliances listed to UL Standard 1971 or UL Standard 464; use
Regulated 24 DC Appliances associated external synchronization modules where required
Compatible with Simplex horns and with the horn of 4-wire horn/strobes (A/V)
Audible Output
Compatibility with capable of free-run (not SmartSync) operation
Special Application Compatible with Simplex strobes and with the strobes of 4-wire horn/strobes
Simplex Appliances Visible Output (A/V) and 4-wire speaker/strobes (S/V); select output as sync mode
(Note: Speaker circuits require separate wiring)
IDNAC SLC Channel Loading Reference
TrueAlert Addressable Adapter Modules per SLC Two maximum
SLC addresses 127 maximum
SLC unit loading 139 maximum
Up to 63 addressable synchronized strobes maximum per IDNAC SLC
Synchronized SLC Strobe Loading Up to 46 addressable synchronized strobes maximum per TrueAlert SLC, refer
to individual appliance and control panel information for additional information
EPS+/ EPS Power Supply and 4009 IDNAC Repeater = 3 A maximum
SLC Current Rating Reference TrueAlert Power Supply = 3 A maximum
TrueAlert Addressable Controller = 2.5 A maximum
Wiring Reference
Appliance Distance from TrueAlert Addressable
200 ft maximum (61 m)
Adapter
10 k, ½ W; two required, one located at each remote appliance; use
Supervision Resistor
4081-9008 End-of-Line Resistor Harness (ref. 733-894), ordered separately
Wiring Connections Screw terminals for 18 to 12 AWG (0.82 mm2 to 3.31 mm2)
Compatible Circuit Protection 2081-9044, Overvoltage Protector, 200 mA maximum
(required when wiring leaves the building for
2081-9028, Isolated Loop Circuit Protector, 5 A maximum
outdoor appliances, mount one at each end of
wiring) 2081-9027, Isolated Loop Circuit Protector, 200 mA maximum
Installation Instructions 579-390
Mechanical and Environmental
Dimensions (adapter mounted in bracket, see
TrueAlert Addressable Adapter Installation 4 11⁄16” ½ H x 5” W x 1 9⁄32” D (119 mm x 127 mm x 33 mm)
Reference for reference drawing)
Mounting Plate Material Sheet metal, galvanized
Temperature Range 32° to 120° F (0° to 49° C), adapter is intended to be mounted indoors
Humidity Range 10% to 90% RH non-condensing at 90° F (32° C)
Panel Data Sheet Reference
4100ES with EPS S4100-0100
4010ES with ESS S4010-0011
4007ES with IDNAC SLCs S4007-0002
4009 IDNAC Repeater S4009-0004

3 S4905-0004-6 6/2015
TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited.

Tyco Fire Protection Products • Westminster, MA • 01441-0001 • USA S4905-0004-6 6/2015

www.simplex-fire.com
© 2015 Tyco Fire Protection Products. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice.
 TrueAlert Addressable Notification Appliances
UL, ULC, CSFM Listed; FM Approved;
MEA (NYC) Acceptance*
Features
Individually addressed and controlled
multi-candela V/O (visible only) notification
appliances provide:
 Multi-candela xenon strobe with synchronized 1 Hz
flash rate and with intensity programmable from the
control panel or jumper selected as 15, 30, 75, or
110 cd
 Advanced addressable notification controlled by IDNAC
SLCs providing regulated 29 VDC allowing strobes to
operate with lower current even under battery backup
 Wiring supervision to each strobe allowing
“T-tapped” connections for Class B circuits to
simplify wiring (Class A circuits require in/out
wiring)
 TrueAlert Device Reports at the control panel
detailing appliance point ID, custom label, type, and
candela setting (see sample on page 2)
 Magnet test diagnostics to assist checkout and testing
of appliances and wiring
 Compatibility with ADA requirements
 Compatibility with legacy TrueAlert addressable
systems for upgrade and replacement (see page 3)
 UL listed to Standard 1971 and ULC-S526*
LED indicator and magnet test feature:
 Appliance LED can be selected to display each polling
cycle to indicate appliance supervision
 In diagnostic mode, the magnet test pulses the LED to
indicate appliance address AND pulses to indicate the
intensity selection; a brief output of the strobe is also
selectable to confirm operation
Mechanical design features:
 Rugged, high impact, flame retardant ceiling mount
thermoplastic housings are available in red or white
 Rear of housing does not extend into box and easily
mounts to standard electrical boxes
 Mounting options include red wire guards and
adapters for surface mounted electrical boxes
* See page 2 for wire guard listings. This product has been approved by the California State
Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety
Code. See CSFM Listing 7125-0026:235 for allowable values and/or conditions concerning
material presented in this document. Accepted for use – City of New York Department of
Buildings – MEA35-93E. Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local Simplex
product supplier for the latest status. Listings and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder
Co. are the property of Tyco Safety Products Westminster.
Multi-Candela Visible Only (V/O)
Appliances (Strobes), Ceiling Mount
Ceiling Mount Addressable V/Os
Description
Multi-Candela TrueAlert addressable strobes
provide convenient installation to standard electrical
boxes. The strobe is individually addressed and
individually controlled with power, supervision, and
control supplied from a Simplex fire alarm control panel
providing IDNAC Signaling Line Circuits (SLCs). (See
compatibility list on page 3.)
Strobe Application Reference
Proper selection of visible notification is dependent on
occupancy, location, local codes, and proper applications
of: the National Fire Alarm and Signaling Code
(NFPA 72), ANSI A117.1; the appropriate model
building code: BOCA, ICBO, or SBCCI; and the
application guidelines of the Americans with Disabilities
Act (ADA).
IDNAC SLC Operation Advantage
TrueAlert addressable appliances on IDNAC SLCs
provide separate visible (and audible) notification using a
single two-wire circuit that also confirms connection to the
individual notification appliance’s electronic circuit. This
operation increases circuit supervision integrity by providing
supervision that extends beyond the appliance wiring
connections.
Reduced current allows efficient IDNAC SLC
operation. With IDNAC SLCs, a constant 29 VDC
source voltage is maintained, even during battery standby,
allowing strobes to operate at higher voltage with lower
current and ensuring a consistent current draw and voltage
drop margin under both primary power and secondary
battery standby. Efficiencies include wiring distances up
to 2 to 3 times farther than with conventional notification,
or support for more appliances per IDNAC SLC, or use of
smaller gauge wiring, or combinations of these benefits,
all providing installation and maintenance savings with
high assurance that appliances that operate during normal
system testing will operate during worst case alarm
conditions.
S4906-0004-4 2/2015
IDNAC SLC Operation Advantage (Cont’d)
Reducing Installation and Testing Time. With
separate controls on the same two-wire SLC, installation
time and expense for both retrofit and new construction
can be significantly reduced. When Class B wiring is
used, wiring can be “T” tapped, allowing more savings in
distance, wire, conduit (size and utilization), and overall
installation efficiency. Use of the magnet test feature
improves installation efficiency. TrueAlert device reports
conveniently identify information about each connected
appliance.
TrueAlert Addressable Wiring Isolator
Isolator Model 4905-9929 is available for remote
mounting on TrueAlert addressable circuits to isolate
short circuited wiring from functioning wiring. (Refer to
data sheet S4905-0001 for additional information.)
TrueAlert Addressable Diagnostics
Test Features. Controllers can be selected to pulse each
appliance’s LED when it receives a supervision poll.
When the controller is selected for diagnostic mode, the
appliance magnet test feature provides a response at the
individual appliance being tested.
Silent Appliance Magnet Test. In this test mode, in
response to the magnet test, the appliance LED pulses
sequentially to conveniently indicate the appliance’s
address.
Operational Appliance Testing. In this test mode,
after the address is indicated by pulsing the appliance
LED, the strobe will briefly flash to indicate proper
operation.
TrueStart Instrument Two (TSIT). The 2nd
generation of the Simplex TrueStart Test Instrument adds
testing of IDNAC SLC wiring and TrueAlert (and
TrueAlert ES) appliances to its ability to test IDCs,
NACs, and IDNet communications before connection to
the control panel. Please contact your local Simplex
representative for additional information.

Product Selection

Multi-Candela Ceiling Mount Addressable Strobe

Housing
Model “FIRE” Lettering Dimensions Description
Color
4906-9202 Red White Multi-Candela Addressable Strobe;
4 ¾” x 2 5⁄16” x 2 ⅝” D
intensity selectable as: 15, 30, 75, or
4906-9204 White Red (121 mm x 75 mm x 67 mm)
110 candela

V/O Adapters (see diagram on page 3)

Model Description Dimensions
Ceiling Mount, Surface Mount Adapter Plate, zinc plated; required for
4905-9910 4 ⅞” x 3 ⅛” (124 mm x 79 mm)
ceiling surface mount

Wire Guards (see diagram on page 3)

Model Description Dimensions
Ceiling Mount Red wire guard with mounting plate, compatible with 6 ⅛” x 4 ⅜” x 2 ⅞”
4905-9926*
semi-flush or surface mounted boxes (156 mm x 111 mm x 73 mm)
* UL listed by Space Age Electronics Inc.

TrueAlert Device Reports Reference

Service Port Page 1

REPORT 5 : TrueAlert Device Report 12:34:56am TUE 27-Jan-15
DEVICE
POINT ID CUSTOM LABEL TYPE CANDELA
T14-1-1 Location Label . . . up to 40 characters V/O 15
T14-1-2 Break Room 5 A/V 110
T14-1-3 Boiler Room A/V 75
T14-1-4 Elec. Room 7 A/V 30

2 S4906-0004-4 2/2015
Ceiling Mount V/O and Guard Installation Reference

Handy box, 1-1/2" ( 38 mm) deep (RACO 650 or

Single gang box (Wiremold V5744S) equal) or single gang box, 2-1/2" (64 mm) deep
2-1/4" (57 mm) deep, supplied by others (RACO 519 or equal) supplied by others
Also can be attached to boxes mounted to drop
ceiling T-bar with clips (ERICO No. 512 or equal)
Address setting DIPswitch is behind strobe
assembly, select address and strobe 4905-9910 Adapter Plate, required for surface
candela setting before inserting into housing mount with handy box unless using the 4905-9926
wire guard

Magnetic Ceiling mount strobe

Bottom view
test location Optional 4905-9926 wire
guard with mounting plate

Strobe intensity viewing slot

Intensity selection plug,
accessible only from rear of lens
housing; factory setting is FACP,
LED indicator controlled by panel

IDNAC SLC Controller Compatibility Reference

Data Sheet IDNAC SLC Output Appliance Voltage
Compatible Controllers Controller Output
Reference Voltage Design Reference
4100ES with EPS+ or EPS Power Supply S4100-0100
4009 IDNAC Repeater S4009-0004 29 VDC 23 VDC
IDNAC SLC
4007ES with IDNAC Notification S4007-0002 (regulated) (with 6 VDC drop)
4010ES with ESS Enhanced System Supply S4010-0011

Specifications

General Specifications (see page 2 for dimensions)

Environmental 32° to 122° F (0° to 50° C); 10% to 93%, non-condensing at 100° F (38° C)
Terminal blocks for 18 AWG to 12 AWG (0.82 mm2 to 3.31 mm2); two wires per
Connections
terminal for in/out wiring
Installation Instructions 579-808
Strobe Specifications
Typical Operating Voltage Range 23 VDC to 31 VDC, Special Application (see below for 17 VDC rating)
Supervisory Requirements 1 unit load (= 0.8 mA control panel current)
Flash Rate and Synchronized SLC Loading 1 Hz; with up to 46 synchronized strobes maximum per NAC
Candela Setting 15 cd 30 cd 75 cd 110 cd
23 VDC RMS Current Ratings, for connection to
60 mA 92 mA 180 mA 240 mA
IDNAC Addressable SLCs

TrueAlert Strobe LEGACY Compatibility Reference

Data Sheet Available Strobe Appliance Voltage
Compatible Controller Controller Output
Reference Intensity Minimum
4100ES or 4100U with TrueAlert Power Supply S4100-0031
TrueAlert 15, 30, 75, and
4009 TPS, Remote TrueAlert Power Supply S4100-0037 17 VDC
Addressable SLC 110 cd
TrueAlert Addressable Controller (4009T) S4009-0003
Electrical Ratings Difference for Retrofit Applications
Voltage Range 17 VDC to 31 VDC, Special Application
Candela Setting 15 cd 30 cd 75 cd 110 cd
17 VDC RMS Current Ratings, use when
connected to TrueAlert Addressable SLCs per 76 mA 128 mA 242 mA 328 mA
above

3 S4906-0004-4 2/2015
TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm and
Signaling Code are registered trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).

Tyco Fire Protection Products • Westminster, MA • 01441-0001 • USA S4906-0004-4 2/2015

www.simplexgrinnell.com
© 2015 Tyco Fire Protection Products. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice.
 TrueAlert Addressable Notification Appliances
UL, ULC, CSFM Listed; FM Approved; Multi-Candela Audible/Visible
MEA (NYC) Acceptance* (A/V) Appliances; Ceiling Mount

Features
Individually addressed and controlled
multi-candela A/V (audible/visible) notification
appliances provide:
 Multi-candela xenon strobe with synchronized 1 Hz
flash rate and with intensity programmable from the
control panel or jumper selected as 15, 30, 75, or
110 cd
 Advanced addressable notification controlled by IDNAC
SLCs providing regulated 29 VDC allowing strobes to
operate with lower current even under battery backup
 Wiring supervision to each strobe allowing “T-tapped”
connections for Class B circuits to simplify wiring
(Class A circuits require in/out wiring)
 TrueAlert Device Reports at the control panel
detailing appliance point ID, custom label, type, and
candela setting (see sample on page 2)
 Magnet test diagnostics to assist checkout and testing
of appliances and wiring
 Compatibility with ADA requirements Ceiling Mount Addressable A/Vs
 Compatibility with legacy TrueAlert addressable
systems for upgrade and replacement (see page 4) Description
 Strobe operation listed to UL Standard 1971 and ULC Multi-Candela TrueAlert addressable A/Vs provide
Standard S526 convenient installation to standard electrical boxes.
 Horn operation listed to UL Standard 464 and ULC Operation is individually addressed and individually
Standard S525 controlled with power, supervision, and control supplied
LED indicator and magnet test feature: from a Simplex fire alarm control panel providing IDNAC
 Appliance LED can be selected to display each polling Signaling Line Circuits (SLCs). (See compatibility list on
cycle to indicate appliance supervision page 3.)
 In diagnostic mode, the magnet test pulses the LED to
indicate appliance address AND pulses to indicate the Strobe Application Reference
intensity selection; a brief output of the strobe and the Proper selection of visible notification is dependent on
horn is also selectable to confirm operation occupancy, location, local codes, and proper applications
Mechanical design features: of: the National Fire Alarm and Signaling Code
 Rugged, high impact, flame retardant thermoplastic (NFPA 72), ANSI A117.1; the appropriate model building
housings are available in red or white code: BOCA, ICBO, or SBCCI; and the application
 Rear of housing does not extend into box and easily guidelines of the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA).
mounts to standard electrical boxes
 Mounting options include red wire guards and
IDNAC SLC Operation Advantage
adapters for surface mount electrical boxes TrueAlert A/V Addressable Appliances on IDNAC
Audible notification appliance (horn): SLCs provide audible and visible notification using a
 Low current electronic horn with harmonically rich single two-wire circuit that also confirms connection to
output sound for either coded or steady operation the individual notification appliance’s electronic circuit.
 Horns sound as Temporal or March Time pattern This operation increases circuit supervision integrity by
(60 or 120 BPM), or on continuously, controlled providing supervision that extends beyond the appliance
separately from visible appliances on the same wiring connections.
two-wire circuit
 Output is “high” or “low” (~5 dBA difference); * See page 2 for wire guard listings. This product has been approved by the California State
Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety
IDNAC SLC control selects output per device Code. See CSFM Listing 7125-0026:239 for allowable values and/or conditions concerning
material presented in this document. Accepted for use – City of New York Department of
Buildings – MEA35-93E. Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local Simplex
product supplier for the latest status. Listings and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder
Co. are the property of Tyco Safety Products Westminster.

S4906-0005-4 2/2015
IDNAC SLC Operation Advantage (Cont’d)
Reduced current allows efficient IDNAC SLC
operation. With IDNAC SLCs, a constant 29 VDC
source voltage is maintained, even during battery standby,
allowing strobes to operate at higher voltage with lower
current and ensuring a consistent current draw and voltage
drop margin under both primary power and secondary
battery standby. Efficiencies include wiring distances up
to 2 to 3 times farther than with conventional notification,
or support for more appliances per IDNAC SLC, or use of
smaller gauge wiring, or combinations of these benefits,
all providing installation and maintenance savings with
high assurance that appliances that operate during normal
system testing will operate during worst case alarm
conditions.
Reducing Installation and Testing Time. With
separate controls on the same two-wire SLC, installation
time and expense for both retrofit and new construction
can be significantly reduced. When Class B wiring is
used, wiring can be “T” tapped, allowing more savings in
distance, wire, conduit (size and utilization), and overall
installation efficiency. Use of the magnet test feature
improves installation efficiency. TrueAlert device reports
conveniently identify information about each connected
appliance.
Product Selection
TrueAlert Addressable Wiring Isolator
Isolator Model 4905-9929 is available for remote
mounting on TrueAlert addressable circuits to isolate
short circuited wiring from functioning wiring. (Refer to
data sheet S4905-0001 for additional information.)
TrueAlert Addressable Diagnostics
Test Features. Controllers can be selected to pulse each
appliance’s LED when it receives a supervision poll.
When the controller is selected for diagnostic mode, the
appliance magnet test feature provides a response at the
individual appliance being tested.
Silent Appliance Magnet Test. In this test mode, in
response to the magnet test, the appliance LED pulses
sequentially to conveniently indicate the appliance’s
address.
Operational Appliance Testing. In this test mode,
after the address is indicated by pulsing the appliance
LED, the strobe will briefly flash and the horn will briefly
sound to indicate proper operation.
TrueStart Instrument Two (TSIT). The 2nd generation
of the Simplex TrueStart Test Instrument adds testing of
IDNAC SLC wiring and TrueAlert (and TrueAlert ES)
appliances to its ability to test IDCs, NACs, and IDNet
communications before connection to the control panel.
Please contact your local Simplex representative for
additional information.

Multi-Candela Ceiling Mount Addressable A/Vs

Housing “FIRE”
Model Description Dimensions
Color Lettering
4906-9228 Red White Addressable Horn with Multi-Candela Strobe; 4 ¾ L” x 6 ⅞” W x 2 ⅝” D
intensity selectable as: 15, 30, 75, or 110
4906-9230 White Red (121 mm x 175 mm x 67 mm)
candela
Wire Guards and Ceiling Mount A/V Adapter
Model Description Dimensions
8 ½” x 6 ⅛” x 3”
4905-9927* Red Wire Guard for mounting to flush mounted electrical box (216 mm x 156 mm x 76 mm)
4905-9928* Red Adapter Plate, required for surface mount guard 9” x 7” (229 mm x 178 mm)
4905-9915 White Surface Mount Adapter Box Extension, use to cover 1-1/2” 4 ¾" x 6 ⅞" x 1 ½" deep,
4905-9916 Red deep surface mounted boxes (121 mm x 175 mm x 38 mm)
* UL listed by Space Age Electronics Inc.

TrueAlert Device Reports Reference

Service Port Page 1
REPORT 5 : TrueAlert Device Report 12:34:56am TUE 27-Jan-15
DEVICE
POINT ID CUSTOM LABEL TYPE CANDELA
T14-1-1 Location Label . . . up to 40 characters V/O 15
T14-1-2 Break Room 5 A/V 110
T14-1-3 Boiler Room A/V 75
T14-1-4 Elec. Room 7 A/V 30

2 S4906-0005-4 2/2015
Ceiling Mount A/V and Guard Installation Reference

4" (102 mm)

square box,
1-1/2" (38 mm) Optional 4905-9928
minimum depth Adapter Plate, required
for surface mounted
Ceiling reference, electrical box
flush mounted box

Optional 4905-9915 (white) or 4905-9916 (red) Four mounting clamps

Adapter, recommended for surface mounted box Optional 4905-9927 included, two each side
Red Wire Guard
Ceiling reference,
Wiring terminals and address setting
surface mounted box
are located behind the housing
End View
Strobe intensity viewing slot

FACP
Intensity selection plug,

110
75
30
15
accessible only from rear of
lens housing; factory setting is
FACP, controlled by panel

LED indicator
Magnetic test area
Strobe housing straight-on view

IDNAC SLC Controller Compatibility Reference

Data Sheet IDNAC SLC Output Appliance Voltage
Compatible Controllers Controller Output
Reference Voltage Design Reference
4100ES with EPS+ or EPS Power Supply S4100-0100
4009 IDNAC Repeater S4009-0004 29 VDC 23 VDC
IDNAC SLC
4007ES with IDNAC Notification S4007-0002 (regulated) (with 6 VDC drop)
4010ES with ESS Enhanced System Supply S4010-0011

Specifications
General Specifications (see page 2 for dimensions)
Environmental 32° to 122° F (0° to 50° C); 10% to 93%, non-condensing at 100° F (38° C)
Terminal blocks for 18 AWG to 12 AWG (0.82 mm2 to 3.31 mm2); two wires per
Connections
terminal for in/out wiring
Reference Installation Instructions 579-808
Electrical Specifications
Typical Operating Voltage Range 23 VDC to 31 VDC, Special Application (see page 4 for 17 VDC rating)
Supervisory Requirements 1 unit load (= 0.8 mA control panel current)
Flash Rate and Synchronized SLC Loading 1 Hz; with up to 46 synchronized strobes maximum per NAC
Candela Setting 15 cd 30 cd 75 cd 110 cd
Horn Output Selection High Low High Low High Low High Low
23 VDC RMS Current Ratings, for connection to
IDNAC Addressable SLCs, horn steady on 75 mA 70 m A 110 mA 105 mA 198 mA 193 mA 250 mA 245 mA
Horn Output Characteristics 2400 to 3700 Hz sweep, modulated at 120 Hz rate
Sound Type (see Note) Steady Coded
Setting High Low High Low
Horn Output Ratings
@ 10 ft (3 m) Reverberant Chamber,
84.6 dBA 79.1 dBA 80.6 dBA 75.5 dBA
UL 464 Test
Anechoic Chamber 90 dBA 84 dBA 86 dBA 80 dBA

Note: Coded horn values are typical of the output measured with a Temporal or March Time pattern and with a sound level meter
reading on a “fast” setting. Under the same test conditions, coded horn output “peak” sound level readings are typically 4
dBA higher.

3 S4906-0005-4 2/2015
 TrueAlert Strobe LEGACY Compatibility Reference

Data Sheet Available Strobe Appliance Voltage

Compatible Controller Controller Output
Reference Intensity Minimum
4100ES or 4100U with TrueAlert Power Supply S4100-0031
TrueAlert 15, 30, 75, and
4009 TPS, Remote TrueAlert Power Supply S4100-0037 17 VDC
Addressable SLC 110 cd
TrueAlert Addressable Controller (4009T) S4009-0003
Electrical Ratings Difference for Retrofit Applications
Voltage Range 17 VDC to 31 VDC, Special Application
Candela Setting 15 cd 30 cd 75 cd 110 cd
Horn Output Selection High Low High Low High Low High Low
17 VDC RMS Current Ratings, use when
connected to TrueAlert Addressable SLCs per 82 mA 77 mA 135 A 130 mA 249 mA 244 mA 335 mA 330 mA
above

TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm and
Signaling Code are registered trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).

Tyco Fire Protection Products • Westminster, MA • 01441-0001 • USA S4906-0005-4 2/2015

www.simplexgrinnell.com
© 2015 Tyco Fire Protection Products. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice.
 TrueAlert Addressable Notification Appliances
UL, ULC, CSFM Listed; FM Approved; Multi-Candela Speaker/Visible
MEA (NYC) Acceptance* (S/V) Appliances

Features
Individually addressed and controlled
multi-candela S/V (speaker/visible) notification
appliances provide:
 Multi-candela xenon strobe with synchronized 1 Hz
flash rate and with intensity programmable from the
control panel or jumper selected as 15, 30, 75, or
110 cd
 Advanced addressable notification controlled by IDNAC
SLCs providing regulated 29 VDC allowing strobes to
operate with lower current even under battery backup
 Wiring supervision to each strobe allowing “T-tapped”
connections for Class B circuits to simplify wiring
(Class A circuits require in/out wiring)
 TrueAlert Device Reports at the control panel detailing
appliance point ID, custom label, type, and candela
setting (see sample on page 2)
 Magnet test diagnostics to assist checkout and testing of
appliances and wiring
 Compatibility with ADA requirements; (refer to
important installation information on page 3)
 Compatibility with legacy TrueAlert addressable
systems for upgrade and replacement (see page 4)
 Strobe operation is listed to UL 1971 and ULC-S526*
LED indicator and magnet test feature: Wall and Ceiling Mount S/Vs with Addressable Strobes
 Appliance LED can be selected to display each polling
cycle to indicate appliance supervision Description
 In diagnostic mode, the magnet test pulses the LED to Multi-Candela TrueAlert S/Vs with speaker and
indicate appliance address AND pulses to indicate the
addressable strobe provide convenient installation to
intensity selection; a brief output of the strobe is also
standard electrical boxes with extensions. The strobe is
selectable to confirm operation
individually addressed and individually controlled with
Mechanical design features: power, supervision, and control supplied from a Simplex
 Rugged, high impact, flame retardant thermoplastic fire alarm control panel providing IDNAC Signaling Line
housings are available for wall or ceiling mount Circuits (SLCs). (See compatibility list on page 4.)
 Wall mount housings are available in red or white Speakers are wired separately.
 Wall mount options include electrical box adapters,
separate covers to convert color, and red wire guards Strobe Application Reference
 Ceiling mount housing is white Proper selection of visible notification is dependent on
Audible notification appliance (speaker): occupancy, location, local codes, and proper applications
 High quality voice and tone reproduction with taps for of: the National Fire Alarm and Signaling Code
¼, ½, 1, or 2 W, at 25 or 70.7 VRMS (NFPA 72), ANSI A117.1; the appropriate model
 Speakers have capacitor input for connection to DC building code: BOCA, ICBO, or SBCCI; and the
supervised NACs and are wired separately from strobes application guidelines of the Americans with Disabilities
 Listed to UL 1480 and ULC S541* Act (ADA).
 Compliant with NFPA 72, 520 Hz Low Frequency IDNAC SLC Operation Advantage
Signal Requirements for Sleeping Areas
TrueAlert S/V Appliances with Addressable
* See page 2 for additional listing details and wire guard listings. This product has been
approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the Strobes on IDNAC SLCs provide visible notification
California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing 7320-0026:322 for allowable values using a single two-wire circuit that also confirms
and/or conditions concerning material presented in this document. Accepted for use – City
of New York Department of Buildings – MEA35-93E. Additional listings may be applicable;
connection to the individual notification appliance’s
contact your local Simplex product supplier for the latest status. Listings and approvals electronic circuit. This operation increases circuit
under Simplex Time Recorder Co. are the property of Tyco Fire Protection Products. supervision integrity by providing supervision that
extends beyond the appliance wiring connections.

S4906-0006-8 2/2015
IDNAC SLC Operation Advantage (Cont’d)
Reduced current allows efficient IDNAC SLC
operation. With IDNAC SLCs, a constant 29 VDC
source voltage is maintained, even during battery standby,
allowing strobes to operate at higher voltage with lower
current and ensuring a consistent current draw and voltage
drop margin under both primary power and secondary
battery standby. Efficiencies include wiring distances up to
2 to 3 times farther than with conventional notification, or
support for more appliances per IDNAC SLC, or use of
smaller gauge wiring, or combinations of these benefits, all
providing installation and maintenance savings with high
assurance that appliances that operate during normal system
testing will operate during worst case alarm conditions.
Reducing Installation and Testing Time. With
separate controls on the same two-wire SLC, installation
time and expense for both retrofit and new construction can
be significantly reduced. When Class B wiring is used,
wiring can be “T” tapped, allowing more savings in
distance, wire, conduit (size and utilization), and overall
installation efficiency. Use of the magnet test feature
improves installation efficiency. TrueAlert device reports
conveniently identify information about each connected
appliance.
Product Selection
Multi-Candela Addressable S/Vs
Model Lettering Listings Housing Color Mounting Dimensions
4906-9251 White FIRE Red
UL & ULC Wall
4906-9253 Red FIRE White
4906-9254 Red FIRE
4906-9255 Blank UL
White Ceiling
4906-9256 Red ALERT
4906-9257 Red FIRE ULC
TrueAlert Addressable Wiring Isolator
Isolator Model 4905-9929 is available for remote
mounting on TrueAlert addressable circuits to isolate short
circuited wiring from functioning wiring. (Refer to data
sheet S4905-0001 for additional information.)
TrueAlert Addressable Diagnostics
Test Features. Controllers can be selected to pulse each
appliance’s LED when it receives a supervision poll. When
the controller is selected for diagnostic mode, the appliance
magnet test feature provides a response at the individual
appliance being tested.
Silent Appliance Magnet Test. In this test mode, in
response to the magnet test, the appliance LED pulses
sequentially to conveniently indicate the appliance’s address.
Operational Appliance Testing. In this test mode, after
the address is indicated by pulsing the appliance LED, the
strobe will briefly flash to indicate proper operation.
TrueStart Instrument Two (TSIT). The 2nd generation
of the Simplex TrueStart Test Instrument adds testing of
IDNAC SLC wiring and TrueAlert (and TrueAlert ES)
appliances to its ability to test IDCs, NACs, and IDNet
communications before connection to the control panel.
Please contact your local Simplex representative for
additional information.
Description
7 ¼” H x 5” W x 2 ⅝” D
Multi-Tapped
(184 mm x 127 mm x 67 mm)
Speaker with
Multi-Candela
7 ½” (191 mm) diameter speaker Addressable Strobe;
housing, ½” (13 mm) deep; lens extends intensity selectable
2 ⅝” (67 mm) above housing; as: 15, 30, 75, or 110
extension into box = 2 ¾” (70 mm) candela

Wall Mount S/V Adapters, Replacement Covers, Wire Guard; Ceiling Mount Tile Bridge
Model Description Dimensions
4905-9946 Surface Mount Red Adapter Skirt Required when mounting to surface 7 ¾” H x 5 ⅜” W x 3 3⁄16” D
mounted electrical box, 4” square, 1 ½” (197 mm x 137 mm x 81 mm)
4905-9947 Surface Mount White Adapter Skirt deep with 1 ½” deep extension depth with S/V = 5 ⅞” (149 mm)
Adapter Plate, red, required to mount S/V on 2975-9145 mounting box 8 5⁄16" H x 5 ¾" W x 0.060” Thick
4905-9903
(typically for retrofit) (211 mm x 146 mm x 1.5 mm)
Mounting Box, red, for surface or flush mount, requires adapter plate 4905-9903 7 ⅞" H x 5 ⅛" W x 2 ¾" D
2975-9145
(this box may be available for retrofit applications) (200 mm x 130 mm x 70 mm)
4905-9996 Red Wall Mount S/V Replacement Cover with white “FIRE” lettering 7 ¼” H x 5” W x 1 ⅜” D
4905-9997 White Wall Mount S/V Replacement Cover with red “FIRE” lettering (184 mm x 127 mm x 35 mm)

Red Wire Guard for Wall Mount S/V; with mounting plate, compatible with surface 8 ⅜” H x 6 1⁄16” W x 3 ¼” D
4905-9998
and semi-flush boxes (UL listed by Space Age Electronics Inc.) (213 mm x 154 mm x 79 mm)
2905-9946 Tile Bridge for Ceiling Mount S/Vs See diagram on page 3

TrueAlert Device Reports Reference

Service Port Page 1
REPORT 5 : TrueAlert Device Report 12:34:56am TUE 27-Jan-14
DEVICE
POINT ID CUSTOM LABEL TYPE CANDELA
T14-1-1 Location Label . . . up to 40 characters V/O 15
T14-1-2 Break Room 5 S/V 110
T14-1-3 Boiler Room S/V 75
T14-1-4 Elec. Room 7 S/V 30

2 S4906-0006-8 2/2015
Wall Mount Installation Reference

Mounting to 2975-9145 Box Standard Electrical Box Mounting Speaker Directional Characteristics;
4" (102 mm) square box, 1-1/2" NOTE: Applicable for Wall Mount or Ceiling Mount S/V
(38 mm) deep, with a 4" square box

Sound Pressure Level (dB) at 10 ft (3 m)

2975-9145 Box 85
extension, 1-1/2" deep, by others 84
83
2 kHz
82
4905-9903 81
Adapter Plate
80

79
Wiring input 78
terminals and 77
4 kHz
speaker tap 76
selection are 75
accessible 90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90

from rear Angular Displacement (Degrees) on Horizontal Axis

Transparent housing and lens assembly

IMPORTANT ! INSTALLATION
Speaker MOUNTING HEIGHT REFERENCE
assembly Surface Mounting Reference
Showing Optional Wire Guard 2975-9145
box outline 4" square box
Surface mount conduit and outline
box shown for reference CL
4" (102 mm)
4" (102 mm) square box
profile, 1-1/2" (38 mm)
Strobe deep with 1-1/2" extension 82" 1-1/2" (38 mm)
Address assembly
Removable cover (2.1 m)
DIPswitch LED Optional 4905-9998 NFPA 72 requires
(tool required) minimum
indicator Wire Guard that the entire lens
S/V be not less than
110 78-1/2" 80" and not greater
Magnetic test location 75 Surface mount adapter skirt, 3-3/16" (2 m) than 96" above the
30
15 (81 mm) deep, required for this minimum finished floor.
FACP
Intensity selection plug, accessible only from rear of mounting method: 4905-9946, Red;
housing; factory setting is FACP, controlled by panel 4905-9947, White (conduit knockouts
Strobe intensity viewing slot are provided on all four sides)

Ceiling Mount S/V Install Reference and Tile Bridge Dimensions

4" (102 mm) square, 1-1/2" (38 mm) deep

box with 1-1/2" extension (by others) 2905-9946
1/2" (13 mm)
Tile Bridge

Wiring input 0.024" thick sheet

terminals and metal, folded with
speaker tap 1/2" lip each side
selection are
accessible from 3-3/4" (95 mm) square
rear of speaker cutout, centered on plate
housing

23-11/16"
Magnetic test location Magnet (602 mm)
test
location
LED indicator
Bottom view

Address DIPswitch is behind strobe assembly;

select address before inserting into housing 1/4" diameter (6 mm)
holes, 4 places
Strobe intensity viewing
slot
Intensity selection plug, 6-11/16"
accessible only from rear of lens (170 mm)
housing; factory setting is
FACP, controlled by panel 13-3/8" (340 mm)

3 S4906-0006-8 2/2015
 IDNAC SLC Controller Compatibility Reference
Data Sheet IDNAC SLC Output Appliance Voltage
Compatible Controllers Controller Output
Reference Voltage Design Reference
4100ES with EPS+ or EPS Power Supply S4100-0100
4009 IDNAC Repeater S4009-0004 29 VDC 23 VDC
IDNAC SLC
4007ES with IDNAC Notification S4007-0002 (regulated) (with 6 VDC drop)
4010ES with ESS Enhanced System Supply S4010-0011

S/V Specifications
Common Specifications (see page 2 for appliance dimensions)
Environmental 32° to 122° F (0° to 50° C); 10% to 93%, non-condensing at 100° F (38° C)
Terminal blocks for 18 AWG to 12 AWG (0.82 mm2 to 3.31 mm2); two wires per terminal for
Connections
in/out wiring
Installation Instructions 579-808
Speaker General Specifications
Input Voltage 25 or 70.7 VRMS, see Note 1 below
Power Taps ¼, ½, 1, and 2 W
Frequency Response Fire Alarm = 400 to 4000 Hz General Signaling = 125 to 12 kHz
Speaker Output Ratings @ 10 ft (3 m) (see Note below)
Wattage Tap ¼W ½W 1W 2W
UL Listed Models, Reverberant Chamber Test, per UL 1480 76 dBA 79 dBA 82 dBA 85 dBA
Wall Mount Models 4906-9251 and 4906-9253, Anechoic
77 dBA 80 dBA 83 dBA 86 dBA*
Chamber Test, per ULC-S541

Ceiling Mount Model 4906-9257, Anechoic 25 VRMS Input 81.6 dBA 84.3 dBA 87.1 dBA* 89.7 dBA*
Chamber Test per ULC-S541 70.7 VRMS Input 80.9 dBA 84.1 dBA 87.3 dBA* 90.2 dBA*
* NOTE: Select taps as indicated to satisfy the ULC fire alarm applications requirement of 85 dBA minimum
Polar Dispersion Reference (per ULC-S541 Anechoic Chamber Attenuation Angle Attenuation Angle
Testing) -3 dB +/- 30° off-axis -6 dB +/- 55° off-axis
Strobe Specifications
Typical Operating Voltage Range 23 VDC to 31 VDC, Special Application (see below for 17 VDC rating)
Supervisory Requirements 1 unit load (= 0.8 mA control panel current)
Flash Rate and Synchronized SLC Loading 1 Hz; with up to 46 synchronized strobes maximum per NAC
Candela Setting 15 cd 30 cd 75 cd 110 cd
Wall Mount
23 VDC RMS Current Ratings, for
Appliances 50 mA 75 mA 137 mA 190 mA
connection to IDNAC Addressable SLCs
Ceiling Mount 23 VDC RMS Current Ratings, for
60 mA 92 mA 180 mA 240 mA
Appliances connection to IDNAC Addressable SLCs
Note: Speakers are for connection to conventional fire alarm audio circuits. Anechoic speaker output ratings are typically more
representative of actual installed sound output.

TrueAlert Strobe LEGACY Compatibility Reference

Data Sheet Available Strobe Appliance Voltage
Compatible Controller Controller Output
Reference Intensity Minimum
4100ES or 4100U with TrueAlert Power Supply S4100-0031
TrueAlert 15, 30, 75, and
4009 TPS, Remote TrueAlert Power Supply S4100-0037 17 VDC
Addressable SLC 110 cd
TrueAlert Addressable Controller (4009T) S4009-0003
Electrical Ratings Difference for Retrofit Applications
Voltage Range 17 VDC to 31 VDC, Special Application
Candela Setting 15 cd 30 cd 75 cd 110 cd
Wall Mount
17 VDC RMS Current Ratings, use 64 mA 98 mA 187 mA 253 mA
Appliances
when connected to TrueAlert
Addressable SLCs per above Ceiling Mount
76 mA 128 mA 242 mA 328 mA
Appliances
TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm and
Signaling Code are registered trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).

Tyco Fire Protection Products • Westminster, MA • 01441-0001 • USA S4906-0006-8 2/2015

www.simplex-fire.com
© 2015 Tyco Fire Protection Products. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice.
 TrueAlert Addressable Notification Appliances
UL, ULC, CSFM Listed* Multi-Candela Visible Only (V/O) Amber Lens Ceiling
Mount Strobes for Emergency Communications

Features
Individually addressed and controlled
multi-candela V/O (visible only) notification
appliances provide:
 Amber lens with “ALERT” lettering produces a signal
unique from clear lens fire alarm evacuation strobes for
use with Emergency Communications Systems
 Multi-candela xenon strobe with synchronized 1 Hz
flash rate and with intensity programmable from the
control panel or jumper selected as 15, 30, 75, or
110 cd
Ceiling Mount Addressable Amber Lens V/Os
 Advanced addressable notification controlled by IDNAC
SLCs from Simplex® 4100ES fire alarm control panels
with EPS/EPS+ power supplies (and 4009 IDNAC
Repeaters) providing regulated 29 VRMS allowing
strobes to operate with lower current even under battery Description
backup Multi-Candela TrueAlert addressable amber lens
 Separate device type allows connection on same SLC as strobes provide convenient installation to standard
clear lens strobes with independent operation; clear electrical boxes. The strobe is individually addressed and
strobes for Fire Alarm, amber strobes for Alert individually controlled with power, supervision, and
(Operation is clear/Fire OR amber/Alert, not both) control supplied from a Simplex fire alarm control panel
 Wiring supervision to each strobe allowing “T-tapped” providing IDNAC Signaling Line Circuits (SLCs). (See
connections for Class B circuits to simplify wiring compatibility list on page 4.)
(Class A circuits require in/out wiring)
 TrueAlert Device Reports at the control panel detailing These amber lens multi-candela strobes provide non-fire
appliance point ID, custom label, type, and candela alarm alert notification for use with Emergency
setting (see sample on page 3) Communications systems where additional response
 Magnet test diagnostics to assist checkout and testing of information is provided by audio or textual appliances.
appliances and wiring
 Compatibility with ADA requirements; (refer to Strobe Application Reference
important installation information on page 3) Amber strobes used as part of an Emergency
 Compatibility with legacy TrueAlert addressable Communications system are located to provide the same
systems for upgrade and replacement (see page 4) area coverage as required of clear lens fire alarm strobes.
 UL listed to Standard 1638 (due to non-white lens); Specific Emergency Communications requirements are
verified by UL testing to provide light dispersion discussed in detail in document UFC 4-021-01 (USA
patterns of UL Standard 1971 at rated candela (no Department of Defense, United Facilities Criteria) and in
derating necessary for amber lens) NFPA 72, Chapter 24 (2010 and 2013 editions).
 ULC listed to Standard S526
Proper strobe coverage criteria is further described in the
LED indicator and magnet test feature: National Fire Alarm Code (NFPA 72), ANSI A117.1; the
 Appliance LED can be selected to display each polling appropriate model building code: BOCA, ICBO, or SBCCI;
cycle to indicate appliance supervision and the application guidelines of the Americans with
 In diagnostic mode, the magnet test pulses the LED to Disabilities Act (ADA).
indicate appliance address AND pulses to indicate the
intensity selection; a brief output of the strobe is also
selectable to confirm operation * See page 2 for wire guard listings. This product has been approved by the California State
Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety
Mechanical design features: Code. See CSFM Listing 7300-0026:325 for allowable values and/or conditions
concerning material presented in this document. FM approval and MEA acceptance are
 Rugged, high impact, flame retardant thermoplastic not applicable. Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local Simplex product
white housing supplier for the latest status. Listings and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co. are
the property of Tyco Fire Protection Products.
 Rear of housing does not extend into box and easily
mounts to standard electrical boxes
 Options include box adapters and red wire guards

S4906-0007-7 8/2014
IDNAC SLC Operation Advantage
TrueAlert V/O Appliances with Addressable
Amber Strobes on IDNAC SLCs provide visible
notification using a single two-wire circuit that also
confirms connection to the individual notification
appliance’s electronic circuit. This operation increases
circuit supervision integrity by providing supervision that
extends beyond the appliance wiring connections.
Reduced current allows efficient IDNAC SLC
operation. With IDNAC SLCs, a constant 29 VRMS
source voltage is maintained, even during battery standby,
allowing strobes to operate at higher voltage with lower
current and ensuring a consistent current draw and voltage
drop margin under both primary power and secondary
battery standby. Efficiencies include wiring distances up
to 2 to 3 times farther than with conventional notification,
or support for more appliances per IDNAC SLC, or use of
smaller gauge wiring, or combinations of these benefits,
all providing installation and maintenance savings with
high assurance that appliances that operate during normal
system testing will operate during worst case alarm
conditions.
Reducing Installation and Testing Time. With
separate controls on the same two-wire SLC, installation
time and expense for both retrofit and new construction
can be significantly reduced. When Class B wiring is
used, wiring can be “T” tapped, allowing more savings in
distance, wire, conduit (size and utilization), and overall
installation efficiency. Use of the magnet test feature
improves installation efficiency. TrueAlert device reports
conveniently identify information about each connected
appliance.
TrueAlert Addressable Diagnostics
Test Features. Controllers can be selected to pulse each
appliance’s LED when it receives a supervision poll. When
the controller is selected for diagnostic mode, the appliance
magnet test feature provides a response at the individual
appliance being tested.
Silent Appliance Magnet Test. In this test mode, in
response to the magnet test, the appliance LED pulses
sequentially to conveniently indicate the appliance’s
address.
Operational Appliance Testing. In this test mode, after
the address is indicated by pulsing the appliance LED, the
strobe will briefly flash to indicate proper operation.
TrueStart Instrument Two (TSIT). The 2nd generation
of the Simplex TrueStart Test Instrument adds testing of
IDNAC SLC wiring and TrueAlert (and TrueAlert ES)
appliances to its ability to test IDCs, NACs, and IDNet
communications before connection to the control panel.
Please contact your local Simplex representative for
additional information.
TrueAlert Addressable Wiring Isolator
Isolator Model 4905-9929 is available for remote
mounting on TrueAlert addressable circuits to isolate
short circuited wiring from functioning wiring. (Refer to
data sheet S4905-0001 for additional information.)

Product Selection
Multi-Candela Addressable Strobe with Amber Lens
Model Description Dimensions
Multi-Candela Addressable Ceiling Mount Strobe, white with red “ALERT” 4 ¾” x 2 5⁄16” x 2 ⅝” D
4906-9207 lettering with amber lens; intensity selectable as: 15, 30, 75, or 110
candela (121 mm x 75 mm x 67 mm)

V/O Adapter and Wire Guard

Model Description Dimensions
Surface Mount Adapter Plate, zinc plated; required for ceiling surface
4905-9910 4 ⅞” x 3 ⅛” (124 mm x 79 mm)
mount boxes
Ceiling Mount red wire guard with mounting plate, compatible with 6 ⅛” x 4 ⅜” x 2 ⅞”
4905-9926*
semi-flush or surface mounted boxes (see diagram on page 3) (156 mm x 111 mm x 73 mm)
* UL listed by Space Age Electronics Inc.

TrueAlert Device Reports Reference

Service Port Page 1
REPORT 5 : TrueAlert Device Report 12:34:56am MON 11-Aug-14
DEVICE
POINT ID CUSTOM LABEL TYPE CANDELA
T14-1-1 Location Label . . . up to 40 characters V/O 15
T14-1-2 Break Room 5 A/V 110
T14-1-3 Boiler Room Fire A/V 75
T14-1-4 Boiler Room Alert AMB 75

2 S4906-0007-7 8/2014
Ceiling Mount V/O and Guard Installation Reference

Handy box, 1-1/2" ( 38 mm) deep (RACO 650 or

Single gang box (Wiremold V5744S)
2-1/4" (57 mm) deep, supplied by others
Address setting DIPswitch is behind strobe
assembly, select address and strobe
candela setting before inserting into housing
equal) or single gang box, 2-1/2" (64 mm) deep
(RACO 519 or equal) supplied by others
Also can be attached to boxes mounted to drop
ceiling T-bar with clips (ERICO No. 512 or equal)
4905-9910 Adapter Plate, required for surface
mount with handy box unless using the 4905-9926
wire guard

Magnetic Ceiling mount strobe

Bottom view
test location Optional 4905-9926 wire
guard with mounting plate

Strobe intensity viewing slot

Intensity selection plug,
accessible only from rear of lens
housing; factory setting is FACP,
LED indicator controlled by panel

TrueAlert Amber Strobe and IDNAC SLC Controller Compatibility Reference

Data Sheet Controller IDNAC SLC Appliance Voltage
Compatible Controller
Reference Output Output Voltage Design Reference
4100ES with EPS+ or EPS Power Supply S4100-0100 29 VRMS 23 VRMS
IDNAC SLC
4009 IDNAC Repeater S4009-0004 (regulated) (with 6 VRMS drop)

Specifications

Common Specifications (see page 2 for appliance dimensions)

Environmental 32° to 122° F (0° to 50° C); 10% to 93%, non-condensing at 100° F (38° C)
Connections Terminal blocks for 18 AWG to 12 AWG (0.82 mm2 to 3.31 mm2); two wires per terminal for in/out wiring
Installation Instructions 579-828
Strobe Specifications
Typical Operating Voltage Range 23 VRMS to 31 VRMS, Special Application (see below for 17 VRMS rating)
1 Hz; with up to 46 synchronized strobes maximum per NAC; maximum 30 Ω
Flash Rate and Synchronized SLC Loading
resistance between appliances
23 VRMS Current Ratings, Candela Setting 15 cd 30 cd 75 cd 110 cd
for connection to IDNAC
Addressable SLCs 60 mA 92 mA 180 mA 240 mA

TrueAlert Strobe LEGACY Compatibility Reference

Data Sheet Controller Available Strobe Appliance

Compatible Controller
Reference Output Intensity Voltage Minimum
4100ES or 4100U with TrueAlert Power Supply S4100-0031
TrueAlert 15, 30, 75, and
4009 TPS, Remote TrueAlert Power Supply S4100-0037 17 VRMS
Addressable SLC 110 cd
TrueAlert Addressable Controller (4009T) S4009-0003
Electrical Ratings Difference for Retrofit Applications
Voltage Range 17 VRMS to 31 VRMS, Special Application
17 VRMS Current Ratings, Candela Setting 15 cd 30 cd 75 cd 110 cd
use when connected to
TrueAlert Addressable SLCs 76 mA 128 mA 242 mA 328 mA
per above

3 S4906-0007-7 8/2014
TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm Code
are trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).

Tyco Fire Protection Products • Westminster, MA • 01441-0001 • USA S4906-0007-7 8/2014

www.simplex-fire.com
© 2014 Tyco Fire Protection Products. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice.
 TrueAlert Addressable Notification Appliances
UL, ULC, CSFM Listed* Dual Emergency Communication
Appliances, Clear/Amber Strobes

Features
Individually addressed and separately controlled
multi-candela V/O (visible only) notification
appliance with one amber ALERT strobe and one
clear lens FIRE strobe provides:
 Combination unit allows mounting two visible
notification appliances at the same installation site
 Multi-candela xenon strobes with synchronized 1 Hz
flash rate and with intensity programmable from the
control panel or jumper selected as 15, 30, 75, or
110 cd
 Advanced addressable notification controlled by IDNAC
SLCs from Simplex® 4100ES fire alarm control panels
with EPS/EPS+ power supplies (and 4009 IDNAC
Repeaters) providing regulated 29 VRMS allowing
strobes to operate with lower current even under
battery backup
 Amber lens with “ALERT” lettering produces a signal
unique from clear lens fire alarm evacuation strobes for Combination Clear/Amber Strobe Assembly (front and
use with Emergency Communications Systems side view shown, available with red or white housing)
 Clear lens with “FIRE” lettering provides visible
notification for fire alarm conditions Mechanical design features:
 Both strobes connect on same SLC, are separately  Rugged, high impact, flame retardant thermoplastic
addressed, and provide independent operation; housing for flush or surface wall mount; available
(Operation is clear/Fire OR amber/Alert, not both) with red or white housing
 Individual strobe housings mount onto a common
 Wiring supervision to each strobe allowing
bracket that does not extend into box and easily
“T-tapped” connections for Class B circuits to
mounts to standard electrical boxes
simplify wiring (Class A circuits require in/out
wiring)  Wall mount wiring terminal access is from front of
housing to assist installation, inspection, and testing
 TrueAlert Device Reports at the control panel
 Mounting options include adapter skirts for surface
detailing appliance point ID, custom label, type, and
mounting and box adapter plates
candela setting (see sample on page 2)
 Magnet test diagnostics to assist checkout and testing Description
of appliances and wiring Multi-Candela TrueAlert addressable combination
 Compatibility with ADA requirements; (refer to strobes are individually addressed and individually
important installation information on page 3) controlled with power, supervision, and control supplied
 Compatibility with legacy TrueAlert addressable from a Simplex fire alarm control panel providing IDNAC
systems for upgrade and replacement (see page 4) Signaling Line Circuits (SLCs). (See compatibility list on
 Clear lens strobe is UL listed to Standard 1971, ULC page 4.) A single assembly provides an amber lens strobe for
listed to Standard S526 non-fire alarm, alert notification for use with Emergency
 Amber lens strobe is UL listed to Standard 1638 (due to Communications Systems, and a clear lens strobe for fire
non-white lens); and provides light dispersion patterns of alarm notification.
UL Standard 1971; ULC listing is to Standard S526 Strobe Application Reference
LED indicator and magnet test feature:
Amber strobes used as part of an Emergency
 Each appliance LED can be selected to display each Communications system are located to provide the same
polling cycle to indicate appliance supervision area coverage as required of clear lens fire alarm strobes.
 In diagnostic mode, the magnet test pulses the LED to Specific Emergency Communications requirements are
indicate appliance address AND pulses to indicate the discussed in detail in document UFC 4-021-01 (USA
intensity selection; a brief output of the strobe is also Department of Defense, United Facilities Criteria) and in
selectable to confirm operation NFPA 72, Chapter 24 (2010 and 2013 editions).
* This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to Proper strobe coverage criteria is further described in the
Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing 7125-0026:235
for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in this document. FM National Fire Alarm Code (NFPA 72), ANSI A117.1; the
approval and MEA (NYC) acceptance is not applicable. Additional listings may be applicable; appropriate model building code: BOCA, ICBO, or SBCCI;
contact your local Simplex product supplier for the latest status. Listings and approvals under and the application guidelines of the Americans with
Simplex Time Recorder Co. are the property of Tyco Safety Products Westminster.
Disabilities Act (ADA).
S4906-0009-3 3/2014
IDNAC SLC Operation Advantage
TrueAlert V/O Appliances with Addressable
Strobes on IDNAC SLCs provide visible notification
using a single two-wire circuit that also confirms
connection to the individual notification appliance’s
electronic circuit. This operation increases circuit
supervision integrity by providing supervision that
extends beyond the appliance wiring connections.
Reduced current allows efficient IDNAC SLC
operation. With IDNAC SLCs, a constant 29 VRMS
source voltage is maintained, even during battery standby,
allowing strobes to operate at higher voltage with lower
current and ensuring a consistent current draw and voltage
drop margin under both primary power and secondary
battery standby. Efficiencies include wiring distances up to
2 to 3 times farther than with conventional notification, or
support for more appliances per IDNAC SLC, or use of
smaller gauge wiring, or combinations of these benefits, all
providing installation and maintenance savings with high
assurance that appliances that operate during normal system
testing will operate during worst case alarm conditions.
Reducing Installation and Testing Time. With
separate controls on the same two-wire SLC, installation
time and expense for both retrofit and new construction
can be significantly reduced. When Class B wiring is
used, wiring can be “T” tapped, allowing more savings in
distance, wire, conduit (size and utilization), and overall
installation efficiency. Use of the magnet test feature
improves installation efficiency. TrueAlert device reports
conveniently identify information about each connected
appliance.
By providing an amber lens strobe with a clear lens
strobe, the combination strobe assembly allows a single
electrical installation to provide both types of visible
notification.
TrueAlert Addressable Diagnostics
Test Features. Controllers can be selected to pulse each
appliance’s LED when it receives a supervision poll. When
the controller is selected for diagnostic mode, the appliance
magnet test feature provides a response at the individual
appliance being tested.
Silent Appliance Magnet Test. In this test mode, in
response to the magnet test, the appliance LED pulses
sequentially to conveniently indicate the appliance’s
address.
Operational Appliance Testing. In this test mode, after
the address is indicated by pulsing the appliance LED, the
strobe will briefly flash to indicate proper operation.
TrueStart Instrument Two (TSIT). The 2nd generation
of the Simplex TrueStart Test Instrument adds testing of
IDNAC SLC wiring and TrueAlert (and TrueAlert ES)
appliances to its ability to test IDCs, NACs, and IDNet
communications before connection to the control panel.
Please contact your local Simplex representative for
additional information.
TrueAlert Addressable Wiring Isolator
Isolator Model 4905-9929 is available for remote
mounting on TrueAlert addressable circuits to isolate short
circuited wiring from functioning wiring. (Refer to data
sheet S4905-0001 for additional information.)
TrueAlert Device Reports detail type, candela rating,
and location per appliance (see sample below, amber lens
type is AMB).

Product Selection

Housing
Model Description Dimensions
Color
4906-9208 Red Multi-Candela Addressable Combination Strobe assembly with
10 ¾” H x 5 ⅛” W x 3 15⁄16” D
amber lens, ALERT strobe on top and clear lens, FIRE strobe
4906-9211 White (273 mm x 130 mm x 100 mm)
on bottom; intensity selectable as: 15, 30, 75, or 110 candela

4905-9837 Red 10 ½” H x 5 ¼” W x 1 ¾” D
Surface Mount Adapter Skirt, use to cover surface mounted (267 mm x 133 mm x 44 mm)
electrical boxes Total depth with strobe assembly
4905-9847 White
= 5 ⅝” (143 mm)
Adapter Plate for mounting to installed Simplex Model 12 5⁄16 ” H x 5 ¾” W x 0.06 thick
4905-9840 Red
2975-9145 box; for flush mounted boxes only (313 mm x 146 mm x 1.5 mm)

TrueAlert Device Reports Reference

Service Port Page 1

REPORT 5 : TrueAlert Device Report 12:34:56am MON 17-Mar-14
DEVICE
POINT ID CUSTOM LABEL TYPE CANDELA
T14-1-1 Location Label . . . up to 40 characters V/O 15
T14-1-2 Break Room 5 A/V 110
T14-1-3 Boiler Room Fire A/V 75
T14-1-4 Boiler Room Alert AMB 75

2 S4906-0009-3 3/2014
Strobe Details and Mounting Height Reference

IMPORTANT!
Strobe Details
WALL MOUNT INSTALLATION HEIGHT REFERENCE
Hole for bracket
Transparent mounting Adapter skirt (shown
housing and lens for reference) 3-gang box outline,
assembly (clear 4
3 surface mount
for FIRE, amber
Clear/Amber
for ALERT) 4-gang box outline,
2
Strobe assembly
flush mount
1

Wiring 4" square box outline, flush

access hole mount or surface mount
5" (127 mm)
Wiring
terminals

81" (2.06 m)
LED indicator Bottom of FIRE lens is either
minimum for
even with, or slightly above
Address setting 4-gang flush
bottom of 4" square boxes and 80" (2.03 m)
DIP switch mount box
3-gang surface mount box minimum for
Hole for bracket mounting 4" square box
NFPA 72 requires that the and 3-gang surface
entire FIRE lens be not less mount box
Intensity selection plug, accessible than 80" and not greater
only from rear of housing; factory 110
75 than 96" above the finished
setting is FACP, controlled by panel 30
15 floor
FACP

Strobe intensity viewing slot

Installation Reference

Alternate surface mount electrical boxes, 3-gang mounted

vertically; Steel City 3G-1/2 (or 3/4), or Raco 952; 8-5/8" x 4-1/
2" x 1-5/8" deep (219 mm x 114 mm x 41 mm), by others

Optional Adapter Skirt for

Screw (1) to attach
surface mounted boxes
cover, and screws
(ordered separately)
(4) to attach strobes
to bracket (supplied)
Amber lens
Housing cover strobe (supplied)
(supplied)

4" (102 mm) square box for

flush mount or surface mount,
1-1/2" (38 mm) deep, by others
Mounting bracket
(supplied) Alternate flush mount electrical box, 4-gang
Clear lens strobe mounted vertically; Steel City 4G4D 1/2; 7-5/8" x 4"
(supplied) x 2-1/8" D; (194 mm x 102 mm x 54 mm), by others

Magnetic test locations

3 S4906-0009-3 3/2014
 TrueAlert Strobe and IDNAC SLC Controller Compatibility Reference

Data Sheet Controller IDNAC SLC Appliance Voltage

Compatible Controller
Reference Output Output Voltage Design Reference
4100ES with EPS+ or EPS Power Supply S4100-0100 29 VRMS 23 VRMS
IDNAC SLC
4009 IDNAC Repeater S4009-0004 (regulated) (with 6 VRMS drop)

Specifications

Common Specifications (see page 2 for appliance dimensions)

Environmental 32° to 122° F (0° to 50° C); 10% to 93%, non-condensing at 100° F (38° C)
Connections Terminal blocks for 18 AWG to 12 AWG (0.82 mm2 to 3.31 mm2); two wires per terminal for in/out wiring
Clear/Amber Strobes 579-847
Installation Instruction
Reference Adapter Skirts 574-790
Adapter Plate 574-791
Strobe Specifications
Typical Operating Voltage Range 23 VRMS to 31 VRMS, Special Application (see below for 17 VRMS rating)
Supervisory Requirements 1 unit load each, 2 unit loads total per 4906-9208
1 Hz; with up to 46 synchronized strobes maximum per NAC; maximum 30 Ω
Flash Rate and Synchronized SLC Loading
resistance between appliances
Candela Setting 15 cd 30 cd 75 cd 110 cd
23 VRMS Current Ratings, for connection to
50 mA 75 mA 137 mA 190 mA
IDNAC Addressable SLCs

Note: Amber strobes and clear strobes provide notification for two different functions and are not activated at the same time.

TrueAlert Strobe LEGACY Compatibility Reference

Data Sheet Available Strobe Appliance Voltage

Compatible Controller Controller Output
Reference Intensity Minimum
4100ES or 4100U with TrueAlert Power Supply S4100-0031
TrueAlert 15, 30, 75, and
4009 TPS, Remote TrueAlert Power Supply S4100-0037 17 VRMS
Addressable SLC 110 cd
TrueAlert Addressable Controller (4009T) S4009-0003
Electrical Ratings Difference for Retrofit Applications
Voltage Range 17 VRMS to 31 VRMS, Special Application
Candela Setting 15 cd 30 cd 75 cd 110 cd
17 VRMS Current Ratings, use when connected
64 mA 98 mA 187 mA 253 mA
to TrueAlert Addressable SLCs per above

TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm Code
are trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).

Tyco Fire Protection Products • Westminster, MA • 01441-0001 • USA S4906-0009-3 3/2014

www.simplexgrinnell.com
© 2014 Tyco Fire Protection Products. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice.

UL, ULC, CSFM Listed;
MEA (NYC) Acceptance*
TrueAlert Text Messaging Appliance Illustration with Sample Message
Features
High visibility, multi-color LED text message
board provides visible textual alarm notification
controlled from compatible Simplex® fire alarm
control panels:
 During alarm conditions, up to 32 pre-programmed
message selections can be activated in response to
pre-defined emergency situations or linked to specific
system point status conditions
 Text messages provide textual alarm notification for
areas of high noise or with other audibility limitations
 Text messages can duplicate a broadcasted audible
message or can provide more local detail per the
Emergency Communication Systems/Mass Notification
plan
 UL listed to Standard 1638, Textual Visible Appliance;
ULC listed to S527, Miscellaneous Ancillary Device
(refer to ULC message note requirement on page 3)
Compatible with the 4007ES, 4010, 4010ES,
4100ES, and 4100U Series fire alarm control panel
using IDNet communications
 IDNet communications format emulates 4009 IDNet
NAC Extender (4009A) controls for easy interfacing
 4007ES, 4010ES, 4100ES, and 4100U IDNet SLCs
(signaling line circuit) can control up to 25 message
boards with up to ten (10) 4009 IDNet NAC Extenders
 4010 IDNet SLCs control up to five (5) total of either type
Large message presentation area provides long
distance, wide area (140°) viewing:
 Dual line, 2.3” (58 mm) high messages provide typical
viewing distance of up to 100 ft (30.5 m)
 Single line 4.7” (119 mm) high messages provide
typical viewing distance of up to 200 ft (61 m)
 LEDs are multi-color (red/yellow/green) to emphasize
message content
 Words can be upper or lower case, standard, bolded,
condensed or expanded, with selectable sizes
 Messages can be static, flashing, or scrolling with a
variety of appearance/transition options
IDNet communications control provides:
 Up to 32 available messages; 10 factory
pre-programmed messages are included
TrueAlert Text Messaging Appliances
LED Text Messaging Appliance with Addressable
Message Selection using IDNet Communications
Custom message details:
 Advise of proper evacuation routes, relocate to a secure
area, take action due to severe weather conditions,
defend in place, or other facility specific actions
 New messages can be created; factory pre-programmed
messages can be modified if needed
 Please note that the creation and modification of alarm
messages may trigger code-mandated retesting of the
fire alarm system and should be performed by authorized
service personnel; non-alarm messages can be on-site
created using optional TrueAlert Messenger software
Electrical requirements:
 Message board is powered by listed fire alarm power
supply providing 24 VDC with battery backup, typically
provided by host control panel
Mechanical features:
 Standard message board includes fixed brackets for wall
mounting and also includes 100 mm VESA (Video
Electronics Standards Association) mounting holes for
use with listed wall or ceiling VESA mounting bracket
 Optional wall mount adjustable brackets allow rotation
downward where required for improved viewing
 Optional mounting box secures to wall (surface or
flush); can also mount with 100 mm VESA bracket
 Ceiling mounting is available by cable suspension
connected to top mounted eyehooks
Additional (optional) operation mode:
 Message boards can also display non-alarm information
via local LAN Ethernet connection using separate
control software that is overridden during an Alarm or
Alert condition (refer to details on page 2 and ULC
details on page 3)
 Additional message input options are available (contact
your local Simplex product representative for details)
 Control panels will override non-alarm messages upon
alarm; they can also be programmed to blank the display
during local power failure to conserve batteries
* This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to
Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing 7300-0026:324
for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in this document. It is
subject to re-examination, revision, and possible cancellation. Accepted for use – City of New
York Department of Buildings – MEA35-93E. This product was not approved by FM as of
document revision date. Additional listings may be applicable, contact your local Simplex
product supplier for the latest status. Listings and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder
Co. are the property of Tyco Fire Protection Products.
S4907-0001-8 11/2014
Description
communicated to the Messaging Appliance via LAN
Text Messaging Appliances. Audible appliances and connection (local area network), if optionally connected.
strobes are commonly used to provide notification of alarm This connection can be used or left unconnected.
conditions, typically to signal the need for building
evacuation. However, when the required response is to Power Failure Mode. The host fire alarm panel can be
relocate, defend in place, or provide detailed information, programmed such that during a local power failure, the
TrueAlert Text Messaging Appliances display custom text blanking message is sent to reduce battery standby
messages with the instructions required per the local requirements. In the event of an alarm condition during
emergency communication systems/mass notification plan. power failure, the panel will use its battery backup to
fully power the appliance and display the appropriate
Alarm Mode. When alarm conditions occur, the fire alarm messages.
panel overrides optional non-alarm messaging and selects
the programmed messages pre-determined to be appropriate Message Control Process. The compatible fire alarm
for the reported conditions. In multiple alarm situations, up control panel activates the Messaging Appliances by
to 8 messages can be displayed in sequence. sending IDNet communications commands similar to
those used to control the 4009 IDNet NAC Extender.
Non-Alarm Mode (Optional). During non-alarm Commands include control of up to 8 NACs, and with
conditions, bulletin board messages can be scrolled for each NAC capable of up to 4 different control modes,
general information distribution. This information is resulting in a total of 32 commands available to select
custom messages and/or the blanking control.
Product Selection
Model Description
TrueAlert Messaging Appliance in dark gray housing; supplied with fixed mounting brackets for wall mounting;
4907-9001
includes holes for VESA bracket mounting, or for ceiling cable mounting
4907-9002 Optional Adjustable (Swivel) Mount Brackets (2) to allow wall mounted appliance to be tilted down where desired
4907-9005 Optional Ethernet Cable, 15 ft long (4.6 m); connect for non-fire alarm messaging input
Optional Mounting Box, lightweight aluminum painted dark gray; 30-5/16” W x 6-3/4” H x 1-3/8” D; shipped with
4907-9006
brackets for attaching messaging appliance; refer to details on page 4
Non-alarm messaging software allows site specific messages such as time, weather, announcements, menus,
—— etc. to be delivered during system idle time and is overridden during an Alarm or Alert condition. For details,
contact your local Simplex product supplier or email SimplexSales@InovaSolutions.com

Factory Pre-Programmed Messages

Message Refresh Message
Displayed Message (top line is yellow, bottom is scrolling red except as noted)
Number Rate Title
Top Line, Fixed Bomb Threat
Bomb
1 20 sec Bottom Line, An emergency has been reported in the building. Please proceed to the nearest
Threat
Continuous Scroll exit and vacate the building.
Top Line, Fixed Hostile Intruder
Hostile
2 15 sec Bottom Line, An emergency has been reported in the building. Please secure your area and
Intruder
Continuous Scroll wait for further instructions.
Top Line, Fixed Shelter In Place
Shelter in An emergency condition has been reported. Secure your windows and doors
3 20 sec Bottom Line,
Place and remain in the building. Unsafe conditions may exist outside. You will be
Continuous Scroll
notified when further information is available
Top Line, Fixed Evacuate-Alt
Alternate
4 15 sec Bottom Line, An emergency condition has been discovered in the building. Proceed to your
Exit
Continuous Scroll alternate exit and vacate the building.
Severe Top Line, Fixed Weather Alert
5 15 sec Weather Bottom Line, A severe weather warning has been issued. Proceed to the designated shelter
Alert Continuous Scroll area and wait for further instructions.
Top Line, Fixed All Clear
6 15 sec All Clear Bottom Line, (scrolling green) Attention please, the emergency condition has been cleared.
Continuous Scroll You may return to your normal activities
Top Line, Fixed Evacuate
7 20 sec Evacuate Bottom Line, A fire has been reported in the building. Proceed to the nearest exit and vacate
Continuous Scroll the building. Report to your designated assembly place outside the building
Top Line, Fixed Alert
8 20 sec Alert Bottom Line, An emergency condition has been detected in another part of the building.
Continuous Scroll Please remain in your area. You will be notified if further action is required.
Top Line, Fixed Live Voice
9 10 sec Live Voice Bottom Line,
A live voice announcement is currently being broadcast
Continuous Scroll
32 2 sec Blank Both Lines No characters are displayed; used to conserve battery backup

2 S4907-0001-8 11/2014
Specifications
Power Requirements
UL ratings, 16 to 33 VDC; Special Application ratings see note below* Connect to fire alarm power
Input Voltage
ULC ratings, 20 VDC to 30 VDC supply with battery backup
Operating Mode Current at 16 VDC Reference, Current @ 24 VDC
Typical Message (Bomb Threat) 480 mA 318 mA
Input Current
Standby, Blank Display 256 mA 170 mA
Both lines all # characters 722 mA 477 mA
* “Special Application” refers to the operating category under UL Standard 1638, Visual Signaling Appliances –Private-Mode
Emergency and General Utility Signaling. The rated voltage range listed is the absolute operating range. Operation outside of this
range may cause permanent damage to the appliance. Please note that 16 VDC is the lowest operating voltage that is allowed at
the last appliance on the circuit under worst case conditions.
Communications
Address
One IDNet address per Text Messaging Appliance
Requirements
4007ES, 4010ES, 4100ES, and 4100U IDNet SLCs = up to 25 message boards (device type MSGBRD) and
IDNet Channel with up to ten (10) 4009 IDNet NAC Extenders
Capacity
4010 IDNet SLC = a combination of up to five (5) total message boards and/or 4009 IDNet NAC Extenders
Point Requirements Eight (8) system points per Text Messaging Appliance
Message Specifications
Message Length Up to 1024 characters maximum per message including spaces
NOTE: For ULC listed systems, a continuous message display is required; the default message “No Alerts,
Be Safe” is available to be displayed during standby, non-alarm conditions (it can be customized if desired);
ULC Listed Systems
Separate control software can be used if it provides a continuous message; refer to Installation Instructions
579-829 for details
Mechanical and Environmental
Dual line, 2.3” (58 mm) high messages provide typical viewing distance of up to 100 ft (30.5 m);
NOTE: This is the format for standard programmed messages
Viewing Distance
Single line 4.7” (119 mm) high messages provide typical viewing distance of up to 200 ft (61 m)
Recommended minimum viewing distance = 6 ft (2 m)
Viewing Angle 140°, symmetrical about on-axis, both horizontal and vertical viewing angle
Viewing area = 28-3/4” x 4-3/4” (730 mm x 120 mm)
LED Array
LED size and spacing = 0.2” (5 mm) diameter; spaced 0.3” (7.6 mm) apart (pitch)
Status LED are visible from the bottom of the appliance; functions include: IDNet Receive; IDNet Transmit;
Diagnostics
Power; CPU Power; diagnostics for optional Ethernet LAN connection
Temperature 32° to 120° F (0° to 49° C)
Humidity 93% RH, non-condensing at 90° F (32° C)
Pluggable terminal block for 18 AWG to 12 AWG (0.82 mm2 to 3.31 mm2); terminals provide convenient
Connections
in/out wiring with one wire per terminal
Mounting Reference
Standard: fixed brackets
Optional: adjustable brackets to swivel message board down
Optional: rear backbox for rigid conduit connection; for surface or flush box mounting as well as compatible
with VESA mount or eye bolt
Available Methods
Alternate: four mounting holes, 3.937” (100 mm) spacing, standard unit and on backbox for VESA mount to
listed VESA wall or ceiling mounting arm assembly
VESA Mount: refer to Peerless LCC-18 series for ceiling mount; go to www.peerlessmounts.com
Alternate: eye bolts can be attached to top for cable suspension ceiling mount of single appliance
Weight 8 lbs (3.6 kg) including backbox
Locate away from direct sunlight or direct local area lighting; avoid locating near heating or air conditioning
Location
ducts
Installation Refer to 579-829 for complete LED Text Messaging Appliance Instructions; mounting options are also
Instructions described in instructions 579-839
Non-Alarm LAN Interface Specifications
LAN Interface TCP/IP connectivity; supports DHCP addressing; 10/100 Base T Ethernet NIC
Connection RJ-45 jack connection located at the top of the electronics enclosure housing

3 S4907-0001-8 11/2014
 Messaging Appliance Mounting Information

Standard Appliance Installation Reference

Standard mounting brackets (2) with
keyholes for mounting and 3/16" (4.8 mm) Depth = 2-3/8" (60 mm) with standard brackets
hole at top for securing to wall; not used with 2-1/2" (64 mm) with optional mounting box
adjustable brackets, box, or VESA mounting

28-7/8" (733 mm)

1/2" (13 mm)

6-7/8"
(175 mm) LAN connection

Pluggable terminal block

30-7/8" (785 mm)

TrueAlert Text Messaging Standard assembly rear 1-1/8" (28 mm)

Appliance outline enclosure outline

Total depth with adjustable

Optional Adjustable bracket = 4-3/8" (111 mm)
Bracket Reference

Adjustable bracket
depth = 3-1/4" (83 mm)

Optional Mounting Box Detail Reference

1-3/8" (35 mm)

30-5/16" (770 mm)

6-3/4"
(171 mm)

Side holes
Threaded inserts to mount optional Inside holes (4) for mounting on 4" square electrical connect to
adjustable brackets if desired; box; outside holes (4) threaded inserts (M4.0 x 0.7) brackets
center hole is for wall mounting for 4" (100 mm) VESA mount (supplied) that
7/8" (22 mm) knockouts, 3 places; 2 as shown, one mount to
located center of top of box messaging
appliance

TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited.

Tyco Fire Protection Products • Westminster, MA • 01441-0001 • USA S4907-0001-8 11/2014

www.simplex-fire.com
© 2014 Tyco Fire Protection Products. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice.
 TrueAlert
UL, ULC, CSFM Listed;
FM Approved*
Features
Individually addressed and controlled low power
TrueAlert ES A/O (audible only) electronic horns:
 Advanced addressable notification controlled by IDNAC
SLCs providing regulated 29 VDC allowing strobes on the
same SLC to operate with lower current even under battery
backup
 Wiring supervision to each appliance allows
“T-tapped” connections for Class B circuits to
simplify wiring (Class A circuits require in/out
wiring)
 Self-Test Mode allows an on-board sensor to detect
the horn output and then report its status to the control
panel
 Horns are controlled separately from visible
appliances on the same SLC with control panel
selection of operation as: Temporal Code 3, March
Time (selectable as 20, 60, or 120 bpm), Continuous,
or Temporal Code 4
 Output of “high” or “low” (~6 dBA difference)
selectable at the appliance or from the controller with
FACP mode selected at the appliance
 Unobtrusive Magnet Test diagnostics are available to
assist checkout and testing of appliances and wiring
 Electrical test point access without removing cover
 Compatible with legacy TrueAlert addressable
systems for upgrade and replacement (see page 4)
 Listed to UL Standard 464 and ULC Standard S525
LED Indicator and Magnet Test feature:
 Appliance LED can be selected to display each polling
cycle to indicate appliance supervision
 When the controller is in diagnostic mode, the Magnet
Test pulses the LED to indicate appliance address and
is selectable to also briefly sound the horn to confirm
operation
Mechanical design features include:
 Rugged, high impact, flame retardant thermoplastic
housing in red with white letters or white with red
letters available with FIRE, FEU, or blank lettering
 Separate covers are available to change application
type on-site or for replacement; covers can be easily
removed without disturbing the connected housing
and avoiding trouble conditions
 A separate mounting plate allows wiring to be
completed before appliance is mounted; use with
single gang, double gang, or 4-inch square box, flush
or surface mount
 In/out wiring terminals for 18 AWG to 12 AWG
 Optional mounting adapters are available to cover
surface mounted electrical boxes and to adapt to
Simplex 2975-9145 boxes
 Optional red wire guards (see page 2 for details)
Addressable Notification Appliances
Audible Notification Appliances,
Electronic Horns, Model Series 49AO
TrueAlert ES Addressable Horns are Available in Red with
White Lettering and White with Red Lettering
Description
TrueAlert ES addressable horns are individually
addressed audible notification appliances that receive
power, supervision, and control signals from a Simplex
fire alarm control panel providing IDNAC Signaling Line
Circuits (SLCs). (See compatibility list on page 4.)
TrueAlert ES Operation Advantage
TrueAlert ES addressable appliances on IDNAC
SLCs provide separate audible (and visible) notification
using a single two-wire circuit that also confirms connection
to the individual notification appliance’s electronic circuit.
This operation increases circuit supervision integrity by
providing supervision that extends beyond the appliance
wiring connections.
Reduced current allows efficient IDNAC SLC
operation. With IDNAC SLCs, a constant 29 VDC source
voltage is maintained, even during battery standby, allowing
strobes on the same SLC to operate at higher voltage with
lower current and ensuring a consistent current draw and
voltage drop margin under both primary power and
secondary battery standby. Efficiencies include wiring
distances up to 2 to 3 times farther than with conventional
notification, or support for more appliances per IDNAC
SLC, or use of smaller gauge wiring, or combinations of
these benefits, all providing installation and maintenance
savings with high assurance that appliances that operate
during normal system testing will operate during worst case
alarm conditions.
* These products have been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to
Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing 7135-0026:0372
for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in this document.
Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local Simplex product supplier for the latest
status. Listings and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co. are the property of Tyco Fire
Protection Products.
S49AO-0001-6 11/2016
TrueAlert ES Operation Advantage (Cont’d) TrueAlert ES Diagnostics (Continued)
Reducing Installation and Testing Time. With Silent Appliance Magnet Test. In this test mode, in
separate controls on the same two-wire SLC, installation response to application of a magnet, the appliance LED
time and expense for both retrofit and new construction pulses sequentially to conveniently indicate the
can be significantly reduced. When Class B wiring is appliance’s address.
used, wiring can be “T” tapped, allowing more savings in
distance, wire, conduit (size and utilization), and overall Operational Appliance Magnet Test. In this test
installation efficiency. Use of Self-Test and Magnet Test mode, after the address is indicated by pulsing the
features improves installation efficiency. TrueAlert device appliance LED, the horn will briefly sound to indicate
reports conveniently identify information about each proper operation.
connected appliance.
TrueStart Instrument Two (TSIT). The 2nd
TrueAlert ES Diagnostics generation of the Simplex TrueStart Test Instrument adds
testing of IDNAC SLC wiring and TrueAlert ES
Test Features. When IDNAC SLCs are in diagnostic
appliances to its ability to test IDCs, NACs, and IDNet
mode, Self-Test and Magnet Test features provide individual
appliance testing. With the Self-Test feature, appliance communications before connection to the control panel.
operation can be confirmed without leaving the control panel. Please contact your local Simplex representative for
Additionally, each appliance’s LED can be selected to pulse additional information.
when it receives a supervision poll during normal operation. TrueAlert Addressable Wiring Isolator
Self-Test Details. Selecting Self-Test Mode from the
control panel allows on-board sensors, depending on the Isolator Model 4905-9929 is available for remote
device type, to detect its own strobe and/or horn output and mounting on TrueAlert addressable circuits to isolate
then report their status to the control panel. Operation is by short circuited wiring from functioning wiring. (See data
selected VNAC appliance groups and is either automatic (all sheet S4905-0001.)
briefly simultaneously activated) or individually activated by
applying a magnet. (Refer to control panel data sheet for more
Self-Test information, see list on page 4.)
Product Selection
TrueAlert ES Addressable Electronic Horns
Model* Cover Color Wording Description Dimensions with Cover
49AO-WRF(-BA) Red TrueAlert ES addressable AO
FIRE
49AO-WWF(-BA) White (audible only) horn appliance, 5 ⅛” H x 5” W x 1 ½” D
49AO-WRQ Red FEU includes cover and matching (130 mm x 127 mm x 38 mm)
mounting plate
49AO-WRS(-BA) Red Blank
49AO-APPLW(-BA) Select cover and mounting plate separately
Separate Mounting Plate (Required when ordering model 49AO-APPLW(-BA))
Model Color Description
49MP-AVVOWR Red
Mounting plate, select color to match cover
49MP-AVVOWW White
Separate Covers (Required when ordering model 49AO-APPLW(-BA))
Model* Color Wording Model* Color Wording
49AOC-WRFIRE Red 49AOC-WRBLNG Red FEU/FIRE
FIRE
49AOC-WWFIRE White 49AOC-WRS Red
Blank
49AOC-WRFEU Red 49AOC-WWS White
FEU
49AOC-WWFEU White
* Note: (-BA) indicates model is available either with or without the -BA suffix. Model numbers ending in -BA, APPLW models, and
separate mounting plates are assembled in the USA.
Mounting Adapters and Wire Guard
Model Color Description Dimensions
4905-9937 Red 5 ⅜” H x 5 ¼” W x 1 ⅝” D (136 mm x 133 mm x 41 mm)
Surface Mount Adapter Skirt
4905-9940 White Total depth with horn = 3 ⅛” (79 mm)

Red Adapter Plate for mounting to Simplex 2975-9145 Box

4905-9931 8 5⁄16” x 5 ¾” x 0.060” Thick (211 mm x 146 mm x 1.5 mm)
(typically for retrofit, mount vertical or horizontal)
2975-9145 Red Mounting Box, requires 4905-9931 Adapter Plate 7 ⅞" x 5 ⅛" x 2 ¾" D (200 mm x 130 mm x 70 mm)
Red wire guard with mounting plate, compatible with semi-
4905-9961 6 1⁄16” H x 6 1⁄16” W x 3 ⅛” D (154 mm x 154 mm x 79 mm)
flush or surface mount boxes

2 S49AO-0001-6 11/2016
TrueAlert Device Reports Reference
Service Port Page 1
REPORT 5 : TrueAlert Device Report 12:34:56am TUE 27 Jan-15
DEVICE
POINT ID CUSTOM LABEL TYPE CANDELA
T14-1-1 Location Label . . . up to 40 characters V/O 15
T14-1-2 Break Room 5 A/V 110
T14-1-3 Boiler Room A/V 75
T14-1-4 Elec. Room 7 A/V 135

Installation Reference

Adapter Plate and Surface Mount Installation Reference

2975-9145 Box Mounting Reference

4905-9931 Adapter Plate Surface Mount Side View Reference
2975-9145 Box
(Surface mount conduit and
box shown for reference)

Optional
4905-9961
Wire Guard

TrueAlert ES
Addressable Horn

4" square box profile,

1-1/2" (38 mm) deep
4905-9931 Adapter Plate
TrueAlert ES Optional surface mount adapter skirt,
Addressable Horn 1-1/2" deep: 4905-9937, Red;
4905-9940, White (conduit knockouts
4905-9961 Optional Wire Guard
(shown here for reference only, can be used on other mounting options) are provided on all four sides)

3 S49AO-0001-6 11/2016
 IDNAC SLC Controller Compatibility Reference
Data Sheet IDNAC SLC Output Appliance Voltage
Compatible Controllers Controller Output
Reference Voltage Design Reference
4100ES with EPS+ or EPS Power Supply S4100-0100
4009 IDNAC Repeater S4009-0004 29 VDC 23 VDC
IDNAC SLC
4007ES with IDNAC Notification S4007-0002 (regulated) (with 6 VDC drop)
4010ES with ESS Enhanced System Supply S4010-0011

TrueAlert ES Horn Specifications

Electrical Ratings
Typical Operating Voltage Range 23 VDC to 31 VDC, Special Application (see below for 17 VDC ratings)
RMS Current Rating 23 mA maximum @ 31 VDC (use this for all applications)
Supervisory Requirements 1 unit load (= 0.8 mA control panel current)
IDNAC SLC Loading Maximum of 127 addresses per SLC, 139 unit loads
Sound Output Ratings @ 10 ft (3 m) @ 23 VDC (with IDNAC SLCs)
Sound Type/Setting Steady/High Steady/Low Coded/High Coded/Low
Reverberant Chamber, UL 464 Test 89.8 dBA 83.4 dBA 86 dBA 79.2 dBA
Anechoic Chamber, ULC 525 Test 92.5 dBA 86.7 dBA 92.4 dBA 86.6 dBA
Sound Output Dispersion per ULC S541 Anechoic Testing
Horizontal -3 dBA @ 61.5° at both left and right from center; -4.6 dBA @ 90° from center
Vertical -3 dBA @ 62° above and below center; -3.5 dBA @ 90° from center
General Specifications
Sound Characteristics 2400 to 3700 Hz sweep, modulated at 120 Hz rate
Temperature Range 32 to 122 F (0 to 50 C)
Humidity Range 10% to 93%, non-condensing @ 104° F (40° C)
Terminal blocks on mounting plate for 18 AWG to 12 AWG (0.82 mm2 to 3.31 mm2); two wires per
Connections
terminal for in/out wiring
Installation Instructions 579-1034
IDNAC SLC Wiring Specifications UTP, unshielded twisted pair recommended
(refer to control panel installation Maximum wire length allowed with “T-Taps” for Class B wiring per SLC = 10,000 ft (3048 m)
instructions for more information) Maximum wire length to any appliance = 4000 ft (1219 m)
Notes: UL 464 test coded values are typical of the output measured with a Temporal or a March Time pattern and with a sound level meter
reading on a “fast” setting. Under the same test conditions, coded horn output “peak” sound level readings are typically 4 dBA
higher. Anechoic horn output ratings are typically more representative of actual installed sound output.

TrueAlert ES Horn LEGACY Compatibility Reference

Data Sheet Appliance Voltage
Compatible Controller Controller Output Available Horn Control
Reference Minimum
4100ES or 4100U with
S4100-0031
TrueAlert Power Supply
4009 TPS, Remote TrueAlert TrueAlert Continuous, Temporal Code 3, and
S4100-0037 17 VDC
Power Supply Addressable SLC March Time of 60 or 120 bpm
TrueAlert Addressable
S4009-0003
Controller (4009T)
Electrical Ratings Differences for Legacy Applications (refer to above specifications for other ratings)
Voltage Range 17 VDC to 31 VDC, Special Application
Sound Output Ratings @ 10 ft (3 m) @ 17 VDC
Sound Type/Setting Steady/High Steady/Low Coded/High Coded/Low
Reverberant Chamber, UL 464 Test 87.6 dBA 80.6 dBA 83.1 dBA 76.9 dBA
Anechoic Chamber, ULC 525 Test 89.9 dBA 84.1 dBA 89.6 dBA 83.6 dBA

TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm Code
are trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).

Tyco Fire Protection Products • Westminster, MA • 01441-0001 • USA S49AO-0001-6 11/2016

www.simplex-fire.com
© 2016 Tyco Fire Protection Products. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice.
 TrueAlert Addressable Notification Appliances
UL/ULC Listed; Audible Only Notification Appliances, Indoor Ceiling Mount
FM Approved* Electronic Horns, Model Series 49AO

Features
Individually addressed and controlled low power
TrueAlert ES A/O (audible only) Notification
Appliances:
 Advanced addressable notification controlled by IDNAC
SLCs.
 IDNAC SLCs provide regulated 29 VDC allowing horns
to operate with lower current
 Wiring supervision to each appliance allows
“T-tapped” connections for Class B circuits to
simplify wiring (Class A circuits require in/out
wiring)
 Self-Test Mode allows an on-board sensor to detect
the horn output and then report its status to the control
panel
 Horns are controlled separately from visible
appliances on the same SLC with control panel
selection of operation as: Temporal Code 3, March TrueAlert ES Addressable Horns are Available in Red with
Time (selectable as 20, 60, or 120 bpm), Continuous, White Lettering and White with Red Lettering
or Temporal Code 4
 Output of “high” or “low” (~6 dBA difference) Description
selectable at the appliance or from the controller with TrueAlert ES addressable horns are individually
FACP mode selected at the appliance addressed audible notification appliances that receive
 Unobtrusive Magnet Test diagnostics are available to power, supervision, and control signals from a Simplex
assist checkout and testing of appliances and wiring fire alarm control panel providing IDNAC Signaling Line
 Electrical test point access by removing the cover Circuits (SLCs). (See compatibility list on page 4.)
 Compatible with legacy TrueAlert addressable
systems for upgrade and replacement (see page 4) TrueAlert ES Operation Advantage
 Listed to UL Standard 464 and ULC Standard S525 TrueAlert ES addressable appliances on IDNAC
LED Indicator and Magnet Test feature: SLCs provide separate audible (and visible) notification
 Appliance LED can be selected to display each polling using a single two-wire circuit that also confirms connection
cycle to indicate appliance supervision to the individual notification appliance’s electronic circuit.
 When the controller is in diagnostic mode, the Magnet This operation increases circuit supervision integrity by
Test pulses the LED to indicate appliance address and providing supervision that extends beyond the appliance
is selectable to also briefly sound the horn to confirm wiring connections.
operation
Reduced current allows efficient IDNAC SLC
Mechanical design features include:
operation. With IDNAC SLCs, a constant 29 VDC source
 Rugged, high impact, flame retardant thermoplastic voltage is maintained, even during battery standby, allowing
housing in red with white letters or white with red horns on the same SLC to operate at higher voltage with
letters available with FIRE, ALERT, FEU, or blank lower current and ensuring a consistent current draw and
lettering voltage drop margin under both primary power and
 Separate covers are available to change application secondary battery standby. Efficiencies include wiring
type on-site or for replacement; covers can be easily distances up to 2 to 3 times farther than with conventional
removed without disturbing the connected housing notification, or support for more appliances per IDNAC
and avoiding trouble conditions SLC, or use of smaller gauge wiring, or combinations of
 You can use a back box to mount the appliance these benefits, all providing installation and maintenance
assembly to the wall. Mount to a 4-inch (10.16 cm) savings with high assurance that appliances that operate
square electrical box In/out wiring terminals for 18 during normal system testing will operate during worst case
AWG to 12 AWG alarm conditions.
 Optional wire guards (see page 2 for details)
* Additional listings may be applicable, contact your local Simplex® product supplier for the
latest status. Listings and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co.

S49AOC-0001-3 5/2018
TrueAlert ES Operation Advantage (Cont’d)
Reducing Installation and Testing Time. With
separate controls on the same two-wire SLC, installation
time and expense for both retrofit and new construction
can be significantly reduced. When Class B wiring is
used, wiring can be “T” tapped, allowing more savings in
distance, wire, conduit (size and utilization), and overall
installation efficiency. Use of Self-Test and Magnet Test
features improves installation efficiency. TrueAlert device
reports conveniently identify information about each
connected appliance.
TrueAlert ES Diagnostics
Test Features. When IDNAC SLCs are in diagnostic
mode, Self-Test and Magnet Test features provide individual
appliance testing. With the Self-Test feature, appliance
operation can be confirmed without leaving the control panel.
Additionally, each appliance’s LED can be selected to pulse
when it receives a supervision poll during normal operation.
Self-Test Details. Selecting Self-Test Mode from the
control panel allows on-board sensors, depending on the
device type, to detect its own horn output and then report
their status to the control panel. Operation is by selected
VNAC appliance groups and is either automatic (all briefly
simultaneously activated) or individually activated by
applying a magnet. (Refer to control panel data sheet for more
Self-Test information, see list on page 4.)
TrueAlert ES Diagnostics (Cont’d)
Silent Appliance Magnet Test. In this test mode, in
response to application of a magnet, the appliance LED
pulses sequentially to conveniently indicate the
appliance’s address.
Operational Appliance Magnet Test. In this test
mode, after the address is indicated by pulsing the
appliance LED, the horn will briefly sound to indicate
proper operation.
TrueStart Instrument Two (TSIT). The 2nd
generation of the Simplex TrueStart Test Instrument adds
testing of IDNAC SLC wiring and TrueAlert ES
appliances to its ability to test IDCs, NACs, and IDNet
communications before connection to the control panel.
Please contact your local Simplex representative for
additional information.
TrueAlert Addressable Wiring Isolator
Isolator Model 4905-9929 is available for remote
mounting on TrueAlert addressable circuits to isolate
short circuited wiring from functioning wiring. (See data
sheet S4905-0001.)

Product Selection
Ceiling Mount Addressable Audible Only A/O Appliances
TrueAlert ES Addressable A/O appliance dimensions with cover: 7 ⅛” H x 7 ⅛” W x 1 ¼” D ( 180 mm x 180 mm x 32 mm)
Model* Description
49AO-APPLC(-BA) AO appliance only. Select cover separately.
Back Boxes
Model Color Model Color
49WPBB-SOCR Red 49WPBB-SOCR White
Note: Use WP back boxes for surface mounting only. Using weatherproof back boxes does not make an appliance weatherproof.
Separate Covers (Required when ordering model 49AO-APPLC(-BA))
Model* Color Wording Model* Color Wording
49AOC-CRFIRE Red 49AOC-CRBAA Red
FIRE ‫ إن ذار‬/ ALERT
49AOC-CWFIRE White 49AOC-CWBAA White
49AOC-CRALT Red 49AOC-CRBAF Red
ALERT ‫ح ريق‬/FIRE
49AOC-CWALT White 49AOC-CWBAF White
49AOC-CRFEU Red 49AOC-CK Black Blank
FEU
49AOC-CWFEU White 49AOC-CWCALT White 火警/FIRE
49AOC-CRBF Red 49AOC-CRS Red
FEU/FIRE Simplex logo only
49AOC-CWBF White 49AOC-CWS White
* Note: (-BA) indicates model is available either with or without the -BA suffix. Model numbers ending in -BA, APPLC models, and
separate mounting plates are assembled in the USA.
Wire Guards and Wire Guard Back Boxes
Model Description
49WG-SOCR SO Ceiling Mount Red Wire Guard

2 S49AOC-0001-3 5/2018
TrueAlert Device Reports Reference
Service Port Page 1
REPORT 5 : TrueAlert Device Report 12:34:56am TUE 27 Jan-15
DEVICE
POINT ID CUSTOM LABEL TYPE CANDELA
T14-1-1 Location Label . . . up to 40 characters V/O 15
T14-1-2 Break Room 5 A/V 110
T14-1-3 Boiler Room A/V 75
T14-1-4 Elec. Room 7 A/V 135

Installation Reference

3 S49AOC-0001-3 5/2018
 IDNAC SLC Controller Compatibility Reference
Data Sheet IDNAC SLC Output Appliance Voltage
Compatible Controllers Controller Output
Reference Voltage Design Reference
4100ES with EPS+ or EPS Power Supply S4100-0100
4009 IDNAC Repeater S4009-0004 29 VDC 23 VDC
IDNAC SLC
4007ES with IDNAC Notification S4007-0002 (regulated) (with 6 VDC drop)
4010ES with ESS Enhanced System Supply S4010-0011

TrueAlert ES Horn Specifications

Electrical Ratings
Typical Operating Voltage Range 23 VDC to 30 VDC, Special Application (see below for 17 VDC ratings)
RMS Current Rating 18 mA maximum @ 17V or 23V rating VDC
Supervisory Requirements 1 unit load (= 0.8 mA control panel current)
IDNAC SLC Loading Maximum of 127 addresses per SLC, 139 unit loads
Sound Output Ratings @ 10 ft (3 m) @ 23 VDC (with IDNAC SLCs)
Sound Type/Setting Steady/High Steady/Low Coded/High Coded/Low
Reverberant Chamber, UL 464 Test 89.0 dBA 83.0 dBA 85 dBA 80 dBA
Anechoic Chamber, ULC 525 Test 97.0 dBA 92.5 dBA 97.0 dBA 92.5 dBA
Sound Output Dispersion per ULC S541 Anechoic Testing
Horizontal -3 dBA @ 45° at both left and right from center; -6 dBA @ 85° from center
Vertical -3 dBA @ 45° above and 35° below center; -6 dBA @ 85° from center
General Specifications
Sound Characteristics 2400 to 3700 Hz sweep, modulated at 120 Hz rate
Temperature Range 32 to 120 F (0 to 49 C)
Humidity Range 10% to 93%, non-condensing @ 104° F (40° C)
Terminal blocks on mounting plate for 18 AWG to 12 AWG (0.82 mm2 to 3.31 mm2); two wires per
Connections
terminal for in/out wiring
Installation Instructions 579-1242
IDNAC SLC Wiring Specifications UTP, unshielded twisted pair recommended
(refer to control panel installation Maximum wire length allowed with “T-Taps” for Class B wiring per SLC = 10,000 ft (3048 m)
instructions for more information) Maximum wire length to any appliance = 4000 ft (1219 m)
Notes: UL 464 test coded values are typical of the output measured with a Temporal or a March Time pattern and with a sound level meter
reading on a “fast” setting. Under the same test conditions, coded horn output “peak” sound level readings are typically 4 dBA
higher. Anechoic horn output ratings are typically more representative of actual installed sound output.

TrueAlert ES Horn LEGACY Compatibility Reference

Data Sheet Appliance Voltage
Compatible Controller Controller Output Available Horn Control
Reference Minimum
4100ES or 4100U with
S4100-0031
TrueAlert Power Supply
4009 TPS, Remote TrueAlert TrueAlert Continuous, Temporal Code 3, and
S4100-0037 17 VDC
Power Supply Addressable SLC March Time of 60 or 120 bpm
TrueAlert Addressable
S4009-0003
Controller (4009T)
Electrical Ratings Differences for Legacy Applications (refer to above specifications for other ratings)
Voltage Range 17 VDC to 31 VDC, Special Application
Sound Output Ratings @ 10 ft (3 m) @ 17 VDC
Sound Type/Setting Steady/High Steady/Low Coded/High Coded/Low
Reverberant Chamber, UL 464 Test 87 dBA 81 dBA 82 dBA 77 dBA
Anechoic Chamber, ULC 525 Test 94.5 dBA 90 dBA 90 dBA 83.6 dBA

SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm Code are
trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).

Westminster, MA • 01441-0001 • USA S49AOC-0001-3 5/2018

www.simplex-fire.com

© 2018 Johnson Controls. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice.
 TrueAlert Addressable Notification Appliances
UL, ULC, CSFM Listed; Audible/Visible Notification Appliances, Wall Mount
FM Approved* Multi-Candela Horn/Strobe, Model Series 49AV

Features
Individually addressed and controlled multi-candela
TrueAlert ES A/V (audible/visible) notification
appliances provide:
 Multi-candela xenon strobe with synchronized 1 Hz flash
rate and with intensity programmable from the control
panel or jumper selected as 15, 30, 75, 110, 135, or 185 cd
 Advanced addressable notification controlled by IDNAC
SLCs providing regulated 29 VDC allowing strobes to
operate with lower current even under battery backup
 Wiring supervision to each appliance allowing
“T-tapped” connections for Class B circuits to simplify
wiring (Class A circuits require in/out wiring)
 Self-Test Mode allows on-board sensors to detect the
strobe and horn output and then report their status to the
control panel
 TrueAlert Device Reports at the control panel detailing
appliance point ID, custom label, type, and candela
setting (see sample on page 3) TrueAlert ES Addressable A/Vs are Available in Red with
 Magnet Test diagnostics to assist checkout and testing White Lettering and White with Red Lettering
of appliances and wiring
 Electrical test point access without removing cover Features (Continued)
 Compatibility with ADA requirements; (refer to Audible notification appliance (horn):
important installation information on page 3)  Harmonically rich output sound for either coded or
 Compatibility with legacy TrueAlert addressable steady operation
systems for upgrade and replacement (see page 4)
 Horns sound as Temporal Code 3, March Time pattern,
 Strobe operation is listed to UL Standard 1971 and ULC continuous; or Temporal Code 4, controlled separately
Standard S526; Horn operation is listed to UL Standard from visible appliances on the same two-wire circuit
464 and ULC Standard S525
 Selectable March Time rates of 20, 60, or 120 beats per
LED Indicator and Magnet Test feature: minute
 Appliance LED can be selected to display each polling  Output is “high” or “low” (~5 dBA difference)
cycle to indicate appliance supervision selectable at the appliance or from the controller with
 When the controller is in diagnostic mode, the Magnet FACP mode selected at the appliance
Test pulses the LED to indicate appliance address and
can be set to also briefly flash the strobe and sound the Description
horn
Mechanical design features include: TrueAlert ES addressable A/Vs are individually
addressed audible/visible notification appliances that
 Rugged, high impact, flame retardant thermoplastic receive power, supervision, and control signals from a
housing in red with white letters or white with red Simplex fire alarm control panel providing IDNAC
letters, with clear lens, available with FIRE, FEU, Signaling Line Circuits (SLCs). LED and Xenon tube
ALERT, FEU/FIRE, or blank lettering strobes devices are interoperable on the same IDNAC
 Separate covers are available to change application type channel. (See compatibility list on page 4.)
on-site or for replacement
 A separate mounting plate allows wiring to be Strobe Application Reference
completed before appliance is mounted; use with single Proper selection of visible notification is dependent on
gang, double gang, or 4-inch square box, flush or occupancy, location, local codes, and proper applications
surface mount of: the National Fire Alarm Code (NFPA 72), ANSI
 Covers can be easily removed without disturbing the A117.1; the appropriate model building code: BOCA,
connected housing and avoiding trouble conditions ICBO, or SBCCI; and the application guidelines of the
 In/out wiring terminals for 18 AWG to 12 AWG Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA).
 Optional mounting adapters are available to cover
surface mounted electrical boxes and to adapt to * These products have been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM)
Simplex 2975-9145 boxes pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing
7125-0026:0373 for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in
 Optional red wire guards (see page 2 for details) this document. Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local Simplex product
supplier for the latest status. Listings and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co. are
the property of Tyco Fire Protection Products.
S49AV-0001-6 11/2016
TrueAlert ES Operation Advantage TrueAlert ES Diagnostics
TrueAlert ES addressable appliances on IDNAC Test Features. When IDNAC SLCs are in diagnostic
SLCs provide separate visible and audible notification mode, Self-Test and Magnet Test features provide individual
using a single two-wire circuit that also confirms appliance testing. With the Self-Test feature, appliance
connection to the individual notification appliance’s operation can be confirmed without leaving the control panel.
electronic circuit. This operation increases circuit Additionally, each appliance’s LED can be selected to pulse
supervision integrity by providing supervision that when it receives a supervision poll during normal operation.
extends beyond the appliance wiring connections. Self-Test Details. Selecting Self-Test Mode from the control
Reduced current allows efficient IDNAC SLC panel allows on-board sensors, depending on the device type, to
operation. With IDNAC SLCs, a constant 29 VDC detect its own strobe and/or horn output and then report their
source voltage is maintained, even during battery standby, status to the control panel. Operation is by selected VNAC
allowing strobes to operate at higher voltage with lower appliance groups and is either automatic (all briefly
current and ensuring a consistent current draw and voltage simultaneously activated) or individually activated by applying
drop margin under both primary power and secondary a magnet. (Refer to control panel data sheet for more Self-Test
battery standby. Efficiencies include wiring distances up information, see list on page 4.)
to 2 to 3 times farther than with conventional notification, Silent Appliance Magnet Test. In this test mode, in
or support for more appliances per IDNAC SLC, or use of response to application of a magnet, the appliance LED pulses
smaller gauge wiring, or combinations of these benefits, sequentially to conveniently indicate the appliance’s address.
all providing installation and maintenance savings with Operational Appliance Magnet Test. In this test mode,
high assurance that appliances that operate during normal after the address is indicated by pulsing the appliance LED, the
system testing will operate during worst case alarm strobe will briefly flash and the horn will briefly sound to
conditions. indicate proper operation.
Reducing Installation and Testing Time. With TrueStart Instrument Two (TSIT). The 2nd generation of
separate controls on the same two-wire SLC, installation the Simplex TrueStart Test Instrument adds testing of IDNAC
time and expense for both retrofit and new construction SLC wiring and TrueAlert ES appliances to its ability to test
can be significantly reduced. When Class B wiring is IDCs, NACs, and IDNet communications before connection to
used, wiring can be “T” tapped, allowing more savings in the control panel. Please contact your local Simplex
distance, wire, conduit (size and utilization), and overall representative for additional information.
installation efficiency. Use of Self-Test and Magnet Test
features improve installation efficiency. TrueAlert device
TrueAlert Addressable Wiring Isolator
reports conveniently identify information about each Isolator Model 4905-9929 is available for remote mounting
connected appliance. on TrueAlert addressable circuits to isolate short circuited
wiring from functioning wiring. (See data sheet S4905-0001.)
Product Selection
TrueAlert ES Wall Mount Addressable Audible/Visible Appliances
TrueAlert ES addressable A/V appliances include cover and matching mounting plate except as noted;
Dimensions with Cover = 5 ⅛” H x 5” W x 2 ⅝” D (130 mm x 127 mm x 67 mm)
Model* Cover Color Wording Lens Color Model* Cover Color Wording Lens Color
49AV-WRF(-BA) Red 49AV-WRS(-BA) Red
FIRE Blank Clear
49AV-WWF(-BA) White Clear 49AV-WWS-BA White
49AV-WRQ Red FEU 49AV-APPLW(-BA) Select cover and mounting plate separately
Separate Mounting Plate
Model Color Model Color Note
49MP-AVVOWR Red 49MP-AVVOWW White Mounting Plate is required when ordering model 49AV-APPLW(-BA)
Separate Covers (Required when ordering model 49AV-APPLW(-BA))
Model* Color Wording Model* Color Wording
49AVC-WRFIRE Red 49AVC-WRFEU Red
FIRE FEU
49AVC-WWFIRE White 49AVC-WWFEU White
49AVC-WRALT Red 49AVC-WRBLNG Red
ALERT FEU/FIRE
49AVC-WWALT White 49AVC-WWBLNG White
49AVC-WRS Red Blank 49AVC-WWS White Blank
* Note: (-BA) indicates model is available either with or without the -BA suffix. Model numbers ending in -BA, APPLW models, and separate
mounting plates are assembled in the USA.
Mounting Adapters and Wire Guard
Model Color Description Dimensions
4905-9937 Red 5 ⅜” H x 5 ¼” W x 1 ⅝” D (136 mm x 133 mm x 41 mm)
Surface Mount Adapter Skirt
4905-9940 White Total depth with strobe = 4 ⅜” (111 mm)
Red Adapter Plate for mounting to Simplex 2975-9145 Box
4905-9931 8 5⁄16” x 5 ¾” x 0.060” Thick (211 mm x 146 mm x 1.5 mm)
(typically for retrofit, mount vertical or horizontal)
2975-9145 Red Mounting Box, requires 4905-9931 Adapter Plate 7 ⅞" x 5 ⅛" x 2 ¾" D (200 mm x 130 mm x 70 mm)
Red wire guard with mounting plate, compatible with semi-flush
4905-9961 6 1⁄16” H x 6 1⁄16” W x 3 ⅛” D (154 mm x 154 mm x 79 mm)
or surface mount boxes
2 S49AV-0001-6 11/2016
TrueAlert Device Reports Reference
Service Port Page 1
REPORT 5 : TrueAlert Device Report 12:34:56am TUE 27-Jan-15
DEVICE
POINT ID CUSTOM LABEL TYPE CANDELA
T14-1-1 Location Label . . . up to 40 characters V/O 15
T14-1-2 Break Room 5 A/V 110
T14-1-3 Boiler Room A/V 75
T14-1-4 Elec. Room 7 A/V 135

Installation Reference

Mounting is compatible with single gang,

double gang, and 4" (102 mm) square boxes, IMPORTANT! WALL MOUNT
1-1/2" (38 mm) deep, supplied separately INSTALLATION HEIGHT REFERENCE

Wiring terminals and

connection clips Electrical
Transparent box outline
housing assembly A/V configuration switch
Removable cover (when
installed, use flat bladed
screwdriver to release latch
on left side) Bottom of lens is
either even with, or
slightly above bottom
of compatible boxes
Wiring access
hole 80" (2.03 m)
LED indicator minimum
location
Address setting DIP Mounting plate NFPA 72 requires
switch, accessible that the entire lens be
Mounting Holes:
from rear of housing not less than 80" and
Single gang (2) not greater than 96"
Magnetic test location Double gang (4) above the finished
(bottom of housing) 110 4" square (4) floor (confirm with
75 your local codes)
30 Intensity selection
Strobe intensity 15 plug, accessible
viewing slot on FACP from rear of
side of appliance housing; factory
135 setting is FACP,
Electrical test point access holes (not to scale) 185
(on bottom) controlled by panel

Adapter Plate and Surface Mount Installation Reference

2975-9145 Box Mounting Reference
4905-9931 Adapter Plate Surface Mount Side View Reference
2975-9145 Box
(Surface mount conduit and
box shown for reference)

Optional
4905-9961
Wire Guard

TrueAlert ES
Addressable A/V

4" square box profile,

1-1/2" (38 mm) deep
4905-9931 Adapter Plate
TrueAlert ES Optional surface mount adapter skirt,
Addressable A/V 1-1/2" deep: 4905-9937, Red;
4905-9940, White (conduit knockouts
4905-9961 Optional Wire Guard
(shown here for reference only, can be used on other mounting options) are provided on all four sides)

3 S49AV-0001-6 11/2016
 IDNAC SLC Controller Compatibility Reference
Data Sheet IDNAC SLC Output Appliance Voltage
Compatible Controllers Controller Output
Reference Voltage Design Reference
4100ES with EPS+ or EPS Power Supply S4100-0100
4009 IDNAC Repeater S4009-0004 29 VDC 23 VDC
IDNAC SLC
4007ES with IDNAC Notification S4007-0002 (regulated) (with 6 VDC drop)
4010ES with ESS Enhanced System Supply S4010-0011

TrueAlert ES A/V Specifications

Typical Operating Voltage Range 23 VDC to 31 VDC, Special Application (see below for 17 VDC rating)
Electrical
Supervisory Requirements 1 unit load (= 0.8 mA control panel current)
Ratings
IDNAC SLC Loading Maximum of 127 addresses per SLC, 139 unit loads
Sound Output Ratings @ 10 ft (3 m) @ 23 VDC (with IDNAC SLCs)
Sound Type/Setting Steady/High Steady/Low Coded/High Coded/Low
Reverberant Chamber, UL 464 Test 90.1 dBA 83.6 dBA 85.7 dBA 80.1 dBA
Anechoic Chamber, ULC 525 Test 94.1 dBA 88.1 dBA 94.1 dBA 88.1 dBA
Sound Output Dispersion per ULC S541 Anechoic Testing
Horizontal -3 dBA @ 50°; -6 dBA @ 63°; left and right from center
Vertical -3 dBA @ 20° above, 48° below; -6 dBA @ 65° above, 60° below; ref. to center
Candela Setting 15 cd 30 cd 75 cd 110 cd 135 cd 185 cd
23 VDC RMS Current Ratings, with horn on
59 mA 67 mA 107 mA 139 mA 166 mA 215 mA
continuous at high setting
General Specifications
Sound Characteristics 2400 to 3700 Hz sweep, modulated at 120 Hz rate
Terminal blocks on mounting plate for
Temperature Range 32 to 122 F (0 to 50 C) 18 AWG to 12 AWG (0.82 mm2 to
Connections
Humidity Range 10% to 93%, non-condensing @ 104° F (40° C) 3.31 mm2); two wires per terminal for
in/out wiring
Installation Instructions 579-1031
IDNAC SLC Wiring Specifications UTP, unshielded twisted pair recommended
(refer to control panel installation Maximum wire length allowed with “T-Taps” for Class B wiring per SLC = 10,000 ft (3048 m)
instructions for more information) Maximum wire length to any appliance = 4000 ft (1219 m)
Note: UL 464 test coded values are typical of the output measured with a Temporal or a March Time pattern and with a sound level meter
reading on a “fast” setting. Under the same test conditions, coded horn output “peak” sound level readings are typically 4 dBA higher.
Anechoic horn output ratings are typically more representative of actual installed sound output.

TrueAlert ES A/V LEGACY Compatibility Reference

Data Sheet Controller Available Strobe Available Horn Appliance Voltage
Compatible Controller
Reference Output Intensity Control Minimum
4100ES or 4100U with
S4100-0031
TrueAlert Power Supply
TrueAlert Continuous, Temporal
4009 TPS, Remote 15, 30, 75, and
S4100-0037 Addressable Code 3, and March 17 VDC
TrueAlert Power Supply 110 cd
SLC Time of 60 or 120 bpm
TrueAlert Addressable
S4009-0003
Controller (4009T)
Electrical Ratings Differences for Legacy Applications (refer to above specifications for other ratings)
Voltage Range 17 VDC to 31 VDC, Special Application
Sound Output Sound Type/Setting Steady/High Steady/Low Coded/High Coded/Low
Ratings @ 10 ft Reverberant Chamber, UL 464 Test 87.8 dBA 81.6 dBA 83.4 dBA 77.0 dBA
(3 m) @ 17 VDC Anechoic Chamber, ULC 525 Test 91.7 dBA 85.4 dBA 91.7 dBA 85.4 dBA
Candela Setting 15 cd 30 cd 75 cd 110 cd
17 VDC RMS Current Ratings, with horn on continuous
at high setting, use when connected to TrueAlert 74 mA 85 mA 140 mA 185 mA
Addressable SLCs per above
TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm Code
are trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).

Tyco Fire Protection Products • Westminster, MA • 01441-0001 • USA S49AV-0001-6 11/2016

www.simplex-fire.com
© 2016 Tyco Fire Protection Products. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice.
 TrueAlert Addressable Notification Appliances
UL/ULC Listed; Audible/Visible Notification Appliances, Indoor Ceiling Mount
FM Approved* Multi-Candela Horn/Strobe, Model Series 49AV

Description
Ceiling Mount Addressable Visible (A/V)
Notification Appliances are individually addressed
audible/visible notification appliances that receive power,
supervision, and control signals from a Simplex fire alarm
control panel providing IDNAC Signaling Line Circuits (SLCs).
LED and Xenon tube strobes devices are interoperable on the
same IDNAC channel. (See compatibility list on page 4.)

Features
Individually addressed and controlled multi-candela
TrueAlert ES A/V (audible/visible) notification
appliances provide:
 Multi-candela xenon strobe with synchronized 1 Hz flash rate and
with intensity programmable from the control panel or jumper
selected as 15, 30, 75 or 110cd on the AV model, or 110, 135 or
185 cd on the AVH model
 Advanced addressable notification controlled by IDNAC
SLCs.
 IDNAC SLCs provide regulated 29 VDC allowing horns to TrueAlert ES Addressable A/Vs are Available in Red with
operate with lower current White Lettering and White with Red Lettering
 Wiring supervision to each appliance allowing “T-tapped”
connections for Class B circuits to simplify wiring (Class A Features (Cont’d)
circuits require in/out wiring)
 Covers can be easily removed without disturbing the
 Self-Test Mode allows on-board sensors to detect the strobe
connected housing and avoiding trouble conditions
and horn output and then report their status to the control
 In/out wiring terminals for 18 AWG to 12 AWG
panel
 Optional red wire guards (see page 2 for details)
 TrueAlert Device Reports at the control panel detailing
Audible notification appliance (horn):
appliance point ID, custom label, type, and candela setting
(see sample on page 3)  Harmonically rich output sound for either coded or steady
operation
 Magnet Test diagnostics to assist checkout and testing of
appliances and wiring  Horns sound as Temporal Code 3, March Time pattern,
 Electrical test point access by removing the cover continuous; or Temporal Code 4, controlled separately from
visible appliances on the same two-wire circuit
 Compatibility with ADA requirements; (refer to important
installation information on page 3)  Selectable March Time rates of 20, 60, or 120 beats per minute
 Compatibility with legacy TrueAlert addressable systems for  Output is “high” or “low” (~5 dBA difference) selectable at the
upgrade and replacement (see page 4) appliance or from the controller with FACP mode selected at
 Strobe operation is listed to UL Standard 1971 and ULC the appliance
Standard S526; Horn operation is listed to UL Standard 464
and ULC Standard S525
Strobe Application Reference
LED Indicator and Magnet Test feature: Proper selection of visible notification is dependent on occupancy,
 Appliance LED can be selected to display each polling cycle location, local codes, and proper applications of: the National Fire
to indicate appliance supervision Alarm Code (NFPA 72), ANSI A117.1; the appropriate model
 When the controller is in diagnostic mode, the Magnet Test building code: BOCA, ICBO, or SBCCI; and the application
pulses the LED to indicate appliance address and can be set to guidelines of the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA).
also briefly flash the strobe and sound the horn
* Additional listings may be applicable, contact your local Simplex® product supplier for the
Mechanical design features include: latest status. Listings and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co.
 Rugged, high impact, flame retardant thermoplastic housing
in red with white letters or white with red letters, with clear
lens, available with FIRE, FEU, ALERT, FEU/FIRE, or
blank lettering
 Separate covers are available to change application type on-
site or for replacement
 You can use a back box to mount the appliance assembly to
the wall. Mount to a 4-inch (10.16 cm) square electrical box

S49AVC-0001-5 5/2018
TrueAlert ES Operation Advantage
TrueAlert ES addressable appliances on IDNAC SLCs
provide separate visible and audible notification using a single
two-wire circuit that also confirms connection to the individual
notification appliance’s electronic circuit. This operation
increases circuit supervision integrity by providing supervision
that extends beyond the appliance wiring connections.
Reduced current allows efficient IDNAC SLC
operation. With IDNAC SLCs, a constant 29 VDC source
voltage is maintained, even during battery standby, allowing
strobes to operate at higher voltage with lower current and
ensuring a consistent current draw and voltage drop margin
under both primary power and secondary battery standby.
Efficiencies include wiring distances up to 2 to 3 times farther
than with conventional notification, or support for more
appliances per IDNAC SLC, or use of smaller gauge wiring, or
combinations of these benefits, all providing installation and
maintenance savings with high assurance that appliances that
operate during normal system testing will operate during worst
case alarm conditions.
Reducing Installation and Testing Time. With separate
controls on the same two-wire SLC, installation time and
expense for both retrofit and new construction can be
significantly reduced. When Class B wiring is used, wiring can
be “T” tapped, allowing more savings in distance, wire, conduit
(size and utilization), and overall installation efficiency. Use of
Self-Test and Magnet Test features improve installation
efficiency. TrueAlert device reports conveniently identify
information about each connected appliance.
TrueAlert ES Diagnostics
Test Features. When IDNAC SLCs are in diagnostic mode,
Self-Test and Magnet Test features provide individual appliance testing.
With the Self-Test feature, appliance operation can be confirmed
without leaving the control panel. Additionally, each appliance’s LED
can be selected to pulse when it receives a supervision poll during
normal operation.
Self-Test Details. Selecting Self-Test Mode from the control panel
allows on-board sensors, depending on the device type, to detect its
own strobe and/or horn output and then report their status to the control
panel. Operation is by selected VNAC appliance groups and is either
automatic (all briefly simultaneously activated) or individually
activated by applying a magnet. (Refer to control panel data sheet for
more Self-Test information, see list on page 4.)
Silent Appliance Magnet Test. In this test mode, in response to
application of a magnet, the appliance LED pulses sequentially to
conveniently indicate the appliance’s address.
Operational Appliance Magnet Test. In this test mode, after the
address is indicated by pulsing the appliance LED, the strobe will
briefly flash and the horn will briefly sound to indicate proper
operation.
TrueStart Instrument Two (TSIT). The 2nd generation of the
Simplex TrueStart Test Instrument adds testing of IDNAC SLC wiring
and TrueAlert ES appliances to its ability to test IDCs, NACs, and
IDNet communications before connection to the control panel. Please
contact your local Simplex representative for additional information.
TrueAlert Addressable Wiring Isolator
Isolator Model 4905-9929 is available for remote mounting on
TrueAlert addressable circuits to isolate short circuited wiring from
functioning wiring. (See data sheet S4905-0001.)

Product Selection
Ceiling Mount Addressable Audible/Visible (A/V) Appliances
TrueAlert ES Addressable A/V appliance dimensions with cover: 8 ⅛ ” H x 7 ⅛” W x 3” D ( 206 mm x 180 mm x 76 mm)
Model Lens Color Description
49AV-APPLC(-BA)
Clear
49AVH-APPLC(-BA)
AV appliance only. Select cover separately.
49AVH-APPLCA(-BA) Amber
49AVH-APPLCB(-BA) Blue
Back Boxes
Model Color Model Color
49WPBB-SVCR Red 49WPBB-SVCW White
Note: Use WP back boxes for surface mounting only. Using weatherproof back boxes does not make an appliance weatherproof.
Separate Covers (Required when ordering model 49AV-APPLC(-BA))
Model* Color Wording Model* Color Wording
49AVC-CRFIRE Red 49AVC-CRFEU Red
FIRE FEU
49AVC-CWFIRE White 49AVC-CWFEU White
49AVC-CRALT Red 49AVC-CRBAF Red
ALERT ‫ح ريق‬/FIRE
49AVC-CWALT White 49AVC-CWBAF White
49AVC-CRBAA Red 49AVC-CRBF Red
49AVC-CWBAA White
‫إن ذار‬ / ALERT
49AVC-CWBF White
FEU/FIRE

49AVC-CRS Red Simplex logo only 49AVC-CWS White Simplex logo only
49AVC-CK Black Blank 49AVC-CWCALT White 火警/FIRE
* Note: (-BA) indicates model is available either with or without the -BA suffix. Model numbers ending in -BA, APPLC models, and separate
mounting plates are assembled in the USA.
Wire Guards and Wire Guard Back Boxes
Model Description
49WG-SVWCR AV Ceiling Mount Red Wire Guard
49WGBB-SVCR-O AV Ceiling Mount Red Wire Guard Back Box

2 S49AVC-0001-5 5/2018
TrueAlert Device Reports Reference
Service Port Page 1
REPORT 5 : TrueAlert Device Report 12:34:56am TUE 27-Jan-15
DEVICE
POINT ID CUSTOM LABEL TYPE CANDELA
T14-1-1 Location Label . . . up to 40 characters V/O 15
T14-1-2 Break Room 5 A/V 110
T14-1-3 Boiler Room A/V 75
T14-1-4 Elec. Room 7 A/V 135

Installation Reference

IDNAC SLC Controller Compatibility Reference

Data Sheet IDNAC SLC Output Appliance Voltage
Compatible Controllers Controller Output
Reference Voltage Design Reference
4100ES with EPS+ or EPS Power Supply S4100-0100
4009 IDNAC Repeater S4009-0004 29 VDC 23 VDC
IDNAC SLC
4007ES with IDNAC Notification S4007-0002 (regulated) (with 6 VDC drop)
4010ES with ESS Enhanced System Supply S4010-0011

3 S49AVC-0001-5 5/2018
 TrueAlert ES A/V Specifications

Typical Operating
23 VDC to 30 VDC, Special Application
Voltage Range
Electrical
Supervisory
Ratings 1 unit load (= 0.8 mA control panel current)
Requirements
IDNAC SLC Loading Maximum of 127 addresses per SLC
Sound Output Ratings @ 10 ft (3 m) (with IDNAC SLCs)
Sound Type/Setting Voltage Steady/High Steady/Low Coded/High Coded/Low
23 89.0 dBA 83 dBA 85 dBA 80 dBA
Reverberant Chamber, UL 464 Test
31 91 dBA 85.5 dBA 87 dBA 82 dBA
23 97 dBA 92.5 dBA 97 dBA 92.5 dBA
Anechoic Chamber, ULC 525 Test
31 99 dBA 95 dBA 99 dBA 95 dBA
Sound Output Dispersion per ULC S541 Anechoic Testing
Horizontal -3 dBA @ 30° at both left and right from center; -6 dBA @ 80° from center
Vertical -3 dBA @ 25° above and 35° below center; -6 dBA @ 65° above and below center
Candela Setting
15 cd 30 cd 75 cd 110 cd 135 cd 185 cd

49AV 67 mA 92 mA 159 mA 215 mA - -

23-30 VDC
49AVH - - - 272 mA 300 mA 355mA
General Specifications
2400 to 3700 Hz sweep, modulated at 120 Hz
Sound Characteristics
rate Terminal blocks on mounting plate for
18 AWG to 12 AWG (0.82 mm2 to
Temperature Range 32 to 120 F (0 to 49 C) Connections
3.31 mm2); two wires per terminal for
Humidity Range 10% to 93%, non-condensing @ 104° F (40° C) in/out wiring
Installation Instructions 579-1242
IDNAC SLC Wiring Specifications UTP, unshielded twisted pair recommended
(refer to control panel installation Maximum wire length allowed with “T-Taps” for Class B wiring per SLC = 10,000 ft (3048 m)
instructions for more information) Maximum wire length to any appliance = 4000 ft (1219 m)
Note: UL 464 test coded values are typical of the output measured with a Temporal or a March Time pattern and with a sound level meter
reading on a “fast” setting. Under the same test conditions, coded horn output “peak” sound level readings are typically 4 dBA higher.
Anechoic horn output ratings are typically more representative of actual installed sound output.

TrueAlert ES A/V LEGACY Compatibility Reference

Data Sheet Controller Available Strobe Available Horn Appliance Voltage

Compatible Controller
Reference Output Intensity Control Minimum
4100ES or 4100U with
S4100-0031
TrueAlert Power Supply
TrueAlert Continuous, Temporal
4009 TPS, Remote 15, 30, 75, and
S4100-0037 Addressable Code 3, and March 17 VDC
TrueAlert Power Supply* 110 cd
SLC Time of 60 or 120 bpm
TrueAlert Addressable
S4009-0003
Controller (4009T)*
Electrical Ratings Differences for Legacy Applications (refer to above specifications for other ratings)
Voltage Range 17 VDC to 31 VDC, Special Application
Sound Output Sound Type/Setting Steady/High Steady/Low Coded/High Coded/Low
Ratings @ 10 ft Reverberant Chamber, UL 464 Test 87.0 dBA 81.0 dBA 82.0 dBA 77.0 dBA
(3 m) @ 17 VDC Anechoic Chamber, ULC 525 Test 94.5 dBA 90.0 dBA 94.5 dBA 90.0 dBA
Candela Setting 15 cd 30 cd 75 cd 110 cd
17 VDC RMS Current Ratings, with horn on continuous
at high setting, use when connected to TrueAlert 74 mA 85 mA 140 mA 185 mA
Addressable SLCs per above
*Not compatible with 49AVH-APPLC

SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm Code are
trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).

Westminster, MA • 01441-0001 • USA S49AVC-0001-5 5/2018

www.simplex-fire.com
© 2018 Johnson Controls. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice.
 TrueAlert Notification Appliance Accessories
Appliance Cover Selection Reference

Horn (AO) (data sheet S49AO-0001, S59AO-0001 and S59AO-0002)

Fire French French/English Logos Only Blank

Red 49AOC-WRFIRE Red 49AOC-WRFEU Red 49AOC-WRBLNG Red 49AOC-WRS Red 49AOC-RBLANK
White 49AOC-WWFIRE White 49AOC-WWFEU White 49AOC-WWBLNG White 49AOC-WWS White 49AOC-WBLANK

Strobe (V/O) (data sheet S49VO-0001, and S49LENS-0001 for ALERT and Blank)

Fire Alert French French/English Logos Only

Red 49VOC-WRFIRE Red 49VOC-WRALT Red 49VOC-WRFEU Red 49VOC-WRBLNG Red 49VOC-WRS
White 49VOC-WWFIRE White 49VOC-WWALT White 49VOC-WWFEU White 49VOC-WWBLNG White 49VOC-WWS

Audible/Visible (A/V) (data sheet S49AV-0001, and S49LENS-0001 for ALERT and Blank)

Fire Alert French French/English Logos Only

Red 49AVC-WRFIRE Red 49AVC-WRALT Red 49AVC-WRFEU Red 49AVC-WRBLNG Red 49AVC-WRS
White 49AVC-WWFIRE White 49AVC-WWALT White 49AVC-WWFEU White 49AVC-WWBLNG White 49AVC-WWS
Continued next page

NOTE: These appliance covers are for use with compatible Simplex® listed/approved audible, visible, or combination
audible/visible TrueAlert ES notification appliances. Some covers are also compatible with certain TrueAlert
non-addressable appliances. Refer to specific appliance data sheets for more information and compatibility.
They are available to be selected as part of a configured appliance order, or to change application type or color
on-site, or for cover replacement. White lettering is used on red covers and red lettering is used on white covers.
Further agency listings and approvals are not applicable.

S49CV-0001-2 9/2014
 Weatherproof V/O (data sheet S49WP-0001, UL; S46WP-0002, ULC; S59VO-0001)

Fire Alert French French/English Logos Only

Red 49VOC-WRFIRE-O Red 49VOC-WRALT-O Red 49VOC-WRFEU-O Red 49VOC-WRBLNG-O Red 49VOC-WRS-O

White 49VOC-WWFIRE-O White 49VOC-WWALT-O White 49VOC-WWFEU-O White 49VOC-WWBLNG-O White 49VOC-WWS-O

Weatherproof A/V (data sheet S49WP-0001, UL; S46WP-0002, ULC; S59AV-0001)

Fire Alert French French/English Logos Only

Red 49AVC-WRFIRE-O Red 49AVC-WRALT-O Red 49AVC-WRFEU-O Red 49AVC-WRBLNG-O Red 49AVC-WRS-O

White 49AVC-WWFIRE-O White 49AVC-WWALT-O White 49AVC-WWFEU-O White 49AVC-WWBLNG-O White 49AVC-WWS-O

TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited.

Tyco Fire Protection Products • Westminster, MA • 01441-0001 • USA S49CV-0001-2 9/2014

www.simplex-fire.com
© 2014 Tyco Fire Protection Products. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice.
 TrueAlert Addressable Notification Appliances
UL, ULC, CSFM Listed; Wall Mount Visible & Audible/Visible Notification
FM Approved* Appliances for Emergency Communications

Features
Individually addressed and controlled multi-candela
TrueAlert ES Emergency Communications
appliances provide:
 Multi-candela xenon strobe with synchronized 1 Hz flash
rate and with intensity programmable from the control
panel or jumper selected
 Standard strobe models with amber lens covers, available
with ALERT lettering or blank, and with red or white
covers, available with 15, 30, 75, 110, or 135 cd output
 Separate lens covers are available in amber, blue, green,
and red to configure strobes (V/O) or audible/visible (A/V)
appliances (see ordering details on page 2 and candela
ratings on page 4)
 Advanced addressable notification controlled by IDNAC
SLCs providing regulated 29 VDC allowing strobes to
operate with lower current even under battery backup
TrueAlert ES Notification Appliances for Emergency
 Emergency Communications appliances are controlled Communications are available with ALERT or Blank
separately from fire alarm appliances but both can be on
the same IDNAC SLC; (only one type activates at a time, Description
ether fire alarm or notification, not both)
 Wiring supervision to each appliance allowing TrueAlert ES addressable appliances are
“T-tapped” connections for Class B circuits to simplify individually addressed and receive power, supervision, and
wiring (Class A circuits require in/out wiring) control signals from a Simplex fire alarm control panel
providing IDNAC Signaling Line Circuits (SLCs). (See
Provides TrueAlert ES product features: compatibility list on page 4.)
 Self-Test Mode using on-board sensors
 TrueAlert Device Reports at the control panel Strobe Application Reference
 Magnet Test diagnostics to assist checkout and test Proper selection of visible notification is dependent on
 Compatibility with ADA requirements; (see page 3) occupancy, location, local codes, and proper applications
 Compatibility with legacy TrueAlert addressable systems of: the National Fire Alarm Code (NFPA 72), ANSI
for upgrade and replacement (see page 4) A117.1; the appropriate model building code: BOCA,
 Appliance LED can be selected to display polling ICBO, or SBCCI; and the application guidelines of the
 UL listed to Standard 1638 (due to non-white lens); Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA).
verified by UL testing to provide light dispersion
patterns of UL Standard 1971 at rated candela (no TrueAlert ES Operation Advantage
derating necessary for amber or blue lens) TrueAlert ES addressable appliances on IDNAC
 ULC listed to Standard S526 SLCs provide separate visible and audible notification using
Mechanical design features include: a single two-wire circuit that also confirms connection to the
 Rugged, high impact, flame retardant thermoplastic individual notification appliance’s electronic circuit. This
housing in red with white letters or white with red operation increases circuit supervision integrity by providing
letters, available with ALERT or blank lettering supervision that extends beyond the appliance wiring
 Separate covers, optional mounting adapters and red connections.
wire guards are available
 A separate mounting plate allows wiring to be completed Reduced current allows efficient IDNAC SLC
before appliance is mounted; use with single gang, double operation. With IDNAC SLCs, a constant 29 VDC source
gang, or 4-inch square box, flush or surface mount voltage is maintained, even during battery standby, allowing
 In/out wiring terminals for 18 AWG to 12 AWG strobes to operate at higher voltage with lower current and
ensuring a consistent current draw and voltage drop margin
For clear lens TrueAlert ES appliances: under both primary power and secondary battery standby.
 Refer to data sheet S49VO-0001 for strobes
Efficiencies include wiring distances up to 2 to 3 times
 Refer to data sheet S49AV-0001 for A/Vs
farther than with conventional notification, or support for
* These products have been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant more appliances per IDNAC SLC, or use of smaller gauge
to Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing
7125-0026:0373 (for 49AV-APPLW(-BA)) and 7300-0026:0374 (for color lens products) for
wiring, or combinations of these benefits, all providing
allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in this document. installation and maintenance savings with high assurance
Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local Simplex product supplier for the that appliances that operate during normal system testing
latest status. Listings and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co. are the property of
Tyco Fire Protection Products. will operate during worst case alarm conditions.

S49LENS-0001-4 11/2016
TrueAlert ES Operation Advantage (Cont’d)
Reducing Installation and Testing Time. With
separate controls on the same two-wire SLC, installation
time and expense for both retrofit and new construction can
be significantly reduced. When Class B wiring is used,
wiring can be “T” tapped, allowing more savings in
distance, wire, conduit (size and utilization), and overall
installation efficiency. Use of Self-Test and Magnet Test
features improves installation efficiency. TrueAlert device
reports conveniently identify information about each
connected appliance.
TrueAlert ES Diagnostics
Test Features. When IDNAC SLCs are in diagnostic
mode, Self-Test and Magnet Test features provide individual
appliance testing. With the Self-Test feature, appliance
operation can be confirmed without leaving the control panel.
Additionally, each appliance’s LED can be selected to pulse
when it receives a supervision poll during normal operation.
Self-Test Details. Selecting Self-Test Mode from the control
panel allows on-board sensors, depending on the device type,
to detect its own strobe and/or horn output and then report their
status to the control panel.
Product Selection
TrueAlert ES Diagnostics (Continued)
Self-Test Details (Continued). Operation is by selected
VNAC appliance groups and is either automatic (all briefly
simultaneously activated) or individually activated by applying
a magnet. (Refer to control panel data sheet for more Self-Test
information, see list on page 4.)
Silent Appliance Magnet Test. In this test mode, in
response to application of a magnet, the appliance LED
pulses sequentially to conveniently indicate the appliance’s
address.
Operational Appliance Magnet Test. In this test mode,
after the address is indicated by pulsing the appliance LED,
the strobe will briefly flash to indicate proper operation.
TrueStart Instrument Two (TSIT). The 2nd generation
of the Simplex TrueStart Test Instrument adds testing of
IDNAC SLC wiring and TrueAlert ES appliances to its
ability to test IDCs, NACs, and IDNet communications
before connection to the control panel. Please contact your
local Simplex representative for additional information.
TrueAlert Addressable Wiring Isolator
Isolator Model 4905-9929 is available for remote
mounting on TrueAlert addressable circuits to isolate short
circuited wiring from functioning wiring. (See data sheet
S4905-0001.)

TrueAlert ES Wall Mount Addressable Strobes (V/O) with Color Lens

Model* Cover Color Lettering Lens Color Description
49VO-WRA-A(-BA) Red
ALERT Complete assembly with amber lens cover, housing cover with color
49VO-WWA-A(-BA) White Amber and lettering as indicated, and matching mounting plate; Dimensions
with cover = 5 ⅛” H x 5” W x 2 ⅝” D (130 mm x 127 mm x 67 mm
49VO-WWS-A-BA White Blank

Configured Appliance Selection (Lens covers include correct intensity selection plug)
Model* Description
49VO-APPLWE(-BA) V/O Housing for color lens Emergency Communications Appliances Order lens cover, housing cover,
49AV-APPLW(-BA) A/V Housing (has setting on-board for selecting color lens applications) and mounting plate separately
Color Lens Covers 49LENS-AMBER 49LENS-BLUE 49LENS-GREEN 49LENS-RED

Separate Mounting Plate (Required when ordering model 49VO-APPLWE(-BA) or 49AV-APPLW(-BA))

Model* Color Model* Color
49MP-AVVOWR Red 49MP-AVVOWW White
* Note: (-BA) indicates model is available either with or without the -BA suffix. Model numbers ending in -BA, APPLW and APPLWE
models, and separate mounting plates are assembled in the USA.

Housing Covers (Required when ordering model 49VO-APPLWE(-BA) or 49AV-APPLW(-BA))

Color V/O ALERT Lettering V/O Blank Lettering A/V ALERT Lettering A/V Blank Lettering
Red 49VOC-WRALT 49VOC-WRS 49AVC-WRALT 49AVC-WRS
White 49VOC-WWALT 49VOC-WWS 49AVC-WWALT 49AVC-WWS

Mounting Adapters and Wire Guard

Model Color Description Dimensions
4905-9937 Red 5 ⅜” H x 5 ¼” W x 1 ⅝” D (136 mm x 133 mm x 41 mm)
Surface Mount Adapter Skirt
4905-9940 White Total depth with strobe = 4 ⅜” (111 mm)

Red Adapter Plate for mounting to Simplex 2975-9145

4905-9931 8 5⁄16” x 5 ¾” x 0.060” Thick (211 mm x 146 mm x 1.5 mm)
Box (typically for retrofit, mount vertical or horizontal)
2975-9145 Red Mounting Box, requires 4905-9931 Adapter Plate 7 ⅞" x 5 ⅛" x 2 ¾" D (200 mm x 130 mm x 70 mm)
Red wire guard with mounting plate, compatible with
4905-9961 6 1⁄16” H x 6 1⁄16” W x 3 ⅛” D (154 mm x 154 mm x 79 mm)
semi-flush or surface mount boxes

2 S49LENS-0001-4 11/2016
TrueAlert Device Reports Reference
Service Port Page 1
REPORT 5 : TrueAlert Device Report 12:34:56am TUE 27-Jan-15
DEVICE
POINT ID CUSTOM LABEL TYPE CANDELA
T14-1-1 Location Label . . . up to 40 characters V/O 15
T14-1-2 Break Room 5 A/V 110
T14-1-3 Boiler Room A/V 75
T14-1-4 Elec. Room 7 A/V 135

Installation Reference

IMPORTANT! WALL MOUNT

Removable cover (when installed,
INSTALLATION HEIGHT REFERENCE
use flat bladed screwdriver to Mounting is compatible with single gang,
release latch on left side) Mounting plate double gang, and 4" (102 mm) square boxes,
1-1/2" (38 mm) deep, supplied separately
Wiring terminals and Electrical
connection clips box outline
Transparent
housing assembly

Bottom of lens is
LED indicator either even with, or
Wiring access hole slightly above bottom
location
of compatible boxes

80" (2.03 m)
minimum
NFPA 72 requires
Magnetic test location that the entire lens be
(bottom of housing) Mounting Holes:
not less than 80" and
Single gang (2)
not greater than 96"
Double gang (4) above the finished
110 4" square (4) floor (confirm with
Color lens cover 75 your local codes)
30 Intensity selection
Electrical test point access holes 15 plug, accessible
(on bottom) FACP from rear of
Strobe intensity viewing slot on housing; factory
side of appliance (not to scale, 135 setting is FACP,
amber/blue plug shown) 135 controlled by panel

Adapter Plate and Surface Mount Installation Reference

3 S49LENS-0001-4 11/2016
 IDNAC SLC Controller Compatibility Reference
Data Sheet IDNAC SLC Output Appliance Voltage
Compatible Controllers Controller Output
Reference Voltage Design Reference
4100ES with EPS+ or EPS Power Supply S4100-0100
4009 IDNAC Repeater S4009-0004 29 VDC 23 VDC
IDNAC SLC
4007ES with IDNAC Notification S4007-0002 (regulated) (with 6 VDC drop)
4010ES with ESS Enhanced System Supply S4010-0011

TrueAlert ES with Color Lens Specifications

Electrical Ratings
Typical Operating Voltage Range 23 VDC to 31 VDC, Special Application (see below for 17 VDC rating)
Supervisory Requirements 1 unit load (= 0.8 mA control panel current)
IDNAC SLC Loading Maximum of 127 addresses per SLC, 139 unit loads
Appliance PC Board Marking Reference 15 cd 30 cd 75 cd 110 cd 135 cd 185 cd
Amber and Blue Lens Output Rating 15 cd 30 cd 75 cd 110 cd 135 cd
Green Lens Output Rating 10 cd 20 cd 45 cd 75 cd 95 cd
Red Lens Output Rating 3 cd 7 cd 15 cd 30 cd 37 cd Not
Available
23 VDC RMS Current Ratings, for V/O 54 mA 78 mA 128 mA 184 mA 211 mA
typical design of IDNAC Addressable
SLCs (6 VDC drop) A/V 66 mA 88 mA 137 mA 192 mA 219 mA
General Specifications
Temperature Range 32 to 122 F (0 to 50 C)
Humidity Range 10% to 93%, non-condensing @ 104° F (40° C)
UTP, unshielded twisted pair recommended
IDNAC SLC Wiring Specifications
Maximum wire length allowed with “T-Taps” for Class B wiring per SLC = 10,000 ft
(refer to control panel installation instructions
(3048 m)
for more information)
Maximum wire length to any appliance = 4000 ft (1219 m)
Terminal blocks on mounting plate for 18 AWG to 12 AWG (0.82 mm2 to
Connections
3.31 mm2); two wires per terminal for in/out wiring
579-1052, TrueAlert ES Addressable Emergency Indoor Notification Appliances
Installation Instructions
579-1046, TrueAlert ES A/V and V/O Colored Lens Kit Installation Instructions
Notes: Refer to compatibility table above for fire alarm control panel and power supply operation type.

TrueAlert ES Strobe with Color Lens LEGACY Compatibility Reference

Data Sheet Available Strobe Appliance Voltage
Compatible Controller Controller Output
Reference Intensity Minimum
4100ES or 4100U with
S4100-0031
TrueAlert Power Supply
4009 TPS, Remote TrueAlert
S4100-0037 15, 30, 75, and 110 cd 17 VDC
TrueAlert Power Supply Addressable SLC
TrueAlert Addressable
S4009-0003
Controller (4009T)
Electrical Ratings Reference for Retrofit Applications
Voltage Range 17 VDC to 31 VDC, Special Application
Appliance PC Board Marking Reference 15 cd 30 cd 75 cd 110 cd 135 cd 185 cd
Amber and Blue Lens Output Rating 15 cd 30 cd 75 cd 110 cd
Green Lens Output Rating 10 cd 20 cd 45 cd 75 cd
Red Lens Output Rating 3 cd 7 cd 15 cd 30 cd
Not Available
17 VDC RMS Current Ratings, use V/O 67 mA 103 mA 171 mA 250 mA
when connected to TrueAlert
Addressable SLCs per above A/V 79 mA 113 mA 180 mA 258 mA

TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm Code
are trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).

Tyco Fire Protection Products • Westminster, MA • 01441-0001 • USA S49LENS-0001-4 11/2016

www.simplex-fire.com
© 2016 Tyco Fire Protection Products. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice.
 TrueAlert
UL, ULC, CSFM Listed;
FM Approved*
Features
Individually addressed and controlled TrueAlert ES
multi-tone electronic horns:
 Advanced addressable notification controlled by IDNAC
SLCs providing regulated 29 VDC allowing strobes to
operate with lower current even under battery backup
 Wiring supervision to each appliance allows “T-tapped”
connections for Class B circuits to simplify wiring
(Class A circuits require in/out wiring)
 Self-Test Mode allows an on-board sensor to detect the
horn output and then report its status to the control panel
 Per appliance tone selection of: 520 Hz Horn, Broadband
Horn, Bell, Chime, High/Low, Slow Whoop, or Siren;
programmable from the control panel, or selected using
an on-board DIP Switch (see sound output details on p. 4)
 520 Hz tone is compliant with NFPA 72 Low Frequency
Signal Requirements for Sleeping Areas
 Listed for wall or ceiling mount applications (blank
covers are recommended for ceiling mount applications)
 Horn, Bell, and High/Low tones can be controlled as:
Temporal Code 3, Temporal Code 4, March Time
(selectable as 20, 60, or 120 bpm), or Continuous
 Slow Whoop, Siren, and Chime tone selections are
controlled as synchronized continuous operation
 Output of “high” or “low” (~6 dBA difference)
selectable at the appliance or from the controller with
FACP mode selected at the appliance
 Unobtrusive Magnet Test diagnostics are available to
assist checkout and testing of appliances and wiring
 Electrical test point access without removing cover
 Listed to UL Standard 464 and ULC Standard S525
LED Indicator and Magnet Test feature:
 Appliance LED can be selected to display each polling
cycle to indicate appliance supervision
 When the controller is in diagnostic mode, the Magnet
Test pulses the LED to indicate appliance address and is
selectable to also briefly sound the horn to confirm
operation
Mechanical design features include:
 Rugged, high impact, flame retardant thermoplastic
housing in red with white letters or white with red letters
available with FIRE, FEU, FEU/FIRE or blank lettering
 Separate covers are available to change application type
on-site or for replacement; covers can be easily removed
without disturbing the connected housing and avoiding
trouble conditions
 A separate mounting plate allows wiring to be completed
before appliance is mounted; use with single gang, double
gang, or 4-inch square box, flush or surface mount
 In/out wiring terminals for 18 AWG to 12 AWG
 Optional mounting adapters are available to cover
surface mounted electrical boxes and to adapt to Simplex
2975-9145 boxes
Addressable Notification Appliances
Audible Notification Appliances;
Multi-Tone Horns with 520 Hz Output
TrueAlert ES Multi-Tone Addressable Horns are Available
in Red with White Lettering and White with Red Lettering
Description
TrueAlert ES multi-tone horns are individually
addressed audible notification appliances that receive
power, supervision, and control signals from a Simplex
fire alarm control panel providing IDNAC Signaling Line
Circuits (SLCs). (See compatibility list on page 4.)
TrueAlert ES Operation Advantage
TrueAlert ES addressable appliances on IDNAC
SLCs provide separate audible (and visible) notification
using a single two-wire circuit that also confirms connection
to the individual notification appliance’s electronic circuit.
This operation increases circuit supervision integrity by
providing supervision that extends beyond the appliance
wiring connections.
Reduced current allows efficient IDNAC SLC
operation. With IDNAC SLCs, a constant 29 VDC source
voltage is maintained, even during battery standby, allowing
strobes on the same SLC to operate at higher voltage with
lower current and ensuring a consistent current draw and
voltage drop margin under both primary power and
secondary battery standby. Efficiencies include wiring
distances up to 2 to 3 times farther than with conventional
notification, or support for more appliances per IDNAC
SLC, or use of smaller gauge wiring, or combinations of
these benefits, all providing installation and maintenance
savings with high assurance that appliances that operate
during normal system testing will operate during worst case
alarm conditions.
* This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to
Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing 7135-0026:0379
for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in this document.
Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local Simplex product supplier for the latest
status. Listings and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co. are the property of Tyco Fire
Protection Products.
S49MT-0001-5 7/2016
TrueAlert ES Operation Advantage (Cont’d) TrueAlert ES Diagnostics (Continued)
Reducing Installation and Testing Time. With Silent Appliance Magnet Test. In this test mode, in
separate controls on the same two-wire SLC, installation response to application of a magnet, the appliance LED
time and expense for both retrofit and new construction pulses sequentially to conveniently indicate the
can be significantly reduced. When Class B wiring is appliance’s address.
used, wiring can be “T” tapped, allowing more savings in
distance, wire, conduit (size and utilization), and overall Operational Appliance Magnet Test. In this test
installation efficiency. Use of Self-Test and Magnet Test mode, after the address is indicated by pulsing the
features improves installation efficiency. TrueAlert device appliance LED, the horn will briefly sound to indicate
reports conveniently identify information about each proper operation.
connected appliance.
TrueStart Instrument Two (TSIT). The 2nd
TrueAlert ES Diagnostics generation of the Simplex TrueStart Test Instrument adds
testing of IDNAC SLC wiring and TrueAlert ES
Test Features. When IDNAC SLCs are in diagnostic
appliances to its ability to test IDCs, NACs, and IDNet
mode, Self-Test and Magnet Test features provide individual
appliance testing. With the Self-Test feature, appliance communications before connection to the control panel.
operation can be confirmed without leaving the control panel. Please contact your local Simplex representative for
Additionally, each appliance’s LED can be selected to pulse additional information.
when it receives a supervision poll during normal operation. TrueAlert Addressable Wiring Isolator
Self-Test Details. Selecting Self-Test Mode from the
control panel allows on-board sensors, depending on the Isolator Model 4905-9929 is available for remote
device type, to detect its own strobe and/or horn output and mounting on TrueAlert addressable circuits to isolate
then report their status to the control panel. Operation is by short circuited wiring from functioning wiring. (See data
selected VNAC appliance groups and is either automatic (all sheet S4905-0001.)
briefly simultaneously activated) or individually activated by
applying a magnet. (Refer to control panel data sheet for more
Self-Test information, see list on page 4.)
Product Selection
TrueAlert ES Addressable Multi-Tone Horns
Model* Cover Color Wording Description Dimensions with Cover
49MT-WRF(-BA) Red
FIRE TrueAlert ES addressable
49MT-WWF-BA White 5 ⅛” H x 5” W x 1 ½” D
multi-tone horns, includes cover
49MT-WRS-BA Red and matching mounting plate (130 mm x 127 mm x 38 mm)
Blank
49MT-WWS-BA White
49MT-APPLW(-BA) Select cover and mounting plate separately
Separate Mounting Plate (Required when ordering model 49MT-APPLW(-BA))
Model* Color Description
49MP-AVVOWR Red
Mounting plate, select color to match cover
49MP-AVVOWW White
* Note: (-BA) indicates model is available either with or without the -BA suffix. Model numbers ending in -BA, APPLW models, and
separate mounting plates are assembled in the USA.
Separate Covers (Required when ordering model 49MT-APPLW(-BA), uses same covers as 49AO Series fixed tone horns)
Model Color Wording Model Color Wording
49AOC-WRFIRE Red 49AOC-WRS Red
FIRE Logos Only
49AOC-WWFIRE White 49AOC-WWS White
49AOC-WRFEU Red 49AOC-RBLANK Red
FEU Blank
49AOC-WWFEU White 49AOC-WBLANK White
49AOC-WRBLNG Red
FEU/FIRE
49AOC-WWBLNG White
Mounting Adapters
Model Color Description Dimensions
4905-9937 Red 5 ⅜” H x 5 ¼” W x 1 ⅝” D (136 mm x 133 mm x 41 mm)
Surface Mount Adapter Skirt
4905-9940 White Total depth with horn = 3 ⅛” (79 mm)

Red Adapter Plate for mounting to Simplex 2975-9145 Box

4905-9931 8 5⁄16” x 5 ¾” x 0.060” Thick (211 mm x 146 mm x 1.5 mm)
(typically for retrofit, mount vertical or horizontal)
2975-9145 Red Mounting Box, requires 4905-9931 Adapter Plate 7 ⅞" x 5 ⅛" x 2 ¾" D (200 mm x 130 mm x 70 mm)

2 S49MT-0001-5 7/2016
TrueAlert Device Reports Reference
Service Port Page 1
REPORT 5 : TrueAlert Device Report 12:34:56am TUE 10 Mar-15
DEVICE
POINT ID CUSTOM LABEL TYPE CANDELA
T14-1-1 Location Label . . . up to 40 characters MT AO NA
T14-1-2 Break Room 5 MT AV 110
T14-1-3 Boiler Room MT AO NA
T14-1-4 Elec. Room 7 A/V 135

Installation Reference

Adapter Plate and Surface Mount Installation Reference

3 S49MT-0001-5 7/2016
 IDNAC SLC Controller Compatibility Reference
Data Sheet IDNAC SLC Output Appliance Voltage
Compatible Controllers Controller Output
Reference Voltage Design Reference
4100ES with EPS+ or EPS Power Supply S4100-0100
4009 IDNAC Repeater S4009-0004 29 VDC 23 VDC
IDNAC SLC
4007ES with IDNAC Notification S4007-0002 (regulated) (with 6 VDC drop)
4010ES with ESS Enhanced System Supply S4010-0011

TrueAlert ES Multi-Tone Horn Specifications

Typical Operating Voltage Range 23 VDC to 29.5 VDC, Special Application
Electrical Supervisory Requirements 2 unit loads (1 unit load = 0.8 mA control panel current)
Ratings Up to 32 appliances can connect directly to the panel IDNAC SLC or to a 4009 IDNAC
49MT Series SLC Loading
Repeater output, up to a maximum of 127 addresses and 139 unit loads per SLC
IDNAC SLC Wiring Specifications UTP, unshielded twisted pair recommended
(refer to control panel or power supply Maximum wire length allowed with “T-Taps” for Class B wiring per SLC = 10,000 ft (3048 m)
installation instructions for more information) Maximum wire length to any appliance = 4000 ft (1219 m)
Tone Characteristics
520 Hz Horn 520 Hz tone
Broadband Horn Combination 600/3000 Hz signal These tones are compatible with control panel
IDNAC commands for operation as Temporal
Bell Synthesized Bell tone Code 3, Temporal Code 4, March Time at 20, 60,
Alternating modulated tones with fundamentals of 1000 Hz and or 120 bpm, or Continuous operation
High/Low
800 Hz, 250 ms duration each
Slow Whoop Modulated 520 Hz to 1200 Hz sweep with 2 s duration
These tones operate as Continuous with
Siren Modulated 600 Hz to 1200 Hz to 600 Hz sweep, with 2 s duration
synchronization
Chime Multi-phase signal with a peak and decay time of 1 s
TrueAlert ES Multi-Tone Horn Output and Current Ratings
UL 464 Output Ratings ULC S525 Output Ratings Current Ratings
@ 23 VDC and 29.5 VDC (dBA)* @ 23 VDC and 29.5 VDC (dBA)* @ 23 VDC
Steady Steady Coded Coded Steady Steady Coded Coded
High Low High Low High Low High Low High Low
Tone Voltage 23 29.5 23 29.5 23 29.5 23 29.5 23 29.5 23 29.5 23 29.5 23 29.5
520 Hz Horn 80 80 74** 75 76 76 70** 71** 83† 79† 83† 78†
99 mA 55 mA
High/Low 81 82 77 77 75 76 70** 71** 87 82† 86 82†
Broadband Horn 84 84 79 79 81 81 74** 75 88 84† 87 83†
Bell 80 80 75 75 76 76 71** 71** 85 80† 85 80†
Slow Whoop 79 80 74** 75 these tones are not 85 80† these tones are not 90 mA 50 mA
Siren 79 80 74** 75 used for coded 85 80† used for coded
Chime** 67** 67** 62** 62** operation 82† 77† operation

* Output ratings are at 10 ft (3 m); UL 464 ratings are per UL Reverberant Chamber testing; ULC S525 ratings are per ULC Anechoic
Chamber testing. The tone generator circuit is DC-DC converter powered and provides essentially constant output over the rated voltage
range.
** UL output ratings below 75 dBA are for NFPA 72 Private Mode applications.
†
ULC output ratings below 85 dBA are for use in applications per applicable local codes.

Sound Output Dispersion per Horizontal from Center -3 dBA @ ±34° -6 dBA @ ±37° -8.8 dBA @ ±90°
ULC S541 Anechoic Testing Vertical from Center -3 dBA @ -39°, +42° -6 dBA @ -54°, +50° -8.4 dBA @ ±90°
General Specifications
Temperature Range 32 to 122 F (0 to 50 C)
Humidity Range 10% to 93%, non-condensing @ 104° F (40° C)
Terminal blocks on mounting plate for 18 AWG to 12 AWG (0.82 mm2 to 3.31 mm2); two wires per
Connections
terminal for in/out wiring
579-1152 for 49MTV Series A/V appliances
Installation Instructions
579-1100 for 49MP Series mounting plates

TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm Code
are trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).

Tyco Fire Protection Products • Westminster, MA • 01441-0001 • USA S49MT-0001-5 7/2016

www.simplex-fire.com
© 2016 Tyco Fire Protection Products. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice.
 TrueAlert
UL, ULC, CSFM Listed*
FM Approved*
Features
Individually addressed and controlled multi-tone
and multi-candela TrueAlert ES A/V (audible/visible)
notification appliances provide:
 Multi-candela xenon strobe with synchronized 1 Hz flash
rate and with intensity programmable from the control
panel or jumper selected as 15, 30, 75, 110, 135, or
185 cd
 Advanced addressable notification controlled by IDNAC
SLCs providing regulated 29 VDC allowing strobes to
operate with lower current even under battery backup
 Wiring supervision to each appliance allowing
“T-tapped” connections for Class B circuits to
simplify wiring (Class A circuits require in/out
wiring)
 Self-Test Mode allows on-board sensors to detect the
strobe and horn output and then report their status to
the control panel
 Per appliance tone selection of: 520 Hz Horn,
Broadband Horn, Bell, Chime, High/Low, Slow
Whoop, or Siren; programmable from the control
panel, or selected using an on-board DIP Switch (refer
to sound output details on page 4)
 520 Hz tone is compliant with NFPA 72 Low
Frequency Signal Requirements for Sleeping Areas
 Horn, Bell, and High/Low tones can be controlled as:
Temporal Code 3, Temporal Code 4, March Time
(selectable as 20, 60, or 120 bpm), or Continuous
 Slow Whoop, Siren, and Chime tone selections are
controlled as synchronized continuous operation
 Output of “high” or “low” (~6 dBA difference)
selectable at the appliance or from the controller with
FACP mode selected at the appliance
 TrueAlert Device Reports at the control panel
detailing appliance point ID, custom label, type, and
candela setting (see sample on page 3)
 Magnet Test diagnostics to assist checkout and testing
of appliances and wiring
 Electrical test point access without removing cover
 Compatibility with ADA requirements; (refer to
important installation information on page 3)
 Strobe operation is listed to UL Standard 1971 and
ULC Standard S526; Horn operation is listed to UL
Standard 464 and ULC Standard S525
LED Indicator and Magnet Test feature:
 Appliance LED can be selected to display each polling
cycle to indicate appliance supervision
 When the controller is in diagnostic mode, the Magnet
Test pulses the LED to indicate appliance address and
can be set to also briefly flash the strobe and sound the
horn
Addressable Notification Appliances
Audible/Visible Notification Appliances;
Multi-Tone Horn/Strobe with 520 Hz Output
TrueAlert ES Multi-Tone Addressable A/Vs are Available
in Red with White Lettering and White with Red Lettering
Features (Continued)
Mechanical design features include:
 Rugged, high impact, flame retardant thermoplastic
housing in red with white letters or white with red letters,
with clear lens, available with FIRE, FEU, ALERT,
FEU/FIRE, or blank lettering
 Separate covers are available to change application type
on-site or for replacement; covers can be easily removed
without disturbing the connected housing and avoiding
trouble conditions
 A separate mounting plate allows wiring to be completed
before appliance is mounted; use with single gang, double
gang, or 4-inch square box, flush or surface mount
 In/out wiring terminals for 18 AWG to 12 AWG
 Optional mounting adapters are available to cover
surface mounted electrical boxes and to adapt to Simplex
2975-9145 boxes
Description
TrueAlert ES addressable multi-tone A/Vs are
individually addressed audible/visible notification
appliances that receive power, supervision, and control
signals from a Simplex fire alarm control panel providing
IDNAC Signaling Line Circuits (SLCs). (See
compatibility list on page 4.)
Strobe Application Reference
Proper selection of visible notification is dependent on
occupancy, location, local codes, and proper applications
of: the National Fire Alarm Code (NFPA 72), ANSI
A117.1; the appropriate model building code: BOCA,
ICBO, or SBCCI; and the application guidelines of the
Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA).
* This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to
Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing
7135-0026:0380 for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in
this document. Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local Simplex product
supplier for the latest status. Listings and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co.
are the property of Tyco Fire Protection Products.
S49MTV-0001-6 7/2016
TrueAlert ES Operation Advantage TrueAlert ES Diagnostics
TrueAlert ES addressable appliances on IDNAC Test Features. When IDNAC SLCs are in diagnostic
SLCs provide separate visible and audible notification mode, Self-Test and Magnet Test features provide individual
using a single two-wire circuit that also confirms appliance testing. With the Self-Test feature, appliance
connection to the individual notification appliance’s operation can be confirmed without leaving the control panel.
electronic circuit. This operation increases circuit Additionally, each appliance’s LED can be selected to pulse
supervision integrity by providing supervision that when it receives a supervision poll during normal operation.
extends beyond the appliance wiring connections. Self-Test Details. Selecting Self-Test Mode from the control
Reduced current allows efficient IDNAC SLC panel allows on-board sensors, depending on the device type, to
operation. With IDNAC SLCs, a constant 29 VDC detect its own strobe and/or horn output and then report their
source voltage is maintained, even during battery standby, status to the control panel. Operation is by selected VNAC
allowing strobes to operate at higher voltage with lower appliance groups and is either automatic (all briefly
current and ensuring a consistent current draw and voltage simultaneously activated) or individually activated by applying
drop margin under both primary power and secondary a magnet. (Refer to control panel data sheet for more Self-Test
battery standby. Efficiencies include wiring distances up information, see list on page 4.)
to 2 to 3 times farther than with conventional notification, Silent Appliance Magnet Test. In this test mode, in
or support for more appliances per IDNAC SLC, or use of response to application of a magnet, the appliance LED pulses
smaller gauge wiring, or combinations of these benefits, sequentially to conveniently indicate the appliance’s address.
all providing installation and maintenance savings with Operational Appliance Magnet Test. In this test mode,
high assurance that appliances that operate during normal after the address is indicated by pulsing the appliance LED, the
system testing will operate during worst case alarm strobe will briefly flash and the horn will briefly sound to
conditions. indicate proper operation.
Reducing Installation and Testing Time. With TrueStart Instrument Two (TSIT). The 2nd generation of
separate controls on the same two-wire SLC, installation the Simplex TrueStart Test Instrument adds testing of IDNAC
time and expense for both retrofit and new construction SLC wiring and TrueAlert ES appliances to its ability to test
can be significantly reduced. When Class B wiring is IDCs, NACs, and IDNet communications before connection to
used, wiring can be “T” tapped, allowing more savings in the control panel. Please contact your local Simplex
distance, wire, conduit (size and utilization), and overall representative for additional information.
installation efficiency. Use of Self-Test and Magnet Test
features improve installation efficiency. TrueAlert device
TrueAlert Addressable Wiring Isolator
reports conveniently identify information about each Isolator Model 4905-9929 is available for remote mounting
connected appliance. on TrueAlert addressable circuits to isolate short circuited
wiring from functioning wiring. (See data sheet S4905-0001.)
Product Selection
TrueAlert ES Wall Mount Multi-Tone Addressable Audible/Visible Appliances
TrueAlert ES multi-tone addressable A/V appliances include cover and matching mounting plate except as noted;
Dimensions with Cover = 5 ⅛” H x 5” W x 2 ⅝” D (130 mm x 127 mm x 67 mm)
Model* Cover Color Wording Lens Color Model* Cover Color Wording Lens Color
49MTV-WRF(-BA) Red 49MTV-WRS-BA Red
FIRE Clear Blank Clear
49MTV-WWF(-BA) White 49MTV-WWS-BA White
49MTV-APPLW(-BA) Select cover and mounting plate separately
Separate Mounting Plate (Required when ordering model 49MTV-APPLW(-BA))
Model* Color Model Color Note
49MP-AVVOWR Red 49MP-AVVOWW White Mounting Plate, select color to match cover
* Note: (-BA) indicates model is available either with or without the -BA suffix. Model numbers ending in -BA, APPLW models, and separate
mounting plates are assembled in the USA.
Separate Covers (Required when ordering model 49MTV-APPLW(-BA), uses same covers as 49AV Series fixed tone A/Vs)
Model Color Wording Model Color Wording
49AVC-WRFIRE Red 49AVC-WRFEU Red
FIRE FEU
49AVC-WWFIRE White 49AVC-WWFEU White
49AVC-WRALT Red 49AVC-WRBLNG Red
ALERT FEU/FIRE
49AVC-WWALT White 49AVC-WWBLNG White
49AVC-WRS Red Logos Only 49AVC-WWS White Logos Only
Mounting Adapters
Model Color Description Dimensions
4905-9937 Red 5 ⅜” H x 5 ¼” W x 1 ⅝” D (136 mm x 133 mm x 41 mm)
Surface Mount Adapter Skirt
4905-9940 White Total depth with strobe = 4 ⅜” (111 mm)
Red Adapter Plate for mounting to Simplex 2975-9145 Box
4905-9931 8 5⁄16” x 5 ¾” x 0.060” Thick (211 mm x 146 mm x 1.5 mm)
(typically for retrofit, mount vertical or horizontal)
2975-9145 Red Mounting Box, requires 4905-9931 Adapter Plate 7 ⅞" x 5 ⅛" x 2 ¾" D (200 mm x 130 mm x 70 mm)

2 S49MTV-0001-6 7/2016
TrueAlert Device Reports Reference
Service Port Page 1
REPORT 5 : TrueAlert Device Report 12:34:56am TUE 10-Mar-15
DEVICE
POINT ID CUSTOM LABEL TYPE CANDELA
T14-1-1 Location Label . . . up to 40 characters MT AV 15
T14-1-2 Break Room 5 MT AV 110
T14-1-3 Boiler Room VO 75
T14-1-4 Elec. Room 7 AV 135

Installation Reference

Mounting is compatible with single gang,

double gang, and 4" (102 mm) square boxes,
1-1/2" (38 mm) deep, supplied separately
Transparent
housing assembly
Removable cover (when
installed, use flat bladed
screwdriver to release latch
on left side)
Address setting DIP
switch, accessible
from rear of housing
Magnetic test location
(bottom of housing)
Electrical test point access holes
(on bottom)
IMPORTANT! WALL MOUNT
INSTALLATION HEIGHT REFERENCE
Wiring terminals and
connection clips
Electrical
A/V configuration switch box outline
accessible from rear of
housing (not shown)
Bottom of lens is
either even with, or
slightly above bottom
of compatible boxes
Wiring access
hole 80" (2.03 m)
minimum
LED indicator
location Mounting plate NFPA 72 requires
that the entire lens be
Mounting Holes:
not less than 80" and
Single gang (2) not greater than 96"
Double gang (4) above the finished
110 4" square (4) floor (confirm with
75 your local codes)
30 Intensity selection
Strobe intensity 15 plug, accessible
viewing slot on FACP from rear of
side of appliance housing; factory
135 setting is FACP,
(not to scale) 185
controlled by panel

Adapter Plate and Surface Mount Installation Reference

2975-9145 Box Mounting Reference
4905-9931 Adapter Plate Surface Mount Side View Reference
2975-9145 Box
(Surface mount conduit and
box shown for reference)

TrueAlert ES
Multi-Tone
Addressable A/V

4" square box profile,

1-1/2" (38 mm) deep
4905-9931 Adapter Plate
TrueAlert ES Multi-Tone Optional surface mount adapter skirt,
Addressable A/V 1-1/2" deep: 4905-9937, Red;
4905-9940, White (conduit knockouts
are provided on all four sides)

3 S49MTV-0001-6 7/2016
 IDNAC SLC Controller Compatibility Reference
Data Sheet IDNAC SLC Output Appliance Voltage
Compatible Controllers Controller Output
Reference Voltage Design Reference
4100ES with EPS+ or EPS Power Supply S4100-0100
4009 IDNAC Repeater S4009-0004 29 VDC 23 VDC
IDNAC SLC
4007ES with IDNAC Notification S4007-0002 (regulated) (with 6 VDC drop)
4010ES with ESS Enhanced System Supply S4010-0011

TrueAlert ES A/V Specifications

Typical Operating Voltage Range 23 VDC to 29.5 VDC, Special Application
Electrical Supervisory Requirements 2 unit loads (1 unit load = 0.8 mA control panel current)
Ratings Up to 21 appliances can connect directly to the panel IDNAC SLC or to a 4009 IDNAC
49MTV Series SLC Loading
Repeater output, to a maximum of 127 addresses and 139 unit loads per SLC
IDNAC SLC Wiring Specifications UTP, unshielded twisted pair recommended
(refer to control panel or power supply Maximum wire length allowed with “T-Taps” for Class B wiring per SLC = 10,000 ft (3048 m)
installation instructions for more information) Maximum wire length to any appliance = 4000 ft (1219 m)
Tone Characteristics
520 Hz Horn 520 Hz tone
Broadband Horn Combination 600/3000 Hz signal These tones are compatible with control panel
IDNAC commands for operation as Temporal
Bell Synthesized Bell tone Code 3, Temporal Code 4, March Time at 20, 60,
Alternating modulated tones with fundamentals of 1000 Hz and or 120 bpm, or Continuous operation
High/Low
800 Hz, 250 ms duration each
Slow Whoop Modulated 520 Hz to 1200 Hz sweep with 2 s duration
These tones operate as Continuous with
Siren Modulated 600 Hz to 1200 Hz to 600 Hz sweep, with 2 s duration
synchronization
Chime Multi-phase signal with a peak and decay time of 1 s
TrueAlert ES Multi-Tone Horn/Strobe Current Ratings
RMS Current Ratings @ 23 VDC, in mA
15 cd 30 cd 75 cd 110 cd 135 cd 185 cd
Tone High Low High Low High Low High Low High Low High Low
520 Hz Horn and High/Low 145 108 163 125 198 158 230 195 262 214 299 257
Broadband Horn, Bell, Chime,
135 99 152 111 185 139 212 172 247 203 284 243
Slow Whoop, and Siren
TrueAlert ES Multi-Tone Horn/Strobe Horn Output
UL 464 Output Ratings ULC S525 Output Ratings
@ 23 VDC and 29.5 VDC (dBA)* @ 23 VDC and 29.5 VDC (dBA)*
Steady High Steady Low Coded High Coded Low Steady High Steady Low Coded High Coded Low
Tone Voltage 23 29.5 23 29.5 23 29.5 23 29.5 23 29.5 23 29.5 23 29.5 23 29.5
520 Hz Horn 80 80 74** 75 76 76 70** 71** 83† 79† 83† 78†
High/Low 81 82 77 77 75 76 70** 71** 87 82† 86† 82†
Broadband Horn 84 84 79 79 81 81 74** 75 88 84† 87† 83†
Bell 80 80 75 75 76 76 71** 71** 85 80† 85† 80†
Slow Whoop 79 80 74** 75 85 80†
these tones are not used for these tones are not used for
Siren 79 80 74** 75 85 80†
coded operation coded operation
† †
Chime** 67** 67** 62** 62** 82 77
* Output ratings are at 10 ft (3 m); UL 464 ratings are per UL Reverberant Chamber testing; ULC S525 ratings are per ULC Anechoic
Chamber testing. The tone generator circuit is DC-DC converter powered and provides essentially constant output over the rated voltage
range.
** UL output ratings below 75 dBA are for NFPA 72 Private Mode applications.
†
ULC output ratings below 85 dBA are for use in applications per applicable local codes.
Sound Output Dispersion per Horizontal -3 dBA @ ±37° -6 dBA @ ±40° -9.4 dBA @ ±90°
ULC S541 Anechoic Testing Vertical -3 dBA @ -24°, +42° -6 dBA @ -59°, +50° -8.6 dBA @ ±90°
General Specifications
Temperature Range 32 to 122 F (0 to 50 C)
Humidity Range 10% to 93%, non-condensing @ 104° F (40° C)
Terminal blocks on mounting plate for 18 AWG to 12 AWG (0.82 mm2 to 3.31 mm2); two wires per
Connections
terminal for in/out wiring
579-1156 for 49MTV Series A/V appliances
Installation Instructions
579-1100 for 49MP Series mounting plates
TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm Code
are trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).

Tyco Fire Protection Products • Westminster, MA • 01441-0001 • USA S49MTV-0001-6 7/2016

www.simplex-fire.com
© 2016 Tyco Fire Protection Products. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice.
 TrueAlert Addressable Notification Appliances
UL, ULC Listed; FM Approved* Ceiling Mount Addressable Speaker (S/O) Notification Appliances

Introduction Table 3: S/O Ceiling Mount Covers (Required when ordering APPLC models)
Ceiling mount Addressable Speaker (S/O) Notification Appliances Model Color Wording
are individually powered, addressed, and controlled from the Simplex
49SOC-CW White
fire alarm control panel IDNAC Signaling Line Circuit (SLC). Audio is
supplied from a separate compatible Simplex Fire Alarm Control Panel 49SOC-CRALT Red
ALERT
audio NAC. Wiring supervision is electronically monitored allowing audio 49SOC-CWALT White
and IDNAC wiring to be T-tapped for Class B wiring, reducing wiring costs 49SOC-CRFIRE Red
and wiring distances. FIRE
49SOC-CWFIRE White
Installation on standard 4 inch square 2 1/8 inch deep USA electrical 49SOC-CRS Red
boxes for flush installations (provided by others) or WP backboxes (order Simplex
49SOC-CWS White
below) for surface or WP installations.
Appliances are available in 400 - 4000 Hz and 200 – 10000 Hz high
fidelity models. Separate appliance and cover selection greatly simplifies Weatherproof Product Selection
the ordering and installation process. Model numbers ending in –BA are
Table 4: Weatherproof Back Boxes
assembled in the USA.
For more detailed information, please consult datasheet S49SWC-0001. SKU Color Description
Weatherproof back
49WPBB-SOCR Red
box in Red
Weatherproof back
49WPBB-SOCW White
box in White

Table 5: Wire Guards and Wire Guard Back Boxes

SKU Description
Wire Guard Back Box, Ceiling, Red,
49WGBB-SOCR-O
WP
49WG-SOCR Wire Guard, Ceiling, Red

Figure 1: Ceiling Mount Addressable

Speaker Notification Appliance

Product Selection
TrueAlert ES Addressable Ceiling Mount S/O appliance dimensions with
cover: 7 ⅛" H x 7 ⅛" W x 1 ¼" D ( 180 mm x 180 mm x 32 mm)

Table 1: Ceiling Mount S/O Appliances

SKU* Description
49SO-APPLC S/O Appliance Only. Select cover and
weatherproof box (if required) separately.
49SO-APPLC-BA

Table 2: High Fidelity Ceiling Mount S/O Appliances

SKU* Description
49HF-APPLC High Fidelity S/O Appliance Only. Select cover
and weatherproof box (if required) separately.
49HF-APPLC-BA

Table 3: S/O Ceiling Mount Covers (Required when ordering APPLC models)

Model Color Wording

49SOC-CK Black
No logo or label
49SOC-CR Red

* Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local product supplier for the latest status.

S49SOC-0001 Rev. 4 3/2018

 Ceiling Mount Addressable Speaker (S/O) Notification Appliances

Ceiling Mount Speaker Specifications

Table 6: Appliance General Specifications

Specification Rating
Dimensions 7 1/8” H x 7 1/8” W x 1 1/4” D (180mm x 180mm x 32mm)
Environmental 32° to 120° F (0° to 49° C); 10% to 93%, non-condensing at 104° F (40° C)
2 2
Terminal blocks for 18 AWG to 12 AWG (0.82 mm to 3.31 mm ); two wires per terminal for
Connections
in/out wiring. Use Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP) for IDNAC and audio wiring.
Installation Instructions 579-1203

Table 7: Speaker Audio Specifications

Specification Rating
Input Voltage 25 or 70.7 Vrms
Power Taps ¼, ½, 1, and 2 W
Frequency Response 400 to 4000 Hz (S/O), 200 to 10000 Hz (H/F) General Signaling = 125 to 12 kHz

Table 8: Speaker Output Ratings

Wattage Tap ¼W ½W 1W 2W
Model S/O H/F S/O H/F S/O H/F S/O H/F
Reverberant Chamber Test, per UL 1480 (dBA) 79 77 83 81 86 84 90 87
Anechoic Chamber Test, per ULC-S541 (dBA)* 81 78 85 82 88 85 91 88
Note: * Select taps as indicated to satisfy the ULC fire alarm applications requirement of 85 dBA minimum

Table 9: Polar Dispersion

Attenuation Angle
-3 dB 70°
-6 dB 80°

Table 10: IDNAC SLC Specifications

Specification Rating
Typical Operating Voltage Range 23 VDC to 30 VDC, Special Application
Appliance voltage design reference 23VDC (with 6VDC drop)
Current consumption 9mA
Supervisory Requirements 1 unit load (= 0.8 mA control panel current)
Maximum of 127 addresses per SLC, 139 unit loads. See device and compatible fire panel
IDNAC SLC Loading
installation instructions for circuit current load limits.
UTP, unshielded twisted pair recommended
IDNAC SLC Wiring Specifications (refer to control Maximum wire length allowed with “T-Taps” for Class B wiring per SLC = 10,000 ft (3048 m)
panel installation instructions for more information) Maximum wire length to any appliance = 4000 ft (1219 m). This can be doubled to 8000ft
(2438m) by using a 4009 IDNAC Repeater.

Table 11: Equipment Compatibility References

Compatible Equipment Data Sheet Reference

4100ES with EPS+ or EPS Power Supply S4100-0100
4009 IDNAC Repeater S4009-0004
4100ES Flex 35, and 50 Watt Amplifiers
4100ES 100 Watt Amplifiers S4100-0034
4100ES Constant Supervision and Audio NACs

Page 2 S49SOC-0001 Rev. 4 3/2018

 Ceiling Mount Addressable Speaker (S/O) Notification Appliances

Ceiling Mount Speaker Installation Reference

Figure 2: Installation reference

Page 3 S49SOC-0001 Rev. 4 3/2018

 Ceiling Mount Addressable Speaker (S/O) Notification Appliances

© 2018 Johnson Controls. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision and are subject to change without
notice. Additional listings may be applicable, contact your local Simplex® product supplier for the latest status. Listings and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co.
Simplex, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm Code are
registered trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).
S49SOC-0001 Rev. 4 3/2018
 TrueAlert Addressable Notification Appliances
UL, ULC Listed; FM Approved* Wall Mount Addressable Speaker (S/O) Notification Appliances

Introduction Table 3: S/O Covers (Required when ordering APPLW models)

Wall Mount Indoor and Outdoor Addressable Speaker (S/O) Model Color Wording
Notification Appliances are individually powered, addressed, and
49SOC-WRBLANK Red
controlled from a Simplex fire alarm control panel IDNAC Signaling Line No Lettering
49SOC-WWBLANK White
Circuit (SLC). Audio is supplied from a separate compatible Simplex
Fire Alarm Control Panel audio NAC. Wiring supervision is electronically 49SOC-WRBA Red
49SOC-WWBA White /FIRE
monitored allowing audio and IDNAC wiring to be T-tapped for Class B
wiring, reducing wiring costs and wiring distances. 49SOC-WRBC Red
火警 /FIRE ALARM
Installation on standard 4 inch square 2 1/8 inch deep USA electrical 49SOC-WWBC White
boxes for flush installations (provided by others) or surface/WP 49SOC-WRBF Red
FEU/FIRE
backboxes (order below) for surface or WP installations. 49SOC-WWBF White
Appliances are available in 400 - 4000 Hz and 200 – 10000 Hz high 49SOC-WRFEU Red
FEU
fidelity models. Separate appliance and cover selection greatly simplifies 49SOC-WWFEU White
the ordering and installation process. Model numbers ending in –BA are 49SOC-WRFIRE Red
assembled in the USA. For more detailed information, please consult FIRE
49SOC-WWFIRE White
datasheet S49SWC-0001. 49SOC-WRS Red
Logo only
49SOC-WWS White
49SOC-WRALT Red
ALERT
49SOC-WWALT White

Figure 1: Wall Mount Addressable

Speaker Notification Appliance

Wall Mount Addressable Speaker Product Selection

Table 1: Wall Mount Addressable Speaker S/O Appliances

Installation
Model Description
instructions
S/O Appliance Only. Select
49SO-APPLW
cover, mounting plate, and
579-1190
49SO-APPLW-BA surface/WP box (if required)
separately.
Table 2: High Fidelity Appliances

Installation
Model Description
instructions
High fidelity S/O appliance
49HF-APPLW
only. Select cover, mounting
579-1190
49HF-APPLW-BA plate, and surface/WP box (if
required) separately.

* Additional listings may be applicable, contact your local Simplex® product supplier for the latest status. Listings and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co.

S49SOW-0001 Rev. 5 5/2018

 Wall Mount Addressable Speaker (S/O) Notification Appliances

Weatherproof Product Selection

Table 4: Weatherproof Wall Mount Addressable Speaker S/O Appliances

Model Description Installation instructions

49SO-APPLW-O S/O Appliance only. Select cover, mounting plate and surface/WP
579-1237
back box separately.
49SO-APPLW-O-BA
Table 5: S/O Covers (Required when ordering APPLW-O models)

Model Color Wording

49SOC-WRBLANK-O Red
No Lettering
49SOC-WWBLANK-O White
49SOC-WRBA-O Red
49SOC-WWBA-O White /FIRE
49SOC-WRBC-O Red
火警 /FIRE ALARM
49SOC-WWBC-O White
49SOC-WRBF-O Red
FEU/FIRE
49SOC-WWBF-O White
49SOC-WRFEU-O Red
FEU
49SOC-WWFEU-O White
49SOC-WRFIRE-O Red
FIRE
49SOC-WWFIRE-O White
49SOC-WRS-O Red
Logo only
49SOC-WWS-O White
49SOC-WRALT-O Red
ALERT
49SOC-WWALT-O White
Table 6: S/O Wall Mount Plate (non-weatherproof and weatherproof)

Model Description Installation instructions

49MP-SOWR Mounting back plate in red.
579-1193
49MP-SOWW Mounting back plate in white.
Table 7: Surface/WP Back Boxes

Model Color Description Installation instructions

49WPBB-SOWR Red Surface/WP back box in red.
579-1239
49WPBB-SOWW White Surface/WP back box in white.
Table 8: Wire Guard Back Box and Wire Guard

Model Description
49WGBB-SOWR-O Wire Guard Back Box, Wall, Red, WP
49WG-SOWR Wire Guard, Wall, Red

Page 2 S49SOW-0001 Rev. 5 5/2018

 Wall Mount Addressable Speaker (S/O) Notification Appliances

Wall Mount Speaker Specifications

Table 9: Appliance General Specifications

Specification Rating
Dimensions 5 ½” H x 5” W x 1 ½” D (139 mm x 128 mm x 38 mm)
Environmental 32° to 120° F (0° to 49° C); 10% to 93%, non-condensing at 104° F (40° C)
2 2
Connections Terminal blocks for 18 AWG to 12 AWG (0.82 mm to 3.31 mm ); two wires per terminal for in/
out wiring. Use Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP) for IDNAC and audio wiring.
Table 10: Speaker Audio Specifications

Specification Rating
Input Voltage 25 or 70.7 Vrms
Power Taps ¼, ½, 1, and 2 W
Frequency Response 400 to 4000 Hz (S/O), 200 to 10000 Hz (H/F) General Signaling = 125 to 12 kHz
Table 11: Speaker Output Ratings 25 or 70.7 Vrms @ 10 ft (3 m)

Wattage Tap ¼W ½W 1W 2W
Model S/O H/F S/O H/F S/O H/F S/O H/F
Reverberant Chamber Test, per UL 1480 (dBA) 79 76 83 80 87* 83 90* 86*
Anechoic Chamber Test, per ULC-S541 (dBA) 80 76 84 79 88* 82 91* 85*
* Select taps as indicated to satisfy the ULC fire alarm applications requirement of 85 dBA minimum
Table 12: Polar Dispersion Reference (per ULC-S541 Anechoic Chamber Testing)

Attenuation Angle Attenuation Angle

-3 dB 70° -6 dB 80°
Table 13: IDNAC SLC Specifications

Specification
Typical Operating Voltage Range
Appliance Voltage Design Reference
Current Consumption @ 23 VDC on IDNAC Addressable SLC
Supervisory Requirements
IDNAC SLC Loading
IDNAC SLC Wiring Specifications (refer to
control panel installation instructions for more
information)
Rating
23 VDC to 30 VDC, Special Application
23VDC (with 6VDC drop)
9mA
1 unit load (= 0.8 mA control panel current)
Maximum of 127 addresses per SLC, 139 unit loads. See device and compatible Fire Panel
Installation Instructions for circuit current load limits.
UTP, unshielded twisted pair recommended
Maximum wire length allowed with “T-Taps” for Class B wiring per SLC = 10,000 ft (3048 m)
Maximum wire length to any appliance = 4000 ft (1219 m). This can be doubled to 8000ft
(2438m) by using a 4009 IDNAC Repeater.

Page 3 S49SOW-0001 Rev. 5 5/2018

 Wall Mount Addressable Speaker (S/O) Notification Appliances

Equipment Compatibility Reference

Compatible Equipment Data Sheet Reference
4100ES with EPS+ or EPS Power Supply S4100-0100
4009 IDNAC Repeater S4009-0004
4100ES Flex 35 and 50 Watt Amplifiers
4100ES 100 Watt Amplifiers S4100-0034
4100ES Constant Supervision and Audio NACs

Wall Mount S/O Installation Reference

Figure 2: Installation reference

© 2018 Johnson Controls. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision and are subject to change without
notice. Additional listings may be applicable, contact your local Simplex® product supplier for the latest status. Listings and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co.
Simplex, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm Code are
registered trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).
S49SOW-0001 Rev. 5 5/2018
 TrueAlert Addressable Notification Appliances
UL, ULC Listed; FM Approved* Ceiling Mount Addressable Speaker Visible (S/V) Notification Appliances

Introduction Table 4: High Fidelity High Candela Appliances

Ceiling Mount Addressable Speaker Visible (S/V) Notification SKU Description
Appliances are individually powered, addressed, and controlled from High Fidelity High Candela S/V
the Simplex fire alarm control panel IDNAC Signaling Line Circuit (SLC). 49HFVH-APPLC Appliance Only. Select cover and
Audio is supplied from a separate compatible Simplex Fire Alarm Control weatherproof box (if required)
49HFVH-APPLC-BA
Panel audio NAC. Wiring supervision is electronically monitored allowing separately.
audio and IDNAC wiring to be T-tapped for Class B wiring, reducing High Fidelity High Candela S/V
wiring costs and wiring distances. Appliance with amber colored lens.
49HFVH-APLCA-BA
Installation on standard 4 inch square 2 1/8 inch deep USA electrical Select cover and weatherproof box
boxes for flush installations (provided by others) or WP backboxes (order (if required) separately.
below) for surface or WP installations. High Fidelity High Candela S/V
Appliances are available in 400 - 4000 Hz and 200 – 10000 Hz high Appliance with blue colored lens.
49HFVH-APLCB-BA
fidelity models. Separate appliance and cover selection greatly simplifies Select cover and weatherproof box
the ordering and installation process. Model numbers ending in –BA (if required) separately.
are assembled in the USA. Separate appliance and cover selection Table 5: S/V Covers (Required when ordering APPLC models)
greatly simplifies the ordering and installation process. For more detailed
information, please consult datasheet S49SWC-0001. SKU Color Wording
49SVC-CRALT Red
ALERT
49SVC-CWALT White
49SVC-CRBA Red

Figure 1: Ceiling Mount Addressable

Speaker/Visible Notification Appliance 49SVC-CWBA White

Product Selection
Table 1: Ceiling Mount Addressable Speaker S/V Appliances
Model Description
49SV-APPLC S/V appliance only. Select cover
and weatherproof box (if required)
49SV-APPLC-BA separately.
Table 2: High Fidelity Appliances
Model Description
49HFV-APPLC High Fidelity S/V appliance only.
Select cover and weatherproof box
49HFV-APPLC-BA (if required) separately.
Table 3: High Candela Appliances
Model Description
49SVH-APPLC-BA High Candela S/V appliance only.
Select cover and weatherproof box
49SVH-APPLC (if required) separately. FIRE

* Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local Simplex product supplier for the latest status. Listings and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co. are the property of Tyco Fire

S49SVC-0001 Rev. 5 3/2018

 Ceiling Mount Addressable Speaker Visible (S/V) Notification Appliances

Table 5: S/V Covers (Required when ordering APPLC models)

SKU Color Wording
49SVC-CRBC Red

49SVC-CWBC

49SVC-CRBF
49SVC-CWBF
49SVC-CRFEU
49SVC-CWFEU
49SVC-CRFIRE
49SVC-CWFIRE
49SVC-CRS
49SVC-CWS
49SVC-CK
White

Red
White
Red
White
Red
White
Red
White
Black
FIRE
火
/FIRE ALARM

FEU/FIRE

FEU

Simplex logo only

No logo or lettering

Page 2 S49SVC-0001 Rev. 5 3/2018

 Ceiling Mount Addressable Speaker Visible (S/V) Notification Appliances

Weatherproof Product Selection

Table 6: Weatherproof Back Boxes
SKU Color Description
49WPBB-SVCR Red Weatherproof back box in Red
49WPBB-SVCW White Weatherproof back box in White
Table 7: Wire Guards and Wire Guard Back Boxes
SKU Description
49WGBB-SVCR-O Wire Guard Back Box, Ceiling, Red, WP
49WG-SVWCR Wire Guard, Ceiling, Red

Ceiling Mount S/V Specifications

Table 8: Appliance General Specifications
Specification Rating
Dimensions 8 1/8” H x 7 1/8” W x 3” D (206mm x 180mm x 76mm)
Environmental 32° to 120° F (0° to 49° C); 10% to 93%, non-condensing at 104° F (40° C)
2 2
Connections Terminal blocks for 18 AWG to 12 AWG (0.82 mm to 3.31 mm ); two wires per terminal for in/out
wiring. Use Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP) for IDNAC and audio wiring.
Installation Instructions 579-1203 (49SV, 49SVH and 49HFV models) 579-1206 (Amber/Blue 49HFVH model)
Table 9: Speaker Audio Specifications
Specification Rating
Input Voltage 25 or 70.7 Vrms
Power Taps ¼, ½, 1, and 2 W
400 to 4000 Hz (S/V, S/VH), 200 to 10000 Hz (H/F,
Frequency Response General Signaling = 125 to 12 kHz
HF/VH)
Table 10: Speaker Output Ratings
Wattage Tap ¼W ½W 1W 2W
Model S/V H/F S/V H/F S/V H/F S/V H/F
Reverberant Chamber Test, per UL 1480 (dBA) 79 76 83 80 86* 84 89* 87*
Anechoic Chamber Test, per ULC-S541 (dBA)* 79 78 83 82 86* 85* 89* 88*
* Select taps as indicated to satisfy the ULC fire alarm applications requirement of 85 dBA minimum
Polar Dispersion Reference (per ULC-S541 Anechoic Chamber Attenuation Angle Attenuation Angle
Testing) -3 dB 70° -6 dB 80°
Table 11: Percentage of rated light
On-Axis Vertical, Below Axis Horizontal, Left/Right of Axis
Angle
0° 45° 90° 45° 90°
UL required output 100% 45% 25% 45% 25%
Typical output 327% 134% 83% 129% 47%
Table 12: IDNAC SLC Specifications
Specification Rating
Typical Operating Voltage Range 23 VDC to 30 VDC, Special Application
Appliance voltage design reference 23VDC (with 6VDC drop)
Supervisory Requirements 1 unit load (= 0.8 mA control panel current)
1 Hz; with up to 63 synchronized strobes maximum per powered circuit,
Flash Rate and Synchronized SLC Loading
max 127 S/V appliances per IDNAC channel
Maximum of 127 addresses per SLC, 139 unit loads. See device and
IDNAC SLC Loading
compatible Fire Panel Installation Instructions for circuit current load limits.
UTP, unshielded twisted pair recommended
Maximum wire length allowed with “T-Taps” for Class B wiring per SLC =
IDNAC SLC Wiring Specifications (refer to control panel installation
10,000 ft (3048 m)
instructions for more information)
Maximum wire length to any appliance = 4000 ft (1219 m). This can be
doubled to 8000ft (2438m) by using a 4009 IDNAC Repeater.
Table 13: Current consumption**
Candela Setting 15 cd 30 cd 75 cd 110 cd 135 cd 185 cd
49SV and 49HFV
59 mA 82 mA 145 mA 193 mA N/A N/A
models
49SVH and 49HFVH
N/A N/A N/A 235 mA 255 mA 295 mA
models

Page 3 S49SVC-0001 Rev. 5 3/2018

 Ceiling Mount Addressable Speaker Visible (S/V) Notification Appliances

Table 13: Current consumption**

Candela Setting 15 cd 30 cd 75 cd 110 cd 135 cd 185 cd
** Measured at 23VDC on IDNAC Addressable SLC
Speakers are for connection to compatible fire alarm audio circuits. Anechoic speaker output ratings are typically more representative of actual
installed sound output.
Table 14: Equipment Compatibility References
Compatible Equipment Data Sheet Reference
4100ES with EPS+ or EPS Power Supply S4100-0100
4009 IDNAC Repeater S4009-0004
4100ES Flex 35 and 50 Watt Amplifiers
4100ES 100 Watt Amplifiers S4100-0034
4100ES Constant Supervision and Signal Cards

Page 4 S49SVC-0001 Rev. 5 3/2018

 Ceiling Mount Addressable Speaker Visible (S/V) Notification Appliances

Ceiling Mount S/V Installation Reference

Figure 2: Installation reference

Page 5 S49SVC-0001 Rev. 5 3/2018

 Ceiling Mount Addressable Speaker Visible (S/V) Notification Appliances

© 2018 Johnson Controls. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision and are subject to change without
notice. Additional listings may be applicable, contact your local Simplex® product supplier for the latest status. Listings and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co.
Simplex, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm Code are
registered trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).
S49SVC-0001 Rev. 5 3/2018
 TrueAlert Addressable Notification Appliances
UL, ULC Listed; FM Approved* Wall Mount Addressable Speaker Visible (S/V) Notification Appliances

Introduction Table 3: S/V Covers (Required when ordering APPLW models)

Wall mount indoor and outdoor Addressable Speaker Visible Model Color Wording
(S/V) Notification Appliances are individually powered, addressed,
49SVC-WRALT Red
and controlled from a Simplex fire alarm control panel IDNAC Signaling Alert
49SVC-WWALT White
Line Circuit (SLC). Audio is supplied from a separate compatible Simplex
Fire Alarm Control Panel audio NAC. Wiring supervision is electronically 49SVC-WRBA Red
49SVC-WWBA White /FIRE
monitored allowing audio and IDNAC wiring to be T-tapped for Class B
wiring, reducing wiring costs and wiring distances. 49SVC-WRBC Red
火警 /FIRE ALARM
Installation on standard 4 inch square 2 1/8 inch deep USA electrical 49SVC-WWBC White
boxes for flush installations (provided by others) or surface/WP 49SVC-WRBF Red
FEU/FIRE
backboxes (order below) for surface or WP installations. 49SVC-WWBF White
Appliances are available in 400 - 4000 Hz and 200 – 10000 Hz high 49SVC-WRFEU Red
FEU
fidelity models. Separate appliance and cover selection greatly simplifies 49SVC-WWFEU White
the ordering and installation process. Model numbers ending in –BA are 49SVC-WRFIRE Red
assembled in the USA. For more detailed information, consult datasheet FIRE
49SVC-WWFIRE White
S49SWC-0001. 49SVC-WRS Red
Simplex logo only
49SVC-WWS White
Table 4: S/V Wall Lens

Installation
Lens Color
instructions
49LENS-AMBER Amber
49LENS-BLUE Blue
579-1192
49LENS-GREEN Green
49LENS-RED Red
Note: Use colored lenses only with indoor appliances.

Figure 1: Wall Mount Addressable

Speaker/Visible Notification Appliance

Product Selection
Table 1: TrueAlert ES Wall Mount Addressable Speaker S/V Appliances

Installation
SKU** Description
instructions
Select cover, mounting
49SV-APPLW
plate, and surface/
579-1190
49SV-APPLW-BA WP box (if required)
separately.
Table 2: High Fidelity H/F Appliances

Installation
SKU** Description
instructions
High Fidelity S/V
49HFV-APPLW Appliance Only. Select
cover, mounting plate, 579-1190
49HFV-APPLW-BA and surface/WP box (if
required) separately.

*Additional listings may be applicable, contact your local Simplex ® product supplier for the latest status. Listings and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co.

S49SVW-0001 Rev. 7 5/2018

 Wall Mount Addressable Speaker Visible (S/V) Notification Appliances

Weatherproof Product Selection

Table 5: Weatherproof Wall Mount Addressable Speaker S/V Appliances

Model Description Installation instructions

49SV-APPLW-O
S/V Appliance only. Select cover, mounting plate and surface/WP
49SV-APPLW-O-BA 579-1237
back box separately.
49SV-APPLW-CO
Table 6: S/V Covers (Required when ordering APPLW-O models)

Model Color Wording

49SVC-WRBA-O Red
49SVC-WWBA-O White /FIRE
49SVC-WRBC-O Red
火警 /FIRE ALARM
49SVC-WWBC-O White
49SVC-WRBF-O Red
FEU/FIRE
49SVC-WWBF-O White
49SVC-WRFEU-O Red
FEU
49SVC-WWFEU-O White
49SVC-WRFIRE-O Red
FIRE
49SVC-WWFIRE-O White
49SVC-WRALT-O Red
ALERT
49SVC-WWALT-O White
49SVC-WRS-O Red
Simplex logo only
49SVC-WWS-O White
Table 7: Surface/WP Back Boxes

Model Color Description Installation instructions

49WPBB-SVWR Red Surface/WP back box in red
579-1239
49WPBB-SVWW White Surface/WP back box in white
Table 8: Wire Guards and Wire Guard Back Boxes

Model Description
49WGBB-SVWR-O Wire Guard Back Box, Wall, Red, WP
49WGBB-SVCR-O Wire Guard Back Box, Ceiling, Red, WP
49WG-SVWCR Wire Guard, Wall, Red
Table 9: S/V Wall Mount Back Plate

Model Description Installation instructions

49MP-SVWR Mounting back plate in red
579-1193
49MP-SVWW Mounting back plate in white

Page 2 S49SVW-0001 Rev. 7 5/2018

 Wall Mount Addressable Speaker Visible (S/V) Notification Appliances

Wall Mount S/V Specifications

Table 10: Appliance General Specifications

Dimensions 7 3/8” H x 5” W x 1 3/4” D (139mm x 128mm x 42mm)

Environmental 32° to 120° F (0° to 49° C); 10% to 93%, non-condensing at 104° F (40° C)
2 2
Connections Terminal blocks for 18 AWG to 12 AWG (0.82 mm to 3.31 mm ); two wires per terminal for in/out wiring. Use
Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP) for IDNAC and audio wiring.
Table 11: Speaker Audio Specifications

Input Voltage 25 or 70.7 Vrms

Power Taps ¼, ½, 1, and 2 W
Frequency Response 400 to 4000 Hz (S/V), 200 to 10000 Hz (H/F) General Signaling = 125 Hz to 12 kHz
Table 12: S/V Speaker Output Ratings 25 or 70.7 Vrms @ 10 ft (3 m)

Wattage Tap ¼ W ½W 1W 2W
Model S/V H/F S/V H/F S/V H/F S/V H/F
Reverberant
Chamber Test,
79 76 83 80 86* 82 89* 86*
per UL 1480
(dBA)
Anechoic
Chamber Test,
81 78 84 81 88* 84 90* 87*
per ULC-S541
(dBA)
* Note: Select taps as indicated to satisfy the ULC fire alarm applications requirement of 85 dBA minimum
Table 13: Polar Dispersion Reference (per ULC-S541 Anechoic Chamber Testing)

Attenuation Angle Attenuation Angle

-3 dB 75° -6 dB 85°
Table 14: Percentage of rated light output at room temperature

On-Axis Vertical, Below Axis Horizontal, Left/Right of Axis

Angle
0° 45° 90° 45° 90°
UL required output 100% 34% 12% 75% 25%
Typical output 194% 90% 45% 121% 41%
Table 15: IDNAC SLC Specifications

Typical Operating Voltage Range 23 - 30 VDC, Special Application

Appliance voltage design reference 23VDC (with 6VDC drop)
Supervisory Requirements 1 unit load (= 0.8 mA control panel current)
Flash Rate and Synchronized SLC Loading 1 Hz; with up to 63 synchronized strobes maximum per NAC
Maximum of 127 addresses per SLC, 139 unit loads. See device and
IDNAC SLC Loading compatible Fire Panel Installation Instructions for circuit current load
limits.
UTP, unshielded twisted pair recommended
Maximum wire length allowed with “T-Taps” for Class B wiring per SLC =
IDNAC SLC Wiring Specifications (refer to control panel installation
10,000 ft (3048 m)
instructions for more information)
Maximum wire length to any appliance = 4000 ft (1219 m). This can be
doubled to 8000ft (2438m) by using a 4009 IDNAC Repeater.
Table 16: Current Consumption***

Candela Setting 15 cd 30 cd 75 cd 110 cd 135 cd 185 cd

Clear/White Lens 47 mA 57 mA 100 mA 132 mA 160 mA 208 mA
Tinted Lens 54 mA 78 mA 128 mA 184 mA 211 mA N/A
***Measured at 23 VDC on IDNAC Addressable SLC
Note: Speakers are for connection to compatible fire alarm audio circuits. Anechoic ratings are representative of actual installed sound output.

Page 3 S49SVW-0001 Rev. 7 5/2018

 Wall Mount Addressable Speaker Visible (S/V) Notification Appliances

Equipment Compatibility References

Table 17: Equipment Compatibility References

Compatible Controllers Data Sheet Reference

4100ES with EPS+ or EPS Power Supply S4100-0100
4009 IDNAC Repeater S4009-0004
4100ES Flex 35 and 50 Watt Amplifiers
4100ES 100 Watt Amplifiers S4100-0034
4100ES Constant Supervision and Audio NACs

Wall Mount S/V Installation Reference

Figure 2: Installation reference

© 2018 Johnson Controls. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision and are subject to change without
notice. Additional listings may be applicable, contact your local Simplex® product supplier for the latest status. Listings and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co.
Simplex, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm Code are
registered trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).
S49SVW-0001 Rev. 7 5/2018
 TrueAlert Addressable Notification Appliances
UL, ULC Listed; FM Approved* Wall and Ceiling Mount Addressable Speaker
and Speaker Visible Notification Appliances

Features
Individually addressed and controlled Speaker
(S/O) and Speaker Visible (S/V) notification
appliances
 Advanced addressable notification controlled by IDNAC
SLCs provides regulated 29 VDC for low current operation
even under battery backup.
 Wiring supervision is electronically monitored and
allows audio wiring to be T-tapped for class B wiring,
reducing wiring costs and wiring distances.
 Speaker selectivity is controlled by the panel. Only those
speakers that are needed are connected to the audio
NAC.
 Separate appliance and cover selection greatly simplifies
the ordering and installation process.
 Strobe intensity can be programmed from the control
panel or the device for S/V models.
 Self-Test Mode allows on-board sensors to detect the
strobe and speaker output and then report their status to
the control panel.
 Wiring terminals separate from the Audio terminals.
 TrueAlert Device Reports at the control panel detailing Ceiling and Wall Mount Addressable Speaker Only and
appliance point ID, custom label, type, and candela Speaker Visible Strobes
setting.
 Magnet test diagnostics to assist checkout and testing of Features (Continued)
appliances and wiring.
Speaker design features
 Compatibility with ADA requirements.
 High quality voice and tone reproduction with taps for
LED indicator and magnet test feature ¼, ½, 1, or 2 W, at 25 or 70.7 VRMS
 Appliance LED can be selected to display each polling  Speakers have capacitor input for connection to DC
cycle to indicate appliance supervision supervised NACs and are wired separately from strobes
 In diagnostic mode, the magnet test pulses the LED to  Listed to UL 1480 and ULC S541*
indicate appliance address and pulses to indicate the  Compliant with NFPA 72, 520 Hz Low Frequency
intensity selection; a brief output of the strobe is also Signal Requirements for Sleeping Areas
selectable to confirm operation  High and low frequency response models available,
Mechanical design features 200-10000 Hz and 400-4000 Hz respectively.
 Rugged, high impact, flame retardant thermoplastic Description
housings are available for wall or ceiling mount models
 Covers are available in red or white with various Wall and ceiling mount addressable speaker and
lettering options speaker visible appliances provide convenient
 Covers can be easily removed without disturbing the installation to standard electrical boxes. The speaker is
connected housing and avoiding trouble conditions individually addressed and individually controlled with
power, supervision, and control supplied from a Simplex
 In/out wiring terminals for 18 AWG to 12 AWG fire alarm control panel IDNAC Signaling Line Circuit
 Mounts to 4” square 2 ⅛” gang US electrical boxes (SLC). Audio is provided by a panel that supports audio
output or from a separate audio source. Appliances use a
multi-tapped speaker for audio/tone notification.
Strobe Application Reference
Proper selection of visible notification is dependent on
occupancy, location, local codes, and proper applications
of: the National Fire Alarm and Signaling Code
(NFPA 72), ANSI A117.1; the appropriate model
* Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local Simplex product supplier for building code: BOCA, ICBO, or SBCCI; and the
the latest status. Listings and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co. are the
property of Tyco Fire Protection Products.
application guidelines of the Americans with Disabilities
Act (ADA).
S49SWC-0001-2 11/2016
IDNAC SLC Operation Advantage
TrueAlert Addressable speaker and speaker
visible appliances on IDNAC SLCs provide visible
and audio notification using two separate two-wire
circuits that also confirms connection to the individual
notification appliance’s electronic circuit. This operation
increases circuit supervision integrity by providing
supervision that extends beyond the appliance wiring
connections.
Reduced current usage on IDNAC SLCs
A constant 29 VDC source voltage is maintained, even
during battery standby. This allows appliances to operate
at higher voltage with lower current and ensuring a
consistent current draw and voltage drop margin under
both primary power and secondary battery standby.
Efficiencies include wiring distances up to 2 to 3 times
farther than with conventional notification, support for
more appliances per IDNAC SLC, use of smaller gauge
wiring, or combinations of these benefits.
Reducing Installation and Testing Time
With separate controls on the same two-wire SLC,
installation time and expense for both retrofit and new
construction can be significantly reduced. When Class B
wiring is used, wiring can be “T” tapped, allowing more
savings in distance, wire, conduit (size and utilization), and
overall installation efficiency. Use of the magnet test feature
improves installation efficiency. TrueAlert device reports
conveniently identify information about each connected
appliance.
TrueAlert Addressable Wiring Isolator
Isolator Model 4905-9929 is available for remote
mounting on TrueAlert addressable circuits to isolate short
circuited wiring from functioning wiring. Refer to data sheet
S4905-0001 for additional information.
TrueAlert ES Diagnostics
Test Features
Controllers can be selected to pulse each appliance’s LED
when it receives a supervision poll. When the controller is
selected for diagnostic mode, the appliance magnet test
feature provides a response at the individual appliance being
tested.
Silent Appliance Magnet Test
The appliance LED pulses sequentially to conveniently
indicate the appliance’s address when a magnet is applied.
Operational Appliance Testing
In this test mode, after the address is indicated by pulsing the
appliance LED, the strobe will briefly flash to indicate
proper operation.
TrueStart Instrument Two (TSIT)
The 2nd generation of the Simplex TrueStart Test
Instrument adds testing of IDNAC SLC wiring and
TrueAlert (and TrueAlert ES) appliances to its ability to test
IDCs, NACs, and IDNet communications before connection
to the control panel. Please contact your local Simplex
representative for additional information.

Wall Mount Appliance Product Selection

Wall Mount S/O Appliances* (Refer to data sheet S49SOW-0001 for full product selection including covers and mounting plates)
Model Dimensions Description Data Sheet Reference
49SO-APPLW(-BA) 5 ½” H x 5” W x 1 ½” D S/O appliance only
S49SOW-0001
49HF-APPLW(-BA) (139 mm x 128 mm x 38 mm) High fidelity S/O appliance only
Wall Mount S/V Appliances* (Refer to data sheet S49SVW-0001 for full product selection including covers, mounting plates, and
multi-color strobe lens)
Model Series Dimensions Description Data Sheet Reference
49SV-APPLW(-BA) 7 ⅜” H x 5” W x 1 ¾” D S/V appliance only
S49SVW-0001
49HFV-APPLW(-BA) (187 mm x 128 mm x 43 mm) High fidelity S/V appliance only
*Note: Wall mount models require separately ordered back plate. See related datasheet for details.

Ceiling Mount Appliance Product Selection

Ceiling Mount S/O Appliances (Refer to data sheet S49SOC-0001 for full product selection and installation requirements)
Model Dimensions Description Data Sheet Reference
49SO-APPLC(-BA) 7 ⅛” H x 7 ⅛” W x 1 ¼” D S/O appliance only
S49SOC-0001
49HF-APPLC(-BA) ( 180 mm x 180 mm x 32 mm) High fidelity S/O appliance only
Ceiling Mount S/V Appliances (Refer to data sheet S49SVC-0001 for full product selection and installation requirements)
Model Series Dimensions Description Data Sheet Reference
49SV-APPLC(-BA) S/V appliance only
49HFV-APPLC(-BA) High fidelity S/V appliance only
49SVH-APPLC(-BA) High candela S/V appliance only
Clear lens high fidelity high candela
8 ⅛” H x 7 ⅛” W x 3” D
49HFVH-APPLC(-BA) S/V appliance only S49SVC-0001
(206 mm x 180 mm x 76 mm)
Amber lens high fidelity high
49HFVH-APLCA-BA candela S/V appliance only
Blue lens high fidelity high candela
49HFVH-APLCB-BA S/V appliance only
Note: Select appliance, cover and mounting back plate (where required) separately. (-BA) indicates model is available either with or
without the -BA suffix. Model numbers ending in -BA are assembled in the USA

2 S49SWC-0001-2 11/2016
IDNAC SLC Controller Compatibility Reference
Data Sheet IDNAC SLC Output Appliance Voltage
Compatible Controllers Controller Output
Reference Voltage Design Reference
4100ES with EPS+ or EPS Power Supply S4100-0100
4009 IDNAC Repeater S4009-0004
29 VDC 23 VDC
4100ES Flex 35, 50, and 100 Amplifiers IDNAC SLC
(regulated) (with 6 VDC drop)
4100ES Constant Supervision and Signal S4100-0034
Cards

Specifications

General Specifications (refer to individual model data sheets for further specifications, install and operation details)
Typical Operating Voltage Range 23 - 30 VDC, Special Application
Environmental 32° to 120° F (0° to 49° C); 10% to 93%, non-condensing at 104° F (40° C)
Terminal blocks for 18 AWG to 12 AWG (0.82 mm2 to 3.31 mm2); two wires per terminal
Connections
for in/out wiring. Use Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP) for IDNAC and audio wiring.
IDNAC SLC Loading Maximum of 127 addresses per SLC, 139 unit loads. See device and compatible fire
panel installation instructions for circuit current load limits.
Speaker Specifications
Input Voltage 25 or 70.7 Vrms
Power Taps ¼, ½, 1, and 2 W
400 to 4000 Hz and 200 to 10000 Hz,
Frequency Response General Signaling = 125 to 12 kHz
respectively.
Strobe Specifications
Typical Operating Voltage Range 23 - 30 VDC, Special Application
Supervisory Requirements 1 unit load (= 0.8 mA control panel current)
Flash Rate 1 Hz
UTP, unshielded twisted pair recommended
IDNAC SLC Wiring Specifications Maximum wire length allowed with “T-Taps” for Class B wiring per SLC = 10,000 ft
(refer to control panel installation instructions for (3048 m)
more information) Maximum wire length to any appliance = 4000 ft (1219 m). This can be doubled to
8000ft (2438m) by using a 4009 IDNAC Repeater.
Note: Speakers are for connection to compatible fire alarm audio circuits only.

S49 Series Speaker Datasheet Reference

Model Data Sheet Reference

Wall Mount Speaker Only Appliance S49SOW-0001
Wall Mount Speaker Visible Appliance S49SVW-0001
Ceiling Mount Speaker Only Appliance S49SOC-0001
Ceiling Mount Speaker Visible Appliance S49SVC-0001

3 S49SWC-0001-2 11/2016
TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm and
Signaling Code are registered trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).

Tyco Fire Protection Products • Westminster, MA • 01441-0001 • USA S49SWC-0001-2 11/2016

www.simplex-fire.com
© 2016 Tyco Fire Protection Products. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice.
 TrueAlert
UL, ULC, CSFM Listed;
FM Approved*
Features
Individually addressed and controlled multi-candela
TrueAlert ES V/O (visible only) notification
appliances provide:
 Multi-candela xenon strobe with synchronized 1 Hz flash
rate and with intensity programmable from the control
panel or jumper selected as 15, 30, 75, 110, 135, or 185 cd
 Advanced addressable notification controlled by IDNAC
SLCs providing regulated 29 VDC allowing strobes to
operate with lower current even under battery backup
 Wiring supervision to each appliance allowing
“T-tapped” connections for Class B circuits to simplify
wiring (Class A circuits require in/out wiring)
 Self-Test Mode allows an on-board sensor to detect the
strobe output and then report its status to the control
panel
 TrueAlert Device Reports at the control panel detailing
appliance point ID, custom label, type, and candela
setting (see sample on page 3)
 Magnet Test diagnostics to assist checkout and testing of
appliances and wiring and Electrical test point access
without removing cover
 Compatibility with ADA requirements; (refer to
important installation information on page 3)
 Compatibility with legacy TrueAlert addressable systems
for upgrade and replacement (see page 4)
 Listed to UL Standard 1971 and ULC Standard S526
LED Indicator and Magnet Test feature:
 Appliance LED can be selected to display each polling
cycle to indicate appliance supervision
 When the controller is in diagnostic mode, the Magnet
Test pulses the LED to indicate appliance address and
can be set to also briefly flash the strobe
Mechanical design features include:
 Rugged, high impact, flame retardant thermoplastic
housing in red with white letters or white with red
letters, with clear lens, available with FIRE, ALERT,
FEU, FEU/FIRE, or blank lettering
 Separate covers are available to change appliance type
on-site or for replacement; covers can be easily removed
without disturbing the connected housing and avoiding
trouble conditions
 A separate mounting plate allows wiring to be completed
before appliance is mounted; use with single gang, double
gang, or 4-inch square box, flush or surface mount
 In/out wiring terminals for 18 AWG to 12 AWG
 Optional mounting adapters are available to cover
surface mounted electrical boxes and to adapt to
Simplex 2975-9145 boxes
 Optional red wire guards (see page 2 for details)
* These products have been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant
to Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing
7125-0026:0373 for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in this
document. Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local Simplex product supplier
for the latest status. Listings and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co. are the
property of Tyco Fire Protection Products.
Addressable Notification Appliances
Visible Notification Appliances, Wall Mount
Multi-Candela Strobes, Model Series 49VO
TrueAlert ES Addressable Strobes are Available in Red with White
Lettering and White with Red Lettering
Description
TrueAlert ES addressable strobes are individually
addressed visible notification appliances that receive
power, supervision, and control signals from a Simplex
fire alarm control panel providing IDNAC Signaling Line
Circuits (SLCs). LED and Xenon tube strobes devices are
interoperable on the same IDNAC channel. (See
compatibility list on page 4.)
Strobe Application Reference
Proper selection of visible notification is dependent on
occupancy, location, local codes, and proper applications
of: the National Fire Alarm Code (NFPA 72), ANSI
A117.1; the appropriate model building code: BOCA,
ICBO, or SBCCI; and the application guidelines of the
Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA).
TrueAlert ES Operation Advantage
TrueAlert ES addressable appliances on IDNAC
SLCs provide separate visible (and audible) notification
using a single two-wire circuit that also confirms connection
to the individual notification appliance’s electronic circuit.
This operation increases circuit supervision integrity by
providing supervision that extends beyond the appliance
wiring connections.
Reduced current allows efficient IDNAC SLC
operation. With IDNAC SLCs, a constant 29 VDC source
voltage is maintained, even during battery standby, allowing
strobes to operate at higher voltage with lower current and
ensuring a consistent current draw and voltage drop margin
under both primary power and secondary battery standby.
Efficiencies include wiring distances up to 2 to 3 times
farther than with conventional notification, or support for
more appliances per IDNAC SLC, or use of smaller gauge
wiring, or combinations of these benefits, all providing
installation and maintenance savings with high assurance
that appliances that operate during normal system testing
will operate during worst case alarm conditions.
S49VO-0001-6 11/2016
TrueAlert ES Operation Advantage (Cont’d) TrueAlert ES Diagnostics (Continued)
Reducing Installation and Testing Time. With Self-Test Details (Continued). Operation is by selected
separate controls on the same two-wire SLC, installation VNAC appliance groups and is either automatic (all briefly
time and expense for both retrofit and new construction can simultaneously activated) or individually activated by applying
be significantly reduced. When Class B wiring is used, a magnet. (Refer to control panel data sheet for more Self-Test
wiring can be “T” tapped, allowing more savings in information, see list on page 4.)
distance, wire, conduit (size and utilization), and overall Silent Appliance Magnet Test. In this test mode, in
installation efficiency. Use of Self-Test and Magnet Test response to application of a magnet, the appliance LED
features improves installation efficiency. TrueAlert device pulses sequentially to conveniently indicate the appliance’s
reports conveniently identify information about each address.
connected appliance. Operational Appliance Magnet Test. In this test mode,
TrueAlert ES Diagnostics after the address is indicated by pulsing the appliance LED,
the strobe will briefly flash to indicate proper operation.
Test Features. When IDNAC SLCs are in diagnostic TrueStart Instrument Two (TSIT). The 2nd generation
mode, Self-Test and Magnet Test features provide individual of the Simplex TrueStart Test Instrument adds testing of
appliance testing. With the Self-Test feature, appliance IDNAC SLC wiring and TrueAlert ES appliances to its
operation can be confirmed without leaving the control panel. ability to test IDCs, NACs, and IDNet communications
Additionally, each appliance’s LED can be selected to pulse before connection to the control panel. Please contact your
when it receives a supervision poll during normal operation. local Simplex representative for additional information.
Self-Test Details. Selecting Self-Test Mode from the control TrueAlert Addressable Wiring Isolator
panel allows on-board sensors, depending on the device type,
to detect its own strobe and/or horn output and then report their Isolator Model 4905-9929 is available for remote
status to the control panel. mounting on TrueAlert addressable circuits to isolate short
circuited wiring from functioning wiring. (See data sheet
S4905-0001.)
Product Selection
TrueAlert ES Wall Mount Addressable Strobes
TrueAlert ES addressable VO (strobe) appliances include cover and matching mounting plate except as noted;
Dimensions with Cover = 5 ⅛” H x 5” W x 2 ⅝” D (130 mm x 127 mm x 67 mm)
Model* Cover Color Wording Lens Color Model* Cover Color Wording Lens Color
49VO-WRF(-BA) Red 49VO-WRQ Red
FIRE FEU
49VO-WWF(-BA) White 49VO-WWQ White
Clear Clear
49VO-WRA(-BA) Red 49VO-WRS(-BA) Red
ALERT Blank
49VO-WWA(-BA) White 49VO-WWS(-BA) White
49VO-APPLW(-BA) Select cover and mounting plate separately
Separate Mounting Plate
Model Color Note
49MP-AVVOWR Red
Mounting Plate is required when ordering model 49VO-APPLW(-BA)
49MP-AVVOWW White
Separate Covers (Required when ordering model 49VO-APPLW(-BA))
Model* Color Wording Model* Color Wording
49VOC-WRFIRE Red 49VOC-WRFEU Red
FIRE FEU
49VOC-WWFIRE White 49VOC-WWFEU White
49VOC-WRALT Red 49VOC-WRBLNG Red
ALERT FEU/FIRE
49VOC-WWALT White 49VOC-WWBLNG White
49VOC-WRS Red Blank 49VOC-WWS White Blank
* Note: (-BA) indicates model is available either with or without the -BA suffix. Model numbers ending in -BA, APPLW models, and
separate mounting plates are assembled in the USA.
Mounting Adapters and Wire Guard
Model Color Description Dimensions
4905-9937 Red 5 ⅜” H x 5 ¼” W x 1 ⅝” D (136 mm x 133 mm x 41 mm)
Surface Mount Adapter Skirt
4905-9940 White Total depth with strobe = 4 ⅜” (111 mm)
Red Adapter Plate for mounting to Simplex 2975-9145 Box
4905-9931 8 5⁄16” x 5 ¾” x 0.060” Thick (211 mm x 146 mm x 1.5 mm)
(typically for retrofit, mount vertical or horizontal)
2975-9145 Red Mounting Box, requires 4905-9931 Adapter Plate 7 ⅞" x 5 ⅛" x 2 ¾" D (200 mm x 130 mm x 70 mm)
Red wire guard with mounting plate, compatible with semi-
4905-9961 6 1⁄16” H x 6 1⁄16” W x 3 ⅛” D (154 mm x 154 mm x 79 mm)
flush or surface mount boxes
2 S49VO-0001-6 11/2016
TrueAlert Device Reports Reference
Service Port Page 1
REPORT 5 : TrueAlert Device Report 12:34:56am TUE 27-Jan-15
DEVICE
POINT ID CUSTOM LABEL TYPE CANDELA
T14-1-1 Location Label . . . up to 40 characters V/O 15
T14-1-2 Break Room 5 A/V 110
T14-1-3 Boiler Room A/V 75
T14-1-4 Elec. Room 7 A/V 135

Installation Reference

Adapter Plate and Surface Mount Installation Reference

2975-9145 Box Mounting Reference
4905-9931 Adapter Plate Surface Mount Side View Reference
2975-9145 Box
(Surface mount conduit and
box shown for reference)

Optional
4905-9961
Wire Guard

TrueAlert ES
Addressable
Strobe

4" square box profile,

1-1/2" (38 mm) deep
4905-9931 Adapter Plate
TrueAlert ES Optional surface mount adapter skirt,
Addressable Strobe 1-1/2" deep: 4905-9937, Red;
4905-9940, White (conduit knockouts
4905-9961 Optional Wire Guard
(shown here for reference only, can be used on other mounting options) are provided on all four sides)

3 S49VO-0001-6 11/2016
 IDNAC SLC Controller Compatibility Reference
Data Sheet IDNAC SLC Output Appliance Voltage
Compatible Controllers Controller Output
Reference Voltage Design Reference
4100ES with EPS+ or EPS Power Supply S4100-0100
4009 IDNAC Repeater S4009-0004 29 VDC 23 VDC
IDNAC SLC
4007ES with IDNAC Notification S4007-0002 (regulated) (with 6 VDC drop)
4010ES with ESS Enhanced System Supply S4010-0011

TrueAlert ES Strobe Specifications

Electrical Ratings
Typical Operating Voltage Range 23 VDC to 31 VDC, Special Application (see below for 17 VDC rating)
Supervisory Requirements 1 unit load (= 0.8 mA control panel current)
IDNAC SLC Loading Maximum of 127 addresses per SLC, 139 unit loads
Candela Setting 15 cd 30 cd 75 cd 110 cd 135 cd 185 cd
23 VDC RMS Current Ratings, for typical
design of IDNAC Addressable SLCs (6 VDC 47 mA 57 mA 100 mA 132 mA 160 mA 208 mA
drop)
General Specifications
Temperature Range 32 to 122 F (0 to 50 C)
Humidity Range 10% to 93%, non-condensing @ 104° F (40° C)
UTP, unshielded twisted pair recommended
IDNAC SLC Wiring Specifications
Maximum wire length allowed with “T-Taps” for Class B wiring per SLC = 10,000 ft
(refer to control panel installation instructions
(3048 m)
for more information)
Maximum wire length to any appliance = 4000 ft (1219 m)
Terminal blocks on mounting plate for 18 AWG to 12 AWG (0.82 mm2 to
Connections
3.31 mm2); two wires per terminal for in/out wiring
Installation Instructions 579-1031
Notes: Refer to compatibility table above for fire alarm control panel and power supply operation type.

TrueAlert ES Strobe LEGACY Compatibility Reference

Data Sheet Available Strobe Appliance Voltage

Compatible Controller Controller Output
Reference Intensity Minimum
4100ES or 4100U with
S4100-0031
TrueAlert Power Supply
4009 TPS, Remote TrueAlert
S4100-0037 15, 30, 75, and 110 cd 17 VDC
TrueAlert Power Supply Addressable SLC
TrueAlert Addressable
S4009-0003
Controller (4009T)
Electrical Ratings Reference for Retrofit Applications
Voltage Range 17 VDC to 31 VDC, Special Application
Candela Setting 15 cd 30 cd 75 cd 110 cd
17 VDC RMS Current Ratings, use when
connected to TrueAlert Addressable SLCs per 62 mA 75 mA 133 mA 178 mA
above

TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm Code
are trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).

Tyco Fire Protection Products • Westminster, MA • 01441-0001 • USA S49VO-0001-6 11/2016

www.simplex-fire.com
© 2016 Tyco Fire Protection Products. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice.
 TrueAlert ES Addressable Notification Appliances
UL/ULC Listed; Visual Only Notification Appliances, Indoor Ceiling Mount
FM Approved* Strobe, Model Series 49VO

Description
Ceiling Mount Addressable Visible (V/O)
Notification Appliances are individually powered,
addressed, and controlled from a Simplex fire alarm
control panel IDNAC Signaling Line Circuit (SLC). V/O
notification appliances use a multi-candela strobe with
synchronized 1 Hz flash rate and selectable candela
rating. LED and Xenon tube strobes devices are
interoperable on the same IDNAC channel.
Separate appliance and cover selection greatly simplifies
the ordering and installation process.

Features
Individually addressed Visible Only (V/O)
notification appliances
 Multi-candela LED strobe available in low (15, 30 75
and 110 cd) and high (110 , 135 and 185 cd) range
candela models
 Small compact design and low current draw due to
energy efficient Xenon tube strobes, with LED
indicators.
 Advanced addressable notification controlled by IDNAC
SLCs.
 IDNAC SLCs provide regulated 29 VDC allowing horns to
operate with lower current
 Electrical test point access by removing the cover
 Strobe intensity can be programmed from the control
panel or the device
 Wiring supervision to each appliance allows
T-tapped connections for Class B circuits to simplify
wiring (Class A circuits require in/out wiring)
 Self-Test Mode allows on-board sensors to detect the
strobe output and then report their status to the
control panel
 TrueAlert Device Reports at the control panel detail
appliance point ID, custom label, type, and candela
setting (see sample on page 3)
 Magnet test diagnostics assist checkout and testing of
appliances and wiring
 Compatibility with ADA requirements
 Strobe operation is listed to UL Standard 1971 and
ULC Standard S526
 Synchronized strobe operation on its IDNAC
channel.
LED Indicator and Magnet Test
 Indicator LED indicates magnet test
acknowledgment, 3 digit IDNAC address, and
candela rating
 Indicator LED can be configured to blink every
polling cycle to indicate appliance supervision
 When the controller is in diagnostic mode, the
magnet test pulses the Indicator LED to indicate
appliance address and can be set to also briefly flash
the strobe LEDs
Mechanical design features
 Rugged, high impact, flame retardant thermoplastic
housing in red and white colors
 Various covers and lettering options available – Red
with white letters or white with red letters
 Covers can be easily removed without disturbing the
connected housing and avoiding trouble conditions
 In/out wiring terminals for 18 AWG to 12 AWG
 Mounts on 4” square or single gang USA electrical
boxes. Adapter plate required for mounting on single
gang electrical boxes.
 Optional wire guards
 Weatherproof back boxes are required for surface
mounting.
Strobe Application Reference
Proper selection of visible notification is dependent on
occupancy, location, local codes, and proper applications
of: the National Fire Alarm and Signaling Code
(NFPA 72), ANSI A117.1; the appropriate model
building code: BOCA, ICBO, or SBCCI; and the
application guidelines of the Americans with Disabilities
Act (ADA).
*Additional listings may be applicable, contact your local Simplex® product supplier for
the latest status. Listings and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co.

S49VOC-0001-5 5/2018
Product Selection
Ceiling Mount Addressable Visual Only V/O Appliances
Model Lens color Description
49VO-APPLC(-BA)
Clear VO appliance only. Select cover separately.
49VOH-APPLC(-BA)
Back Boxes
Model Color
S49VOC-0001 Red
Note: Use WP back boxes for surface mounting only. Using weatherproof back boxes does not make an appliance weatherproof.

Adapter plates
Model Description
49VO-APCS VO Ceiling Mount Adapter Plate. Required for mounting on a single gang electrical box.
V/O Covers (Required when ordering APPLC models)
Model Color Wording Model Color Wording
49VOC-CRALT ALERT 49VOC-CWALT ALERT
49VOC-CRBF FEU/FIRE 49VOC-CWBF FEU/FIRE
49VOC-CRFEU FEU 49VOC-CWFEU FEU
49VOC-CRF FIRE 49VOC-CWF FIRE
49VOC-CRS Red Simplex logo only 49VOC-CWS White Simplex logo only

49VOC-CRBAA ‫إن ذار‬ / ALERT 49VOC-CWBAA ‫إن ذار‬ / ALERT

49VOC-CRBCF 火警/FIRE 49VOC-CWBCF 火警/FIRE

49VOC-CRBAF ‫ح ريق‬/FIRE 49VOC-CWBAF ‫ح ريق‬/FIRE

49VOC-CK Black Blank

Wire Guards
Model Description
49WG-VOCR VO Ceiling Mount Red Wire Guard
49WGBB-VOCR-O VO Ceiling Mount Wire Guard Back Box
* Note: (-BA) indicates model is available either with or without the -BA suffix. Model numbers ending in –BA are assembled in the USA

IDNAC SLC Operation Advantage TrueAlert Addressable Wiring Isolator

TrueAlert Addressable visible appliances on IDNAC
SLCs provide visible notification using one two-wire circuit
that also confirms connection to the individual notification
appliance’s electronic circuit. This operation increases circuit
supervision integrity by providing supervision that extends
beyond the appliance wiring connections.
Reduced current usage on IDNAC SLCs
A constant 29 VDC source voltage is maintained, even during
battery standby. This allows appliances to operate at higher
voltage with lower current and ensuring a consistent current
draw and voltage drop margin under both primary power and
secondary battery standby. Efficiencies include wiring distances
up to 2 to 3 times farther than with conventional notification,
support for more appliances per IDNAC SLC, use of smaller
gauge wiring, or combinations of these benefits.
Reducing Installation and Testing Time
With separate controls on the same two-wire SLC, installation
time and expense for both retrofit and new construction can be
significantly reduced. When Class B wiring is used, wiring can be
T-tapped, allowing more savings in distance, wire, conduit (size
and utilization), and overall installation efficiency. Use of the
magnet test feature improves installation efficiency. TrueAlert
device reports conveniently identify information about each
connected appliance.
Isolator Model 4905-9929 is available for remote mounting on
TrueAlert addressable circuits to isolate short circuited wiring from
functioning wiring. Refer to data sheet S4905-0001 for additional
information.
TrueAlert ES Diagnostics
Test Features
Controllers can be selected to pulse each appliance’s LED when it
receives a supervision poll. When the controller is selected for
diagnostic mode, the appliance magnet test feature provides a
response at the individual appliance being tested.
Silent Appliance Magnet Test
The appliance LED pulses sequentially to conveniently indicate the
appliance’s address when a magnet is applied.
Operational Appliance Testing
In this test mode, after the address is indicated by pulsing the
appliance LED, the strobe will briefly flash to indicate proper
operation.
TrueStart Instrument Two (TSIT)
The 2nd generation of the Simplex TrueStart Test Instrument adds
testing of IDNAC SLC wiring and TrueAlert (and TrueAlert ES)
appliances to its ability to test IDCs, NACs, and IDNet
communications before connection to the control panel. Please
contact your local Simplex representative for additional
information.

2 S49VOC-0001-5 5/2018
IDNAC SLC Controller Compatibility Reference

Data Sheet IDNAC SLC Output Appliance Voltage

Compatible Controllers Controller Output
Reference Voltage Design Reference
4100ES with EPS+ or EPS Power Supply S4100-0100
4009 IDNAC Repeater S4009-0004 29 VDC 23 VDC
IDNAC SLC
4100ES Flex 35, 50, and 100 Amplifiers (regulated) (with 6 VDC drop)
S4100-0034
4100ES Constant Supervision and Signal Cards

Celling Mount V/O Specifications

Specifications (see page 1 for appliance dimensions)

Environmental 32° to 120° F (0° to 49° C); 10% to 93%, non-condensing at 104° F (40° C)
Terminal blocks for 18 AWG to 12 AWG (0.82 mm2 to 3.31 mm2); two wires per terminal for
Connections
in/out wiring. Use Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP) for IDNAC.
IDNAC SLC Loading Maximum of 127 addresses per SLC, 139 unit loads. See device and compatible Fire
Panel Installation Instructions for circuit current load limits.
Installation Instructions 579-1227 (49VO and 49VOH models).
Percentage of rated light output at room temperature
Vertical, Horizontal,
On-Axis
Angle Below Axis Left/Right of Axis
0° 45° 90° 45° 90°
UL required output 100% 45% 25% 45% 25%
Typical output 327% 134% 83% 129% 47%
Appliance Specifications
Operating Voltage Range 23 VDC to 30 VDC, Special Application
Supervisory Requirements 1 unit load (= 0.8 mA control panel current)
1 Hz; with up to 63 synchronized strobes maximum per powered
Flash Rate and Synchronized SLC Loading
circuit, max 127 S/V appliances per IDNAC channel
Candela Setting 15 cd 30 cd 75 cd 95 cd 110 cd 135 cd 185 cd
159 199
49VO model 55 mA 83 mA N/A N/A N/A
Current consumption** mA mA
272 230 269 343
49VOH model N/A N/A N/A
mA mA mA mA
272 300 355
49VOH amber lens N/A N/A N/A N/A
mA mA mA
272 300 355
49VOH blue lens N/A N/A mA N/A
mA mA mA
** Measured at 23VDC on IDNAC Addressable SLC

Installation Reference

3 S49VOC-0001-5 5/2018
 TrueAlert ES V/O LEGACY Compatibility Reference

Data Sheet Controller

Compatible Controller Available Strobe Intensity Appliance Voltage Minimum
Reference Output
4100ES or 4100U with
S4100-0031
TrueAlert Power Supply
TrueAlert
4009 TPS, Remote
S4100-0037 Addressable 15, 30, 75, and 110 cd 17 VDC
TrueAlert Power Supply
SLC
TrueAlert Addressable
S4009-0003
Controller (4009T)
Electrical Ratings Differences for Legacy Applications (refer to above specifications for other ratings)
Voltage Range 17 VDC to 31 VDC, Special Application
Candela Setting 15 cd 30 cd 75 cd 110 cd
17 VDC RMS Current Ratings, with horn on continuous
at high setting, use when connected to TrueAlert 74 mA 85 mA 140 mA 185 mA
Addressable SLCs per above

SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm
and Signaling Code are registered trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).
Westminster, MA • 01441-0001 • USA S49VOC-0001-5 5/2018
www.simplex-fire.com
© 2018 Johnson Controls. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice.
 TrueAlert
UL, CSFM Listed;
FM Approved*
Features
Individually addressed and controlled multi-candela
TrueAlert ES weatherproof notification appliances
for extended temperature and humidity range
provide:
 Multi-candela xenon strobe with synchronized 1 Hz flash
rate and with intensity programmable from the control
panel or jumper selected as 15, 75, WP 75, or WP 185 cd
 Advanced addressable notification controlled by IDNAC
SLCs providing regulated 29 VDC allowing strobes to
operate with lower current even under battery backup
 Wiring supervision to each appliance allowing
“T-tapped” connections for Class B circuits to simplify
wiring (Class A circuits require in/out wiring)
 Self-Test Mode allows on-board sensors to detect the
strobe and horn output and then report their status to
the control panel
 TrueAlert Device Reports at the control panel detailing
appliance point ID, custom label, type, and candela
setting (see sample on page 3)
 Magnet Test diagnostics to assist checkout and testing
of appliances and wiring
 Electrical test point access without removing cover
LED Indicator and Magnet Test feature:
 Appliance LED can be selected to display each polling
cycle to indicate appliance supervision
 When the controller is in diagnostic mode, the Magnet
Test pulses the LED to indicate appliance address and
can be set to also briefly flash the strobe and sound the
A/V horn
Mechanical design features include:
 Rugged, high impact, flame retardant thermoplastic
housing in red with white letters or white with red
letters, with clear lens
 Standard models are available with FIRE lettering or
blank; configured models are available with additional
lettering of FEU, FEU/FIRE, ALERT, and blank
 Mounting is to matching weatherproof boxes (required),
ordered separately
 Separate covers are available to change application type
on-site or for replacement
 In/out wiring terminals for 18 AWG to 12 AWG
 Enclosure is rated NEMA 3R
 Convenient wiring terminal access at front of housing
Agency listings reference:
 UL 1638 listed for outdoor applications with strobe
rated at 75 cd (WP75) or 185 cd (WP185)
 UL 1971 listed for indoor applications with strobe
intensity selectable as 15 or 75 cd; indoor applications
are compatible with ADA requirements (refer to
important mounting information on page 3)
 Horn operation is listed to UL Standard 464
 Refer to data sheet S49WP-0002 for ULC listed models
Addressable Notification Appliances
Wall Mount Weatherproof Notification Appliances
Visible Only (V/O) and Audible/Visible (A/V)
Weatherproof A/V (top) and Strobe (bottom), side view of
A/V on Weatherproof Mounting Boxes (right)
For A/V Models with horn:
 Harmonically rich output sound for either coded or
steady operation
 Horns sound as Temporal Code 3, March Time
pattern, continuous; or Temporal Code 4, controlled
separately from visible appliances on the same
two-wire circuit
 Selectable March Time rates of 20, 60, or 120 beats
per minute
 Output is “high” or “low” (~5 dBA difference)
selectable at the appliance or from the controller with
FACP mode selected at the appliance
Description
TrueAlert ES weatherproof addressable
appliances provide visible and audible/visible
notification for indoor and outdoor, extended temperature
and extended humidity applications. They are individually
addressed and receive power, supervision, and control
signals from a Simplex fire alarm control panel providing
IDNAC Signaling Line Circuits (SLCs). (See
compatibility list on page 4.)
Strobe Application Reference
Proper selection of visible notification is dependent on
occupancy, location, local codes, and proper applications
of: the National Fire Alarm Code (NFPA 72), ANSI
A117.1; the appropriate model building code: BOCA,
ICBO, or SBCCI; and the application guidelines of the
Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA).
* This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to
Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing
7125-0026:0371 for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in
this document. Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local Simplex product
supplier for the latest status. Listings and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co.
are the property of Tyco Fire Protection Products.
S49WP-0001-5 11/2016
TrueAlert ES Operation Advantage
TrueAlert ES addressable appliances on IDNAC
SLCs provide separate visible and audible notification
using a single two-wire circuit that also confirms
connection to the individual notification appliance’s
electronic circuit. This operation increases circuit
supervision integrity by providing supervision that
extends beyond the appliance wiring connections.
Reduced current allows efficient IDNAC SLC
operation. With IDNAC SLCs, a constant 29 VDC
source voltage is maintained, even during battery standby,
allowing strobes to operate at higher voltage with lower
current and ensuring a consistent current draw and voltage
drop margin under both primary power and secondary
battery standby. Efficiencies include wiring distances up
to 2 to 3 times farther than with conventional notification,
or support for more appliances per IDNAC SLC, or use of
smaller gauge wiring, or combinations of these benefits,
all providing installation and maintenance savings with
high assurance that appliances that operate during normal
system testing will operate during worst case alarm
conditions.
Reducing Installation and Testing Time. With
separate controls on the same two-wire SLC, installation
time and expense for both retrofit and new construction
can be significantly reduced. When Class B wiring is
used, wiring can be “T” tapped, allowing more savings in
distance, wire, conduit (size and utilization), and overall
installation efficiency. Use of Self-Test and Magnet Test
features improves installation efficiency. TrueAlert device
reports conveniently identify information about each
connected appliance.
Product Selection
TrueAlert ES Diagnostics
Test Features. When IDNAC SLCs are in diagnostic mode,
Self-Test and Magnet Test features provide individual appliance
testing. With the Self-Test feature, appliance operation can be
confirmed without leaving the control panel. Additionally, each
appliance’s LED can be selected to pulse when it receives a
supervision poll during normal operation.
Self-Test Details. Selecting Self-Test Mode from the
control panel allows on-board sensors, depending on the
device type, to detect its own strobe and/or horn output and
then report their status to the control panel. Operation is by
selected VNAC appliance groups and is either automatic (all
briefly simultaneously activated) or individually activated by
applying a magnet. (Refer to control panel data sheet for
more Self-Test information, see list on page 4.)
Silent Appliance Magnet Test. In this test mode, in
response to application of a magnet, the appliance LED
pulses sequentially to conveniently indicate the appliance’s
address.
Operational Appliance Magnet Test. In this test
mode, after the address is indicated by pulsing the appliance
LED, the strobe will briefly flash and the A/V horn will
briefly sound to indicate proper operation.
TrueStart Instrument Two (TSIT). The 2nd generation
of the Simplex TrueStart Test Instrument adds testing of
IDNAC SLC wiring and TrueAlert ES appliances to its
ability to test IDCs, NACs, and IDNet communications
before connection to the control panel. Please contact your
local Simplex representative for additional information.
TrueAlert Addressable Wiring Isolator
Isolator Model 4905-9929 is available for remote
mounting on TrueAlert addressable circuits to isolate
short circuited wiring from functioning wiring. (Refer to
data sheet S4905-0001 for additional information.)

UL Listed TrueAlert ES Addressable Weatherproof Notification Appliances

Cover “FIRE” Intensity Ratings
Type Model Description
Color Lettering UL 1971 UL 1638
49VO-WRFO(-BA) Red White
UL listed weatherproof TrueAlert ES 75 cd
Strobe 49VO-WRSO(-BA) Red Blank
addressable appliance; requires weatherproof (setting
(V/O) 49VO-WWFO-BA White Red box, see below WP75)
15 cd
49VO-APPLW-O(-BA) order cover separately Note: (-BA) indicates model is available or or
49AV-WRFO(-BA) Red White either with or without the -BA suffix; model 75 cd 185 cd
Horn/Strobe numbers ending in -BA are assembled in the (setting
49AV-WWFO-BA White Red USA WP185 )
(A/V)
49AV-APPLW-O(-BA) order cover separately
Separate Covers (Required when ordering 49VO-APPLW-O(-BA) or 49AV-APPLW-O(-BA))
Wording Red VO Cover Models Red AV Cover Models White VO Cover Models White AV Cover Models
FIRE 49VOC-WRFIRE-O 49AVC-WRFIRE-O 49VOC-WWFIRE-O 49AVC-WWFIRE-O
ALERT 49VOC-WRALT-O 49AVC-WRALT-O 49VOC-WWALT-O 49AVC-WWALT-O
FEU 49VOC-WRFEU-O 49AVC-WRFEU-O 49VOC-WWFEU-O 49AVC-WWFEU-O
FEU/FIRE 49VOC-WRBLNG-O 49AVC-WRBLNG-O 49VOC-WWBLNG-O 49AVC-WWBLNG-O
Blank 49VOC-WRS-O 49AVC-WRS-O 49VOC-WWS-O 49AVC-WWS-O
Wall Mount Weatherproof Boxes (Required)
Model Color Description Dimensions
49WPBB-AVVOWR Red 5 ½” H x 6 ⅛” W x 1 ⅝” D
Surface Mount Weatherproof Mounting Box (required)
49WPBB-AVVOWW White (140 mm x 156 mm x 41 mm)

2 S49WP-0001-5 11/2016
TrueAlert Device Reports Reference
Service Port Page 1
REPORT 5 : TrueAlert Device Report 12:34:56am TUE 27-Jan-14
DEVICE
POINT ID CUSTOM LABEL TYPE CANDELA
T14-1-1 Location Label . . . up to 40 characters V/O 15
T14-1-2 Break Room 5 A/V 110
T14-1-3 Boiler Room A/V 75
T14-1-4 Elec. Room 7 A/V 135

Weatherproof Appliance Installation Reference

Cover to mounting box

Knockouts top, bottom, sides, and back; 5 total
mounting screws (3)
1 Weatherproof mounting box (required):
Housing (A/V shown) 49WPBB-AVVOWR, Red
49WPBB-AVVOWW, White
Housing to mounting
box screws (2) Perimeter gasket, pre-installed
3

2 Intensity selection plug, accessible

WP185 only from rear of housing; factory
WP75 setting is FACP, selected from fire
75
15 alarm control panel:
FACP
UL 1971 listed model settings are
Three (3) cover attachment tabs 15 or 75 cd;
located bottom, left and right side UL 1638 listed model settings are
WP75 (75 cd) or WP185 (185 cd)
Internal cover gasket
is pre-installed Strobe intensity viewing slot
Standard cover
(A/V shown) Magnet test location
(bottom of housing)

Dimension and Mounting Height Reference

IMPORTANT! INDOOR WALL MOUNT

5-3/8" (137 mm) MOUNTING HEIGHT REFERENCE

5-17/32"
LED Indicator (140 mm)
total height

4-1/2” 81" (2.06 m)

(114 mm) NFPA 72 requires that minimum to
the entirealens be not mounting tabs
less than 80" and not
greater than 96" above
the finished floor

5-9/16" (141 mm) 1-21/32"

between mounting holes 4-11/32" (110 mm)
(42 mm)
total depth
6-1/8" (156 mm)

3 S49WP-0001-5 11/2016
 IDNAC SLC Controller Compatibility Reference
Data Sheet IDNAC SLC Output Appliance Voltage
Compatible Controllers Controller Output
Reference Voltage Design Reference
4100ES with EPS+ or EPS Power Supply S4100-0100
4009 IDNAC Repeater S4009-0004 29 VDC 23 VDC
IDNAC SLC
4007ES with IDNAC Notification S4007-0002 (regulated) (with 6 VDC drop)
4010ES with ESS Enhanced System Supply S4010-0011

Specifications
Typical Operating Voltage Range 23 VDC to 31 VDC, Special Application
Supervisory Requirements 1 unit load (= 0.8 mA control panel current)
IDNAC SLC Loading Maximum of 127 addresses per SLC, 139 unit loads
UL 1971 Listed Rating 32° to 120° F (0° to 49° C); 15 or 75 cd setting
Temperature Range
UL 1638 Listed Rating -31°F to 150°F (-35° C to 66°C); WP75 or WP185 cd setting
UL 1971 Listed Rating 10% to 93%, at 100° F (38° C)
Humidity Range
UL 1638 Listed Rating up to 98%, at 104 °F (40° C)
IDNAC SLC Wiring Specifications UTP, unshielded twisted pair recommended
(refer to control panel installation instructions Maximum wire length allowed with “T-Taps” for Class B wiring per SLC = 10,000 ft (3048 m)
for more information) Maximum wire length to any appliance = 4000 ft (1219 m)
Terminal blocks for 18 AWG to 12 AWG (0.82 mm2 to 3.31 mm2); two wires per terminal for
Connections
in/out wiring
Installation Instructions 579-1032
A/V Horn Output Ratings @ 10 ft (3 m) @ 23 VDC
Sound Type (see Note) Steady/High Steady/Low Coded/High Coded/Low
Horn Output
Reverberant Chamber, UL 464 Test 81.3 dB 73.8 dB 76.4 dB 69.9 dB
Ratings
Anechoic Chamber, ULC 525 Test 87.4 dB 81.0 dB 87.2 dB 80.6 dB
Note: UL 464 test coded values are typical of the output measured with a Temporal or a March Time pattern and with a sound level meter
reading on a “fast” setting. Under the same test conditions, coded horn output “peak” sound level readings are typically 4 dBA
higher. Anechoic horn output ratings are typically more representative of actual installed sound output.

23 VDC RMS Current Ratings

UL 1971 Ratings UL 1638 Ratings
32° F to 120° F 32° F to 150°F -31° F to below 32°F
Temperature
Model (0° C to 49° C) (0° C to 66° C) (-35° C to 0° C)
Candela Setting 15 cd 75 cd WP75 cd WP185 cd WP75 cd WP185 cd
V/O Models 60 mA 160 mA 160 mA 185 mA 212 mA 239 mA
A/V Models, horn on continuous, high setting 80 mA 165 mA 163 mA 189 mA 238 mA 274 mA
UL 1638 WP75 and WP185 Light Output Reference
Vertical, Horizontal,
On-Axis
Angle Below Axis Left/Right of Axis
0° 45° 90° 45° 90°
WP75 Minimum Candela Rating (over temp. range) 75 cd 69 cd 17 cd 60 cd 28 cd
WP75 Typical Candela at 77° F (25° C) 142 cd 86 cd 22 cd 74 cd 35 cd
WP185 Minimum Candela Rating (over temp. range) 185 cd 90 cd 21 cd 81 cd 40 cd
WP185 Typical Candela at 77° F (25° C) 220 cd 112 cd 27 cd 101 cd 50 cd
Level
Horizontal Angle) Vertical Angle
Decrease
A/V Sound Dispersion per ULC-S525 +50° (to right) +55° (above axis)
Anechoic testing performed at 3 m (10 ft); referenced to -3 dB
-40° (to left) -70° (below axis)
on-axis = 0°
+85° (to right) +60° (above axis)
-6 dB
-85° (to left) -90° (below axis)

TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm and
Signaling Code are registered trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).

Tyco Fire Protection Products • Westminster, MA • 01441-0001 • USA S49WP-0001-5 11/2016

www.simplex-fire.com
© 2016 Tyco Fire Protection Products. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice.
 TrueAlert Addressable Notification Appliances
ULC Listed; Wall Mount Weatherproof Notification Appliances
FM Approved* Visible Only (V/O) and Audible/Visible (A/V)

Features
Individually addressed and controlled
multi-candela TrueAlert ES weatherproof
notification appliances for extended temperature
and humidity range provide:
 Multi-candela xenon strobe with synchronized 1 Hz
flash rate and with intensity programmable from the
control panel or jumper selected as 20, 30, or 75 cd
 Advanced addressable notification controlled by IDNAC
SLCs providing regulated 29 VDC allowing strobes to
operate with lower current even under battery backup
 Wiring supervision to each appliance allowing
“T-tapped” connections for Class B circuits to simplify
wiring (Class A circuits require in/out wiring)
 Self-Test Mode allows on-board sensors to detect the
strobe and horn output and then report their status to the
control panel Weatherproof A/V (top) and Strobe (bottom), side view of
A/V on Weatherproof Mounting Boxes (right)
 TrueAlert Device Reports at the control panel detailing
appliance point ID, custom label, type, and candela
setting (see sample on page 3) For A/V Models with horn:
 Magnet Test diagnostics to assist checkout and testing  Harmonically rich output sound for either coded or
of appliances and wiring steady operation
 Electrical test point access without removing cover  Horns sound as Temporal Code 3, March Time pattern,
continuous; or Temporal Code 4, controlled separately
LED Indicator and Magnet Test feature:
from visible appliances on the same two-wire circuit
 Appliance LED can be selected to display each polling  Selectable March Time rates of 20, 60, or 120 beats per
cycle to indicate appliance supervision minute
 When the controller is in diagnostic mode, the Magnet  Output is “high” or “low” (~5 dBA difference) selectable
Test pulses the LED to indicate appliance address and at the appliance or from the controller with FACP mode
can be set to also briefly flash the strobe and sound the selected at the appliance
A/V horn
Mechanical design features include:
Description
 Rugged, high impact, flame retardant thermoplastic
housing with clear lens TrueAlert ES weatherproof addressable
 Standard models are red and available with FIRE or appliances provide visible and audible/visible
FEU lettering; configured models are available with notification for indoor and outdoor, extended temperature
additional lettering of FEU/FIRE, ALERT, and blank, and extended humidity applications. They are individually
and in white with each lettering addressed and receive power, supervision, and control
signals from a Simplex fire alarm control panel providing
 Mounting is to matching weatherproof boxes (required), IDNAC Signaling Line Circuits (SLCs). (See
ordered separately compatibility list on page 4.)
 Separate covers are available to change application type
on-site or for replacement Strobe Application Reference
 In/out wiring terminals for 18 AWG to 12 AWG Proper selection of visible notification is dependent on
 Enclosure is rated NEMA 3R occupancy, location, local codes, and proper applications
of: the National Fire Alarm Code (NFPA 72), ANSI
 Convenient wiring terminal access at front of housing
A117.1; the appropriate model building code: BOCA,
Agency listings reference: ICBO, or SBCCI; and the application guidelines of the
 Strobe operation is listed to ULC-S526 Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA).
 Horn operation is listed to ULC-S525
 Refer to data sheet S49WP-0001 for UL listed models * Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local Simplex product supplier for the
latest status. Listings and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co. are the property
of Tyco Fire Protection Products.

S49WP-0002-4 6/2015
TrueAlert ES Operation Advantage
TrueAlert ES addressable appliances on IDNAC
SLCs provide separate visible and audible notification
using a single two-wire circuit that also confirms
connection to the individual notification appliance’s
electronic circuit. This operation increases circuit
supervision integrity by providing supervision that
extends beyond the appliance wiring connections.
Reduced current allows efficient IDNAC SLC
operation. With IDNAC SLCs, a constant 29 VDC
source voltage is maintained, even during battery standby,
allowing strobes to operate at higher voltage with lower
current and ensuring a consistent current draw and voltage
drop margin under both primary power and secondary
battery standby. Efficiencies include wiring distances up
to 2 to 3 times farther than with conventional notification,
or support for more appliances per IDNAC SLC, or use of
smaller gauge wiring, or combinations of these benefits,
all providing installation and maintenance savings with
high assurance that appliances that operate during normal
system testing will operate during worst case alarm
conditions.
Reducing Installation and Testing Time. With
separate controls on the same two-wire SLC, installation
time and expense for both retrofit and new construction
can be significantly reduced. When Class B wiring is
used, wiring can be “T” tapped, allowing more savings in
distance, wire, conduit (size and utilization), and overall
installation efficiency. Use of Self-Test and Magnet Test
features improves installation efficiency. TrueAlert device
reports conveniently identify information about each
connected appliance.
Product Selection
TrueAlert ES Diagnostics
Test Features. When IDNAC SLCs are in diagnostic
mode, Self-Test and Magnet Test features provide
individual appliance testing. With the Self-Test feature,
appliance operation can be confirmed without leaving the
control panel. Additionally, each appliance’s LED can be
selected to pulse when it receives a supervision poll during
normal operation.
Self-Test Details. Selecting Self-Test Mode from the
control panel allows on-board sensors, depending on the
device type, to detect its own strobe and/or horn output and
then report their status to the control panel. Operation is by
selected VNAC appliance groups and is either automatic
(all briefly simultaneously activated) or individually
activated by applying a magnet. (Refer to control panel data
sheet for more Self-Test information, see list on page 4.)
Silent Appliance Magnet Test. In this test mode, in
response to application of a magnet, the appliance LED
pulses sequentially to conveniently indicate the appliance’s
address.
Operational Appliance Magnet Test. In this test
mode, after the address is indicated by pulsing the appliance
LED, the strobe will briefly flash and the A/V horn will
briefly sound to indicate proper operation.
TrueStart Instrument Two (TSIT). The 2nd generation
of the Simplex TrueStart Test Instrument adds testing of
IDNAC SLC wiring and TrueAlert ES appliances to its
ability to test IDCs, NACs, and IDNet communications
before connection to the control panel. Please contact your
local Simplex representative for additional information.
TrueAlert Addressable Wiring Isolator
Isolator Model 4905-9929 is available for remote
mounting on TrueAlert addressable circuits to isolate short
circuited wiring from functioning wiring. (Refer to data
sheet S4905-0001 for additional information.)

ULC Listed TrueAlert ES Addressable Weatherproof Notification Appliances

Cover ULC Intensity
Type Model Lettering Description
Color Ratings
49VO-WRFO-C Red FIRE
Strobe (V/O) 49VO-WRQO-C Red FEU
49VO-APPLW-CO order cover separately ULC listed weatherproof TrueAlert ES
addressable appliance; requires weatherproof 20, 30, or 75 cd
49AV-WRFO-C Red FIRE box below
Horn/Strobe
49AV-WRQO-C Red FEU
(A/V)
49AV-APPLW-CO order cover separately
Separate Covers (Required when ordering 49VO-APPLW-CO or 49AV-APPLW-CO)
Lettering Red VO Cover Models Red AV Cover Models White VO Cover Models White AV Cover Models
FIRE 49VOC-WRFIRE-O 49AVC-WRFIRE-O 49VOC-WWFIRE-O 49AVC-WWFIRE-O
ALERT 49VOC-WRALT-O 49AVC-WRALT-O 49VOC-WWALT-O 49AVC-WWALT-O
FEU 49VOC-WRFEU-O 49AVC-WRFEU-O 49VOC-WWFEU-O 49AVC-WWFEU-O
FEU/FIRE 49VOC-WRBLNG-O 49AVC-WRBLNG-O 49VOC-WWBLNG-O 49AVC-WWBLNG-O
Blank 49VOC-WRS-O 49AVC-WRS-O 49VOC-WWS-O 49AVC-WWS-O

Wall Mount Weatherproof Boxes (Required)

Model Color Description Dimensions
49WPBB-AVVOWR Red 5 ½” H x 6 ⅛” W x 1 ⅝” D
Surface Mount Weatherproof Mounting Box (required)
49WPBB-AVVOWW White (140 mm x 156 mm x 41 mm)

2 S49WP-0002-4 6/2015
TrueAlert Device Reports Reference
Service Port Page 1
REPORT 5 : TrueAlert Device Report 12:34:56am TUE 27-Jan-15
DEVICE
POINT ID CUSTOM LABEL TYPE CANDELA
T14-1-1 Location Label . . . up to 40 characters V/O 15
T14-1-2 Break Room 5 A/V 110
T14-1-3 Boiler Room A/V 75
T14-1-4 Elec. Room 7 A/V 135

Weatherproof Appliance Installation Reference

Cover to mounting box

Knockouts top, bottom, sides, and back; 5 total
mounting screws (3)
1 Weatherproof mounting box (required):
Housing (A/V shown)
49WPBB-AVVOWR, Red
49WPBB-AVVOWW, White
Housing to mounting
box screws (2) Perimeter gasket, pre-installed
3

2
75 Intensity selection plug, accessible
30 only from rear of housing; factory
20
setting is FACP, selected from fire
FACP alarm control panel

Three (3) cover attachment tabs

located bottom, left and right side
Internal cover gasket
is pre-installed Strobe intensity viewing slot
Standard cover
(A/V shown) Magnet test location
(bottom of housing)

Dimension and Mounting Height Reference

IMPORTANT! INDOOR WALL MOUNT

5-3/8" (137 mm) MOUNTING HEIGHT REFERENCE

5-17/32"
LED Indicator (140 mm)
total height

4-1/2” 81" (2.06 m)

(114 mm) NFPA 72 requires that minimum to
the entirealens be not mounting tabs
less than 80" and not
greater than 96" above
the finished floor

5-9/16" (141 mm) 1-21/32"

between mounting holes 4-11/32" (110 mm)
(42 mm)
6-1/8" (156 mm) total depth

3 S49WP-0002-4 6/2015
 IDNAC SLC Controller Compatibility Reference
Data Sheet IDNAC SLC Output Appliance Voltage
Compatible Controllers Controller Output
Reference Voltage Design Reference
4100ES with EPS+ or EPS Power Supply S4100-0100
4009 IDNAC Repeater S4009-0004 29 VDC 23 VDC
IDNAC SLC
4007ES with IDNAC Notification S4007-0002 (regulated) (with 6 VDC drop)
4010ES with ESS Enhanced System Supply S4010-0011

Specifications

Typical Operating Voltage Range 23 VDC to 31 VDC, Special Application

Supervisory Requirements 1 unit load (= 0.8 mA control panel current)
IDNAC SLC Loading Maximum of 127 addresses per SLC, 139 unit loads
Temperature Range -40°F to 150°F (-40° C to 66°C); 20, 30, or 75 cd setting
Humidity Range up to 98%, at 104 °F (40° C)
UTP, unshielded twisted pair recommended
IDNAC SLC Wiring Specifications
Maximum wire length allowed with “T-Taps” for Class B wiring per SLC = 10,000 ft
(refer to control panel installation
(3048 m)
instructions for more information)
Maximum wire length to any appliance = 4000 ft (1219 m)
Terminal blocks for 18 AWG to 12 AWG (0.82 mm2 to 3.31 mm2); two wires per
Wiring Connections
terminal for in/out wiring
Installation Instructions 579-1033
A/V Horn Output Ratings @ 10 ft (3 m) @ 23 VDC
Sound Type (see Note) Steady/High Steady/Low Coded/High Coded/Low
Horn Output
Ratings Anechoic Chamber, ULC 525 Test 87.4 dB 81.0 dB* 87.2 dB 80.6 dB*

* Note: Settings with ratings below 85 dB should not be used for Public Notification. Coded values are typical of the output measured
with a Temporal coded or a March Time coded pulse and with a sound level meter reading on a “fast” setting.

23 VDC Current Ratings

Model 20 cd 30 cd 75 cd
V/O Model 40VO-APPLW-CO 143 mA 150 mA 168 mA
A/V Model 40AV-APPLW-CO,
161 mA 165 mA 181 mA
horn on continuous, high setting
Level Decrease Horizontal Angle) Vertical Angle
A/V Sound Dispersion per ULC-S525 +50° (to right) +55° (above axis)
-3 dB
Anechoic testing performed at 3 m (10 ft); referenced -40° (to left) -70° (below axis)
to on-axis = 0° +85° (to right) +60° (above axis)
-6 dB
-85° (to left) -90° (below axis)

TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm and
Signaling Code are registered trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).

Tyco Fire Protection Products • Westminster, MA • 01441-0001 • USA S49WP-0002-4 6/2015

www.simplex-fire.com
© 2015 Tyco Fire Protection Products. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice.
 TrueAlert
UL, ULC, CSFM, FM Approved*
Features
Individually addressable TrueAlert ES indoor and
weatherproof electronic horns
 Advanced addressable notification controlled by IDNAC
SLCs providing regulated 29 VDC allow strobes on the
same Signaling Line Circuits (SLC) to operate with
lower current even under battery backup
 Wiring supervision to each appliance allows
T-tapped” connections for Class B circuits to simplify
wiring (Class A circuits require in/out wiring)
 Self-test mode detects the horn output and then reports
the status to the control panel
 Separate control of horns from visible appliances on
the same SLC with control panel selection of
operation as: Temporal Code 3, March Time
(selectable as 20, 60, or 120 bpm), Continuous, or
Temporal Code 4
 High and low outputs (~6 dBA difference), selectable
at the appliance or from the controller with FACP
mode selected at the appliance
 Magnet test diagnostics to test appliances and wiring
 Listed to UL Standard 464 and ULC Standard S525
 Synchronized piezo operation on the same IDNAC
channel
LED Indicator and Magnet Test
 Indicator LED can be selected to display each polling
cycle to indicate appliance supervision
 When the controller is in diagnostic mode, the Magnet
Test pulses the LED to indicate appliance address and
is selectable to also briefly sound the horn to confirm
operation
Mechanical design features
 Rugged, high impact, flame retardant thermoplastic
housing in red and white colors
 Various covers options are available – Red with white
letters or white with red letters
 Compatibility with ADA requirements
 Covers available in a selection of FIRE or ALERT
lettering
 Covers can be easily removed without disturbing the
connected housing and avoiding trouble conditions
 In/out wiring terminals for 18 AWG to 12 AWG
 Indoor model mounts to single gang US electrical
boxes
 Weatherproof model mounts to single gang
weatherproof electrical boxes
Addressable Notification Appliances
Wall Mount Addressable Horns,
Model Series 59AO
TrueAlert ES 59AO series Addressable Horns are
Available in Red with White Lettering and
White with Red Lettering
Description
TrueAlert ES 59 Series addressable horns are
individually addressed audible notification appliances that
receive power, supervision, and control signals from a
Simplex fire alarm control panel providing IDNAC SLCs.
TrueAlert ES Operation Advantage
Increased circuit integrity
TrueAlert ES A/O addressable appliances on IDNAC SLCs
provide audible notification using a single two-wire circuit
that also confirms connection to the individual notification
appliance’s electronic circuit. This provides supervision that
extends beyond the appliance wiring connections.
Reduced current usage on IDNAC SLCs
A constant 29 VDC source voltage is maintained, even
during battery standby. This allows strobes to operate at
higher voltage with lower current and ensuring a consistent
current draw and voltage drop margin under both primary
power and secondary battery standby. Efficiencies include
wiring distances up to 2 to 3 times farther than with
conventional notification, support for more appliances per
IDNAC SLC, use of smaller gauge wiring, or combinations
of these benefits.
* These products have been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM)
pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing
7125-0026:0383 for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in
this document. Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local Simplex product
supplier for the latest status. Listings and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co. are
the property of Tyco Fire Protection Products.
S59AO-0002-2 09/2016
TrueAlert ES Operation Advantage (Cont’d) TrueAlert ES Diagnostics (Continued)
Reduced Installation and Testing Time Magnet Test features indicate device location by pulsing the
Installation time and expense for retrofit or new construction is indicator LED briefly, and briefly sounding the horn. The
significantly reduced with separate controls on the same two-wire indicator LED can be pulsed sequentially to indicate appliance
SLC. When Class B wiring is used, wiring can be “T” tapped, address. The horn can also be briefly sounded to indicate proper
allowing more savings in distance, wire, conduit (size and operation.
utilization), and overall installation efficiency. Use of Self-Test TrueStart Instrument Two (TSIT) can be used to test
and Magnet Test features improves installation efficiency. IDNAC SLC wiring and TrueAlert ES appliances for before
TrueAlert device reports conveniently identify information about connecting the appliance to the control panel. Please contact
each connected appliance. your local Simplex representative for additional information.
TrueAlert ES Diagnostics TrueAlert Addressable Wiring Isolator
Self-Test allows appliance operation to be confirmed without Isolator Model 4905-9929 is available for remote
leaving the control panel. Operation is by selected VNAC mounting on TrueAlert addressable circuits to isolate short
appliance groups and is automatic or individually activated by circuited wiring from functioning wiring. See data sheet
applying a magnet. Refer to control panel data sheet for more self- S4905-0001.
test information, see list on page 4.
Indoor Product Selection
Indoor TrueAlert ES Addressable Electronic Horns
Appliance and cover
Model* Color Wording Description Dimensions with Cover
59AO-WRS(-BA) Red Indoor wall mounted TrueAlert ES addressable A/O horn 5 ¼” H x 3 ½ ” W x 1 ⅝” D (132
Logos only
59AO-WWS(-BA) White appliance, includes cover and matching mounting plate mm x 86 mm x 39 mm)
Appliance only (Select cover and mounting plate separately)
Model Color Model Color
59AO-APPLWR Red 59AO-APPLWW White
Separate Covers (Required when ordering model 59AO-APPLWR or 59AO-APPLWW)
Model Color Wording Model Color Wording
59AOC-WRF Red 59AOC-WRS Red
FIRE Logos only
59AOC-WWF White 59AOC-WWS White
59AOC-WWFQB White FEU/FIRE 59AOC-WRFQB Red FEU/FIRE
Separate European adapter back plate
Model Color Description
Wall mounting plate for mounting to UK (Deta DB164), Swiss (Kaiser 9063-01), or German (HSB, NIS Kombi 372501686)
59AP-EUROBB Black
back boxes.
* Note: (-BA) indicates model is available either with or without the -BA suffix. Model numbers ending in –BA are assembled in the USA.

Weatherproof Product Selection

Weatherproof TrueAlert ES Addressable Electronic Horns
Appliance and cover
Model* Color Wording Description Dimensions with Cover
59AO-WRSO(-BA) Red Weatherproof wall mounted TrueAlert ES addressable A/O horn
appliance, includes cover. Order surface mount weatherproof box
5 ¼” H x 3 ½ ” W x 1 ⅝” D
Logos only
59AO-WWSO-BA White separately (see below). (132 mm x 86 mm x 39 mm)
Appliance only (Select cover and mounting plate separately)
Model Color Model Color
59AO-APPLWR-O Red 59AO-APPLWW-O White
Separate Covers (Required when ordering model 59AO-APPLWR-O or 59AO-APPLWW-O)
Model Color Wording Model Color Wording
59AOC-WRFO Red 59AOC-WRSO Red Logos only
FIRE
59AOC-WWFO White 59AOC-WWSO White
FEU/FIRE
59AOC-WWFQBO White FEU/FIRE 59AOC-WRFQBO Red
Surface Mount Weatherproof Boxes (Required, ordered separately. Weatherproof model only)
Model Color Description Dimensions
59WPBB-WR Red Surface mount weatherproof single-gang mounting box, includes
weatherproof gasket and painted versions of model 7219K23 (below). Order
59WPBB-WW White from your Simplex product representative 4 ½” H x 2 ¾” W x 2“ D
Surface mount weatherproof single-gang (114 mm x 70 mm x 51 mm)
7219K23 Gray mounting box; order blank cover to get Manufactured by McMaster
matching weatherproof gasket Carr; order from electrical
product supplier
7219K5 Gray Blank cover with weatherproof gasket N/A, Cover is not used
* Note: (-BA) indicates model is available either with or without the -BA suffix. Model numbers ending in –BA are assembled in the USA.

2 S59AO-0002-2 09/2016
TrueAlert Device Reports Reference
Service Port Page 1
REPORT 5 : TrueAlert Device Report 12:34:56am FRI 09 May-15
DEVICE
POINT ID CUSTOM LABEL TYPE CANDELA
T14-1-1 Location Label . . . up to 40 characters AO ---
T14-1-2 Break Room 5 AV-H 110
T14-1-3 Boiler Room AV-L 75
T14-1-4 Elec. Room 7 AV-H 135

Installation and Indoor Wall Mount Height Reference

Weatherproof Mounting Reference

3 S59AO-0002-2 09/2016
IDNAC SLC Controller Compatibility Reference
Data Sheet IDNAC SLC Output Appliance Voltage
Compatible Controllers Controller Output
Reference Voltage Design Reference
4100ES with EPS+ or EPS Power Supply S4100-0100
4009 IDNAC Repeater S4009-0004 29 VDC 23 VDC
IDNAC SLC
4007ES with IDNAC Notification S4007-0002 (regulated) (with 6 VDC drop)
4010ES with ESS Enhanced System Supply S4010-0011

TrueAlert ES Horn Specifications

Electrical Ratings
Typical Operating Voltage Range 23 VDC to 29.5 VDC, Special Application
RMS Current Rating 27 mA maximum @ 23 VDC (for connections to IDNAC SLCs)
Supervisory Requirements 1 unit load (= 0.8 mA control panel current)
IDNAC SLC Loading Maximum of 127 addresses per SLC, 139 unit loads
Sound Output Ratings @ 10 ft (3 m) @ 23 VDC (with IDNAC SLCs)
Sound Type/Setting Steady/High Steady/Low Coded/High Coded/Low
Reverberant Chamber, UL 464 Test 86.9 dBA 85.7 dBA 83.3 dBA 81.2 dBA
Anechoic Chamber, ULC 525 Test 93.8 dBA 87.5 dBA 93.7 dBA 87.4 dBA
Sound Output Dispersion per ULC S541 Anechoic Testing
Horizontal -3 dBA @ 50°; -6 dBA @ 63°; left and right from center
Vertical -3 dBA @ 20° above, 48° below; -6 dBA @ 65° above, 60° below; ref. to center
General Specifications
Sound Characteristics 2400 to 3700 Hz sweep, modulated at 120 Hz rate
Temperature Range Indoor: 32 to 120 F (0 to 49 C) Outdoor: -40° to 150° F (-40° to 66° C)
Humidity Range 10% to 93%, non-condensing @ 104° F (40° C)
Terminal blocks on mounting plate for 18 AWG to 12 AWG (0.82 mm2 to 3.31 mm2); two wires per
Connections
terminal for in/out wiring
Installation Instructions 579-1200 (A/O Indoor) 579-1199 (A/O Weatherproof)
IDNAC SLC Wiring Specifications UTP, unshielded twisted pair recommended
(refer to control panel installation Maximum wire length allowed with “T-Taps” for Class B wiring per SLC = 10,000 ft (3048 m)
instructions for more information) Maximum wire length to any appliance = 4000 ft (1219 m)
Notes: UL 464 test coded values are typical of the output measured with a Temporal or a March Time pattern and with a sound level meter
reading on a “fast” setting. Under the same test conditions, coded horn output “peak” sound level readings are typically 4 dBA
higher. Anechoic horn output ratings are typically more representative of actual installed sound output.

TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm Code
are trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).

Tyco Fire Protection Products • Westminster, MA • 01441-0001 • USA S59AO-0002-2 09/2016

www.simplex-fire.com
© 2015-2016 Tyco Fire Protection Products. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without
notice.
 TrueAlert LED Addressable Notification Appliances
UL, ULC, CSFM Listed* Audible/Visible LED Notification Appliances, Wall Mount
FM Approved* Multi-Candela Horn/LED Strobe, Model Series 59AV

Features
Individually addressed multi-candela TrueAlert ES
LED A/V (audible/visible) notification appliances
 Multi-candela LED strobe available in low (15, 30 and 75
cd) and high (110 , 135 and 185 cd) range candela models
 Small compact design and low current draw due to
energy efficient strobe LEDs
 Advanced addressable notification controlled by IDNAC
SLCs providing regulated 29 VDC allow strobes to operate
with lower current even under battery backup
 Strobe intensity can be programmed from the control
panel or the device
 Wiring supervision to each appliance allows “T-tapped”
connections for Class B circuits to simplify wiring
(Class A circuits require in/out wiring)
 Self-Test Mode allows on-board sensors to detect the
strobe and horn output and then report their status to the
control panel
 TrueAlert Device Reports at the control panel detail TrueAlert ES 59AV LED Addressable A/Vs are Available in
appliance point ID, custom label, type, and candela Red with White Lettering and White with Red Lettering
setting (see sample on page 3)
 Magnet test diagnostics assist checkout and testing of Features (Continued)
appliances and wiring Audible notification appliance (horn)
 Compatibility with ADA requirements  Harmonically rich output sound for either coded or steady
 Strobe operation is listed to UL Standard 1971 and ULC operation
Standard S526; Horn operation is listed to UL Standard  Horns sound as Temporal Code 3, March Time pattern,
464 and ULC Standard S525 continuous; or Temporal Code 4, controlled separately
 Synchronized LED strobe and piezo operation on the from visible appliances on the same two-wire circuit
same IDNAC channel  Selectable March Time rates of 20, 60, or 120 beats per
LED Indicator and Magnet Test minute
 Indicator LED indicates magnet test acknowledgment,  Output is “high” or “low” (~5 dBA difference) selectable at
3 digit IDNAC address, and candela rating the appliance or from the controller with FACP mode
 Indicator LED can be configured to blink every polling selected at the appliance
cycle to indicate appliance supervision Description
 When the controller is in diagnostic mode, the magnet
test pulses the Indicator LED to indicate appliance TrueAlert ES 59 series LED addressable A/Vs are
individually addressed audible/visible notification
address and can be set to also briefly flash the strobe
appliances that receive power, supervision, and control
LEDs and sound the horn
signals from a Simplex fire alarm control panel providing
Mechanical design features IDNAC Signaling Line Circuits (See compatibility list on
 Rugged, high impact, flame retardant thermoplastic page 4). LED and Xenon tube strobes devices are
housing in red and white colors interoperable on the same IDNAC channel.
 Various covers and lettering options available – Red Strobe Application Reference
with white letters or white with red letters
 Covers can be easily removed without disturbing the Proper selection of visible notification is dependent on
connected housing and avoiding trouble conditions occupancy, location, local codes, and proper applications of:
 In/out wiring terminals for 18 AWG to 12 AWG the National Fire Alarm Code (NFPA 72), ANSI A117.1; the
appropriate model building code: BOCA, ICBO, or SBCCI;
 Mounts to single gang US electrical boxes and the application guidelines of the Americans with
 Optional mounting adapter plate to adapt to European Disabilities Act (ADA).
electrical boxes
* These products have been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM)
pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing
7125-0026:0383 for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in
this document. Additional listings may be applicable, contact your local Simplex® product
supplier for the latest status. Listings and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co.

S59AV-0002-2+ 8/2017
TrueAlert ES Operation Advantage
Increased circuit integrity
TrueAlert ES A/V LED addressable appliances on IDNAC
SLCs provide visible notification using a single two-wire
circuit that also confirms connection to the individual
notification appliance’s electronic circuit. This provides
supervision that extends beyond the appliance wiring
connections.
Reduced current usage on IDNAC SLCs
A constant 29 VDC source voltage is maintained, even
during battery standby. This allows strobes to operate at
higher voltage with lower current and ensuring a consistent
current draw and voltage drop margin under both primary
power and secondary battery standby. Efficiencies include
wiring distances up to 2 to 3 times farther than with
conventional notification, support for more appliances per
IDNAC SLC, use of smaller gauge wiring, or combinations
of these benefits.
Reduced installation and testing time
Installation time and expense for retrofit or new
construction is significantly reduced with separate controls
on the same two-wire SLC. When Class B wiring is used,
wiring can be “T” tapped, allowing more savings in
distance, wire, conduit (size and utilization), and overall
installation efficiency. Use of Self-Test and Magnet Test
features improves installation efficiency. TrueAlert device
reports conveniently identify information about each
connected appliance.
Product Selection
TrueAlert ES Diagnostics
Magnet Test allows individual appliances to be tested when
IDNAC SLCs are in diagnostic mode.
Self-Test allows selected devices to detect their own strobe
and/or horn output and then report their status to the control
panel. Operation is by selected VNAC appliance groups and is
either automatic (all briefly simultaneously activated) or
individually activated by applying a magnet. Refer to control
panel data sheet for more information on the Self-Test feature.
Silent Appliance Magnet Test pulses the appliance
indicator LED sequentially in response to an applied magnet to
conveniently indicate the appliance’s address.
Operational Appliance Magnet Test indicates device
location by pulsing the indicator LED briefly and then flashes
the strobe LEDs and sounds the horn to indicate proper
operation.
TrueStart Instrument Two (TSIT) can be used to test
IDNAC SLC wiring and TrueAlert ES appliance IDC, NAC,
and IDNet communications before connection to the control
panel. Please contact your local Simplex representative for
additional information.
TrueAlert Addressable Wiring Isolator
Isolator Model 4905-9929 is available for remote mounting
on TrueAlert addressable circuits to isolate short circuited
wiring from functioning wiring. See data sheet 4905-0001 for
more information.

TrueAlert ES LED Wall Mount Addressable Audible/Visible Appliances

Appliance and cover (dimensions with cover = 5 ¼” H x 3 ½ ” W x 1 ⅝” D / 132 mm x 86 mm x 39 mm)
Model* Color Wording Candela rating Model* Color Wording Candela rating
59AV-WRF (-BA) Red 59AV-WRFH (-BA) Red High (110, 135
Low (15, 30 FIRE
59AV-WWF (-BA) White FIRE 59AV-WWFH-BA White and 185 cd)
and 75 cd)
59AV-WRFAB Red
Appliance only (Select cover and mounting plate separately)
Model Color Description Candela rating Model Color Description Candela rating
59AV-APPLWR Red 59AV-APPLWRH Red
Indoor Low Indoor High
59AV-APPLWW White 59AV-APPLWWH White
Separate covers (Required when ordering appliance only models)
Model Color Wording Model Color Wording
59AVC-WRF Red 59AVC-WWA White ALERT
FIRE
59AVC-WWF White 59AVC-WRS Red
Logos only
59AVC-WRA Red ALERT 59AVC-WWS White
Separate European adapter back plate
Model Color Description
Wall mounting plate for mounting to UK (Deta DB164), Swiss (Kaiser 9063-01), or German (HSB, NIS
59AP-EUROBB Black
Kombi 372501686) back boxes.
* Note: (-BA) indicates model is available either with or without the -BA suffix. Model numbers ending in –BA are assembled in the USA.

2 S59AV-0002-2+ 8/2017
TrueAlert Device Reports Reference
Service Port Page 1
REPORT 5 : TrueAlert Device Report 12:34:56am TUE 16-Mar-15
DEVICE
POINT ID CUSTOM LABEL TYPE CANDELA
T14-1-1 Location Label . . . up to 40 characters AV-LH 15
T14-1-2 Break Room 5 AV-L 110
T14-1-3 Boiler Room VO-LH 75
T14-1-4 Elec. Room 7 VO-LH 135

Installation Reference

Adapter Plate Installation Reference

3 S59AV-0002-2+ 8/2017
 IDNAC SLC Controller Compatibility Reference
Data Sheet IDNAC SLC Output Appliance Voltage
Compatible Controllers Controller Output
Reference Voltage Design Reference
4100ES with EPS+ or EPS Power Supply S4100-0100
4009 IDNAC Repeater S4009-0004 29 VDC 23 VDC
IDNAC SLC
4007ES with IDNAC Notification S4007-0002 (regulated) (with 6 VDC drop)
4010ES with ESS Enhanced System Supply S4010-0011

Specifications
Electrical Ratings
Typical Operating Voltage Range 23 - 29.5 VDC, Special Application
Supervisory Requirements 1 unit load (= 0.8 mA control panel current)
IDNAC SLC Loading Maximum of 127 addresses per SLC, 139 unit loads
Sound Output Ratings @ 10 ft (3 m) @ 23 VDC (with IDNAC SLCs)
Sound Type/Setting Steady/High Steady/Low Coded/High Coded/Low
Reverberant Chamber, UL 464 Test 85.2 dBA 80.4 dBA 81.5 dBA 77.3 dBA
Anechoic Chamber, ULC 525 Test 91.5 dBA 86.2 dBA 91.2 dBA 85.9 dBA
Sound Output Dispersion per ULC S541 Anechoic Testing
Horizontal -3 dBA @ 50°; -6 dBA @ 63°; left and right from center
Vertical -3 dBA @ 20° above, 48° below; -6 dBA @ 65° above, 60° below; ref. to center
Candela Setting 15 cd 30 cd 75 cd 110 cd 135 cd 185 cd
23 VDC RMS Current Ratings, with horn
51 mA 63 mA 81 mA 143 mA
on continuous at high setting
Percentage of rated light output at room temperature
Vertical, Horizontal,
On-Axis
Angle Below Axis Left/Right of Axis
0° 45° 90° 45° 90°
UL required output 100% 34% 12% 75% 25%
Typical output 145% 84% 21% 102% 47%
General Specifications
2400 to 3700 Hz sweep, modulated at
Sound Characteristics
120 Hz rate
Terminal blocks on mounting plate for 18 AWG to
Temperature Range 32 to 120 F (0 to 49 C)
Connections 12 AWG (0.82 mm2 to 3.31 mm2); two wires per
10% to 93%, non-condensing @ 104° terminal for in/out wiring
Humidity Range
F (40° C)
Installation Instructions 579-1162
IDNAC SLC Wiring Specifications UTP, unshielded twisted pair recommended
(refer to control panel installation Maximum wire length allowed with “T-Taps” for Class B wiring per SLC = 10,000 ft (3048 m)
instructions for more information) Maximum wire length to any appliance = 4000 ft (1219 m)
Note: UL 464 test coded values are typical of the output measured with a Temporal or a March Time pattern and with a sound level meter
reading on a “fast” setting. Under the same test conditions, coded horn output “peak” sound level readings are typically 4 dBA higher.
Anechoic horn output ratings are typically more representative of actual installed sound output.

SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm Code are
trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).

Westminster, MA • 01441-0001 • USA S59AV-0002-2+ 8/2017

www.simplex-fire.com

© 2017 Johnson Controls. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice.
 TrueAlert LED Notification Appliance Accessories
59 Series LED Appliance Cover Selection Reference

Horn (A/O) (data sheet S59AO-0001)

FIRE FIRE / ‫ح ريق‬ Logos only FEU / FIRE

Red 59AOC-WRF Red 59AOC-WRFAB Red 59AOC-WRS Red 59AOC-WRFQB
White 59AOC-WWF White 59AOC-WWFAB White 59AOC-WWS White 59AOC-WWFQB

Strobe (V/O) (data sheet S59VO-0001)

FIRE ALERT FIRE / ‫ح ريق‬ ALERT / ‫إن ذار‬ Logos only

Red 59VOC-WRF Red 59VOC-WRA Red 59VOC-WRFAB Red 59VOC-WRAAB Red 59VOC-WRS
White 59VOC-WWF White 59VOC-WWA White 59VOC-WWFAB White 59VOC-WWAAB White 59VOC-WWS

Audible/Visible (A/V) (data sheet S59AV-0001)

FIRE ALERT FIRE / ‫ح ريق‬ ALERT / ‫إن ذار‬ Logos only

Red 59AVC-WRF Red 59AVC-WRA Red 59AVC-WRFAB Red 59AVC-WRAAB Red 59AVC-WRS
White 59AVC-WWF White 59AVC-WWA White 59AVC-WWFAB White 59AVC-WWAAB White 59AVC-WWS
Continued next page

NOTE: These appliance covers are for use with Simplex listed/approved audible, visible, or combination audible/visible
®

TrueAlert ES notification appliances. They are available to be selected as part of a configured appliance order, or to change
application type or color on-site, or for direct cover replacement. White lettering is used on red covers and red lettering is used on
white covers. Further agency listings and approvals are not applicable.
S59CV-0001-1 5/2015
 Weatherproof V/O (data sheet S59WP-0001)

FIRE ALERT FIRE / ‫ح ريق‬ ALERT / ‫إن ذار‬ Logos only

Red 59VOC-WRFO Red 59VOC-WRAO Red 59VOC-WRFABO Red 59VOC-WRAABO Red 59VOC-WRSO
White 59VOC-WWFO White 59VOC-WWAO White 59VOC-WWFABO White 59VOC-WWAABO White 59VOC-WWSO

Weatherproof A/V (data sheet S59WP-0001)

FIRE ALERT FIRE / ‫ح ريق‬ ALERT / ‫إن ذار‬ Logos only

Red 59AVC-WRFO Red 59AVC-WRAO Red 59AVC-WRFABO Red 59AVC-WRAABO Red 59AVC-WRSO
White 59AVC-WWFO White 59AVC-WWAO White 59AVC-WWFABO White 59AVC-WWAABO White 59AVC-WWSO

Weatherproof A/O (data sheet S59WP-0001)

FIRE FIRE / ‫ح ريق‬ Logos only FEU / FIRE

Red 59AOC-WRFO Red 59AOC-WRFABO Red 59AOC-WRSO Red 59AOC-WRFQBO
White 59AOC-WWFO White 59AOC-WWFABO White 59AOC-WWSO White 59AOC-WWFQBO

TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited.

Tyco Fire Protection Products • Westminster, MA • 01441-0001 • USA S59CV-0001-1 5/2015

www.simplexgrinnell.com
© 2015 Tyco Fire Protection Products. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice.
 TrueAlert LED Addressable Notification Appliances
UL, ULC, CSFM Listed*
FM Approved*
Features
Individually addressed and controlled
multi-candela TrueAlert ES V/O (visible only)
notification appliances
 Multi candela LED strobe available in low (15, 30,
and 75 cd) and high (110, 135 and 185 cd) range
candela models
 Small compact design and low current draw due to
energy efficient strobe LEDs
 Advanced addressable notification controlled by
IDNAC SLCs providing regulated 29 VDC allows
strobes to operate with lower current even under
battery backup
 Wiring supervision to each appliance allowing “T
tapped” connections for Class B circuits to simplify
wiring (Class A circuits require in/out wiring)
 Self-Test Mode allows on-board sensors to detect the
LED strobe output and then report their status to the
control panel
 TrueAlert Device Reports at the control panel
detailing appliance point ID, custom label, type, and
candela setting (see sample on page 3)
 Magnet Test diagnostics to assist checkout and testing
of appliances and wiring
 Compatibility with ADA requirements
 Strobe operation is listed to UL Standard 1971 and
ULC Standard S526
 Synchronized LED strobe operation on the same
IDNAC channel
LED Indicator and Magnet Test
 Indicator LED indicates magnet test acknowledgment,
3 digit IDNAC address, and candela rating
 Indicator LED can be configured to blink each polling
cycle to indicate appliance supervision
 When the controller is in diagnostic mode, the magnet
test pulses the LED to indicate appliance address and
can also briefly flash the strobe
Mechanical design features
 Rugged, high impact, flame retardant thermoplastic
housing in red and white colors
 Various cover and lettering options are available – red
with white letters or white with red letters
 Covers can be easily removed without disturbing the
connected housing and avoiding trouble conditions
 In/out wiring terminals for 18 AWG to 12 AWG
wiring
 Mounts to single gang US electrical boxes
 Optional mounting adapter plate to adapt to European
electrical boxes
Visible Notification Appliances, Wall Mount
Multi-Candela Strobes, Model Series 59VO
TrueAlert ES 59VO Series LED Addressable Strobes are
Available in Red with White Lettering and White with Red
Lettering
Description
TrueAlert ES LED Addressable Strobes are
individually addressed visible notification appliances that
receive power, supervision, and control signals from a
Simplex fire alarm control panel providing IDNAC
Signaling Line Circuits. LED and Xenon tube strobes
devices are interoperable on the same IDNAC channel.
Strobe Application Reference
Proper selection of visible notification is dependent on
occupancy, location, local codes, and proper applications of:
the National Fire Alarm Code (NFPA 72), ANSI A117.1;
the appropriate model building code: BOCA, ICBO, or
SBCCI; and the application guidelines of the Americans
with Disabilities Act (ADA).
TrueAlert ES Operation Advantage
Increased circuit integrity
TrueAlert ES Visual Only LED addressable appliances on
IDNAC SLCs provide visible notification using a single two-
wire circuit that also confirms connection to the individual
notification appliance’s electronic circuit. This provides
supervision that extends beyond the appliance wiring
connections.
Reduced current usage on IDNAC SLCs
A constant 29 VDC source voltage is maintained, even
during battery standby. This allows strobes to operate at
higher voltage with lower current and ensuring a consistent
current draw and voltage drop margin under both primary
power and secondary battery standby.
* These products have been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM)
pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing
7125-0026:0383 for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in
this document. Additional listings may be applicable, contact your local Simplex® product
supplier for the latest status. Listings and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co.
S59VO-0002-2+ 8/2017
TrueAlert Operation Advantage (Cont’d)
Reduced installation and testing time
Installation time and expense for retrofit or new
construction can be significantly reduced with separate
controls on the same two wire SLC. When Class B wiring
is used, wiring can be “T” tapped, allowing more savings
in distance, wire, conduit (size and utilization), and
overall installation efficiency. Use of Self-Test and
Magnet Test features improves installation efficiency.
TrueAlert device reports conveniently identify
information about each connected appliance.
TrueAlert ES Diagnostics
Self-Test and Magnet Test diagnostic features provide
individual appliance testing for IDNAC SLCs. With the
Self-Test feature, appliance operation can be confirmed
without leaving the control panel. Additionally, each
appliance’s indicator LED can be selected to pulse when it
receives a supervision poll during normal operation.
Diagnostics (Cont’d)
Silent Appliance Magnet Test pulses the indicator
LED sequentially in response to the application of a
magnet to conveniently indicate the appliance’s address.
Operational Appliance Magnet Test briefly flashes the
strobe to indicate proper operation after the address is
indicated by pulsing the indicator LED.
TrueStart Instrument Two (TSIT) helps with testing of
IDNAC SLC wiring and TrueAlert ES appliances. Use it to
test IDCs, NACs, and IDNet communications before
connection to the control panel. Please contact your local
Simplex representative for additional information.
TrueAlert Addressable Wiring Isolator
Isolator Model 4905-9929 is available for remote
mounting on TrueAlert addressable circuits to isolate short
circuited wiring from functioning wiring. See data sheet
S4905-0001 for more information.

Self-Test allows on-board sensors to detect strobe output on

the device and report the strobe status to the control panel.
Operation is by selected VNAC appliance groups and is
either automatic (all briefly simultaneously activated) or
individually activated by applying a magnet. Refer to control
panel data sheet for more Self-Test information, see list on
page 4.

Product Selection
TrueAlert ES LED Wall Mount Addressable Strobe Appliances
Appliance and cover (dimensions with cover = 5 ¼” H x 3 ½ ” W x 1 ⅝” D / 132 mm x 86 mm x 39 mm)
Model* Color Wording Candela rating Model* Color Wording Candela rating
59VO-WRF (-BA) Red Low (15, 30 59VO-WRFH-BA Red High (110, 135
FIRE FIRE
59VO-WWF (-BA) White and 75 cd) 59VO-WWFH-BA White and 185 cd)
Appliance only
Model Color Candela rating Model Color Candela rating
59VO-APPLWR Red 59VO-APPLWRH Red
Low High
59VO-APPLWW White 59VO-APPLWWH White
Separate cover
Model Color Wording Model Color Wording
59VOC-WRF Red 59VOC-WWS White
FIRE Logos only
59VOC-WWF White 59VOC-WRS Red
59VOC-WRA Red ALERT 59VOC-WWA White ALERT
Separate European adapter back plate
Model Color Description
Wall mounting plate for mounting to UK (Deta DB164), Swiss (Kaiser 9063-01), or German (HSB, NIS
59AP-EUROBB Black
Kombi 372501686) back boxes.
* Note: (-BA) indicates model is available either with or without the -BA suffix. Model numbers ending in –BA are assembled in the USA.

2 S59VO-0002-2+ 8/2017
TrueAlert Device Reports Reference
Service Port Page 1
REPORT 5 : TrueAlert Device Report 12:34:56am TUE 16-Mar-15
DEVICE
POINT ID CUSTOM LABEL TYPE CANDELA
T14-1-1 Location Label . . . up to 40 characters AV-LH 15
T14-1-2 Break Room 5 AV-L 110
T14-1-3 Boiler Room VO-LH 75
T14-1-4 Elec. Room 7 VO-LH 135

Installation Reference

Adapter Plate Installation Reference

3 S59VO-0002-2+ 8/2017
 IDNAC SLC Controller Compatibility Reference
Data Sheet IDNAC SLC Output Appliance Voltage
Compatible Controllers Controller Output
Reference Voltage Design Reference
4100ES with EPS+ or EPS Power Supply S4100-0100
4009 IDNAC Repeater S4009-0004 29 VDC 23 VDC
IDNAC SLC
4007ES with IDNAC Notification S4007-0002 (regulated) (with 6 VDC drop)
4010ES with ESS Enhanced System Supply S4010-0011

TrueAlert ES Strobe Specifications

Electrical Ratings
Typical Operating Voltage Range 23 - 29.5 VDC, Special Application
Supervisory Requirements 1 unit load (= 0.8 mA control panel current)
IDNAC SLC Loading Maximum of 127 addresses per SLC, 139 unit loads
Candela Setting 15 cd 30 cd 75 cd 110 cd 135 cd 185 cd
23 VDC RMS Current Ratings, for typical design of
31 mA 44 mA 60 mA 125 mA
IDNAC Addressable SLCs (6 VDC drop)
Percentage of rated light output at room temperature
Vertical, Horizontal,
On-Axis
Angle Below Axis Left/Right of Axis
0° 45° 90° 45° 90°
UL required output 100% 34% 12% 75% 25%
Typical output 145% 84% 21% 102% 47%
General Specifications
Temperature Range 32 to 120 F (0 to 49 C)
Humidity Range 10% to 93%, non-condensing @ 104° F (40° C)
UTP, unshielded twisted pair recommended
IDNAC SLC Wiring Specifications
Maximum wire length allowed with “T-Taps” for Class B wiring per SLC = 10,000 ft
(refer to control panel installation instructions
(3048 m)
for more information)
Maximum wire length to any appliance = 4000 ft (1219 m)
Terminal blocks on mounting plate for 18 AWG to 12 AWG (0.82 mm2 to
Connections
3.31 mm2); two wires per terminal for in/out wiring
Installation Instructions 579-1162
Notes: Refer to compatibility table above for fire alarm control panel and power supply operation type.

SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm Code are
trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).

Westminster, MA • 01441-0001 • USA S59VO-0002-2+ 8/2017

www.simplex-fire.com

© 2017 Johnson Controls. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice.
 TrueAlert LED Addressable Notification Appliances
UL, ULC, CSFM Listed* Weatherproof Notification Appliances, Wall Mount,
FM Approved* Visible Only, Audible/Visible, Model Series 59WP

Features
Individually addressable multi-candela TrueAlert ES
weatherproof notification appliances
 Multi candela LED strobe available in low (15, 30 and
75 cd) and high (110, 135 and 185 cd) range candela
models
 Available in Visible Only (V/O) and Audible/Visible
(A/V) models
 Small compact design and low current draw due to energy
efficient strobe LEDs
 Strobe intensity can be programmed from the control
panel or the device
 Advanced addressable notification controlled by IDNAC
Signaling Line Circuits (SLCs) provides regulated 29
VDC which allows strobes to operate with lower current
even under battery backup
 Wiring supervision to each appliance allows
“T-tapped” connections for Class B circuits to simplify
wiring (Class A circuits require in/out wiring)
 Self-Test Mode allows on-board sensors to detect the TrueAlert ES 59WP Series LED Addressable Strobes are
strobe and/or horn output and then report their status to Available in Red with White Lettering and White with Red
the control panel Lettering
 TrueAlert Device Reports at the control panel detail
appliance point ID, custom label, type, and candela Mechanical design features
setting (see sample on page 3)  Rugged, high impact, flame retardant thermoplastic
housing in red with white letters or white with red letters
 Magnet Test diagnostics assist checkout and testing of
appliances and wiring  Various covers options and lettering combinations are
available – red with white letters or white with red letters
 Synchronized LED strobe and piezo operation on the
 Surface mounts to a single gang weatherproof electrical
same IDNAC channel
box
Agency listings reference  Covers can be easily removed without disturbing the
 Meets environmental requirements for UL1638 and light connected housing and avoiding trouble conditions
distribution requirements for UL1971  In/out wiring terminals for 18 AWG to 12 AWG
 UL 1638 listed for outdoor applications
Description
 UL 1971 listed for indoor applications; indoor
applications are compatible with ADA requirements TrueAlert ES 59 Series weatherproof addressable
(refer to important mounting information on page 3) appliances provide visible only and audible/visible
 Horn operation is listed to UL Standard 464 notification for indoor and outdoor, extended temperature
 Strobe operation listed to UL Standard 1971 and ULC and extended humidity applications. They are individually
Standard S526 addressed and receive power, supervision, and control
signals from a Simplex fire alarm control panel IDNAC
LED Indicator and Magnet Test SLC. LED and Xenon tube strobes devices are interoperable
 Indicator LED indicates magnet test acknowledgment, on the same IDNAC channel.
3 digit IDNAC address, and candela rating
 Indicator LED can be configured to blink on every Strobe Application Reference
polling cycle to indicate appliance supervision Proper selection of visible notification is dependent on
 When the controller is in diagnostic mode, the magnet occupancy, location, local codes, and proper applications of:
test pulses the LED to indicate appliance address and the National Fire Alarm Code (NFPA 72), ANSI A117.1;
can also briefly flash the strobe the appropriate model building code: BOCA, ICBO, or
A/V Models with horn SBCCI; and the application guidelines of the Americans
 Horns controlled separately from visible appliances on with Disabilities Act (ADA).
the same two-wire circuit * These products have been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM)
 Selectable March Time rates of 20, 60, or 120 BPM pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing
7125-0026:0383 for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in
 Output is “high” or “low” (~5 dBA difference) this document. Additional listings may be applicable, contact your local Simplex® product
selectable at the appliance or from the controller supplier for the latest status. Listings and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co.

S59WP-0002-2+ 8/2017
TrueAlert ES Diagnostics
Magnet Test allows individual appliances to be tested when
IDNAC SLCs are in diagnostic mode.
Self-Test allows selected devices to detect their own strobe
and/or horn output and then report their status to the control
panel. Operation is by selected VNAC appliance groups and is
automatic or individually activated by applying a magnet.
Silent Appliance Magnet Test pulses the appliance
indicator LED sequentially in response to an applied magnet
to conveniently indicate the appliance’s address.
Operational Appliance Magnet Test indicates device
location by pulsing the indicator LED briefly and then flashes the
strobe LEDs and sounds the horn to indicate proper operation.
TrueAlert ES Diagnostics (Continued)
TrueStart Instrument Two (TSIT) can be used to test
IDNAC SLC wiring and TrueAlert ES appliance IDC, NAC,
and IDNet communications before connection to the control
panel. Please contact your local Simplex representative for
additional information
TrueAlert Addressable Wiring Isolator
Isolator Model 4905-9929 is available for remote
mounting on TrueAlert addressable circuits to isolate short
circuited wiring from functioning wiring. See data sheet
4905-0001 for more information.

Product Selection
TrueAlert ES 59 Series Weatherproof Appliances
(Requires surface mount box and gasket. Dimensions with cover = 5 ¼” H x 3 ½ ” W x 1 ⅝” D / 132 mm x 86 mm x 39 mm)
Audible/Visible
Model* Color Wording Candela rating Model* Color Wording Candela rating
59AV-WRFO (-BA) Low (15, 30 and 75 59AV-WWFO-BA
Red FIRE White FIRE Low
cd)
Visible Only
Model* Color Wording Candela rating Model* Color Wording Candela rating
59VO-WRFO(-BA) Red FIRE Low 59VO-WWFO-BA White FIRE Low
Appliance Only
Model Color Candela rating Model Color Candela rating
59AV-APPLWR-O Red 59VO-APPLWR-O Red
Low Low
59AV-APPLWW-O White 59VO-APPLWW-O White
59AV-APPLWRH-O Red 59VO-APPLWRH-O Red
High (110, 135 and 185 cd) High
59AV-APPLWWH-O White 59VO-APPLWWH-O White
Separate weatherproof covers (Required when ordering appliance only models)
Model Color Wording Description Model Color Wording Description
59AVC-WRFO Red 59VOC-WRFO Red
FIRE FIRE
59AVC-WWFO White 59VOC-WWFO White
59AVC-WRAO Red 59VOC-WRAO Red
ALERT Audible/Visual ALERT Visual Only
59AVC-WWAO White 59VOC-WWAO White
59AVC-WRSO Red 59VOC-WRSO Red
Logos only Logos only
59AVC-WWSO White 59VOC-WWSO White
Surface Mount Weatherproof Boxes (Required, ordered separately)
Model Color Description Dimensions
59WPBB-WR Red Surface mount weatherproof single-gang mounting box, includes weatherproof
gasket and painted versions of Model 72219K23 (below). Order from your Simplex
59WPBB-WW White product representative. See install instructions 579-1224 for more information. 4 ½” H x 2 ¾” W x 2“ D
(114 mm x 70 mm x 51
Surface mount weatherproof single-gang mounting box; Manufactured by mm)
7219K23 Gray order blank cover (below) to get matching weatherproof McMaster-Carr; order
gasket from electrical product
7219K5 Gray Blank cover with weatherproof gasket supplier N/A, cover is not used
Separate European adapter back plate
Model Color Description
Wall mounting plate for mounting to UK (Deta DB164), Swiss (Kaiser 9063-01), or German (HSB, NIS Kombi
59AP-EUROBB Black
372501686) back boxes.
* Note: (-BA) indicates model is available either with or without the -BA suffix. Model numbers ending in –BA are assembled in the USA

2 S59WP-0002-2+ 8/2017
TrueAlert Device Reports Reference

Service Port Page 1

REPORT 5 : TrueAlert Device Report 12:34:56am Fri 8-May-15
DEVICE
POINT ID CUSTOM LABEL TYPE CANDELA
T14-1-1 Location Label . . . up to 40 characters AV-LH 15
T14-1-2 Break Room 5 AV-L 110
T14-1-3 Boiler Room VO-LH 75
T14-1-4 Elec. Room 7 VO-LH 135

Weatherproof Appliance Installation Reference

Installation and Mounting Height Reference

3 S59WP-0002-2+ 8/2017
 IDNAC SLC Controller Compatibility Reference
Data Sheet IDNAC SLC Output Appliance Voltage
Compatible Controllers Controller Output
Reference Voltage Design Reference
4100ES with EPS+ or EPS Power Supply S4100-0100
4009 IDNAC Repeater S4009-0004 29 VDC 23 VDC
IDNAC SLC
4007ES with IDNAC Notification S4007-0002 (regulated) (with 6 VDC drop)
4010ES with ESS Enhanced System Supply S4010-0011

Specifications
Electrical Ratings
Typical Operating Voltage Range 23 VDC to 31 VDC, Special Application
Supervisory Requirements 1 unit load (= 0.8 mA control panel current)
IDNAC SLC Loading Maximum of 127 addresses per SLC, 139 unit loads
Temperature
-40° to 150° F (-40° to 66° C)
Range
Humidity Range 10% to 93%, non-condensing at 104° F (40° C)
UTP, unshielded twisted pair recommended
IDNAC SLC Wiring Specifications
Maximum wire length allowed with “T-Taps” for Class B wiring per SLC = 10,000 ft
(refer to control panel installation
(3048 m)
instructions for more information)
Maximum wire length to any appliance = 4000 ft (1219 m)
Terminal blocks for 18 AWG to 12 AWG (0.82 mm2 to 3.31 mm2); two wires per
Connections
terminal for in/out wiring
Installation Instructions 579-1182
A/V Horn Output Ratings @ 10 ft (3 m) @ 23 VDC
Sound Type (see Note) Steady/High Steady/Low Coded/High Coded/Low
Horn Output
Reverberant Chamber, UL 464 Test 85.2 dB 80.4 dB 81.5 dB 77.3 dB
Ratings
Anechoic Chamber, ULC 525 Test 91.5 dB 86.2 dB 91.2 dB 85.9 dB
Note: UL 464 test coded values are typical of the output measured with a Temporal or a March Time pattern and with a sound level
meter reading on a “fast” setting. Under the same test conditions, coded horn output “peak” sound level readings are
typically 4 dBA higher. Anechoic horn output ratings are typically more representative of actual installed sound output.
23 VDC RMS Current ratings (UL1971/ULCS526)
Model Temperature Candela 15 cd 30 cd 75 cd 110 cd 135 cd 185 cd
V/O 36 mA 50 mA 70 mA 143 mA
-40° to below 32° F (-40° to below 0° C)
A/V 58 mA 71 mA 91 mA 167 mA
V/O 31 mA 44 mA 60 mA 125 mA
32° F to 150° F (0° C to 66° C)
A/V 51 mA 63 mA 81 mA 143 mA
Percentage of rated light output at room temperature
Vertical, Horizontal,
On-Axis
Angle Below Axis Left/Right of Axis
0° 45° 90° 45° 90°
UL required output 100% 34% 12% 75% 25%
Typical output 145% 84% 21% 102% 47%
Level Decrease Vertical Angle Horizontal Angle
A/V Sound Dispersion per ULC-S525 +20° (above axis) +50° (to right)
-3 dB
Anechoic testing performed at 3 m (10 ft); -48° (below axis) -50° (to left)
referenced to on-axis = 0° +65° (above axis) +63° (to right)
-6 dB
-60° (below axis) -63° (to left)

SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm and Signaling
Code are registered trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).

Westminster, MA • 01441-0001 • USA S59WP-0002-2+ 8/2017

www.simplex-fire.com
© 2017 Johnson Controls. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice.
 Notification Peripherals
UL Listed* Audible/Visible Notification
Appliance Modular Adapters

Features

Combine a Simplex visible notification appliance

(strobe) with a compatible audible notification
appliance:
 Strobes are typically mounted below the audible
appliance (often required with large diameter bells
that extend upward from the striking mechanism)
 Where appropriate, strobes can be mounted above
the audible appliance
Compatible Simplex strobes are available with
the following features:
 Intensity is available as 15 Cd, 30 Cd, or 110 Cd
 Strobes have red housings with white “Fire”
lettering
 Refer to data sheet S4904-0008 for additional
strobe information
Modular Adapter Installation Reference
Strobes and audible notification appliances are
ordered separately
Two versions are available:
 4905-9921 is for semi-flush mounting on 4”
(102 mm) square electrical boxes
 4905-9925 is for surface mounting on Simplex Specifications
2975-9145 boxes
Modular design allows strobe to be paired with a Metal Thickness 0.060” (1.52 mm)
variety of audible notification appliances to suit Metal Finish Painted red
local requirements 4905-9921 Specifications and Reference
UL Listed to Standard 464 8-1/4” H x 5-3/4” W x 3/8” D
Dimensions
(210 mm x 146 mm x 9.5 mm)
Box Size 4” (102 mm) square
Description 1-1/2” (38 mm) minimum; refer to
Box Depth audible appliance for required box
Standard Simplex 4903 series audible/visible appliances depth
combine high intensity strobes with integral horns and
speakers. For special applications requiring bells, chimes, 4905-9925 Specifications and Reference
or other audible notification appliances, these modular 8-3/16” H x 5-7/16” W x 3/8” D
Dimensions
adapters allow a separate 4904 series visible notification (208 mm x 138 mm x 9.5 mm)
appliance to be mounted on the same electrical box as the 2975-9145 Box 7-7/8" H x 5-1/8" W x 2-3/4" D
required audible notification appliance. Dimensions (200 mm x 130 mm x 70 mm)
Model 4905-9921 is for semi-flush mount using
standard 4” square electrical boxes.
Model 4905-9925 is for surface mount using the
Simplex 2975-9145 box.

* This product was not ULC listed or approved by FM, MEA (NYC), or CSFM as of document
revision date. Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local Simplex product
supplier for the latest status. Listings and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co. are
the property of Tyco Safety Products Westminster.

S4903-0007-3 9/2004
4905-9921 Installation Reference

Wall Surface

6” Bell Gong shown

for reference

Flush mounted box,

4” square,
minimum 1-1/2” deep
(by others, or existing)
4905-9921 Modular Adapter

4904 Series Visible

Notification Appliance

4905-9925 Installation Reference

Wall Surface
6” Bell Gong shown
for reference

Surface Mounted
2975-9145 Box, (ordered
separately or existing)

4905-9925
Modular Adapter

4904 Series Visible

Notification Appliance

Tyco, Simplex, and the Simplex logo are trademarks of Tyco International Services AG or its affiliates in the U.S. and/or other countries.

Tyco Safety Products Westminster • Westminster, MA • 01441-0001 • USA S4903-0007-3 9/2004

www.tycosafetyproducts-usa-wm.com
© 2004 Tyco Safety Products Westminster. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice.
 TrueAlert Notification Appliances
UL, CSFM Listed; FM, and Non-Addressable Audible/Visible Notification
MEA (NYC) Approved* Appliances for 4-Wire Operation (Horn/Strobe)

Features
Wall mount audible/visible notification appliances
with efficient piezoelectric horn and high output
xenon strobe for 4-wire control applications
Xenon strobe visible notification appliance:
 24 VDC operation with switch selection for free-run or
synchronized flash rate
 Models available with 15, 75, or 110 candela
 UL listed to Standard 1971
 Compatible with ADA requirements (refer to important
installation information on page 4)
 Strobe candela rating is clearly indicated on reflector
Electronic horn audible notification appliance:
 Low current operation (25 mA @ 24 VDC)
 Harmonically rich output sound suitable for either
coded or steady operation
 UL listed to Standard 464
Available housing colors:
 Red cover with white "FIRE" lettering
 White cover with red "FIRE" lettering
Flexible, easy, and convenient semi-flush or
surface wall mounting:
TrueAlert Non-Addressable A/V Notification Appliances
 Easily mounts to single gang, double gang, or 4-inch are available in Red with White Lettering and White with
square outlet box Red Lettering
 Optional mounting adapters are available to cover
surface mounted electrical boxes and to adapt to Description
Simplex® 2975-9145 boxes
TrueAlert non-addressable audible and visible
 Diode polarized inputs for connection to reverse
notification. For applications requiring audible/visible
polarity, supervised notification appliance circuit (NAC)
(A/V) notification with horn tones, these Simplex 4903
 In/out wiring terminals for 18 AWG to 12 AWG, series appliances combine a high intensity strobe with a
accessible from front of housing, providing easy access low current electronic horn in a compact package that is
for installation, inspection and testing easy and quick to install. Each appliance can be controlled
 Rear of housing assembly does not extend into box independently from each other using conventional reverse
 Rugged, high impact, flame retardant thermoplastic polarity NACs.
housing with optional covers available to convert Multiple models with flexible mounting choices.
housing color These 4-wire operation A/V appliances are available with
 Optional UL listed red wire guard is available for semi- three strobe intensity levels (15, 75, or 110 cd) and with
flush or surface mounting red or off-white housings. Mounting can be semi-flush or
surface mount on a standard single or double gang, or 4”
square (102 mm) electrical box. Optional accessories are
* This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to available to increase mounting and application flexibility.
Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing
7125-0026:239 for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in this Strobe Selection
document. Accepted for use – City of New York Department of Buildings – MEA35-93E.
This product was not ULC listed as of document revision date. Additional listings may be Proper selection of visible notification is dependent on
applicable; contact your local Simplex product supplier for the latest status. Listings and
approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co. are the property of Tyco Fire Protection occupancy, location, local codes, and proper applications
Products. of: the National Fire Alarm Code (NFPA 72); ANSI
A117.1; the appropriate model building code, BOCA,
ICBO, or SBCCI, and the application guidelines of the
Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA).
S4903-0011-6 11/2014
Strobe Operation Horn Operation
TrueAlert non-addressable A/V strobes can be set TrueAlert non-addressable A/V horns provide an
for free-run operation or synchronized operation using an audible notification output that is a loud and penetrating,
on-board selection switch. When selected for harmonically rich sound capable of a continuous or coded
synchronized operation, flash operation is controlled output per the controlling NAC’s capabilities.
from:
 Synchronized Flash Modules, 4905-9914 (Class B)
or 4905-9922 (Class A)
 4006, 4007ES Hybrid, 4008, 4010, 4010ES, 4100ES,
and 4100U Fire Alarm Control Panels (refer to
individual product data sheets for details)
 4009 IDNet NAC Extender, models 4009-9201 and
4009-9301 (refer to data sheet S4009-0002)

Product Selection

Audible/Visible Notification Appliances (Horn/Strobe)

Visible Notification Appliance Output
Model Housing Color
15 cd 75 cd 110 cd
4903-9425
Red with white
4903-9426
“FIRE” lettering
4903-9427
4903-9431
White with red
4903-9432
“FIRE” lettering
4903-9433

Adapters
Model Description Dimensions
4905-9937 Surface mount red adapter skirt Use to cover 1-1/2” 5-3/8” H x 5-1/4” W x 1-5/8” D
deep surface (136 mm x 133 mm x 41 mm)
4905-9940 Surface mount white adapter skirt mounted boxes Total depth with strobe = 4-3/8” (111 mm)
Red adapter plate, for mounting to Simplex 2975-9145 box 8-5/16” x 5-3/4” x 0.060” Thick
4905-9931
(typically for retrofit, may be mounted vertical or horizontal) (211 mm x 146 mm x 1.5 mm)
7-7/8" x 5-1/8" x 2-3/4" Deep
2975-9145 Red mounting box, requires 4905-9931 adapter plate
(130 mm x 200 mm x 70 mm)
Synchronized Flash Control Modules
Model Description Dimensions
Synchronized Flash Module, Epoxy encapsulated with
4905-9914
Class B operation in/out 18 AWG wire 1-3/8” W x 2-7/16” L x 13/16” H
Synchronized Flash Module, leads, rated for 2 A NAC, (35 mm x 62 mm x 20 mm)
4905-9922 requires 10 mA for power
Class A operation
Optional Covers and Guard
Model Description Dimensions
4905-9994 Red cover with white “FIRE” lettering 5-1/8” H x 5” W x 1-1/2” D
4905-9995 White cover with red “FIRE” lettering (130 mm x 127 mm x 38 mm)

Wire guard with mounting plate, red, compatible with surface 6-1/16” H x 6-1/16” W x 3-1/8” D
4905-9961*
or semi-flush mounted boxes (154 mm x 154 mm x 79 mm)
* UL listed by Space Age Electronics Inc.

2 S4903-0011-6 11/2014
Specifications

General Specifications

Housing Dimensions (including lens) 5-1/8” H x 5” W x 2-3/4” D (130 mm x 127 mm x 70 mm)

Temperature Range 32° to 122° F (0° to 50° C)
Humidity Range 10% to 93%, non-condensing at 100° F (38° C)
Terminal blocks for 18 AWG to 12 AWG (0.82 mm2 to 3.31 mm2); two
Connections
wires per terminal for in/out wiring

Strobe Specifications

Rated Voltage Range UL Listed Range Regulated 24 VDC; see Note 1 below
Flash Rate and Synchronized NAC Loading 1 Hz; with up to 35 synchronized strobes maximum per NAC

Maximum RMS Current Rating per Strobe Output 15 cd 75 cd 110 cd

(see Note 2 below) 76 mA 192 mA 227 mA

Reference Currents 18 VDC 68 mA 171 mA 202 mA

at other voltages 24 VDC 51 mA 128 mA 151 mA

Horn Specifications

Rated Voltage Range UL Listed Range 16 VDC to 33 VDC, see Notes 3 and 4 below
Sound Output Characteristics 2400 to 3700 Hz sweep, modulated at 120 Hz rate
Voltage 16 VDC 24 VDC 33 VDC

Sound Type (see Note 5) Steady Coded Steady Coded Steady Coded
Sound Output and
Current Ratings Current 15 mA 10 mA 25 mA 15 mA 28 mA 20 mA
@ 10 ft (3 m) Reverberant Chamber,
85 dBA 82 dBA 88 dBA 84 dBA 91 dBA 87 dBA
UL 464 Test
Anechoic Chamber 90 dBA 86 dBA 91 dBA 86 dBA 91 dBA 87 dBA

NOTES:
1. “Regulated 24 VDC” refers to the voltage range of 16 to 33 VDC per UL Standard 1971, Signaling Devices for the
Hearing Impaired. This voltage range is the absolute operating range. Operation outside of this range may cause
permanent damage to the appliance. Please note that 16 VDC is the lowest operating voltage that is allowed at the last
appliance on the NAC under worst case conditions. The strobe of this A/V is field selectable for free-run or synchronized
operation.
2. The maximum RMS current listed is the device nameplate rating. Strobe designs are constant wattage and the maximum
RMS current rating occurs at the lowest allowable operating voltage. (RMS is root mean square and refers to the
effective value of a varying current waveform.)
3. Terminals are provided for wiring the horn and strobe of these A/Vs to separate NACs. Operation of the horn and strobe
is not separately controlled when they are both wired to the same NAC.
4. The rated voltage range listed is the absolute operating range. Operation outside of this range may cause permanent
damage to the appliance. Please note that 16 VDC is the lowest operating voltage that is allowed at the last appliance on
the notification appliance circuit under worst case conditions.
5. Coded values are typical of the output measured with a Temporal coded or a March Time coded pulse and with a sound
level meter reading on a “fast” setting. Under the same test conditions, coded horn output “peak” sound level readings
are typically 4 dBA higher.

3 S4903-0011-6 11/2014
 Installation Reference, Surface or Semi-Flush Mounting

Mounting is compatible with

single gang, double gang, and
4" (102 mm) square boxes,
1-1/2" (38 mm) deep, by others IMPORTANT! WALL MOUNT
INSTALLATION HEIGHT REFERENCE
Horn wiring Bottom of lens
terminals
is either even
with, or slightly Electrical
above bottom box outline
4
Strobe mode 3 of compatible
selection switch boxes
2
Wiring access hole
1

Strobe wiring
terminals NFPA 72 requires 80" (2.03 m)
Mounting Holes: that the entire lens minimum
4" square (4) be not less than
a
Single gang (2) 80" and not greater
Double gang (3) than 96" above the
finished floor

Transparent housing
and lens assembly

Removable cover
(tool required)

Installation Reference, Adapter Plate, Guard, and Adapter Skirt

Surface Mounting Reference

2975-9145 Box with Optional Adapter Skirt
and Optional Wire Guard
Surface mount conduit and
box shown for reference

4" (102 mm) square

box profile, 1-1/2"
(38 mm) deep

Optional
4905-9961
Wire Guard
A/V

4905-9931 Adapter Plate

Optional Surface Mount Adapter Skirt,
4905-9961 Optional Wire Guard 1-1/2" deep: 4905-9937, Red;
(shown here for reference only, 4905-9940, White (conduit knockouts
4905-9931 Adapter Plate can be used on other mounting options) are provided on all four sides)

TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm and
Signaling Code are trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).

Tyco Fire Protection Products • Westminster, MA • 01441-0001 • USA S4903-0011-6 11/2014

www.simplex-fire.com
© 2014 Tyco Fire Protection Products. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice.
 TrueAlert Notification Appliances
UL, ULC, CSFM Listed; FM Approved; Speaker/Visible Notification Appliance with TrueAlert
MEA (NYC) Acceptance* Non-Addressable Strobe, Selectable as Free-Run or Synchronized

Features
Audible/visible notification appliance with
multi-tapped speaker and high intensity xenon
strobe
Speaker details:
 High quality voice and tone reproduction with taps for
1/4, 1/2, 1, or 2 W, at 25 or 70.7 VRMS
 Capacitor input for connection to supervised notification
appliance circuits
 Speakers are wired separately from strobe wiring
 Listed to UL 1480; and to ULC S541 with 2 W tap
(refer to page 4 for details)
 Compliant with NFPA 72, 520 Hz Low Frequency
Signal Requirements for Sleeping Areas
TrueAlert Non-Addressable visible notification
appliance (strobe):
S/V Appliances are Available in Red with White
 Models available with 15, 75, or 110 candela
Lettering and White with Red Lettering
 24 VDC operation with switch selection for free-run or
synchronized flash rate
 Listed to UL 1971 and ULC S526
 Compatible with ADA requirements (refer to important Strobe Selection
installation information on page 3)
Proper selection of visible notification is dependent on
 Strobe candela rating is clearly indicated on reflector occupancy, location, local codes, and proper applications
 Rugged, high impact, flame retardant thermoplastic of: the National Fire Alarm Code (NFPA 72), ANSI
housing available in red or white (covers are available A117.1; the appropriate model building code: BOCA,
separately to convert color) ICBO, or SBCCI; and the application guidelines of the
 UL listed red wire guard is available for surface or Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA).
semi-flush mounting
Strobe Operation
Notification appliance design provides:
 Flexible, easy, and convenient flush or surface wall box TrueAlert non-addressable S/V strobes can be set
mounting for free-run operation or synchronized operation using an
on-board selection switch. When selected for
 Separate in/out wiring terminals for speaker and strobe,
synchronized operation, flash operation is controlled
18 AWG to 12 AWG
from:
Description  Simplex® Fire Alarm Control Panels providing NACs
TrueAlert non-addressable speaker/visible (S/V) selected to product Simplex strobe synchronization
notification appliances combine a multi-tapped signals (refer to control panel data sheet for details)
speaker and a high intensity strobe to provide audio/tone  Synchronized Flash Modules, 4905-9914 (Class B)
notification and visible notification from the same or 4905-9922 (Class A)
appliance.  4009 IDNet NAC Extender, models 4009-9201 and
Speakers and strobes are wired separately. The speaker is 4009-9301 (refer to data sheet S4009-0002)
multi-tapped with taps available for either 25 VRMS or
70.7 VRMS and the strobe is selectable for either free-run
or synchronized operation.
* Refer to page 2 for specific product listing details. This product has been approved by the
California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the California
Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing 7320-0026:247 for allowable values and/or
conditions concerning material presented in this document. Accepted for use – City of
New York Department of Buildings – MEA35-93E. Additional listings may be applicable;
contact your local Simplex product supplier for the latest status. Listings and approvals
under Simplex Time Recorder Co. are the property of Tyco Fire Protection Products.

S4903-0015-7 5/2014
Product Selection

Speaker/Visible Wall Mount Notification Appliances with TrueAlert Non-Addressable Strobes

Strobe Output Rating

Model Housing Color
15 cd 75 cd 110 cd
4903-9356
4903-9357 Red with white “FIRE” lettering
4903-9358
4903-9359
4903-9360 White with red “FIRE” lettering
4903-9361

Mounting Adapters and Boxes

Model Description Dimensions

4905-9946 Surface mount red adapter skirt Required when mounting to surface
7-3/4” H x 5-3/8” W x 3-3/16” D
mounted electrical box, 4” square,
(197 mm x 137 mm x 81 mm)
1-1/2” deep with 1-1/2” deep
4905-9947 Surface mount white adapter skirt depth with S/V = 5-7/8” (149 mm)
extension (not ULC listed)
8-5/16" H x 5-3/4" W x 0.060” Thick
4905-9903 Adapter Plate, red, required to mount S/V on 2975-9145
(211 mm x 146 mm x 1.5 mm)
Mounting box, red, for surface or flush mount, requires adapter plate 7-7/8" H x 5-1/8" W x 2-3/4" D
2975-9145
4905-9903 (this box may be available for retrofit applications) (200 mm x 130 mm x 70 mm)

Synchronized Flash Control Modules

Model Description Dimensions

Synchronized Flash Module, Class B Epoxy encapsulated with in/out

4905-9914 18 AWG (0.82 mm2) wire leads,
(Style Y) operation
rated for 2 A NAC, requires 5 mA 1-3/8” W x 2-7/16” L x 13/16” H
for power (refer to data sheet (35 mm x 62 mm x 20 mm)
Synchronized Flash Module, Class A S4905-0003 for additional flash
4905-9922
(Style Z) operation control module information)

Covers and Guard (covers are for replacement or color conversion)

Model Description Dimensions
4905-9996 Red S/V cover with white “FIRE” lettering 7-1/4” H x 5” W x 1-3/8” D
4905-9997 White S/V cover with red “FIRE” lettering (184 mm x 127 mm x 35 mm)
Wire guard with mounting plate, red, compatible with surface and 8-3/8” H x 6-1/16” W x 3-1/4” D
4905-9998
semi-flush boxes (UL listed by Space Age Electronics Inc.) (213 mm x 154 mm x 79 mm)

2 S4903-0015-7 5/2014
Installation Reference

Mounting to 2975-9145 Box Standard Electrical Box Mounting

2975-9145 Box 4" (102 mm) square box, 1-1/2" (38 mm)
deep, with a 4" square box extension, 1-1/2"
deep, by others

4905-9903
Adapter Plate

Wiring input terminals and speaker tap

selection accessible from rear

Speaker assembly

Transparent housing
and lens assembly

Strobe assembly

Strobe mode selection switch

Removable cover
(tool required)

Installation Reference (Adapter Skirts are not ULC listed)

IMPORTANT ! INSTALLATION Surface Mounting Reference

MOUNTING HEIGHT REFERENCE Showing Optional Wire Guard
2975-9145 Surface mount conduit and
box outline 4" square box outline
box shown for reference

CL
4" (102 mm) square box
4" (102 mm)
profile, 1-1/2" (38 mm)
deep with 1-1/2" extension

1-1/2" (38 mm) Optional 4905-9998

82" (2.1 m) Wire Guard
minimum
NFPA 72 requires that the
78-1/2" (2 m) entire lens be not less than S/V
minimum 80" and not greater than 96"
above the finished floor.
Surface mount adapter skirt, 3-3/16" (81 mm)
deep, required for this mounting method:
4905-9946, Red; 4905-9947, White (conduit
knockouts are provided on all four sides)

3 S4903-0015-7 5/2014
 S/V Specifications

Strobe Specifications
Rated Voltage Range Regulated 24 VDC; see Notes 1 below
Flash Rate and Synchronized NAC Loading 1 Hz; with up to 35 synchronized strobes maximum per NAC

Maximum RMS Current Rating per Strobe 15 cd 75 cd 110 cd

Output (see Note 2 below) 63 mA 199 mA 253 mA

Reference Currents 18 VDC 56 mA 177 mA 225 mA

at other voltages 24 VDC 42 mA 133 mA 169 mA

Speaker Specifications
Input Voltage 25 or 70.7 VRMS, see Note 3 below
Power Taps 1/4, 1/2, 1, and 2 W
Fire Alarm Frequency Response 400 to 4000 Hz
Wattage Tap 1/4 W 1/2 W 1W 2 W*

Speaker Output Reverberant Chamber Test,

80 dBA 83 dBA 86 dBA 89 dBA
Ratings per UL 1480 @ 10 ft (~3 m)
Anechoic Chamber Test,
77 dBA 80 dBA 83 dBA 86 dBA
per ULC S541 @ 3 m (~10 ft)
Speaker Polar Dispersion Reference Attenuation Angle Attenuation Angle
(per ULC S541 Anechoic Chamber Testing) -3 dB +/- 30° off-axis -6 dB +/- 55° off-axis
* NOTE: ULC Fire Alarm applications require use of 2 W tap.

General Specifications
Housing Dimensions (including lens) 4-3/4” x 6-7/8” x 2-5/8” D (121 mm x 175 mm x 67 mm)
Depth into Box 2-3/4” (70 mm)
Speaker Tap Selection Single jumper wire with pressure connector, attaches to one of 8 terminals
Temperature Range 32 to 122 F (0 to 50 C)
Humidity Range 10% to 93%, non-condensing at 100° F (38° C)
Terminals for 18 to 12 AWG (0.82 mm2 to 3.31 mm2), separate terminals for
Connections
speaker and strobe connections
Installation Instructions 579-118

NOTES:
1. “Regulated 24 VDC” refers to the voltage range of 16 to 33 VDC per UL Standard 1971, Signaling Devices for the Hearing
Impaired. This voltage range is the absolute operating range. Operation outside of this range may cause permanent damage to
the appliance. Please note that 16 VDC is the lowest operating voltage that is allowed at the last appliance on the NAC under
worst case conditions. The strobe of this A/V is field selectable for free-run or synchronized operation.
2. The maximum RMS current listed is the device nameplate rating. Strobe designs are constant wattage and the maximum RMS
current rating occurs at the lowest allowable operating voltage. (RMS is root mean square and refers to the effective value of a
varying current waveform.)
3. Speakers are for connection to conventional fire alarm audio circuits.

TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm and
Signaling Code are registered trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).

Tyco Fire Protection Products • Westminster, MA • 01441-0001 • USA S4903-0015-7 5/2014

www.simplex-fire.com
© 2014 Tyco Fire Protection Products. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice.
 Notification Appliances
UL, CSFM Listed; Speaker/Visible Appliances; Speaker with
MEA (NYC) Acceptance* Strobe Selectable as Free-Run or Synchronized

Features
Audible/visible notification appliances with
multi-tapped speaker and high intensity xenon
strobe
Xenon strobe visible notification appliance:
 UL listed to Standard 1971
 Models are available with 15, 30, or 110 candela
 24 VDC operation with switch selection for free-run or
synchronized flash rate
 Compatible with ADA requirements (refer to important
installation information on page 3)
 Strobe candela rating is clearly indicated on reflector
 Wiring terminals are separate from audible notification
appliance
 Impact resistant polycarbonate lens
Audible notification appliance (speaker):
 High quality voice and tone reproduction with taps for
1/4, 1/2, 1, or 2 W, at 25 or 70.7 VRMS
 Speakers are wired separately from strobe wiring
 UL listed to Standard 1480
 Compliant with NFPA 72, 520 Hz Low Frequency
Signal Requirements for Sleeping Areas
Housing Options:
 Red with white lettering, for horizontal or vertical FIRE
mounting
 White with red lettering, for horizontal mounting Audible/Visible Notification Appliances with Speakers
are Available for Horizontal or Vertical Mounting
Description
Speaker/Visible (S/V) notification appliances
combine a multi-tapped speaker and a high intensity
Strobe Operation
strobe to provide audio/tone notification and visible
notification from the same appliance. S/V strobes can be set for free-run operation or
Speakers and strobes are wired separately. The speaker is synchronized operation using an on-board selection
multi-tapped with taps available for either 25 VRMS or switch. When selected for synchronized operation, flash
70.7 VRMS and the strobe is selectable for either free-run operation is controlled from:
or synchronized operation.  Simplex® Fire Alarm Control Panels providing NACs
Strobe Selection. Proper selection of visible selected to product Simplex strobe synchronization
notification is dependent on occupancy, location, local signals (refer to control panel data sheet for details)
codes, and proper applications of: the National Fire  Synchronized Flash Modules, 4905-9914 (Class B)
Alarm Code (NFPA 72), ANSI A117.1, the appropriate or 4905-9922 (Class A)
model building code, BOCA, ICBO, or SBCCI, and the  4009 IDNet NAC Extender, models 4009-9201 and
application guidelines of the Americans with Disabilities 4009-9301 (refer to data sheet S4009-0002)
Act (ADA).
* Refer to page 2 for wire guard listing information. This product has been approved by the
California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the California Health
and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing 7320-0026:246 for allowable values and/or conditions
concerning material presented in this document. Accepted for use – City of New York
Department of Buildings – MEA35-93E. This product was not ULC listed or FM approved as
of document revision date. Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local
Simplex® product supplier for the latest status. Listings and approvals under Simplex Time
Recorder Co. are the property of Tyco Fire Protection Products.
S4903-0016-5 5/2014
Product Selection

Strobe Output (Candela)

Model Color Mounting Style
15 30 110
4903-9150
4903-9148 Red
Horizontal wall mount
4903-9149
4903-9193 White
4903-9153 Red Vertical wall mount (typically for retrofit)

Accessories

Adapter Plates, Gasket Kit, and Adapter Ring Box Extensions (see illustrations on pages 3 and 4)
Model Description Dimensions
5-3/4" x 8-5/16"
4905-9903 Red Adapter Plate, required to mount S/V on 2975-9145 Boxes
(146 mm x 211 mm)
Adapter Plate, zinc plated, required to mount on compatible surface 7” x 4-7/8"
4905-9939
mounted 4” square boxes or three gang surface mount weatherproof box (178 mm x 124 mm)
4905-9915 White Adapter Ring Box Extension Use to provide expanded depth when
4-3/4" x 6-7/8" x 1-1/2" D
1-1/2” deep, 4” square electrical box is
4905-9916 Red Adapter Ring Box Extension (121 mm x 175 mm x 38 mm)
mounted flush in wall

Mounting Boxes (see illustrations on pages 3 and 4)

Model Description Dimensions
4905-9923 Red Surface Mount Box 4-5/16” x 6-5/8” x 2-3/4” D
4905-9924 White Surface Mount Box (110 mm x 168 x 70 mm)

Red Box for vertical or horizontal mount, requires adapter plate 4905-9903 5-1/8" x 7-7/8" x 2-3/4" deep
2975-9145
(this box may be available for retrofit applications) (130 mm x 200 mm x 70 mm)

Synchronized Flash Modules

Model
Synchronized Flash Module,
4905-9914
Class B/Style Y operation
Synchronized Flash Module,
4905-9922
Class A/Style Z operation
Description Dimensions
Epoxy encapsulated with in/out 18 AWG
(0.82 mm2) wire leads, rated for 2 A NAC,
1-3/8” x 2-7/16” x 13/16”
requires 5 mA for power (refer to data sheet
S4905-0003 for additional flash control module
(35 mm x 62 mm x 20 mm)
information)

Wire Guard (see illustrations on page 4)

Model Description Listing Reference Dimensions
Red Wire Guard for semi-flush mounting; requires
Space Age Model 8-1/2” x 6-1/8” x 3”
4905-9927 4905-9928 mounting plate for use with 4905-9923,
SWG-AV (216 mm x 156 mm x 76 mm)
4905-9924, or 2975-9145 boxes
Red Adapter Plate, required to mount wire guard to Space Age Model 9” x 7”
4905-9928
4905-9923, 4905-9924, or 2975-9145 boxes SWG-PK (229 mm x 178 mm)

2 S4903-0016-5 5/2014
S/V with Speaker Specifications
Strobe Specifications
UL listed Voltage Range Regulated 24 VDC; see Note 1 below
Flash Rate and Synchronized NAC Loading 1 Hz; with up to 35 synchronized strobes maximum per NAC
Maximum RMS Current Rating per Strobe 15 cd 30 cd 110 cd
Output (see Note 2 below) 90 mA 128 mA 285 mA
Reference Currents 18 VDC 80 mA 114 mA 253 mA
at other voltages 24 VDC 60 mA 85 mA 190 mA
Speaker Specifications
Input Voltage 25 or 70.7 VRMS, see Note 3 below
Power Taps 1/4, 1/2, 1, and 2 W
Fire Alarm Frequency Response 400 to 4000 Hz
Speaker Output Ratings (dBA) @ 10 ft (3 m)
Wattage Tap 1/4 W 1/2 W 1W 2W
UL 1480 Reverberant Chamber Rating 80 83 86 89
General Specifications
Housing Dimensions (including lens) 7-1/4” H x 5” W x 2-5/8” D (184 mm x 127 mm x 67 mm)
Depth into Box 2-7/16” (57 mm)
Speaker Tap Selection Single jumper wire with pressure connector, attaches to one of 8 terminals
Temperature Range 32 to 122 F (0 to 50 C)
Humidity Range 10% to 93%, non-condensing at 100° F (38° C)
Terminals for 18 to 12 AWG (0.82 mm2 to 3.31 mm2), separate terminals for
Connections
speaker and strobe connections
Installation Instructions 579-236
NOTES:
1. “Regulated 24 VDC” refers to the voltage range of 16 to 33 VDC per UL Standard 1971, Signaling Devices for the Hearing Impaired.
This voltage range is the absolute operating range. Operation outside of this range may cause permanent damage to the appliance.
Please note that 16 VDC is the lowest operating voltage that is allowed at the last appliance on the NAC under worst case conditions.
The strobe of this A/V is field selectable for free-run or synchronized operation.
2. The maximum RMS current listed is the device nameplate rating. Strobe designs are constant wattage and the maximum RMS current
rating occurs at the lowest allowable operating voltage. (RMS is root mean square and refers to the effective value of a varying current
waveform.)
3. Speakers are for connection to conventional fire alarm audio circuits.

S/V with Speaker, Semi-Flush and Surface Mounting Reference

Semi-Flush Mount Surface Mount with

Note box orientation Standard Electrical
For A/V with speaker: Boxes
4" sq. 1-1/2" deep box (RACO #191 or Note box orientation
equal)
with 1-1/2" extension (RACO #203 or equal)
by others

F 4905-9939
I Adapter Plate
R F
E I
Surface Mount with Optional Boxes R
4905-9923 or 4905-9924 E
Surface Mount Box
IMPORTANT ! INSTALLATION
MOUNTING HEIGHT REFERENCE

NFPA 72 requires that the entire

lens be not less than 80" (2.03 m) F
and not greater than 96" (2.44 m) I
above the finished floor. R
E

3 S4903-0016-5 5/2014
 S/V with Speaker, Additional Mounting Reference

2975-9145 Box

Vertical Mount
(typical of retrofit)

4905-9903
FIRE Adapter plate

2975-9145 Box
Existing 4" square
box in wall
Note box
4905-9903 orientation
Adapter Plate

4905-9915
F F or 4905-9916

I I Adapter Ring
Box Extension
R R
E E

Horizontal Mount (typical of retrofit) Retrofit Mounting Requiring Box Extension

S/V with Optional 4905-9927 Guard

Surface Mount
4905-9903 (requires adapter plates as shown)
Adapter Plate
4905-9923 Box
4905-9928 2975-9145 Box
Semi-Flush Mount Adapter Plate
(no adapter plate required)

F F F
I I I
R R R
E E E

TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm and
Signaling Code are registered trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).

Tyco Fire Protection Products • Westminster, MA • 01441-0001 • USA S4903-0016-5 5/2014

www.simplex-fire.com
© 2014 Tyco Fire Protection Products. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice.
 Notification Appliances
UL, CSFM Listed; Audible/Visible Appliances, Electronic Horn with
MEA (NYC) Approved* Strobe Selectable as Free-Run or Synchronized

Features

Audible/visible notification appliances with

efficient electronic horn and high output xenon
strobe
Xenon strobe visible notification appliance:
 UL listed to Standard 1971
 Models are available with 15, 30, or 110 candela
 24 VDC operation with switch selection for free-run
or synchronized flash
 Compatible with ADA requirements (refer to
important installation information on page 3)
 Strobe candela rating is clearly indicated on
reflector
 Wiring terminals are separate from audible
notification appliance
 Impact resistant polycarbonate lens
Electronic horn notification appliance:
 24 VDC efficient electronic design
 Harmonically rich output sound suitable for either FIRE
coded or steady operation
 Diode polarized input for connection to reverse Audible/Visible Notification Appliances with Electronic
polarity, supervised notification appliance circuit Horns are Available for Horizontal or Vertical Mounting
 UL listed to Standard 464
Strobe Synchronization
Housing Options:
The strobes of these S/V notification appliances can be set
 Red with white "FIRE" lettering, for horizontal or
for free-run operation or synchronized operation using an
vertical mounting on-board selection switch. When selected for synchronized
operation, flash operation is controlled from:
Description
 Synchronized Flash Modules, 4905-9914 (Class B)
Horn/visible (A/V) notification appliances combine or 4905-9922 (Class A)†
a high intensity strobe with a low current electronic horn.  4006, 4007ES Hybrid, 4008, 4010, 4010ES, 4100ES,
The horn output provides a steady, harmonically rich and 4100U Fire Alarm Control Panels (refer to
sound that can be easily coded by the controlling individual product data sheets for details)
notification appliance circuit (NAC).  4009 IDNet NAC Extender, models 4009-9201 and
The combination horn and strobe can be wired to the 4009-9301 (refer to data sheet S4009-0002)
same NAC, or for applications requiring separate audible
and visible circuits, jumpers located at the wiring
terminals can be easily removed. * Refer to page 2 for guard listing. These A/V products have been approved by the
California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the California
Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing 7125-0026:249 for allowable values and/or
conditions concerning material presented in this document. Accepted for use – City of
New York Department of Buildings – MEA35-93E. This product was not ULC listed or FM
approved as of document revision date. Additional listings may be applicable; contact
your local Simplex® product supplier for the latest status. Listings and approvals under
Simplex Time Recorder Co. are the property of Tyco Fire Protection Products.
† Refer to data sheet S4905-0003 for additional information on Synchronized Flash
Modules.

S4903-0017-5 11/2014
Application Reference
Proper selection of visible notification is dependent on ANSI A117.1, the appropriate model building code,
occupancy, location, local codes, and proper application BOCA, ICBO, or SBCCI, and the application guidelines
of the National Fire Alarm Code (NFPA 72), of the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA).

Product Selection

Strobe Output (Candela)

Model Color Mounting Style
15 30 110
4903-9252
4903-9253 Red Horizontal Wall Mount
4903-9254
4903-9255 Red Vertical Wall Mount

Accessories

Mounting Boxes (see illustrations on page 4)

Model Description Dimensions
4-5/16” x 6-5/8” x 2-3/4”
4905-9923 Red Surface Mount Box
(110 mm x 168 x 70 mm)
Red Box for vertical or horizontal mount, requires adapter plate 4905-9903 5-1/8" x 7-7/8" x 2-3/4" Deep
2975-9145
(this box may be available for retrofit applications) (130 mm x 200 mm x 70 mm)

Adapter Plates and Box Extension Rings (see illustrations on pages 3 and 4)
Model Description Dimensions
5-3/4" x 8-5/16"
4905-9903 Red Adapter Plate, required to mount on 2975-9145 box
(146 mm x 211 mm)
Adapter Plate, zinc plated; required for surface mounted three gang
Wiremold box no. V5744-3 (or equal) and for double gang boxes (typically for
retrofit applications); 7” x 4-7/8"
4905-9939
(178 mm x 124 mm)
NOTE: For surface mounted 4” square electrical boxes, either Adapter Plate
4905-9939 or an Adapter Ring Box Extensions is required (see below)
Red Adapter Ring Box Extension, use to mount onto, and cover surface mount 4-3/4" x 6-7/8" x 1-1/2" deep,
4905-9916
4” electrical box (121 mm x 175 mm x 38 mm)

Synchronized Flash Modules (Refer to data sheet S4905-0003 for additional details)
Model Description Dimensions
Synchronized Flash Module,
4905-9914 Epoxy encapsulated with in/out 18 AWG
Class B operation 1-3/8” W x 2-7/16” L x 13/16” H
(0.82 mm2 ) wire leads, rated for 2 A
Synchronized Flash Module, (35 mm x 62 mm x 20 mm)
4905-9922 NAC; requires 5 mA for power
Class A operation

Wire Guard (see illustrations on page 4)

Model Description Listing Reference Dimensions
Red Wire Guard for semi-flush mounting; requires
Space Age Model 8-1/2” x 6-1/8” x 3”
4905-9927 4905-9928 mounting plate for use with 4905-9923,
SWG-AV (216 mm x 156 mm x 76 mm)
4905-9924, or 2975-9145 boxes
Red Adapter Plate, required to mount wire guard to Space Age Model 9” x 7”
4905-9928
4905-9923, 4905-9924, or 2975-9145 boxes SWG-PK (229 mm x 178 mm)

2 S4903-0017-5 11/2014
A/V Accessories
Strobe Specifications
Rated Voltage Range UL Listed Range Regulated 24 VDC; see Note 1 below
Flash Rate and Synchronized NAC Loading 1 Hz; with up to 35 synchronized strobes maximum per NAC
Maximum RMS Current Rating per Strobe 15 cd 30 cd 110 cd
Output (see Note 2 below) 90 mA 128 mA 285 mA
Reference Currents 18 VDC 80 mA 114 mA 253 mA
at other voltages 24 VDC 60 mA 85 mA 190 mA
Horn Specifications (see Note 3)
Rated Voltage Range UL Listed Range 16 VDC to 33 VDC, see Note 3 below
Horn Current 13 mA @ 16 VDC 16 mA @ 33 VDC
Horn Output @ 10 ft per UL Standard 464
80.6 dBA @ 16 VDC 84.8 dBA @ 33 VDC
reverberant room testing
Frequency Output 2400 Hz to 3700 Hz sweep, modulated at 120 Hz rate

General Specifications
Housing Dimensions (with lens) 4-3/4” x 6-7/8” x 2-5/8” D (121 mm x 175 mm x 67 mm)
Depth into Box 11/16” (17 mm)
Connections Terminals for in/out wiring, 18 to 12 AWG (0.82 to 3.31 mm2) , separable if required
Operating Temperature Range 32° to 120° F (0° to 49 C)
Humidity Range 10% to 95%, Non-condensing at 86° F (30° C)
NOTES:
1. “Regulated 24 VDC” refers to the voltage range of 16 to 33 VDC per UL Standard 1971, Signaling Devices for the Hearing
Impaired. This voltage range is the absolute operating range. Operation outside of this range may cause permanent damage to
the appliance. Please note that 16 VDC is the lowest operating voltage that is allowed at the last appliance on the NAC under
worst case conditions. The strobe of this A/V is field selectable for free-run or synchronized operation.
2. The maximum RMS current listed is the device nameplate rating. Strobe designs are constant wattage and the maximum RMS
current rating occurs at the lowest allowable operating voltage. (RMS is root mean square and refers to the effective value of a
varying current waveform.)
3. Horns may be connected to either the same circuit as the strobe or may be separated for connection to separate NACs that
provide individual control.

A/V with Electronic Horn, Semi-Flush Mounting

Note box
orientation
4" square, 1-1/2" deep box,
RACO # 191 or equal,
(supplied by others)

Note box
orientation F
F I
I R
R E
E
Requires 4905-9939 Adapter Plate

IMPORTANT ! INSTALLATION
MOUNTING HEIGHT REFERENCE
2-gang outlet box, 2-1/2"
NFPA 72 requires that the entire deep, RACO # 518 or
lens be not less than 80" (2.03 equal, typical for retrofit
m) and not greater than 96"
(2.44 m) above the finished floor
F (supplied by others)
I
R Requires 4905-9939 Adapter
E Plate

3 S4903-0017-5 11/2014
 A/V with Electronic Horn, Surface Mounting

2975-9145 Box
4905-9903 Adapter Plate 4905-9916
2975-9145 Box Existing 4" square Adapter Ring
outlet box on wall Note box
orientation

F F
I I A/V assembly
R R
E E 4" Square box
FIRE surface mounted

Horizontal Mount Vertical Mount Front View Side View

Surface Mount using 2975-9145 Box Surface Mount to 4" Box with Adapter Ring Extension

4905-9923 or 4905-9924 3-Gang box, 2-3/4" deep,

Surface Mount Box Wiremold No. 5744-3 or equal,
(no adapter plate required) requires 4905-9939 Adapter Plate
(supplied by others)

F F
I I
R R 4905-9939
E E Adapter Plate

Surface Mount using Surface Mount using Wiremold Box

4905-9923 or 4905-9924 Box

A/V with Optional 4905-9927 Guard

Surface Mount
4905-9903 (requires adapter plates as shown)
Adapter Plate
4905-9923 Box
4905-9928 2975-9145 Box
Semi-Flush Mount Adapter Plate
(no adapter plate required)

F F F
I I I
R R R
E E E

TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm and
Signaling Code are registered trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).

Tyco Fire Protection Products • Westminster, MA • 01441-0001 • USA S4903-0017-5 11/2014

www.simplex-fire.com
© 2014 Tyco Fire Protection Products. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice.
 TrueAlert Notification Appliances
UL, CSFM Listed; FM, Speaker/Visible Notification Appliances with TrueAlert
and MEA (NYC) Approved* Non-Addressable Strobe; Round, Ceiling Mount

Features

Audible/visible ceiling mount notification

appliance with:
 Multi-tapped speaker
 High intensity xenon strobe, selectable for free-run or
synchronized flash
Audible notification appliance (speaker):
 High quality voice and tone reproduction with taps for
1/4, 1/2, 1, or 2 W, at 25 or 70.7 VRMS
 Speakers are wired separately from strobe wiring
 UL listed to Standard 1480
 Compliant with NFPA 72, 520 Hz Low Frequency
Signal Requirements for Sleeping Areas Ceiling Mount TrueAlert Non-Addressable S/V Appliances
Feature White Housings with Red Lettering
TrueAlert non-addressable visible notification
appliance (strobe):
 Models available with 15, 30, or 110 candela
 24 VDC operation with switch selection for free-run Strobe Selection
or synchronized flash rate** Proper selection of visible notification is dependent on
 UL listed to Standard 1971 occupancy, location, local codes, and proper applications
 Compatible with ADA requirements of: the National Fire Alarm Code (NFPA 72), ANSI
A117.1; the appropriate model building code: BOCA,
 Strobe candela rating is clearly indicated on reflector
ICBO, or SBCCI; and the application guidelines of the
 Rugged, high impact, flame retardant thermoplastic Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA).
housing
Synchronized flash rate mode for use with: Strobe Operation
 Synchronization modules for Class B (Style Y) or TrueAlert non-addressable S/V strobes can be set
Class A (Style Z) operation for free-run operation or synchronized operation using an
on-board selection switch. When selected for synchronized
Notification appliance design provides: operation, flash operation is controlled from:
 Round housing for ceiling mount in standard  Simplex® Fire Alarm Control Panels providing NACs
electrical boxes selected to product Simplex strobe synchronization
 Separate in/out wiring terminals for speaker and signals (refer to control panel data sheet for details)
strobe  Synchronized Flash Modules, 4905-9914 (Class B)
or 4905-9922 (Class A)
Description  4009 IDNet NAC Extender, models 4009-9201 and
4009-9301 (refer to data sheet S4009-0002)
TrueAlert non-addressable speaker/visible (S/V)
notification appliances combine a multi-tapped
speaker and a high intensity strobe to provide audio/tone
notification and visible notification from the same
appliance.
* This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to
Speakers and strobes are wired separately. The speaker is Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing
multi-tapped with taps available for either 25 VRMS or 7320-0026:242 for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in this
document. Accepted for use – City of New York Department of Buildings – MEA35-93E.
70.7 VRMS and the strobe is selectable for either free-run This product was not ULC listed as of document revision date. Additional listings may be
or synchronized operation. applicable; contact your local Simplex product supplier for the latest status. Listings and
approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co. are the property of Tyco Fire Protection
Products.

S4903-0019-5 5/2014
Product Selection

Speaker/Visible Round Ceiling Mount Notification Appliances with TrueAlert Non-Addressable Strobes
Strobe Output Rating
Model Housing Color
15 cd 30 cd 110 cd
4903-9196
White with red
4903-9197
“FIRE” lettering
4903-9198

Synchronized Flash Control Modules

Model Description Dimensions
Synchronized Flash Module, Epoxy encapsulated with in/out
4905-9914
Class B (Style Y) operation 18 AWG (0.82 mm2) wire leads, 1-3/8” W x 2-7/16” L x 13/16” H
Synchronized Flash Module, rated for 2 A NAC, requires (35 mm x 62 mm x 20 mm)
4905-9922 5 mA for power
Class A (Style Z) operation

Accessories
Model Description Dimensions
2905-9946 Tile Bridge See diagram on page 4

Installation Reference

4" (102 mm) square, 1-1/2" (38 mm) deep

box with 1-1/2" extension (by others)

Wiring input terminals and

speaker tap selection are
accessible from rear of
speaker housing

Selection switch for free-run or

synchronized flash is behind strobe
assembly; determine operation
before inserting into housing

2 S4903-0019-5 5/2014
S/V Specifications

Strobe Specifications
UL Listed Range Regulated 24 VDC; see Notes 1 below
Rated Voltage Range
ULC Listed Range 20 VDC to 30 VDC per ULC S526-M87
Flash Rate and Synchronized NAC Loading 1 Hz; with up to 35 synchronized strobes maximum per NAC
Maximum RMS Current Rating per Strobe 15 cd 30 cd 110 cd
Output (see Note 2 below) 90 mA 128 mA 285 mA
Reference Currents 18 VDC 80 mA 114 mA 253 mA
at other voltages 24 VDC 60 mA 85 mA 190 mA

Speaker Specifications

Input Voltage 25 or 70.7 VRMS, see Note 3 below

Power Taps 1/4, 1/2, 1, and 2 W
Fire Alarm Frequency Response 400 to 4000 Hz

Speaker Output Wattage Tap 1/4 W 1/2 W 1W 2W

Ratings (dBA) UL 1480 Reverberant
@ 10 ft (3 m) 79 82 85 88
Chamber Rating

General Specifications

Housing Dimensions (including lens) 7-1/4” H x 5” W x 2-5/8” D (184 mm x 127 mm x 67 mm)

Depth into Box 2-1/4” (57 mm)
Speaker Tap Selection Single jumper wire with pressure connector, attaches to one of 8 terminals
Temperature Range 32 to 122 F (0 to 50 C)
Humidity Range 10% to 93%, non-condensing at 100° F (38° C)
Terminals for 18 to 12 AWG (0.82 mm2 to 3.31 mm2), separate terminals for
Connections
speaker and strobe connections
Installation Instructions 579-326

NOTES:
1. “Regulated 24 VDC” refers to the voltage range of 16 to 33 VDC per UL Standard 1971, Signaling Devices for the
Hearing Impaired, changes effective May 1, 2004. This voltage range is the absolute operating range. Operation outside
of this range may cause permanent damage to the appliance. Please note that 16 VDC is the lowest operating voltage
that is allowed at the last appliance on the NAC under worst case conditions. The strobe of this A/V is field selectable for
free-run or synchronized operation.
2. The maximum RMS current listed is the device nameplate rating. Strobe designs are constant wattage and the maximum
RMS current rating occurs at the lowest allowable operating voltage. (RMS is root mean square and refers to the
effective value of a varying current waveform.)
3. Speakers are for connection to conventional fire alarm audio circuits.

3 S4903-0019-5 5/2014
 2905-9946 Tile Bridge

0.024" thick sheet

3-3/4" (95 mm) square metal, folded with
cutout, centered on plate 1/2" lip each side

1/2"
(13 mm) 13-3/8"
(340 mm)

1/4" diameter (6 mm)

holes, 4 places
6-11/16"
(170 mm)

23-11/16" (602 mm)

TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm and
Signaling Code are registered trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).

Tyco Fire Protection Products • Westminster, MA • 01441-0001 • USA S4903-0019-5 5/2014

www.simplex-fire.com
© 2014 Tyco Fire Protection Products. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice.
 TrueAlert® Notification Appliances
UL, ULC Listed; FM, CSFM, Visible Notification Appliances
and MEA (NYC) Approved* for Free-Run Operation

Features
24 VDC powered xenon flashtube visible
notification appliance (strobe) for wall mounting:
 UL listed to Standard 1971
 Models are available with 15, 75, or 110 candela
 Strobe candela rating is clearly indicated on reflector
 Compatible with ADA requirements (refer to important
installation information on page 2)
 Diode polarized input for connection to reverse polarity,
supervised notification appliance
circuit (NAC)
 In/out wiring is accessible from front of housing
providing easy access for installation, inspection, and
testing
 Regulated circuit design ensures consistent output
 Rugged, high impact, flame retardant thermoplastic
housing available in red or white
 Covers are available separately to convert housing color
TrueAlert notification appliance design provides
flexible, easy, and convenient semi-flush or
surface wall mounting:
 Easily mounts to single gang, double gang, or 4-inch
square outlet box TrueAlert Non-Addressable Strobes are Available in Red
with White Lettering and White with Red Lettering
 In/out wiring terminals for 18 AWG to
12 AWG wire
 Rear of housing does not extend into box Description
Optional adapters and wire guard: TrueAlert non-addressable free-run strobes
 Mounting adapters are available to cover surface provide quick and convenient installation using a flexible
mounted electrical boxes and to adapt to Simplex® mounting design. The strobe housing is a rugged,
2975-9145 boxes one-piece assembly (including lens) that mounts to single
gang, double gang, or 4” square standard electrical box.
 UL listed red wire guard is available for semi-flush or Wiring terminals are accessible from the front of the
surface mounting housing, providing easy access for installation, inspection,
and testing. The cover can be quickly removed (a tool is
required) and when in place, the entire assembly is impact
and vandal resistant. Separate covers are available for
color conversion.
Strobe Selection
Proper selection of visible notification is dependent on
* This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to
Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing occupancy, location, local codes, and proper applications
7125-0026:235 for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in of: the National Fire Alarm Code (NFPA 72), ANSI
this document. It is subject to re-examination, revision, and possible cancellation.
Accepted for use – City of New York Department of Buildings – MEA35-93E. Additional
A117.1; the appropriate model building code: BOCA,
listings may be applicable; contact your local Simplex product supplier for the latest ICBO, or SBCCI, and the application guidelines of the
status. Listings and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co. are the property of Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA).
Tyco Safety Products Westminster.

S4904-0005-5 9/2004
Product Selection
Free-Run Visible Notification Appliances (Strobes)
Strobe Output Rating
Model Number Housing Color
15 cd 75 cd 110 cd
4904-9168
4904-9169 Red with white “FIRE” lettering
4904-9170
4904-9171
4904-9172 White with red “FIRE” lettering
4904-9173

Adapters
Model Description Dimensions

4905-9937 Surface mount red adapter skirt 5-3/8” H x 5-1/4” W x 1-5/8” D

Use to cover 1-1/2” deep (136 mm x 133 mm x 41 mm)
surface mounted boxes Total depth with strobe =
4905-9940 Surface mount white adapter skirt
4-3/8” (111 mm)
Adapter plate, red, for mounting to Simplex 2975-9145 Box 8-5/16” x 5-3/4” x 0.060” Thick
4905-9931
(typically for retrofit, may be mounted vertical or horizontal) (211 mm x 146 mm x 1.5 mm)
7-7/8" x 5-1/8" x 2-3/4" Deep
2975-9145 Red mounting box, requires Adapter Plate 4905-9931
(200 mm x 130 mm x 70 mm)

Covers and Guard

Model Description Dimensions
4905-9992 Red cover with white “FIRE” lettering 5-1/8” H x 5” W x 1-1/2” D
4905-9993 White cover with red “FIRE” lettering (130 mm x 127 mm x 38 mm)
Wire guard with mounting plate, red, compatible with semi-flush or 6-1/16” H x 6-1/16” W x 3-1/8” D
4905-9961*
surface mounted boxes (154 mm x 154 mm x 79 mm)
* UL listed by Space Age Electronics Inc.

Semi-Flush or Surface Strobe Mounting

Mounting is compatible with

single gang, double gang, and
4" (102 mm) square boxes,
IMPORTANT! WALL MOUNT
1-1/2" (38 mm) deep, by others
INSTALLATION HEIGHT REFERENCE

Bottom of lens
is either even
with, or slightly Electrical
Wiring access hole above bottom box outline
2 of compatible
1
boxes
Wiring terminals

Mounting Holes:
4" square (4) NFPA 72 requires 80" (2.03 m)
Single gang (2) that the entire lens minimum
Double gang (3) be not less than
a
80" and not greater
than 96" above the
finished floor
Transparent housing
and lens assembly

Removable cover
(tool required)

2 S4904-0005-5 9/2004
Specifications

General Specifications
UL Listed Range Regulated 24 VDC; see Note 1 below
Rated Voltage Range
ULC Listed Range 20 VDC to 30 VDC per ULC S526-M87
Housing Dimensions (including lens) 5-1/8” H x 5” W x 2-3/4” D (130 mm x 127 mm x 70 mm)
Temperature Range 32° to 122° F (0° to 50° C)
Humidity Range 10% to 93%, non-condensing at 100° F (38° C)
Terminal blocks for 18 AWG to 12 AWG (0.82 mm2 to 3.31 mm2); two
Connections
wires per terminal for in/out wiring
Strobe Specifications
Flash Rate 1 Hz
Maximum RMS Current Rating per Strobe Output 15 cd 75 cd 110 cd
(see Note 2 below) 76 mA 192 mA 227 mA
Reference Currents 18 VDC 68 mA 171 mA 202 mA
at other voltages 24 VDC 51 mA 128 mA 151 mA

NOTES:
1. “Regulated 24 VDC” refers to the voltage range of 16 to 33 VDC per UL Standard 1971, Signaling Devices for the
Hearing Impaired, changes effective May 1, 2004. This voltage range is the absolute operating range. Operation outside
of this range may cause permanent damage to the appliance. Please note that 16 VDC is the lowest operating voltage
that is allowed at the last appliance on the NAC under worst case conditions.
2. The maximum RMS current listed is the device nameplate rating. Strobe designs are constant wattage and the maximum
RMS current rating occurs at the lowest allowable operating voltage. (RMS is root mean square and refers to the
effective value of a varying current waveform.)

Installation Reference, Adapter Plate, Guard, and Adapter Skirt

Surface Mounting Reference

2975-9145 Box with Optional Adapter Skirt
and Optional Wire Guard
Surface mount conduit and
box shown for reference

4" (102 mm) square

box profile, 1-1/2"
(38 mm) deep

Optional
4905-9961
Wire Guard
Strobe

4905-9931 Adapter Plate

Optional Surface Mount Adapter Skirt,
4905-9961 Optional Wire Guard 1-1/2" deep: 4905-9937, Red;
(shown here for reference only, 4905-9940, White (conduit knockouts
4905-9931 Adapter Plate can be used on other mounting options) are provided on all four sides)

3 S4904-0005-5 9/2004
Tyco, Simplex, the Simplex logo, and TrueAlert are trademarks of Tyco International Services AG or its affiliates in the U.S. and/or other countries. NFPA 72 and National Fire
Alarm Code are registered trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).

Tyco Safety Products Westminster • Westminster, MA • 01441-0001 • USA S4904-0005-5 9/2004

www.tycosafetyproducts-usa-wm.com
© 2004 Tyco Safety Products Westminster. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice.
 Visible Notification Appliances
UL, CSFM Listed; Wall Mount Visible Notification Appliances,
MEA (NYC) Acceptance* Selectable as Free-Run or Synchronized Flash Rate

Features
Xenon flashtube visible notification appliance
(strobe):
 Models are available with 15, 30, or 110 candela
 24 VDC operation with switch selection for
free-run or synchronized flash rate, also
compatible with SmartSync strobe operation
 Compatible with ADA requirements (refer to
important installation information on page 3)
 Strobe candela rating is clearly indicated on
reflector
 Diode polarized input for connection to reverse
polarity, supervised Notification Appliance Circuit
(NAC)
 Rugged, high impact, flame retardant
thermoplastic housing
 UL listed to Standard 1971
Synchronized flash rate mode for use with:
 Simplex® fire alarm control panel NACs that
provide strobe synchronization or SmartSync Wall Mount Strobes are Available in Red or White for
Vertical Mounting and in Red for Horizontal Mounting
notification appliance two-wire control
 Separate Synchronization modules for Class B or
Class A operation
Synchronized Strobes
 SmartSync Control Module 4905-9938
When multiple strobes and their reflections can be
Housing options: seen from one location, synchronized flashes reduce the
 Red with white “FIRE” lettering for vertical or probability of photo-sensitive reactions as well as the
horizontal wall mount annoyance and possible distraction of random flashing. If
synch output NACs are not available, two-wire circuit
 White with red “FIRE” lettering for vertical wall
Flash Synchronization Modules can be used to control
mount synchronized flash strobes. (Refer to data sheet
 Red wire guard is available* S4905-0003 for additional details.) Free-run model
strobes will flash in a free-run mode when connected to a
Description synchronized NAC.
Simplex 4904 Series wall mount visible notification
Strobe Selection
appliances provide symmetrical light output in key axis
directions by utilizing a compound, multi-surface Proper selection of wall mount visible notification
reflector. The lens assembly fits securely into its housing, appliances is dependent on occupancy, location, local
providing a high integrity notification appliance that is codes, and proper applications of: the National Fire
impact and vandal resistant and suitable for a variety of Alarm Code (NFPA 72), ANSI A117.1, the appropriate
applications. model building code, BOCA, ICBO, or SBCCI, and the
application guidelines of the Americans with Disabilities
* Refer to page 2 for guard listing. This product has been approved by the California State Act (ADA).
Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety
Code. See CSFM Listing 7125-0026:248 for allowable values and/or conditions
concerning material presented in this document. Accepted for use – City of New York
Department of Buildings – MEA35-93E. This product was not ULC listed or FM approved
as of document revision date. Additional listings may be applicable, contact Simplex for
the latest status. Listings and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co. are the
property of Tyco Fire Protection Products.

S4904-0008-6 11/2014
SmartSync Control Reference
SmartSync operation mode allows a two-wire circuit to
provide the ability to activate both the horn and strobe on
the same NAC and then allow the horn to be silenced
while the strobe remains flashing. The horn operates as
“on-until-silenced” while the strobe operation is
“on-until-reset.”
SmartSync Control Sources
SmartSync two-wire control is available from:
 4006, 4007ES Hybrid, 4008, 4010, 4010ES, 4100ES,
and 4100U Fire Alarm Control Panels (refer to
individual product data sheets for more information)
 4009 IDNet NAC Extenders (refer to data sheet
S4009-0002)
 SmartSync Control Module (SCM) Model 4905-9938
(refer to data sheet S4905-0003)

Product Selection

Wall Mount Visible Notification Appliances (Strobes)

Strobe Output Rating

Model Color Mounting Style
15 cd 30 cd 110 cd
4904-9176
Red with white
4904-9174
“FIRE” lettering
4904-9175 Vertical wall mount

White with red

4904-9177
“FIRE” lettering
Red with white
4904-9178 Horizontal wall mount
“FIRE” lettering

Adapter
Model Description Dimensions
4-7/8” x 3-1/8”
4905-9910 Surface mount adapter plate, zinc plated; see illustration on page 4
(124 mm x 79 mm)

Synchronization Modules (refer to data sheet S4905-0003 for additional details)

Model Description Dimensions
Synchronized Flash Module,
4905-9914 Epoxy encapsulated with in/out
Class B operation 1-3/8” x 2-7/16” x 13/16”
18 AWG (0.82 mm2 ) wire leads, rated
Synchronized Flash Module, (35 mm x 62 mm x 20 mm)
4905-9922 for 2 A NAC; requires 5 mA for power
Class A operation

4” x 4-1/8” x 1-1/4” D
4905-9938 SmartSync Control Module, Class A or Class B, installs in 4” square box
(102 mm x 105 mm x 32 mm)

Wire Guard (see illustration on page 4)

Model Description Dimensions
6-1/8” x 4-3/8” x 2-7/8” deep
4905-9926 Red Wire Guard (UL listed by Space Age Electronics Inc.)
(156 mm x 111 mm x 73 mm)

2 S4904-0008-6 11/2014
Specifications

General Specifications
Rated Voltage Range Regulated 24 VDC; see Note 1 below
Housing Dimensions (including lens) 4-3/4” x 2-5/16” x 2-5/8” D (121 mm x 75 mm x 67 mm)
Temperature Range 32° to 122° F (0° to 50° C)
Humidity Range 10% to 93%, non-condensing at 100° F (38° C)
Terminal blocks for 18 AWG to 12 AWG (0.82 mm2 to 3.31 mm2); two
Connections
wires per terminal for in/out wiring
Strobe Specifications
Flash Rate and Synchronized NAC Loading 1 Hz; with up to 35 synchronized strobes maximum per NAC

Maximum RMS Current Rating per Strobe Output 15 cd 30 cd 110 cd

(see Note 2 below) 90 mA 128 mA 285 mA

Reference Currents 18 VDC 80 mA 114 mA 253 mA

at other voltages 24 VDC 60 mA 85 mA 190 mA

NOTES:
1. “Regulated 24 VDC” refers to the voltage range of 16 to 33 VDC per UL Standard 1971, Signaling Devices for the
Hearing Impaired. This voltage range is the absolute operating range. Operation outside of this range may cause
permanent damage to the appliance. Please note that 16 VDC is the lowest operating voltage that is allowed at the last
appliance on the NAC under worst case conditions.
2. The maximum RMS current listed is the device nameplate rating. Strobe designs are constant wattage and the maximum
RMS current rating occurs at the lowest allowable operating voltage. (RMS is root mean square and refers to the
effective value of a varying current waveform.)

Semi-Flush Installation, Vertical Shown, Rotate for Horizontal Mount Models

Single gang box, 2-1/2"

(64 mm) deep (RACO 519 or
equal) supplied by others

IMPORTANT ! INSTALLATION
MOUNTING HEIGHT REFERENCE

NFPA 72 requires that the entire lens

be not less than 80" and not greater
than 96" above the finished floor.

3 S4904-0008-6 11/2014
 Surface Mounting Reference, Vertical Shown, Rotate for Horizontal Mount Models

Handy box, 1-1/2" ( 38 mm) deep

(RACO 650 or equal) supplied by others

Single gang box

(Wiremold V5744S)
2-1/4" (57 mm) deep,
supplied by others

4905-9910 Adapter Plate, required for surface

mount with handy box, optional for semi-flush

Optional 4905-9926 Guard, Rotate for Horizontal Mount Models

TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm and
Signaling Code are registered trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).

Tyco Fire Protection Products • Westminster, MA • 01441-0001 • USA S4904-0008-6 11/2014

www.simplex-fire.com
© 2014 Tyco Fire Protection Products. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice.
 Visible Notification Appliances
UL, CSFM Listed; Ceiling Mount Visible Notification Appliances,
MEA (NYC) Acceptance* Selectable as Free-Run or Synchronized

Features
Xenon flashtube visible notification appliance
(strobe):
 UL listed to Standard 1971
 Models are available with 15, 30, or 110 candela
 24 VDC operation with switch selection for free-run
or synchronized flash rate, also compatible with
SmartSync strobe operation
 Compatible with ADA requirements
 Strobe candela rating is clearly indicated on reflector
 Diode polarized input for connection to reverse polarity,
supervised Notification Appliance Circuit (NAC)
 Rugged, high impact, flame retardant thermoplastic
housing
Synchronized flash rate mode for use with:
 Simplex® fire alarm control panel NACs that provide
strobe synchronization or SmartSync notification
appliance two-wire control Ceiling Mount Strobes are Available in Red with
White Lettering and White without Lettering
 Separate Synchronization modules for Class B or
(side view and front view shown)
Class A operation
 SmartSync Control Module 4905-9938 Synchronized Strobes
Housing options: When multiple strobes and their reflections can be
 Red with white “FIRE” seen from one location, synchronized flashes reduce the
 White without lettering probability of photo-sensitive reactions as well as the
 Red wire guard is available* annoyance and possible distraction of random flashing. If
synch output NACs are not available, two-wire circuit
Description Flash Synchronization Modules can be used to control
synchronized flash strobes. (Refer to data sheet
Simplex 4904 Series ceiling mount visible
S4905-0003 for additional details.) Free-run model
notification appliances provide symmetrical light output
strobes will flash in a free-run mode when connected to a
in key axis directions by utilizing a compound,
synchronized NAC.
multi-surface reflector design. The lens assembly fits
securely into its housing, providing a high integrity SmartSync Control Reference
notification appliance that is impact and vandal resistant
and suitable for a variety of applications. When selected for synchronized flash mode, these strobes
may be controlled by either a synch strobe control or by
Strobe Selection SmartSync two-wire horn/strobe control.
Proper selection of ceiling mount visible notification SmartSync two-wire horn/strobe control, as well as
appliances is dependent on occupancy, location, local synch strobe only control, is available from:
codes, and proper applications of: the National Fire  4006, 4007ES Hybrid, 4008, 4010, 4010ES, 4100ES,
Alarm Code (NFPA 72), ANSI A117.1, the appropriate and 4100U Fire Alarm Control Panels (refer to
model building code, BOCA, ICBO, or SBCCI, and the individual product data sheets for details)
application guidelines of the Americans with Disabilities  4009 IDNet NAC Extenders, (refer to data sheet
Act (ADA). S4009-0002)
* Refer to page 2 for guard listing. This product has been approved by the California State
Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety  SmartSync Control Module (SCM) 4905-9938, which
Code. See CSFM Listing 7125-0026:248 for allowable values and/or conditions provides a SmartSync interface to conventional NACs
concerning material presented in this document. Accepted for use – City of New York
Department of Buildings – MEA35-93E. This product was not ULC listed or FM approved
(refer to data sheet S4905-0003 for additional details)
as of document revision date. Additional listings may be applicable, contact Simplex for
the latest status. Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local Simplex Additional SmartSync compatible products include
product supplier for the latest status. Listings and approvals under Simplex Time separate horns and combination horn/strobe
Recorder Co. are the property of Tyco Fire Protection Products.
Audible/Visible notification appliances.

S4904-0009-5 11/2014
Product Selection
Ceiling Mount Visible Notification Appliances (Strobes)
Strobe Output Rating
Model Number Housing Color
15 cd 30 cd 110 cd
4904-9183
Red with white
4904-9184
“FIRE” lettering
4904-9185
4904-9345
White without lettering
4904-9346

Adapter
Model Description Dimensions
4-7/8” x 3-1/8”
4905-9910 Surface mount adapter plate, zinc plated, see illustration below
(124 mm x 79 mm)

Synchronization Modules (Refer to data sheet S4905-0003 for additional details)

Model Description Dimensions
Synchronized Flash Module,
4905-9914 Epoxy encapsulated with in/out
Class B operation 1-3/8” x 2-7/16” x 13/16”
18 AWG (0.82 mm2 ) wire leads, rated
Synchronized Flash Module, (35 mm x 62 mm x 20 mm)
4905-9922 for 2 A NAC, requires 5 mA for power
Class A operation
4” x 4-1/8” x 1-1/4” D
4905-9938 SmartSync Control Module, Class A or Class B, installs in 4” square box
(102 mm x 105 mm x 32 mm)

Wire Guard (see illustration below)

Model Description Dimensions
6-1/8” x 4-3/8” x 2-7/8” deep
4905-9926 Red Wire Guard (UL listed by Space Age Electronics Inc.)
(156 mm x 111 mm x 73 mm)

Surface/Semi-Flush Installation Reference

Handy box, 1-1/2" ( 38 mm) deep

(RACO 650 or equal) or single gang Single gang box (Wiremold
box, 2-1/2" (64 mm) deep (RACO 519 V5744S) 2-1/4" (57 mm) deep,
or equal) supplied by others supplied by others

4905-9910 Adapter Plate,

required for surface mount with
handy box, optional for semi-flush

Ceiling mount strobe with lettering Ceiling mount strobe without

(shown for reference) lettering (shown for reference)

Ceiling mount strobe with optional

4905-9926 wire guard

2 S4904-0009-5 11/2014
Specifications

General Specifications
Rated Voltage Range Regulated 24 VDC; see Note 1 below
Housing Dimensions (including lens) 4-3/4” x 2-5/16” x 2-5/8” D (121 mm x 75 mm x 67 mm)
Temperature Range 32° to 122° F (0° to 50° C)
Humidity Range 10% to 93%, non-condensing at 100° F (38° C)
Terminal blocks for 18 AWG to 12 AWG (0.82 mm2 to 3.31 mm2); two
Connections
wires per terminal for in/out wiring
Strobe Specifications
Flash Rate and Synchronized NAC Loading 1 Hz; with up to 35 synchronized strobes maximum per NAC

Maximum RMS Current Rating per Strobe Output 15 cd 30 cd 110 cd

(see Note 2 below) 90 mA 128 mA 285 mA

Reference Currents 18 VDC 80 mA 114 mA 253 mA

at other voltages 24 VDC 60 mA 85 mA 190 mA

NOTES:
1. “Regulated 24 VDC” refers to the voltage range of 16 to 33 VDC per UL Standard 1971, Signaling Devices for the
Hearing Impaired, changes effective May 1, 2004. This voltage range is the absolute operating range. Operation outside
of this range may cause permanent damage to the appliance. Please note that 16 VDC is the lowest operating voltage
that is allowed at the last appliance on the NAC under worst case conditions.
2. The maximum RMS current listed is the device nameplate rating. Strobe designs are constant wattage and the maximum
RMS current rating occurs at the lowest allowable operating voltage. (RMS is root mean square and refers to the
effective value of a varying current waveform.)

T-bar Mounting Reference

T-bar with clips and screws

(ERICO No. 512) supplied by others

Handy box, 1-1/2" ( 38 mm)

deep (RACO 650 or equal)
supplied by others

3 S4904-0009-5 11/2014
TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm and
Signaling Code are registered trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).

Tyco Fire Protection Products • Westminster, MA • 01441-0001 • USA S4904-0009-6 11/2014

www.simplex-fire.com
© 2014 Tyco Fire Protection Products. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice.
 TrueAlert Notification Appliances
UL, ULC, CSFM Listed; FM Approved; SmartSync Control Module and
MEA (NYC) Acceptance* Strobe Synchronization Modules

Features
Convert conventional Notification Appliance
Circuits (NACs) into SmartSync circuits or
synchronized strobe circuits:
 Simplex® SmartSync Control Modules combine
separate horn and strobe NAC inputs into a 2-wire
control that can silence horns while maintaining
synchronized strobe operation
 Synchronized Flash Modules provide a 2-wire
synchronized strobe output that also operates
compatible 24 VDC conventional reverse polarity
notification appliances
SmartSync Control Module (SCM) provides 4905-9938 SmartSync Control Module (SCM),
two-wire control to separately activate horns and Shown Approximately 1/2 Size
strobes:
 Operation allows “on-until-silenced” and
“on-until-reset” on the same two-wire pair while
maintaining supervision continuity
 SmartSync horns sound as Temporal or March
Time pattern, or continuous, controlled separately
from strobes on the same circuit
 Strobes on the same circuit operate at a
synchronized 1 Hz flash rate
 Output is either Class B or Class A 4905-9922, Class A Synchronized Flash Module,
Conventional strobe synchronization models: Shown Approximately 1/2 Size

 Encapsulated package with color coded wire leads

provides 1 Hz strobe synchronization and maintains
supervision continuity
 Conventional horns and other DC appliances
operate on the same 2-wire circuit
 Models are available with Class B or Class A
output
 Small size allows convenient mounting
UL listed to Standard 1971
* These products have been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant
to Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing
7125-0026:198 and 7125-0026:235 for allowable values and/or conditions concerning
material presented in this document. Accepted for use – City of New York Department of
Buildings – MEA35-93E. Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local Simplex
product supplier for the latest status. Listings and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder
Co. are the property of Tyco Fire Protection Products.
SmartSync Control Module (SCM)
Model 4905-9938 SCM (SmartSync Control Module)
converts two conventional NAC inputs into a SmartSync
two-wire NAC output. One NAC can be programmed to
operate as “on-until-silenced” and would be designated as
the horn control (non-coded, on continuously during
alarm). A second NAC would be programmed to provide
“on-until-reset” operation and would be for the visible
appliance (strobe) control (also non-coded, on
continuously during alarm). Power is supplied by the
strobe control NAC.
Selectable Horn output and Synchronized
Strobes. In addition to operating the strobe and the horn
independently, the SCM can be switch selected to operate
the horns as temporal coded, march time coded
(60 beats/minute), or on continuously. Strobes are
activated with 1 Hz synchronized flashes.

S4905-0003-4 11/2014
Additional SCM Features
Multi-Sync Mode. Up to eight SCMs can be interconnected
to synchronize system notification. Interconnected SCMs are
supervised for proper circuit connection. The horn input NAC
powers the Multi-Sync function.
Isolated NAC Inputs. Both NAC inputs are isolated
from each other and can be supplied from different
control panels.
Class B (Style Y) and Class A (Style Z) output
operation are both supported.
Earth fault detection is provided by the strobe control
NAC during supervision mode.
For additional information refer to Installation
Instructions 574-719.
Synchronized Flash Modules
Model 4905-9914 and 4905-9922 add the required
control to activate Simplex synchronized strobes for
NACs that do not provide that control. Conventional
horns or other compatible 24 VDC notification appliances
on the same circuit ignore strobe synchronization and
operate when the NAC is in alarm.
For additional information refer to Installation
Instructions 579-232.

Product Selection

Model Description Package Details

SmartSync Control Module, Class A Dimensions: 4” x 4-1/8” x 1-1/4” D (102 mm x 105 mm x 32 mm);
4905-9938
or Class B output mounts in 4” (102 mm) square box

4905-9914 Class B Synchronized Flash Module Dimensions: 1-3/8” x 2-7/16” x 13/16” D (35 mm x 62 mm x 20 mm);
epoxy encapsulated with 8” (203 mm) in/out 18 AWG (0.82 mm2) wire
4905-9922 Class A Synchronized Flash Module leads; rated for 2 A NAC; requires 5 mA for power

4090-9813 Adapter plate to fit 4 11⁄16” (119 mm) square electrical box

Specifications

General Specifications
Temperature Range 32° to 122° F (0° to 50° C)
Humidity Range 10% to 93%, non-condensing at 100° F (38° C)

4905-9938 SmartSync NAC Modules (for use with SmartSync compatible appliances)
Input Voltage Range 16 VDC to 33 VDC; with a maximum ripple of 2 V peak-to-peak
2 A maximum; can be wired as Class A or Class B
Output Ratings Up to 35 maximum SmartSync appliances with strobes
Up to 40 maximum SmartSync horn-only appliances
Strobe Control NAC Input Current Output NAC current, plus 30 mA @ 24 VDC for SCM operating power
Horn Control NAC Current 4 mA @ 24 VDC
Class A Operation Mounting Requirement Mount SCM within 20 ft (6 m) of control panel, use metal conduit

4905-9914 & 4905-9922 Synchronization Modules

Input Voltage Range 16 VDC to 33 VDC
2 A maximum output; requires 5 mA for power
Up to 35 maximum strobes per synchronized circuit
Output Ratings
Mount in control panel or separate 4” (51 mm) square electrical box, 1-1/2”
(38 mm) minimum depth

2 S4905-0003-4 11/2014
NAC Capability Reference
Control Panels/NAC Source Available Output Additional Module Required/Function
4006, 4007ES Hybrid, 4008, 4010,
Class A or Class B Strobe Synchronization none
4010ES, 4100ES, and 4100U Series Fire
Alarm Control Panels; and
4009 IDNet NAC Extenders Class A or Class B SmartSync operation none

Model Series 4003, 4004, 4005, 4100, Conventional reverse polarity NACs, 4905-9914 for Class B synchronized strobes
4120, 4020, 4001, & 4002 Control Panels; additional modules are required to control
4905-9922 for Class A synchronized strobes
2190 Series Signal ZAMs; 4009 Series synchronized strobes and/or SmartSync
Conventional NAC Extenders appliances 4905-9938 for SmartSync control
Module Reference
Module Description
4905-9938 SmartSync Control Module, provides Class A or Class B SmartSync operation
4905-9914 Class B Strobe Synchronization Module
4905-9922 Class A Strobe Synchronization Module

Compatible Simplex Appliance Reference

Note: Refer to specific appliance data sheets for additional compatibility and product information
Appliance Type Model Module Reference*
Horn Wall mount; set for SmartSync operation 4901-9820
Mini-Horn Wall mount, SmartSync operation only 4901-9858 4901-9859
Chime Wall mount, SmartSync operation only 4902-9210 4902-9211
4905-9938
Multi-Tone Horn,
Wall mount, set for SmartSync operation 49CMT-WRF 49CMT-WWF 49CMT-APPLW
w/520 Hz Tone
Multi-Tone Horn,
Wall mount, set for SmartSync operation 4901-9856 4901-9857
w/500 Hz Tone
4904-9331 4904-9344
4906-9107
4904-9332 4906-9101 4905-9914
Wall mount; synchronized; also SmartSync 4906-9108
4904-9333 4906-9103 4905-9922
operation compatible 4906-9109
4904-9342 4906-9105
Strobes 4906-9111
4904-9343 4906-9106 4905-9938 for
4904-9183 4904-9345 4906-9104 SmartSync
Ceiling mount; selectable for synchronized
4904-9184 4904-9346 4906-9110 operation
flash; also SmartSync operation compatible
4904-9185 4906-9102 4906-9112
Wall mount; horn and strobe can be wired
4903-9425 4903-9427 4903-9432 4905-9914
separately (4-wire); strobes are selectable for
4903-9426 4903-9431 4903-9433 4905-9922
synchronized flash
4903-9331 4903-9343 4906-9131
4903-9332 4903-9344 4906-9132
Wall mount; SmartSync operation only
4903-9333 4906-9127 4906-9139
A/V 4903-9342 4906-9129 4906-9141 4905-9938
Horn/Strobe
4906-9128 4906-9140
Ceiling mount; SmartSync operation only
4906-9130 4906-9142

Rectangular case wall mount; horn and strobe 4903-9252 4903-9257

4905-9914
can be wired separately (4-wire); strobes are 4903-9253 4903-9258 4903-9256
4905-9922
selectable for synchronized flash 4903-9254 4903-9255
A/V Multi-Tone 500 Hz, Wall mount; SmartSync operation
4906-9137 4906-9138
Horn/Strobe only
A/V Multi-Tone 520 Hz, Wall mount; SmartSync operation 49CMTV-
49CMTV-WRF 49CMTV-WWF 4905-9938
Horn/Strobe only APPLW
A/V Wall mount; SmartSync operation only 4906-9133 4906-9134
Chime/Strobe Ceiling mount; SmartSync operation only 4906-9135 4906-9136
4903-9356 4903-9359
Wall mount; strobes are selectable for 4906-9151
4903-9357 4903-9360
synchronized flash 4906-9153
4903-9358 4903-9361
S/V Ceiling mount; strobes are selectable for 4903-9196 4906-9154 4905-9914
4903-9198
Speaker/Strobe synchronized flash 4903-9197 4906-9157 4905-9922
4903-9148 4903-9150H
Rectangular case wall mount; strobes are 4903-9194
4903-9149 4903-9153
selectable for synchronized flash 4903-9195
4903-9150 4903-9193
* Modules listed are required if control panel NAC or NAC extender does not provide either synchronized strobe output or SmartSync control
output as required for proper appliance operation.

3 S4905-0003-4 11/2014
 SCM Installation Reference

4905-9938 SmartSync
Control Module (SCM)

Mounting Box (by others): Square box,

4" (102 mm), required depth depends
on total conductor requirements
Minimum depth = 2-1/8" (54 mm),
RACO 232 or equal
4" square cover plate,
RACO 752 or equal Extended depth (for maximum
(by others) conductors), add 1-1/2" (38 mm)
extension ring, RACO 201 or equal

TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm and
Signaling Code are registered trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).

Tyco Fire Protection Products • Westminster, MA • 01441-0001 • USA S4905-0003-4 11/2014

www.simplex-fire.com
© 2014 Tyco Fire Protection Products. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice.
 TrueAlert Notification Appliances
UL, ULC, CSFM Listed; FM Approved; SmartSync Adapter Module for Non-Addressable
MEA (NYC) Acceptance* Notification Appliance Circuits (NACs) Model 4905-9815

Features Conventional
TrueAlert audible appliance
®
Converts a Simplex SmartSync NAC non-addressable
(notification appliance circuit) into separate appliances
24 VDC audible and visible appliance outputs: SmartSync
 Power and communications are supplied by the Adapter

SmartSync operation NAC

 Up to two SmartSync Adapter Modules can be
connected to a SmartSync NAC
 Operation is compatible with SmartSync control from
Simplex fire alarm control panels and from 4009
IDNet NAC Extenders Conventional
 Operation modes are: visible and audible appliances visible appliance
both on; or visible appliance only – with activation
determined by the connected control panel NAC with SmartSync 2-wire operation
 On-board circuit limits appliance inrush current and
provides self-resetting overcurrent protection
 Wiring to audible and visible appliances is supervised
with conventional reverse polarity operation; opens or Fire alarm control panel providing
shorts are reported to the control panel SmartSync operation NACs
(4100ES shown for reference)
Status diagnostics:
 A visible status LED will light if a wiring fault is
detected by either of the on-board output notification
appliance supervision circuits
Appliance output ratings:
SmartSync Adapter Module,
 Regulated 24 DC appliance power; audible output is Typical One-Line Wiring Reference
rated for up to 30 mA, visible output is rated for up to
180 mA Introduction
 Special Applications appliance ratings; audible output
is rated for up to 50 mA, visible output is rated for up Special Notification Requirements. Standard
to 250 mA SmartSync operation notification appliances activate
horns and/or strobes in response to commands received
General mechanical features: from the SmartSync operation control source using a
 Mounts in standard 4-11/16” (119 mm) square two-wire connection. For applications where appliances
electrical box other than the standard SmartSync appliances are
required, the SmartSync Adapter Module provides a
 Cover plates (required) are available for surface or
separate audible and visible output controlled by the
flush mount, ordered separately
SmartSync operation control source.
 Covers provide status LED viewing
Typical applications are for connection to special
 Screw terminals for wiring connections
weather-proof appliances, appliances with particular
UL listed to Standard 864 sound output characteristics (special bells or chimes), or
for connection to appliances that are required to satisfy
specific aesthetic requirements.
Maintains SmartSync operation System
Advantages. With the SmartSync Adapter Module,
non-SmartSync appliances can be controlled while still
* This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to benefiting from the SmartSync operation ability to
Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing provide separate audible and visible control using a
7300-0026:315 for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in two-wire connection.
this document. Accepted for use – City of New York Department of Buildings – MEA35-
93E. Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local Simplex product supplier for
the latest status. Listings and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co. are the For additional information refer to Installation
property of Tyco Fire Protection Products. Instructions 579-391.

S4905-0005-4 12/2014
Appliance Wiring Details
Compatibility with circuit protectors. When Provisions for shielded wire. For applications where
connected to remote appliances (up to 200 ft from the notification appliance wiring may be exposed to electrical
adapter) that exit the building and may be exposed to noise, twisted, shielded wiring is recommended. The
harsh electrical environments, the notification appliance adapter wiring terminal block has provisions for
wiring is compatible with Simplex circuit protectors. connecting the shield(s).
Compatible protectors are listed in Wiring reference and
should be connected both where the wiring leaves the
building and where it connects to the appliances.

TrueAlert Adapter Product Selection

Model Description
4905-9815 SmartSync Adapter Module; requires surface or flush mount cover plate
End-of-Line Resistor Harness (ref. 733-894); 10 k, 1/2 W; two required, one each for audible and visible
4081-9008
output
4905-9817 Surface Mount Cover Plate
Select one for each 4905-9815; painted beige
4905-9818 Flush Mount Cover Plate

TrueAlert Adapter Installation Reference

Cover plate depth:

0.35" (9 mm) for surface mounted box
0.24" (6 mm) for flush mounted box 4-11/16" (119 mm) square box, 2" (51 mm)
minimum depth; ref. RACO 257 [2-1/8"
(54 mm) deep], or equal (supplied by others)

Status
indicating LED
SmartSync Adapter
Module Assembly

Light pipe for

LED viewing

SmartSync Adapter Module Detail

5-1/4" (133 mm)

square
Mounting holes 4-11/16"
for cover plate (4)
+
(119 mm)
NAC

-
SHLD PWR RET RET PWR SHLD

Depth into box =

VIS VIS AUD AUD

1-9/32" (33 mm)

SmartSync
Adaptor

Terminal block for

wiring connections -
Appliance mode
NAC

+ selection switch
FREE CONT
RUN

Holes for connecting ON

1 2

to mounting box (4) SYNC PATTERN

DISCONNECT POWER
BEFORE SERVICING

5" (127 mm)

2 S4905-0005-4 12/2014
Specifications

Electrical
Input Voltage 16 to 33 VDC; see notes 1 and 2 below
Supervisory 100 µA maximum
Input Current
Alarm 450 mA maximum, adapter and appliances
Output Voltage 17 to 32 VDC; appliance inrush current is internally limited to 550 mA

Regulated 24 DC Audible Output = 30 mA

Appliance Power Ratings Visible Output = 180 mA
Output NAC
Current Ratings
Special Application Audible Output = 50 mA
Appliance Ratings Visible Output = 250 mA

Power for appliances listed to UL Standard 1971 or UL Standard 464; use

Regulated 24 DC Appliances
Special Application Appliances
associated external synchronization modules where required
Simplex conventional (non-addressable) 4901, 4903, 4904, and 4906 Series
horns, strobes, and combination horn/strobes and speaker/strobes (contact your
Simplex product representative for compatible appliances)

Wiring Reference
Appliance Distance from SmartSync Adapter 200 ft maximum (61 m)
10 k, 1/2 W; two required, one located at each remote appliance; use
Supervision Resistor
4081-9008 End-of-Line Resistor Harness (ref. 733-894), ordered separately
Wiring Connections Screw terminals for 18 to 12 AWG (0.82 mm2 to 3.31 mm2)
Compatible Circuit Protection 2081-9044, Overvoltage Protector, 200 mA maximum
(required when wiring leaves the building for 2081-9028, Isolated Loop Circuit Protector, 5 A maximum
outdoor appliances, mount one at each end of
wiring) 2081-9027, Isolated Loop Circuit Protector, 200 mA maximum

Mechanical and Environmental

Dimensions (adapter mounted in bracket, see
TrueAlert Adapter Installation Reference for 4-11/16” H x 5” W x 1-9/32” D (119 mm x 127 mm x 33 mm)
reference drawing)
Mounting Plate Material Sheet metal, galvanized
Temperature Range 32° to 120° F (0° to 49° C) intended for indoor operation
Humidity Range 10% to 90% RH non-condensing at 90° F (32° C)

NOTES:
1. The SmartSync adapter is required to be connected to a NAC that provides SmartSync two-wire operation.
2. The rated voltage range listed is the absolute operating range. Operation outside of this range may cause permanent damage
to the SmartSync adapter.

3 S4905-0005-4 12/2014
TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited.

Tyco Fire Protection Products • Westminster, MA • 01441-0001 • USA S4905-0005-4 12/2014

www.simplex-fire.com
© 2014 Tyco Fire Protection Products. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice.
 Notification Peripherals
Adapter Plates and Accessories,
Selection and Application Reference

Note: This is a general reference document. Please refer to the notification appliance data sheet and installation instructions
for specific product compatibility and additional information.

Adapter Plates
Model Color Description Reference Diagram
Adapter Plate (Cosmetic)
Use for wall mount
4905-9836 Red applications when replacing
rectangular housing A/V Mounting Note:
(horizontal or vertical) on NFPA 72 requires that
flush mounted, 4” square the entire lens be not
electrical box, with a TrueAlert less than 80” and not
A/V (or V/O if horn is no greater than 96” above
longer required) the finished floor.
4905-9839 White
Dimensions: 7.95” x 5.91” x
0.06” (202 mm x 150 mm x
1.5 mm)

Adapter Plate
Use to mount TrueAlert horn,
V/O, or A/V to Simplex®
2975-9145 box (typically for
4905-9931 Red retrofit, may be mounted
vertical or horizontal)
Dimensions: 8-5/16” x 5-3/4” x
0.060” (211 mm x 146 mm x
1.5 mm)

(A/V shown for reference)

Adapter Plate
2975-9145
Use to adapt Simplex Box
2975-9145 box to mount
4905-9903 Red TrueAlert S/V wall mount, or
rectangular S/V (vertical or
horizontal mount), typically
used for retrofit
4905-9903
Adapter Plate

Adapter Plate (Surface

Mount)
Required for mounting to
Zinc handy box; not needed when
4905-9910
plated using 4905-9926 guard
Dimensions: 4-7/8” x 3-1/8” x
0.060” D (124 mm x 79 mm x
1.5 mm)

continued next page

S4905-0008-1 6/2012
Adapter Plates (Continued)
Model Color Description Reference Diagram

Adapter Plate for

Rectangular A/V
(horn/strobe, vertical or
horizontal mount)
Required for 3-gang
Zinc Wiremold box, for 2-gang
4905-9939
plated boxes, and for surface
mounted 4” square boxes;
Not needed if 4905-9915 or
4905-9916 Adapter is used
Dimensions: 7” x 4-7/8"
(178 mm x 124 mm)

Tile Bridge
2905-9946 Beige Use for 4902-9721 Speaker
(round, ceiling mounted)

Adapter Skirts
Model Color Description Reference Diagram

4905-9937 Red Surface Mount (Shallow)

Adapter Skirt
Use to cover 1-1/2” (38 mm)
deep surface mounted boxes
used for TrueAlert horns, V/O,
and A/V
4905-9940 White Skirt depth: 1-5/8” (41 mm)

4905-9941 Red Surface Mount (Deep)

Adapter Skirt for Wall
Mount Speaker
Use to cover surface mounted
1-1/2” deep box with 1-1/2”
deep extension external to
wall
4905-9942 White Skirt depth: 3-3/16” (81 mm)

continued next page

2 S4905-0008-1 6/2012
Adapter Skirts (Continued)
Model Color Description Reference Diagram
Surface mount conduit and
box shown for reference
4905-9946 Red Surface Mount (Deep)
Adapter Skirt for S/V 4" (102 mm) square box profile, 1-1/2"
Required when mounting (38 mm) deep with 1-1/2" extension
TrueAlert S/V to surface
mounted electrical box, 4”
square, 1-1/2” deep with Speaker/Strobe (S/V)
4905-9947 White 1-1/2” deep extension
Skirt depth: 3-3/16” (81 mm) Surface Mount Adapter Skirt

4" (102 mm) square

4905-9915 White Ceiling reference, box, 1-1/2" (38 mm)
Surface Mount Box Adapter surface mounted box minimum depth

Use to cover 1-1/2” deep

surface mounted boxes for Adapter
use with rectangular A/V
products (ceiling mount
shown for reference)
Dimensions: 4-3/4" x 6-7/8" x
4905-9916 Red
1-1/2" deep, (121 mm x
175 mm x 38 mm)

Mounting Boxes
Model Color Description Reference Diagram

4905-9923 Red Surface Mount Box for

Rectangular A/V or S/V;
horizontal or vertical mount;
Dimension: 4-5/16” x 6-5/8” x
2-3/4” (110 mm x 168 x
4905-9924 White 70 mm)

Wire Guards
Model Color Description Reference Diagram

Wire Guard for Wall Mount

TrueAlert V/O or A/V,
Includes Mounting Plate
Compatible with semi-flush or
4905-9961 Red
surface mounted boxes;
Dimensions: 6-1/16” H x
6-1/16” W x 3-1/8” D
(154 mm x 154 mm x 79 mm)

Side View with V/O, Shown with

Front View with A/V Surface Mount Box which Requires
Adapter Skirt
continued next page

3 S4905-0008-1 6/2012
Wire Guards (Continued)
Model Color Description Reference Diagram

Wire Guard for Wall Mount

TrueAlert S/V, Includes
Mounting Plate Side View with S/V, Shown with
Surface Mount Boxes which Require
Compatible with semi-flush or
4905-9998 Red Adapter Skirt; (front view is similar
surface mounted boxes;
to 4905-9961, but taller, drawings
Dimensions: 8-3/8” H x are not at same scale)
6-1/16” W x 3-1/4” D
(213 mm x 154 mm x 79 mm)

Wire Guard for Ceiling

Mount V/O, Includes
Mounting Plate
Compatible with semi-flush or
surface mounted boxes; Guard shown with ceiling mount
4905-9926 Red compatible with wall mount strobe (V/O) on mounting plate
rectangular style V/O, (2 pieces)
typically for retrofit
Dimensions: 6-1/8” x 4-3/8” x
2-7/8” deep (156 mm x
111 mm x 73 mm)

Red Wire Guard for mounting

4905-9927 Red to flush mounted electrical
box

A/V assembly

Red Adapter Plate, required 4905-9927 Wire Guard

Four mounting clamps
4905-9928 Red to mount guard to surface included, two each side
mounted electrical box 4905-9928 Adapter Plate, required
for surface mounted box

4 S4905-0008-1 6/2012
Simplex Appliances and STI Covers, UL Listed Compatibility Reference
The following table summarizes the Simplex appliances that have been UL tested and listed with various STI polycarbonate
vandal covers. The products were tested and grouped together to provide the best performance, the loss values shown below are
significantly better than the generic de-rating (loss) factors.
More information on STI products can be found at www.sti-usa.com .
Appliance Back Box Required Surface
Simplex Model STI Cover
Mounting Light Loss Sound Loss Mount Adapter
Mounting Type Number Model Number
Type Skirt (see note 4)
Wall STI-1210D Surface NA 1.1 dBA 4905-9941
Speaker 4902-9716
(see note 5) STI-1210E Flush NA 2.9 dBA
None
Ceiling Speaker 4902-9721 STI-1217 Flush NA 5.4 dBA
Surface NA 3.1 dBA 4905-9937
Wall Horn 4901-9820 STI-1210D
Flush NA 6.1 dBA None
STI-1210D Surface 41.7% NA
4906-9101 STI-1210E Flush 31% NA 4905-9937 (red)
Wall V/O and STI-1215 Flush 33.3% NA or
4906-9103 STI-1217 4905-9940 (white)
Surface 30.7% NA
(see Note 3)
STI-1210D Surface 41.7% 3.7 dBA
4906-9127 STI-1210E Flush 31% 4.9 dBA 4905-9937 (red)
Wall A/V and STI-1215 Flush 33.3% 5.7 dBA or
4906-9129 STI-1217 4905-9940 (white)
Surface 30.7% 6.3 dBA
(see Note 3)
4906-9102 STI-1217 Surface 21.5% NA
Ceiling V/O and None
4906-9104 STI-1217 Flush 39.4% NA
4906-9151 STI-1210D Surface 34.3% 1.5 dBA 4905-9946 (red)
Wall S/V and or
4906-9153 STI-1210E Flush 31% 3.3 dBA 4905-9947 (white)
Ceiling S/V 4906-9154 STI-1217 Flush 23.6% 1.4 dBA None
Notes:
1. Covers are not listed for ULC applications.
2. Refer to the STI Installation Manuals packed with each cover for mounting and maintenance instructions.
3. STI adhesive backed spacer to mounting surface gasket required; cover to spacer gasket is not used
4. Surface mounted appliances require use of the appropriate Surface Mount Adapter Skirt as listed.
5. Speaker 4902-9716 is listed for both wall and ceiling mount with the STI covers as shown above.

5 S4905-0008-1 6/2012
 TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited.

Tyco Fire Protection Products • Westminster, MA • 01441-0001 • USA S4905-0008-1 6/2012

www.simplexgrinnell.com
© 2012 Tyco Fire Protection Products. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice.
 TrueAlert Multi-Candela Notification Appliances
UL, ULC, CSFM Listed; FM Approved; Visible Notification Appliances with Synchronized Flash;
MEA (NYC) Acceptance* Non-Addressable, SmartSync Operation Compatible

Features
Visible only (V/O) 24 VDC notification appliances
with high output xenon strobe, available for wall
or ceiling mount:
 Intensity is selectable as 15, 30, 75, or 110 candela with
visible selection jumper secured behind strobe housing
 Operation is compatible with ADA requirements (refer
to important installation information on page 3)
 Polarized input allows connection to compatible reverse
polarity, supervised notification appliance circuit (NAC)
 Regulated circuit design ensures consistent flash output Wall Mount Strobes
and provides controlled inrush current
 Rugged, high impact, flame retardant thermoplastic
housings are available in red or white with clear lens
 Listed to UL 1971 and ULC S526
Strobes provide synchronized flash for use with:
 Simplex® fire alarm control panels with NACs selected Ceiling Mount Strobes
to provide strobe synchronization or SmartSync
two-wire control Description
 4009 IDNet NAC Extenders Multi-Candela TrueAlert synchronized strobes
 Separate strobe Synchronization Modules that are provide convenient installation to standard electrical
available for Class B or Class A operation boxes. The enclosure designs are both impact and vandal
 Separate SmartSync Control Modules (SCMs) that resistant and provide a convenient strobe intensity
provide Class B or Class A output from conventional selection. Since each model can be selected for intensity
NAC inputs output, on-site model inventory is minimized and changes
encountered during construction can be easily
Strobe housings provides flexible, easy, and accommodated.
convenient semi-flush or surface wall mounting:
Wall mount strobe housings are a one-piece assembly
 Rear of housing does not extend into box (including lens) that mounts to a single or double gang, or
 Wall mount strobes easily mount to single gang, double 4” square standard electrical box. The cover can be
gang, or 4-inch square outlet box quickly removed (a tool is required) and covers are
 Ceiling mount strobes mount to single gang boxes available separately for color conversion.

Wall mount strobe features:
 Wiring terminals are accessible from the front of the
housing providing easy access for installation,
inspection, and testing
 Covers are available separately to convert housing color
Optional adapters and wire guards:
 Wall mount strobe adapters are available to cover
surface mounted electrical boxes and to adapt to
Simplex 2975-9145 boxes
 UL listed red wire guards are available for wall or
ceiling mount strobes*
* Refer to page 2 for guard listing. This product has been approved by the California State
Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety
Code. See CSFM Listing 7125-0026:316 for allowable values and/or conditions concerning
material presented in this document. Refer to page 2 for listing status of wire guards.
Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local Simplex product supplier for the
latest status. Listings and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co. are the property of
Tyco Fire Protection Products.
Ceiling mount strobes install using standard single gang
electrical boxes. Color choice is determined by model
number.
Strobe Intensity Selection
During installation, a selection plug at the back of the
housing determines the desired strobe intensity. An
attached flag with black letters on a highly visible yellow
background allows the selected intensity to be seen at the
side of the strobe lens.
Strobe Application Reference
Proper selection of visible notification is dependent on
occupancy, location, local codes, and proper applications
of: the National Fire Alarm Code (NFPA 72), ANSI
A117.1; the appropriate model building code: BOCA,
ICBO, or SBCCI; and the application guidelines of the
Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA).

S4906-0001-5 11/2014
Synchronized Strobes
Multiple Strobes. When multiple strobes and their
reflections can be seen from one location, synchronized
flashes reduce the probability of photo-sensitive reactions
as well as the annoyance and possible distraction of
random flashing. These multi-candela strobes are
synchronized over a two-wire circuit when connected to
compatible NACs, to compatible Synchronized Flash
Modules, or to SmartSync Control Modules.
SmartSync Two-Wire Control
Some applications desire the audible notification
appliances to be capable of being silenced before the
alarm condition is reset (on-until-silenced) while the
visible notification appliances are kept activated until the
alarm condition is reset (on-until-reset). SmartSync
operation mode provides this function using a single
circuit (two-wire operation).
SmartSync Control Sources
SmartSync two-wire control is available from:
 4006, 4007ES Hybrid, 4008, 4010, 4010ES, 4100ES,
and 4100U Fire Alarm Control Panels (refer to
individual product data sheets for more information)
 4009 IDNet NAC Extenders (refer to data sheet
S4009-0002)
 SmartSync Control Module (SCM) Model 4905-9938
(refer to data sheet S4905-0003)
Additional SmartSync compatible notification
appliances include separate horns and combination
horn/strobe notification appliances.

Product Selection
Multi-Candela Visible Notification Appliances (Strobes)
Model Mounting Housing Color “FIRE” Lettering Description
4906-9101 Red White
Wall Multi-candela strobe with intensity selectable as:
4906-9103 White Red
15, 30, 75, or 110 candela; synchronized flash rate;
4906-9102 Red White SmartSync two-wire control compatible
Ceiling
4906-9104 White Red
Wall Mount Strobe Adapters
Model Description Dimensions
4905-9937 Red 5-3/8” H x 5-1/4” W x 1-5/8” D
Surface Mount Adapter Skirt; use to cover 1-1/2” (38 mm)
(136 mm x 133 mm x 41 mm)
4905-9940 White deep surface mounted boxes
Total depth with strobe = 4-3/8” (111 mm)
Red Adapter Plate for mounting to Simplex 2975-9145 box (typically for 8-5/16” x 5-3/4” x 0.060” Thick
4905-9931
retrofit, may be mounted vertical or horizontal) (211 mm x 146 mm x 1.5 mm)
7-7/8" x 5-1/8" x 2-3/4" D
2975-9145 Red Mounting Box, requires Adapter Plate 4905-9931
(200 mm x 130 mm x 70 mm)
Ceiling Mount Strobe Adapter
Model Description Dimensions
Surface Mount Adapter Plate; zinc plated; required for mounting to 4-7/8” x 3-1/8” x 0.060” D
4905-9910
handy box; not needed when using 4905-9926 guard (124 mm x 79 mm x 1.5)
Synchronization Modules (refer to data sheet S4905-0003 for additional information)
Model Description Dimensions
4905-9914 Class B Synchronized Flash Module; epoxy encapsulated with
1-3/8” x 2-7/16” x 13/16”
in/out 18 AWG (0.82 mm2) wire leads, rated for 2 A NAC,
4905-9922 Class A (35 mm x 62 mm x 20 mm)
requires 5 mA for power
SmartSync Control Module with Class B or Class A output; mounts in 4” x 4-1/8” x 1-1/4” D
4905-9938
4” (102 mm) square box (102 mm x 105 mm x 32 mm)

Replacement Covers and Guards

Model Description Dimensions
4905-9992 Red cover with white “FIRE” lettering 5-1/8” H x 5” W x 1-1/2” D
For Wall mount strobes
4905-9993 White cover with red “FIRE” lettering (130 mm x 127 mm x 38 mm)
6-1/16” H x 6-1/16” W x 3-1/8” D
4905-9961* Wall mount
Red wire guard with mounting plate, compatible with (154 mm x 154 mm x 79 mm)
semi-flush or surface mounted boxes 6-1/8” x 4-3/8” x 2-7/8” deep
4905-9926* Ceiling mount
(156 mm x 111 mm x 73 mm)
* UL listed by Space Age Electronics Inc.

2 S4906-0001-5 11/2014
Strobe Specifications
Wall Mount or Ceiling Mount, Common Specifications
Rated Voltage Range Regulated 24 VDC; see Note 1 below
Flash Rate 1 Hz
Synchronized NAC Loading Up to 35 synchronized strobes maximum per NAC
Temperature Range 32° to 122° F (0° to 50° C)
Humidity Range 10% to 93%, non-condensing at 100° F (38° C)
Terminal blocks for 18 AWG to 12 AWG (0.82 mm2 to 3.31 mm2); two wires per
Connections
terminal for in/out wiring
Housing Dimensions (with lens) 5-1/8” H x 5” W x 2-3/4” D (130 mm x 127 mm x 70 mm)
Maximum RMS Current Rating per 15 cd 30 cd 75 cd 110 cd
Wall Strobe Setting (see Note 2 below) 60 mA 94 mA 186 mA 252 mA
Mount
Reference RMS Currents 18 VDC 53 mA 84 mA 165 mA 224 mA
at other voltages 24 VDC 40 mA 63 mA 124 mA 168 mA
Housing Dimensions (with lens) 4-3/4” L x 2-5/16” W x 2-5/8” D (121 mm x 75 mm x 67 mm)
Maximum RMS Current Rating per 15 cd 30 cd 75 cd 110 cd
Ceiling Strobe Setting (see Note 2 below) 75 mA 125 mA 233 mA 316 mA
Mount
Reference RMS Currents 18 VDC 67 mA 111 mA 207 mA 281 mA
at other voltages 24 VDC 50 mA 83 mA 155 mA 211 mA
NOTES:
1. “Regulated 24 VDC” refers to the voltage range of 16 to 33 VDC per UL Standard 1971, Signaling Devices for the Hearing
Impaired. This voltage range is the absolute operating range. Operation outside of this range may cause permanent damage to
the strobe. Please note that 16 VDC is the lowest operating voltage that is allowed at the last appliance on the NAC under worst
case conditions.
2. The maximum RMS current listed is the device nameplate rating. Strobe designs are constant wattage and the maximum RMS
current rating occurs at the lowest allowable operating voltage. (RMS is root mean square and refers to the effective value of a
varying current waveform.)

Installation Reference, Surface or Semi-Flush Wall Mounting

Mounting is compatible with

single gang, double gang, and
4" (102 mm) square boxes,
1-1/2" (38 mm) deep, by others IMPORTANT! WALL MOUNT
INSTALLATION HEIGHT REFERENCE

Bottom of lens
is either even
with, or slightly Electrical
Wiring access hole above bottom box outline
2 of compatible
1
boxes
Wiring terminals

Mounting Holes:
4" square (4) NFPA 72 requires 80" (2.03 m)
Single gang (2) that the entire lens minimum
Double gang (3) be not less than
a
80" and not greater
than 96" above the
finished floor
Transparent housing
and lens assembly

Intensity selection 110

75
plug, accessible only 30
15
from rear of housing;
factory setting is 15 cd

Removable cover Strobe intensity

(tool required) viewing slot

3 S4906-0001-5 11/2014
 Ceiling Mount Strobe Installation Reference

Handy box, 1-1/2" ( 38 mm) deep

Single gang box (Wiremold
V5744S) 2-1/4" (57 mm)
deep, supplied by others
(RACO 650 or equal) or single gang
box, 2-1/2" (64 mm) deep (RACO 519
or equal) supplied by others
Also can be attached to boxes
mounted to drop ceiling T-bar with
clips (ERICO No. 512 or equal)

4905-9910 Adapter Plate, required for

surface mount with handy box unless
using the 4905-9926 wire guard

Ceiling mount strobe

Optional 4905-9926 wire guard
with mounting plate

Strobe intensity
viewing slot
110 Intensity selection plug,
75
30
15
accessible only from rear of lens
housing; factory setting is 15 cd

Wall Mount Installation Reference; Adapter Plate, Guard, and Adapter Skirt

Surface Mounting Reference

2975-9145 Box with Optional Adapter Skirt
and Optional Wire Guard
Surface mount conduit and
box shown for reference

4" (102 mm) square

box profile, 1-1/2"
(38 mm) deep

Optional
4905-9961
Wire Guard
Strobe

4905-9931 Adapter Plate

Optional Surface Mount Adapter Skirt,
4905-9961 Optional Wire Guard 1-1/2" deep: 4905-9937, Red;
(shown here for reference only, 4905-9940, White (conduit knockouts
4905-9931 Adapter Plate can be used on other mounting options) are provided on all four sides)

TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm and
Signaling Code are registered trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).

Tyco Fire Protection Products • Westminster, MA • 01441-0001 • USA S4906-0001-5 11/2014

www.simplex-fire.com
© 2014 Tyco Fire Protection Products. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice.
 TrueAlert Multi-Candela Notification Appliances
UL, ULC, CSFM Listed; FM Approved; SmartSync Operation Audible/Visible Notification
MEA (NYC) Acceptance* with Horn and Synchronized Flash, Non-Addressable

Features
Audible/visible (A/V) notification appliances with
efficient electronic horn and high output xenon
strobe, available for wall or ceiling mount
 Operation is compatible with ADA requirements (refer
to important installation information on page 3)
 Rugged, high impact, flame retardant thermoplastic
housings are available in red or white with clear lens
Operates over a two-wire SmartSync circuit to
provide:
 Horns that are controlled separately from strobes on the
same two-wire circuit
 “On-until-silenced” and “on-until-reset” operation on
the same two-wire pair
 SmartSync horn activation of Temporal pattern, March
Time pattern (at 60 BPM), or on continuously
 Strobe appliances on the same circuit operating at a
synchronized 1 Hz flash rate
 Class B operation requires connection to a compatible
SmartSync NAC or to SmartSync Control Module
(SCM) 4905-9938 Wall and Ceiling Mount A/Vs
 Class A operation when connected to the 4905-9938 Description
SCM or with 4100U series fire alarm control panel
NACs Multi-Candela TrueAlert A/Vs with horn and
synchronized strobe provide convenient installation
Wall mount A/Vs features: to standard electrical boxes. The enclosure designs are
 Wiring terminals are accessible from the front of the both impact and vandal resistant and provide a convenient
housing providing easy access for installation, strobe intensity selection. Since each model can be
inspection, and testing selected for strobe intensity output, on-site model
 Covers are available separately to convert housing color inventory is minimized and changes encountered during
 Available UL listed sound damper for locations construction can be easily accommodated.
requiring attenuation of 5 to 6 dBA (stairwells, small
rooms, highly reverberant areas, etc.) Wall mount A/V housings are a one-piece assembly
(including lens) that mounts to a single or double gang, or
Optional adapters and wire guards: 4” square standard electrical box. The cover can be
 Wall mount A/V adapters are available to cover surface quickly removed (a tool is required) and covers are
mounted electrical boxes and to adapt to Simplex® available separately for color conversion.
2975-9145 boxes
Ceiling mount A/Vs install using standard 4” electrical
 UL listed red wire guards are available for wall or boxes. Color choice is determined by model number.
ceiling mount A/Vs
Visible notification appliance (strobe): Strobe Intensity Selection
 24 VDC xenon strobe; intensity is selectable as 15, 30, During installation, a selection plug at the back of the
75, or 110 candela with visible selection jumper secured housing determines the desired strobe intensity. An
behind strobe housing attached flag with black letters on a highly visible yellow
 UL listed to Standard 1971 background allows the selected intensity to be seen at the
 Regulated circuit design ensures consistent flash output side of the strobe lens.
and provides controlled inrush current * This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to
Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing
Audible notification appliance (horn): 7125-0026:317 for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in this
document. Accepted for use – City of New York Department of Buildings – MEA35-93E.
 Low current, 24 VDC electronic horn with harmonically Refer to page 2 for listing status of wire guards. Additional listings may be applicable;
rich sound output suitable for either steady or coded contact your local Simplex product supplier for the latest status. Listings and approvals
under Simplex Time Recorder Co. are the property of Tyco Fire Protection Products.
operation (Temporal or 60 BPM March Time pattern)
 UL listed to Standard 464

S4906-0002-6 11/2014
Strobe Application Selection
Proper selection of visible notification is dependent on
occupancy, location, local codes, and proper applications
of: the National Fire Alarm Code (NFPA 72), ANSI
A117.1; the appropriate model building code: BOCA,
ICBO, or SBCCI; and the application guidelines of the
Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA).
SmartSync Two-Wire Control
SmartSync operation mode allows a two-wire circuit to
provide the ability to activate both the horn and strobe on
the same NAC and then allow the horn to be silenced
while the strobe remains flashing. The horn operates as
“on-until-silenced” while the strobe operation is
“on-until-reset.”

Synchronized Strobes SmartSync Control Sources

Multiple Strobes. When multiple strobes and their  4006, 4007ES Hybrid, 4008, 4010, 4010ES, 4100ES,
reflections can be seen from one location, synchronized and 4100U Fire Alarm Control Panels (refer to
flashes reduce the probability of photo-sensitive reactions individual product data sheets for more information)
as well as the annoyance and possible distraction of  4009 IDNet NAC Extender (refer to data sheet
random flashing. The multi-candela strobes of these A/Vs S4009-0002)
are synchronized by the controlling SmartSync operation  SmartSync Control Module (SCM) 4905-9938 (refer to
NAC. data sheet S4905-0003)
Additional SmartSync compatible notification
appliances include separate horns and combination
horn/strobe notification appliances.
Product Selection
Multi-Candela A/Vs
Model Mounting Housing Color “FIRE” Lettering Description
4906-9127 Red White
Wall Horn with Multi-Candela Strobe; strobe intensity selectable as:
4906-9129 White Red
15, 30, 75, or 110 candela; operates with SmartSync two-wire
4906-9128 Red White control
Ceiling
4906-9130 White Red
Wall Mount A/V Accessories
Model Description Dimensions
4905-9937 Red 5-3/8” H x 5-1/4” W x 1-5/8” D
Surface Mount Adapter Skirt; use to cover 1-1/2” (38 mm) deep
(136 mm x 133 mm x 41 mm)
4905-9940 White surface mounted boxes
depth with strobe = 4-3/8” (111 mm)
Red Adapter Plate for mounting to Simplex 2975-9145 box (typically for 8-5/16” x 5-3/4” x 0.060” Thick
4905-9931
retrofit, may be mounted vertical or horizontal) (211 mm x 146 mm x 1.5 mm)
7-7/8" x 5-1/8" x 2-3/4" D
2975-9145 Red Mounting Box, requires Adapter Plate 4905-9931
(200 mm x 130 mm x 70 mm)
Optional Sound Damper; package of 20; field installed adhesive backed
horn output attenuator; reduces output 5 to 6 dBA 1-3/4” Diameter (44.5 mm)
4905-9838
NOTE: After Sound Damper installation, measure sound level to ensure with 0.31” (8 mm) sound opening
compliance with applicable code requirements
SmartSync Control Module
Model Description Dimensions
SmartSync Control Module with Class B or Class A output; mounts in 4” 4” x 4-1/8” x 1-1/4” D
4905-9938
(102 mm) square box; refer to data sheet S4905-0003 for details (102 mm x 105 mm x 32 mm)
Replacement Covers for Wall Mount A/Vs
Model Description Dimensions
4905-9994 Red cover with white “FIRE” lettering 5-1/8” H x 5” W x 1-1/2” D
4905-9995 White cover with red “FIRE” lettering (130 mm x 127 mm x 38 mm)

Wire Guards and Ceiling Mount A/V Adapter

Model Description Dimensions
Wall mount red wire guard with mounting plate, compatible with semi-flush 6-1/16” H x 6-1/16” W x 3-1/8” D
4905-9961*
or surface mounted boxes (154 mm x 154 mm x 79 mm)
8-1/2” x 6-1/8” x 3”
4905-9927* Red Wire Guard for mounting to flush mounted electrical box
(216 mm x 156 mm x 76 mm)
Ceiling Red Adapter Plate, required to mount guard to surface 9” x 7”
4905-9928*
Mount mounted electrical box (229 mm x 178 mm)
4905-9915 White Surface Mount Adapter Box Extension, use to cover 4-3/4" x 6-7/8" x 1-1/2" deep,
4905-9916 Red 1-1/2” deep surface mounted boxes (121 mm x 175 mm x 38 mm)
* UL listed by Space Age Electronics Inc.
2 S4906-0002-6 11/2014
A/V Specifications
Wall Mount or Ceiling Mount, Common Specifications
UL Listed Rating Regulated 24 DC; see Note 1 below
Rated Voltage Range
ULC Listed Rating 20 VDC to 30 VDC per ULC S526-M878
Flash Rate and Synchronized NAC Loading 1 Hz; with up to 35 synchronized strobes maximum per NAC
Environmental; Temperature and Humidity 32° to 122° F (0° to 50° C); 10% to 93%, non-condensing at 100° F (38° C)
Terminal blocks for 18 AWG to 12 AWG (0.82 mm2 to 3.31 mm2); two wires per
Connections
terminal for in/out wiring
Horn Output Characteristics 2400 to 3700 Hz sweep, modulated at 120 Hz rate
Voltage 16 VDC 24 VDC 33 VDC
Horn Output
Ratings Sound Type (see Note 2) Steady Coded Steady Coded Steady Coded
@ 10 ft (3 m) UL 464 Reverberant Chamber 86 dBA 82 dBA 88 dBA 84 dBA 90 dBA 86 dBA
(see Note 2)
Anechoic Chamber 92 dBA 91 dBA 94 dBA 95 dBA 96 dBA 96 dBA
Housing Dimensions (with lens) 5-1/8” H x 5” W x 2-3/4” D (130 mm x 127 mm x 70 mm)
Maximum RMS Current Rating per 15 cd 30 cd 75 cd 110 cd
Wall Strobe Setting (see Note 3 below) 75 mA 116 mA 221 mA 285 mA
Mount
Reference RMS Currents 18 VDC 67 mA 103 mA 196 mA 253 mA
at other voltages 24 VDC 50 mA 77 mA 147 mA 190 mA
Housing Dimensions (with lens) 4-3/4 L” x 6-7/8” W x 2-5/8” D (121 mm x 175 mm x 67 mm)
Maximum RMS Current Rating per 15 cd 30 cd 75 cd 110 cd
Ceiling Strobe Setting (see Note 3 below)
Mount 86 mA 132 mA 250 mA 320 mA
Reference RMS Currents 18 VDC 76 mA 117 mA 222 mA 284 mA
at other voltages 24 VDC 57 mA 88 mA 167 mA 213 mA
NOTES:
1. “Regulated 24 DC” refers to the voltage range of 16 to 33 VDC per UL Standard 1971, Signaling Devices for the Hearing Impaired. This
voltage range is the absolute operating range. Operation outside of this range may cause permanent damage to the appliance. Please
note that 16 VDC is the lowest operating voltage that is allowed at the last appliance on the NAC under worst case conditions.
2. Coded values are typical of the output measured with a Temporal coded or a March Time coded pulse and with a sound level meter
reading on a “fast” setting. Under the same test conditions, coded horn output “peak” sound level readings are typically 4 dBA higher.
Anechoic horn output ratings are typically more representative of actual installed sound output.
3. Currents are with horn on steady. The maximum RMS current listed is the device nameplate rating. Strobe designs are constant wattage
and the maximum RMS current rating occurs at the lowest allowable operating voltage. (RMS is root mean square and refers to the
effective value of a varying current waveform.)

Installation Reference, Surface or Semi-Flush Mounting

Mounting is compatible with

single gang, double gang, and
4" (102 mm) square boxes, IMPORTANT! WALL MOUNT
1-1/2" (38 mm) deep, by others
INSTALLATION HEIGHT REFERENCE
Optional 4905-9838
Sound Damper, field attached Bottom of lens
to attenuate sound 5 to 6 dBA is either even
with, or slightly Electrical
4
3 above bottom box outline
Wiring access hole of compatible
2 boxes
Wiring terminals for 1

SmartSync operation

Mounting Holes:
4" square (4)
NFPA 72 requires 80" (2.03 m)
Single gang (2)
that the entire lens minimum
Double gang (3)
be not less than
a
80" and not greater
than 96" above the
Transparent housing
finished floor
and lens assembly

Intensity selection 110

75
plug, accessible only 30
15
from rear of housing;
factory setting is 15 cd

Removable cover Strobe intensity

(tool required) viewing slot
3 S4906-0002-6 11/2014
 Ceiling Mount A/V and Guard Installation Reference

Ceiling reference, 4" (102 mm) square box, Optional 4905-9928 Adapter Plate,
surface mounted box 1-1/2" (38 mm) minimum depth required for surface mounted electrical box
Four mounting clamps included, two each side

Ceiling reference,
flush mounted box

Optional 4905-9915/-9916 Adapter,

recommended for surface mounted box

Optional 4905-9927
Wiring terminals are
Red Wire Guard
located behind the housing

End View

Strobe intensity viewing slot

110
Intensity selection plug,

75
30
15
accessible only from rear of lens
housing; factory setting is 15 cd

Wall Mount Installation Reference; Adapter Plate, Guard, and Adapter Skirt

Surface Mounting Reference

2975-9145 Box with Optional Adapter Skirt
and Optional Wire Guard
Surface mount conduit and
box shown for reference

4" (102 mm) square

box profile, 1-1/2"
(38 mm) deep

Optional
4905-9961
Wire Guard
A/V

4905-9931 Adapter Plate

Optional Surface Mount Adapter Skirt,
4905-9961 Optional Wire Guard 1-1/2" deep: 4905-9937, Red;
(shown here for reference only, 4905-9940, White (conduit knockouts
4905-9931 Adapter Plate can be used on other mounting options) are provided on all four sides)

TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm and
Signaling Code are registered trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).

Tyco Fire Protection Products • Westminster, MA • 01441-0001 • USA S4906-0002-6 11/2014

www.simplex-fire.com
© 2014 Tyco Fire Protection Products. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice.
 TrueAlert Multi-Candela Notification Appliances
UL, ULC, CSFM Listed; FM Approved; Visible Notification Appliances with Speaker
MEA (NYC) Acceptance* and Multi-Candela Strobe; Non-Addressable

Features
Speaker/visible (S/V) notification appliances with
multi-tapped speaker and multi-tapped high
intensity xenon strobe with synchronized flash:
 Rugged, high impact, flame retardant thermoplastic
housings are available for wall or ceiling mount
 Operation is compatible with ADA requirements (refer to
important wall mount installation information on page 4)
Wall mount S/V features:
 Housings are available in red or white with clear lens
with contrasting white or red “FIRE” lettering
 Covers are available separately to convert housing color
Ceiling mount S/V features:
 Housing is white with clear lens
 Red “FIRE” lettering is printed on two sides
Audible notification appliance (speaker):
 High quality voice and tone reproduction with taps for
¼, ½ , 1, or 2 W, at 25 or 70.7 VRMS
 Capacitor input for connection to supervised notification
appliance circuits
 Speakers are wired separately from strobe wiring
 UL listed to Standard 1480 and ULC-S541*
 Compliant with NFPA 72, 520 Hz Low Frequency
Signal Requirements for Sleeping Areas Wall and Ceiling Mount S/Vs

Visible notification appliance (strobe): Description

 24 VDC xenon strobe; intensity is selectable as 15, 30,
75, or 110 candela with visible selection jumper secured Multi-Candela TrueAlert S/Vs with speaker and
behind strobe housing synchronized strobe provide convenient installation
to standard electrical boxes with extensions. The
 Strobes are activated from NACs selected to provide enclosure designs are both impact and vandal resistant
Simplex® strobe synchronization signals or from and provide a convenient strobe intensity selection. Since
separate strobe Synchronization Modules that are each model can be selected for strobe intensity output,
available for Class B or Class A operation on-site model inventory is minimized and changes
 Regulated circuit design ensures consistent flash output encountered during construction can be easily
and provides controlled inrush current accommodated.
 UL listed to Standard 1971 and ULC-S526*
Wall mount S/V housings are a one-piece assembly
Options for wall mounted S/Vs: (including lens) that mounts to a 4” square electrical box
 Red or white adapters to cover surface mounted with extension (see details on page 4). The cover can be
electrical boxes quickly removed (a tool is required) and covers are
available separately for color conversion.
 Red adapter for mounting to Simplex 2975-9145 boxes
 Red wire guard Ceiling mount S/Vs also install using 4” electrical
boxes with an extension (see details on page 4).

* See page 2 for additional listing details and wire guard listings. This product has been
approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the
California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing 7320-0026:247 for allowable values
and/or conditions concerning material presented in this document. Accepted for use – City
of New York Department of Buildings – MEA35-93E. Additional listings may be applicable;
contact your local Simplex product supplier for the latest status. Listings and approvals
under Simplex Time Recorder Co. are the property of Tyco Fire Protection Products.
Strobe Intensity Selection
During installation, a selection plug at the back of the
housing determines the desired strobe intensity. An
attached flag with black letters on a highly visible yellow
background allows the selected intensity to be seen at the
side of the strobe lens.
S4906-0003-8 5/2014
Synchronized Strobes
Multiple Strobes. When multiple strobes and their
reflections can be seen from one location, synchronized
flashes reduce the probability of photo-sensitive reactions
as well as the annoyance and possible distraction of
random flashing. The multi-candela strobes of these S/Vs
are activated by NACs that provide the Simplex
synchronization format. For additional information, refer
to data sheet S4905-0003.
Strobe Application Selection
Proper selection of visible notification is dependent on
occupancy, location, local codes, and proper applications
of: the National Fire Alarm and Signaling Code
(NFPA 72), ANSI A117.1; the appropriate model
building code: BOCA, ICBO, or SBCCI; and the
application guidelines of the Americans with Disabilities
Act (ADA).

Product Selection

Wall Mount Multi-Candela S/Vs

Housing “FIRE”
Model Listings Description Housing Dimensions with Lens
Color Lettering

4906-9151 Red White Multi-tapped Speaker with Multi-Candela

7 ¼” H x 5” W x 2 ⅝” D
UL & ULC Synchronized Strobe; strobe intensity
(184 mm x 127 mm x 67 mm)
4906-9153 White Red selectable as: 15, 30, 75, or 110 candela

Ceiling Mount Multi-Candela S/V

Housing “FIRE”
Model Listings Description Dimensions
Color Lettering
Housing = 7 ½” (191 mm)
4906-9154 White Red UL diameter, ½” (13 mm) deep
Multi-tapped Speaker with Multi-Candela
Synchronized Strobe; strobe intensity Strobe lens protrusion = 2 ⅝”
selectable as: 15, 30, 75, or 110 candela (67 mm) above speaker housing
4906-9157 White Red ULC
Depth into box = 2 ¾” (70 mm)

Wall Mount S/V Adapters

Model Description Dimensions

4905-9946 Surface mount red adapter skirt Required when mounting to surface 7 ¾” H x 5 ⅜” W x 3 3⁄16 ” D
mounted electrical box, 4” square, (197 mm x 137 mm x 81 mm)
4905-9947 Surface mount white adapter skirt 1 ½” deep with 1 ½” deep extension depth with S/V = 5 ⅞” (149 mm)

8 5⁄16 " H x 5 ¾" W x 0.060” Thick

4905-9903 Adapter Plate, red, required to mount S/V on 2975-9145
(211 mm x 146 mm x 1.5 mm)
Mounting box, red, for surface or flush mount, requires adapter plate 7 ⅞" H x 5 ⅛" W x 2 ¾" D
2975-9145
4905-9903 (this box may be available for retrofit applications) (200 mm x 130 mm x 70 mm)

Wall Mount S/V Replacement Covers

Model Description Dimensions
4905-9996 Red S/V cover with white “FIRE” lettering 7 ¼” H x 5” W x 1 ⅜” D
4905-9997 White S/V cover with red “FIRE” lettering (184 mm x 127 mm x 35 mm)

Synchronized Flash Control Modules

Model Description Dimensions
Synchronized Flash Module, Class B Epoxy encapsulated with in/out
4905-9914*
operation 18 AWG (0.82 mm2) wire leads, 1 ⅜” W x 2 7⁄16” L x 13⁄16” H
Synchronized Flash Module, Class A rated for 2 A NAC, requires 5 mA (35 mm x 62 mm x 20 mm)
4905-9922* for power
operation

Wall Mount S/V Wire Guard

Model Description Dimensions
Wire guard with mounting plate, red, compatible with surface and semi-flush 8 ⅜” H x 6 5⁄16 ” W x 3 ¼” D
4905-9998
boxes (UL listed by Space Age Electronics Inc.) (213 mm x 154 mm x 79 mm)

Ceiling Mount Tile Bridge

Model Description Dimensions
2905-9946 Tile Bridge See diagram on page 4

* Refer to data sheet S4905-0003 for additional flash control module information

2 S4906-0003-8 5/2014
S/V Specifications

Common Environmental 32° to 122° F (0° to 50° C); 10% to 93%, non-condensing at 100° F (38° C)
Specifications Connections Terminal blocks for 18 AWG to 12 AWG (0.82 mm2 to 3.31 mm2); two wires per terminal for in/out wiring
Speaker Specifications
Input Voltage 25 or 70.7 VRMS, see Note 1 below
Power Taps ¼, ½, 1, and 2 W
Fire Alarm 400 to 4000 Hz
Frequency Response
General Signaling 125 to 12 kHz
Wattage Tap ¼W ½W 1W 2W
UL Listed Models, Reverberant Chamber Test, per UL 1480 76 dBA 79 dBA 82 dBA 85 dBA
Speaker Output
Wall Mount Models 4906-9151 and 4906-9153,
Ratings @ 10 ft (3 m) 77 dBA 80 dBA 83 dBA 86 dBA*
Anechoic Chamber Test, per ULC-S541
(see Note 1 below)
Ceiling Mount Model 4906-9157, 25 VRMS Input 81.6 dBA 84.3 dBA 87.1 dBA* 89.7 dBA*
per ULC-S541 70.7 VRMS Input 80.9 dBA 84.1 dBA 87.3 dBA* 90.2 dBA*
* NOTE: Select taps as indicated to satisfy the ULC fire alarm applications requirement of 85 dBA minimum

Polar Dispersion Reference (per ULC-S541 Attenuation Angle Attenuation Angle

Anechoic Chamber Testing) -3 dB +/- 30° off-axis -6 dB +/- 55° off-axis
Strobe Specifications
Rated Voltage Range Regulated 24 VDC; 16 VDC to 33 VDC, see Note 2 below
Flash Rate and Synchronized NAC Loading 1 Hz; with up to 35 synchronized strobes maximum per NAC
Housing Dimensions (with lens) 7 ¼” H x 5” W x 2 ⅝” D (184 mm x 127 mm x 67 mm)
Maximum RMS Current Rating per 15 cd 30 cd 75 cd 110 cd
Wall Strobe Setting 60 mA 94 mA 186 mA 252 mA
Mount
Reference RMS Currents at 18 VDC 53 mA 84 mA 165 mA 224 mA
other voltages 24 VDC 40 mA 63 mA 124 mA 168 mA
Speaker housing = 7 ½” (191 mm) diameter, ½” deep (13 mm); lens protrusion above
Housing Dimensions
speaker housing = 2 ⅝” (67 mm); depth into box = 2 ¾” (70 mm)

Ceiling Maximum RMS Current Rating per 15 cd 30 cd 75 cd 110 cd

Mount Strobe Setting 75 mA 125 mA 233 mA 316 mA
Reference RMS Currents at 18 VDC 67 mA 111 mA 207 mA 281 mA
other voltages 24 VDC 50 mA 83 mA 155 mA 211 mA
NOTES:
1. Speakers are for connection to conventional fire alarm audio circuits. Anechoic speaker output ratings are typically more representative
of actual installed sound output.
2. The maximum RMS strobe current listed is the device nameplate rating. Strobe designs are constant wattage and the maximum RMS
current rating occurs at the lowest allowable operating voltage. (RMS is root mean square and refers to the effective value of a varying
current waveform.)

Speaker Directional Characteristics Reference

85
Sound Pressure Level (dB) at 10 ft (3 m)

84

83

82

81

80

79

78

77

76

75
90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
Angular Displacement (Degrees) on Horizontal Axis
2kHz 4kHz

3 S4906-0003-8 5/2014
 Ceiling Mount S/V Installation Reference and Tile Bridge Dimensions

2905-9946
1/2" (13 mm) Tile Bridge

0.024" thick sheet

metal, folded with
1/2" lip each side

3-3/4" (95 mm) square

cutout, centered on plate

23-11/16"
(602 mm)

1/4" diameter (6
mm) holes, 4 places
110

6-11/16"
75
30
15

(170 mm)

13-3/8" (340 mm)

Wall Mount Installation Reference

IMPORTANT ! INSTALLATION
Mounting to 2975-9145 Box Standard Electrical Box Mounting MOUNTING HEIGHT REFERENCE
4" (102 mm) square box, 1-1/2" 2975-9145
4" square box outline
2975-9145 Box (38 mm) deep, with a 4" square box box outline
extension, 1-1/2" deep, by others
CL
4" (102 mm)

1-1/2" (38 mm)

82" (2.1 m)
minimum
4905-9903 NFPA 72 requires that the
Adapter Plate 78-1/2" (2 m) entire lens be not less than
minimum 80" and not greater than 96"
above the finished floor.

Wiring input terminals and Surface Mounting Reference

speaker tap selection are Showing Optional Wire Guard
accessible from rear
Surface mount conduit and
Speaker assembly box shown for reference
Strobe assembly
4" (102 mm) square box
profile, 1-1/2" (38 mm)
deep with 1-1/2" extension

Optional 4905-9998
Intensity selection 110
75 Wire Guard
Transparent plug, accessible only 30

housing and from rear of housing; 15

Removable cover
factory setting is 15 cd S/V
(tool required) lens assembly

Strobe intensity
viewing slot Surface mount adapter skirt, 3-3/16" (81 mm)
deep, required for this mounting method:
4905-9946, Red; 4905-9947, White (conduit
knockouts are provided on all four sides)

TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm and
Signaling Code are registered trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).

Tyco Fire Protection Products • Westminster, MA • 01441-0001 • USA S4906-0003-8 5/2014

www.simplex-fire.com
© 2014 Tyco Fire Protection Products. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice.
 TrueAlert Multi-Candela Notification Appliances
UL, ULC, CSFM Listed* Non-Addressable Visible Only (V/O) Amber Lens
Strobes for Emergency Communications

Features
Visible only (V/O) 24 VDC wall mount notification
appliances with high output xenon strobe:
 Amber lens with “ALERT” lettering produces a signal
unique from clear lens fire alarm evacuation strobes for
use with Emergency Communications Systems
 Intensity is selectable as 15, 30, 75, or 110 candela with
visible selection jumper secured behind strobe housing
 UL listed to Standard 1638 (due to non-white lens);
verified by UL testing to provide light dispersion
patterns of UL Standard 1971 at rated candela (no
derating necessary for amber lens)
 ULC listed to Standard S526
 Polarized input allows connection to compatible reverse
polarity, supervised notification appliance circuit (NAC)
 Regulated circuit design ensures consistent flash output
and provides controlled inrush current
 Rugged, high impact, flame retardant thermoplastic
housings are available in red or white with amber lens
 Refer to important installation information on page 3
Strobes provide synchronized flash for use with: Amber Lens Wall Mount Strobes
 4100ES, 4100U, and 4010 Series fire alarm control Description
panels with NACs selected to provide strobe
synchronization or SmartSync two-wire horn/strobe TrueAlert amber lens multi-candela strobes
control provide non-fire alarm alert notification for use with
 4009 IDNet NAC Extenders Emergency Communications systems where additional
 Separate strobe synchronization modules that are response information is provided by audio or textual
available for Class B or Class A operation appliances.
 Separate SmartSync Control Modules (SCMs) that Strobe housings are a one-piece assembly (including
provide Class B or Class A output from conventional lens) that mounts to a single or double gang, or 4” square
NAC inputs standard electrical box. The cover can be quickly
 NOTE: Connect amber strobes to NACs dedicated for removed (a tool is required) and the enclosure design is
Emergency Communications operation, not for fire impact and vandal resistant.
alarm notification
Strobe housings provides flexible, easy, and Multi-Candela Output. During installation, a selection
convenient semi-flush or surface mounting: plug at the back of the housing determines the desired
strobe intensity. An attached flag with black letters on a
 Rear of housing does not extend into box
highly visible yellow background allows the selected
 Strobes easily mount to single gang, double gang, or intensity to be seen at the side of the strobe lens.
4-inch square outlet box
 Wiring terminals are accessible from the front of the Strobe Application Reference
housing providing easy access for installation,
inspection, and testing Amber strobes used as part of an Emergency
Communications system are located to provide the same
Optional adapters and wire guard:
area coverage as required of clear lens fire alarm strobes.
 Strobe adapters are available to cover surface mounted Specific Emergency Communications requirements are
electrical boxes and to adapt to Simplex® 2975-9145 discussed in detail in document UFC 4-021-01 (USA
boxes
Department of Defense, United Facilities Criteria) and in
 UL listed red wire guard NFPA 72, Chapter 24 (2010 and 2013 editions).
* Refer to page 2 for listing status of wire guards. This product has been approved by the
California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the California Health Proper strobe coverage criteria is further described in the
and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing 7300-0026:326 for allowable values and/or conditions National Fire Alarm and Signaling Code (NFPA 72),
concerning material presented in this document. It is subject to re-examination, revision, and
possible cancellation. FM approval and MEA acceptance are not applicable. Additional ANSI A117.1; the appropriate model building code:
listings may be applicable; contact your local Simplex product supplier for the latest status. BOCA, ICBO, or SBCCI; and the application guidelines
Listings and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co. are the property of Tyco Safety
Products Westminster.
of the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA).

S4906-0008-4 1/2013
Synchronized Strobes Additional Product Reference
Multiple Strobes. When multiple strobes and their
reflections can be seen from one location, synchronized Product Data Sheet
flashes reduce the probability of photo-sensitive reactions Multi-Candela Clear Lens Strobes
as well as the annoyance and possible distraction of
V/O (strobe) S4906-0001
random flashing. These multi-candela strobes are
synchronized over a two-wire circuit when connected to A/V (horn/strobe) S4906-0002
compatible NACs, to compatible Synchronized Flash S/V (speaker/strobe) S4906-0003
Modules, or to SmartSync Control Modules. Audible Notification
Horn S4901-0010
SmartSync Two-Wire Control Reference Speakers S4902-0003
Fire Alarm Operation. SmartSync two-wire control Control Modules and Panels
provides separate horn and strobe control over the same Synch and SmartSync Control Modules S4905-0003
wiring. This allows audible notification appliances to be
4009 IDNet NAC Extender S4009-0002
capable of being silenced before the alarm condition is
reset (on-until-silenced) while the visible notification 4010 Fire Alarm Control Panels S4010-0001
appliances are kept activated until the alarm condition is 4100ES Fire Alarm Panels S4100-0031
reset (on-until-reset). 4100ES Fire Alarm Audio Equipment S4100-0034

Alert Operation. When non-addressable amber strobes 4003 Series Emergency Voice/Alarm
Communications Equipment Panel S4003-0001
are used to provide alert indications, audible information (compatible with 4010 control panels)
is provided by a voice/audio system or other unique,
Installation Reference
non-fire alarm signaling. Refer to the Additional Product
Reference list to the right for associated products. Installation Instructions 579-848

Some applications requiring multiple NAC

synchronization may require amber strobe control from
synchronized 4905-9938 SmartSync Control Modules.

Product Selection

Multi-Candela Visible Notification Appliances (Strobes)

Model Housing Color “ALERT” Lettering Description
4906-9107 White Red Multi-candela strobe with amber lens; intensity selectable as: 15, 30, 75, or
110 candela; synchronized flash rate; SmartSync two-wire control
4906-9108 Red White compatible
Mounting Adapters
Model Description Dimensions
4905-9937 Red 5-3/8” H x 5-1/4” W x 1-5/8” D
Surface Mount Adapter Skirt; use to cover 1-1/2” (38 mm)
(136 mm x 133 mm x 41 mm)
4905-9940 White deep surface mounted boxes
Total depth with strobe = 4-3/8” (111 mm)
Red Adapter Plate for mounting to Simplex 2975-9145 box (typically 8-5/16” x 5-3/4” x 0.060” Thick
4905-9931
for retrofit, may be mounted vertical or horizontal) (211 mm x 146 mm x 1.5 mm)
7-7/8" x 5-1/8" x 2-3/4" D
2975-9145 Red Mounting Box, requires Adapter Plate 4905-9931
(200 mm x 130 mm x 70 mm)
Synchronization Modules (refer to data sheet S4905-0003 for additional information)
Model Description Dimensions
4905-9914 Class B Synchronized Flash Module; epoxy encapsulated with
1-3/8” x 2-7/16” x 13/16”
in/out 18 AWG (0.82 mm2) wire leads, rated for 2 A NAC,
4905-9922 Class A (35 mm x 62 mm x 20 mm)
requires 10 mA for power
SmartSync Control Module with Class B or Class A output; mounts in 4” x 4-1/8” x 1-1/4” D
4905-9938
4” (102 mm) square box (102 mm x 105 mm x 32 mm)

Wire Guard
Model Description Dimensions
Red wire guard with mounting plate, compatible with semi-flush or 6-1/16” H x 6-1/16” W x 3-1/8” D
4905-9961*
surface mounted boxes (154 mm x 154 mm x 79 mm)

* UL listed by Space Age Electronics Inc.

2 S4906-0008-4 1/2013
Strobe Specifications
Voltage Range Regulated 24 VDC; see Note 1 below
Flash Rate 1 Hz
Synchronized NAC Loading Up to 35 synchronized strobes maximum per NAC
Temperature Range 32° to 122° F (0° to 50° C)
Humidity Range 10% to 93%, non-condensing at 100° F (38° C)
Terminal blocks for 18 AWG to 12 AWG (0.82 mm2 to 3.31 mm2); two wires per
Connections
terminal for in/out wiring
Housing Dimensions (with lens) 5-1/8” H x 5” W x 2-3/4” D (130 mm x 127 mm x 70 mm)
Maximum RMS Current Rating per Strobe 15 cd 30 cd 75 cd 110 cd
Setting (see Note 2 below) 60 mA 94 mA 186 mA 252 mA
Reference RMS Currents at other 18 VDC 53 mA 84 mA 165 mA 224 mA
voltages 24 VDC 40 mA 63 mA 124 mA 168 mA
NOTES:
1. “Regulated 24 VDC” refers to the voltage range of 16 to 33 VDC per UL Standard 1638, Visual Signaling Appliances –
Private-Mode Emergency and General Utility Signaling. This voltage range is the absolute operating range. Operation outside of
this range may cause permanent damage to the strobe. Please note that 16 VDC is the lowest operating voltage that is allowed
at the last appliance on the NAC under worst case conditions.
2. The maximum RMS current listed is the device nameplate rating. Strobe designs are constant wattage and the maximum RMS
current rating occurs at the lowest allowable operating voltage. (RMS is root mean square and refers to the effective value of a
varying current waveform.)

Installation Reference, Surface or Semi-Flush Mounting

Mounting is compatible with

single gang, double gang, and
4" (102 mm) square boxes, IMPORTANT! WALL MOUNT
1-1/2" (38 mm) deep, by others INSTALLATION HEIGHT REFERENCE

Bottom of lens
is either even
with, or slightly Electrical
above bottom box outline
Wiring access hole of compatible
2 boxes

1
Wiring terminals

Mounting Holes: NFPA 72 requires 80" (2.03 m)

4" square (4) that the entire lens minimum
Single gang (2) be not less than
a
80" and not greater
Double gang (3)
than 96" above the
finished floor

Transparent housing
and lens assembly

Intensity selection 110

75
plug, accessible only 30
15
from rear of housing;
factory setting is 15 cd

Removable cover Strobe intensity

(tool required) viewing slot

3 S4906-0008-4 1/2013
 Installation Reference; Adapter Plate, Guard, and Adapter Skirt

2975-9145 Box Surface Mounting Reference

with Optional Adapter Skirt
and Optional Wire Guard
Surface mount conduit and
box shown for reference

4" (102 mm) square box

profile, 1-1/2" (38 mm) deep

Optional 4905-9961
Wire Guard

Strobe

4905-9931 Adapter Plate

Optional Surface Mount Adapter Skirt, 1-1/2"
4905-9961 Optional Wire Guard (shown here for deep: 4905-9937, Red; 4905-9940, White
reference only, can be used on other mounting options) (conduit knockouts are provided on all four sides)
4905-9931 Adapter Plate

TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm and
Signaling Code are registered trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).

Tyco Fire Protection Products • Westminster, MA • 01441-0001 • USA S4906-0008-4 1/2013

www.simplexgrinnell.com
© 2013 Tyco Fire Protection Products. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice.
 TrueAlert Multi-Candela Notification Appliances
UL, ULC, CSFM Listed; Weatherproof Notification Appliances (non-addressable)
FM Approved* Wall Mount Visible Only (V/O) and Audible/Visible (A/V)

Features
Weatherproof 24 VDC notification appliances for
extended temperature and extended humidity
operation:
NEMA 3R rated enclosure with ratings for indoor or
outdoor applications
Rugged, high impact, flame retardant thermoplastic
housings are available in red or white with clear lens
Red housings are for indoor or outdoor applications and
provide UV light stable color
White housings are for indoor applications with limited
UV light exposure
Mounting is to matching weatherproof boxes (required),
ordered separately
Wiring terminals are accessible from the front of the
housing providing easy access for installation,
inspection, and testing
Agency listings reference:
UL listed to Standard 1638 for outdoor applications with
strobe rated at 75 cd (WP75)
UL listed to Standard 1971 for indoor applications with
strobe intensity selectable as 15, 60, or 75 candela;
indoor applications are compatible with ADA
requirements (refer to important installation
information on page 4)
Separate models are ULC listed to Standard S526
(strobes) and S525 (horns) for outdoor applications
with strobe intensity selectable as 5, 20, or 30 candela Weatherproof A/V (top) and Strobe (middle), side view of
(available in red only) A/V on Weatherproof Mounting Boxes (bottom)
Operation details: Description
A visible intensity selection jumper is secured behind the
Weatherproof multi-candela TrueAlert appliances
strobe housing
provide V/O and A/V SmartSync operation for indoor and
Polarized input allows connection to compatible reverse outdoor, extended temperature and extended humidity
polarity, supervised notification appliance circuit applications. The enclosures are impact and vandal
(NAC) resistant and provide a convenient strobe intensity
Regulated circuit design ensures consistent flash output selection. Since each model can be selected for intensity
and provides controlled inrush current output, on-site model inventory is minimized and changes
A/V appliances have an efficient electronic horn encountered during construction can be easily
accommodated.
Synchronized strobe compatibility:
Simplex® fire alarm control panels and NAC Extenders Strobe Intensity Selection
when selected to provide strobe synchronization or
During installation, a selection plug at the back of the
SmartSync two-wire control
housing determines the desired strobe intensity. An
Separate strobe Synchronization Modules or SmartSync attached flag with black letters on a yellow background
Control Modules (SCMs) that convert conventional allows the selected intensity to be seen at the side of the
NAC inputs to a Smartsync output strobe lens.
SmartSync two-wire operation provides:
* This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to
Horns controlled separately from strobes on the same Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing
two-wire circuit, activated as Temporal pattern, March 7125-0026:331 for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in
this document. Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local Simplex product
Time pattern (at 60 BPM), or on continuously supplier for the latest status. Listings and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co.
are the property of Tyco Fire Protection Products.

S4906-0010-6 11/2014
Strobe Application Reference SmartSync Control Sources
Proper selection of weatherproof notification is dependent SmartSync two-wire control is available from:
on occupancy, location, local codes, and proper applications 4006, 4007ES Hybrid, 4008, 4010, 4010ES, 4100ES, and
of: the National Fire Alarm and Signaling Code 4100U Fire Alarm Control Panels (refer to individual
(NFPA 72), ANSI A117.1; the appropriate model building product data sheets for more information)
code: BOCA, ICBO, or SBCCI; and the application 4009 IDNet NAC Extenders (refer to data sheet
guidelines of the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA). S4009-0002)
Requirements may differ from indoor appliance
SmartSync Control Module (SCM) Model 4905-9938
applications, contact your local authority having
(refer to data sheet S4905-0003)
jurisdiction (AHJ) to assist in determining requirements.
Additional SmartSync compatible notification appliances
SmartSync Two-Wire Control include separate horns and combination horn/strobe
notification appliances.
SmartSync operation mode allows a two-wire circuit to
provide the ability to activate both the horn and strobe on
the same NAC and then allow the horn to be silenced
while the strobe remains flashing. The horn operates as
“on-until-silenced” while the strobe operation is
“on-until-reset.”

Product Selection

UL Listed TrueAlert Weatherproof Multi-Candela Notification Appliances

UL 1971 UL 1638
“FIRE”
Model Type Housing Description Intensity Intensity
Lettering
Rating Rating
4906-9105 Red White
Strobe (V/O)
4906-9106 White Red 75 cd
UL listed weatherproof appliance with multi-candela 15, 60,
strobe; requires weatherproof box below or 75 cd (setting
4906-9131 Horn/Strobe Red White WP75)
4906-9132 (A/V) White Red

ULC Listed TrueAlert Weatherproof Multi-Candela Notification Appliances

“FIRE”
Model Type Housing Description ULC Intensity Ratings
Lettering
4906-9113 Strobe (V/O)
ULC listed weatherproof appliance with multi-candela
Horn/Strobe Red White 5, 20, or 30 cd
4906-9143 strobe; requires weatherproof box below
(A/V)

Wall Mount Weatherproof Boxes (Required)

Model Description Dimensions
49WPBB-AVVOWR Red 5 ½” H x 6 ⅛” W x 1 ⅝” D
Surface Mount Weatherproof Mounting boxes
4905-9829 White (140 mm x 156 mm x 41 mm)

Aftermarket Red Bilingual (French/English) Covers (for field installation)

Model Description
4905-9832 Red strobe (V/O) cover
White “FEU/FIRE” lettering
4905-9833 Red horn/strobe (A/V) cover

Synchronization Module Reference (refer to data sheet S4905-0003 for additional information)
Model Description Dimensions
4905-9914 Class B Synchronized Flash Module; epoxy encapsulated with
1 ⅜” x 2 7⁄16” x 13⁄16”
in/out 18 AWG (0.82 mm2) wire leads, rated for 2 A NAC,
4905-9922 Class A (35 mm x 62 mm x 20 mm)
requires 10 mA for power
SmartSync Control Module with Class B or Class A output; mounts in 4” x 4 ⅛” x 1 ¼” D
4905-9938
4” (102 mm) square box (102 mm x 105 mm x 32 mm)

2 S4906-0010-6 11/2014
Specifications
Rated Voltage Range Regulated 24 VDC; see Note 1 below
Flash Rate 1 Hz; up to 24 synchronized strobes maximum per NAC
UL 1971 Listed Rating 32° to 122° F (0° to 50° C); selectable 15/30/75 cd
Temperature
UL 1638 Listed Rating -31°F to 150°F (-35° C to 66°C); 75 cd rating
Range
ULC S526 & S525 Listed Rating -40°F to 150°F (-40° C to 66°C); 5/20/30 cd rating
Humidity UL 1971 Listed Rating 10% to 93%, at 100° F (38° C)
Range UL 1638, ULC S526, & ULC S525 up to 98%, at 104 °F (40° C)
Terminal blocks for 18 AWG to 12 AWG (0.82 mm2 to 3.31 mm2); two wires per
Wiring Connections
terminal for in/out wiring
Horn Output; Models 4906-9131, 4906-9132, & 4906-9143; UL & ULC Ratings as noted
Output Sound Characteristics 2400 to 3700 Hz sweep, modulated at 120 Hz rate
Voltage 16 VDC 24 VDC 33 VDC
Horn Output
Ratings Sound Type (see Note 2) Steady Coded Steady Coded Steady Coded
@ 10 ft (3 m) UL 464 Reverberant Chamber 80 dBA 76 dBA 83 dBA 79 dBA 86 dBA 81 dBA
(see Note 2)
ULC S525 Anechoic Chamber 96 dBA 96 dBA 99 dBA 99 dBA 101 dBA 101 dBA

Maximum RMS Current Ratings (see Note 3 below)

UL 1971 Ratings (32° F to 122° F) UL 1638 Ratings 75 cd (WP75)
32° F to 150°F -31° F to below 32°F
Model Intensity Selection/Temperature 15 cd 60 cd 75 cd
(0° C to 66°C) (-35° C to 0° C)
V/O Models 4906-9105 & 4906-9106 77 mA 192 mA 231 mA 189 mA 273 mA
A/V Models 4906-9131 & 4906-9132 91 mA 204 mA 249 mA 205 mA 277 mA
ULC S526/S525 Ratings per Intensity Selection
Model 5 cd 20 cd 30 cd
V/O Model 4906-9113 115 mA 270 mA 295 mA
A/V Model 4906-9143 125 mA 275 mA 322 mA
NOTES:
1. “Regulated 24 VDC” refers to the voltage range of 16 to 33 VDC per UL 1971 and UL 1638. This voltage range is the absolute
operating range. Operation outside of this range may cause permanent damage to the strobe. Please note that 16 VDC is the
lowest operating voltage that is allowed at the last appliance on the NAC under worst case conditions.
2. Coded values are typical of the output measured with a Temporal coded or a March Time coded pulse and with a sound level
meter reading on a “fast” setting. Under the same test conditions, coded horn output “peak” sound level readings are typically
4 dBA higher. Anechoic horn output ratings are typically more representative of actual installed sound output
3. Currents of A/Vs are with horn on steady. The maximum RMS current listed is the device nameplate rating. Strobe designs are
constant wattage and the maximum RMS current rating occurs at the lowest allowable operating voltage. (RMS is root mean
square and refers to the effective value of a varying current waveform.)

Dimension and Optional Cover Reference

3 S4906-0010-6 11/2014
 Weatherproof Appliance Installation Reference
NOTE: For detailed installation information, refer to Installation Instructions 579-857 for UL listed products,
and Installation Instructions 579-885 for ULC listed products.

Polar Light Dispersion Reference, Each Intensity Selection;

Percent of Rated Light Output at 77° F (25° C)
IMPORTANT! INDOOR WALL MOUNT Vertical Dispersion Horizontal Dispersion
INSTALLATION HEIGHT REFERENCE Angle
UL 1971 Typical
Angle
UL 1971 Typical
Below from
Minimum Output Minimum Output
Axis Axis
0 100% 322% 0 100% 320%
5 90% 217% ±5 90% 214%
10 90% 168% ±10 90% 177%
15 90% 179% ±15 90% 175%
20 90% 210% ±20 90% 174%
81" (2.06 m) 25 90% 184% ±25 90% 170%
NFPA 72 requires that the minimum to 30 90% 149% ±30 75% 169%
entire lens be not lessa than 80" mounting tabs 35 65% 172% ±35 75% 157%
and not greater than 96" 40 46% 189% ±40 75% 151%
above the finished floor 45 34% 203% ±45 75% 138%
50 27% 152% ±50 55% 130%
55 22% 166% ±55 45% 121%
60 18% 166% ±60 40% 117%
65 16% 164% ±65 35% 109%
70 15% 163% ±70 35% 105%
75 13% 159% ±75 30% 98%
80 12% 138% ±80 30% 90%
85 12% 113% ±85 25% 78%
90 12% 88% ±90 25% 67%

WP75 Intensity Selection Light Output Reference

On- Vertical, Horizontal,
Angle Axis Below Axis Left/Right of Axis
0° 45° 90° 45° 90°
UL 1638 Minimum
Candela Rating (over 75 35 10 32 15
temperature range)
Typical Candela
215 103 24 94 39
at 77° F (25° C)

TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm and
Signaling Code are registered trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).

Tyco Fire Protection Products • Westminster, MA • 01441-0001 • USA S4906-0010-6 11/2014

www.simplex-fire.com
© 2014 Tyco Fire Protection Products. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice.
 TrueAlert Multi-Candela Notification Appliances
UL, ULC, CSFM Listed;
FM Approved*
Features
24 VDC high intensity notification appliance
common features:
 Xenon strobe with intensity selectable as 135, 177, or
185 candela; visible selection jumper is secured behind
strobe housing
 Regulated circuit design ensures consistent flash output
and provides controlled inrush current
 Control is compatible with Simplex® SmartSync
two-wire operation
 Operation is compatible with ADA requirements (refer
to important installation information on page 3)
 Rugged, high impact, flame retardant thermoplastic
housings available in red or white with clear lens
 Models are available for wall or ceiling mount
 Strobe operation is UL listed to Standard 1971
Appliances with audible notification (horn):
 Low current electronic horn with harmonically rich
sound output suitable for either steady or coded
operation (Temporal or 60 BPM March Time pattern)
 Horn operation is UL listed to Standard 464
Strobes provide synchronized flash for use with:
 Simplex fire alarm control panels and NAC Extenders
when selected to provide strobe synchronization or
SmartSync two-wire control
 Separate strobe Synchronization Modules or SmartSync
Control Modules (SCMs) that convert conventional
NAC inputs to a Smartsync output
SmartSync two-wire operation provides:
 Horns controlled separately from strobes on the same
two-wire circuit, activated as Temporal pattern, March
Time pattern (at 60 BPM), or on continuously
Wall mount appliance features:
 Wiring terminals are accessible from the front of the
housing providing easy access for installation,
inspection, and testing
 Covers are available separately to convert housing color
 A/V models have an available UL listed sound damper
for locations requiring attenuation of 5 to 6 dBA
(stairwells, small rooms, highly reverberant areas, etc.)
Optional adapters and wire guards:
 Wall mount A/V adapters are available to cover surface
mounted electrical boxes and to adapt to Simplex
2975-9145 boxes
 UL listed red wire guards are available for wall or
ceiling mount A/Vs
Multi-Candela, High Intensity (non-addressable)
Strobe (V/O) and Horn/Strobe (A/V)
Wall and Ceiling Mount High Intensity
Strobes (top) and Horn/Strobes (bottom)
Description
Convenient Selection and Installation. TrueAlert
multi-candela high intensity appliances provide
convenient installation to standard electrical boxes. They
are both impact and vandal resistant and provide a
convenient strobe intensity selection. Since each model
can be selected for strobe intensity output, on-site model
inventory is minimized and changes encountered during
construction can be easily accommodated.
Wall Mount. Housings are a one-piece assembly
(including lens) that mounts to a single or double gang, or
4” square standard electrical box. The cover can be
quickly removed (a tool is required) and covers are
available separately for color conversion.
Ceiling Mount. Strobe appliances install using standard
single gang electrical boxes. Horn/strobe appliances
install using standard 4” electrical boxes. Color choice is
determined by model number.
Strobe Intensity Selection
During installation, a selection plug at the back of the
housing determines the desired strobe intensity. An
attached flag with black letters on a highly visible yellow
background allows the selected intensity to be seen at the
side of the strobe lens.
Strobe Application Selection
Proper selection of visible notification is dependent on
occupancy, location, local codes, and proper applications
of: the National Fire Alarm Code (NFPA 72), ANSI
A117.1; the appropriate model building code: BOCA,
ICBO, or SBCCI; and the application guidelines of the
Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA).
* This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to
Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing
7125-0026:333 for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in this
document. Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local Simplex product
supplier for the latest status. Listings and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co. are
the property of Tyco Fire Protection Products.
S4906-0011-3 11/2014
SmartSync Two-Wire Control SmartSync Control Sources
SmartSync operation mode allows a two-wire circuit to SmartSync two-wire control is available from:
provide the ability to activate both the horn and strobe on  4006, 4007ES Hybrid, 4008, 4010, 4010ES, 4100ES,
the same NAC and then allow the horn to be silenced and 4100U Fire Alarm Control Panels (refer to
while the strobe remains flashing. The horn operates as individual product data sheets for more information)
“on-until-silenced” while the strobe operation is
 4009 IDNet NAC Extenders (refer to data sheet
“on-until-reset.”
S4009-0002)
 SmartSync Control Module (SCM) Model 4905-9938
(refer to data sheet S4905-0003)
Product Selection
Strobe (V/O)
Model Housing Lettering Mounting Description
4906-9109 Red White
Wall Multi-candela strobe with intensity selectable as: 135, 177, or
4906-9111 White Red
185 candela; synchronized flash rate; SmartSync two-wire control
4906-9110 Red White compatible
Ceiling
4906-9112 White Red
Horn/Strobe (A/V)
Model Housing Lettering Mounting Description
4906-9139 Red White
Wall Horn and multi-candela strobe with intensity selectable as: 135, 177, or
4906-9141 White Red
185 candela; synchronized flash rate; operates with SmartSync two-
4906-9140 Red White wire control
Ceiling
4906-9142 White Red
Wall Mount Common Accessories
Model Description Dimensions
4905-9937 Red 5-3/8” H x 5-1/4” W x 1-5/8” D
Surface Mount Adapter Skirt; use to cover 1-1/2” (38 mm) deep
(136 mm x 133 mm x 41 mm)
4905-9940 White surface mounted boxes
depth w/strobe = 4-3/8” (111 mm)
Red Adapter Plate for mounting to Simplex 2975-9145 box (typically for retrofit, 8-5/16” x 5-3/4” x 0.060” Thick
4905-9931
may be mounted vertical or horizontal) (211 mm x 146 mm x 1.5 mm)
A/V only; Optional Sound Damper; package of 20; field installed adhesive
backed horn output attenuator; reduces output 5 to 6 dBA 1-3/4” Diameter (44.5 mm)
4905-9838
NOTE: After Sound Damper installation, measure sound level to ensure with 0.31” (8 mm) sound opening
compliance with applicable code requirements
V/O Model A/V Model Description Dimensions
4905-9992 4905-9994 Red Wall Mount Replacement cover with white “FIRE” lettering 5-1/8” H x 5” W x 1-1/2” D
4905-9993 4905-9995 White Wall Mount Replacement cover with red “FIRE” lettering (130 mm x 127 mm x 38 mm)
Synchronization Module Reference (refer to data sheet S4905-0003 for additional information)
Model Description Dimensions
4905-9914 Class B Synchronized Flash Module; epoxy encapsulated with in/out
1-3/8” x 2-7/16” x 13/16”
18 AWG (0.82 mm2) wire leads, rated for 2 A NAC, requires 10 mA
4905-9922 Class A (35 mm x 62 mm x 20 mm)
for power; for use with V/O only when not supplied from panel
SmartSync Control Module with Class B or Class A output; mounts in 4” 4” x 4-1/8” x 1-1/4” D
4905-9938
(102 mm) square box; refer to data sheet S4905-0003 for details (102 mm x 105 mm x 32 mm)
Wire Guards and Adapters (see page 4 for reference diagrams)
Model Description Dimensions
A/V or V/O Wall Mount Red Wire Guard with Mounting Plate, for semi-flush or 6-1/16” H x 6-1/16” W x 3-1/8” D
4905-9961*
surface mounted boxes (154 mm x 154 mm x 79 mm)
V/O Ceiling Mount Red Wire Guard with Mounting Plate, for semi-flush or 6-1/8” x 4-3/8” x 2-7/8” deep
4905-9926
surface mounted boxes (156 mm x 111 mm x 73 mm)
A/V Ceiling Mount Red Wire Guard for mounting to flush mounted electrical 8-1/2” x 6-1/8” x 3”
4905-9927*
box (216 mm x 156 mm x 76 mm)
Red Adapter Plate, required to mount 4905-9927 guard to surface mounted
4905-9928* 9” x 7” (229 mm x 178 mm)
electrical box
Surface Mount Adapter Plate; zinc plated; required for mounting to handy 4-7/8” x 3-1/8” x 0.060” D
4905-9910
box; not needed when using 4905-9926 guard (124 mm x 79 mm x 1.5)
4905-9915 White Ceiling Mount A/V Surface Mount Adapter Box Extension, use to cover 4-3/4" x 6-7/8" x 1-1/2" deep,
4905-9916 Red 1-1/2” deep surface mounted boxes (121 mm x 175 mm x 38 mm)
* UL listed by Space Age Electronics Inc.

2 S4906-0011-3 11/2014
Specifications (refer to Instructions 579-859 for additional information)
UL Listed Rating Regulated 24 DC; see Note 1 below
Rated Voltage Range
ULC Listed Rating 20 VDC to 30 VDC per ULC S526-M878
Flash Rate and Synchronized NAC Loading 1 Hz; with up to 35 synchronized strobes maximum per NAC
Environmental; Temperature and Humidity 32° to 122° F (0° to 50° C); 10% to 93%, non-condensing at 100° F (38° C)
Screw Terminal Connections 18 AWG to 12 AWG (0.82 mm2 to 3.31 mm2); two wires per terminal for in/out wiring
A/V and V/O Wall Mount 5-1/8” H x 5” W x 2-3/4” D (130 mm x 127 mm x 70 mm)
Dimensions (with lens) V/O Ceiling Mount 4-3/4” L x 2-5/16” W x 2-5/8” D (121 mm x 75 mm x 67 mm)
A/V Ceiling Mount 4-3/4 L” x 6-7/8” W x 2-5/8” D (121 mm x 175 mm x 67 mm)
Horn Output Characteristics 2400 to 3700 Hz sweep, modulated at 120 Hz rate
Steady Sound Output Coded Sound Output (see Note 2)
A/V Horn Ratings, UL 464 Reverberant Wall Mount Ceiling Mount Wall Mount Ceiling Mount
dBA @ 10 ft (3 m); at Chamber 86 dBA 87 dBA 82 dBA 83 dBA
24 VDC (see Note 2) Anechoic Chamber 92 dBA 93 dBA 92 dBA 93 dBA
Angular Dispersion Per ULC S525; -3 dB at 45° off-axis for both wall and ceiling mount models
Visible Only (V/O) Audible/Visible (A/V)
Maximum RMS Current Rating per 135 cd 177 cd 185 cd 135 cd 177 cd 185 cd
Wall Strobe Setting (see Note 3 below) 314 mA 390 mA 409 mA 333 mA 418 mA 433 mA
Mount
Reference RMS Currents 18 VDC 279 mA 347 mA 364 mA 296 mA 372 mA 385 mA
at other voltages 24 VDC 209 mA 260 mA 273 mA 222 mA 279 mA 289 mA
Visible Only (V/O) Audible/Visible (A/V)
Maximum RMS Current Rating per 135 cd 177 cd 185 cd 135 cd 177 cd 185 cd
Ceiling Strobe Setting (see Note 3 below) 356 mA 431 mA 447 mA 389 mA 456 mA 463 mA
Mount
Reference RMS Currents 18 VDC 316 mA 383 mA 397 mA 346 mA 405 mA 412 mA
at other voltages 24 VDC 237 mA 287 mA 298 mA 259 mA 304 mA 309 mA
NOTES:
1. “Regulated 24 DC” refers to the voltage range of 16 to 33 VDC per UL Standard 1971, Signaling Devices for the Hearing Impaired. This
voltage range is the absolute operating range. Operation outside of this range may cause permanent damage to the appliance. Please
note that 16 VDC is the lowest operating voltage that is allowed at the last appliance on the NAC under worst case conditions.
2. Coded values are typical of the output measured with a Temporal pattern or a March Time coded pulse and with a sound level meter
reading on a “fast” setting. Under the same test conditions, coded horn output “peak” sound level readings are typically 4 dBA higher.
Anechoic horn output ratings are typically more representative of actual installed sound output.
3. Currents are with horn on steady. The maximum RMS current listed is the device nameplate rating. Strobe designs are constant wattage
and the maximum RMS current rating occurs at the lowest allowable operating voltage. (RMS is root mean square and refers to the
effective value of a varying current waveform.)

Installation Reference, Surface or Semi-Flush Mounting

Mounting is compatible with single gang, double gang, and 4"
(102 mm) square boxes, 1-1/2" (38 mm) deep, by others

A/V housing is shown for IMPORTANT! WALL MOUNT

reference; optional 4905-9838 INSTALLATION HEIGHT REFERENCE
Sound Damper (shown) attenuates
sound 5 to 6 dBA, field installed
Bottom of lens
is either even
4
3 with, or slightly Electrical
Wiring access hole above bottom box outline
2
of compatible
boxes
Wiring terminals 1

Mounting Holes:
4" square (4)
Single gang (2)
NFPA 72 requires 80" (2.03 m)
Double gang (3) that the entire lens minimum
be not less than
a
80" and not greater
than 96" above the
Transparent housing finished floor
and lens assembly

Intensity selection plug,

accessible only from rear of 185
housing; factory setting is 177 cd 177
135

Strobe intensity
Removable cover, A/V Shown for Reference viewing slot
(tool is required to remove cover)
3 S4906-0011-3 11/2014
 Ceiling Mount High Candela Appliances Installation Reference

4" (102 mm) square box,

Ceiling reference,
1-1/2" (38 mm) minimum depth
surface mounted box Handy box, 1-1/2" ( 38 mm) deep
Single gang box (Wiremold V5744S)
2-1/4" (57 mm) deep, supplied by others (RACO 650 or equal) or single gang
box, 2-1/2" (64 mm) deep (RACO
519 or equal) supplied by others

Also can be attached to boxes

mounted to drop ceiling T-bar with
clips (ERICO No. 512 or equal)

Optional 4905-9915/-9916 Adapter, Ceiling reference,

recommended for surface mounted box flush mounted box
4905-9910 Adapter Plate,
required for surface mount
Optional 4905-9928 Adapter Plate, with handy box unless using
required for surface mounted electrical box the 4905-9926 wire guard

Four mounting clamps included, two each side

V/O Reference

Optional 4905-9927
Red Wire Guard
Optional 4905-9926 wire
Ceiling mount strobe guard with mounting plate
Wiring terminals are located
behind the housing Ceiling mount A/V

Strobe intensity viewing slot

185
177
135
A/V End View Intensity selection plug, accessible
only from rear of lens housing;
factory setting is 177 cd
A/V Reference

Wall Mount Installation Reference; Adapter Plate, Guard, and Adapter Skirt

Surface Mounting Reference

2975-9145 Box with Optional Adapter Skirt
and Optional Wire Guard
Surface mount conduit and
box shown for reference

4" (102 mm) square

box profile, 1-1/2"
(38 mm) deep

Optional
4905-9961
Wire Guard
A/V

4905-9931 Adapter Plate

Optional Surface Mount Adapter Skirt,
4905-9961 Optional Wire Guard 1-1/2" deep: 4905-9937, Red;
(shown here for reference only, 4905-9940, White (conduit knockouts
4905-9931 Adapter Plate can be used on other mounting options) are provided on all four sides)

NOTE: V/O is shown for reference, A/V mounts the same

TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm and
Signaling Code are registered trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).

Tyco Fire Protection Products • Westminster, MA • 01441-0001 • USA S4906-0011-3 11/2014

www.simplex-fire.com
© 2014 Tyco Fire Protection Products. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice.
 TrueAlert Multi-Candela Notification Appliances
UL, cUL, CSFM Listed; SmartSync Operation Audible/Visible Notification
FM Approved* with Chime and Synchronized Flash, Non-Addressable

Features
Audible/visible notification appliances with
private mode electronic chime and high output
xenon strobe, available for wall or ceiling mount:
 Operation is compatible with ADA requirements
(refer to important installation information on page 3)
 Rugged, high impact, flame retardant thermoplastic
housings are available in red or white with clear lens
Operates over a two-wire Simplex® SmartSync
circuit to provide:
 Private mode chime tones controlled separately from
strobes on the same two-wire circuit
 SmartSync chime activation of Temporal pattern,
March Time pattern (at 60 BPM), or on continuously
(at 60 BPM)
 Strobe appliances on the same circuit operating at a
synchronized 1 Hz flash rate
 Refer to page 2 for SmartSync control list and
additional operation information Wall and Ceiling Mount Chime/Strobes
Wall mount chime/strobes features: Description
 Wiring terminals accessible from the front of the
housing providing easy access for installation, Multi-Candela TrueAlert chime/strobes provide
inspection, and testing private mode audible notification for applications requiring
notification of trained personnel instead of the general
 Covers are available separately to convert housing color public. Typical applications would be in medical patient
Optional adapters and wire guards: areas where the softer chime tones are less disruptive than
 Wall mount adapters are available to cover surface conventional fire alarm audible notification.
mounted electrical boxes and to adapt to Simplex
Enclosure designs are both impact and vandal resistant,
2975-9145 boxes
and provide a convenient strobe intensity selection. Since
 UL listed red wire guards are available for wall or each model can be selected for strobe intensity output,
ceiling mount chime/strobes* on-site model inventory is minimized and changes
Visible notification appliance (strobe): encountered during construction can be easily
 24 VDC xenon strobe; intensity is selectable as 15, 30, accommodated. Installation conveniently uses standard
75, or 110 candela with visible selection jumper electrical boxes.
secured behind strobe housing Wall mount chime/strobe housings are a one-piece
 Regulated circuit design ensures consistent flash assembly (including lens) that mounts to a single or double
output and provides controlled inrush current gang, or 4” square standard electrical box. The cover can be
 Listed to UL 1971 and to CSA standards for general quickly removed (a tool is required) and covers are
signaling use in Canada (non-fire alarm applications) available separately for color conversion.
Audible notification appliance (chime): Ceiling mount chime/strobe housings install using
 Low current, 24 VDC electronic chime with volume standard 4” electrical boxes. Color choice is determined by
and tone frequency adjustment model number.
 Listed to UL 464 for private mode signaling and to Strobe Intensity Selection
CSA standards for general signaling use in Canada
(non-fire alarm applications) During installation, a selection plug at the back of the
housing determines the desired strobe intensity. An
* Refer to page 2 for guard listing. This product has been approved by the California State
Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety
attached flag with black letters on a highly visible yellow
Code. See CSFM Listing 7135-0026:335 for allowable values and/or conditions background allows the selected intensity to be seen at the
concerning material presented in this document. Additional listings may be applicable; side of the strobe lens.
contact your local Simplex product supplier for the latest status. Listings and approvals
under Simplex Time Recorder Co. are the property of Tyco Fire Protection Products.

S4906-0012-2 11/2014
Strobe Application Selection
Proper selection of visible notification is dependent on
occupancy, location, local codes, and proper applications
of: the National Fire Alarm Code (NFPA 72), ANSI
A117.1; the appropriate model building code: BOCA,
ICBO, or SBCCI; and the application guidelines of the
Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA).
SmartSync Two-Wire Control
SmartSync operation mode allows a two-wire circuit to
provide the ability to activate both the chime and strobe
on the same NAC and then allow the chime to be silenced
while the strobe remains flashing. The chime operates as
“on-until-silenced” while the strobe operation is
“on-until-reset.”

Synchronized Strobes SmartSync Control Sources

Multiple Strobes. When multiple strobes and their
reflections can be seen from one location, synchronized
flashes reduce the probability of photo-sensitive reactions
as well as the annoyance and possible distraction of
random flashing. The multi-candela strobes of these
chime/strobes are synchronized by the controlling
SmartSync operation NAC.
Product Selection
 4006, 4008, 4007ES Hybrid, 4010, 4010ES, 4100ES,
and 4100U Fire Alarm Control Panels (refer to
individual product data sheets for more information)
 4009 IDNet NAC Extender (refer to data sheet
S4009-0002)
 SmartSync Control Module (SCM) 4905-9938 (refer to
data sheet S4905-0003)
Additional SmartSync compatible notification
appliances include separate chimes and combination
chime/strobe notification appliances.

Multi-Candela Chime/Strobes
Model Mounting Housing Color “FIRE” Lettering Description
4906-9133 Red White
Wall Electronic chime with Multi-Candela Strobe; strobe intensity
4906-9134 White Red
selectable as: 15, 30, 75, or 110 candela; operates with
4906-9135 Red White SmartSync two-wire control
Ceiling
4906-9136 White Red
Wall Mount Chime/Strobe Accessories
Model Description Dimensions
4905-9937 Red 5-3/8” H x 5-1/4” W x 1-5/8” D
Surface Mount Adapter Skirt; use to cover 1-1/2” (38 mm) deep
(136 mm x 133 mm x 41 mm)
4905-9940 White surface mounted boxes
depth with strobe = 4-3/8” (111 mm)
Red Adapter Plate for mounting to Simplex 2975-9145 box (typically for 8-5/16” x 5-3/4” x 0.060” Thick
4905-9931
retrofit, may be mounted vertical or horizontal) (211 mm x 146 mm x 1.5 mm)
7-7/8" x 5-1/8" x 2-3/4" D
2975-9145 Red Mounting Box, requires Adapter Plate 4905-9931
(200 mm x 130 mm x 70 mm)
SmartSync Control Module
Model Description Dimensions
SmartSync Control Module with Class B or Class A output; mounts in 4” 4” x 4-1/8” x 1-1/4” D
4905-9938
(102 mm) square box; refer to data sheet S4905-0003 for details (102 mm x 105 mm x 32 mm)
Replacement Covers for Wall Mount Chime/Strobes
Model Description Dimensions
4905-9994 Red cover with white “FIRE” lettering 5-1/8” H x 5” W x 1-1/2” D
4905-9995 White cover with red “FIRE” lettering (130 mm x 127 mm x 38 mm)

Wire Guards and Ceiling Mount Chime/Strobe Adapter

Model Description Dimensions
Wall mount red wire guard with mounting plate, compatible with semi-flush 6-1/16” H x 6-1/16” W x 3-1/8” D
4905-9961*
or surface mounted boxes (154 mm x 154 mm x 79 mm)
8-1/2” x 6-1/8” x 3”
4905-9927* Red Wire Guard for mounting to flush mounted electrical box
(216 mm x 156 mm x 76 mm)
Ceiling Red Adapter Plate, required to mount guard to surface 9” x 7”
4905-9928*
Mount mounted electrical box (229 mm x 178 mm)
4905-9915 White Surface Mount Adapter Box Extension, use to cover 4-3/4" x 6-7/8" x 1-1/2" deep,
4905-9916 Red 1-1/2” deep surface mounted boxes (121 mm x 175 mm x 38 mm)
* UL listed by Space Age Electronics Inc.

2 S4906-0012-2 11/2014
Chime/Strobe Specifications
Wall Mount or Ceiling Mount, Common Specifications
Rated Voltage Range Regulated 24 DC; see Note 1 below
Flash Rate and Synchronized NAC Loading 1 Hz; with up to 35 synchronized strobes maximum per NAC
Environmental; Temperature and Humidity 32° to 122° F (0° to 50° C); 10% to 93%, non-condensing at 100° F (38° C)
Terminal blocks for 18 AWG to 12 AWG (0.82 mm2 to 3.31 mm2); two wires per
Connections
terminal for in/out wiring
Tone is adjustable from 750 Hz to 1300 Hz; factory setting is approximately 800 Hz
Chime Output Characteristics (see Note 2)
Sound output is adjustable from 34 dBA to 63 dBA; factory setting is 63 dBA
Sound Output Ratings per UL 464 Reverberant
63 dBA
Chamber test @ 10 ft (3 m)
Housing Dimensions (with lens) 5-1/8” H x 5” W x 2-3/4” D (130 mm x 127 mm x 70 mm)
Maximum RMS Current Rating per 15 cd 30 cd 75 cd 110 cd
Wall Mount Strobe Setting (see Note 3 below) 70 mA 105 mA 200 mA 265 mA
Reference RMS Currents 18 VDC 62 mA 93 mA 178 mA 236 mA
at other voltages 24 VDC 47 mA 70 mA 133 mA 177 mA
Housing Dimensions (with lens) 4-3/4 L” x 6-7/8” W x 2-5/8” D (121 mm x 175 mm x 67 mm)
Maximum RMS Current Rating per 15 cd 30 cd 75 cd 110 cd
Ceiling Strobe Setting (see Note 3 below)
Mount 85 mA 132 mA 254 mA 343 mA
Reference RMS Currents 18 VDC 76 mA 117 mA 226 mA 305 mA
at other voltages 24 VDC 57 mA 88 mA 169 mA 229 mA
NOTES:
1. “Regulated 24 DC” refers to the voltage range of 16 to 33 VDC per UL Standard 1971, Signaling Devices for the Hearing Impaired. This
voltage range is the absolute operating range. Operation outside of this range may cause permanent damage to the appliance. Please
note that 16 VDC is the lowest operating voltage that is allowed at the last appliance on the NAC under worst case conditions.
2. Factory settings are recommended for most applications. Always test installed sound level against local requirements.
3. Currents are with chime on steady. The maximum RMS current listed is the device nameplate rating. Strobe designs are constant
wattage and the maximum RMS current rating occurs at the lowest allowable operating voltage. (RMS is root mean square and refers to
the effective value of a varying current waveform.)

Installation Reference, Surface or Semi-Flush Mounting

For additional information, refer to Installation Instructions 579-908.

IMPORTANT! WALL MOUNT

INSTALLATION HEIGHT REFERENCE

Bottom of lens
is either even
with, or slightly Electrical
above bottom box outline
of compatible
boxes

NFPA 72 requires 80" (2.03 m)

that the entire lens minimum
be not less than
a
80" and not greater
than 96" above the
finished floor

3 S4906-0012-2 11/2014
 Ceiling Mount Chime/Strobe and Guard Installation Reference

Ceiling reference, 4" (102 mm) square box, Optional 4905-9928 Adapter Plate,
surface mounted box 1-1/2" (38 mm) minimum depth required for surface mounted electrical box
Four mounting clamps included, two each side

Ceiling reference,
flush mounted box

Optional 4905-9915/-9916 Adapter,

recommended for surface mounted box

Wiring terminals, chime volume, and chime frequency Optional 4905-9927

adjustments are located behind the housing Red Wire Guard

End View

Strobe intensity viewing slot

110
Intensity selection plug,

75
30
15
accessible only from rear of lens
housing; factory setting is 15 cd

Wall Mount Installation Reference; Adapter Plate, Guard, and Adapter Skirt

Surface Mounting Reference

2975-9145 Box with Optional Adapter Skirt
and Optional Wire Guard
Surface mount conduit and
box shown for reference

4" (102 mm) square

box profile, 1-1/2"
(38 mm) deep

Optional
4905-9961
Wire Guard
Chime/Strobe

4905-9931 Adapter Plate

Optional Surface Mount Adapter Skirt,
4905-9961 Optional Wire Guard 1-1/2" deep: 4905-9937, Red;
(shown here for reference only, 4905-9940, White (conduit knockouts
4905-9931 Adapter Plate can be used on other mounting options) are provided on all four sides)

TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm and
Signaling Code are registered trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).

Tyco Fire Protection Products • Westminster, MA • 01441-0001 • USA S4906-0012-2 11/2014

www.simplex-fire.com
© 2014 Tyco Fire Protection Products. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice.
 TrueAlert Multi-Candela Notification Appliances
UL, ULC, CSFM Listed; SmartSync Operation Audible/Visible Notification with
FM Approved* Multi-Tone Horn and Synchronized Flash, Non-Addressable
Features
Audible/visible wall mount notification appliances
with electronic multi-tone horn and high output
xenon strobe:
 Strobe operation is compatible with ADA requirements
(refer to important installation information on page 3)
 Rugged, high impact, flame retardant thermoplastic
housings are available in red or white with clear lens
Operates over a two-wire Simplex® SmartSync
circuit to provide:
 Horn tones controlled separately from strobes on the
same two-wire circuit with “on-until-silenced” and
“on-until-reset” operation on the same two-wire pair
 Strobe appliances on the same circuit operating at a
synchronized 1 Hz flash rate (refer to page 2 for
additional SmartSync control information and panel
compatibility)
Audible notification appliance (multi-tone horn):
 Low current, 24 VDC electronic multi-tone horn with
per appliance tone selection of: Horn, Bell, 500 Hz
Horn, Canadian Horn, Slow Whoop, Siren, or Hi/Lo;
selected using an on-board DIP Switch
 Slow Whoop, Siren, and Hi/Lo tone selections sound
their tones continuously, synchronized to each other,
when receiving SmartSync continuous commands
 SmartSync March Time pattern produces a 60 BPM
output for the Horn, 500 Hz Horn, and the Bell tone;
Canadian Horn produces a 20 BPM output from the
SmartSync March Time pattern command
 Output level selectable as standard or high (refer to
sound output details on page 3)
 Listed to UL 464 and ULC S525
Visible notification appliance (strobe):
 24 VDC xenon strobe; intensity is selectable as 15, 30,
75, or 110 candela with visible selection jumper secured
behind strobe housing
 Regulated circuit design ensures consistent flash output
and provides controlled inrush current
 Listed to UL 1971 and ULC S526
Wall mount multi-tone horn/strobes features:
 Wiring terminals are accessible from the front of the
housing providing easy access for installation,
inspection, and testing
 Covers are available separately to convert housing color
 Optional UL/ULC listed sound damper for locations
requiring attenuation of 5 to 6 dBA (stairwells, small
rooms, highly reverberant areas, etc.)
 Adapters are available to cover surface mounted
electrical boxes and to adapt to Simplex 2975-9145
boxes
 UL listed red wire guards are available*
Multi-Tone Horn/Strobes
Description
Multi-Candela TrueAlert multi-tone horn/strobes
provide convenient wall mounted installation to standard
electrical boxes. Tone selection and output level is set per
appliance, allowing notification needs to be tailored to
specific area requirements. (Refer to tone output details on
page 3.)
Local Tone Selection. DIP Switch selection determines
the local tone choice. Selecting Canadian Horn allows the
SmartSync March Time pattern input to be produced as
20 BPM (typically required for Canadian two stage alarm
applications as the pre-signal, followed by the Temporal
Pattern). A separate DIP Switch position allows selection of
a standard or a high output sound level, selectable
appropriate to the location. (See page 3 for sound output
ratings.)
Enclosure designs are both impact and vandal resistant
and provide a convenient strobe intensity selection. Since
each model can be selected for strobe intensity output and
specific tone output, on-site model inventory is minimized
and changes encountered during construction can be easily
accommodated.
Wall mount multi-tone horn/strobe housings are a
one-piece assembly (including lens) that mounts to a single
or double gang, or 4” square standard electrical box. The
cover can be quickly removed (a tool is required) and
covers are available separately for color conversion.
Strobe Intensity Selection
During installation, a selection plug at the back of the
housing determines the desired strobe intensity. An
attached flag with black letters on a highly visible yellow
background allows the selected intensity to be seen at the
side of the strobe lens.
* Refer to page 2 for guard listing. This product has been approved by the California State
Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety
Code. It is subject to re-examination, revision, and possible cancellation. Additional
listings may be applicable; contact your local Simplex product supplier for the latest
status. Listings and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co. are the property of
Tyco Fire Protection Products.
S4906-0013-2 11/2014
Strobe Application Selection
Proper selection of visible notification is dependent on
occupancy, location, local codes, and proper applications
of: the National Fire Alarm Code (NFPA 72), ANSI
A117.1; the appropriate model building code: BOCA,
ICBO, or SBCCI; and the application guidelines of the
Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA).
SmartSync Two-Wire Control
SmartSync operation mode allows a two-wire circuit to
provide the ability to activate both the multi-tone horn
and strobe on the same NAC and then allow the multi-
tone horn to be silenced while the strobe remains flashing.
The multi-tone horn operates as “on-until-silenced” while
the strobe operation is “on-until-reset.”

Synchronized Strobes SmartSync Control Sources

Multiple Strobes. When multiple strobes and their
reflections can be seen from one location, synchronized
flashes reduce the probability of photo-sensitive reactions
as well as the annoyance and possible distraction of
random flashing. The multi-candela strobes of these
multi-tone horn/strobes are synchronized by the
controlling SmartSync operation NAC.
 4006, 4007ES Hybrid, 4008, 4010, 4010ES, 4100ES,
and 4100U Fire Alarm Control Panels (refer to
individual product data sheets for more information)
 4009 IDNet NAC Extender (refer to data sheet
S4009-0002)
 SmartSync Control Module (SCM) 4905-9938 (refer to
data sheet S4905-0003)
Additional SmartSync compatible notification
appliances include separate multi-tone horns and
combination multi-tone horn/strobe notification appliances.

Product Selection

Multi-Candela Multi-Tone Horn/Strobes

Housing “FIRE”
Model Description
Color Lettering
4906-9137 Red White Wall mounted electronic multi-tone horn with multi-candela strobe; strobe intensity
4906-9138 White Red selectable as: 15, 30, 75, or 110 candela; operates with SmartSync two-wire control

Wall Mount Multi-Tone Horn/Strobe Accessories

Model Description Dimensions
4905-9937 Red 5-3/8” H x 5-1/4” W x 1-5/8” D
Surface Mount Adapter Skirt; use to cover 1-1/2” (38 mm) deep
(136 mm x 133 mm x 41 mm)
4905-9940 White surface mounted boxes
depth with strobe = 4-3/8” (111 mm)
Red Adapter Plate for mounting to Simplex 2975-9145 box (typically for 8-5/16” x 5-3/4” x 0.060” Thick
4905-9931
retrofit, may be mounted vertical or horizontal) (211 mm x 146 mm x 1.5 mm)
7-7/8" x 5-1/8" x 2-3/4" D
2975-9145 Red Mounting Box, requires Adapter Plate 4905-9931
(200 mm x 130 mm x 70 mm)
Optional Sound Damper; package of 20; field installed adhesive backed
horn output attenuator; reduces output 5 to 6 dBA 1-3/4” Diameter (44.5 mm)
4905-9838
NOTE: After Sound Damper installation, measure sound level to ensure with 0.31” (8 mm) sound opening
compliance with applicable code requirements
SmartSync Control Module
Model Description Dimensions
SmartSync Control Module with Class B or Class A output; mounts in 4” 4” x 4-1/8” x 1-1/4” D
4905-9938
(102 mm) square box; refer to data sheet S4905-0003 for details (102 mm x 105 mm x 32 mm)
Replacement Covers for Wall Mount Multi-Tone Horn/Strobes
Model Description Dimensions
4905-9994 Red cover with white “FIRE” lettering 5-1/8” H x 5” W x 1-1/2” D
4905-9995 White cover with red “FIRE” lettering (130 mm x 127 mm x 38 mm)

Wire Guard
Model Description Dimensions
Wall mount red wire guard with mounting plate, compatible with semi-flush 6-1/16” H x 6-1/16” W x 3-1/8” D
4905-9961*
or surface mounted boxes (154 mm x 154 mm x 79 mm)
* UL listed by Space Age Electronics Inc.

2 S4906-0013-2 11/2014
Multi-tone Horn/Strobe Specifications

Common Specifications
Rated Voltage Range Regulated 24 DC; see Note 1 below
Flash Rate and Synchronized NAC Loading 1 Hz; with up to 35 synchronized strobes maximum per NAC
Environmental; Temperature and Humidity 32° to 122° F (0° to 50° C); 10% to 93%, non-condensing at 100° F (38° C)
Terminal blocks for 18 AWG to 12 AWG (0.82 mm2 to 3.31 mm2); two wires per
Connections
terminal for in/out wiring
Housing Dimensions (with lens) 5-1/8” H x 5” W x 2-3/4” D (130 mm x 127 mm x 70 mm)
Multi-Tone Horn Sound Output Characteristics (see notes as indicated)
Sound Output Ratings per UL 464 Sound Output Ratings per ULC S525
Reverberant Chamber test @ 10 ft (~3 m) Anechoic Chamber test @ 3 m (~10 ft)
Standard
Standard Output High Output High Output
Tone Description Output
Horn2 or
2400 to 3700 Hz sweep,
Canadian 77 dBA 86 dBA 92 dBA 102 dBA
modulated at 120 Hz rate
Horn2
1560 Hz modulated at 7 ms
Bell2 73 dBA* 87 dBA 84 dBA** 99 dBA
intervals
500 Hz Horn2 500 Hz tone 77 dBA 86 dBA 84 dBA** 99 dBA
3
Slow Whoop 500 Hz to 1200 Hz sweep 73 dBA* 83 dBA 90 dBA 103 dBA
600 Hz to 1200 Hz, 1 sec on
Siren3 67 dBA* 79 dBA 87 dBA 100 dBA
then repeat
Alternating tones of 1000 Hz
High/Low3 77 dBA 86 dBA 91 dBA 102 dBA
and 800 Hz, 250 ms duration
-3 dBA at +/-30° off-axis
Sound Dispersion per ULC S525 testing
-6 dBA at +/- 50° off-axis
Strobe Output Ratings (see notes as indicated)

Maximum RMS Current Rating per Strobe 15 cd 30 cd 75 cd 110 cd

Setting (see Note 4 below) 81 mA 117 mA 216 mA 281 mA
Reference RMS Currents at other 18 VDC 72 mA 104 mA 192 mA 250 mA
voltages 24 VDC 54 mA 78 mA 144 mA 187 mA

* UL output ratings below 75 dBA are for NFPA 72 Private Mode applications.
** ULC output ratings below 85 dBA are for use in applications per applicable local codes.
Notes:
1. “Regulated 24 DC” refers to the voltage range of 16 to 33 VDC per UL Standard 1971, Signaling Devices for the Hearing
Impaired. This voltage range is the absolute operating range. Operation outside of this range may cause permanent damage to
the appliance. Please note that 16 VDC is the lowest operating voltage that is allowed at the last appliance on the NAC under
worst case conditions.
2. These tones are controlled by SmartSync commands to produce Temporal Pattern, March Time Pattern, or Continuous.
Selecting Horn, 500 Hz Horn, or Bell mode will produce a 60 BPM March Time Pattern; selecting Canadian Horn mode
(CA Horn) will produce a 20 BPM March Time Pattern, typically used for Canadian applications.
3. Slow Whoop, Siren, and High/Low tones are for use with SmartSync Continuous commands. As with the horn and bell tones,
they are synchronized to the controlling SmartSync timing commands, allowing synchronization across multiple NACs.
4. Currents are with multi-tone horn on steady. The maximum RMS current listed is the device nameplate rating. Strobe designs
are constant wattage and the maximum RMS current rating occurs at the lowest allowable operating voltage. (RMS is root mean
square and refers to the effective value of a varying current waveform.)

3 S4906-0013-2 11/2014
 Installation Reference, Surface or Semi-Flush Mounting
For additional information, refer to Installation Instructions 579-907.

IMPORTANT! WALL MOUNT

INSTALLATION HEIGHT REFERENCE

Bottom of lens
is either even
with, or slightly Electrical
above bottom box outline
of compatible
boxes

NFPA 72 requires 80" (2.03 m)

that the entire lens minimum
be not less than
a
80" and not greater
than 96" above the
finished floor

Wall Mount Installation Reference; Adapter Plate, Guard, and Adapter Skirt

Surface Mounting Reference

2975-9145 Box with Optional Adapter Skirt
and Optional Wire Guard
Surface mount conduit and
box shown for reference

4" (102 mm) square

box profile, 1-1/2"
(38 mm) deep

Optional
4905-9961
Wire Guard
Multi-Tone
Horn/Strobe

4905-9931 Adapter Plate

Optional Surface Mount Adapter Skirt,
4905-9961 Optional Wire Guard 1-1/2" deep: 4905-9937, Red;
(shown here for reference only, 4905-9940, White (conduit knockouts
4905-9931 Adapter Plate can be used on other mounting options) are provided on all four sides)

TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm and
Signaling Code are registered trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).

Tyco Fire Protection Products • Westminster, MA • 01441-0001 • USA S4906-0013-2 11/2014

www.simplex-fire.com
© 2014 Tyco Fire Protection Products. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice.
 TrueAlert Notification Appliances
UL, ULC, CSFM Listed; Audible/Visible Notification Appliances; Multi-Tone
FM Approved* Horn/Strobe with 520 Hz Output, Non-Addressable

Features
Simplex® 24 VDC multi-tone multi-candela
horn/strobes provide:
 Multi-candela xenon strobe with synchronized 1 Hz flash
rate jumper selected as 15, 30, 75, 110, 135, or 185 cd
 Per appliance tone selection of: 520 Hz Horn, Broadband
Horn, Bell, Chime, High/Low, Slow Whoop, or Siren;
selected using an on-board DIP Switch (refer to sound
output details on page 4)
 520 Hz tone is compliant with NFPA 72 Low Frequency
Signal Requirements for Sleeping Areas
 Operation is selectable for SmartSync two-wire control
or free-run operation
 Tone output level is selectable as high or low
 Diode polarized input for connection to reverse polarity,
supervised Notification Appliance Circuits (NACs)
 Compatibility with ADA requirements; (refer to
important installation information on page 3)
 Electrical test point access without removing cover
SmartSync two-wire control of audible and visible TrueAlert Multi-Tone A/Vs are Available in Red with White
notification appliance provides: Lettering and White with Red Lettering
 Control of Horn, Bell, and High/Low tones as
Temporal Pattern, March Time pattern, or on Description
continuously, controlled separately from visible TrueAlert non-addressable multi-tone
appliances on the same circuit multi-candela horn/strobes provide a flexible
 Control of Slow Whoop, Siren, and Chime tones as selection of output tones and strobe intensity for fire
synchronized continuous signals when receiving alarm audible notification. Tone selection, output level,
SmartSync continuous commands
and strobe intensity is set per appliance, allowing
 SmartSync March Time pattern is selectable per notification needs to be tailored to specific area
appliance to produce 60 BPM or 20 BPM
requirements. (Refer to tone output details on page 4.)
 Visible appliances on the same SmartSync circuit operate
at a synchronized 1 Hz flash rate Local Tone Selection. DIP Switch selection
 Refer to page 2 for SmartSync control list and additional determines the local tone choice. A separate DIP Switch
operation information position allows selection of a standard or a high output
 Strobe operation is listed to UL Standard 1971 and sound level, selectable appropriate to the location. (See
ULC Standard S526 page 4 for sound output ratings.)
 Horn operation is listed to UL Standard 464 and
Canadian two-stage alarm applications. A DIP
ULC Standard S525
Switch selection per appliance allows the SmartSync
Mechanical design features include: March Time pattern input to be produced as 60 BPM or
 Rugged, high impact, flame retardant thermoplastic 20 BPM. The 20 BPM rate is typically required for
housing in red with white letters or white with red letters,
Canadian two-stage alarm applications as the pre-signal,
with clear lens, available with FIRE, FEU, ALERT,
FEU/FIRE, or blank lettering followed by the Temporal Pattern. Two-stage alarm
operation requires a 4010, 4010ES, 4100ES, or 4100U as
 Separate covers are available to change application type
the control panel.
on-site or for replacement; covers can be easily removed
without disturbing the connected housing and avoiding Flexible mounting. Multi-tone horn/strobes can be
trouble conditions semi-flush or surface mounted on a standard single gang,
 A separate mounting plate allows wiring to be completed double gang, or 4” square (102 mm) electrical box.
before appliance is mounted; use with single gang, double Optional accessories are available to increase mounting
gang, or 4-inch square box, flush or surface mount and application flexibility.
 In/out wiring terminals for 18 AWG to 12 AWG
 Optional mounting adapters are available to cover * This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to
Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing
surface mounted electrical boxes and to adapt to Simplex 7135-0026:0380 for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in
2975-9145 boxes this document. Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local Simplex product
supplier for the latest status. Listings and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co.
are the property of Tyco Fire Protection Products.

S49CMTV-0001-4 7/2016
Strobe Application Selection
Proper selection of visible notification is dependent on
occupancy, location, local codes, and proper applications
of: the National Fire Alarm Code (NFPA 72), ANSI
A117.1; the appropriate model building code: BOCA,
ICBO, or SBCCI; and the application guidelines of the
Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA).
SmartSync Two-Wire Control
SmartSync operation mode allows a two-wire circuit to
provide the ability to activate both the multi-tone horn
and strobe on the same NAC and then allow the multi-
tone horn to be silenced while the strobe remains flashing.
The multi-tone horn operates as “on-until-silenced” while
the strobe operation is “on-until-reset.”

Synchronized Strobes SmartSync Control Sources

Multiple Strobes. When multiple strobes and their
reflections can be seen from one location, synchronized
flashes reduce the probability of photo-sensitive reactions
as well as the annoyance and possible distraction of
random flashing. The multi-candela strobes of these
multi-tone horn/strobes are synchronized by the
controlling SmartSync operation NAC.
Product Selection
 4007ES Hybrid, 4010ES, 4100ES, and 4100U Fire
Alarm Control Panels (refer to individual product data
sheets for more information)
 4009 IDNet NAC Extender (refer to data sheet
S4009-0002)
 SmartSync Control Module (SCM) 4905-9938 (refer
to data sheet S4905-0003)
Additional SmartSync compatible notification
appliances include separate multi-tone horns and
combination multi-tone horn/strobe notification appliances.

Multi-Tone Multi-Candela Horn/Strobes

Model* Cover Color Wording Description Dimensions with Cover
49CMTV-WRF(-BA) Red Multi-Tone multi-candela horn/strobe for
5 ⅛” H x 5” W x 1 ½” D
FIRE SmartSync or Free-run control; includes cover
49CMTV-WWF(-BA) White (130 mm x 127 mm x 38 mm)
and matching mounting plate
49CMTV-APPLW(-BA) Select cover and mounting plate separately

Separate Mounting Plate (Required when ordering model 49CMTV-APPLW(-BA))

Model* Color Description
49CMP-MTWR Red
Mounting plate, select color to match cover
49CMP-MTWW White
* Note: (-BA) indicates model is available either with or without the -BA suffix. Model numbers ending in -BA, APPLW models, and
separate mounting plates are assembled in the USA.

Separate Covers (Required when ordering model 49CMTV-APPLW(-BA))

Model Color Wording Model Color Wording
49CMTVC-WRFIRE Red 49CMTVC-WRBLNG Red
FIRE FEU/FIRE
49CMTVC-WWFIRE White 49CMTVC-WWBLNG White
49CMTVC-WRALT Red 49CMTVC-WRFEU Red
ALERT FEU
49CMTVC-WWALT White 49CMTVC-WWFEU White
49CMTVC-WRS Red Logos Only 49CMTVC-WWS White Logos Only

Mounting Adapters
Model Description Dimensions
4905-9937 Surface mount red adapter skirt 5 ⅜” H x 5 ¼” W x 1 ⅝” D
Use to cover 1-1/2” deep
(136 mm x 133 mm x 41 mm)
surface mounted boxes
4905-9940 Surface mount white adapter skirt Total depth with horn = 3 ⅛” (79 mm)
Adapter Plate, red, for mounting to Simplex 2975-9145 box 8 5⁄16” x 5 ¾” x 0.060” Thick
4905-9931
(typically for retrofit, may be mounted vertical or horizontal) (211 mm x 146 mm x 1.5 mm)
7 ⅞" x 5 ⅛" x 2 ¾" D
2975-9145 Red mounting box, requires Adapter Plate 4905-9931
(200 mm x 130 mm x 70 mm)

Synchronization Control Module

Model Description Dimensions
SmartSync Control Module, Class A or Class B, installs in 4” square 4” x 4 ⅛” x 1 ¼” D
4905-9938
box; for use with control panels not providing SmartSync control (102 mm x 105 mm x 32 mm)

2 S49CMTV-0001-4 7/2016
Installation Reference

Mounting is compatible with single gang,

double gang, and 4" (102 mm) square boxes, IMPORTANT! WALL MOUNT
1-1/2" (38 mm) deep, supplied separately INSTALLATION HEIGHT REFERENCE

Wiring terminals and connection clips

Electrical
Transparent A/V configuration switch box outline
housing assembly accessible from rear of
housing (not shown)
Removable cover (when
installed, use flat bladed
screwdriver to release latch
on left side) Bottom of lens is
either even with, or
slightly above bottom
of compatible boxes
Wiring access
hole 80" (2.03 m)
minimum
Mounting plate NFPA 72 requires
that the entire lens be
Mounting Holes:
not less than 80" and
Single gang (2) not greater than 96"
Double gang (4) above the finished
110 4" square (4) floor (confirm with
75 your local codes)
30 Intensity selection
Strobe intensity 15 plug, accessible
viewing slot on FACP from rear of
side of appliance 135 housing; factory
Electrical test point access holes (not to scale) 185 setting is 15 cd
(on bottom)

Adapter Plate and Surface Mount Installation Reference

2975-9145 Box Mounting Reference

4905-9931 Adapter Plate Surface Mount Side View Reference
2975-9145 Box
(Surface mount conduit and
box shown for reference)

TrueAlert
Multi-Tone A/V

4" square box profile,

1-1/2" (38 mm) deep
4905-9931 Adapter Plate
Optional surface mount adapter skirt,
TrueAlert Multi-Tone A/V 1-1/2" deep: 4905-9937, Red;
4905-9940, White (conduit knockouts
are provided on all four sides)

3 S49CMTV-0001-4 7/2016
 Specifications

Rated Voltage Range 16 VDC to 33 VDC, Special Application

NAC Loading Maximum of 13, 49CMT Series appliances per NAC
Temperature Range 32 to 122 F (0 to 50 C)
Humidity Range 10% to 93%, non-condensing @ 104° F (40° C)
Terminal blocks on mounting plate for 18 AWG to 12 AWG (0.82 mm2 to 3.31 mm2); two wires
Connections
per terminal for in/out wiring
579-1158 for 49CMTV Series Horn/Strobes
Installation Instructions
579-1159 for 49CMP Mounting Plates
Tone Characteristics
520 Hz Horn 520 Hz tone Tones compatible with control panel
Broadband Horn Combination 600/3000 Hz signal SmartSync commands for operation as
Bell Synthesized Bell tone Temporal Code 3, March Time (selected at
appliance for 20 or 60 bpm), or Continuous
Alternating modulated tones with fundamentals of 1000 Hz
High/Low operation
and 800 Hz, 250 ms duration each
Slow Whoop Modulated 520 Hz to 1200 Hz sweep with 2 s duration
Tones that operate as Continuous with
Modulated 600 Hz to 1200 Hz to 600 Hz sweep, with 2 s
Siren synchronization with control panel
duration
SmartSync commands
Chime Multi-phase signal with a peak and decay time of 1 s
TrueAlert Multi-Tone Horn/Strobe Current Ratings
Current Ratings @ 16 VDC, in mA
15 cd 30 cd 75 cd 110 cd 135 cd 185 cd
Tone High Low High Low High Low High Low High Low High Low
520 Hz Horn and High/Low 207 161 220 177 281 236 329 288 367 321 438 392
Broadband Horn, Bell, Chime,
185 145 198 155 259 213 309 264 348 303 425 380
Slow Whoop, and Siren
TrueAlert Multi-Tone Horn/Strobe Horn Output
UL 464 Output Ratings ULC S525 Output Ratings
@ 16 VDC and 33 VDC (dBA)* @ 16 VDC and 33 VDC (dBA)*
Steady High Steady Low Coded High Coded Low Steady High Steady Low Coded High Coded Low
Tone Voltage 16 33 16 33 16 33 16 33 16 33 16 33 16 33 16 33
** ** ** † † † †
520 Hz Horn 80 80 74 75 76 76 70 71 83 79 83 78
High/Low 81 82 77 77 75 76 70** 71** 87 82† 86† 82†
Broadband Horn 84 84 79 79 81 81 74** 75 88 84† 87† 83†
Bell 80 80 75 75 76 76 71** 71** 85 80† 85† 80†
Slow Whoop 79 80 74† 75 85 80†
Siren 79 80 74† 75 these tones are not used for 85 80† these tones are not used for
coded operation coded operation
Chime** 67** 67** 62** 62** 82† 77†
* Output ratings are at 10 ft (3 m); UL 464 ratings are per UL Reverberant Chamber testing; ULC S525 ratings are per ULC Anechoic
Chamber testing. The tone generator circuit is DC-DC converter powered and provides essentially constant output over the rated voltage
range.
** UL output ratings below 75 dBA are for NFPA 72 Private Mode applications.
†
ULC output ratings below 85 dBA are for use in applications per applicable local codes.
Sound Output Dispersion per Horizontal -3 dBA @ ±37° -6 dBA @ ±40° -9.4 dBA @ ±90°
ULC S541 Anechoic Testing Vertical -3 dBA @ -24°, +42° -6 dBA @ -59°, +50° -8.6 dBA @ ±90°

TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm Code
are trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).

Tyco Fire Protection Products • Westminster, MA • 01441-0001 • USA S49CMTV-0001-4 7/2016

www.simplex-fire.com
© 2016 Tyco Fire Protection Products. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice.
 Fire Alarm Control Panel Accessories
Listings* System Batteries, Sealed Lead-Acid; with Applications
Reference for Battery Cabinets, and Battery Cabinets with Charger

Features
Rechargeable, sealed lead-acid batteries:
 Lead-calcium grid structure with immobilized
electrolyte in absorbent separator
 Low maintenance with no need to add water
 Low self-discharge characteristics
 One-piece, high impact polystyrene cell cover with high
reliability dual seal construction
 UL 924 recognized pressure relief valves
Available in a variety of capacities:
 Batteries for internal mounting range from 6.2 Ah up to
50 Ah, depending on control panel cabinet size
 Larger batteries, up to 110 Ah, mount in external battery
cabinets with models available with internal chargers
Battery cabinets with chargers:
 Battery cabinets with charger communicate with their
connected fire alarm control panel and are available for
4100ES/4010ES/4100U Series and 4010 Series panels

Description Compatible Sealed Lead-Acid Batteries can be

Installed Inside Fire Alarm Control Panel Cabinets
Simplex® rechargeable sealed-lead acid batteries provide
reliable and repeatable discharge and recharge
characteristics for use in fire alarm and other systems
applications. They are designed with immobilized
electrolyte in an absorbent separator, allowing them to
provide rated capacity on the first cycle.
Because of their sealed construction, packaging is allowed
within the system electronics enclosure (see illustration
on page 2). When this is applicable, the quantity of
system cabinets and the battery wiring distances are both
minimized. Where required, external battery cabinets can Remote Battery Cabinets are Available for
be close-nippled to the control panel to house larger Larger Battery Requirements
batteries with battery chargers available in some battery
cabinet sizes. Battery Details (Continued)
Battery Details Shipping. Sealed lead-acid batteries are shipped via
Charging. These batteries are intended to be used with ground or sea transportation only. They are not shipped
compatible Simplex battery chargers. via air.

Series Connections. These batteries are required to be
connected in series to produce 24 V system voltage.
Battery sets must be of identical voltage, model number,
appearance, and approximately the same date of
manufacture for proper operation.
Disposal. Battery chemicals and materials can be
recycled. Refer to information shipped with the battery or
on its case. Return to the battery manufacturer or to a
similarly qualified battery processing facility for proper
disposal.

Testing. Battery capacity testing is recommended to be
performed by using a sealed lead-acid battery tester
designed to withdraw a minimum of battery charge. The
preferred tester applies a variety of amplitude and
duration controlled test pulses that compares terminal
voltage against those predicted for the specific battery
size. (Testing is available through your local Simplex
product supplier.)
Seismic Activity Applications. Battery brackets are
available for systems tested for compliance with specific
batteries. Please refer to data sheet S2081-0019 for
details.
* Refer to details on page 4 and to the referenced individual product data sheets for agency
listing status of battery cabinets and chargers. The batteries detailed in this document
meet the requirements of UL, ULC, and Factory Mutual for use with respective equipment
battery chargers as listed on page 3. Contact your local Simplex product supplier for
proper battery selection per system requirements. Listings and approvals under Simplex
Time Recorder Co. are the property of Tyco Fire Protection Products.

S2081-0006-22 10/2016
Battery Construction Reference

Actual appearance will vary with battery size.

Sealed outer cover

Quick connect or post type terminal Vent hole

(type varies with battery size) Potting material, black for
negative, red for positive
(polarity is also clearly
marked with + and -)

Pressure relief valve

Inner cover

Absorbent separator used

to immobilize electrolyte
Semi-permeable
Lead-calcium grids membrane separator

Cell group
Cell case (high impact
polystyrene)

Battery Size Specifications

Capacity @ 20 Hour Height with Approximate

Battery Model Width* Depth*
Discharge Rate Terminals Weight*
2081-9272 6.2 Ah 6-1/8” (156 mm) 2-5/8” (67 mm) 4” (102 mm) 5.75 lbs (2.6 kg)
2081-9274 10 Ah 6” (153 mm) 4-1/16” (103 mm) 4” (102 mm) 9.2 lbs (4.2 kg)
2081-9288 12.7 Ah 6” (153 mm) 4” (102 mm) 4” (102 mm) 9 lbs (4.1 kg)
2081-9275 18 Ah 7-1/4” (184 mm) 3-3/8” (86 mm) 6-5/8” (168 mm) 14.3 lbs (6.5 kg)
2081-9287 25 Ah 6-5/8” (168 mm) 5” (127 mm) 7” (178 mm) 19.4 lbs (8.8 kg)
2081-9271
(rectangular case, 33 Ah 12-1/2” (318 mm) 3-3/8” (86 mm) 7-1/16” (179 mm) 26.6 lbs (12.1 kg)
typically for service)
2081-9276
(“square” case, 33 Ah 7-3/4” (197 mm) 5-1/4” (133 mm) 6-3/4” (171 mm) 26.5 lbs (12 kg)
use for new)
2081-9296 50 Ah 9” (229 mm) 5-1/2” (140 mm) 8-7/8” (225 mm) 41.8 lbs (19 kg)
2081-9279 110 Ah 11-3/16” (284 mm) 10-1/2” (267 mm) 9” (230 mm) 82 Lbs (37 kg)

* Dimensions and weight are per battery and are for reference only. Exact size may vary. Refer to the tables on page 3 for
mounting compatibility. These batteries are 12 V each and series connected for 24 V system use.
NOTE: When wired in series for 24 V output, these batteries are to be of identical voltage, appearance, model number, and
approximately the same date of manufacture.

General Battery Specifications

Nominal Voltage Rating 12 Volts per battery

Discharge Rating 20 Hour Rate
Typical Charge/Discharge Cycles 100 to 150
Preferred Charge Temperature Range 60° F to 90° F (15.6°C to 32.2° C)

2 S2081-0006-22 10/2016
Battery Compatibility for Fire Alarm Control Panel Mounting

NOTE: Refer to individual fire alarm control panel product data sheets for additional battery application information

Simplex Control Panel Model Series (see legend and notes below)
Battery
Capacity
Model 4007ES & 4006 & 4009 4100ES/ 4100 & 4120
4003EC 4004R 4010 4010ES
4005 4008 (all models) 4100U (2, 4 or 6-Unit)
2081-9272 6.2 Ah
2081-9274 10 Ah
2081-9288 12.7 Ah
2081-9275 18 Ah Ext Note 3 Ext Ext Note 2
2081-9287 25 Ah Ext Note 3 Ext Ext NA
2081-9271
33 Ah Ext Note 3 Ext NA NA Note 3 Ext
rectangular
2081-9276
33 Ah Ext Note 3 NA NA NA Note 3
“square”
2081-9296 50 Ah NA Note 3 NA NA NA Note 3 Note 6 2 or 3 bay Ext
2081-9279 110 Ah Requires external battery cabinet, compatible with 4100ES, 4010ES, 4100, and 4120 Series only

= Can be placed in the respective equipment cabinet

Ext = External battery cabinet is required, refer to selection chart on page 4
NA = Not applicable/not compatible
NOTES:
1. These batteries meet the requirements of UL, ULC, and Factory Mutual for use with respective equipment battery chargers
listed above. Contact your local Simplex product supplier for proper battery selection per system requirements.
2. 4010 Cabinets will accommodate 2081-9275, 18 Ah batteries, but will not allow bottom entry conduit.
3. Use 4081 series companion cabinet and charger, refer to page 4.
4. Some control panel models are listed for battery replacement reference only.
5. For 2 bay international applications only, 50 Ah batteries will fit in the cabinet.

External Battery Cabinet Compatibility Reference

Battery Cabinets without Chargers (connects to charger in panel)
Battery
Cabinet Panel Compatibility 2081-9275 2081-9287 2081-9271 2081-9276 2081-9296 2081-9279
18 Ah* 25 Ah Rectangular 33 Ah Square 33 Ah 50 Ah 110 Ah
4100ES, 4010ES,
2081-9280 NA NA NA NA NA
4100U, and 4100+
2081-9281
multiple NA
2081-9282
4009-9801 multiple ** NA NA NA NA
4009-9802 multiple NA NA NA NA

Battery Cabinets with Chargers

2081-9275 2081-9287 2081-9271 2081-9276 2081-9296 2081-9279
Cabinet Panel Compatibility 18 Ah* 25 Ah Rectangular 33 Ah Square 33 Ah 50 Ah 110 Ah
4081-9301
4004R and 4010 NA
4081-9302
4081-9306 4100ES, 4010ES,
NA NA NA NA
4081-9308 and 4100U
* Batteries smaller than those listed are normally mounted in the product cabinet
** 25 Ah capacity was effective as of 7/2005.
= Can be placed in the respective equipment cabinet
NA = Not applicable/not compatible

3 S2081-0006-22 10/2016
 External Battery Cabinet Specification Reference

Battery Cabinets Without Chargers; Shallow Design with Front Door

Model Color Listings Description Dimensions
2081-9281 Beige 2-Unit, 4100 style cabinet without charger; with locking
UL and 25-3/4” W x 20-3/4” H x 6-3/4” D
solid door and battery shelf, primarily for use with 50 Ah
2081-9282 Red FM (654 mm x 527 mm x 171 mm)
batteries
Intended for use with 4003EC systems, for up to 33 Ah 9-1/2” H x 24” W x 9” D
4003-9860 Beige Multiple
batteries (refer to 4003EC data sheet S4003-0002) (241 mm x 610 mm x 229 mm)
UL and For up to 25 Ah External battery cabinet without charger, 16-1/4” W x 13-1/2” H x 5-3/4” D
4009-9801* Beige
FM batteries* with locking solid door and battery (413 mm x 343 mm x 146 mm)*
For up to 33 Ah harness; for close-nippled mounting to 25-3/4” W x 20-3/4” H x 4-1/8” D
4009-9802 Beige UL fire alarm control panel cabinet
batteries (654 mm x 527 mm x 105 mm)
* Depth increased for 25 Ah batteries effective 7/2005.

Chargers for use with 4010 Fire Alarm Control Panels and 4004R Suppression Release Systems
(refer to data sheet S4081-0001)
Model Color Input Voltage Description Dimensions
Battery cabinet with charger for the 4010 and
4081-9301 Beige 4004R fire alarm control panel; for up to 50 Ah
batteries; with front door 22-1/2” W x16-3/4” H x 8-3/8” D
120 VAC
(572 mm x 425 mm x 213 mm)
4081-9302 Red Listings include: UL, ULC, FM, CSFM, and MEA
(NYC), see data sheet for details

Battery Cabinet Without Charger for 110 Ah Batteries; for use with compatible panel mounted chargers
(refer to data sheet S2081-0012)
Model & Compatible
Color Cabinet Description Charger Description Dimensions
Listings Chargers
4010-9xxx 4010ES Main System Supply
Series (MSS)
4100-9xxx 4100ES/4100U System Power
Series Supplies (SPS)
Battery cabinet for 4100-5111
2081-9279, 110 Ah 4100-5112 4100ES/4100U Additional SPS
2081-9280 batteries; includes 4100-5113
Listings 80 A battery fuse, 4100-5125 26-1/2” W x 12” H x 12” D
Red 4100ES/4100U Remote Power
include: UL terminals and 4100-5126 (673 mm x 305 mm x 305 mm)
and CSFM battery connection Supply (RPS)
4100-5127
cables; see data
4100-5120
sheet for details 4100ES/4100U TrueAlert
4100-5121
Addressable Power Supply (TPS)
4100-5122
4100-0104
4100-0114 4100 Legacy power supplies
4100-0124
4100ES/4010ES/4100U Compatible Battery Cabinet With Charger for 110 Ah Batteries (for ULC listed systems
and for other applications unable to use panel mounted power supply charger; refer to data sheet S4081-0002)
Model Color Input Voltage Description Dimensions
Battery cabinet with charger for up to 110 Ah
4081-9306 Red 120 VAC batteries;
NOTE: Required for ULC listed charging of 27-7/8” W x 13-1/2” H x 14-5/8” D
110 Ah batteries; Listings include: UL, ULC, FM, (708 mm x 343 mm x 371 mm)
220/230/240 VAC,
4081-9308 Red CSFM, and MEA (NYC), see data sheet for
multi-tapped
details
4100-9837 Green LED Power-on Indicator Kit, required for ULC listing, mounts above access panel using knockout provided

TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited.

Tyco Fire Protection Products • Westminster, MA • 01441-0001 • USA S2081-0006-22 10/2016

www.simplex-fire.com
© 2014 Tyco Fire Protection Products. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice.
 System Accessories
UL, CSFM Listed* Batteries and Battery Cabinets; 110 Ah Sealed Lead-Acid
(2081-9280 Battery Cabinet) Batteries and Compatible Battery Cabinet (without charger)

Features
2081-9279, 12 V, 110 Ah rechargeable sealed
lead-acid battery features:
 Output terminals are high current posts; connecting
hardware is included with battery cabinet
 UL, ULC, and FM fire alarm system requirements are
satisfied when these batteries are used with a
compatible charger and compatible battery cabinet
 Batteries have UL 924 recognized pressure relief 2081-9279 Batteries, 2 required for 24 VDC system
valves (actual appearance may vary)

2081-9280 Battery Cabinet (ordered separately):

 Use when fire alarm control panel internal charger is
capable of charging 110 Ah batteries (not applicable
for ULC listed 4100ES/4100U systems)
 For compatible Simplex® 4100ES/4100U systems,
connection requires two wires to a 4100-5128 Battery
Distribution Terminal Block located in the cabinet
 For compatible 4100 Legacy systems, wiring requires
two wires for charging and two wires for battery
connections
 Refer to data sheet S4081-0002 for 4100ES/4100U
2081-9280 Battery Cabinet
compatible battery cabinet with charger
Description Battery Details (Continued)
2081-9279, 110 Ah rechargeable sealed-lead acid batteries Testing. Battery capacity testing is recommended to be
provide reliable and repeatable discharge and recharge performed by using a sealed lead-acid battery tester
characteristics for use in fire alarm and other systems designed to withdraw a minimum of battery charge. Testing
applications. For use with Simplex fire alarm control panels is available through your local Simplex product supplier.
with battery chargers capable of up to 110 Ah, mount these
Additional Information. Refer to Installation Instructions
batteries in external battery cabinet 2081-9280, located
574-670 for Battery Cabinet installation details. See 4100ES
close-nippled to the control panel.
basic panel data sheets S4100-0031 and S4100-0100 for
Battery Details additional power supply/battery charger information.
Series Connections. Connect two of these 12 V batteries Compatible Simplex Battery Chargers
in series to produce 24 V system voltage. Battery sets must
be of identical voltage, model number, appearance, and Description* Model Reference
approximately the same date of manufacture for proper 4100ES Standard System Power
operation. Supplies (SPS), or Enhanced 4100-9xxx Series
Power Supply (EPS+)
Disposal. Battery chemicals and materials can be recycled.
4100-5111, 4100-5112,
Refer to information shipped with the battery or on its case. 4100ES Additional SPS
4100-5113
Return to the battery manufacturer or to a similarly qualified
4100ES Additional EPS+ 4100-5311, 4100-5313
battery processing facility for proper disposal.
4100ES Additional EPS 4100-5325, 4100-5327
4100ES Remote Power Supply 4100-5125, 4100-5126,
* Battery cabinet 2081-9280 has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal
(RPS) 4100-5127
(CSFM) pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM
Listing 7315-0026:144 for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material 4100ES TrueAlert Addressable 4100-5120, 4100-5121,
presented in this document. 2081-9280 was not ULC listed or approved by FM or MEA Power Supply (TPS) 4100-5122
(NYC) as of document revision date. Additional listings may be applicable; contact your
local Simplex product supplier for the latest status. Listings and approvals under Simplex 4100-0104, 4100-0114,
4100 Legacy power supplies
Time Recorder Co. are the property of Tyco Safety Products Westminster. 4100-0124

S2081-0012-5 6/2013
 Specifications

2081-9280 Battery Cabinet 2081-9279 Battery Reference Information

26-1/2” W x 12” H x 12” D Dimensions 11-3/16” W x 9” H x 10-1/2” D
Dimensions
(673 mm x 305 mm x 305 mm) (per battery) (284 mm x 230 mm x 267 mm)
Hardware Terminals and cables for compatibility with
Capacity 110 Ah @ 20 hour discharge rate
Included 2081-9279 batteries
Battery Internally mounted fuseholder with 80 A Discharge
12 V per battery, 2 required for 24 V system
Protection fuse, included Voltage
Wiring Terminals 14 AWG to 2 AWG (2 mm2 to 32 mm2) Connections High current terminal posts
Color Red Weight 82 lbs (37 kg), per battery
Weight Cabinet = 49 lbs (22.2 kg)
Total weight Cabinet with two batteries = 213 lbs (97 kg)

4100ES/4100U Wiring and 2081-9280 Battery Cabinet Detail Reference

Locking top is hinged at back and

12" (284 mm) Side panel is removable for
held open with built-in support
access to battery connections
and charger assembly

To other panels
12" configured for external
(284 mm) batteries (optional)

External in-line fusing, for

conductor protection (by
26-1/2" (673 mm)
others), refer to information in
Wiring Distance Chart

Battery wiring to panel, connects to

Control panel with
4100-5128 Battery Distribution Terminal Module in
compatible charger
panel cabinet (ordered separately)
(4100ES shown)

Wiring Distance Chart

Minimum
Maximum Distance per Battery Discharge Current Range
Wire Size
AWG mm2 0-15 A 16-20 A 21-30 A 31-40 A 41-55 A 56-70 A 71-79 A
14 2 26 ft (8 m)
12 3 41 ft (12.5 m) 31 ft (9.5 m)
10 5 66 ft (20 m) 50 ft (15 m) 33 ft (10)
8 8 106 ft (32 m) 80 ft (24 m) 52 ft (15.8 m) 39 ft (11.9 m)
6 13 168 ft (51 m) 126 ft (38 m) 83 ft (25 m) 63 ft (19 m) 45 ft (13.7 m)
4 19 268 ft (81.7 m) 201 ft (61 m) 132 ft (40 m) 100 ft (30.5 m) 72 ft (22 m) 56 ft (17 m)
2 32 426 ft (130 m) 320 ft (97.5 m) 211 ft (64 m) 160 ft (48.7 m) 115 ft (35 m) 89 ft (27 m) 80 ft (24 m)

2081-9280 Battery Cabinet, Additional Wiring Information:

1. Internal battery cabinet output fuse is 80 A for battery protection.
2. In-line battery fuse requirement: To protect the output conductors, install a line fuse rated properly to the load current in the
battery plus (+) side of each output pair. Wire per applicable local code.
3. Battery output connects to multiple conductor terminal block for connections to other panels requiring external battery power.

TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited.

Tyco Safety Products Westminster • Westminster, MA • 01441-0001 • USA S2081-0012-5 6/2013

www.tycosafetyproducts-usa-wm.com
© 2013 Tyco Safety Products Westminster. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice.
 System Accessories
Battery Brackets for Seismic Activity Applications

Features
Provide secured battery mounting for
geographical areas where seismic activity is
anticipated:
 Available for use with compatible Simplex® fire alarm
control panel Model Series: 4100ES, 4010ES, 4100U,
4007ES, 4005, 4009 IDNet NAC Extender (4009A),
TrueAlert Addressable Controller (4009T), and
4009TPS
 Available for use with EZCare 2-bay cabinet
5009-9724 with Ethernet Switches and related
equipment
 Design was laboratory shake table tested and certified
to resist the maximum considered earthquake in the
United States
 Install on-site to either surface mount or flush mount
backboxes (see installation reference below)
 One bracket holds two (2) compatible batteries
 Galvanized steel construction with insulation near
battery terminals
 Refer to page 2 for selection information
Battery Bracket Shown in a 2 Bay 4100ES Cabinet
 For additional information on seismically compliant
equipment under the State of California Statewide Office
of Housing and Development (OSHPD) Special Seismic
Certification (SSC) program guidelines, refer to Seismic Installation Reference
Applications Guide 579-1213
1. Important: Install bracket hardware into flush
Satisfies the following requirements: mounted boxes before box installation for easier
 IBC 2012, International Building Code access.
 CBC 2013, California Building Code 2. Always mount boxes solidly. Align mounting
hardware with wall studs. Refer to the product’s box
 ASCE 7, categories A-F and all building heights installation instructions for additional information.
3. For additional battery bracket installation
Description information, refer to Installation Instructions
579-944.
Secured Battery Mounting. For geographic regions
where earthquake activity is a building design criteria,
these battery brackets will hold the system batteries
securely in place.
Laboratory Tested. Independent laboratory testing was
performed to ensure these battery brackets meet the
requirements of ASCE 7 (categories A through F) per the
following:
 IBC 2012 and CBC 2013 Certified
 ICC-ES AC156 Testing Standard
 Importance Factor = 1.5 (the highest category)
 Ss = 3.73 G
 Sds = 2.5 G
 z/h = 1.0
– This product was not agency listed as of document revision date.

S2081-0019-4 6/2015
 Battery Bracket Selection Reference

Compatible Batteries* Bracket Dimensions

Bracket 12 V, sealed lead-acid 0.060” (1.5 mm) Thick
Compatible Products Battery Dimension Reference*
Model No.
Capacity Model Width Height
4100ES, 4010ES, 4007ES,
4100U, 4009TPS, 4009 IDNet
6” W x 4” D x 4” H 12-1/16” 3-7/8”
2081-9401 12.7 Ah 2081-9288 NAC Extender (4009A),
(153 mm x 102 mm x 102 mm) (306 mm) (98 mm)
TrueAlert Addressable
Controller (4009T)
4100ES, 4007ES, 4010ES,
4100U, 4005
7-1/4” W x 3-3/8” D x 6-5/8” H 14-9/16” 6-9/16”
2081-9402 18 Ah 2081-9275 NOTE: 4005 systems with (184 mm x 86 mm x 168 mm) (370 mm) (167 mm)
DACT require 4005-9860
Bracket per below
4100ES, 4010ES, 4100U
5009-9724, EZCare 2-Bay
Cabinet with Ethernet Switches 6-5/8” W x 5” D x 7” H 13-3/8” 6-13/16”
2081-9403 25 Ah 2081-9287
and related equipment; (168 mm x 127 mm x 178 mm) (340 mm) (173 mm)
NOTE: Requires 5009-9906
Screw Kit per below
4100ES and 4100U,
1, 2, or 3 Bay Cabinet 7-3/4” W x 5-1/4” D x 6-3/4” H 15-1/2” 6-9/16”
2081-9297 33 Ah 2081-9276
(197 mm x 133 mm x 171 mm) (394 mm) (167 mm)
4010ES, 1 or 2 bay
4100ES and 4100U,
3 Bay Cabinet Only
9” W x 5-1/2” D x 8-7/8” H 18” 8-11/16”
2081-9298 50 Ah 2081-9296 NOTE: Requires use of (229 mm x 140 mm x 225 mm) (457 mm) (221 mm)
4100-0650 Battery Shelf
ordered separately per below
* Note: These brackets mount two of these 12 VDC batteries wired in series for 24 VDC systems. Refer to data sheet S2081-0006
for additional battery information. Alternate batteries must be of identical dimensions.

Additional Battery Equipment

Model Description
4100-0650 Battery Shelf; required when using 50 Ah batteries in 4100ES and 4100U cabinets
4005 Retrofit DACT Bracket, required when adding the 2081-9401 battery bracket to a 4005 Series Fire Alarm Control
Panel; mount supplied DACT on this bracket for seismic rated mounting
4005-9860
NOTE: Bracket will become standard production during 2012; identify by metal snap connections replaced with
standoffs for screw connections
Seismic Rated Screw Kit, required for the 5009-9724 cabinet assembly, use one kit per Ethernet Switch
5009-9906
NOTE: Screws will become standard production during 2012, identify as nylon screws with steel core

TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited.

Tyco Fire Protection Products • Westminster, MA • 01441-0001 • USA S2081-0019-4 6/2015

www.simplex-fire.com
© 2015 Tyco Fire Protection Products. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice.
 System Accessories
UL, CSFM Listed; FM Approved; 4081 Series Battery Cabinet with Charger
MEA (NYC) Acceptance*

Features
Provides external battery cabinet with charger
for compatible systems requiring batteries larger
than the control panel cabinet capacity:
 For use with Simplex® Model 4010 Fire Alarm
Control panel or Model 4004R Agent Release Control
panel BATTERY
CABINET

 Accommodates up to 50 Ah batteries (batteries are

CAUTION

DISCONNECT

ordered separately)
POWER BEFORE
SERVICING

 Cabinets mount close-nippled to fire alarm control

cabinet and can be installed either surface or
semi-flush
 Control panels are selectable for depleted battery
warning or depleted battery cutout
 Available with beige or red cabinet
4081 Series Battery Cabinet with Charger
Control panel connection controls charging circuit:
 Control panels periodically disable the charger and
perform a battery test to monitor battery condition
 Missing batteries or low battery charge problems are Specifications
identified and annunciated as troubles at the control
panel Sealed lead-acid only, up to
Battery Type and
50 Ah (batteries ordered
Capacity
Description separately)
Battery Output Voltage Nominal 24 VDC
Simplex Model 4010 Fire Alarm Control Panels allows
Input Power Requirements
batteries of up to 25 Ah to be mounted within its cabinet.
Simplex 4004R Agent Release Control Panels allow Voltage 102 to 132 VAC, 60 Hz
batteries up to 12.7 Ah to be mounted within its cabinet.
For system applications requiring more battery backup, Current 1.1 A @ 120 VAC
these external 4081 Series battery cabinets with charger Environmental and Mechanical
can accommodate up to 50 Ah batteries.
Temperature Range 32° F to 122° F (0° C to 50° C)
Battery status monitoring. A separate wired
Up to 93% RH, non-condensing
connection to the control panel allows the normally Humidity Range
@ 100.4° F (38° C) maximum
enabled remote charger circuit to be disabled allowing the
Terminal blocks for up to
control panel to evaluate battery status. Problems such as Wiring Connections
12 AWG wire (3.31 mm2)
missing or low batteries are reported as troubles at the
control panel. Two wires for battery
Wiring Requirements connections; one additional wire
Depleted battery. Depleted battery warnings and required for charger control
selectable or standard battery cutout features of the Distance from Panel 20 ft (6 m) maximum
connected fire alarm control panels are maintained when Dimensions 22-1/2” W x 16-3/4” H x 8-3/8” D
connected to the 4081 remote battery charger. (see drawing on page 2) (572 mm x 425 mm x 213 mm)
Approximately 90 lbs (41 kg)
Weight
with 50 Ah batteries

* This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to
Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing
7315-0026:228 for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in
this document. It is subject to re-examination, revision, and possible cancellation.
Accepted for use – City of New York Department of Buildings – MEA35-93E. This product
was not ULC listed as of document revision date. Additional listings may be applicable;
contact your local Simplex product supplier for the latest status. Listings and approvals
under Simplex Time Recorder Co. are the property of Tyco Safety Products Westminster.

S4081-0001-4 7/2009
Product Selection Information

External Battery Cabinet with Charger

Model Cabinet Color Description
4081-9301 Beige
Battery Cabinet with Charger, 120 VAC input
4081-9302 Red

Battery Selection Reference (ordered separately)

Model Description Voltage per Battery Quantity
2081-9287* 25 Ah Sealed Lead-Acid Battery 12 VDC
2 Required
2081-9276 33 Ah Sealed Lead-Acid Battery 12 VDC
2081-9211 50 Ah Sealed Lead-Acid Battery 6 VDC 4 Required
2081-9296 50 Ah Sealed Lead-Acid Battery 12 VDC 2 Required

* 2081-9287 Batteries will fit in the 4010 cabinet but are also compatible with these battery cabinets.

Installation Reference

8-3/8"
(213 mm)
7-11/16"
22-1/2" (572 mm) 7/8"
(195 mm)
(22 mm)

Wall stud guides

for 1/2" (13 mm)
wall board
Battery charger assembly Wall stud guides
for 5/8" (16 mm) Knockout
wall board) screw/nail holes
(for semi-flush
16-3/4" Door, 5/8"
AC wiring area mount)
(425 mm) (16 mm) thick

Door and exposed

Battery Area cabinet dimension
(no conduit entry or wiring in this area) for semi-flush mount
19" (483 mm) w/50 Ah batteries 1-3/8" (35 mm)

Wall board position

reference for
semi-flush mount
Wiring Notes:
1. Cut conduit entrance holes as required.
2. Power limited and non-power limited wiring must be in separate conduit.
3. AC power entrance is recommended at the bottom right of the cabinet.
4. Refer to Installation Instructions 574-199.

Tyco is a registered trademark of Tyco International Services GmbH and is used under license. Simplex and the Simplex logo are trademarks of Tyco International Ltd. and its
affiliates and are used under license.

Tyco Safety Products Westminster • Westminster, MA • 01441-0001 • USA S4081-0001-4 7/2009

www.tycosafetyproducts-usa-wm.com
© 2009 Tyco Safety Products Westminster. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice.
 System Accessories
UL, ULC, CSFM Listed; FM Approved; 4100ES/4100U/4010ES Compatible External Battery
MEA (NYC) Acceptance* Cabinet with Charger, 4081 Series

Features
Remote battery cabinet with charger for use with
Simplex® model 4100ES, 4100U, and 4010ES
addressable fire alarm control panels:
 For mounting and charging of sealed lead-acid
batteries up to 110 Ah (batteries are ordered
separately)
 Enclosure is a surface mounted red cabinet that
mounts close-nippled to the control panel cabinet,
(within 20 ft [6 m] and connected with conduit)
 Models are available for operation at 120 VAC or
220/230/240 VAC 4081-9306/9308, 4100ES/4100U/4010ES Compatible
Battery charger details: Battery Cabinet with Charger
 Charger provides dual rate operation with temperature
compensation and dynamic battery testing to detect
for low voltage or missing battery
 Battery voltage, charger voltage and current, and
charger status are all communicated to the control
panel and available for display
 Earth fault detection and depleted battery cutout are
selectable 2081-9279 Batteries, 2 Required for 24 V System
Listings: (exact appearance may vary)
 UL listed to Standard 864
Model Selection
 ULC listed to Standard S527
External Battery Cabinet with Charger
Description Model Voltage Description
4081-9306 120 VAC Input 4100ES/4100U/4010ES
Simplex 4100ES, 4100U, and 4010ES fire alarm Compatible Remote
control panels accept batteries mounted within their 220/230/240 VAC Battery Cabinet with
4081-9308 Charger for up to
enclosures. For system applications requiring battery input, multi-tapped
110 Ah batteries
backup greater than the maximum Ah capacity of the
control panel enclosure, these battery cabinets with Accessories
battery charger can accommodate up to 110 Ah batteries.
Model Description
Monitoring and control of the remote charger is Green LED Power-on Indicator Kit, required
performed at the control panel allowing status conditions 4100-9837 for ULC listing, mounts above access panel
to be known and displayed as required. using knockout provided
Low Battery Cutout. For ULC listed systems, the low Battery Reference (ordered separately)
battery cutout feature disconnects the batteries when they
reach low voltage cutoff. Voltage per
Model Description Quantity
Battery
110 Ah Sealed 2
Additional Reference 2081-9279
Lead-Acid Battery
12 VDC
Required
Description Document
Installation Instructions 579-268 * This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant
to Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing
General Reference Battery Data Sheet S2081-0006 7165-0026:251 for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in
this document. It is subject to re-examination, revision, and possible cancellation. UL and
Battery Cabinet without charger for up ULC fire alarm system requirements are satisfied when 2081-9279 batteries are used
S2081-0012
to 110 Ah Batteries with these remote battery cabinets and chargers. 2081-9279 batteries are equipped with
flame arrester vent caps in accordance with UL Standard 924 requirements. Additional
listings may be applicable; contact your local Simplex product supplier for the latest
status. Listings and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co. are the property of
SimplexGrinnell LP, Westminster.

S4081-0002-5
 Cabinet and Charger Specifications
General Specifications
Dual rate, temperature compensated, for batteries 55 Ah to 110 Ah; recharges
Charger Type depleted batteries within 48 hours per UL Standard 864 and to 70% capacity in
12 hours per ULC Standard S527
Battery Type and Capacity Sealed lead-acid, batteries ordered separately
Battery Output Voltage 24 VDC nominal
Charger Standby Current Requirement 50 mA
Battery Output Protection 80 A fast acting fuse, charger is reverse polarity protected
Input Power Requirements
Voltage 102 to 132 VAC, 60 Hz
120 VAC Input Models
Current 4 A maximum
Voltage 187 to 264 VAC, 50/60 Hz, (separate taps for 220/230/240 VAC)
220/230/240 VAC Input Models
Current 2 A maximum
Environmental and Mechanical
Temperature Range 32°F to 122°F (0° C to 50° C)
Humidity Range Up to 93% RH, non-condensing @ 100.4° F (38° C) maximum
AC Input Terminal block for 14 to 12 AWG
Wiring Connections
Battery Output Terminal block for 14 to 6 AWG wire, 5 terminals each for (+) and (–)
Distance from Control Panel 20 ft (6 m) maximum, in conduit
Terminals and cables to connect to 2081-9279, 110 Ah batteries;
Included Hardware and Cables communications harness, 20 ft long (6 m); Battery connection harness to
power distribution module (PDM)
Metric wire equivalents: 14 AWG = 2.08 mm2; 12 AWG = 3.31 mm; 6 AWG = 13.3 mm2

2081-9279 Battery Specifications

Capacity 110 Ah (rating at 20 hour discharge rate)
Discharge Voltage 12 V per battery, 2 required for 24 V system
Connections High current terminal posts
Size (per battery) 11-3/16” W x 9” H x 10-1/2” D (284 mm x 230 mm x 267 mm)
Weight (per battery) 82 lbs (37 kg)

Cabinet Dimension Reference

Locking top is hinged at back and
14-5/8" (371 mm) deep
held open with built-in support

Side panel is
removable for
access to battery
connections and
charger assembly
13-1/2"
(343 mm)

Access cover
for AC input

27-7/8" (708 mm)

Tyco is a registered trademark of Tyco International Services GmbH and is used under license. Simplex, and the Simplex logo are trademarks of Tyco International Ltd. and its
affiliates and are used under license.

SimplexGrinnell LP Westminster • Westminster, MA • 01441-0001 • USA S4081-0002-5

www.simplexgrinnell.com
© 2011 Tyco. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice.
 System Accessories
UL, ULC, CSFM Listed* Circuit Protection; Model 2081-9027
Isolated Loop Circuit Protector (ILCP)

Features

Designed specifically for protection of fire alarm

circuits including:
 DC power (200 mA maximum)
 Monitor circuits
 Audio riser circuits
 Firefighter telephone riser circuits E
L
 Refer to page 2 for application details
SIMPLEX TIME RECORDER CO.
GARDNER, MA. 01441 U.S.A. Q
I
INSTALLATION INST. 574-803 U
 Listed as an Isolated Loop Circuit Protector to
N 2081-9027
740-632
I
E
P
UL 497B, Protectors for Data Communications and
Fire Alarm Circuits
 Listed as a Surge Suppressor to ULC-S527, Control 2081-9027 Isolated Loop Circuit Protector
Units for Fire Alarm Systems
 For higher current ILCP applications (up to 5A), refer
to Model 2081-9028 on data sheet S2081-0008 Operating Specifications
Multiple stages of protection include: Continuous: 38 VDC,
Line-to-Line Voltage Rating 28 VAC RMS
 Line-to-Line protection Clamping: 47 V typical
 Line-to-Earth protection Line-to-Earth Voltage
Continuous: 45 VDC,
35 VAC RMS
 Rugged epoxy encapsulated package Rating
Clamping: 56 V typical
Continuous: 48 VDC,
Shield-to-Earth Voltage
Description 33 VAC RMS
Rating
Clamping: 75 V typical
Electrical transients caused by lightning or by Line-to-Line Capacitance 0.006 F typical
disturbances on high voltage power lines are conditions that Continuous Current Rating 200 mA maximum
require low voltage wiring circuits to be adequately Series Resistance 3 /line
protected. This protection is most effective when placed at Line-to-Line <1 Nanosecond (10-9)
Response
the location where such circuits leave or enter the building. Time Line-to-Earth <25 Nanosecond (10-9)
Transient Protection. The 2081-9027 Isolated Loop Line-to-Line 2000 A (10 x 50 sec pulse)
Circuit Protector (ILCP) is designed to protect Simplex® Maximum
Line-to-Earth 2000 A (8 x 20 sec pulse)
Current
Fire Alarm circuits from those electrical transients induced Shield-to-Earth 5000 A (10 x 50 sec)
on wire runs that are routed external to the building.
Mechanical Specifications
Because of its small package size, it can be easily mounted
at the location that achieves maximum protection. 2 7⁄16” W x 1 ⅜” D x 1 1⁄16” H
Dimensions
(62 mm x 35 mm x 27 mm)
Note 1: Overvoltage Protector Applications. Model Package Beige epoxy encapsulated
2081-9027 is for use as an Isolated Loop Circuit Protector 4” (102 mm) square box,
Electrical box requirement
which is different from operation as an Overvoltage 2 ⅛” (54 mm) minimum depth
Protector. For Overvoltage Protector applications, refer to Temperature Rating 32° F to 120° F (0° C to 49° C)
Overvoltage Protector model 2081-9044 which is listed to Humidity Rating 10-95% RH, at 30° C
UL 864, rated for up to 200 mA, and documented on data Color coded, 18 AWG
Signal Leads
sheet S2081-0016. (0.82 mm2), 10” long (245 mm)
Green, 14 AWG, 10” long
Note 2: Operation with other Circuit Types. Ground Lead
(254 mm)
Performance of the 2081-9028 ILCP has been quantified Installation Instructions 574-803
for use with other circuit types for specific applications
where its low resistance is desired. Contact your local
Simplex product supplier for application guidance. * This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to
Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing
7300-0026:171 for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in
this document. This product was not FM or MEA (NYC) approved as of document
revision date. Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local Simplex product
supplier for the latest status. Listings and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co.
are the property of Tyco Fire Protection Products.

S2081-0007-8 12/2014
 External Wiring Requirements
Fire alarm system wiring that is run external to the Overhead Wiring:
building and is protected by the use of 2081-9027 ILCPs
1. Wiring must be run on poles separate from those
shall be installed in accordance with the individual system
supporting any commercial power distribution
component’s installation instructions including properly
wiring.
grounded, twisted and shielded pairs, and observance of
the following precautions. 2. Wiring shall be run in parallel with the commercial
power distribution wiring and be separated by a
Location. To ensure optimized protection, the minimum distance of either 100 ft (30 m) or the
2081-9027 ILCPs shall be located as close as possible to maximum span between any two adjacent poles of
the point at which the circuits leave or enter the buildings either the system’s circuit or the commercial power
and installed in dedicated metallic electrical boxes. distribution circuit.
Wiring Distance. Wiring is limited to one contiguous Grounding Conductor. The grounding conductor shall be
property. The total maximum wire length is determined 12 AWG (3.31 mm2) with a maximum length of 28 ft
by the individual application’s allowable limit as (8.5 m), run in as straight a line as possible and connected
specified with ILCPs, but must not exceed 3270 ft (1 km). to the building grounding electrode system (unified earth
Underground Wiring. Wiring must be in a wiring ground) per NFPA 70, the National Electrical Code.
trough that is separate from commercial power
distribution wiring.

Application Reference

Control Panel Circuit Type Wiring Distance and Notes

4100ES, 4100U, 4100, and
4120 Series
4007ES, 4010ES, 4100ES,
4100U, 4100, 4020, and 4120
Series
Audio Riser
3270 ft (1 km) maximum
Firefighter Telephone Riser
For 2-Wire Detectors: 50 Ω maximum
Monitor Points For Dry Contacts: 800 Ω maximum
or 3270 ft (1 km) maximum, whichever is shorter
IDNet and MAPNET II Monitor 2000 ft (610 m) maximum or 10 Ω maximum, whichever is
ZAM Zone Connections shorter

Typical Connection Reference (refer to Installation Instructions 574-803 for additional information)

4" square box, 2-1/8" deep (54 mm)

Supplied separately Indoors Outdoors Indoors

Protected Equipment 2081-9027 ILCP

Line A To the next
Line B connected
Shield protector
Note: Refer to
equipment Orange
Line A Brown Internal circuit
installation
instructions to Line B Violet Yellow
determine where to Shield
terminate shield Gray
Gray
Cable
shield
Ground Cable
screw Green
shield
Box ground screw
12 AWG min.
Note: Ground connections for the protected Local Ground connection, 12 AWG
equipment and the Overvoltage Protector must minimum, 28 ft (8.5 m) maximum
be part of the same Grounding Electrode System

TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA and the National Electrical Code
are trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association.

Tyco Fire Protection Products • Westminster, MA • 01441-0001 • USA S2081-0007-8 12/2014

www.simplex-fire.com
© 2014 Tyco Fire Protection Products. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice.
 System Accessories
UL, ULC, CSFM Listed* Circuit Protection; Model 2081-9028
Isolated Loop Circuit Protector (ILCP)

Features
Isolated Loop Circuit Protector (ILCP) for up to
5 A of DC or audio current:
 Low impedance design minimizes voltage drop
 For internal or external applications (refer to page 2 for
external wiring requirements)
 Refer to specific panel field wiring diagrams for
additional application information
 Listed as an Isolated Loop Circuit Protector to UL 497B,
Protectors for Data Communications and Fire Alarm
Circuits
 Listed as a Surge Suppressor to ULC-S527, Control 2081-9028 Isolated Loop Circuit Protector
Units for Fire Alarm Systems
 See Note 1 below for additional application reference
 For lower current ILCP applications (up to 200 mA), Specifications
refer to Model 2081-9027 on data sheet S2081-0007
Operation is compatible with: Operating Specifications
 DC notification appliance circuits (NACs) Line-to-Line Rating
38 VDC, 28 VAC RMS
 Speaker circuit NACs (25 VRMS) Line-to-Ground Rating

 IDNAC SLCs, IDNAC SLCs, and TrueAlert SLCs Shield-to-Ground Rating 48 VDC, 33 VAC RMS
Continuous Current Rating 5A
 Other circuit types (see Note 2 below)
Series Resistance 0.1 Ω/line
Multiple stages of protection for DC and audio Series Inductance 68 µH/line
circuits: Shunt Capacitance 0.017 µF
 Line-to-Line Protection <1 Nanosecond (10-9)
Response Time
 Line-to-Earth protection line-to-line and line-to-earth
Maximum Current
Rugged epoxy encapsulated package Line-to-Line and 2000 A (8 x 20 µsec pulse)
Line-to-Earth
Description Maximum Current
5000 A (10 x 50 µsec)
Electrical transients caused by lightning or by Shield-to-Earth
disturbances on high voltage power lines are conditions that Application Reference
require low voltage wiring circuits to be adequately Length is limited to 1000 ft (305 m)
IDNAC SLCs and
protected. This protection is most effective when placed at with a maximum of two (2)
TrueAlert SLCs
the location where such circuits leave or enter the building. 2081-9028 ILCPs per branch
Mechanical Specifications
Transient Protection. The 2081-9028 Isolated Loop
Circuit Protector (ILCP) is designed to protect Simplex® 3 ⅜” W x 2” D x 1” H
Dimensions
(86 mm x 50 mm x 25 mm)
Fire Alarm circuits from those electrical transients induced
Package Epoxy encapsulated, beige
on wire runs that are routed external to the building.
4” (102 mm) square box,
Because of its small package size, it can be easily mounted Electrical box requirement
2 ⅛” (54 mm) minimum depth
at the location that achieves maximum protection.
Color coded, 18 AWG (0.82 mm2),
Wire Leads
Note 1: Overvoltage Protector Applications. Model 8” long (203 mm)
2081-9028 is for use as an Isolated Loop Circuit Protector Installation Instructions 574-805
which is different from operation as an Overvoltage
Protector. For Overvoltage Protector applications, refer to
Overvoltage Protector model 2081-9044 which is listed to * This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to
UL 864, rated for up to 200 mA, and documented on data Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing
7300-0026:171 for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in
sheet S2081-0016. this document. This product was not FM or MEA (NYC) approved as of document
revision date. Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local Simplex product
Note 2: Operation with other Circuit Types. supplier for the latest status. Listings and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co.
Performance of the 2081-9028 ILCP has been quantified are the property of Tyco Safety Products Westminster.
for use with other circuit types for specific applications
where its low resistance is desired. Contact your local
Simplex product supplier for application guidance.
S2081-0008-8 5/2013
 External Wiring Requirements
Fire alarm system wiring that is run external to the Overhead Wiring:
building and is protected by the use of 2081-9028 ILCPs
1. Wiring must be run on poles separate from those
shall be installed in accordance with the individual system
supporting any commercial power distribution
component’s installation instructions including properly
wiring.
grounded, twisted and shielded pairs, and observance of
the following precautions. 2. Wiring shall be run in parallel with the commercial
power distribution wiring and be separated by a
Location. To ensure optimized protection, the minimum distance of either 100 ft (30 m) or the
2081-9028 ILCPs shall be located as close as possible to maximum span between any two adjacent poles of
the point at which the circuits leave or enter the buildings either the system’s circuit or the commercial power
and installed in dedicated metallic electrical boxes. distribution circuit.
Wiring Distance. Wiring is limited to one contiguous Grounding Conductor. The grounding conductor shall be
property. The total maximum wire length is determined 12 AWG (3.31 mm2) with a maximum length of 28 ft
by the individual application’s allowable limit as (8.5 m), run in as straight a line as possible and connected
specified with ILCPs, but must not exceed 3270 ft (1 km). to the building grounding electrode system (unified earth
Underground Wiring. Wiring must be in a wiring ground) per NFPA 70, the National Electrical Code.
trough that is separate from commercial power
distribution wiring.

Typical Connection Reference (refer to Installation Instructions 574-805 for additional information)

4" square box, 2-1/8" deep (54 mm)

Supplied separately Indoors Outdoors Indoors

Protected Equipment 2081-9028 ILCP

Line A To the next
Line B connected
Note: Refer to Shield protector
equipment Orange
Line A Brown Internal circuit
installation
instructions to Line B Violet Yellow
determine where to Shield
terminate shield Gray
Gray
Cable
shield
Ground Cable
screw Green
shield
Box ground screw
12 AWG min.
Note: Ground connections for the protected Local Ground connection, 12 AWG
equipment and the Overvoltage Protector must minimum, 28 ft (8.5 m) maximum
be part of the same Grounding Electrode System

TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA and the National Electrical Code
are trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association.

Tyco Fire Protection Products • Westminster, MA • 01441-0001 • USA S2081-0008-8 5/2013

www.simplexgrinnell.com
© 2013 Tyco Fire Protection Products. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice.
 System Accessories
UL, ULC, CSFM Listed* Circuit Protection; Model 2081-9044
Overvoltage Protector

Features
Designed specifically for protection of fire alarm
circuits including:
 DC power (200 mA maximum)
 Data communications
 Local energy city circuit connections
 Rugged epoxy encapsulated package
 Refer to page 2 for application details
L OVERVOLTAGE PROTECTOR E
Multiple stages of protection include: MODEL NO. 2081-9044
I INDOOR DRY APPLICATION/SIGNALING DEVICE Q
 Line-to-Line protection and Line-to-Earth protection N INSTALLATION INST. : 574-832
SIMPLEX TIME RECORDER CO.
WESTMINSTER, MA. 01441 U. S. A.
U
I
E
Listings Reference: P

 Listed as an Overvoltage Protector to UL 864, Control

2081-9044 Overvoltage Protector
Units and Accessories for Fire Alarm Systems
 Listed as an Overvoltage Protector to ULC-S527,
Control Units for Fire Alarm Systems
 Listed as an Isolated Loop Circuit Protector to Operating Specifications
UL 497B, Protectors for Data Communications and Continuous: 38 VDC,
Fire Alarm Circuits Line-to-Line Voltage Rating 28 VAC RMS
Clamping: 47 V typical
 Compatible with the requirements of the National
Continuous: 45 VDC,
Electrical Code (NFPA 70) Line-to-Earth Voltage
35 VAC RMS
Rating
Clamping: 56 V typical
Description
Continuous: 48 VDC,
Shield-to-Earth Voltage
Circuit Protection. Electrical transients caused by 33 VAC RMS
Rating
Clamping: 75 V typical
lightning or by disturbances on high voltage power lines
can cause damage to low voltage fire alarm circuits. Proper Line-to-Line Capacitance 0.006 F typical
application of 2081-9044 Overvoltage Protectors can Continuous Current Rating 200 mA maximum
minimize the energy from those electrical transients to a Series Resistance 3 /line
level that can be safely handled by the circuits requiring Response Line-to-Line <1 Nanosecond (10-9)
protection. This protection is most effective when placed at Time Line-to-Earth <25 Nanosecond (10-9)
the locations where the circuits leave and enter buildings. Line-to-Line 2000 A (10 x 50 sec pulse)
The 2081-9044 Overvoltage Protector provides multiple Maximum
Line-to-Earth 2000 A (8 x 20 sec pulse)
stages of protection against electrical transients. The small Current
Shield-to-Earth 5000 A (10 x 50 sec)
package size allows it to be easily mounted at the location
that achieves maximum protection. Mechanical Specifications
2 7⁄16” W x 1 ⅜” D x 1 1⁄16” H
External Wiring Requirements Dimensions
(62 mm x 35 mm x 27 mm)
Package Beige epoxy encapsulated
Fire alarm system wiring that is run external to the building
4” (102 mm) square box,
and is protected by 2081-9044 Overvoltage Protectors shall Electrical box requirement
2 ⅛” (54 mm) minimum depth
be installed in accordance with the individual system
Temperature Rating 32° F to 120° F (0° C to 49° C)
component’s installation instructions including properly
Humidity Rating 10-95% RH, at 30° C
grounded, twisted and shielded wire pairs, and observance
of the following precautions. Color coded, 18 AWG
Signal Leads
(0.82 mm2), 10” long (245 mm)
Location. To ensure optimized protection, the 2081-9044 Green, 14 AWG, 10” long
Overvoltage Protector shall be located as close as possible Ground Lead
(254 mm)
to the point at which the circuits leave or enter the buildings Installation Instructions 574-832
and installed in dedicated metallic electrical boxes.
Wiring distance is limited to one contiguous property.
The total maximum wire length is determined by the
individual application’s allowable limit as specified with * This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to
Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing
overvoltage protectors, but must not exceed 3270 ft (1 km). 7300-0026:171 for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in
The grounding conductor shall be 12 AWG with a this document. This product was not FM or MEA (NYC) approved as of document
revision date. Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local Simplex product
maximum length of 28 ft (8.5 m), run in as straight a line as supplier for the latest status. Listings and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co.
possible and connected to the building grounding electrode are the property of Tyco Fire Protection Products.
system per NFPA 70, the National Electrical Code.
S2081-0016-4 12/2014
 2081-9044 Overvoltage Protector Application Reference
The 2081-9044 Overvoltage Protector is for fire alarm circuit use as listed below. These circuits may be standard or optionally
available on the following Fire Alarm Control Panel Series: 4007ES, 4010, 4010ES, 4100ES, 4100U, 4020, 4100, and 4120.
Applications listed for remote device output circuits include the applicable device model number below the description.
Compatible Fire Alarm Control Panel Circuits
Circuit Type Wiring Distance and Requirements
Two, 2081-9044’s, 2500 ft (762 m) maximum
IDNet Communications
Four, 2081-9044’s, 1500 ft (457 m) maximum
Monitor ZAM IDC;
1400 ft (428 m) maximum
4090-9101 and 4090-9106
Supervised IAM Zone;
400 ft (122 m) maximum
4090-9001 and 4090-9051
Reduce maximum line distance by 1000 ft (305 m) for first two suppressors;
RUI/RUI+ Communications
each additional suppressor reduces distance by 500 ft (152 m)
Fire Alarm Network, Wired
Maximum of two per node-to-node connection, no impact to total distance limit
Communications
200 mA maximum current, 2500 ft (762 m) total length on branch with suppressor; 6 Ω of line
IDNAC and TrueAlert SLCs resistance must be accounted for in voltage drop calculations; Maximum of two suppressors on a
branch (Note: Do not mix with 2081-9028 Isolated Loop Circuit Protector (ILCP))
Phone/Audio risers 25 VRMS Audio only, limited to 200 mA
3270 ft (1 km) maximum;
Local Energy City Circuit
(Note: For Reverse Polarity City Circuits, use 2081-9045; refer to data sheet S2081-0007)
N2 Communications Two, 2081-9044’s, 2500 ft (762 m) maximum
(4010 Series Models Only) Four, 2081-9044’s, 1500 ft (457 m) maximum
Two, 2081-9044’s, 1500 ft (457 km) maximum
MAPNET II Communications
Four, 2081-9044’s, 500 ft (152 km) maximum
MAPNET II ZAM Power;
3270 ft (1 km) maximum, 200 mA maximum
2190-9153 through 2190-9164
General Precautions for All Circuit Types (subject to local codes)
Underground wiring must be in a wiring trough that is separate from commercial power distribution wiring.
Overhead wiring must be run on poles separate from those supporting any commercial power distribution wiring. Wiring shall be
run in parallel with the commercial power distribution wiring and be separated by a minimum distance of either 100 ft (30 m) or the
maximum span between any two adjacent poles of either the system’s circuit or the commercial power distribution circuit.

Typical Connection Reference (refer to Installation Instructions 574-832 for additional information)
4" square box, 2-1/8" deep (54 mm)
Supplied separately Indoors Outdoors Indoors

2081-9044
Protected Equipment
Overvoltage Protector
Line A To the next
Line B connected
Shield protector
Note: Refer to
equipment Orange
Line A Brown Internal circuit
installation
instructions to Line B Violet Yellow
determine where to Shield
terminate shield Gray
Gray
Cable
shield
Ground Cable
screw Green
shield
Box ground screw
12 AWG min.
Note: Ground connections for the protected Local Ground connection, 12 AWG
equipment and the Overvoltage Protector must minimum, 28 ft (8.5 m) maximum
be part of the same Grounding Electrode System

TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA 70 and National Electrical Code
are registered trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).

Tyco Fire Protection Products • Westminster, MA • 01441-0001 • USA S2081-0016-4 12/2014

www.simplex-fire.com
© 2014 Tyco Fire Protection Products. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice.
 Fire Alarm System Accessories
FM Approved* Intrinsically Safe Devices
Single and Dual Channel Isolated Barrier Modules

Features
Single or dual channel intrinsically safe,
transformer isolated barrier modules:
 2081-9062, Single channel U.S.A.
Approved by

FM
APPROVED

 2081-9063, Dual channel

Meets requirements of National Electrical Code
Articles 500-517 for Hazardous Locations:
 Classes I, II, & III
 Divisions 1 & 2
 Groups A, B, C, D, E, F, & G
Compatible with Simplex® intrinsically safe Intrinsically Safe Barrier Module Mounted in Cabinet
manual stations and simple apparatus: (shown with cover removed, wiring and conduit
 Refer to page 2 for compatible product details shown for reference only)
including compatible smoke detector model
 Product selection summary is detailed on page 7
Specifications
Required accessories (ordered separately):
 2975-9218, Red cabinet with solid door and lock Barrier Modules 2081-9062 and 2081-9063**
 2081-9061, Module installation kit Input Voltage (Vin) 4 to 35 VDC
40 mA maximum, limited by module
Input Current (Iin)
impedance
Description
Output VIN < 23.7 V VOUT = VIN - (400 x IIN) - 0.7 V
Simplex Intrinsically Safe Modules are for use with FM Voltage
(VOUT) VIN > 23.7 V VOUT = VIN - (400 x IIN)
Approved Simplex control panels to make initiating
device circuit wiring safe for use in locations where Transfer current  40 mA
Output Current
hazardous concentrations of flammable gases or other Short circuit current  65 mA
materials may exist. The intrinsically safe module is an
Operating Temperature 32 F to 120 F (0 C to 49 C)
isolated, power-limited barrier that limits the output
current to a level below ignition for atmospheres defined Up to 85% RH maximum
Operating Humidity
by NEC Articles 500-517 for Classes I, II, & III, @ 86° F (30° C)
Divisions 1 & 2, Groups A, B, C, D, E, F, & G. 4-1/2” H x 4-1/4” W (including terminal
Dimensions block) x 13/16” D (114 mm x 108 mm x
Installation Considerations. The installation of 21 mm)
intrinsically safe modules requires strict adherence to
product compatibility lists and must be in accordance with 2975-9218 Cabinet; Required, Ordered Separately
all product installation instructions and applicable codes 12” W x 8-3/8” H x 3-1/2” D
Dimensions
and wiring practices. (305 mm x 213 mm x 89 mm)
Review all applicable references thoroughly before Color Red
completing the intrinsically safe design. 2081-9061 Installation Kit; Required, Ordered Separately
Bracket for barrier module mounting
(35 mm DIN rail type), mounting
Contents
hardware, control drawing, and
required end-of-line resistors

* Refer to page 2 for listing exceptions. This application is FM approved only. Contact your
local Simplex product supplier for additional information. Listings and approvals under ** Refer to page 7 for listing of approved entity parameters and allowable wiring distances.
Simplex Time Recorder Co. are the property of Tyco Safety Products Westminster.

S2081-0018-3 10/2003
Intrinsically Safe Barrier Module Compatibility
Simplex 2081-9062 and 2081-9063 Intrinsically Safe
Modules report alarms as a current limited condition. FM
Approval is for use with the Simplex fire alarm control NOTE: Intrinsically Safe applications are NOT
panels and peripheral devices described in the following COMPATIBLE with Alarm Verification
selection chart. operation.

Compatibility Reference

Compatible Simplex Fire Alarm Control Panels and Modules

Model Series Description
4004 and 4005 Class B IDCs, both standard and “high current”
4020 Class B IDCs
4100 Class B IDC module 4100-5004
4100U Class B IDC module 4100-5005
Zone Adapter Modules (ZAMs)
Model Description
2190-9155 Class B (surface cover); MAPNET II® communications only
2190-9156 Class B (flush cover); MAPNET II communications only
Class B, for use with compatible Simplex fire alarm control panels; MAPNET II or IDNet™
4090-9101
communications
Compatible Initiating Devices*
Manual Stations
Model Series Description
2099-9767 Single Action Station
2099-9799 Double Action (Breakglass) Station
Simple Apparatus
Any device which does not store or generate more than 1.2 V, 100 mA, or 20 J (typically a dry contact heat detector or
pushbutton switch)
Compatible Smoke Detector (NOTE: NOT FM APPROVED, but tested as compatible with IDCs listed)
Compatible IDCs Description
4100-5004 Hochiki Intrinsically Safe Photoelectric Smoke Detector Model SLR-E-IS with Hochiki Intrinsically Safe
4100-5005 Detector Base Model YBN-R/4-IS; NOTE: Five (5) maximum per circuit; Available from Hochiki
4090-9101 America

* Although the above listed peripheral model numbers are FM Approved as Intrinsically Safe (except as noted),
these peripheral devices and any simple apparatus must be selected for proper fire protection compatibility
with the dust content and corrosion potential of the atmosphere to be protected.

Installation Requirements
1. All equipment MUST be installed in accordance with
the National Electrical Code, NEC ANSI/NFPA 70
Article 504, and ANSI/ISA-RP 12.6-1987.
2. Cable and/or conduit from Non-Hazardous and
Hazardous locations MUST enter the barrier enclosure
from opposite sides and MUST be sealed per National
Electrical Code, Article 504.
3. Intrinsically Safe circuits MUST NOT be installed in
the same cable, conduit, or raceway with
non-intrinsically safe circuits.
4. Intrinsically Safe circuits are for indoor applications
only.
5. Maximum line resistance from the Fire Alarm panel to
the last device in the Hazardous location is 10 .
6. The 2975-9218 cabinet must be equipped with a safety
ground per NEC Article 250-42. The grounding
conductor must be 12 AWG (3.31 mm2) minimum (the
barrier is not grounded).
7. For additional wiring information, reference the
National Electrical Code, Articles 500 through 517 and
Simplex Control Drawing 842-070.
8. Refer to page 7 for approved entity parameter
information reference.

2 S2081-0018-3 10/2003
Installation Reference

Pluggable input Mounting bracket Pluggable output terminal

terminal block (green) block (blue)

2975-9218
Cabinet
Cabinet
ground
terminal

Approved by

U.S.A. FM
APPROVED

Conduit
from Conduit to
fire alarm Hazardous
panel area

Cabinet grounding conductor, Barrier module Cable and/or conduit between

12 AWG minimum (green) barrier and hazardous area
shall be sealed per National
Electrical Code Article 504

Wiring Diagram Reference

Diagram below is for reference only, refer to Control Diagram 842-070 for complete installation details.

Non-Hazardous Location Hazardous Location

Conduit required, Class I, II, III, DIV 1, 2
seal per NFPA 70 Groups A, B, C, D, E, F, G EOL Resistor
Compatible Simplex 2081-9062 Single Section 504-70 3.9 k
Style B Initiating Device Barrier Module (378-059)
for: 4002
4004-9822
Zone (+) + In (11) + Out (1) 4004-9824
Zone (-) - In (12) - Out (2) 4005-9824
4.7 k
(378-056) for:
Manual Stations
4100, 4100 UT
2099-9767 or 2099-9799
+ In (11) + Out (1) 4090-9101
For 4090-9101 ZAM and/or other devices that qualify
only,15 k1/2 W - In (12) - Out (2) as simple apparatus 6.8 k
resistor (378-054) is (378-058)
required here + In (9) + Out (4) for:
- In (10) - Out (5) 2190-9155
NOTE: Intrinsically safe circuits are for indoor applications only.
2190-9156
Cabinet 4004-9802
grounding 4004-9804
conductor 2081-9063 Dual 4005-9803
Barrier Module 4005-9804

3 S2081-0018-3 10/2003
 National Electrical Code Hazardous Location Classifications*
Class I Locations
Class I locations are those in which flammable gases or
vapors are, or may be, present in the air in quantities
sufficient to produce explosive or ignitable mixtures.
Class I, Division 1
A Class I, Division 1 location is a location:
1. In which ignitable concentrations of flammable gases
or vapors can exist under normal operating
conditions; or
2. In which ignitable concentrations of such gases or
vapors may exist frequently because of repair or
maintenance operations or because of leakage; or
3. In which breakdown or faulty operation of equipment
or processes might release ignitable concentrations of
flammable gases or vapors, and might also cause
simultaneous failure of electric equipment.
Class II Locations
Class II locations are those that are hazardous because of
the presence of combustible dust.
Class II, Division 1
A Class II, Division 1 location is a location:
1. In which combustible dust is in the air under normal
operating conditions in quantities sufficient to
produce explosive or ignitable mixtures; or
2. Where mechanical failure or abnormal operation of
machinery or equipment might cause such explosive
or ignitable mixtures to be produced, and might also
provide a source of ignition through simultaneous
failure of electric equipment, operation of protection
devices, or from other causes; or
3. In which combustible dusts of an electrically
conductive nature may be present in hazardous
quantities.
Class III Locations
Class III locations are those that are hazardous because
of the presence of easily ignitable fibers or flyings, but in
which such fibers or flyings are not likely to be in
suspension in the air in quantities sufficient to produce
ignitable mixtures.
4 S2081-0018-3 10/2003
Class III Division 1
A Class III, Division 1 location is a location in which
easily ignitable fibers or materials producing combustible
flyings are handled, manufactured, or used.
General Note, Division 2 Categories
Equipment marked Division 1 is suitable for both
Division 1 and Division 2 locations.
Group Definitions
Class I:
Group A. Atmospheres containing acetylene.
Group B. Atmospheres containing hydrogen, fuel
and combustible process gases containing more than
30 percent hydrogen by volume, or gases or vapors of
equivalent hazard such as butadiene, ethylene oxide,
propylene oxide, and acrolein.
Group C. Atmospheres such as, ethyl ether,
ethylene, or gases or vapors of equivalent hazard.
Group D. Atmospheres such as acetone, ammonia,
benzene, butane, cyclopropane, ethanol, gasoline,
hexane, methanol, methane, natural gas, naphtha,
propane or gases, or vapors of equivalent hazard.
Class II:
Group E. Atmospheres containing combustible
metal dusts, including aluminum, magnesium, and
their commercial alloys, or other combustible dusts
whose particle size, abrasiveness, and conductivity
present similar hazards in the use of electrical
equipment.
Group F. Atmospheres containing combustible
carbonaceous dusts, including carbon black, charcoal,
coal, or dusts that have been sensitized by other
materials so that they present an explosion hazard.
Group G. Atmospheres containing combustible
dusts not included in Group E or F, including flour,
grain, wood, plastic, and chemicals.
Reference
For additional information concerning these hazardous
location classifications, refer to NFPA 70, the National
Electrical Code. (A publication of NFPA, the National
Fire Protection Association.)
* Please note that the above information is summarized
from NFPA 70, Article 500 and is presented for
reference only. Refer to NFPA 70 for further
information.
 Intrinsically Safe Manual Stations
Description
Single action stations require a firm downward pull to
break the plastic rod visible below the pull lever and
actuate a switch to sound the alarm. The front of the
station is hinged and must be opened to reset the station
and to replace the plastic rod.
Double action stations require that the hammer, hung
on the front of the station, be lifted and thrown downward
against the glass window, thus breaking it to expose the
recessed pull lever. As with the single action station, a
firm downward pull of the pull lever actuates and locks in
the alarm switch.
Single action station reset. To reset the single action
station, a key unlocks and opens the station which then 2099-9767 Intrinsically Safe
permits the handle to return to its normal position when Single Action Manual Station
the station is relocked. If a break-rod is used, it must be
replaced in order to complete the reset process.
Double action station reset. The double action FIRE ALARM
station is reset in a similar manner except that the glass
window must be replaced to restore operation. BREAK GLASS
Mounting Notes
1. For surface mounting, use a Simplex 2975-9178 red
steel back box or a 2975-9022 aluminum back box.
Do not substitute a box with a depth less than 2-3/16”
(56 mm). Refer to drawing below.
2. For semi-flush mounting, use a standard single gang
2-1/2” (64 mm) deep switch box. DO NOT RECESS
BOX, mount box flush or with 1/16” (2 mm)
maximum protrusion. Refer to drawing on page 6. 2099-9799 Intrinsically Safe
Double Action Breakglass Manual Station
3. For flush mounting, refer to drawing on page 6.
4. Wiring is 18 AWG minimum, 14 AWG maximum
(0.82 mm2 , 2.08 mm2 ).

Surface Mounting Reference

Knockouts located 4" (102 mm)

top and bottom

2975-9178 Box

5-3/16"
FIRE ALARM (132 mm)

Station cover
hinges open for
5"
(127 mm)
PULL DOWN installation access

2-3/16"
(56 mm) 2975-9178 Box

1" (25.4 mm)

3-3/4" (95 mm)

5 S2081-0018-3 10/2003
Intrinsically Safe Manual Station Semi-Flush Mounting

4" Square Box Mount

Single Gang Box Mount
4" (102 mm) square box, 2-1/8" (54 mm) minimum
Single gang box, 2-1/2" deep depth, RACO #231 or equal (supplied by others)
(64 mm), RACO #500 or equal
(supplied by others)

Mount flush or with

1/16" (2 mm)
maximum extension
4" Square box
DO NOT RECESS
with cover plate

Station
FIRE ALARM side view

Single gang cover plate, 3/4"

(19 mm) extension, RACO #773
or equal (supplied by others)
PULL DOWN
Single gang
box outline
Wall surface

Semi-Flush Mount Side View

Intrinsically Safe Manual Station, Flush Mounting Information

Flush mount adapter kit

2099-9819, Black
2099-9820, Beige

Box must be recessed into wall

1" to 1-1/8" (25.4 mm to 29 mm)

8"
(203 mm)
Hole cutout must be a
minimum of 6" H by 5" W
6" (152 mm by 127 mm)
(152
mm)

4-11/16" (119 mm)

square box, 2-1/8"
(54 mm) minimum
Wall depth (by others)
4-3/4" (121 mm) surface

6-3/4" (171 mm)

Front View Side View

6 S2081-0018-3 10/2003
Intrinsically Safe Product Selection

Barrier Modules
Model Description Notes
2081-9062 Single Channel Intrinsically Safe Barrier Module Each module requires an 2081-9061 installation kit,
2081-9063 Dual Channel Intrinsically Safe Barrier Module and a 2975-9218 cabinet

Required Accessories (ordered separately)

Model Description Notes
Includes barrier module mounting bracket,
2081-9061 Intrinsically Safe Barrier Installation Kit mounting hardware, control drawing, and required
end-of-line resistors
2975-9218 Intrinsically Safe Barrier Cabinet Cabinet is red with solid door and keyed lock

Intrinsically Safe Manual Stations (ordered separately)

Model Description
2099-9767 Single Action Manual Station
2099-9799 Double Action Manual Station (Breakglass)

Manual Station Accessories

Model Description
2975-9178 Surface Mount Steel Box, Red
Refer to page 5 for details
2975-9022 Cast Aluminum Surface Mount Box, Red
2099-9819 Flush Mount Adapter Kit, Black
Refer to page 6 for details
2099-9820 Flush Mount Adapter Kit, Beige
2099-9803 Replacement Breakglass
2099-9804 Replacement Break-Rod

Compatible Smoke Detector (NOTE: Refer to page 2 for compatible IDCs)

Model Description
Hochiki Intrinsically Safe Requires a YBN-R/4-IS This smoke detector and base has been
SLR-E-IS
Photoelectric Smoke Detector detector base tested for compatibility but is not
agency listed or approved; maximum
Hochiki Intrinsically Safe Detector Required for SLR-E-IS of five (5) per circuit; available from
YBN-R/4-IS
Base detector Hochiki America

Entity Parameters and Maximum Total Wiring Lengths from Control Panel to Last Device in Hazardous Area*
Maximum Maximum Open Circuit Short Circuit
Group Capacitance Inductance Voltage (VOC) Current (ISC) 18 AWG 16 AWG 14 AWG 12 AWG
2000 ft
A, B 0.14 F 3.84 mH
(610 m)
781 ft 1250 ft 2000 ft
C, E 0.42 F 15.61 mH 28.4 V 97 mA (238 m) (381 m) (610 m) 3100 ft
(945 m)
D, F, G 1.11 F 31.49 mH

* Refer to Control Drawing 842-070 for complete information. Wiring distances provided are for individual conductors in conduit with
assumed parameters of 60 pF/ft and 0.2H/ft.

Metric wire equivalents: 18 AWG = 0.82 mm2; 14 AWG = 2.08 mm2; 12 AWG = 3.31 mm2

7 S2081-0018-3 10/2003
Tyco, Simplex, the Simplex logo, MAPNET II, and IDNet are trademarks of Tyco International Services AG or its affiliates in the U.S. and/or other countries. NEC, NFPA, and
National Electrical Code are trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association.

Tyco Safety Products Westminster • Westminster, MA • 01441-0001 • USA S2080-0018-3 10/2003

www.tycosafetyproducts-usa-wm.com
© 2003 Tyco Safety Products Westminster. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice.
 Fire Alarm System Accessories
UL, ULC, CSFM Listed; RSG Electromagnetic Door Holders;
FM Approved* Wall Mounted or Floor Mounted

Features
Product Reference Images
Electromagnetic door holders from RSG (Reliable (shown without screw hole caps in place)
Security Group) with four mounting types:
 Semi-flush wall mount for shallow box applications
 Surface wall mount with matching box
 Flush wall mount with recessed magnet for low profile
applications
 Floor mount, for single or double doors
Multiple finish options:
 High luster plating of chrome, brass, or dark bronze
 Powdercoated in chrome or dark bronze
Low current, multi-voltage design reduces power
supply and battery demands:
 Models are available for operation with 24 VDC,
24 VAC, or 120 VAC Semi-Flush Wall Mount Door Holder Magnet
 Internal full wave rectifier allows AC or DC operation and Catch Plate Assembly
and provides switching transient suppression
 Low residual magnetism allows easy door release for
compatibility with low pressure door closers
 Rated holding force ranges from 20 lbs (9 kg)
minimum; to up to 110 lbs (49.8 kg)
Quick and easy installation:
 Self-adjusting swivel catch plate adjusts to door
alignment changes
 Adhesive mounting templates assure alignment
 Required mounting hardware is supplied with each
door holder
 Magnet catch plates can be screwed to wooden doors
or drilled through and attached to a mounting bracket Surface Wall Mount Door Holder Magnet
 Floor mount door holders include drills and anchors with Supplied Box
for mounting to concrete floors and hardware for
mounting to wooden floors
 Front plates provide convenient grounding screw
location
Optional accessories:
 Extension rods are available in multiple lengths to
allow proper alignment, including a 4” (102 mm) long
pivoting rod
 Drilling fixture for accurate repetitive installation
UL listed to Standard 228

Description Floor Mount Door Holder Magnet with

Door holders are normally energized to magnetically hold
doors open. In the event of a fire emergency, the fire
alarm control panel or other compatible control means
will release the magnet allowing the door to close to
prevent the spread of smoke. Doors may be manually
closed or opened when the door holder is energized.
Supplied Bracket and Box
(Single door model shown, available for double doors)
* These products have been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM)
pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing
3550-1039:0100 for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in
this document. It is subject to re-examination, revision, and possible cancellation.
Additional listings may be applicable, contact your local Simplex® product supplier for the
latest status. Listings and approvals are under RSG, Reliable Security Group.

S2088-0014-2 8/2012
Product Selection (see specifications on page 4 and part number selection below)
Mounting Type Hardware Included Electrical Box Requirement
Semi-flush Mount
Magnet assembly, catch plate with bracket, screw hole Single gang box, 1 ½” deep
(partially recessed
caps, and required mounting hardware minimum (supplied separately)
magnet)
Magnet assembly, catch plate with bracket, screw hole
Flush Mount Single gang box, 2 ¼” deep
caps, and required mounting hardware (not shown on
(fully recessed magnet) minimum (supplied separately)
page 1, refer to illustration on page 3)
Magnet assembly, catch plate with bracket, screw hole
Surface Mount caps, matching electrical box, and required mounting
hardware
Magnet assembly with electrical box, catch plate with
Floor (ground) Mount for
bracket, floor mounting bracket, screw hole caps, and Box is supplied with door holder:
single door with single
required mounting hardware including drills and anchors for 4 ¾” H x 2 ¾” W x 1 ½” D
magnet
concrete floors (117 mm x 70 mm x 54 mm)
Two surface mount magnet assemblies with electrical box,
Floor (ground) Mount for
each with electrical box; two catch plates with brackets,
double door with double
screw hole caps, and required mounting hardware including
magnets
drills and anchors for concrete floors
Optional Door Holder Accessories
Model
Powdercoat Description
Brass
Chrome
DHE1PC DHE1B Catch plate extender rod, 1” (25.4 mm) long
DHE1.5PC DHE1.5B Catch plate extender rod, 1 ½ ” (38 mm) long Each extender
rod includes two
DHE2PC DHE2B Catch plate extender rod, 2” (51 mm) long
DHW extension
DHE3PC DHE3B Catch plate extender rod, 3” (76 mm) long wrenches
DHE4APC DHE4AB Catch plate with adjustable extender rod, 4” (102 mm) long with center pivot
Model Description
DHDF Drilling Fixture, provides convenient alignment for repetitive installation
Extension Wrench for adding extender rod to catch plate (two are needed, two are shipped with each
DHW
extension)

Door Holder Part Number Selection

Select from each of the 6 categories to create part number (see examples below)
1 2 3 4 5 6
Door Holder Operating Voltages Mounting Style Finish Type Finish Color Floor Mount Coils
Select Select For Select For Select For Select For Select For
12 VDC Surface
S
12 VAC Mount
1224 P Powdercoated C Chrome Single
24 VDC Semi-Flush 1
F door
24 VAC Mount
Floor Double
DH 24 VDC G (Ground) B Brass 2
24120 24 VAC door
Mount
120 VAC High luster
blank
Flush Mount plated
24 VDC (Recessed Dark Not floor
R DBR blank
24220 24 VAC Bronze mounted
Magnet)
220 VAC
Examples:
1. DH24120RPC: Door holder; 24 VDC/VAC, or 120 VAC operation; Recessed magnet/flush mount; Powdercoated; Chrome finish
2. DH24120GB2: Door holder; 24 VDC/VAC, or 120 VAC operation; Ground/floor mount; Brass finish, high luster; Double door
3. DH1224SPC: Door holder; 12 or 24 VDC/VAC operation; Surface mount; Powdercoated; Chrome finish

2 S2088-0014-2 8/2012
Semi-Flush and Surface Mount Dimensions

15/16"
15/16" 1-1/8" (24 mm) 1-1/2"
(24 mm) (29 mm) (38 mm)
2-3/4"
(70 mm) 2-7/16"
(62 mm)

3-5/16" 4-5/8" 4-3/4" 2-3/4"

(84 mm) (117 mm) (121 mm) (70 mm)

Surface Mount End View

Semi-Flush and Surface
Mount Front View
(mount vertically or
Semi-Flush horizontally as needed)
Surface Mount Side View
Side View (conduit entries are provided on
ends and back of box)

Flush and Floor Mount Dimensions

3" 1-13/16"
(76 mm) (46 mm)

4"
(102 mm)

3-5/16" 4-3/4"
(84 mm) (121 mm)

Single Door
3" (76 mm)
Double Door
5-7/16" (138 mm)
Flush Mount Front View Flush Mount
Side View Floor Mount Side View

3 S2088-0014-2 8/2012
 Catch Plate and Mounting Bracket Dimensions

2-3/16" Catch Plate

(56 mm)
Catch Plate Mounting Bracket

2-3/8"
3/16"
Screw holes (60 mm)
1-3/4" 2-1/4" (5 mm)
1-3/4"
(44 mm) (57 mm)
(44 mm) 7/8"
(22 mm)

1-3/4"
Magnet side Door side (44 mm)
Ball swivel 3/4"
(19 mm)
Threaded rod
extensions insert here

Specifications

Mechanical Specifications
Material Durable die-cast metal
Three position terminal block with provisions for in/out wiring; common (C), low voltage, high
Wiring Connections
voltage); 22 to 12 AWG (0.5 to 3.31 mm2)
Electrical Specifications and Performance
Model Voltage Current DC Current AC Terminals Holding
12 V 40 mA 38 mA C&L
1224 30 lbs (13.6 kg)
24 V 40 mA 36 mA C&H
1224 High Holding Force 24 V 85 mA 81 mA C&L 75 lbs (34 kg)
24 V 20 mA 19 mA C&L 40 lbs (18.1 kg)
24120
120 VAC – 20 mA C&H 35 lbs (15.8 kg)
24120 High Holding Force 120 VAC – 100 mA C&L 110 lbs (49.8 kg)
24 V 20 mA 19 mA C&L 20 lbs (9 kg)
24220
220 VAC – 15 mA C&H 22 lbs (9.8 kg)

For additional information, visit the RSG website: http://www.rsgsecurity.com/

TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited.

Tyco Fire Protection Products • Westminster, MA • 01441-0001 • USA S2088-0014-2 8/2012

www.simplexgrinnell.com
© 2012 Tyco Fire Protection Products. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice.

FM Approved to ANSI/UL 864, Control Unit Accessory
to CAN/ULC S527; to FM Standards; CSFM Listed*
Features
Add digital voice message capability to non-voice
fire alarm control panels:
 Remote booster amplifiers are available to expand
coverage area or extend to multiple notification areas
 Activate up to 8 separate messages by direct
connection to fire alarm control panel NACs using the
NAC Interface Module option, or via supervised
connection to relay contact closures
 4003EC Voice Control Panel status (alarm, system
trouble, or separate AC trouble) is via isolated contact
closure allowing compatibility with a wide range of
Simplex brand and other fire alarm systems
 Multiple 4003EC control panels can be interconnected
for system-wide Emergency Communication Systems
(ECS)/Mass Notification Systems (MNS) message
control using Simplex® fire alarm Network node
products
 Broadcast live messages using the internal microphone
or by using a remote microphone; up to 18 remote
microphones are supported for compatibility with
UFC 4-021-01 (Unified Facilities Criteria) requirements
 Select from 8 digitally pre-recorded messages using
the control panel switches or controlled from the fire
alarm control panel; select a pre-tone and include a post
tone if desired
 Custom messages can be ordered separately (as
custom chip sets), or recorded directly at the panel
(requires external equipment – new messages override
standard messages)
4003EC control panel details:
 Efficient Class D amplifier design provides 40 W @
25 or 70.7 VRMS with power-limited output
 One general alarm Class B audio NAC rated at 40 W;
can be optionally expanded to 4, Class B NACs or 2,
Class A NACs using a Class A/B Splitter
 One general alarm Class B, 2 A strobe NAC with
strobe output formatted to synchronize either Simplex
or Cooper Notification (Wheelock) strobes (not mixed)
 Internal push-to-talk microphone and individual
manual tone/message controls for convenient operator
control
 Strobe circuit activation is DIP switch selectable for
each recorded message, for microphone use, and for
Auxiliary input
 Multiple connections are available for auxiliary output
power, 24 VDC, 1/2 A maximum
 Internal battery charger for up to 12 Ah batteries in
cabinet or up to 33 Ah batteries in a separate cabinet
 Removable terminal blocks for easy wiring
 Beige or red cabinet for surface mounting
 ULC listed models include low battery cutoff board
Remote booster amplifier details:
 Remote booster amplifiers are available with 80 W
(with 2, 2 A strobe circuits), 160 W, and 320 W; each
has an efficient Class D amplifier design
LifeAlarm Fire Alarm Controls
Emergency Communication Systems and Mass
Notification Systems; 4003EC Voice Control Panels
4003EC Voice Control Panel
Remote booster amplifier details (Continued):
 Wiring options allow limited or detailed control with
respect to AC power failure and non-fire alarm
operation modes
 Wiring options allow control of non-alarm audio
output when on battery standby and selection of
monitoring main trouble contacts or AC trouble contacts
 Booster amplifiers support local connection of
general paging microphones
 Removable terminal blocks for easy wiring
 Beige or red cabinet for surface mounting
 ULC listed models include low battery cutoff board
Additional optional features:
 Upgrade kit to support ten minute message timeout
feature, for compatibility with the audible message
timeout specifications in UFC 4-021-01
 Supervised remote microphones with key switch
control, beige or red for alarm paging, black for general
paging
 Local Operating Console (LOC) providing enclosed
microphone and switch control for the 8 panel messages;
meets UFC 4-021-01 requirements for local control
 Application Note: For control from a Wide Area
Notification System, connect audio (1 VRMS, 600Ω) and
contact closure wiring to an available input port on a
4003-9834 Remote Microphone Expansion Module
 Four circuit NAC module, Class A or Class B for
boosters or control panel allows zone wiring separation
 Extensive non-fire alarm features are available for
night ringer tone activation, telephone page input, and
background music
 Non-fire alarm paging includes zone control and zone
volume adjustments that are bypassed when the panel is
in alarm mode
 Models are available for 120 or 240 VAC input
* Refer to page 4 for CSFM models listed by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM)
pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing
6911-0026:332 for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in this
document. It is subject to re-examination, revision, and possible cancellation. This product
was tested and approved by FM Approvals against both standard FM testing referenced to
NFPA 72, and ANSI/UL Standard 864, 9th Edition. Additional listings may be applicable,
contact your local Simplex product supplier for the latest status.
S4003-0002-8 8/2012
Introduction 4003EC Voice Control Module Features
When non-voice fire alarm control panels require the Selection of pre- and post audio tones. Pre-message
addition of voice and tone generation, Simplex 4003EC tones can be selected and if desired, the same tone can also
Emergency Communications Voice Control Panels be selected as a post message tone. Tones are switch
conveniently supply an extensive feature list. Available selected on-board and assigned per message pairs: IN1 and
equipment includes up to 18 remote microphones, up to IN2 message will have the same tone, IN3 and IN4 message
5000 W of distributed remote booster amplifiers, and will have the same tone, etc.
extensive non-fire alarm general paging controls
Available tones:
Manual Operation requires opening the locked 4003EC
cabinet door to access the 8 message selection switches,  Temporal Pattern Bell; a digitally recorded mechanical
the local microphone, and status indicator LEDs. Control bell sound
of Remote Microphones is secured by use of a key switch  Temporal Pattern Horn; 500 Hz tone
(refer to remote microphone illustrations on page 6).  Slow Whoop, a slowly ascending tone
Typical applications:  Wail, ascends, then descends between 600 to 940 Hz
 Compatibility with UFC (Unified Facilities Criteria)  Chime Tone
requirements for Mass Notification systems for Army  Announcement Chime
and Air Force requiring an LOC within 200 ft (61 m)
 High/Low, with high frequency of 750 Hz for 100 ms
horizontally of travel and no travel vertically to reach an
and low frequency of 500 Hz for 400 ms
LOC within a building; the Navy and Marines only
require a single LOC per structure (refer to  GSA Tone, continuous 2000 Hz
UFC 4-021-01, 9 April, 2008 for details)  Fast Whoop, a quickly ascending tone
 Add audio operations to existing fire alarm control  Horn Tone at 120 beats per minute
panels or non-audio panels  Horn Tone at 20 beats per minute
 Connect to fire alarm Network using the Network  Bell Tone at 60 beats per minute
System Integrator (NSI) to provide network control of a
Temporal Pattern evacuation signal reference:
remote audio panel
1/2 sec on, 1/2 sec off, 1/2 sec on, 1/2 sec off, 1/2 sec on,
 Allows the fire alarm Network to take control for
1-1/2 sec off.
Emergency Communications messages
 Use of non-emergency operations is suspended during
battery standby operation and is overridden during
emergency conditions
Standard Messages and Input Priority List (custom messages and priorities are available, see Note below)
Priority Input
1 Panel push-to-talk microphone for on-site messages
Auxiliary input from one, or multiple remote microphones; or from a separate audio input with voltage
selectable as: 1, 25, or 70.7 VRMS; NOTE: Multiple microphones require use of 4003-9834 Microphone
2
Expansion Modules and each remote microphone input is prioritized by electrical wiring sequence. Operation
also requires a separate contact closure to enable the Auxiliary input.
Message Priority Message Type Voice Message
IN1 3 Fire Male “Attention! Attention! Attention! This is a fire alarm. Exit the building.”
“Attention! Attention! Attention! There is an armed intruder in the building.
IN2 4 Hostile Intruder Male
Immediately take cover.”
“We have received a bomb threat. The police have been notified and we are
IN3 5 Bomb Threat Male conducting a search of the building perimeter. Please standby for further
information.”
“A severe weather condition has been reported. Please go directly to the nearest
IN4 6 Weather/Shelter Male
shelter area and wait for further instructions.”
“Attention please! Severe weather has been reported in the vicinity. Please
IN5 7 Weather Male
proceed to a designated shelter area.”
“Attention! Attention! Attention! We have been alerted to a possible emergency
IN6 8 Alert Male situation. Please stay alert and you will be advised if emergency action is
required.”
“This is a drill. This is a drill. This is a drill. This is a building emergency drill. Walk
IN7 9 Drill Male
to the nearest exit and vacate the building.”
“Attention! Your attention please! The building emergency condition has been
IN8 10 All Clear Male
cleared. You may return to normal activities.”
Priority Non-Alarm Signal Inputs
11 Night Ring, contact closure plays bell tone to alert facility personnel of doorbell ringing, etc.
12 Telephone input, requires telephone page port, voice activated switch allows facility paging
13 Background Music (BGM), requires a line level input signal
NOTE: When the system is being used as an Emergency Communications System (ECS) or a Mass Notification System (MNS),
ECS or MNS messaging may take precedence over Fire Alarm Activation whether new or in process.
2 S4003-0002-8 8/2012
Custom Digitally Recorded Messages
 Messages can be reproduced from high quality
customer supplied audio (professionally recorded to
customer requirements) or selected from the archived
message library
 To order Custom Messages, provide a CD or tape as
appropriate; a completed custom message
questionnaire; and include an English language
transcript (Internal Order Processing Note: Document
this information using the FASTool configurator)
 If supplied via CD, provide a WAV file format with
44,100 HZ and 16 bit mono (contact your local
Simplex product representative for details)
 Custom messages can be recorded at the control panel;
(locally recorded messages overwrite the pre-recorded
messages and external equipment is required)
Ten Minute Message Timeout Feature
 Upgrade kit allows 4003EC panel to be upgraded to
support 10 minute message timeout feature
 Provides automatic deactivation of audible Fire and MNS
digital voice (DV) messages after 10 minutes for inputs
1 – 6; DV messages 7 and 8 do not automatically timeout
 Message activation is initiated manually by push button or
via remote contact closure
 Message LED blinks to indicate timeout status; timing is
extended if message is reactivated by either control
 Message priorities remain in effect
Internal Control Panel Operator Controls
AC TROUBLE indicates primary
power is low or has failed and
panel is on secondary power
SYSTEM TROUBLE is a
general trouble indication
SYSTEM
POWER ON
TROUBLE
POWER ON indicates
power from either AC or
batteries is present
MESSAGES
TROUBLE SILENCE
silences the audible trouble
indicator while the trouble TROUBLE
source is being investigated SILENCE
RECORD
RECORD button and
indicator allows local
message recording
MESSAGE buttons allow manual activation
of the individual prerecorded messages; the
button indicator is on steady of the message
is activated externally, and will flash when
the message was manually activated
Non-Fire Alarm Operation Features
 Addressable Paging Splitters (Model 4003-9845) allow
non-Alarm paging to be routed to zones as desired
 Supervised Volume Controls (Model 4003-9848) allow
non-Alarm paging and background music local volumes
to be adjusted as desired; during alarm conditions the
volume controls are bypassed (Note: This is not a
Non-Fire feature, it was specifically developed for
Fire/ECS/MNS Applications)
 Telephone Zone Controller (Model 4003-9835) allows
phone control selection of zones for background music
or paging
 Night ringer (telephone) and security alert modes allow
the 4003EC panel to provide system tones alerting of
non-alarm conditions needing attention
 In night ringer mode, an externally mounted switch
(such as a doorbell switch) can allow creation of a
specific tone to alert a security guard who may not be in
normal hearing range of the daytime doorbell sound
Power Supply/Battery Charger Features
 Charges up to 33 Ah batteries; up to 12 Ah batteries for
cabinet mounting, larger batteries are housed in a
separate close-nippled battery cabinet
 Green power-on LED, yellow trouble LED
 Earth fault detection; battery supervision circuitry;
power loss, and brownout voltage supervision
ALARM ACTIVE indicates microphone PTT
switch has been activated, or a voice message
input has been received, or an auxiliary input has
been received
STROBE ACTIVE indicates
the strobe circuit is on MESSAGE LABELS indicate the specific
message associated with each button/indicator
(message shown are for reference only)
AC ALARM
TROUBLE ACTIVE
STROBE
ACTIVE
1 Bell- Fire Alarm
2 Bell- Armed Intruder
3 Bomb Threat
4 Severe Weather
5 Tone- Severe Weather
6
Tone- Attention
Emergency
Push-to-talk
(PTT) switch
7 Chime- Drill
8 Chime- All Clear
3 S4003-0002-8 8/2012
4003EC Product Selection
Control Panels (* = CSFM listed models)
Model Cabinet/Listing Input Voltage Description
4003-9301 Beige
UL Emergency Communications Voice Control Panel with internal user control
4003-9302* Red 120 VAC, 60 Hz
panel and microphone, 40 W Class D amplifier with one audio NAC standard,
4003-9303 Beige ULC internal power supply/battery charger
4003-9304 Beige UL 240 VAC, 50/60 Hz
Remote Booster Amplifiers (* = CSFM listed models)
Model Cabinet/Listing Input Voltage Description
4003-9810 Beige
UL 80 Watt Remote Booster Amplifier with strobe power (APB/80); provides one
4003-9811* Red 120 VAC, 60 Hz
80 W audio NAC and two, 2 A strobe NACs; accepts one 4003-9840 Class
4003-9812 Beige ULC A/B Splitter (audio NAC expansion module); efficient Class D amplifier design
4003-9813 Beige UL 240 VAC, 50/60 Hz
4003-9814 Beige
UL 160 Watt Remote Booster Amplifier (APB/160); provides two, 80 W audio
4003-9815* Red 120 VAC, 60 Hz
NACs; allows up to two 4003-9840 Class A/B Splitters; (no strobe power);
4003-9816 Beige ULC efficient Class D amplifier design
4003-9817 Beige UL 240 VAC, 50/60 Hz
4003-9818 Beige 320 Watt Remote Booster Amplifier (APB/320); provides four, 80 W audio
UL
4003-9819* Red 120 VAC, 60 Hz NACs; allows up to four 4003-9840 Class A/B Splitters; (no strobe power);
4003-9820 Beige ULC contains dual power supplies, dual 160 W amplifiers, and requires dual battery
4003-9821 Beige UL 240 VAC, 50/60 Hz sets (4, 12 V batteries); efficient Class D amplifier design
Remote Microphone Controls and Associated Equipment (* = CSFM listed models)
Model Description
4003-9830 Surface mount
Local Operator Console (LOC) with built-in Remote Microphone Control; in white cabinet
4003-9831 Flush mount
Local Operator Console (LOC) HVAC Emergency Shut Off Kit; field installed behind door of either 4003-9830 or
4003-9849
4003-9831; red emergency shutoff button, push to activate; rated 3 A @ 240 VAC
4003-9832 (Beige) 4003-9833* (Red) Remote Microphone Control (RM), for fire alarm paging (see diagram on page 6)
Remote Non-Alarm Microphone Control (RM-GP) black mounting plate, connects at Remote Booster and is for
4003-9842*
general paging through that booster only
Remote Microphone Expansion Module (RMX) in black cabinet; expands panel remote microphone output to three
(3); up to 6 RMX modules can be connected for a total of 18 remote microphones per system;
4003-9834*
(NOTE: Only one 4003EC system microphone can page at time, priority of RMX connected microphones is
determined by wiring location); dimensions = 13” H x 7-3/4” W x 2-1/8” D (330 mm x 197 mm x 54 mm)
4003EC Accessories (* = CSFM listed models)
Model Description
Class A/B Splitter (SP4Z-A/B), audio NAC expansion module, 4 Class B zones or 2 Class A zones; requires one
dedicated NAC input; rated 40 W output maximum per zone (Class A or Class B operation); requires 4003-9841
4003-9840*
mounting bracket when mounted in booster cabinet; module dimensions = 4-1/2” H x 5-1/2” H x 1-1/2” D (114 mm x
140 mm x 38 mm)
Mounting bracket for (2), 4003-9840 or (2) 4003-9845 Splitters; required when splitter is mounted in an 80, 160, or
4003-9841*
320 W booster amplifier cabinet; (not required when mounting splitter in the control panel)
NAC Interface Module (NACIM); converts one NAC input to one contact closure for activating messages; one
4003-9850 required per message to be activated; mounts in the 4003EC control panel; 4 maximum;
dimensions = 2-1/2" H x 1-1/4" W x 1/2" D (64 mm x 32 mm x 13 mm)
4003-9851 End-of-Line Resistor Module Kit, quantity of 8, Agency listed; 10 k, 1/2 W
Battery Cabinet, beige (cabinet only, for use with panel mounted charger); dimensions = 9-1/2” H x 24” W x 9” D
4003-9860
(241 mm x 610 mm x 229 mm); Note: Battery Cabinet is available in red by special order (RPQ)
4003-9861 User Interface Chip Upgrade Kit for 10-Minute Message Timeout feature
Custom Message Ordering, select 4003-8801 and specify message type per the choices below:
4003-8801
4003-0204, from CD 4003-0205, from transcript 4003-0206, from message archive
4003-9836 Aftermarket Message Kit, 8 standard messages; (restores original messages if local changes are no longer wanted)
Non-Fire Alarm Accessories (* = CSFM listed models)
Model Description
Telephone Zone Controller (TZC); use to select zones connected to background music and for general paging;
4003-9835
cabinet; size: 13” H x 7-3/4” W x 2-1/8” D (330 mm x 197 mm x 54 mm)
4003-9847 Telephone Zone Controller Programming Cable; connects to service PC for programming selections
Addressable Paging Splitter (SP4-APS); 4 Class B, or 2 Class A output zones, plus 2 Expansion outputs; allows
Telephone Zone Controller to select non-alarm paging per zone; alarm paging connects to all zones; requires
4003-9845*
4003-9841 bracket when mounted in booster cabinet; 80 W max. input, 40 W max. output per zone; (same size as
4003-9840 Class A/B Splitter)
4003-9848* Supervised Volume Control Module (SP-SVC); for background music, disabled during alarm
CO Port Adapter (SP-COA); use to connect an unused CO Port (central office port) to the telephone input on the
4003-9843
4003EC panel; dimensions = 4-1/2" W x 5-1/2" H x 1-1/2" D (114 mm x 140 mm x 38 mm)
4 S4003-0002-8 8/2012
System Interconnection Reference

To one Remote Microphone, or to

Microphone Expansion Module(s); maximum NOTE: Locate close-nippled, within
distance from Control Panel to any Host Fire 20 ft (6 m), run wire in conduit
Microphone Expansion Module is 20 ft (6 m) Alarm Control
Panel
Maximum distance to Remote 4003-9840 Audio NAC Expander
Microphone is 2000 ft (610 m) (Class A/B Splitter); 2 Class A or
Remote Microphone 4 Class B NACs; one maximum
Controls (RM) (see front view below)
4003-9832 (beige)
4003EC REMOTE MIC ROPHON E STATION

SYSTEM STATUS

NORMALTROUBLE ALARM

4003-9833 (red) or Local 40 W audio output, 25 or 70.7 VAC

OFF
OPER ATIN G IN STRUC TIONS:
1. Turn key to ON posi tion
2. Pres s mic rophone button ON

and speak into mic rophone .

Operator Consoles
(Note: Additional Wiring Typical Speaker and
4003-9834
4003EC REMOTE MIC ROPHON E STATION

SYSTEM STATUS

is required for LOC

NORMALTROUBLE ALARM

OPER ATIN G IN STRUC TIONS:

1. Turn key to ON posi tion
2. Pres s mic rophone button
and speak into mic rophone .
OFF

ON

Microphone Strobe NACs

Messaging Activation)
S YSTEM
PO WE R ON AC ALAR M
TROU BLE STR OBE
TR OUBLE
ACTIVE

Expansion
ACTIVE

MESSAGES

Module TROU BLE

SILEN CE

6 wires to each
R ECORD

(RMX)
remote microphone
Optional 4003-9849
Synchronized strobe NAC, 2 A total
HVAC Cutoff Switch LOCAL OPERATING

4003EC Control Panel

CONSOLE

(requires 2 additional
wires)
4003-9840, one maximum
16 wires to LOC(s) (requires 4003-9841 bracket)
Local Operating for message control
6 wires
Consoles (LOC) One, 80 W NAC

(Message control wiring LOCAL OPERATING

CONSOLE Two, 2 A strobe NACs
to additional LOCs
connects between LOCs) 4003-9834
4003 EC REMOTE MIC ROPHON E STATION

SYSTEM STATU S

NORMALTROUBLE ALARM

Remote Non-Alarm
Microphone Microphone Control
OFF
OPER ATIN G IN STRUC TIONS:

4003-9834
1. Turn k ey to ON position
ON
2. Pres s microphone button
and speak into mic rophone .

Expansion (RM-GP), 4003-9842 (black);

4003EC Remote RMX
Module connects at Remote Booster
to up to 3 additional (RMX) Amplifier, 80 W total 4003EC REMOTE MIC ROPHON E STATION

and is for general paging

SYSTEM STATU S

NORMALTROUBLE ALARM

remote microphones or OPER ATIN G IN STRUCTIONS:

OFF

through that booster only

1. Turn key to ON positi on
2. Pres s microphone button ON

and speak into microphone .

LOCs, per 4003-9834

4003-9840, two (2) maximum

(requires 4003-9841 bracket)
to up to 6 total 4003-9834 Microphone
Expansion Modules, total = 18 remote Two, 80 W NACs
microphones or LOCs maximum (no strobe NACs)

4003-9840 front view

+ – + – + – + – + – + –
24Vdc AUD Z1 Z2 Z3 Z4
IN
POWER
4003EC Remote TROUBLE

NOTE: Simplified one-line wiring is Amplifier, 160 W total

shown for reference only, refer to ZONE 1
installation instructions for detailed ZONE 2
wiring information.
ZONE 3

ZONE 4
Maximum system audio power is
5000 W.

4003-9840, four (4) maximum

(requires 4003-9841 bracket, two
NAC modules per bracket)

Four, 80 W NACs
(no strobe NACs)

4003EC Remote
Amplifier, 320 W total

5 S4003-0002-8 8/2012
Remote Microphone Control Reference

Local Operating Console (LOC) Reference

6 S4003-0002-8 8/2012
4003EC Control Panel Internal Reference
NOTE: Cabinet and door dimensions also apply to
the 80 W and 160 W Booster Amplifiers.

320 W Booster Dimension Reference

Door Width = 23-11/16" (602 mm) 6"
Instructions Reference
Cabinet Width = 23-3/8" (594 mm) (152 mm)
Product Instructions
4003EC Control 120 VAC P84714-001
Panels 240 VAC P84992-001
Remote Booster 120 VAC P84748-001
Amplifiers
(APB/80, /160, /320) 240 VAC P84994-001
Mounting Hole Dimensions
16" (406 mm) Local Operating Consoles
P85173-001
(LOC)
LOC HVAC Emergency
P84858-001
Cutoff Kit
Door Height = 36-3/8" (924 mm)
Remote Alarm Microphone
P84207-004
Cabinet Height = 36" (914 mm) (RM)
Microphone Expansion Module
P84557-001
(RMX)
Class A/B Splitter (SP4Z-A/B) P84205-001
Mounting Hole Dimensions
33" (838 mm) CO Port Adapter (SP-COA) P84341-001
Addressable Paging Splitter
P84577-001
(SP4-APS)
Supervised Volume Control
P84598-001
(SP-SVC)
NAC Interface Module (NACIM) P83487-001
Remote Paging Microphone
P84207-003
(RM-GP)
Telephone Zone Controller
P84567-001
(TZC)
Battery Cabinet P83096-001
Low Battery Cutoff Board P85091
Ten Minute Timeout P85293-001

7 S4003-0002-8 8/2012
Reference Application 1, Generic Host Panel to 4003EC

Contact closure connections are

supervised by the 4003EC to the
contact (10 kΩ end-of-line resistor)

NAC control requires an optional

2 wires per recorded message to
4003-9850 NAC Interface Module
control (16 wires max.)
(NACIM) per message, up to 4 can be
mounted in the 4003EC control panel
Contact Closure
Message Control
or
NAC NAC Message Control

1 Bell - Fire Alarm

Host Fire Alarm

2 Bell - Armed Intruder

Trouble Monitor
3 Bomb Threat

4 Severe Weather

Control Panel
5 Tone - Severe Weather

Tone - Attention
6
Emergenc y

7 Chime - Drill

8 Chime - All Clear

Alarm Contact

AC Fail Monitor

4003EC Control Panel Strobe synchronization can be

passed through from host panel or
generated in the 4003EC (Simplex
AC Fail trouble contacts can be selected or Wheelock strobe synchronization
for no delay or 170 minute delay only, not mixed)
Host Panel monitors 4003EC
trouble contacts for status; trouble
contacts can be selected to include Alarm contact transfer alerts host fire alarm that
AC fail or to report separately the 4003EC has manually been placed in alarm

Reference Application 2, 4003EC Connected to Simplex 4010 Control Panel

Connection to Simplex Use one 4098-9843 (PAM-SD) relay (or

Fire Alarm Network equal) per output for message control AP&C-PAM SD
W HT BLU
YEL
RED ORG

N2 Communications
wiring
FIR E A LAR M
C ON TROL
4605-7401
POWER ON SYSTEM AC
ALARM
** S Y S TE M IS NORMA L ** TROUBLE
TROUBLE STROBE
ACTIVE
ACTIVE
12:02:15pm Mon 8-Mar-99
FIRE SYST EM SYSTEM ALARM AC
SUPERVISOR T ROUBL
ALARM Y E SIL ENCED POWER
MESSAGES

ALARM SUP ALARM SYST EM

ACK V TROUBL E RESE
ACK ACK SILENCE T
CAUTION

DISCO NNECT
PO WER BEF O RE TROUBLE
SERVICING SILENCE

RECORD

4010 Fire Alarm 4003EC Control Panel

Control Panel

Alternate monitoring and control using the 4605-7401,

24 Point I/O module with mounting hardware mounted in
suitable location.
Size is 5-3/4" x 6-1/2" (146 mm x 165 mm); module power and
relay power can be sourced from the 4003EC or from the 4010.

8 S4003-0002-8 8/2012
Reference Application 3, Host Panel to 4003EC with NSI Connection

Simplex Fire Alarm Network Node

Panel (4100U shown for reference)
Network
connection to
other nodes Fire Control

Network analog audio

riser connection (option)
Simplex Fire Alarm
Network connection,
wired or fiber optic

SYSTEM
POWER ON AC ALARM
TROUBLE TROUBLE S TROBE
ACTIVE
ACTIVE

MESSAGES

Host Fire Alarm TROUBLE

Control Panel
SILENCE

NETWORK SYSTEM INTEGRATOR RECORD

4003EC Control Panel

Simplex Network System Integrator (NSI) Model 4190-9826 (red) 4190-9827

(beige):

1. Power is supplied by the Host Fire Alarm Control Panel (or the 4003EC).

2. NSI has seven (7) available separate, isolated contact closures controlled by
the Fire Alarm Network (a separate contact is dedicated to system trouble).

3. NSI has eight (8) isolated, polarized, separate inputs for information into the
Fire Alarm Network.

4. Flexible operation allows interconnection of the Host Fire Alarm Control

Panel and the NSI to control the 4003EC per system requirements.

9 S4003-0002-8 8/2012
 Specifications (refer to Installation Instructions for more information, see list on page 7)

Product Type Ratings

4003EC Control Panels 2.4 A maximum @ 102 to 132 VAC, 60 Hz
(4003-9301, -9302, -9303, & -9304) 1.2 A maximum @ 204 to 264 VAC, 50/60 Hz
80 W Booster Amplifiers (APB/80) 3.8 A maximum @ 102 to 132 VAC, 60 Hz
AC Input (4003-9810, -9811, -9812, & -9813) 1.9 A maximum @ 204 to 264 VAC, 50/60 Hz
Ratings 160 W Booster Amplifiers (APB/160) 3.8 A maximum @ 102 to 132 VAC, 60 Hz
(4003-9814, -9815, -9816, & -9817) 1.9 A maximum @ 204 to 264 VAC, 50/60 Hz
320 W Booster Amplifiers (APB/320) 7.4 A maximum @ 102 to 132 VAC, 60 Hz
(4003-9818, -9819, -9820, & -9821) 3.7 A maximum @ 204 to 264 VAC, 50/60 Hz
2 A per strobe NAC; provides synchronization for either Simplex or
Wheelock strobes (not mixed); contact your Simplex product
Strobe NAC Ratings, Regulated 24 DC representative for compatible appliances; for other UL listed appliances,
use associated external synchronization modules where required; (refer to
Instructions P84714-001 for additional information)
4003EC Control Panels Supervisory Current = 130 mA
(4003-9301, -9302, -9303, & -9304) Alarm Current = 4.7 A maximum
80 W Booster Amplifiers (APB/80) Supervisory Current = 120 mA
(4003-9810, -9811, -9812, & -9813) Alarm Current = 10.1 A maximum, including 500 mA Auxiliary output

Battery 160 W Booster Amplifiers (APB/160) Supervisory Current = 120 mA

Currents (4003-9814, -9815, -9816, & -9817) Alarm Current = 10.1 A maximum, including 500 mA Auxiliary output
Supervisory Current = 120 mA, each power supply/amplifier set
Alarm Current = 10.1 A maximum, each power supply/amplifier set,
320 W Booster Amplifiers (APB/320)
including 500 mA Auxiliary output
(4003-9818, -9819, -9820, & -9821)
NOTE: 320 W Booster Amplifiers have dual amplifiers, dual power
supplies, dual battery chargers, and dual battery sets (4, 12 V batteries)
Total Amplifier Power per System 5000 W maximum
Input voltages are selectable for 1, 25, or 70.7 VRMS; output voltage and
input voltage can be selected differently (25 VRMS versus 70.7 VRMS)
Input power = 0.25 W input for 80 W and 160 W boosters
Booster Input Requirements with 25 VRMS Input
Input power = 0.5 W for 320 W boosters (dual 160 W amplifiers)
Input power = 1.2 W input for 80 W and 160 W boosters
with 70.7 VRMS Input
Input power = 2.4 W for 320 W boosters (dual 160 W amplifiers)
Additional Module Current Requirements (24 VDC system power)

Local Operator Console (LOC) (4003-9830, 4003-9831)
Remote Microphone Controls for Alarm (RM) (4003-9832,
4003-9833) and (RM-GP) (4003-9842)
Remote Microphone Expansion Module (RMX)
(4003-9834)
Class A/B Splitter (SP4Z-A/B) (4003-9840)
NAC Interface Module (NACIM) (4003-9850)
CO Port Adapter (SP-COA) (4003-9843)
Addressable Paging Splitter (SP4-APS) (4003-9845)
Supervised Volume Control (SP-SVC) (4003-9848)
Telephone Zone Controller (TZC) (4003-9835)
Battery Charger Details for Voice Control Panel and
Booster Amplifiers (sealed lead-acid batteries)
Operating Temperature Range
Environmental
Operating Humidity Range
Standby = 26 mA; Alarm/Paging = 38 mA select these values if only one
remote microphone is
connected to the 4003EC
Standby = 23 mA; Alarm/Paging = 30 mA control panel
Standby = 62 mA maximum; Alarm/Paging = 52 mA maximum; NOTE:
includes attached remote microphones and/or LOCs; only one remote
microphone can page at a time
Standby = Alarm = 15 mA
NAC powered, no impact to panel power
Standby = 2 mA; with input = 49 mA;
telephone input level = telephone output level = 500 mVRMS
120 mA; splitter uses 1.35 W of input power per output for operation, 8 W
maximum (6 total outputs available; Zones 1-4, and two Expansion
outputs)
10 mA
73 mA
Agency listed for battery charging up to 33 Ah; up to 12 Ah batteries can
be cabinet mounted, larger batteries require a remote battery cabinet;
see note above concerning 320 W Booster Amplifier batteries (4, 12 V)
32° to 120°F (0° to 49° C)
Up to 93% RH, non-condensing @ 90° F (32° C) maximum

TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited.

Tyco Fire Protection Products • Westminster, MA • 01441-0001 • USA S4003-0002-8 8/2012

www.simplexgrinnell.com
© 2012 Tyco Fire Protection Products. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice.
 LifeAlarm Fire Alarm Controls
UL, ULC, CSFM Listed; FM Approved; 4009 IDNet NAC Extender for Control with
MEA (NYC) Acceptance* IDNet Communications or Conventional NACs

Features
Provides additional notification appliance circuit
(NAC) capacity with flexible operation modes and
power-limited design
Four, Class B NACs are standard:
 Rated 2 A each for conventional reverse polarity
24 VDC notification appliances and providing
multiple operation modes
 Can be selected to provide synchronization for
Simplex® visible notification strobe flashes CAUTI ON
DI SCO NNECT

PO W ER

 Capable of controlling TrueAlert non-addressable

BEFO RE
SERVI CI NG

4009 IDNet NAC EXTENDER

TM

notification appliances operating with SmartSync

two-wire control mode** FIRE

PULL
ALARM

DOWN
1

3
1 + 24 V ZO NE PWR +
2 0V ZO NE PWR -
3 +I DNET I DC +
4 - I DNET I DC -

SIMPLEXT IMERECORDERCO.
4090- 91 01
MONITORZAM,CLASSB
5
6
7
8

INSTAL.INS TR.574- 183

4 DATECODE: 8
1

Input control options:

 IDNet addressable communications from a Simplex
model 4007ES, 4010, 4010ES, 4100ES, or 4100U Fire
Alarm Control Panel**
 Or from one or two conventional 24 VDC NACs with
multiple output control options
IDNet communications control benefits:
 Provides status monitoring and individual NAC control
FI RE ALARM
CO NT RO L

* * SYSTEM I S NO RM AL * *
12: 02: 15pm M on 9- Feb- 98
F I R E S Y S T E M S Y S T E M A L A R M A C
A L A R M S U P E R V I STOR OR YU B LS EI L E N C EPDO W E R

A L A R M S U P V T R O U BAL LE A R M S Y S T E M
A C K A C K A C K S I L E N C ER E S E T
CAUTI O N

D I SCO NN ECT

using a single address per 4009 IDNet NAC Extender

PO W E R BEFO R
SERVI CI NG

 Supports IDNet “Device Level” earth fault location

WALKTEST operation is available with either
input choice
Internal 8 A power supply/battery charger:
 Charges internal batteries up to 12.7 Ah or up to 18 Ah
batteries in external cabinet
 Provides status monitoring of battery, input power, and
earth faults
 Rated 8 A for “Special Application” appliances;
including Simplex 4901, 4903, 4904, and 4906 Series
horns, strobes, horn/strobes, and speaker/strobes
 Rated 6 A for “Regulated 24 DC” appliance power
Optional 4009 IDNet NAC Extender modules:
 IDNet Communications Repeater provides Class B or
Class A output
 IDNet Communications Fiber Optic Receiver/Repeater,
available as Class B or Class X
 Four additional Class B NACs, rated 1.5 A for Special
Application appliances; 1 A for Regulated 24 DC
appliance power
 Class A, Two Circuit Adapter Module
UL Listed to Standard 864
External Accessories
4009 IDNet NAC Extender Connection Reference Drawing
Introduction
ADA Compliance. Complying with the notification
requirements of ADA (Americans with Disabilities Act)
may require more notification appliance power than is
available within the fire alarm control panel. When
additional power is required, a Simplex 4009 IDNet NAC
Extender can provide up to 8 A of NAC power with up to
eight, supervised reverse polarity NACs.
Location Flexibility. The 4009 IDNet NAC Extender
can be mounted close to a compatible dedicated host
panel or can be located remotely for convenient power
distribution. Multiple operation modes and multiple
connection options further increase location flexibility.
Additional Information. For additional operation detail
and application information, refer to Installation
Instructions 574-181 and field wiring diagram 842-068.

IDNet communication fiber optic transmitters:
 For applications requiring the data integrity available
with fiber optic communications
 Available as Class B or Class X
 Mounts in standard six-gang electrical box
* ULC listed model is 4009-9202CA. This product has been approved by the California
State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the California Health and
Safety Code. See CSFM Listing 7300-0026:214 for allowable values and/or conditions
concerning material presented in this document. Accepted for use – City of New York
Department of Buildings – MEA35-93E. Additional listings may be applicable; contact
your local Simplex product supplier for the latest status. Listings and approvals under
Simplex Time Recorder Co. are the property of Tyco Fire Protection Products.

External battery cabinet for 18 Ah batteries ** 4100U requires revision 11 software or higher for compatibility. 4010 requires revision 2
software or higher for compatibility.

S4009-0002-14 4/2018
Application and Operation Information
IDNet Addressable Communications Compatible. Hardwire Control Applications. For applications
Up to ten (10), 4009 IDNet NAC Extenders can be where an existing (or new) conventional NAC needs
controlled per 4007ES, 4010ES, 4100ES, or 4100U additional power, the 4009 IDNet NAC Extender can be
IDNet communications channel; up to five (5) can be controlled directly from the NAC. Either one or two
controlled on the 4010 IDNet communications channel. NACs, from either the same, or from different host fire
Each output NAC can be individually controlled for alarm control panels, can be connected to control the 4009
general alarm or selective area notification requiring only IDNet NAC Extender output NACs. Multiple control
one point address per Extender. Individual Extender selections provide flexible operation. (Refer to page 4 for
NACs can also be manually controlled from the host more detail.) Alarms from the host panel will activate the
panel. IDNet controlled extenders will inform the host four, 4009 IDNet NAC Extender NACs (or optionally,
panel of troubles via IDNet communications. 4007ES, eight NACs) to extend the alarm.
4010ES, 4100ES, and 4100U control panels control using
The 4009 IDNet Extender monitors itself and each of its
multi-point rules, refer to data sheet S4090-0011 for
output NACs for trouble conditions, including earth
details.
faults. Extenders wired to conventional NACs will
Optional IDNet Repeaters. IDNet communications can indicate a trouble by opening the path to the NAC’s
be repeated with the optional IDNet Repeater Module or end-of-line resistor, but retaining the ability to respond to
with the optional Fiber Optic Receiver Module. Up to 100 alarms. Individual troubles are also annunciated by LEDs
of the IDNet channel points can be repeated once (refer to located on the 4009 IDNet NAC Extender main circuit
pages 3 and 5 for details). Repeated IDNet communications board. (Refer to page 7 for more diagnostic information.)
also support the “device level” earth fault location utility of
the host panel.
Product Selection
Standard Models
Model Description
4009-9201**
120 VAC input
4009-9202CA* 4009 IDNet NAC Extender with 4, Class B NACs and 8 A power supply
4009-9301 240 VAC input
* ULC listed model
** 4009-9201 has been seismic tested and is certified to IBC and CBC standards as well as to ASCE 7
categories A through F, requires battery brackets as detailed on data sheet S2081-0019
Optional Modules (for on-site installation)
Model Description Comments
Additional four point NAC module, rated 1.5 A Special
4009-9807 Application appliances; 1 A for Regulated 24 DC appliance One maximum
power, Class B
4009-9808 Dual Class A adapter (for two NAC outputs) Select as required (4 maximum)
4009-9809 IDNet Repeater, output is Class A or Class B Select either an IDNet Repeater or a Fiber
4009-9810 Class B Optic Receiver as required; one transmitter
Fiber Optic Receiver can connect to one receiver
4009-9811 Class A (IDNet), Class X (fiber)
4009-9805 Red Appliqué for door Select if required
2975-9801 Beige trim 1-7/16” wide (78 mm), use if required for
Semi-Flush Trim Kit
2975-9802 Red trim semi-flush installations

Battery Selection (select battery size per system requirements)

Model Description Comments
2081-9272 6.2 Ah Battery, 12 VDC
Two batteries are required, 24 VDC
2081-9274 10 Ah Battery, 12 VDC
operation
2081-9288 12.7 Ah Battery, 12 VDC
Requires external battery cabinet, two
2081-9275 18 Ah Battery, 12 VDC
batteries are required, 24 VDC operation

External Accessories (select per system requirements)

Model Description Comments
4090-9105 Class B operation Mounts in six-gang electrical box, refer to
page 4 for mounting details
IDNet Fiber Optic Note: Class B Fiber Transmitter, part
4090-9107 Transmitter Class X operation number 565-901, Rev C or higher, IS NOT
COMPATIBLE with Class B Fiber Receiver,
part number 565-903, before Rev J.
16-1/4” W x 13-1/2” H x 5-3/4” D
4009-9801 External battery cabinet for up to 18 Ah batteries,
2 beige S4009-0002-14 4/2018
(413 mm x 343 mm x 146 mm)
4081 Series End-of-Line Resistor Harnesses; see data sheet S4081-0003 for details
Typical IDNet Connection Example

FIRE ALARM 1 + 24V

2 0V
ZO NE PWR +
ZO NE PWR -
3 +I DNET I DC +
4 - I DNET I DC -
5
6
7
8

1 5

PULL DOWN
2 6

3 SIMPLEXT IME RECORDERCO. 7

4090- 9101
MONITORZAM,CLASSB
INST AL .INSTR.57 4- 18 3
4 DATECODE: 8
1

F
I
R
E

CAUTI ON
DI SCO NNECT

PO W ER
BEFO RE
SERVI CI NG

4009 IDNet NAC EXTENDER

TM

F
I
R
E

FIRE ALARM 1 + 24V

2 0V
ZO NE PWR +
ZO NE PWR -
3 +I DNET I DC +
4 - I DNET I DC -
5
6
7
8

1 5

PULL DOWN
2 6

3 SIMPL EX TIMERECORDERCO. 7
4090-9101
MONITORZAM,CLASSB
INSTAL.INST R.5 74 - 1 8 3
4 DATECODE: 8
1

CAUTI ON
DI SCO NNECT

PO W ER
BEFO RE
SERVI CI NG

4009 IDNet NAC EXTENDER

TM

NOTE: Up to ten (10) 4009 IDNet NAC Extenders may be connected per 4007ES, 4010ES, 4100ES, or
4100U IDNet channel, up to five (5) on the 4010 IDNet channel. IDNet communications can be
repeated only once (can pass through only one series connected repeater or one fiber optic
receiver).

Typical Fiber Optic System Connections

CAUTI ON
DI SCO NNECT

PO W ER
BEFO RE
SERVI CI NG

4009 IDNet NAC EXTENDER

TM

FI RE ALARM
CO NTRO L

* * SYSTEM I S NO RM AL * *
12: 02: 15pm M on 9- Feb- 98
F I R E S Y S T E M S Y S T E M A L A R M A C
A L A R M S U P E R V I ST OR OR YU B LS EI L E N C EP DO W E R

A L A R M S U P V T R O U BA
L LE A R M S Y S T E M
A C K A C K A C K S I L E N C ER E S E T
CAUTI O N FIRE ALARM 1 + 24V ZO NE PW R +
2 0V ZO NE PW R -
3 +I DNET I DC +
4 - IDNET I DC -
5
6
7
8

1 5

PULL DOWN
2 6

DI S CO NN E C T 3 SIMPLEXTIMERECORDERCO. 7
4090- 9101
PO W E R BE FO R MONITORZAM,CLASSB

S E R V I CI NG 4
INSTAL.INSTR.574- 183
DATECODE: 8
1

FIRE ALARM 1 + 24V ZO NE PW R +

2 0V ZO NE PW R -
3 +I DNET I DC +
4 - IDNET I DC -
5
6
7
8

1 5

PULL DOWN
2 6

3 SIMPLEXTIMERECORDERCO. 7
4090- 9101
MONITORZAM,CLASSB
INSTAL.INSTR.574- 183
4 DATECODE: 8
1

CAUTI ON
DI SCO NNECT

PO W ER
BEFO RE
SERVI CI NG

4009 IDNet NAC EXTENDER

TM

NOTE: Up to ten (10) 4009 IDNet NAC Extenders may be connected per 4007ES, 4010ES, 4100ES, or 4100U IDNet
channel, up to five (5) on the 4010 IDNet channel. IDNet communications can be repeated only once (can
pass through only one series connected repeater or one fiber optic receiver). Fiber optic transmitters connect
to only one receiver in a 4009 IDNet NAC Extender.
3 S4009-0002-14 4/2018
Hardwire Control Connection Information
NAC Input Selections. The 4009 IDNet NAC
Extender can be selected to:
 Track input NAC operation or to provide a locally
generated code, selectable per NAC input
 If selected for local coding, NAC outputs can be either
Temporal Coded or 60 Beats/min March Time Coded,
one code selection per extender (input NACs must be on
continuous with Alarm)
 Additionally, NAC outputs can be selected to provide
the Simplex strobe synchronization signal. This signal
will synchronize the flashes of synchronized strobes but
will be ignored by free-run strobes and audible devices.
(Strobes are for operation by noncoded NACs.)
NAC input to NAC output control can be selected for
standard and optional NACs per the following table:
Conventional NAC Output Operation Options
Input A B
NAC 1 NACs 1 & 2, 5 & 6 NACs 1-4
NAC 2 NACs 3 & 4, 7 & 8 NACs 5-8
SmartSync NAC Output Operation
Input NAC Control Function
NAC 1 Strobe Control
All NAC outputs (1-8)
NAC 2 Horn Control
SmartSync Notification Appliance Control
The TrueAlert Notification Appliance product line
includes addressable and non-addressable operation.
Non-addressable models are available with 2-wire
SmartSync operation or conventional 4-wire operation.
The following details apply to use with the 4009 IDNet
NAC Extender:
 TrueAlert non-addressable models with SmartSync
operation allow audible notification to be separately
controlled over the same wire pair that controls visible
notification
 4009 IDNet NAC Extenders can be selected to provide
SmartSync operation whether controlled by IDNet
communications or conventional NACs
 IDNet control allows output NACs to be individually
selected for conventional or SmartSync operation
 With NAC input control, all output NACs are selected
C for either conventional or SmartSync operation
NACs 1-8  Refer to data sheet S4009-0003 for TrueAlert
None Addressable operation details, contact your local
Simplex product supplier for further information on
specific TrueAlert notification appliances

Hardwire Control NAC Connection One-Line Reference Diagram

Up to eight (8) output NACs total; hardwire control can be

selected to map NAC inputs to different combinations of
NAC outputs depending on system requirements

NAC 1 input
(see Note 1)

Conventional NACs

CAUTI O N
With hardwire control,
NAC outputs are all
DI S CO NNE C T

PO W E R
BE F O RE
S E RV I CI NG

Output conventional or all

4009 IDNet NAC EXTENDER
TM

NACs SmartSync operation

4009 IDNet NAC

Extender
Fire Alarm Control Panel
with Conventional NACs SmartSync operation

Class A operation, either mode, requires

NAC 2 input 4009-9808 Dual Class A Adapter
(optional, see Note 1)

To additional 4009 IDNet NAC Extenders (up to four (4),

4009 IDNet NAC Extenders per NAC); see Note 2

Notes:
1. For separate audible and visible output NAC control, or SmartSync NAC output operation, two (2) input NACs are required.
NAC 1 is "on-until-reset" and NAC 2 is "on-until-silenced."
2. To synchronize strobe flash outputs for up to four (4) 4009 IDNet NAC Extenders, use the synchronized strobe
output from a Synchronized Flash Module (4905-9914 for Class B operation, 4905-9922 for Class A operation) or,
if available, from a NAC selected to provide synchronized strobe flash output. NOTE: DO NOT USE a NAC selected
for SmartSync operation for this function.

Refer to Installation Instructions 574-181 for additional information and application guidance

4 S4009-0002-14 4/2018
4009 IDNet NAC Extender Specifications

120 VAC Input (4009-9201) 3A @ 102-132 VAC, 60 Hz

Input 240 VAC Input (4009-9301) 1.5A @ 204-264 VAC, 50/60 Hz
Ratings Hardwire Control from External Conventional reverse polarity operation
NACs, Input Requirements 5 mA maximum; 16 to 33 VDC
8 A, Special Application appliances
Total Rating
6 A, Regulated 24 DC appliance power
Standard NACs 2 A each, Special Application or Regulated 24 DC appliance power
Optional NACs 1.5 A each, Special Application appliances
(requires 4009-9807) 1 A each, Regulated 24 DC appliance power
Simplex non-addressable horns, strobes, and combination horn/strobes and
Special Application
Output Ratings speaker/strobes (contact your Simplex product representative for compatible
Appliances
appliances)
Regulated 24 DC Power for other UL listed appliances; use associated external synchronization
Appliances modules where required
Up to 33 strobes per NAC can be synchronized; output NACs configured for
Strobe Operation
Simplex synchronized strobe operation are synchronized to each other
Auxiliary Output 500 mA @ 24 VDC nominal

Optional Modules Ratings

Input Power 70 mA @ 24 VDC, system supplied
IDNet Input, One Address Maximum distance from IDNet source is 2500 ft (762 m)
IDNet Repeater Repeated IDNet output for up to 100 devices (total IDNet devices not to exceed
Module 250 per channel)
(4009-9809) IDNet Output Specifications Maximum distance to farthest device is 2500 ft (762 m)
Total distance including “T-taps” is 10,000 ft (3048 m)
Class A loop maximum distance is 2500 ft (762 m), no “T” taps
Fiber Optic Receiver Modules
4009-9810, Class B, 65 mA @ 24 VDC, system supplied
Input Current
4009-9811, Class X, 80 mA @ 24 VDC, system supplied
IDNet Output Specifications Same as those for Repeater Module (see above)
Fiber Optic Transmission Distance 3000 ft (914 m) maximum
General (LED status indicators are listed on page 7, dimensions and mounting details are on page 6)
Operating Temperature 32° to 120° F (0° to 49° C)
Operating Humidity Range 10% to 90% RH from 32° F to 104° F (0° C to 40° C)
Wiring Connections* Terminal blocks for 18 AWG (stranded) to 12 AWG (solid)

Fiber Optic Transmitter Specifications

Input Voltage 18.9-32 VDC from compatible listed fire alarm supply
4090-9105, Class B, 30 mA @ 24 VDC
Input Current
4090-9107, Class X, 35 mA @ 24 VDC
Multimode, graded index, 50/125µm, 62.5/125 µm, 100/40 µm, or 200 µm
Fiber Optic Connections and cable Type ST connectors
requirements 4090-9105, Class B operation, two fiber cables required
4090-9107, Class X operation, four fiber cables required
Module Size (with mounting bracket) 6-13/16” W x 3-3/4” H x 1-1/8” D (173 mm x 95 mm x 29 mm)
Green LED flashing = transmit
On-board Status Indicators Red LED flashing = receive
Separate red LED on 4090-9107 = Class X receive
Communications Simplex IDNet
Fiber Optic Transmission Distance 3000 ft (914 m) maximum
Wiring Connections* Terminal blocks for 18 AWG (stranded) to 12 AWG (solid)
Operating Humidity 10% to 90% RH from 32° to 104° F (0° to 40° C)
Operating Temperature 32° F to 120° F (0° to 49° C)

* Metric wire equivalents: 18 AWG = 0.82 mm2; 12 AWG = 3.31 mm2

5 S4009-0002-14 4/2018
4009 IDNet NAC Extender Mounting and Module Placement Information

Cabinet depth
16-1/4" (413 mm) 4-1/4" (108 mm)

10-29/32" (277 mm) Door, 5/8"

(16 mm) thick

Optional Class A 4009-9807 Additional Four 13-1/2"

adapter modules point module (shown with (343 mm)
Class A adapters) Exposed cabinet
dimension for
System Module semi-flush mount
1" (25.4 mm), Knockouts for screw
IDNet repeater or 1-3/8" (35 mm) with or nail mounting holes
Fiber optic receiver semi-flush trim

12" (305 mm)

Battery location, no conduit entry or wiring in

this area (12.7 Ah battery outline shown)

Semi-flush trim option

Non-power limited wiring area (AC input) 1-3/16" wide (30 mm),
3/8" (9.5 mm) thick

Wall surface reference for semi-flush mount

NOTE: Recommended conduit entrance varies with module selection. Refer to general installation
instructions 574-181, specific module installation instructions, and to field wiring diagrams
842-068 before locating conduit entrance.

4009 IDNet NAC Extender Cabinet with Door Detail

Optional red appliqué

(4009-9805 )
CAUTION
DISCONNECT

POWER
BEFORE
SERVICING

4009 IDNet NAC EXTENDER

TM

6 S4009-0002-14 4/2018
4090-9105/9107 IDNet Fiber Optic Transmitter Mounting Information
Surface mount box:
Simplex model 2975-9217
(ordered separately)
Flush mount masonry box:
use 6-gang box, RACO # 960, 2-1/2" deep
(64 mm), or RACO # 965, 3-1/2" (89 mm)
deep, or equal (supplied by others)
Flush mount ganged boxes:
use 6-gang box, 1-1/2" (38 mm)
minimum depth; six, RACO # 400
or equal, (supplied by others)
Service Diagnostic Features
Power-up Self-Diagnostics. Upon power-up, the
4009 IDNet NAC Extender tests each module and
performs earth fault diagnostics. Trouble conditions are
communicated to the host control panel and are also
displayed on diagnostic status LEDs in the 4009 IDNet
NAC Extender. When connected via IDNet
communications, detailed status information is available
at the host. When controlled with conventional NAC
inputs, common troubles are signaled by providing a
polarized open circuit that disconnects the NAC wiring
from its end-of-line resistor but still allows a reversed
polarity alarm to be received.
Door Mounted Reference Label. The 4009 IDNet
NAC Extender has a detailed programming and
diagnostic label inside the front door that provides a quick
reference for both installation and checkout.
7 S4009-0002-14 4/2018
IDNet fiber optic transmitter:
4090-9107, Shown, Class A (Style 7) output
4090-9105, Not shown, Class B (Style 4) output
INSTALLATION NOTE:
Fiber optic cable bend radius should be 2" (51 mm)
minimum, or per Manufacturer's specification.
Six-gang blank cover plate Mulberry Metal
Products 97156 or equal (by others)
LED Status Indicators are provided for the following:
 Each NAC (standard and optional) has a dedicated
yellow LED that:
– During supervision provides a slow flash to indicate
a short circuit condition and a fast flash to indicate
an open circuit
– During an alarm, the LED follows the NAC output
(on steady or flashing with coded output)
 Four, general status yellow LEDs provide nine
separate indications listed in priority of urgency. As a
trouble is eliminated, any remaining trouble(s) will
then be indicated until the 4009 IDNet NAC Extender
is returned to normal operation.
 AC power status is indicated by a green LED that is
on when AC is normal. During low AC (brownout)
conditions or with no AC, the LED is off. Additional
power and battery status is indicated by the general
status LEDs.
 4009 IDNet NAC Extender Current Calculation Chart

Step 1. Calculate Basic Extender Battery Requirements (minus NAC loads)

Panel, NAC Options, and Auxiliary Power (underlined model numbers are optional modules)
Supervisory Actual
Model Descript ion Alarm Current Actual Alarm
Current Supervisory
4009-9201 120 VAC input
Basic Panel 85 mA 85 mA 185 mA 185 mA
4009-9301 240 VAC input
4009-9807 Additional Four Point NAC 40 mA +_______ 40 mA +_______
4009-9808 Dual Class A Adapter (no additional current) – – – –
(500 mA (500 mA
Auxiliary Power Output +_______
maximum) maximum) + [A1] _______
Basic Panel Supervisory Current = [S1] _____
Basic Panel Alarm Current = [A2] ______
Step 2. Calculate IDNet Output Module and Device Current (if used)
4009-9809 IDNet Repeater 70 mA 70 mA
Select one per
4009-9810* Fiber Optic Receiver, Class B 65 mA +_______ 65 mA +_______
Extender
4009-9811* Fiber Optic Receiver, Class X 80 mA 80 mA
IDNet Devices (connected to Repeater or Receiver above), Total devices Total devices
+_______ +_______
0.7 mA each, maximum of 100 x 0.7 mA each x 0.7 mA each
* Note: IDNet Fiber Optic Transmitter IDNet Module Supervisory Current [S2] = ____
current is supplied from the host fire
alarm control panel IDNet Module Alarm Current = [A3] ______
Maximum Available Current = 8 A*
Step 2. Calculate Available NAC Current Subtract Auxiliary Power Output - [A1] ______
Subtract IDNet Module Current - [A3] ______
* 8 A for Special Application Appliances; 6 A for Regulated 24 DC Appliances Available NAC Current = [A4] ______

Step 3. Calculate Actual NAC Loading (Limited to Available NAC Current per Step 2.)
NAC Alarm
NAC Type NAC Circuit #
Current
Circuit 1 +_______
Circuit 2 +_______
Standard Panel NACS, 2 A maximum per NAC
Circuit 3 +_______
Circuit 4 +_______
Circuit 5 +_______
Optional Four Point NAC Module, 1.5 A maximum Special Application rating, Circuit 6 +_______
1 A maximum Regulated 24 DC rating, per NAC Circuit 7 +_______
Circuit 8 +_______
Total Actual NAC Load Alarm Current = [A5] _______
Step 4. Calculate Total Supervisory Current
Total Supervisory Current = Basic Panel Current [S1] + IDNet Module Current [S2] = ________
Step 5. Calculate Total Alarm Current
Total Alarm Current = Basic Panel Current [A2] + IDNet Module Current [A3] + Actual NAC Current [A5] = ________

TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited.

Tyco Fire Protection Products • Westminster, MA • 01441-0001 • USA S4009-0002-14 4/2018

www.simplex-fire.com
© 2015 Tyco Fire Protection Products. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice.
 TrueAlert Addressable Notification Reference
UL, ULC, CSFM Listed; FM Approved; TrueAlert Addressable Operation Reference &
MEA (NYC) Acceptance* 4009 Series TrueAlert Addressable Controller

Use for installed system expansion applications:

 Refer to page 7 for appliance compatibility details
 For new addressable notification fire alarm control panel 1

4
1 + 24V ZO NE PWR +
2 0V ZO NE PWR -
3 +I DNET I DC +
4 - IDNET I DC -

SIMPLEX TIMERECORDERCO.

4090-9101
MONITORZAM,CLASSB
INSTAL.INSTR.5 7 4 -1 8 3

DATECODE:
1
5
6
7
8

applications, refer to data sheet S4100-0100

TrueAlert Addressable Operation Features
Each individually addressed notification appliance
receives power and control over a single wire pair
providing:
 Supervised wiring connections to each appliance that
support using “T-tapped” wiring for Class B circuits
(Class A circuits require in/out wiring)
 Horns sounding with selectable high or low output, as
Temporal 3 or March Time pattern (60 or 120 bpm), or CAUTI ON
DI SCO NNECT

Steady On, controlled separately from visible appliances PO W ER

BEFO RE
SERVI CI NG

FIRE ALARM
1 + 24V ZO NE PWR +
2 0V ZO NE PWR -
3 +I DNET I DC +
4 - IDNET I DC -
5
6
7
8

on the same two-wire circuit TrueAlert Addressable Controller

TM

PULL DOWN
1

4
SIMPLEX TIMERECORDERCO.

4090-9101
MONITORZAM,CLASSB
INSTAL.INSTR.5 7 4 -1 8 3

DATECODE:
1
5

 Visible appliances operating synchronized at 1 Hz

 Control over power limited, isolated output Signaling
Line Circuits (SLCs) with up to 63 addressable
appliances per SLC, and up to 189 appliances per control
source (refer to page 7 for detailed SLC ratings)
 Control sources selectable to provide individual appliance 12:02: 15pm
F I RE
AL A R M

AL ARM
A CK
**SYSTEM I S NORMAL**

S Y S TE M

S U PV
ACK
S Y ST E M
S UP E R V I SO R Y T R O U B L E

T RO UBL E
ACK
A LA R M
S I L EN C E D

AL ARM
S I L EN C E
Fri 19- Feb-99
AC
PO W ER

S Y S T EM
RE S E T

magnetic test mode and appliance LED polling indicator

 4100ES, 4100U and 4010ES systems also provide
additional control capabilities using Virtual NAC FI RE ALARM
CO NTRO L

(VNAC) appliance groupings across SLCs and across F I R E

A L A R M
A C K
* * SYSTEM I S NO RM AL * *
12: 02: 15pm
S Y S T E M S Y S T E M A L A R M

S U P V
A C K
T R O
A C K
A C
A L A R M S U P E R V I S TOR OR YU B LS EI L E N C EP DO W

U B AL LE A R M S Y S T E M
S I L E N C ER E S E T
E R
M on 9- Feb- 98

CAUTI O N

DI SCO NNECT
PO W ER BEFO
SERVI CI NG
R

control sources
Class B, “T-tapped” wiring advantages:
 Less wiring distance is required since traditional
end-of-line Class B wiring supervision is not needed
 With less wiring distance required, voltage drops can be
reduced, allowing more appliances per wire run
UL listed to Standard 864*
4100ES TrueAlert Power Supplies (TPS)
For mounting in 4100ES/4100U control panels:
 Three, 3 A, SLCs (Special Application rating)
TrueAlert Addressable Controllers
Remote mounted control panel that provides:
 Three, 2.5 A, SLCs (Special Application rating)
 An 8 A power supply/battery charger for internal
batteries up to 12.7 Ah or up to 18 Ah in external cabinet
Multiple communications formats are available:
 Remote Unit Interface (RUI) communications
from Simplex® 4100ES/4010ES/4100U/4120/4100/4020
fire alarm control panels (4100U/4120/4100/4020
requires rev. 9 software or higher) assigns an address
point with custom label to each appliance for individual
trouble reporting
 IDNet communications from Simplex 4010 fire alarm
control panels provide individual or multiple channel
control using a single IDNet address
 Wired control from conventional NACs connects with
multiple options
TrueAlert Addressable Operation Reference Diagram
TrueAlert Addressable Controllers (Contd.)
Extensive internal diagnostics include:
 LED status indicators that identify channel and trouble
 Support for host fire alarm control panel WALKTEST
system test with IDNet or RUI communications**
 Status monitoring of battery, input power, and earth
faults
Optional internal modules:
 Class A Three Channel Adapter Module
 IDNet Communications: Repeater or Fiber Optic
Receiver/Repeater; models for Class A or Class B
External accessories:
 IDNet communication fiber optic transmitters
 Remote TrueAlert communications isolator 4905-9929,
refer to data sheet S4905-0001 for details
 External battery cabinet for 18 Ah batteries
* NOTE: Model 4009-9501 (240 VAC input) is not included in these listings. Refer to
page 2 for specific applicable listings by model. 4009-9401 (120 VAC input) has been
approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the
California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing 7310-0026:214 for allowable values
and/or conditions concerning material presented in this document. 4009-9401 is accepted
for use – City of New York Department of Buildings – MEA35-93E. Additional listings may
be applicable; contact your local Simplex product supplier for the latest status. Listings
and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co. are the property of Tyco Fire Protection
Products..

S4009-0003-10 4/2018
Introduction
TrueAlert addressable notification appliances are
individually addressed and receive power, supervision,
and control from a TrueAlert Signaling Line Circuit
(SLC). For wired control systems, strobe flashes and horn
outputs are synchronized per controller. For RUI and
IDNet communications control, controllers on the same
host control panel are synchronized. (Combination
speaker/strobe TrueAlert appliances receive audible
control from separate audio circuit wiring.)
TrueAlert addressable operation allows strobes to
be wired onto the same two-wire SLC circuit as horns but
with separately controlled operation. Typical applications
are audible notification appliances activated as
“on-until-silenced” and visible notification appliances
activated as “on-until-reset.”
TrueAlert Addressable Controller diagnostics can
be implemented from the control panel including: Silent
or Active individual appliance magnet test, appliance
LED polling indication, or all appliance LEDs on.
RUI Communications Control
When used with fire alarm control panels that support RUI
communications, the TrueAlert Addressable Controller can
be connected to an RUI addressable communications
channel along with other RUI addressable devices. The host
panel can control multiple TrueAlert Addressable
Controllers (maximum recommended is 20 per RUI
connection), (note: 4010ES system is limited to 20 internal
and external card addresses per panel). Refer to the diagram
on page 3 for additional information.
TrueAlert Addressable Controller Product Selection
Standard Models
Model Listings
4009-9401* UL, FM, CSFM, MEA (NYC)
4009-9402CA ULC (includes low battery cutout feature)
4009-9501 Not agency listed
RUI Communications Control (Continued)
Address points and custom labels are assigned to each
TrueAlert appliance allowing troubles to be reported
individually. Additionally, individual device types are
assigned and audible appliance coding types are selectable
for high or low output (~5 dBA difference) and with
operation as Temporal pattern, March Time pattern (60 or
120 bpm), or Steady On (continuous).
4100ES and 4010ES VNAC Details
Virtual NAC (VNACs) Operation Groupings
provide control of TrueAlert appliances similar to
conventional NAC operation but VNACs include
appliances across SLCs and across SLC sources within a
4100ES (or 4100U) or 4010ES controlled system.
VNACs require point allocation, can be declared “public”
for use in a Network fire alarm system, and can be
manually controlled. (NOTE: The terms Virtual NAC,
VNAC, and TrueAlert Zone refer to the same feature and
are interchangeable.)
Custom VNACs. For programming convenience, there
are default VNAC groups according to device type. Up to
56 custom VNACs (8 VNACs are system reserved) can
be created per 4100ES TPS or per TrueAlert Addressable
Controller connected to a 4100ES or 4010ES control
panel. Appliances are able to be in up to three custom
VNACs. (NOTE: Appliances assigned to multiple
VNACs will remain ON if any of the VNACs are ON.)
4100ES, 4100U, and 4010ES Fire Alarm Control Panels
can be programmed for up to 247 total custom VNACs
for increased selective signaling operation.
Input Voltage Description
TrueAlert Addressable Controller with 3,
120 VAC input
Class B TrueAlert SLC channels and 8 A
240 VAC input power supply

Optional Modules (for on-site installation)

Model Description Comments
4009-9812 Three channel Class A adapter Select if required
4009-9809 IDNet Repeater, output is Class A or Class B
Select either an IDNet Repeater or a Fiber Optic Receiver as
4009-9810 Class B Fiber Optic Receiver required
4009-9811 Class A (Class X input) with IDNet Repeater
4009-9805 Red Appliqué for door Select if required, 16-1/8” W x 5-1/2” H (410 mm x 140 mm)
2975-9801 Beige trim
Semi-Flush Trim Kit 1-7/16” wide (78 mm), use if required for semi-flush installations
2975-9802 Red trim
External Accessories (select per system requirements)
Model Description Comments
4090-9105 Class B Mounts in six-gang electrical box, refer to page 6 for mounting
IDNet Fiber Optic details
4090-9107 Class A (Class X output) Transmitter Note: Class B Fiber Transmitter Rev C or higher IS NOT
COMPATIBLE with Class B Fiber Receiver before Rev J.
4905-9929 Remote TrueAlert Communications Isolator Refer to data sheet S4905-0001 for details
External battery cabinet for 18 Ah batteries,
4009-9801 16-1/4” W x 13-1/2” H x 5-3/4” D (413 mm x 343 mm x 146 mm)
beige
Battery Selection (select battery size per system requirements; two batteries are required for 24 VDC operation)
Model Description Model Description
2081-9272 6.2 Ah Battery, 12 VDC 2081-9288 12.7 Ah Battery, 12 VDC
2081-9274 10 Ah Battery, 12 VDC 2081-9275 18 Ah Battery, 12 VDC; requires external battery cabinet
* 4009-9401 has been seismic tested and is certified to IBC and CBC
2 standards as well as to ASCE 7 categories A through F, 4/2018
S4009-0003-10
requires battery brackets as detailed on data sheet S2081-0019
4100ES/4100U VNAC Wiring Reference

VNAC Zone 1
4905-9929 Isolator Modules:
NOTE: Refer to NFPA 72, the 1. Locate as required, each
National Fire Alarm Code, for takes one address and counts
+ - + -
P ORT 2 P ORT 1

4905-9929 TRUEALERT ISOLATOR

I NST. INSTR. 574-769 REV

57 6- 7 33
RELAY CONTA CTS MODULE
3 AMP, 30 VDC 15 mA MAX 24 VDC

AD DRES S
ON
Si m plex Tim e R ecorder Co. MS B
Gar dner, MA 014 41

requirements concerning fault Wiring as 4 TrueAlert unit loads.

tolerance between Notification reference 2. Isolator Modules are
Zones. Use of Isolator Modules detail automatically assigned to the
and/or fire rated risers may be Isolator default VNAC.
required depending on system 3. Up to 12 total can be
design. connected per Class B SLC
(up to 6 on the same branch),
4905-9929
+ -
P ORT 2
+ -
PORT 1

TRUEALERT I SOLATOR
I NST. INSTR. 574-769 REV

and up to 6 total per Class A

57 6- 7 33
RE LAY CONTA CTS MODULE
3A MP, 30VDC 15 mA MAX 24 VDC

A D DRE S S
S i mpl ex Ti me Recor der Co. ON
MSB
G ardner , MA 01 441

SLC.
TrueAlert SLC Source

Internally mounted
4100ES TrueAlert Branch 4905-9929
+ -
PORT 2

INST. I NSTR. 574-769 REV

+ -
PORT 1

TRUEALERT I SOLATOR + - + -

57 6- 7 33
P ORT 2 PORT 1

Addressable Power
RELAY CONTA CTS MODULE
3 AMP, 30 VDC 15 mA MAX 24 VDC 4905-9929 TRUEALERT I SOLATOR
I NST. INSTR. 574-769 REV

57 6- 7 33
A DDRE SS RELAY CONTA CTS MODULE
S im plex Ti me Recorder Co. ON
MSB 3 AMP, 30VDC 15 mA MAX 24 VDC
G ardner, M A 01 441

1
A D DRE S S
S i mpl ex Ti me Recor der Co. ON
MSB
G ardner , MA 01 441

Supply (TPS)

Branch
2
Terminal cabinet
(as required) VNAC
Zone 1
Channel 1

Channel 2

4100ES (shown) or Channel 3 VNAC Zone 2

4100U Fire Alarm
Branch 3
Control Panel
TrueAlert wiring
(twisted pair, 18 to 12 AWG) VNAC Details:
+ - + -
PORT 2 PORT 1

4905-9929 TRUEA LERT I SOLATOR

INST. I NSTR. 574-769 REV
57 6-7 3 3

RELAY CONTA CTS MODULE

3 AMP, 30 VDC 15 mA MAX 24 VDC

A DDRE S S
S im pl ex Ti me Recor der Co. ON
MSB
G ardner, M A 01 441

or RUI controlled Locate branch circuit 1. VNACs can contain appliances across
TrueAlert Addressable terminations within 10 ft multiple SLCs and across multiple
Controller (3 m) of TrueAlert
4905-9929
+ -
P ORT 2

TRUEALERT ISOLATOR
INST. INSTR. 574-769 REV
+ -
P ORT 1

4905-9929
+ -
P ORT 2
+ -
P ORT 1

TRUEALERT I SOLATOR
I NST. INSTR. 574-769 REV
4905-9929
+ -
PORT 2
+ -
P ORT 1

TRUEALERT ISOLATOR
INST. INST R. 574-769 REV

TrueAlert control sources if controlled by

57 6-7 3 3

57 6-7 3 3

57 6-7 3 3
RELAY CONTACTS MODULE RELAY CONTA CTS MODULE RELAY CONTACTS MODULE
3 AMP, 30 VDC 15 mA MAX 24 VDC 3 AMP, 30V DC 15 mA MAX 24VDC 3 AMP, 30 VDC 15 mA MAX 24 VDC

AD DRES S AD DRE S S A DDRES S

S im plex Tim e R ecorder Co. ON Si mpl ex Ti me R ecorder Co. ON S im plex Tim e R ecorder Co. ON
MSB MSB MSB

the same 4100ES/4100U panel.

Gar dner, MA 01 441 Gardner , MA 01441 Gar dner, M A 01 441

Addressable SLC source

2. Each appliance can be in up to 3
custom VNACs in addition to the default
VNACs.
3. Appliances are assigned to default
CAUTI O N
D I S CO N NEC T

VNACs according to device type. Up to

255 VNACs (247 custom and 8 system
P O W ER
B EFO R E
S ER VI C I N G

TrueAlert Addressable Controller

TM

reserved) can be created per

4100ES/4100U panel with selectable
circuit and point types.
VNAC Zone 2 4. Up to 64 VNACs (56 custom and 8
system reserved) are available per
TrueAlert Addressable control source.

RUI Communications Wiring Reference

+ - + -
PORT 2 PORT 1

4905-9929 TRU EALER T ISOLATOR + - + -

INST. INSTR. 574-769 REV
576-733

PORT 2 PORT 1
RELAY CONTAC TS MOD ULE
3 AMP , 30 VD C 15 mA MAX 24 VDC 4905-9929 TRU EALER T ISOLATOR
INST. INSTR. 574-769 REV
576-733

ADDRESS RELAY CONTAC TS MOD ULE

Si mpl ex Ti me Recorder Co. ON
MSB 3 AMP , 30 VD C 15 mA MAX 24 VDC
Gardner, MA 01 441

ADDRESS
Si mpl ex Ti me Recorder Co. ON
MSB
Gardner, MA 01 441

CAUTION
DISCONNECT

POWER
BEFORE
SERVICING

TrueAlert Addressable Controller

TM

SYSTEM IS NORMAL
12:35:15 am MON 22 NOV 99
FIRE PRIORITY 2 SYSTEM SYSTEM POWER ALARM
DISPLAY
SILENCED TIME
ALARM ALARM SUPERVISORY TROUBLE ON

ALARM ALARM SUPV TBL ALARM SYSTEM

ACK ACK ACK ACK SILENCE RESET

3 S4009-0003-10 4/2018
IDNet Communications Input
IDNet Addressable Communications Compatible. Trouble Communications. The 4010 receives
For use with the Simplex 4010 Fire Alarm Control Panel, TrueAlert Addressable Controller troubles to include:
up to five TrueAlert Addressable Controllers can be device supervision (reported as a channel trouble), power
controlled on a single IDNet communications channel trouble, battery status, and earth detect.
with each requiring only one point address. Each
TrueAlert Addressable Controller SLC channel can be Optional IDNet Repeater Modules. IDNet
individually controlled by using 4010 custom control. communications can be repeated with the optional IDNet
Each TrueAlert SLC channel can provide horn control Repeater Module or with the optional Fiber Optic
selected as Temporal pattern, March Time pattern (60 or Receiver Module. Up to 100 of the IDNet channel points
120 bpm), or Steady On. can be repeated once (see illustrations below). Repeated
IDNet communications also support the “device level”
Manual Control. Individual TrueAlert SLC channels earth fault location utility of the host panel.
can be manually controlled from the 4010 for service
operations or for manual override.

TrueAlert Addressable Controller with Wired IDNet Input Control

Typical IDNet compatible devices

(refer to individual devices for actual wiring
requirements, some wiring is not shown)

FI RE AL ARM
CO NT RO L
FIRE ALARM 1 + 24V
2 0V
ZO NE PWR +
ZO NE PWR -
3 +I DNET I DC +
4 - I DNET I DC -
5
6
7
8

* * SYSTEM I S NO RM AL * *
1 5
12: 02: 15pm M on 9- Feb- 98
F I R E S Y S T E M SY S T E M A L A RM A C

PULL DOWN
A L A R M S U P E R V I STOR OR YU B LS EI L E N C EP DO W ER 2 6

3 SIMPLEXTIMERECORDERCO. 7
4090-9101
MONITORZAM,CLASSB
A L A R M S U P V T R O U BA
L LE A R M S Y S T E M IN S TA L.INST R.57 4 - 1 83
A C K A C K A C K S I L E N C ER E S E T 4 DATECODE: 8

CAUTI O N 1

DI SCO NNE CT
P O W ER B E F O RE
S ERV I CI NG

IDNet addressable communications channel,

shown Class B

Typical TrueAlert notification appliances

4010 Fire Alarm Control Panel

CAUTI ON
DI SCO NNE CT

Three TrueAlert channels

PO W ER
BEF O RE
SERVI CI NG

TrueAlert Addressable Controller TrueAlert Addressable Controller

TM

with optional internal IDNet Repeater

FIRE ALARM 1 + 24V ZO NE PWR +
2 0V ZO NE PWR -
3 +I DNET I DC +
4 - I DNET I DC -
5
6
7
8

1 5

Repeated IDNet Channel:

PULL DOWN
2 6

3 SIMPLEXTIMERECORDERCO. 7
4090-9101
MONITORZAM,CLASSB
INS TA L.INST R.5 74 - 1 83
4 DATECODE: 8
1

up to 100 devices maximum on repeater output, CAUTI ON

DI SCO NNECT

250 devices total on IDNet Channel

PO W ER
BEFO RE

IDNet devices and additional

SERVI CI NG

4009 IDNet NAC EXTENDER

TM

TrueAlert Addressable Controller(s)

TrueAlert Addressable Controller with Fiber Optic IDNet Input Control

Two fiber cables, 3000 ft TrueAlert output channels (SLCs)

(914 m) maximum distance

4090-9105, Class B Output

Fiber Optic Transmitter CAUTIO N
DI SCO NNECT

PO W ER
BEFO RE
SERVI CI NG

4009 IDNet NAC EXTENDER

TM

FI RE AL ARM
CO NTRO L

* * SYSTEM I S NO RM AL * *
12: 02: 15pm M on 9- Feb- 98
F I R E SY S T E M SY S T E M A L A R M A C
A L A R M S U P E R V I STOR OR YU B LS EI L E N C EP DO W E R

A L A R M S U P V T R O U BA
L LE A R M S Y S T E M
A C K A C K A C K S I L E N C ER E S E T
CAUTI O N

DI SC O N NE CT

FIRE ALARM
PO W ER BE FO RE
SE RV I C I NG 1 + 24V ZO NE PWR +
2 0V ZO NE PWR -
5
6
3 +I DNET I DC + 7
4 - I DNET I DC - 8

1 5

PULL DOWN
2 6

IDNet addressable communications channel;

3 SIMPLEXTIMERECORDERCO. 7
4090-9101
MONITORZAM,CLASSB
IN STA L.INS T R.57 4- 1 83
4 DATECODE: 8
1

Class B or Class A, Class B shown

Repeated IDNet Channel: up to 100 devices maximum
on repeater output, 250 devices total on IDNet Channel
Four fiber cables, 3000 ft
(914 m) maximum distance
4010 Fire Alarm Control Panel
FIRE ALARM 1 + 24V ZO NE PWR +
2 0V ZO NE PWR -
3 +I DNET I DC +
4 - I DNET I DC -
5
6
7
8

1 5

24 VDC power for PULL DOWN

2 6

3 SIMPLEXTIMERECORDERCO. 7
4090-9101
MONITORZAM,CLASSB
IN STA L.INS T R.57 4- 1 83
4 DATECODE: 8
1

fiber optic transmitters

CAUTIO N
DI SCO NNECT

4090-9107, Class X (Style 7)

PO W ER
BEFO RE
SERVI CI NG

Output Fiber Optic Transmitter 4009 IDNet NAC EXTENDER

TM

4009 IDNet NAC Extenders with optional

TrueAlert output channels (SLCs)
internal IDNet Fiber Receivers

4 S4009-0003-10 4/2018
Wired NAC Input Connection Information
Wired Conventional NAC Input Compatible. For
applications where existing (or new) conventional
Notification Appliance Circuits (NACs) are available, the
TrueAlert Addressable Controller can be controlled
directly from the NACs. (Refer to diagram below.)
Flexible Connection Choices. Two NACs, from
either the same, or from different host fire alarm control
panels, can be connected to control the TrueAlert output
channels. Multiple control selections provide flexible
operation. (Refer to table below.)
NAC input to SLC output control is selectable per
the following table (configure NAC input as Steady On,
uncoded):
Output SLC Control Options
Input NAC
A B
Controls
NAC 1
visibles
Controls
NAC 2
audibles
Strobe Output. TrueAlert Addressable Strobes are
operated with synchronized flashes.
Horn Output. TrueAlert Addressable Horn operation is
selectable per TrueAlert Addressable Controller as either:
Temporal pattern, March Time pattern at either 60 or
120 bpm or Steady On.
Door Mounted Reference Label
A detailed programming and diagnostic label is located
inside the front door providing a quick reference for both
installation and checkout.
Service Diagnostic Features
Power-up Self-Diagnostics. Upon power-up, the
TrueAlert Addressable Controller tests each module and
performs earth fault diagnostics. Trouble conditions are
communicated to the host control panel and are also
displayed on internal LEDs.
System troubles via RUI or IDNet communications
are reported with detailed information concerning which
TrueAlert Addressable Controller is involved and the
nature of the trouble. Messages include power and battery
status, earth fault, channel troubles, address problems, and
other information.
System Troubles via Wired Control. When
controlled with conventional NAC inputs, common
troubles are signaled by providing an open circuit that
disconnects the NAC wiring from its end-of-line resistor
but still allows a reversed polarity alarm to be received.
Controls audibles and
LED Status Indicators are provided for the following:
visibles on Channel 1
Controls audibles and  Five yellow status LEDs provide 22 separate
indications listed in priority of urgency. As a trouble is
visibles on Channels 2 and 3
eliminated, any remaining trouble(s) will then be
indicated until the TrueAlert Addressable Controller is
returned to normal operation
 Three separate yellow LEDs indicate which of
the three TrueAlert channels are involved for channel
specific troubles
 AC power status is indicated by a green LED that
is on when AC is normal. During low AC (brownout)
conditions or with no AC, the LED is off. Additional
power and battery status is indicated by the general
status LEDs

TrueAlert Addressable Controller with Wired Control

NAC 1 control for visible NAC CAUTION

notification (on-until-silenced)
DISCONNECT

inputs POW ER
BEFORE
SERVICING

or control both audibles and TrueAlert Addressable Controller

TM

visibles on Channel 1 Three TrueAlert channels

TrueAlert Addressable
NAC 2 Control for audible Controller
notification (on-until-reset) or
control both audibles and
visibles on Channels 2 and 3 NOTE: Select NAC control for Steady On
(uncoded) operation
**SYSTEM IS NORMAL**
12:02:15pm Fri 19-Feb-99
FIRE SYSTEM SYST EM AL ARM AC
AL ARM SUPERVISORY TRO UBL E SIL ENCED POW ER

AL ARM SUPV TRO UBL E ALARM SYSTEM

ACK ACK ACK SIL ENCE RESET

TrueAlert Addressable Controllers

controlled by two NAC inputs

Fire Alarm Control Panel

with Conventional NACs Up to four TrueAlert
Addressable Controllers
Additional
CAUTION
DISCONNECT

CAUTION
DISCONNECT

can be connected to
POW ER
BEFORE
SERVICING
POW ER
BEFORE
SERVICING

NAC Control TrueAlert Addressable Controller

TM
TrueAlert Addressable Controller
TM

one conventional NAC

5 S4009-0003-10 4/2018
 4090-9105/9107 IDNet Fiber Optic Transmitter Mounting Information

Surface mount box:

Simplex model 2975-9217
(ordered separately)

Flush mount masonry box:

use 6-gang box, RACO # 960, 2-1/2" deep
(64 mm), or RACO # 965, 3-1/2" (89 mm)
deep, or equal (supplied by others)

Flush mount ganged boxes:

use 6-gang box, 1-1/2" (38 mm)
minimum depth; six, RACO # 400
or equal, (supplied by others)

IDNet fiber optic transmitter:

4090-9107, Shown, Class X (Style 7) output
4090-9105, Not shown, Class B (Style 4) output

INSTALLATION NOTE:
Fiber optic cable bend radius should be 2" (51 mm)
minimum, or per Manufacturer's specification.

Six gang blank cover plate (Mulberry Metal

Products 97156 or equal), by others

TrueAlert Addressable Controller Mounting and Module Placement Reference

Cabinet depth
16-1/4" (413 mm) 4-1/8" (105 mm)

10-29/32" (277 mm) Door, 5/8"

(16 mm) thick

Optional Class A 13-1/2"

adapter module (343 mm)
Exposed cabinet
dimension for
semi-flush mount
System Module 1" (25.4 mm), Knockouts for screw
IDNet repeater or 1-3/8" (35 mm) with or nail mounting holes
Fiber optic receiver semi-flush trim

12" (305 mm)

Battery location, no conduit entry or wiring in

this area (12.7 Ah battery outline shown)

Non-power limited wiring area (AC input) Optional Semi-Flush Trim Kit
1-3/16" wide (30 mm),
3/8" (9.5 mm) thick
Wall surface reference for semi-flush mount

NOTE: Recommended conduit entrance varies with module selection. For models 4009-9401 and 4009-9402CA, refer to
Installation Instructions 574-762, specific option module installation instructions, and to Field Wiring Diagram 842-158
before locating conduit entrance. [NOTE: For model 4009-9501, refer to Installation Instructions 579-321 and Field
Wiring Diagram 842-244.]
6 S4009-0003-10 4/2018
TrueAlert Addressable Controller and 4100ES TPS Reference Specifications
NOTE: Refer to data sheet S4100-0065 for additional 4100ES TrueAlert Addressable Power Supply (TPS) specification details.

Input 120 VAC Input (4009-9401/9402CA) 3 A @ 102-132 VAC, 60 Hz

Voltage 240 VAC Input (4009-9501) 1.5 A, selectable for 220/240 VAC, +10% - 15% per selection, 50/60 Hz
3 mA @ 24 VDC; input voltage range = 16 to 33 VDC, filtered; control from conventional
Wired Control Input, requirements per circuit
reverse polarity NAC
Output Ratings
TrueAlert Channel Output Voltage (SLC) 19 to 31 VRMS, Special Application control
Simplex TrueAlert and TrueAlert ES addressable notification appliances (with limitations);
Compatible Special Application Appliances
contact your Simplex product representative for compatible appliances
Category Details TrueAlert ES Appliance Control Limitation
Not compatible with TrueAlert ES intensities of
Available Strobe Intensity 15, 30, 75, and 110 cd
135 and 185 cd
Appliance Control
Characteristics Continuous, Temporal Code 3, Not compatible with TrueAlert ES horn tones of
Available Horn Control
and March Time of 60 or 120 bpm Temporal Code 4 or 20 bpm
Appliance Voltage Not compatible with TrueAlert ES 23 VRMS appliance
17 VRMS
Minimum voltage minimum
Up to 63 total addressable appliances
TrueAlert Addressable
Up to 75 unit loads (appliances are 1 unit load)
Controller or 4100ES TPS
SLC Ratings Up to 32 fixed candela (legacy) strobes can be synchronized per SLC
and Loading TrueAlert Addressable Up to 39 multi-candela strobes can be synchronized per SLC;
Controllers total current per controller = 8 A
4100ES TPS Up to 46 multi-candela strobes can be synchronized per SLC; total current per TPS = 9 A
Auxiliary Output 500 mA @ 24 VDC nominal (requires 734-035 wiring harness)
TrueAlert SLC Wiring UTP, unshielded twisted pair, 18 to 12 AWG
TrueAlert Strobe Wiring Distance Maximum wiring distance between TrueAlert strobes is limited to 30 Ω wire resistance
Wiring Connections Terminal blocks for 18 to 12 AWG
Optional Modules
Input Power 70 mA @ 24 VDC, system supplied
IDNet Repeater IDNet Input, One Address Maximum distance from IDNet source is 2500 ft (762 m)
Module Repeated IDNet output for up to 100 devices (total IDNet devices not to exceed 250 per
(4009-9809) IDNet Output channel)
Specifications
Refer to specific panels details for additional IDNet communications specifications
4009-9810 Class B, 65 mA @ 24 VDC, system supplied
Fiber Optic Input Current Class X (Style 7), 80 mA @ 24 VDC, system supplied
4009-9811
Receiver (NOTE: Fiber optic input is Class X, repeated IDNet output is Class A)
Modules IDNet Output Specifications Same as those for Repeater Module (see above)
Fiber Optic Transmission Distance = 3000 ft (914 m) maximum
Operating Temperature 32° to 120° F (0° to 49° C)
General
Operating Humidity Range 10% to 90% RH from 32° to 104° F (0° to 40° C)

Fiber Optic Transmitter Specifications

Input Voltage
Input Current
Fiber Optic Connections
and Cable Requirements
(Type ST Connectors)
Module Size (with mounting bracket)
Green LED Flashing = transmit
On-board Status Indicators
Communications
Fiber Optic Transmission Distance
Wiring Connections
Operating Humidity
Operating Temperature
18.9-32 VDC from compatible listed fire alarm supply
4090-9105 Class B, 30 mA @ 24 VDC
4090-9107 Class X (Style 7), 35 mA @ 24 VDC
4090-9105 Class B input, two fiber cables required
4090-9107 Class X (Style 7) input, four fiber cables required
6-13/16” W x 3-3/4” H x 1-1/8” D (173 mm x 95 mm x 29 mm)
Red LED Flashing = receive
4090-9107 Separate Red LED = Class X (Style 7) receive
Simplex IDNet format
3000 ft (914 m) maximum
Terminal blocks for 18 to 12 AWG
Up to 90% RH, non-condensing @ 100° F (38° C)
32° to 120° F (0° to 49° C)

7 S4009-0003-10 4/2018
 TrueAlert Addressable Controller Current Reference

Panel Module Selection (shaded model numbers are optional modules)

Supervisory Actual
Model Description Alarm Current Actual Alarm
Current Supervisory
4009-9401
120 VAC input
4009-9402CA Basic Panel 88 mA 88 mA 195 mA 195 mA
4009-9501 240 VAC input
4009-9812 Class A Adapter 7 mA + 7 mA +
4009-9809* IDNet Repeater 70 mA 70 mA
4009-9810*† Fiber Optic Receiver, Class B 65 mA + 65 mA +
4009-9811*† Fiber Optic Receiver, Class X 80 mA 80 mA

IDNet Devices, 0.7 mA each, maximum of 100 total devices total devices
+ (A1) +
(see Procedure Note 5) x 0.7 mA each x 0.7 mA each

TrueAlert Appliances/Devices, Supervisory

total loads
Current, 0.2 mA per unit load, add devices from +
x 0.2 mA each
all 3 SLCs (see Procedure Note 7)

TrueAlert Isolators; each requires 1 address total Isolators total Isolators x

+ +
and four (4) unit loads x 10 mA 10 mA

Auxiliary Power Output, calculate per total 500 mA 500 mA

+ (A2) +
device requirements (see Procedure Note 5) maximum maximum

Total Supervisory Current = (A)

Total TrueAlert Addressable Controller Panel Alarm Current = (B1)

* Only one of these three modules can be chosen for a single TrueAlert Addressable Controller.
† NOTE: IDNet Fiber Optic Transmitter current is supplied from the host fire alarm control panel.

TrueAlert Channel Notification Appliance Current Loads

Channel Number NAC Alarm Current
Channel 1
TrueAlert Channel (SLC) 2.5 A maximum per channel (see Procedure Note 5) Channel 2 +
Channel 3 +
Total TrueAlert Channel Loads Alarm Current = (C)
Total TrueAlert Addressable Controller Panel Alarm Current (enter B1 from above) = (B2) +

Total Alarm Current = (D)

Procedure:
1. Calculate total panel supervisory current (A).
2. Calculate total panel alarm current (B1) [convert mA to A, example: 350 mA = 0.35 A]. Copy (B1) into block (B2).
3. Calculate total NAC loads alarm current from notification appliance ratings (C).
4. Add (C) + (B2) to determine total alarm current (D).
5. Total of IDNet Device Current (A1) + Auxiliary Power Output Current (A2) + SLC Loads Alarm Current (C) is 8 A
maximum.
6. Refer to Simplex battery selection document 900-012 for recommended battery size for specific standby requirements
(i.e., 24 hours supervisory, 5 minutes of alarm). Internal cabinet space is provided for batteries up to 12.7 Ah.
7. Most TrueAlert appliances/devices are one unit load, Isolators are 4 unit loads. Refer to Field Wiring Diagram 842-158.

TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm and
Signaling Code are registered trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).

Tyco Fire Protection Products • Westminster, MA • 01441-0001 • USA S4009-0003-10 4/2018

www.simplex-fire.com
© 2018 Tyco Fire Protection Products. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice.
 TrueAlert Addressable Notification
UL, ULC, CSFM Listed; 4009 IDNAC Repeater;
FM, NYC Fire Dept Approved* Power and Distance Extender

Features
4009 IDNAC Repeaters provide enhanced power
delivery to TrueAlert/TrueAlert ES addressable
notification appliances controlled by IDNAC SLCs:
 Output voltage in alarm is maintained by an efficient
switching regulator at 29 VDC during both AC input and
battery backup conditions allowing strobes to operate at
lower current Extended
distance and
 With lower current strobes and regulated output voltage,
current
wiring distance can be extended 2 to 3 times that of
conventional notification, appliance loading can be
increased, or smaller wire gauge can be used, all resulting
Repeated IDNAC SLC
in installation savings with high assurance that appliances
that operate during normal system testing will operate
during worst case alarm conditions
4009 IDNAC Repeaters receive an IDNAC SLC input
CAUTION
DISCONNECT BATTERY
AND A.C. POWER
BEF ORE SERVICING

ATTENTION
DÉBRANCHER
L'AL IMENTATION EN C.A.
ET LA BATTERIE AVANT
D'EFFECTUER L'ENT RETIEN
4009 IDNAC
and provide a repeated 3 A SLC output to extend Repeater
SLC distance and power:
 Appliance control and address limit remains with the
host IDNAC control panel. Repeater status is
communicated to the control panel for system Simplex Fire Alarm
diagnostics and also locally indicated Control Panel with
 Repeater output extends supervisory capacity by up to IDNAC SLC (4100ES
139 additional unit loads or 3 A shown for reference)
 Input SLC connection can be Class B or Class A
 Repeater output can be a Class A loop or a Class B
output with internal connections for up to four (4)
T-tapped output branches (Class A output requires
4009-9814 Class A Adapter)
 Operation requires one IDNAC SLC address; Repeaters
can be connected as one in series, or up to five (5) in IDNAC SLC
parallel
 AC power input is 120 VAC or 220-240 VAC, 50/60 Hz,
auto-select
 An on-board battery charger is provided with low AC
battery disconnect selectable per Repeater (required for 4009 IDNAC Repeater Extends Distance
ULC listed applications) and Current of IDNAC SLC
 Operation is compatible with TrueAlert ES and
TrueAlert addressable notification appliances and Features (Continued)
accessories
Class A Adapter 4009-9814:
 Available with platinum or red cabinet
 Required when extending a Class A loop or to provide a
 Listed to UL 864 and ULC S527
Class A local loop SLC output
Multiple wiring options are available:  Operation provides short circuit isolation between input
 Wiring options include Class B multiple branch (up to 4) and output terminals for improved IDNAC SLC
output, Class A loop extension, and Class A riser to survivability
Class B branches or a Class A loop output Built-in battery Charger
 When the Repeater is part of a Class A loop from the  Power supply charges up to 12.7 Ah batteries for in
IDNAC SLC source panel, up to twice the distance for cabinet mounting and up to 25 Ah batteries with model
the loop is available; (Class A loop repeating requires 4009-9801 external battery cabinet
4009-9814 Class A Adapter)
Available auxiliary output:
* This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the
California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing 7165 0026:0378 for allowabl